The Gospel According to
Mark
SummaryThe book of Mark is a Gospel that contains Narrative History, Sermons, Parables, and some Prophetic Oracles. This Gospel has somewhat of an emphasis in miracles (27 total) which is significantly more than any of the other Gospels. The key word in Mark is "Immediately" which is used 34 times causing the reader to move from one account to the next rapidly. Mark is the shortest of the synoptic gospels and was written about 64 A.D. The key personalities of this book are Jesus Christ, His Twelve Disciples, Jewish religious leaders, Pilate, and John the Baptist.It was written by John Mark who was one of the missionaries who accompanied Paul and Barnabas on their mission trips. It is possible that Mark wrote this Gospel at the urging of Peter (his companion in Rome) since he had firsthand knowledge of the things that Mark wrote about.The purpose of the Gospel of Mark is to show that the Lord Jesus is the Messiah, the Son of God who was sent to suffer and to serve in order to rescue and restore mankind.The 16 chapters of the Gospel of Mark can be divided into two parts, 8 chapters each. In the first 8 chapters Jesus is essentially traveling north and preaching until chapter 8. In Chapter 8, Jesus is in the city of Caesarea Philippi where He asks His disciples, “Who do people say that I am?” (vs. 27). Peter replies, “You are the Christ”. Throughout the last 8 chapters, Jesus is traveling south, back to Jerusalem; all the way to Calvary’s Cross.
• In chapter 1, there is a quick introduction of John the Baptist and his preparation for the coming Messiah. It also includes the baptism of Jesus in the river Jordan, and the temptation in the desert by Satan. The focus quickly changes to the message and ministry of Jesus.
• In chapters 2-10, Jesus selects His Disciples, “And He appointed twelve, so that they would be with Him, and that He could send them out to preach” (3:14). The rest of these passages almost completely refer to Jesus as a Servant. It presents Jesus either teaching, healing, helping, performing miracles, blessing, feeding, challenging authority, and feeling compassion (8:2).
• Chapters 11-16 are the final chapters that declare the death and resurrection of Jesus Christ again another example of servanthood. He is betrayed, dragged through a faulty trial, and then unmercifully beaten, humiliated and crucified; all for the purpose of serving sinners. The final chapter is the miraculous resurrection of His physical body, numerous appearances, and command of the Great Commission, and finally His ascension to the right hand of God.
Outline
- 1. The Beginning of Jesus’ Ministry ( 1:1–15 )
- a. The Mission of John the Baptist ( 1:1–11 )
- b. The Temptation and Preaching of Jesus ( 1:12–15 )
- 2. Jesus’ Ministry in Galilee ( 1:16–7:23 )
- a. Early Ministry ( 1:16–3:19 )
- i. The First Disciples ( 1:16–20 )
- ii. Miracles at Capernaum ( 1:21–34 )
- 1. Jesus Expels an Unclean Spirit ( 1:21–28 )
- 2. Jesus Heals at Peter’s House ( 1:29–34 )
- iii. Jesus Prays and Preaches ( 1:35–39 )
- iv. The Leper’s Prayer ( 1:40–45 )
- v. Ministry in Capernaum ( 2:1–22 )
- 1. Jesus Heals a Paralytic ( 2:1–12 )
- 2. Jesus Calls Levi ( 2:13–17 )
- 3. Questions about Fasting ( 2:18–20 )
- 4. The Patches and the Wineskins ( 2:21–22 )
- vi. The Lord of the Sabbath ( 2:23–3:6 )
- 1. Sabbath was Made for Man ( 2:23–27 )
- 2. Jesus Heals on the Sabbath ( 3:1–6 )
- vii. Multitudes Follow Jesus ( 3:7–12 )
- viii. The Twelve Apostles ( 3:13–19 )
- b. Later Ministry ( 3:20–7:23 )
- i. Opposition to Jesus ( 3:20–35 )
- 1. A House Divided ( 3:20–27 )
- 2. The Unpardonable Sin ( 3:28–30 )
- 3. Jesus’ Mothers and Brothers ( 3:31–35 )
- ii. Parables of the Kingdom ( 4:1–34 )
- 1. The Parable of the Sower ( 4:1–9 )
- 2. The Purpose of Jesus’ Parables ( 4:10–12 )
- 3. The Parable of the Sower Explained ( 4:13–20 )
- 4. The Lesson of the Lamp ( 4:21–25 )
- 5. The Seed Growing Secretly ( 4:26–29 )
- 6. The Parable of the Mustard Seed ( 4:30–34 )
- iii. The Authority of Jesus ( 4:35–5:20 )
- 1. Jesus Calms the Storm ( 4:35–41 )
- 2. The Demons and the Pigs ( 5:1–20 )
- iv. The Healing Touch of Jesus ( 5:21–43 )
- 1. Jairus’ Daughter is Near Death ( 5:21–23 )
- 2. The Woman Suffering from Bleeding ( 5:24–34 )
- 3. Jairus’ Daughter Raised from the Dead ( 5:35–43 )
- v. The Rejection at Nazareth ( 6:1–6 )
- vi. The Ministry of the Twelve ( 6:7–13 )
- vii. The Beheading of John ( 6:14–29 )
- viii. The Feeding of the Five Thousand ( 6:30–44 )
- ix. Jesus Walks on Water ( 6:45–52 )
- x. Jesus Heals at Gennesaret ( 6:53–56 )
- xi. Tradition of the Elders ( 7:1–13 )
- xii. What Defiles a Man ( 7:14–23 )
- 3. Jesus’ Ministry in Various Gentile Regions ( 7:24–9:50 )
- i. The Faith of the Gentile Woman ( 7:24–30 )
- ii. The Deaf and Mute Man ( 7:31–37 )
- iii. The Feeding of the Four Thousand ( 8:1–10 )
- iv. The Demand for a Sign ( 8:11–13 )
- v. The Leaven of the Pharisees and of Herod ( 8:14–21 )
- vi. The Blind Man at Bethsaida ( 8:22–26 )
- vii. At Caesarea Philippi ( 8:27–38 )
- 1. Peter’s Confession of Christ ( 8:27–30 )
- 2. The First Prediction of the Passion ( 8:31–33 )
- 3. Take Up Your Cross ( 8:34–38 )
- viii. The Transfiguration ( 9:1–13 )
- ix. The Boy with an Evil Spirit ( 9:14–29 )
- x. The Second Prediction of the Passion ( 9:30–32 )
- xi. The Greatest in the Kingdom ( 9:33–41 )
- xii. Temptations and Trespasses ( 9:42–48 )
- xiii. Good Salt ( 9:49–50 )
- 4. The Way to Jerusalem ( 10:1–52 )
- a. Teachings about Divorce ( 10:1–12 )
- b. Jesus Blesses the Children ( 10:13–16 )
- c. The Rich Young Man ( 10:17–31 )
- d. The Third Prediction of the Passion ( 10:32–34 )
- e. The Two and the Ten ( 10:35–45 )
- f. Jesus Heals Bartimaeus ( 10:46–52 )
- 5. Jesus’ Ministry in Jerusalem ( 11:1–16:20 )
- a. Jesus Arrives at Jerusalem ( 11:1–25 )
- i. The Triumphal Entry ( 11:1–11 )
- ii. Jesus Curses the Fig Tree ( 11:12–14 )
- iii. Jesus Cleanses the Temple ( 11:15–19 )
- iv. The Withering Fig Tree ( 11:20–25 )
- b. Jesus Examined for Blemish ( 11:27–12:44 )
- i. Chief Priests and Scribes Question Jesus ( 11:27–12:12 )
- 1. Jesus’ Authority Challenged ( 11:27–33 )
- 2. The Parable of the Wicked Tenants ( 12:1–12 )
- ii. Pharisees and Herodians Question Taxes to Caesar ( 12:13–17 )
- iii. The Sadducees Question the Resurrection ( 12:18–27 )
- iv. The Scribes Question the Greatest Commandment ( 12:28–34 )
- v. Jesus Questions the Crowds ( 12:35–44 )
- 1. Whose Son Is the Christ? ( 12:35–37 )
- 2. Beware of the Scribes ( 12:38–40 )
- 3. The Widow’s Offering ( 12:41–44 )
- c. The Olivet Discourse ( 13:1–37 )
- i. Temple Destruction Foretold ( 13:1–2 )
- ii. Signs of the End of the age ( 13:3–31 )
- 1. Let No Man Deceive You ( 13:3–8 )
- 2. Witnessing to All Nations ( 13:9–13 )
- 3. The Abomination of Desolation ( 13:14–23 )
- 4. The Return of the Son of Man ( 13:24–27 )
- 5. The Lesson of the Fig Tree ( 13:28–31 )
- iii. Readiness at Any Hour ( 13:32–37 )
- d. Jesus’ Passover ( 14:1–15:47 )
- i. Two Days Before Passover ( 14:1–16 )
- 1. The Plot to Kill Jesus ( 14:1–2 )
- 2. Jesus Anointed at Bethany ( 14:3–9 )
- 3. Judas Agrees to Betray Jesus ( 14:10–11 )
- 4. Preparing the Passover ( 14:12–16 )
- ii. The Last Supper ( 14:17–31 )
- 1. Judas the Betrayer ( 14:17–21 )
- 2. The Bread and Cup After Supper ( 14:22–26 )
- 3. Jesus Predicts Peter’s Denial ( 14:27–31 )
- iii. On the Mount of Olives ( 14:32–52 )
- 1. Jesus Prays at Gethsemane ( 14:32–42 )
- 2. The Betrayal of Jesus ( 14:43–52 )
- iv. One Long Night ( 14:53–15:20 )
- 1. Jesus before the Sanhedrin ( 14:53–65 )
- 2. Peter Denies Jesus ( 14:66–72 )
- 3. Jesus before Pilate ( 15:1–15 )
- a. Jesus Delivered to Pilate ( 15:1–5 )
- b. The Crowd Chooses Barabbas ( 15:6–11 )
- c. Pilate Delivers Up Jesus ( 15:12–15 )
- 4. The Soldiers Mock Jesus ( 15:16–20 )
- v. The Crucifixion ( 15:21–41 )
- vi. The Burial of Jesus ( 15:42–47 )
- e. The Resurrection ( 16:1–20 )
- i. The Women at the Tomb ( 16:1–8 )
- ii. Jesus Appears to Mary Magdalene ( 16:9–11 )
- iii. Jesus Appears to Two Disciples ( 16:12–13 )
- iv. The Great Commission ( 16:14–18 )
- v. The Ascension ( 16:19–20 )
1
The Beginning of Jesus’ Ministry
The Mission of John the Baptist
αρχη του ευαγγελιου ιησου χριστου υιου του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G746ἈρχὴArchē (N-NFS)
G746 ἀρχή archḗ ar-khay from ἄρχομαι; (properly abstract) a commencement, or (concretely) chief (in various applications of order, time, place, or rank):--beginning, corner, (at the, the) first (estate), magistrate, power, principality, principle, rule.
|
ἈρχὴArchē
|
The beginning
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2098εὐαγγελίουeuangeliou (N-GNS)
G2098 εὐαγγέλιον euangélion yoo-ang-ghel-ee-on from the same as εὐαγγελίζω; a good message, i.e. the gospel:--gospel.
|
εὐαγγελίουeuangeliou
|
gospel
|
N-GNS
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
of Jesus
|
N-GMS
|
G5547ΧριστοῦChristou (N-GMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστοῦChristou
|
Christ,
|
N-GMS
|
G5207ΥἱοῦHuiou (N-GMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱοῦHuiou
|
Son
|
N-GMS
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
1
THe beginning of the gospel of Jesus Christ, the Son of God;Mark 1:1
Stats
Rank: #354 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 60 characters, 11 words, 47 letters, 16 vowels, 31 consonants
Translation
Greek: αρχη του ευαγγελιου ιησου χριστου υιου του θεου
Lit: The beginning of the gospel of Jesus Christ, Son of God.
KJV: The beginning of the gospel of Jesus Christ, the Son of God;
References
"beginning"Lu 1:2: 3: Even as they delivered them to us: which from the beginning were eyewitnesses: and ministers of the word;Lu 2:10: 11: The angel said to them: not Fear: for: look: I bring you good tidings of great joy: which will be to all people.Ac 1:1: 2: The former treatise have I made: O Theophilus: of all that Jesus began both to do and teach: "Christ"Joh 20:31: But these are written: that you might believe that Jesus is the Christ: the Son of God; and that believing you might have life through His name.Ro 1:1-4: Paul: a servant of Jesus Christ: called to be an apostle: separated to the gospel of God: 1Jo 1:1-3: That which was from the beginning: which we have heard: which we have seen with our eyes: which we have looked upon: and our hands have handled: of the Word of life;1Jo 5:11: 12: This is the record: that God has given to us eternal life: and this life is in His Son."son"Ps 2:7: I will declare the decree: the LORD has said to me: You are my Son; this day have I begotten you.Mt 3:17: indeed a voice from heaven: saying: This is my beloved Son: in whom I am well pleased.Mt 14:33: Then they that were in the ship came and worshipped Him: saying: Of a truth you are the Son of God.Mt 17:5: While He yet spoke: look: a bright cloud overshadowed them: and look a voice out of the cloud: which said: This is my beloved Son: in whom I am well pleased; hear you Him.Lu 1:35: The angel answered and said to her: The Holy Ghost will come upon you: and the power of the High will overshadow you: therefore also that holy thing which will be born of you will be called the Son of God.Joh 1:14: 34: 49: The Word was made flesh: and dwelt among us: (and we beheld His glory: the glory as of the only begotten of the Father: ) full of grace and truth.Joh 3:16: For God so loved the world: that He gave His only begotten Son: that whoever believes in Him not should perish: but have everlasting life.Joh 6:69: We believe and are sure that you are that Christ: the Son of the living God.Ro 8:3: 32: For what the law not could do: in that it was weak through the flesh: God sending His own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh: and for sin: condemned sin in the flesh:Heb 1:1: 2: God: who at sundry times and in divers manners spoke in time past to the fathers by the prophets:
ως γεγραπται εν τοις προφηταις ιδου εγω αποστελλω τον αγγελον μου προ προσωπου σου ος κατασκευασει την οδον σου εμπροσθεν σου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2531ΚαθὼςKathōs (Adv)
G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
ΚαθὼςKathōs
|
As
|
Adv
|
G1125γέγραπταιgegraptai (V-RIM/P-3S)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γέγραπταιgegraptai
|
it has been written
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2268ἨσαΐᾳĒsaia (N-DMS)
G2268 Ἡσαΐας Hēsaḯas hay-sah-ee-as of Hebrew origin (יְשַׁעְיָה); Hesaias (i.e. Jeshajah), an Israelite:--Esaias.
|
ἨσαΐᾳĒsaia
|
Isaiah
|
N-DMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G4396προφήτῃprophētē (N-DMS)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφήτῃprophētē
|
prophet:
|
N-DMS
|
G3708ἸδοὺIdou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἸδοὺIdou
|
Behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G649ἀποστέλλωapostellō (V-PIA-1S)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀποστέλλωapostellō
|
I send
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G32ἄγγελόνangelon (N-AMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελόνangelon
|
messenger
|
N-AMS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G4253πρὸpro (Prep)
G4253 πρό pró pro a primary preposition; fore, i.e. in front of, prior (figuratively, superior) to:--above, ago, before, or ever. In the comparative, it retains the same significations.
|
πρὸpro
|
before
|
Prep
|
G4383προσώπουprosōpou (N-GNS)
G4383 πρόσωπον prósōpon pros-o-pon from πρός and (the visage, from ὀπτάνομαι); the front (as being towards view), i.e. the countenance, aspect, appearance, surface; by implication, presence, person:--(outward) appearance, X before, countenance, face, fashion, (mens) person, presence.
|
προσώπουprosōpou
|
face
|
N-GNS
|
G4771σου,sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου,sou
|
of You,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G2680κατασκευάσειkataskeuasei (V-FIA-3S)
G2680 κατασκευάζω kataskeuázō kat-ask-yoo-ad-zo from κατά and a derivative of σκεῦος; to prepare thoroughly (properly, by external equipment; whereas ἑτοιμάζω refers rather to internal fitness); by implication, to construct, create:--build, make, ordain, prepare.
|
κατασκευάσειkataskeuasei
|
will prepare
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3598ὁδόνhodon (N-AFS)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδόνhodon
|
way
|
N-AFS
|
G4771σου·sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου·sou
|
of You.”
|
PPro-G2S
|
2
As it is written in the prophets, Look, I send my messenger before your face, which will prepare your way before you.
Mark 1:2
Stats
Rank: #1668 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 119 characters, 19 words, 94 letters, 32 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως γεγραπται εν τοις προφηταις ιδου εγω αποστελλω τον αγγελον μου προ προσωπου σου ος κατασκευασει την οδον σου εμπροσθεν σου
Lit: As it has been written in Isaiah the prophet: Behold, I send the messenger of Me before face of You, who will prepare the way of You.”
KJV: As it is written in the prophets, Behold, I send my messenger before thy face, which shall prepare thy way before thee.
References
"written"Ps 40:7: Then said I: Indeed: I come: in the volume of the book it is written of me: Mt 2:5: They said to him: In Bethlehem of Judaea: for thus it is written by the prophet: Mt 26:24: 31: The Son of man goes as it is written of Him: but woe to that man by whom the Son of man is betrayed! it had been good for that man if He not had been born.Lu 1:70: As he spoke by the mouth of his holy prophets: which have been since the world began:Lu 18:31: Then He took to Him the 12: and said to them: Look: we go up to Jerusalem: and all things that are written by the prophets concerning the Son of man will be accomplished."Behold"Mal 3:1: Look: I will send my messenger: and He will prepare the way before me: and the Lord: whom you seek: will suddenly come to His temple: even the messenger of the covenant: whom you delight in: look: He will come: says the LORD of hosts.Mt 11:10: For this is he: of whom it is written: Look: I send my messenger before your face: which will prepare your way before you.Lu 1:15-17: 76: For He will be great in the sight of the Lord: and will drink neither wine nor strong drink; and He will be filled with the Holy Ghost: even from His mother's womb.Lu 7:27: 28: This is he: of whom it is written: Look: I send my messenger before your face: which will prepare your way before you.
φωνη βοωντος εν τη ερημω ετοιμασατε την οδον κυριου ευθειας ποιειτε τας τριβους αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5456Φωνὴphōnē (N-NFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
Φωνὴphōnē
|
The voice
|
N-NFS
|
G994βοῶντοςboōntos (V-PPA-GMS)
G994 βοάω boáō bo-ah-o apparently a prolonged form of a primary verb; to halloo, i.e. shout (for help or in a tumultuous way):--cry.
|
βοῶντοςboōntos
|
of one crying
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2048ἐρήμῳerēmō (Adj-DFS)
G2048 ἔρημος érēmos er-ay-mos of uncertain affinity; lonesome, i.e. (by implication) waste (usually as a noun, χώρα being implied):--desert, desolate, solitary, wilderness.,
|
ἐρήμῳerēmō
|
wilderness,
|
Adj-DFS
|
G2090ἙτοιμάσατεHetoimasate (V-AMA-2P)
G2090 ἑτοιμάζω hetoimázō het-oy-mad-zo from ἕτοιμος; to prepare:--prepare, provide, make ready. Compare κατασκευάζω.
|
ἙτοιμάσατεHetoimasate
|
Prepare
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3598ὁδὸνhodon (N-AFS)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδὸνhodon
|
way
|
N-AFS
|
G2962Κυρίου,Kyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κυρίου,Kyriou
|
of the Lord,
|
N-GMS
|
G2117εὐθείαςeutheias (Adj-AFP)
G2117 εὐθύς euthýs yoo-thoos perhaps from εὖ and τίθημι; straight, i.e. (literally) level, or (figuratively) true; adverbially (of time) at once:--anon, by and by, forthwith, immediately, straightway.
|
εὐθείαςeutheias
|
straight
|
Adj-AFP
|
G4160ποιεῖτεpoieite (V-PMA-2P)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιεῖτεpoieite
|
make
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5147τρίβουςtribous (N-AFP)
G5147 τρίβος tríbos tree-bos from (to rub; akin to , , and the base of τράγος, τραῦμα); a rut or worn track:--path.
|
τρίβουςtribous
|
paths
|
N-AFP
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of Him.’”
|
PPro-GM3S
|
3
The voice of one crying in the wilderness, Prepare you the way of the Lord, make His paths straight.
Mark 1:3
Stats
Counts: 99 characters, 17 words, 78 letters, 28 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: φωνη βοωντος εν τη ερημω ετοιμασατε την οδον κυριου ευθειας ποιειτε τας τριβους αυτου
Lit: The voice of one crying in the wilderness, Prepare the way of the Lord, straight make the paths of Him.’”
KJV: The voice of one crying in the wilderness, Prepare ye the way of the Lord, make his paths straight.
References
"The voice of one crying in the wilderness, Prepare ye the way of the Lord, make his paths straight."Isa 40:3-5: The voice of Him that cries in the wilderness: Prepare you the way of the LORD: make straight in the desert a highway for our God.Mt 3:3: For this is He that'>He who was spoken of by the prophet Isaiah: saying: The voice of one crying in the wilderness: Prepare you the way of the Lord: make His paths straight.Lu 3:4-6: As it is written in the book of the words of Isaiah the prophet: saying: The voice of one crying in the wilderness: Prepare you the way of the Lord: make His paths straight.Joh 1:15: 19-34: John bare witness of him: and cried: saying: This was he of whom I spoke: He who comes after me is preferred before me: for he was before me.Joh 3:28-36: You yourselves bear me witness: that I said: I not am the Christ: but that I am sent before Him.
εγενετο ιωαννης βαπτιζων εν τη ερημω και κηρυσσων βαπτισμα μετανοιας εις αφεσιν αμαρτιων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1096Ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
Ἐγένετοegeneto
|
Came
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G2491ἸωάννηςIōannēs (N-NMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννηςIōannēs
|
John,
|
N-NMS
|
G907βαπτίζωνbaptizōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
βαπτίζωνbaptizōn
|
baptizing
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2048ἐρήμῳerēmō (Adj-DFS)
G2048 ἔρημος érēmos er-ay-mos of uncertain affinity; lonesome, i.e. (by implication) waste (usually as a noun, χώρα being implied):--desert, desolate, solitary, wilderness.,
|
ἐρήμῳerēmō
|
wilderness
|
Adj-DFS
|
G2532[καὶ]kai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
[καὶ]kai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2784κηρύσσωνkēryssōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2784 κηρύσσω kērýssō kay-roos-so of uncertain affinity; to herald (as a public crier), especially divine truth (the gospel):--preacher(-er), proclaim, publish.
|
κηρύσσωνkēryssōn
|
proclaiming
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G908βάπτισμαbaptisma (N-ANS)
G908 βάπτισμα báptisma bap-tis-mah from βαπτίζω; baptism (technically or figuratively):--baptism.
|
βάπτισμαbaptisma
|
a baptism
|
N-ANS
|
G3341μετανοίαςmetanoias (N-GFS)
G3341 μετάνοια metánoia met-an-oy-ah from μετανοέω; (subjectively) compunction (for guilt, including reformation); by implication, reversal (of (anothers) decision):--repentance.
|
μετανοίαςmetanoias
|
of repentance
|
N-GFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G859ἄφεσινaphesin (N-AFS)
G859 ἄφεσις áphesis af-es-is from ἀφίημι; freedom; (figuratively) pardon:--deliverance, forgiveness, liberty, remission.
|
ἄφεσινaphesin
|
forgiveness
|
N-AFS
|
G266ἁμαρτιῶν.hamartiōn (N-GFP)
G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτιῶν.hamartiōn
|
of sins.
|
N-GFP
|
4
John did baptize in the wilderness, and preach the baptism of repentance for the remission of sins.Mark 1:4
Stats
Rank: #1372 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 99 characters, 16 words, 81 letters, 29 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγενετο ιωαννης βαπτιζων εν τη ερημω και κηρυσσων βαπτισμα μετανοιας εις αφεσιν αμαρτιων
Lit: Came John, baptizing in the wilderness and proclaiming a baptism of repentance for forgiveness of sins.
KJV: John did baptize in the wilderness, and preach the baptism of repentance for the remission of sins.
References
"did"Mt 3:1: 2: 6: 11: In those days came John the Baptist: preaching in the wilderness of Judaea: Lu 3:2: 3: Annas and Caiaphas being the high priests: the word of God came to John the son of Zacharias in the wilderness.Joh 3:23: John also was baptizing in AEnon near to Salim: because there was much water there: and they came: and were baptized.Ac 10:37: That word: I say: you know: which was published throughout all Judaea: and began from Galilee: after the baptism which John preached;Ac 13:24: 25: When John had first preached before his coming the baptism of repentance to all the people of Israel.Ac 19:3: 4: He said to them: To what then were you baptized? And they said: To John's baptism."remission"Ac 22:16: Now why tarry you? arise: and be baptized: and wash away your sins: calling on the name of the Lord.
και εξεπορευετο προς αυτον πασα η ιουδαια χωρα και οι ιεροσολυμιται και εβαπτιζοντο παντες εν τω ιορδανη ποταμω υπ αυτου εξομολογουμενοι τας αμαρτιας αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1607ἐξεπορεύετοexeporeueto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G1607 ἐκπορεύομαι ekporeúomai ek-por-yoo-om-ahee from ἐκ and πορεύομαι; to depart, be discharged, proceed, project:--come (forth, out of), depart, go (forth, out), issue, proceed (out of).
|
ἐξεπορεύετοexeporeueto
|
were going out
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3956πᾶσαpasa (Adj-NFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσαpasa
|
all
|
Adj-NFS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G2449ἸουδαίαIoudaia (N-NFS)
G2449 Ἰουδαία Ioudaía ee-oo-dah-yah feminine of Ἰουδαῖος (with γῆ implied); the Judæan land (i.e. Judæa), a region of Palestine:--Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίαIoudaia
|
of Judea
|
N-NFS
|
G5561χώραchōra (N-NFS)
G5561 χώρα chṓra kho-rah feminine of a derivative of the base of χάσμα through the idea of empty expanse; room, i.e. a space of territory (more or less extensive; often including its inhabitants):--coast, county, fields, ground, land, region. Compare τόπος.
|
χώραchōra
|
region,
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2415ἹεροσολυμῖταιHierosolymitai (N-NMP)
G2415 Ἱεροσολυμίτης Hierosolymítēs hee-er-os-ol-oo-mee-tace from Ἱεροσόλυμα; a Hierosolymite, i.e. inhabitant of Hierosolyma:--of Jerusalem.
|
ἹεροσολυμῖταιHierosolymitai
|
of Jerusalem,
|
N-NMP
|
G3956πάντες,pantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντες,pantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G907ἐβαπτίζοντοebaptizonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
ἐβαπτίζοντοebaptizonto
|
were being baptized
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G5259ὑπ’hyp’ (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπ’hyp’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2446ἸορδάνῃIordanē (N-DMS)
G2446 Ἰορδάνης Iordánēs ee-or-dan-ace of Hebrew origin (יַרְדֵּן); the Jordanes (i.e. Jarden), a river of Palestine:--Jordan.
|
ἸορδάνῃIordanē
|
Jordan
|
N-DMS
|
G4215ποταμῷpotamō (N-DMS)
G4215 ποταμός potamós pot-am-os probably from a derivative of the alternate of πίνω (compare πότος); a current, brook or freshet (as drinkable), i.e. running water:--flood, river, stream, water.
|
ποταμῷpotamō
|
river,
|
N-DMS
|
G1843ἐξομολογούμενοιexomologoumenoi (V-PPM-NMP)
G1843 ἐξομολογέω exomologéō ex-om-ol-og-eh-o from ἐκ and ὁμολογέω; to acknowledge or (by implication, of assent) agree fully:--confess, profess, promise.
|
ἐξομολογούμενοιexomologoumenoi
|
confessing
|
V-PPM-NMP
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G266ἁμαρτίαςhamartias (N-AFP)
G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτίαςhamartias
|
sins
|
N-AFP
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
of them.
|
PPro-GM3P
|
5
There went out to him all the land of Judaea, and they of Jerusalem, and were all baptized of him in the river of Jordan, confessing their sins.Mark 1:5
Stats
Counts: 150 characters, 26 words, 118 letters, 46 vowels, 72 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εξεπορευετο προς αυτον πασα η ιουδαια χωρα και οι ιεροσολυμιται και εβαπτιζοντο παντες εν τω ιορδανη ποταμω υπ αυτου εξομολογουμενοι τας αμαρτιας αυτων
Lit: And were going out to him all the of Judea region, and of Jerusalem, all and were being baptized by him in the Jordan river, confessing the sins of them.
KJV: And there went out unto him all the land of Judaea, and they of Jerusalem, and were all baptized of him in the river of Jordan, confessing their sins.
References
"there"Mt 3:5: 6: Then went out to him Jerusalem: and all Judaea: and all the region round about Jordan: Mt 4:25: There followed him great multitudes of people from Galilee: and from Decapolis: and from Jerusalem: and from Judaea: and from beyond Jordan."baptized"Joh 1:28: These things were done in Bethabara beyond Jordan: where John was baptizing.Joh 3:23: John also was baptizing in AEnon near to Salim: because there was much water there: and they came: and were baptized."confessing"Le 26:40-42: If they will confess their iniquity: and the iniquity of their fathers: with their trespass which they trespassed against me: and that also they have walked contrary to me;Jos 7:19: Joshua said to Achan: My son: give: I pray you: glory to the LORD God of Israel: and make confession to Him; and tell me now what you have done; hide it not from me.Ps 32:5: I acknowledged my sin to you: and my iniquity have not I hid. I said: I will confess my transgressions to the LORD; and you forgave the iniquity of my sin. Selah.Pr 28:13: He who covers his sins will not prosper: but whoever confesss and forsakes them will have mercy.Ac 2:38: Then Peter said to them: Repent: and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins: and you will receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.Ac 19:18: Many that believed came: and confessed: and showed their deeds.1Jo 1:8-10: If we say that we have no sin: we deceive ourselves: and the truth not is in us.
ην δε ιωαννης ενδεδυμενος τριχας καμηλου και ζωνην δερματινην περι την οσφυν αυτου και εσθιων ακριδας και μελι αγριον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2491ἸωάννηςIōannēs (N-NMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννηςIōannēs
|
John
|
N-NMS
|
G1746ἐνδεδυμένοςendedymenos (V-RPM-NMS)
G1746 ἐνδύω endýō en-doo-o from ἐν and δύνω (in the sense of sinking into a garment); to invest with clothing (literally or figuratively):--array, clothe (with), endue, have (put) on.
|
ἐνδεδυμένοςendedymenos
|
clothed in
|
V-RPM-NMS
|
G2359τρίχαςtrichas (N-AFP)
G2359 θρίξ thríx threeks genitive case , etc.; of uncertain derivation; hair:--hair. Compare κόμη.
|
τρίχαςtrichas
|
hair
|
N-AFP
|
G2574καμήλουkamēlou (N-GFS)
G2574 κάμηλος kámēlos kam-ay-los of Hebrew origin (גָּמָל); a camel:--camel.
|
καμήλουkamēlou
|
of a camel,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2223ζώνηνzōnēn (N-AFS)
G2223 ζώνη zṓnē dzo-nay probably akin to the base of ζυγός; a belt; by implication, a pocket:--girdle, purse.
|
ζώνηνzōnēn
|
a belt
|
N-AFS
|
G1193δερματίνηνdermatinēn (Adj-AFS)
G1193 δερμάτινος dermátinos der-mat-ee-nos from δέρμα; made of hide:--leathern, of a skin.
|
δερματίνηνdermatinēn
|
of leather
|
Adj-AFS
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
around
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3751ὀσφὺνosphyn (N-AFS)
G3751 ὀσφῦς osphŷs os-foos of uncertain affinity; the loin (externally), i.e. the hip; internally (by extension) procreative power:--loin.
|
ὀσφὺνosphyn
|
waist
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of him;
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2068ἔσθωνesthōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2068 ἐσθίω esthíō es-thee-o strengthened for a primary (to eat); used only in certain tenses, the rest being supplied by φάγω; to eat (usually literal):--devour, eat, live.
|
ἔσθωνesthōn
|
he is eating
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G200ἀκρίδαςakridas (N-AFP)
G200 ἀκρίς akrís ak-rece apparently from the same as ἄκρον; a locust (as pointed, or as lighting on the top of vegetation):--locust.
|
ἀκρίδαςakridas
|
locusts
|
N-AFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3192μέλιmeli (N-ANS)
G3192 μέλι méli mel-ee apparently a primary word; honey:--honey.
|
μέλιmeli
|
honey
|
N-ANS
|
G66ἄγριον.agrion (Adj-ANS)
G66 ἄγριος ágrios ag-ree-os from ἀγρός; wild (as pertaining to the country), literally (natural) or figuratively (fierce):--wild, raging.
|
ἄγριον.agrion
|
wild.
|
Adj-ANS
|
6
John was clothed with camel's hair, and with a girdle of a skin about his loins; and he did eat locusts and wild honey;Mark 1:6
Stats
Counts: 123 characters, 23 words, 95 letters, 35 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: ην δε ιωαννης ενδεδυμενος τριχας καμηλου και ζωνην δερματινην περι την οσφυν αυτου και εσθιων ακριδας και μελι αγριον
Lit: And was John clothed in hair of a camel, and a belt of leather around the waist of him; and he is eating locusts and honey wild.
KJV: And John was clothed with camel's hair, and with a girdle of a skin about his loins; and he did eat locusts and wild honey;
References
"clothed"2Ki 1:8: They answered him: He was an hairy man: and girt with a girdle of leather about his loins. And he said: It is Elijah the Tishbite.Zec 13:4: It will come to pass in that day: that the prophets will be ashamed every one of his vision: when he has prophesied; neither will they wear a rough garment to deceive:Mt 3:4: The same John had his clothing of camel's hair: and a leathern girdle about his loins; and his meat was locusts and wild honey."eat"Le 11:22: Even these of them you may eat; the locust after his kind: and the bald locust after his kind: and the beetle after his kind: and the grasshopper after his kind.
και εκηρυσσεν λεγων ερχεται ο ισχυροτερος μου οπισω μου ου ουκ ειμι ικανος κυψας λυσαι τον ιμαντα των υποδηματων αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2784ἐκήρυσσενekēryssen (V-IIA-3S)
G2784 κηρύσσω kērýssō kay-roos-so of uncertain affinity; to herald (as a public crier), especially divine truth (the gospel):--preacher(-er), proclaim, publish.
|
ἐκήρυσσενekēryssen
|
he was preaching,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2064ἜρχεταιErchetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἜρχεταιErchetai
|
He comes
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
who
|
Art-NMS
|
G2478ἰσχυρότερόςischyroteros (Adj-NMS-C)
G2478 ἰσχυρός ischyrós is-khoo-ros from ἰσχύς; forcible (literally or figuratively):--boisterous, mighty(-ier), powerful, strong(-er, man), valiant.
|
ἰσχυρότερόςischyroteros
|
is mightier
|
Adj-NMS-C
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
than I
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3694ὀπίσωopisō (Prep)
G3694 ὀπίσω opísō op-is-o from the same as ὄπισθεν with enclitic of direction; to the back, i.e. aback (as adverb or preposition of time or place; or as noun):--after, back(-ward), (+ get) behind, + follow.
|
ὀπίσωopisō
|
after
|
Prep
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
of whom
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510εἰμὶeimi (V-PIA-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμὶeimi
|
I am
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G2425ἱκανὸςhikanos (Adj-NMS)
G2425 ἱκανός hikanós hik-an-os from ( or , akin to ἥκω) (to arrive); competent (as if coming in season), i.e. ample (in amount) or fit (in character):--able, + content, enough, good, great, large, long (while), many, meet, much, security, sore, sufficient, worthy.
|
ἱκανὸςhikanos
|
sufficient,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2955κύψαςkypsas (V-APA-NMS)
G2955 κύπτω kýptō koop-to probably from the base of κῦμα; to bend forward:--stoop (down).
|
κύψαςkypsas
|
having stooped down,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3089λῦσαιlysai (V-ANA)
G3089 λύω lýō loo-o a primary verb; to loosen (literally or figuratively):--break (up), destroy, dissolve, (un-)loose, melt, put off. Compare ῥήγνυμι.
|
λῦσαιlysai
|
to untie
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2438ἱμάνταhimanta (N-AMS)
G2438 ἱμάς himás hee-mas perhaps from the same as ἅμα; a strap, i.e. (specially) the tie (of a sandal) or the lash (of a scourge):--latchet, thong.
|
ἱμάνταhimanta
|
strap
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G5266ὑποδημάτωνhypodēmatōn (N-GNP)
G5266 ὑπόδημα hypódēma hoop-od-ay-mah from ὑποδέω; something bound under the feet, i.e. a shoe or sandal:--shoe.
|
ὑποδημάτωνhypodēmatōn
|
sandals
|
N-GNP
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
7
Preached, saying, There comes one mightier than I after me, the latchet of whose shoes I not am worthy to stoop down and unloose.
Mark 1:7
Stats
Counts: 134 characters, 22 words, 106 letters, 41 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εκηρυσσεν λεγων ερχεται ο ισχυροτερος μου οπισω μου ου ουκ ειμι ικανος κυψας λυσαι τον ιμαντα των υποδηματων αυτου
Lit: And he was preaching, saying, He comes who is mightier than I after me, of whom not I am sufficient, having stooped down, to untie the strap of the sandals of Him.
KJV: And preached, saying, There cometh one mightier than I after me, the latchet of whose shoes I am not worthy to stoop down and unloose.
References
"And preached, saying, There cometh one mightier than I after me, the latchet of whose shoes I am not worthy to stoop down and unloose."Mt 3:11: 14: I indeed baptize you with water to repentance: but He that'>He who comes after me is mightier than I: whose shoes I not am worthy to bear: He will baptize you with the Holy Ghost: and with fire:Lu 3:16: John answered: saying to them all: I indeed baptize you with water; but one mightier than I comes: the latchet of whose shoes I not am worthy to unloose: He will baptize you with the Holy Ghost and with fire:Lu 7:6: 7: Then Jesus went with them. And when He was not now far from the house: the centurion sent friends to Him: saying to Him: Lord: not trouble yourself: for I not am worthy that you should enter under my roof:Joh 1:27: He it is: who coming after me is preferred before me: whose shoe's latchet I not am worthy to unloose.Joh 3:28-31: You yourselves bear me witness: that I said: I not am the Christ: but that I am sent before Him.Ac 13:25: As John fulfilled his course: he said: Whom think you that I am? I not am he. But: look: there comes one after me: whose shoes of his feet I not am worthy to loose.
εγω μεν εβαπτισα υμας εν υδατι αυτος δε βαπτισει υμας εν πνευματι αγιω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G907ἐβάπτισαebaptisa (V-AIA-1S)
G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
ἐβάπτισαebaptisa
|
baptized
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G5204ὕδατι,hydati (N-DNS)
G5204 ὕδωρ hýdōr hoo-dat-os from the base of ὑετός; water (as if rainy) literally or figuratively:--water.
|
ὕδατι,hydati
|
with water;
|
N-DNS
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
He
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G907βαπτίσειbaptisei (V-FIA-3S)
G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
βαπτίσειbaptisei
|
will baptize
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G1722‹ἐν›en (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
‹ἐν›en
|
with
|
Prep
|
G4151ΠνεύματιPneumati (N-DNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματιPneumati
|
the Spirit
|
N-DNS
|
G40Ἁγίῳ.Hagiō (Adj-DNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
Ἁγίῳ.Hagiō
|
Holy.
|
Adj-DNS
|
8
I indeed have baptized you with water: but He will baptize you with the Holy Ghost.Mark 1:8
Stats
Rank: #1519 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 84 characters, 15 words, 67 letters, 26 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγω μεν εβαπτισα υμας εν υδατι αυτος δε βαπτισει υμας εν πνευματι αγιω
Lit: I baptized you with water; He however will baptize you with the Spirit Holy.
KJV: I indeed have baptized you with water: but he shall baptize you with the Holy Ghost.
References
"have"Mt 3:11: I indeed baptize you with water to repentance: but He that'>He who comes after me is mightier than I: whose shoes I not am worthy to bear: He will baptize you with the Holy Ghost: and with fire:"he shall"Pr 1:23: Turn you at my reproof: look: I will pour out my spirit to you: I will make known my words to you.Isa 32:15: Until the spirit be poured upon us from on high: and the wilderness be a fruitful field: and the fruitful field be counted for a for.Isa 44:3: For I will pour water upon him that is thirsty: and floods upon the dry ground: I will pour my spirit upon your seed: and my blessing upon your offspring:Eze 36:25-27: Then will I sprinkle clean water upon you: and you will be clean: from all your filthiness: and from all your idols: will I cleanse you.Joe 2:28: It will come to pass afterward: that I will pour out my spirit upon all flesh; and your sons and your daughters will prophesy: your old men will dream dreams: your young men will see visions:Ac 1:5: For John truly baptized with water; but you will be baptized with the Holy Ghost not many days here.Ac 2:4: 17: They were all filled with the Holy Ghost: and began to speak with other tongues: as the Spirit gave them utterance.Ac 10:45: They of the circumcision which believed were astonished: as many as came with Peter: because that on the Gentiles also was poured out the gift of the Holy Ghost.Ac 11:15: 16: As I began to speak: the Holy Ghost fell on them: as on us at the beginning.Ac 19:4-6: Then said Paul: John truly baptized with the baptism of repentance: saying to the people: that they should believe on Him which should come after Him: that is: on Christ Jesus.1Co 12:13: For by one Spirit are we all baptized into one body: whether we be Jews or Gentiles: whether we be bond or free; and have been all made to drink into one Spirit.Tit 3:5: 6: Not by works of righteousness which we have done: but according to His mercy He saved us: by the washing of regeneration: and renewing of the Holy Ghost;
και εγενετο εν εκειναις ταις ημεραις ηλθεν ιησους απο {VAR1: ναζαρετ } {VAR2: ναζαρεθ } της γαλιλαιας και εβαπτισθη υπο ιωαννου εις τον ιορδανην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
it came to pass
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1565ἐκείναιςekeinais (DPro-DFP)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείναιςekeinais
|
those
|
DPro-DFP
|
G2250ἡμέραιςhēmerais (N-DFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραιςhēmerais
|
days,
|
N-DFP
|
G2064ἦλθενēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθενēlthen
|
that came
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3478ΝαζαρὲτNazaret (N-GFS)
G3478 Ναζαρέθ Nazaréth nad-zar-et of uncertain derivation; Nazareth or Nazaret, a place in Palestine:--Nazareth.
|
ΝαζαρὲτNazaret
|
Nazareth
|
N-GFS
|
G1056ΓαλιλαίαςGalilaias (N-GFS)
G1056 Γαλιλαία Galilaía gal-il-ah-yah of Hebrew origin (גָּלִיל); Galilæa (i.e. the heathen circle), a region of Palestine:--Galilee.
|
ΓαλιλαίαςGalilaias
|
of Galilee,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G907ἐβαπτίσθηebaptisthē (V-AIP-3S)
G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
ἐβαπτίσθηebaptisthē
|
was baptized
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2446ἸορδάνηνIordanēn (N-AMS)
G2446 Ἰορδάνης Iordánēs ee-or-dan-ace of Hebrew origin (יַרְדֵּן); the Jordanes (i.e. Jarden), a river of Palestine:--Jordan.
|
ἸορδάνηνIordanēn
|
Jordan
|
N-AMS
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G2491Ἰωάννου.Iōannou (N-GMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
Ἰωάννου.Iōannou
|
John.
|
N-GMS
|
9
It came to pass in those days, that Jesus came from Nazareth of Galilee, and was baptized of John in Jordan.Mark 1:9
Stats
Rank: #612 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 112 characters, 20 words, 88 letters, 34 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εγενετο εν εκειναις ταις ημεραις ηλθεν ιησους απο {VAR1: ναζαρετ } {VAR2: ναζαρεθ } της γαλιλαιας και εβαπτισθη υπο ιωαννου εις τον ιορδανην
Lit: And it came to pass in those days, that came Jesus from Nazareth of Galilee, and was baptized in the Jordan by John.
KJV: And it came to pass in those days, that Jesus came from Nazareth of Galilee, and was baptized of John in Jordan.
References
"that"Mt 3:13-15: Then comes Jesus from Galilee to Jordan to John: to be baptized of Him.Lu 3:21: Now when all the people were baptized: it came to pass: that Jesus also being baptized: and praying: the heaven was opened:
και ευθεως αναβαινων απο του υδατος ειδεν σχιζομενους τους ουρανους και το πνευμα ωσει περιστεραν καταβαινον επ αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G305ἀναβαίνωνanabainōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀναβαίνωνanabainōn
|
going up
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G5204ὕδατοςhydatos (N-GNS)
G5204 ὕδωρ hýdōr hoo-dat-os from the base of ὑετός; water (as if rainy) literally or figuratively:--water.
|
ὕδατοςhydatos
|
water,
|
N-GNS
|
G3708εἶδενeiden (V-AIA-3S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδενeiden
|
he saw
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4977σχιζομένουςschizomenous (V-PPM/P-AMP)
G4977 σχίζω schízō skhid-zo apparently a primary verb; to split or sever (literally or figuratively):--break, divide, open, rend, make a rent.
|
σχιζομένουςschizomenous
|
tearing open
|
V-PPM/P-AMP
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3772οὐρανοὺςouranous (N-AMP)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοὺςouranous
|
heavens,
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-ANS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-ANS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G4058περιστερὰνperisteran (N-AFS)
G4058 περιστερά peristerá per-is-ter-ah of uncertain derivation; a pigeon:--dove, pigeon.
|
περιστερὰνperisteran
|
a dove
|
N-AFS
|
G2597καταβαῖνονkatabainon (V-PPA-ANS)
G2597 καταβαίνω katabaínō kat-ab-ah-ee-no from κατά and the base of βάσις; to descend (literally or figuratively):--come (get, go, step) down, fall (down).
|
καταβαῖνονkatabainon
|
descending
|
V-PPA-ANS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτόν·auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν·auton
|
Him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
10
Straightway coming up out of the water, He saw the heavens opened, and the Spirit like a dove descending upon Him:Mark 1:10
Stats
Rank: #1801 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 118 characters, 20 words, 94 letters, 37 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ευθεως αναβαινων απο του υδατος ειδεν σχιζομενους τους ουρανους και το πνευμα ωσει περιστεραν καταβαινον επ αυτον
Lit: And immediately going up from the water, he saw tearing open the heavens, and the Spirit as a dove descending upon Him.
KJV: And straightway coming up out of the water, he saw the heavens opened, and the Spirit like a dove descending upon him:
References
"coming"Mt 3:16: Jesus: when He was baptized: went up straightway out of the water: and: indeed: the heavens were opened to Him: and He saw the Spirit of God descending like a dove: and lighting upon Him:Joh 1:31-34: I knew not him: but that he should be made manifest to Israel: therefore am I come baptizing with water."opened"Isa 64:1: Oh that you would'>would rend the heavens: that you would'>would come down: that the mountains might flow down at your presence: "the Spirit"Isa 42:1: Look my servant: whom I uphold; my elect: in whom my soul delights; I have put my spirit upon him: he will bring forth judgment to the Gentiles.Lu 3:22: The Holy Ghost descended in a bodily shape like a dove upon Him: and a voice came from heaven: which said: You are my beloved Son; in you I am well pleased.Joh 1:32: John bare record: saying: I saw the Spirit descending from heaven like a dove: and it abode upon Him.
και φωνη εγενετο εκ των ουρανων συ ει ο υιος μου ο αγαπητος εν ω ευδοκησα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5456φωνὴphōnē (N-NFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴphōnē
|
a voice
|
N-NFS
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
came
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3772οὐρανῶνouranōn (N-GMP)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανῶνouranōn
|
heavens:
|
N-GMP
|
G4771ΣὺSy (PPro-N2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ΣὺSy
|
You
|
PPro-N2S
|
G1510εἶei (V-PIA-2S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶei
|
are
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5207ΥἱόςHuios (N-NMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱόςHuios
|
Son
|
N-NMS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G27ἀγαπητός,agapētos (Adj-NMS)
G27 ἀγαπητός agapētós ag-ap-ay-tos from ἀγαπάω; beloved:--(dearly, well) beloved, dear.
|
ἀγαπητός,agapētos
|
beloved,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4771σοὶsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοὶsoi
|
You
|
PPro-D2S
|
G2106εὐδόκησα.eudokēsa (V-AIA-1S)
G2106 εὐδοκέω eudokéō yoo-dok-eh-o from εὖ and δοκέω; to think well of, i.e. approve (an act); specially, to approbate (a person or thing):--think good, (be well) please(-d), be the good (have, take) pleasure, be willing.
|
εὐδόκησα.eudokēsa
|
I am well pleased.
|
V-AIA-1S
|
11
There came a voice from heaven, saying, You are my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased.
Mark 1:11
Stats
Rank: #9103 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 95 characters, 16 words, 73 letters, 30 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: και φωνη εγενετο εκ των ουρανων συ ει ο υιος μου ο αγαπητος εν ω ευδοκησα
Lit: And a voice came out of the heavens: You are the Son of Me, the beloved, in You I am well pleased.
KJV: And there came a voice from heaven, saying, Thou art my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased.
References
"there"Mt 3:17: indeed a voice from heaven: saying: This is my beloved Son: in whom I am well pleased.Joh 5:37: The Father Himself: which has sent me: has borne witness of me. You have neither heard His voice at any time: nor seen His shape.Joh 12:28-30: Father: glorify your name. Then came there a voice from heaven: saying: I have both glorified it: and will glorify it again.2Pe 1:17: 18: For He received from God the Father honour and glory: when there came such a voice to Him from the excellent glory: This is my beloved Son: in whom I am well pleased."Thou"Mr 9:7: There was a cloud that overshadowed them: and a voice came out of the cloud: saying: This is my beloved Son: hear Him.Ps 2:7: I will declare the decree: the LORD has said to me: You are my Son; this day have I begotten you.Isa 42:1: Look my servant: whom I uphold; my elect: in whom my soul delights; I have put my spirit upon him: he will bring forth judgment to the Gentiles.Mt 17:5: While He yet spoke: look: a bright cloud overshadowed them: and look a voice out of the cloud: which said: This is my beloved Son: in whom I am well pleased; hear you Him.Lu 9:35: There came a voice out of the cloud: saying: This is my beloved Son: hear Him.Joh 1:34: I saw: and bare record that this is the Son of God.Joh 3:16: 35: 36: For God so loved the world: that He gave His only begotten Son: that whoever believes in Him not should perish: but have everlasting life.Joh 5:20-23: For the Father loves the Son: and shews Him all things that Himself does: and He will show Him greater works than these: that you may marvel.Joh 6:69: We believe and are sure that you are that Christ: the Son of the living God.Ro 1:4: Declared to be the Son of God with power: according to the spirit of holiness: by the resurrection from the dead:Col 1:13: Who has delivered us from the power of darkness: and has translated us into the kingdom of His dear Son:
The Temptation and Preaching of Jesus
και ευθυς το πνευμα αυτον εκβαλλει εις την ερημον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1544ἐκβάλλειekballei (V-PIA-3S)
G1544 ἐκβάλλω ekbállō ek-bal-lo from ἐκ and βάλλω; to eject (literally or figuratively):--bring forth, cast (forth, out), drive (out), expel, leave, pluck (pull, take, thrust) out, put forth (out), send away (forth, out).
|
ἐκβάλλειekballei
|
drives out
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2048ἔρημον.erēmon (Adj-AFS)
G2048 ἔρημος érēmos er-ay-mos of uncertain affinity; lonesome, i.e. (by implication) waste (usually as a noun, χώρα being implied):--desert, desolate, solitary, wilderness.,
|
ἔρημον.erēmon
|
wilderness.
|
Adj-AFS
|
12
Immediately the Spirit drives Him into the wilderness.Mark 1:12
Stats
Rank: #2210 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 59 characters, 9 words, 50 letters, 18 vowels, 32 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ευθυς το πνευμα αυτον εκβαλλει εις την ερημον
Lit: And immediately the Spirit Him drives out into the wilderness.
KJV: And immediately the Spirit driveth him into the wilderness.
References
"the Spirit"Mt 4:1-11: Then was Jesus led up of the Spirit into the wilderness to be tempted of the devil.Lu 4:1-4: Jesus being full of the Holy Ghost returned from Jordan: and was led by the Spirit into the wilderness:
και ην εκει εν τη ερημω ημερας τεσσαρακοντα πειραζομενος υπο του σατανα και ην μετα των θηριων και οι αγγελοι διηκονουν αυτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
He was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2048ἐρήμῳerēmō (Adj-DFS)
G2048 ἔρημος érēmos er-ay-mos of uncertain affinity; lonesome, i.e. (by implication) waste (usually as a noun, χώρα being implied):--desert, desolate, solitary, wilderness.,
|
ἐρήμῳerēmō
|
wilderness
|
Adj-DFS
|
G5062τεσσεράκονταtesserakonta (Adj-AFP)
G5062 τεσσαράκοντα tessarákonta tes-sar-ak-on-tah the decade of τέσσαρες; forty:--forty.
|
τεσσεράκονταtesserakonta
|
forty
|
Adj-AFP
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
days,
|
N-AFP
|
G3985πειραζόμενοςpeirazomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G3985 πειράζω peirázō pi-rad-zo from πεῖρα; to test (objectively), i.e. endeavor, scrutinize, entice, discipline:--assay, examine, go about, prove, tempt(-er), try.
|
πειραζόμενοςpeirazomenos
|
being tempted
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G4567Σατανᾶ,Satana (N-GMS)
G4567 Σατανᾶς Satanâs sat-an-as of Chaldee origin corresponding to מַעְבָּד (with the definite affix); the accuser, i.e. the devil:--Satan.
|
Σατανᾶ,Satana
|
Satan.
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
He was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G2342θηρίων,thēriōn (N-GNP)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίων,thēriōn
|
wild animals;
|
N-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G32ἄγγελοιangeloi (N-NMP)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελοιangeloi
|
angels
|
N-NMP
|
G1247διηκόνουνdiēkonoun (V-IIA-3P)
G1247 διακονέω diakonéō dee-ak-on-eh-o from διάκονος; to be an attendant, i.e. wait upon (menially or as a host, friend, or (figuratively) teacher); technically, to act as a Christian deacon:--(ad-)minister (unto), serve, use the office of a deacon.
|
διηκόνουνdiēkonoun
|
were ministering
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷ.autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ.autō
|
to Him.
|
PPro-DM3S
|
13
He was there in the wilderness 40 days, tempted of Satan; and was with the wild beasts; and the angels ministered to him.Mark 1:13
Stats
Counts: 130 characters, 21 words, 103 letters, 35 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ην εκει εν τη ερημω ημερας τεσσαρακοντα πειραζομενος υπο του σατανα και ην μετα των θηριων και οι αγγελοι διηκονουν αυτω
Lit: And He was in the wilderness forty days, being tempted by Satan. And He was with the wild animals; and the angels were ministering to Him.
KJV: And he was there in the wilderness forty days, tempted of Satan; and was with the wild beasts; and the angels ministered unto him.
References
"forty"Ex 24:18: Moses went into the middle of the cloud: and gat him up into the mount: and Moses was in the mount 40 days and 40 nights.Ex 34:28: He was there with the LORD 40 days and 40 nights; He did neither eat bread: nor drink water. And He wrote upon the tables the words of the covenant: the 10 commandments.De 9:11: 18: 25: It came to pass at the end of 40 days and 40 nights: that the LORD gave me the two tables of stone: even the tables of the covenant.1Ki 19:8: He arose: and did eat and drink: and went in the strength of that meat 40 days and 40 nights to Horeb the mount of God."tempted"Heb 2:17: 18: For what reason in all things it behoved Him to be made like to His brothers: that He might be a merciful and faithful high priest in things pertaining to God: to make reconciliation for the sins of the people.Heb 4:15: For we not have an high priest which cannot be touched with the feeling of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are: yet without sin."and the"1Ki 19:5-7: As he lay and slept under a juniper tree: look: then an angel touched him: and said to him: Arise and eat.Mt 4:11: Then the devil leaves him: and: look: angels came and ministered to him.Mt 26:53: Think you that I cannot now pray to my Father: and He will presently give me more than 12 legions of angels?1Ti 3:16: Without controversy great is the mystery of godliness: God was manifest in the flesh: justified in the Spirit: seen of angels: preached to the Gentiles: believed on in the world: received up into glory.
μετα δε το παραδοθηναι τον ιωαννην ηλθεν ο ιησους εις την γαλιλαιαν κηρυσσων το ευαγγελιον της βασιλειας του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
after
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3860παραδοθῆναιparadothēnai (V-ANP)
G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παραδοθῆναιparadothēnai
|
delivering up
|
V-ANP
|
G2491ἸωάννηνIōannēn (N-AMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννηνIōannēn
|
of John,
|
N-AMS
|
G2064ἦλθενēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθενēlthen
|
came
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G1056ΓαλιλαίανGalilaian (N-AFS)
G1056 Γαλιλαία Galilaía gal-il-ah-yah of Hebrew origin (גָּלִיל); Galilæa (i.e. the heathen circle), a region of Palestine:--Galilee.
|
ΓαλιλαίανGalilaian
|
Galilee,
|
N-AFS
|
G2784κηρύσσωνkēryssōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2784 κηρύσσω kērýssō kay-roos-so of uncertain affinity; to herald (as a public crier), especially divine truth (the gospel):--preacher(-er), proclaim, publish.
|
κηρύσσωνkēryssōn
|
proclaiming
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2098εὐαγγέλιονeuangelion (N-ANS)
G2098 εὐαγγέλιον euangélion yoo-ang-ghel-ee-on from the same as εὐαγγελίζω; a good message, i.e. the gospel:--gospel.
|
εὐαγγέλιονeuangelion
|
gospel
|
N-ANS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
14
Now after that John was put in prison, Jesus came into Galilee, preaching the gospel of the kingdom of God,
Mark 1:14
Stats
Rank: #345 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 107 characters, 18 words, 85 letters, 32 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: μετα δε το παραδοθηναι τον ιωαννην ηλθεν ο ιησους εις την γαλιλαιαν κηρυσσων το ευαγγελιον της βασιλειας του θεου
Lit: And after the delivering up of John, came Jesus into Galilee, proclaiming the gospel of God
KJV: Now after that John was put in prison, Jesus came into Galilee, preaching the gospel of the kingdom of God,
References
"A. M. 4031. A.D. 27. after"Mt 4:12: Now when Jesus had heard that John was cast into prison: He departed into Galilee;Mt 11:2: Now when John had heard in the prison the works of Christ: He sent two of His disciples: Mt 14:2: Said to his servants: This is John the Baptist; he is risen from the dead; and therefore mighty works do show forth themselves in him.Lu 3:20: Added yet this above all: that he shut up John in prison.Joh 3:22-24: After these things came Jesus and His disciples into the land of Judaea; and there He tarried with them: and baptized."preaching"Isa 61:1-3: The Spirit of the Lord GOD is upon me; because the LORD has anointed me to preach good tidings to the meek; He has sent me to bind up the brokenhearted: to proclaim liberty to the captives: and the opening of the prison to them that are bound;Mt 4:23: Jesus went about all Galilee: teaching in their synagogues: and preaching the gospel of the kingdom: and healing all manner of sickness and all manner of disease among the people.Mt 9:35: Jesus went about all the cities and villages: teaching in their synagogues: and preaching the gospel of the kingdom: and healing every sickness and every disease among the people.Lu 4:17-19: 43: 44: There was delivered to him the book of the prophet Isaiah. And when he had opened the book: he found the place where it was written: Lu 8:1: It came to pass afterward: that He went throughout every city and village: preaching and shewing the glad tidings of the kingdom of God: and the 12 were with Him: Ac 20:25: Now: look: I know that you all: among whom I have gone preaching the kingdom of God: will see my face no more.Ac 28:23: When they had appointed Him a day: there came many to Him into His lodging; to whom He expounded and testified the kingdom of God: persuading them concerning Jesus: both out of the law of Moses: and out of the prophets: from morning till evening.Eph 2:17: Came and preached peace to you which were afar off: and to them that were nigh.
και λεγων οτι πεπληρωται ο καιρος και ηγγικεν η βασιλεια του θεου μετανοειτε και πιστευετε εν τω ευαγγελιω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G4137ΠεπλήρωταιPeplērōtai (V-RIM/P-3S)
G4137 πληρόω plēróō play-ro-o from πλήρης; to make replete, i.e. (literally) to cram (a net), level up (a hollow), or (figuratively) to furnish (or imbue, diffuse, influence), satisfy, execute (an office), finish (a period or task), verify (or coincide with a prediction), etc.:--accomplish, X after, (be) complete, end, expire, fill (up), fulfil, (be, make) full (come), fully preach, perfect, supply.
|
ΠεπλήρωταιPeplērōtai
|
Has been fulfilled
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2540καιρὸςkairos (N-NMS)
G2540 καιρός kairós kahee-ros of uncertain affinity; an occasion, i.e. set or proper time:--X always, opportunity, (convenient, due) season, (due, short, while) time, a while. Compare χρόνος.
|
καιρὸςkairos
|
time,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1448ἤγγικενēngiken (V-RIA-3S)
G1448 ἐγγίζω engízō eng-id-zo from ἐγγύς; to make near, i.e. (reflexively) approach:--approach, be at hand, come (draw) near, be (come, draw) nigh.
|
ἤγγικενēngiken
|
has drawn near
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G932βασιλείαbasileia (N-NFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείαbasileia
|
kingdom
|
N-NFS
|
G2316Θεοῦ·Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ·Theou
|
of God;
|
N-GMS
|
G3340μετανοεῖτεmetanoeite (V-PMA-2P)
G3340 μετανοέω metanoéō met-an-o-eh-o from μετά and νοιέω; to think differently or afterwards, i.e. reconsider (morally, feel compunction):--repent.
|
μετανοεῖτεmetanoeite
|
repent
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4100πιστεύετεpisteuete (V-PMA-2P)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πιστεύετεpisteuete
|
believe
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G2098εὐαγγελίῳ.euangeliō (N-DNS)
G2098 εὐαγγέλιον euangélion yoo-ang-ghel-ee-on from the same as εὐαγγελίζω; a good message, i.e. the gospel:--gospel.
|
εὐαγγελίῳ.euangeliō
|
gospel.
|
N-DNS
|
15
Saying, The time is fulfilled, and the kingdom of God is at hand: repent you, and believe the gospel.
Mark 1:15
Stats
Rank: #332 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 104 characters, 16 words, 80 letters, 30 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: και λεγων οτι πεπληρωται ο καιρος και ηγγικεν η βασιλεια του θεου μετανοειτε και πιστευετε εν τω ευαγγελιω
Lit: and saying - , Has been fulfilled the time, and has drawn near the kingdom of God; repent and believe in the gospel.
KJV: And saying, The time is fulfilled, and the kingdom of God is at hand: repent ye, and believe the gospel.
References
"The time"Da 2:44: In the days of these kings will the God of heaven set up a kingdom: which will never be destroyed: and the kingdom will not be left to other people: but it will break in pieces and consume all these kingdoms: and it will stand for ever.Da 9:25: Know therefore and understand: that from the going forth of the commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem to the Messiah the Prince will be 7 weeks: and threescore and two weeks: the street will be built again: and the wall: even in troublous times.Ga 4:4: But when the fulness of the time was come: God sent forth His Son: made of a woman: made under the law: Eph 1:10: That in the dispensation of the fulness of times He might gather together in one all things in Christ: both which are in heaven: and which are on earth; even in Him:"the kingdom"Mt 3:2: Saying: Repent you: for the kingdom of heaven is at hand.Mt 4:17: From that time Jesus began to preach: and to say: Repent: for the kingdom of heaven is at hand.Mt 10:7: As you go: preach: saying: The kingdom of heaven is at hand.Lu 10:9: 11: Heal the sick that are therein: and say to them: The kingdom of God is come nigh to you."repent"Mt 21:31: 32: Whether of them two did the will of His father? They say to Him: The first. Jesus says to them: Truly I say to you: That the publicans and the harlots go into the kingdom of God before you.Lu 24:47: That repentance and remission of sins should be preached in his name among all nations: beginning at Jerusalem.Ac 2:36-38: Therefore let all the house of Israel know assuredly: that God has made that same Jesus: whom you have crucified: both Lord and Christ.Ac 20:21: Testifying both to the Jews: and also to the Greeks: repentance toward God: and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ.2Ti 2:25: 26: In meekness instructing those that oppose themselves; if God perhaps will give them repentance to the acknowledging of the truth;"believe"Ro 16:26: But now is made manifest: and by the scriptures of the prophets: according to the commandment of the everlasting God: made known to all nations for the obedience of faith:
Jesus’ Ministry in Galilee
περιπατων δε παρα την θαλασσαν της γαλιλαιας ειδεν σιμωνα και ανδρεαν τον αδελφον αυτου βαλλοντας αμφιβληστρον εν τη θαλασση ησαν γαρ αλιεις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3855παράγωνparagōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3855 παράγω parágō par-ag-o from παρά and ἄγω; to lead near, i.e. (reflexively or intransitively) to go along or away:--depart, pass (away, by, forth).
|
παράγωνparagōn
|
passing
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2281θάλασσανthalassan (N-AFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θάλασσανthalassan
|
Sea
|
N-AFS
|
G1056ΓαλιλαίαςGalilaias (N-GFS)
G1056 Γαλιλαία Galilaía gal-il-ah-yah of Hebrew origin (גָּלִיל); Galilæa (i.e. the heathen circle), a region of Palestine:--Galilee.
|
ΓαλιλαίαςGalilaias
|
of Galilee,
|
N-GFS
|
G3708εἶδενeiden (V-AIA-3S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδενeiden
|
He saw
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4613ΣίμωναSimōna (N-AMS)
G4613 Σίμων Símōn see-mone of Hebrew origin (שִׁמְעוֹן); Simon (i.e. Shimon), the name of nine Israelites:--Simon. Compare Συμεών.
|
ΣίμωναSimōna
|
Simon
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G406ἈνδρέανAndrean (N-AMS)
G406 Ἀνδρέας Andréas an-dreh-as from ἀνήρ; manly; Andreas, an Israelite:--Andrew.
|
ἈνδρέανAndrean
|
Andrew,
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G80ἀδελφὸνadelphon (N-AMS)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφὸνadelphon
|
brother
|
N-AMS
|
G4613ΣίμωνοςSimōnos (N-GMS)
G4613 Σίμων Símōn see-mone of Hebrew origin (שִׁמְעוֹן); Simon (i.e. Shimon), the name of nine Israelites:--Simon. Compare Συμεών.
|
ΣίμωνοςSimōnos
|
of Simon,
|
N-GMS
|
G906ἀμφιβάλλονταςamphiballontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
ἀμφιβάλλονταςamphiballontas
|
casting a net
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2281θαλάσσῃ·thalassē (N-DFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θαλάσσῃ·thalassē
|
sea;
|
N-DFS
|
G1510ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσανēsan
|
they were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G231ἁλιεῖς.halieis (N-NMP)
G231 ἁλιεύς halieús hal-ee-yoos from ἅλς; a sailor (as engaged on the salt water), i.e. (by implication) a fisher:--fisher(-man).
|
ἁλιεῖς.halieis
|
fishermen.
|
N-NMP
|
16
Now as he walked by the sea of Galilee, he saw Simon and Andrew his brother casting a net into the sea: for they were fishers.Mark 1:16
Stats
Rank: #1870 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 126 characters, 24 words, 98 letters, 38 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: περιπατων δε παρα την θαλασσαν της γαλιλαιας ειδεν σιμωνα και ανδρεαν τον αδελφον αυτου βαλλοντας αμφιβληστρον εν τη θαλασση ησαν γαρ αλιεις
Lit: And passing by the Sea of Galilee, He saw Simon and Andrew, the brother of Simon, casting a net into the sea; they were for fishermen.
KJV: Now as he walked by the sea of Galilee, he saw Simon and Andrew his brother casting a net into the sea: for they were fishers.
References
"as he"Mt 4:18-22: Jesus: walking by the sea of Galilee: saw two brothers: Simon called Peter: and Andrew His brother: casting a net into the sea: for they were fishers.Lu 5:1: 4-11: It came to pass: that: as the people pressed upon Him to hear the word of God: He stood by the lake of Gennesaret: "Simon"Mr 3:16: 18: Simon he surnamed Peter;Mt 10:2: Now the names of the 12 apostles are these; The first: Simon: who is called Peter: and Andrew his brother; James the son of Zebedee: and John his brother;Lu 6:14: Simon: (whom he also named Peter: ) and Andrew his brother: James and John: Philip and Bartholomew: Joh 1:40-42: one of the two which heard John speak: and followed him: was Andrew: Simon Peter's brother.Joh 6:8: one of his disciples: Andrew: Simon Peter's brother: says to him: Joh 12:22: Philip comes and tells Andrew: and again Andrew and Philip tell Jesus.Ac 1:13: When they were come in: they went up into an upper room: where abode both Peter: and James: and John: and Andrew: Philip: and Thomas: Bartholomew: and Matthew: James the son of Alphaeus: and Simon Zelotes: and Judas the brother of James.
και ειπεν αυτοις ο ιησους δευτε οπισω μου και ποιησω υμας γενεσθαι αλιεις ανθρωπων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus,
|
N-NMS
|
G1205ΔεῦτεDeute (V-M-2P)
G1205 δεῦτε deûte dyoo-teh from δεῦρο and an imperative form of (to go); come hither!:--come, X follow.
|
ΔεῦτεDeute
|
Come
|
V-M-2P
|
G3694ὀπίσωopisō (Prep)
G3694 ὀπίσω opísō op-is-o from the same as ὄπισθεν with enclitic of direction; to the back, i.e. aback (as adverb or preposition of time or place; or as noun):--after, back(-ward), (+ get) behind, + follow.
|
ὀπίσωopisō
|
after
|
Prep
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4160ποιήσωpoiēsō (V-FIA-1S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσωpoiēsō
|
I will make
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G1096γενέσθαιgenesthai (V-ANM)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενέσθαιgenesthai
|
to become
|
V-ANM
|
G231ἁλιεῖςhalieis (N-AMP)
G231 ἁλιεύς halieús hal-ee-yoos from ἅλς; a sailor (as engaged on the salt water), i.e. (by implication) a fisher:--fisher(-man).
|
ἁλιεῖςhalieis
|
fishers
|
N-AMP
|
G444ἀνθρώπων.anthrōpōn (N-GMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπων.anthrōpōn
|
of men.
|
N-GMP
|
17
Jesus said to them, Come you after me, and I will make you to become fishers of men.
Mark 1:17
Stats
Rank: #3145 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 89 characters, 17 words, 68 letters, 29 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειπεν αυτοις ο ιησους δευτε οπισω μου και ποιησω υμας γενεσθαι αλιεις ανθρωπων
Lit: And said to them Jesus, Come after Me, and I will make you to become fishers of men.
KJV: And Jesus said unto them, Come ye after me, and I will make you to become fishers of men.
References
"fishers"Eze 47:10: It will come to pass: that the fishers will stand upon it from Engedi even to Eneglaim; they will be a place to spread forth nets; their fish will be according to their kinds: as the fish of the great sea: exceeding many.Mt 4:19: 20: He says to them: Follow me: and I will make you fishers of men.Lu 5:10: So was also James: and John: the sons of Zebedee: which were partners with Simon. And Jesus said to Simon: not Fear; from henceforth you will catch men.Ac 2:38-41: Then Peter said to them: Repent: and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins: and you will receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.
και ευθεως αφεντες τα δικτυα αυτων ηκολουθησαν αυτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately,
|
Adv
|
G863ἀφέντεςaphentes (V-APA-NMP)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφέντεςaphentes
|
having left
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G1350δίκτυαdiktya (N-ANP)
G1350 δίκτυον díktyon dik-too-on probably from a primary verb (to cast); a seine (for fishing):--net.
|
δίκτυαdiktya
|
nets,
|
N-ANP
|
G190ἠκολούθησανēkolouthēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G190 ἀκολουθέω akolouthéō ak-ol-oo-theh-o from Α (as a particle of union) and (a road); properly, to be in the same way with, i.e. to accompany (specially, as a disciple):--follow, reach.
|
ἠκολούθησανēkolouthēsan
|
they followed
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷ.autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ.autō
|
Him.
|
PPro-DM3S
|
18
Straightway they forsook their nets, and followed him.Mark 1:18
Stats
Rank: #1577 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 58 characters, 8 words, 48 letters, 16 vowels, 32 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ευθεως αφεντες τα δικτυα αυτων ηκολουθησαν αυτω
Lit: And immediately, having left the nets, they followed Him.
KJV: And straightway they forsook their nets, and followed him.
References
"forsook"Mr 10:28-31: Then Peter began to say to him: Indeed: we have left all: and have followed you.Mt 19:27-30: Then answered Peter and said to him: Look: we have forsaken all: and followed you; what will we have therefore?Lu 5:11: When they had brought their ships to land: they forsook all: and followed him.Lu 14:33: So likewise: whoever he be of you that forsakes not all that he has: he cannot be my disciple.Lu 18:28-30: Then Peter said: Indeed: we have left all: and followed you.Php 3:8: Yes doubtless: and I count all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord: for whom I have suffered the loss of all things: and do count them but dung: that I may win Christ:
και προβας εκειθεν ολιγον ειδεν ιακωβον τον του ζεβεδαιου και ιωαννην τον αδελφον αυτου και αυτους εν τω πλοιω καταρτιζοντας τα δικτυα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4260προβὰςprobas (V-APA-NMS)
G4260 προβαίνω probaínō prob-ah-ee-no from πρό and the base of βάσις; to walk forward, i.e. advance (literally, or in years):--+ be of a great age, go farther (on), be well stricken.
|
προβὰςprobas
|
having gone on
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3641ὀλίγονoligon (Adj-ANS)
G3641 ὀλίγος olígos ol-ee-gos of uncertain affinity; puny (in extent, degree, number, duration or value); especially neuter (adverbially) somewhat:--+ almost, brief(-ly), few, (a) little, + long, a season, short, small, a while.
|
ὀλίγονoligon
|
a little,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3708εἶδενeiden (V-AIA-3S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδενeiden
|
He saw
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2385ἸάκωβονIakōbon (N-AMS)
G2385 Ἰάκωβος Iákōbos ee-ak-o-bos the same as Ἰακώβ Græcized; Jacobus, the name of three Israelites:--James.
|
ἸάκωβονIakōbon
|
James
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the son
|
Art-AMS
|
G2199ΖεβεδαίουZebedaiou (N-GMS)
G2199 Ζεβεδαῖος Zebedaîos dzeb-ed-ah-yos of Hebrew origin (compare זַבְדִּי); Zebedæus, an Israelite:--Zebedee.
|
ΖεβεδαίουZebedaiou
|
of Zebedee,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2491ἸωάννηνIōannēn (N-AMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννηνIōannēn
|
John
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G80ἀδελφὸνadelphon (N-AMS)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφὸνadelphon
|
brother
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
they
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
were in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4143πλοίῳploiō (N-DNS)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοίῳploiō
|
boat
|
N-DNS
|
G2675καταρτίζονταςkatartizontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G2675 καταρτίζω katartízō kat-ar-tid-zo from κατά and a derivative of ἄρτιος; to complete thoroughly, i.e. repair (literally or figuratively) or adjust:--fit, frame, mend, (make) perfect(-ly join together), prepare, restore.
|
καταρτίζονταςkatartizontas
|
adjusting
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G1350δίκτυα,diktya (N-ANP)
G1350 δίκτυον díktyon dik-too-on probably from a primary verb (to cast); a seine (for fishing):--net.
|
δίκτυα,diktya
|
nets.
|
N-ANP
|
19
When he had gone a little further there, he saw James the son of Zebedee, and John his brother, who also were in the ship mending their nets.Mark 1:19
Stats
Rank: #2063 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 146 characters, 26 words, 114 letters, 42 vowels, 72 consonants
Translation
Greek: και προβας εκειθεν ολιγον ειδεν ιακωβον τον του ζεβεδαιου και ιωαννην τον αδελφον αυτου και αυτους εν τω πλοιω καταρτιζοντας τα δικτυα
Lit: And having gone on a little, He saw James the son of Zebedee, and John the brother of him, and they were in the boat adjusting the nets.
KJV: And when he had gone a little further thence, he saw James the son of Zebedee, and John his brother, who also were in the ship mending their nets.
References
"James"Mr 3:17: James the son of Zebedee: and John the brother of James; and he surnamed them Boanerges: which is: The sons of thunder:Mr 5:37: He suffered no man to follow him: save Peter: and James: and John the brother of James.Mr 9:2: After 6 days Jesus taketh with Him Peter: and James: and John: and leads them up into an high mountain apart by themselves: and He was transfigured before them.Mr 10:35: James and John: the sons of Zebedee: come to him: saying: Master: we would that you should do for us whatever we will desire.Mr 14:33: He takes with him Peter and James and John: and began to be sore amazed: and to be very heavy;Mt 4:21: Going on from there: he saw other two brothers: James the son of Zebedee: and John his brother: in a ship with Zebedee their father: mending their nets; and he called them.Ac 1:13: When they were come in: they went up into an upper room: where abode both Peter: and James: and John: and Andrew: Philip: and Thomas: Bartholomew: and Matthew: James the son of Alphaeus: and Simon Zelotes: and Judas the brother of James.Ac 12:2: He killed James the brother of John with the sword.
και ευθεως εκαλεσεν αυτους και αφεντες τον πατερα αυτων ζεβεδαιον εν τω πλοιω μετα των μισθωτων απηλθον οπισω αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G2564ἐκάλεσενekalesen (V-AIA-3S)
G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
ἐκάλεσενekalesen
|
He called
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτούς·autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς·autous
|
them;
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G863ἀφέντεςaphentes (V-APA-NMP)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφέντεςaphentes
|
having left
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3962πατέραpatera (N-AMS)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέραpatera
|
father
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2199ΖεβεδαῖονZebedaion (N-AMS)
G2199 Ζεβεδαῖος Zebedaîos dzeb-ed-ah-yos of Hebrew origin (compare זַבְדִּי); Zebedæus, an Israelite:--Zebedee.
|
ΖεβεδαῖονZebedaion
|
Zebedee
|
N-AMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4143πλοίῳploiō (N-DNS)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοίῳploiō
|
boat
|
N-DNS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3411μισθωτῶνmisthōtōn (N-GMP)
G3411 μισθωτός misthōtós mis-tho-tos from μισθόω; a wage-worker (good or bad):--hired servant, hireling.
|
μισθωτῶνmisthōtōn
|
hired servants,
|
N-GMP
|
G565ἀπῆλθονapēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπῆλθονapēlthon
|
they went away
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3694ὀπίσωopisō (Prep)
G3694 ὀπίσω opísō op-is-o from the same as ὄπισθεν with enclitic of direction; to the back, i.e. aback (as adverb or preposition of time or place; or as noun):--after, back(-ward), (+ get) behind, + follow.
|
ὀπίσωopisō
|
after
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
20
Straightway he called them: and they left their father Zebedee in the ship with the hired servants, and went after him.Mark 1:20
Stats
Rank: #1473 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 123 characters, 20 words, 99 letters, 33 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ευθεως εκαλεσεν αυτους και αφεντες τον πατερα αυτων ζεβεδαιον εν τω πλοιω μετα των μισθωτων απηλθον οπισω αυτου
Lit: And immediately He called them; and having left the father of them Zebedee in the boat with the hired servants, they went away after Him.
KJV: And straightway he called them: and they left their father Zebedee in the ship with the hired servants, and went after him.
References
"they left"Mr 10:29: Jesus answered and said: Truly I say to you: There is no man that has left house: or brothers: or sisters: or father: or mother: or wife: or children: or lands: for my sake: and the gospel's: De 33:9: Who said to his father and to his mother: I not have seen him; neither did he acknowledge his brothers: nor knew his own children: for they have observed your word: and kept your covenant.1Ki 19:20: He left the oxen: and ran after Elijah: and said: Let me: I pray you: kiss my father and my mother: and then I will follow you. And he said to him: Go back again: for what have I done to you?Mt 4:21: 22: Going on from there: he saw other two brothers: James the son of Zebedee: and John his brother: in a ship with Zebedee their father: mending their nets; and he called them.Mt 8:21: 22: Another of His disciples said to Him: Lord: suffer me first to go and bury my father.Mt 10:37: He who loves'>loves father or mother more than me not is worthy of me: and he who loves'>loves son or daughter more than me not is worthy of me.Lu 14:26: If any man come to me: and not hate his father: and mother: and wife: and children: and brothers: and sisters: yes: and his own life also: he cannot be my disciple.2Co 5:16: For what reason henceforth know we no man after the flesh: yes: though we have known Christ after the flesh: yet now henceforth know we Him no more.
Miracles at Capernaum
και εισπορευονται εις καπερναουμ και ευθεως τοις σαββασιν εισελθων εις την συναγωγην εδιδασκεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1531εἰσπορεύονταιeisporeuontai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G1531 εἰσπορεύομαι eisporeúomai ice-por-yoo-om-ahee from εἰς and πορεύομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--come (enter) in, go into.
|
εἰσπορεύονταιeisporeuontai
|
they go
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G2584Καφαρναούμ·Kapharnaoum (N-AFS)
G2584 Καπερναούμ Kapernaoúm cap-er-nah-oom of Hebrew origin (probably כָּפָר and נַחוּם); Capernaum (i.e. Caphanachum), a place in Palestine:--Capernaum.
|
Καφαρναούμ·Kapharnaoum
|
Capernaum;
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
on the
|
Art-DNP
|
G4521σάββασινsabbasin (N-DNP)
G4521 σάββατον sábbaton sab-bat-on of Hebrew origin (שַׁבָּת); the Sabbath (i.e. Shabbath), or day of weekly repose from secular avocations (also the observance or institution itself); by extension, a sennight, i.e. the interval between two Sabbaths; likewise the plural in all the above applications:--sabbath (day), week.
|
σάββασινsabbasin
|
Sabbaths,
|
N-DNP
|
G1525εἰσελθὼνeiselthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθὼνeiselthōn
|
having entered
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4864συναγωγὴνsynagōgēn (N-AFS)
G4864 συναγωγή synagōgḗ soon-ag-o-gay from (the reduplicated form of) συνάγω; an assemblage of persons; specially, a Jewish synagogue (the meeting or the place); by analogy, a Christian church:--assembly, congregation, synagogue.
|
συναγωγὴνsynagōgēn
|
synagogue,
|
N-AFS
|
G1321ἐδίδασκεν.edidasken (V-IIA-3S)
G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
ἐδίδασκεν.edidasken
|
He was teaching.
|
V-IIA-3S
|
21
They went into Capernaum; and straightway on the sabbath day he entered into the synagogue, and taught.Mark 1:21
Stats
Rank: #1339 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 107 characters, 16 words, 87 letters, 32 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εισπορευονται εις καπερναουμ και ευθεως τοις σαββασιν εισελθων εις την συναγωγην εδιδασκεν
Lit: And they go into Capernaum; and immediately on the Sabbaths, having entered into the synagogue, He was teaching.
KJV: And they went into Capernaum; and straightway on the sabbath day he entered into the synagogue, and taught.
References
"they went"Mr 2:1: Again he entered into Capernaum: after some days; and it was noised that he was in the house.Mt 4:13: Leaving Nazareth: he came and dwelt in Capernaum: which is upon the sea coast: in the borders of Zabulon and Nephthalim:Lu 4:31: Came down to Capernaum: a city of Galilee: and taught them on the sabbath days.Lu 10:15: you: Capernaum: which are exalted to heaven: will be thrust down to hell."he entered"Mr 1:39: He preached in their synagogues throughout all Galilee: and cast out devils.Mr 6:2: When the sabbath day was come: he began to teach in the synagogue: and many hearing him were astonished: saying: From where has this man these things? and what wisdom is this which is given to him: that even such mighty works are wrought by his hands?Mt 4:23: Jesus went about all Galilee: teaching in their synagogues: and preaching the gospel of the kingdom: and healing all manner of sickness and all manner of disease among the people.Lu 4:16: He came to Nazareth: where he had been brought up: and: as his custom was: he went into the synagogue on the sabbath day: and stood up for to read.Lu 13:10: He was teaching in one of the synagogues on the sabbath.Ac 13:14-52: But when they departed from Perga: they came to Antioch in Pisidia: and went into the synagogue on the sabbath day: and sat down.Ac 17:2: Paul: as his manner was: went in to them: and 3 sabbath days reasoned with them out of the scriptures: Ac 18:4: He reasoned in the synagogue every sabbath: and persuaded the Jews and the Greeks.
και εξεπλησσοντο επι τη διδαχη αυτου ην γαρ διδασκων αυτους ως εξουσιαν εχων και ουχ ως οι γραμματεις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1605ἐξεπλήσσοντοexeplēssonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G1605 ἐκπλήσσω ekplḗssō ek-place-so from ἐκ and πλήσσω; to strike with astonishment:--amaze, astonish.
|
ἐξεπλήσσοντοexeplēssonto
|
they were astonished
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1322διδαχῇdidachē (N-DFS)
G1322 διδαχή didachḗ did-akh-ay from διδάσκω; instruction (the act or the matter):--doctrine, hath been taught.
|
διδαχῇdidachē
|
teaching
|
N-DFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ·autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ·autou
|
of Him;
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
He was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1321διδάσκωνdidaskōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
διδάσκωνdidaskōn
|
teaching
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G1849ἐξουσίανexousian (N-AFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίανexousian
|
authority
|
N-AFS
|
G2192ἔχων,echōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχων,echōn
|
having,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐχouch (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐχouch
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G1122γραμματεῖς.grammateis (N-NMP)
G1122 γραμματεύς grammateús gram-mat-yooce from γράμμα. a writer, i.e. (professionally) scribe or secretary:--scribe, town-clerk.
|
γραμματεῖς.grammateis
|
scribes.
|
N-NMP
|
22
They were astonished at his doctrine: for he taught them as one that had authority, not and as the scribes.Mark 1:22
Stats
Rank: #2490 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 111 characters, 19 words, 88 letters, 33 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εξεπλησσοντο επι τη διδαχη αυτου ην γαρ διδασκων αυτους ως εξουσιαν εχων και ουχ ως οι γραμματεις
Lit: And they were astonished at the teaching of Him; He was for teaching them as authority having, and not as the scribes.
KJV: And they were astonished at his doctrine: for he taught them as one that had authority, and not as the scribes.
References
"they were"Jer 23:29: Is not my word like as a fire? says the LORD; and like a hammer that breaks the rock in pieces?Mt 7:28: 29: It came to pass: when Jesus had ended these sayings: the people were astonished at His doctrine:Mt 13:54: When he was come into his own country: he taught them in their synagogue: insomuch that they were astonished: and said: Where has this man this wisdom: and these mighty works?Lu 4:32: They were astonished at his doctrine: for his word was with power.Lu 21:15: For I will give you a mouth and wisdom: which all your adversaries will not be able to gainsay nor resist.Joh 7:46: The officers answered: Never man spoke like this man.Ac 6:10: They not were able to resist the wisdom and the spirit by which he spoke.Ac 9:21: 22: But all that heard him were amazed: and said; not Is this he who destroyed them which called on this name in Jerusalem: and came here for that intent: that he might bring them bound to the chief priests?2Co 4:2: But have renounced the hidden things of dishonesty: not walking in craftiness: nor handling the word of God deceitfully; but by manifestation of the truth commending ourselves to every man's conscience in the sight of God.Heb 4:12: 13: For the word of God is quick: and powerful: and sharper than any twoedged sword: piercing even to the dividing asunder of soul and spirit: and of the joints and marrow: and is a discerner of the thoughts and intents of the heart."as the"Mr 7:3-13: For the Pharisees: and all the Jews: except they wash their hands often: not eat: holding the tradition of the elders.Mt 23:16-24: Woe to you: you blind guides: which say: Whoever will swear by the temple: it not ishing; but whoever will swear by the gold of the temple: he is a debtor!
και ην εν τη συναγωγη αυτων ανθρωπος εν πνευματι ακαθαρτω και ανεκραξεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
there was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4864συναγωγῇsynagōgē (N-DFS)
G4864 συναγωγή synagōgḗ soon-ag-o-gay from (the reduplicated form of) συνάγω; an assemblage of persons; specially, a Jewish synagogue (the meeting or the place); by analogy, a Christian church:--assembly, congregation, synagogue.
|
συναγωγῇsynagōgē
|
synagogue
|
N-DFS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G444ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos (N-NMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos
|
a man
|
N-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G4151πνεύματιpneumati (N-DNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεύματιpneumati
|
a spirit
|
N-DNS
|
G169ἀκαθάρτῳ,akathartō (Adj-DNS)
G169 ἀκάθαρτος akáthartos ak-ath-ar-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of καθαίρω (meaning cleansed); impure (ceremonially, morally (lewd) or specially, (demonic)):--foul, unclean.
|
ἀκαθάρτῳ,akathartō
|
unclean,
|
Adj-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G349ἀνέκραξενanekraxen (V-AIA-3S)
G349 ἀνακράζω anakrázō an-ak-rad-zo from ἀνά and κράζω; to scream up (aloud):--cry out.
|
ἀνέκραξενanekraxen
|
he cried out,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
23
There was in their synagogue a man with an unclean spirit; and he cried out,Mark 1:23
Stats
Counts: 80 characters, 15 words, 63 letters, 26 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ην εν τη συναγωγη αυτων ανθρωπος εν πνευματι ακαθαρτω και ανεκραξεν
Lit: And immediately there was in the synagogue of them a man with a spirit unclean, and he cried out,
KJV: And there was in their synagogue a man with an unclean spirit; and he cried out,
References
"a man"Mr 1:34: He healed many that were sick of divers diseases: and cast out many devils; and not suffered the devils to speak: because they knew him.Mr 5:2: When he was come out of the ship: immediately there met him out of the tombs a man with an unclean spirit: Mr 7:25: For a certain woman: whose young daughter had an unclean spirit: heard of him: and came and fell at his feet:Mr 9:25: When Jesus saw that the people came running together: He rebuked the foul spirit: saying to Him: You dumb and deaf spirit: I charge you: come out of Him: and enter no more into Him.Mt 12:43: When the unclean spirit is gone out of a man: he walks through dry places: seeking rest: and finds none.Lu 4:33-37: In the synagogue there was a man: which had a spirit of an unclean devil: and cried out with a loud voice:
λεγων εα τι ημιν και σοι ιησου ναζαρηνε ηλθες απολεσαι ημας οιδα σε τις ει ο αγιος του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-NNS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
What
|
IPro-NNS
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
to us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4771σοί,soi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοί,soi
|
to You,
|
PPro-D2S
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-VMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
Jesus
|
N-VMS
|
G3479Ναζαρηνέ;Nazarēne (N-VMS)
G3479 Ναζαρηνός Nazarēnós nad-zar-ay-nos from Ναζαρέθ; a Nazarene, i.e. inhabitant of Nazareth:--of Nazareth.
|
Ναζαρηνέ;Nazarēne
|
of Nazareth?
|
N-VMS
|
G2064ἦλθεςēlthes (V-AIA-2S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθεςēlthes
|
Did You come
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G622ἀπολέσαιapolesai (V-ANA)
G622 ἀπόλλυμι apóllymi ap-ol-loo-mee from ἀπό and the base of ὄλεθρος; to destroy fully (reflexively, to perish, or lose), literally or figuratively:--destroy, die, lose, mar, perish.
|
ἀπολέσαιapolesai
|
to destroy
|
V-ANA
|
G1473ἡμᾶς.hēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶς.hēmas
|
us?
|
PPro-A1P
|
G1492οἶδάoida (V-RIA-1S)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἶδάoida
|
I know
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
You
|
PPro-A2S
|
G5101τίςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίςtis
|
who
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1510εἶ,ei (V-PIA-2S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶ,ei
|
are,
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G40ἍγιοςHagios (Adj-NMS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἍγιοςHagios
|
Holy One
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
of God!
|
N-GMS
|
24
Saying, Let us alone; what have we to do with you, you Jesus of Nazareth? are you come to destroy us? I know you who you are, the Holy one of God.
Mark 1:24
Stats
Counts: 151 characters, 26 words, 113 letters, 47 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: λεγων εα τι ημιν και σοι ιησου ναζαρηνε ηλθες απολεσαι ημας οιδα σε τις ει ο αγιος του θεου
Lit: saying, What to us and to You, Jesus of Nazareth? Did You come to destroy us? I know You who are, the Holy One of God!
KJV: Saying, Let us alone; what have we to do with thee, thou Jesus of Nazareth? art thou come to destroy us? I know thee who thou art, the Holy One of God.
References
"Let"Mr 5:7: Cried with a loud voice: and said: What have I to do with you: Jesus: you Son of the most high God? I adjure you by God: that you torment not me.Ex 14:12: Is not this the word that we did tell you in Egypt: saying: Let us alone: that we may serve the Egyptians? For it had been better for us to serve the Egyptians: than that we should die in the wilderness.Mt 8:29: And: look: they cried out: saying: What have we to do with you: Jesus: you Son of God? are you come here to torment us before the time?Lu 8:28: 37: When He saw Jesus: He cried out: and fell down before Him: and with a loud voice said: What have I to do with you: Jesus: you Son of God most high? I beseech you: torment not me.Jas 2:19: You believe that there is one God; you do well: the devils also believe: and tremble."the Holy One"Ps 16:10: For you will not leave my soul in hell; neither will you suffer your Holy one to see corruption.Ps 89:18: 19: For the LORD is our defence; and the Holy one of Israel is our king.Da 9:24: 70 weeks are determined upon your people and upon your holy city: to finish the transgression: and to make an end of sins: and to make reconciliation for iniquity: and to bring in everlasting righteousness: and to seal up the vision and prophecy: and to anoint the most Holy.Lu 4:34: Saying: Let us alone; what have we to do with you: you Jesus of Nazareth? are you come to destroy us? I know you who you are; the Holy one of God.Ac 2:27: Because you will not leave my soul in hell: neither will you suffer your Holy one to see corruption.Ac 3:14: But you denied the Holy one and the Just: and desired a murderer to be granted to you;Ac 4:27: For of a truth against your holy child Jesus: whom you have anointed: both Herod: and Pontius Pilate: with the Gentiles: and the people of Israel: were gathered together: Re 3:7: To the angel of the church in Philadelphia write; These things says he who is holy: he who is true: he who has the key of David: he who opens'>opens: and no man shuts'>shuts; and shuts'>shuts: and no man opens'>opens;
και επετιμησεν αυτω ο ιησους λεγων φιμωθητι και εξελθε εξ αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2008ἐπετίμησενepetimēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2008 ἐπιτιμάω epitimáō ep-ee-tee-mah-o from ἐπί and τιμάω; to tax upon, i.e. censure or admonish; by implication, forbid:--(straitly) charge, rebuke.
|
ἐπετίμησενepetimēsen
|
rebuked
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus,
|
N-NMS
|
G3004‹λέγων›legōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
‹λέγων›legōn
|
saying
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G5392ΦιμώθητιPhimōthēti (V-AMP-2S)
G5392 φιμόω phimóō fee-mo-o from (a muzzle); to muzzle:--muzzle.
|
ΦιμώθητιPhimōthēti
|
Be silent,
|
V-AMP-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1831ἔξελθεexelthe (V-AMA-2S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἔξελθεexelthe
|
come forth
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
him!
|
PPro-GM3S
|
25
Jesus rebuked Him, saying, Hold your peace, and come out of Him.
Mark 1:25
Stats
Rank: #2934 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 67 characters, 10 words, 51 letters, 20 vowels, 31 consonants
Translation
Greek: και επετιμησεν αυτω ο ιησους λεγων φιμωθητι και εξελθε εξ αυτου
Lit: And rebuked him Jesus, saying Be silent, and come forth out of him!
KJV: And Jesus rebuked him, saying, Hold thy peace, and come out of him.
References
"rebuked"Mr 1:34: He healed many that were sick of divers diseases: and cast out many devils; and not suffered the devils to speak: because they knew him.Mr 3:11: 12: Unclean spirits: when they saw Him: fell down before Him: and cried: saying: You are the Son of God.Mr 9:25: When Jesus saw that the people came running together: He rebuked the foul spirit: saying to Him: You dumb and deaf spirit: I charge you: come out of Him: and enter no more into Him.Ps 50:16: But to the wicked God says: What have you to do to declare my statutes: or that you should take my covenant in your mouth?Lu 4:35: 41: Jesus rebuked Him: saying: Hold your peace: and come out of Him. And when the devil had thrown Him in the middle: He came out of Him: and hurt Him not">not Him.Ac 16:17: The same followed Paul and us: and cried: saying: These men are the servants of the most high God: which show to us the way of salvation.
και σπαραξαν αυτον το πνευμα το ακαθαρτον και κραξαν φωνη μεγαλη εξηλθεν εξ αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4682σπαράξανsparaxan (V-APA-NNS)
G4682 σπαράσσω sparássō spar-as-so prolongation from (to grasp; apparently strengthened from σπάω through the idea of spasmodic contraction); to mangle, i.e. convluse with epilepsy:--rend, tear.
|
σπαράξανsparaxan
|
having thrown into convulsions
|
V-APA-NNS
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151πνεῦμαpneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεῦμαpneuma
|
spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G169ἀκάθαρτονakatharton (Adj-NNS)
G169 ἀκάθαρτος akáthartos ak-ath-ar-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of καθαίρω (meaning cleansed); impure (ceremonially, morally (lewd) or specially, (demonic)):--foul, unclean.
|
ἀκάθαρτονakatharton
|
unclean,
|
Adj-NNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5455φωνῆσανphōnēsan (V-APA-NNS)
G5455 φωνέω phōnéō fo-neh-o from φωνή; to emit a sound (animal, human or instrumental); by implication, to address in words or by name, also in imitation:--call (for), crow, cry.
|
φωνῆσανphōnēsan
|
having cried
|
V-APA-NNS
|
G5456φωνῇphōnē (N-DFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῇphōnē
|
in a voice
|
N-DFS
|
G3173μεγάλῃmegalē (Adj-DFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλῃmegalē
|
loud,
|
Adj-DFS
|
G1831ἐξῆλθενexēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθενexēlthen
|
it came forth
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
26
When the unclean spirit had torn him, and cried with a loud voice, he came out of him.Mark 1:26
Stats
Rank: #3711 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 90 characters, 17 words, 69 letters, 28 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: και σπαραξαν αυτον το πνευμα το ακαθαρτον και κραξαν φωνη μεγαλη εξηλθεν εξ αυτου
Lit: And having thrown into convulsions him the spirit unclean, and having cried in a voice loud, it came forth out of him.
KJV: And when the unclean spirit had torn him, and cried with a loud voice, he came out of him.
References
"torn"Mr 9:20: 26: They brought him to him: and when he saw him: straightway the spirit tare him; and he fell on the ground: and wallowed foaming.Lu 9:39: 42: And: indeed: a spirit takes him: and he suddenly cries out; and it tears him that he foams again: and bruising him hardly departs from him.Lu 11:22: But when a stronger than he will come upon him: and overcome him: he takes from him all his armour wherein he trusted: and divides his spoils.
και εθαμβηθησαν παντες ωστε συζητειν προς αυτους λεγοντας τι εστιν τουτο τις η διδαχη η καινη αυτη οτι κατ εξουσιαν και τοις πνευμασιν τοις ακαθαρτοις επιτασσει και υπακουουσιν αυτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2284ἐθαμβήθησανethambēthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G2284 θαμβέω thambéō tham-beh-o from θάμβος; to stupefy (with surprise), i.e. astound:--amaze, astonish.
|
ἐθαμβήθησανethambēthēsan
|
were astonished
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G537ἅπαντες,hapantes (Adj-NMP)
G537 ἅπας hápas hap-as from Α (as a particle of union) and πᾶς; absolutely all or (singular) every one:--all (things), every (one), whole.
|
ἅπαντες,hapantes
|
all,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G5620ὥστεhōste (Conj)
G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
ὥστεhōste
|
so as
|
Conj
|
G4802‹συζητεῖνsyzētein (V-PNA)
G4802 συζητέω syzētéō sood-zay-teh-o from σύν and ζητέω; to investigate jointly, i.e. discuss, controvert, cavil:--dispute (with), enquire, question (with), reason (together).
|
‹συζητεῖνsyzētein
|
to question
|
V-PNA
|
G4314‹πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
‹πρὸςpros
|
among
|
Prep
|
G1438ἑαυτοὺς›heautous (RefPro-AM3P)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτοὺς›heautous
|
themselves,
|
RefPro-AM3P
|
G3004λέγονταςlegontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγονταςlegontas
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-NNS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
What
|
IPro-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3778τοῦτο;touto (DPro-NNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτο;touto
|
this
|
DPro-NNS
|
G1322διδαχὴdidachē (N-NFS)
G1322 διδαχή didachḗ did-akh-ay from διδάσκω; instruction (the act or the matter):--doctrine, hath been taught.
|
διδαχὴdidachē
|
teaching
|
N-NFS
|
G2537καινήkainē (Adj-NFS)
G2537 καινός kainós kahee-nos of uncertain affinity; new (especially in freshness; while νέος is properly so with respect to age:--new.
|
καινήkainē
|
new?
|
Adj-NFS
|
G2596κατ’kat’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατ’kat’
|
With
|
Prep
|
G1849ἐξουσίαν·exousian (N-AFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίαν·exousian
|
authority,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
even
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DNP
|
G4151πνεύμασιpneumasi (N-DNP)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεύμασιpneumasi
|
spirits
|
N-DNP
|
G169ἀκαθάρτοιςakathartois (Adj-DNP)
G169 ἀκάθαρτος akáthartos ak-ath-ar-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of καθαίρω (meaning cleansed); impure (ceremonially, morally (lewd) or specially, (demonic)):--foul, unclean.
|
ἀκαθάρτοιςakathartois
|
unclean
|
Adj-DNP
|
G2004ἐπιτάσσει,epitassei (V-PIA-3S)
G2004 ἐπιτάσσω epitássō ep-ee-tas-so from ἐπί and τάσσω; to arrange upon, i.e. order:--charge, command, injoin.
|
ἐπιτάσσει,epitassei
|
He commands,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5219ὑπακούουσινhypakouousin (V-PIA-3P)
G5219 ὑπακούω hypakoúō hoop-ak-oo-o from ὑπό and ἀκούω; to hear under (as a subordinate), i.e. to listen attentively; by implication, to heed or conform to a command or authority:--hearken, be obedient to, obey.
|
ὑπακούουσινhypakouousin
|
they obey
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷ.autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ.autō
|
Him!
|
PPro-DM3S
|
27
They were all amazed, insomuch that they questioned among themselves, saying, What thing is this? what new doctrine is this? for with authority commands he even the unclean spirits, and they do obey him.
Mark 1:27
Stats
Counts: 209 characters, 29 words, 168 letters, 60 vowels, 108 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εθαμβηθησαν παντες ωστε συζητειν προς αυτους λεγοντας τι εστιν τουτο τις η διδαχη η καινη αυτη οτι κατ εξουσιαν και τοις πνευμασιν τοις ακαθαρτοις επιτασσει και υπακουουσιν αυτω
Lit: And were astonished all, so as to question among themselves, saying, What is this teaching new? With authority, even the spirits unclean He commands, and they obey Him!
KJV: And they were all amazed, insomuch that they questioned among themselves, saying, What thing is this? what new doctrine is this? for with authority commandeth he even the unclean spirits, and they do obey him.
References
"they were"Mr 7:37: Were beyond measure astonished: saying: He has done all things well: he makes both the deaf to hear: and the dumb to speak.Mt 9:33: When the devil was cast out: the dumb spoke: and the multitudes marvelled: saying: It was never so seen in Israel.Mt 12:22: 23: Then was brought to him one possessed with a devil: blind: and dumb: and he healed him: insomuch that the blind and dumb both spoke and saw.Mt 15:31: Insomuch that the multitude wondered: when they saw the dumb to speak: the maimed to be whole: the lame to walk: and the blind to see: and they glorified the God of Israel."for"Lu 4:36: They were all amazed: and spoke among themselves: saying: What a word is this! for with authority and power he commands the unclean spirits: and they come out.Lu 9:1: Then he called his 12 disciples together: and gave them power and authority over all devils: and to cure diseases.Lu 10:17-20: The 70 returned again with joy: saying: Lord: even the devils are subject to us through your name.
εξηλθεν δε η ακοη αυτου ευθυς εις ολην την περιχωρον της γαλιλαιας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξῆλθενexēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθενexēlthen
|
went out
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G189ἀκοὴakoē (N-NFS)
G189 ἀκοή akoḗ ak-o-ay from ἀκούω; hearing (the act, the sense or the thing heard):--audience, ear, fame, which ye heard, hearing, preached, report, rumor.
|
ἀκοὴakoē
|
news
|
N-NFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately,
|
Adv
|
G3837πανταχοῦpantachou (Adv)
G3837 πανταχοῦ pantachoû pan-takh-oo genitive case (as adverb of place) of a presumed derivative of πᾶς; universally:--in all places, everywhere.
|
πανταχοῦpantachou
|
everywhere
|
Adv
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3650ὅληνholēn (Adj-AFS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅληνholēn
|
all
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4066περίχωρονperichōron (Adj-AFS)
G4066 περίχωρος períchōros per-ikh-o-ros from περί and χώρα; around the region, i.e. circumjacent (as noun, with γῆ implied vicinity):--country (round) about, region (that lieth) round about.
|
περίχωρονperichōron
|
surrounding region
|
Adj-AFS
|
G1056Γαλιλαίας.Galilaias (N-GFS)
G1056 Γαλιλαία Galilaía gal-il-ah-yah of Hebrew origin (גָּלִיל); Galilæa (i.e. the heathen circle), a region of Palestine:--Galilee.
|
Γαλιλαίας.Galilaias
|
of Galilee.
|
N-GFS
|
28
Immediately his fame spread abroad throughout all the region round about Galilee.Mark 1:28
Stats
Rank: #3472 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 85 characters, 13 words, 72 letters, 32 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: εξηλθεν δε η ακοη αυτου ευθυς εις ολην την περιχωρον της γαλιλαιας
Lit: And went out the news of Him immediately, everywhere into all the surrounding region of Galilee.
KJV: And immediately his fame spread abroad throughout all the region round about Galilee.
References
"And immediately his fame spread abroad throughout all the region round about Galilee."Mr 1:45: But He went out: and began to publish it much: and to blaze abroad the matter: insomuch that Jesus could no more openly enter into the city: but was without in desert places: and they came to Him from every quarter.Mic 5:4: He will stand and feed in the strength of the LORD: in the majesty of the name of the LORD His God; and they will abide: for now will He be great to the ends of the earth.Mt 4:24: His fame went throughout all Syria: and they brought to him all sick people that were taken with divers diseases and torments: and those which were possessed with devils: and those which were lunatick: and those that had the palsy; and he healed them.Mt 9:31: But they: when they were departed: spread abroad his fame in all that country.Lu 4:17: 37: There was delivered to him the book of the prophet Isaiah. And when he had opened the book: he found the place where it was written:
Jesus Heals at Peter’s House
και ευθεως εκ της συναγωγης εξελθοντες ηλθον εις την οικιαν σιμωνος και ανδρεου μετα ιακωβου και ιωαννου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately,
|
Adv
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4864συναγωγῆςsynagōgēs (N-GFS)
G4864 συναγωγή synagōgḗ soon-ag-o-gay from (the reduplicated form of) συνάγω; an assemblage of persons; specially, a Jewish synagogue (the meeting or the place); by analogy, a Christian church:--assembly, congregation, synagogue.
|
συναγωγῆςsynagōgēs
|
synagogue
|
N-GFS
|
G1831ἐξελθόντεςexelthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξελθόντεςexelthontes
|
having gone forth,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G2064ἦλθονēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθονēlthon
|
they came
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3614οἰκίανoikian (N-AFS)
G3614 οἰκία oikía oy-kee-ah from οἶκος; properly, residence (abstractly), but usually (concretely) an abode (literally or figuratively); by implication, a family (especially domestics):--home, house(-hold).
|
οἰκίανoikian
|
house
|
N-AFS
|
G4613ΣίμωνοςSimōnos (N-GMS)
G4613 Σίμων Símōn see-mone of Hebrew origin (שִׁמְעוֹן); Simon (i.e. Shimon), the name of nine Israelites:--Simon. Compare Συμεών.
|
ΣίμωνοςSimōnos
|
of Simon
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G406ἈνδρέουAndreou (N-GMS)
G406 Ἀνδρέας Andréas an-dreh-as from ἀνήρ; manly; Andreas, an Israelite:--Andrew.
|
ἈνδρέουAndreou
|
Andrew,
|
N-GMS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G2385ἸακώβουIakōbou (N-GMS)
G2385 Ἰάκωβος Iákōbos ee-ak-o-bos the same as Ἰακώβ Græcized; Jacobus, the name of three Israelites:--James.
|
ἸακώβουIakōbou
|
James
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2491Ἰωάννου.Iōannou (N-GMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
Ἰωάννου.Iōannou
|
John.
|
N-GMS
|
29
Forthwith, when they were come out of the synagogue, they entered into the house of Simon and Andrew, with James and John.Mark 1:29
Stats
Rank: #1498 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 126 characters, 20 words, 100 letters, 38 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ευθεως εκ της συναγωγης εξελθοντες ηλθον εις την οικιαν σιμωνος και ανδρεου μετα ιακωβου και ιωαννου
Lit: And immediately, out of the synagogue having gone forth, they came into the house of Simon and Andrew, with James and John.
KJV: And forthwith, when they were come out of the synagogue, they entered into the house of Simon and Andrew, with James and John.
References
"entered"Mt 8:14: 15: When Jesus was come into Peter's house: He saw His wife's mother laid: and sick of a fever.Lu 4:38: 39: He arose out of the synagogue: and entered into Simon's house. And Simon's wife's mother was taken with a great fever; and they besought him for her.Lu 9:58: Jesus said to Him: Foxes have holes: and birds of the air have nests; but the Son of man has nowhere to lay His head.
η δε πενθερα σιμωνος κατεκειτο πυρεσσουσα και ευθεως λεγουσιν αυτω περι αυτης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3994πενθερὰpenthera (N-NFS)
G3994 πενθερά pentherá pen-ther-ah feminine of πενθερός; a wifes mother:--mother in law, wifes mother.
|
πενθερὰpenthera
|
the mother-in-law
|
N-NFS
|
G4613ΣίμωνοςSimōnos (N-GMS)
G4613 Σίμων Símōn see-mone of Hebrew origin (שִׁמְעוֹן); Simon (i.e. Shimon), the name of nine Israelites:--Simon. Compare Συμεών.
|
ΣίμωνοςSimōnos
|
of Simon
|
N-GMS
|
G2621κατέκειτοkatekeito (V-IIM/P-3S)
G2621 κατάκειμαι katákeimai kat-ak-i-mahee from κατά and κεῖμαι; to lie down, i.e. (by implication) be sick; specially, to recline at a meal:--keep, lie, sit at meat (down).
|
κατέκειτοkatekeito
|
was laying sick
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G4445πυρέσσουσα,pyressousa (V-PPA-NFS)
G4445 πυρέσσω pyréssō poo-res-so from πυρά; to be on fire, i.e. (specially), to have a fever:--be sick of a fever.
|
πυρέσσουσα,pyressousa
|
fevering.
|
V-PPA-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G3004λέγουσινlegousin (V-PIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγουσινlegousin
|
they speak
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
about
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῆς.autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς.autēs
|
her.
|
PPro-GF3S
|
30
But Simon's wife's mother lay sick of a fever, and soon they tell him of her.Mark 1:30
Stats
Rank: #3792 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 77 characters, 15 words, 58 letters, 21 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: η δε πενθερα σιμωνος κατεκειτο πυρεσσουσα και ευθεως λεγουσιν αυτω περι αυτης
Lit: and the mother-in-law of Simon was laying sick fevering. And immediately they speak to Him about her.
KJV: But Simon's wife's mother lay sick of a fever, and anon they tell him of her.
References
"wife's"1Co 9:5: Have not we power to lead about a sister: a wife: as well as other apostles: and as the brothers of the Lord: and Cephas?"they tell"Mr 5:23: Besought him greatly: saying: My little daughter lies at the point of death: I pray you: come and lay your hands on her: that she may be healed; and she will live.Joh 11:3: Therefore His sisters sent to Him: saying: Lord: look: He whom you love is sick.Jas 5:14: 15: Is any sick among you? let Him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over Him: anointing Him with oil in the name of the Lord:
και προσελθων ηγειρεν αυτην κρατησας της χειρος αυτης και αφηκεν αυτην ο πυρετος ευθεως και διηκονει αυτοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4334προσελθὼνproselthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G4334 προσέρχομαι prosérchomai pros-er-khom-ahee from πρός and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to approach, i.e. (literally) come near, visit, or (figuratively) worship, assent to:--(as soon as he) come (unto), come thereunto, consent, draw near, go (near, to, unto).
|
προσελθὼνproselthōn
|
having come to her,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1453ἤγειρενēgeiren (V-AIA-3S)
G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἤγειρενēgeiren
|
He raised up
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὴνautēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὴνautēn
|
her,
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G2902κρατήσαςkratēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G2902 κρατέω kratéō krat-eh-o from κράτος; to use strength, i.e. seize or retain (literally or figuratively):--hold (by, fast), keep, lay hand (hold) on, obtain, retain, take (by).
|
κρατήσαςkratēsas
|
having taken hold
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5495χειρός·cheiros (N-GFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρός·cheiros
|
hand.
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G863ἀφῆκενaphēken (V-AIA-3S)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφῆκενaphēken
|
left
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὴνautēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὴνautēn
|
her
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G4446πυρετός,pyretos (N-NMS)
G4446 πυρετός pyretós poo-ret-os from πυρέσσω; inflamed, i.e. (by implication) feverish (as noun, fever):--fever.
|
πυρετός,pyretos
|
fever,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1247διηκόνειdiēkonei (V-IIA-3S)
G1247 διακονέω diakonéō dee-ak-on-eh-o from διάκονος; to be an attendant, i.e. wait upon (menially or as a host, friend, or (figuratively) teacher); technically, to act as a Christian deacon:--(ad-)minister (unto), serve, use the office of a deacon.
|
διηκόνειdiēkonei
|
she began to minister
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖς.autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς.autois
|
to them.
|
PPro-DM3P
|
31
He came and took her by the hand, and lifted her up; and immediately the fever left her, and she ministered to them.Mark 1:31
Stats
Rank: #3773 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 122 characters, 21 words, 95 letters, 35 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: και προσελθων ηγειρεν αυτην κρατησας της χειρος αυτης και αφηκεν αυτην ο πυρετος ευθεως και διηκονει αυτοις
Lit: And having come to her, He raised up her, having taken hold of the hand. And left her the fever, and she began to minister to them.
KJV: And he came and took her by the hand, and lifted her up; and immediately the fever left her, and she ministered unto them.
References
"and took"Mr 5:41: He took the damsel by the hand: and said to her: Talitha cumi; which is: being interpreted: Damsel: I say to you: arise.Ac 9:41: He gave her his hand: and lifted her up: and when he had called the saints and widows: presented her alive."ministered"Mr 15:41: (Who also: when he was in Galilee: followed him: and ministered to him;) and many other women which came up with him to Jerusalem.Ps 103:1-3: A Psalm of David.>> Bless the LORD: O my soul: and all that is within me: bless His holy name.Ps 116:12: What will I render to the LORD for all His benefits toward me?Mt 27:55: Many women were there beholding afar off: which followed Jesus from Galilee: ministering to Him:Lu 8:2: 3: Certain women: which had been healed of evil spirits and infirmities: Mary called Magdalene: out of whom went 7 devils:
οψιας δε γενομενης οτε εδυ ο ηλιος εφερον προς αυτον παντας τους κακως εχοντας και τους δαιμονιζομενους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3798ὈψίαςOpsias (Adj-GFS)
G3798 ὄψιος ópsios op-see-os from ὀψέ; late; feminine (as noun) afternoon (early eve) or nightfall (later eve):--even(-ing, (-tide)).
|
ὈψίαςOpsias
|
Evening
|
Adj-GFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1096γενομένης,genomenēs (V-APM-GFS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενομένης,genomenēs
|
having come,
|
V-APM-GFS
|
G3753ὅτεhote (Adv)
G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὅτεhote
|
when
|
Adv
|
G1416ἔδυ*edy (V-AIA-3S)
G1416 δύνω dýnō doo-o prolonged forms of an obsolete primary (to sink); to go down:--set.
|
ἔδυ*edy
|
went down
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2246ἥλιος,hēlios (N-NMS)
G2246 ἥλιος hḗlios hay-lee-os from (a ray; perhaps akin to the alternate of αἱρέομαι); the sun; by implication, light:--+ east, sun.
|
ἥλιος,hēlios
|
sun,
|
N-NMS
|
G5342ἔφερονepheron (V-IIA-3P)
G5342 φέρω phérō en-eng-ko a primary verb (for which other, and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely, ; and ; to bear or carry (in a very wide application, literally and figuratively, as follows):--be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold.
|
ἔφερονepheron
|
they began bringing
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3956πάνταςpantas (Adj-AMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταςpantas
|
all
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G2560κακῶςkakōs (Adv)
G2560 κακῶς kakōs kak-oce from κακός; badly (physically or morally):--amiss, diseased, evil, grievously, miserably, sick, sore.
|
κακῶςkakōs
|
sick
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχονταςechontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχονταςechontas
|
being,
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G1139δαιμονιζομένους·daimonizomenous (V-PPM/P-AMP)
G1139 δαιμονίζομαι daimonízomai dahee-mon-id-zom-ahee middle voice from δαίμων; to be exercised by a dæmon:--have a (be vexed with, be possessed with) devil(-s).
|
δαιμονιζομένους·daimonizomenous
|
being possessed by demons.
|
V-PPM/P-AMP
|
32
At even, when the sun did set, they brought to him all that were diseased, and them that were possessed with devils.Mark 1:32
Stats
Counts: 122 characters, 20 words, 96 letters, 34 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: οψιας δε γενομενης οτε εδυ ο ηλιος εφερον προς αυτον παντας τους κακως εχοντας και τους δαιμονιζομενους
Lit: Evening now having come, when went down the sun, they began bringing to Him all those sick being, and those being possessed by demons.
KJV: And at even, when the sun did set, they brought unto him all that were diseased, and them that were possessed with devils.
References
"at even"Mr 1:21: They went into Capernaum; and straightway on the sabbath day he entered into the synagogue: and taught.Mr 3:2: They watched him: whether he would heal him on the sabbath day; that they might accuse him.Mt 8:16: When the even was come: they brought to him many that were possessed with devils: and he cast out the spirits with his word: and healed all that were sick:Lu 4:40: Now when the sun was setting: all they that had any sick with divers diseases brought them to him; and he laid his hands on every one of them: and healed them.
και η πολις ολη επισυνηγμενη ην προς την θυραν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3650ὅληholē (Adj-NFS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅληholē
|
all
|
Adj-NFS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4172πόλιςpolis (N-NFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλιςpolis
|
city
|
N-NFS
|
G1996ἐπισυνηγμένηepisynēgmenē (V-RPM/P-NFS)
G1996 ἐπισυνάγω episynágō ep-ee-soon-ag-o from ἐπί and συνάγω; to collect upon the same place:--gather (together).
|
ἐπισυνηγμένηepisynēgmenē
|
gathered together
|
V-RPM/P-NFS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2374θύραν.thyran (N-AFS)
G2374 θύρα thýra thoo-rah apparently a primary word (compare door); a portal or entrance (the opening or the closure, literally or figuratively):--door, gate.
|
θύραν.thyran
|
door.
|
N-AFS
|
33
All the city was gathered together at the door.Mark 1:33
Stats
Rank: #4895 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 51 characters, 10 words, 41 letters, 15 vowels, 26 consonants
Translation
Greek: και η πολις ολη επισυνηγμενη ην προς την θυραν
Lit: And was all the city gathered together at the door.
KJV: And all the city was gathered together at the door.
References
"And all the city was gathered together at the door."Mr 1:5: There went out to him all the land of Judaea: and they of Jerusalem: and were all baptized of him in the river of Jordan: confessing their sins.Ac 13:44: The next sabbath day came almost the whole city together to hear the word of God.
και εθεραπευσεν πολλους κακως εχοντας ποικιλαις νοσοις και δαιμονια πολλα εξεβαλεν και ουκ ηφιεν λαλειν τα δαιμονια οτι ηδεισαν αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2323ἐθεράπευσενetherapeusen (V-AIA-3S)
G2323 θεραπεύω therapeúō ther-ap-yoo-o from the same as θεράπων; to wait upon menially, i.e. (figuratively) to adore (God), or (specially) to relieve (of disease):--cure, heal, worship.
|
ἐθεράπευσενetherapeusen
|
He healed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4183πολλοὺςpollous (Adj-AMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοὺςpollous
|
many
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2560κακῶςkakōs (Adv)
G2560 κακῶς kakōs kak-oce from κακός; badly (physically or morally):--amiss, diseased, evil, grievously, miserably, sick, sore.
|
κακῶςkakōs
|
sick
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχονταςechontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχονταςechontas
|
being
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G4164ποικίλαιςpoikilais (Adj-DFP)
G4164 ποικίλος poikílos poy-kee-los of uncertain derivation; motley, i.e. various in character:--divers, manifold.
|
ποικίλαιςpoikilais
|
of various
|
Adj-DFP
|
G3554νόσοις,nosois (N-DFP)
G3554 νόσος nósos nos-os of uncertain affinity; a malady (rarely figuratively, of moral disability):--disease, infirmity, sickness.
|
νόσοις,nosois
|
diseases,
|
N-DFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1140δαιμόνιαdaimonia (N-ANP)
G1140 δαιμόνιον daimónion dahee-mon-ee-on neuter of a derivative of δαίμων; a dæmonic being; by extension a deity:--devil, god.
|
δαιμόνιαdaimonia
|
demons
|
N-ANP
|
G4183πολλὰpolla (Adj-ANP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλὰpolla
|
many
|
Adj-ANP
|
G1544ἐξέβαλεν,exebalen (V-AIA-3S)
G1544 ἐκβάλλω ekbállō ek-bal-lo from ἐκ and βάλλω; to eject (literally or figuratively):--bring forth, cast (forth, out), drive (out), expel, leave, pluck (pull, take, thrust) out, put forth (out), send away (forth, out).
|
ἐξέβαλεν,exebalen
|
He cast out.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G863ἤφιενēphien (V-IIA-3S)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἤφιενēphien
|
He would allow
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2980λαλεῖνlalein (V-PNA)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλεῖνlalein
|
to speak
|
V-PNA
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G1140δαιμόνια,daimonia (N-ANP)
G1140 δαιμόνιον daimónion dahee-mon-ee-on neuter of a derivative of δαίμων; a dæmonic being; by extension a deity:--devil, god.
|
δαιμόνια,daimonia
|
demons,
|
N-ANP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G1492ᾔδεισανēdeisan (V-LIA-3P)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ᾔδεισανēdeisan
|
they knew
|
V-LIA-3P
|
G846αὐτόνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόνauton
|
Him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G5547(ΧριστὸνChriston (N-AMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
(ΧριστὸνChriston
|
Christ
|
N-AMS
|
G1510εἶναι).einai (V-PNA)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναι).einai
|
to be.
|
V-PNA
|
34
He healed many that were sick of divers diseases, and cast out many devils; and not suffered the devils to speak, because they knew him.Mark 1:34
Stats
Rank: #4709 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 140 characters, 23 words, 111 letters, 42 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εθεραπευσεν πολλους κακως εχοντας ποικιλαις νοσοις και δαιμονια πολλα εξεβαλεν και ουκ ηφιεν λαλειν τα δαιμονια οτι ηδεισαν αυτον
Lit: And He healed many sick being of various diseases, and demons many He cast out. And not He would allow to speak the demons, because they knew Him. Christ to be.
KJV: And he healed many that were sick of divers diseases, and cast out many devils; and suffered not the devils to speak, because they knew him.
References
"and suffered"Mr 1:25: Jesus rebuked Him: saying: Hold your peace: and come out of Him.Mr 3:12: He straitly charged them that they not should make him known.Lu 4:41: Devils also came out of many: crying out: and saying: You are Christ the Son of God. And He rebuking them suffered not them to speak: for they knew that He was Christ.Ac 16:16-18: It came to pass: as we went to prayer: a certain damsel possessed with a spirit of divination met us: which brought her masters much gain by soothsaying:
Jesus Prays and Preaches
και πρωι εννυχον λιαν αναστας εξηλθεν και απηλθεν εις ερημον τοπον κακει προσηυχετο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4404πρωῒprōi (Adv)
G4404 πρωΐ prōḯ pro-ee adverb from πρό; at dawn; by implication, the day-break watch:--early (in the morning), (in the) morning.
|
πρωῒprōi
|
very early,
|
Adv
|
G1773ἔννυχαennycha (Adv)
G1773 ἔννυχον énnychon en-noo-khon neuter of a compound of ἐν and νύξ; (adverbially) by night:--before day.
|
ἔννυχαennycha
|
in night
|
Adv
|
G3029λίανlian (Adv)
G3029 λίαν lían lee-an of uncertain affinity; much (adverbially):--exceeding, great(-ly), sore, very (+ chiefest).
|
λίανlian
|
still much,
|
Adv
|
G450ἀναστὰςanastas (V-APA-NMS)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀναστὰςanastas
|
having risen up,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1831ἐξῆλθενexēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθενexēlthen
|
He went out
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G565ἀπῆλθενapēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπῆλθενapēlthen
|
departed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G2048ἔρημονerēmon (Adj-AMS)
G2048 ἔρημος érēmos er-ay-mos of uncertain affinity; lonesome, i.e. (by implication) waste (usually as a noun, χώρα being implied):--desert, desolate, solitary, wilderness.,
|
ἔρημονerēmon
|
solitary
|
Adj-AMS
|
G5117τόπον,topon (N-AMS)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόπον,topon
|
a place,
|
N-AMS
|
G2546κἀκεῖkakei (Conj)
G2546 κἀκεῖ kakeî kak-i from καί and ἐκεῖ; likewise in that place:--and there, there (thither) also.
|
κἀκεῖkakei
|
and there
|
Conj
|
G4336προσηύχετο.prosēucheto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G4336 προσεύχομαι proseúchomai pros-yoo-khom-ahee from πρός and εὔχομαι; to pray to God, i.e. supplicate, worship:--pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer.
|
προσηύχετο.prosēucheto
|
He was praying.
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
35
In the morning, rising up a great while before day, he went out, and departed into a solitary place, and there prayed.Mark 1:35
Stats
Rank: #1324 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 122 characters, 19 words, 95 letters, 38 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: και πρωι εννυχον λιαν αναστας εξηλθεν και απηλθεν εις ερημον τοπον κακει προσηυχετο
Lit: And very early, in night still much, having risen up, He went out and departed into solitary a place, and there He was praying.
KJV: And in the morning, rising up a great while before day, he went out, and departed into a solitary place, and there prayed.
References
"And in the morning, rising up a great while before day, he went out, and departed into a solitary place, and there prayed."Mr 6:46-48: When he had sent them away: he departed into a mountain to pray.Ps 5:3: My voice will you hear in the morning: O LORD; in the morning will I direct my prayer to you: and will look up.Ps 109:4: For my love they are my adversaries: but I give myself to prayer.Lu 4:42: When it was day: he departed and went into a desert place: and the people sought him: and came to him: and stayed him: that he not should depart from them.Lu 6:12: It came to pass in those days: that He went out into a mountain to pray: and continued all night in prayer to God.Lu 22:39-46: He came out: and went: as he was wont: to the mount of Olives; and his disciples also followed him.Joh 4:34: Jesus says to them: My meat is to do the will of Him that sent me: and to finish His work.Joh 6:15: When Jesus therefore perceived that they would come and take Him by force: to make Him a king: He departed again into a mountain Himself alone.Eph 6:18: Praying always with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit: and watching thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints;Php 2:5: Let this mind be in you: which was also in Christ Jesus:Heb 5:7: Who in the days of his flesh: when he had offered up prayers and supplications with strong crying and tears to him that was able to save him from death: and was heard in that he feared;
και κατεδιωξαν αυτον ο σιμων και οι μετ αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2614κατεδίωξενkatediōxen (V-AIA-3S)
G2614 καταδιώκω katadiṓkō kat-ad-ee-o-ko from κατά and διώκω; to hunt down, i.e. search for:--follow after.
|
κατεδίωξενkatediōxen
|
went after
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G4613ΣίμωνSimōn (N-NMS)
G4613 Σίμων Símōn see-mone of Hebrew origin (שִׁמְעוֹן); Simon (i.e. Shimon), the name of nine Israelites:--Simon. Compare Συμεών.
|
ΣίμωνSimōn
|
Simon
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
36
Simon and they that were with him followed after him.Mark 1:36
Stats
Rank: #4864 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 57 characters, 11 words, 46 letters, 16 vowels, 30 consonants
Translation
Greek: και κατεδιωξαν αυτον ο σιμων και οι μετ αυτου
Lit: And went after Him Simon and those with him,
KJV: And Simon and they that were with him followed after him.
και ευροντες αυτον λεγουσιν αυτω οτι παντες ζητουσιν σε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2147εὗρονheuron (V-AIA-3P)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὗρονheuron
|
having found
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγουσινlegousin (V-PIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγουσινlegousin
|
they say
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G3956ΠάντεςPantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
ΠάντεςPantes
|
Everyone
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2212ζητοῦσίνzētousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2212 ζητέω zētéō dzay-teh-o of uncertain affinity; to seek (literally or figuratively); specially, (by Hebraism) to worship (God), or (in a bad sense) to plot (against life):--be (go) about, desire, endeavour, enquire (for), require, (X will) seek (after, for, means). Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ζητοῦσίνzētousin
|
seeks
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G4771σε.se (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σε.se
|
You!
|
PPro-A2S
|
37
When they had found him, they said to him, All men seek for you.
Mark 1:37
Stats
Rank: #6576 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 71 characters, 13 words, 54 letters, 20 vowels, 34 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ευροντες αυτον λεγουσιν αυτω οτι παντες ζητουσιν σε
Lit: and having found Him, also they say to Him - , Everyone seeks You!
KJV: And when they had found him, they said unto him, All men seek for thee.
References
"All"Mr 1:5: There went out to him all the land of Judaea: and they of Jerusalem: and were all baptized of him in the river of Jordan: confessing their sins.Zec 11:11: It was broken in that day: and so the poor of the flock that waited upon me knew that it was the word of the LORD.Joh 3:26: They came to John: and said to him: Rabbi: he who was with you beyond Jordan: to whom you bar witness: look: the same baptizes: and all men come to him.Joh 11:48: If we let him thus alone: all men will believe on him: and the Romans will come and take away both our place and nation.Joh 12:19: The Pharisees therefore said among themselves: Perceive you how you not prevailhing? look: the world is gone after him.
και λεγει αυτοις αγωμεν εις τας εχομενας κωμοπολεις ινα κακει κηρυξω εις τουτο γαρ εξεληλυθα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖς·autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς·autois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G71ἌγωμενAgōmen (V-PSA-1P)
G71 ἄγω ágō ag-o a primary verb; properly, to lead; by implication, to bring, drive, (reflexively) go, (specially) pass (time), or (figuratively) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.
|
ἌγωμενAgōmen
|
Let us go
|
V-PSA-1P
|
G237ἀλλαχοῦallachou (Adv)
G237 ἀλλαχόθεν allachóthen al-lakh-oth-en from ἄλλος; from elsewhere:--some other way.
|
ἀλλαχοῦallachou
|
another way
|
Adv
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2192ἐχομέναςechomenas (V-PPM/P-AFP)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἐχομέναςechomenas
|
neighboring
|
V-PPM/P-AFP
|
G2969κωμοπόλεις,kōmopoleis (N-AFP)
G2969 κωμόπολις kōmópolis ko-mop-ol-is from κώμη and πόλις; an unwalled city:--town.
|
κωμοπόλεις,kōmopoleis
|
towns,
|
N-AFP
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1563ἐκεῖekei (Adv)
G1563 ἐκεῖ ekeî ek-i of uncertain affinity; there; by extension, thither:--there, thither(-ward), (to) yonder (place).
|
ἐκεῖekei
|
there
|
Adv
|
G2784κηρύξω·kēryxō (V-ASA-1S)
G2784 κηρύσσω kērýssō kay-roos-so of uncertain affinity; to herald (as a public crier), especially divine truth (the gospel):--preacher(-er), proclaim, publish.
|
κηρύξω·kēryxō
|
I might preach;
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-ANS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξῆλθον.exēlthon (V-AIA-1S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθον.exēlthon
|
have I come forth.
|
V-AIA-1S
|
38
He said to them, Let us go into the next towns, that I may preach there also: for therefore came I forth.
Mark 1:38
Stats
Rank: #4999 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 111 characters, 20 words, 85 letters, 33 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: και λεγει αυτοις αγωμεν εις τας εχομενας κωμοπολεις ινα κακει κηρυξω εις τουτο γαρ εξεληλυθα
Lit: And He says to them, Let us go another way into the neighboring towns, so that also there I might preach; for this therefore have I come forth.
KJV: And he said unto them, Let us go into the next towns, that I may preach there also: for therefore came I forth.
References
"Let"Lu 4:43: He said to them: I must preach the kingdom of God to other cities also: for therefore am I sent."for"Isa 61:1-3: The Spirit of the Lord GOD is upon me; because the LORD has anointed me to preach good tidings to the meek; He has sent me to bind up the brokenhearted: to proclaim liberty to the captives: and the opening of the prison to them that are bound;Lu 2:49: He said to them: How is it that you sought me? wist you not that I must be about my Father's business?Lu 4:18-21: The Spirit of the Lord is upon me: because He has anointed me to preach the gospel to the poor; He has sent me to heal the brokenhearted: to preach deliverance to the captives: and recovering of sight to the blind: to set at liberty them that are bruised: Joh 9:4: I must work the works of him that sent me: while it is day: the night comes: when no man can work.Joh 16:28: I came forth from the Father: and am come into the world: again: I leave the world: and go to the Father.Joh 17:4: 8: I have glorified you on the earth: I have finished the work which you gave me to do.
και ην κηρυσσων εν ταις συναγωγαις αυτων εις ολην την γαλιλαιαν και τα δαιμονια εκβαλλων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2064ἦλθενēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθενēlthen
|
He was going,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2784κηρύσσωνkēryssōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2784 κηρύσσω kērýssō kay-roos-so of uncertain affinity; to herald (as a public crier), especially divine truth (the gospel):--preacher(-er), proclaim, publish.
|
κηρύσσωνkēryssōn
|
preaching
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G4864συναγωγὰςsynagōgas (N-AFP)
G4864 συναγωγή synagōgḗ soon-ag-o-gay from (the reduplicated form of) συνάγω; an assemblage of persons; specially, a Jewish synagogue (the meeting or the place); by analogy, a Christian church:--assembly, congregation, synagogue.
|
συναγωγὰςsynagōgas
|
synagogues
|
N-AFP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3650ὅληνholēn (Adj-AFS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅληνholēn
|
all
|
Adj-AFS
|
G1056ΓαλιλαίανGalilaian (N-AFS)
G1056 Γαλιλαία Galilaía gal-il-ah-yah of Hebrew origin (גָּלִיל); Galilæa (i.e. the heathen circle), a region of Palestine:--Galilee.
|
ΓαλιλαίανGalilaian
|
Galilee,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1140δαιμόνιαdaimonia (N-ANP)
G1140 δαιμόνιον daimónion dahee-mon-ee-on neuter of a derivative of δαίμων; a dæmonic being; by extension a deity:--devil, god.
|
δαιμόνιαdaimonia
|
demons
|
N-ANP
|
G1544ἐκβάλλων.ekballōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G1544 ἐκβάλλω ekbállō ek-bal-lo from ἐκ and βάλλω; to eject (literally or figuratively):--bring forth, cast (forth, out), drive (out), expel, leave, pluck (pull, take, thrust) out, put forth (out), send away (forth, out).
|
ἐκβάλλων.ekballōn
|
casting out.
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
39
He preached in their synagogues throughout all Galilee, and cast out devils.Mark 1:39
Stats
Rank: #5681 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 80 characters, 12 words, 66 letters, 27 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ην κηρυσσων εν ταις συναγωγαις αυτων εις ολην την γαλιλαιαν και τα δαιμονια εκβαλλων
Lit: And He was going, preaching in the synagogues of them, in all Galilee, and demons casting out.
KJV: And he preached in their synagogues throughout all Galilee, and cast out devils.
References
"preached"Mr 1:21: They went into Capernaum; and straightway on the sabbath day he entered into the synagogue: and taught.Mt 4:23: Jesus went about all Galilee: teaching in their synagogues: and preaching the gospel of the kingdom: and healing all manner of sickness and all manner of disease among the people.Lu 4:43: 44: He said to them: I must preach the kingdom of God to other cities also: for therefore am I sent."and cast"Mr 7:30: When she was come to her house: she found the devil gone out: and her daughter laid upon the bed.Lu 4:41: Devils also came out of many: crying out: and saying: You are Christ the Son of God. And He rebuking them suffered not them to speak: for they knew that He was Christ.
The Leper’s Prayer
και ερχεται προς αυτον λεπρος παρακαλων αυτον και γονυπετων αυτον και λεγων αυτω οτι εαν θελης δυνασαι με καθαρισαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2064ἔρχεταιerchetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχεταιerchetai
|
comes
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3015λεπρὸςlepros (Adj-NMS)
G3015 λεπρός leprós lep-ros from the same as λέπρα; scaly, i.e. leprous (a leper):--leper.
|
λεπρὸςlepros
|
a leper,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3870παρακαλῶνparakalōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρακαλῶνparakalōn
|
imploring
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1120γονυπετῶνgonypetōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G1120 γονυπετέω gonypetéō gon-oo-pet-eh-o from a compound of γόνυ and the alternate of πίπτω; to fall on the knee:--bow the knee, kneel down.
|
γονυπετῶνgonypetōn
|
kneeling down to Him,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2532[καὶ]kai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
[καὶ]kai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G1437ἘὰνEan (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἘὰνEan
|
If
|
Conj
|
G2309θέλῃςthelēs (V-PSA-2S)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλῃςthelēs
|
You are willing,
|
V-PSA-2S
|
G1410δύνασαίdynasai (V-PIM/P-2S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύνασαίdynasai
|
You are able
|
V-PIM/P-2S
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G2511καθαρίσαι.katharisai (V-ANA)
G2511 καθαρίζω katharízō kath-ar-id-zo from καθαρός; to cleanse (literally or figuratively):--(make) clean(-se), purge, purify.
|
καθαρίσαι.katharisai
|
to cleanse.
|
V-ANA
|
40
There came a leper to him, beseeching him, and kneeling down to him, and saying to him, If you will, you canst make me clean.
Mark 1:40
Stats
Rank: #1349 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 133 characters, 21 words, 102 letters, 40 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ερχεται προς αυτον λεπρος παρακαλων αυτον και γονυπετων αυτον και λεγων αυτω οτι εαν θελης δυνασαι με καθαρισαι
Lit: And comes to Him a leper, imploring Him and kneeling down to Him, and saying to Him - , If You are willing, You are able me to cleanse.
KJV: And there came a leper to him, beseeching him, and kneeling down to him, and saying unto him, If thou wilt, thou canst make me clean.
References
"there"Mt 8:2-4: And: look: there came a leper and worshipped Him: saying: Lord: if you will: you canst make me clean.Lu 5:12-14: It came to pass: when He was in a certain city: look a man full of leprosy: who seeing Jesus fell on His face: and besought Him: saying: Lord: if you will: you canst make me clean."a leper"Le 13:1-14: The LORD spoke to Moses and Aaron: saying: Nu 12:10-15: The cloud departed from off the tabernacle; and: look: Miriam became leprous: white as snow: and Aaron looked upon Miriam: and: look: she was leprous.De 24:8: 9: Take heed in the plague of leprosy: that you observe diligently: and do according to all that the priests the Levites will teach you: as I commanded them: so you will observe to do.2Sa 3:29: Let it rest on the head of Joab: and on all his father's house; and let not there fail from the house of Joab one that has an issue: or that is a leper: or that leans on a staff: or that falls on the sword: or that lacks bread.2Ki 5:5-27: The king of Syria said: Go to: go: and I will send a letter to the king of Israel. And he departed: and took with him 10 talents of silver: and 6000 pieces of gold: and 10 changes of clothing.2Ki 5:27: The leprosy therefore of Naaman will cleave to you: and to your seed for ever. And he went out from his presence a leper as white as snow.2Ki 7:3: There were 4 leprous men at the entering in of the gate: and they said one to another: Why sit we here until we die?2Ki 15:5: The LORD smote the king: so that He was a leper to the day of His death: and dwelt in a several house. And Jotham the king's son was over the house: judging the people of the land.Mt 11:5: The blind receive their sight: and the lame walk: the lepers are cleansed: and the deaf hear: the dead are raised up: and the poor have the gospel preached to them.Lu 17:12-19: As he entered into a certain village: there met him 10 men that were lepers: which stood afar off:"kneeling"Mr 10:17: When he was gone forth into the way: there came one running: and kneeled to him: and asked him: Good Master: what will I do that I may inherit eternal life?2Ch 6:13: For Solomon had made a brasen scaffold: of 5 cubits long: and 5 cubits broad: and 3 cubits high: and had set it in the middle of the court: and upon it he stood: and kneeled down upon his knees before all the congregation of Israel: and spread forth his hands toward heaven: Mt 17:14: When they were come to the multitude: there came to him a certain man: kneeling down to him: and saying: Lu 22:41: He was withdrawn from them about a stone's cast: and kneeled down: and prayed: Ac 7:60: He kneeled down: and cried with a loud voice: Lord: not lay this sin to their charge. And when He had said this: He fell asleep.Eph 3:14: For this cause I bow my knees to the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ: "if thou"Mr 9:22: 23: Ofttimes it has cast him into the fire: and into the waters: to destroy him: but if you canst do any thing: have compassion on us: and help us.Ge 18:14: Is any thing too hard for the LORD? At the time appointed I will return to you: according to the time of life: and Sarah will have a son.2Ki 5:7: It came to pass: when the king of Israel had read the letter: that He tear His clothes: and said: Am I God: to kill and to make alive: that this man does send to me to recover a man of His leprosy? for what reason consider: I pray you: and see how He seeks a quarrel against me.
ο δε ιησους σπλαγχνισθεις εκτεινας την χειρα ηψατο αυτου και λεγει αυτω θελω καθαρισθητι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4697σπλαγχνισθεὶςsplanchnistheis (V-APP-NMS)
G4697 σπλαγχνίζομαι splanchnízomai splangkh-nid-zom-ahee middle voice from σπλάγχνον; to have the bowels yearn, i.e. (figuratively) feel sympathy, to pity:--have (be moved with) compassion.
|
σπλαγχνισθεὶςsplanchnistheis
|
having been moved with compassion,
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G1614ἐκτείναςekteinas (V-APA-NMS)
G1614 ἐκτείνω ekteínō ek-ti-no from ἐκ and teino (to stretch); to extend:--cast, put forth, stretch forth (out).
|
ἐκτείναςekteinas
|
having stretched out
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5495χεῖραcheira (N-AFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖραcheira
|
hand
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G680ἥψατοhēpsato (V-AIM-3S)
G680 ἅπτομαι háptomai hap-tom-ahee reflexive of ἅπτω; properly, to attach oneself to, i.e. to touch (in many implied relations):--touch.
|
ἥψατοhēpsato
|
He touched him
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2309Θέλω,Thelō (V-PIA-1S)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
Θέλω,Thelō
|
I am willing;
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G2511καθαρίσθητι.katharisthēti (V-AMP-2S)
G2511 καθαρίζω katharízō kath-ar-id-zo from καθαρός; to cleanse (literally or figuratively):--(make) clean(-se), purge, purify.
|
καθαρίσθητι.katharisthēti
|
be you cleansed.
|
V-AMP-2S
|
41
Jesus, moved with compassion, put forth His hand, and touched Him, and says to Him, I will; be you clean.
Mark 1:41
Stats
Counts: 113 characters, 15 words, 86 letters, 32 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε ιησους σπλαγχνισθεις εκτεινας την χειρα ηψατο αυτου και λεγει αυτω θελω καθαρισθητι
Lit: And having been moved with compassion, having stretched out the hand of Him, He touched him and says to him, I am willing; be you cleansed.
KJV: And Jesus, moved with compassion, put forth his hand, and touched him, and saith unto him, I will; be thou clean.
References
"moved"Mr 6:34: Jesus: when He came out: saw much people: and was moved with compassion toward them: because they were as not sheep having a shepherd: and He began to teach them many things.Mt 9:36: But when he saw the multitudes: he was moved with compassion on them: because they fainted: and were scattered abroad: as sheep having no shepherd.Lu 7:12: 13: Now when he came nigh to the gate of the city: look: there was a dead man carried out: the only son of his mother: and she was a widow: and much people of the city was with her.Heb 2:17: For what reason in all things it behoved Him to be made like to His brothers: that He might be a merciful and faithful high priest in things pertaining to God: to make reconciliation for the sins of the people.Heb 4:15: For we not have an high priest which cannot be touched with the feeling of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are: yet without sin."I"Mr 4:39: He arose: and rebuked the wind: and said to the sea: Peace: be still. And the wind ceased: and there was a great calm.Mr 5:41: He took the damsel by the hand: and said to her: Talitha cumi; which is: being interpreted: Damsel: I say to you: arise.Ge 1:3: God said: Let there be light: and there was light.Ps 33:9: For he spoke: and it was done; he commanded: and it stood fast.Heb 1:3: Who being the brightness of his glory: and the express image of his person: and upholding all things by the word of his power: when he had by himself purged our sins: sat down on the right hand of the Majesty on high;
και ειποντος αυτου ευθεως απηλθεν απ αυτου η λεπρα και εκαθαρισθη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G565ἀπῆλθενapēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπῆλθενapēlthen
|
departed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G575ἀπ’ap’ (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπ’ap’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G3014λέπρα,lepra (N-NFS)
G3014 λέπρα lépra lep-rah from the same as λεπίς; scaliness, i.e. leprosy:--leprosy.
|
λέπρα,lepra
|
leprosy,
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2511ἐκαθαρίσθη*.ekatharisthē (V-AIP-3S)
G2511 καθαρίζω katharízō kath-ar-id-zo from καθαρός; to cleanse (literally or figuratively):--(make) clean(-se), purge, purify.
|
ἐκαθαρίσθη*.ekatharisthē
|
he was cleansed.
|
V-AIP-3S
|
42
As soon as he had spoken, immediately the leprosy departed from him, and he was cleansed.Mark 1:42
Stats
Rank: #4962 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 93 characters, 15 words, 74 letters, 28 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειποντος αυτου ευθεως απηλθεν απ αυτου η λεπρα και εκαθαρισθη
Lit: And immediately departed from him the leprosy, and he was cleansed.
KJV: And as soon as he had spoken, immediately the leprosy departed from him, and he was cleansed.
References
"immediately"Mr 1:31: He came and took her by the hand: and lifted her up; and immediately the fever left her: and she ministered to them.Mr 5:29: Straightway the fountain of her blood was dried up; and she felt in her body that she was healed of that plague.Ps 33:9: For he spoke: and it was done; he commanded: and it stood fast.Mt 15:28: Then Jesus answered and said to her: O woman: great is your faith: be it to you even as you will. And her daughter was made whole from that very hour.Joh 4:50-53: Jesus says to Him: Go your way; your son lives. And the man believed the word that Jesus had spoken to Him: and He went His way.Joh 15:3: Now you are clean through the word which I have spoken to you.
και εμβριμησαμενος αυτω ευθεως εξεβαλεν αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1690ἐμβριμησάμενοςembrimēsamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G1690 ἐμβριμάομαι embrimáomai em-brim-ah-om-ahee from ἐν and (to snort with anger); to have indignation on, i.e. (transitively) to blame, (intransitively) to sigh with chagrin, (specially) to sternly enjoin:--straitly charge, groan, murmur against.
|
ἐμβριμησάμενοςembrimēsamenos
|
having sternly warned
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G1544ἐξέβαλενexebalen (V-AIA-3S)
G1544 ἐκβάλλω ekbállō ek-bal-lo from ἐκ and βάλλω; to eject (literally or figuratively):--bring forth, cast (forth, out), drive (out), expel, leave, pluck (pull, take, thrust) out, put forth (out), send away (forth, out).
|
ἐξέβαλενexebalen
|
He sent away
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν,auton
|
him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
43
He straitly charged him, and forthwith sent him away;Mark 1:43
Stats
Rank: #7242 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 57 characters, 9 words, 46 letters, 14 vowels, 32 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εμβριμησαμενος αυτω ευθεως εξεβαλεν αυτον
Lit: And having sternly warned him, immediately He sent away him.
KJV: And he straitly charged him, and forthwith sent him away;
References
"And he straitly charged him, and forthwith sent him away;"Mr 3:12: He straitly charged them that they not should make him known.Mr 5:43: He charged them straitly that no man should know it; and commanded that something should be given her to eat.Mr 7:36: He charged them that they should tell no man: but the more he charged them: so much the more a great deal they published it;Mt 9:30: Their eyes were opened; and Jesus straitly charged them: saying: See that no man know it.Lu 8:56: Her parents were astonished: but he charged them that they should tell no man what was done.
και λεγει αυτω ορα μηδενι μηδεν ειπης αλλ υπαγε σεαυτον δειξον τω ιερει και προσενεγκε περι του καθαρισμου σου α προσεταξεν μωσης εις μαρτυριον αυτοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3708ὍραHora (V-PMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὍραHora
|
See that
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G3367μηδενὶmēdeni (Adj-DMS)
G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηδενὶmēdeni
|
nothing
|
Adj-DMS
|
G3367μηδὲνmēden (Adj-ANS)
G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηδὲνmēden
|
to none
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3004εἴπῃς,eipēs (V-ASA-2S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἴπῃς,eipēs
|
you speak.
|
V-ASA-2S
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
But
|
Conj
|
G5217ὕπαγεhypage (V-PMA-2S)
G5217 ὑπάγω hypágō hoop-ag-o from ὑπό and ἄγω; to lead (oneself) under, i.e. withdraw or retire (as if sinking out of sight), literally or figuratively:--depart, get hence, go (a-)way.
|
ὕπαγεhypage
|
go,
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G4572σεαυτὸνseauton (PPro-AM2S)
G4572 σεαυτοῦ seautoû sow-ton genitive case from σέ and αὐτός, also dative case of the same, , and accusative case , likewise contracted , , and , respectively; of (with, to) thyself:--thee, thine own self, (thou) thy(-self).,
|
σεαυτὸνseauton
|
yourself
|
PPro-AM2S
|
G1166δεῖξονdeixon (V-AMA-2S)
G1166 δεικνύω deiknýō dike-noo-o a prolonged form of an obsolete primary of the same meaning; to show (literally or figuratively):--shew.
|
δεῖξονdeixon
|
show
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2409ἱερεῖhierei (N-DMS)
G2409 ἱερεύς hiereús hee-er-yooce from ἱερός; a priest (literally or figuratively):--(high) priest.
|
ἱερεῖhierei
|
priest,
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4374προσένεγκεprosenenke (V-AMA-2S)
G4374 προσφέρω prosphérō pros-fer-o from πρός and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear towards, i.e. lead to, tender (especially to God), treat:--bring (to, unto), deal with, do, offer (unto, up), present unto, put to.
|
προσένεγκεprosenenke
|
offer
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2512καθαρισμοῦkatharismou (N-GMS)
G2512 καθαρισμός katharismós kath-ar-is-mos from καθαρίζω; a washing off, i.e. (ceremonially) ablution, (morally) expiation:--cleansing, + purge, purification(-fying).
|
καθαρισμοῦkatharismou
|
cleansing
|
N-GMS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3739ἃha (RelPro-ANP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἃha
|
what
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G4367προσέταξενprosetaxen (V-AIA-3S)
G4367 προστάσσω prostássō pros-tas-so from πρός and τάσσω; to arrange towards, i.e. (figuratively) enjoin:--bid, command.
|
προσέταξενprosetaxen
|
commanded
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3475ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs (N-NMS)
G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs
|
Moses,
|
N-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3142μαρτύριονmartyrion (N-ANS)
G3142 μαρτύριον martýrion mar-too-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of μάρτυς; something evidential, i.e. (genitive case) evidence given or (specially), the Decalogue (in the sacred Tabernacle):--to be testified, testimony, witness.
|
μαρτύριονmartyrion
|
a testimony
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτοῖς.autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς.autois
|
to them.
|
PPro-DM3P
|
44
says to him, See you not sayhing to any man: but go your way, show yourself to the priest, and offer for your cleansing those things which Moses commanded, for a testimony to them.
Mark 1:44
Stats
Rank: #5448 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 187 characters, 30 words, 147 letters, 49 vowels, 98 consonants
Translation
Greek: και λεγει αυτω ορα μηδενι μηδεν ειπης αλλ υπαγε σεαυτον δειξον τω ιερει και προσενεγκε περι του καθαρισμου σου α προσεταξεν μωσης εις μαρτυριον αυτοις
Lit: And He says to him, See that nothing to none you speak. But go, yourself show to the priest, and offer for the cleansing of you what commanded Moses, for a testimony to them.
KJV: And saith unto him, See thou say nothing to any man: but go thy way, shew thyself to the priest, and offer for thy cleansing those things which Moses commanded, for a testimony unto them.
References
"shew"Le 14:2-32: This will be the law of the leper in the day of his cleansing: He will be brought to the priest:Mt 23:2: 3: Saying: The scribes and the Pharisees sit in Moses' seat:Lu 5:14: He charged him to tell no man: but go: and show yourself to the priest: and offer for your cleansing: according as Moses commanded: for a testimony to them.Lu 17:14: When he saw them: he said to them: Go show yourselves to the priests. And it came to pass: that: as they went: they were cleansed."for a testimony"Ro 15:4: For whatever things were written aforetime were written for our learning: that we through patience and comfort of the scriptures might have hope.1Co 10:11: Now all these things happened to them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition: upon whom the ends of the world are come.
ο δε εξελθων ηρξατο κηρυσσειν πολλα και διαφημιζειν τον λογον ωστε μηκετι αυτον δυνασθαι φανερως εις πολιν εισελθειν αλλ εξω εν ερημοις τοποις ην και ηρχοντο προς αυτον πανταχοθεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξελθὼνexelthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξελθὼνexelthōn
|
having gone out,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G756ἤρξατοērxato (V-AIM-3S)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
ἤρξατοērxato
|
he began
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G2784κηρύσσεινkēryssein (V-PNA)
G2784 κηρύσσω kērýssō kay-roos-so of uncertain affinity; to herald (as a public crier), especially divine truth (the gospel):--preacher(-er), proclaim, publish.
|
κηρύσσεινkēryssein
|
to proclaim
|
V-PNA
|
G4183πολλὰpolla (Adj-ANP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλὰpolla
|
much
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1310διαφημίζεινdiaphēmizein (V-PNA)
G1310 διαφημίζω diaphēmízō dee-af-ay-mid-zo from διά and a derivative of φήμη; to report thoroughly, i.e. divulgate:--blaze abroad, commonly report, spread abroad, fame.
|
διαφημίζεινdiaphēmizein
|
to spread abroad
|
V-PNA
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγον,logon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγον,logon
|
matter,
|
N-AMS
|
G5620ὥστεhōste (Conj)
G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
ὥστεhōste
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3371μηκέτιmēketi (Adv)
G3371 μηκέτι mēkéti may-ket-ee from μή and ἔτι; no further:--any longer, (not) henceforth, hereafter, no henceforward (longer, more, soon), not any more.
|
μηκέτιmēketi
|
no longer
|
Adv
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
He
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1410δύνασθαιdynasthai (V-PNM/P)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύνασθαιdynasthai
|
was able
|
V-PNM/P
|
G5320φανερῶςphanerōs (Adv)
G5320 φανερῶς phanerōs fan-er-oce adverb from φανερός; plainly, i.e. clearly or publicly:--evidently, openly.
|
φανερῶςphanerōs
|
openly
|
Adv
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into the
|
Prep
|
G4172πόλινpolin (N-AFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλινpolin
|
city
|
N-AFS
|
G1525εἰσελθεῖν,eiselthein (V-ANA)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθεῖν,eiselthein
|
to enter;
|
V-ANA
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G1854ἔξωexō (Adv)
G1854 ἔξω éxō ex-o adverb from ἐκ; out(-side, of doors), literally or figuratively:--away, forth, (with-)out (of, -ward), strange.
|
ἔξωexō
|
out
|
Adv
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2048ἐρήμοιςerēmois (Adj-DMP)
G2048 ἔρημος érēmos er-ay-mos of uncertain affinity; lonesome, i.e. (by implication) waste (usually as a noun, χώρα being implied):--desert, desolate, solitary, wilderness.,
|
ἐρήμοιςerēmois
|
solitary
|
Adj-DMP
|
G5117τόποιςtopois (N-DMP)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόποιςtopois
|
places
|
N-DMP
|
G1510ἦν·ēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦν·ēn
|
He was,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2064ἤρχοντοērchonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἤρχοντοērchonto
|
they were coming
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3840πάντοθεν.pantothen (Adv)
G3840 πάντοθεν pántothen pan-toth-en adverb (of source) from πᾶς; from (i.e. on) all sides:--on every side, round about.
|
πάντοθεν.pantothen
|
from every quarter.
|
Adv
|
45
But He went out, and began to publish it much, and to blaze abroad the matter, insomuch that Jesus could no more openly enter into the city, but was without in desert places: and they came to Him from every quarter.Mark 1:45
Stats
Rank: #7536 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 215 characters, 36 words, 169 letters, 64 vowels, 105 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε εξελθων ηρξατο κηρυσσειν πολλα και διαφημιζειν τον λογον ωστε μηκετι αυτον δυνασθαι φανερως εις πολιν εισελθειν αλλ εξω εν ερημοις τοποις ην και ηρχοντο προς αυτον πανταχοθεν
Lit: And having gone out, he began to proclaim much and to spread abroad the matter, so that no longer He was able openly into the city to enter; but out in solitary places He was, and they were coming to Him from every quarter.
KJV: But he went out, and began to publish it much, and to blaze abroad the matter, insomuch that Jesus could no more openly enter into the city, but was without in desert places: and they came to him from every quarter.
References
"and began"Ps 77:11: I will remember the works of the LORD: surely I will remember your wonders of old.Mt 9:31: But they: when they were departed: spread abroad his fame in all that country.Lu 5:15: But so much the more went there a fame abroad of him: and great multitudes came together to hear: and to be healed by him of their infirmities.Tit 1:10: For there are many unruly and vain talkers and deceivers: specially they of the circumcision:"could"Mr 2:1: 2: 13: Again he entered into Capernaum: after some days; and it was noised that he was in the house.
2
Ministry in Capernaum
Jesus Heals a Paralytic
και παλιν εισηλθεν εις καπερναουμ δι ημερων και ηκουσθη οτι εις οικον εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1525εἰσελθὼνeiselthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθὼνeiselthōn
|
He having entered
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv)
G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again
|
Adv
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G2584ΚαφαρναοὺμKapharnaoum (N-AFS)
G2584 Καπερναούμ Kapernaoúm cap-er-nah-oom of Hebrew origin (probably כָּפָר and נַחוּם); Capernaum (i.e. Caphanachum), a place in Palestine:--Capernaum.
|
ΚαφαρναοὺμKapharnaoum
|
Capernaum
|
N-AFS
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
after some
|
Prep
|
G2250ἡμερῶνhēmerōn (N-GFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμερῶνhēmerōn
|
days,
|
N-GFP
|
G191ἠκούσθηēkousthē (V-AIP-3S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἠκούσθηēkousthē
|
it was heard
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3624οἴκῳoikō (N-DMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἴκῳoikō
|
the house
|
N-DMS
|
G1510ἐστίν.estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστίν.estin
|
He is.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
1
And again he entered into Capernaum, after some days; and it was noised that he was in the house.Mark 2:1
Stats
Rank: #544 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 97 characters, 17 words, 76 letters, 33 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: και παλιν εισηλθεν εις καπερναουμ δι ημερων και ηκουσθη οτι εις οικον εστιν
Lit: And He having entered again into Capernaum after some days, it was heard that in the house He is.
KJV: And again he entered into Capernaum, after some days; and it was noised that he was in the house.
References
"again"Mr 1:45: But He went out: and began to publish it much: and to blaze abroad the matter: insomuch that Jesus could no more openly enter into the city: but was without in desert places: and they came to Him from every quarter.Mt 9:1: He entered into a ship: and passed over: and came into his own city.Lu 5:18: And: look: men brought in a bed a man which was taken with a palsy: and they sought means to bring him in: and to lay him before him."and it"Mr 7:24: From there he arose: and went into the borders of Tyre and Sidon: and entered into an house: and would have no man know it: but he not could be hid.Lu 18:35-38: It came to pass: that as he was come nigh to Jericho: a certain blind man sat by the way side begging:Joh 4:47: When He heard that Jesus was come out of Judaea into Galilee: He went to Him: and besought Him that He would come down: and heal His son: for He was at the point of death.Ac 2:6: Now when this was noised abroad: the multitude came together: and were confounded: because that every man heard them speak in his own language.
και ευθεως συνηχθησαν πολλοι ωστε μηκετι χωρειν μηδε τα προς την θυραν και ελαλει αυτοις τον λογον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4863συνήχθησανsynēchthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G4863 συνάγω synágō soon-ag-o from σύν and ἄγω; to lead together, i.e. collect or convene; specially, to entertain (hospitably):--+ accompany, assemble (selves, together), bestow, come together, gather (selves together, up, together), lead into, resort, take in.
|
συνήχθησανsynēchthēsan
|
were gathered together
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G4183πολλοὶ,polloi (Adj-NMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοὶ,polloi
|
many,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G5620ὥστεhōste (Conj)
G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
ὥστεhōste
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3371μηκέτιmēketi (Adv)
G3371 μηκέτι mēkéti may-ket-ee from μή and ἔτι; no further:--any longer, (not) henceforth, hereafter, no henceforward (longer, more, soon), not any more.
|
μηκέτιmēketi
|
no more
|
Adv
|
G5562χωρεῖνchōrein (V-PNA)
G5562 χωρέω chōréō kho-reh-o from χώρα; to be in (give) space, i.e. (intransitively) to pass, enter, or (transitively) to hold, admit (literally or figuratively):--come, contain, go, have place, (can, be room to) receive.
|
χωρεῖνchōrein
|
to have space,
|
V-PNA
|
G3366μηδὲmēde (Conj)
G3366 μηδέ mēdé may-deh from μή and δέ; but not, not even; in a continued negation, nor:--neither, nor (yet), (no) not (once, so much as).,
|
μηδὲmēde
|
not even
|
Conj
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2374θύραν,thyran (N-AFS)
G2374 θύρα thýra thoo-rah apparently a primary word (compare door); a portal or entrance (the opening or the closure, literally or figuratively):--door, gate.
|
θύραν,thyran
|
door;
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2980ἐλάλειelalei (V-IIA-3S)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλειelalei
|
He was speaking
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγον.logon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγον.logon
|
word.
|
N-AMS
|
2
Straightway many were gathered together, insomuch that there was no room to receive them, no, not so much as about the door: and he preached the word to them.Mark 2:2
Stats
Rank: #6494 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 164 characters, 26 words, 130 letters, 50 vowels, 80 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ευθεως συνηχθησαν πολλοι ωστε μηκετι χωρειν μηδε τα προς την θυραν και ελαλει αυτοις τον λογον
Lit: And were gathered together many, so that no more to have space, not even at the door; and He was speaking to them the word.
KJV: And straightway many were gathered together, insomuch that there was no room to receive them, no, not so much as about the door: and he preached the word unto them.
References
"straightway"Mr 2:13: He went forth again by the sea side; and all the multitude resorted to him: and he taught them.Mr 1:33: 37: 45: All the city was gathered together at the door.Mr 4:1: 2: He began again to teach by the sea side: and there was gathered to him a great multitude: so that he entered into a ship: and sat in the sea; and the whole multitude was by the sea on the land.Lu 5:17: It came to pass on a certain day: as He was teaching: that there were Pharisees and doctors of the law sitting by: which were come out of every town of Galilee: and Judaea: and Jerusalem: and the power of the Lord was present to heal them.Lu 12:1: In the mean time: when there were gathered together an innumerable multitude of people: insomuch that they trode one upon another: he began to say to his disciples first of all: Beware you of the leaven of the Pharisees: which is hypocrisy."and he"Mr 1:14: Now after that John was put in prison: Jesus came into Galilee: preaching the gospel of the kingdom of God: Mr 6:34: Jesus: when He came out: saw much people: and was moved with compassion toward them: because they were as not sheep having a shepherd: and He began to teach them many things.Ps 40:9: I have preached righteousness in the great congregation: indeed: I not have refrained my lips: O LORD: you knowest.Mt 5:2: He opened his mouth: and taught them: saying: Lu 8:1: 11: It came to pass afterward: that He went throughout every city and village: preaching and shewing the glad tidings of the kingdom of God: and the 12 were with Him: Ac 8:25: They: when they had testified and preached the word of the Lord: returned to Jerusalem: and preached the gospel in many villages of the Samaritans.Ac 11:19: Now they which were scattered abroad upon the persecution that arose about Stephen travelled as far as Phenice: and Cyprus: and Antioch: preaching the word to none but to the Jews only.Ac 14:25: When they had preached the word in Perga: they went down into Attalia:Ac 16:6: Now when they had gone throughout Phrygia and the region of Galatia: and were forbidden of the Holy Ghost to preach the word in Asia: Ro 10:8: But what says it? The word is nigh you: even in your mouth: and in your heart: that is: the word of faith: which we preach;2Ti 4:2: Preach the word; be instant in season: out of season; reprove: rebuke: exhort with all longsuffering and doctrine.
και ερχονται προς αυτον παραλυτικον φεροντες αιρομενον υπο τεσσαρων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2064ἔρχονταιerchontai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχονταιerchontai
|
they come,
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G5342φέροντεςpherontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G5342 φέρω phérō en-eng-ko a primary verb (for which other, and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely, ; and ; to bear or carry (in a very wide application, literally and figuratively, as follows):--be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold.
|
φέροντεςpherontes
|
bringing
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3885παραλυτικὸνparalytikon (Adj-AMS)
G3885 παραλυτικός paralytikós par-al-oo-tee-kos from a derivative of παραλύω; as if dissolved, i.e. paralytic:--that had (sick of) the palsy.
|
παραλυτικὸνparalytikon
|
a paralytic,
|
Adj-AMS
|
G142αἰρόμενονairomenon (V-PPM/P-AMS)
G142 αἴρω aírō ah-ee-ro a primary root; to lift up; by implication, to take up or away; figuratively, to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind), specially, to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Hebraism (compare נָשָׂא) to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).
|
αἰρόμενονairomenon
|
being carried
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G5064τεσσάρων.tessarōn (Adj-GMP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τεσσάρων.tessarōn
|
four.
|
Adj-GMP
|
3
They come to him, bringing one sick of the palsy, which was borne of 4.Mark 2:3
Stats
Counts: 80 characters, 14 words, 62 letters, 22 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ερχονται προς αυτον παραλυτικον φεροντες αιρομενον υπο τεσσαρων
Lit: And they come, bringing to Him a paralytic, being carried by four.
KJV: And they come unto him, bringing one sick of the palsy, which was borne of four.
References
"bringing"Mt 9:1: 2-8: He entered into a ship: and passed over: and came into his own city.Lu 5:18-26: And: look: men brought in a bed a man which was taken with a palsy: and they sought means to bring him in: and to lay him before him.
και μη δυναμενοι προσεγγισαι αυτω δια τον οχλον απεστεγασαν την στεγην οπου ην και εξορυξαντες χαλωσιν τον κραββατον εφ ω ο παραλυτικος κατεκειτο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1410δυνάμενοιdynamenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δυνάμενοιdynamenoi
|
being able
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G4374προσενέγκαιprosenenkai (V-ANA)
G4374 προσφέρω prosphérō pros-fer-o from πρός and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear towards, i.e. lead to, tender (especially to God), treat:--bring (to, unto), deal with, do, offer (unto, up), present unto, put to.
|
προσενέγκαιprosenenkai
|
to come near
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
on account of
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3793ὄχλονochlon (N-AMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλονochlon
|
crowd,
|
N-AMS
|
G648ἀπεστέγασανapestegasan (V-AIA-3P)
G648 ἀποστεγάζω apostegázō ap-os-teg-ad-zo from ἀπό and a derivative of στέγη; to unroof:--uncover.
|
ἀπεστέγασανapestegasan
|
they removed
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4721στέγηνstegēn (N-AFS)
G4721 στέγη stégē steg-ay strengthened from a primary (a thatch or deck of a building); a roof:--roof.
|
στέγηνstegēn
|
roof
|
N-AFS
|
G3699ὅπουhopou (Adv)
G3699 ὅπου hópou hop-oo from ὅς and πού; what(-ever) where, i.e. at whichever spot:--in what place, where(-as, -soever), whither (+ soever).,
|
ὅπουhopou
|
where
|
Adv
|
G1510ἦν,ēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦν,ēn
|
He was,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1846ἐξορύξαντεςexoryxantes (V-APA-NMP)
G1846 ἐξορύσσω exorýssō ex-or-oos-so from ἐκ and ὀρύσσω; to dig out, i.e. (by extension) to extract (an eye), remove (roofing):--break up, pluck out.
|
ἐξορύξαντεςexoryxantes
|
having broken up it,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G5465χαλῶσιchalōsi (V-PIA-3P)
G5465 χαλάω chaláō khal-ah-o from the base of χάσμα; to lower (as into a void):--let down, strike.
|
χαλῶσιchalōsi
|
they let down
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2895κράβαττονkrabatton (N-AMS)
G2895 κράββατος krábbatos krab-bat-os probably of foreign origin; a mattress:--bed.
|
κράβαττονkrabatton
|
pallet
|
N-AMS
|
G3699ὅπουhopou (Adv)
G3699 ὅπου hópou hop-oo from ὅς and πού; what(-ever) where, i.e. at whichever spot:--in what place, where(-as, -soever), whither (+ soever).,
|
ὅπουhopou
|
on which
|
Adv
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3885παραλυτικὸςparalytikos (Adj-NMS)
G3885 παραλυτικός paralytikós par-al-oo-tee-kos from a derivative of παραλύω; as if dissolved, i.e. paralytic:--that had (sick of) the palsy.
|
παραλυτικὸςparalytikos
|
paralytic
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2621κατέκειτο.katekeito (V-IIM/P-3S)
G2621 κατάκειμαι katákeimai kat-ak-i-mahee from κατά and κεῖμαι; to lie down, i.e. (by implication) be sick; specially, to recline at a meal:--keep, lie, sit at meat (down).
|
κατέκειτο.katekeito
|
was lying.
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
4
When they not could come nigh to him for the press, they uncovered the roof where he was: and when they had broken it up, they let down the bed wherein the sick of the palsy lay.Mark 2:4
Stats
Rank: #3173 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 184 characters, 35 words, 143 letters, 49 vowels, 94 consonants
Translation
Greek: και μη δυναμενοι προσεγγισαι αυτω δια τον οχλον απεστεγασαν την στεγην οπου ην και εξορυξαντες χαλωσιν τον κραββατον εφ ω ο παραλυτικος κατεκειτο
Lit: And not being able to come near to Him on account of the crowd, they removed the roof where He was, and having broken up it, they let down the pallet on which the paralytic was lying.
KJV: And when they could not come nigh unto him for the press, they uncovered the roof where he was: and when they had broken it up, they let down the bed wherein the sick of the palsy lay.
References
"they uncovered"De 22:8: When you build a new house: then you will make a battlement for your roof: that you not bring blood upon your house: if any man fall from there.Lu 5:19: When they not could find by what way they might bring Him in because of the multitude: they went upon the housetop: and let Him down through the tiling with His couch into the middle before Jesus.
ιδων δε ο ιησους την πιστιν αυτων λεγει τω παραλυτικω τεκνον αφεωνται σοι αι αμαρτιαι σου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδὼνidōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδὼνidōn
|
having seen
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4102πίστινpistin (N-AFS)
G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστινpistin
|
faith
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3885παραλυτικῷ·paralytikō (Adj-DMS)
G3885 παραλυτικός paralytikós par-al-oo-tee-kos from a derivative of παραλύω; as if dissolved, i.e. paralytic:--that had (sick of) the palsy.
|
παραλυτικῷ·paralytikō
|
paralytic,
|
Adj-DMS
|
G5043Τέκνον,Teknon (N-VNS)
G5043 τέκνον téknon tek-non from the base of τίκτω; a child (as produced):--child, daughter, son.
|
Τέκνον,Teknon
|
Son,
|
N-VNS
|
G863ἀφίενταίaphientai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφίενταίaphientai
|
are forgiven
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G266ἁμαρτίαι.hamartiai (N-NFP)
G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτίαι.hamartiai
|
sins.
|
N-NFP
|
5
When Jesus saw their faith, He said to the sick of the palsy, Son, your sins be forgiven you.
Mark 2:5
Stats
Rank: #2232 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 95 characters, 16 words, 73 letters, 26 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: ιδων δε ο ιησους την πιστιν αυτων λεγει τω παραλυτικω τεκνον αφεωνται σοι αι αμαρτιαι σου
Lit: And having seen Jesus the faith of them, He says to the paralytic, Son, are forgiven of you the sins.
KJV: When Jesus saw their faith, he said unto the sick of the palsy, Son, thy sins be forgiven thee.
References
"saw"Ge 22:12: He said: not Lay your hand upon the lad: neither do you any thing to Him: for now I know that you fear God: seeing you have not withheld your son: your only son from me.Joh 2:25: not needed that any should testify of man: for he knew what was in man.Ac 11:23: Who: when He came: and had seen the grace of God: was glad: and exhorted them all: that with purpose of heart they would cleave to the Lord.Ac 14:9: The same heard Paul speak: who stedfastly beholding him: and perceiving that he had faith to be healed: Eph 2:8: For by grace are you saved through faith; and not that of yourselves: it is the gift of God:1Th 1:3: 4: Remembering without ceasing your work of faith: and labour of love: and patience of hope in our Lord Jesus Christ: in the sight of God and our Father;Jas 2:18-22: Yes: a man may say: You have faith: and I have works: show me your faith without your works: and I will show you my faith by my works."he said"Mr 2:9: 10: Whether is it easier to say to the sick of the palsy: Your sins be forgiven you; or to say: Arise: and take up your bed: and walk?Isa 53:11: He will see of the travail of his soul: and will be satisfied: by his knowledge will my righteous servant justify many; for he will bear their iniquities.Mt 9:2: And: look: they brought to Him a man sick of the palsy: lying on a bed: and Jesus seeing their faith said to the sick of the palsy; Son: be of good cheer; your sins be forgiven you.Lu 5:20: When he saw their faith: he said to him: Man: your sins are forgiven you.Lu 7:47-50: For what reason I say to you: Her sins: which are many: are forgiven; for she loved much: but to whom little is forgiven: the same loves little.Ac 5:31: Him has God exalted with His right hand to be a Prince and a Saviour: for to give repentance to Israel: and forgiveness of sins.2Co 2:10: To whom you forgive any thing: I forgive also: for if I forgave any thing: to whom I forgave it: for your sakes forgave I it in the person of Christ;Col 3:13: Forbearing one another: and forgiving one another: if any man have a quarrel against any: even as Christ forgave you: so also do you."Son"Mr 5:34: He said to her: Daughter: your faith has made you whole; go in peace: and be whole of your plague.Mt 9:22: But Jesus turned Him about: and when He saw her: He said: Daughter: be of good comfort; your faith has made you whole. And the woman was made whole from that hour.Lu 8:48: He said to her: Daughter: be of good comfort: your faith has made you whole; go in peace."sins"Job 33:17-26: That he may withdraw man from his purpose: and hide pride from man.Ps 32:1-5: A Psalm of David: Maschil.>> Blessed is he whose transgression is forgiven: whose sin is covered.Ps 90:7-9: For we are consumed by your anger: and by your wrath are we troubled.Ps 103:3: Who forgives all your iniquities; who heals all your diseases;Isa 38:17: Look: for peace I had great bitterness: but you have in love to my soul delivered it from the pit of corruption: for you have cast all my sins behind your back.Joh 5:14: Afterward Jesus findeth Him in the temple: and said to Him: Look: you are made whole: sin no more: lest a worse thing come to you.1Co 11:30: For this cause many are weak and sickly among you: and many sleep.Jas 5:15: The prayer of faith will save the sick: and the Lord will raise Him up; and if He have committed sins: they will be forgiven Him.
ησαν δε τινες των γραμματεων εκει καθημενοι και διαλογιζομενοι εν ταις καρδιαις αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1510Ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
Ἦσανēsan
|
Were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G5100τινεςtines (IPro-NMP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινεςtines
|
some
|
IPro-NMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G1122γραμματέωνgrammateōn (N-GMP)
G1122 γραμματεύς grammateús gram-mat-yooce from γράμμα. a writer, i.e. (professionally) scribe or secretary:--scribe, town-clerk.
|
γραμματέωνgrammateōn
|
scribes
|
N-GMP
|
G1563ἐκεῖekei (Adv)
G1563 ἐκεῖ ekeî ek-i of uncertain affinity; there; by extension, thither:--there, thither(-ward), (to) yonder (place).
|
ἐκεῖekei
|
there
|
Adv
|
G2521καθήμενοιkathēmenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθήμενοιkathēmenoi
|
sitting
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1260διαλογιζόμενοιdialogizomenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP)
G1260 διαλογίζομαι dialogízomai dee-al-og-id-zom-ahee from διά and λογίζομαι; to reckon thoroughly, i.e. (genitive case) to deliberate (by reflection or discussion):--cast in mind, consider, dispute, muse, reason, think.
|
διαλογιζόμενοιdialogizomenoi
|
reasoning
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G2588καρδίαιςkardiais (N-DFP)
G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίαιςkardiais
|
hearts
|
N-DFP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
6
But there were certain of the scribes sitting there, and reasoning in their hearts,Mark 2:6
Stats
Rank: #4627 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 83 characters, 13 words, 68 letters, 26 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: ησαν δε τινες των γραμματεων εκει καθημενοι και διαλογιζομενοι εν ταις καρδιαις αυτων
Lit: Were now some of the scribes there sitting and reasoning in the hearts of them,
KJV: But there were certain of the scribes sitting there, and reasoning in their hearts,
References
"and reasoning"Mr 8:17: When Jesus knew it: He says to them: Why reason you: because you have no bread? perceive you not yet: neither understand? have you your heart yet hardened?Mt 16:7: 8: They reasoned among themselves: saying: It is because we have taken no bread.Lu 5:21: 22: The scribes and the Pharisees began to reason: saying: Who is this which speaks blasphemies? Who can forgive sins: but God alone?2Co 10:5: Casting down imaginations: and every high thing that exalts itself against the knowledge of God: and bringing into captivity every thought to the obedience of Christ;
τι ουτος ουτως λαλει βλασφημιας τις δυναται αφιεναι αμαρτιας ει μη εις ο θεος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
Why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3778οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοςhoutos
|
this man
|
DPro-NMS
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
thus
|
Adv
|
G2980λαλεῖ;lalei (V-PIA-3S)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλεῖ;lalei
|
does speak?
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G987βλασφημεῖ·blasphēmei (V-PIA-3S)
G987 βλασφημέω blasphēméō blas-fay-meh-o from βλάσφημος; to vilify; specially, to speak impiously:--(speak) blaspheme(-er, -mously, -my), defame, rail on, revile, speak evil.
|
βλασφημεῖ·blasphēmei
|
He blasphemes!
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G5101τίςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίςtis
|
Who
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1410δύναταιdynatai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύναταιdynatai
|
is able
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G863ἀφιέναιaphienai (V-PNA)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφιέναιaphienai
|
to forgive
|
V-PNA
|
G266ἁμαρτίαςhamartias (N-AFP)
G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτίαςhamartias
|
sins,
|
N-AFP
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷςheis
|
alone
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2316Θεός;Theos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεός;Theos
|
God?
|
N-NMS
|
7
Why does this man thus speak blasphemies? who can forgive sins but God only?Mark 2:7
Stats
Counts: 76 characters, 13 words, 61 letters, 19 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: τι ουτος ουτως λαλει βλασφημιας τις δυναται αφιεναι αμαρτιας ει μη εις ο θεος
Lit: Why this man thus does speak? He blasphemes! Who is able to forgive sins, if not alone God?
KJV: Why doth this man thus speak blasphemies? who can forgive sins but God only?
References
"speak"Mr 14:64: You have heard the blasphemy: what think you? And they all condemned him to be guilty of death.Mt 9:3: And: look: certain of the scribes said within themselves: This man blasphemes.Mt 26:65: Then the high priest tear his clothes: saying: He has spoken blasphemy; what further need have we of witnesses? look: now you have heard his blasphemy.Joh 10:33: 36: The Jews answered Him: saying: For a good work we stone you not; but for blasphemy; and because that you: being a man: make yourself God."who"Job 14:4: Who can bring a clean thing out of an unclean? not one.Ps 130:4: But there is forgiveness with you: that you may be feared.Isa 43:25: I: even I: am he who blots out your transgressions for my own sake: and not will remember your sins.Da 9:9: To the Lord our God belong mercies and forgivenesses: though we have rebelled against Him;Mic 7:18: Who is a God like to you: that pardons iniquity: and passs by the transgression of the remnant of His heritage? He retains not His anger for ever: because He delights in mercy.Lu 5:21: The scribes and the Pharisees began to reason: saying: Who is this which speaks blasphemies? Who can forgive sins: but God alone?Lu 7:49: They that sat at meat with him began to say within themselves: Who is this that forgives sins also?Joh 20:20-23: When He had so said: He showed to them His hands and His side. Then were the disciples glad: when they saw the Lord.
και ευθεως επιγνους ο ιησους τω πνευματι αυτου οτι ουτως διαλογιζονται εν εαυτοις ειπεν αυτοις τι ταυτα διαλογιζεσθε εν ταις καρδιαις υμων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately,
|
Adv
|
G1921ἐπιγνοὺςepignous (V-APA-NMS)
G1921 ἐπιγινώσκω epiginṓskō ep-ig-in-oce-ko from ἐπί and γινώσκω; to know upon some mark, i.e. recognize; by implication, to become fully acquainted with, to acknowledge:--(ac-, have, take)know(-ledge, well), perceive.
|
ἐπιγνοὺςepignous
|
having known
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
in the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4151πνεύματιpneumati (N-DNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεύματιpneumati
|
spirit
|
N-DNS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
thus
|
Adv
|
G1260διαλογίζονταιdialogizontai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G1260 διαλογίζομαι dialogízomai dee-al-og-id-zom-ahee from διά and λογίζομαι; to reckon thoroughly, i.e. (genitive case) to deliberate (by reflection or discussion):--cast in mind, consider, dispute, muse, reason, think.
|
διαλογίζονταιdialogizontai
|
they are reasoning
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
within
|
Prep
|
G1438ἑαυτοῖς,heautois (RefPro-DM3P)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτοῖς,heautois
|
themselves,
|
RefPro-DM3P
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
Why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G1260διαλογίζεσθεdialogizesthe (V-PIM/P-2P)
G1260 διαλογίζομαι dialogízomai dee-al-og-id-zom-ahee from διά and λογίζομαι; to reckon thoroughly, i.e. (genitive case) to deliberate (by reflection or discussion):--cast in mind, consider, dispute, muse, reason, think.
|
διαλογίζεσθεdialogizesthe
|
reason you
|
V-PIM/P-2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G2588καρδίαιςkardiais (N-DFP)
G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίαιςkardiais
|
hearts
|
N-DFP
|
G4771ὑμῶν;hymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν;hymōn
|
of you?
|
PPro-G2P
|
8
Immediately when Jesus perceived in His spirit that they so reasoned within themselves, He said to them, Why reason you these things in your hearts?
Mark 2:8
Stats
Rank: #4136 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 153 characters, 24 words, 125 letters, 47 vowels, 78 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ευθεως επιγνους ο ιησους τω πνευματι αυτου οτι ουτως διαλογιζονται εν εαυτοις ειπεν αυτοις τι ταυτα διαλογιζεσθε εν ταις καρδιαις υμων
Lit: And immediately, having known Jesus in the spirit of Him that thus they are reasoning within themselves, He says to them, Why these things reason you in the hearts of you?
KJV: And immediately when Jesus perceived in his spirit that they so reasoned within themselves, he said unto them, Why reason ye these things in your hearts?
References
"when"1Ch 29:17: I know also: my God: that you try the heart: and have pleasure in uprightness. As for me: in the uprightness of my heart I have willingly offered all these things: and now have I seen with joy your people: which are present here: to offer willingly to you.Mt 9:4: Jesus knowing their thoughts said: For what reason think you evil in your hearts?Lu 5:22: But when Jesus perceived their thoughts: He answering said to them: What reason you in your hearts?Lu 6:8: But he knew their thoughts: and said to the man which had the withered hand: Rise up: and stand forth in the middle. And he arose and stood forth.Lu 7:39: 40: Now when the Pharisee which had bidden him saw it: he spoke within himself: saying: This man: if he were a prophet: would have known who and what manner of woman this is that touches him: for she is a sinner.Joh 2:24: 25: But Jesus not did commit Himself to them: because He knew all men: Joh 6:64: But there are some of you that not believe. For Jesus knew from the beginning who they were that not believed: and who should betray Him.Joh 21:17: He says to Him the third time: Simon: son of Jonas: love'>love you me? Peter was grieved because He said to Him the third time: Love'>Love you me? And He said to Him: Lord: you know'>know all things; you know'>know that I love you. Jesus says to Him: Feed my sheep.Heb 4:13: Neither is there any creature that not is manifest in his sight: but all things are naked and opened to the eyes of him with whom we have to do.Re 2:23: I will kill her children with death; and all the churches will know that I am he which searches the reins and hearts: and I will give to every one of you according to your works."Why"Mr 7:21: For from within: out of the heart of men: proceed evil thoughts: adulteries: fornications: murders: Ps 139:2: You know my downsitting and my uprising: you understand my thought afar off.Pr 15:26: The thoughts of the wicked are an abomination to the LORD: but the words of the pure are pleasant words.Pr 24:9: The thought of foolishness is sin: and the scorner is an abomination to men.Isa 55:7: Let the wicked forsake His way: and the unrighteous man His thoughts: and let Him return to the LORD: and He will have mercy upon Him; and to our God: for He will abundantly pardon.Eze 38:10: Thus says the Lord GOD; It will also come to pass: that at the same time will things come into your mind: and you will think an evil thought:Lu 24:38: He said to them: Why are you troubled? and why do thoughts arise in your hearts?Ac 5:3: But Peter said: Ananias: why has Satan filled your heart to lie to the Holy Ghost: and to keep back part of the price of the land?Ac 8:22: Repent therefore of this your wickedness: and pray God: if perhaps the thought of your heart may be forgiven you.
τι εστιν ευκοπωτερον ειπειν τω παραλυτικω αφεωνται σοι αι αμαρτιαι η ειπειν εγειραι και αρον σου τον κραββατον και περιπατει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5101τίti (IPro-NNS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
Which
|
IPro-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2123εὐκοπώτερον,eukopōteron (Adj-NNS-C)
G2123 εὐκοπώτερος eukopṓteros yoo-kop-o-ter-os comparative of a compound of εὖ and κόπος; better for toil, i.e. more facile:--easier.
|
εὐκοπώτερον,eukopōteron
|
easier:
|
Adj-NNS-C
|
G3004εἰπεῖνeipein (V-ANA)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἰπεῖνeipein
|
to say
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3885παραλυτικῷparalytikō (Adj-DMS)
G3885 παραλυτικός paralytikós par-al-oo-tee-kos from a derivative of παραλύω; as if dissolved, i.e. paralytic:--that had (sick of) the palsy.
|
παραλυτικῷparalytikō
|
paralytic,
|
Adj-DMS
|
G863ἈφίενταίAphientai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἈφίενταίAphientai
|
Are forgiven
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G266ἁμαρτίαι,hamartiai (N-NFP)
G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτίαι,hamartiai
|
sins,
|
N-NFP
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G3004εἰπεῖνeipein (V-ANA)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἰπεῖνeipein
|
to say,
|
V-ANA
|
G1453ἜγειρεEgeire (V-PMA-2S)
G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἜγειρεEgeire
|
Arise,
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G142ἆρονaron (V-AMA-2S)
G142 αἴρω aírō ah-ee-ro a primary root; to lift up; by implication, to take up or away; figuratively, to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind), specially, to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Hebraism (compare נָשָׂא) to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).
|
ἆρονaron
|
take up
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2895κράβαττόνkrabatton (N-AMS)
G2895 κράββατος krábbatos krab-bat-os probably of foreign origin; a mattress:--bed.
|
κράβαττόνkrabatton
|
mat
|
N-AMS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4043περιπάτει;peripatei (V-PMA-2S)
G4043 περιπατέω peripatéō per-ee-pat-eh-o from περί and πατέω; to tread all around, i.e. walk at large (especially as proof of ability); figuratively, to live, deport oneself, follow (as a companion or votary):--go, be occupied with, walk (about).
|
περιπάτει;peripatei
|
walk
|
V-PMA-2S
|
9
Whether is it easier to say to the sick of the palsy, Your sins be forgiven you; or to say, Arise, and take up your bed, and walk?
Mark 2:9
Stats
Rank: #5188 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 129 characters, 23 words, 96 letters, 36 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: τι εστιν ευκοπωτερον ειπειν τω παραλυτικω αφεωνται σοι αι αμαρτιαι η ειπειν εγειραι και αρον σου τον κραββατον και περιπατει
Lit: Which is easier: to say to the paralytic, Are forgiven of you the sins, or to say, Arise, and take up the mat of you, and walk
KJV: Whether is it easier to say to the sick of the palsy, Thy sins be forgiven thee; or to say, Arise, and take up thy bed, and walk?
References
"is it"Mt 9:5: For whether is easier: to say: Your sins be forgiven you; or to say: Arise: and walk?Lu 5:22-25: But when Jesus perceived their thoughts: He answering said to them: What reason you in your hearts?
ινα δε ειδητε οτι εξουσιαν εχει ο υιος του ανθρωπου αφιεναι επι της γης αμαρτιας λεγει τω παραλυτικω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
That
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G1492εἰδῆτεeidēte (V-RSA-2P)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
εἰδῆτεeidēte
|
you might know
|
V-RSA-2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1849ἐξουσίανexousian (N-AFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίανexousian
|
authority
|
N-AFS
|
G2192ἔχειechei (V-PIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειechei
|
has
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5207ΥἱὸςHuios (N-NMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱὸςHuios
|
Son
|
N-NMS
|
G444ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou (N-GMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou
|
of Man
|
N-GMS
|
G863««ἀφιέναιaphienai (V-PNA)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
««ἀφιέναιaphienai
|
to forgive
|
V-PNA
|
G266ἁμαρτίας» ⇔hamartias (N-AFP)
G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτίας» ⇔hamartias
|
sins
|
N-AFP
|
G1909««ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
««ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς»,—gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς»,—gēs
|
earth...
|
N-GFS
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3885παραλυτικῷparalytikō (Adj-DMS)
G3885 παραλυτικός paralytikós par-al-oo-tee-kos from a derivative of παραλύω; as if dissolved, i.e. paralytic:--that had (sick of) the palsy.
|
παραλυτικῷparalytikō
|
paralytic,
|
Adj-DMS
|
10
But that you may know that the Son of man has power on earth to forgive sins, (He says to the sick of the palsy,)Mark 2:10
Stats
Counts: 114 characters, 24 words, 86 letters, 30 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: ινα δε ειδητε οτι εξουσιαν εχει ο υιος του ανθρωπου αφιεναι επι της γης αμαρτιας λεγει τω παραλυτικω
Lit: That however you might know that authority has the Son of Man to forgive sins on the earth... He says to the paralytic,
KJV: But that ye may know that the Son of man hath power on earth to forgive sins, (he saith to the sick of the palsy,)
References
"But that ye may know that the Son of man hath power on earth to forgive sins, (he saith to the sick of the palsy,)"Da 7:13: 14: I saw in the night visions: and: look: one like the Son of man came with the clouds of heaven: and came to the Ancient of days: and they brought Him near before Him.Mt 9:6-8: But that you may know that the Son of man has power on earth to forgive sins: (then says He to the sick of the palsy: ) Arise: take up your bed: and go to your house.Mt 16:13: When Jesus came into the coasts of Caesarea Philippi: He asked His disciples: saying: Whom do men say that I the Son of man am?Joh 5:20-27: For the Father loves the Son: and shews Him all things that Himself does: and He will show Him greater works than these: that you may marvel.Ac 5:31: Him has God exalted with His right hand to be a Prince and a Saviour: for to give repentance to Israel: and forgiveness of sins.1Ti 1:13-16: Who was before a blasphemer: and a persecutor: and injurious: but I obtained mercy: because I did it ignorantly in unbelief.
σοι λεγω εγειραι και αρον τον κραββατον σου και υπαγε εις τον οικον σου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4771ΣοὶSoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ΣοὶSoi
|
To you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G3004λέγω,legō (V-PIA-1S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγω,legō
|
I say,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1453ἔγειρεegeire (V-PMA-2S)
G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἔγειρεegeire
|
arise,
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G142ἆρονaron (V-AMA-2S)
G142 αἴρω aírō ah-ee-ro a primary root; to lift up; by implication, to take up or away; figuratively, to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind), specially, to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Hebraism (compare נָשָׂא) to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).
|
ἆρονaron
|
take up
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2895κράβαττόνkrabatton (N-AMS)
G2895 κράββατος krábbatos krab-bat-os probably of foreign origin; a mattress:--bed.
|
κράβαττόνkrabatton
|
mat
|
N-AMS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5217ὕπαγεhypage (V-PMA-2S)
G5217 ὑπάγω hypágō hoop-ag-o from ὑπό and ἄγω; to lead (oneself) under, i.e. withdraw or retire (as if sinking out of sight), literally or figuratively:--depart, get hence, go (a-)way.
|
ὕπαγεhypage
|
go
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3624οἶκόνoikon (N-AMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκόνoikon
|
home
|
N-AMS
|
G4771σου.sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου.sou
|
of you.
|
PPro-G2S
|
11
I say to you, Arise, and take up your bed, and go your way into your house.
Mark 2:11
Stats
Rank: #6119 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 77 characters, 14 words, 57 letters, 24 vowels, 33 consonants
Translation
Greek: σοι λεγω εγειραι και αρον τον κραββατον σου και υπαγε εις τον οικον σου
Lit: To you I say, arise, take up the mat of you, and go to the home of you.
KJV: I say unto thee, Arise, and take up thy bed, and go thy way into thine house.
References
"I say unto thee, Arise, and take up thy bed, and go thy way into thine house."Mr 1:41: Jesus: moved with compassion: put forth His hand: and touched Him: and says to Him: I will; be you clean.Joh 5:8-10: Jesus says to Him: Rise: take up your bed: and walk.Joh 6:63: It is the spirit that quickens; the flesh profits nothing: the words that I speak to you: they are spirit: and they are life.
και ηγερθη ευθεως και αρας τον κραββατον εξηλθεν εναντιον παντων ωστε εξιστασθαι παντας και δοξαζειν τον θεον λεγοντας οτι ουδεποτε ουτως ειδομεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1453ἠγέρθηēgerthē (V-AIP-3S)
G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἠγέρθηēgerthē
|
he arose
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately,
|
Adv
|
G142ἄραςaras (V-APA-NMS)
G142 αἴρω aírō ah-ee-ro a primary root; to lift up; by implication, to take up or away; figuratively, to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind), specially, to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Hebraism (compare נָשָׂא) to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).
|
ἄραςaras
|
having taken up
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2895κράβαττονkrabatton (N-AMS)
G2895 κράββατος krábbatos krab-bat-os probably of foreign origin; a mattress:--bed.
|
κράβαττονkrabatton
|
mat,
|
N-AMS
|
G1831ἐξῆλθενexēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθενexēlthen
|
he went forth
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1715ἔμπροσθενemprosthen (Prep)
G1715 ἔμπροσθεν émprosthen em-pros-then from ἐν and πρός; in front of (in place (literally or figuratively) or time):--against, at, before, (in presence, sight) of.
|
ἔμπροσθενemprosthen
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3956πάντων,pantōn (Adj-GMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντων,pantōn
|
all,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G5620ὥστεhōste (Conj)
G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
ὥστεhōste
|
so as for
|
Conj
|
G1839ἐξίστασθαιexistasthai (V-PNM)
G1839 ἐξίστημι exístēmi ex-is-tay-mee from ἐκ and ἵστημι; to put (stand) out of wits, i.e. astound, or (reflexively) become astounded, insane:--amaze, be (make) astonished, be beside self (selves), bewitch, wonder.
|
ἐξίστασθαιexistasthai
|
to be amazed
|
V-PNM
|
G3956πάνταςpantas (Adj-AMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταςpantas
|
all,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1392δοξάζεινdoxazein (V-PNA)
G1392 δοξάζω doxázō dox-ad-zo from δόξα; to render (or esteem) glorious (in a wide application):--(make) glorify(-ious), full of (have) glory, honour, magnify.
|
δοξάζεινdoxazein
|
to glorify
|
V-PNA
|
G2316ΘεὸνTheon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸνTheon
|
God,
|
N-AMS
|
G3004λέγονταςlegontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγονταςlegontas
|
saying
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G3779ΟὕτωςHoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
ΟὕτωςHoutōs
|
Thus
|
Adv
|
G3763οὐδέποτεoudepote (Adv)
G3763 οὐδέποτε oudépote oo-dep-ot-eh from οὐδέ and ποτέ; not even at any time, i.e. never at all:--neither at any time, never, nothing at any time.
|
οὐδέποτεoudepote
|
never
|
Adv
|
G3708εἴδομεν*.eidomen (V-AIA-1P)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἴδομεν*.eidomen
|
did we see.
|
V-AIA-1P
|
12
Immediately He arose, took up the bed, and went forth before them all; insomuch that they were all amazed, and glorified God, saying, We never saw it on this fashion.
Mark 2:12
Stats
Rank: #5614 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 170 characters, 25 words, 133 letters, 52 vowels, 81 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηγερθη ευθεως και αρας τον κραββατον εξηλθεν εναντιον παντων ωστε εξιστασθαι παντας και δοξαζειν τον θεον λεγοντας οτι ουδεποτε ουτως ειδομεν
Lit: And he arose and immediately, having taken up the mat, he went forth before all, so as for to be amazed all, and to glorify God, saying - , Thus never did we see.
KJV: And immediately he arose, took up the bed, and went forth before them all; insomuch that they were all amazed, and glorified God, saying, We never saw it on this fashion.
References
"insomuch"Mr 1:27: They were all amazed: insomuch that they questioned among themselves: saying: What thing is this? what new doctrine is this? for with authority commands he even the unclean spirits: and they do obey him.Mt 9:8: But when the multitudes saw it: they marvelled: and glorified God: which had given such power to men.Mt 12:23: All the people were amazed: and said: not Is this the son of David?Lu 7:16: There came a fear on all: and they glorified God: saying: That a great prophet is risen up among us; and: That God has visited His people."glorified"Mt 15:31: Insomuch that the multitude wondered: when they saw the dumb to speak: the maimed to be whole: the lame to walk: and the blind to see: and they glorified the God of Israel.Lu 5:26: They were all amazed: and they glorified God: and were filled with fear: saying: We have seen strange things today.Lu 13:13: He laid His hands on her: and immediately she was made straight: and glorified God.Lu 17:15: One of them: when He saw that He was healed: turned back: and with a loud voice glorified God: Ac 4:21: So when they had further threatened them: they let them go: not findinghing how they might punish them: because of the people: for all men glorified God for that which was done."We never"Mt 9:33: When the devil was cast out: the dumb spoke: and the multitudes marvelled: saying: It was never so seen in Israel.Joh 7:31: Many of the people believed on Him: and said: When Christ comes: will He do more miracles than these which this man has done?Joh 9:32: Since the world began was not it heard that any man opened the eyes of one that was born blind.
Jesus Calls Levi
και εξηλθεν παλιν παρα την θαλασσαν και πας ο οχλος ηρχετο προς αυτον και εδιδασκεν αυτους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξῆλθενexēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθενexēlthen
|
He went forth
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv)
G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again
|
Adv
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
beside
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2281θάλασσαν·thalassan (N-AFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θάλασσαν·thalassan
|
sea,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πᾶςpas (Adj-NMS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶςpas
|
all
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3793ὄχλοςochlos (N-NMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλοςochlos
|
crowd
|
N-NMS
|
G2064ἤρχετοērcheto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἤρχετοērcheto
|
was coming
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν,auton
|
Him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1321ἐδίδασκενedidasken (V-IIA-3S)
G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
ἐδίδασκενedidasken
|
He taught
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτούς.autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς.autous
|
them.
|
PPro-AM3P
|
13
He went forth again by the sea side; and all the multitude resorted to him, and he taught them.Mark 2:13
Stats
Counts: 101 characters, 18 words, 79 letters, 30 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εξηλθεν παλιν παρα την θαλασσαν και πας ο οχλος ηρχετο προς αυτον και εδιδασκεν αυτους
Lit: And He went forth again beside the sea, and all the crowd was coming to Him, and He taught them.
KJV: And he went forth again by the sea side; and all the multitude resorted unto him, and he taught them.
References
"by"Mt 9:9: As Jesus passed forth from there: He saw a man: named Matthew: sitting at the receipt of custom: and He says to Him: Follow me. And He arose: and followed Him.Mt 13:1: The same day went Jesus out of the house: and sat by the sea side."and all"Mr 2:2: Straightway many were gathered together: insomuch that there was no room to receive them: no: not so much as about the door: and he preached the word to them.Mr 3:7: 8: 20: 21: But Jesus withdrew Himself with His disciples to the sea: and a great multitude from Galilee followed Him: and from Judaea: Mr 4:1: He began again to teach by the sea side: and there was gathered to him a great multitude: so that he entered into a ship: and sat in the sea; and the whole multitude was by the sea on the land.Pr 1:20-22: Wisdom cries without; she utters her voice in the streets:Lu 19:48: not could find what they might do: for all the people were very attentive to hear him.Lu 21:38: All the people came early in the morning to him in the temple: for to hear him.
και παραγων ειδεν λευιν τον του αλφαιου καθημενον επι το τελωνιον και λεγει αυτω ακολουθει μοι και αναστας ηκολουθησεν αυτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3855παράγωνparagōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3855 παράγω parágō par-ag-o from παρά and ἄγω; to lead near, i.e. (reflexively or intransitively) to go along or away:--depart, pass (away, by, forth).
|
παράγωνparagōn
|
passing on,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3708εἶδενeiden (V-AIA-3S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδενeiden
|
He saw
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3018ΛευὶνLeuin (N-AMS)
G3018 Λευΐς Leuḯs lyoo-is a form of Λευΐ; Lewis (i.e. Levi), a Christian:--Levi.
|
ΛευὶνLeuin
|
Levi
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the son
|
Art-AMS
|
G256ἉλφαίουHalphaiou (N-GMS)
G256 Ἀλφαῖος Alphaîos al-fah-yos of Hebrew origin (compare חֶלֶף); Alphæus, an Israelite:--Alpheus.
|
ἉλφαίουHalphaiou
|
of Alphaeus
|
N-GMS
|
G2521καθήμενονkathēmenon (V-PPM/P-AMS)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθήμενονkathēmenon
|
sitting
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G5058τελώνιον,telōnion (N-ANS)
G5058 τελώνιον telṓnion tel-o-nee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of τελώνης; a tax-gatherers place of business:--receipt of custom.
|
τελώνιον,telōnion
|
tax booth,
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G190ἈκολούθειAkolouthei (V-PMA-2S)
G190 ἀκολουθέω akolouthéō ak-ol-oo-theh-o from Α (as a particle of union) and (a road); properly, to be in the same way with, i.e. to accompany (specially, as a disciple):--follow, reach.
|
ἈκολούθειAkolouthei
|
Follow
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G1473μοι.moi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοι.moi
|
Me.
|
PPro-D1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G450ἀναστὰςanastas (V-APA-NMS)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀναστὰςanastas
|
having arisen,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G190ἠκολούθησενēkolouthēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G190 ἀκολουθέω akolouthéō ak-ol-oo-theh-o from Α (as a particle of union) and (a road); properly, to be in the same way with, i.e. to accompany (specially, as a disciple):--follow, reach.
|
ἠκολούθησενēkolouthēsen
|
he followed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷ.autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ.autō
|
Him.
|
PPro-DM3S
|
14
As he passed by, he saw Levi the son of Alphaeus sitting at the receipt of custom, and said to him, Follow me. And he arose and followed him.
Mark 2:14
Stats
Counts: 147 characters, 26 words, 113 letters, 45 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: και παραγων ειδεν λευιν τον του αλφαιου καθημενον επι το τελωνιον και λεγει αυτω ακολουθει μοι και αναστας ηκολουθησεν αυτω
Lit: And passing on, He saw Levi the son of Alphaeus sitting at the tax booth, and He says to him, Follow Me. And having arisen, he followed Him.
KJV: And as he passed by, he saw Levi the son of Alphaeus sitting at the receipt of custom, and said unto him, Follow me. And he arose and followed him.
References
"he saw"Mr 3:18: Andrew: and Philip: and Bartholomew: and Matthew: and Thomas: and James the son of Alphaeus: and Thaddaeus: and Simon the Canaanite: Mt 9:9: As Jesus passed forth from there: He saw a man: named Matthew: sitting at the receipt of custom: and He says to Him: Follow me. And He arose: and followed Him.Lu 5:27: After these things he went forth: and saw a publican: named Levi: sitting at the receipt of custom: and he said to him: Follow me."Alphaeus"Mr 3:18: Andrew: and Philip: and Bartholomew: and Matthew: and Thomas: and James the son of Alphaeus: and Thaddaeus: and Simon the Canaanite: Lu 6:15: Matthew and Thomas: James the son of Alphaeus: and Simon called Zelotes: Ac 1:13: When they were come in: they went up into an upper room: where abode both Peter: and James: and John: and Andrew: Philip: and Thomas: Bartholomew: and Matthew: James the son of Alphaeus: and Simon Zelotes: and Judas the brother of James."Follow me"Mr 1:17-20: Jesus said to them: Come you after me: and I will make you to become fishers of men.Mt 4:19-22: He says to them: Follow me: and I will make you fishers of men.
και εγενετο εν τω κατακεισθαι αυτον εν τη οικια αυτου και πολλοι τελωναι και αμαρτωλοι συνανεκειντο τω ιησου και τοις μαθηταις αυτου ησαν γαρ πολλοι και ηκολουθησαν αυτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1096γίνεταιginetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γίνεταιginetai
|
it came to pass,
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G2621κατακεῖσθαιkatakeisthai (V-PNM/P)
G2621 κατάκειμαι katákeimai kat-ak-i-mahee from κατά and κεῖμαι; to lie down, i.e. (by implication) be sick; specially, to recline at a meal:--keep, lie, sit at meat (down).
|
κατακεῖσθαιkatakeisthai
|
reclining
|
V-PNM/P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
of Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3614οἰκίᾳoikia (N-DFS)
G3614 οἰκία oikía oy-kee-ah from οἶκος; properly, residence (abstractly), but usually (concretely) an abode (literally or figuratively); by implication, a family (especially domestics):--home, house(-hold).
|
οἰκίᾳoikia
|
house
|
N-DFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4183πολλοὶpolloi (Adj-NMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοὶpolloi
|
many
|
Adj-NMP
|
G5057τελῶναιtelōnai (N-NMP)
G5057 τελώνης telṓnēs tel-o-nace from τέλος and ὠνέομαι; a tax-farmer, i.e. collector of public revenue:--publican.
|
τελῶναιtelōnai
|
tax collectors
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G268ἁμαρτωλοὶhamartōloi (Adj-NMP)
G268 ἁμαρτωλός hamartōlós ham-ar-to-los from ἁμαρτάνω; sinful, i.e. a sinner:--sinful, sinner.
|
ἁμαρτωλοὶhamartōloi
|
sinners
|
Adj-NMP
|
G4873συνανέκειντοsynanekeinto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G4873 συνανάκειμαι synanákeimai soon-an-ak-i-mahee from σύν and ἀνακεῖμαι; to recline in company with (at a meal):--sit (down, at the table, together) with (at meat).
|
συνανέκειντοsynanekeinto
|
were reclining with
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-DMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
Jesus
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G3101μαθηταῖςmathētais (N-DMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταῖςmathētais
|
disciples
|
N-DMP
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of Him;
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1510ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσανēsan
|
there were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G4183πολλοὶpolloi (Adj-NMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοὶpolloi
|
many,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G190ἠκολούθουνēkolouthoun (V-IIA-3P)
G190 ἀκολουθέω akolouthéō ak-ol-oo-theh-o from Α (as a particle of union) and (a road); properly, to be in the same way with, i.e. to accompany (specially, as a disciple):--follow, reach.
|
ἠκολούθουνēkolouthoun
|
they were following
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷ.autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ.autō
|
Him.
|
PPro-DM3S
|
15
It came to pass, that, as Jesus sat at meat in His house, many publicans and sinners sat also together with Jesus and His disciples: for there were many, and they followed Him.Mark 2:15
Stats
Counts: 180 characters, 29 words, 141 letters, 52 vowels, 89 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εγενετο εν τω κατακεισθαι αυτον εν τη οικια αυτου και πολλοι τελωναι και αμαρτωλοι συνανεκειντο τω ιησου και τοις μαθηταις αυτου ησαν γαρ πολλοι και ηκολουθησαν αυτω
Lit: And it came to pass, reclining of Him in the house of him, that many tax collectors and sinners were reclining with Jesus and the disciples of Him; there were for many, and they were following Him.
KJV: And it came to pass, that, as Jesus sat at meat in his house, many publicans and sinners sat also together with Jesus and his disciples: for there were many, and they followed him.
References
"And it came to pass, that, as Jesus sat at meat in his house, many publicans and sinners sat also together with Jesus and his disciples: for there were many, and they followed him."Mt 9:10: 11: It came to pass: as Jesus sat at meat in the house: look: many publicans and sinners came and sat down with Him and His disciples.Mt 21:31: 32: Whether of them two did the will of His father? They say to Him: The first. Jesus says to them: Truly I say to you: That the publicans and the harlots go into the kingdom of God before you.Lu 5:29: 30: Levi made him a great feast in his own house: and there was a great company of publicans and of others that sat down with them.Lu 6:17: He came down with them: and stood in the plain: and the company of his disciples: and a great multitude of people out of all Judaea and Jerusalem: and from the sea coast of Tyre and Sidon: which came to hear him: and to be healed of their diseases;Lu 15:1: Then drew near to him all the publicans and sinners for to hear him.
και οι γραμματεις και οι φαρισαιοι ιδοντες αυτον εσθιοντα μετα των τελωνων και αμαρτωλων ελεγον τοις μαθηταις αυτου τι οτι μετα των τελωνων και αμαρτωλων εσθιει και πινει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G1122γραμματεῖςgrammateis (N-NMP)
G1122 γραμματεύς grammateús gram-mat-yooce from γράμμα. a writer, i.e. (professionally) scribe or secretary:--scribe, town-clerk.
|
γραμματεῖςgrammateis
|
scribes
|
N-NMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G5330ΦαρισαίωνPharisaiōn (N-GMP)
G5330 Φαρισαῖος Pharisaîos far-is-ah-yos of Hebrew origin (compare פָּרָשׁ); a separatist, i.e. exclusively religious; a Pharisean, i.e. Jewish sectary:--Pharisee.
|
ΦαρισαίωνPharisaiōn
|
Pharisees,
|
N-GMP
|
G3708ἰδόντεςidontes (V-APA-NMP)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδόντεςidontes
|
having seen
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
Him
|
Conj
|
G2068ἐσθίειesthiei (V-PIA-3S)
G2068 ἐσθίω esthíō es-thee-o strengthened for a primary (to eat); used only in certain tenses, the rest being supplied by φάγω; to eat (usually literal):--devour, eat, live.
|
ἐσθίειesthiei
|
eating
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G268ἁμαρτωλῶνhamartōlōn (Adj-GMP)
G268 ἁμαρτωλός hamartōlós ham-ar-to-los from ἁμαρτάνω; sinful, i.e. a sinner:--sinful, sinner.
|
ἁμαρτωλῶνhamartōlōn
|
sinners
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5057τελωνῶν,telōnōn (N-GMP)
G5057 τελώνης telṓnēs tel-o-nace from τέλος and ὠνέομαι; a tax-farmer, i.e. collector of public revenue:--publican.
|
τελωνῶν,telōnōn
|
tax collectors,
|
N-GMP
|
G3004ἔλεγονelegon (V-IIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγονelegon
|
were saying
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G3101μαθηταῖςmathētais (N-DMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταῖςmathētais
|
disciples
|
N-DMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3754ὍτιHoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὍτιHoti
|
Why
|
Conj
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G5057τελωνῶνtelōnōn (N-GMP)
G5057 τελώνης telṓnēs tel-o-nace from τέλος and ὠνέομαι; a tax-farmer, i.e. collector of public revenue:--publican.
|
τελωνῶνtelōnōn
|
tax collectors
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G268ἁμαρτωλῶνhamartōlōn (Adj-GMP)
G268 ἁμαρτωλός hamartōlós ham-ar-to-los from ἁμαρτάνω; sinful, i.e. a sinner:--sinful, sinner.
|
ἁμαρτωλῶνhamartōlōn
|
sinners
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2068ἐσθίει;esthiei (V-PIA-3S)
G2068 ἐσθίω esthíō es-thee-o strengthened for a primary (to eat); used only in certain tenses, the rest being supplied by φάγω; to eat (usually literal):--devour, eat, live.
|
ἐσθίει;esthiei
|
does He eat?”
|
V-PIA-3S
|
16
When the scribes and Pharisees saw him eat with publicans and sinners, they said to his disciples, How is it that he eats and drinks with publicans and sinners?
Mark 2:16
Stats
Rank: #5497 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 170 characters, 28 words, 138 letters, 48 vowels, 90 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οι γραμματεις και οι φαρισαιοι ιδοντες αυτον εσθιοντα μετα των τελωνων και αμαρτωλων ελεγον τοις μαθηταις αυτου τι οτι μετα των τελωνων και αμαρτωλων εσθιει και πινει
Lit: And the scribes of the Pharisees, having seen Him eating with the sinners and tax collectors, were saying to the disciples of Him, Why with the tax collectors and sinners does He eat?”
KJV: And when the scribes and Pharisees saw him eat with publicans and sinners, they said unto his disciples, How is it that he eateth and drinketh with publicans and sinners?
References
"How"Mr 2:7: Why does this man thus speak blasphemies? who can forgive sins but God only?Isa 65:5: Which say: Stand by yourself: not come near to me; for I am holier than you. These are a smoke in my nose: a fire that burns all the day.Lu 15:2-7: The Pharisees and scribes murmured: saying: This man receives sinners: and eats with them.Lu 18:11: The Pharisee stood and prayed thus with Himself: God: I thank you: that I not am as other men are: extortioners: unjust: adulterers: or even as this publican.Lu 19:7: 10: When they saw it: they all murmured: saying: That he was gone to be guest with a man that is a sinner.1Co 2:15: But he who is spiritual judges all things: yet he himself is judged of no man.Heb 12:3: For consider him that endured such contradiction of sinners against himself: lest you be wearied and faint in your minds."publicans"Mt 18:17: If he will neglect to hear them: tell it to the church: but if he neglect to hear the church: let him be to you as an heathen man and a publican.
και ακουσας ο ιησους λεγει αυτοις ου χρειαν εχουσιν οι ισχυοντες ιατρου αλλ οι κακως εχοντες ουκ ηλθον καλεσαι δικαιους αλλα αμαρτωλους εις μετανοιαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G191ἀκούσαςakousas (V-APA-NMS)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσαςakousas
|
having heard,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3754‹ὅτι›hoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
‹ὅτι›hoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G3756ΟὐOu (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
ΟὐOu
|
No
|
Adv
|
G5532χρείανchreian (N-AFS)
G5532 χρεία chreía khri-ah from the base of χράομαι or χρή; employment, i.e. an affair; also (by implication) occasion, demand, requirement or destitution:--business, lack, necessary(-ity), need(-ful), use, want.
|
χρείανchreian
|
need
|
N-AFS
|
G2192ἔχουσινechousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσινechousin
|
have
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G2480ἰσχύοντεςischyontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2480 ἰσχύω ischýō is-khoo-o from ἰσχύς; to have (or exercise) force (literally or figuratively):--be able, avail, can do(-not), could, be good, might, prevail, be of strength, be whole, + much work.
|
ἰσχύοντεςischyontes
|
being strong
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G2395ἰατροῦiatrou (N-GMS)
G2395 ἰατρός iatrós ee-at-ros from ἰάομαι; a physician:--physician.
|
ἰατροῦiatrou
|
of a physician,
|
N-GMS
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G2560κακῶςkakōs (Adv)
G2560 κακῶς kakōs kak-oce from κακός; badly (physically or morally):--amiss, diseased, evil, grievously, miserably, sick, sore.
|
κακῶςkakōs
|
sick
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχοντες·echontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχοντες·echontes
|
being.
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G2064ἦλθονēlthon (V-AIA-1S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθονēlthon
|
I came
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G2564καλέσαιkalesai (V-ANA)
G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
καλέσαιkalesai
|
to call
|
V-ANA
|
G1342δικαίουςdikaious (Adj-AMP)
G1342 δίκαιος díkaios dik-ah-yos from δίκη; equitable (in character or act); by implication, innocent, holy (absolutely or relatively):--just, meet, right(-eous).
|
δικαίουςdikaious
|
the righteous ,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G268ἁμαρτωλούς.hamartōlous (Adj-AMP)
G268 ἁμαρτωλός hamartōlós ham-ar-to-los from ἁμαρτάνω; sinful, i.e. a sinner:--sinful, sinner.
|
ἁμαρτωλούς.hamartōlous
|
sinners.
|
Adj-AMP
|
17
When Jesus heard it, He says to them, They that are whole have no need of the physician, but they that are sick: I not came to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance.
Mark 2:17
Stats
Rank: #2253 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 176 characters, 29 words, 137 letters, 53 vowels, 84 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ακουσας ο ιησους λεγει αυτοις ου χρειαν εχουσιν οι ισχυοντες ιατρου αλλ οι κακως εχοντες ουκ ηλθον καλεσαι δικαιους αλλα αμαρτωλους εις μετανοιαν
Lit: And having heard, Jesus says to them - , No need have those being strong of a physician, but those sick being. Not I came to call the righteous , but sinners.
KJV: When Jesus heard it, he saith unto them, They that are whole have no need of the physician, but they that are sick: I came not to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance.
References
"They that are whole"Mt 9:12: 13: But when Jesus heard that: He said to them: They that be whole not need a physician: but they that are sick.Lu 5:31: 32: Jesus answering said to them: They that are whole not need a physician; but they that are sick.Lu 15:7: 29: I say to you: that likewise joy will be in heaven over one sinner that repents: more than over 99 just persons: which need no repentance.Lu 16:15: He said to them: You are they which justify yourselves before men; but God knows your hearts: for that which is highly esteemed among men is abomination in the sight of God.Joh 9:34: 40: They answered and said to him: You were altogether born in sins: and do you teach us? And they cast him out."I came"Isa 1:18: Come now: and let us reason together: says the LORD: though your sins be as scarlet: they will be as white as snow; though they be red like crimson: they will be as wool.Isa 55:7: Let the wicked forsake His way: and the unrighteous man His thoughts: and let Him return to the LORD: and He will have mercy upon Him; and to our God: for He will abundantly pardon.Mt 18:11: For the Son of man is come to save that which was lost.Lu 15:10: Likewise: I say to you: there is joy in the presence of the angels of God over one sinner that repenteth.Lu 19:10: For the Son of man is come to seek and to save that which was lost.Ac 20:21: Testifying both to the Jews: and also to the Greeks: repentance toward God: and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ.Ac 26:20: But showed first to them of Damascus: and at Jerusalem: and throughout all the coasts of Judaea: and then to the Gentiles: that they should repent and turn to God: and do works meet for repentance.Ro 5:6-8: 20: 21: For when we were yet without strength: in due time Christ died for the ungodly.1Co 6:9-11: Know you not that the unrighteous will not inherit the kingdom of God? not Be deceived: neither fornicators: nor idolaters: nor adulterers: nor effeminate: nor abusers of themselves with mankind: 1Ti 1:15: 16: This is a faithful saying: and worthy of all acceptation: that Christ Jesus came into the world to save sinners; of whom I am chief.Tit 2:14: Who gave himself for us: that he might redeem us from all iniquity: and purify to himself a peculiar people: zealous of good works.Tit 3:3-7: For we ourselves also were sometimes foolish: disobedient: deceived: serving divers lusts and pleasures: living in malice and envy: hateful: and hating one another.
Questions about Fasting
και ησαν οι μαθηται ιωαννου και οι των φαρισαιων νηστευοντες και ερχονται και λεγουσιν αυτω δια τι οι μαθηται ιωαννου και οι των φαρισαιων νηστευουσιν οι δε σοι μαθηται ου νηστευουσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσανēsan
|
were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3101μαθηταὶmathētai (N-NMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταὶmathētai
|
disciples
|
N-NMP
|
G2491ἸωάννουIōannou (N-GMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννουIōannou
|
of John
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G5330ΦαρισαῖοιPharisaioi (N-NMP)
G5330 Φαρισαῖος Pharisaîos far-is-ah-yos of Hebrew origin (compare פָּרָשׁ); a separatist, i.e. exclusively religious; a Pharisean, i.e. Jewish sectary:--Pharisee.
|
ΦαρισαῖοιPharisaioi
|
Pharisees
|
N-NMP
|
G3522νηστεύοντες.nēsteuontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3522 νηστεύω nēsteúō nace-tyoo-o from νῆστις; to abstain from food (religiously):--fast.
|
νηστεύοντες.nēsteuontes
|
fasting.
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2064ἔρχονταιerchontai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχονταιerchontai
|
they come
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγουσινlegousin (V-PIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγουσινlegousin
|
say
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1223ΔιὰDia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
ΔιὰDia
|
Because of
|
Prep
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3101μαθηταὶmathētai (N-NMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταὶmathētai
|
disciples
|
N-NMP
|
G2491ἸωάννουIōannou (N-GMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννουIōannou
|
of John
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3101μαθηταὶmathētai (N-NMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταὶmathētai
|
disciples
|
N-NMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G5330ΦαρισαίωνPharisaiōn (N-GMP)
G5330 Φαρισαῖος Pharisaîos far-is-ah-yos of Hebrew origin (compare פָּרָשׁ); a separatist, i.e. exclusively religious; a Pharisean, i.e. Jewish sectary:--Pharisee.
|
ΦαρισαίωνPharisaiōn
|
Pharisees
|
N-GMP
|
G3522νηστεύουσιν,nēsteuousin (V-PIA-3P)
G3522 νηστεύω nēsteúō nace-tyoo-o from νῆστις; to abstain from food (religiously):--fast.
|
νηστεύουσιν,nēsteuousin
|
fast,
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
but
|
Conj
|
G4674σοὶsoi (PPro-NM2P)
G4674 σός sós sos from σύ; thine:--thine (own), thy (friend).,
|
σοὶsoi
|
Your
|
PPro-NM2P
|
G3101μαθηταὶmathētai (N-NMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταὶmathētai
|
disciples
|
N-NMP
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3522νηστεύουσιν;nēsteuousin (V-PIA-3P)
G3522 νηστεύω nēsteúō nace-tyoo-o from νῆστις; to abstain from food (religiously):--fast.
|
νηστεύουσιν;nēsteuousin
|
fast?
|
V-PIA-3P
|
18
The disciples of John and of the Pharisees used to fast: and they come and say to him, Why do the disciples of John and of the Pharisees fast, but your disciples not fast?
Mark 2:18
Stats
Rank: #3009 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 176 characters, 32 words, 138 letters, 48 vowels, 90 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ησαν οι μαθηται ιωαννου και οι των φαρισαιων νηστευοντες και ερχονται και λεγουσιν αυτω δια τι οι μαθηται ιωαννου και οι των φαρισαιων νηστευουσιν οι δε σοι μαθηται ου νηστευουσιν
Lit: And were the disciples of John and the Pharisees fasting. And they come and say to Him, Because of why the disciples of John and the disciples of the Pharisees fast, but Your disciples not fast?
KJV: And the disciples of John and of the Pharisees used to fast: and they come and say unto him, Why do the disciples of John and of the Pharisees fast, but thy disciples fast not?
References
"the disciples"Mt 9:14-17: Then came to him the disciples of John: saying: Why do we and the Pharisees fast often: but your disciples not fast?Lu 5:33-39: They said to him: Why do the disciples of John fast often: and make prayers: and likewise the disciples of the Pharisees; but your eat and drink?"Why"Mt 6:16: 18: Moreover when you fast: not be: as the hypocrites: of a sad face: for they disfigure their faces: that they may appear to men to fast. Truly I say to you: They have their reward.Mt 23:5: But all their works they do for to be seen of men: they make broad their phylacteries: and enlarge the borders of their garments: Lu 18:12: I fast twice in the week: I give tithes of all that I possess.Ro 10:3: For they being ignorant of God's righteousness: and going about to establish their own righteousness: not have submitted themselves to the righteousness of God.
και ειπεν αυτοις ο ιησους μη δυνανται οι υιοι του νυμφωνος εν ω ο νυμφιος μετ αυτων εστιν νηστευειν οσον χρονον μεθ εαυτων εχουσιν τον νυμφιον ου δυνανται νηστευειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus,
|
N-NMS
|
G3361ΜὴMē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
ΜὴMē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1410δύνανταιdynantai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύνανταιdynantai
|
are able
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G5207υἱοὶhuioi (N-NMP)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱοὶhuioi
|
sons
|
N-NMP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3567νυμφῶνοςnymphōnos (N-GMS)
G3567 νυμφών nymphṓn noom-fohn from νύμφη; the bridal room:--bridechamber.
|
νυμφῶνοςnymphōnos
|
bridechamber,
|
N-GMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
which
|
RelPro-DMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3566νυμφίοςnymphios (N-NMS)
G3566 νυμφίος nymphíos noom-fee-os from νύμφη; a bride-groom (literally or figuratively):--bridegroom.
|
νυμφίοςnymphios
|
bridegroom
|
N-NMS
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3522νηστεύειν;nēsteuein (V-PNA)
G3522 νηστεύω nēsteúō nace-tyoo-o from νῆστις; to abstain from food (religiously):--fast.
|
νηστεύειν;nēsteuein
|
to fast?
|
V-PNA
|
G3745ὅσονhoson (RelPro-AMS)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσονhoson
|
As long as
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G5550χρόνονchronon (N-AMS)
G5550 χρόνος chrónos khron-os of uncertain derivation; a space of time (in general, and thus properly distinguished from καιρός, which designates a fixed or special occasion; and from αἰών, which denotes a particular period) or interval; by extension, an individual opportunity; by implication, delay:--+ years old, season, space, (X often-)time(-s), (a) while.
|
χρόνονchronon
|
time
|
N-AMS
|
G2192ἔχουσινechousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσινechousin
|
they have
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3566νυμφίονnymphion (N-AMS)
G3566 νυμφίος nymphíos noom-fee-os from νύμφη; a bride-groom (literally or figuratively):--bridegroom.
|
νυμφίονnymphion
|
bridegroom
|
N-AMS
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1410δύνανταιdynantai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύνανταιdynantai
|
they are able
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G3522νηστεύειν.nēsteuein (V-PNA)
G3522 νηστεύω nēsteúō nace-tyoo-o from νῆστις; to abstain from food (religiously):--fast.
|
νηστεύειν.nēsteuein
|
to fast.
|
V-PNA
|
19
Jesus said to them, Can the children of the wedding party fast, while the groom is with them? as long as they have the groom with them, they cannot fast.
Mark 2:19
Stats
Rank: #6874 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 168 characters, 26 words, 134 letters, 46 vowels, 88 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειπεν αυτοις ο ιησους μη δυνανται οι υιοι του νυμφωνος εν ω ο νυμφιος μετ αυτων εστιν νηστευειν οσον χρονον μεθ εαυτων εχουσιν τον νυμφιον ου δυνανται νηστευειν
Lit: And said to them Jesus, Not are able the sons of the bridechamber, in which the bridegroom with them is, to fast? As long as time they have the bridegroom with them, not they are able to fast.
KJV: And Jesus said unto them, Can the children of the bridechamber fast, while the bridegroom is with them? as long as they have the bridegroom with them, they cannot fast.
References
"Can"Ge 29:22: Laban gathered together all the men of the place: and made a feast.Jg 14:10: 11: So his father went down to the woman: and Samson made there a feast; for so used the young men to do.Ps 45:14: She will be brought to the king in clothing of needlework: the virgins her companions that follow her will be brought to you.Song 6:8: There are threescore queens: and fourscore concubines: and virgins without number.Mt 25:1-10: Then will the kingdom of heaven be likened to 10 virgins: which took their lamps: and went forth to meet the groom.
ελευσονται δε ημεραι οταν απαρθη απ αυτων ο νυμφιος και τοτε νηστευσουσιν εν εκειναις ταις ημεραις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2064ἐλεύσονταιeleusontai (V-FIM-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλεύσονταιeleusontai
|
Will come
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G2250ἡμέραιhēmerai (N-NFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραιhēmerai
|
the days
|
N-NFP
|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj)
G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
when
|
Conj
|
G522ἀπαρθῇaparthē (V-ASP-3S)
G522 ἀπαίρω apaírō ap-ah-ee-ro from ἀπό and αἴρω; to lift off, i.e. remove:--take (away).
|
ἀπαρθῇaparthē
|
will have been taken away
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G575ἀπ’ap’ (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπ’ap’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3566νυμφίος,nymphios (N-NMS)
G3566 νυμφίος nymphíos noom-fee-os from νύμφη; a bride-groom (literally or figuratively):--bridegroom.
|
νυμφίος,nymphios
|
bridegroom,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5119τότεtote (Adv)
G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
τότεtote
|
then
|
Adv
|
G3522νηστεύσουσινnēsteusousin (V-FIA-3P)
G3522 νηστεύω nēsteúō nace-tyoo-o from νῆστις; to abstain from food (religiously):--fast.
|
νηστεύσουσινnēsteusousin
|
they will fast
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1565ἐκείνῃekeinē (DPro-DFS)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνῃekeinē
|
those
|
DPro-DFS
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2250ἡμέρᾳ.hēmera (N-DFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρᾳ.hēmera
|
days.
|
N-DFS
|
20
But the days will come, when the groom will be taken away from them, and then will they fast in those days.Mark 2:20
Stats
Rank: #8329 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 114 characters, 20 words, 90 letters, 29 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: ελευσονται δε ημεραι οταν απαρθη απ αυτων ο νυμφιος και τοτε νηστευσουσιν εν εκειναις ταις ημεραις
Lit: Will come however the days when will have been taken away from them the bridegroom, and then they will fast in those the days.
KJV: But the days will come, when the bridegroom shall be taken away from them, and then shall they fast in those days.
References
"the bridegroom"Ps 45:11: So will the king greatly desire your beauty: for He is your Lord; and worship you Him.Song 3:11: Go forth: O you daughters of Zion: and look king Solomon with the crown wherewith his mother crowned him in the day of his espousals: and in the day of the gladness of his heart.Isa 54:5: For your Maker is your husband; the LORD of hosts is His name; and your Redeemer the Holy one of Israel; The God of the whole earth will He be called.Isa 62:5: For as a young man marries a virgin: so will your sons marry you: and as the groom rejoices over the bride: so will your God rejoice over you.Joh 3:29: He who has the bride is the groom: but the friend of the groom: which stands and hears him: rejoices greatly because of the groom's voice: this my joy therefore is fulfilled.2Co 11:2: For I am jealous over you with godly jealousy: for I have espoused you to one husband: that I may present you as a chaste virgin to Christ.Re 19:7: Let us be glad and rejoice: and give honour to him: for the marriage of the Lamb is come: and his wife has made herself ready.Re 21:9: There came to me one of the 7 angels which had the 7 vials full of the 7 last plagues: and talked with me: saying: Come here: I will show you the bride: the Lamb's wife."be taken"Zec 13:7: Awake: O sword: against my shepherd: and against the man that is my fellow: says the LORD of hosts: smite the shepherd: and the sheep will be scattered: and I will turn my hand upon the little ones.Mt 26:31: Then says Jesus to them: All you will be offended because of me this night: for it is written: I will smite the shepherd: and the sheep of the flock will be scattered abroad.Joh 7:33: 34: Then said Jesus to them: Yet a little while am I with you: and then I go to Him that sent me.Joh 12:8: For the poor always you have with you; but me you not have always.Joh 13:33: Little children: yet a little while I am with you. You will seek me: and as I said to the Jews: Whither I go: you cannot come; so now I say to you.Joh 16:7: 28: Nevertheless I tell you the truth; It is expedient for you that I go away: for if I not go away: the Comforter not will come to you; but if I depart: I will send him to you.Joh 17:11: 13: Now I am no more in the world: but these are in the world: and I come to you. Holy Father: keep through your own name those whom you have given me: that they may be one: as we are.Ac 1:9: When he had spoken these things: while they beheld: he was taken up; and a cloud received him out of their sight.Ac 3:21: Whom the heaven must receive until the times of restitution of all things: which God has spoken by the mouth of all His holy prophets since the world began."and"Ac 13:2: 3: As they ministered to the Lord: and fasted: the Holy Ghost said: Separate me Barnabas and Saul for the work to what I have called them.Ac 14:23: When they had ordained them elders in every church: and had prayed with fasting: they commended them to the Lord: on whom they believed.1Co 7:5: Defraud you not one the other: except it be with consent for a time: that you may give yourselves to fasting and prayer; and come together again: that Satan tempt you not for your incontinency.2Co 6:5: In stripes: in imprisonments: in tumults: in labours: in watchings: in fastings;2Co 11:27: In weariness and painfulness: in watchings often: in hunger and thirst: in fastings often: in cold and nakedness.
The Patches and the Wineskins
και ουδεις επιβλημα ρακους αγναφου επιρραπτει επι ιματιω παλαιω ει δε μη αιρει το πληρωμα αυτου το καινον του παλαιου και χειρον σχισμα γινεται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3762ΟὐδεὶςOudeis (Adj-NMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
ΟὐδεὶςOudeis
|
No one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1915ἐπίβλημαepiblēma (N-ANS)
G1915 ἐπίβλημα epíblēma ep-ib-lay-mah from ἐπιβάλλω; a patch:--piece.
|
ἐπίβλημαepiblēma
|
a patch
|
N-ANS
|
G4470ῥάκουςrhakous (N-GNS)
G4470 ῥάκος rhákos hrak-os from ῥήγνυμι; a rag
|
ῥάκουςrhakous
|
of cloth
|
N-GNS
|
G46ἀγνάφουagnaphou (Adj-GNS)
G46 ἄγναφος ágnaphos ag-naf-os from Α (as a negative particle) and the same as γναφεύς; properly, unfulled, i.e. (by implication) new (cloth):--new.
|
ἀγνάφουagnaphou
|
unshrunk
|
Adj-GNS
|
G1976ἐπιράπτειepiraptei (V-PIA-3S)
G1976 ἐπιῤῥάπτω epirrháptō ep-ir-hrap-to from ἐπί and the base of ῥαφίς; to stitch upon, i.e. fasten with the needle:--sew on.
|
ἐπιράπτειepiraptei
|
sews
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G2440ἱμάτιονhimation (N-ANS)
G2440 ἱμάτιον himátion him-at-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ennumi (to put on); a dress (inner or outer):--apparel, cloke, clothes, garment, raiment, robe, vesture.
|
ἱμάτιονhimation
|
clothing
|
N-ANS
|
G3820παλαιόν·palaion (Adj-ANS)
G3820 παλαιός palaiós pal-ah-yos from πάλαι; antique, i.e. not recent, worn out:--old.
|
παλαιόν·palaion
|
old;
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3361μή,mē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μή,mē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G142αἴρειairei (V-PIA-3S)
G142 αἴρω aírō ah-ee-ro a primary root; to lift up; by implication, to take up or away; figuratively, to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind), specially, to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Hebraism (compare נָשָׂא) to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).
|
αἴρειairei
|
tears away
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4138πλήρωμαplērōma (N-ANS)
G4138 πλήρωμα plḗrōma play-ro-mah from πληρόω; repletion or completion, i.e. (subjectively) what fills (as contents, supplement, copiousness, multitude), or (objectively) what is filled (as container, performance, period):--which is put in to fill up, piece that filled up, fulfilling, full, fulness.
|
πλήρωμαplērōma
|
patch
|
N-ANS
|
G575ἀπ’ap’ (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπ’ap’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
it,
|
PPro-GN3S
|
G2537καινὸνkainon (Adj-NNS)
G2537 καινός kainós kahee-nos of uncertain affinity; new (especially in freshness; while νέος is properly so with respect to age:--new.
|
καινὸνkainon
|
new
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
from the
|
Art-GNS
|
G3820παλαιοῦ,palaiou (Adj-GNS)
G3820 παλαιός palaiós pal-ah-yos from πάλαι; antique, i.e. not recent, worn out:--old.
|
παλαιοῦ,palaiou
|
old,
|
Adj-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5501χεῖρονcheiron (Adj-NNS-C)
G5501 χείρων cheírōn khi-rone irregular comparative of κακός; from an obsolete equivalent (of uncertain derivation); more evil or aggravated (physically, mentally or morally):--sorer, worse.
|
χεῖρονcheiron
|
worse
|
Adj-NNS-C
|
G4978σχίσμαschisma (N-NNS)
G4978 σχίσμα schísma skhis-mah from σχίζω; a split or gap (schism), literally or figuratively:--division, rent, schism.
|
σχίσμαschisma
|
a tear
|
N-NNS
|
G1096γίνεται.ginetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γίνεται.ginetai
|
takes place.
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
21
No man also sews a piece of new cloth on an old garment: else the new piece that filled it up takes away from the old, and the tear is made worse.Mark 2:21
Stats
Rank: #6852 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 149 characters, 30 words, 115 letters, 45 vowels, 70 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ουδεις επιβλημα ρακους αγναφου επιρραπτει επι ιματιω παλαιω ει δε μη αιρει το πληρωμα αυτου το καινον του παλαιου και χειρον σχισμα γινεται
Lit: No one a patch of cloth unshrunk sews on clothing old; if now not tears away the patch from it, new from the old, And worse a tear takes place.
KJV: No man also seweth a piece of new cloth on an old garment: else the new piece that filled it up taketh away from the old, and the rent is made worse.
References
"seweth"Ps 103:13-15: Like as a father pitieth'>pitieth His children: so the LORD pitieth'>pitieth them that fear Him.Isa 57:16: For I not will contend for ever: neither will I be always angry: for the spirit should fail before me: and the souls which I have made.1Co 10:13: There has no temptation taken you but such as is common to man: but God is faithful: who not will suffer you to be tempted above that you are able; but will with the temptation also make a way to escape: that you may be able to bear it."new"Mt 9:16: No man puts a piece of new cloth to an old garment: for that which is put in to fill it up takes from the garment: and the tear is made worse.
και ουδεις βαλλει οινον νεον εις ασκους παλαιους ει δε μη ρησσει ο οινος ο νεος τους ασκους και ο οινος εκχειται και οι ασκοι απολουνται αλλα οινον νεον εις ασκους καινους βλητεον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3762οὐδεὶςoudeis (Adj-NMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεὶςoudeis
|
no one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G906βάλλειballei (V-PIA-3S)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
βάλλειballei
|
puts
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3631οἶνονoinon (N-AMS)
G3631 οἶνος oînos oy-nos a primary word (or perhaps of Hebrew origin (יַיִן)); wine (literally or figuratively):--wine.
|
οἶνονoinon
|
wine
|
N-AMS
|
G3501νέονneon (Adj-AMS)
G3501 νέος néos neh-o-ter-os including the comparative ; a primary word; new, i.e. (of persons) youthful, or (of things) fresh; figuratively, regenerate:--new, young.
|
νέονneon
|
new
|
Adj-AMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G779ἀσκοὺςaskous (N-AMP)
G779 ἀσκός askós as-kos from the same as ἀσκέω; a leathern (or skin) bag used as a bottle:--bottle.
|
ἀσκοὺςaskous
|
wineskins
|
N-AMP
|
G3820παλαιούς·palaious (Adj-AMP)
G3820 παλαιός palaiós pal-ah-yos from πάλαι; antique, i.e. not recent, worn out:--old.
|
παλαιούς·palaious
|
old;
|
Adj-AMP
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3361μή,mē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μή,mē
|
not,
|
Adv
|
G4486ῥήξειrhēxei (V-FIA-3S)
G4486 ῥήγνυμι rhḗgnymi hrace-so both prolonged forms of (which appears only in certain forms, and is itself probably a strengthened form of agnumi (see in κατάγνυμι)); to break
|
ῥήξειrhēxei
|
will burst
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3631οἶνοςoinos (N-NMS)
G3631 οἶνος oînos oy-nos a primary word (or perhaps of Hebrew origin (יַיִן)); wine (literally or figuratively):--wine.
|
οἶνοςoinos
|
wine
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G779ἀσκούς,askous (N-AMP)
G779 ἀσκός askós as-kos from the same as ἀσκέω; a leathern (or skin) bag used as a bottle:--bottle.
|
ἀσκούς,askous
|
wineskins,
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3631οἶνοςoinos (N-NMS)
G3631 οἶνος oînos oy-nos a primary word (or perhaps of Hebrew origin (יַיִן)); wine (literally or figuratively):--wine.
|
οἶνοςoinos
|
wine
|
N-NMS
|
G622ἀπόλλυταιapollytai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G622 ἀπόλλυμι apóllymi ap-ol-loo-mee from ἀπό and the base of ὄλεθρος; to destroy fully (reflexively, to perish, or lose), literally or figuratively:--destroy, die, lose, mar, perish.
|
ἀπόλλυταιapollytai
|
will be destroyed,
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G779ἀσκοί.askoi (N-NMP)
G779 ἀσκός askós as-kos from the same as ἀσκέω; a leathern (or skin) bag used as a bottle:--bottle.
|
ἀσκοί.askoi
|
wineskins.
|
N-NMP
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
Instead,
|
Conj
|
G3631οἶνονoinon (N-AMS)
G3631 οἶνος oînos oy-nos a primary word (or perhaps of Hebrew origin (יַיִן)); wine (literally or figuratively):--wine.
|
οἶνονoinon
|
wine
|
N-AMS
|
G3501νέονneon (Adj-AMS)
G3501 νέος néos neh-o-ter-os including the comparative ; a primary word; new, i.e. (of persons) youthful, or (of things) fresh; figuratively, regenerate:--new, young.
|
νέονneon
|
new
|
Adj-AMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G779ἀσκοὺςaskous (N-AMP)
G779 ἀσκός askós as-kos from the same as ἀσκέω; a leathern (or skin) bag used as a bottle:--bottle.
|
ἀσκοὺςaskous
|
wineskins
|
N-AMP
|
G2537καινούς.kainous (Adj-AMP)
G2537 καινός kainós kahee-nos of uncertain affinity; new (especially in freshness; while νέος is properly so with respect to age:--new.
|
καινούς.kainous
|
new.”
|
Adj-AMP
|
22
No man puts new wine into old bottles: else the new wine does burst the bottles, and the wine is spilled, and the bottles will be marred: but new wine must be put into new bottles.Mark 2:22
Stats
Rank: #6986 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 187 characters, 33 words, 146 letters, 51 vowels, 95 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ουδεις βαλλει οινον νεον εις ασκους παλαιους ει δε μη ρησσει ο οινος ο νεος τους ασκους και ο οινος εκχειται και οι ασκοι απολουνται αλλα οινον νεον εις ασκους καινους βλητεον
Lit: And no one puts wine new into wineskins old; if now not, will burst the wine the wineskins, and the wine will be destroyed, and the wineskins. Instead, wine new into wineskins new.”
KJV: And no man putteth new wine into old bottles: else the new wine doth burst the bottles, and the wine is spilled, and the bottles will be marred: but new wine must be put into new bottles.
References
"bottles"Jos 9:4: 13: They did work wilily: and went and made as if they had been ambassadors: and took old sacks upon their asses: and wine bottles: old: and tear: and bound up;Job 32:19: Look: my belly is as wine which has no vent; it is ready to burst like new bottles.Ps 119:80: 83: Let my heart be sound in your statutes; that I not be ashamed.Mt 9:17: Neither do men put new wine into old bottles: else the bottles break: and the wine runs out: and the bottles perish: but they put new wine into new bottles: and both are preserved.Lu 5:37: 38: No man puts new wine into old bottles; else the new wine will burst the bottles: and be spilled: and the bottles will perish.
The Lord of the Sabbath
και εγενετο παραπορευεσθαι αυτον εν τοις σαββασιν δια των σποριμων και ηρξαντο οι μαθηται αυτου οδον ποιειν τιλλοντες τους σταχυας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
it came to pass,
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
He
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DNP
|
G4521σάββασινsabbasin (N-DNP)
G4521 σάββατον sábbaton sab-bat-on of Hebrew origin (שַׁבָּת); the Sabbath (i.e. Shabbath), or day of weekly repose from secular avocations (also the observance or institution itself); by extension, a sennight, i.e. the interval between two Sabbaths; likewise the plural in all the above applications:--sabbath (day), week.
|
σάββασινsabbasin
|
Sabbaths
|
N-DNP
|
G3899παραπορεύεσθαιparaporeuesthai (V-PNM/P)
G3899 παραπορεύομαι paraporeúomai par-ap-or-yoo-om-ahee from παρά and πορεύομαι; to travel near:--go, pass (by).
|
παραπορεύεσθαιparaporeuesthai
|
is passing
|
V-PNM/P
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G4702σπορίμων,sporimōn (Adj-GNP)
G4702 σπόριμος spórimos spor-ee-mos from σπόρος; sown, i.e. (neuter plural) a planted field:--corn(-field).
|
σπορίμων,sporimōn
|
grainfields,
|
Adj-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3101μαθηταὶmathētai (N-NMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταὶmathētai
|
disciples
|
N-NMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G756ἤρξαντοērxanto (V-AIM-3P)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
ἤρξαντοērxanto
|
began
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G3598ὁδὸνhodon (N-AFS)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδὸνhodon
|
their way
|
N-AFS
|
G4160ποιεῖνpoiein (V-PNA)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιεῖνpoiein
|
to make,
|
V-PNA
|
G5089τίλλοντεςtillontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G5089 τίλλω tíllō til-lo perhaps akin to the alternate of αἱρέομαι, and thus to σύρω; to pull off:--pluck.
|
τίλλοντεςtillontes
|
plucking
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4719στάχυας.stachyas (N-AMP)
G4719 στάχυς stáchys stakh-oos from the base of ἵστημι; a head of grain (as standing out from the stalk):--ear (of corn).
|
στάχυας.stachyas
|
heads of grain.
|
N-AMP
|
23
It came to pass, that he went through the grain fields on the sabbath day; and his disciples began, as they went, to pluck the ears of grain.Mark 2:23
Stats
Rank: #1884 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 143 characters, 25 words, 110 letters, 37 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εγενετο παραπορευεσθαι αυτον εν τοις σαββασιν δια των σποριμων και ηρξαντο οι μαθηται αυτου οδον ποιειν τιλλοντες τους σταχυας
Lit: And it came to pass, He on the Sabbaths is passing through the grainfields, and the disciples of Him began their way to make, plucking the heads of grain.
KJV: And it came to pass, that he went through the corn fields on the sabbath day; and his disciples began, as they went, to pluck the ears of corn.
References
"that"Mt 12:1-8: At that time Jesus went on the sabbath day through the grain; and His disciples were hungry: and began to pluck the ears of grain: and to eat.Lu 6:1-5: It came to pass on the second sabbath after the first: that he went through the grain fields; and his disciples plucked the ears of grain: and did eat: rubbing them in their hands."to pluck"De 23:24: 25: When you come into your neighbour's vineyard: then you may eat grapes your fill at your own pleasure; but you will not put any in your vessel.
και οι φαρισαιοι ελεγον αυτω ιδε τι ποιουσιν εν τοις σαββασιν ο ουκ εξεστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G5330ΦαρισαῖοιPharisaioi (N-NMP)
G5330 Φαρισαῖος Pharisaîos far-is-ah-yos of Hebrew origin (compare פָּרָשׁ); a separatist, i.e. exclusively religious; a Pharisean, i.e. Jewish sectary:--Pharisee.
|
ΦαρισαῖοιPharisaioi
|
Pharisees
|
N-NMP
|
G3004ἔλεγονelegon (V-IIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγονelegon
|
were saying
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3708ἼδεIde (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἼδεIde
|
Behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G4160ποιοῦσινpoiousin (V-PIA-3P)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιοῦσινpoiousin
|
do they
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
on the
|
Art-DNP
|
G4521σάββασινsabbasin (N-DNP)
G4521 σάββατον sábbaton sab-bat-on of Hebrew origin (שַׁבָּת); the Sabbath (i.e. Shabbath), or day of weekly repose from secular avocations (also the observance or institution itself); by extension, a sennight, i.e. the interval between two Sabbaths; likewise the plural in all the above applications:--sabbath (day), week.
|
σάββασινsabbasin
|
Sabbaths
|
N-DNP
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-NNS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
that which
|
RelPro-NNS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1832ἔξεστιν;exestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1832 ἔξεστι éxesti ex-on third person singular present indicative of a compound of ἐκ and εἰμί; so also neuter present participle of the same (with or without some form of εἰμί expressed); impersonally, it is right (through the figurative idea of being out in public):--be lawful, let, X may(-est).
|
ἔξεστιν;exestin
|
is lawful?
|
V-PIA-3S
|
24
The Pharisees said to him, Look, why do they on the sabbath day that which not is lawful?
Mark 2:24
Stats
Rank: #8904 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 97 characters, 17 words, 76 letters, 26 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οι φαρισαιοι ελεγον αυτω ιδε τι ποιουσιν εν τοις σαββασιν ο ουκ εξεστιν
Lit: And the Pharisees were saying to Him, Behold, why do they on the Sabbaths that which not is lawful?
KJV: And the Pharisees said unto him, Behold, why do they on the sabbath day that which is not lawful?
References
"why"Mr 2:7: 16: Why does this man thus speak blasphemies? who can forgive sins but God only?Mt 7:3-5: Why behold you the mote that is in your brother's eye: but consider not the beam that is in your own eye?Mt 15:2: 3: Why do your disciples transgress the tradition of the elders? for they not wash their hands when they eat bread.Mt 23:23: 24: Woe to you: scribes and Pharisees: hypocrites! for you pay tithe of mint and anise and cummin: and have omitted the weightier matters of the law: judgment: mercy: and faith: these ought you to have done: not and to leave the other undone.Heb 12:3: For consider him that endured such contradiction of sinners against himself: lest you be wearied and faint in your minds."that"Ex 20:10: But the seventh day is the sabbath of the LORD your God: in it you will not do any work: you: nor your son: nor your daughter: your manservant: nor your maidservant: nor your cattle: nor your stranger that is within your gates:Ex 31:15: 6 days may work be done; but in the seventh is the sabbath of rest: holy to the LORD: whoever does any work in the sabbath day: He will surely be put to death.Ex 35:2: 3: 6 days will work be done: but on the seventh day there will be to you an holy day: a sabbath of rest to the LORD: whoever does work therein will be put to death.Nu 15:32-36: While the children of Israel were in the wilderness: they found a man that gathered sticks upon the sabbath day.Ne 13:15-22: In those days saw I in Judah some treading wine presses on the sabbath: and bringing in sheaves: and lading asses; as also wine: grapes: and figs: and all manner of burdens: which they brought into Jerusalem on the sabbath day: and I testified against them in the day wherein they sold victuals.Isa 56:2: 4: 6: Blessed is the man that does this: and the son of man that lays hold on it; that keeps'>keeps the sabbath from polluting it: and keeps'>keeps his hand from doing any evil.Isa 58:13: If you turn away your foot from the sabbath: from doing your pleasure on my holy day; and call the sabbath a delight: the holy of the LORD: honourable; and will honour Him: not doing your own ways: nor finding your own pleasure: nor speaking your own words:Jer 17:20-27: Say to them: Hear you the word of the LORD: you kings of Judah: and all Judah: and all the inhabitants of Jerusalem: that enter in by these gates:
και αυτος ελεγεν αυτοις ουδεποτε ανεγνωτε τι εποιησεν δαβιδ οτε χρειαν εσχεν και επεινασεν αυτος και οι μετ αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He said
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖς·autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς·autois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3763ΟὐδέποτεOudepote (Adv)
G3763 οὐδέποτε oudépote oo-dep-ot-eh from οὐδέ and ποτέ; not even at any time, i.e. never at all:--neither at any time, never, nothing at any time.
|
ΟὐδέποτεOudepote
|
Never
|
Adv
|
G314ἀνέγνωτεanegnōte (V-AIA-2P)
G314 ἀναγινώσκω anaginṓskō an-ag-in-oce-ko from ἀνά and γινώσκω; to know again, i.e. (by extension) to read:--read.
|
ἀνέγνωτεanegnōte
|
did you read
|
V-AIA-2P
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-ANS
|
G4160ἐποίησενepoiēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίησενepoiēsen
|
did
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1138Δαυὶδ,Dauid (N-NMS)
G1138 Δαβίδ Dabíd dab-eed of Hebrew origin (דָּוִד); Dabid (i.e. David), the Israelite king:--David.
|
Δαυὶδ,Dauid
|
David,
|
N-NMS
|
G3753ὅτεhote (Adv)
G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὅτεhote
|
when
|
Adv
|
G5532χρείανchreian (N-AFS)
G5532 χρεία chreía khri-ah from the base of χράομαι or χρή; employment, i.e. an affair; also (by implication) occasion, demand, requirement or destitution:--business, lack, necessary(-ity), need(-ful), use, want.
|
χρείανchreian
|
need
|
N-AFS
|
G2192ἔσχενeschen (V-AIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔσχενeschen
|
he had
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3983ἐπείνασενepeinasen (V-AIA-3S)
G3983 πεινάω peináō pi-nah-o from the same as πένης (through the idea of pinching toil; pine); to famish (absolutely or comparatively); figuratively, to crave:--be an hungered.
|
ἐπείνασενepeinasen
|
hungered,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
he
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ;autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ;autou
|
him?
|
PPro-GM3S
|
25
He said to them, Have you never read what David did, when he had need, and was hungry, he, and they that were with him?
Mark 2:25
Stats
Rank: #7710 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 128 characters, 22 words, 96 letters, 36 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αυτος ελεγεν αυτοις ουδεποτε ανεγνωτε τι εποιησεν δαβιδ οτε χρειαν εσχεν και επεινασεν αυτος και οι μετ αυτου
Lit: And He said to them, Never did you read what did David, when need he had and hungered, he and those with him?
KJV: And he said unto them, Have ye never read what David did, when he had need, and was an hungred, he, and they that were with him?
References
"Have"Mr 12:20: 26: Now there were 7 brothers: and the first took a wife: and dying left no seed.Mt 19:4: He answered and said to them: Have you not read: that he which made them at the beginning made them male and female: Mt 21:16: 42: Said to Him: Hear you what these say? And Jesus says to them: Yes; have you never read: Out of the mouth of babes and sucklings you have perfected praise?Mt 22:31: But as touching the resurrection of the dead: have you not read that which was spoken to you by God: saying: Lu 10:26: He said to him: What is written in the law? how read you?"what"1Sa 21:3-6: Now therefore what is under your hand? give me 5 loaves of bread in my hand: or what there is present.
πως εισηλθεν εις τον οικον του θεου επι αβιαθαρ του αρχιερεως και τους αρτους της προθεσεως εφαγεν ους ουκ εξεστιν φαγειν ει μη τοις ιερευσιν και εδωκεν και τοις συν αυτω ουσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4459πῶςpōs (Conj)
G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
πῶςpōs
|
How
|
Conj
|
G1525εἰσῆλθενeisēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσῆλθενeisēlthen
|
he entered
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3624οἶκονoikon (N-AMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκονoikon
|
house
|
N-AMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
in the days of
|
Prep
|
G8ἈβιαθὰρAbiathar (N-GMS)
G8 Ἀβιαθάρ Abiathár ab-ee-ath-ar of Hebrew origin (אֶבְיָתָר); Abiathar, an Israelite:--Abiathar.
|
ἈβιαθὰρAbiathar
|
Abiathar
|
N-GMS
|
G749ἀρχιερέωςarchiereōs (N-GMS)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερέωςarchiereōs
|
the high priest,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G740ἄρτουςartous (N-AMP)
G740 ἄρτος ártos ar-tos from αἴρω; bread (as raised) or a loaf:--(shew-)bread, loaf.
|
ἄρτουςartous
|
loaves
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4286προθέσεωςprotheseōs (N-GFS)
G4286 πρόθεσις próthesis proth-es-is from προτίθεμαι; a setting forth, i.e. (figuratively) proposal (intention); specially, the show-bread (in the Temple) as exposed before God:--purpose, shew(-bread).
|
προθέσεωςprotheseōs
|
presentation
|
N-GFS
|
G5315ἔφαγεν,ephagen (V-AIA-3S)
G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
ἔφαγεν,ephagen
|
ate,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3739οὓςhous (RelPro-AMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὓςhous
|
which
|
RelPro-AMP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1832ἔξεστινexestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1832 ἔξεστι éxesti ex-on third person singular present indicative of a compound of ἐκ and εἰμί; so also neuter present participle of the same (with or without some form of εἰμί expressed); impersonally, it is right (through the figurative idea of being out in public):--be lawful, let, X may(-est).
|
ἔξεστινexestin
|
it is lawful
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G5315φαγεῖνphagein (V-ANA)
G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
φαγεῖνphagein
|
to eat,
|
V-ANA
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
for the
|
Art-AMP
|
G2409ἱερεῖς,hiereis (N-AMP)
G2409 ἱερεύς hiereús hee-er-yooce from ἱερός; a priest (literally or figuratively):--(high) priest.
|
ἱερεῖς,hiereis
|
priests.
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1325ἔδωκενedōken (V-AIA-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἔδωκενedōken
|
he gave
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
even
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to those
|
Art-DMP
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1510οὖσιν;ousin (V-PPA-DMP)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
οὖσιν;ousin
|
being?
|
V-PPA-DMP
|
26
How He went into the house of God in the days of Abiathar the high priest, and did eat the shewbread, which not is lawful to eat but for the priests, and gave also to them which were with Him?Mark 2:26
Stats
Rank: #7589 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 192 characters, 37 words, 149 letters, 56 vowels, 93 consonants
Translation
Greek: πως εισηλθεν εις τον οικον του θεου επι αβιαθαρ του αρχιερεως και τους αρτους της προθεσεως εφαγεν ους ουκ εξεστιν φαγειν ει μη τοις ιερευσιν και εδωκεν και τοις συν αυτω ουσιν
Lit: How he entered into the house of God in the days of Abiathar the high priest, and the loaves of the presentation ate, which not it is lawful to eat, if not for the priests. And he gave even to those with him being?
KJV: How he went into the house of God in the days of Abiathar the high priest, and did eat the shewbread, which is not lawful to eat but for the priests, and gave also to them which were with him?
References
"Abiathar"1Sa 22:20-22: One of the sons of Ahimelech the son of Ahitub: named Abiathar: escaped: and fled after David.1Sa 23:6: 9: It came to pass: when Abiathar the son of Ahimelech fled to David to Keilah: that he came down with an ephod in his hand.2Sa 8:17: Zadok the son of Ahitub: and Ahimelech the son of Abiathar: were the priests; and Seraiah was the scribe;2Sa 15:24: 29: 35: indeed Zadok also: and all the Levites were with Him: bearing the ark of the covenant of God: and they set down the ark of God; and Abiathar went up: until all the people had done passing out of the city.2Sa 20:25: Sheva was scribe: and Zadok and Abiathar were the priests:1Ki 1:7: He conferred with Joab the son of Zeruiah: and with Abiathar the priest: and they following Adonijah helped him.1Ki 2:22: 26: 27: King Solomon answered and said to his mother: And why do you ask Abishag the Shunammite for Adonijah? ask for him the kingdom also; for he is my elder brother; even for him: and for Abiathar the priest: and for Joab the son of Zeruiah.1Ki 4:4: Benaiah the son of Jehoiada was over the host: and Zadok and Abiathar were the priests:"which is not lawful"Ex 29:32: 33: Aaron and his sons will eat the flesh of the ram: and the bread that is in the basket: by the door of the tabernacle of the congregation.Le 24:5-9: you will take fine flour: and bake 12 cakes thereof: two tenth deals will be in one cake.
και ελεγεν αυτοις το σαββατον δια τον ανθρωπον εγενετο ουχ ο ανθρωπος δια το σαββατον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004ἔλεγενelegen (V-IIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγενelegen
|
He said
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3588ΤὸTo (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤὸTo
|
The
|
Art-NNS
|
G4521σάββατονsabbaton (N-NNS)
G4521 σάββατον sábbaton sab-bat-on of Hebrew origin (שַׁבָּת); the Sabbath (i.e. Shabbath), or day of weekly repose from secular avocations (also the observance or institution itself); by extension, a sennight, i.e. the interval between two Sabbaths; likewise the plural in all the above applications:--sabbath (day), week.
|
σάββατονsabbaton
|
Sabbath
|
N-NNS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
on account of
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G444ἄνθρωπονanthrōpon (N-AMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωπονanthrōpon
|
man
|
N-AMS
|
G1096ἐγένετο,egeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετο,egeneto
|
was made,
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐχouch (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐχouch
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G444ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos (N-NMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos
|
man
|
N-NMS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
on account of
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4521σάββατον·sabbaton (N-ANS)
G4521 σάββατον sábbaton sab-bat-on of Hebrew origin (שַׁבָּת); the Sabbath (i.e. Shabbath), or day of weekly repose from secular avocations (also the observance or institution itself); by extension, a sennight, i.e. the interval between two Sabbaths; likewise the plural in all the above applications:--sabbath (day), week.
|
σάββατον·sabbaton
|
Sabbath.
|
N-ANS
|
27
He said to them, The sabbath was made for man, not and man for the sabbath:
Mark 2:27
Stats
Rank: #769 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 81 characters, 15 words, 62 letters, 22 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ελεγεν αυτοις το σαββατον δια τον ανθρωπον εγενετο ουχ ο ανθρωπος δια το σαββατον
Lit: And He said to them, The Sabbath on account of the man was made, and not the man on account of the Sabbath.
KJV: And he said unto them, The sabbath was made for man, and not man for the sabbath:
References
"And he said unto them, The sabbath was made for man, and not man for the sabbath:"Ex 23:12: 6 days you will do your work: and on the seventh day you will rest'>rest: that your ox and your ass may rest'>rest: and the son of your handmaid: and the stranger: may be refreshed.De 5:14: But the seventh day is the sabbath of the LORD your God: in it you will not do any work: you: nor your son: nor your daughter: nor your manservant: nor your maidservant: nor your ox: nor your ass: nor any of your cattle: nor your stranger that is within your gates; that your manservant and your maidservant may rest as well as you.Ne 9:13: 14: You came down also upon mount Sinai: and spake with them from heaven: and gave them right judgments: and true laws: good statutes and commandments:Isa 58:13: If you turn away your foot from the sabbath: from doing your pleasure on my holy day; and call the sabbath a delight: the holy of the LORD: honourable; and will honour Him: not doing your own ways: nor finding your own pleasure: nor speaking your own words:Eze 20:12: 20: Moreover also I gave them my sabbaths: to be a sign between me and them: that they might know that I am the LORD that sanctify them.Lu 6:9: Then said Jesus to them: I will ask you one thing; Is it lawful on the sabbath days to do good: or to do evil? to save life: or to destroy it?Joh 7:23: If a man on the sabbath day receive circumcision: that the law of Moses not should be broken; are you angry at me: because I have made a man every whit whole on the sabbath day?1Co 3:21: 22: Therefore let no man glory in men. For all things are yours;2Co 4:15: For all things are for your sakes: that the abundant grace might through the thanksgiving of many redound to the glory of God.Col 2:16: Let no man therefore judge you in meat: or in drink: or in respect of an holyday: or of the new moon: or of the sabbath days:
ωστε κυριος εστιν ο υιος του ανθρωπου και του σαββατου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5620ὥστεhōste (Conj)
G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
ὥστεhōste
|
So then,
|
Conj
|
G2962κύριόςkyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
κύριόςkyrios
|
Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5207ΥἱὸςHuios (N-NMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱὸςHuios
|
Son
|
N-NMS
|
G444ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou (N-GMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou
|
of Man
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also even
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4521σαββάτου.sabbatou (N-GNS)
G4521 σάββατον sábbaton sab-bat-on of Hebrew origin (שַׁבָּת); the Sabbath (i.e. Shabbath), or day of weekly repose from secular avocations (also the observance or institution itself); by extension, a sennight, i.e. the interval between two Sabbaths; likewise the plural in all the above applications:--sabbath (day), week.
|
σαββάτου.sabbatou
|
Sabbath.
|
N-GNS
|
28
Therefore the Son of man is Lord also of the sabbath.Mark 2:28
Stats
Counts: 53 characters, 11 words, 42 letters, 16 vowels, 26 consonants
Translation
Greek: ωστε κυριος εστιν ο υιος του ανθρωπου και του σαββατου
Lit: So then, Lord is the Son of Man also even of the Sabbath.
KJV: Therefore the Son of man is Lord also of the sabbath.
References
"Therefore the Son of man is Lord also of the sabbath."Mr 3:4: He says to them: Is it lawful to do good on the sabbath days: or to do evil? to save life: or to kill? But they held their peace.Mt 12:8: For the Son of man is Lord even of the sabbath day.Lu 6:5: He said to them: That the Son of man is Lord also of the sabbath.Lu 13:15: 16: The Lord then answered Him: and said: You hypocrite: does not each one of you on the sabbath loose His ox or His ass from the stall: and lead Him away to watering?Joh 5:9-11: 17: Immediately the man was made whole: and took up his bed: and walked: and on the same day was the sabbath.Joh 9:5-11: 14: 16: As long as I am in the world: I am the light of the world.Eph 1:22: has put all things under his feet: and gave him to be the head over all things to the church: Re 1:10: I was in the Spirit on the Lord's day: and heard behind me a great voice: as of a trumpet:
3
Jesus Heals on the Sabbath
και εισηλθεν παλιν εις την συναγωγην και ην εκει ανθρωπος εξηραμμενην εχων την χειρα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1525εἰσῆλθενeisēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσῆλθενeisēlthen
|
He entered
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv)
G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again
|
Adv
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588[τὴν]tēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
[τὴν]tēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4864συναγωγήν,synagōgēn (N-AFS)
G4864 συναγωγή synagōgḗ soon-ag-o-gay from (the reduplicated form of) συνάγω; an assemblage of persons; specially, a Jewish synagogue (the meeting or the place); by analogy, a Christian church:--assembly, congregation, synagogue.
|
συναγωγήν,synagōgēn
|
synagogue,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
there was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1563ἐκεῖekei (Adv)
G1563 ἐκεῖ ekeî ek-i of uncertain affinity; there; by extension, thither:--there, thither(-ward), (to) yonder (place).
|
ἐκεῖekei
|
there
|
Adv
|
G444ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos (N-NMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos
|
a man,
|
N-NMS
|
G3583ἐξηραμμένηνexērammenēn (V-RPM/P-AFS)
G3583 ξηραίνω xēraínō xay-rah-ee-no from ξηρός; to desiccate; by implication, to shrivel, to mature:--dry up, pine away, be ripe, wither (away).
|
ἐξηραμμένηνexērammenēn
|
withered
|
V-RPM/P-AFS
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5495χεῖρα·cheira (N-AFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖρα·cheira
|
hand,
|
N-AFS
|
1
And he entered again into the synagogue; and there was a man there which had a withered hand.Mark 3:1
Stats
Rank: #1967 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 93 characters, 17 words, 74 letters, 30 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εισηλθεν παλιν εις την συναγωγην και ην εκει ανθρωπος εξηραμμενην εχων την χειρα
Lit: And He entered again into the synagogue, and there was there a man, withered having the hand,
KJV: And he entered again into the synagogue; and there was a man there which had a withered hand.
References
"he entered"Mr 1:21: They went into Capernaum; and straightway on the sabbath day he entered into the synagogue: and taught.Mt 12:9-14: When he was departed there: he went into their synagogue:Lu 6:6-11: It came to pass also on another sabbath: that he entered into the synagogue and taught: and there was a man whose right hand was withered."withered"1Ki 13:4: It came to pass: when king Jeroboam heard the saying of the man of God: which had cried against the altar in Bethel: that He put forth His hand from the altar: saying: Lay hold on Him. And His hand: which He put forth against Him: dried up: so that He not could pull it in again to Him.Joh 5:3: In these lay a great multitude of impotent folk: of blind: halt: withered: waiting for the moving of the water.
και παρετηρουν αυτον ει τοις σαββασιν θεραπευσει αυτον ινα κατηγορησωσιν αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3906παρετήρουνparetēroun (V-IIA-3P)
G3906 παρατηρέω paratēréō par-at-ay-reh-o from παρά and τηρέω; to inspect alongside, i.e. note insidiously or scrupulously:--observe, watch.
|
παρετήρουνparetēroun
|
they were watching
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
whether
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
on the
|
Art-DNP
|
G4521σάββασινsabbasin (N-DNP)
G4521 σάββατον sábbaton sab-bat-on of Hebrew origin (שַׁבָּת); the Sabbath (i.e. Shabbath), or day of weekly repose from secular avocations (also the observance or institution itself); by extension, a sennight, i.e. the interval between two Sabbaths; likewise the plural in all the above applications:--sabbath (day), week.
|
σάββασινsabbasin
|
Sabbaths
|
N-DNP
|
G2323θεραπεύσειtherapeusei (V-FIA-3S)
G2323 θεραπεύω therapeúō ther-ap-yoo-o from the same as θεράπων; to wait upon menially, i.e. (figuratively) to adore (God), or (specially) to relieve (of disease):--cure, heal, worship.
|
θεραπεύσειtherapeusei
|
He will heal
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν,auton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
in order that
|
Conj
|
G2723κατηγορήσωσινkatēgorēsōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G2723 κατηγορέω katēgoréō kat-ay-gor-eh-o from κατήγορος; to be a plaintiff, i.e. to charge with some offence:--accuse, object.
|
κατηγορήσωσινkatēgorēsōsin
|
they might accuse
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
2
They watched him, whether he would heal him on the sabbath day; that they might accuse him.Mark 3:2
Stats
Rank: #7109 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 95 characters, 16 words, 75 letters, 25 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: και παρετηρουν αυτον ει τοις σαββασιν θεραπευσει αυτον ινα κατηγορησωσιν αυτου
Lit: and they were watching Him, whether on the Sabbaths He will heal him, in order that they might accuse Him.
KJV: And they watched him, whether he would heal him on the sabbath day; that they might accuse him.
References
"And they watched him, whether he would heal him on the sabbath day; that they might accuse him."Ps 37:32: The wicked watches the righteous: and seeks to kill him.Isa 29:20: 21: For the terrible one is brought to nought: and the scorner is consumed: and all that watch for iniquity are cut off:Jer 20:10: For I heard the defaming of many: fear on every side. Report: say they: and we will report it. All my familiars watched for my halting: saying: Perhaps he will be enticed: and we will prevail against him: and we will take our revenge on him.Da 6:4: Then the presidents and princes sought to find occasion against Daniel concerning the kingdom; but they could find none occasion nor fault; forasmuch as he was faithful: neither was there any error or fault found in him.Lu 6:7: The scribes and Pharisees watched him: whether he would heal on the sabbath day; that they might find an accusation against him.Lu 11:53: 54: As he said these things to them: the scribes and the Pharisees began to urge him vehemently: and to provoke him to speak of many things:Lu 14:1: It came to pass: as he went into the house of one of the chief Pharisees to eat bread on the sabbath day: that they watched him.Lu 20:20: They watched him: and sent forth spies: which should feign themselves just men: that they might take hold of his words: that so they might deliver him to the power and authority of the governor.Joh 9:16: Therefore said some of the Pharisees: This man not is of God: because He keeps not the sabbath day. Others said: How can a man that is a sinner do such miracles? And there was a division among them.
και λεγει τω ανθρωπω τω εξηραμμενην εχοντι την χειρα εγειραι εις το μεσον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G444ἀνθρώπῳanthrōpō (N-DMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπῳanthrōpō
|
man
|
N-DMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5495««χεῖραcheira (N-AFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
««χεῖραcheira
|
hand
|
N-AFS
|
G2192ἔχοντι» ⇔echonti (V-PPA-DMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχοντι» ⇔echonti
|
having
|
V-PPA-DMS
|
G3584ξηράνxēran (Adj-AFS)
G3584 ξηρός xērós xay-ros from the base of ξέστης (through the idea of scorching); arid; by implication, shrunken, earth (as opposed to water):--dry land, withered.
|
ξηράνxēran
|
withered,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G1453ἜγειρεEgeire (V-PMA-2S)
G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἜγειρεEgeire
|
Arise
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3319μέσον.meson (Adj-ANS)
G3319 μέσος mésos mes-os from μετά; middle (as an adjective or (neuter) noun):--among, X before them, between, + forth, mid(-day, -night), midst, way.
|
μέσον.meson
|
midst.
|
Adj-ANS
|
3
He says to the man which had the withered hand, Stand forth.
Mark 3:3
Stats
Rank: #7873 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 67 characters, 12 words, 53 letters, 17 vowels, 36 consonants
Translation
Greek: και λεγει τω ανθρωπω τω εξηραμμενην εχοντι την χειρα εγειραι εις το μεσον
Lit: And He says to the man the hand having withered, Arise into the midst.
KJV: And he saith unto the man which had the withered hand, Stand forth.
References
"he saith"Isa 42:4: He will not fail nor be discouraged: till he have set judgment in the earth: and the isles will wait for his law.Da 6:10: Now when Daniel knew that the writing was signed: He went into His house; and His windows being open in His chamber toward Jerusalem: He kneeled upon His knees 3 times a day: and prayed: and gave thanks before His God: as He did aforetime.Lu 6:8: But he knew their thoughts: and said to the man which had the withered hand: Rise up: and stand forth in the middle. And he arose and stood forth.Joh 9:4: I must work the works of him that sent me: while it is day: the night comes: when no man can work.1Co 15:58: Therefore: my beloved brothers: be you stedfast: unmoveable: always abounding in the work of the Lord: forasmuch as you know that your labour not is in vain in the Lord.Ga 6:9: Let not us be weary in well doing: for in due season we will reap: if we not faint.Php 1:14: 28-30: Many of the brothers in the Lord: waxing confident by my bonds: are much more bold to speak the word without fear.1Pe 4:1: Forasmuch then as Christ has suffered for us in the flesh: arm yourselves likewise with the same mind: for He that'>He who has suffered in the flesh has ceased from sin;
και λεγει αυτοις εξεστιν τοις σαββασιν αγαθοποιησαι η κακοποιησαι ψυχην σωσαι η αποκτειναι οι δε εσιωπων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G1832ἜξεστινExestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1832 ἔξεστι éxesti ex-on third person singular present indicative of a compound of ἐκ and εἰμί; so also neuter present participle of the same (with or without some form of εἰμί expressed); impersonally, it is right (through the figurative idea of being out in public):--be lawful, let, X may(-est).
|
ἜξεστινExestin
|
Is it lawful
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
on the
|
Art-DNP
|
G4521σάββασινsabbasin (N-DNP)
G4521 σάββατον sábbaton sab-bat-on of Hebrew origin (שַׁבָּת); the Sabbath (i.e. Shabbath), or day of weekly repose from secular avocations (also the observance or institution itself); by extension, a sennight, i.e. the interval between two Sabbaths; likewise the plural in all the above applications:--sabbath (day), week.
|
σάββασινsabbasin
|
Sabbaths
|
N-DNP
|
G15ἀγαθὸν¦ποιῆσαιagathonpoiēsai (V-ANA)
G15 ἀγαθοποιέω agathopoiéō ag-ath-op-oy-eh-o from ἀγαθοποιός; to be a well-doer (as a favor or a duty):--(when) do good (well).
|
ἀγαθὸν¦ποιῆσαιagathonpoiēsai
|
to do good,
|
V-ANA
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G2554κακοποιῆσαι,kakopoiēsai (V-ANA)
G2554 κακοποιέω kakopoiéō kak-op-oy-eh-o from κακοποιός; to be a bad-doer, i.e. (objectively) to injure, or (genitive) to sin:--do(ing) evil.
|
κακοποιῆσαι,kakopoiēsai
|
to do evil?
|
V-ANA
|
G5590ψυχὴνpsychēn (N-AFS)
G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχὴνpsychēn
|
Life
|
N-AFS
|
G4982σῶσαιsōsai (V-ANA)
G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
σῶσαιsōsai
|
to save,
|
V-ANA
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G615ἀποκτεῖναι;apokteinai (V-ANA)
G615 ἀποκτείνω apokteínō ap-ok-ti-no from ἀπό and (to slay); to kill outright; figuratively, to destroy:--put to death, kill, slay.
|
ἀποκτεῖναι;apokteinai
|
to kill?
|
V-ANA
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G4623ἐσιώπων.esiōpōn (V-IIA-3P)
G4623 σιωπάω siōpáō see-o-pah-o from (silence, i.e. a hush; properly, muteness, i.e. involuntary stillness, or inability to speak; and thus differing from σιγή, which is rather a voluntary refusal or indisposition to speak, although the terms are often used synonymously); to be dumb (but not deaf also, like 2974 properly); figuratively, to be calm (as quiet water):--dumb, (hold) peace.
|
ἐσιώπων.esiōpōn
|
they were silent.
|
V-IIA-3P
|
4
He says to them, Is it lawful to do good on the sabbath days, or to do evil? to save life, or to kill? But they held their peace.
Mark 3:4
Stats
Rank: #1083 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 136 characters, 25 words, 101 letters, 41 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: και λεγει αυτοις εξεστιν τοις σαββασιν αγαθοποιησαι η κακοποιησαι ψυχην σωσαι η αποκτειναι οι δε εσιωπων
Lit: And He says to them, Is it lawful on the Sabbaths to do good, or to do evil? Life to save, or to kill? But they were silent.
KJV: And he saith unto them, Is it lawful to do good on the sabbath days, or to do evil? to save life, or to kill? But they held their peace.
References
"Is it"Mr 2:27: 28: He said to them: The sabbath was made for man: not and man for the sabbath:Ho 6:6: For I desired mercy: not and sacrifice; and the knowledge of God more than burnt offerings.Mt 12:10-12: And: look: there was a man which had his hand withered. And they asked him: saying: Is it lawful to heal on the sabbath days? that they might accuse him.Lu 6:9: Then said Jesus to them: I will ask you one thing; Is it lawful on the sabbath days to do good: or to do evil? to save life: or to destroy it?Lu 13:13-17: He laid His hands on her: and immediately she was made straight: and glorified God.Lu 14:1-5: It came to pass: as he went into the house of one of the chief Pharisees to eat bread on the sabbath day: that they watched him."But"Mr 9:34: But they held their peace: for by the way they had disputed among themselves: who should be the great.
και περιβλεψαμενος αυτους μετ οργης συλλυπουμενος επι τη πωρωσει της καρδιας αυτων λεγει τω ανθρωπω εκτεινον την χειρα σου και εξετεινεν και αποκατεσταθη η χειρ αυτου υγιης ως η αλλη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4017περιβλεψάμενοςperiblepsamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G4017 περιβλέπω periblépō per-ee-blep-o from περί and βλέπω; to look all around:--look (round) about (on).
|
περιβλεψάμενοςperiblepsamenos
|
having looked around on
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3709ὀργῆς,orgēs (N-GFS)
G3709 ὀργή orgḗ or-gay from ὀρέγομαι; properly, desire (as a reaching forth or excitement of the mind), i.e. (by analogy), violent passion (ire, or (justifiable) abhorrence); by implication punishment:--anger, indignation, vengeance, wrath.
|
ὀργῆς,orgēs
|
anger,
|
N-GFS
|
G4818συλλυπούμενος*syllypoumenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G4818 συλλυπέω syllypéō sool-loop-eh-o from σύν and λυπέω; to afflict jointly, i.e. (passive) sorrow at (on account of) someone:--be grieved.
|
συλλυπούμενος*syllypoumenos
|
being grieved
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4457πωρώσειpōrōsei (N-DFS)
G4457 πώρωσις pṓrōsis po-ro-sis from πωρόω; stupidity or callousness:--blindness, hardness.
|
πωρώσειpōrōsei
|
hardness
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2588καρδίαςkardias (N-GFS)
G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίαςkardias
|
heart
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G444ἀνθρώπῳanthrōpō (N-DMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπῳanthrōpō
|
man,
|
N-DMS
|
G1614ἜκτεινονEkteinon (V-AMA-2S)
G1614 ἐκτείνω ekteínō ek-ti-no from ἐκ and teino (to stretch); to extend:--cast, put forth, stretch forth (out).
|
ἜκτεινονEkteinon
|
Stretch out
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5495χεῖρα.cheira (N-AFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖρα.cheira
|
hand
|
N-AFS
|
G4771(σου)sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
(σου)sou
|
of you.
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1614ἐξέτεινεν,exeteinen (V-AIA-3S)
G1614 ἐκτείνω ekteínō ek-ti-no from ἐκ and teino (to stretch); to extend:--cast, put forth, stretch forth (out).
|
ἐξέτεινεν,exeteinen
|
he stretched it out,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G600ἀπεκατεστάθηapekatestathē (V-AIP-3S)
G600 ἀποκαθίστημι apokathístēmi ap-ok-ath-is-tay-mee from ἀπό and καθίστημι; to reconstitute (in health, home or organization):--restore (again).
|
ἀπεκατεστάθηapekatestathē
|
was restored
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G5495χεὶρcheir (N-NFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεὶρcheir
|
hand
|
N-NFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
5
When he had looked round about on them with anger, being grieved for the hardness of their hearts, he says to the man, Stretch forth your hand. And he stretched it out: and his hand was restored whole as the other.
Mark 3:5
Stats
Counts: 222 characters, 37 words, 175 letters, 63 vowels, 112 consonants
Translation
Greek: και περιβλεψαμενος αυτους μετ οργης συλλυπουμενος επι τη πωρωσει της καρδιας αυτων λεγει τω ανθρωπω εκτεινον την χειρα σου και εξετεινεν και αποκατεσταθη η χειρ αυτου υγιης ως η αλλη
Lit: And having looked around on them with anger, being grieved at the hardness of the heart of them, He says to the man, Stretch out the hand of you. And he stretched it out, and was restored the hand of him.
KJV: And when he had looked round about on them with anger, being grieved for the hardness of their hearts, he saith unto the man, Stretch forth thine hand. And he stretched it out: and his hand was restored whole as the other.
References
"with anger"Lu 6:10: Looking round about upon them all: he said to the man: Stretch forth your hand. And he did so: and his hand was restored whole as the other.Lu 13:15: The Lord then answered Him: and said: You hypocrite: does not each one of you on the sabbath loose His ox or His ass from the stall: and lead Him away to watering?Eph 4:26: Be you angry: and not sin: not let the sun go down upon your wrath:Re 6:16: Said to the mountains and rocks: Fall on us: and hide us from the face of him that sits on the throne: and from the wrath of the Lamb:"grieved"Ge 6:6: It repented the LORD that He had made man on the earth: and it grieved Him at His heart.Jg 10:16: They put away the strange gods from among them: and served the LORD: and His soul was grieved for the misery of Israel.Ne 13:8: It grieved me sore: therefore I cast forth all the household stuff of Tobiah out of the chamber.Ps 95:10: 40 years long was I grieved with this generation: and said: It is a people that do err in their heart: and they not have known my ways:Isa 63:9: 10: In all their affliction he was afflicted: and the angel of his presence saved them: in his love and in his pity he redeemed them; and he bare them: and carried them all the days of old.Lu 19:40-44: He answered and said to them: I tell you that: if these should hold their peace: the stones would immediately cry out.Eph 4:30: not grieve the holy Spirit of God: whereby you are sealed to the day of redemption.Heb 3:10: 17: For what reason I was grieved with that generation: and said: They do alway err in their heart; and they not have known my ways."hardness"Isa 6:9: 10: He said: Go: and tell this people: Hear you indeed: but not understand; and see you indeed: but not perceive.Isa 42:18-20: Hear: you deaf; and look: you blind: that you may see.Isa 44:18-20: They not have known nor understood: for he has shut their eyes: that they cannot see; and their hearts: that they cannot understand.Mt 13:14: 15: In them is fulfilled the prophecy of Isaiah: which says: By hearing you will hear: and will not understand; and seeing you will see: and will not perceive:Ro 11:7-10: 25: What then? Israel has not obtained that which he seeks for; but the election has obtained it: and the rest were blinded2Co 3:14: But their minds were blinded: for until this day remains the same vail untaken away in the reading of the old testament; which vail is done away in Christ.Eph 4:18: Having the understanding darkened: being alienated from the life of God through the ignorance that is in them: because of the blindness of their heart:"Stretch"1Ki 13:6: The king answered and said to the man of God: Intreat now the face of the LORD your God: and pray for me: that my hand may be restored me again. And the man of God besought the LORD: and the king's hand was restored Him again: and became as it was before.Mt 12:13: Then says he to the man: Stretch forth your hand. And he stretched it forth; and it was restored whole: like as the other.Lu 6:10: Looking round about upon them all: he said to the man: Stretch forth your hand. And he did so: and his hand was restored whole as the other.Lu 17:14: When he saw them: he said to them: Go show yourselves to the priests. And it came to pass: that: as they went: they were cleansed.Joh 5:8: 9: Jesus says to Him: Rise: take up your bed: and walk.Joh 9:7: Said to him: Go: wash in the pool of Siloam: (which is by interpretation: Sent.) He went his way therefore: and washed: and came seeing.Heb 5:9: Being made perfect: he became the author of eternal salvation to all them that obey him;
και εξελθοντες οι φαρισαιοι ευθεως μετα των ηρωδιανων συμβουλιον εποιουν κατ αυτου οπως αυτον απολεσωσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξελθόντεςexelthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξελθόντεςexelthontes
|
having gone out,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G5330ΦαρισαῖοιPharisaioi (N-NMP)
G5330 Φαρισαῖος Pharisaîos far-is-ah-yos of Hebrew origin (compare פָּרָשׁ); a separatist, i.e. exclusively religious; a Pharisean, i.e. Jewish sectary:--Pharisee.
|
ΦαρισαῖοιPharisaioi
|
Pharisees
|
N-NMP
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2265ἩρῳδιανῶνHērōdianōn (N-GMP)
G2265 Ἡρωδιανοί Hērōdianoí hay-ro-dee-an-oy plural of a derivative of Ἡρώδης; Herodians, i.e. partisans of Herod:--Herodians.
|
ἩρῳδιανῶνHērōdianōn
|
Herodians
|
N-GMP
|
G4824συμβούλιονsymboulion (N-ANS)
G4824 συμβούλιον symboúlion soom-boo-lee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of σύμβουλος; advisement; specially, a deliberative body, i.e. the provincial assessors or lay-court:--consultation, counsel, council.
|
συμβούλιονsymboulion
|
counsel
|
N-ANS
|
G1325ἐδίδουνedidoun (V-IIA-3P)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἐδίδουνedidoun
|
began to take
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G2596κατ’kat’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατ’kat’
|
against
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3704ὅπωςhopōs (Conj)
G3704 ὅπως hópōs hop-oce from ὅς and πῶς; what(-ever) how, i.e. in the manner that (as adverb or conjunction of coincidence, intentional or actual):--because, how, (so) that, to, when.,
|
ὅπωςhopōs
|
how
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G622ἀπολέσωσιν.apolesōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G622 ἀπόλλυμι apóllymi ap-ol-loo-mee from ἀπό and the base of ὄλεθρος; to destroy fully (reflexively, to perish, or lose), literally or figuratively:--destroy, die, lose, mar, perish.
|
ἀπολέσωσιν.apolesōsin
|
they might destroy.
|
V-ASA-3P
|
6
The Pharisees went forth, and straightway took counsel with the Herodians against him, how they might destroy him.Mark 3:6
Stats
Rank: #3582 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 118 characters, 17 words, 97 letters, 33 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εξελθοντες οι φαρισαιοι ευθεως μετα των ηρωδιανων συμβουλιον εποιουν κατ αυτου οπως αυτον απολεσωσιν
Lit: And having gone out, the Pharisees immediately with the Herodians counsel began to take against Him, how Him they might destroy.
KJV: And the Pharisees went forth, and straightway took counsel with the Herodians against him, how they might destroy him.
References
"Pharisees"Ps 109:3: 4: They compassed me about also with words of hatred; and fought against me without a cause.Mt 12:14: Then the Pharisees went out: and held a council against him: how they might destroy him.Lu 6:11: They were filled with madness; and communed one with another what they might do to Jesus.Lu 20:19: 20: The chief priests and the scribes the same hour sought to lay hands on him; and they feared the people: for they perceived that he had spoken this parable against them.Lu 22:2: The chief priests and scribes sought how they might kill him; for they feared the people.Joh 11:53: Then from that day forth they took counsel together for to put him to death."Herodians"Mr 8:15: He charged them: saying: Take heed: beware of the leaven of the Pharisees: and of the leaven of Herod.Mr 12:13: They send to him certain of the Pharisees and of the Herodians: to catch him in his words.Mt 22:16: They sent out to Him their disciples with the Herodians: saying: Master: we know that you are true: and teach the way of God in truth: neither care you for any man: for you regard not the person of men.
Multitudes Follow Jesus
και ο ιησους ανεχωρησεν μετα των μαθητων αυτου προς την θαλασσαν και πολυ πληθος απο της γαλιλαιας ηκολουθησαν αυτω και απο της ιουδαιας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus,
|
N-NMS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3101μαθητῶνmathētōn (N-GMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητῶνmathētōn
|
disciples
|
N-GMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G402ἀνεχώρησενanechōrēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G402 ἀναχωρέω anachōréō an-akh-o-reh-o from ἀνά and χωρέω; to retire:--depart, give place, go (turn) aside, withdraw self.
|
ἀνεχώρησενanechōrēsen
|
withdrew
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2281θάλασσαν·thalassan (N-AFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θάλασσαν·thalassan
|
sea,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4183πολὺpoly (Adj-NNS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολὺpoly
|
great
|
Adj-NNS
|
G4128πλῆθοςplēthos (N-NNS)
G4128 πλῆθος plēthos play-thos from πλήθω; a fulness, i.e. a large number, throng, populace:--bundle, company, multitude.
|
πλῆθοςplēthos
|
a multitude
|
N-NNS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G1056ΓαλιλαίαςGalilaias (N-GFS)
G1056 Γαλιλαία Galilaía gal-il-ah-yah of Hebrew origin (גָּלִיל); Galilæa (i.e. the heathen circle), a region of Palestine:--Galilee.
|
ΓαλιλαίαςGalilaias
|
Galilee
|
N-GFS
|
G190ἠκολούθησεν·ēkolouthēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G190 ἀκολουθέω akolouthéō ak-ol-oo-theh-o from Α (as a particle of union) and (a road); properly, to be in the same way with, i.e. to accompany (specially, as a disciple):--follow, reach.
|
ἠκολούθησεν·ēkolouthēsen
|
followed,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2449ἸουδαίαςIoudaias (N-GFS)
G2449 Ἰουδαία Ioudaía ee-oo-dah-yah feminine of Ἰουδαῖος (with γῆ implied); the Judæan land (i.e. Judæa), a region of Palestine:--Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίαςIoudaias
|
Judea,
|
N-GFS
|
7
But Jesus withdrew Himself with His disciples to the sea: and a great multitude from Galilee followed Him, and from Judaea,Mark 3:7
Stats
Counts: 123 characters, 19 words, 100 letters, 39 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ο ιησους ανεχωρησεν μετα των μαθητων αυτου προς την θαλασσαν και πολυ πληθος απο της γαλιλαιας ηκολουθησαν αυτω και απο της ιουδαιας
Lit: And Jesus, with the disciples of Him, withdrew to the sea, and great a multitude from Galilee followed, and from Judea,
KJV: But Jesus withdrew himself with his disciples to the sea: and a great multitude from Galilee followed him, and from Judaea,
References
"Jesus"Mt 10:23: But when they persecute you in this city: flee you into another: for truly I say to you: You will not have gone over the cities of Israel: till the Son of man be come.Mt 12:15: But when Jesus knew it: He withdrew Himself from there: and great multitudes followed Him: and He healed them all;Lu 6:12: It came to pass in those days: that He went out into a mountain to pray: and continued all night in prayer to God.Joh 10:39-41: Therefore they sought again to take him: but he escaped out of their hand: Joh 11:53: 54: Then from that day forth they took counsel together for to put him to death.Ac 14:5: 6: When there was an assault made both of the Gentiles: and also of the Jews with their rulers: to use them despitefully: and to stone them: Ac 17:10: 14: The brothers immediately sent away Paul and Silas by night to Berea: who coming there went into the synagogue of the Jews."and a"Mt 4:25: There followed him great multitudes of people from Galilee: and from Decapolis: and from Jerusalem: and from Judaea: and from beyond Jordan.Lu 6:17: He came down with them: and stood in the plain: and the company of his disciples: and a great multitude of people out of all Judaea and Jerusalem: and from the sea coast of Tyre and Sidon: which came to hear him: and to be healed of their diseases;"Galilee"Mr 1:39: He preached in their synagogues throughout all Galilee: and cast out devils.Jos 20:7: They appointed Kedesh in Galilee in mount Naphtali: and Shechem in mount Ephraim: and Kirjatharba: which is Hebron: in the mountain of Judah.Jos 21:32: Out of the tribe of Naphtali: Kedesh in Galilee with her suburbs: to be a city of refuge for the slayer; and Hammothdor with her suburbs: and Kartan with her suburbs; 3 cities.Lu 23:5: They were the more fierce: saying: He stirs up the people: teaching throughout all Jewry: beginning from Galilee to this place.Joh 7:41: 52: Others said: This is the Christ. But some said: Will Christ come out of Galilee?
και απο ιεροσολυμων και απο της ιδουμαιας και περαν του ιορδανου και οι περι τυρον και σιδωνα πληθος πολυ ακουσαντες οσα εποιει ηλθον προς αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2414ἹεροσολύμωνHierosolymōn (N-GNP)
G2414 Ἱεροσόλυμα Hierosólyma hee-er-os-ol-oo-mah of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierosolyma (i.e. Jerushalaim), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱερουσαλήμ.
|
ἹεροσολύμωνHierosolymōn
|
Jerusalem,
|
N-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2401ἸδουμαίαςIdoumaias (N-GFS)
G2401 Ἰδουμαία Idoumaía id-oo-mah-yah of Hebrew origin (אֱדֹם); Idumæa (i.e. Edom), a region East (and South) of Palestine:--Idumæa.
|
ἸδουμαίαςIdoumaias
|
Idumea,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4008πέρανperan (Prep)
G4008 πέραν péran per-an apparently accusative case of an obsolete derivative of (to pierce); through (as adverb or preposition), i.e. across:--beyond, farther (other) side, over.
|
πέρανperan
|
beyond
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2446ἸορδάνουIordanou (N-GMS)
G2446 Ἰορδάνης Iordánēs ee-or-dan-ace of Hebrew origin (יַרְדֵּן); the Jordanes (i.e. Jarden), a river of Palestine:--Jordan.
|
ἸορδάνουIordanou
|
Jordan,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
around
|
Prep
|
G5184ΤύρονTyron (N-AFS)
G5184 Τύρος Týros too-ros of Hebrew origin (צֹר): Tyrus (i.e. Tsor), a place in Palestine:--Tyre.
|
ΤύρονTyron
|
Tyre
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4605Σιδῶνα,Sidōna (N-AFS)
G4605 Σιδών Sidṓn sid-one of Hebrew origin (צִידוֹן); Sidon (i.e. Tsidon), a place in Palestine:--Sidon.
|
Σιδῶνα,Sidōna
|
Sidon.
|
N-AFS
|
G4128πλῆθοςplēthos (N-NNS)
G4128 πλῆθος plēthos play-thos from πλήθω; a fulness, i.e. a large number, throng, populace:--bundle, company, multitude.
|
πλῆθοςplēthos
|
A multitude
|
N-NNS
|
G4183πολύ,poly (Adj-NNS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολύ,poly
|
great,
|
Adj-NNS
|
G191ἀκούοντεςakouontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούοντεςakouontes
|
having heard
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3745ὅσαhosa (RelPro-ANP)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσαhosa
|
how much
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G4160ἐποίει*,epoiei (V-IIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίει*,epoiei
|
He was doing,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2064ἦλθονēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθονēlthon
|
came
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
Him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
8
From Jerusalem, and from Idumaea, and from beyond Jordan; and they about Tyre and Sidon, a great multitude, when they had heard what great things he did, came to him.Mark 3:8
Stats
Rank: #4617 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 172 characters, 25 words, 135 letters, 51 vowels, 84 consonants
Translation
Greek: και απο ιεροσολυμων και απο της ιδουμαιας και περαν του ιορδανου και οι περι τυρον και σιδωνα πληθος πολυ ακουσαντες οσα εποιει ηλθον προς αυτον
Lit: and from Jerusalem, and from Idumea, and beyond the Jordan, and around Tyre and Sidon. A multitude great, having heard how much He was doing, came to Him.
KJV: And from Jerusalem, and from Idumaea, and from beyond Jordan; and they about Tyre and Sidon, a great multitude, when they had heard what great things he did, came unto him.
References
"Idumea"Isa 34:5: For my sword will be bathed in heaven: look: it will come down upon Idumea: and upon the people of my curse: to judgment.Eze 35:15: As you did rejoice at the inheritance of the house of Israel: because it was desolate: so will I do to you: you will be desolate: O mount Seir: and all Idumea: even all of it: and they will know that I am the LORD.Eze 36:5: Therefore thus says the Lord GOD; Surely in the fire of my jealousy have I spoken against the residue of the heathen: and against all Idumea: which have appointed my land into their possession with the joy of all their heart: with despiteful minds: to cast it out for a prey.Mal 1:2-4: I have loved you: says the LORD. Yet you say: Wherein have you loved us? Was not Esau Jacob's brother? says the LORD: yet I loved Jacob: "Edom"Nu 32:33-38: Moses gave to them: even to the children of Gad: and to the children of Reuben: and to half the tribe of Manasseh the son of Joseph: the kingdom of Sihon king of the Amorites: and the kingdom of Og king of Bashan: the land: with the cities thereof in the coasts: even the cities of the country round about.Jos 13:8-14: With whom the Reubenites and the Gadites have received their inheritance: which Moses gave them: beyond Jordan eastward: even as Moses the servant of the LORD gave them;"Tyre"Mr 7:24: 31: From there he arose: and went into the borders of Tyre and Sidon: and entered into an house: and would have no man know it: but he not could be hid.Jos 19:28: 29: Hebron: and Rehob: and Hammon: and Kanah: even to great Zidon;Ps 45:12: The daughter of Tyre will be there with a gift; even the rich among the people will intreat your favour.Ps 87:4: I will make mention of Rahab and Babylon to them that know me: look Philistia: and Tyre: with Ethiopia; this man was born there.Isa 23:1-18: The burden of Tyre. Howl: you ships of Tarshish; for it is laid waste: so that there is no house: no entering in: from the land of Chittim it is revealed to them.Eze 26:1-28: It came to pass in the eleventh year: in the first day of the month: that the word of the LORD came to me: saying:
και ειπεν τοις μαθηταις αυτου ινα πλοιαριον προσκαρτερη αυτω δια τον οχλον ινα μη θλιβωσιν αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
He spoke
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G3101μαθηταῖςmathētais (N-DMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταῖςmathētais
|
disciples
|
N-DMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4142πλοιάριονploiarion (N-NNS)
G4142 πλοιάριον ploiárion ploy-ar-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of πλοῖον; a boat:--boat, little (small) ship.
|
πλοιάριονploiarion
|
a boat
|
N-NNS
|
G4342προσκαρτερῇproskarterē (V-PSA-3S)
G4342 προσκαρτερέω proskarteréō pros-kar-ter-eh-o from πρός and καρτερέω; to be earnest towards, i.e. (to a thing) to persevere, be constantly diligent, or (in a place) to attend assiduously all the exercises, or (to a person) to adhere closely to (as a servitor):--attend (give self) continually (upon), continue (in, instant in, with), wait on (continually).
|
προσκαρτερῇproskarterē
|
might wait upon
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
on account of
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3793ὄχλον,ochlon (N-AMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλον,ochlon
|
crowd,
|
N-AMS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2346θλίβωσινthlibōsin (V-PSA-3P)
G2346 θλίβω thlíbō thlee-bo akin to the base of τρίβος; to crowd (literally or figuratively):--afflict, narrow, throng, suffer tribulation, trouble.
|
θλίβωσινthlibōsin
|
they might press upon
|
V-PSA-3P
|
G846αὐτόν·auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν·auton
|
Him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
9
He spoke to his disciples, that a small ship should wait on him because of the multitude, lest they should throng him.Mark 3:9
Stats
Rank: #4757 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 122 characters, 21 words, 97 letters, 35 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειπεν τοις μαθηταις αυτου ινα πλοιαριον προσκαρτερη αυτω δια τον οχλον ινα μη θλιβωσιν αυτον
Lit: And He spoke to the disciples of Him that a boat might wait upon Him on account of the crowd, that not they might press upon Him.
KJV: And he spake to his disciples, that a small ship should wait on him because of the multitude, lest they should throng him.
References
"because"Mr 5:30: Jesus: immediately knowing in Himself that virtue had gone out of Him: turned Him about in the press: and said: Who touched my clothes?Joh 6:15: When Jesus therefore perceived that they would come and take Him by force: to make Him a king: He departed again into a mountain Himself alone.
πολλους γαρ εθεραπευσεν ωστε επιπιπτειν αυτω ινα αυτου αψωνται οσοι ειχον μαστιγας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4183πολλοὺςpollous (Adj-AMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοὺςpollous
|
Many
|
Adj-AMP
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2323ἐθεράπευσεν,etherapeusen (V-AIA-3S)
G2323 θεραπεύω therapeúō ther-ap-yoo-o from the same as θεράπων; to wait upon menially, i.e. (figuratively) to adore (God), or (specially) to relieve (of disease):--cure, heal, worship.
|
ἐθεράπευσεν,etherapeusen
|
He healed,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5620ὥστεhōste (Conj)
G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
ὥστεhōste
|
so as for
|
Conj
|
G1968ἐπιπίπτεινepipiptein (V-PNA)
G1968 ἐπιπίπτω epipíptō ep-ee-pip-to from ἐπί and πίπτω; to embrace (with affection) or seize (with more or less violence; literally or figuratively):--fall into (on, upon) lie on, press upon.
|
ἐπιπίπτεινepipiptein
|
to press upon
|
V-PNA
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G680ἅψωνταιhapsōntai (V-ASM-3P)
G680 ἅπτομαι háptomai hap-tom-ahee reflexive of ἅπτω; properly, to attach oneself to, i.e. to touch (in many implied relations):--touch.
|
ἅψωνταιhapsōntai
|
they might touch,
|
V-ASM-3P
|
G3745ὅσοιhosoi (RelPro-NMP)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσοιhosoi
|
as many as
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G2192εἶχονeichon (V-IIA-3P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
εἶχονeichon
|
had
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3148μάστιγας.mastigas (N-AFP)
G3148 μάστιξ mástix mas-tix probably from the base of μασσάομαι (through the idea of contact); a whip (literally, the Roman flagellum for criminals; figuratively, a disease):--plague, scourging.
|
μάστιγας.mastigas
|
diseases.
|
N-AFP
|
10
For he had healed many; insomuch that they pressed upon him for to touch him, as many as had plagues.Mark 3:10
Stats
Rank: #5203 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 101 characters, 18 words, 79 letters, 29 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: πολλους γαρ εθεραπευσεν ωστε επιπιπτειν αυτω ινα αυτου αψωνται οσοι ειχον μαστιγας
Lit: Many for He healed, so as for to press upon Him, that Him they might touch, as many as had diseases.
KJV: For he had healed many; insomuch that they pressed upon him for to touch him, as many as had plagues.
References
"he had"Mt 12:15: But when Jesus knew it: He withdrew Himself from there: and great multitudes followed Him: and He healed them all;Mt 14:14: Jesus went forth: and saw a great multitude: and was moved with compassion toward them: and He healed their sick."pressed"Mr 5:27: 28: When she had heard of Jesus: came in the press behind: and touched His garment.Mr 6:56: wherever he entered: into villages: or cities: or country: they laid the sick in the streets: and besought him that they might touch if it were but the border of his garment: and as many as touched him were made whole.Mt 14:36: Besought him that they might only touch the hem of his garment: and as many as touched were made perfectly whole.Ac 5:15: Insomuch that they brought forth the sick into the streets: and laid them on beds and couches: that at the least the shadow of Peter passing by might overshadow some of them.Ac 19:11: 12: God wrought special miracles by the hands of Paul:"and many"Mr 5:29: Straightway the fountain of her blood was dried up; and she felt in her body that she was healed of that plague.Ge 12:17: The LORD plagued Pharaoh and His house with great plagues because of Sarai Abram's wife.Nu 11:33: While the flesh was yet between their teeth: ere it was chewed: the wrath of the LORD was kindled against the people: and the LORD smote the people with a very great plague.Lu 7:2: A certain centurion's servant: who was dear to him: was sick: and ready to die.Heb 12:6: For whom the Lord loves He chastens: and scourges every son whom He receives.
και τα πνευματα τα ακαθαρτα οταν αυτον εθεωρει προσεπιπτεν αυτω και εκραζεν λεγοντα οτι συ ει ο υιος του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G4151πνεύματαpneumata (N-NNP)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεύματαpneumata
|
spirits
|
N-NNP
|
G169ἀκάθαρτα,akatharta (Adj-NNP)
G169 ἀκάθαρτος akáthartos ak-ath-ar-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of καθαίρω (meaning cleansed); impure (ceremonially, morally (lewd) or specially, (demonic)):--foul, unclean.
|
ἀκάθαρτα,akatharta
|
unclean,
|
Adj-NNP
|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj)
G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
whenever
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2334ἐθεώρουν,etheōroun (V-IIA-3P)
G2334 θεωρέω theōréō theh-o-reh-o from a derivative of θεάομαι (perhaps by addition of ὁράω); to be a spectator of, i.e. discern, (literally, figuratively (experience) or intensively (acknowledge)):--behold, consider, look on, perceive, see. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ἐθεώρουν,etheōroun
|
they beheld,
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G4363προσέπιπτονprosepipton (V-IIA-3P)
G4363 προσπίπτω prospíptō pros-pip-to from πρός and πίπτω; to fall towards, i.e. (gently) prostrate oneself (in supplication or homage), or (violently) to rush upon (in storm):--beat upon, fall (down) at (before).
|
προσέπιπτονprosepipton
|
were falling down before
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2896ἔκραζονekrazon (V-IIA-3P)
G2896 κράζω krázō krad-zo a primary verb; properly, to croak (as a raven) or scream, i.e. (genitive case) to call aloud (shriek, exclaim, intreat):--cry (out).
|
ἔκραζονekrazon
|
crying out,
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3004λέγονταlegonta (V-PPA-NNP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγονταlegonta
|
saying
|
V-PPA-NNP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G4771ΣὺSy (PPro-N2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ΣὺSy
|
You
|
PPro-N2S
|
G1510εἶei (V-PIA-2S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶei
|
are
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5207ΥἱὸςHuios (N-NMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱὸςHuios
|
Son
|
N-NMS
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
11
Unclean spirits, when they saw Him, fell down before Him, and cried, saying, You are the Son of God.
Mark 3:11
Stats
Rank: #5160 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 105 characters, 15 words, 80 letters, 28 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τα πνευματα τα ακαθαρτα οταν αυτον εθεωρει προσεπιπτεν αυτω και εκραζεν λεγοντα οτι συ ει ο υιος του θεου
Lit: And the spirits unclean, whenever Him they beheld, were falling down before Him and crying out, saying - , You are the Son of God.
KJV: And unclean spirits, when they saw him, fell down before him, and cried, saying, Thou art the Son of God.
References
"unclean"Mr 1:23: 24: There was in their synagogue a man with an unclean spirit; and he cried out: Mr 5:5: 6: Always: night and day: he was in the mountains: and in the tombs: crying: and cutting himself with stones.Mt 8:31: So the devils besought him: saying: If you cast us out: suffer us to go away into the herd of swine.Lu 4:41: Devils also came out of many: crying out: and saying: You are Christ the Son of God. And He rebuking them suffered not them to speak: for they knew that He was Christ.Ac 16:17: The same followed Paul and us: and cried: saying: These men are the servants of the most high God: which show to us the way of salvation.Ac 19:13-17: Then certain of the vagabond Jews: exorcists: took upon them to call over them which had evil spirits the name of the Lord Jesus: saying: We adjure you by Jesus whom Paul preacheth.Jas 2:19: You believe that there is one God; you do well: the devils also believe: and tremble."the Son"Mr 1:1: The beginning of the gospel of Jesus Christ: the Son of God;Mt 4:3: 6: When the tempter came to Him: He said: If you be the Son of God: command that these stones be made bread.Mt 8:29: And: look: they cried out: saying: What have we to do with you: Jesus: you Son of God? are you come here to torment us before the time?Mt 14:33: Then they that were in the ship came and worshipped Him: saying: Of a truth you are the Son of God.Lu 8:28: When He saw Jesus: He cried out: and fell down before Him: and with a loud voice said: What have I to do with you: Jesus: you Son of God most high? I beseech you: torment not me.
και πολλα επετιμα αυτοις ινα μη αυτον φανερον ποιησωσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4183πολλὰpolla (Adj-ANP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλὰpolla
|
much
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2008ἐπετίμαepetima (V-IIA-3S)
G2008 ἐπιτιμάω epitimáō ep-ee-tee-mah-o from ἐπί and τιμάω; to tax upon, i.e. censure or admonish; by implication, forbid:--(straitly) charge, rebuke.
|
ἐπετίμαepetima
|
He would rebuke
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G5318φανερὸνphaneron (Adj-AMS)
G5318 φανερός phanerós fan-er-os from φαίνω; shining, i.e. apparent (literally or figuratively); neuter (as adverb) publicly, externally:--abroad, + appear, known, manifest, open (+ -ly), outward (+ -ly).
|
φανερὸνphaneron
|
known
|
Adj-AMS
|
G4160ποιήσωσιν.poiēsōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσωσιν.poiēsōsin
|
they should make.
|
V-ASA-3P
|
12
He straitly charged them that they not should make him known.Mark 3:12
Stats
Rank: #5179 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 65 characters, 12 words, 53 letters, 16 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: και πολλα επετιμα αυτοις ινα μη αυτον φανερον ποιησωσιν
Lit: And much He would rebuke them, so that not Him known they should make.
KJV: And he straitly charged them that they should not make him known.
References
"And he straitly charged them that they should not make him known."Mr 1:25: 34: Jesus rebuked Him: saying: Hold your peace: and come out of Him.Mt 12:16: Charged them that they not should make him known:Ac 16:18: This did she many days. But Paul: being grieved: turned and said to the spirit: I command you in the name of Jesus Christ to come out of her. And He came out the same hour.
The Twelve Apostles
και αναβαινει εις το ορος και προσκαλειται ους ηθελεν αυτος και απηλθον προς αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G305ἀναβαίνειanabainei (V-PIA-3S)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀναβαίνειanabainei
|
He goes up
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3735ὄρος,oros (N-ANS)
G3735 ὄρος óros or-os probably from an obsolete (to rise or rear; perhaps akin to αἴρω; compare ὄρνις); a mountain (as lifting itself above the plain):--hill, mount(-ain).
|
ὄρος,oros
|
mountain
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4341προσκαλεῖταιproskaleitai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G4341 προσκαλέομαι proskaléomai pros-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from πρός and καλέω; to call toward oneself, i.e. summon, invite:--call (for, to, unto).
|
προσκαλεῖταιproskaleitai
|
calls near
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3739οὓςhous (RelPro-AMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὓςhous
|
those whom
|
RelPro-AMP
|
G2309ἤθελενēthelen (V-IIA-3S)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
ἤθελενēthelen
|
he wanted
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτός,autos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτός,autos
|
Himself;
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G565ἀπῆλθονapēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπῆλθονapēlthon
|
they went
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
Him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
13
He goes up into a mountain, and calls to him whom he would: and they came to him.Mark 3:13
Stats
Rank: #2209 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 92 characters, 17 words, 71 letters, 29 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αναβαινει εις το ορος και προσκαλειται ους ηθελεν αυτος και απηλθον προς αυτον
Lit: And He goes up on the mountain and calls near those whom he wanted Himself; and they went to Him.
KJV: And he goeth up into a mountain, and calleth unto him whom he would: and they came unto him.
References
"And he goeth up into a mountain, and calleth unto him whom he would: and they came unto him."Mt 10:1-4: When he had called to him his 12 disciples: he gave them power against unclean spirits: to cast them out: and to heal all manner of sickness and all manner of disease.Lu 6:12-16: It came to pass in those days: that He went out into a mountain to pray: and continued all night in prayer to God.
και εποιησεν δωδεκα ινα ωσιν μετ αυτου και ινα αποστελλη αυτους κηρυσσειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4160ἐποίησενepoiēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίησενepoiēsen
|
He appointed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1427δώδεκαdōdeka (Adj-AMP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκαdōdeka
|
twelve
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3739[οὓςhous (RelPro-AMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
[οὓςhous
|
ones
|
RelPro-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G652ἀποστόλουςapostolous (N-AMP)
G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀποστόλουςapostolous
|
apostles.
|
N-AMP
|
G3687ὠνόμασεν]ōnomasen (V-AIA-3S)
G3687 ὀνομάζω onomázō on-om-ad-zo from ὄνομα; to name, i.e. assign an appellation; by extension, to utter, mention, profess:--call, name.
|
ὠνόμασεν]ōnomasen
|
He called them
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1510ὦσινōsin (V-PSA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὦσινōsin
|
they might be
|
V-PSA-3P
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G649ἀποστέλλῃapostellē (V-PSA-3S)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀποστέλλῃapostellē
|
He might send
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G2784κηρύσσεινkēryssein (V-PNA)
G2784 κηρύσσω kērýssō kay-roos-so of uncertain affinity; to herald (as a public crier), especially divine truth (the gospel):--preacher(-er), proclaim, publish.
|
κηρύσσεινkēryssein
|
to preach,
|
V-PNA
|
14
He ordained 12, that they should be with him, and that he might send them forth to preach,Mark 3:14
Stats
Rank: #2853 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 98 characters, 17 words, 77 letters, 25 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εποιησεν δωδεκα ινα ωσιν μετ αυτου και ινα αποστελλη αυτους κηρυσσειν
Lit: And He appointed twelve ones also apostles. He called them that they might be with Him, and that He might send them to preach,
KJV: And he ordained twelve, that they should be with him, and that he might send them forth to preach,
References
"he ordained"Joh 15:16: You not have chosen me: but I have chosen you: and ordained you: that you should go and bring forth fruit: and that your fruit should remain: that whatever you will ask of the Father in my name: He may give it you.Ac 1:24: 25: They prayed: and said: You: Lord: which know the hearts of all men: show whether of these two you have chosen: Ga 1:1: 15-20: Paul: an apostle: (not of men: neither by man: but by Jesus Christ: and God the Father: who raised Him from the dead;)"and"Lu 9:1-6: Then he called his 12 disciples together: and gave them power and authority over all devils: and to cure diseases.Lu 10:1-11: After these things the Lord appointed other 70 also: and sent them two and two before His face into every city and place: whither He Himself would come.Lu 24:47: That repentance and remission of sins should be preached in his name among all nations: beginning at Jerusalem.Ac 1:8: But you will receive power: after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and you will be witnesses to me both in Jerusalem: and in all Judaea: and in Samaria: and to the uttermost part of the earth.
και εχειν εξουσιαν θεραπευειν τας νοσους και εκβαλλειν τα δαιμονια
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2192ἔχεινechein (V-PNA)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχεινechein
|
to have
|
V-PNA
|
G1849ἐξουσίανexousian (N-AFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίανexousian
|
authority
|
N-AFS
|
G1544ἐκβάλλεινekballein (V-PNA)
G1544 ἐκβάλλω ekbállō ek-bal-lo from ἐκ and βάλλω; to eject (literally or figuratively):--bring forth, cast (forth, out), drive (out), expel, leave, pluck (pull, take, thrust) out, put forth (out), send away (forth, out).
|
ἐκβάλλεινekballein
|
to cast out
|
V-PNA
|
G1140δαιμόνια·daimonia (N-ANP)
G1140 δαιμόνιον daimónion dahee-mon-ee-on neuter of a derivative of δαίμων; a dæmonic being; by extension a deity:--devil, god.
|
δαιμόνια·daimonia
|
demons.
|
N-ANP
|
15
To have power to heal sicknesses, and to cast out devils:Mark 3:15
Stats
Rank: #7695 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 61 characters, 11 words, 48 letters, 19 vowels, 29 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εχειν εξουσιαν θεραπευειν τας νοσους και εκβαλλειν τα δαιμονια
Lit: and to have authority to cast out demons.
KJV: And to have power to heal sicknesses, and to cast out devils:
και επεθηκεν τω σιμωνι ονομα πετρον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4160ἐποίησενepoiēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίησενepoiēsen
|
He appointed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G1427δώδεκα,dōdeka (Adj-AMP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκα,dōdeka
|
Twelve.
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2007ἐπέθηκενepethēken (V-AIA-3S)
G2007 ἐπιτίθημι epitíthēmi ep-ee-tith-ay-mee from ἐπί and τίθημι; to impose (in a friendly or hostile sense):--add unto, lade, lay upon, put (up) on, set on (up), + surname, X wound.
|
ἐπέθηκενepethēken
|
He added
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-ANS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
the name
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to
|
Art-DMS
|
G4613ΣίμωνιSimōni (N-DMS)
G4613 Σίμων Símōn see-mone of Hebrew origin (שִׁמְעוֹן); Simon (i.e. Shimon), the name of nine Israelites:--Simon. Compare Συμεών.
|
ΣίμωνιSimōni
|
Simon,
|
N-DMS
|
G4074Πέτρον·Petron (N-AMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
Πέτρον·Petron
|
Peter;
|
N-AMS
|
16
Simon he surnamed Peter;Mark 3:16
Stats
Counts: 28 characters, 5 words, 23 letters, 9 vowels, 14 consonants
Translation
Greek: και επεθηκεν τω σιμωνι ονομα πετρον
Lit: And He appointed the Twelve. And He added the name to Simon, Peter;
KJV: And Simon he surnamed Peter;
References
"Simon"Mr 1:16: Now as he walked by the sea of Galilee: he saw Simon and Andrew his brother casting a net into the sea: for they were fishers.Mt 16:16-18: Simon Peter answered and said: You are the Christ: the Son of the living God.Joh 1:42: He brought Him to Jesus. And when Jesus beheld Him: He said: You are Simon the son of Jona: you will be called Cephas: which is by interpretation: A stone.1Co 1:12: Now this I say: that every one of you says: I am of Paul; and I of Apollos; and I of Cephas; and I of Christ.1Co 3:22: Whether Paul: or Apollos: or Cephas: or the world: or life: or death: or things present: or things to come; all are yours;1Co 9:5: Have not we power to lead about a sister: a wife: as well as other apostles: and as the brothers of the Lord: and Cephas?Ga 2:7-9: But contrariwise: when they saw that the gospel of the uncircumcision was committed to me: as the gospel of the circumcision was to Peter;"Cephas"2Pe 1:1: Simon Peter: a servant and an apostle of Jesus Christ: to them that have obtained like precious faith with us through the righteousness of God and our Saviour Jesus Christ:
και ιακωβον τον του ζεβεδαιου και ιωαννην τον αδελφον του ιακωβου και επεθηκεν αυτοις ονοματα βοανεργες ο εστιν υιοι βροντης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2385ἸάκωβονIakōbon (N-AMS)
G2385 Ἰάκωβος Iákōbos ee-ak-o-bos the same as Ἰακώβ Græcized; Jacobus, the name of three Israelites:--James.
|
ἸάκωβονIakōbon
|
James
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the son
|
Art-AMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of
|
Art-GMS
|
G2199ΖεβεδαίουZebedaiou (N-GMS)
G2199 Ζεβεδαῖος Zebedaîos dzeb-ed-ah-yos of Hebrew origin (compare זַבְדִּי); Zebedæus, an Israelite:--Zebedee.
|
ΖεβεδαίουZebedaiou
|
Zebedee,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2491ἸωάννηνIōannēn (N-AMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννηνIōannēn
|
John
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G80ἀδελφὸνadelphon (N-AMS)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφὸνadelphon
|
brother
|
N-AMS
|
G2385Ἰακώβου,Iakōbou (N-GMS)
G2385 Ἰάκωβος Iákōbos ee-ak-o-bos the same as Ἰακώβ Græcized; Jacobus, the name of three Israelites:--James.
|
Ἰακώβου,Iakōbou
|
of James,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2007ἐπέθηκενepethēken (V-AIA-3S)
G2007 ἐπιτίθημι epitíthēmi ep-ee-tith-ay-mee from ἐπί and τίθημι; to impose (in a friendly or hostile sense):--add unto, lade, lay upon, put (up) on, set on (up), + surname, X wound.
|
ἐπέθηκενepethēken
|
He added
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them the
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3686ὀνόματα*onomata (N-ANP)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματα*onomata
|
name
|
N-ANP
|
G993Βοανηργές,Boanērges (N-AMP)
G993 Βοανεργές Boanergés bo-an-erg-es of Chaldee origin (בֵּן and רְגַז); sons of commotion; Boanerges, an epithet of two of the apostles:--Boanerges.
|
Βοανηργές,Boanērges
|
Boanerges,
|
N-AMP
|
G3739ὅho (RelPro-NNS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὅho
|
which
|
RelPro-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G5207ΥἱοὶHuioi (N-NMP)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱοὶHuioi
|
Sons
|
N-NMP
|
G1027Βροντῆς·Brontēs (N-GFS)
G1027 βροντή brontḗ bron-tay akin to (to roar); thunder:--thunder(-ing).
|
Βροντῆς·Brontēs
|
of Thunder;
|
N-GFS
|
17
James the son of Zebedee, and John the brother of James; and he surnamed them Boanerges, which is, The sons of thunder:
Mark 3:17
Stats
Counts: 123 characters, 19 words, 96 letters, 35 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ιακωβον τον του ζεβεδαιου και ιωαννην τον αδελφον του ιακωβου και επεθηκεν αυτοις ονοματα βοανεργες ο εστιν υιοι βροντης
Lit: and James the son of Zebedee, and John the brother of James, and He added to them the name Boanerges, which is, Sons of Thunder;
KJV: And James the son of Zebedee, and John the brother of James; and he surnamed them Boanerges, which is, The sons of thunder:
References
"James"Mr 1:19: 20: When he had gone a little further there: he saw James the son of Zebedee: and John his brother: who also were in the ship mending their nets.Mr 5:37: He suffered no man to follow him: save Peter: and James: and John the brother of James.Mr 9:2: After 6 days Jesus taketh with Him Peter: and James: and John: and leads them up into an high mountain apart by themselves: and He was transfigured before them.Mr 10:35: James and John: the sons of Zebedee: come to him: saying: Master: we would that you should do for us whatever we will desire.Mr 14:33: He takes with him Peter and James and John: and began to be sore amazed: and to be very heavy;Joh 21:2: 20-25: There were together Simon Peter: and Thomas called Didymus: and Nathanael of Cana in Galilee: and the sons of Zebedee: and two other of his disciples.Ac 12:1: Now about that time Herod the king stretched forth his hands to vex certain of the church."he surnamed"Isa 58:1: Cry aloud: not spare: lift up your voice like a trumpet: and show my people their transgression: and the house of Jacob their sins.Jer 23:29: Is not my word like as a fire? says the LORD; and like a hammer that breaks the rock in pieces?Heb 4:12: For the word of God is quick: and powerful: and sharper than any twoedged sword: piercing even to the dividing asunder of soul and spirit: and of the joints and marrow: and is a discerner of the thoughts and intents of the heart.Re 10:11: He said to me: You must prophesy again before many peoples: and nations: and tongues: and kings.
και ανδρεαν και φιλιππον και βαρθολομαιον και ματθαιον και θωμαν και ιακωβον τον του αλφαιου και θαδδαιον και σιμωνα τον κανανιτην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G406ἈνδρέανAndrean (N-AMS)
G406 Ἀνδρέας Andréas an-dreh-as from ἀνήρ; manly; Andreas, an Israelite:--Andrew.
|
ἈνδρέανAndrean
|
Andrew,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5376ΦίλιππονPhilippon (N-AMS)
G5376 Φίλιππος Phílippos fil-ip-pos from φίλος and ἵππος; fond of horses; Philippus, the name of four Israelites:--Philip.
|
ΦίλιππονPhilippon
|
Philip,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G918ΒαρθολομαῖονBartholomaion (N-AMS)
G918 Βαρθολομαῖος Bartholomaîos bar-thol-om-ah-yos of Chaldee origin (בַּר and תַּלְמַי); son of Tolmai; Bar-tholomæus, a Christian apostle:--Bartholomeus.
|
ΒαρθολομαῖονBartholomaion
|
Bartholomew,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3156ΜαθθαῖονMaththaion (N-AMS)
G3156 Ματθαῖος Matthaîos mat-thah-yos a shorter form of Ματταθίας; Matthæus (i.e. Matthitjah), an Israelite and a Christian:--Matthew.
|
ΜαθθαῖονMaththaion
|
Matthew,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2381ΘωμᾶνThōman (N-AMS)
G2381 Θωμᾶς Thōmâs tho-mas of Chaldee origin (compare תָּאוֹם); the twin; Thomas, a Christian:--Thomas.
|
ΘωμᾶνThōman
|
Thomas,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2385ἸάκωβονIakōbon (N-AMS)
G2385 Ἰάκωβος Iákōbos ee-ak-o-bos the same as Ἰακώβ Græcized; Jacobus, the name of three Israelites:--James.
|
ἸάκωβονIakōbon
|
James
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the son
|
Art-AMS
|
G256ἉλφαίουHalphaiou (N-GMS)
G256 Ἀλφαῖος Alphaîos al-fah-yos of Hebrew origin (compare חֶלֶף); Alphæus, an Israelite:--Alpheus.
|
ἉλφαίουHalphaiou
|
of Alphaeus,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2280ΘαδδαῖονThaddaion (N-AMS)
G2280 Θαδδαῖος Thaddaîos thad-dah-yos of uncertain origin; Thaddæus, one of the Apostles:--Thaddæus.
|
ΘαδδαῖονThaddaion
|
Thaddaeus,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4613ΣίμωναSimōna (N-AMS)
G4613 Σίμων Símōn see-mone of Hebrew origin (שִׁמְעוֹן); Simon (i.e. Shimon), the name of nine Israelites:--Simon. Compare Συμεών.
|
ΣίμωναSimōna
|
Simon
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2581ΚαναναῖονKananaion (N-AMS)
G2581 Κανανίτης Kananítēs kan-an-ee-tace of Chaldee origin (compare קַנָּא); zealous; Cananites, an epithet:--Canaanite (by mistake for a derivative from Χαναάν).
|
ΚαναναῖονKananaion
|
Zealot,
|
N-AMS
|
18
Andrew, and Philip, and Bartholomew, and Matthew, and Thomas, and James the son of Alphaeus, and Thaddaeus, and Simon the Canaanite,Mark 3:18
Stats
Counts: 136 characters, 15 words, 107 letters, 41 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ανδρεαν και φιλιππον και βαρθολομαιον και ματθαιον και θωμαν και ιακωβον τον του αλφαιου και θαδδαιον και σιμωνα τον κανανιτην
Lit: and Andrew, and Philip, and Bartholomew, and Matthew, and Thomas, and James the son of Alphaeus, and Thaddaeus, and Simon the Zealot,
KJV: And Andrew, and Philip, and Bartholomew, and Matthew, and Thomas, and James the son of Alphaeus, and Thaddaeus, and Simon the Canaanite,
References
"Andrew"Joh 1:40: one of the two which heard John speak: and followed him: was Andrew: Simon Peter's brother.Joh 6:8: one of his disciples: Andrew: Simon Peter's brother: says to him: Joh 12:21: 22: The same came therefore to Philip: which was of Bethsaida of Galilee: and desired Him: saying: Sir: we would see Jesus.Ac 1:13: When they were come in: they went up into an upper room: where abode both Peter: and James: and John: and Andrew: Philip: and Thomas: Bartholomew: and Matthew: James the son of Alphaeus: and Simon Zelotes: and Judas the brother of James."Philip"Joh 1:43-45: The day following Jesus would go forth into Galilee: and finds Philip: and says to Him: Follow me.Joh 6:5-7: When Jesus then lifted up His eyes: and saw a great company come to Him: He says to Philip: Where will we buy bread: that these may eat?Joh 14:8: 9: Philip says to Him: Lord: show us the Father: and it suffices us."Bartholomew"Mt 10:3: Philip: and Bartholomew; Thomas: and Matthew the publican; James the son of Alphaeus: and Lebbaeus: whose surname was Thaddaeus;Lu 6:14: Simon: (whom he also named Peter: ) and Andrew his brother: James and John: Philip and Bartholomew: Ac 1:13: When they were come in: they went up into an upper room: where abode both Peter: and James: and John: and Andrew: Philip: and Thomas: Bartholomew: and Matthew: James the son of Alphaeus: and Simon Zelotes: and Judas the brother of James."Matthew"Mr 2:14: As he passed by: he saw Levi the son of Alphaeus sitting at the receipt of custom: and said to him: Follow me. And he arose and followed him.Mt 9:9: As Jesus passed forth from there: He saw a man: named Matthew: sitting at the receipt of custom: and He says to Him: Follow me. And He arose: and followed Him.Lu 5:27-29: After these things he went forth: and saw a publican: named Levi: sitting at the receipt of custom: and he said to him: Follow me."Levi"Lu 6:15: Matthew and Thomas: James the son of Alphaeus: and Simon called Zelotes: "Thomas"Joh 11:16: Then said Thomas: which is called Didymus: to his fellowdisciples: Let us also go: that we may die with him.Joh 20:24-29: But Thomas: one of the 12: called Didymus: not was with them when Jesus came.Joh 21:2: There were together Simon Peter: and Thomas called Didymus: and Nathanael of Cana in Galilee: and the sons of Zebedee: and two other of his disciples.Ac 1:13: When they were come in: they went up into an upper room: where abode both Peter: and James: and John: and Andrew: Philip: and Thomas: Bartholomew: and Matthew: James the son of Alphaeus: and Simon Zelotes: and Judas the brother of James."James"Mr 6:3: not Is this the carpenter: the son of Mary: the brother of James: and Joses: and of Juda: and Simon? and not are his sisters here with us? And they were offended at him.Mt 10:3: Philip: and Bartholomew; Thomas: and Matthew the publican; James the son of Alphaeus: and Lebbaeus: whose surname was Thaddaeus;Mt 13:55: not Is this the carpenter's son? not is his mother called Mary? and his brothers: James: and Joses: and Simon: and Judas?Lu 6:15: Matthew and Thomas: James the son of Alphaeus: and Simon called Zelotes: Ac 15:13: After they had held their peace: James answered: saying: Men and brothers: listen to me:Ac 21:18: The day following Paul went in with us to James; and all the elders were present.1Co 9:5: Have not we power to lead about a sister: a wife: as well as other apostles: and as the brothers of the Lord: and Cephas?1Co 15:7: After that: he was seen of James; then of all the apostles.Ga 1:19: But other of the apostles saw I none: save James the Lord's brother.Ga 2:9: When James: Cephas: and John: who seemed to be pillars: perceived the grace that was given to me: they gave to me and Barnabas the right hands of fellowship; that we should go to the heathen: and they to the circumcision.Jas 1:1: James: a servant of God and of the Lord Jesus Christ: to the 12 tribes which are scattered abroad: greeting."Alphaeus"Mr 2:14: As he passed by: he saw Levi the son of Alphaeus sitting at the receipt of custom: and said to him: Follow me. And he arose and followed him."Thaddaeus"Mt 10:3: Philip: and Bartholomew; Thomas: and Matthew the publican; James the son of Alphaeus: and Lebbaeus: whose surname was Thaddaeus;Lu 6:16: Judas the brother of James: and Judas Iscariot: which also was the traitor.Joh 14:22: Judas says to Him: not Iscariot: Lord: how is it that you will manifest yourself to us: not and to the world?Ac 1:13: When they were come in: they went up into an upper room: where abode both Peter: and James: and John: and Andrew: Philip: and Thomas: Bartholomew: and Matthew: James the son of Alphaeus: and Simon Zelotes: and Judas the brother of James."Judas the brother of James"Jude 1:1: Jude: the servant of Jesus Christ: and brother of James: to them that are sanctified by God the Father: and preserved in Jesus Christ: and called:"Simon"Mt 10:4: Simon the Canaanite: and Judas Iscariot: who also betrayed him.Lu 6:15: Matthew and Thomas: James the son of Alphaeus: and Simon called Zelotes: Ac 1:13: When they were come in: they went up into an upper room: where abode both Peter: and James: and John: and Andrew: Philip: and Thomas: Bartholomew: and Matthew: James the son of Alphaeus: and Simon Zelotes: and Judas the brother of James.
και ιουδαν ισκαριωτην ος και παρεδωκεν αυτον και ερχονται εις οικον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2455ἸούδανIoudan (N-AMS)
G2455 Ἰούδας Ioúdas ee-oo-das of Hebrew origin (יְהוּדָה); Judas (i.e. Jehudah), the name of ten Israelites; also of the posterity of one of them and its region:--Juda(-h, -s); Jude.
|
ἸούδανIoudan
|
Judas
|
N-AMS
|
G2469Ἰσκαριώθ,Iskariōth (N-AMS)
G2469 Ἰσκαριώτης Iskariṓtēs is-kar-ee-o-tace of Hebrew origin (probably אִישׁ and קִרְיָא); inhabitant of Kerioth; Iscariotes (i.e. Keriothite), an epithet of Judas the traitor:--Iscariot.
|
Ἰσκαριώθ,Iskariōth
|
Iscariot,
|
N-AMS
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3860παρέδωκενparedōken (V-AIA-3S)
G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παρέδωκενparedōken
|
betrayed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
Him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
19
Judas Iscariot, which also betrayed him: and they went into an house.Mark 3:19
Stats
Rank: #7305 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 73 characters, 11 words, 58 letters, 23 vowels, 35 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ιουδαν ισκαριωτην ος και παρεδωκεν αυτον και ερχονται εις οικον
Lit: and Judas Iscariot, who also betrayed Him.
KJV: And Judas Iscariot, which also betrayed him: and they went into an house.
References
"Judas"Mt 26:14-16: 47: Then one of the 12: called Judas Iscariot: went to the chief priests: Mt 27:3-5: Then Judas: which had betrayed him: when he saw that he was condemned: repented himself: and brought again the 30 pieces of silver to the chief priests and elders: Joh 6:64: 71: But there are some of you that not believe. For Jesus knew from the beginning who they were that not believed: and who should betray Him.Joh 12:4-6: Then says one of his disciples: Judas Iscariot: Simon's son: which should betray him: Joh 13:2: 26-30: Supper being ended: the devil having now put into the heart of Judas Iscariot: Simon's son: to betray him;Ac 1:16-25: Men and brothers: this scripture must needs have been fulfilled: which the Holy Ghost by the mouth of David spoke before concerning Judas: which was guide to them that took Jesus.
Later Ministry
και συνερχεται παλιν οχλος ωστε μη δυνασθαι αυτους μητε αρτον φαγειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2064ἔρχεταιerchetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχεταιerchetai
|
He comes
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3624οἶκον·oikon (N-AMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκον·oikon
|
a house,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4905συνέρχεταιsynerchetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G4905 συνέρχομαι synérchomai soon-er-khom-ahee from σύν and ἔρχομαι; to convene, depart in company with, associate with, or (specially), cohabit (conjugally):--accompany, assemble (with), come (together), come (company, go) with, resort.
|
συνέρχεταιsynerchetai
|
comes together
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv)
G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again
|
Adv
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
a
|
Art-NMS
|
G3793ὄχλος,ochlos (N-NMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλος,ochlos
|
crowd,
|
N-NMS
|
G5620ὥστεhōste (Conj)
G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
ὥστεhōste
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1410δύνασθαιdynasthai (V-PNM/P)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύνασθαιdynasthai
|
are they able
|
V-PNM/P
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3366μηδὲmēde (Conj)
G3366 μηδέ mēdé may-deh from μή and δέ; but not, not even; in a continued negation, nor:--neither, nor (yet), (no) not (once, so much as).,
|
μηδὲmēde
|
even
|
Conj
|
G740ἄρτονarton (N-AMS)
G740 ἄρτος ártos ar-tos from αἴρω; bread (as raised) or a loaf:--(shew-)bread, loaf.
|
ἄρτονarton
|
bread
|
N-AMS
|
G5315φαγεῖν.phagein (V-ANA)
G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
φαγεῖν.phagein
|
to eat.
|
V-ANA
|
20
The multitude comes together again, so that they not could so much as eat bread.Mark 3:20
Stats
Counts: 85 characters, 15 words, 68 letters, 27 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: και συνερχεται παλιν οχλος ωστε μη δυνασθαι αυτους μητε αρτον φαγειν
Lit: And He comes to a house, and comes together again a crowd, so that not are they able them even bread to eat.
KJV: And the multitude cometh together again, so that they could not so much as eat bread.
References
"so that"Mr 3:9: He spoke to his disciples: that a small ship should wait on him because of the multitude: lest they should throng him.Mr 6:31: He said to them: Come you yourselves apart into a desert place: and rest a while: for there were many coming and going: and they had no leisure so much as to eat.Lu 6:17: He came down with them: and stood in the plain: and the company of his disciples: and a great multitude of people out of all Judaea and Jerusalem: and from the sea coast of Tyre and Sidon: which came to hear him: and to be healed of their diseases;Joh 4:31-34: In the mean while his disciples prayed him: saying: Master: eat.
και ακουσαντες οι παρ αυτου εξηλθον κρατησαι αυτον ελεγον γαρ οτι εξεστη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G191ἀκούσαντεςakousantes (V-APA-NMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσαντεςakousantes
|
having heard of it,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G3844παρ’par’ (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρ’par’
|
belonging to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1831ἐξῆλθονexēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθονexēlthon
|
went out
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2902κρατῆσαιkratēsai (V-ANA)
G2902 κρατέω kratéō krat-eh-o from κράτος; to use strength, i.e. seize or retain (literally or figuratively):--hold (by, fast), keep, lay hand (hold) on, obtain, retain, take (by).
|
κρατῆσαιkratēsai
|
to seize
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτόν·auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν·auton
|
Him;
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3004ἔλεγονelegon (V-IIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγονelegon
|
they were saying
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G1839Ἐξέστη.exestē (V-AIA-3S)
G1839 ἐξίστημι exístēmi ex-is-tay-mee from ἐκ and ἵστημι; to put (stand) out of wits, i.e. astound, or (reflexively) become astounded, insane:--amaze, be (make) astonished, be beside self (selves), bewitch, wonder.
|
Ἐξέστη.exestē
|
He is out of His mind.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
21
When his friends heard of it, they went out to lay hold on him: for they said, He is beside himself.
Mark 3:21
Stats
Counts: 104 characters, 19 words, 79 letters, 29 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ακουσαντες οι παρ αυτου εξηλθον κρατησαι αυτον ελεγον γαρ οτι εξεστη
Lit: And having heard of it, those belonging to Him went out to seize Him; they were saying for - , He is out of His mind.
KJV: And when his friends heard of it, they went out to lay hold on him: for they said, He is beside himself.
References
"friends"Mr 3:31: There came then his brothers and his mother: and: standing without: sent to him: calling him.Joh 7:3-10: His brothers therefore said to him: Depart here: and go into Judaea: that your disciples also may see the works that you do."He is"2Ki 9:11: Then Jehu came forth to the servants of his lord: and one said to him: Is all well? for what reason came this mad fellow to you? And he said to them: You know the man: and his communication.Jer 29:26: The LORD has made you priest'>priest in the stead of Jehoiada the priest'>priest: that you should be officers in the house of the LORD: for every man that is mad: and makes Himself a prophet: that you should put Him in prison: and in the stocks.Ho 9:7: The days of visitation are come: the days of recompence are come; Israel will know it: the prophet is a fool: the spiritual man is mad: for the multitude of your iniquity: and the great hatred.Joh 10:20: Many of them said: He has a devil: and is mad; why hear you him?Ac 26:24: As he thus spoke for himself: Festus said with a loud voice: Paul: you are beside yourself; much learning does make you mad.2Co 5:13: For whether we be beside ourselves: it is to God: or whether we be sober: it is for your cause.
και οι γραμματεις οι απο ιεροσολυμων καταβαντες ελεγον οτι βεελζεβουλ εχει και οτι εν τω αρχοντι των δαιμονιων εκβαλλει τα δαιμονια
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G1122γραμματεῖςgrammateis (N-NMP)
G1122 γραμματεύς grammateús gram-mat-yooce from γράμμα. a writer, i.e. (professionally) scribe or secretary:--scribe, town-clerk.
|
γραμματεῖςgrammateis
|
scribes,
|
N-NMP
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2414ἹεροσολύμωνHierosolymōn (N-GNP)
G2414 Ἱεροσόλυμα Hierosólyma hee-er-os-ol-oo-mah of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierosolyma (i.e. Jerushalaim), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱερουσαλήμ.
|
ἹεροσολύμωνHierosolymōn
|
Jerusalem
|
N-GNP
|
G2597καταβάντεςkatabantes (V-APA-NMP)
G2597 καταβαίνω katabaínō kat-ab-ah-ee-no from κατά and the base of βάσις; to descend (literally or figuratively):--come (get, go, step) down, fall (down).
|
καταβάντεςkatabantes
|
having come down,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3004ἔλεγονelegon (V-IIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγονelegon
|
were saying
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G954ΒεελζεβοὺλBeelzeboul (N-AMS)
G954 Βεελζεβούλ Beelzeboúl beh-el-zeb-ool of Chaldee origin (by parody on בַּעַל זְבוּב); dung-god; Beelzebul, a name of Satan:--Beelzebub.
|
ΒεελζεβοὺλBeelzeboul
|
Beelzebul
|
N-AMS
|
G2192ἔχει,echei (V-PIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχει,echei
|
He has,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1722Ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
Ἐνen
|
By
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G758ἄρχοντιarchonti (N-DMS)
G758 ἄρχων árchōn ar-khone present participle of ἄρχω; a first (in rank or power):--chief (ruler), magistrate, prince, ruler.
|
ἄρχοντιarchonti
|
prince
|
N-DMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G1140δαιμονίωνdaimoniōn (N-GNP)
G1140 δαιμόνιον daimónion dahee-mon-ee-on neuter of a derivative of δαίμων; a dæmonic being; by extension a deity:--devil, god.
|
δαιμονίωνdaimoniōn
|
demons
|
N-GNP
|
G1544ἐκβάλλειekballei (V-PIA-3S)
G1544 ἐκβάλλω ekbállō ek-bal-lo from ἐκ and βάλλω; to eject (literally or figuratively):--bring forth, cast (forth, out), drive (out), expel, leave, pluck (pull, take, thrust) out, put forth (out), send away (forth, out).
|
ἐκβάλλειekballei
|
He casts out
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G1140δαιμόνια.daimonia (N-ANP)
G1140 δαιμόνιον daimónion dahee-mon-ee-on neuter of a derivative of δαίμων; a dæmonic being; by extension a deity:--devil, god.
|
δαιμόνια.daimonia
|
demons.
|
N-ANP
|
22
The scribes which came down from Jerusalem said, He has Beelzebub, and by the prince of the devils casts he out devils.
Mark 3:22
Stats
Rank: #2789 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 126 characters, 21 words, 101 letters, 36 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οι γραμματεις οι απο ιεροσολυμων καταβαντες ελεγον οτι βεελζεβουλ εχει και οτι εν τω αρχοντι των δαιμονιων εκβαλλει τα δαιμονια
Lit: And the scribes, those from Jerusalem having come down, were saying - , Beelzebul He has, and By the prince of the demons He casts out the demons.
KJV: And the scribes which came down from Jerusalem said, He hath Beelzebub, and by the prince of the devils casteth he out devils.
References
"which"Mr 7:1: Then came together to him the Pharisees: and certain of the scribes: which came from Jerusalem.Mt 15:1: Then came to Jesus scribes and Pharisees: which were of Jerusalem: saying: Lu 5:17: It came to pass on a certain day: as He was teaching: that there were Pharisees and doctors of the law sitting by: which were come out of every town of Galilee: and Judaea: and Jerusalem: and the power of the Lord was present to heal them."He hath"Ps 22:6: But I am a worm: and no man; a reproach of men: and despised of the people.Mt 9:34: But the Pharisees said: He casts out devils through the prince of the devils.Mt 10:25: It is enough for the disciple that he be as his master: and the servant as his lord. If they have called the master of the house Beelzebub: how much more will they call them of his household?Mt 12:24: But when the Pharisees heard it: they said: This fellow does not cast out devils: but by Beelzebub the prince of the devils.Lu 11:15: But some of them said: He casts out devils through Beelzebub the chief of the devils.Joh 7:20: The people answered and said: You have a devil: who goes about to kill you?Joh 8:48: 52: Then answered the Jews: and said to him: Say not we well that you are a Samaritan: and have a devil?Joh 10:22: It was at Jerusalem the feast of the dedication: and it was winter.
και προσκαλεσαμενος αυτους εν παραβολαις ελεγεν αυτοις πως δυναται σατανας σαταναν εκβαλλειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4341προσκαλεσάμενοςproskalesamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G4341 προσκαλέομαι proskaléomai pros-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from πρός and καλέω; to call toward oneself, i.e. summon, invite:--call (for, to, unto).
|
προσκαλεσάμενοςproskalesamenos
|
having called to Him
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3850παραβολαῖςparabolais (N-DFP)
G3850 παραβολή parabolḗ par-ab-ol-ay from παραβάλλω; a similitude (parable), i.e. (symbolic) fictitious narrative (of common life conveying a moral), apothegm or adage:--comparison, figure, parable, proverb.
|
παραβολαῖςparabolais
|
parables
|
N-DFP
|
G3004ἔλεγενelegen (V-IIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγενelegen
|
He began speaking
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them:
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G4459ΠῶςPōs (Adv)
G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
ΠῶςPōs
|
How
|
Adv
|
G1410δύναταιdynatai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύναταιdynatai
|
is able
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G4567ΣατανᾶςSatanas (N-NMS)
G4567 Σατανᾶς Satanâs sat-an-as of Chaldee origin corresponding to מַעְבָּד (with the definite affix); the accuser, i.e. the devil:--Satan.
|
ΣατανᾶςSatanas
|
Satan,
|
N-NMS
|
G4567ΣατανᾶνSatanan (N-AMS)
G4567 Σατανᾶς Satanâs sat-an-as of Chaldee origin corresponding to מַעְבָּד (with the definite affix); the accuser, i.e. the devil:--Satan.
|
ΣατανᾶνSatanan
|
Satan
|
N-AMS
|
G1544ἐκβάλλειν;ekballein (V-PNA)
G1544 ἐκβάλλω ekbállō ek-bal-lo from ἐκ and βάλλω; to eject (literally or figuratively):--bring forth, cast (forth, out), drive (out), expel, leave, pluck (pull, take, thrust) out, put forth (out), send away (forth, out).
|
ἐκβάλλειν;ekballein
|
to cast out?
|
V-PNA
|
23
He called them to him, and said to them in parables, How can Satan cast out Satan?
Mark 3:23
Stats
Rank: #7733 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 90 characters, 16 words, 70 letters, 27 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: και προσκαλεσαμενος αυτους εν παραβολαις ελεγεν αυτοις πως δυναται σατανας σαταναν εκβαλλειν
Lit: And having called to Him them, in parables He began speaking to them: How is able Satan, Satan to cast out?
KJV: And he called them unto him, and said unto them in parables, How can Satan cast out Satan?
References
"in parables"Ps 49:4: I will incline my ear to a parable: I will open my dark saying upon the harp.Mt 13:34: All these things spoke Jesus to the multitude in parables; and without a parable spoke He not">not He to them:"How"Mt 12:25-30: Jesus knew their thoughts: and said to them: Every kingdom divided against itself is brought to desolation; and every city or house divided against itself will not stand:Lu 11:17-23: But he: knowing their thoughts: said to them: Every kingdom divided against itself is brought to desolation; and a house divided against a house falleth.
και εαν βασιλεια εφ εαυτην μερισθη ου δυναται σταθηναι η βασιλεια εκεινη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G932βασιλείαbasileia (N-NFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείαbasileia
|
a kingdom
|
N-NFS
|
G1909ἐφ’eph’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐφ’eph’
|
against
|
Prep
|
G1438ἑαυτὴνheautēn (RefPro-AF3S)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτὴνheautēn
|
itself
|
RefPro-AF3S
|
G3307μερισθῇ,meristhē (V-ASP-3S)
G3307 μερίζω merízō mer-id-zo from μέρος; to part, i.e. (literally) to apportion, bestow, share, or (figuratively) to disunite, differ:--deal, be difference between, distribute, divide, give participle
|
μερισθῇ,meristhē
|
is divided,
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1410δύναταιdynatai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύναταιdynatai
|
is able
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G2476σταθῆναιstathēnai (V-ANP)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
σταθῆναιstathēnai
|
to stand
|
V-ANP
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G932βασιλείαbasileia (N-NFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείαbasileia
|
kingdom
|
N-NFS
|
G1565ἐκείνη·ekeinē (DPro-NFS)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνη·ekeinē
|
that.
|
DPro-NFS
|
24
If a kingdom be divided against itself, that kingdom cannot stand.Mark 3:24
Stats
Rank: #9856 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 70 characters, 11 words, 57 letters, 20 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εαν βασιλεια εφ εαυτην μερισθη ου δυναται σταθηναι η βασιλεια εκεινη
Lit: And if a kingdom against itself is divided, not is able to stand the kingdom that.
KJV: And if a kingdom be divided against itself, that kingdom cannot stand.
References
"And if a kingdom be divided against itself, that kingdom cannot stand."Jg 9:23-57: Then God sent an evil spirit between Abimelech and the men of Shechem; and the men of Shechem dealt treacherously with Abimelech:Jg 12:1-6: The men of Ephraim gathered themselves together: and went northward: and said to Jephthah: For what reason passedst you over to fight against the children of Ammon: and did not call us to go with you? we will burn your house upon you with fire.2Sa 20:1: 6: There happened to be there a man of Belial: whose name was Sheba: the son of Bichri: a Benjamite: and he blew a trumpet: and said: We have no part in David: neither have we inheritance in the son of Jesse: every man to his tents: O Israel.1Ki 12:16-20: So when all Israel saw that the king listened not to them: the people answered the king: saying: What portion have we in David? neither have we inheritance in the son of Jesse: to your tents: O Israel: now see to your own house: David. So Israel departed to their tents.Isa 9:20: 21: He will snatch on the right hand: and be hungry; and he will eat on the left hand: and they will not be satisfied: they will eat every man the flesh of his own arm:Isa 19:2: 3: I will set the Egyptians against the Egyptians: and they will fight every one against his brother: and every one against his neighbour; city against city: and kingdom against kingdom.Eze 37:22: I will make them one nation in the land upon the mountains of Israel; and one king will be king to them all: and they will be no more two nations: neither will they be divided into two kingdoms any more at all:Zec 11:14: Then I cut asunder my other staff: even Bands: that I might break the brotherhood between Judah and Israel.Joh 17:21: That they all may be one; as you: Father: are in me: and I in you: that they also may be one in us: that the world may believe that you have sent me.1Co 1:10-13: Now I beseech you: brothers: by the name of our Lord Jesus Christ: that you all speak the same thing: and that there be no divisions among you; but that you be perfectly joined together in the same mind and in the same judgment.Eph 4:3-6: Endeavouring to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace.
και εαν οικια εφ εαυτην μερισθη ου δυναται σταθηναι η οικια εκεινη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3614οἰκίαoikia (N-NFS)
G3614 οἰκία oikía oy-kee-ah from οἶκος; properly, residence (abstractly), but usually (concretely) an abode (literally or figuratively); by implication, a family (especially domestics):--home, house(-hold).
|
οἰκίαoikia
|
a house
|
N-NFS
|
G1909ἐφ’eph’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐφ’eph’
|
against
|
Prep
|
G1438ἑαυτὴνheautēn (RefPro-AF3S)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτὴνheautēn
|
itself
|
RefPro-AF3S
|
G3307μερισθῇ,meristhē (V-ASP-3S)
G3307 μερίζω merízō mer-id-zo from μέρος; to part, i.e. (literally) to apportion, bestow, share, or (figuratively) to disunite, differ:--deal, be difference between, distribute, divide, give participle
|
μερισθῇ,meristhē
|
is divided,
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1410δυνήσεταιdynēsetai (V-FIM-3S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δυνήσεταιdynēsetai
|
will be able
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G3614οἰκίαoikia (N-NFS)
G3614 οἰκία oikía oy-kee-ah from οἶκος; properly, residence (abstractly), but usually (concretely) an abode (literally or figuratively); by implication, a family (especially domestics):--home, house(-hold).
|
οἰκίαoikia
|
house
|
N-NFS
|
G1565ἐκείνηekeinē (DPro-NFS)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνηekeinē
|
that
|
DPro-NFS
|
G2476σταθῆναι*.stathēnai (V-ANP)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
σταθῆναι*.stathēnai
|
to stand.
|
V-ANP
|
25
If a house be divided against itself, that house cannot stand.Mark 3:25
Stats
Rank: #8707 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 66 characters, 11 words, 53 letters, 22 vowels, 31 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εαν οικια εφ εαυτην μερισθη ου δυναται σταθηναι η οικια εκεινη
Lit: And if a house against itself is divided, not will be able the house that to stand.
KJV: And if a house be divided against itself, that house cannot stand.
References
"And if a house be divided against itself, that house cannot stand."Ge 13:7: 8: There was a strife between the herdmen of Abram's cattle and the herdmen of Lot's cattle: and the Canaanite and the Perizzite dwelled then in the land.Ge 37:4: When his brothers saw that their father loved him more than all his brothers: they hated him: and not could speak peaceably to him.Ps 133:1: > Look: how good and how pleasant it is for brothers to dwell together in unity!Ga 5:15: But if you bite and devour one another: take heed that you not be consumed one of another.Jas 3:16: For where envying and strife is: there is confusion and every evil work.
και ει ο σατανας ανεστη εφ εαυτον και μεμερισται ου δυναται σταθηναι αλλα τελος εχει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G4567ΣατανᾶςSatanas (N-NMS)
G4567 Σατανᾶς Satanâs sat-an-as of Chaldee origin corresponding to מַעְבָּד (with the definite affix); the accuser, i.e. the devil:--Satan.
|
ΣατανᾶςSatanas
|
Satan
|
N-NMS
|
G450ἀνέστηanestē (V-AIA-3S)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀνέστηanestē
|
has risen up
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1909ἐφ’eph’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐφ’eph’
|
against
|
Prep
|
G1438ἑαυτὸνheauton (RefPro-AM3S)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτὸνheauton
|
himself
|
RefPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3307ἐμερίσθη,emeristhē (V-AIP-3S)
G3307 μερίζω merízō mer-id-zo from μέρος; to part, i.e. (literally) to apportion, bestow, share, or (figuratively) to disunite, differ:--deal, be difference between, distribute, divide, give participle
|
ἐμερίσθη,emeristhē
|
has been divided,
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1410δύναταιdynatai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύναταιdynatai
|
he is able
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G2476στῆναιstēnai (V-ANA)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
στῆναιstēnai
|
to stand,
|
V-ANA
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G5056τέλοςtelos (N-ANS)
G5056 τέλος télos tel-os from a primary (to set out for a definite point or goal); properly, the point aimed at as a limit, i.e. (by implication) the conclusion of an act or state (termination (literally, figuratively or indefinitely), result (immediate, ultimate or prophetic), purpose); specially, an impost or levy (as paid):--+ continual, custom, end(-ing), finally, uttermost. Compare φόρος.
|
τέλοςtelos
|
an end
|
N-ANS
|
G2192ἔχει.echei (V-PIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχει.echei
|
is coming to.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
26
If Satan rise up against himself, and be divided, he cannot stand, but has an end.Mark 3:26
Stats
Rank: #9420 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 87 characters, 14 words, 67 letters, 25 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ει ο σατανας ανεστη εφ εαυτον και μεμερισται ου δυναται σταθηναι αλλα τελος εχει
Lit: And if Satan has risen up against himself and has been divided, not he is able to stand, but an end is coming to.
KJV: And if Satan rise up against himself, and be divided, he cannot stand, but hath an end.
ου δυναται ουδεις τα σκευη του ισχυρου εισελθων εις την οικιαν αυτου διαρπασαι εαν μη πρωτον τον ισχυρον δηση και τοτε την οικιαν αυτου διαρπασει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
But
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1410δύναται ⇔dynatai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύναται ⇔dynatai
|
is able
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3762οὐδεὶςoudeis (Adj-NMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεὶςoudeis
|
no one,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3614οἰκίανoikian (N-AFS)
G3614 οἰκία oikía oy-kee-ah from οἶκος; properly, residence (abstractly), but usually (concretely) an abode (literally or figuratively); by implication, a family (especially domestics):--home, house(-hold).
|
οἰκίανoikian
|
house
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2478ἰσχυροῦischyrou (Adj-GMS)
G2478 ἰσχυρός ischyrós is-khoo-ros from ἰσχύς; forcible (literally or figuratively):--boisterous, mighty(-ier), powerful, strong(-er, man), valiant.
|
ἰσχυροῦischyrou
|
strong man
|
Adj-GMS
|
G1525εἰσελθὼνeiselthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθὼνeiselthōn
|
having entered,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G4632σκεύηskeuē (N-ANP)
G4632 σκεῦος skeûos skyoo-os of uncertain affinity; a vessel, implement, equipment or apparatus (literally or figuratively specially, a wife as contributing to the usefulness of the husband):--goods, sail, stuff, vessel.
|
σκεύηskeuē
|
goods
|
N-ANP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1283διαρπάσαι,diarpasai (V-ANA)
G1283 διαρπάζω diarpázō dee-ar-pad-zo from διά and ἁρπάζω; to seize asunder, i.e. plunder:--spoil.
|
διαρπάσαι,diarpasai
|
to plunder,
|
V-ANA
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4412πρῶτονprōton (Adv-S)
G4412 πρῶτον prōton pro-ton neuter of πρῶτος as adverb (with or without ὁ); firstly (in time, place, order, or importance):--before, at the beginning, chiefly (at, at the) first (of all).
|
πρῶτονprōton
|
first
|
Adv-S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2478ἰσχυρὸνischyron (Adj-AMS)
G2478 ἰσχυρός ischyrós is-khoo-ros from ἰσχύς; forcible (literally or figuratively):--boisterous, mighty(-ier), powerful, strong(-er, man), valiant.
|
ἰσχυρὸνischyron
|
strong man
|
Adj-AMS
|
G1210δήσῃ,dēsē (V-ASA-3S)
G1210 δέω déō deh-o a primary verb; to bind (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--bind, be in bonds, knit, tie, wind. See also δεῖ, δέομαι.
|
δήσῃ,dēsē
|
he binds.
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5119τότεtote (Adv)
G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
τότεtote
|
then
|
Adv
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3614οἰκίανoikian (N-AFS)
G3614 οἰκία oikía oy-kee-ah from οἶκος; properly, residence (abstractly), but usually (concretely) an abode (literally or figuratively); by implication, a family (especially domestics):--home, house(-hold).
|
οἰκίανoikian
|
house
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1283διαρπάσει.diarpasei (V-FIA-3S)
G1283 διαρπάζω diarpázō dee-ar-pad-zo from διά and ἁρπάζω; to seize asunder, i.e. plunder:--spoil.
|
διαρπάσει.diarpasei
|
he will plunder.
|
V-FIA-3S
|
27
No man can enter into a strong man's house, and spoil his goods, except he will first bind the strong man; and then he will spoil his house.Mark 3:27
Stats
Rank: #7564 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 140 characters, 25 words, 108 letters, 38 vowels, 70 consonants
Translation
Greek: ου δυναται ουδεις τα σκευη του ισχυρου εισελθων εις την οικιαν αυτου διαρπασαι εαν μη πρωτον τον ισχυρον δηση και τοτε την οικιαν αυτου διαρπασει
Lit: But not is able no one, into the house of the strong man having entered, the goods of him to plunder, if not first the strong man he binds. And then the house of him he will plunder.
KJV: No man can enter into a strong man's house, and spoil his goods, except he will first bind the strong man; and then he will spoil his house.
References
"No man can enter into a strong man's house, and spoil his goods, except he will first bind the strong man; and then he will spoil his house."Ge 3:15: I will put enmity between you and the woman: and between your seed and her seed; it will bruise your head: and you will bruise his heel.Isa 27:1: In that day the LORD with His sore and great and strong sword will punish leviathan the piercing serpent: even leviathan that crooked serpent; and He will kill the dragon that is in the sea.Isa 49:24-26: Will the prey be taken from the mighty: or the lawful captive delivered?Isa 53:12: Therefore will I divide him a portion with the great: and he will divide the spoil with the strong; because he has poured out his soul to death: and he was numbered with the transgressors; and he bare the sin of many: and made intercession for the transgressors.Isa 61:1: The Spirit of the Lord GOD is upon me; because the LORD has anointed me to preach good tidings to the meek; He has sent me to bind up the brokenhearted: to proclaim liberty to the captives: and the opening of the prison to them that are bound;Mt 12:29: Or else how can one enter into a strong man's house: and spoil his goods: except he first bind the strong man? and then he will spoil his house.Lu 10:17-20: The 70 returned again with joy: saying: Lord: even the devils are subject to us through your name.Lu 11:21-23: When a strong man armed keeps his palace: his goods are in peace:Joh 12:31: Now is the judgment of this world: now will the prince of this world be cast out.Ro 16:20: The God of peace will bruise Satan under your feet shortly. The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you. Amen.Eph 6:10-13: Finally: my brothers: be strong in the Lord: and in the power of His might.Col 2:15: And having spoiled principalities and powers: he made a show of them openly: triumphing over them in it.Heb 2:14: Forasmuch then as the children are partakers of flesh and blood: he also himself likewise took part of the same; that through death he might destroy him that had the power of death: that is: the devil;1Jo 3:8: He who commits sin is of the devil; for the devil sins from the beginning. For this purpose the Son of God was manifested: that He might destroy the works of the devil.1Jo 4:4: You are of God: little children: and have overcome them: because greater is He that'>He who is in you: than He that'>He who is in the world.Re 12:7-9: There was war in heaven: Michael and his angels fought against the dragon; and the dragon fought and his angels: Re 20:1-3: I saw an angel come down from heaven: having the key of the bottomless pit and a great chain in his hand.
The Unpardonable Sin
αμην λεγω υμιν οτι παντα αφεθησεται τα αμαρτηματα τοις υιοις των ανθρωπων και βλασφημιαι οσας αν βλασφημησωσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G281ἈμὴνAmēn (Heb)
G281 ἀμήν amḗn am-ane of Hebrew origin (אָמֵן); properly, firm, i.e. (figuratively) trustworthy; adverbially, surely (often as interjection, so be it):--amen, verily.,
|
ἈμὴνAmēn
|
Truly
|
Heb
|
G3004λέγωlegō (V-PIA-1S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωlegō
|
I say
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-NNP
|
G863ἀφεθήσεταιaphethēsetai (V-FIP-3S)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφεθήσεταιaphethēsetai
|
will be forgiven
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G5207υἱοῖςhuiois (N-DMP)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱοῖςhuiois
|
sons
|
N-DMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G444ἀνθρώπων,anthrōpōn (N-GMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπων,anthrōpōn
|
of men,
|
N-GMP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G265ἁμαρτήματαhamartēmata (N-NNP)
G265 ἁμάρτημα hamártēma ham-ar-tay-mah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly concrete):--sin.
|
ἁμαρτήματαhamartēmata
|
sins
|
N-NNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G988βλασφημίαι,blasphēmiai (N-NFP)
G988 βλασφημία blasphēmía blas-fay-me-ah from βλάσφημος; vilification (especially against God):--blasphemy, evil speaking, railing.
|
βλασφημίαι,blasphēmiai
|
blasphemies,
|
N-NFP
|
G3745ὅσαhosa (RelPro-ANP)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσαhosa
|
as many as
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G987βλασφημήσωσιν·blasphēmēsōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G987 βλασφημέω blasphēméō blas-fay-meh-o from βλάσφημος; to vilify; specially, to speak impiously:--(speak) blaspheme(-er, -mously, -my), defame, rail on, revile, speak evil.
|
βλασφημήσωσιν·blasphēmēsōsin
|
they shall have blasphemed.
|
V-ASA-3P
|
28
Truly I say to you, All sins will be forgiven to the sons of men, and blasphemies wherewith soever they will blaspheme:
Mark 3:28
Stats
Counts: 126 characters, 20 words, 102 letters, 37 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: αμην λεγω υμιν οτι παντα αφεθησεται τα αμαρτηματα τοις υιοις των ανθρωπων και βλασφημιαι οσας αν βλασφημησωσιν
Lit: Truly I say to you that all will be forgiven the sons the of men, the sins and the blasphemies, as many as if they shall have blasphemed.
KJV: Verily I say unto you, All sins shall be forgiven unto the sons of men, and blasphemies wherewith soever they shall blaspheme:
References
"Verily I say unto you, All sins shall be forgiven unto the sons of men, and blasphemies wherewith soever they shall blaspheme:"Mt 12:31: 32: For what reason I say to you: All manner of sin and blasphemy will be forgiven to men: but the blasphemy against the Holy Ghost will not be forgiven to men.Lu 12:10: whoever will speak a word against the Son of man: it will be forgiven Him: but to Him that blasphemes against the Holy Ghost it will not be forgiven.Heb 6:4-8: For it is impossible for those who were once enlightened: and have tasted of the heavenly gift: and were made partakers of the Holy Ghost: Heb 10:26-31: For if we sin wilfully after that we have received the knowledge of the truth: there remains no more sacrifice for sins: 1Jo 5:16: If any man see his brother sin a sin which is not to death: he will ask: and he will give him life for them that not sin to death. There is a sin to death: I not do say that he will pray for it.
ος δ αν βλασφημηση εις το πνευμα το αγιον ουκ εχει αφεσιν εις τον αιωνα αλλ ενοχος εστιν αιωνιου κρισεως
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
Whoever
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G1161δ’d’ (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δ’d’
|
however
|
Conj
|
G987βλασφημήσῃblasphēmēsē (V-ASA-3S)
G987 βλασφημέω blasphēméō blas-fay-meh-o from βλάσφημος; to vilify; specially, to speak impiously:--(speak) blaspheme(-er, -mously, -my), defame, rail on, revile, speak evil.
|
βλασφημήσῃblasphēmēsē
|
shall blaspheme
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
against
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-ANS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-ANS
|
G40Ἅγιον,Hagion (Adj-ANS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
Ἅγιον,Hagion
|
Holy
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχειechei (V-PIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειechei
|
has
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G859ἄφεσινaphesin (N-AFS)
G859 ἄφεσις áphesis af-es-is from ἀφίημι; freedom; (figuratively) pardon:--deliverance, forgiveness, liberty, remission.
|
ἄφεσινaphesin
|
forgiveness
|
N-AFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G165αἰῶνα,aiōna (N-AMS)
G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶνα,aiōna
|
age,
|
N-AMS
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G1777ἔνοχόςenochos (Adj-NMS)
G1777 ἔνοχος énochos en-okh-os from ἐνέχω; liable to (a condition, penalty or imputation):--in danger of, guilty of, subject to.
|
ἔνοχόςenochos
|
guilty
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G166αἰωνίουaiōniou (Adj-GNS)
G166 αἰώνιος aiṓnios ahee-o-nee-os from αἰών; perpetual (also used of past time, or past and future as well):--eternal, for ever, everlasting, world (began).
|
αἰωνίουaiōniou
|
of eternal
|
Adj-GNS
|
G265ἁμαρτήματος.hamartēmatos (N-GNS)
G265 ἁμάρτημα hamártēma ham-ar-tay-mah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly concrete):--sin.
|
ἁμαρτήματος.hamartēmatos
|
sin.
|
N-GNS
|
29
But He that'>He who will blaspheme against the Holy Ghost has never forgiveness, but is in danger of eternal damnation:Mark 3:29
Stats
Rank: #1955 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 113 characters, 18 words, 93 letters, 33 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: ος δ αν βλασφημηση εις το πνευμα το αγιον ουκ εχει αφεσιν εις τον αιωνα αλλ ενοχος εστιν αιωνιου κρισεως
Lit: Whoever however shall blaspheme against the Spirit Holy not has forgiveness to the age, but guilty is of eternal sin.
KJV: But he that shall blaspheme against the Holy Ghost hath never forgiveness, but is in danger of eternal damnation:
References
"but is"Mr 12:40: Which devour widows' houses: and for a pretence make long prayers: these will receive greater damnation.Mt 25:46: These will go away into everlasting punishment: but the righteous into life eternal.2Th 1:9: Who will be punished with everlasting destruction from the presence of the Lord: and from the glory of His power;Jude 1:7: 13: Even as Sodom and Gomorrha: and the cities about them in like manner: giving themselves over to fornication: and going after strange flesh: are set forth for an example: suffering the vengeance of eternal fire.
οτι ελεγον πνευμα ακαθαρτον εχει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3754Ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
Ὅτιhoti
|
For
|
Conj
|
G3004ἔλεγονelegon (V-IIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγονelegon
|
they were saying,
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-ANS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
A spirit
|
N-ANS
|
G169ἀκάθαρτονakatharton (Adj-ANS)
G169 ἀκάθαρτος akáthartos ak-ath-ar-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of καθαίρω (meaning cleansed); impure (ceremonially, morally (lewd) or specially, (demonic)):--foul, unclean.
|
ἀκάθαρτονakatharton
|
unclean
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2192ἔχει.echei (V-PIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχει.echei
|
he has.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
30
Because they said, He has an unclean spirit.
Mark 3:30
Stats
Rank: #8903 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 45 characters, 7 words, 36 letters, 15 vowels, 21 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτι ελεγον πνευμα ακαθαρτον εχει
Lit: For they were saying, A spirit unclean he has.
KJV: Because they said, He hath an unclean spirit.
References
"Because they said, He hath an unclean spirit."Mr 3:22: The scribes which came down from Jerusalem said: He has Beelzebub: and by the prince of the devils casts he out devils.Joh 10:20: Many of them said: He has a devil: and is mad; why hear you him?
Jesus’ Mothers and Brothers
ερχονται ουν οι αδελφοι και η μητηρ αυτου και εξω εστωτες απεστειλαν προς αυτον φωνουντες αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2064ἔρχονταιerchontai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχονταιerchontai
|
arrive
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G3384μήτηρmētēr (N-NFS)
G3384 μήτηρ mḗtēr may-tare apparently a primary word; a mother (literally or figuratively, immediate or remote):--mother.
|
μήτηρmētēr
|
mother
|
N-NFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G80ἀδελφοὶadelphoi (N-NMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοὶadelphoi
|
brothers
|
N-NMP
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1854ἔξωexō (Adv)
G1854 ἔξω éxō ex-o adverb from ἐκ; out(-side, of doors), literally or figuratively:--away, forth, (with-)out (of, -ward), strange.
|
ἔξωexō
|
outside
|
Adv
|
G4739στήκοντεςstēkontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G4739 στήκω stḗkō stay-ko from the perfect tense of ἵστημι; to be stationary, i.e. (figuratively) to persevere:--stand (fast).
|
στήκοντεςstēkontes
|
standing,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G649ἀπέστειλανapesteilan (V-AIA-3P)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀπέστειλανapesteilan
|
sent
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2564καλοῦντεςkalountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
καλοῦντεςkalountes
|
calling
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
Him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
31
There came then his brothers and his mother, and, standing without, sent to him, calling him.Mark 3:31
Stats
Rank: #2231 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 95 characters, 12 words, 75 letters, 25 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: ερχονται ουν οι αδελφοι και η μητηρ αυτου και εξω εστωτες απεστειλαν προς αυτον φωνουντες αυτον
Lit: And arrive the mother of Him and the brothers of Him, and outside standing, sent to Him, calling Him.
KJV: There came then his brethren and his mother, and, standing without, sent unto him, calling him.
References
"There came then his brethren and his mother, and, standing without, sent unto him, calling him."Mt 12:46-48: While he yet talked to the people: look: his mother and his brothers stood without: desiring to speak with him.Lu 8:19-21: Then came to him his mother and his brothers: and not could come at him for the press.
και εκαθητο οχλος περι αυτον ειπον δε αυτω ιδου η μητηρ σου και οι αδελφοι σου εξω ζητουσιν σε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2521ἐκάθητοekathēto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
ἐκάθητοekathēto
|
was sitting
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
around
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3793ὄχλος,ochlos (N-NMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλος,ochlos
|
a crowd.
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγουσινlegousin (V-PIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγουσινlegousin
|
they said
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3708ἸδοὺIdou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἸδοὺIdou
|
Behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G3384μήτηρmētēr (N-NFS)
G3384 μήτηρ mḗtēr may-tare apparently a primary word; a mother (literally or figuratively, immediate or remote):--mother.
|
μήτηρmētēr
|
mother
|
N-NFS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of You
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G80ἀδελφοίadelphoi (N-NMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοίadelphoi
|
brothers
|
N-NMP
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of You
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G79ἀδελφαίadelphai (N-NFP)
G79 ἀδελφή adelphḗ ad-el-fay feminine of ἀδελφός; a sister (naturally or ecclesiastically):--sister.
|
ἀδελφαίadelphai
|
sister
|
N-NFP
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G1854ἔξωexō (Adv)
G1854 ἔξω éxō ex-o adverb from ἐκ; out(-side, of doors), literally or figuratively:--away, forth, (with-)out (of, -ward), strange.
|
ἔξωexō
|
outside
|
Adv
|
G2212ζητοῦσίνzētousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2212 ζητέω zētéō dzay-teh-o of uncertain affinity; to seek (literally or figuratively); specially, (by Hebraism) to worship (God), or (in a bad sense) to plot (against life):--be (go) about, desire, endeavour, enquire (for), require, (X will) seek (after, for, means). Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ζητοῦσίνzētousin
|
are seeking
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G4771σε.se (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σε.se
|
You.
|
PPro-A2S
|
32
The multitude sat about him, and they said to him, Look, your mother and your brothers without seek for you.
Mark 3:32
Stats
Counts: 115 characters, 18 words, 91 letters, 33 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εκαθητο οχλος περι αυτον ειπον δε αυτω ιδου η μητηρ σου και οι αδελφοι σου εξω ζητουσιν σε
Lit: And was sitting around Him a crowd. And they said to Him, Behold, the mother of You and the brothers of You and the sister of you outside are seeking You.
KJV: And the multitude sat about him, and they said unto him, Behold, thy mother and thy brethren without seek for thee.
και απεκριθη αυτοις λεγων τις εστιν η μητηρ μου η οι αδελφοι μου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G611ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis (V-APP-NMS)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis
|
He answering
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G5101ΤίςTis (IPro-NFS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίςTis
|
Who
|
IPro-NFS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
are
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G3384μήτηρmētēr (N-NFS)
G3384 μήτηρ mḗtēr may-tare apparently a primary word; a mother (literally or figuratively, immediate or remote):--mother.
|
μήτηρmētēr
|
mother
|
N-NFS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G80ἀδελφοί;adelphoi (N-NMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοί;adelphoi
|
brothers
|
N-NMP
|
G1473‹μου›mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
‹μου›mou
|
of Me?
|
PPro-G1S
|
33
He answered them, saying, Who is my mother, or my brothers?
Mark 3:33
Stats
Counts: 63 characters, 9 words, 48 letters, 15 vowels, 33 consonants
Translation
Greek: και απεκριθη αυτοις λεγων τις εστιν η μητηρ μου η οι αδελφοι μου
Lit: And He answering them, says, Who are the mother of Me and the brothers of Me?
KJV: And he answered them, saying, Who is my mother, or my brethren?
References
"Who"De 33:9: Who said to his father and to his mother: I not have seen him; neither did he acknowledge his brothers: nor knew his own children: for they have observed your word: and kept your covenant.Lu 2:49: He said to them: How is it that you sought me? wist you not that I must be about my Father's business?Joh 2:4: Jesus says to her: Woman: what have I to do with you? my hour not is yet come.2Co 5:16: For what reason henceforth know we no man after the flesh: yes: though we have known Christ after the flesh: yet now henceforth know we Him no more."or"Mr 3:21: When his friends heard of it: they went out to lay hold on him: for they said: He is beside himself.Mr 6:3: not Is this the carpenter: the son of Mary: the brother of James: and Joses: and of Juda: and Simon? and not are his sisters here with us? And they were offended at him.Joh 7:3-5: His brothers therefore said to him: Depart here: and go into Judaea: that your disciples also may see the works that you do.
και περιβλεψαμενος κυκλω τους περι αυτον καθημενους λεγει ιδε η μητηρ μου και οι αδελφοι μου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4017περιβλεψάμενοςperiblepsamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G4017 περιβλέπω periblépō per-ee-blep-o from περί and βλέπω; to look all around:--look (round) about (on).
|
περιβλεψάμενοςperiblepsamenos
|
having looked around on
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those who
|
Art-AMP
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
around
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2945κύκλῳkyklō (Adv)
G2945 κύκλῳ kýklōi koo-klo as if dative case of (a ring, cycle; akin to κυλιόω); i.e. in a circle (by implication, of ἐν), i.e. (adverbially) all around:--round about.
|
κύκλῳkyklō
|
in a circle
|
Adv
|
G2521καθημένουςkathēmenous (V-PPM/P-AMP)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθημένουςkathēmenous
|
were sitting,
|
V-PPM/P-AMP
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3708ἼδεIde (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἼδεIde
|
Behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G3384μήτηρmētēr (N-NFS)
G3384 μήτηρ mḗtēr may-tare apparently a primary word; a mother (literally or figuratively, immediate or remote):--mother.
|
μήτηρmētēr
|
mother
|
N-NFS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G80ἀδελφοίadelphoi (N-NMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοίadelphoi
|
brothers
|
N-NMP
|
G1473μου.mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου.mou
|
of Me!
|
PPro-G1S
|
34
He looked round about on them which sat about him, and said, Look my mother and my brothers!
Mark 3:34
Stats
Counts: 98 characters, 17 words, 77 letters, 28 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: και περιβλεψαμενος κυκλω τους περι αυτον καθημενους λεγει ιδε η μητηρ μου και οι αδελφοι μου
Lit: And having looked around on those who around Him in a circle were sitting, He says, Behold, the mother of Me, and the brothers of Me!
KJV: And he looked round about on them which sat about him, and said, Behold my mother and my brethren!
References
"Behold"Ps 22:22: I will declare your name to my brothers: in the middle of the congregation will I praise you.Song 4:9: 10: You have ravished my heart: my sister: my spouse; you have ravished my heart with one of your eyes: with one chain of your neck.Song 5:1: 2: I am come into my garden: my sister: my spouse: I have gathered my myrrh with my spice; I have eaten my honeycomb with my honey; I have drunk my wine with my milk: eat: O friends; drink: yes: drink abundantly: O beloved.Mt 12:49: 50: He stretched forth his hand toward his disciples: and said: Look my mother and my brothers!Mt 25:40-45: The King will answer and say to them: Truly I say to you: Inasmuch as you have done it to one of the least of these my brothers: you have done it to me.Mt 28:10: Then said Jesus to them: not Be afraid: go tell my brothers that they go into Galilee: and there will they see me.Lu 11:27: 28: It came to pass: as he spoke these things: a certain woman of the company lifted up her voice: and said to him: Blessed is the womb that bare you: and the paps which you have sucked.Joh 20:17: Jesus says to her: Touch not me; for I not am yet ascended to my Father: but go to my brothers: and say to them: I ascend to my Father: and your Father; and to my God: and your God.Ro 8:29: For whom He did foreknow: He also did predestinate to be conformed to the image of His Son: that He might be the firstborn among many brothers.Heb 2:11: 12: For both he who sanctifies and they who are sanctified are all of one: for which cause he not is ashamed to call them brothers:
ος γαρ αν ποιηση το θελημα του θεου ουτος αδελφος μου και αδελφη μου και μητηρ εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
Whoever
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G1063‹γὰρ›gar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
‹γὰρ›gar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G4160ποιήσῃpoiēsē (V-ASA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσῃpoiēsē
|
shall do
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2307θέλημαthelēma (N-ANS)
G2307 θέλημα thélēma thel-ay-mah from the prolonged form of θέλω; a determination (properly, the thing), i.e. (actively) choice (specially, purpose, decree; abstractly, volition) or (passively) inclination:-- desire, pleasure, will.
|
θέλημαthelēma
|
will
|
N-ANS
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G3778οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοςhoutos
|
he
|
DPro-NMS
|
G80ἀδελφόςadelphos (N-NMS)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφόςadelphos
|
brother
|
N-NMS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G79ἀδελφὴadelphē (N-NFS)
G79 ἀδελφή adelphḗ ad-el-fay feminine of ἀδελφός; a sister (naturally or ecclesiastically):--sister.
|
ἀδελφὴadelphē
|
sister,
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3384μήτηρmētēr (N-NFS)
G3384 μήτηρ mḗtēr may-tare apparently a primary word; a mother (literally or figuratively, immediate or remote):--mother.
|
μήτηρmētēr
|
mother
|
N-NFS
|
G1510ἐστίν.estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστίν.estin
|
is.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
35
For whoever will do the will of God, the same is my brother, and my sister, and mother.Mark 3:35
Stats
Counts: 90 characters, 15 words, 69 letters, 23 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: ος γαρ αν ποιηση το θελημα του θεου ουτος αδελφος μου και αδελφη μου και μητηρ εστιν
Lit: Whoever for shall do the will of God, he brother of Me, and sister, and mother is.
KJV: For whosoever shall do the will of God, the same is my brother, and my sister, and mother.
References
"do"Mt 7:21: Not every one that says to me: Lord: Lord: will enter into the kingdom of heaven; but He that'>He who does the will of my Father which is in heaven.Joh 7:17: If any man will do His will: He will know of the doctrine: whether it be of God: or whether I speak of myself.Jas 1:25: But whoever looks into the perfect law of liberty: and continues therein: he not being a forgetful hearer: but a doer of the work: this man will be blessed in his deed.1Jo 2:17: The world passs away: and the lust thereof: but He that'>He who does the will of God abides for ever.1Jo 3:22: 23: whatever we ask: we receive of him: because we keep his commandments: and do those things that are pleasing in his sight.
4
Parables of the Kingdom
The Parable of the Sower
και παλιν ηρξατο διδασκειν παρα την θαλασσαν και συνηχθη προς αυτον οχλος πολυς ωστε αυτον εμβαντα εις το πλοιον καθησθαι εν τη θαλασση και πας ο οχλος προς την θαλασσαν επι της γης ην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv)
G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again,
|
Adv
|
G756ἤρξατοērxato (V-AIM-3S)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
ἤρξατοērxato
|
He began
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1321διδάσκεινdidaskein (V-PNA)
G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
διδάσκεινdidaskein
|
to teach
|
V-PNA
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
beside
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2281θάλασσαν.thalassan (N-AFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θάλασσαν.thalassan
|
sea.
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4863συνάγεταιsynagetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G4863 συνάγω synágō soon-ag-o from σύν and ἄγω; to lead together, i.e. collect or convene; specially, to entertain (hospitably):--+ accompany, assemble (selves, together), bestow, come together, gather (selves together, up, together), lead into, resort, take in.
|
συνάγεταιsynagetai
|
was gathered together
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3793ὄχλοςochlos (N-NMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλοςochlos
|
a crowd
|
N-NMS
|
G4118πλεῖστος,pleistos (Adj-NMS-S)
G4118 πλεῖστος pleîstos plice-tos irregular superlative of πολύς; the largest number or very large:--very great, most.
|
πλεῖστος,pleistos
|
great,
|
Adj-NMS-S
|
G5620ὥστεhōste (Conj)
G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
ὥστεhōste
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
He
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G4143πλοῖονploion (N-ANS)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοῖονploion
|
a boat
|
N-ANS
|
G1684ἐμβάνταembanta (V-APA-AMS)
G1684 ἐμβαίνω embaínō em-ba-hee-no from ἐν and the base of βάσις; to walk on, i.e. embark (aboard a vessel), reach (a pool):--come (get) into, enter (into), go (up) into, step in, take ship.
|
ἐμβάνταembanta
|
having entered,
|
V-APA-AMS
|
G2521καθῆσθαιkathēsthai (V-PNM/P)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθῆσθαιkathēsthai
|
sat
|
V-PNM/P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2281θαλάσσῃ,thalassē (N-DFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θαλάσσῃ,thalassē
|
sea,
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πᾶςpas (Adj-NMS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶςpas
|
all
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3793ὄχλοςochlos (N-NMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλοςochlos
|
crowd
|
N-NMS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
close to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2281θάλασσανthalassan (N-AFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θάλασσανthalassan
|
sea
|
N-AFS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
land
|
N-GFS
|
G1510ἦσαν.ēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσαν.ēsan
|
was.
|
V-IIA-3P
|
1
And he began again to teach by the sea side: and there was gathered to him a great multitude, so that he entered into a ship, and sat in the sea; and the whole multitude was by the sea on the land.Mark 4:1
Stats
Rank: #1338 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 199 characters, 38 words, 153 letters, 63 vowels, 90 consonants
Translation
Greek: και παλιν ηρξατο διδασκειν παρα την θαλασσαν και συνηχθη προς αυτον οχλος πολυς ωστε αυτον εμβαντα εις το πλοιον καθησθαι εν τη θαλασση και πας ο οχλος προς την θαλασσαν επι της γης ην
Lit: And again, He began to teach beside the sea. And was gathered together to Him a crowd great, so that He into a boat having entered, sat in the sea, and all the crowd close to the sea on the land was.
KJV: And he began again to teach by the sea side: and there was gathered unto him a great multitude, so that he entered into a ship, and sat in the sea; and the whole multitude was by the sea on the land.
References
"he began"Mr 2:13: He went forth again by the sea side; and all the multitude resorted to him: and he taught them.Mt 13:1: 2-9: The same day went Jesus out of the house: and sat by the sea side.Lu 8:4-8: When much people were gathered together: and were come to him out of every city: he spoke by a parable:"so that"Lu 5:1-3: It came to pass: that: as the people pressed upon Him to hear the word of God: He stood by the lake of Gennesaret:
και εδιδασκεν αυτους εν παραβολαις πολλα και ελεγεν αυτοις εν τη διδαχη αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1321ἐδίδασκενedidasken (V-IIA-3S)
G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
ἐδίδασκενedidasken
|
He began teaching
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3850παραβολαῖςparabolais (N-DFP)
G3850 παραβολή parabolḗ par-ab-ol-ay from παραβάλλω; a similitude (parable), i.e. (symbolic) fictitious narrative (of common life conveying a moral), apothegm or adage:--comparison, figure, parable, proverb.
|
παραβολαῖςparabolais
|
parables
|
N-DFP
|
G4183πολλά,polla (Adj-ANP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλά,polla
|
many things,
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004ἔλεγενelegen (V-IIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγενelegen
|
He was saying
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1322διδαχῇdidachē (N-DFS)
G1322 διδαχή didachḗ did-akh-ay from διδάσκω; instruction (the act or the matter):--doctrine, hath been taught.
|
διδαχῇdidachē
|
teaching
|
N-DFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
2
He taught them many things by parables, and said to them in his doctrine,Mark 4:2
Stats
Rank: #7220 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 79 characters, 14 words, 63 letters, 21 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εδιδασκεν αυτους εν παραβολαις πολλα και ελεγεν αυτοις εν τη διδαχη αυτου
Lit: And He began teaching them in parables many things, and He was saying to them in the teaching of Him,
KJV: And he taught them many things by parables, and said unto them in his doctrine,
References
"by parables"Mr 4:11: 34: He said to them: To you it is given to know the mystery of the kingdom of God: but to them that are without: all these things are done in parables:Mr 3:23: He called them to him: and said to them in parables: How can Satan cast out Satan?Ps 49:4: I will incline my ear to a parable: I will open my dark saying upon the harp.Ps 78:2: I will open my mouth in a parable: I will utter dark sayings of old:Mt 13:3: 10: 34: 35: He spoke many things to them in parables: saying: Look: a sower went forth to sow;"in his"Mr 12:38: He said to them in his doctrine: Beware of the scribes: which love to go in long clothing: and love salutations in the marketplaces: Mt 7:28: It came to pass: when Jesus had ended these sayings: the people were astonished at His doctrine:Joh 7:16: 17: Jesus answered them: and said: My doctrine not is my: but His that sent me.Joh 18:19: The high priest then asked Jesus of His disciples: and of His doctrine.
ακουετε ιδου εξηλθεν ο σπειρων του σπειραι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G191Ἀκούετε.Akouete (V-PMA-2P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
Ἀκούετε.Akouete
|
Listen!
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
Behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1831ἐξῆλθενexēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθενexēlthen
|
went out
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G4687σπείρωνspeirōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G4687 σπείρω speírō spi-ro probably strengthened from σπάω (through the idea of extending); to scatter, i.e. sow (literally or figuratively):--sow(- er), receive seed.
|
σπείρωνspeirōn
|
sowing
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G4687σπεῖραι.speirai (V-ANA)
G4687 σπείρω speírō spi-ro probably strengthened from σπάω (through the idea of extending); to scatter, i.e. sow (literally or figuratively):--sow(- er), receive seed.
|
σπεῖραι.speirai
|
to sow.
|
V-ANA
|
3
Listen; Look, there went out a sower to sow:Mark 4:3
Stats
Counts: 47 characters, 7 words, 36 letters, 15 vowels, 21 consonants
Translation
Greek: ακουετε ιδου εξηλθεν ο σπειρων του σπειραι
Lit: Listen! Behold, went out the one sowing to sow.
KJV: Hearken; Behold, there went out a sower to sow:
References
"Hearken"Mr 4:9: 23: He said to them: He who has ears to hear: let him hear.Mr 7:14: 16: When he had called all the people to him: he said to them: Listen to me every one of you: and understand:De 4:1: Now therefore listen: O Israel: to the statutes and to the judgments: which I teach you: for to do them: that you may live: and go in and possess the land which the LORD God of your fathers gives you.Ps 34:11: Come: you children: listen to me: I will teach you the fear of the LORD.Ps 45:10: Listen: O daughter: and consider: and incline your ear; forget also your own people: and your father's house;Pr 7:24: Listen to me now therefore: O you children: and attend to the words of my mouth.Pr 8:32: Now therefore listen to me: O you children: for blessed are they that keep my ways.Isa 46:3: 12: Listen to me: O house of Jacob: and all the remnant of the house of Israel: which are borne by me from the belly: which are carried from the womb:Isa 55:1: 2: Ho: every one that thirsts: come you to the waters: and he who has no money; come you: buy: and eat; yes: come: buy wine and milk without money and without price.Ac 2:14: But Peter: standing up with the 11: lifted up his voice: and said to them: You men of Judaea: and all you that dwell at Jerusalem: be this known to you: and listen to my words:Heb 2:1-3: Therefore we ought to give the more ear heed to the things which we have heard: lest at any time we should let them slip.Jas 2:5: Listen: my beloved brothers: Has not God chosen the poor of this world rich in faith: and heirs of the kingdom which He has promised to them that love Him?Re 2:7: 11: 29: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches; To Him that overcomes will I give to eat of the tree of life: which is in the middle of the paradise of God."there"Mr 4:14: 26-29: The sower sows the word.Ec 11:6: In the morning sow your seed: and in the evening not withhold your hand: for you know not whether will prosper: either this or that: or whether they both will be alike good.Isa 28:23-26: Give you ear: and hear my voice; listen: and hear my speech.Mt 13:3: 24: 26: He spoke many things to them in parables: saying: Look: a sower went forth to sow;Lu 8:5-8: A sower went out to sow his seed: and as he sowed: some fell by the way side; and it was trodden down: and the fowls of the air devoured it.Joh 4:35-38: not Say you: There are yet 4 months: and then comes harvest? look: I say to you: Lift up your eyes: and look on the fields; for they are white already to harvest.1Co 3:6-9: I have planted: Apollos watered; but God gave the increase.
και εγενετο εν τω σπειρειν ο μεν επεσεν παρα την οδον και ηλθεν τα πετεινα του ουρανου και κατεφαγεν αυτο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
it came to pass
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
as
|
Prep
|
G4687σπείρεινspeirein (V-PNA)
G4687 σπείρω speírō spi-ro probably strengthened from σπάω (through the idea of extending); to scatter, i.e. sow (literally or figuratively):--sow(- er), receive seed.
|
σπείρεινspeirein
|
he sowed,
|
V-PNA
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-NNS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
some
|
RelPro-NNS
|
G4098ἔπεσενepesen (V-AIA-3S)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
ἔπεσενepesen
|
fell
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
along
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3598ὁδόν,hodon (N-AFS)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδόν,hodon
|
road,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2064ἦλθενēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθενēlthen
|
came
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G4071πετεινὰpeteina (N-NNP)
G4071 πετεινόν peteinón pet-i-non neuter of a derivative of πέτομαι; a flying animal, i.e. bird:--bird, fowl.
|
πετεινὰpeteina
|
birds
|
N-NNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2719κατέφαγενkatephagen (V-AIA-3S)
G2719 κατεσθίω katesthíō kat-es-thee-o from κατά and ἐσθίω (including its alternate); to eat down, i.e. devour (literally or figuratively):--devour.
|
κατέφαγενkatephagen
|
devoured
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτό.auto (PPro-AN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτό.auto
|
it.
|
PPro-AN3S
|
4
It came to pass, as he sowed, some fell by the way side, and the fowls of the air came and devoured it up.Mark 4:4
Stats
Rank: #8362 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 110 characters, 22 words, 82 letters, 33 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εγενετο εν τω σπειρειν ο μεν επεσεν παρα την οδον και ηλθεν τα πετεινα του ουρανου και κατεφαγεν αυτο
Lit: And it came to pass as he sowed, some fell along the road, and came the birds and devoured it.
KJV: And it came to pass, as he sowed, some fell by the way side, and the fowls of the air came and devoured it up.
References
"And it came to pass, as he sowed, some fell by the way side, and the fowls of the air came and devoured it up."Mr 4:15: These are they by the way side: where the word is sown; but when they have heard: Satan comes immediately: and takes away the word that was sown in their hearts.Ge 15:11: When the fowls came down upon the carcases: Abram drove them away.Mt 13:4: 19: When he sowed: some seeds fell by the way side: and the fowls came and devoured them up:Lu 8:5: 12: A sower went out to sow his seed: and as he sowed: some fell by the way side; and it was trodden down: and the fowls of the air devoured it.
αλλο δε επεσεν επι το πετρωδες οπου ουκ ειχεν γην πολλην και ευθεως εξανετειλεν δια το μη εχειν βαθος γης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G243ἄλλοallo (Adj-NNS)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλοallo
|
other
|
Adj-NNS
|
G4098ἔπεσενepesen (V-AIA-3S)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
ἔπεσενepesen
|
fell
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4075πετρῶδεςpetrōdes (Adj-ANS)
G4075 πετρώδης petrṓdēs pet-ro-dace from πέτρα and εἶδος; rock-like, i.e. rocky:--stony.
|
πετρῶδεςpetrōdes
|
rocky place,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2532(καὶ)kai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
(καὶ)kai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3699ὅπουhopou (Adv)
G3699 ὅπου hópou hop-oo from ὅς and πού; what(-ever) where, i.e. at whichever spot:--in what place, where(-as, -soever), whither (+ soever).,
|
ὅπουhopou
|
where
|
Adv
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2192εἶχενeichen (V-IIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
εἶχενeichen
|
it had
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1093γῆνgēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆνgēn
|
soil
|
N-AFS
|
G4183πολλήν,pollēn (Adj-AFS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλήν,pollēn
|
much,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G1816ἐξανέτειλενexaneteilen (V-AIA-3S)
G1816 ἐξανατέλλω exanatéllō ex-an-at-el-lo from ἐκ and ἀνατέλλω; to start up out of the ground, i.e. germinate:--spring up.
|
ἐξανέτειλενexaneteilen
|
it sprang up,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχεινechein (V-PNA)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχεινechein
|
having
|
V-PNA
|
G899βάθοςbathos (N-ANS)
G899 βάθος báthos bath-os from the same as βαθύς; profundity, i.e. (by implication) extent; (figuratively) mystery:--deep(-ness, things), depth.
|
βάθοςbathos
|
depth
|
N-ANS
|
G1093γῆς·gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς·gēs
|
of soil.
|
N-GFS
|
5
Some fell on stony ground, where it not had much earth; and immediately it sprang up, because it had no depth of earth:Mark 4:5
Stats
Rank: #1189 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 123 characters, 21 words, 96 letters, 36 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλο δε επεσεν επι το πετρωδες οπου ουκ ειχεν γην πολλην και ευθεως εξανετειλεν δια το μη εχειν βαθος γης
Lit: And other fell upon the rocky place, and where not it had soil much, and immediately it sprang up, because of the not having depth of soil.
KJV: And some fell on stony ground, where it had not much earth; and immediately it sprang up, because it had no depth of earth:
References
"And some fell on stony ground, where it had not much earth; and immediately it sprang up, because it had no depth of earth:"Mr 4:16: 17: These are they likewise which are sown on stony ground; who: when they have heard the word: immediately receive it with gladness;Eze 11:19: I will give them one heart: and I will put a new spirit within you; and I will take the stony heart out of their flesh: and will give them an heart of flesh:Eze 36:26: A new heart also will I give you: and a new spirit will I put within you: and I will take away the stony heart out of your flesh: and I will give you an heart of flesh.Ho 10:12: Sow to yourselves in righteousness: reap in mercy; break up your fallow ground: for it is time to seek the LORD: till He come and rain righteousness upon you.Am 6:12: Will horses run upon the rock? will one plow there with oxen? for you have turned judgment into gall: and the fruit of righteousness into hemlock:Mt 13:5: 6: 20: Some fell upon stony places: where they not had much earth: and forthwith they sprung up: because they had no deepness of earth:Lu 8:6: 13: Some fell upon a rock; and as soon as it was sprung up: it withered away: because it lacked moisture.
ηλιου δε ανατειλαντος εκαυματισθη και δια το μη εχειν ριζαν εξηρανθη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3753ὅτεhote (Adv)
G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὅτεhote
|
after
|
Adv
|
G393ἀνέτειλενaneteilen (V-AIA-3S)
G393 ἀνατέλλω anatéllō an-at-el-lo from ἀνά and the base of τέλος; to (cause to) arise:--(a-, make to) rise, at the rising of, spring (up), be up.
|
ἀνέτειλενaneteilen
|
rose
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2246ἥλιοςhēlios (N-NMS)
G2246 ἥλιος hḗlios hay-lee-os from (a ray; perhaps akin to the alternate of αἱρέομαι); the sun; by implication, light:--+ east, sun.
|
ἥλιοςhēlios
|
sun,
|
N-NMS
|
G2739ἐκαυματίσθη,ekaumatisthē (V-AIP-3S)
G2739 καυματίζω kaumatízō kow-mat-id-zo from καῦμα; to burn:--scorch.
|
ἐκαυματίσθη,ekaumatisthē
|
it was scorched,
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχεινechein (V-PNA)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχεινechein
|
having
|
V-PNA
|
G4491ῥίζανrhizan (N-AFS)
G4491 ῥίζα rhíza hrid-zah apparently a primary word; a root (literally or figuratively):--root.
|
ῥίζανrhizan
|
root,
|
N-AFS
|
G3583ἐξηράνθη.exēranthē (V-AIP-3S)
G3583 ξηραίνω xēraínō xay-rah-ee-no from ξηρός; to desiccate; by implication, to shrivel, to mature:--dry up, pine away, be ripe, wither (away).
|
ἐξηράνθη.exēranthē
|
it withered away.
|
V-AIP-3S
|
6
But when the sun was up, it was scorched; and because it had no root, it withered away.Mark 4:6
Stats
Rank: #2303 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 87 characters, 15 words, 66 letters, 26 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: ηλιου δε ανατειλαντος εκαυματισθη και δια το μη εχειν ριζαν εξηρανθη
Lit: And after rose the sun, it was scorched, and because of not having root, it withered away.
KJV: But when the sun was up, it was scorched; and because it had no root, it withered away.
References
"the sun"Song 1:6: not Look upon me: because I am black: because the sun has looked upon me: my mother's children were angry with me; they made me the keeper of the vineyards; but my own vineyard have not I kept.Isa 25:4: For you have been a strength to the poor: a strength to the needy in his distress: a refuge from the storm: a shadow from the heat: when the blast of the terrible ones is as a storm against the wall.Jon 4:8: It came to pass: when the sun did arise: that God prepared a vehement east wind; and the sun beat upon the head of Jonah: that He fainted: and wished in Himself to die: and said: It is better for me to die than to live.Jas 1:11: For the sun is no sooner risen with a burning heat: but it withers the grass: and the flower thereof falls: and the grace of the fashion of it perishes: so also will the rich man fade away in his ways.Re 7:16: They will hunger no more: neither thirst any more; neither will the sun light on them: nor any heat."no root"Ps 1:3: 4: He will be like a tree planted by the rivers of water: that brings forth his fruit in his season; his leaf also will not where; and whatever he does will prosper.Ps 92:13-15: Those that be planted in the house of the LORD will flourish in the courts of our God.Jer 17:5-8: Thus says the LORD; Cursed be the man that trusts in man: and makes flesh His arm: and whose heart departs from the LORD.Eph 3:17: That Christ may dwell in your hearts by faith; that you: being rooted and grounded in love: Col 2:7: Rooted and built up in him: and stablished in the faith: as you have been taught: abounding therein with thanksgiving.2Th 2:10: With all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish; because they not received the love of the truth: that they might be saved.Jude 1:12: These are spots in your feasts of charity: when they feast with you: feeding themselves without fear: clouds they are without water: carried about of winds; trees whose fruit withers: without fruit: twice dead: plucked up by the roots;
και αλλο επεσεν εις τας ακανθας και ανεβησαν αι ακανθαι και συνεπνιξαν αυτο και καρπον ουκ εδωκεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G243ἄλλοallo (Adj-NNS)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλοallo
|
other
|
Adj-NNS
|
G4098ἔπεσενepesen (V-AIA-3S)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
ἔπεσενepesen
|
fell
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
among
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G173ἀκάνθας,akanthas (N-AFP)
G173 ἄκανθα ákantha ak-an-thah probably from the same as ἀκμήν; a thorn:--thorn.
|
ἀκάνθας,akanthas
|
thorns,
|
N-AFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G305ἀνέβησανanebēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀνέβησανanebēsan
|
grew up
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G173ἄκανθαιakanthai (N-NFP)
G173 ἄκανθα ákantha ak-an-thah probably from the same as ἀκμήν; a thorn:--thorn.
|
ἄκανθαιakanthai
|
thorns,
|
N-NFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4846συνέπνιξανsynepnixan (V-AIA-3P)
G4846 συμπνίγω sympnígō soom-pnee-go from σύν and πνίγω; to strangle completely, i.e. (literally) to drown, or (figuratively) to crowd:--choke, throng.
|
συνέπνιξανsynepnixan
|
choked
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτό,auto (PPro-AN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτό,auto
|
it,
|
PPro-AN3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2590καρπὸνkarpon (N-AMS)
G2590 καρπός karpós kar-pos probably from the base of ἁρπάζω; fruit (as plucked), literally or figuratively:--fruit.
|
καρπὸνkarpon
|
fruit
|
N-AMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
no
|
Adv
|
G1325ἔδωκεν.edōken (V-AIA-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἔδωκεν.edōken
|
it yielded.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
7
Some fell among thorns, and the thorns grew up, and choked it, and it yielded no fruit.Mark 4:7
Stats
Rank: #3939 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 91 characters, 15 words, 70 letters, 24 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αλλο επεσεν εις τας ακανθας και ανεβησαν αι ακανθαι και συνεπνιξαν αυτο και καρπον ουκ εδωκεν
Lit: And other fell among the thorns, and grew up the thorns, and choked it, and fruit no it yielded.
KJV: And some fell among thorns, and the thorns grew up, and choked it, and it yielded no fruit.
References
"And some fell among thorns, and the thorns grew up, and choked it, and it yielded no fruit."Mr 4:18: 19: These are they which are sown among thorns; such as hear the word: Ge 3:17: 18: to Adam he said: Because you have listened to the voice of your wife: and have eaten of the tree: of which I commanded you: saying: You will not eat of it: cursed is the ground for your sake; in sorrow will you eat of it all the days of your life;Jer 4:3: For thus says the LORD to the men of Judah and Jerusalem: Break up your fallow ground: and not sow among thorns.Mt 13:7: 22: Some fell among thorns; and the thorns sprung up: and choked them:Lu 8:7: 14: Some fell among thorns; and the thorns sprang up with it: and choked it.Lu 12:15: He said to them: Take heed: and beware of covetousness: for a man's life consists not in the abundance of the things which he possesseth.Lu 21:34: Take heed to yourselves: lest at any time your hearts be overcharged with surfeiting: and drunkenness: and cares of this life: and so that day come upon you unawares.1Ti 6:9: 10: But they that will be rich fall into temptation and a snare: and into many foolish and hurtful lusts: which drown men in destruction and perdition.1Jo 2:15: 16: not Love the world: neither the things that are in the world. If any man love the world: the love of the Father not is in Him.
και αλλο επεσεν εις την γην την καλην και εδιδου καρπον αναβαινοντα και αυξανοντα και εφερεν εν τριακοντα και εν εξηκοντα και εν εκατον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G243ἄλλαalla (Adj-NNP)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλαalla
|
other
|
Adj-NNP
|
G4098ἔπεσενepesen (V-AIA-3S)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
ἔπεσενepesen
|
fell
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆνgēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆνgēn
|
soil
|
N-AFS
|
G2570καλήν,kalēn (Adj-AFS)
G2570 καλός kalós kal-os of uncertain affinity; properly, beautiful, but chiefly (figuratively) good (literally or morally), i.e. valuable or virtuous (for appearance or use, and thus distinguished from ἀγαθός, which is properly intrinsic):--X better, fair, good(-ly), honest, meet, well, worthy.
|
καλήν,kalēn
|
good,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325ἐδίδουedidou (V-IIA-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἐδίδουedidou
|
began yielding
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2590καρπὸνkarpon (N-AMS)
G2590 καρπός karpós kar-pos probably from the base of ἁρπάζω; fruit (as plucked), literally or figuratively:--fruit.
|
καρπὸνkarpon
|
fruit,
|
N-AMS
|
G305ἀναβαίνονταanabainonta (V-PPA-NNP)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀναβαίνονταanabainonta
|
growing up
|
V-PPA-NNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G837αὐξανόμενα,auxanomena (V-PPM/P-NNP)
G837 αὐξάνω auxánō owx-an-o a prolonged form of a primary verb; to grow (wax), i.e. enlarge (literal or figurative, active or passive):--grow (up), (give the) increase.
|
αὐξανόμενα,auxanomena
|
increasing,
|
V-PPM/P-NNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5342ἔφερενepheren (V-IIA-3S)
G5342 φέρω phérō en-eng-ko a primary verb (for which other, and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely, ; and ; to bear or carry (in a very wide application, literally and figuratively, as follows):--be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold.
|
ἔφερενepheren
|
bearing
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1520ἓν*hen (Adj-NNS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἓν*hen
|
one
|
Adj-NNS
|
G5144τριάκονταtriakonta (Adj-ANP)
G5144 τριάκοντα triákonta tree-ak-on-tah the decade of τρεῖς; thirty:--thirty.
|
τριάκονταtriakonta
|
thirtyfold,
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1520ἓνhen (Adj-NNS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἓνhen
|
one
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1835ἑξήκονταhexēkonta (Adj-ANP)
G1835 ἑξήκοντα hexḗkonta hex-ay-kon-tah the tenth multiple of ἕξ; sixty:--sixty(-fold), threescore.
|
ἑξήκονταhexēkonta
|
sixty,
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1520ἓνhen (Adj-NNS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἓνhen
|
one
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1540ἑκατόν.hekaton (Adj-ANP)
G1540 ἑκατόν hekatón hek-at-on of uncertain affinity; a hundred:--hundred.
|
ἑκατόν.hekaton
|
a hundred.
|
Adj-ANP
|
8
Other fell on good ground, and did yield fruit that sprang up and increased; and brought forth, some 30, and some 60, and some 100.Mark 4:8
Stats
Rank: #3719 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 149 characters, 22 words, 117 letters, 40 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αλλο επεσεν εις την γην την καλην και εδιδου καρπον αναβαινοντα και αυξανοντα και εφερεν εν τριακοντα και εν εξηκοντα και εν εκατον
Lit: And other fell into the soil good, and began yielding fruit, growing up and increasing, and bearing one thirtyfold, and one sixty, and one a hundred.
KJV: And other fell on good ground, and did yield fruit that sprang up and increased; and brought forth, some thirty, and some sixty, and some an hundred.
References
"fell"Mr 4:20: These are they which are sown on good ground; such as hear the word: and receive it: and bring forth fruit: some thirtyfold: some 60: and some 100.Isa 58:1: Cry aloud: not spare: lift up your voice like a trumpet: and show my people their transgression: and the house of Jacob their sins.Jer 23:29: Is not my word like as a fire? says the LORD; and like a hammer that breaks the rock in pieces?Mt 13:8: 23: But other fell into good ground: and brought forth fruit: some an hundredfold: some sixtyfold: some thirtyfold.Lu 8:8: 15: Other fell on good ground: and sprang up: and bare fruit an hundredfold. And when he had said these things: he cried: He who has ears to hear: let him hear.Joh 1:12: 13: But as many as received Him: to them gave He power to become the sons of God: even to them that believe on His name:Joh 3:19-21: This is the condemnation: that light is come into the world: and men loved darkness rather than light: because their deeds were evil.Joh 7:17: If any man will do His will: He will know of the doctrine: whether it be of God: or whether I speak of myself.Joh 15:5: I am the vine: you are the branches: He who abides in me: and I in him: the same brings forth much fruit: for without me you can not dohing.Ac 17:11: These were more noble than those in Thessalonica: in that they received the word with all readiness of mind: and searched the scriptures daily: whether those things were so.Col 1:6: Which is come to you: as it is in all the world; and brings forth fruit: as it does also in you: since the day you heard of it: and knew the grace of God in truth:Heb 4:1: 2: Let us therefore fear: lest: a promise being left us of entering into his rest: any of you should seem to come short of it.Jas 1:19-22: For what reason: my beloved brothers: let every man be swift to hear: slow to speak: slow to wrath:1Pe 2:1-3: For what reason laying aside all malice: and all guile: and hypocrisies: and envies: and all evil speakings: "an hundred"Ge 26:12: Then Isaac sowed in that land: and received in the same year an hundredfold: and the LORD blessed Him.Php 1:11: Being filled with the fruits of righteousness: which are by Jesus Christ: to the glory and praise of God.
και ελεγεν αυτοις ο εχων ωτα ακουειν ακουετω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004ἔλεγενelegen (V-IIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγενelegen
|
He was saying,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3739ὋςHos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὋςHos
|
He who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G2192ἔχειechei (V-PIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειechei
|
has
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3775ὦταōta (N-ANP)
G3775 οὖς oûs ooce apparently a primary word; the ear (physically or mentally):--ear.
|
ὦταōta
|
ears
|
N-ANP
|
G191ἀκούεινakouein (V-PNA)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούεινakouein
|
to hear,
|
V-PNA
|
G191ἀκουέτω.akouetō (V-PMA-3S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκουέτω.akouetō
|
let him hear.
|
V-PMA-3S
|
9
He said to them, He who has ears to hear, let him hear.
Mark 4:9
Stats
Rank: #4562 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 63 characters, 12 words, 47 letters, 19 vowels, 28 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ελεγεν αυτοις ο εχων ωτα ακουειν ακουετω
Lit: And He was saying, He who has ears to hear, let him hear.
KJV: And he said unto them, He that hath ears to hear, let him hear.
References
"See on ver"Mr 4:3: 23: 24: Listen; Look: there went out a sower to sow:Mr 7:14: 16: When he had called all the people to him: he said to them: Listen to me every one of you: and understand:Mt 11:15: He who has ears to hear: let him hear.Mt 13:9: Who has ears to hear: let him hear.Mt 15:10: He called the multitude: and said to them: Hear: and understand:Lu 8:18: Take heed therefore how you hear: for whoever has: to him will be given; and whoever has not: from him will be taken even that which he seems to have.Re 3:6: 13: 22: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches.
The Purpose of Jesus’ Parables
οτε δε εγενετο καταμονας ηρωτησαν αυτον οι περι αυτον συν τοις δωδεκα την παραβολην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3753ὅτεhote (Adv)
G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὅτεhote
|
when
|
Adv
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
He was
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3441μόνας,monas (Adj-AFP)
G3441 μόνος mónos mon-os probably from μένω; remaining, i.e. sole or single; by implication, mere:--alone, only, by themselves.
|
μόνας,monas
|
alone,
|
Adj-AFP
|
G2065ἠρώτωνērōtōn (V-IIA-3P)
G2065 ἐρωτάω erōtáō er-o-tah-o apparently from ἐρέω (compare ἐρευνάω); to interrogate; by implication, to request:--ask, beseech, desire, intreat, pray. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ἠρώτωνērōtōn
|
began asking
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
around
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G1427δώδεκαdōdeka (Adj-DMP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκαdōdeka
|
Twelve
|
Adj-DMP
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
about the
|
Art-AFP
|
G3850παραβολάς.parabolas (N-AFP)
G3850 παραβολή parabolḗ par-ab-ol-ay from παραβάλλω; a similitude (parable), i.e. (symbolic) fictitious narrative (of common life conveying a moral), apothegm or adage:--comparison, figure, parable, proverb.
|
παραβολάς.parabolas
|
parable.
|
N-AFP
|
10
When he was alone, they that were about him with the 12 asked of him the parable.Mark 4:10
Stats
Counts: 89 characters, 17 words, 70 letters, 27 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτε δε εγενετο καταμονας ηρωτησαν αυτον οι περι αυτον συν τοις δωδεκα την παραβολην
Lit: And when He was with alone, began asking Him those around Him with the Twelve about the parable.
KJV: And when he was alone, they that were about him with the twelve asked of him the parable.
References
"And when he was alone, they that were about him with the twelve asked of him the parable."Mr 4:34: But without a parable spoke not he to them: and when they were alone: he expounded all things to his disciples.Mr 7:17: When he was entered into the house from the people: his disciples asked him concerning the parable.Pr 13:20: He who walks with wise men will be wise: but a companion of fools will be destroyed.Mt 13:10-17: 36: The disciples came: and said to him: Why speak you to them in parables?Lu 8:9-15: His disciples asked him: saying: What might this parable be?
και ελεγεν αυτοις υμιν δεδοται γνωναι το μυστηριον της βασιλειας του θεου εκεινοις δε τοις εξω εν παραβολαις τα παντα γινεται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004ἔλεγενelegen (V-IIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγενelegen
|
He was saying
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G4771ὙμῖνHymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὙμῖνHymin
|
To you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G3466μυστήριονmystērion (N-NNS)
G3466 μυστήριον mystḗrion moos-tay-ree-on from a derivative of (to shut the mouth); a secret or mystery (through the idea of silence imposed by initiation into religious rites):--mystery.
|
μυστήριονmystērion
|
mystery
|
N-NNS
|
G1325δέδοταιdedotai (V-RIM/P-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δέδοταιdedotai
|
has been given
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G932βασιλείαςbasileias (N-GFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείαςbasileias
|
kingdom
|
N-GFS
|
G2316Θεοῦ·Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ·Theou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
G1565ἐκείνοιςekeinois (DPro-DMP)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνοιςekeinois
|
To those
|
DPro-DMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
who are
|
Art-DMP
|
G1854ἔξωexō (Adv)
G1854 ἔξω éxō ex-o adverb from ἐκ; out(-side, of doors), literally or figuratively:--away, forth, (with-)out (of, -ward), strange.
|
ἔξωexō
|
outside,
|
Adv
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3850παραβολαῖςparabolais (N-DFP)
G3850 παραβολή parabolḗ par-ab-ol-ay from παραβάλλω; a similitude (parable), i.e. (symbolic) fictitious narrative (of common life conveying a moral), apothegm or adage:--comparison, figure, parable, proverb.
|
παραβολαῖςparabolais
|
parables
|
N-DFP
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
everything
|
Adj-NNP
|
G1096γίνεται,ginetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γίνεται,ginetai
|
is done,
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
11
He said to them, To you it is given to know the mystery of the kingdom of God: but to them that are without, all these things are done in parables:
Mark 4:11
Stats
Rank: #2520 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 157 characters, 29 words, 122 letters, 47 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ελεγεν αυτοις υμιν δεδοται γνωναι το μυστηριον της βασιλειας του θεου εκεινοις δε τοις εξω εν παραβολαις τα παντα γινεται
Lit: And He was saying to them, To you the mystery has been given of the kingdom of God. To those however who are outside, in parables everything is done,
KJV: And he said unto them, Unto you it is given to know the mystery of the kingdom of God: but unto them that are without, all these things are done in parables:
References
"Unto you"Mt 11:25: At that time Jesus answered and said: I thank you: O Father: Lord of heaven and earth: because you have hid these things from the wise and prudent: and have revealed them to babes.Mt 13:11: 12: 16: He answered and said to them: Because it is given to you to know the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven: but to them it not is given.Mt 16:17: Jesus answered and said to Him: Blessed are you: Simon Barjona: for flesh and blood has not revealed it to you: but my Father which is in heaven.Lu 8:10: He said: To you it is given to know the mysteries of the kingdom of God: but to others in parables; that seeing they not might see: and hearing they not might understand.Lu 10:21-24: In that hour Jesus rejoiced in spirit: and said: I thank you: O Father: Lord of heaven and earth: that you have hid these things from the wise and prudent: and have revealed them to babes: even so: Father; for so it seemed good in your sight.1Co 4:7: For who makes you to differ from another? and what have you that you did not receive? now if you did receive it: why do you glory: as if you not hadst received it?2Co 4:6: For God: who commanded the light to shine out of darkness: has shined in our hearts: to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ.Eph 1:9: Having made known to us the mystery of his will: according to his good pleasure which he has purposed in himself:Eph 2:4-10: But God: who is rich in mercy: for His great love wherewith He loved us: Tit 3:3-7: For we ourselves also were sometimes foolish: disobedient: deceived: serving divers lusts and pleasures: living in malice and envy: hateful: and hating one another.Jas 1:16-18: not Do err: my beloved brothers.1Jo 5:20: We know that the Son of God is come: and has given us an understanding: that we may know Him that is true: and we are in Him that is true: even in His Son Jesus Christ. This is the true God: and eternal life."them"1Co 5:12: 13: For what have I to do to judge them also that are without? not do you judge them that are within?Col 4:5: Walk in wisdom toward them that are without: redeeming the time.1Th 4:12: That you may walk honestly toward them that are without: and that you may have lack not ofhing.1Ti 3:7: Moreover he must have a good report of them which are without; lest he fall into reproach and the snare of the devil."all these"Mt 13:13: Therefore speak I to them in parables: because they seeing not see; and hearing they not hear: neither do they understand.
ινα βλεποντες βλεπωσιν και μη ιδωσιν και ακουοντες ακουωσιν και μη συνιωσιν μηποτε επιστρεψωσιν και αφεθη αυτοις τα αμαρτηματα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that,
|
Conj
|
G991Βλέποντεςblepontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
Βλέποντεςblepontes
|
Seeing,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G991βλέπωσινblepōsin (V-PSA-3P)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλέπωσινblepōsin
|
they might see
|
V-PSA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3708ἴδωσιν,idōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἴδωσιν,idōsin
|
perceive;
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G191ἀκούοντεςakouontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούοντεςakouontes
|
hearing,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G191ἀκούωσινakouōsin (V-PSA-3P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούωσινakouōsin
|
they might hear
|
V-PSA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4920συνιῶσιν,syniōsin (V-PSA-3P)
G4920 συνίημι syníēmi soon-ee-ay-mee from σύν and (to send); to put together, i.e. (mentally) to comprehend; by implication, to act piously:-- consider, understand, be wise.
|
συνιῶσιν,syniōsin
|
understand;
|
V-PSA-3P
|
G3361Μή‿mē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
Μή‿mē
|
lest
|
Adv
|
G4219ποτεpote (Conj)
G4219 πότε póte pot-eh from the base of ποῦ and τέ; interrogative adverb, at what time:--+ how long, when.
|
ποτεpote
|
ever
|
Conj
|
G1994ἐπιστρέψωσινepistrepsōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G1994 ἐπιστρέφω epistréphō ep-ee-stref-o from ἐπί and στρέφω; to revert (literally, figuratively or morally):--come (go) again, convert, (re-)turn (about, again).
|
ἐπιστρέψωσινepistrepsōsin
|
they should turn,
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G863ἀφεθῇaphethē (V-ASP-3S)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφεθῇaphethē
|
should be forgiven
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖς.autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς.autois
|
them.’
|
PPro-DM3P
|
12
That seeing they may see, not and perceive; and hearing they may hear, not and understand; lest at any time they should be converted, and their sins should be forgiven them.Mark 4:12
Stats
Counts: 173 characters, 26 words, 137 letters, 50 vowels, 87 consonants
Translation
Greek: ινα βλεποντες βλεπωσιν και μη ιδωσιν και ακουοντες ακουωσιν και μη συνιωσιν μηποτε επιστρεψωσιν και αφεθη αυτοις τα αμαρτηματα
Lit: so that, Seeing, they might see and not perceive; and hearing, they might hear and not understand; lest ever they should turn, and should be forgiven them.’
KJV: That seeing they may see, and not perceive; and hearing they may hear, and not understand; lest at any time they should be converted, and their sins should be forgiven them.
References
"That seeing"De 29:4: Yet the LORD has not given you an heart to perceive: and eyes to see: and ears to hear: to this day.Isa 6:9: 10: He said: Go: and tell this people: Hear you indeed: but not understand; and see you indeed: but not perceive.Isa 44:18: They not have known nor understood: for he has shut their eyes: that they cannot see; and their hearts: that they cannot understand.Jer 5:21: Hear now this: O foolish people: and without understanding; which have eyes: and not see; which have ears: and not hear:Mt 13:14: 15: In them is fulfilled the prophecy of Isaiah: which says: By hearing you will hear: and will not understand; and seeing you will see: and will not perceive:Lu 8:10: He said: To you it is given to know the mysteries of the kingdom of God: but to others in parables; that seeing they not might see: and hearing they not might understand.Joh 12:37-41: But though he had done so many miracles before them: yet they not believed on him:Ac 28:25-27: When they not agreed among themselves: they departed: after that Paul had spoken one word: Well spoke the Holy Ghost by Isaiah the prophet to our fathers: Ro 11:8-10: (According as it is written: God has given them the spirit of slumber: eyes that they not should see: and ears that they not should hear;) to this day."be converted"Jer 31:18-20: I have surely heard Ephraim bemoaning Himself thus; You have chastised me: and I was chastised: as a bullock unaccustomed to the yoke: turn you me: and I will be turned; for you are the LORD my God.Eze 18:27-32: Again: when the wicked man turns away from his wickedness that he has committed: and does that which is lawful and right: he will save his soul alive.Ac 3:19: Repent you therefore: and be converted: that your sins may be blotted out: when the times of refreshing will come from the presence of the Lord;2Ti 2:25: In meekness instructing those that oppose themselves; if God perhaps will give them repentance to the acknowledging of the truth;Heb 6:6: If they will fall away: to renew them again to repentance; seeing they crucify to themselves the Son of God afresh: and put Him to an open shame.
The Parable of the Sower Explained
και λεγει αυτοις ουκ οιδατε την παραβολην ταυτην και πως πασας τας παραβολας γνωσεσθε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3756ΟὐκOuk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
ΟὐκOuk
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1492οἴδατεoidate (V-RIA-2P)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἴδατεoidate
|
understand you
|
V-RIA-2P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3850παραβολὴνparabolēn (N-AFS)
G3850 παραβολή parabolḗ par-ab-ol-ay from παραβάλλω; a similitude (parable), i.e. (symbolic) fictitious narrative (of common life conveying a moral), apothegm or adage:--comparison, figure, parable, proverb.
|
παραβολὴνparabolēn
|
parable
|
N-AFS
|
G3778ταύτην,tautēn (DPro-AFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτην,tautēn
|
this?
|
DPro-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4459πῶςpōs (Adv)
G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
πῶςpōs
|
how
|
Adv
|
G3956πάσαςpasas (Adj-AFP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάσαςpasas
|
all
|
Adj-AFP
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G3850παραβολὰςparabolas (N-AFP)
G3850 παραβολή parabolḗ par-ab-ol-ay from παραβάλλω; a similitude (parable), i.e. (symbolic) fictitious narrative (of common life conveying a moral), apothegm or adage:--comparison, figure, parable, proverb.
|
παραβολὰςparabolas
|
parables
|
N-AFP
|
G1097γνώσεσθε;gnōsesthe (V-FIM-2P)
G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
γνώσεσθε;gnōsesthe
|
will you understand?
|
V-FIM-2P
|
13
He said to them, Know you not this parable? and how then will you know all parables?
Mark 4:13
Stats
Rank: #5053 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 88 characters, 16 words, 68 letters, 24 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: και λεγει αυτοις ουκ οιδατε την παραβολην ταυτην και πως πασας τας παραβολας γνωσεσθε
Lit: And He says to them, Not understand you the parable this? And how all the parables will you understand?
KJV: And he said unto them, Know ye not this parable? and how then will ye know all parables?
References
"Know"Mr 7:17: 18: When he was entered into the house from the people: his disciples asked him concerning the parable.Mt 13:51: 52: Jesus says to them: Have you understood all these things? They say to Him: Yes: Lord.Mt 15:15-17: Then answered Peter and said to him: Declare to us this parable.Mt 16:8: 9: Which when Jesus perceived: He said to them: O you of little faith: why reason you among yourselves: because you have brought no bread?Lu 24:25: Then he said to them: O fools: and slow of heart to believe all that the prophets have spoken:1Co 3:1: 2: I: brothers: not could speak to you as to spiritual: but as to carnal: even as to babes in Christ.Heb 5:11-14: Of whom we have many things to say: and hard to be uttered: seeing you are dull of hearing.Re 3:19: As many as I love: I rebuke and chasten: be zealous therefore: and repent.
ο σπειρων τον λογον σπειρει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588Ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Ὁho
|
The one
|
Art-NMS
|
G4687σπείρωνspeirōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G4687 σπείρω speírō spi-ro probably strengthened from σπάω (through the idea of extending); to scatter, i.e. sow (literally or figuratively):--sow(- er), receive seed.
|
σπείρωνspeirōn
|
sowing,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G4687σπείρει.speirei (V-PIA-3S)
G4687 σπείρω speírō spi-ro probably strengthened from σπάω (through the idea of extending); to scatter, i.e. sow (literally or figuratively):--sow(- er), receive seed.
|
σπείρει.speirei
|
sows.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
14
The sower sows the word.Mark 4:14
Stats
Rank: #6382 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 26 characters, 5 words, 21 letters, 7 vowels, 14 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο σπειρων τον λογον σπειρει
Lit: The one sowing, the word sows.
KJV: The sower soweth the word.
References
"sower"Mr 4:3: Listen; Look: there went out a sower to sow:Isa 32:20: Blessed are you that sow beside all waters: that send forth there the feet of the ox and the ass.Mt 13:19: 37: When any one hears the word of the kingdom: and understands it not: then comes the wicked one: and catches away that which was sown in his heart. This is he which received seed by the way side.Lu 8:11: Now the parable is this: The seed is the word of God."the word"Mr 2:2: Straightway many were gathered together: insomuch that there was no room to receive them: no: not so much as about the door: and he preached the word to them.Col 1:5: 6: For the hope which is laid up for you in heaven: whereof you heard before in the word of the truth of the gospel;1Pe 1:23-25: Being born again: not of corruptible seed: but of incorruptible: by the word of God: which lives and abides for ever.
ουτοι δε εισιν οι παρα την οδον οπου σπειρεται ο λογος και οταν ακουσωσιν ευθεως ερχεται ο σατανας και αιρει τον λογον τον εσπαρμενον εν ταις καρδιαις αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778οὗτοιhoutoi (DPro-NMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοιhoutoi
|
These
|
DPro-NMP
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1510εἰσινeisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσινeisin
|
are
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
they
|
Art-NMP
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
along
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3598ὁδὸνhodon (N-AFS)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδὸνhodon
|
road,
|
N-AFS
|
G3699ὅπουhopou (Adv)
G3699 ὅπου hópou hop-oo from ὅς and πού; what(-ever) where, i.e. at whichever spot:--in what place, where(-as, -soever), whither (+ soever).,
|
ὅπουhopou
|
where
|
Adv
|
G4687σπείρεταιspeiretai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G4687 σπείρω speírō spi-ro probably strengthened from σπάω (through the idea of extending); to scatter, i.e. sow (literally or figuratively):--sow(- er), receive seed.
|
σπείρεταιspeiretai
|
is sown
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3056λόγος,logos (N-NMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγος,logos
|
word,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj)
G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
when
|
Conj
|
G191ἀκούσωσινakousōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσωσινakousōsin
|
they hear,
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G2064ἔρχεταιerchetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχεταιerchetai
|
comes
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G4567ΣατανᾶςSatanas (N-NMS)
G4567 Σατανᾶς Satanâs sat-an-as of Chaldee origin corresponding to מַעְבָּד (with the definite affix); the accuser, i.e. the devil:--Satan.
|
ΣατανᾶςSatanas
|
Satan
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G142αἴρειairei (V-PIA-3S)
G142 αἴρω aírō ah-ee-ro a primary root; to lift up; by implication, to take up or away; figuratively, to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind), specially, to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Hebraism (compare נָשָׂא) to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).
|
αἴρειairei
|
takes away
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G4687ἐσπαρμένονesparmenon (V-RPM/P-AMS)
G4687 σπείρω speírō spi-ro probably strengthened from σπάω (through the idea of extending); to scatter, i.e. sow (literally or figuratively):--sow(- er), receive seed.
|
ἐσπαρμένονesparmenon
|
having been sown
|
V-RPM/P-AMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτούς.autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς.autous
|
them.
|
PPro-AM3P
|
15
These are they by the way side, where the word is sown; but when they have heard, Satan comes immediately, and takes away the word that was sown in their hearts.
Mark 4:15
Stats
Rank: #5642 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 167 characters, 28 words, 131 letters, 47 vowels, 84 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτοι δε εισιν οι παρα την οδον οπου σπειρεται ο λογος και οταν ακουσωσιν ευθεως ερχεται ο σατανας και αιρει τον λογον τον εσπαρμενον εν ταις καρδιαις αυτων
Lit: These now are they along the road, where is sown the word, and when they hear, immediately comes Satan and takes away the word having been sown in them.
KJV: And these are they by the way side, where the word is sown; but when they have heard, Satan cometh immediately, and taketh away the word that was sown in their hearts.
References
"these"Mr 4:4: It came to pass: as he sowed: some fell by the way side: and the fowls of the air came and devoured it up.Ge 19:14: Lot went out: and spoke to His sons in law: which married His daughters: and said: Up: get you out of this place; for the LORD will destroy this city. But He seemed as one that mocked to His sons in law.Isa 53:1: Who has believed our report? and to whom is the arm of the LORD revealed?Mt 22:5: But they made light of it: and went their ways: one to his farm: another to his merchandise:Lu 8:12: Those by the way side are they that hear; then comes the devil: and takes away the word out of their hearts: lest they should believe and be saved.Lu 14:18: 19: They all with one consent began to make excuse. The first said to him: I have bought a piece of ground: and I must needs go and see it: I pray you have me excused.Ac 17:18-20: 32: Then certain philosophers of the Epicureans: and of the Stoicks: encountered Him. And some said: What will this babbler say? other some: He seems to be a setter forth of strange gods: because He preached to them Jesus: and the resurrection.Ac 18:14-17: When Paul was now about to open his mouth: Gallio said to the Jews: If it were a matter of wrong or wicked lewdness: O you Jews: reason would that I should bear with you:Ac 25:19: 20: But had certain questions against Him of their own superstition: and of one Jesus: which was dead: whom Paul affirmed to be alive.Ac 26:31: 32: When they were gone aside: they talked between themselves: saying: This man does nothing worthy of death or of bonds.Heb 2:1: Therefore we ought to give the more ear heed to the things which we have heard: lest at any time we should let them slip.Heb 12:16: Lest there be any fornicator: or profane person: as Esau: who for one morsel of meat sold his birthright."Satan"Job 1:6-12: Now there was a day when the sons of God came to present themselves before the LORD: and Satan came also among them.Zec 3:1: He showed me Joshua the high priest standing before the angel of the LORD: and Satan standing at His right hand to resist Him.Mt 13:19: When any one hears the word of the kingdom: and understands it not: then comes the wicked one: and catches away that which was sown in his heart. This is he which received seed by the way side.Ac 5:3: But Peter said: Ananias: why has Satan filled your heart to lie to the Holy Ghost: and to keep back part of the price of the land?2Co 2:11: Lest Satan should get an advantage of us: for we not are ignorant of his devices.2Co 4:3: 4: But if our gospel be hid: it is hid to them that are lost:2Th 2:9: Even him: whose coming is after the working of Satan with all power and signs and lying wonders: 1Pe 5:8: Be sober: be vigilant; because your adversary the devil: as a roaring lion: walks about: seeking whom he may devour:Re 12:9: The great dragon was cast out: that old serpent: called the Devil: and Satan: which deceives the whole world: he was cast out into the earth: and his angels were cast out with him.Re 20:2: 3: 7: 10: He laid hold on the dragon: that old serpent: which is the Devil: and Satan: and bound him a000 years:
και ουτοι εισιν ομοιως οι επι τα πετρωδη σπειρομενοι οι οταν ακουσωσιν τον λογον ευθεως μετα χαρας λαμβανουσιν αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3778οὗτοίhoutoi (DPro-NMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοίhoutoi
|
these
|
DPro-NMP
|
G1510εἰσινeisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσινeisin
|
are
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3668ὁμοίωςhomoiōs (Adv)
G3668 ὁμοίως homoíōs hom-oy-oce adverb from ὅμοιος; similarly:--likewise, so.
|
ὁμοίωςhomoiōs
|
likewise
|
Adv
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G4075πετρώδηpetrōdē (Adj-ANP)
G4075 πετρώδης petrṓdēs pet-ro-dace from πέτρα and εἶδος; rock-like, i.e. rocky:--stony.
|
πετρώδηpetrōdē
|
rocky places
|
Adj-ANP
|
G4687σπειρόμενοι,speiromenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP)
G4687 σπείρω speírō spi-ro probably strengthened from σπάω (through the idea of extending); to scatter, i.e. sow (literally or figuratively):--sow(- er), receive seed.
|
σπειρόμενοι,speiromenoi
|
sown,
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G3739οἳhoi (RelPro-NMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οἳhoi
|
who,
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj)
G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
when
|
Conj
|
G191ἀκούσωσινakousōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσωσινakousōsin
|
they hear
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word,
|
N-AMS
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G5479χαρᾶςcharas (N-GFS)
G5479 χαρά chará khar-ah from χαίρω; cheerfulness, i.e. calm delight:--gladness, X greatly, (X be exceeding) joy(-ful, -fully, -fulness, -ous).
|
χαρᾶςcharas
|
joy
|
N-GFS
|
G2983λαμβάνουσινlambanousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαμβάνουσινlambanousin
|
receive
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν,auton
|
it,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
16
These are they likewise which are sown on stony ground; who, when they have heard the word, immediately receive it with gladness;Mark 4:16
Stats
Rank: #7326 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 133 characters, 20 words, 107 letters, 40 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ουτοι εισιν ομοιως οι επι τα πετρωδη σπειρομενοι οι οταν ακουσωσιν τον λογον ευθεως μετα χαρας λαμβανουσιν αυτον
Lit: And these are likewise those upon the rocky places sown, who, when they hear the word, immediately with joy receive it,
KJV: And these are they likewise which are sown on stony ground; who, when they have heard the word, immediately receive it with gladness;
References
"which"Mr 6:20: For Herod feared John: knowing that he was a just man and an holy: and observed him; and when he heard him: he did many things: and heard him gladly.Mr 10:17-22: When he was gone forth into the way: there came one running: and kneeled to him: and asked him: Good Master: what will I do that I may inherit eternal life?Eze 33:31: 32: They come to you as the people comes: and they sit before you as my people: and they hear your words: but they not will do them: for with their mouth they show much love: but their heart goes after their covetousness.Mt 8:19: 20: A certain scribe came: and said to him: Master: I will follow you wherever you go.Mt 13:20: 21: But he who received the seed into stony places: the same is he who hears the word: and soon with joy receives it;Lu 8:13: They on the rock are they: which: when they hear: receive the word with joy; and these have no root: which for a while believe: and in time of temptation fall away.Joh 5:35: He was a burning and a shining light: and you were willing for a season to rejoice in his light.Ac 8:13: 18-21: Then Simon himself believed also: and when he was baptized: he continued with Philip: and wondered: beholding the miracles and signs which were done.Ac 24:25: 26: As he reasoned of righteousness: temperance: and judgment to come: Felix trembled: and answered: Go your way for this time; when I have a convenient season: I will call for you.Ac 26:28: Then Agrippa said to Paul: Almost you persuade me to be a Christian.
και ουκ εχουσιν ριζαν εν εαυτοις αλλα προσκαιροι εισιν ειτα γενομενης θλιψεως η διωγμου δια τον λογον ευθεως σκανδαλιζονται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχουσινechousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσινechousin
|
they have
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G4491ῥίζανrhizan (N-AFS)
G4491 ῥίζα rhíza hrid-zah apparently a primary word; a root (literally or figuratively):--root.
|
ῥίζανrhizan
|
root
|
N-AFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1438ἑαυτοῖςheautois (RefPro-DM3P)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτοῖςheautois
|
themselves,
|
RefPro-DM3P
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G4340πρόσκαιροίproskairoi (Adj-NMP)
G4340 πρόσκαιρος próskairos pros-kahee-ros from πρός and καιρός; for the occasion only, i.e. temporary:--dur-(eth) for awhile, endure for a time, for a season, temporal.
|
πρόσκαιροίproskairoi
|
temporary
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1510εἰσιν,eisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσιν,eisin
|
are;
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1534εἶταeita (Adv)
G1534 εἶτα eîta i-tah of uncertain affinity; a particle of succession (in time or logical enumeration), then, moreover:--after that(-ward), furthermore, then. See also ἔπειτα.
|
εἶταeita
|
then
|
Adv
|
G1096γενομένηςgenomenēs (V-APM-GFS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενομένηςgenomenēs
|
having arisen
|
V-APM-GFS
|
G2347θλίψεωςthlipseōs (N-GFS)
G2347 θλῖψις thlîpsis thlip-sis from θλίβω; pressure (literally or figuratively):--afflicted(-tion), anguish, burdened, persecution, tribulation, trouble.
|
θλίψεωςthlipseōs
|
tribulation
|
N-GFS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G1375διωγμοῦdiōgmou (N-GMS)
G1375 διωγμός diōgmós dee-ogue-mos from διώκω; persecution:--persecution.
|
διωγμοῦdiōgmou
|
persecution
|
N-GMS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
on account of
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word,
|
N-AMS
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G4624σκανδαλίζονται.skandalizontai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G4624 σκανδαλίζω skandalízō skan-dal-id-zo from σκάνδαλον; to entrap, i.e. trip up (figuratively, stumble (transitively) or entice to sin, apostasy or displeasure):--(make to) offend.
|
σκανδαλίζονται.skandalizontai
|
they fall away.
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
17
Have no root in themselves, and so endure but for a time: afterward, when affliction or persecution arises for the word's sake, immediately they are offended.Mark 4:17
Stats
Rank: #7563 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 163 characters, 23 words, 131 letters, 53 vowels, 78 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ουκ εχουσιν ριζαν εν εαυτοις αλλα προσκαιροι εισιν ειτα γενομενης θλιψεως η διωγμου δια τον λογον ευθεως σκανδαλιζονται
Lit: and not they have root in themselves, but temporary are; then having arisen tribulation or persecution on account of the word, immediately they fall away.
KJV: And have no root in themselves, and so endure but for a time: afterward, when affliction or persecution ariseth for the word's sake, immediately they are offended.
References
"have"Mr 4:5: 6: Some fell on stony ground: where it not had much earth; and immediately it sprang up: because it had no depth of earth:Job 19:28: But you should say: Why persecute we him: seeing the root of the matter is found in me?Job 27:8-10: For what is the hope of the hypocrite: though He has gained: when God takes away His soul?Mt 12:31: For what reason I say to you: All manner of sin and blasphemy will be forgiven to men: but the blasphemy against the Holy Ghost will not be forgiven to men.Lu 12:10: whoever will speak a word against the Son of man: it will be forgiven Him: but to Him that blasphemes against the Holy Ghost it will not be forgiven.Joh 8:31: Then said Jesus to those Jews which believed on Him: If you continue in my word: then are you my disciples indeed;Joh 15:2-7: Every branch in me that bears'>bears not fruit he takes away: and every branch that bears'>bears fruit: he purges it: that it may bring forth more fruit.2Ti 1:15: This you know: that all they which are in Asia be turned away from me; of whom are Phygellus and Hermogenes.2Ti 2:17: 18: Their word will eat as does a canker: of whom is Hymenaeus and Philetus;2Ti 4:10: For Demas has forsaken me: having loved this present world: and is departed to Thessalonica; Crescens to Galatia: Titus to Dalmatia.1Jo 2:19: They went out from us: but they not were of us; for if they had been of us: they would no doubt have continued with us: but they went out: that they might be made manifest that they not were all of us."when"Mt 11:6: Blessed is he: whoever will not be offended in me.Mt 13:21: Yet has not he root in himself: but endures for a while: for when tribulation or persecution arises because of the word: soon he is offended.Mt 24:9: 10: Then will they deliver you up to be afflicted: and will kill you: and you will be hated of all nations for my name's sake.1Co 10:12: 13: For what reason let him that thinks he stands take heed lest he fall.Ga 6:12: As many as desire to make a fair show in the flesh: they constrain you to be circumcised; only lest they should suffer persecution for the cross of Christ.1Th 3:3-5: That no man should be moved by these afflictions: for yourselves know that we are appointed thereunto.2Ti 4:16: At my first answer no man stood with me: but all men forsook me: I pray God that it not may be laid to their charge.Heb 10:29: Of how much sorer punishment: suppose you: will He be thought worthy: who has trodden under foot the Son of God: and has counted the blood of the covenant: wherewith He was sanctified: an unholy thing: and has done despite to the Spirit of grace?Re 2:10: 13: Fear none of those things which you will suffer: look: the devil will cast some of you into prison: that you may be tried; and you will have tribulation 10 days: be you faithful to death: and I will give you a crown of life.
και ουτοι εισιν οι εις τας ακανθας σπειρομενοι {VAR1: ουτοι εισιν } οι τον λογον ακουοντες
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G243ἄλλοιalloi (Adj-NMP)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλοιalloi
|
these
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1510εἰσὶνeisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσὶνeisin
|
are
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
among
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G173ἀκάνθαςakanthas (N-AFP)
G173 ἄκανθα ákantha ak-an-thah probably from the same as ἀκμήν; a thorn:--thorn.
|
ἀκάνθαςakanthas
|
thorns
|
N-AFP
|
G4687σπειρόμενοι·speiromenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP)
G4687 σπείρω speírō spi-ro probably strengthened from σπάω (through the idea of extending); to scatter, i.e. sow (literally or figuratively):--sow(- er), receive seed.
|
σπειρόμενοι·speiromenoi
|
sown.
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G3778οὗτοίhoutoi (DPro-NMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοίhoutoi
|
These
|
DPro-NMP
|
G1510εἰσινeisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσινeisin
|
are
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those,
|
Art-NMP
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G191ἀκούσαντες,akousantes (V-APA-NMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσαντες,akousantes
|
having heard,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
18
These are they which are sown among thorns; such as hear the word,Mark 4:18
Stats
Rank: #6938 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 70 characters, 13 words, 55 letters, 19 vowels, 36 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ουτοι εισιν οι εις τας ακανθας σπειρομενοι {VAR1: ουτοι εισιν } οι τον λογον ακουοντες
Lit: And these are those among the thorns sown. These are those, the word having heard,
KJV: And these are they which are sown among thorns; such as hear the word,
References
"See on ver"Mr 4:7: Some fell among thorns: and the thorns grew up: and choked it: and it yielded no fruit.Jer 4:3: For thus says the LORD to the men of Judah and Jerusalem: Break up your fallow ground: and not sow among thorns.Mt 13:22: He also that received seed among the thorns is he who hears the word; and the care of this world: and the deceitfulness of riches: choke the word: and he becomes unfruitful.Lu 8:14: That which fell among thorns are they: which: when they have heard: go forth: and are choked with cares and riches and pleasures of this life: and bring no fruit to perfection.
και αι μεριμναι του αιωνος τουτου και η απατη του πλουτου και αι περι τα λοιπα επιθυμιαι εισπορευομεναι συμπνιγουσιν τον λογον και ακαρπος γινεται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G3308μέριμναιmerimnai (N-NFP)
G3308 μέριμνα mérimna mer-im-nah from μερίζω (through the idea of distraction); solicitude:--care.
|
μέριμναιmerimnai
|
cares
|
N-NFP
|
G165αἰῶνοςaiōnos (N-GMS)
G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶνοςaiōnos
|
of this age,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G539ἀπάτηapatē (N-NFS)
G539 ἀπάτη apátē ap-at-ay from ἀπατάω; delusion:--deceit(-ful, -fulness), deceivableness(-ving).
|
ἀπάτηapatē
|
deceit
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G4149πλούτουploutou (N-GMS)
G4149 πλοῦτος ploûtos ploo-tos from the base of πλήθω; wealth (as fulness), i.e. (literally) money, possessions, or (figuratively) abundance, richness, (specially), valuable bestowment:--riches.
|
πλούτουploutou
|
riches,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G3062λοιπὰloipa (Adj-ANP)
G3062 λοιποί loipoí loy-poy masculine plural of a derivative of λείπω; remaining ones:--other, which remain, remnant, residue, rest.
|
λοιπὰloipa
|
other things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G1939ἐπιθυμίαιepithymiai (N-NFP)
G1939 ἐπιθυμία epithymía ep-ee-thoo-mee-ah from ἐπιθυμέω; a longing (especially for what is forbidden):--concupiscence, desire, lust (after).
|
ἐπιθυμίαιepithymiai
|
desires
|
N-NFP
|
G1531εἰσπορευόμεναιeisporeuomenai (V-PPM/P-NFP)
G1531 εἰσπορεύομαι eisporeúomai ice-por-yoo-om-ahee from εἰς and πορεύομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--come (enter) in, go into.
|
εἰσπορευόμεναιeisporeuomenai
|
entering in,
|
V-PPM/P-NFP
|
G4846συμπνίγουσινsympnigousin (V-PIA-3P)
G4846 συμπνίγω sympnígō soom-pnee-go from σύν and πνίγω; to strangle completely, i.e. (literally) to drown, or (figuratively) to crowd:--choke, throng.
|
συμπνίγουσινsympnigousin
|
choke
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγον,logon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγον,logon
|
word,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G175ἄκαρποςakarpos (Adj-NMS)
G175 ἄκαρπος ákarpos ak-ar-pos from Α (as a negative particle) and καρπός; barren (literally or figuratively):--without fruit, unfruitful.
|
ἄκαρποςakarpos
|
unfruitful
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1096γίνεται.ginetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γίνεται.ginetai
|
it becomes.
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
19
The cares of this world, and the deceitfulness of riches, and the lusts of other things entering in, choke the word, and it becomes unfruitful.Mark 4:19
Stats
Counts: 148 characters, 22 words, 118 letters, 41 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αι μεριμναι του αιωνος τουτου και η απατη του πλουτου και αι περι τα λοιπα επιθυμιαι εισπορευομεναι συμπνιγουσιν τον λογον και ακαρπος γινεται
Lit: and the cares of this age, and the deceit of the riches, and of the other things desires entering in, choke the word, and unfruitful it becomes.
KJV: And the cares of this world, and the deceitfulness of riches, and the lusts of other things entering in, choke the word, and it becometh unfruitful.
References
"the cares"Lu 10:41: Jesus answered and said to her: Martha: Martha: you are careful and troubled about many things:Lu 12:17-21: 29: 30: He thought within himself: saying: What will I do: because I have no room where to bestow my fruits?Lu 14:18-20: They all with one consent began to make excuse. The first said to him: I have bought a piece of ground: and I must needs go and see it: I pray you have me excused.Lu 21:34: Take heed to yourselves: lest at any time your hearts be overcharged with surfeiting: and drunkenness: and cares of this life: and so that day come upon you unawares.Php 4:6: Be careful not forhing; but in every thing by prayer and supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known to God.2Ti 4:10: For Demas has forsaken me: having loved this present world: and is departed to Thessalonica; Crescens to Galatia: Titus to Dalmatia."the deceitfulness"Pr 23:5: Will you set your eyes upon that which not is? for riches certainly make themselves wings; they fly away as an eagle toward heaven.Ec 4:8: There is one alone: and there is not a second; yes: he has neither child nor brother: yet is there no end of all his labour; neither is his eye satisfied with riches; neither says he: For whom do I labour: and bereave my soul of good? This is also vanity: yes: it is a sore travail.Ec 5:10-16: He who loves'>loves silver will not be satisfied with silver; nor he who loves'>loves abundance with increase: this is also vanity.1Ti 6:9: 10: 17: But they that will be rich fall into temptation and a snare: and into many foolish and hurtful lusts: which drown men in destruction and perdition."and the lusts"1Pe 4:2: 3: That He no longer should live the rest of His time in the flesh to the lusts of men: but to the will of God.1Jo 2:15-17: not Love the world: neither the things that are in the world. If any man love the world: the love of the Father not is in Him."unfruitful"Isa 5:2: 4: He fenced it: and gathered out the stones thereof: and planted it with the choice vine: and built a tower in the middle of it: and also made a winepress therein: and he looked that it should bring forth grapes: and it brought forth wild grapes.Mt 3:10: Now also the axe is laid to the root of the trees: therefore every tree which brings not forth good fruit is cut down: and cast into the fire.Joh 15:2: Every branch in me that bears'>bears not fruit he takes away: and every branch that bears'>bears fruit: he purges it: that it may bring forth more fruit.Heb 6:7: 8: For the earth which drinks in the rain that comes often upon it: and brings forth herbs meet for them by whom it is dressed: receives blessing from God:2Pe 1:8: For if these things be in you: and abound: they make you that you will neither be barren nor unfruitful in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ.Jude 1:12: These are spots in your feasts of charity: when they feast with you: feeding themselves without fear: clouds they are without water: carried about of winds; trees whose fruit withers: without fruit: twice dead: plucked up by the roots;
και ουτοι εισιν οι επι την γην την καλην σπαρεντες οιτινες ακουουσιν τον λογον και παραδεχονται και καρποφορουσιν εν τριακοντα και εν εξηκοντα και εν εκατον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1565ἐκεῖνοίekeinoi (DPro-NMP)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκεῖνοίekeinoi
|
these
|
DPro-NMP
|
G1510εἰσινeisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσινeisin
|
are
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆνgēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆνgēn
|
soil
|
N-AFS
|
G2570καλὴνkalēn (Adj-AFS)
G2570 καλός kalós kal-os of uncertain affinity; properly, beautiful, but chiefly (figuratively) good (literally or morally), i.e. valuable or virtuous (for appearance or use, and thus distinguished from ἀγαθός, which is properly intrinsic):--X better, fair, good(-ly), honest, meet, well, worthy.
|
καλὴνkalēn
|
good
|
Adj-AFS
|
G4687σπαρέντες,sparentes (V-APP-NMP)
G4687 σπείρω speírō spi-ro probably strengthened from σπάω (through the idea of extending); to scatter, i.e. sow (literally or figuratively):--sow(- er), receive seed.
|
σπαρέντες,sparentes
|
having been sown;
|
V-APP-NMP
|
G3748οἵτινεςhoitines (RelPro-NMP)
G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
οἵτινεςhoitines
|
such as
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G191ἀκούουσινakouousin (V-PIA-3P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούουσινakouousin
|
hear
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3858παραδέχονταιparadechontai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G3858 παραδέχομαι paradéchomai par-ad-ekh-om-ahee from παρά and δέχομαι; to accept near, i.e. admit or (by implication) delight in:--receive.
|
παραδέχονταιparadechontai
|
receive it,
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2592καρποφοροῦσινkarpophorousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2592 καρποφορέω karpophoréō kar-pof-or-eh-o from καρποφόρος; to be fertile (literally or figuratively):--be (bear, bring forth) fruit(-ful).
|
καρποφοροῦσινkarpophorousin
|
bring forth fruit,
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1520ἓνhen (Adj-NNS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἓνhen
|
one
|
Adj-NNS
|
G5144τριάκονταtriakonta (Adj-ANP)
G5144 τριάκοντα triákonta tree-ak-on-tah the decade of τρεῖς; thirty:--thirty.
|
τριάκονταtriakonta
|
thirtyfold,
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1520ἓνhen (Adj-NNS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἓνhen
|
one
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1835ἑξήκονταhexēkonta (Adj-ANP)
G1835 ἑξήκοντα hexḗkonta hex-ay-kon-tah the tenth multiple of ἕξ; sixty:--sixty(-fold), threescore.
|
ἑξήκονταhexēkonta
|
sixty,
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1520ἓνhen (Adj-NNS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἓνhen
|
one
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1540ἑκατόν.hekaton (Adj-ANP)
G1540 ἑκατόν hekatón hek-at-on of uncertain affinity; a hundred:--hundred.
|
ἑκατόν.hekaton
|
a hundred.
|
Adj-ANP
|
20
These are they which are sown on good ground; such as hear the word, and receive it, and bring forth fruit, some thirtyfold, some 60, and some 100.Mark 4:20
Stats
Rank: #7350 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 161 characters, 24 words, 125 letters, 45 vowels, 80 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ουτοι εισιν οι επι την γην την καλην σπαρεντες οιτινες ακουουσιν τον λογον και παραδεχονται και καρποφορουσιν εν τριακοντα και εν εξηκοντα και εν εκατον
Lit: And these are those upon the soil good having been sown; such as hear the word and receive it, and bring forth fruit, one thirtyfold, and one sixty, and one a hundred.
KJV: And these are they which are sown on good ground; such as hear the word, and receive it, and bring forth fruit, some thirtyfold, some sixty, and some an hundred.
References
"which"Mr 4:8: Other fell on good ground: and did yield fruit that sprang up and increased; and brought forth: some 30: and some 60: and some 100.Mt 13:23: But he who received seed into the good ground is he who hears the word: and understands it; which also bears fruit: and brings forth: some an hundredfold: some 60: some 30.Lu 8:15: But that on the good ground are they: which in an ho and good heart: having heard the word: keep it: and bring forth fruit with patience.Joh 15:4: 5: Abide in me: and I in you. As the branch cannot bear fruit of itself: except it abide in the vine; no more can you: except you abide in me.Ro 7:4: For what reason: my brothers: you also are become dead to the law by the body of Christ; that you should be married to another: even to Him who is raised from the dead: that we should bring forth fruit to God.Ga 5:22: 23: But the fruit of the Spirit is love: joy: peace: longsuffering: gentleness: goodness: faith: Php 1:11: Being filled with the fruits of righteousness: which are by Jesus Christ: to the glory and praise of God.Col 1:10: That you might walk worthy of the Lord to all pleasing: being fruitful in every good work: and increasing in the knowledge of God;1Th 4:1: Furthermore then we beseech you: brothers: and exhort you by the Lord Jesus: that as you have received of us how you ought to walk and to please God: so you would abound more and more.2Pe 1:8: For if these things be in you: and abound: they make you that you will neither be barren nor unfruitful in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ."an hundred"Ge 26:12: Then Isaac sowed in that land: and received in the same year an hundredfold: and the LORD blessed Him.
The Lesson of the Lamp
και ελεγεν αυτοις μητι ο λυχνος ερχεται ινα υπο τον μοδιον τεθη η υπο την κλινην ουχ ινα επι την λυχνιαν επιτεθη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004ἔλεγενelegen (V-IIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγενelegen
|
He was saying
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3754〈〈ὅτι〉hoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
〈〈ὅτι〉hoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G3385ΜήτιMēti (IntPrtcl)
G3385 μήτι mḗti may-tee from μή and the neuter of τὶς; whether at all:--not (the particle usually not expressed, except by the form of the question).,
|
ΜήτιMēti
|
Not
|
IntPrtcl
|
G2064ἔρχεταιerchetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχεταιerchetai
|
is brought in
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3088λύχνοςlychnos (N-NMS)
G3088 λύχνος lýchnos lookh-nos from the base of λευκός; a portable lamp or other illuminator (literally or figuratively):--candle, light.
|
λύχνοςlychnos
|
lamp
|
N-NMS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
under
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3426μόδιονmodion (N-AMS)
G3426 μόδιος módios mod-ee-os of Latin origin; a modius, i.e. certain measure for things dry (the quantity or the utensil):--bushel.
|
μόδιονmodion
|
basket
|
N-AMS
|
G5087τεθῇtethē (V-ASP-3S)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
τεθῇtethē
|
it might be put,
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
under
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2825κλίνην;klinēn (N-AFS)
G2825 κλίνη klínē klee-nay from κλίνω; a couch (for sleep, sickness, sitting or eating):--bed, table.
|
κλίνην;klinēn
|
bed?
|
N-AFS
|
G3756οὐχouch (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐχouch
|
Is it not
|
Adv
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3087λυχνίανlychnian (N-AFS)
G3087 λυχνία lychnía lookh-nee-ah from λύχνος; a lamp-stand (literally or figuratively):--candlestick.
|
λυχνίανlychnian
|
lampstand
|
N-AFS
|
G5087τεθῇ;tethē (V-ASP-3S)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
τεθῇ;tethē
|
it might be put?
|
V-ASP-3S
|
21
He said to them, Is a candle brought to be put under a bushel, or under a bed? not and to be set on a candlestick?
Mark 4:21
Stats
Rank: #9798 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 120 characters, 24 words, 90 letters, 36 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ελεγεν αυτοις μητι ο λυχνος ερχεται ινα υπο τον μοδιον τεθη η υπο την κλινην ουχ ινα επι την λυχνιαν επιτεθη
Lit: And He was saying to them - , Not is brought in the lamp so that under the basket it might be put, or under the bed? Is it not that upon the lampstand it might be put?
KJV: And he said unto them, Is a candle brought to be put under a bushel, or under a bed? and not to be set on a candlestick?
References
"Is a"Isa 60:1-3: Arise: shine; for your light is come: and the glory of the LORD is risen upon you.Mt 5:15: Neither do men light a candle: and put it under a bushel: but on a candlestick; and it gives light to all that are in the house.Lu 8:16: No man: when he has lighted a candle: covers it with a vessel: or puts it under a bed; but sets it on a candlestick: that they which enter in may see the light.Lu 11:33: No man: when he has lighted a candle: puts it in a secret place: neither under a bushel: but on a candlestick: that they which come in may see the light.1Co 12:7: But the manifestation of the Spirit is given to every man to profit withal.Eph 5:3-15: But fornication: and all uncleanness: or covetousness: let not it be once named among you: as becomes saints;Php 2:15: 16: That you may be blameless and harmless: the sons of God: without rebuke: in the middle of a crooked and perverse nation: among whom you shine as lights in the world;
ου γαρ εστιν τι κρυπτον ο εαν μη φανερωθη ουδε εγενετο αποκρυφον αλλ ινα εις φανερον ελθη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
Nothing
|
Adv
|
G1063γάρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
there is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G5101〈〈τι〉ti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
〈〈τι〉ti
|
which is
|
IPro-ANS
|
G2927κρυπτὸν,krypton (Adj-NNS)
G2927 κρυπτός kryptós kroop-tos from κρύπτω; concealed, i.e. private:--hid(-den), inward(-ly), secret.
|
κρυπτὸν,krypton
|
hidden,
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G5319φανερωθῇ·phanerōthē (V-ASP-3S)
G5319 φανερόω phaneróō fan-er-o-o from φανερός; to render apparent (literally or figuratively):--appear, manifestly declare, (make) manifest (forth), shew (self).
|
φανερωθῇ·phanerōthē
|
it should be made manifest,
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Conj)
G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
has taken place
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G614ἀπόκρυφον,apokryphon (Adj-NNS)
G614 ἀπόκρυφος apókryphos ap-ok-roo-fos from ἀποκρύπτω; secret; by implication, treasured:--hid, kept secret.
|
ἀπόκρυφον,apokryphon
|
a secret thing,
|
Adj-NNS
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2064ἔλθῃelthē (V-ASA-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔλθῃelthē
|
it should come
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G5318φανερόν.phaneron (Adj-ANS)
G5318 φανερός phanerós fan-er-os from φαίνω; shining, i.e. apparent (literally or figuratively); neuter (as adverb) publicly, externally:--abroad, + appear, known, manifest, open (+ -ly), outward (+ -ly).
|
φανερόν.phaneron
|
light.
|
Adj-ANS
|
22
For there not ishing hid, which will not be manifested; neither was any thing kept secret, but that it should come abroad.Mark 4:22
Stats
Rank: #7053 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 123 characters, 19 words, 98 letters, 34 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: ου γαρ εστιν τι κρυπτον ο εαν μη φανερωθη ουδε εγενετο αποκρυφον αλλ ινα εις φανερον ελθη
Lit: Nothing for there is which is hidden, if not that it should be made manifest, nor has taken place a secret thing, but that it should come to light.
KJV: For there is nothing hid, which shall not be manifested; neither was any thing kept secret, but that it should come abroad.
References
"For there is nothing hid, which shall not be manifested; neither was any thing kept secret, but that it should come abroad."Ps 40:9: 10: I have preached righteousness in the great congregation: indeed: I not have refrained my lips: O LORD: you knowest.Ps 78:2-4: I will open my mouth in a parable: I will utter dark sayings of old:Ec 12:14: For God will bring every work into judgment: with every secret thing: whether it be good: or whether it be evil.Mt 10:26: 27: Fear not them therefore: for there not ishing covered: that will not be revealed; and hid: that will not be known.Lu 8:17: not Forhing is secret: that will not be made manifest; neither any thing hid: that will not be known and come abroad.Lu 12:2: 3: For there not ishing covered: that will not be revealed; neither hid: that will not be known.Ac 4:20: For we cannot but speak the things which we have seen and heard.Ac 20:27: For I not have shunned to declare to you all the counsel of God.1Co 4:5: Therefore not judgehing before the time: until the Lord come: who both will bring to light the hidden things of darkness: and will make manifest the counsels of the hearts: and then will every man have praise of God.1Jo 1:1-3: That which was from the beginning: which we have heard: which we have seen with our eyes: which we have looked upon: and our hands have handled: of the Word of life;
ει τις εχει ωτα ακουειν ακουετω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1487Εἴei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
Εἴei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G2192ἔχειechei (V-PIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειechei
|
has
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3775ὦταōta (N-ANP)
G3775 οὖς oûs ooce apparently a primary word; the ear (physically or mentally):--ear.
|
ὦταōta
|
ears
|
N-ANP
|
G191ἀκούειν,akouein (V-PNA)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούειν,akouein
|
to hear,
|
V-PNA
|
G191ἀκουέτω.akouetō (V-PMA-3S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκουέτω.akouetō
|
let him hear.
|
V-PMA-3S
|
23
If any man have ears to hear, let him hear.Mark 4:23
Stats
Rank: #7937 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 43 characters, 9 words, 32 letters, 14 vowels, 18 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει τις εχει ωτα ακουειν ακουετω
Lit: If anyone has ears to hear, let him hear.
KJV: If any man have ears to hear, let him hear.
References
"If any man have ears to hear, let him hear."Mr 4:9: He said to them: He who has ears to hear: let him hear.Mt 11:15: He who has ears to hear: let him hear.Re 2:7: 11: 17: 29: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches; To Him that overcomes will I give to eat of the tree of life: which is in the middle of the paradise of God.
και ελεγεν αυτοις βλεπετε τι ακουετε εν ω μετρω μετρειτε μετρηθησεται υμιν και προστεθησεται υμιν τοις ακουουσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004ἔλεγενelegen (V-IIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγενelegen
|
He was saying
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G991ΒλέπετεBlepete (V-PMA-2P)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ΒλέπετεBlepete
|
Take heed
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-ANS
|
G191ἀκούετε.akouete (V-PIA-2P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούετε.akouete
|
you hear.
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
With
|
Prep
|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DNS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
what
|
RelPro-DNS
|
G3358μέτρῳmetrō (N-DNS)
G3358 μέτρον métron met-ron an apparently primary word; a measure (metre), literally or figuratively; by implication, a limited portion (degree):-- measure.
|
μέτρῳmetrō
|
measure
|
N-DNS
|
G3354μετρεῖτεmetreite (V-PIA-2P)
G3354 μετρέω metréō met-reh-o from μέτρον; to measure (i.e. ascertain in size by a fixed standard); by implication, to admeasure (i.e. allot by rule):--figuratively, to estimate:--measure, mete.
|
μετρεῖτεmetreite
|
you measure
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G3354μετρηθήσεταιmetrēthēsetai (V-FIP-3S)
G3354 μετρέω metréō met-reh-o from μέτρον; to measure (i.e. ascertain in size by a fixed standard); by implication, to admeasure (i.e. allot by rule):--figuratively, to estimate:--measure, mete.
|
μετρηθήσεταιmetrēthēsetai
|
it will be measured
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G4771ὑμῖν,hymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖν,hymin
|
to you,
|
PPro-D2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4369προστεθήσεταιprostethēsetai (V-FIP-3S)
G4369 προστίθημι prostíthēmi pros-tith-ay-mee from πρός and τίθημι; to place additionally, i.e. lay beside, annex, repeat:--add, again, give more, increase, lay unto, proceed further, speak to any more.
|
προστεθήσεταιprostethēsetai
|
more will be added
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G4771ὑμῖν.hymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖν.hymin
|
to you.
|
PPro-D2P
|
24
He said to them, Take heed what you hear: with what measure you mete, it will be measured to you: and to you that hear will more be given.
Mark 4:24
Stats
Counts: 146 characters, 26 words, 112 letters, 48 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ελεγεν αυτοις βλεπετε τι ακουετε εν ω μετρω μετρειτε μετρηθησεται υμιν και προστεθησεται υμιν τοις ακουουσιν
Lit: And He was saying to them, Take heed what you hear. With what measure you measure it will be measured to you, and more will be added to you.
KJV: And he said unto them, Take heed what ye hear: with what measure ye mete, it shall be measured to you: and unto you that hear shall more be given.
References
"Take"Pr 19:27: Cease: my son: to hear the instruction that causeth to err from the words of knowledge.Lu 8:18: Take heed therefore how you hear: for whoever has: to him will be given; and whoever has not: from him will be taken even that which he seems to have.Ac 17:11: These were more noble than those in Thessalonica: in that they received the word with all readiness of mind: and searched the scriptures daily: whether those things were so.Heb 2:1: Therefore we ought to give the more ear heed to the things which we have heard: lest at any time we should let them slip.1Jo 4:1: Beloved: not believe every spirit: but try the spirits whether they are of God: because many false prophets are gone out into the world.1Pe 2:2: As newborn babes: desire the sincere milk of the word: that you may grow thereby:2Pe 2:1-3: But there were false prophets also among the people: even as there will be false teachers among you: who privily will bring in damnable heresies: even denying the Lord that bought them: and bring upon themselves swift destruction."with"Mt 7:2: For with what judgment you judge: you will be judged: and with what measure you mete: it will be measured to you again.Lu 6:37: 38: not Judge: and you will not be judged: not condemn: and you will not be condemned: forgive: and you will be forgiven:2Co 9:6: But this I say: He which sows'>sows sparingly will reap also sparingly; and he which sows'>sows bountifully will reap also bountifully."hear"Mr 9:7: There was a cloud that overshadowed them: and a voice came out of the cloud: saying: This is my beloved Son: hear Him.Isa 55:3: Incline your ear: and come to me: hear: and your soul will live; and I will make an everlasting covenant with you: even the sure mercies of David.Joh 5:25: Truly: truly: I say to you: The hour is coming: and now is: when the dead will hear the voice of the Son of God: and they that hear will live.Joh 10:16: 27: Other sheep I have: which not are of this fold: them also I must bring: and they will hear my voice; and there will be one fold: and one shepherd.
ος γαρ αν εχη δοθησεται αυτω και ος ουκ εχει και ο εχει αρθησεται απ αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
Whoever
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2192ἔχει,echei (V-PIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχει,echei
|
may have,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1325δοθήσεταιdothēsetai (V-FIP-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δοθήσεταιdothēsetai
|
it will be given
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G846αὐτῷ·autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ·autō
|
to him;
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
he who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχει,echei (V-PIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχει,echei
|
has,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
even
|
Conj
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
that which
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G2192ἔχειechei (V-PIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειechei
|
he has
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G142ἀρθήσεταιarthēsetai (V-FIP-3S)
G142 αἴρω aírō ah-ee-ro a primary root; to lift up; by implication, to take up or away; figuratively, to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind), specially, to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Hebraism (compare נָשָׂא) to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).
|
ἀρθήσεταιarthēsetai
|
will be taken away
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G575ἀπ’ap’ (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπ’ap’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
25
For he who has, to him will be given: and he who has not, from him will be taken even that which he has.Mark 4:25
Stats
Rank: #7936 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 111 characters, 21 words, 84 letters, 27 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: ος γαρ αν εχη δοθησεται αυτω και ος ουκ εχει και ο εχει αρθησεται απ αυτου
Lit: Whoever for may have, it will be given to him; and he who not has, even that which he has will be taken away from him.
KJV: For he that hath, to him shall be given: and he that hath not, from him shall be taken even that which he hath.
References
"For he that hath, to him shall be given: and he that hath not, from him shall be taken even that which he hath."Mt 13:12: For whoever has: to him will be given: and he will have more abundance: but whoever has not: from him will be taken away even that he has.Mt 25:28: 29: Take therefore the talent from him: and give it to him which has 10 talents.Lu 8:18: Take heed therefore how you hear: for whoever has: to him will be given; and whoever has not: from him will be taken even that which he seems to have.Lu 16:9-12: I say to you: Make to yourselves friends of the mammon of unrighteousness; that: when you fail: they may receive you into everlasting habitations.Lu 19:24-26: He said to them that stood by: Take from him the pound: and give it to him that has 10 pounds.Joh 15:2: Every branch in me that bears'>bears not fruit he takes away: and every branch that bears'>bears fruit: he purges it: that it may bring forth more fruit.
The Seed Growing Secretly
και ελεγεν ουτως εστιν η βασιλεια του θεου ως εαν ανθρωπος βαλη τον σπορον επι της γης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004ἔλεγενelegen (V-IIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγενelegen
|
He was saying,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3779ΟὕτωςHoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
ΟὕτωςHoutōs
|
Thus
|
Adv
|
G1510ἐστὶνestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστὶνestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G932βασιλείαbasileia (N-NFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείαbasileia
|
kingdom
|
N-NFS
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G444ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos (N-NMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos
|
a man
|
N-NMS
|
G906βάλῃbalē (V-ASA-3S)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
βάλῃbalē
|
should cast
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G4703σπόρονsporon (N-AMS)
G4703 σπόρος spóros spro-os from σπείρω; a scattering (of seed), i.e. (concretely) seed (as sown):--seed (X sown).
|
σπόρονsporon
|
seed
|
N-AMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς,gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς,gēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
26
He said, So is the kingdom of God, as if a man should cast seed into the ground;
Mark 4:26
Stats
Rank: #1920 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 84 characters, 17 words, 63 letters, 25 vowels, 38 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ελεγεν ουτως εστιν η βασιλεια του θεου ως εαν ανθρωπος βαλη τον σπορον επι της γης
Lit: And He was saying, Thus is the kingdom of God, as a man should cast the seed upon the earth,
KJV: And he said, So is the kingdom of God, as if a man should cast seed into the ground;
References
"So"Mt 3:2: Saying: Repent you: for the kingdom of heaven is at hand.Mt 4:17: From that time Jesus began to preach: and to say: Repent: for the kingdom of heaven is at hand.Mt 13:11: 31: 33: He answered and said to them: Because it is given to you to know the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven: but to them it not is given.Lu 13:18: Then said He: To what is the kingdom of God like? and to what will I resemble it?"as"Mr 4:3: 4: 14-20: Listen; Look: there went out a sower to sow:Pr 11:18: The wicked works a deceitful work: but to him that sows righteousness will be a sure reward.Ec 11:4: 6: He who observes the wind will not sow; and he who regards the clouds will not reap.Isa 28:24-26: Does the plowman plow all day to sow? does he open and break the clods of his ground?Isa 32:20: Blessed are you that sow beside all waters: that send forth there the feet of the ox and the ass.Mt 13:3: 24: He spoke many things to them in parables: saying: Look: a sower went forth to sow;Lu 8:5: 11: A sower went out to sow his seed: and as he sowed: some fell by the way side; and it was trodden down: and the fowls of the air devoured it.Joh 4:36-38: he who reaps'>reaps receives wages: and gathers fruit to life eternal: that both he who sows and he who reaps'>reaps may rejoice together.Joh 12:24: Truly: truly: I say to you: Except a grain of wheat fall into the ground and die: it abides alone: but if it die: it brings forth much fruit.1Co 3:6-9: I have planted: Apollos watered; but God gave the increase.Jas 3:18: The fruit of righteousness is sown in peace of them that make peace.1Pe 1:23-25: Being born again: not of corruptible seed: but of incorruptible: by the word of God: which lives and abides for ever.
και καθευδη και εγειρηται νυκτα και ημεραν και ο σπορος βλαστανη και μηκυνηται ως ουκ οιδεν αυτος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2518καθεύδῃkatheudē (V-PSA-3S)
G2518 καθεύδω katheúdō kath-yoo-do from κατά and (to sleep); to lie down to rest, i.e. (by implication) to fall asleep (literally or figuratively):--(be a-)sleep.
|
καθεύδῃkatheudē
|
should sleep
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1453ἐγείρηταιegeirētai (V-PSM/P-3S)
G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἐγείρηταιegeirētai
|
rise
|
V-PSM/P-3S
|
G3571νύκταnykta (N-AFS)
G3571 νύξ nýx noox a primary word; night (literally or figuratively):-- (mid-)night.
|
νύκταnykta
|
night
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2250ἡμέραν,hēmeran (N-AFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραν,hēmeran
|
day,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G4703σπόροςsporos (N-NMS)
G4703 σπόρος spóros spro-os from σπείρω; a scattering (of seed), i.e. (concretely) seed (as sown):--seed (X sown).
|
σπόροςsporos
|
seed
|
N-NMS
|
G985βλαστᾷblasta (V-PSA-3S)
G985 βλαστάνω blastánō blas-tan-o from (a sprout); to germinate; by implication, to yield fruit:--bring forth, bud, spring (up).
|
βλαστᾷblasta
|
should sprout
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3373μηκύνηταιmēkynētai (V-PSM/P-3S)
G3373 μηκύνω mēkýnō may-koo-no from μῆκος; to lengthen, i.e. (middle voice) to enlarge:--grow up.
|
μηκύνηταιmēkynētai
|
grow;
|
V-PSM/P-3S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
how
|
Adv
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1492οἶδενoiden (V-RIA-3S)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἶδενoiden
|
knows
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G846αὐτός.autos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτός.autos
|
he.
|
PPro-NM3S
|
27
Should sleep, and rise night and day, and the seed should spring and grow up, he knows not how.Mark 4:27
Stats
Rank: #8744 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 101 characters, 17 words, 78 letters, 26 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: και καθευδη και εγειρηται νυκτα και ημεραν και ο σπορος βλαστανη και μηκυνηται ως ουκ οιδεν αυτος
Lit: and should sleep and rise night and day, and the seed should sprout and grow; how not knows he.
KJV: And should sleep, and rise night and day, and the seed should spring and grow up, he knoweth not how.
References
"and grow"Ec 8:17: Then I beheld all the work of God: that a man cannot find out the work that is done under the sun: because though a man labour to seek it out: yet He will not find it; yes further; though a wise man think to know it: yet will He not">not He be able to find it.Ec 11:5: As you know'>know not what is the way of the spirit: nor how the bones do grow in the womb of her that is with child: even so you know'>know not the works of God who makes all.Joh 3:7: 8: not Marvel that I said to you: You must be born again.1Co 15:37: 38: That which you sow'>sow: you sow'>sow not that body that will be: but bare grain: it may chance of wheat: or of some other grain:2Th 1:3: We are bound to thank God always for you: brothers: as it is meet: because that your faith grows exceedingly: and the charity of every one of you all toward each other abounds;2Pe 3:18: But grow in grace: and in the knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. To Him be glory both now and for ever. Amen.
αυτοματη γαρ η γη καρποφορει πρωτον χορτον ειτα σταχυν ειτα πληρη σιτον εν τω σταχυι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G844αὐτομάτηautomatē (Adj-NFS)
G844 αὐτόματος autómatos ow-tom-at-os from αὐτός and the same as μάτην; self-moved (automatic), i.e. spontaneous:--of own accord, of self.
|
αὐτομάτηautomatē
|
Of itself,
|
Adj-NFS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1093γῆgē (N-NFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆgē
|
earth
|
N-NFS
|
G2592καρποφορεῖ,karpophorei (V-PIA-3S)
G2592 καρποφορέω karpophoréō kar-pof-or-eh-o from καρποφόρος; to be fertile (literally or figuratively):--be (bear, bring forth) fruit(-ful).
|
καρποφορεῖ,karpophorei
|
brings forth fruit—
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4412πρῶτονprōton (Adv-S)
G4412 πρῶτον prōton pro-ton neuter of πρῶτος as adverb (with or without ὁ); firstly (in time, place, order, or importance):--before, at the beginning, chiefly (at, at the) first (of all).
|
πρῶτονprōton
|
first
|
Adv-S
|
G5528χόρτον,chorton (N-AMS)
G5528 χόρτος chórtos khor-tos apparently a primary word; a court or garden, i.e. (by implication, of pasture) herbage or vegetation:--blade, grass, hay.
|
χόρτον,chorton
|
a plant,
|
N-AMS
|
G1534εἶτα*eita (Adv)
G1534 εἶτα eîta i-tah of uncertain affinity; a particle of succession (in time or logical enumeration), then, moreover:--after that(-ward), furthermore, then. See also ἔπειτα.
|
εἶτα*eita
|
then
|
Adv
|
G4719στάχυν,stachyn (N-AMS)
G4719 στάχυς stáchys stakh-oos from the base of ἵστημι; a head of grain (as standing out from the stalk):--ear (of corn).
|
στάχυν,stachyn
|
an ear,
|
N-AMS
|
G1534εἶτα*eita (Adv)
G1534 εἶτα eîta i-tah of uncertain affinity; a particle of succession (in time or logical enumeration), then, moreover:--after that(-ward), furthermore, then. See also ἔπειτα.
|
εἶτα*eita
|
then
|
Adv
|
G4134πλήρηςplērēs (Adj-AMS)
G4134 πλήρης plḗrēs play-race from πλήθω; replete, or covered over; by analogy, complete:--full.
|
πλήρηςplērēs
|
full
|
Adj-AMS
|
G4621σῖτον*siton (N-AMS)
G4621 σῖτος sîtos see-tah of uncertain derivation; grain, especially wheat:--corn, wheat.
|
σῖτον*siton
|
grain
|
N-AMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G4719στάχυϊ.stachui (N-DMS)
G4719 στάχυς stáchys stakh-oos from the base of ἵστημι; a head of grain (as standing out from the stalk):--ear (of corn).
|
στάχυϊ.stachui
|
ear.
|
N-DMS
|
28
For the earth brings forth fruit of herself; first the blade, then the ear, after that the full grain in the ear.Mark 4:28
Stats
Rank: #8902 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 114 characters, 19 words, 89 letters, 30 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: αυτοματη γαρ η γη καρποφορει πρωτον χορτον ειτα σταχυν ειτα πληρη σιτον εν τω σταχυι
Lit: Of itself, the earth brings forth fruit— first a plant, then an ear, then full grain in the ear.
KJV: For the earth bringeth forth fruit of herself; first the blade, then the ear, after that the full corn in the ear.
References
"the earth"Ge 1:11: 12: God said: Let the earth bring forth grass: the herb yielding seed: and the fruit tree yielding fruit after His kind: whose seed is in itself: upon the earth: and it was so.Ge 2:4: 5: 9: These are the generations of the heavens and of the earth when they were created: in the day that the LORD God made the earth and the heavens: Ge 4:11: 12: Now are you cursed from the earth: which has opened her mouth to receive your brother's blood from your hand;Isa 61:11: For as the earth brings forth her bud: and as the garden causes the things that are sown in it to spring forth; so the Lord GOD will cause righteousness and praise to spring forth before all the nations."first"Mr 4:31: 32: It is like a grain of mustard seed: which: when it is sown in the earth: is less than all the seeds that be in the earth:Ps 1:3: He will be like a tree planted by the rivers of water: that brings forth his fruit in his season; his leaf also will not where; and whatever he does will prosper.Ps 92:13: 14: Those that be planted in the house of the LORD will flourish in the courts of our God.Pr 4:18: But the path of the just is as the shining light: that shines more and more to the perfect day.Ec 3:1: 11: To every thing there is a season: and a time to every purpose under the heaven:Ho 6:3: Then will we know: if we follow on to know the LORD: His going forth is prepared as the morning; and He will come to us as the rain: as the latter and former rain to the earth.Php 1:6: 9-11: Being confident of this very thing: that He which has begun a good work in you will perform it until the day of Jesus Christ:Col 1:10: That you might walk worthy of the Lord to all pleasing: being fruitful in every good work: and increasing in the knowledge of God;1Th 3:12: 13: The Lord make you to increase and abound in love one toward another: and toward all men: even as we do toward you:"blade"Mt 13:26: But when the blade was sprung up: and brought forth fruit: then appeared the tares also.
οταν δε παραδω ο καρπος ευθεως αποστελλει το δρεπανον οτι παρεστηκεν ο θερισμος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj)
G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
When
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3860παραδοῖparadoi (V-ASA-3S)
G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παραδοῖparadoi
|
offers itself
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2590καρπός,karpos (N-NMS)
G2590 καρπός karpós kar-pos probably from the base of ἁρπάζω; fruit (as plucked), literally or figuratively:--fruit.
|
καρπός,karpos
|
fruit,
|
N-NMS
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G649ἀποστέλλειapostellei (V-PIA-3S)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀποστέλλειapostellei
|
he sends
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G1407δρέπανον,drepanon (N-ANS)
G1407 δρέπανον drépanon drep-an-on from (to pluck); a gathering hook (especially for harvesting):--sickle.
|
δρέπανον,drepanon
|
sickle,
|
N-ANS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3936παρέστηκενparestēken (V-RIA-3S)
G3936 παρίστημι parístēmi par-is-tan-o from παρά and ἵστημι; to stand beside, i.e. (transitively) to exhibit, proffer, (specially), recommend, (figuratively) substantiate; or (intransitively) to be at hand (or ready), aid:--assist, bring before, command, commend, give presently, present, prove, provide, shew, stand (before, by, here, up, with), yield.
|
παρέστηκενparestēken
|
has come
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2326θερισμός.therismos (N-NMS)
G2326 θερισμός therismós ther-is-mos from θερίζω; reaping, i.e. the crop:--harvest.
|
θερισμός.therismos
|
harvest.
|
N-NMS
|
29
But when the fruit is brought forth, immediately he puts in the sickle, because the harvest is come.Mark 4:29
Stats
Rank: #9343 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 103 characters, 16 words, 83 letters, 31 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: οταν δε παραδω ο καρπος ευθεως αποστελλει το δρεπανον οτι παρεστηκεν ο θερισμος
Lit: When then offers itself the fruit, immediately he sends the sickle, for has come the harvest.
KJV: But when the fruit is brought forth, immediately he putteth in the sickle, because the harvest is come.
References
"brought forth"Job 5:26: You will come to your grave in a full age: like as a shock of grain comes in in his season.2Ti 4:7: 8: I have fought a good fight: I have finished my course: I have kept the faith:"he putteth"Isa 57:1: 2: The righteous perishes: and no man lays it to heart: and merciful men are taken away: none considering that the righteous is taken away from the evil to come.Joe 3:13: Put you in the sickle: for the harvest is ripe: come: get you down; for the press is full: the fats overflow; for their wickedness is great.Mt 13:30: 40-43: Let both grow together until the harvest'>harvest: and in the time of harvest'>harvest I will say to the reapers: Gather you together first the tares: and bind them in bundles to burn them: but gather the wheat into my barn.Re 14:13-17: I heard a voice from heaven saying to me: Write: Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord from henceforth: Yes: says the Spirit: that they may rest from their labours; and their works do follow them.
The Parable of the Mustard Seed
και ελεγεν τινι ομοιωσωμεν την βασιλειαν του θεου η εν ποια παραβολη παραβαλωμεν αυτην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004ἔλεγενelegen (V-IIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγενelegen
|
He was saying,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G4459ΠῶςPōs (Adv)
G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
ΠῶςPōs
|
To what
|
Adv
|
G3666ὁμοιώσωμενhomoiōsōmen (V-ASA-1P)
G3666 ὁμοιόω homoióō hom-oy-o-o from ὅμοιος; to assimilate, i.e. compare; passively, to become similar:--be (make) like, (in the) liken(-ess), resemble.
|
ὁμοιώσωμενhomoiōsōmen
|
shall we liken
|
V-ASA-1P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G932βασιλείανbasileian (N-AFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείανbasileian
|
kingdom
|
N-AFS
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
of God?
|
N-GMS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
Or
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5101τίνιtini (IPro-DFS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίνιtini
|
what
|
IPro-DFS
|
G846αὐτὴνautēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὴνautēn
|
it
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G3850παραβολῇparabolē (N-DFS)
G3850 παραβολή parabolḗ par-ab-ol-ay from παραβάλλω; a similitude (parable), i.e. (symbolic) fictitious narrative (of common life conveying a moral), apothegm or adage:--comparison, figure, parable, proverb.
|
παραβολῇparabolē
|
parable
|
N-DFS
|
G5087θῶμεν;thōmen (V-ASA-1P)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
θῶμεν;thōmen
|
shall we present?
|
V-ASA-1P
|
30
He said, To what will we liken the kingdom of God? or with what comparison will we compare it?
Mark 4:30
Stats
Counts: 102 characters, 17 words, 81 letters, 30 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ελεγεν τινι ομοιωσωμεν την βασιλειαν του θεου η εν ποια παραβολη παραβαλωμεν αυτην
Lit: And He was saying, To what shall we liken the kingdom of God? Or in what it parable shall we present?
KJV: And he said, Whereunto shall we liken the kingdom of God? or with what comparison shall we compare it?
References
"And he said, Whereunto shall we liken the kingdom of God? or with what comparison shall we compare it?"La 2:13: What thing will I take to witness for you? what thing will I liken to you: O daughter of Jerusalem? what will I equal to you: that I may comfort you: O virgin daughter of Zion? for your breach is great like the sea: who can heal you?Mt 11:16: But to what will I liken this generation? It is like to children sitting in the markets: and calling to their fellows: Lu 13:18: 20: 21: Then said He: To what is the kingdom of God like? and to what will I resemble it?
ως κοκκω σιναπεως ος οταν σπαρη επι της γης μικροτερος παντων των σπερματων εστιν των επι της γης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
As
|
Adv
|
G2848κόκκῳkokkō (N-DMS)
G2848 κόκκος kókkos kok-kos apparently a primary word; a kernel of seed:--corn, grain.
|
κόκκῳkokkō
|
to a grain
|
N-DMS
|
G4615σινάπεως,sinapeōs (N-GNS)
G4615 σίναπι sínapi sin-ap-ee perhaps from (to hurt, i.e. sting); mustard (the plant):--mustard.
|
σινάπεως,sinapeōs
|
of mustard,
|
N-GNS
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
which,
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj)
G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
when
|
Conj
|
G4687σπαρῇsparē (V-ASP-3S)
G4687 σπείρω speírō spi-ro probably strengthened from σπάω (through the idea of extending); to scatter, i.e. sow (literally or figuratively):--sow(- er), receive seed.
|
σπαρῇsparē
|
it has been sown
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς,gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς,gēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
G3398μικρότερονmikroteron (Adj-NNS-C)
G3398 μικρός mikrós mik-rot-er-os apparently a primary word; small (in size, quantity, number or (figuratively) dignity):--least, less, little, small.
|
μικρότερονmikroteron
|
smallest
|
Adj-NNS-C
|
G1510ὂνon (V-PPA-NNS)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὂνon
|
is
|
V-PPA-NNS
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GNP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
of all
|
Adj-GNP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G4690σπερμάτωνspermatōn (N-GNP)
G4690 σπέρμα spérma sper-mah from σπείρω; something sown, i.e. seed (including the male sperm); by implication, offspring; specially, a remnant (figuratively, as if kept over for planting):--issue, seed.
|
σπερμάτωνspermatōn
|
seeds
|
N-GNP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
which are
|
Art-GNP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς,gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς,gēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
31
It is like a grain of mustard seed, which, when it is sown in the earth, is less than all the seeds that be in the earth:Mark 4:31
Stats
Counts: 121 characters, 24 words, 91 letters, 34 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως κοκκω σιναπεως ος οταν σπαρη επι της γης μικροτερος παντων των σπερματων εστιν των επι της γης
Lit: As to a grain of mustard, which, when it has been sown upon the earth, smallest is of all the seeds which are upon the earth,
KJV: It is like a grain of mustard seed, which, when it is sown in the earth, is less than all the seeds that be in the earth:
References
"like"Mt 13:31-33: Another parable put he forth to them: saying: The kingdom of heaven is like to a grain of mustard seed: which a man took: and sowed in his field:Lu 13:18: 19: Then said He: To what is the kingdom of God like? and to what will I resemble it?"is less than"Ge 22:17: 18: That in blessing I will bless you: and in multiplying I will multiply your seed as the stars of the heaven: and as the sand which is upon the sea shore; and your seed will possess the gate of his enemies;Ps 72:16-19: There will be an handful of grain in the earth upon the top of the mountains; the fruit thereof will shake like Lebanon: and they of the city will flourish like grass of the earth.Isa 2:2: 3: It will come to pass in the last days: that the mountain of the LORD's house will be established in the top of the mountains: and will be exalted above the hills; and all nations will flow to it.Isa 9:7: Of the increase of His government and peace there will be no end: upon the throne of David: and upon His kingdom: to order it: and to establish it with judgment and with justice from henceforth even for ever. The zeal of the LORD of hosts will perform this.Isa 49:6: 7: He said: It is a light thing that you should be my servant to raise up the tribes of Jacob: and to restore the preserved of Israel: I will also give you for a light to the Gentiles: that you may be my salvation to the end of the earth.Isa 53:2: 12: For he will grow up before him as a tender plant: and as a root out of a dry ground: he has no form nor comeliness; and when we will see him: there is no beauty that we should desire him.Isa 54:1-3: Sing: O barren: you that did not bear; break forth into singing: and cry aloud: you that did not travail with child: for more are the children of the desolate than the children of the married wife: says the LORD.Isa 60:22: A little one will become a000: and a small one a strong nation: I the LORD will hasten it in His time.Eze 17:22-24: Thus says the Lord GOD; I will also take of the high branch of the high cedar: and will set it; I will crop off from the top of His young twigs a tender one: and will plant it upon an high mountain and eminent:Da 2:34: 35: 44: 45: You saw till that a stone was cut out without hands: which smote the image upon his feet that were of iron and clay: and brake them to pieces.Am 9:11-15: In that day will I raise up the tabernacle of David that is fallen: and close up the breaches thereof; and I will raise up his ruins: and I will build it as in the days of old:Mic 4:1: 2: But in the last days it will come to pass: that the mountain of the house of the LORD will be established in the top of the mountains: and it will be exalted above the hills; and people will flow to it.Zec 2:11: Many nations will be joined to the LORD in that day: and will be my people: and I will dwell in the middle of you: and you will know that the LORD of hosts has sent me to you.Zec 8:20-23: Thus says the LORD of hosts; It will yet come to pass: that there will come people: and the inhabitants of many cities:Zec 12:8: In that day will the LORD defend the inhabitants of Jerusalem; and He that'>He who is feeble among them at that day will be as David; and the house of David will be as God: as the angel of the LORD before them.Zec 14:6-9: It will come to pass in that day: that the light will not be clear: nor dark:Mal 1:11: For from the rising of the sun even to the going down of the same my name will be great among the Gentiles; and in every place incense will be offered to my name: and a pure offering: for my name will be great among the heathen: says the LORD of hosts.Ac 2:41: Then they that gladly received his word were baptized: and the same day there were added to them about 3000 souls.Ac 4:4: Howbeit many of them which heard the word believed; and the number of the men was about 5000.Ac 5:14: Believers were the more added to the Lord: multitudes both of men and women.)Ac 19:20: So mightily grew the word of God and prevailed.Ac 21:20: When they heard it: they glorified the Lord: and said to Him: You see: brother: how many thousands of Jews there are which believe; and they are all zealous of the law:Re 11:15: The seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven: saying: The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord: and of His Christ; and He will reign for ever and ever.Re 20:1-6: I saw an angel come down from heaven: having the key of the bottomless pit and a great chain in his hand.
και οταν σπαρη αναβαινει και γινεται παντων των λαχανων μειζων και ποιει κλαδους μεγαλους ωστε δυνασθαι υπο την σκιαν αυτου τα πετεινα του ουρανου κατασκηνουν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj)
G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
when
|
Conj
|
G4687σπαρῇ,sparē (V-ASP-3S)
G4687 σπείρω speírō spi-ro probably strengthened from σπάω (through the idea of extending); to scatter, i.e. sow (literally or figuratively):--sow(- er), receive seed.
|
σπαρῇ,sparē
|
it has been sown,
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G305ἀναβαίνειanabainei (V-PIA-3S)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀναβαίνειanabainei
|
it grows up
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1096γίνεταιginetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γίνεταιginetai
|
becomes
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3173μεῖζονmeizon (Adj-NNS-C)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεῖζονmeizon
|
greater
|
Adj-NNS-C
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GNP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
than all
|
Adj-GNP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G3001λαχάνων,lachanōn (N-GNP)
G3001 λάχανον láchanon lakh-an-on from (to dig); a vegetable:--herb.
|
λαχάνων,lachanōn
|
garden plants,
|
N-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4160ποιεῖpoiei (V-PIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιεῖpoiei
|
it produces
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2798κλάδουςkladous (N-AMP)
G2798 κλάδος kládos klad-os from κλάω; a twig or bough (as if broken off):--branch.
|
κλάδουςkladous
|
branches
|
N-AMP
|
G3173μεγάλους,megalous (Adj-AMP)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλους,megalous
|
great,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G5620ὥστεhōste (Conj)
G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
ὥστεhōste
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G1410δύνασθαιdynasthai (V-PNM/P)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύνασθαιdynasthai
|
are able
|
V-PNM/P
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
under
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4639σκιὰνskian (N-AFS)
G4639 σκιά skiá skee-ah apparently a primary word; shade or a shadow (literally or figuratively (darkness of error or an adumbration)):-- shadow.
|
σκιὰνskian
|
shadow
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of it
|
PPro-GN3S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G4071πετεινὰpeteina (N-ANP)
G4071 πετεινόν peteinón pet-i-non neuter of a derivative of πέτομαι; a flying animal, i.e. bird:--bird, fowl.
|
πετεινὰpeteina
|
birds
|
N-ANP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3772οὐρανοῦouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦouranou
|
air
|
N-GMS
|
G2681κατασκηνοῦν*.kataskēnoun (V-PNA)
G2681 κατασκηνόω kataskēnóō kat-as-kay-no-o from κατά and σκηνόω; to camp down, i.e. haunt; figuratively, to remain:--lodge, rest.
|
κατασκηνοῦν*.kataskēnoun
|
to perch.
|
V-PNA
|
32
But when it is sown, it grows up, and becomes greater than all herbs, and shoots out great branches; so that the fowls of the air may lodge under the shadow of it.Mark 4:32
Stats
Counts: 168 characters, 29 words, 131 letters, 47 vowels, 84 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οταν σπαρη αναβαινει και γινεται παντων των λαχανων μειζων και ποιει κλαδους μεγαλους ωστε δυνασθαι υπο την σκιαν αυτου τα πετεινα του ουρανου κατασκηνουν
Lit: and when it has been sown, it grows up and becomes greater than all the garden plants, and it produces branches great, so that are able under the shadow of it the birds of the air to perch.
KJV: But when it is sown, it groweth up, and becometh greater than all herbs, and shooteth out great branches; so that the fowls of the air may lodge under the shadow of it.
References
"and becometh"Pr 4:18: But the path of the just is as the shining light: that shines more and more to the perfect day.Isa 11:9: They will not hurt nor destroy in all my holy mountain: for the earth will be full of the knowledge of the LORD: as the waters cover the sea."shooteth"Ps 80:9-11: You preparedst room before it: and did cause it to take deep root: and it filled the land.Eze 31:3-10: Look: the Assyrian was a cedar in Lebanon with fair branches: and with a shadowing shroud: and of an high stature; and his top was among the thick boughs.Da 4:10-14: 20-22: Thus were the visions of my head in my bed; I saw: and look a tree in the middle of the earth: and the height thereof was great."lodge"Ps 91:1: He who dwells in the secret place of the most High will abide under the shadow of the Almighty.Song 2:3: As the apple tree among the trees of the wood: so is my beloved among the sons. I sat down under his shadow with great delight: and his fruit was sweet to my taste.Isa 32:2: A man will be as an hiding place from the wind: and a covert from the tempest; as rivers of water in a dry place: as the shadow of a great rock in a weary land.La 4:20: The breath of our nostrils: the anointed of the LORD: was taken in their pits: of whom we said: Under His shadow we will live among the heathen.
και τοιαυταις παραβολαις πολλαις ελαλει αυτοις τον λογον καθως ηδυναντο ακουειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5108τοιαύταιςtoiautais (DPro-DFP)
G5108 τοιοῦτος toioûtos toy-oo-tos (including the other inflections); from τοί and οὗτος; truly this, i.e. of this sort (to denote character or individuality):--like, such (an one).
|
τοιαύταιςtoiautais
|
with such
|
DPro-DFP
|
G3850παραβολαῖςparabolais (N-DFP)
G3850 παραβολή parabolḗ par-ab-ol-ay from παραβάλλω; a similitude (parable), i.e. (symbolic) fictitious narrative (of common life conveying a moral), apothegm or adage:--comparison, figure, parable, proverb.
|
παραβολαῖςparabolais
|
parables
|
N-DFP
|
G4183πολλαῖςpollais (Adj-DFP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλαῖςpollais
|
many,
|
Adj-DFP
|
G2980ἐλάλειelalei (V-IIA-3S)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλειelalei
|
He kept speaking
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγον,logon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγον,logon
|
word,
|
N-AMS
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv)
G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G1410ἠδύναντοēdynanto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
ἠδύναντοēdynanto
|
they were able
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G191ἀκούειν·akouein (V-PNA)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούειν·akouein
|
to hear.
|
V-PNA
|
33
With many such parables spoke he the word to them, as they were able to hear it.Mark 4:33
Stats
Counts: 86 characters, 17 words, 67 letters, 25 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τοιαυταις παραβολαις πολλαις ελαλει αυτοις τον λογον καθως ηδυναντο ακουειν
Lit: And with such parables many, He kept speaking to them the word, as they were able to hear.
KJV: And with many such parables spake he the word unto them, as they were able to hear it.
References
"with"Mt 13:34: 35: All these things spoke Jesus to the multitude in parables; and without a parable spoke He not">not He to them:"as"Joh 16:12: I have yet many things to say to you: but you cannot bear them now.1Co 3:1: 2: I: brothers: not could speak to you as to spiritual: but as to carnal: even as to babes in Christ.Heb 5:11-14: Of whom we have many things to say: and hard to be uttered: seeing you are dull of hearing.
χωρις δε παραβολης ουκ ελαλει αυτοις κατ ιδιαν δε τοις μαθηταις αυτου επελυεν παντα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5565χωρὶςchōris (Prep)
G5565 χωρίς chōrís kho-rece adverb from χώρα; at a space, i.e. separately or apart from (often as preposition):--beside, by itself, without.
|
χωρὶςchōris
|
Without
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3850παραβολῆςparabolēs (N-GFS)
G3850 παραβολή parabolḗ par-ab-ol-ay from παραβάλλω; a similitude (parable), i.e. (symbolic) fictitious narrative (of common life conveying a moral), apothegm or adage:--comparison, figure, parable, proverb.
|
παραβολῆςparabolēs
|
parables,
|
N-GFS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2980ἐλάλειelalei (V-IIA-3S)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλειelalei
|
would He speak
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖς,autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς,autois
|
to them;
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2596κατ’kat’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατ’kat’
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2398ἰδίανidian (Adj-AFS)
G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἰδίανidian
|
private
|
Adj-AFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to His
|
Art-DMP
|
G2398ἰδίοιςidiois (Adj-DMP)
G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἰδίοιςidiois
|
own
|
Adj-DMP
|
G3101μαθηταῖςmathētais (N-DMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταῖςmathētais
|
disciples
|
N-DMP
|
G1956ἐπέλυενepelyen (V-IIA-3S)
G1956 ἐπιλύω epilýō ep-ee-loo-o from ἐπί and λύω; to solve further, i.e. (figuratively) to explain, decide:--determine, expound.
|
ἐπέλυενepelyen
|
He would explain
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3956πάντα.panta (Adj-ANP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντα.panta
|
all things.
|
Adj-ANP
|
34
But without a parable spoke not he to them: and when they were alone, he expounded all things to his disciples.Mark 4:34
Stats
Counts: 113 characters, 19 words, 90 letters, 35 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: χωρις δε παραβολης ουκ ελαλει αυτοις κατ ιδιαν δε τοις μαθηταις αυτου επελυεν παντα
Lit: Without then parables, not would He speak to them; in private however, to His own disciples He would explain all things.
KJV: But without a parable spake he not unto them: and when they were alone, he expounded all things to his disciples.
References
"when"Mr 4:10: When he was alone: they that were about him with the 12 asked of him the parable.Mr 7:17-23: When he was entered into the house from the people: his disciples asked him concerning the parable.Mt 13:36-43: Then Jesus sent the multitude away: and went into the house: and His disciples came to Him: saying: Declare to us the parable of the tares of the field.Mt 15:15-20: Then answered Peter and said to him: Declare to us this parable.Lu 8:9: 10: His disciples asked him: saying: What might this parable be?Lu 24:27: 44-46: Beginning at Moses and all the prophets: he expounded to them in all the scriptures the things concerning himself.
The Authority of Jesus
και λεγει αυτοις εν εκεινη τη ημερα οψιας γενομενης διελθωμεν εις το περαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
on
|
Prep
|
G1565ἐκείνῃekeinē (DPro-DFS)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνῃekeinē
|
that
|
DPro-DFS
|
G2250ἡμέρᾳhēmera (N-DFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρᾳhēmera
|
day,
|
N-DFS
|
G3798ὀψίαςopsias (Adj-GFS)
G3798 ὄψιος ópsios op-see-os from ὀψέ; late; feminine (as noun) afternoon (early eve) or nightfall (later eve):--even(-ing, (-tide)).
|
ὀψίαςopsias
|
evening
|
Adj-GFS
|
G1096γενομένηςgenomenēs (V-APM-GFS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενομένηςgenomenēs
|
having come,
|
V-APM-GFS
|
G1330ΔιέλθωμενDielthōmen (V-ASA-1P)
G1330 διέρχομαι diérchomai dee-er-khom-ahee from διά and ἔρχομαι; to traverse (literally):--come, depart, go (about, abroad, everywhere, over, through, throughout), pass (by, over, through, throughout), pierce through, travel, walk through.
|
ΔιέλθωμενDielthōmen
|
Let us pass over
|
V-ASA-1P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4008πέραν.peran (Adv)
G4008 πέραν péran per-an apparently accusative case of an obsolete derivative of (to pierce); through (as adverb or preposition), i.e. across:--beyond, farther (other) side, over.
|
πέραν.peran
|
other side.
|
Adv
|
35
The same day, when the even was come, he says to them, Let us pass over to the other side.
Mark 4:35
Stats
Rank: #819 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 99 characters, 18 words, 75 letters, 30 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: και λεγει αυτοις εν εκεινη τη ημερα οψιας γενομενης διελθωμεν εις το περαν
Lit: And He says to them on that day, evening having come, Let us pass over to the other side.
KJV: And the same day, when the even was come, he saith unto them, Let us pass over unto the other side.
References
"the same"Mt 8:23: When he was entered into a ship: his disciples followed him.Lu 8:22: Now it came to pass on a certain day: that he went into a ship with his disciples: and he said to them: Let us go over to the other side of the lake. And they launched forth."Let"Mr 5:21: When Jesus was passed over again by ship to the other side: much people gathered to Him: and He was nigh to the sea.Mr 6:45: Straightway he constrained his disciples to get into the ship: and to go to the other side before to Bethsaida: while he sent away the people.Mr 8:13: He left them: and entering into the ship again departed to the other side.Mt 8:18: Now when Jesus saw great multitudes about Him: He gave commandment to depart to the other side.Mt 14:22: Straightway Jesus constrained His disciples to get into a ship: and to go before Him to the other side: while He sent the multitudes away.Joh 6:1: 17: 25: After these things Jesus went over the sea of Galilee: which is the sea of Tiberias.
και αφεντες τον οχλον παραλαμβανουσιν αυτον ως ην εν τω πλοιω και αλλα δε πλοιαρια ην μετ αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G863ἀφέντεςaphentes (V-APA-NMP)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφέντεςaphentes
|
having dismissed
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3793ὄχλονochlon (N-AMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλονochlon
|
crowd,
|
N-AMS
|
G3880παραλαμβάνουσινparalambanousin (V-PIA-3P)
G3880 παραλαμβάνω paralambánō par-al-am-ban-o from παρά and λαμβάνω; to receive near, i.e. associate with oneself (in any familiar or intimate act or relation); by analogy, to assume an office; figuratively, to learn:--receive, take (unto, with).
|
παραλαμβάνουσινparalambanousin
|
they take with them
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
since
|
Adv
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
He was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4143πλοίῳ,ploiō (N-DNS)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοίῳ,ploiō
|
boat;
|
N-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G243ἄλλαalla (Adj-NNP)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλαalla
|
other
|
Adj-NNP
|
G4143πλοῖαploia (N-NNP)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοῖαploia
|
boats
|
N-NNP
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
were
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
36
When they had sent away the multitude, they took him even as he was in the ship. And there were also with him other little ships.Mark 4:36
Stats
Counts: 133 characters, 25 words, 104 letters, 38 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αφεντες τον οχλον παραλαμβανουσιν αυτον ως ην εν τω πλοιω και αλλα δε πλοιαρια ην μετ αυτου
Lit: And having dismissed the crowd, they take with them Him since He was in the boat; also other boats were with Him.
KJV: And when they had sent away the multitude, they took him even as he was in the ship. And there were also with him other little ships.
References
"even"Mr 4:1: He began again to teach by the sea side: and there was gathered to him a great multitude: so that he entered into a ship: and sat in the sea; and the whole multitude was by the sea on the land.Mr 3:9: He spoke to his disciples: that a small ship should wait on him because of the multitude: lest they should throng him.
και γινεται λαιλαψ ανεμου μεγαλη τα δε κυματα επεβαλλεν εις το πλοιον ωστε αυτο ηδη γεμιζεσθαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1096γίνεταιginetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γίνεταιginetai
|
comes
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G2978λαῖλαψlailaps (N-NFS)
G2978 λαῖλαψ laîlaps lah-ee-laps of uncertain derivation; a whirlwind (squall):--storm, tempest.
|
λαῖλαψlailaps
|
a storm
|
N-NFS
|
G3173μεγάληmegalē (Adj-NFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάληmegalē
|
violent
|
Adj-NFS
|
G417ἀνέμου,anemou (N-GMS)
G417 ἄνεμος ánemos an-em-os from the base of ἀήρ; wind; (plural) by implication, (the four) quarters (of the earth):--wind.
|
ἀνέμου,anemou
|
of wind,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G2949κύματαkymata (N-NNP)
G2949 κῦμα kŷma koo-mah from (to swell (with young), i.e. bend, curve); a billow (as bursting or toppling):--wave.
|
κύματαkymata
|
waves
|
N-NNP
|
G1911ἐπέβαλλενepeballen (V-IIA-3S)
G1911 ἐπιβάλλω epibállō ep-ee-bal-lo from ἐπί and βάλλω; to throw upon (literal or figurative, transitive or reflexive; usually with more or less force); specially (with ἑαυτοῦ implied) to reflect; impersonally, to belong to:--beat into, cast (up-)on, fall, lay (on), put (unto), stretch forth, think on.
|
ἐπέβαλλενepeballen
|
were breaking
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
over
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4143πλοῖον,ploion (N-ANS)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοῖον,ploion
|
boat,
|
N-ANS
|
G5620ὥστεhōste (Conj)
G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
ὥστεhōste
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G2235ἤδηēdē (Adv)
G2235 ἤδη ḗdē ay-day apparently from ἤ (or possibly ἦ) and δή; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.
|
ἤδηēdē
|
already
|
Adv
|
G1072γεμίζεσθαιgemizesthai (V-PNM/P)
G1072 γεμίζω gemízō ghem-id-zo transitive from γέμω; to fill entirely:--fill (be) full.
|
γεμίζεσθαιgemizesthai
|
is being filled up
|
V-PNM/P
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4143πλοῖον.ploion (N-ANS)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοῖον.ploion
|
boat.
|
N-ANS
|
37
There arose a great storm of wind, and the waves beat into the ship, so that it was now full.Mark 4:37
Stats
Counts: 97 characters, 19 words, 74 letters, 28 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: και γινεται λαιλαψ ανεμου μεγαλη τα δε κυματα επεβαλλεν εις το πλοιον ωστε αυτο ηδη γεμιζεσθαι
Lit: And comes a storm violent of wind, And the waves were breaking over the boat, so that already is being filled up the boat.
KJV: And there arose a great storm of wind, and the waves beat into the ship, so that it was now full.
References
"there arose"Mt 8:23: 24: When he was entered into a ship: his disciples followed him.Lu 8:22: 23: Now it came to pass on a certain day: that he went into a ship with his disciples: and he said to them: Let us go over to the other side of the lake. And they launched forth."great storm"Job 1:12: 19: The LORD said to Satan: Look: all that He has is in your power; only upon Himself not put forth your hand. So Satan went forth from the presence of the LORD.Ps 107:23-31: They that go down to the sea in ships: that do business in great waters;Jon 1:4: But the LORD sent out a great wind into the sea: and there was a mighty tempest in the sea: so that the ship was like to be broken.Ac 27:14-20: 41: not But long after there arose against it a tempestuous wind: called Euroclydon.2Co 11:25: Thrice was I beaten with rods: once was I stoned: thrice I suffered shipwreck: a night and a day I have been in the deep;
και ην αυτος επι τη πρυμνη επι το προσκεφαλαιον καθευδων και διεγειρουσιν αυτον και λεγουσιν αυτω διδασκαλε ου μελει σοι οτι απολλυμεθα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
He
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4403πρύμνῃprymnē (N-DFS)
G4403 πρύμνα prýmna proom-nah feminine of (hindmost); the stern of a ship:--hinder part, stern.
|
πρύμνῃprymnē
|
stern,
|
N-DFS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4344προσκεφάλαιονproskephalaion (N-ANS)
G4344 προσκεφάλαιον proskephálaion pros-kef-al-ahee-on neuter of a presumed compound of πρός and κεφαλή; something for the head, i.e. a cushion:--pillow.
|
προσκεφάλαιονproskephalaion
|
cushion
|
N-ANS
|
G2518καθεύδων·katheudōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2518 καθεύδω katheúdō kath-yoo-do from κατά and (to sleep); to lie down to rest, i.e. (by implication) to fall asleep (literally or figuratively):--(be a-)sleep.
|
καθεύδων·katheudōn
|
sleeping.
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1453ἐγείρουσινegeirousin (V-PIA-3P)
G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἐγείρουσινegeirousin
|
they awaken
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγουσινlegousin (V-PIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγουσινlegousin
|
say
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1320Διδάσκαλε,Didaskale (N-VMS)
G1320 διδάσκαλος didáskalos did-as-kal-os from διδάσκω; an instructor (genitive case or specially):--doctor, master, teacher.
|
Διδάσκαλε,Didaskale
|
Teacher,
|
N-VMS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3199μέλειmelei (V-PIA-3S)
G3199 μέλω mélō mel-o a primary verb; to be of interest to, i.e. to concern (only third person singular present indicative used impersonally, it matters):--(take) care.
|
μέλειmelei
|
is it concern
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
to You
|
PPro-D2S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G622ἀπολλύμεθα;apollymetha (V-PIM-1P)
G622 ἀπόλλυμι apóllymi ap-ol-loo-mee from ἀπό and the base of ὄλεθρος; to destroy fully (reflexively, to perish, or lose), literally or figuratively:--destroy, die, lose, mar, perish.
|
ἀπολλύμεθα;apollymetha
|
we perish?
|
V-PIM-1P
|
38
He was in the hinder part of the ship, asleep on a pillow: and they awake him, and say to him, Master, care you not that we perish?
Mark 4:38
Stats
Counts: 140 characters, 24 words, 106 letters, 40 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ην αυτος επι τη πρυμνη επι το προσκεφαλαιον καθευδων και διεγειρουσιν αυτον και λεγουσιν αυτω διδασκαλε ου μελει σοι οτι απολλυμεθα
Lit: And He was in the stern, on the cushion sleeping. And they awaken Him and say to Him, Teacher, not is it concern to You that we perish?
KJV: And he was in the hinder part of the ship, asleep on a pillow: and they awake him, and say unto him, Master, carest thou not that we perish?
References
"in the"Joh 4:6: Now Jacob's well was there. Jesus therefore: being wearied with His journey: sat thus on the well: and it was about the sixth hour.Heb 2:17: For what reason in all things it behoved Him to be made like to His brothers: that He might be a merciful and faithful high priest in things pertaining to God: to make reconciliation for the sins of the people.Heb 4:15: For we not have an high priest which cannot be touched with the feeling of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are: yet without sin."and they"1Ki 18:27-29: It came to pass at noon: that Elijah mocked them: and said: Cry aloud: for he is a god; either he is talking: or he is pursuing: or he is in a journey: or perhaps he sleeps: and must be awaked.Job 8:5: 6: If you would seek to God betimes: and make your supplication to the Almighty;Ps 44:23: 24: Awake: why sleep you: O Lord? arise: cast us not off for ever.Isa 51:9: 10: Awake: awake: put on strength: O arm of the LORD; awake: as in the ancient days: in the generations of old. Are you not it that has cut Rahab: and wounded the dragon?Mt 8:25: His disciples came to Him: and awoke Him: saying: Lord: save us: we perish.Lu 8:24: They came to him: and awoke him: saying: Master: master: we perish. Then he arose: and rebuked the wind and the raging of the water: and they ceased: and there was a calm."carest"Ps 10:1: 2: Why stand you afar off: O LORD? why hid you yourself in times of trouble?Ps 22:1: 2: Aijeleth Shahar: A Psalm of David.>> My God: my God: why have you forsaken me? why are you so far from helping me: and from the words of my roaring?Ps 77:7-10: Will the Lord cast off for ever? and will He be favourable no more?Isa 40:27: 28: Why say you: O Jacob: and speak: O Israel: My way is hid from the LORD: and my judgment is passed over from my God?Isa 49:14-16: But Zion said: The LORD has forsaken me: and my Lord has forgotten me.Isa 54:6-8: For the LORD has called you as a woman forsaken and grieved in spirit: and a wife of youth: when you were refused: says your God.Isa 63:15: Look down from heaven: and look from the habitation of your holiness and of your glory: where is your zeal and your strength: the sounding of your bowels and of your mercies toward me? are they restrained?Isa 64:12: Will you refrain yourself for these things: O LORD? will you hold your peace: and afflict us very sore?La 3:8: Also when I cry and shout: he shuts out my prayer.1Pe 5:7: Casting all your care upon him; for he cares for you.
και διεγερθεις επετιμησεν τω ανεμω και ειπεν τη θαλασση σιωπα πεφιμωσο και εκοπασεν ο ανεμος και εγενετο γαληνη μεγαλη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1326διεγερθεὶςdiegertheis (V-APP-NMS)
G1326 διεγείρω diegeírō dee-eg-i-ro from διά and ἐγείρω; to wake fully; i.e. arouse (literally or figuratively):--arise, awake, raise, stir up.
|
διεγερθεὶςdiegertheis
|
having been awoken
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G2008ἐπετίμησενepetimēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2008 ἐπιτιμάω epitimáō ep-ee-tee-mah-o from ἐπί and τιμάω; to tax upon, i.e. censure or admonish; by implication, forbid:--(straitly) charge, rebuke.
|
ἐπετίμησενepetimēsen
|
He rebuked
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G417ἀνέμῳanemō (N-DMS)
G417 ἄνεμος ánemos an-em-os from the base of ἀήρ; wind; (plural) by implication, (the four) quarters (of the earth):--wind.
|
ἀνέμῳanemō
|
wind
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
to the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2281θαλάσσῃthalassē (N-DFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θαλάσσῃthalassē
|
sea,
|
N-DFS
|
G4623Σιώπα,Siōpa (V-PMA-2S)
G4623 σιωπάω siōpáō see-o-pah-o from (silence, i.e. a hush; properly, muteness, i.e. involuntary stillness, or inability to speak; and thus differing from σιγή, which is rather a voluntary refusal or indisposition to speak, although the terms are often used synonymously); to be dumb (but not deaf also, like 2974 properly); figuratively, to be calm (as quiet water):--dumb, (hold) peace.
|
Σιώπα,Siōpa
|
Silence,
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G5392πεφίμωσο.pephimōso (V-RMM/P-2S)
G5392 φιμόω phimóō fee-mo-o from (a muzzle); to muzzle:--muzzle.
|
πεφίμωσο.pephimōso
|
be still.
|
V-RMM/P-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2869ἐκόπασενekopasen (V-AIA-3S)
G2869 κοπάζω kopázō kop-ad-zo from κόπος; to tire, i.e. (figuratively) to relax:--cease.
|
ἐκόπασενekopasen
|
abated
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G417ἄνεμος,anemos (N-NMS)
G417 ἄνεμος ánemos an-em-os from the base of ἀήρ; wind; (plural) by implication, (the four) quarters (of the earth):--wind.
|
ἄνεμος,anemos
|
wind,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
there was
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1055γαλήνηgalēnē (N-NFS)
G1055 γαλήνη galḗnē gal-ay-nay of uncertain derivation; tranquillity:--calm.
|
γαλήνηgalēnē
|
a calm
|
N-NFS
|
G3173μεγάλη.megalē (Adj-NFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλη.megalē
|
great.
|
Adj-NFS
|
39
He arose, and rebuked the wind, and said to the sea, Peace, be still. And the wind ceased, and there was a great calm.
Mark 4:39
Stats
Counts: 124 characters, 19 words, 93 letters, 38 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: και διεγερθεις επετιμησεν τω ανεμω και ειπεν τη θαλασση σιωπα πεφιμωσο και εκοπασεν ο ανεμος και εγενετο γαληνη μεγαλη
Lit: And having been awoken He rebuked the wind and said to the sea, Silence, be still. And abated the wind, and there was a calm great.
KJV: And he arose, and rebuked the wind, and said unto the sea, Peace, be still. And the wind ceased, and there was a great calm.
References
"he arose"Ex 14:16: 22: 28: 29: But lift you up your rod: and stretch out your hand over the sea: and divide it: and the children of Israel will go on dry ground through the middle of the sea.Job 38:11: Said: Hitherto will you come: but no further: and here will your proud waves be stayed?Ps 29:10: The LORD sits'>sits upon the flood; yes: the LORD sits'>sits King for ever.Ps 93:3: 4: The floods have lifted up: O LORD: the floods have lifted up their voice; the floods lift up their waves.Ps 104:7-9: At your rebuke they fled; at the voice of your thunder they hasted away.Ps 107:29: He makes the storm a calm: so that the waves thereof are still.Ps 148:8: Fire: and hail; snow: and vapour; stormy wind fulfilling his word:Pr 8:29: When he gave to the sea his decree: that the waters not should pass his commandment: when he appointed the foundations of the earth:Jer 5:22: Fear you not me? says the LORD: will you not tremble at my presence: which have placed the sand for the bound of the sea by a perpetual decree: that it cannot pass it: and though the waves thereof toss themselves: yet can not they prevail; though they roar: yet can not they pass over it?"rebuked"Mr 9:25: When Jesus saw that the people came running together: He rebuked the foul spirit: saying to Him: You dumb and deaf spirit: I charge you: come out of Him: and enter no more into Him.Na 1:4: He rebukes the sea: and makes it dry: and dries up all the rivers: Bashan languishes'>languishes: and Carmel: and the flower of Lebanon languishes'>languishes.Lu 4:39: He stood over her: and rebuked the fever; and it left her: and immediately she arose and ministered to them."the wind"Ps 89:9: You rule the raging of the sea: when the waves thereof arise: you still them.La 3:31: For the Lord not will cast off for ever:
και ειπεν αυτοις τι δειλοι εστε ουτως πως ουκ εχετε πιστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
He said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
Why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G1169δειλοίdeiloi (Adj-NMP)
G1169 δειλός deilós di-los from (dread); timid, i.e. (by implication) faithless:--fearful.
|
δειλοίdeiloi
|
fearful
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1510ἐστεeste (V-PIA-2P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστεeste
|
are you?
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G3768οὔπω*;oupō (Adv)
G3768 οὔπω oúpō oo-po from οὐ and -πω; not yet:--hitherto not, (no…) as yet, not yet.
|
οὔπω*;oupō
|
Still not
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχετεechete (V-PIA-2P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχετεechete
|
have you
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G4102πίστιν;pistin (N-AFS)
G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστιν;pistin
|
faith?
|
N-AFS
|
40
He said to them, Why are you so fearful? how is it that you have no faith?
Mark 4:40
Stats
Counts: 78 characters, 16 words, 58 letters, 24 vowels, 34 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειπεν αυτοις τι δειλοι εστε ουτως πως ουκ εχετε πιστιν
Lit: And He said to them, Why fearful are you? Still not have you faith?
KJV: And he said unto them, Why are ye so fearful? how is it that ye have no faith?
References
"Why"Ps 46:1-3: A Song upon Alamoth.>> God is our refuge and strength: a very present help in trouble.Isa 42:3: A bruised reed will not he break: and the smoking flax will not he quench: he will bring forth judgment to truth.Isa 43:2: When you pass through the waters: I will be with you; and through the rivers: they will not overflow you: when you walk through the fire: you will not be burned; neither will the flame kindle upon you.Mt 8:26: He says to them: Why are you fearful: O you of little faith? Then he arose: and rebuked the winds and the sea; and there was a great calm.Mt 14:31: Immediately Jesus stretched forth His hand: and caught Him: and said to Him: O you of little faith: for what reason did you doubt?Lu 8:25: He said to them: Where is your faith? And they being afraid wondered: saying one to another: What manner of man is this! for he commands even the winds and water: and they obey him.Joh 6:19: 20: So when they had rowed about 25 or 30 furlongs: they see Jesus walking on the sea: and drawing nigh to the ship: and they were afraid."no faith"Mt 6:30: For what reason: if God so clothe the grass of the field: which today is: and to morrow is cast into the oven: will He not much more clothe you: O you of little faith?Mt 16:8: Which when Jesus perceived: He said to them: O you of little faith: why reason you among yourselves: because you have brought no bread?
και εφοβηθησαν φοβον μεγαν και ελεγον προς αλληλους τις αρα ουτος εστιν οτι και ο ανεμος και η θαλασσα υπακουουσιν αυτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5399ἐφοβήθησανephobēthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
ἐφοβήθησανephobēthēsan
|
they feared
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G5401φόβονphobon (N-AMS)
G5401 φόβος phóbos fob-os from a primary (to be put in fear); alarm or fright:--be afraid, + exceedingly, fear, terror.
|
φόβονphobon
|
with fear
|
N-AMS
|
G3173μέγαν,megan (Adj-AMS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγαν,megan
|
great,
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004ἔλεγονelegon (V-IIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγονelegon
|
were saying
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G240ἀλλήλουςallēlous (RecPro-AMP)
G240 ἀλλήλων allḗlōn al-lay-lone Genitive plural from ἄλλος reduplicated; one another:--each other, mutual, one another, (the other), (them-, your-)selves, (selves) together (sometimes with μετά or πρός).,
|
ἀλλήλουςallēlous
|
each other,
|
RecPro-AMP
|
G5101ΤίςTis (IPro-NMS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίςTis
|
Who
|
IPro-NMS
|
G686ἄραara (Conj)
G686 ἄρα ára ar-ah probably from αἴρω (through the idea of drawing a conclusion); a particle denoting an inference more or less decisive (as follows):--haply, (what) manner (of man), no doubt, perhaps, so be, then, therefore, truly, wherefore. Often used in connection with other particles, especially γέ or οὖν (after) or εἰ (before). Compare also ἆρα.,
|
ἄραara
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3778οὗτόςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτόςhoutos
|
this
|
DPro-NMS
|
G1510ἐστιν,estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν,estin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
even
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G417ἄνεμοςanemos (N-NMS)
G417 ἄνεμος ánemos an-em-os from the base of ἀήρ; wind; (plural) by implication, (the four) quarters (of the earth):--wind.
|
ἄνεμοςanemos
|
wind
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G2281θάλασσαthalassa (N-NFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θάλασσαthalassa
|
sea
|
N-NFS
|
G5219ὑπακούειhypakouei (V-PIA-3S)
G5219 ὑπακούω hypakoúō hoop-ak-oo-o from ὑπό and ἀκούω; to hear under (as a subordinate), i.e. to listen attentively; by implication, to heed or conform to a command or authority:--hearken, be obedient to, obey.
|
ὑπακούειhypakouei
|
obey
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷ;autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ;autō
|
Him?
|
PPro-DM3S
|
41
They feared exceedingly, and said one to another, What manner of man is this, that even the wind and the sea obey him?
Mark 4:41
Stats
Counts: 122 characters, 21 words, 95 letters, 37 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εφοβηθησαν φοβον μεγαν και ελεγον προς αλληλους τις αρα ουτος εστιν οτι και ο ανεμος και η θαλασσα υπακουουσιν αυτω
Lit: And they feared with fear great, and were saying to each other, Who then this is, that even the wind and the sea obey Him?
KJV: And they feared exceedingly, and said one to another, What manner of man is this, that even the wind and the sea obey him?
References
"feared"Mr 5:33: But the woman fearing and trembling: knowing what was done in her: came and fell down before him: and told him all the truth.1Sa 12:18-20: 24: So Samuel called to the LORD; and the LORD sent thunder and rain that day: and all the people greatly feared the LORD and Samuel.Ps 89:7: God is greatly to be feared in the assembly of the saints: and to be had in reverence of all them that are about Him.Jon 1:9: 10: 15: 16: He said to them: I am an Hebrew; and I fear the LORD: the God of heaven: which has made the sea and the dry land.Mal 2:5: My covenant was with him of life and peace; and I gave them to him for the fear wherewith he feared me: and was afraid before my name.Heb 12:28: For what reason we receiving a kingdom which cannot be moved: let us have grace: whereby we may serve God acceptably with reverence and godly fear:Re 15:4: Who will not fear you: O Lord: and glorify your name? for you only are holy: for all nations will come and worship before you; for your judgments are made manifest."What"Mr 7:37: Were beyond measure astonished: saying: He has done all things well: he makes both the deaf to hear: and the dumb to speak.Job 38:11: Said: Hitherto will you come: but no further: and here will your proud waves be stayed?Mt 8:27: But the men marvelled: saying: What manner of man is this: that even the winds and the sea obey him!Mt 14:32: When they were come into the ship: the wind ceased.Lu 4:36: They were all amazed: and spoke among themselves: saying: What a word is this! for with authority and power he commands the unclean spirits: and they come out.Lu 8:25: He said to them: Where is your faith? And they being afraid wondered: saying one to another: What manner of man is this! for he commands even the winds and water: and they obey him.
5
The Demons and the Pigs
και ηλθον εις το περαν της θαλασσης εις την χωραν των γαδαρηνων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2064ἦλθονēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθονēlthon
|
they came
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4008πέρανperan (Adv)
G4008 πέραν péran per-an apparently accusative case of an obsolete derivative of (to pierce); through (as adverb or preposition), i.e. across:--beyond, farther (other) side, over.
|
πέρανperan
|
other side
|
Adv
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2281θαλάσσηςthalassēs (N-GFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θαλάσσηςthalassēs
|
sea,
|
N-GFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5561χώρανchōran (N-AFS)
G5561 χώρα chṓra kho-rah feminine of a derivative of the base of χάσμα through the idea of empty expanse; room, i.e. a space of territory (more or less extensive; often including its inhabitants):--coast, county, fields, ground, land, region. Compare τόπος.
|
χώρανchōran
|
region
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G1086Γερασηνῶν.Gerasēnōn (N-GMP)
G1086 Γεργεσηνός Gergesēnós gher-ghes-ay-nos of Hebrew origin (גִּרְגָּשִׁי); a Gergesene (i.e. Girgashite) or one of the aborigines of Palestine:--Gergesene.
|
Γερασηνῶν.Gerasēnōn
|
Gerasenes.
|
N-GMP
|
1
And they came over to the other side of the sea, into the country of the Gadarenes.Mark 5:1
Stats
Rank: #893 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 85 characters, 16 words, 67 letters, 28 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηλθον εις το περαν της θαλασσης εις την χωραν των γαδαρηνων
Lit: And they came to the other side of the sea, to the region of the Gerasenes.
KJV: And they came over unto the other side of the sea, into the country of the Gadarenes.
References
"And they came over unto the other side of the sea, into the country of the Gadarenes."Mr 4:35: The same day: when the even was come: he says to them: Let us pass over to the other side.Mt 8:28-34: When he was come to the other side into the country of the Gergesenes: there met him two possessed with devils: coming out of the tombs: exceeding fierce: so that no man might pass by that way.Lu 8:26-39: They arrived at the country of the Gadarenes: which is over against Galilee.
και εξελθοντι αυτω εκ του πλοιου ευθεως απηντησεν αυτω εκ των μνημειων ανθρωπος εν πνευματι ακαθαρτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξελθόντοςexelthontos (V-APA-GMS)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξελθόντοςexelthontos
|
having gone forth
|
V-APA-GMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4143πλοίου,ploiou (N-GNS)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοίου,ploiou
|
boat,
|
N-GNS
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G5221ὑπήντησενhypēntēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G5221 ὑπαντάω hypantáō hoop-an-tah-o from ὑπό and a derivative of ἀντί; to go opposite (meet) under (quietly), i.e. to encounter, fall in with:--(go to) meet.
|
ὑπήντησενhypēntēsen
|
met
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G3419μνημείωνmnēmeiōn (N-GNP)
G3419 μνημεῖον mnēmeîon mnay-mi-on from μνήμη; a remembrance, i.e. cenotaph (place of interment):--grave, sepulchre, tomb.
|
μνημείωνmnēmeiōn
|
tombs
|
N-GNP
|
G444ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos (N-NMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos
|
a man
|
N-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G4151πνεύματιpneumati (N-DNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεύματιpneumati
|
a spirit
|
N-DNS
|
G169ἀκαθάρτῳ,akathartō (Adj-DNS)
G169 ἀκάθαρτος akáthartos ak-ath-ar-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of καθαίρω (meaning cleansed); impure (ceremonially, morally (lewd) or specially, (demonic)):--foul, unclean.
|
ἀκαθάρτῳ,akathartō
|
unclean,
|
Adj-DNS
|
2
When he was come out of the ship, immediately there met him out of the tombs a man with an unclean spirit,Mark 5:2
Stats
Rank: #7646 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 110 characters, 22 words, 86 letters, 34 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εξελθοντι αυτω εκ του πλοιου ευθεως απηντησεν αυτω εκ των μνημειων ανθρωπος εν πνευματι ακαθαρτω
Lit: And having gone forth of Him out of the boat, immediately met Him out of the tombs a man with a spirit unclean,
KJV: And when he was come out of the ship, immediately there met him out of the tombs a man with an unclean spirit,
References
"out"Isa 65:4: Which remain among the graves: and lodge in the monuments: which eat swine's flesh: and broth of abominable things is in their vessels;Lu 8:27: When he went forth to land: there met him out of the city a certain man: which had devils long time: and ware no clothes: neither abode in any house: but in the tombs."with"Mr 5:8: For he said to him: Come out of the man: you unclean spirit.Mr 1:23: 26: There was in their synagogue a man with an unclean spirit; and he cried out: Mr 3:30: Because they said: He has an unclean spirit.Mr 7:25: For a certain woman: whose young daughter had an unclean spirit: heard of him: and came and fell at his feet:Lu 9:42: As He was yet a coming: the devil threw Him down: and tare Him. And Jesus rebuked the unclean spirit: and healed the child: and delivered Him again to His father.
ος την κατοικησιν ειχεν εν τοις μνημειοις και ουτε αλυσεσιν ουδεις ηδυνατο αυτον δησαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2731κατοίκησινkatoikēsin (N-AFS)
G2731 κατοίκησις katoíkēsis kat-oy-kay-sis from κατοικέω; residence (properly, the act; but by implication, concretely, the mansion):--dwelling.
|
κατοίκησινkatoikēsin
|
dwelling
|
N-AFS
|
G2192εἶχενeichen (V-IIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
εἶχενeichen
|
had
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DNP
|
G3418μνήμασιν,mnēmasin (N-DNP)
G3418 μνῆμα mnēma mnay-mah from μνάομαι; a memorial, i.e. sepulchral monument (burial-place):--grave, sepulchre, tomb.
|
μνήμασιν,mnēmasin
|
tombs.
|
N-DNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Adv)
G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
not even
|
Adv
|
G254ἁλύσειhalysei (N-DFS)
G254 ἅλυσις hálysis hal-oo-sis of uncertain derivation; a fetter or manacle:--bonds, chain.
|
ἁλύσειhalysei
|
with chains
|
N-DFS
|
G3765οὐκέτιouketi (Adv)
G3765 οὐκέτι oukéti ook et-ee from οὐ and ἔτι; not yet, no longer:--after that (not), (not) any more, henceforth (hereafter) not, no longer (more), not as yet (now), now no more (not), yet (not).
|
οὐκέτιouketi
|
no longer
|
Adv
|
G3762οὐδεὶςoudeis (Adj-NMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεὶςoudeis
|
anyone
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1410ἐδύνατοedynato (V-IIM/P-3S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
ἐδύνατοedynato
|
was able
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1210δῆσαιdēsai (V-ANA)
G1210 δέω déō deh-o a primary verb; to bind (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--bind, be in bonds, knit, tie, wind. See also δεῖ, δέομαι.
|
δῆσαιdēsai
|
to bind,
|
V-ANA
|
3
Who had his dwelling among the tombs; and no man could bind him, no, not with chains:Mark 5:3
Stats
Rank: #9296 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 85 characters, 14 words, 65 letters, 21 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: ος την κατοικησιν ειχεν εν τοις μνημειοις και ουτε αλυσεσιν ουδεις ηδυνατο αυτον δησαι
Lit: who the dwelling had in the tombs. And not even with chains no longer anyone was able him to bind,
KJV: Who had his dwelling among the tombs; and no man could bind him, no, not with chains:
References
"Who had his dwelling among the tombs; and no man could bind him, no, not with chains:"Mr 9:18-22: Wheresoever he takes him: he tears him: and he foams: and gnashes with his teeth: and pins away: and I spoke to your disciples that they should cast him out; and they not could.Isa 65:4: Which remain among the graves: and lodge in the monuments: which eat swine's flesh: and broth of abominable things is in their vessels;Da 4:32: 33: They will drive you from men: and your dwelling will be with the beasts of the field: they will make you to eat grass as oxen: and 7 times will pass over you: until you know that the most High rules in the kingdom of men: and gives it to whoever he will.Lu 8:29: (For he had commanded the unclean spirit to come out of the man. For oftentimes it had caught him: and he was kept bound with chains and in fetters; and he brake the bands: and was driven of the devil into the wilderness.)
δια το αυτον πολλακις πεδαις και αλυσεσιν δεδεσθαι και διεσπασθαι υπ αυτου τας αλυσεις και τας πεδας συντετριφθαι και ουδεις αυτον ισχυεν δαμασαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
because
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
that
|
Art-ANS
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
he
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G4178πολλάκιςpollakis (Adv)
G4178 πολλάκις pollákis pol-lak-is multiplicative adverb from πολύς; many times, i.e. frequently:--oft(-en, -entimes, -times).
|
πολλάκιςpollakis
|
often
|
Adv
|
G3976πέδαιςpedais (N-DFP)
G3976 πέδη pédē ped-ay ultimately from πούς; a shackle for the feet:--fetter.
|
πέδαιςpedais
|
with shackles
|
N-DFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G254ἁλύσεσινhalysesin (N-DFP)
G254 ἅλυσις hálysis hal-oo-sis of uncertain derivation; a fetter or manacle:--bonds, chain.
|
ἁλύσεσινhalysesin
|
chains
|
N-DFP
|
G1210δεδέσθαι,dedesthai (V-RNM/P)
G1210 δέω déō deh-o a primary verb; to bind (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--bind, be in bonds, knit, tie, wind. See also δεῖ, δέομαι.
|
δεδέσθαι,dedesthai
|
had been bound,
|
V-RNM/P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1288διεσπάσθαιdiespasthai (V-RNM/P)
G1288 διασπάω diaspáō dee-as-pah-o from διά and σπάω; to draw apart, i.e. sever or dismember:--pluck asunder, pull in pieces.
|
διεσπάσθαιdiespasthai
|
had been torn in two
|
V-RNM/P
|
G5259ὑπ’hyp’ (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπ’hyp’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G254ἁλύσειςhalyseis (N-AFP)
G254 ἅλυσις hálysis hal-oo-sis of uncertain derivation; a fetter or manacle:--bonds, chain.
|
ἁλύσειςhalyseis
|
chains,
|
N-AFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G3976πέδαςpedas (N-AFP)
G3976 πέδη pédē ped-ay ultimately from πούς; a shackle for the feet:--fetter.
|
πέδαςpedas
|
shackles
|
N-AFP
|
G4937συντετρῖφθαι,syntetriphthai (V-RNM/P)
G4937 συντρίβω syntríbō soon-tree-bo from σύν and the base of τρίβος; to crush completely, i.e. to shatter (literally or figuratively):--break (in pieces), broken to shivers (+ -hearted), bruise.
|
συντετρῖφθαι,syntetriphthai
|
had been shattered,
|
V-RNM/P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3762οὐδεὶςoudeis (Adj-NMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεὶςoudeis
|
no one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2480ἴσχυενischyen (V-IIA-3S)
G2480 ἰσχύω ischýō is-khoo-o from ἰσχύς; to have (or exercise) force (literally or figuratively):--be able, avail, can do(-not), could, be good, might, prevail, be of strength, be whole, + much work.
|
ἴσχυενischyen
|
was able
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1150δαμάσαι·damasai (V-ANA)
G1150 δαμάζω damázō dam-ad-zo a variation of an obsolete primary of the same meaning; to tame:--tame.
|
δαμάσαι·damasai
|
to subdue.
|
V-ANA
|
4
Because that he had been often bound with fetters and chains, and the chains had been plucked asunder by him, and the fetters broken in pieces: neither could any man tame him.Mark 5:4
Stats
Rank: #9342 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 175 characters, 29 words, 140 letters, 52 vowels, 88 consonants
Translation
Greek: δια το αυτον πολλακις πεδαις και αλυσεσιν δεδεσθαι και διεσπασθαι υπ αυτου τας αλυσεις και τας πεδας συντετριφθαι και ουδεις αυτον ισχυεν δαμασαι
Lit: because that he often with shackles and chains had been bound, and had been torn in two by him the chains, and the shackles had been shattered, and no one was able him to subdue.
KJV: Because that he had been often bound with fetters and chains, and the chains had been plucked asunder by him, and the fetters broken in pieces: neither could any man tame him.
References
"tame"Jas 3:7: 8: For every kind of beasts: and of birds: and of serpents: and of things in the sea: is tamed: and has been tamed of mankind:
και διαπαντος νυκτος και ημερας εν τοις ορεσιν και εν τοις μνημασιν ην κραζων και κατακοπτων εαυτον λιθοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
constantly
|
Prep
|
G3956παντὸςpantos (Adj-GMS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
παντὸςpantos
|
all
|
Adj-GMS
|
G3571νυκτὸςnyktos (N-GFS)
G3571 νύξ nýx noox a primary word; night (literally or figuratively):-- (mid-)night.
|
νυκτὸςnyktos
|
night
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-GFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
day
|
N-GFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DNP
|
G3418μνήμασινmnēmasin (N-DNP)
G3418 μνῆμα mnēma mnay-mah from μνάομαι; a memorial, i.e. sepulchral monument (burial-place):--grave, sepulchre, tomb.
|
μνήμασινmnēmasin
|
tombs
|
N-DNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DNP
|
G3735ὄρεσινoresin (N-DNP)
G3735 ὄρος óros or-os probably from an obsolete (to rise or rear; perhaps akin to αἴρω; compare ὄρνις); a mountain (as lifting itself above the plain):--hill, mount(-ain).
|
ὄρεσινoresin
|
mountains
|
N-DNP
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
he was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2896κράζωνkrazōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2896 κράζω krázō krad-zo a primary verb; properly, to croak (as a raven) or scream, i.e. (genitive case) to call aloud (shriek, exclaim, intreat):--cry (out).
|
κράζωνkrazōn
|
crying out
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2629κατακόπτωνkatakoptōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2629 κατακόπτω katakóptō kat-ak-op-to from κατά and κόπτω; to chop down, i.e. mangle:--cut.
|
κατακόπτωνkatakoptōn
|
cutting
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1438ἑαυτὸνheauton (RefPro-AM3S)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτὸνheauton
|
himself
|
RefPro-AM3S
|
G3037λίθοις.lithois (N-DMP)
G3037 λίθος líthos lee-thos apparently a primary word; a stone (literally or figuratively):--(mill-, stumbling-)stone.
|
λίθοις.lithois
|
with stones.
|
N-DMP
|
5
Always, night and day, he was in the mountains, and in the tombs, crying, and cutting himself with stones.Mark 5:5
Stats
Rank: #9102 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 110 characters, 15 words, 85 letters, 27 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: και διαπαντος νυκτος και ημερας εν τοις ορεσιν και εν τοις μνημασιν ην κραζων και κατακοπτων εαυτον λιθοις
Lit: And constantly all night and day in the tombs and in the mountains he was crying out and cutting himself with stones.
KJV: And always, night and day, he was in the mountains, and in the tombs, crying, and cutting himself with stones.
References
"crying"1Ki 18:28: They cried aloud: and cut themselves after their manner with knives and lancets: till the blood gushed out upon them.Job 2:7: 8: So went Satan forth from the presence of the LORD: and smote Job with sore boils from the sole of His foot to His crown.Joh 8:44: You are of your father the devil: and the lusts of your father you will do. He was a murderer from the beginning: and not abode in the truth: because there is no truth in him. When he speaks'>speaks a lie: he speaks'>speaks of his own: for he is a liar: and the father of it.
ιδων δε τον ιησουν απο μακροθεν εδραμεν και προσεκυνησεν αυτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδὼνidōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδὼνidōn
|
having seen
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2424ἸησοῦνIēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦνIēsoun
|
Jesus
|
N-AMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3113μακρόθενmakrothen (Adv)
G3113 μακρόθεν makróthen mak-roth-en adverb from μακρός; from a distance or afar:--afar off, from far.
|
μακρόθενmakrothen
|
afar,
|
Adv
|
G5143ἔδραμενedramen (V-AIA-3S)
G5143 τρέχω tréchō drem-o apparently a primary verb (properly, ; compare θρίξ); which uses (the base of δρόμος) as alternate in certain tenses; to run or walk hastily (literally or figuratively):--have course, run.
|
ἔδραμενedramen
|
he ran
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4352προσεκύνησενprosekynēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4352 προσκυνέω proskynéō pros-koo-neh-o from πρός and a probable derivative of κύων (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his masters hand); to fawn or crouch to, i.e. (literally or figuratively) prostrate oneself in homage (do reverence to, adore):--worship.
|
προσεκύνησενprosekynēsen
|
fell on his knees
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν,auton
|
before Him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
6
But when He saw Jesus afar off, He ran and worshipped Him,Mark 5:6
Stats
Counts: 58 characters, 11 words, 45 letters, 16 vowels, 29 consonants
Translation
Greek: ιδων δε τον ιησουν απο μακροθεν εδραμεν και προσεκυνησεν αυτω
Lit: And having seen Jesus from afar, he ran and fell on his knees before Him.
KJV: But when he saw Jesus afar off, he ran and worshipped him,
References
"he ran"Ps 66:3: Say to God: How terrible are you in your works! through the greatness of your power will your enemies submit themselves to you.Ps 72:9: They that dwell in the wilderness will bow before him; and his enemies will lick the dust.Lu 4:41: Devils also came out of many: crying out: and saying: You are Christ the Son of God. And He rebuking them suffered not them to speak: for they knew that He was Christ.Ac 16:17: The same followed Paul and us: and cried: saying: These men are the servants of the most high God: which show to us the way of salvation.Jas 2:19: You believe that there is one God; you do well: the devils also believe: and tremble.
και κραξας φωνη μεγαλη ειπεν τι εμοι και σοι ιησου υιε του θεου του υψιστου ορκιζω σε τον θεον μη με βασανισης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2896κράξαςkraxas (V-APA-NMS)
G2896 κράζω krázō krad-zo a primary verb; properly, to croak (as a raven) or scream, i.e. (genitive case) to call aloud (shriek, exclaim, intreat):--cry (out).
|
κράξαςkraxas
|
having cried
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G5456φωνῇphōnē (N-DFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῇphōnē
|
in a voice
|
N-DFS
|
G3173μεγάλῃmegalē (Adj-DFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλῃmegalē
|
loud,
|
Adj-DFS
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
he said,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-NNS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
What
|
IPro-NNS
|
G1473ἐμοὶemoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοὶemoi
|
to me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4771σοί,soi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοί,soi
|
to You,
|
PPro-D2S
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-VMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
Jesus,
|
N-VMS
|
G5207ΥἱὲHuie (N-VMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱὲHuie
|
Son
|
N-VMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G5310Ὑψίστου;Hypsistou (Adj-GMS-S)
G5310 ὕψιστος hýpsistos hoop-sis-tos superlative from the base of ὕψος; highest, i.e. (masculine singular) the Supreme (God), or (neuter plural) the heavens:--most high, highest.
|
Ὑψίστου;Hypsistou
|
Most High?
|
Adj-GMS-S
|
G3726ὁρκίζωhorkizō (V-PIA-1S)
G3726 ὁρκίζω horkízō hor-kid-zo from ὅρκος; to put on oath, i.e. make swear; by analogy, to solemnly enjoin:--adjure, charge.
|
ὁρκίζωhorkizō
|
I adjure
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
You
|
PPro-A2S
|
G2316Θεόν,Theon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεόν,Theon
|
by God,
|
N-AMS
|
G3361μήmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μήmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G928βασανίσῃς.basanisēs (V-ASA-2S)
G928 βασανίζω basanízō bas-an-id-zo from βάσανος; to torture:--pain, toil, torment, toss, vex.
|
βασανίσῃς.basanisēs
|
torment.
|
V-ASA-2S
|
7
Cried with a loud voice, and said, What have I to do with you, Jesus, you Son of the most high God? I adjure you by God, that you torment not me.
Mark 5:7
Stats
Rank: #3448 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 153 characters, 27 words, 114 letters, 46 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: και κραξας φωνη μεγαλη ειπεν τι εμοι και σοι ιησου υιε του θεου του υψιστου ορκιζω σε τον θεον μη με βασανισης
Lit: And having cried in a voice loud, he said, What to me and to You, Jesus, Son of God the Most High? I adjure You by God, not me torment.
KJV: And cried with a loud voice, and said, What have I to do with thee, Jesus, thou Son of the most high God? I adjure thee by God, that thou torment me not.
References
"What"Mr 1:24: Saying: Let us alone; what have we to do with you: you Jesus of Nazareth? are you come to destroy us? I know you who you are: the Holy one of God.Ho 14:8: Ephraim will say: What have I to do any more with idols? I have heard him: and observed him: I am like a green fir tree. From me is your fruit found.Mt 8:29: And: look: they cried out: saying: What have we to do with you: Jesus: you Son of God? are you come here to torment us before the time?Lu 4:34: Saying: Let us alone; what have we to do with you: you Jesus of Nazareth? are you come to destroy us? I know you who you are; the Holy one of God."Son"Mr 3:11: Unclean spirits: when they saw Him: fell down before Him: and cried: saying: You are the Son of God.Mr 14:61: But He held His peace: and not answeredhing. Again the high priest asked Him: and said to Him: Are you the Christ: the Son of the Blessed?Mt 16:16: Simon Peter answered and said: You are the Christ: the Son of the living God.Joh 20:31: But these are written: that you might believe that Jesus is the Christ: the Son of God; and that believing you might have life through His name.Ac 8:37: Philip said: If you believe with all your heart: you may. And He answered and said: I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God.Ac 16:17: The same followed Paul and us: and cried: saying: These men are the servants of the most high God: which show to us the way of salvation."I adjure"1Ki 22:16: The king said to Him: How many times will I adjure you that you tell not mehing but that which is true in the name of the LORD?Mt 26:63: But Jesus held His peace. And the high priest answered and said to Him: I adjure you by the living God: that you tell us whether you be the Christ: the Son of God.Ac 19:13: Then certain of the vagabond Jews: exorcists: took upon them to call over them which had evil spirits the name of the Lord Jesus: saying: We adjure you by Jesus whom Paul preacheth."that"Ge 3:15: I will put enmity between you and the woman: and between your seed and her seed; it will bruise your head: and you will bruise his heel.Mt 8:29: And: look: they cried out: saying: What have we to do with you: Jesus: you Son of God? are you come here to torment us before the time?Lu 8:28: When He saw Jesus: He cried out: and fell down before Him: and with a loud voice said: What have I to do with you: Jesus: you Son of God most high? I beseech you: torment not me.Ro 16:20: The God of peace will bruise Satan under your feet shortly. The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you. Amen.Heb 2:14: Forasmuch then as the children are partakers of flesh and blood: he also himself likewise took part of the same; that through death he might destroy him that had the power of death: that is: the devil;2Pe 2:4: For if God not spared the angels that sinned: but cast them down to hell: and delivered them into chains of darkness: to be reserved to judgment;1Jo 3:8: He who commits sin is of the devil; for the devil sins from the beginning. For this purpose the Son of God was manifested: that He might destroy the works of the devil.Jude 1:6: The angels which not kept their first estate: but left their own habitation: he has reserved in everlasting chains under darkness to the judgment of the great day.Re 12:12: Therefore rejoice: you heavens: and you that dwell in them. Woe to the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea! for the devil is come down to you: having great wrath: because he knows that he has but a short time.Re 20:1-3: I saw an angel come down from heaven: having the key of the bottomless pit and a great chain in his hand.
ελεγεν γαρ αυτω εξελθε το πνευμα το ακαθαρτον εκ του ανθρωπου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004ἔλεγενelegen (V-IIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγενelegen
|
He was saying
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him,
|
PPro-DN3S
|
G1831ἜξελθεExelthe (V-AMA-2S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἜξελθεExelthe
|
You come forth,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-VNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-VNS
|
G4151πνεῦμαpneuma (N-VNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεῦμαpneuma
|
spirit
|
N-VNS
|
G169ἀκάθαρτονakatharton (Adj-VNS)
G169 ἀκάθαρτος akáthartos ak-ath-ar-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of καθαίρω (meaning cleansed); impure (ceremonially, morally (lewd) or specially, (demonic)):--foul, unclean.
|
ἀκάθαρτονakatharton
|
unclean,
|
Adj-VNS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G444ἀνθρώπου.anthrōpou (N-GMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπου.anthrōpou
|
man!
|
N-GMS
|
8
For he said to him, Come out of the man, you unclean spirit.
Mark 5:8
Stats
Rank: #3817 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 63 characters, 11 words, 48 letters, 21 vowels, 27 consonants
Translation
Greek: ελεγεν γαρ αυτω εξελθε το πνευμα το ακαθαρτον εκ του ανθρωπου
Lit: He was saying for to him, You come forth, the spirit unclean, out of the man!
KJV: For he said unto him, Come out of the man, thou unclean spirit.
References
"For he said unto him, Come out of the man, thou unclean spirit."Mr 1:25: Jesus rebuked Him: saying: Hold your peace: and come out of Him.Mr 9:25: 26: When Jesus saw that the people came running together: He rebuked the foul spirit: saying to Him: You dumb and deaf spirit: I charge you: come out of Him: and enter no more into Him.Ac 16:18: This did she many days. But Paul: being grieved: turned and said to the spirit: I command you in the name of Jesus Christ to come out of her. And He came out the same hour.
και επηρωτα αυτον τι σοι ονομα και απεκριθη λεγων λεγεων ονομα μοι οτι πολλοι εσμεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1905ἐπηρώταepērōta (V-IIA-3S)
G1905 ἐπερωτάω eperōtáō ep-er-o-tah-o from ἐπί and ἐρωτάω; to ask for, i.e. inquire, seek:--ask (after, questions), demand, desire, question.
|
ἐπηρώταepērōta
|
He was asking
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτόνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόνauton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-NNS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
What is
|
IPro-NNS
|
G3686ὄνομάonoma (N-NNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομάonoma
|
the name
|
N-NNS
|
G4771σοι;soi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοι;soi
|
of you?
|
PPro-D2S
|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
saying,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
he answered,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3003ΛεγιὼνLegiōn (N-NFS)
G3003 λεγεών legeṓn leg-eh-ohn of Latin origin; a legion, i.e. Roman regiment (figuratively):--legion.
|
ΛεγιὼνLegiōn
|
Legion
|
N-NFS
|
G3686ὄνομάonoma (N-NNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομάonoma
|
is name
|
N-NNS
|
G1473μοι,moi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοι,moi
|
to Me,
|
PPro-D1S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G4183πολλοίpolloi (Adj-NMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοίpolloi
|
many
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1510ἐσμεν.esmen (V-PIA-1P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐσμεν.esmen
|
we are.
|
V-PIA-1P
|
9
He asked him, What is your name? And he answered, saying, My name is Legion: for we are many.
Mark 5:9
Stats
Rank: #4756 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 98 characters, 13 words, 71 letters, 27 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: και επηρωτα αυτον τι σοι ονομα και απεκριθη λεγων λεγεων ονομα μοι οτι πολλοι εσμεν
Lit: And He was asking him, What is the name of you? And saying, he answered, Legion is name to Me, because many we are.
KJV: And he asked him, What is thy name? And he answered, saying, My name [is] Legion: for we are many.
References
"What"Lu 8:30: Jesus asked Him: saying: What is your name? And He said: Legion: because many devils were entered into Him.Lu 11:21-26: When a strong man armed keeps his palace: his goods are in peace:"Legion"Mt 12:45: Then goes he: and takes with himself 7 other spirits more wicked than himself: and they enter in and dwell there: and the last state of that man is worse than the first. Even so will it be also to this wicked generation.Mt 26:53: Think you that I cannot now pray to my Father: and He will presently give me more than 12 legions of angels?
και παρεκαλει αυτον πολλα ινα μη αυτους αποστειλη εξω της χωρας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3870παρεκάλειparekalei (V-IIA-3S)
G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρεκάλειparekalei
|
he begged
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G4183πολλὰpolla (Adj-ANP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλὰpolla
|
numerous times
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G846αὐτὰauta (PPro-AN3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὰauta
|
them
|
PPro-AN3P
|
G649ἀποστείλῃaposteilē (V-ASA-3S)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀποστείλῃaposteilē
|
He would send
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G1854ἔξωexō (Prep)
G1854 ἔξω éxō ex-o adverb from ἐκ; out(-side, of doors), literally or figuratively:--away, forth, (with-)out (of, -ward), strange.
|
ἔξωexō
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5561χώρας.chōras (N-GFS)
G5561 χώρα chṓra kho-rah feminine of a derivative of the base of χάσμα through the idea of empty expanse; room, i.e. a space of territory (more or less extensive; often including its inhabitants):--coast, county, fields, ground, land, region. Compare τόπος.
|
χώρας.chōras
|
country.
|
N-GFS
|
10
He besought him much that he not would send them away out of the country.Mark 5:10
Stats
Rank: #4724 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 77 characters, 16 words, 61 letters, 22 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: και παρεκαλει αυτον πολλα ινα μη αυτους αποστειλη εξω της χωρας
Lit: And he begged Him numerous times that not them He would send out of the country.
KJV: And he besought him much that he would not send them away out of the country.
References
"And he besought him much that he would not send them away out of the country."Mr 5:13: Forthwith Jesus gave them leave. And the unclean spirits went out: and entered into the swine: and the herd ran violently down a steep place into the sea: (they were about 2000;) and were choked in the sea.Mr 3:22: The scribes which came down from Jerusalem said: He has Beelzebub: and by the prince of the devils casts he out devils.
ην δε εκει προς τα ορη αγελη χοιρων μεγαλη βοσκομενη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1510Ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
Ἦνēn
|
There was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1563ἐκεῖekei (Adv)
G1563 ἐκεῖ ekeî ek-i of uncertain affinity; there; by extension, thither:--there, thither(-ward), (to) yonder (place).
|
ἐκεῖekei
|
there,
|
Adv
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
near
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G3735ὄρειorei (N-DNS)
G3735 ὄρος óros or-os probably from an obsolete (to rise or rear; perhaps akin to αἴρω; compare ὄρνις); a mountain (as lifting itself above the plain):--hill, mount(-ain).
|
ὄρειorei
|
mountain,
|
N-DNS
|
G34ἀγέληagelē (N-NFS)
G34 ἀγέλη agélē ag-el-ay from ἄγω (compare ἄγγελος); a drove:--herd.
|
ἀγέληagelē
|
a herd
|
N-NFS
|
G5519χοίρωνchoirōn (N-GMP)
G5519 χοῖρος choîros khoy-ros of uncertain derivation; a hog:--swine.
|
χοίρωνchoirōn
|
of pigs
|
N-GMP
|
G3173μεγάληmegalē (Adj-NFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάληmegalē
|
great
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1006βοσκομένη·boskomenē (V-PPM/P-NFS)
G1006 βόσκω bóskō bos-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb (compare βιβρώσκω, βοῦς); to pasture; by extension to, fodder; reflexively, to graze:--feed, keep.
|
βοσκομένη·boskomenē
|
feeding.
|
V-PPM/P-NFS
|
11
Now there was there nigh to the mountains a great herd of swine feeding.Mark 5:11
Stats
Rank: #5436 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 74 characters, 14 words, 60 letters, 24 vowels, 36 consonants
Translation
Greek: ην δε εκει προς τα ορη αγελη χοιρων μεγαλη βοσκομενη
Lit: There was now there, near the mountain, a herd of pigs great feeding.
KJV: Now there was there nigh unto the mountains a great herd of swine feeding.
References
"herd"Le 11:7: 8: The swine: though he divide the hoof: and be clovenfooted: yet he chews not the cud; he is unclean to you.De 14:8: The swine: because it divides the hoof: yet chews not the cud: it is unclean to you: you will not eat of their flesh: nor touch their dead carcase.Isa 65:4: Which remain among the graves: and lodge in the monuments: which eat swine's flesh: and broth of abominable things is in their vessels;Isa 66:3: He who kills an ox is as if he killed a man; he who sacrifices a lamb: as if he cut off a dog's neck; he who offers an oblation: as if he offered swine's blood; he who burns incense: as if he blessed an idol. Yes: they have chosen their own ways: and their soul delights in their abominations.Mt 8:30: There was a good way off from them an herd of many swine feeding.Lu 8:32: There was there an herd of many swine feeding on the mountain: and they besought him that he would suffer them to enter into them. And he suffered them.
και παρεκαλεσαν αυτον παντες οι δαιμονες λεγοντες πεμψον ημας εις τους χοιρους ινα εις αυτους εισελθωμεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3870παρεκάλεσανparekalesan (V-AIA-3P)
G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρεκάλεσανparekalesan
|
they begged
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3992ΠέμψονPempson (V-AMA-2S)
G3992 πέμπω pémpō pem-po apparently a primary verb; to dispatch (from the subjective view or point of departure, whereas (as a stronger form of ) refers rather to the objective point or terminus ad quem, and στέλλω denotes properly, the orderly motion involved), especially on a temporary errand; also to transmit, bestow, or wield:--send, thrust in.
|
ΠέμψονPempson
|
Send
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
us
|
PPro-A1P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G5519χοίρους,choirous (N-AMP)
G5519 χοῖρος choîros khoy-ros of uncertain derivation; a hog:--swine.
|
χοίρους,choirous
|
pigs,
|
N-AMP
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1525εἰσέλθωμεν.eiselthōmen (V-ASA-1P)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσέλθωμεν.eiselthōmen
|
we may enter.
|
V-ASA-1P
|
12
All the devils besought him, saying, Send us into the swine, that we may enter into them.
Mark 5:12
Stats
Rank: #6182 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 93 characters, 15 words, 72 letters, 26 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: και παρεκαλεσαν αυτον παντες οι δαιμονες λεγοντες πεμψον ημας εις τους χοιρους ινα εις αυτους εισελθωμεν
Lit: And they begged Him, saying, Send us into the pigs, so that into them we may enter.
KJV: And all the devils besought him, saying, Send us into the swine, that we may enter into them.
References
"And all the devils besought him, saying, Send us into the swine, that we may enter into them."Job 1:10-12: Have not you made an hedge about him: and about his house: and about all that he has on every side? you have blessed the work of his hands: and his substance is increased in the land.Job 2:5: But put forth your hand now: and touch his bone and his flesh: and he will curse you to your face.Lu 22:31: 32: The Lord said: Simon: Simon: look: Satan has desired to have you: that He may sift you as wheat:2Co 2:11: Lest Satan should get an advantage of us: for we not are ignorant of his devices.1Pe 5:8: Be sober: be vigilant; because your adversary the devil: as a roaring lion: walks about: seeking whom he may devour:
και επετρεψεν αυτοις ευθεως ο ιησους και εξελθοντα τα πνευματα τα ακαθαρτα εισηλθον εις τους χοιρους και ωρμησεν η αγελη κατα του κρημνου εις την θαλασσαν ησαν δε ως δισχιλιοι και επνιγοντο εν τη θαλασση
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2010ἐπέτρεψενepetrepsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2010 ἐπιτρέπω epitrépō ep-ee-trep-o from ἐπί and the base of τροπή; to turn over (transfer), i.e. allow:--give leave (liberty, license), let, permit, suffer.
|
ἐπέτρεψενepetrepsen
|
He allowed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖς.autois (PPro-DN3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς.autois
|
them.
|
PPro-DN3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξελθόνταexelthonta (V-APA-NNP)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξελθόνταexelthonta
|
having gone out,
|
V-APA-NNP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G4151πνεύματαpneumata (N-NNP)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεύματαpneumata
|
spirits
|
N-NNP
|
G169ἀκάθαρταakatharta (Adj-NNP)
G169 ἀκάθαρτος akáthartos ak-ath-ar-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of καθαίρω (meaning cleansed); impure (ceremonially, morally (lewd) or specially, (demonic)):--foul, unclean.
|
ἀκάθαρταakatharta
|
unclean
|
Adj-NNP
|
G1525εἰσῆλθονeisēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσῆλθονeisēlthon
|
entered
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G5519χοίρους,choirous (N-AMP)
G5519 χοῖρος choîros khoy-ros of uncertain derivation; a hog:--swine.
|
χοίρους,choirous
|
pigs,
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3729ὥρμησενhōrmēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G3729 ὁρμάω hormáō hor-mah-o from ὁρμή; to start, spur or urge on, i.e. (reflexively) to dash or plunge:--run (violently), rush.
|
ὥρμησενhōrmēsen
|
rushed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G34ἀγέληagelē (N-NFS)
G34 ἀγέλη agélē ag-el-ay from ἄγω (compare ἄγγελος); a drove:--herd.
|
ἀγέληagelē
|
herd
|
N-NFS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
down
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2911κρημνοῦkrēmnou (N-GMS)
G2911 κρημνός krēmnós krame-nos from κρεμάννυμι; overhanging, i.e. a precipice:--steep place.
|
κρημνοῦkrēmnou
|
steep bank
|
N-GMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2281θάλασσαν,thalassan (N-AFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θάλασσαν,thalassan
|
sea,
|
N-AFS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
about
|
Adv
|
G1367δισχίλιοι,dischilioi (Adj-NMP)
G1367 δισχίλιοι dischílioi dis-khil-ee-oy from δίς and χίλιοι; two thousand:--two thousand.
|
δισχίλιοι,dischilioi
|
two thousand,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4155ἐπνίγοντοepnigonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G4155 πνίγω pnígō pnee-go strengthened from πνέω; to wheeze, i.e. (causative, by implication) to throttle or strangle (drown):--choke, take by the throat.
|
ἐπνίγοντοepnigonto
|
they were drowned
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2281θαλάσσῃ.thalassē (N-DFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θαλάσσῃ.thalassē
|
sea.
|
N-DFS
|
13
Forthwith Jesus gave them leave. And the unclean spirits went out, and entered into the swine: and the herd ran violently down a steep place into the sea, (they were about 2000;) and were choked in the sea.Mark 5:13
Stats
Rank: #5140 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 218 characters, 35 words, 171 letters, 67 vowels, 104 consonants
Translation
Greek: και επετρεψεν αυτοις ευθεως ο ιησους και εξελθοντα τα πνευματα τα ακαθαρτα εισηλθον εις τους χοιρους και ωρμησεν η αγελη κατα του κρημνου εις την θαλασσαν ησαν δε ως δισχιλιοι και επνιγοντο εν τη θαλασση
Lit: And He allowed them. And having gone out, the spirits unclean entered into the pigs, and rushed the herd down the steep bank into the sea, about two thousand, and they were drowned in the sea.
KJV: And forthwith Jesus gave them leave. And the unclean spirits went out, and entered into the swine: and the herd ran violently down a steep place into the sea, (they were about two thousand;) and were choked in the sea.
References
"gave"1Ki 22:22: The LORD said to Him: Wherewith? And He said: I will go forth: and I will be a lying spirit in the mouth of all His prophets. And He said: You will persuade Him: and prevail also: go forth: and do so.Job 1:12: The LORD said to Satan: Look: all that He has is in your power; only upon Himself not put forth your hand. So Satan went forth from the presence of the LORD.Job 2:6: The LORD said to Satan: Look: He is in your hand; but save His life.Mt 8:32: He said to them: Go. And when they were come out: they went into the herd of swine: and: look: the whole herd of swine ran violently down a steep place into the sea: and perished in the waters.1Pe 3:22: Who is gone into heaven: and is on the right hand of God; angels and authorities and powers being made subject to Him.Re 13:5-7: There was given to him a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies; and power was given to him to continue 40 and two months.Re 20:7: When the000 years are expired: Satan will be loosed out of his prison: "the herd"Joh 8:44: You are of your father the devil: and the lusts of your father you will do. He was a murderer from the beginning: and not abode in the truth: because there is no truth in him. When he speaks'>speaks a lie: he speaks'>speaks of his own: for he is a liar: and the father of it.Re 9:11: They had a king over them: which is the angel of the bottomless pit: whose name in the Hebrew tongue is Abaddon: but in the Greek tongue has his name Apollyon.
οι δε βοσκοντες τους χοιρους εφυγον και ανηγγειλαν εις την πολιν και εις τους αγρους και εξηλθον ιδειν τι εστιν το γεγονος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G1006βόσκοντεςboskontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G1006 βόσκω bóskō bos-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb (compare βιβρώσκω, βοῦς); to pasture; by extension to, fodder; reflexively, to graze:--feed, keep.
|
βόσκοντεςboskontes
|
feeding
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G5343ἔφυγονephygon (V-AIA-3P)
G5343 φεύγω pheúgō fyoo-go apparently a primary verb; to run away (literally or figuratively); by implication, to shun; by analogy, to vanish:--escape, flee (away).
|
ἔφυγονephygon
|
fled
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G518ἀπήγγειλανapēngeilan (V-AIA-3P)
G518 ἀπαγγέλλω apangéllō ap-ang-el-lo from ἀπό and the base of ἄγγελος; to announce:--bring word (again), declare, report, shew (again), tell.
|
ἀπήγγειλανapēngeilan
|
proclaimed it
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4172πόλινpolin (N-AFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλινpolin
|
city
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G68ἀγρούς·agrous (N-AMP)
G68 ἀγρός agrós ag-ros from ἄγω; a field (as a drive for cattle); genitive case, the country; specially, a farm, i.e. hamlet:--country, farm, piece of ground, land.
|
ἀγρούς·agrous
|
country.
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2064ἦλθονēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθονēlthon
|
they went out
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3708ἰδεῖνidein (V-ANA)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδεῖνidein
|
to see
|
V-ANA
|
G5101τίti (IPro-NNS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
it is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
that
|
Art-NNS
|
G1096γεγονός.gegonos (V-RPA-NNS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γεγονός.gegonos
|
has been done.
|
V-RPA-NNS
|
14
They that fed the swine fled, and told it in the city, and in the country. And they went out to see what it was that was done.Mark 5:14
Stats
Rank: #6818 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 130 characters, 26 words, 98 letters, 34 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε βοσκοντες τους χοιρους εφυγον και ανηγγειλαν εις την πολιν και εις τους αγρους και εξηλθον ιδειν τι εστιν το γεγονος
Lit: And those feeding them fled and proclaimed it to the city and to the country. And they went out to see what it is that has been done.
KJV: And they that fed the swine fled, and told it in the city, and in the country. And they went out to see what it was that was done.
References
"And they that fed the swine fled, and told it in the city, and in the country. And they went out to see what it was that was done."Mt 8:33: They that kept them fled: and went their ways into the city: and told every thing: and what was befallen to the possessed of the devils.Lu 8:34: When they that fed them saw what was done: they fled: and went and told it in the city and in the country.
και ερχονται προς τον ιησουν και θεωρουσιν τον δαιμονιζομενον καθημενον και ιματισμενον και σωφρονουντα τον εσχηκοτα τον λεγεωνα και εφοβηθησαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2064ἔρχονταιerchontai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχονταιerchontai
|
they come
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2424Ἰησοῦν,Iēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦν,Iēsoun
|
Jesus
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2334θεωροῦσινtheōrousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2334 θεωρέω theōréō theh-o-reh-o from a derivative of θεάομαι (perhaps by addition of ὁράω); to be a spectator of, i.e. discern, (literally, figuratively (experience) or intensively (acknowledge)):--behold, consider, look on, perceive, see. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
θεωροῦσινtheōrousin
|
see
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the man
|
Art-AMS
|
G1139δαιμονιζόμενονdaimonizomenon (V-PPM/P-AMS)
G1139 δαιμονίζομαι daimonízomai dahee-mon-id-zom-ahee middle voice from δαίμων; to be exercised by a dæmon:--have a (be vexed with, be possessed with) devil(-s).
|
δαιμονιζόμενονdaimonizomenon
|
possessed by demons
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G2521καθήμενονkathēmenon (V-PPM/P-AMS)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθήμενονkathēmenon
|
sitting,
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G2439ἱματισμένονhimatismenon (V-RPM/P-AMS)
G2439 ἱματίζω himatízō him-at-id-zo from ἱμάτιον; to dress:--clothe.
|
ἱματισμένονhimatismenon
|
clothed
|
V-RPM/P-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4993σωφρονοῦντα,sōphronounta (V-PPA-AMS)
G4993 σωφρονέω sōphronéō so-fron-eh-o from σώφρων; to be of sound mind, i.e. sane, (figuratively) moderate:--be in right mind, be sober (minded), soberly.
|
σωφρονοῦντα,sōphronounta
|
sound minded,
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the one
|
Art-AMS
|
G2192ἐσχηκόταeschēkota (V-RPA-AMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἐσχηκόταeschēkota
|
having had
|
V-RPA-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3003λεγιῶνα,legiōna (N-AMS)
G3003 λεγεών legeṓn leg-eh-ohn of Latin origin; a legion, i.e. Roman regiment (figuratively):--legion.
|
λεγιῶνα,legiōna
|
legion;
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5399ἐφοβήθησαν.ephobēthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
ἐφοβήθησαν.ephobēthēsan
|
they were afraid.
|
V-AIP-3P
|
15
They come to Jesus, and see Him that was possessed with the devil, and had the legion, sitting, and clothed, and in His right mind: and they were afraid.Mark 5:15
Stats
Rank: #6017 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 157 characters, 24 words, 121 letters, 43 vowels, 78 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ερχονται προς τον ιησουν και θεωρουσιν τον δαιμονιζομενον καθημενον και ιματισμενον και σωφρονουντα τον εσχηκοτα τον λεγεωνα και εφοβηθησαν
Lit: And they come to Jesus and see the man possessed by demons sitting, clothed and sound minded, the one having had the legion; and they were afraid.
KJV: And they come to Jesus, and see him that was possessed with the devil, and had the legion, sitting, and clothed, and in his right mind: and they were afraid.
References
"him that"Mr 5:4: Because that he had been often bound with fetters and chains: and the chains had been plucked asunder by him: and the fetters broken in pieces: neither could any man tame him.Isa 49:24: 25: Will the prey be taken from the mighty: or the lawful captive delivered?Mt 9:33: When the devil was cast out: the dumb spoke: and the multitudes marvelled: saying: It was never so seen in Israel.Mt 12:29: Or else how can one enter into a strong man's house: and spoil his goods: except he first bind the strong man? and then he will spoil his house.Lu 8:35: 36: Then they went out to see what was done; and came to Jesus: and found the man: out of whom the devils were departed: sitting at the feet of Jesus: clothed: and in His right mind: and they were afraid.Lu 10:39: She had a sister called Mary: which also sat at Jesus' feet: and heard His word.Col 1:13: Who has delivered us from the power of darkness: and has translated us into the kingdom of His dear Son:"and they"1Sa 6:20: 21: The men of Bethshemesh said: Who is able to stand before this holy LORD God? and to whom will He go up from us?1Sa 16:4: Samuel did that which the LORD spoke: and came to Bethlehem. And the elders of the town trembled at His coming: and said: Comest you peaceably?1Ch 13:12: David was afraid of God that day: saying: How will I bring the ark of God home to me?1Ch 15:13: For because you did it not at the first: the LORD our God made a breach upon us: for that we sought Him not">not Him after the due order.Job 13:11: Will not his excellency make you afraid? and his dread fall upon you?Ps 14:5: There were they in great fear: for God is in the generation of the righteous.2Ti 1:7: For God has not given us the spirit of fear; but of power: and of love: and of a sound mind.
και διηγησαντο αυτοις οι ιδοντες πως εγενετο τω δαιμονιζομενω και περι των χοιρων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1334διηγήσαντοdiēgēsanto (V-AIM-3P)
G1334 διηγέομαι diēgéomai dee-ayg-eh-om-ahee from διά and ἡγέομαι; to relate fully:--declare, shew, tell.
|
διηγήσαντοdiēgēsanto
|
related
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G3708ἰδόντεςidontes (V-APA-NMP)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδόντεςidontes
|
having seen it
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G4459πῶςpōs (Adv)
G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
πῶςpōs
|
how
|
Adv
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
it happened
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the one
|
Art-DMS
|
G1139δαιμονιζομένῳdaimonizomenō (V-PPM/P-DMS)
G1139 δαιμονίζομαι daimonízomai dahee-mon-id-zom-ahee middle voice from δαίμων; to be exercised by a dæmon:--have a (be vexed with, be possessed with) devil(-s).
|
δαιμονιζομένῳdaimonizomenō
|
being possessed by demons,
|
V-PPM/P-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G5519χοίρων.choirōn (N-GMP)
G5519 χοῖρος choîros khoy-ros of uncertain derivation; a hog:--swine.
|
χοίρων.choirōn
|
pigs.
|
N-GMP
|
16
They that saw it told them how it befell to him that was possessed with the devil, and also concerning the swine.Mark 5:16
Stats
Rank: #7732 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 119 characters, 20 words, 93 letters, 31 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: και διηγησαντο αυτοις οι ιδοντες πως εγενετο τω δαιμονιζομενω και περι των χοιρων
Lit: And related to them those having seen it how it happened to the one being possessed by demons, and concerning the pigs.
KJV: And they that saw it told them how it befell to him that was possessed with the devil, and [also] concerning the swine.
και ηρξαντο παρακαλειν αυτον απελθειν απο των οριων αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G756ἤρξαντοērxanto (V-AIM-3P)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
ἤρξαντοērxanto
|
they began
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G3870παρακαλεῖνparakalein (V-PNA)
G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρακαλεῖνparakalein
|
to implore
|
V-PNA
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G565ἀπελθεῖνapelthein (V-ANA)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπελθεῖνapelthein
|
to depart
|
V-ANA
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G3725ὁρίωνhoriōn (N-GNP)
G3725 ὅριον hórion hor-ee-on neuter of a derivative of an apparently primary (a bound or limit); a boundary-line, i.e. (by implication) a frontier (region):--border, coast.
|
ὁρίωνhoriōn
|
region
|
N-GNP
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
of them.
|
PPro-GM3P
|
17
They began to pray him to depart out of their coasts.Mark 5:17
Stats
Rank: #8174 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 57 characters, 12 words, 45 letters, 17 vowels, 28 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηρξαντο παρακαλειν αυτον απελθειν απο των οριων αυτων
Lit: And they began to implore Him to depart from the region of them.
KJV: And they began to pray him to depart out of their coasts.
References
"And they began to pray him to depart out of their coasts."Mr 5:7: Cried with a loud voice: and said: What have I to do with you: Jesus: you Son of the most high God? I adjure you by God: that you torment not me.Mr 1:24: Saying: Let us alone; what have we to do with you: you Jesus of Nazareth? are you come to destroy us? I know you who you are: the Holy one of God.Ge 26:16: Abimelech said to Isaac: Go from us; for you are much mightier than we.De 5:25: Now therefore why should we die? for this great fire will consume us: if we hear the voice of the LORD our God any more: then we will die.1Ki 17:18: She said to Elijah: What have I to do with you: O you man of God? are you come to me to call my sin to remembrance: and to kill my son?Job 21:14: 15: Therefore they say to God: Depart from us; for we not desire the knowledge of your ways.Mt 8:34: And: look: the whole city came out to meet Jesus: and when they saw Him: they besought Him that He would depart out of their coasts.Lu 5:8: When Simon Peter saw it: He fell down at Jesus' knees: saying: Depart from me; for I am a sinful man: O Lord.Lu 8:37: Then the whole multitude of the country of the Gadarenes round about besought him to depart from them; for they were taken with great fear: and he went up into the ship: and returned back again.Ac 16:39: They came and besought them: and brought them out: and desired them to depart out of the city.
και εμβαντος αυτου εις το πλοιον παρεκαλει αυτον ο δαιμονισθεις ινα η μετ αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1684ἐμβαίνοντοςembainontos (V-PPA-GMS)
G1684 ἐμβαίνω embaínō em-ba-hee-no from ἐν and the base of βάσις; to walk on, i.e. embark (aboard a vessel), reach (a pool):--come (get) into, enter (into), go (up) into, step in, take ship.
|
ἐμβαίνοντοςembainontos
|
having entered
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
He
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4143πλοῖονploion (N-ANS)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοῖονploion
|
boat,
|
N-ANS
|
G3870παρεκάλειparekalei (V-IIA-3S)
G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρεκάλειparekalei
|
was begging
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G1139δαιμονισθεὶςdaimonistheis (V-APP-NMS)
G1139 δαιμονίζομαι daimonízomai dahee-mon-id-zom-ahee middle voice from δαίμων; to be exercised by a dæmon:--have a (be vexed with, be possessed with) devil(-s).
|
δαιμονισθεὶςdaimonistheis
|
having been possessed by demons,
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1510ᾖ.ē (V-PSA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ᾖ.ē
|
he might be.
|
V-PSA-3S
|
18
When he was come into the ship, he who had been possessed with the devil prayed him that he might be with him.Mark 5:18
Stats
Rank: #7900 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 115 characters, 23 words, 90 letters, 31 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εμβαντος αυτου εις το πλοιον παρεκαλει αυτον ο δαιμονισθεις ινα η μετ αυτου
Lit: And having entered He into the boat, was begging Him the one having been possessed by demons, that with Him he might be.
KJV: And when he was come into the ship, he that had been possessed with the devil prayed him that he might be with him.
References
"prayed"Mr 5:7: 17: Cried with a loud voice: and said: What have I to do with you: Jesus: you Son of the most high God? I adjure you by God: that you torment not me.Ps 116:12: What will I render to the LORD for all His benefits toward me?Lu 8:38: 39: Now the man out of whom the devils were departed besought Him that He might be with Him: but Jesus sent Him away: saying: Lu 17:15-17: One of them: when He saw that He was healed: turned back: and with a loud voice glorified God: Lu 23:42: 43: He said to Jesus: Lord: remember me when you come into your kingdom.Php 1:23: 24: For I am in a strait betwixt two: having a desire to depart: and to be with Christ; which is far better:
ο δε ιησους ουκ αφηκεν αυτον αλλα λεγει αυτω υπαγε εις τον οικον σου προς τους σους και αναγγειλον αυτοις οσα σοι ο κυριος εποιησεν και ηλεησεν σε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G863ἀφῆκενaphēken (V-AIA-3S)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφῆκενaphēken
|
He did permit
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν,auton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G5217ὝπαγεHypage (V-PMA-2S)
G5217 ὑπάγω hypágō hoop-ag-o from ὑπό and ἄγω; to lead (oneself) under, i.e. withdraw or retire (as if sinking out of sight), literally or figuratively:--depart, get hence, go (a-)way.
|
ὝπαγεHypage
|
Go
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3624οἶκόνoikon (N-AMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκόνoikon
|
home
|
N-AMS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4674σούς,sous (PPro-AM2P)
G4674 σός sós sos from σύ; thine:--thine (own), thy (friend).,
|
σούς,sous
|
your own,
|
PPro-AM2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G518ἀπάγγειλονapangeilon (V-AMA-2S)
G518 ἀπαγγέλλω apangéllō ap-ang-el-lo from ἀπό and the base of ἄγγελος; to announce:--bring word (again), declare, report, shew (again), tell.
|
ἀπάγγειλονapangeilon
|
report
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3745ὅσαhosa (RelPro-ANP)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσαhosa
|
how much
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2962ΚύριόςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριόςKyrios
|
Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
for you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G4160πεποίηκενpepoiēken (V-RIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
πεποίηκενpepoiēken
|
did
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1653ἠλέησένēleēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G1653 ἐλεέω eleéō el-eh-eh-o from ἔλεος; to compassionate (by word or deed, specially, by divine grace):--have compassion (pity on), have (obtain, receive, shew) mercy (on).
|
ἠλέησένēleēsen
|
had mercy on
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4771σε.se (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σε.se
|
you.
|
PPro-A2S
|
19
Howbeit Jesus suffered not Him, but says to Him, Go home to your friends, and tell them how great things the Lord has done for you, and has had compassion on you.
Mark 5:19
Stats
Counts: 168 characters, 28 words, 132 letters, 47 vowels, 85 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε ιησους ουκ αφηκεν αυτον αλλα λεγει αυτω υπαγε εις τον οικον σου προς τους σους και αναγγειλον αυτοις οσα σοι ο κυριος εποιησεν και ηλεησεν σε
Lit: And not He did permit him, but He says to him, Go to the home of you, to your own, and report to them how much the Lord for you did and had mercy on you.
KJV: Howbeit Jesus suffered him not, but saith unto him, Go home to thy friends, and tell them how great things the Lord hath done for thee, and hath had compassion on thee.
References
"Go home"Ps 66:16: Come and hear: all you that fear God: and I will declare what He has done for my soul.Isa 38:9-20: The writing of Hezekiah king of Judah: when he had been sick: and was recovered of his sickness:Da 4:1-3: 37: Nebuchadnezzar the king: to all people: nations: and languages: that dwell in all the earth; Peace be multiplied to you.Da 6:25-27: Then king Darius wrote to all people: nations: and languages: that dwell in all the earth; Peace be multiplied to you.Jon 2:1-10: Then Jonah prayed to the LORD His God out of the fish's belly: Joh 4:29: Come: see a man: which told me all things that ever I did: not is this the Christ?Ac 22:1-21: Men: brothers: and fathers: hear you my defence which I make now to you.Ac 26:4-29: My manner of life from my youth: which was at the first among my own nation at Jerusalem: know all the Jews;
και απηλθεν και ηρξατο κηρυσσειν εν τη δεκαπολει οσα εποιησεν αυτω ο ιησους και παντες εθαυμαζον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G565ἀπῆλθενapēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπῆλθενapēlthen
|
he departed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G756ἤρξατοērxato (V-AIM-3S)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
ἤρξατοērxato
|
began
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G2784κηρύσσεινkēryssein (V-PNA)
G2784 κηρύσσω kērýssō kay-roos-so of uncertain affinity; to herald (as a public crier), especially divine truth (the gospel):--preacher(-er), proclaim, publish.
|
κηρύσσεινkēryssein
|
to proclaim
|
V-PNA
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1179ΔεκαπόλειDekapolei (N-DFS)
G1179 Δεκάπολις Dekápolis dek-ap-ol-is from δέκα and πόλις; the ten-city region; the Decapolis, a district in Syria:--Decapolis.
|
ΔεκαπόλειDekapolei
|
Decapolis
|
N-DFS
|
G3745ὅσαhosa (RelPro-ANP)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσαhosa
|
how much
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G4160ἐποίησενepoiēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίησενepoiēsen
|
had done
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
for him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2424Ἰησοῦς,Iēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦς,Iēsous
|
Jesus;
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2296ἐθαύμαζον.ethaumazon (V-IIA-3P)
G2296 θαυμάζω thaumázō thou-mad-zo from θαῦμα; to wonder; by implication, to admire:--admire, have in admiration, marvel, wonder.
|
ἐθαύμαζον.ethaumazon
|
were marveling.
|
V-IIA-3P
|
20
He departed, and began to publish in Decapolis how great things Jesus had done for Him: and all men did marvel.Mark 5:20
Stats
Rank: #8055 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 115 characters, 20 words, 91 letters, 33 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: και απηλθεν και ηρξατο κηρυσσειν εν τη δεκαπολει οσα εποιησεν αυτω ο ιησους και παντες εθαυμαζον
Lit: And he departed and began to proclaim in the Decapolis how much had done for him Jesus; and all were marveling.
KJV: And he departed, and began to publish in Decapolis how great things Jesus had done for him: and all men did marvel.
References
"Decapolis"Mr 7:31: Again: departing from the coasts of Tyre and Sidon: he came to the sea of Galilee: through the middle of the coasts of Decapolis.Mt 4:25: There followed him great multitudes of people from Galilee: and from Decapolis: and from Jerusalem: and from Judaea: and from beyond Jordan.
The Healing Touch of Jesus
και διαπερασαντος του ιησου εν τω πλοιω παλιν εις το περαν συνηχθη οχλος πολυς επ αυτον και ην παρα την θαλασσαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1276διαπεράσαντοςdiaperasantos (V-APA-GMS)
G1276 διαπεράω diaperáō dee-ap-er-ah-o from διά and a derivative of the base of πέραν; to cross entirely:--go over, pass (over), sail over.
|
διαπεράσαντοςdiaperasantos
|
having passed over
|
V-APA-GMS
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
Jesus
|
N-GMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4143πλοίῳploiō (N-DNS)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοίῳploiō
|
boat
|
N-DNS
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv)
G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again
|
Adv
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4008πέρανperan (Adv)
G4008 πέραν péran per-an apparently accusative case of an obsolete derivative of (to pierce); through (as adverb or preposition), i.e. across:--beyond, farther (other) side, over.
|
πέρανperan
|
other side,
|
Adv
|
G4863συνήχθηsynēchthē (V-AIP-3S)
G4863 συνάγω synágō soon-ag-o from σύν and ἄγω; to lead together, i.e. collect or convene; specially, to entertain (hospitably):--+ accompany, assemble (selves, together), bestow, come together, gather (selves together, up, together), lead into, resort, take in.
|
συνήχθηsynēchthē
|
was gathered
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3793ὄχλοςochlos (N-NMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλοςochlos
|
a crowd
|
N-NMS
|
G4183πολὺςpolys (Adj-NMS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολὺςpolys
|
great
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν,auton
|
Him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
He was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
beside
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2281θάλασσαν.thalassan (N-AFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θάλασσαν.thalassan
|
sea.
|
N-AFS
|
21
When Jesus was passed over again by ship to the other side, much people gathered to Him: and He was nigh to the sea.Mark 5:21
Stats
Rank: #1753 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 126 characters, 23 words, 99 letters, 39 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: και διαπερασαντος του ιησου εν τω πλοιω παλιν εις το περαν συνηχθη οχλος πολυς επ αυτον και ην παρα την θαλασσαν
Lit: And having passed over Jesus in the boat again to the other side, was gathered a crowd great to Him, and He was beside the sea.
KJV: And when Jesus was passed over again by ship unto the other side, much people gathered unto him: and he was nigh unto the sea.
References
"And when Jesus was passed over again by ship unto the other side, much people gathered unto him: and he was nigh unto the sea."Mt 9:1: He entered into a ship: and passed over: and came into his own city.Lu 8:40: It came to pass: that: when Jesus was returned: the people gladly received Him: for they were all waiting for Him.
και ιδου ερχεται εις των αρχισυναγωγων ονοματι ιαειρος και ιδων αυτον πιπτει προς τους ποδας αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2064ἔρχεταιerchetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχεταιerchetai
|
comes
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷςheis
|
one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G752ἀρχισυναγώγων,archisynagōgōn (N-GMP)
G752 ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisynágōgos ar-khee-soon-ag-o-gos from ἀρχή and συναγωγή; director of the synagogue services:--(chief) ruler of the synagogue.
|
ἀρχισυναγώγων,archisynagōgōn
|
synagogue rulers,
|
N-GMP
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
named
|
N-DNS
|
G2383Ἰάϊρος,Iairos (N-NMS)
G2383 Ἰάειρος Iáeiros ee-ah-i-ros of Hebrew origin (יָאִיר); Jairus (i.e. Jair), an Israelite:--Jairus.
|
Ἰάϊρος,Iairos
|
Jairus,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδὼνidōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδὼνidōn
|
having seen
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G4098πίπτειpiptei (V-PIA-3S)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
πίπτειpiptei
|
falls
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4228πόδαςpodas (N-AMP)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
πόδαςpodas
|
feet
|
N-AMP
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
22
And, look, there comes one of the rulers of the synagogue, Jairus by name; and when he saw him, he fell at his feet,
Mark 5:22
Stats
Counts: 119 characters, 19 words, 90 letters, 35 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ιδου ερχεται εις των αρχισυναγωγων ονοματι ιαειρος και ιδων αυτον πιπτει προς τους ποδας αυτου
Lit: And comes one of the synagogue rulers, named Jairus, and having seen Him, falls at the feet of Him
KJV: And, behold, there cometh one of the rulers of the synagogue, Jairus by name; and when he saw him, he fell at his feet,
References
"there"Mt 9:18: 19: While he spoke these things to them: look: there came a certain ruler: and worshipped him: saying: My daughter is even now dead: but come and lay your hand upon her: and she will live.Lu 8:41: 42: And: look: there came a man named Jairus: and He was a ruler of the synagogue: and He fell down at Jesus' feet: and besought Him that He would come into His house:"rulers"Lu 13:14: The ruler of the synagogue answered with indignation: because that Jesus had healed on the sabbath day: and said to the people: There are 6 days in which men ought to work: in them therefore come and be healed: not and on the sabbath day.Ac 13:15: After the reading of the law and the prophets the rulers of the synagogue sent to them: saying: You men and brothers: if you have any word of exhortation for the people: say on.Ac 18:8: 17: Crispus: the chief ruler of the synagogue: believed on the Lord with all His house; and many of the Corinthians hearing believed: and were baptized."he fell"Mr 5:33: But the woman fearing and trembling: knowing what was done in her: came and fell down before him: and told him all the truth.Mt 2:11: When they were come into the house: they saw the young child with Mary his mother: and fell down: and worshipped him: and when they had opened their treasures: they presented to him gifts; gold: and frankincense: and myrrh.Lu 5:8: When Simon Peter saw it: He fell down at Jesus' knees: saying: Depart from me; for I am a sinful man: O Lord.Lu 8:28: When He saw Jesus: He cried out: and fell down before Him: and with a loud voice said: What have I to do with you: Jesus: you Son of God most high? I beseech you: torment not me.Ac 10:25: 26: As Peter was coming in: Cornelius met him: and fell down at his feet: and worshipped him.Re 22:8: I John saw these things: and heard them. And when I had heard and seen: I fell down to worship before the feet of the angel which showed me these things.
και παρεκαλει αυτον πολλα λεγων οτι το θυγατριον μου εσχατως εχει ινα ελθων επιθης αυτη τας χειρας οπως σωθη και ζησεται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3870παρακαλεῖparakalei (V-PIA-3S)
G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρακαλεῖparakalei
|
he begs
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G4183πολλὰpolla (Adj-ANP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλὰpolla
|
much,
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G3588ΤὸTo (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤὸTo
|
The
|
Art-NNS
|
G2365θυγάτριόνthygatrion (N-NNS)
G2365 θυγάτριον thygátrion thoo-gat-ree-on from θυγάτηρ; a daughterling:--little (young) daughter.
|
θυγάτριόνthygatrion
|
little daughter
|
N-NNS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2079ἐσχάτωςeschatōs (Adv)
G2079 ἐσχάτως eschátōs es-khat-oce adverb from ἔσχατος; finally, i.e. (with ἔχω) at the extremity of life:--point of death.
|
ἐσχάτωςeschatōs
|
at the end
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχει,echei (V-PIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχει,echei
|
is holding,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that,
|
Conj
|
G2064ἐλθὼνelthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλθὼνelthōn
|
having come,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2007ἐπιθῇςepithēs (V-ASA-2S)
G2007 ἐπιτίθημι epitíthēmi ep-ee-tith-ay-mee from ἐπί and τίθημι; to impose (in a friendly or hostile sense):--add unto, lade, lay upon, put (up) on, set on (up), + surname, X wound.
|
ἐπιθῇςepithēs
|
You would lay
|
V-ASA-2S
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5495χεῖραςcheiras (N-AFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖραςcheiras
|
hands
|
N-AFP
|
G846αὐτῇ,autē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇ,autē
|
on her,
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G4982σωθῇsōthē (V-ASP-3S)
G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
σωθῇsōthē
|
she might be cured,
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2198ζήσῃ.zēsē (V-ASA-3S)
G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζήσῃ.zēsē
|
she shall live.
|
V-ASA-3S
|
23
Besought him greatly, saying, My little daughter lies at the point of death: I pray you, come and lay your hands on her, that she may be healed; and she will live.
Mark 5:23
Stats
Rank: #8260 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 169 characters, 27 words, 130 letters, 46 vowels, 84 consonants
Translation
Greek: και παρεκαλει αυτον πολλα λεγων οτι το θυγατριον μου εσχατως εχει ινα ελθων επιθης αυτη τας χειρας οπως σωθη και ζησεται
Lit: and he begs Him much, saying - , The little daughter of me at the end is holding, that, having come, You would lay the hands on her, so that she might be cured, and she shall live.
KJV: And besought him greatly, saying, My little daughter lieth at the point of death: I pray thee, come and lay thy hands on her, that she may be healed; and she shall live.
References
"besought"Mr 7:25-27: For a certain woman: whose young daughter had an unclean spirit: heard of him: and came and fell at his feet:Mr 9:21: 22: He asked his father: How long is it ago since this came to him? And he said: Of a child.2Sa 12:15: 16: Nathan departed to His house. And the LORD struck the child that Uriah's wife bare to David: and it was very sick.Ps 50:15: Call upon me in the day of trouble: I will deliver you: and you will glorify me.Ps 107:19: Then they cry to the LORD in their trouble: and He saves them out of their distresses.Lu 4:38: He arose out of the synagogue: and entered into Simon's house. And Simon's wife's mother was taken with a great fever; and they besought him for her.Lu 7:2: 3: 12: A certain centurion's servant: who was dear to him: was sick: and ready to die.Joh 4:46: 47: So Jesus came again into Cana of Galilee: where He made the water wine. And there was a certain nobleman: whose son was sick at Capernaum.Joh 11:3: Therefore His sisters sent to Him: saying: Lord: look: He whom you love is sick."lay thy hands"Mr 6:5: 6: 13: He could there do no mighty work: save that he laid his hands upon a few sick folk: and healed them.Mr 16:18: They will take up serpents; and if they drink any deadly thing: it will not hurt them; they will lay hands on the sick: and they will recover.2Ki 5:11: But Naaman was angry: and went away: and said: Look: I thought: He will surely come out to me: and stand: and call on the name of the LORD His God: and strike His hand over the place: and recover the leper.Mt 8:3: Jesus put forth His hand: and touched Him: saying: I will; be you clean. And immediately His leprosy was cleansed.Lu 4:40: Now when the sun was setting: all they that had any sick with divers diseases brought them to him; and he laid his hands on every one of them: and healed them.Lu 13:13: He laid His hands on her: and immediately she was made straight: and glorified God.Ac 28:8: It came to pass: that the father of Publius lay sick of a fever and of a bloody flux: to whom Paul entered in: and prayed: and laid his hands on him: and healed him.Jas 5:14: 15: Is any sick among you? let Him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over Him: anointing Him with oil in the name of the Lord:
The Woman Suffering from Bleeding
και απηλθεν μετ αυτου και ηκολουθει αυτω οχλος πολυς και συνεθλιβον αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G565ἀπῆλθενapēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπῆλθενapēlthen
|
He departed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G190ἠκολούθειēkolouthei (V-IIA-3S)
G190 ἀκολουθέω akolouthéō ak-ol-oo-theh-o from Α (as a particle of union) and (a road); properly, to be in the same way with, i.e. to accompany (specially, as a disciple):--follow, reach.
|
ἠκολούθειēkolouthei
|
was following
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3793ὄχλοςochlos (N-NMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλοςochlos
|
a crowd
|
N-NMS
|
G4183πολύς,polys (Adj-NMS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολύς,polys
|
great,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4918συνέθλιβονsynethlibon (V-IIA-3P)
G4918 συνθλίβω synthlíbō soon-thlee-bo from σύν and θλίβω; to compress, i.e. crowd on all sides:--throng.
|
συνέθλιβονsynethlibon
|
pressing in on
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
Him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
24
Jesus went with Him; and much people followed Him, and thronged Him.Mark 5:24
Stats
Rank: #7073 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 72 characters, 11 words, 57 letters, 19 vowels, 38 consonants
Translation
Greek: και απηλθεν μετ αυτου και ηκολουθει αυτω οχλος πολυς και συνεθλιβον αυτον
Lit: And He departed with him. And was following Him a crowd great, and pressing in on Him.
KJV: And Jesus went with him; and much people followed him, and thronged him.
References
"went"Lu 7:6: Then Jesus went with them. And when He was not now far from the house: the centurion sent friends to Him: saying to Him: Lord: not trouble yourself: for I not am worthy that you should enter under my roof:Ac 10:38: How God anointed Jesus of Nazareth with the Holy Ghost and with power: who went about doing good: and healing all that were oppressed of the devil; for God was with Him."and thronged"Mr 5:31: His disciples said to him: You see the multitude thronging you: and say you: Who touched me?Mr 3:9: 10: 20: He spoke to his disciples: that a small ship should wait on him because of the multitude: lest they should throng him.Lu 8:42: 45: For he had one only daughter: about 12 years of age: and she lay a dying. But as he went the people thronged him.Lu 12:1: In the mean time: when there were gathered together an innumerable multitude of people: insomuch that they trode one upon another: he began to say to his disciples first of all: Beware you of the leaven of the Pharisees: which is hypocrisy.Lu 19:3: He sought to see Jesus who He was; and not could for the press: because He was little of stature.
και γυνη τις ουσα εν ρυσει αιματος ετη δωδεκα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1135γυνὴgynē (N-NFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυνὴgynē
|
a woman,
|
N-NFS
|
G1510οὖσαousa (V-PPA-NFS)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
οὖσαousa
|
being
|
V-PPA-NFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G4511ῥύσειrhysei (N-DFS)
G4511 ῥύσις rhýsis hroo-sis from ῥύομαι in the sense of its congener ῥέω; a flux (of blood):--issue.
|
ῥύσειrhysei
|
a flux
|
N-DFS
|
G129αἵματοςhaimatos (N-GNS)
G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἵματοςhaimatos
|
of blood
|
N-GNS
|
G1427δώδεκαdōdeka (Adj-ANP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκαdōdeka
|
twelve
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2094ἔτη,etē (N-ANP)
G2094 ἔτος étos et-os apparently a primary word; a year:--year.
|
ἔτη,etē
|
years,
|
N-ANP
|
25
A certain woman, which had an issue of blood 12 years,Mark 5:25
Stats
Rank: #3050 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 62 characters, 11 words, 49 letters, 20 vowels, 29 consonants
Translation
Greek: και γυνη τις ουσα εν ρυσει αιματος ετη δωδεκα
Lit: And a woman, being with a flux of blood twelve years,
KJV: And a certain woman, which had an issue of blood twelve years,
References
"a certain"Mt 9:20-22: And: look: a woman: which was diseased with an issue of blood 12 years: came behind him: and touched the hem of his garment:Lu 8:43: 44: A woman having an issue of blood 12 years: which had spent all her living upon physicians: neither could be healed of any: "an issue"Le 15:19: 20: 25-27: If a woman have an issue: and her issue in her flesh be blood: she will be put apart 7 days: and whoever touches her will be unclean until the even."twelve"Lu 13:11: And: look: there was a woman which had a spirit of infirmity 18 years: and was bowed together: and could in no wise lift up herself.Joh 5:5: 6: A certain man was there: which had an infirmity 38 years.Ac 4:22: For the man was above 40 years old: on whom this miracle of healing was showed.Ac 9:33: 34: There he found a certain man named AEneas: which had kept his bed 8 years: and was sick of the palsy.
και πολλα παθουσα υπο πολλων ιατρων και δαπανησασα τα παρ εαυτης παντα και μηδεν ωφεληθεισα αλλα μαλλον εις το χειρον ελθουσα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4183πολλὰpolla (Adj-ANP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλὰpolla
|
much
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3958παθοῦσαpathousa (V-APA-NFS)
G3958 πάσχω páschō pen-tho apparently a primary verb; to experience a sensation or impression (usually painful):--feel, passion, suffer, vex.
|
παθοῦσαpathousa
|
having suffered
|
V-APA-NFS
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
under
|
Prep
|
G4183πολλῶνpollōn (Adj-GMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλῶνpollōn
|
many
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2395ἰατρῶνiatrōn (N-GMP)
G2395 ἰατρός iatrós ee-at-ros from ἰάομαι; a physician:--physician.
|
ἰατρῶνiatrōn
|
physicians,
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1159δαπανήσασαdapanēsasa (V-APA-NFS)
G1159 δαπανάω dapanáō dap-an-ah-o from δαπάνη; to expend, i.e. (in a good sense) to incur cost, or (in a bad one) to waste:--be at charges, consume, spend.
|
δαπανήσασαdapanēsasa
|
having spent
|
V-APA-NFS
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G3844παρ’par’ (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρ’par’
|
of
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
her
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G3956πάντα,panta (Adj-ANP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντα,panta
|
all,
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3367μηδὲνmēden (Adj-ANS)
G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηδὲνmēden
|
in no way
|
Adj-ANS
|
G5623ὠφεληθεῖσαōphelētheisa (V-APP-NFS)
G5623 ὠφελέω ōpheléō o-fel-eh-o from the same as ὠφέλεια; to be useful, i.e. to benefit:--advantage, better, prevail, profit.
|
ὠφεληθεῖσαōphelētheisa
|
having benefited,
|
V-APP-NFS
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3123μᾶλλονmallon (Adv)
G3123 μᾶλλον mâllon mal-lon neuter of the comparative of the same as μάλιστα; (adverbially) more (in a greater degree)) or rather:--+ better, X far, (the) more (and more), (so) much (the more), rather.
|
μᾶλλονmallon
|
rather
|
Adv
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G5501χεῖρονcheiron (Adj-ANS-C)
G5501 χείρων cheírōn khi-rone irregular comparative of κακός; from an obsolete equivalent (of uncertain derivation); more evil or aggravated (physically, mentally or morally):--sorer, worse.
|
χεῖρονcheiron
|
worse
|
Adj-ANS-C
|
G2064ἐλθοῦσα,elthousa (V-APA-NFS)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλθοῦσα,elthousa
|
having come,
|
V-APA-NFS
|
26
Had suffered many things of many physicians, and had spent all that she had, and not washing bettered, but rather grew worse,Mark 5:26
Stats
Rank: #9797 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 129 characters, 20 words, 103 letters, 32 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: και πολλα παθουσα υπο πολλων ιατρων και δαπανησασα τα παρ εαυτης παντα και μηδεν ωφεληθεισα αλλα μαλλον εις το χειρον ελθουσα
Lit: and much having suffered under many physicians, and having spent the of her all, and in no way having benefited, but rather to the worse having come,
KJV: And had suffered many things of many physicians, and had spent all that she had, and was nothing bettered, but rather grew worse,
References
"had suffered"Job 13:4: But you are forgers of lies: you are all physicians of no value.Jer 8:22: Is there no balm in Gilead; is there no physician there? why then not is the health of the daughter of my people recovered?Jer 30:12: 13: For thus says the LORD: Your bruise is incurable: and your wound is grievous.Jer 51:8: Babylon is suddenly fallen and destroyed: howl for her; take balm for her pain: if so be she may be healed."nothing"Ps 108:12: Give us help from trouble: for vain is the help of man.
ακουσασα περι του ιησου ελθουσα εν τω οχλω οπισθεν ηψατο του ιματιου αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G191ἀκούσασαakousasa (V-APA-NFS)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσασαakousasa
|
having heard
|
V-APA-NFS
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G2424Ἰησοῦ,Iēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦ,Iēsou
|
Jesus,
|
N-GMS
|
G2064ἐλθοῦσαelthousa (V-APA-NFS)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλθοῦσαelthousa
|
having come up
|
V-APA-NFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3793ὄχλῳochlō (N-DMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλῳochlō
|
crowd
|
N-DMS
|
G3693ὄπισθενopisthen (Adv)
G3693 ὄπισθεν ópisthen op-is-then from (regard; from ὀπτάνομαι) with enclitic of source; from the rear (as a secure aspect), i.e. at the back (adverb and preposition of place or time):--after, backside, behind.
|
ὄπισθενopisthen
|
behind,
|
Adv
|
G680ἥψατοhēpsato (V-AIM-3S)
G680 ἅπτομαι háptomai hap-tom-ahee reflexive of ἅπτω; properly, to attach oneself to, i.e. to touch (in many implied relations):--touch.
|
ἥψατοhēpsato
|
she touched
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2440ἱματίουhimatiou (N-GNS)
G2440 ἱμάτιον himátion him-at-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ennumi (to put on); a dress (inner or outer):--apparel, cloke, clothes, garment, raiment, robe, vesture.
|
ἱματίουhimatiou
|
clothing
|
N-GNS
|
G846αὐτοῦ·autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ·autou
|
of Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
27
When she had heard of Jesus, came in the press behind, and touched His garment.Mark 5:27
Stats
Rank: #9457 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 79 characters, 13 words, 62 letters, 22 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: ακουσασα περι του ιησου ελθουσα εν τω οχλω οπισθεν ηψατο του ιματιου αυτου
Lit: having heard concerning Jesus, having come up in the crowd behind, she touched the clothing of Him.
KJV: When she had heard of Jesus, came in the press behind, and touched his garment.
References
"touched"Mr 6:56: wherever he entered: into villages: or cities: or country: they laid the sick in the streets: and besought him that they might touch if it were but the border of his garment: and as many as touched him were made whole.2Ki 13:21: It came to pass: as they were burying a man: that: look: they spied a band of men; and they cast the man into the sepulchre of Elisha: and when the man was let down: and touched the bones of Elisha: he revived: and stood up on his feet.Mt 14:36: Besought him that they might only touch the hem of his garment: and as many as touched were made perfectly whole.Ac 5:15: Insomuch that they brought forth the sick into the streets: and laid them on beds and couches: that at the least the shadow of Peter passing by might overshadow some of them.Ac 19:12: So that from his body were brought to the sick handkerchiefs or aprons: and the diseases departed from them: and the evil spirits went out of them.
ελεγεν γαρ οτι καν των ιματιων αυτου αψωμαι σωθησομαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004ἔλεγενelegen (V-IIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγενelegen
|
She was saying
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G1437ἘὰνEan (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἘὰνEan
|
If
|
Conj
|
G680ἅψωμαιhapsōmai (V-ASM-1S)
G680 ἅπτομαι háptomai hap-tom-ahee reflexive of ἅπτω; properly, to attach oneself to, i.e. to touch (in many implied relations):--touch.
|
ἅψωμαιhapsōmai
|
I shall touch
|
V-ASM-1S
|
G2579κἂνkan (Adv)
G2579 κἄν kán kan from καί and ἐάν; and (or even) if:--and (also) if (so much as), if but, at the least, though, yet.,
|
κἂνkan
|
even
|
Adv
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G2440ἱματίωνhimatiōn (N-GNP)
G2440 ἱμάτιον himátion him-at-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ennumi (to put on); a dress (inner or outer):--apparel, cloke, clothes, garment, raiment, robe, vesture.
|
ἱματίωνhimatiōn
|
garments
|
N-GNP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G4982σωθήσομαι.sōthēsomai (V-FIP-1S)
G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
σωθήσομαι.sōthēsomai
|
I will be healed.
|
V-FIP-1S
|
28
For she said, If I may touch but his clothes, I will be whole.
Mark 5:28
Stats
Rank: #9560 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 63 characters, 12 words, 47 letters, 18 vowels, 29 consonants
Translation
Greek: ελεγεν γαρ οτι καν των ιματιων αυτου αψωμαι σωθησομαι
Lit: She was saying for - , If I shall touch even the garments of Him, I will be healed.
KJV: For she said, If I may touch but his clothes, I shall be whole.
και ευθεως εξηρανθη η πηγη του αιματος αυτης και εγνω τω σωματι οτι ιαται απο της μαστιγος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G3583ἐξηράνθηexēranthē (V-AIP-3S)
G3583 ξηραίνω xēraínō xay-rah-ee-no from ξηρός; to desiccate; by implication, to shrivel, to mature:--dry up, pine away, be ripe, wither (away).
|
ἐξηράνθηexēranthē
|
was dried up
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4077πηγὴpēgē (N-NFS)
G4077 πηγή pēgḗ pay-gay probably from πήγνυμι (through the idea of gushing plumply); a fount (literally or figuratively), i.e. source or supply (of water, blood, enjoyment) (not necessarily the original spring):--fountain, well.
|
πηγὴpēgē
|
flow
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G129αἵματοςhaimatos (N-GNS)
G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἵματοςhaimatos
|
blood
|
N-GNS
|
G846αὐτῆς,autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς,autēs
|
of her,
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1097ἔγνωegnō (V-AIA-3S)
G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
ἔγνωegnō
|
she knew
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
in the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4983σώματιsōmati (N-DNS)
G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σώματιsōmati
|
body
|
N-DNS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2390ἴαταιiatai (V-RIM/P-3S)
G2390 ἰάομαι iáomai ee-ah-om-ahee middle voice of apparently a primary verb; to cure (literally or figuratively):--heal, make whole.
|
ἴαταιiatai
|
she was healed
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3148μάστιγος.mastigos (N-GFS)
G3148 μάστιξ mástix mas-tix probably from the base of μασσάομαι (through the idea of contact); a whip (literally, the Roman flagellum for criminals; figuratively, a disease):--plague, scourging.
|
μάστιγος.mastigos
|
affliction.
|
N-GFS
|
29
Straightway the fountain of her blood was dried up; and she felt in her body that she was healed of that plague.Mark 5:29
Stats
Counts: 116 characters, 22 words, 92 letters, 34 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ευθεως εξηρανθη η πηγη του αιματος αυτης και εγνω τω σωματι οτι ιαται απο της μαστιγος
Lit: And immediately was dried up the flow of the blood of her, and she knew in the body that she was healed from the affliction.
KJV: And straightway the fountain of her blood was dried up; and she felt in her body that she was healed of that plague.
References
"straightway"Ex 15:26: Said: If you will diligently listen to the voice of the LORD your God: and will do that which is right in His sight: and will give ear to His commandments: and keep all His statutes: I will put none of these diseases upon you: which I have brought upon the Egyptians: for I am the LORD that heals you.Job 33:24: 25: Then he is gracious to him: and says: Deliver him from going down to the pit: I have found a ransom.Ps 30:2: O LORD my God: I cried to you: and you have healed me.Ps 103:3: Who forgives all your iniquities; who heals all your diseases;Ps 107:20: He sent his word: and healed them: and delivered them from their destructions.Ps 147:3: He heals the broken in heart: and binds up their wounds."fountain"Le 20:18: If a man will lie with a woman having her sickness: and will uncover her nakedness; he has discovered her fountain: and she has uncovered the fountain of her blood: and both of them will be cut off from among their people."plague"Mr 5:34: He said to her: Daughter: your faith has made you whole; go in peace: and be whole of your plague.Mr 3:10: For he had healed many; insomuch that they pressed upon him for to touch him: as many as had plagues.1Ki 8:37: If there be in the land famine: if there be pestilence: blasting: mildew: locust: or if there be caterpiller; if their enemy besiege them in the land of their cities; whatever plague: whatever sickness there be;Lu 7:21: In that same hour he cured many of their infirmities and plagues: and of evil spirits; and to many that were blind he gave sight.
και ευθεως ο ιησους επιγνους εν εαυτω την εξ αυτου δυναμιν εξελθουσαν επιστραφεις εν τω οχλω ελεγεν τις μου ηψατο των ιματιων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus,
|
N-NMS
|
G1921ἐπιγνοὺςepignous (V-APA-NMS)
G1921 ἐπιγινώσκω epiginṓskō ep-ig-in-oce-ko from ἐπί and γινώσκω; to know upon some mark, i.e. recognize; by implication, to become fully acquainted with, to acknowledge:--(ac-, have, take)know(-ledge, well), perceive.
|
ἐπιγνοὺςepignous
|
having known
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1438ἑαυτῷheautō (RefPro-DM3S)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτῷheautō
|
Himself
|
RefPro-DM3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1411δύναμινdynamin (N-AFS)
G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δύναμινdynamin
|
power
|
N-AFS
|
G1831ἐξελθοῦσαν,exelthousan (V-APA-AFS)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξελθοῦσαν,exelthousan
|
having gone forth,
|
V-APA-AFS
|
G1994ἐπιστραφεὶςepistrapheis (V-APP-NMS)
G1994 ἐπιστρέφω epistréphō ep-ee-stref-o from ἐπί and στρέφω; to revert (literally, figuratively or morally):--come (go) again, convert, (re-)turn (about, again).
|
ἐπιστραφεὶςepistrapheis
|
having turned
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3793ὄχλῳochlō (N-DMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλῳochlō
|
crowd,
|
N-DMS
|
G3004ἔλεγενelegen (V-IIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγενelegen
|
said,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G5101ΤίςTis (IPro-NMS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίςTis
|
Who
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G680ἥψατοhēpsato (V-AIM-3S)
G680 ἅπτομαι háptomai hap-tom-ahee reflexive of ἅπτω; properly, to attach oneself to, i.e. to touch (in many implied relations):--touch.
|
ἥψατοhēpsato
|
touched
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G2440ἱματίων;himatiōn (N-GNP)
G2440 ἱμάτιον himátion him-at-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ennumi (to put on); a dress (inner or outer):--apparel, cloke, clothes, garment, raiment, robe, vesture.
|
ἱματίων;himatiōn
|
garments?
|
N-GNP
|
30
Jesus, immediately knowing in Himself that virtue had gone out of Him, turned Him about in the press, and said, Who touched my clothes?
Mark 5:30
Stats
Rank: #8570 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 139 characters, 21 words, 110 letters, 42 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ευθεως ο ιησους επιγνους εν εαυτω την εξ αυτου δυναμιν εξελθουσαν επιστραφεις εν τω οχλω ελεγεν τις μου ηψατο των ιματιων
Lit: And immediately Jesus, having known in Himself the out of Him power having gone forth, having turned in the crowd, said, Who of Me touched the garments?
KJV: And Jesus, immediately knowing in himself that virtue had gone out of him, turned him about in the press, and said, Who touched my clothes?
References
"virtue"Lu 6:19: The whole multitude sought to touch him: for there went virtue out of him: and healed them all.Lu 8:46: Jesus said: Somebody has touched me: for I perceive that virtue is gone out of me.1Pe 2:9: But you are a chosen generation: a royal priesthood: an holy nation: a peculiar people; that you should show forth the praises of him who has called you out of darkness into his marvellous light:
και ελεγον αυτω οι μαθηται αυτου βλεπεις τον οχλον συνθλιβοντα σε και λεγεις τις μου ηψατο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004ἔλεγονelegon (V-IIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγονelegon
|
were saying
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3101μαθηταὶmathētai (N-NMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταὶmathētai
|
disciples
|
N-NMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G991ΒλέπειςBlepeis (V-PIA-2S)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ΒλέπειςBlepeis
|
You see
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3793ὄχλονochlon (N-AMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλονochlon
|
crowd
|
N-AMS
|
G4918συνθλίβοντάsynthlibonta (V-PPA-AMS)
G4918 συνθλίβω synthlíbō soon-thlee-bo from σύν and θλίβω; to compress, i.e. crowd on all sides:--throng.
|
συνθλίβοντάsynthlibonta
|
pressing in on
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G4771σε,se (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σε,se
|
You,
|
PPro-A2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειςlegeis (V-PIA-2S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειςlegeis
|
say You,
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G5101ΤίςTis (IPro-NMS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίςTis
|
Who
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G680ἥψατο;hēpsato (V-AIM-3S)
G680 ἅπτομαι háptomai hap-tom-ahee reflexive of ἅπτω; properly, to attach oneself to, i.e. to touch (in many implied relations):--touch.
|
ἥψατο;hēpsato
|
touched?
|
V-AIM-3S
|
31
His disciples said to him, You see the multitude thronging you, and say you, Who touched me?
Mark 5:31
Stats
Counts: 106 characters, 15 words, 85 letters, 33 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ελεγον αυτω οι μαθηται αυτου βλεπεις τον οχλον συνθλιβοντα σε και λεγεις τις μου ηψατο
Lit: And were saying to Him the disciples of Him, You see the crowd pressing in on You, and say You, Who Me touched?
KJV: And his disciples said unto him, Thou seest the multitude thronging thee, and sayest thou, Who touched me?
References
"Thou seest"Lu 8:45: Jesus said: Who touched me? When all denied: Peter and they that were with Him said: Master: the multitude throng you and press you: and say you: Who touched me?Lu 9:12: When the day began to wear away: then came the 12: and said to him: Send the multitude away: that they may go into the towns and country round about: and lodge: and get victuals: for we are here in a desert place.
και περιεβλεπετο ιδειν την τουτο ποιησασαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4017περιεβλέπετοperieblepeto (V-IIM-3S)
G4017 περιβλέπω periblépō per-ee-blep-o from περί and βλέπω; to look all around:--look (round) about (on).
|
περιεβλέπετοperieblepeto
|
He was looking around
|
V-IIM-3S
|
G3708ἰδεῖνidein (V-ANA)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδεῖνidein
|
to see
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the one
|
Art-AFS
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-ANS
|
G4160ποιήσασαν.poiēsasan (V-APA-AFS)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσασαν.poiēsasan
|
having done.
|
V-APA-AFS
|
32
He looked round about to see her that had done this thing.Mark 5:32
Stats
Counts: 62 characters, 13 words, 49 letters, 20 vowels, 29 consonants
Translation
Greek: και περιεβλεπετο ιδειν την τουτο ποιησασαν
Lit: And He was looking around to see the one this having done.
KJV: And he looked round about to see her that had done this thing.
η δε γυνη φοβηθεισα και τρεμουσα ειδυια ο γεγονεν επ αυτη ηλθεν και προσεπεσεν αυτω και ειπεν αυτω πασαν την αληθειαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1135γυνὴgynē (N-NFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυνὴgynē
|
the woman,
|
N-NFS
|
G5399φοβηθεῖσαphobētheisa (V-APP-NFS)
G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
φοβηθεῖσαphobētheisa
|
having been frightened
|
V-APP-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5141τρέμουσα,tremousa (V-PPA-NFS)
G5141 τρέμω trémō trem-o strengthened from a primary (to dread, terrify); to tremble or fear:--be afraid, trembling.
|
τρέμουσα,tremousa
|
trembling,
|
V-PPA-NFS
|
G1492εἰδυῖαeiduia (V-RPA-NFS)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
εἰδυῖαeiduia
|
knowing
|
V-RPA-NFS
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-NNS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
what
|
RelPro-NNS
|
G1096γέγονενgegonen (V-RIA-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γέγονενgegonen
|
had been done
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῇ,autē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇ,autē
|
to her,
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G2064ἦλθενēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθενēlthen
|
came
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4363προσέπεσενprosepesen (V-AIA-3S)
G4363 προσπίπτω prospíptō pros-pip-to from πρός and πίπτω; to fall towards, i.e. (gently) prostrate oneself (in supplication or homage), or (violently) to rush upon (in storm):--beat upon, fall (down) at (before).
|
προσέπεσενprosepesen
|
fell down before
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
told
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3956πᾶσανpasan (Adj-AFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσανpasan
|
all
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G225ἀλήθειαν.alētheian (N-AFS)
G225 ἀλήθεια alḗtheia al-ay-thi-a from ἀληθής; truth:--true, X truly, truth, verity.
|
ἀλήθειαν.alētheian
|
truth.
|
N-AFS
|
33
But the woman fearing and trembling, knowing what was done in her, came and fell down before him, and told him all the truth.Mark 5:33
Stats
Counts: 125 characters, 21 words, 98 letters, 33 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: η δε γυνη φοβηθεισα και τρεμουσα ειδυια ο γεγονεν επ αυτη ηλθεν και προσεπεσεν αυτω και ειπεν αυτω πασαν την αληθειαν
Lit: And the woman, having been frightened and trembling, knowing what had been done to her, came and fell down before Him and told Him all the truth.
KJV: But the woman fearing and trembling, knowing what was done in her, came and fell down before him, and told him all the truth.
References
"the woman"Mr 4:41: They feared exceedingly: and said one to another: What manner of man is this: that even the wind and the sea obey him?Lu 1:12: 29: When Zacharias saw him: he was troubled: and fear fell upon him.Lu 8:47: When the woman saw that she not was hid: she came trembling: and falling down before him: she declared to him before all the people for what cause she had touched him: and how she was healed immediately."and told"Ps 30:2: O LORD my God: I cried to you: and you have healed me.Ps 66:16: Come and hear: all you that fear God: and I will declare what He has done for my soul.Ps 103:2-5: Bless the LORD: O my soul: and not forget all His benefits:Ps 116:12-14: What will I render to the LORD for all His benefits toward me?
ο δε ειπεν αυτη θυγατερ η πιστις σου σεσωκεν σε υπαγε εις ειρηνην και ισθι υγιης απο της μαστιγος σου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
He said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῇautē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇautē
|
to her,
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G2364Θυγάτηρ,Thygatēr (N-NFS)
G2364 θυγάτηρ thygátēr thoo-gat-air apparently a primary word (compare daughter); a female child, or (by Hebraism) descendant (or inhabitant):--daughter.
|
Θυγάτηρ,Thygatēr
|
Daughter,
|
N-NFS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4102πίστιςpistis (N-NFS)
G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστιςpistis
|
faith
|
N-NFS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G4982σέσωκένsesōken (V-RIA-3S)
G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
σέσωκένsesōken
|
has healed
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G4771σε·se (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σε·se
|
you;
|
PPro-A2S
|
G5217ὕπαγεhypage (V-PMA-2S)
G5217 ὑπάγω hypágō hoop-ag-o from ὑπό and ἄγω; to lead (oneself) under, i.e. withdraw or retire (as if sinking out of sight), literally or figuratively:--depart, get hence, go (a-)way.
|
ὕπαγεhypage
|
go
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1515εἰρήνην,eirēnēn (N-AFS)
G1515 εἰρήνη eirḗnē i-ray-nay probably from a primary verb (to join); peace (literally or figuratively); by implication, prosperity:--one, peace, quietness, rest, + set at one again.
|
εἰρήνην,eirēnēn
|
peace
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1510ἴσθιisthi (V-PMA-2S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἴσθιisthi
|
be
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G5199ὑγιὴςhygiēs (Adj-NFS)
G5199 ὑγιής hygiḗs hoog-ee-ace from the base of αὐξάνω; healthy, i.e. well (in body); figuratively, true (in doctrine):--sound, whole.
|
ὑγιὴςhygiēs
|
sound
|
Adj-NFS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3148μάστιγόςmastigos (N-GFS)
G3148 μάστιξ mástix mas-tix probably from the base of μασσάομαι (through the idea of contact); a whip (literally, the Roman flagellum for criminals; figuratively, a disease):--plague, scourging.
|
μάστιγόςmastigos
|
affliction
|
N-GFS
|
G4771σου.sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου.sou
|
of you.
|
PPro-G2S
|
34
He said to her, Daughter, your faith has made you whole; go in peace, and be whole of your plague.
Mark 5:34
Stats
Counts: 104 characters, 17 words, 79 letters, 32 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε ειπεν αυτη θυγατερ η πιστις σου σεσωκεν σε υπαγε εις ειρηνην και ισθι υγιης απο της μαστιγος σου
Lit: And He said to her, Daughter, the faith of you has healed you; go in peace and be sound from the affliction of you.
KJV: And he said unto her, Daughter, thy faith hath made thee whole; go in peace, and be whole of thy plague.
References
"Daughter"Mt 9:2: 22: And: look: they brought to Him a man sick of the palsy: lying on a bed: and Jesus seeing their faith said to the sick of the palsy; Son: be of good cheer; your sins be forgiven you.Lu 8:48: He said to her: Daughter: be of good comfort: your faith has made you whole; go in peace."thy faith"Mr 10:52: Jesus said to Him: Go your way; your faith has made you whole. And immediately He received His sight: and followed Jesus in the way.Lu 7:50: He said to the woman: Your faith has saved you; go in peace.Lu 8:48: He said to her: Daughter: be of good comfort: your faith has made you whole; go in peace.Lu 17:19: He said to him: Arise: go your way: your faith has made you whole.Lu 18:42: Jesus said to Him: Receive your sight: your faith has saved you.Ac 14:9: The same heard Paul speak: who stedfastly beholding him: and perceiving that he had faith to be healed: "go"1Sa 1:17: Then Eli answered and said: Go in peace: and the God of Israel grant you your petition that you have asked of Him.1Sa 20:42: Jonathan said to David: Go in peace: forasmuch as we have sworn both of us in the name of the LORD: saying: The LORD be between me and you: and between my seed and your seed for ever. And He arose and departed: and Jonathan went into the city.2Ki 5:19: He said to him: Go in peace. So he departed from him a little way.Ec 9:7: Go your way: eat your bread with joy: and drink your wine with a merry heart; for God now accepts your works.
Jairus’ Daughter Raised from the Dead
ετι αυτου λαλουντος ερχονται απο του αρχισυναγωγου λεγοντες οτι η θυγατηρ σου απεθανεν τι ετι σκυλλεις τον διδασκαλον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2089ἜτιEti (Adv)
G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἜτιEti
|
While yet
|
Adv
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
He
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2980λαλοῦντοςlalountos (V-PPA-GMS)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλοῦντοςlalountos
|
is speaking,
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G2064ἔρχονταιerchontai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχονταιerchontai
|
they come
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G752ἀρχισυναγώγουarchisynagōgou (N-GMS)
G752 ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisynágōgos ar-khee-soon-ag-o-gos from ἀρχή and συναγωγή; director of the synagogue services:--(chief) ruler of the synagogue.
|
ἀρχισυναγώγουarchisynagōgou
|
ruler of synagogue’s house,
|
N-GMS
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G3588ἩHĒ (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἩHĒ
|
The
|
Art-NFS
|
G2364θυγάτηρthygatēr (N-NFS)
G2364 θυγάτηρ thygátēr thoo-gat-air apparently a primary word (compare daughter); a female child, or (by Hebraism) descendant (or inhabitant):--daughter.
|
θυγάτηρthygatēr
|
daughter
|
N-NFS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of You
|
PPro-G2S
|
G599ἀπέθανεν·apethanen (V-AIA-3S)
G599 ἀποθνήσκω apothnḗskō ap-oth-nace-ko from ἀπό and θνήσκω; to die off (literally or figuratively):--be dead, death, die, lie a-dying, be slain (X with).
|
ἀπέθανεν·apethanen
|
is dead;
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G2089ἔτιeti (Adv)
G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτιeti
|
still
|
Adv
|
G4660σκύλλειςskylleis (V-PIA-2S)
G4660 σκύλλω skýllō skool-lo apparently a primary verb; to flay, i.e. (figuratively) to harass:--trouble(self).
|
σκύλλειςskylleis
|
trouble you
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G1320διδάσκαλον;didaskalon (N-AMS)
G1320 διδάσκαλος didáskalos did-as-kal-os from διδάσκω; an instructor (genitive case or specially):--doctor, master, teacher.
|
διδάσκαλον;didaskalon
|
Teacher?
|
N-AMS
|
35
While he yet spoke, there came from the ruler of the synagogue's house certain which said, Your daughter is dead: why trouble you the Master any further?
Mark 5:35
Stats
Counts: 155 characters, 24 words, 124 letters, 46 vowels, 78 consonants
Translation
Greek: ετι αυτου λαλουντος ερχονται απο του αρχισυναγωγου λεγοντες οτι η θυγατηρ σου απεθανεν τι ετι σκυλλεις τον διδασκαλον
Lit: While yet He is speaking, they come from the ruler of synagogue’s house, saying - , The daughter of You is dead; why still trouble you the Teacher?
KJV: While he yet spake, there came from the ruler of the synagogue's house certain which said, Thy daughter is dead: why troublest thou the Master any further?
References
"there came"Lu 8:49: While he yet spoke: there comes one from the ruler of the synagogue's house: saying to him: Your daughter is dead; not trouble the Master."thy daughter"Joh 5:25: Truly: truly: I say to you: The hour is coming: and now is: when the dead will hear the voice of the Son of God: and they that hear will live.Joh 11:25: Jesus said to her: I am the resurrection: and the life: He that'>He who believes in me: though He were dead: yet will He live:"why"Lu 7:6: 7: Then Jesus went with them. And when He was not now far from the house: the centurion sent friends to Him: saying to Him: Lord: not trouble yourself: for I not am worthy that you should enter under my roof:Joh 11:21: 32: 39: Then said Martha to Jesus: Lord: if you hadst been here: my brother not had died."the Master"Mr 10:17: When he was gone forth into the way: there came one running: and kneeled to him: and asked him: Good Master: what will I do that I may inherit eternal life?Mt 26:18: He said: Go into the city to such a man: and say to him: The Master says: My time is at hand; I will keep the passover at your house with my disciples.Joh 11:28: When she had so said: she went her way: and called Mary her sister secretly: saying: The Master is come: and calls for you.
ο δε ιησους ευθεως ακουσας τον λογον λαλουμενον λεγει τω αρχισυναγωγω μη φοβου μονον πιστευε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus,
|
N-NMS
|
G3878παρακούσαςparakousas (V-APA-NMS)
G3878 παρακούω parakoúō par-ak-oo-o from παρά and ἀκούω; to mishear, i.e. (by implication) to disobey:--neglect to hear.
|
παρακούσαςparakousas
|
having heard
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G2980λαλούμενονlaloumenon (V-PPM/P-AMS)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλούμενονlaloumenon
|
spoken,
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G752ἀρχισυναγώγῳarchisynagōgō (N-DMS)
G752 ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisynágōgos ar-khee-soon-ag-o-gos from ἀρχή and συναγωγή; director of the synagogue services:--(chief) ruler of the synagogue.
|
ἀρχισυναγώγῳarchisynagōgō
|
ruler of the synagogue,
|
N-DMS
|
G3361ΜὴMē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
ΜὴMē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G5399φοβοῦ,phobou (V-PMM/P-2S)
G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
φοβοῦ,phobou
|
fear;
|
V-PMM/P-2S
|
G3440μόνονmonon (Adv)
G3440 μόνον mónon mon-on neuter of μόνος as adverb; merely:--alone, but, only.
|
μόνονmonon
|
only
|
Adv
|
G4100πίστευε.pisteue (V-PMA-2S)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πίστευε.pisteue
|
believe.
|
V-PMA-2S
|
36
As soon as Jesus heard the word that was spoken, He says to the ruler of the synagogue, not Be afraid, only believe.
Mark 5:36
Stats
Counts: 119 characters, 20 words, 93 letters, 38 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε ιησους ευθεως ακουσας τον λογον λαλουμενον λεγει τω αρχισυναγωγω μη φοβου μονον πιστευε
Lit: And Jesus, having heard the word spoken, says to the ruler of the synagogue, Not fear; only believe.
KJV: As soon as Jesus heard the word that was spoken, he saith unto the ruler of the synagogue, Be not afraid, only believe.
References
"only"Mr 5:34: He said to her: Daughter: your faith has made you whole; go in peace: and be whole of your plague.Mr 9:23: Jesus said to Him: If you canst believe: all things are possible to Him that believeth.2Ch 20:20: They rose early in the morning: and went forth into the wilderness of Tekoa: and as they went forth: Jehoshaphat stood and said: Hear me: O Judah: and you inhabitants of Jerusalem; Believe in the LORD your God: so will you be established; believe His prophets: so will you prosper.Mt 9:28: 29: When He was come into the house: the blind men came to Him: and Jesus says to them: Believe you that I am able to do this? They said to Him: Yes: Lord.Mt 17:20: Jesus said to them: Because of your unbelief: for truly I say to you: If you have faith as a grain of mustard seed: you will say to this mountain: Remove here to yonder place; and it will remove; not andhing will be impossible to you.Lu 8:50: But when Jesus heard it: He answered Him: saying: not Fear: believe only: and she will be made whole.Joh 4:48-50: Then said Jesus to Him: Except you see signs and wonders: you not will believe.Joh 11:40: Jesus says to her: Said not I to you: that: if you would believe: you should see the glory of God?Ro 4:18-24: Who against hope believed in hope: that he might become the father of many nations; according to that which was spoken: So will your seed be.
και ουκ αφηκεν ουδενα αυτω συνακολουθησαι ει μη πετρον και ιακωβον και ιωαννην τον αδελφον ιακωβου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G863ἀφῆκενaphēken (V-AIA-3S)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφῆκενaphēken
|
He allowed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3762οὐδέναoudena (Adj-AMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδέναoudena
|
no one
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G4870συνακολουθῆσαιsynakolouthēsai (V-ANA)
G4870 συνακολουθέω synakolouthéō soon-ak-ol-oo-theh-o from σύν and ἀκολουθέω; to accompany:--follow.
|
συνακολουθῆσαιsynakolouthēsai
|
to follow,
|
V-ANA
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4074ΠέτρονPetron (N-AMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτρονPetron
|
Peter
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2385ἸάκωβονIakōbon (N-AMS)
G2385 Ἰάκωβος Iákōbos ee-ak-o-bos the same as Ἰακώβ Græcized; Jacobus, the name of three Israelites:--James.
|
ἸάκωβονIakōbon
|
James
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2491ἸωάννηνIōannēn (N-AMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννηνIōannēn
|
John
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G80ἀδελφὸνadelphon (N-AMS)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφὸνadelphon
|
brother
|
N-AMS
|
G2385Ἰακώβου.Iakōbou (N-GMS)
G2385 Ἰάκωβος Iákōbos ee-ak-o-bos the same as Ἰακώβ Græcized; Jacobus, the name of three Israelites:--James.
|
Ἰακώβου.Iakōbou
|
of James.
|
N-GMS
|
37
He suffered no man to follow him, save Peter, and James, and John the brother of James.Mark 5:37
Stats
Counts: 91 characters, 15 words, 70 letters, 26 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ουκ αφηκεν ουδενα αυτω συνακολουθησαι ει μη πετρον και ιακωβον και ιωαννην τον αδελφον ιακωβου
Lit: And not He allowed no one with Him to follow, if not Peter and James and John the brother of James.
KJV: And he suffered no man to follow him, save Peter, and James, and John the brother of James.
References
"he suffered"Lu 8:51: When he came into the house: he suffered no man to go in: save Peter: and James: and John: and the father and the mother of the maiden.Ac 9:40: But Peter put them all forth: and kneeled down: and prayed; and turning him to the body said: Tabitha: arise. And she opened her eyes: and when she saw Peter: she sat up."save"Mr 9:2: After 6 days Jesus taketh with Him Peter: and James: and John: and leads them up into an high mountain apart by themselves: and He was transfigured before them.Mr 14:33: He takes with him Peter and James and John: and began to be sore amazed: and to be very heavy;2Co 13:1: This is the third time I am coming to you. In the mouth of two or 3 witnesses will every word be established.
και ερχεται εις τον οικον του αρχισυναγωγου και θεωρει θορυβον {VAR2: και } κλαιοντας και αλαλαζοντας πολλα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2064ἔρχονταιerchontai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχονταιerchontai
|
they come
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3624οἶκονoikon (N-AMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκονoikon
|
house
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G752ἀρχισυναγώγου,archisynagōgou (N-GMS)
G752 ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisynágōgos ar-khee-soon-ag-o-gos from ἀρχή and συναγωγή; director of the synagogue services:--(chief) ruler of the synagogue.
|
ἀρχισυναγώγου,archisynagōgou
|
ruler of the synagogue,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2334θεωρεῖtheōrei (V-PIA-3S)
G2334 θεωρέω theōréō theh-o-reh-o from a derivative of θεάομαι (perhaps by addition of ὁράω); to be a spectator of, i.e. discern, (literally, figuratively (experience) or intensively (acknowledge)):--behold, consider, look on, perceive, see. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
θεωρεῖtheōrei
|
He beholds
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2351θόρυβον,thorybon (N-AMS)
G2351 θόρυβος thórybos thor-oo-bos from the base of θροέω; a disturbance:--tumult, uproar.
|
θόρυβον,thorybon
|
a commotion,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2799κλαίονταςklaiontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G2799 κλαίω klaíō klah-yo of uncertain affinity; to sob, i.e. wail aloud (whereas 1145 is rather to cry silently):--bewail, weep.
|
κλαίονταςklaiontas
|
weeping
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G214ἀλαλάζονταςalalazontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G214 ἀλαλάζω alalázō al-al-ad-zo from ( a shout, halloo); to vociferate, i.e. (by implication) to wail; figuratively, to clang:--tinkle, wail.
|
ἀλαλάζονταςalalazontas
|
wailing
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G4183πολλά,polla (Adj-ANP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλά,polla
|
much.
|
Adj-ANP
|
38
He comes to the house of the ruler of the synagogue, and sees the tumult, and them that wept and wailed greatly.Mark 5:38
Stats
Counts: 118 characters, 21 words, 93 letters, 35 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ερχεται εις τον οικον του αρχισυναγωγου και θεωρει θορυβον {VAR2: και } κλαιοντας και αλαλαζοντας πολλα
Lit: And they come to the house of the ruler of the synagogue, and He beholds a commotion, and weeping and wailing much.
KJV: And he cometh to the house of the ruler of the synagogue, and seeth the tumult, and them that wept and wailed greatly.
References
"and seeth"Jer 9:17-20: Thus says the LORD of hosts: Consider you: and call for the mourning women: that they may come; and send for cunning women: that they may come:Mt 9:23: 24: When Jesus came into the ruler's house: and saw the minstrels and the people making a noise: Mt 11:17: Saying: We have piped to you: and you not have danced; we have mourned to you: and you not have lamented.Lu 8:52: 53: All wept: and bewailed her: but he said: not Weep; she not is dead: but sleepeth.Ac 9:39: Then Peter arose and went with them. When he was come: they brought him into the upper chamber: and all the widows stood by him weeping: and shewing the coats and garments which Dorcas made: while she was with them.
και εισελθων λεγει αυτοις τι θορυβεισθε και κλαιετε το παιδιον ουκ απεθανεν αλλα καθευδει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1525εἰσελθὼνeiselthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθὼνeiselthōn
|
having entered,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
Why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G2350θορυβεῖσθεthorybeisthe (V-PIM/P-2P)
G2350 θορυβέω thorybéō thor-oo-beh-o from θόρυβος; to be in tumult, i.e. disturb, clamor:--make ado (a noise), trouble self, set on an uproar.
|
θορυβεῖσθεthorybeisthe
|
make you commotion
|
V-PIM/P-2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2799κλαίετε;klaiete (V-PIA-2P)
G2799 κλαίω klaíō klah-yo of uncertain affinity; to sob, i.e. wail aloud (whereas 1145 is rather to cry silently):--bewail, weep.
|
κλαίετε;klaiete
|
weep?
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
The
|
Art-NNS
|
G3813παιδίονpaidion (N-NNS)
G3813 παιδίον paidíon pahee-dee-on neuter diminutive of παῖς; a childling (of either sex), i.e. (properly), an infant, or (by extension) a half-grown boy or girl; figuratively, an immature Christian:--(little, young) child, damsel.
|
παιδίονpaidion
|
child
|
N-NNS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G599ἀπέθανενapethanen (V-AIA-3S)
G599 ἀποθνήσκω apothnḗskō ap-oth-nace-ko from ἀπό and θνήσκω; to die off (literally or figuratively):--be dead, death, die, lie a-dying, be slain (X with).
|
ἀπέθανενapethanen
|
is dead,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G2518καθεύδει.katheudei (V-PIA-3S)
G2518 καθεύδω katheúdō kath-yoo-do from κατά and (to sleep); to lie down to rest, i.e. (by implication) to fall asleep (literally or figuratively):--(be a-)sleep.
|
καθεύδει.katheudei
|
sleeps.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
39
When he was come in, he says to them, Why make you this ado, and weep? the damsel not is dead, but sleepeth.
Mark 5:39
Stats
Counts: 114 characters, 19 words, 85 letters, 33 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εισελθων λεγει αυτοις τι θορυβεισθε και κλαιετε το παιδιον ουκ απεθανεν αλλα καθευδει
Lit: And having entered, He says to them, Why make you commotion and weep? The child not is dead, but sleeps.
KJV: And when he was come in, he saith unto them, Why make ye this ado, and weep? the damsel is not dead, but sleepeth.
References
"not dead"Da 12:2: Many of them that sleep in the dust of the earth will awake: some to everlasting life: and some to shame and everlasting contempt.Joh 11:11-13: These things said he: and after that he says to them: Our friend Lazarus sleeps; but I go: that I may awake him out of sleep.Ac 20:10: Paul went down: and fell on him: and embracing him said: not Trouble yourselves; for his life is in him.1Co 11:30: For this cause many are weak and sickly among you: and many sleep.1Th 4:13: 14: But I not would have you to be ignorant: brothers: concerning them which are asleep: that you not sorrow: even as others which have no hope.1Th 5:10: Who died for us: that: whether we wake or sleep: we should live together with him.
και κατεγελων αυτου ο δε εκβαλων απαντας παραλαμβανει τον πατερα του παιδιου και την μητερα και τους μετ αυτου και εισπορευεται οπου ην το παιδιον ανακειμενον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2606κατεγέλωνkategelōn (V-IIA-3P)
G2606 καταγελάω katageláō kat-ag-el-ah-o, Verb
|
κατεγέλωνkategelōn
|
they were laughing at
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G846Αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
Αὐτὸςautos
|
He
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then,
|
Conj
|
G1544ἐκβαλὼνekbalōn (V-APA-NMS)
G1544 ἐκβάλλω ekbállō ek-bal-lo from ἐκ and βάλλω; to eject (literally or figuratively):--bring forth, cast (forth, out), drive (out), expel, leave, pluck (pull, take, thrust) out, put forth (out), send away (forth, out).
|
ἐκβαλὼνekbalōn
|
having put out
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3956πάνταςpantas (Adj-AMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταςpantas
|
all,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3880παραλαμβάνειparalambanei (V-PIA-3S)
G3880 παραλαμβάνω paralambánō par-al-am-ban-o from παρά and λαμβάνω; to receive near, i.e. associate with oneself (in any familiar or intimate act or relation); by analogy, to assume an office; figuratively, to learn:--receive, take (unto, with).
|
παραλαμβάνειparalambanei
|
takes with Him
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3962πατέραpatera (N-AMS)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέραpatera
|
father
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G3813παιδίουpaidiou (N-GNS)
G3813 παιδίον paidíon pahee-dee-on neuter diminutive of παῖς; a childling (of either sex), i.e. (properly), an infant, or (by extension) a half-grown boy or girl; figuratively, an immature Christian:--(little, young) child, damsel.
|
παιδίουpaidiou
|
child,
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3384μητέραmētera (N-AFS)
G3384 μήτηρ mḗtēr may-tare apparently a primary word; a mother (literally or figuratively, immediate or remote):--mother.
|
μητέραmētera
|
mother,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1531εἰσπορεύεταιeisporeuetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1531 εἰσπορεύομαι eisporeúomai ice-por-yoo-om-ahee from εἰς and πορεύομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--come (enter) in, go into.
|
εἰσπορεύεταιeisporeuetai
|
enters in
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3699ὅπουhopou (Adv)
G3699 ὅπου hópou hop-oo from ὅς and πού; what(-ever) where, i.e. at whichever spot:--in what place, where(-as, -soever), whither (+ soever).,
|
ὅπουhopou
|
where
|
Adv
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G3813παιδίον.paidion (N-NNS)
G3813 παιδίον paidíon pahee-dee-on neuter diminutive of παῖς; a childling (of either sex), i.e. (properly), an infant, or (by extension) a half-grown boy or girl; figuratively, an immature Christian:--(little, young) child, damsel.
|
παιδίον.paidion
|
child.
|
N-NNS
|
40
They laughed him to scorn. But when he had put them all out, he takes the father and the mother of the damsel, and them that were with him, and enters in where the damsel was lying.Mark 5:40
Stats
Counts: 188 characters, 34 words, 146 letters, 50 vowels, 96 consonants
Translation
Greek: και κατεγελων αυτου ο δε εκβαλων απαντας παραλαμβανει τον πατερα του παιδιου και την μητερα και τους μετ αυτου και εισπορευεται οπου ην το παιδιον ανακειμενον
Lit: And they were laughing at Him. He then, having put out all, takes with Him the father of the child, and the mother, and those with Him, and enters in where was the child.
KJV: And they laughed him to scorn. But when he had put them all out, he taketh the father and the mother of the damsel, and them that were with him, and entereth in where the damsel was lying.
References
"they"Ge 19:14: Lot went out: and spoke to His sons in law: which married His daughters: and said: Up: get you out of this place; for the LORD will destroy this city. But He seemed as one that mocked to His sons in law.Ne 2:19: But when Sanballat the Horonite: and Tobiah the servant: the Ammonite: and Geshem the Arabian: heard it: they laughed us to scorn: and despised us: and said: What is this thing that you do? will you rebel against the king?Job 12:4: I am as one mocked of His neighbour: who calls upon God: and He answers Him: the just upright man is laughed to scorn.Ps 22:7: All they that see me laugh me to scorn: they shoot out the lip: they shake the head: saying: Ps 123:3: 4: Have mercy upon us: O LORD: have mercy upon us: for we are exceedingly filled with contempt.Lu 16:14: The Pharisees also: who were covetous: heard all these things: and they derided him.Ac 17:32: When they heard of the resurrection of the dead: some mocked: and others said: We will hear you again of this matter."when"2Ki 4:33: He went in therefore: and shut the door upon them two: and prayed to the LORD.Mt 7:6: not Give that which is holy to the dogs: neither cast you your pearls before swine: lest they trample them under their feet: and turn again and rend you.Mt 9:24: 25: He said to them: Give place: for the maid not is dead: but sleeps. And they laughed him to scorn.Lu 8:53: 54: They laughed him to scorn: knowing that she was dead.
και κρατησας της χειρος του παιδιου λεγει αυτη ταλιθα κουμι ο εστιν μεθερμηνευομενον το κορασιον σοι λεγω εγειραι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2902κρατήσαςkratēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G2902 κρατέω kratéō krat-eh-o from κράτος; to use strength, i.e. seize or retain (literally or figuratively):--hold (by, fast), keep, lay hand (hold) on, obtain, retain, take (by).
|
κρατήσαςkratēsas
|
having taken
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5495χειρὸςcheiros (N-GFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρὸςcheiros
|
hand
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G3813παιδίουpaidiou (N-GNS)
G3813 παιδίον paidíon pahee-dee-on neuter diminutive of παῖς; a childling (of either sex), i.e. (properly), an infant, or (by extension) a half-grown boy or girl; figuratively, an immature Christian:--(little, young) child, damsel.
|
παιδίουpaidiou
|
child,
|
N-GNS
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῇautē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇautē
|
to her,
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G5008ΤαλιθὰTalitha (N-VFS)
G5008 ταλιθά talithá tal-ee-thah of Chaldee origin (compare טָלֶה); the fresh, i.e. young girl; talitha (O maiden):--talitha.
|
ΤαλιθὰTalitha
|
Talitha,
|
N-VFS
|
G2891κούμ,koum (V-AMA-2S)
G2891 κοῦμι koûmi koo-mee of Chaldee origin (קוּם); cumi (i.e. rise!):--cumi.
|
κούμ,koum
|
koum!
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3739ὅho (RelPro-NNS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὅho
|
Which
|
RelPro-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3177μεθερμηνευόμενονmethermēneuomenon (V-PPM/P-NNS)
G3177 μεθερμηνεύω methermēneúō meth-er-mane-yoo-o from μετά and ἑρμηνεύω; to explain over, i.e. translate:--(by) interpret(-ation).
|
μεθερμηνευόμενονmethermēneuomenon
|
translated,
|
V-PPM/P-NNS
|
G2877Κοράσιον,korasion (N-VNS)
G2877 κοράσιον korásion kor-as-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of (a maiden); a (little) girl:--damsel, maid.
|
Κοράσιον,korasion
|
Little girl,
|
N-VNS
|
G4771σοὶsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοὶsoi
|
to you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G3004λέγω,legō (V-PIA-1S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγω,legō
|
I say,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1453ἔγειρε.egeire (V-PMA-2S)
G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἔγειρε.egeire
|
arise!
|
V-PMA-2S
|
41
He took the damsel by the hand, and said to her, Talitha cumi; which is, being interpreted, Damsel, I say to you, arise.
Mark 5:41
Stats
Counts: 129 characters, 17 words, 98 letters, 39 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: και κρατησας της χειρος του παιδιου λεγει αυτη ταλιθα κουμι ο εστιν μεθερμηνευομενον το κορασιον σοι λεγω εγειραι
Lit: And having taken the hand of the child, He says to her, Talitha, koum! Which is, translated, Little girl, to you I say, arise!
KJV: And he took the damsel by the hand, and said unto her, Talitha cumi; which is, being interpreted, Damsel, I say unto thee, arise.
References
"took"Mr 1:31: He came and took her by the hand: and lifted her up; and immediately the fever left her: and she ministered to them.Ac 9:40: 41: But Peter put them all forth: and kneeled down: and prayed; and turning him to the body said: Tabitha: arise. And she opened her eyes: and when she saw Peter: she sat up."Damsel"Mr 1:41: Jesus: moved with compassion: put forth His hand: and touched Him: and says to Him: I will; be you clean.Ge 1:3: God said: Let there be light: and there was light.Ps 33:9: For he spoke: and it was done; he commanded: and it stood fast.Lu 7:14: 15: He came and touched the bier: and they that bare him stood still. And he said: Young man: I say to you: Arise.Lu 8:54: 55: He put them all out: and took her by the hand: and called: saying: Maid: arise.Joh 5:28: 29: not Marvel at this: for the hour is coming: in the which all that are in the graves will hear his voice: Joh 11:43: 44: When he thus had spoken: he cried with a loud voice: Lazarus: come forth.Ro 4:17: (As it is written: I have made you a father of many nations: ) before Him whom He believed: even God: who quickens the dead: and calls those things which not be as though they were.Php 3:21: Who will change our vile body: that it may be fashioned like to his glorious body: according to the working whereby he is able even to subdue all things to himself.
και ευθεως ανεστη το κορασιον και περιεπατει ην γαρ ετων δωδεκα και εξεστησαν εκστασει μεγαλη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G450ἀνέστηanestē (V-AIA-3S)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀνέστηanestē
|
arose
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G2877κοράσιονkorasion (N-NNS)
G2877 κοράσιον korásion kor-as-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of (a maiden); a (little) girl:--damsel, maid.
|
κοράσιονkorasion
|
girl
|
N-NNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4043περιεπάτει·periepatei (V-IIA-3S)
G4043 περιπατέω peripatéō per-ee-pat-eh-o from περί and πατέω; to tread all around, i.e. walk at large (especially as proof of ability); figuratively, to live, deport oneself, follow (as a companion or votary):--go, be occupied with, walk (about).
|
περιεπάτει·periepatei
|
began walking;
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
she was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2094ἐτῶνetōn (N-GNP)
G2094 ἔτος étos et-os apparently a primary word; a year:--year.
|
ἐτῶνetōn
|
of years
|
N-GNP
|
G1427δώδεκα.dōdeka (Adj-GNP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκα.dōdeka
|
twelve.
|
Adj-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1839ἐξέστησανexestēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G1839 ἐξίστημι exístēmi ex-is-tay-mee from ἐκ and ἵστημι; to put (stand) out of wits, i.e. astound, or (reflexively) become astounded, insane:--amaze, be (make) astonished, be beside self (selves), bewitch, wonder.
|
ἐξέστησανexestēsan
|
they were overcome
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G1611ἐκστάσειekstasei (N-DFS)
G1611 ἔκστασις ékstasis ek-stas-is from ἐξίστημι; a displacement of the mind, i.e. bewilderment, ecstasy:--+ be amazed, amazement, astonishment, trance.
|
ἐκστάσειekstasei
|
with amazement
|
N-DFS
|
G3173μεγάλῃ.megalē (Adj-DFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλῃ.megalē
|
great.
|
Adj-DFS
|
42
Straightway the damsel arose, and walked; for she was of the age of 12 years. And they were astonished with a great astonishment.Mark 5:42
Stats
Counts: 137 characters, 21 words, 110 letters, 41 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ευθεως ανεστη το κορασιον και περιεπατει ην γαρ ετων δωδεκα και εξεστησαν εκστασει μεγαλη
Lit: And immediately arose the girl and began walking; she was for of years twelve. And they were overcome immediately with amazement great.
KJV: And straightway the damsel arose, and walked; for she was of the age of twelve years. And they were astonished with a great astonishment.
References
"And straightway the damsel arose, and walked; for she was of the age of twelve years. And they were astonished with a great astonishment."Mr 1:27: They were all amazed: insomuch that they questioned among themselves: saying: What thing is this? what new doctrine is this? for with authority commands he even the unclean spirits: and they do obey him.Mr 4:41: They feared exceedingly: and said one to another: What manner of man is this: that even the wind and the sea obey him?Mr 6:51: He went up to them into the ship; and the wind ceased: and they were sore amazed in themselves beyond measure: and wondered.Mr 7:37: Were beyond measure astonished: saying: He has done all things well: he makes both the deaf to hear: and the dumb to speak.Ac 3:10-13: They knew that it was he which sat for alms at the Beautiful gate of the temple: and they were filled with wonder and amazement at that which had happened to him.
και διεστειλατο αυτοις πολλα ινα μηδεις γνω τουτο και ειπεν δοθηναι αυτη φαγειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1291διεστείλατοdiesteilato (V-AIM-3S)
G1291 διαστέλλομαι diastéllomai dee-as-tel-lom-ahee middle voice from διά and στέλλω; to set (oneself) apart (figuratively, distinguish), i.e. (by implication) to enjoin:--charge, that which was (give) commanded(-ment).
|
διεστείλατοdiesteilato
|
He instructed
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G4183πολλὰpolla (Adj-ANP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλὰpolla
|
strictly
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3367μηδεὶςmēdeis (Adj-NMS)
G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηδεὶςmēdeis
|
no one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1097γνοῖgnoi (V-ASA-3S)
G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
γνοῖgnoi
|
should know
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3778τοῦτο,touto (DPro-ANS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτο,touto
|
this;
|
DPro-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
He commanded
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1325δοθῆναιdothēnai (V-ANP)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δοθῆναιdothēnai
|
to be given
|
V-ANP
|
G846αὐτῇautē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇautē
|
to her
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G5315φαγεῖν.phagein (V-ANA)
G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
φαγεῖν.phagein
|
to eat.
|
V-ANA
|
43
He charged them straitly that no man should know it; and commanded that something should be given her to eat.Mark 5:43
Stats
Counts: 113 characters, 20 words, 91 letters, 31 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: και διεστειλατο αυτοις πολλα ινα μηδεις γνω τουτο και ειπεν δοθηναι αυτη φαγειν
Lit: And He instructed them strictly that no one should know this; and He commanded to be given to her to eat.
KJV: And he charged them straitly that no man should know it; and commanded that something should be given her to eat.
References
"he charged"Mr 1:43: He straitly charged him: and forthwith sent him away;Mr 3:12: He straitly charged them that they not should make him known.Mr 7:36: He charged them that they should tell no man: but the more he charged them: so much the more a great deal they published it;Mt 8:4: Jesus says to Him: See you tell no man; but go your way: show yourself to the priest: and offer the gift that Moses commanded: for a testimony to them.Mt 9:30: Their eyes were opened; and Jesus straitly charged them: saying: See that no man know it.Mt 12:16-18: Charged them that they not should make him known:Mt 17:9: As they came down from the mountain: Jesus charged them: saying: Tell the vision to no man: until the Son of man be risen again from the dead.Lu 5:14: He charged him to tell no man: but go: and show yourself to the priest: and offer for your cleansing: according as Moses commanded: for a testimony to them.Lu 8:56: Her parents were astonished: but he charged them that they should tell no man what was done.Joh 5:41: I not receive honour from men."Given"Lu 24:30: 42: 43: It came to pass: as he sat at meat with them: he took bread: and blessed it: and brake: and gave to them.Ac 10:41: Not to all the people: but to witnesses chosen before of God: even to us: who did eat and drink with Him after He rose from the dead.
6
The Rejection at Nazareth
και εξηλθεν εκειθεν και ηλθεν εις την πατριδα αυτου και ακολουθουσιν αυτω οι μαθηται αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξῆλθενexēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθενexēlthen
|
He went out
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1564ἐκεῖθεν,ekeithen (Adv)
G1564 ἐκεῖθεν ekeîthen ek-i-then from ἐκεῖ; thence:--from that place, (from) thence, there.
|
ἐκεῖθεν,ekeithen
|
from there
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2064ἔρχεταιerchetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχεταιerchetai
|
came
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3968πατρίδαpatrida (N-AFS)
G3968 πατρίς patrís pat-rece from παράσημος; a father-land, i.e. native town; (figuratively) heavenly home:--(own) country.
|
πατρίδαpatrida
|
hometown
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of Him;
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G190ἀκολουθοῦσινakolouthousin (V-PIA-3P)
G190 ἀκολουθέω akolouthéō ak-ol-oo-theh-o from Α (as a particle of union) and (a road); properly, to be in the same way with, i.e. to accompany (specially, as a disciple):--follow, reach.
|
ἀκολουθοῦσινakolouthousin
|
follow
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3101μαθηταὶmathētai (N-NMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταὶmathētai
|
disciples
|
N-NMP
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
1
And he went out from there, and came into his own country; and his disciples follow him.Mark 6:1
Stats
Rank: #1553 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 89 characters, 15 words, 70 letters, 25 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εξηλθεν εκειθεν και ηλθεν εις την πατριδα αυτου και ακολουθουσιν αυτω οι μαθηται αυτου
Lit: And He went out from there and came into the hometown of Him; and follow Him the disciples of Him.
KJV: And he went out from thence, and came into his own country; and his disciples follow him.
References
"and came"Mt 13:54-4: When he was come into his own country: he taught them in their synagogue: insomuch that they were astonished: and said: Where has this man this wisdom: and these mighty works?Lu 4:16-30: He came to Nazareth: where he had been brought up: and: as his custom was: he went into the synagogue on the sabbath day: and stood up for to read.
και γενομενου σαββατου ηρξατο εν τη συναγωγη διδασκειν και πολλοι ακουοντες εξεπλησσοντο λεγοντες ποθεν τουτω ταυτα και τις η σοφια η δοθεισα αυτω οτι και δυναμεις τοιαυται δια των χειρων αυτου γινονται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1096γενομένουgenomenou (V-APM-GNS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενομένουgenomenou
|
having come
|
V-APM-GNS
|
G4521σαββάτουsabbatou (N-GNS)
G4521 σάββατον sábbaton sab-bat-on of Hebrew origin (שַׁבָּת); the Sabbath (i.e. Shabbath), or day of weekly repose from secular avocations (also the observance or institution itself); by extension, a sennight, i.e. the interval between two Sabbaths; likewise the plural in all the above applications:--sabbath (day), week.
|
σαββάτουsabbatou
|
the Sabbath,
|
N-GNS
|
G756ἤρξατοērxato (V-AIM-3S)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
ἤρξατοērxato
|
He began
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1321διδάσκεινdidaskein (V-PNA)
G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
διδάσκεινdidaskein
|
to teach
|
V-PNA
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4864συναγωγῇ·synagōgē (N-DFS)
G4864 συναγωγή synagōgḗ soon-ag-o-gay from (the reduplicated form of) συνάγω; an assemblage of persons; specially, a Jewish synagogue (the meeting or the place); by analogy, a Christian church:--assembly, congregation, synagogue.
|
συναγωγῇ·synagōgē
|
synagogue;
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4183πολλοὶpolloi (Adj-NMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοὶpolloi
|
many
|
Adj-NMP
|
G191ἀκούοντεςakouontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούοντεςakouontes
|
hearing
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1605ἐξεπλήσσοντοexeplēssonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G1605 ἐκπλήσσω ekplḗssō ek-place-so from ἐκ and πλήσσω; to strike with astonishment:--amaze, astonish.
|
ἐξεπλήσσοντοexeplēssonto
|
were astonished,
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G4159ΠόθενPothen (Adv)
G4159 πόθεν póthen poth-en from the base of πόσις with enclitic adverb of origin; from which (as interrogative) or what (as relative) place, state, source or cause:--whence.
|
ΠόθενPothen
|
From where
|
Adv
|
G3778τούτῳtoutō (DPro-DMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτῳtoutō
|
to this man
|
DPro-DMS
|
G3778ταῦτα,tauta (DPro-NNP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦτα,tauta
|
these things,
|
DPro-NNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5101τίςtis (IPro-NFS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίςtis
|
what is
|
IPro-NFS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4678σοφίαsophia (N-NFS)
G4678 σοφία sophía sof-ee-ah from σοφός; wisdom (higher or lower, worldly or spiritual):--wisdom.
|
σοφίαsophia
|
wisdom
|
N-NFS
|
G1325δοθεῖσαdotheisa (V-APP-NFS)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δοθεῖσαdotheisa
|
having been given
|
V-APP-NFS
|
G3778τούτῳ;toutō (DPro-DMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτῳ;toutō
|
to Him,
|
DPro-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
even
|
Conj
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G1411δυνάμειςdynameis (N-NFP)
G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δυνάμειςdynameis
|
miracles,
|
N-NFP
|
G5108τοιαῦταιtoiautai (DPro-NFP)
G5108 τοιοῦτος toioûtos toy-oo-tos (including the other inflections); from τοί and οὗτος; truly this, i.e. of this sort (to denote character or individuality):--like, such (an one).
|
τοιαῦταιtoiautai
|
such
|
DPro-NFP
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GFP
|
G5495χειρῶνcheirōn (N-GFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρῶνcheirōn
|
hands
|
N-GFP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1096γινόμεναι;ginomenai (V-PPM/P-NFP)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γινόμεναι;ginomenai
|
are done?
|
V-PPM/P-NFP
|
2
When the sabbath day was come, he began to teach in the synagogue: and many hearing him were astonished, saying, From where has this man these things? and what wisdom is this which is given to him, that even such mighty works are wrought by his hands?
Mark 6:2
Stats
Rank: #7325 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 263 characters, 38 words, 205 letters, 69 vowels, 136 consonants
Translation
Greek: και γενομενου σαββατου ηρξατο εν τη συναγωγη διδασκειν και πολλοι ακουοντες εξεπλησσοντο λεγοντες ποθεν τουτω ταυτα και τις η σοφια η δοθεισα αυτω οτι και δυναμεις τοιαυται δια των χειρων αυτου γινονται
Lit: And having come the Sabbath, He began to teach in the synagogue; and many hearing were astonished, saying, From where to this man these things, and what is the wisdom having been given to Him, even the miracles, such by the hands of Him are done?
KJV: And when the sabbath day was come, he began to teach in the synagogue: and many hearing him were astonished, saying, From whence hath this [man] these things? and what wisdom [is] this which is given unto him, that even such mighty works are wrought by his hands?
References
"he began"Mr 1:21: 22: 39: They went into Capernaum; and straightway on the sabbath day he entered into the synagogue: and taught.Lu 4:15: 31: 32: He taught in their synagogues: being glorified of all."From"Joh 6:42: They said: not Is this Jesus: the son of Joseph: whose father and mother we know? how is it then that He says: I came down from heaven?Joh 7:15: The Jews marvelled: saying: How knows this man letters: having never learned?Ac 4:13: 14: Now when they saw the boldness of Peter and John: and perceived that they were unlearned and ignorant men: they marvelled; and they took knowledge of them: that they had been with Jesus.
ουχ ουτος εστιν ο τεκτων ο υιος μαριας αδελφος δε ιακωβου και ιωση και ιουδα και σιμωνος και ουκ εισιν αι αδελφαι αυτου ωδε προς ημας και εσκανδαλιζοντο εν αυτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3756οὐχouch (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐχouch
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G3778οὗτόςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτόςhoutos
|
this
|
DPro-NMS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5045τέκτων,tektōn (N-NMS)
G5045 τέκτων téktōn tek-tone from the base of τιμωρία; an artificer (as producer of fabrics), i.e. (specially), a craftsman in wood:--carpenter.
|
τέκτων,tektōn
|
carpenter,
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5207υἱὸςhuios (N-NMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱὸςhuios
|
son
|
N-NMS
|
G3137ΜαρίαςMarias (N-GFS)
G3137 Μαρία María mar-ee-am of Hebrew origin (מִרְיָם); Maria or Mariam (i.e. Mirjam), the name of six Christian females:-- Mary.
|
ΜαρίαςMarias
|
of Mary,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G80ἀδελφὸςadelphos (N-NMS)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφὸςadelphos
|
brother
|
N-NMS
|
G2385ἸακώβουIakōbou (N-GMS)
G2385 Ἰάκωβος Iákōbos ee-ak-o-bos the same as Ἰακώβ Græcized; Jacobus, the name of three Israelites:--James.
|
ἸακώβουIakōbou
|
of James
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2500ἸωσῆτοςIōsētos (N-GMS)
G2500 Ἰωσῆς Iōsēs ee-o-sace perhaps for Ἰωσήφ; Joses, the name of two Israelites:--Joses. Compare Ἰωσή.
|
ἸωσῆτοςIōsētos
|
Joseph
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2455ἸούδαIouda (N-GMS)
G2455 Ἰούδας Ioúdas ee-oo-das of Hebrew origin (יְהוּדָה); Judas (i.e. Jehudah), the name of ten Israelites; also of the posterity of one of them and its region:--Juda(-h, -s); Jude.
|
ἸούδαIouda
|
Judas
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4613Σίμωνος;Simōnos (N-GMS)
G4613 Σίμων Símōn see-mone of Hebrew origin (שִׁמְעוֹן); Simon (i.e. Shimon), the name of nine Israelites:--Simon. Compare Συμεών.
|
Σίμωνος;Simōnos
|
Simon?
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510εἰσὶνeisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσὶνeisin
|
are
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G79ἀδελφαὶadelphai (N-NFP)
G79 ἀδελφή adelphḗ ad-el-fay feminine of ἀδελφός; a sister (naturally or ecclesiastically):--sister.
|
ἀδελφαὶadelphai
|
sisters
|
N-NFP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G5602ὧδεhōde (Adv)
G5602 ὧδε hōde ho-deh from an adverb form of ὅδε; in this same spot, i.e. here or hither:--here, hither, (in) this place, there.,
|
ὧδεhōde
|
here
|
Adv
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1473ἡμᾶς;hēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶς;hēmas
|
us?
|
PPro-A1P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4624ἐσκανδαλίζοντοeskandalizonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G4624 σκανδαλίζω skandalízō skan-dal-id-zo from σκάνδαλον; to entrap, i.e. trip up (figuratively, stumble (transitively) or entice to sin, apostasy or displeasure):--(make to) offend.
|
ἐσκανδαλίζοντοeskandalizonto
|
they took offense
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
at
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῷ.autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ.autō
|
Him.
|
PPro-DM3S
|
3
not Is this the carpenter, the son of Mary, the brother of James, and Joses, and of Juda, and Simon? and not are his sisters here with us? And they were offended at him.Mark 6:3
Stats
Rank: #1025 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 169 characters, 27 words, 128 letters, 47 vowels, 81 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουχ ουτος εστιν ο τεκτων ο υιος μαριας αδελφος δε ιακωβου και ιωση και ιουδα και σιμωνος και ουκ εισιν αι αδελφαι αυτου ωδε προς ημας και εσκανδαλιζοντο εν αυτω
Lit: Not this is the carpenter, the son of Mary, and brother of James and Joseph and Judas and Simon? And not are the sisters of Him here with us? And they took offense at Him.
KJV: Is not this the carpenter, the son of Mary, the brother of James, and Joses, and of Juda, and Simon? and are not his sisters here with us? And they were offended at him.
References
"this"Mt 13:55: 56: not Is this the carpenter's son? not is his mother called Mary? and his brothers: James: and Joses: and Simon: and Judas?Lu 4:22: All bare him witness: and wondered at the gracious words which proceeded out of his mouth. And they said: not Is this Joseph's son?Joh 6:42: They said: not Is this Jesus: the son of Joseph: whose father and mother we know? how is it then that He says: I came down from heaven?"carpenter"Isa 49:7: Thus says the LORD: the Redeemer of Israel: and His Holy one: to Him whom man despises: to Him whom the nation abhors: to a servant of rulers: Kings will see and arise: princes also will worship: because of the LORD that is faithful: and the Holy one of Israel: and He will choose you.Isa 53:2: 3: For he will grow up before him as a tender plant: and as a root out of a dry ground: he has no form nor comeliness; and when we will see him: there is no beauty that we should desire him.1Pe 2:4: To whom coming: as to a living stone: disallowed indeed of men: but chosen of God: and precious: "James"Mr 15:40: There were also women looking on afar off: among whom was Mary Magdalene: and Mary the mother of James the less and of Joses: and Salome;Mt 12:46: While he yet talked to the people: look: his mother and his brothers stood without: desiring to speak with him.1Co 9:4: Have not we power to eat and to drink?Ga 1:19: But other of the apostles saw I none: save James the Lord's brother."Juda"Joh 14:22: Judas says to Him: not Iscariot: Lord: how is it that you will manifest yourself to us: not and to the world?Jude 1:1: Jude: the servant of Jesus Christ: and brother of James: to them that are sanctified by God the Father: and preserved in Jesus Christ: and called:"Simon"Mr 3:18: Andrew: and Philip: and Bartholomew: and Matthew: and Thomas: and James the son of Alphaeus: and Thaddaeus: and Simon the Canaanite: Ac 1:13: When they were come in: they went up into an upper room: where abode both Peter: and James: and John: and Andrew: Philip: and Thomas: Bartholomew: and Matthew: James the son of Alphaeus: and Simon Zelotes: and Judas the brother of James."offended"Mt 11:6: Blessed is he: whoever will not be offended in me.Mt 13:57: They were offended in Him. But Jesus said to them: A prophet not is without honour: save in His own country: and in His own house.Lu 2:34: Simeon blessed them: and said to Mary his mother: Look: this child is set for the fall and rising again of many in Israel; and for a sign which will be spoken against;Lu 4:23-29: He said to them: You will surely say to me this proverb: Physician: heal yourself: whatever we have heard done in Capernaum: do also here in your country.Lu 7:23: Blessed is he: whoever will not be offended in me.Joh 6:60: 61: Many therefore of his disciples: when they had heard this: said: This is an hard saying; who can hear it?1Co 1:23: But we preach Christ crucified: to the Jews a stumblingblock: and to the Greeks foolishness;
ελεγεν δε αυτοις ο ιησους οτι ουκ εστιν προφητης ατιμος ει μη εν τη πατριδι αυτου και εν τοις συγγενεσιν και εν τη οικια αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004ἔλεγενelegen (V-IIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγενelegen
|
said
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G3756ΟὐκOuk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
ΟὐκOuk
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4396προφήτηςprophētēs (N-NMS)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφήτηςprophētēs
|
a prophet
|
N-NMS
|
G820ἄτιμοςatimos (Adj-NMS)
G820 ἄτιμος átimos at-ee-mos from Α (as a negative particle) and τιμή; (negatively) unhonoured or (positively) dishonoured:--despised, without honour, less honourable (comparative degree).
|
ἄτιμοςatimos
|
without honor,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3968πατρίδιpatridi (N-DFS)
G3968 πατρίς patrís pat-rece from παράσημος; a father-land, i.e. native town; (figuratively) heavenly home:--(own) country.
|
πατρίδιpatridi
|
hometown
|
N-DFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G4773συγγενεῦσινsyngeneusin (Adj-DMP)
G4773 συγγενής syngenḗs soong-ghen-ace from σύν and γένος; a relative (by blood); by extension, a fellow countryman:--cousin, kin(-sfolk, -sman).
|
συγγενεῦσινsyngeneusin
|
relatives
|
Adj-DMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3614οἰκίᾳoikia (N-DFS)
G3614 οἰκία oikía oy-kee-ah from οἶκος; properly, residence (abstractly), but usually (concretely) an abode (literally or figuratively); by implication, a family (especially domestics):--home, house(-hold).
|
οἰκίᾳoikia
|
household
|
N-DFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
4
But Jesus said to them, A prophet not is without honour, but in His own country, and among His own kin, and in His own house.
Mark 6:4
Stats
Counts: 127 characters, 22 words, 97 letters, 38 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: ελεγεν δε αυτοις ο ιησους οτι ουκ εστιν προφητης ατιμος ει μη εν τη πατριδι αυτου και εν τοις συγγενεσιν και εν τη οικια αυτου
Lit: And said to them Jesus - , Not is a prophet without honor, if not in the hometown of him, and among relatives of him, and in the household of him.
KJV: But Jesus said unto them, A prophet is not without honour, but in his own country, and among his own kin, and in his own house.
References
"But Jesus said unto them, A prophet is not without honour, but in his own country, and among his own kin, and in his own house."Jer 11:21: Therefore thus says the LORD of the men of Anathoth: that seek your life: saying: not Prophesy in the name of the LORD: that you not die by our hand:Jer 12:6: For even your brothers: and the house of your father: even they have dealt treacherously with you; yes: they have called a multitude after you: believe not them: though they speak fair words to you.Mt 13:57: They were offended in Him. But Jesus said to them: A prophet not is without honour: save in His own country: and in His own house.Lu 4:24: He said: Truly I say to you: No prophet is accepted in his own country.Joh 4:44: For Jesus Himself testified: that a prophet has no honour in His own country.
και ουκ ηδυνατο εκει ουδεμιαν δυναμιν ποιησαι ει μη ολιγοις αρρωστοις επιθεις τας χειρας εθεραπευσεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1410ἐδύνατοedynato (V-IIM/P-3S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
ἐδύνατοedynato
|
He was able
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G1563ἐκεῖekei (Adv)
G1563 ἐκεῖ ekeî ek-i of uncertain affinity; there; by extension, thither:--there, thither(-ward), (to) yonder (place).
|
ἐκεῖekei
|
there
|
Adv
|
G4160ποιῆσαιpoiēsai (V-ANA)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῆσαιpoiēsai
|
to do
|
V-ANA
|
G3762οὐδεμίανoudemian (Adj-AFS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεμίανoudemian
|
not any
|
Adj-AFS
|
G1411δύναμιν,dynamin (N-AFS)
G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δύναμιν,dynamin
|
work of power,
|
N-AFS
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3641ὀλίγοιςoligois (Adj-DMP)
G3641 ὀλίγος olígos ol-ee-gos of uncertain affinity; puny (in extent, degree, number, duration or value); especially neuter (adverbially) somewhat:--+ almost, brief(-ly), few, (a) little, + long, a season, short, small, a while.
|
ὀλίγοιςoligois
|
on a few
|
Adj-DMP
|
G732ἀρρώστοιςarrōstois (Adj-DMP)
G732 ἄῤῥωστος árrhōstos ar-hroce-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of ῥώννυμι; infirm:--sick (folk, -ly).
|
ἀρρώστοιςarrōstois
|
sick,
|
Adj-DMP
|
G2007ἐπιθεὶςepitheis (V-APA-NMS)
G2007 ἐπιτίθημι epitíthēmi ep-ee-tith-ay-mee from ἐπί and τίθημι; to impose (in a friendly or hostile sense):--add unto, lade, lay upon, put (up) on, set on (up), + surname, X wound.
|
ἐπιθεὶςepitheis
|
having laid
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5495χεῖραςcheiras (N-AFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖραςcheiras
|
hands,
|
N-AFP
|
G2323ἐθεράπευσεν.etherapeusen (V-AIA-3S)
G2323 θεραπεύω therapeúō ther-ap-yoo-o from the same as θεράπων; to wait upon menially, i.e. (figuratively) to adore (God), or (specially) to relieve (of disease):--cure, heal, worship.
|
ἐθεράπευσεν.etherapeusen
|
He healed .
|
V-AIA-3S
|
5
He could there do no mighty work, save that he laid his hands upon a few sick folk, and healed them.Mark 6:5
Stats
Counts: 104 characters, 20 words, 80 letters, 29 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ουκ ηδυνατο εκει ουδεμιαν δυναμιν ποιησαι ει μη ολιγοις αρρωστοις επιθεις τας χειρας εθεραπευσεν
Lit: And not He was able there to do not any work of power, if not on a few sick, having laid the hands, He healed .
KJV: And he could there do no mighty work, save that he laid his hands upon a few sick folk, and healed them.
References
"And he could there do no mighty work, save that he laid his hands upon a few sick folk, and healed them."Mr 9:23: Jesus said to Him: If you canst believe: all things are possible to Him that believeth.Ge 19:22: Haste you: escape there; for I cannot do any thing till you be come there. Therefore the name of the city was called Zoar.Ge 32:25: When he saw that he not prevailed against him: he touched the hollow of his thigh; and the hollow of Jacob's thigh was out of joint: as he wrestled with him.Isa 59:1: 2: Look: the LORD's hand not is shortened: that it cannot save; neither His ear heavy: that it cannot hear:Mt 13:58: He not did many mighty works there because of their unbelief.Heb 4:2: For to us was the gospel preached: as well as to them: but the word preached not did profit them: not being mixed with faith in them that heard it.
και εθαυμαζεν δια την απιστιαν αυτων και περιηγεν τας κωμας κυκλω διδασκων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2296ἐθαύμαζεν*ethaumazen (V-IIA-3S)
G2296 θαυμάζω thaumázō thou-mad-zo from θαῦμα; to wonder; by implication, to admire:--admire, have in admiration, marvel, wonder.
|
ἐθαύμαζεν*ethaumazen
|
He was amazed
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G570ἀπιστίανapistian (N-AFS)
G570 ἀπιστία apistía ap-is-tee-ah from ἄπιστος; faithlessness, i.e. (negatively) disbelief (lack of Christian faith), or (positively) unfaithfulness (disobedience):--unbelief.
|
ἀπιστίανapistian
|
unbelief
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
of them.
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4013περιῆγενperiēgen (V-IIA-3S)
G4013 περιάγω periágō per-ee-ag-o from περί and ἄγω; to take around (as a companion); reflexively, to walk around:--compass, go (round) about, lead about.
|
περιῆγενperiēgen
|
He was going
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2968κώμαςkōmas (N-AFP)
G2968 κώμη kṓmē ko-may from κεῖμαι; a hamlet (as if laid down):--town, village.
|
κώμαςkōmas
|
villages
|
N-AFP
|
G2945κύκλῳkyklō (Adv)
G2945 κύκλῳ kýklōi koo-klo as if dative case of (a ring, cycle; akin to κυλιόω); i.e. in a circle (by implication, of ἐν), i.e. (adverbially) all around:--round about.
|
κύκλῳkyklō
|
around,
|
Adv
|
G1321διδάσκων.didaskōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
διδάσκων.didaskōn
|
teaching.
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
6
He marvelled because of their unbelief. And he went round about the villages, teaching.Mark 6:6
Stats
Rank: #7154 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 91 characters, 13 words, 74 letters, 31 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εθαυμαζεν δια την απιστιαν αυτων και περιηγεν τας κωμας κυκλω διδασκων
Lit: And He was amazed because of the unbelief of them. And He was going the villages around, teaching.
KJV: And he marvelled because of their unbelief. And he went round about the villages, teaching.
References
"marvelled"Isa 59:16: He saw that there was no man: and wondered that there was no intercessor: therefore his arm brought salvation to him; and his righteousness: it sustained him.Jer 2:11: Has a nation changed their gods: which are yet no gods? but my people have changed their glory for that which does not profit.Mt 8:10: When Jesus heard it: He marvelled: and said to them that followed: Truly I say to you: I not have found so great faith: no: not in Israel.Joh 9:30: The man answered and said to them: Why herein is a marvellous thing: that you not know from where he is: and yet he has opened my eyes."And he went"Mt 4:23: Jesus went about all Galilee: teaching in their synagogues: and preaching the gospel of the kingdom: and healing all manner of sickness and all manner of disease among the people.Mt 9:35: Jesus went about all the cities and villages: teaching in their synagogues: and preaching the gospel of the kingdom: and healing every sickness and every disease among the people.Lu 4:31: 44: Came down to Capernaum: a city of Galilee: and taught them on the sabbath days.Lu 13:22: He went through the cities and villages: teaching: and journeying toward Jerusalem.Ac 10:38: How God anointed Jesus of Nazareth with the Holy Ghost and with power: who went about doing good: and healing all that were oppressed of the devil; for God was with Him.
The Ministry of the Twelve
και προσκαλειται τους δωδεκα και ηρξατο αυτους αποστελλειν δυο δυο και εδιδου αυτοις εξουσιαν των πνευματων των ακαθαρτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4341προσκαλεῖταιproskaleitai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G4341 προσκαλέομαι proskaléomai pros-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from πρός and καλέω; to call toward oneself, i.e. summon, invite:--call (for, to, unto).
|
προσκαλεῖταιproskaleitai
|
He calls near
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G1427δώδεκα,dōdeka (Adj-AMP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκα,dōdeka
|
Twelve,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G756ἤρξατοērxato (V-AIM-3S)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
ἤρξατοērxato
|
He began
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G649ἀποστέλλεινapostellein (V-PNA)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀποστέλλεινapostellein
|
to send forth
|
V-PNA
|
G1417δύοdyo (Adj-AMP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύοdyo
|
two
|
Adj-AMP
|
G1417δύο,dyo (Adj-AMP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύο,dyo
|
by two,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325ἐδίδουedidou (V-IIA-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἐδίδουedidou
|
He gave
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G1849ἐξουσίανexousian (N-AFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίανexousian
|
authority
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
over the
|
Art-GNP
|
G4151πνευμάτωνpneumatōn (N-GNP)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνευμάτωνpneumatōn
|
spirits
|
N-GNP
|
G169ἀκαθάρτων,akathartōn (Adj-GNP)
G169 ἀκάθαρτος akáthartos ak-ath-ar-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of καθαίρω (meaning cleansed); impure (ceremonially, morally (lewd) or specially, (demonic)):--foul, unclean.
|
ἀκαθάρτων,akathartōn
|
unclean.
|
Adj-GNP
|
7
He called to him the 12, and began to send them forth by two and two; and gave them power over unclean spirits;Mark 6:7
Stats
Rank: #1784 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 121 characters, 22 words, 95 letters, 33 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: και προσκαλειται τους δωδεκα και ηρξατο αυτους αποστελλειν δυο δυο και εδιδου αυτοις εξουσιαν των πνευματων των ακαθαρτων
Lit: And He calls near the Twelve, and He began them to send forth two by two, and He gave to them authority over the spirits unclean.
KJV: And he called unto him the twelve, and began to send them forth by two and two; and gave them power over unclean spirits;
References
"the twelve"Mr 3:13: 14: He goes up into a mountain: and calls to him whom he would: and they came to him.Mt 10:1-4: When he had called to him his 12 disciples: he gave them power against unclean spirits: to cast them out: and to heal all manner of sickness and all manner of disease.Lu 6:13-16: When it was day: he called to him his disciples: and of them he chose 12: whom also he named apostles;Lu 9:1-6: Then he called his 12 disciples together: and gave them power and authority over all devils: and to cure diseases.Lu 10:3-12: Go your ways: look: I send you forth as lambs among wolves."two and"Ex 4:14: 15: The anger of the LORD was kindled against Moses: and He said: Is not Aaron the Levite your brother? I know that He can speak well. And also: look: He comes forth to meet you: and when He sees you: He will be glad in His heart.Ec 4:9: 10: two are better than one; because they have a good reward for their labour.Re 11:3: I will give power to my two witnesses: and they will prophesy a000 200 and threescore days: clothed in sackcloth."power"Mr 16:17: These signs will follow them that believe; In my name will they cast out devils; they will speak with new tongues;Lu 10:17-20: The 70 returned again with joy: saying: Lord: even the devils are subject to us through your name.
και παρηγγειλεν αυτοις ινα μηδεν αιρωσιν εις οδον ει μη ραβδον μονον μη πηραν μη αρτον μη εις την ζωνην χαλκον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3853παρήγγειλενparēngeilen (V-AIA-3S)
G3853 παραγγέλλω parangéllō par-ang-gel-lo from παρά and the base of ἄγγελος; to transmit a message, i.e. (by implication) to enjoin:--(give in) charge, (give) command(-ment), declare.
|
παρήγγειλενparēngeilen
|
He instructed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3367μηδὲνmēden (Adj-ANS)
G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηδὲνmēden
|
nothing
|
Adj-ANS
|
G142αἴρωσινairōsin (V-PSA-3P)
G142 αἴρω aírō ah-ee-ro a primary root; to lift up; by implication, to take up or away; figuratively, to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind), specially, to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Hebraism (compare נָשָׂא) to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).
|
αἴρωσινairōsin
|
they should take
|
V-PSA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for the
|
Prep
|
G3598ὁδὸνhodon (N-AFS)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδὸνhodon
|
journey,
|
N-AFS
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4464ῥάβδονrhabdon (N-AFS)
G4464 ῥάβδος rhábdos hrab-dos from the base of ῥαπίζω; a stick or wand (as a cudgel, a cane or a baton of royalty):--rod, sceptre, staff.
|
ῥάβδονrhabdon
|
a staff
|
N-AFS
|
G3440μόνον,monon (Adv)
G3440 μόνον mónon mon-on neuter of μόνος as adverb; merely:--alone, but, only.
|
μόνον,monon
|
only;
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
no
|
Adv
|
G740ἄρτον,arton (N-AMS)
G740 ἄρτος ártos ar-tos from αἴρω; bread (as raised) or a loaf:--(shew-)bread, loaf.
|
ἄρτον,arton
|
bread,
|
N-AMS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
nor
|
Adv
|
G4082πήραν,pēran (N-AFS)
G4082 πήρα pḗra pay-rah of uncertain affinity; a wallet or leather pouch for food:--scrip.
|
πήραν,pēran
|
bag,
|
N-AFS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
nor
|
Adv
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2223ζώνηνzōnēn (N-AFS)
G2223 ζώνη zṓnē dzo-nay probably akin to the base of ζυγός; a belt; by implication, a pocket:--girdle, purse.
|
ζώνηνzōnēn
|
belt
|
N-AFS
|
G5475χαλκόν,chalkon (N-AMS)
G5475 χαλκός chalkós khal-kos perhaps from χαλάω through the idea of hollowing out as a vessel (this metal being chiefly used for that purpose); copper (the substance, or some implement or coin made of it):--brass, money.
|
χαλκόν,chalkon
|
money;
|
N-AMS
|
8
Commanded them that they should not takehing for their journey, save a staff only; no scrip, no bread, no money in their purse:Mark 6:8
Stats
Counts: 133 characters, 18 words, 103 letters, 37 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: και παρηγγειλεν αυτοις ινα μηδεν αιρωσιν εις οδον ει μη ραβδον μονον μη πηραν μη αρτον μη εις την ζωνην χαλκον
Lit: And He instructed them that nothing they should take for the journey, if not a staff only; no bread, nor bag, nor in the belt money;
KJV: And commanded them that they should take nothing for their journey, save a staff only; no scrip, no bread, no money in [their] purse:
References
"take"Mt 10:9: 10: Provide neither gold: nor silver: nor brass in your purses: Lu 10:4: Carry neither purse: nor scrip: nor shoes: and greet no man by the way.Lu 22:35: He said to them: When I sent you without purse: and scrip: and shoes: lacked you any thing? And they said: Nothing."money"Mt 10:9: Provide neither gold: nor silver: nor brass in your purses: :
αλλ υποδεδεμενους σανδαλια και μη {VAR1: ενδυσησθε } {VAR2: ενδυσασθαι } δυο χιτωνας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G5265ὑποδεδεμένουςhypodedemenous (V-RPM/P-AMP)
G5265 ὑποδέω hypodéō hoop-od-eh-o from ὑπό and δέω; to bind under ones feet, i.e. put on shoes or sandals:--bind on, (be) shod.
|
ὑποδεδεμένουςhypodedemenous
|
wearing
|
V-RPM/P-AMP
|
G4547σανδάλια,sandalia (N-ANP)
G4547 σανδάλιον sandálion san-dal-ee-on neuter of a derivative of (a sandal; of uncertain origin); a slipper or sole-pad:--sandal.
|
σανδάλια,sandalia
|
sandals,
|
N-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1746ἐνδύσησθεendysēsthe (V-ASM-2P)
G1746 ἐνδύω endýō en-doo-o from ἐν and δύνω (in the sense of sinking into a garment); to invest with clothing (literally or figuratively):--array, clothe (with), endue, have (put) on.
|
ἐνδύσησθεendysēsthe
|
put on
|
V-ASM-2P
|
G1417δύοdyo (Adj-AMP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύοdyo
|
two
|
Adj-AMP
|
G5509χιτῶνας.chitōnas (N-AMP)
G5509 χιτών chitṓn khee-tone of foreign origin (כְּתֹנֶת); a tunic or shirt:--clothes, coat, garment.
|
χιτῶνας.chitōnas
|
tunics.
|
N-AMP
|
9
But be shod with sandals; not and put on two coats.Mark 6:9
Stats
Rank: #3439 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 51 characters, 10 words, 39 letters, 13 vowels, 26 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλ υποδεδεμενους σανδαλια και μη {VAR1: ενδυσησθε } {VAR2: ενδυσασθαι } δυο χιτωνας
Lit: but wearing sandals, and not put on two tunics.
KJV: But be shod with sandals; and not put on two coats.
References
"be shod"Eph 6:15: your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace;"sandals"Ac 12:8: The angel said to him: Gird yourself: and bind on your sandals. And so he did. And he says to him: Cast your garment about you: and follow me.
και ελεγεν αυτοις οπου εαν εισελθητε εις οικιαν εκει μενετε εως αν εξελθητε εκειθεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004ἔλεγενelegen (V-IIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγενelegen
|
He would say
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3699ὍπουHopou (Adv)
G3699 ὅπου hópou hop-oo from ὅς and πού; what(-ever) where, i.e. at whichever spot:--in what place, where(-as, -soever), whither (+ soever).,
|
ὍπουHopou
|
Wherever
|
Adv
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1525εἰσέλθητεeiselthēte (V-ASA-2P)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσέλθητεeiselthēte
|
you enter
|
V-ASA-2P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3614οἰκίαν,oikian (N-AFS)
G3614 οἰκία oikía oy-kee-ah from οἶκος; properly, residence (abstractly), but usually (concretely) an abode (literally or figuratively); by implication, a family (especially domestics):--home, house(-hold).
|
οἰκίαν,oikian
|
a house,
|
N-AFS
|
G1563ἐκεῖekei (Adv)
G1563 ἐκεῖ ekeî ek-i of uncertain affinity; there; by extension, thither:--there, thither(-ward), (to) yonder (place).
|
ἐκεῖekei
|
there
|
Adv
|
G3306μένετεmenete (V-PMA-2P)
G3306 μένω ménō men-o a primary verb; to stay (in a given place, state, relation or expectancy):--abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain, stand, tarry (for), X thine own.
|
μένετεmenete
|
remain
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Conj)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
until
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξέλθητεexelthēte (V-ASA-2P)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξέλθητεexelthēte
|
you go out
|
V-ASA-2P
|
G1564ἐκεῖθεν.ekeithen (Adv)
G1564 ἐκεῖθεν ekeîthen ek-i-then from ἐκεῖ; thence:--from that place, (from) thence, there.
|
ἐκεῖθεν.ekeithen
|
from there.
|
Adv
|
10
He said to them, In what place soever you enter into an house, there abide till you depart from that place.
Mark 6:10
Stats
Rank: #3987 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 111 characters, 20 words, 87 letters, 36 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ελεγεν αυτοις οπου εαν εισελθητε εις οικιαν εκει μενετε εως αν εξελθητε εκειθεν
Lit: And He would say to them, Wherever if you enter into a house, there remain until you go out from there.
KJV: And he said unto them, In what place soever ye enter into an house, there abide till ye depart from that place.
References
"And he said unto them, In what place soever ye enter into an house, there abide till ye depart from that place."Mt 10:11-13: Into whatever city or town you will enter: inquire who in it is worthy; and there abide till you go there.Lu 9:4: whatever house you enter into: there abide: and there depart.Lu 10:7: 8: In the same house remain: eating and drinking such things as they give: for the labourer is worthy of his hire. not Go from house to house.Ac 16:15: When she was baptized: and her household: she besought us: saying: If you have judged me to be faithful to the Lord: come into my house: and abide there. And she constrained us.Ac 17:5-7: But the Jews which not believed: moved with envy: took to them certain lewd fellows of the baser sort: and gathered a company: and set all the city on an uproar: and assaulted the house of Jason: and sought to bring them out to the people.
και οσοι αν μη δεξωνται υμας μηδε ακουσωσιν υμων εκπορευομενοι εκειθεν εκτιναξατε τον χουν τον υποκατω των ποδων υμων εις μαρτυριον αυτοις αμην λεγω υμιν ανεκτοτερον εσται σοδομοις η γομορροις εν ημερα κρισεως η τη πολει εκεινη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
whatever
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G5117τόποςtopos (N-NMS)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόποςtopos
|
place
|
N-NMS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1209δέξηταιdexētai (V-ASM-3S)
G1209 δέχομαι déchomai dekh-om-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to receive (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--accept, receive, take. Compare λαμβάνω.
|
δέξηταιdexētai
|
will receive
|
V-ASM-3S
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G3366μηδὲmēde (Conj)
G3366 μηδέ mēdé may-deh from μή and δέ; but not, not even; in a continued negation, nor:--neither, nor (yet), (no) not (once, so much as).,
|
μηδὲmēde
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G191ἀκούσωσινakousōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσωσινakousōsin
|
hear
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G4771ὑμῶν,hymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν,hymōn
|
you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G1607ἐκπορευόμενοιekporeuomenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP)
G1607 ἐκπορεύομαι ekporeúomai ek-por-yoo-om-ahee from ἐκ and πορεύομαι; to depart, be discharged, proceed, project:--come (forth, out of), depart, go (forth, out), issue, proceed (out of).
|
ἐκπορευόμενοιekporeuomenoi
|
departing
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G1564ἐκεῖθενekeithen (Adv)
G1564 ἐκεῖθεν ekeîthen ek-i-then from ἐκεῖ; thence:--from that place, (from) thence, there.
|
ἐκεῖθενekeithen
|
from there,
|
Adv
|
G1621ἐκτινάξατεektinaxate (V-AMA-2P)
G1621 ἐκτινάσσω ektinássō ek-tin-as-so from ἐκ and tinasso (to swing); to shake violently:--shake (off).
|
ἐκτινάξατεektinaxate
|
shake off
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5522χοῦνchoun (N-AMS)
G5522 χόος chóos kho-os from the base of χειμών; a heap (as poured out), i.e. rubbish; loose dirt:--dust.
|
χοῦνchoun
|
dust
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
which is
|
Art-AMS
|
G5270ὑποκάτωhypokatō (Prep)
G5270 ὑποκάτω hypokátō hoop-ok-at-o from ὑπό and κάτω; down under, i.e. beneath:--under.
|
ὑποκάτωhypokatō
|
under
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4228ποδῶνpodōn (N-GMP)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
ποδῶνpodōn
|
feet
|
N-GMP
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3142μαρτύριονmartyrion (N-ANS)
G3142 μαρτύριον martýrion mar-too-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of μάρτυς; something evidential, i.e. (genitive case) evidence given or (specially), the Decalogue (in the sacred Tabernacle):--to be testified, testimony, witness.
|
μαρτύριονmartyrion
|
a testimony
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτοῖς.autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς.autois
|
against them.”
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G281⧼ἈμὴνAmēn (Heb)
G281 ἀμήν amḗn am-ane of Hebrew origin (אָמֵן); properly, firm, i.e. (figuratively) trustworthy; adverbially, surely (often as interjection, so be it):--amen, verily.,
|
⧼ἈμὴνAmēn
|
Truly
|
Heb
|
G3004λέγωlegō (V-PIA-1S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωlegō
|
I say
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖν,hymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖν,hymin
|
to you,
|
PPro-D2P
|
G414ἀνεκτότερονanektoteron (Adj-NNS-C)
G414 ἀνεκτότερος anektóteros an-ek-tot-er-os comparative of a derivative of ἀνέχομαι; more endurable:--more tolerable.
|
ἀνεκτότερονanektoteron
|
more tolerable
|
Adj-NNS-C
|
G1510ἔσταιestai (V-FIM-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσταιestai
|
it will be
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G4670ΣοδόμοιςSodomois (N-DNP)
G4670 Σόδομα Sódoma sod-om-ah plural of Hebrew origin (סְדֹם); Sodoma (i.e. Sedom), a place in Palestine:--Sodom.
|
ΣοδόμοιςSodomois
|
for Sodom
|
N-DNP
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G1116ΓομόρροιςGomorrois (N-DNP)
G1116 Γόμοῤῥα Gómorrha gom-or-hrhah of Hebrew origin (עֲמֹרָה); Gomorrha (i.e. Amorah), a place near the Dead Sea:--Gomorrha.
|
ΓομόρροιςGomorrois
|
Gomorrah
|
N-DNP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2250ἡμέρᾳhēmera (N-DFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρᾳhēmera
|
day
|
N-DFS
|
G2920κρίσεως,kriseōs (N-GFS)
G2920 κρίσις krísis kree-sis, Noun Feminine
|
κρίσεως,kriseōs
|
of judgment,
|
N-GFS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
than
|
Conj
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
that
|
Art-DFS
|
G4172πόλειpolei (N-DFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλειpolei
|
town
|
N-DFS
|
G1565ἐκείνῃ⧽.ekeinē (DPro-DFS)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνῃ⧽.ekeinē
|
for.
|
DPro-DFS
|
11
whoever will not receive you, nor hear you, when you depart there, shake off the dust under your feet for a testimony against them. Truly I say to you, It will be more tolerable for Sodom and Gomorrha in the day of judgment, than for that city.
Mark 6:11
Stats
Counts: 255 characters, 42 words, 201 letters, 78 vowels, 123 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οσοι αν μη δεξωνται υμας μηδε ακουσωσιν υμων εκπορευομενοι εκειθεν εκτιναξατε τον χουν τον υποκατω των ποδων υμων εις μαρτυριον αυτοις αμην λεγω υμιν ανεκτοτερον εσται σοδομοις η γομορροις εν ημερα κρισεως η τη πολει εκεινη
Lit: And whatever place not will receive you nor hear you, departing from there, shake off the dust which is under the feet of you, for a testimony against them.” Truly I say to you, more tolerable it will be for Sodom or Gomorrah in day of judgment, than that town for.
KJV: And whosoever shall not receive you, nor hear you, when ye depart thence, shake off the dust under your feet for a testimony against them. Verily I say unto you, It shall be more tolerable for Sodom and Gomorrha in the day of judgment, than for that city.
References
"whosoever"Ne 5:13: Also I shook my lap: and said: So God shake out every man from His house: and from His labour: that performs not this promise: even thus be He shaken out: and emptied. And all the congregation said: Amen: and praised the LORD. And the people did according to this promise.Mt 10:14: whoever will not receive you: nor hear your words: when you depart out of that house or city: shake off the dust of your feet.Lu 9:5: whoever not will receive you: when you go out of that city: shake off the very dust from your feet for a testimony against them.Lu 10:10: 11: But into whatever city you enter: and they receive you not: go your ways out into the streets of the same: and say: Ac 13:50: 51: But the Jews stirred up the devout and honourable women: and the chief men of the city: and raised persecution against Paul and Barnabas: and expelled them out of their coasts.Ac 18:6: When they opposed themselves: and blasphemed: he shook his clothing: and said to them: your blood be upon your own heads; I am clean: from henceforth I will go to the Gentiles."It shall"Eze 16:48-51: As I live: says the Lord GOD: Sodom your sister has not done: she nor her daughters: as you have done: you and your daughters.Mt 10:15: Truly I say to you: It will be more tolerable for the land of Sodom and Gomorrha in the day of judgment: than for that city.Mt 11:20-24: Then began he to upbraid the cities wherein most of his mighty works were done: because they not repented:Lu 10:12-15: But I say to you: that it will be more tolerable in that day for Sodom: than for that city.Joh 15:22-24: If I not had come and spoken to them: they not had had sin: but now they have no cloke for their sin.Heb 6:4-8: For it is impossible for those who were once enlightened: and have tasted of the heavenly gift: and were made partakers of the Holy Ghost: Heb 10:26-31: For if we sin wilfully after that we have received the knowledge of the truth: there remains no more sacrifice for sins: 2Pe 2:6: Turning the cities of Sodom and Gomorrha into ashes condemned them with an overthrow: making them an ensample to those that after should live ungodly;Jude 1:7: Even as Sodom and Gomorrha: and the cities about them in like manner: giving themselves over to fornication: and going after strange flesh: are set forth for an example: suffering the vengeance of eternal fire."in the day"Mt 12:36: But I say to you: That every idle word that men will speak: they will give account thereof in the day of judgment.Ro 2:5: 16: But after your hardness and impenitent heart treasure up to yourself wrath against the day of wrath and revelation of the righteous judgment of God;2Pe 2:9: The Lord knows how to deliver the godly out of temptations: and to reserve the unjust to the day of judgment to be punished:2Pe 3:7: But the heavens and the earth: which are now: by the same word are kept in store: reserved to fire against the day of judgment and perdition of ungodly men.1Jo 4:17: Herein is our love made perfect: that we may have boldness in the day of judgment: because as he is: so are we in this world.
και εξελθοντες εκηρυσσον ινα μετανοησωσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξελθόντεςexelthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξελθόντεςexelthontes
|
having gone out,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G2784ἐκήρυξανekēryxan (V-AIA-3P)
G2784 κηρύσσω kērýssō kay-roos-so of uncertain affinity; to herald (as a public crier), especially divine truth (the gospel):--preacher(-er), proclaim, publish.
|
ἐκήρυξανekēryxan
|
they preached
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3340μετανοῶσιν,metanoōsin (V-PSA-3P)
G3340 μετανοέω metanoéō met-an-o-eh-o from μετά and νοιέω; to think differently or afterwards, i.e. reconsider (morally, feel compunction):--repent.
|
μετανοῶσιν,metanoōsin
|
they should repent.
|
V-PSA-3P
|
12
They went out, and preached that men should repent.Mark 6:12
Stats
Counts: 55 characters, 9 words, 44 letters, 15 vowels, 29 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εξελθοντες εκηρυσσον ινα μετανοησωσιν
Lit: And having gone out, they preached that they should repent.
KJV: And they went out, and preached that men should repent.
References
"preached"Mr 1:3: 15: The voice of one crying in the wilderness: Prepare you the way of the Lord: make His paths straight.Eze 18:30: Therefore I will judge you: O house of Israel: every one according to His ways: says the Lord GOD. Repent: and turn yourselves from all your transgressions; so iniquity will not be your ruin.Mt 3:2: 8: Saying: Repent you: for the kingdom of heaven is at hand.Mt 4:17: From that time Jesus began to preach: and to say: Repent: for the kingdom of heaven is at hand.Mt 9:13: But go you and learn what that means: I will have mercy: not and sacrifice: for I not am come to call the righteous: but sinners to repentance.Mt 11:20: Then began he to upbraid the cities wherein most of his mighty works were done: because they not repented:Lu 11:32: The men of Nineve will rise up in the judgment with this generation: and will condemn it: for they repented at the preaching of Jonas; and: look: a greater than Jonas is here.Lu 13:3: 5: I tell you: No: but: except you repent: you will all likewise perish.Lu 15:7: 10: I say to you: that likewise joy will be in heaven over one sinner that repents: more than over 99 just persons: which need no repentance.Lu 24:47: That repentance and remission of sins should be preached in his name among all nations: beginning at Jerusalem.Ac 2:38: Then Peter said to them: Repent: and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins: and you will receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.Ac 3:19: Repent you therefore: and be converted: that your sins may be blotted out: when the times of refreshing will come from the presence of the Lord;Ac 11:18: When they heard these things: they held their peace: and glorified God: saying: Then has God also to the Gentiles granted repentance to life.Ac 20:21: Testifying both to the Jews: and also to the Greeks: repentance toward God: and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ.Ac 26:20: But showed first to them of Damascus: and at Jerusalem: and throughout all the coasts of Judaea: and then to the Gentiles: that they should repent and turn to God: and do works meet for repentance.2Co 7:9: 10: Now I rejoice: not that you were made sorry: but that you sorrowed to repentance: for you were made sorry after a godly manner: that you might receive damage by us not inhing.2Ti 2:25: 26: In meekness instructing those that oppose themselves; if God perhaps will give them repentance to the acknowledging of the truth;
και δαιμονια πολλα εξεβαλλον και ηλειφον ελαιω πολλους αρρωστους και εθεραπευον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1140δαιμόνιαdaimonia (N-ANP)
G1140 δαιμόνιον daimónion dahee-mon-ee-on neuter of a derivative of δαίμων; a dæmonic being; by extension a deity:--devil, god.
|
δαιμόνιαdaimonia
|
demons
|
N-ANP
|
G4183πολλὰpolla (Adj-ANP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλὰpolla
|
many
|
Adj-ANP
|
G1544ἐξέβαλλον,exeballon (V-IIA-3P)
G1544 ἐκβάλλω ekbállō ek-bal-lo from ἐκ and βάλλω; to eject (literally or figuratively):--bring forth, cast (forth, out), drive (out), expel, leave, pluck (pull, take, thrust) out, put forth (out), send away (forth, out).
|
ἐξέβαλλον,exeballon
|
they were casting out,
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G218ἤλειφονēleiphon (V-IIA-3P)
G218 ἀλείφω aleíphō al-i-fo from Α (as particle of union) and the base of λιπαρός; to oil (with perfume):--anoint.
|
ἤλειφονēleiphon
|
were anointing
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1637ἐλαίῳelaiō (N-DNS)
G1637 ἔλαιον élaion el-ah-yon neuter of the same as ἐλαία; olive oil:--oil.
|
ἐλαίῳelaiō
|
with oil
|
N-DNS
|
G4183πολλοὺςpollous (Adj-AMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοὺςpollous
|
many
|
Adj-AMP
|
G732ἀρρώστουςarrōstous (Adj-AMP)
G732 ἄῤῥωστος árrhōstos ar-hroce-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of ῥώννυμι; infirm:--sick (folk, -ly).
|
ἀρρώστουςarrōstous
|
sick
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2323ἐθεράπευον.etherapeuon (V-IIA-3P)
G2323 θεραπεύω therapeúō ther-ap-yoo-o from the same as θεράπων; to wait upon menially, i.e. (figuratively) to adore (God), or (specially) to relieve (of disease):--cure, heal, worship.
|
ἐθεράπευον.etherapeuon
|
healing them.
|
V-IIA-3P
|
13
They cast out many devils, and anointed with oil many that were sick, and healed them.Mark 6:13
Stats
Counts: 90 characters, 15 words, 71 letters, 26 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: και δαιμονια πολλα εξεβαλλον και ηλειφον ελαιω πολλους αρρωστους και εθεραπευον
Lit: And demons many they were casting out, and were anointing with oil many sick and healing them.
KJV: And they cast out many devils, and anointed with oil many that were sick, and healed them.
References
"cast"Mr 6:7: He called to him the 12: and began to send them forth by two and two; and gave them power over unclean spirits;Lu 10:17: The 70 returned again with joy: saying: Lord: even the devils are subject to us through your name."anointed"Jas 5:14: 15: Is any sick among you? let Him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over Him: anointing Him with oil in the name of the Lord:
The Beheading of John
και ηκουσεν ο βασιλευς ηρωδης φανερον γαρ εγενετο το ονομα αυτου και ελεγεν οτι ιωαννης ο βαπτιζων εκ νεκρων ηγερθη και δια τουτο ενεργουσιν αι δυναμεις εν αυτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G191ἤκουσενēkousen (V-AIA-3S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσενēkousen
|
heard
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G935βασιλεὺςbasileus (N-NMS)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλεὺςbasileus
|
King
|
N-NMS
|
G2264Ἡρῴδης,Hērōdēs (N-NMS)
G2264 Ἡρώδης Hērṓdēs hay-ro-dace compound of (a hero) and εἶδος; heroic; Herod, the name of four Jewish kings:--Herod.
|
Ἡρῴδης,Hērōdēs
|
Herod;
|
N-NMS
|
G5318φανερὸνphaneron (Adj-NNS)
G5318 φανερός phanerós fan-er-os from φαίνω; shining, i.e. apparent (literally or figuratively); neuter (as adverb) publicly, externally:--abroad, + appear, known, manifest, open (+ -ly), outward (+ -ly).
|
φανερὸνphaneron
|
well known
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
became
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-NNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
name
|
N-NNS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004ἔλεγονelegon (V-IIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγονelegon
|
they were saying
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G2491ἸωάννηςIōannēs (N-NMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννηςIōannēs
|
John,
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G907ΒαπτίζωνBaptizōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
ΒαπτίζωνBaptizōn
|
baptizing,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1453ἐγήγερταιegēgertai (V-RIM/P-3S)
G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἐγήγερταιegēgertai
|
is risen
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out from
|
Prep
|
G3498νεκρῶν,nekrōn (Adj-GMP)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρῶν,nekrōn
|
the dead,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-ANS
|
G1754ἐνεργοῦσινenergousin (V-PIA-3P)
G1754 ἐνεργέω energéō en-erg-eh-o from ἐνεργής; to be active, efficient:--do, (be) effectual (fervent), be mighty in, shew forth self, work (effectually in).
|
ἐνεργοῦσινenergousin
|
operate
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G1411δυνάμειςdynameis (N-NFP)
G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δυνάμειςdynameis
|
miraculous powers
|
N-NFP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῷ.autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ.autō
|
him.
|
PPro-DM3S
|
14
King Herod heard of him; (for his name was spread abroad:) and he said, That John the Baptist was risen from the dead, and therefore mighty works do show forth themselves in him.
Mark 6:14
Stats
Rank: #2193 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 182 characters, 30 words, 142 letters, 49 vowels, 93 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηκουσεν ο βασιλευς ηρωδης φανερον γαρ εγενετο το ονομα αυτου και ελεγεν οτι ιωαννης ο βαπτιζων εκ νεκρων ηγερθη και δια τουτο ενεργουσιν αι δυναμεις εν αυτω
Lit: And heard King Herod; well known for became the name of Him. And they were saying - , John, the one baptizing, is risen out from the dead, and because of this operate the miraculous powers in him.
KJV: And king Herod heard of him; (for his name was spread abroad:) and he said, That John the Baptist was risen from the dead, and therefore mighty works do shew forth themselves in him.
References
"king Herod"Mr 6:22: 26: 27: When the daughter of the said Herodias came in: and danced: and pleased Herod and them that sat with him: the king said to the damsel: Ask of me whatever you will: and I will give it you.Mt 14:1: 2: At that time Herod the tetrarch heard of the fame of Jesus: Lu 3:1: Now in the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar: Pontius Pilate being governor of Judaea: and Herod being tetrarch of Galilee: and his brother Philip tetrarch of Ituraea and of the region of Trachonitis: and Lysanias the tetrarch of Abilene: Lu 9:7-9: Now Herod the tetrarch heard of all that was done by him: and he was perplexed: because that it was said of some: that John was risen from the dead;Lu 13:31: The same day there came certain of the Pharisees: saying to him: Get you out: and depart here: for Herod will kill you.Lu 23:7-12: As soon as he knew that he belonged to Herod's jurisdiction: he sent him to Herod: who himself also was at Jerusalem at that time."his name"Mr 1:28: 45: Immediately his fame spread abroad throughout all the region round about Galilee.2Ch 26:8: 15: The Ammonites gave gifts to Uzziah: and his name spread abroad even to the entering in of Egypt; for he strengthened himself exceedingly.Mt 9:31: But they: when they were departed: spread abroad his fame in all that country.1Th 1:8: For from you sounded out the word of the Lord not only in Macedonia and Achaia: but also in every place your faith to God-ward is spread abroad; so that we not need to speak any thing.
αλλοι ελεγον οτι ηλιας εστιν αλλοι δε ελεγον οτι προφητης εστιν η ως εις των προφητων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G243ἄλλοιalloi (Adj-NMP)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλοιalloi
|
Others
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3004ἔλεγονelegon (V-IIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγονelegon
|
were saying
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G2243ἨλίαςĒlias (N-NMS)
G2243 Ἡλίας Hēlías hay-lee-as of Hebrew origin (אֵלִיָּה); Helias (i.e. Elijah), an Israelite:--Elias.
|
ἨλίαςĒlias
|
Elijah
|
N-NMS
|
G1510ἐστίν·estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστίν·estin
|
He is.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G243ἄλλοιalloi (Adj-NMP)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλοιalloi
|
Others
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3004ἔλεγονelegon (V-IIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγονelegon
|
were saying
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G4396Προφήτηςprophētēs (N-NMS)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
Προφήτηςprophētēs
|
A prophet,
|
N-NMS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷςheis
|
one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4396προφητῶν.prophētōn (N-GMP)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφητῶν.prophētōn
|
prophets.
|
N-GMP
|
15
Others said, That it is Elias. And others said, That it is a prophet, or as one of the prophets.
Mark 6:15
Stats
Rank: #5388 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 96 characters, 16 words, 72 letters, 29 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλοι ελεγον οτι ηλιας εστιν αλλοι δε ελεγον οτι προφητης εστιν η ως εις των προφητων
Lit: Others however were saying - , Elijah He is. Others now were saying - , A prophet, like one of the prophets.
KJV: Others said, That it is Elias. And others said, That it is a prophet, or as one of the prophets.
References
"it is Elias"Mr 8:28: They answered: John the Baptist: but some say: Elias; and others: one of the prophets.Mr 9:12: 13: He answered and told them: Elias truly comes first: and restoreth all things; and how it is written of the Son of man: that He must suffer many things: and be set at nought.Mr 15:35: 36: Some of them that stood by: when they heard it: said: Look: he calls Elias.Mal 4:5: Look: I will send you Elijah the prophet before the coming of the great and dreadful day of the LORD:"Elijah"Mt 16:14: They said: Some say that you are John the Baptist: some: Elias; and others: Jeremias: or one of the prophets.Mt 17:10: 11: His disciples asked him: saying: Why then say the scribes that Elias must first come?Lu 1:17: He will go before Him in the spirit and power of Elias: to turn the hearts of the fathers to the children: and the disobedient to the wisdom of the just; to make ready a people prepared for the Lord.Lu 9:8: 19: Of some: that Elias had appeared; and of others: that one of the old prophets was risen again.Joh 1:21: 25: They asked him: What then? Are you Elias? And he says: I not am. Are you that prophet? And he answered: No."a prophet"Mt 21:11: The multitude said: This is Jesus the prophet of Nazareth of Galilee.Lu 7:16: 39: There came a fear on all: and they glorified God: saying: That a great prophet is risen up among us; and: That God has visited His people.Joh 6:14: Then those men: when they had seen the miracle that Jesus did: said: This is of a truth that prophet that should come into the world.Joh 7:40: Many of the people therefore: when they heard this saying: said: Of a truth this is the Prophet.Joh 9:17: They say to the blind man again: What say you of him: that he has opened your eyes? He said: He is a prophet.Ac 3:22: 23: For Moses truly said to the fathers: A prophet will the Lord your God raise up to you of your brothers: like to me; Him will you hear in all things whatever He will say to you.
ακουσας δε ο ηρωδης ειπεν οτι ον εγω απεκεφαλισα ιωαννην ουτος εστιν αυτος ηγερθη εκ νεκρων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G191Ἀκούσαςakousas (V-APA-NMS)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
Ἀκούσαςakousas
|
Having heard
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now,
|
Conj
|
G2264ἩρῴδηςHērōdēs (N-NMS)
G2264 Ἡρώδης Hērṓdēs hay-ro-dace compound of (a hero) and εἶδος; heroic; Herod, the name of four Jewish kings:--Herod.
|
ἩρῴδηςHērōdēs
|
Herod
|
N-NMS
|
G3004ἔλεγενelegen (V-IIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγενelegen
|
was saying,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3739ὋνHon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὋνHon
|
Whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G607ἀπεκεφάλισαapekephalisa (V-AIA-1S)
G607 ἀποκεφαλίζω apokephalízō ap-ok-ef-al-id-zo from ἀπό and κεφαλή; to decapitate:--behead.
|
ἀπεκεφάλισαapekephalisa
|
beheaded,
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G2491Ἰωάννην,Iōannēn (N-AMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
Ἰωάννην,Iōannēn
|
John—
|
N-AMS
|
G3778οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοςhoutos
|
he
|
DPro-NMS
|
G1453ἠγέρθη.ēgerthē (V-AIP-3S)
G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἠγέρθη.ēgerthē
|
is risen!
|
V-AIP-3S
|
16
But when Herod heard thereof, he said, It is John, whom I beheaded: he is risen from the dead.
Mark 6:16
Stats
Rank: #6985 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 94 characters, 15 words, 71 letters, 29 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: ακουσας δε ο ηρωδης ειπεν οτι ον εγω απεκεφαλισα ιωαννην ουτος εστιν αυτος ηγερθη εκ νεκρων
Lit: Having heard now, Herod was saying, Whom I beheaded, John— he is risen!
KJV: But when Herod heard thereof, he said, It is John, whom I beheaded: he is risen from the dead.
References
"It is"Ge 40:10: 11: In the vine were 3 branches: and it was as though it budded: and her blossoms shot forth; and the clusters thereof brought forth ripe grapes:Ps 53:5: There were they in great fear: where no fear was: for God has scattered the bones of Him that encamps against you: you have put them to shame: because God has despised them.Mt 14:2: Said to his servants: This is John the Baptist; he is risen from the dead; and therefore mighty works do show forth themselves in him.Mt 27:4: Saying: I have sinned in that I have betrayed the innocent blood. And they said: What is that to us? see you to that.Lu 9:9: Herod said: John have I beheaded: but who is this: of whom I hear such things? And he desired to see him.Re 11:10-13: They that dwell upon the earth will rejoice over them: and make merry: and will send gifts one to another; because these two prophets tormented them that dwelt on the earth.
αυτος γαρ ο ηρωδης αποστειλας εκρατησεν τον ιωαννην και εδησεν αυτον εν τη φυλακη δια ηρωδιαδα την γυναικα φιλιππου του αδελφου αυτου οτι αυτην εγαμησεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G846ΑὐτὸςAutos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
ΑὐτὸςAutos
|
Himself
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2264ἩρῴδηςHērōdēs (N-NMS)
G2264 Ἡρώδης Hērṓdēs hay-ro-dace compound of (a hero) and εἶδος; heroic; Herod, the name of four Jewish kings:--Herod.
|
ἩρῴδηςHērōdēs
|
Herod,
|
N-NMS
|
G649ἀποστείλαςaposteilas (V-APA-NMS)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀποστείλαςaposteilas
|
having sent,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2902ἐκράτησενekratēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2902 κρατέω kratéō krat-eh-o from κράτος; to use strength, i.e. seize or retain (literally or figuratively):--hold (by, fast), keep, lay hand (hold) on, obtain, retain, take (by).
|
ἐκράτησενekratēsen
|
seized
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2491ἸωάννηνIōannēn (N-AMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννηνIōannēn
|
John
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1210ἔδησενedēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G1210 δέω déō deh-o a primary verb; to bind (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--bind, be in bonds, knit, tie, wind. See also δεῖ, δέομαι.
|
ἔδησενedēsen
|
bound
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5438φυλακῇphylakē (N-DFS)
G5438 φυλακή phylakḗ foo-lak-ay from φυλάσσω; a guarding or (concretely, guard), the act, the person; figuratively, the place, the condition, or (specially), the time (as a division of day or night), literally or figuratively:--cage, hold, (im-)prison(-ment), ward, watch.
|
φυλακῇphylakē
|
prison,
|
N-DFS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
on account of
|
Prep
|
G2266ἩρῳδιάδαHērōdiada (N-AFS)
G2266 Ἡρωδιάς Hērōdiás hay-ro-dee-as from Ἡρώδης; Herodias, a woman of the Heodian family:--Herodias.
|
ἩρῳδιάδαHērōdiada
|
Herodias,
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1135γυναῖκαgynaika (N-AFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναῖκαgynaika
|
wife
|
N-AFS
|
G5376ΦιλίππουPhilippou (N-GMS)
G5376 Φίλιππος Phílippos fil-ip-pos from φίλος and ἵππος; fond of horses; Philippus, the name of four Israelites:--Philip.
|
ΦιλίππουPhilippou
|
of Philip
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G80ἀδελφοῦadelphou (N-GMS)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοῦadelphou
|
brother
|
N-GMS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὴνautēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὴνautēn
|
her
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G1060ἐγάμησεν·egamēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G1060 γαμέω gaméō gam-eh-o from γάμος; to wed (of either sex):--marry (a wife).
|
ἐγάμησεν·egamēsen
|
he had married.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
17
For Herod himself had sent forth and laid hold upon John, and bound him in prison for Herodias' sake, his brother Philip's wife: for he had married her.Mark 6:17
Stats
Counts: 152 characters, 24 words, 119 letters, 43 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: αυτος γαρ ο ηρωδης αποστειλας εκρατησεν τον ιωαννην και εδησεν αυτον εν τη φυλακη δια ηρωδιαδα την γυναικα φιλιππου του αδελφου αυτου οτι αυτην εγαμησεν
Lit: Himself for Herod, having sent, seized John and bound him in prison, on account of Herodias, the wife of Philip the brother of him, because her he had married.
KJV: For Herod himself had sent forth and laid hold upon John, and bound him in prison for Herodias' sake, his brother Philip's wife: for he had married her.
References
"A. M. 4032. A.D. 28. Herod"Mt 4:12: Now when Jesus had heard that John was cast into prison: He departed into Galilee;Mt 11:2: Now when John had heard in the prison the works of Christ: He sent two of His disciples: Mt 14:3-12: For Herod had laid hold on John: and bound him: and put him in prison for Herodias' sake: his brother Philip's wife.Lu 3:19: 20: But Herod the tetrarch: being reproved by him for Herodias his brother Philip's wife: and for all the evils which Herod had done: "Philip's"Lu 3:1: Now in the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar: Pontius Pilate being governor of Judaea: and Herod being tetrarch of Galilee: and his brother Philip tetrarch of Ituraea and of the region of Trachonitis: and Lysanias the tetrarch of Abilene:
ελεγεν γαρ ο ιωαννης τω ηρωδη οτι ουκ εξεστιν σοι εχειν την γυναικα του αδελφου σου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004ἔλεγενelegen (V-IIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγενelegen
|
Had been saying
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2491ἸωάννηςIōannēs (N-NMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννηςIōannēs
|
John
|
N-NMS
|
G2264ἩρῴδῃHērōdē (N-DMS)
G2264 Ἡρώδης Hērṓdēs hay-ro-dace compound of (a hero) and εἶδος; heroic; Herod, the name of four Jewish kings:--Herod.
|
ἩρῴδῃHērōdē
|
to Herod
|
N-DMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G3756ΟὐκOuk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
ΟὐκOuk
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1832ἔξεστίνexestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1832 ἔξεστι éxesti ex-on third person singular present indicative of a compound of ἐκ and εἰμί; so also neuter present participle of the same (with or without some form of εἰμί expressed); impersonally, it is right (through the figurative idea of being out in public):--be lawful, let, X may(-est).
|
ἔξεστίνexestin
|
it is lawful
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
for you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G2192ἔχεινechein (V-PNA)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχεινechein
|
to have
|
V-PNA
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1135γυναῖκαgynaika (N-AFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναῖκαgynaika
|
wife
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G80ἀδελφοῦadelphou (N-GMS)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοῦadelphou
|
brother
|
N-GMS
|
G4771σου.sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου.sou
|
of you.
|
PPro-G2S
|
18
For John had said to Herod, It not is lawful for you to have your brother's wife.
Mark 6:18
Stats
Rank: #7259 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 83 characters, 16 words, 64 letters, 24 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: ελεγεν γαρ ο ιωαννης τω ηρωδη οτι ουκ εξεστιν σοι εχειν την γυναικα του αδελφου σου
Lit: Had been saying for John to Herod - , Not it is lawful for you to have the wife of the brother of you.
KJV: For John had said unto Herod, It is not lawful for thee to have thy brother's wife.
References
"It is"Le 18:16: You will not uncover the nakedness of your brother's wife: it is your brother's nakedness.Le 20:21: If a man will take his brother's wife: it is an unclean thing: he has uncovered his brother's nakedness; they will be childless.1Ki 22:14: Micaiah said: As the LORD lives: what the LORD says to me: that will I speak.Eze 3:18: 19: When I say to the wicked: You will surely die; and you give not him warning: nor speak to warn the wicked from his wicked way: to save his life; the same wicked man will die in his iniquity; but his blood will I require at your hand.Mt 14:3: 4: For Herod had laid hold on John: and bound him: and put him in prison for Herodias' sake: his brother Philip's wife.Ac 20:26: 27: For what reason I take you to record this day: that I am pure from the blood of all men.Ac 24:24-26: After certain days: when Felix came with His wife Drusilla: which was a Jewess: He sent for Paul: and heard Him concerning the faith in Christ.
η δε ηρωδιας ενειχεν αυτω και ηθελεν αυτον αποκτειναι και ουκ ηδυνατο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2266ἩρῳδιὰςHērōdias (N-NFS)
G2266 Ἡρωδιάς Hērōdiás hay-ro-dee-as from Ἡρώδης; Herodias, a woman of the Heodian family:--Herodias.
|
ἩρῳδιὰςHērōdias
|
Herodias
|
N-NFS
|
G1758ἐνεῖχενeneichen (V-IIA-3S)
G1758 ἐνέχω enéchō en-ekh-o from ἐν and ἔχω; to hold in or upon, i.e. ensnare; by implication, to keep a grudge:--entangle with, have a quarrel against, urge.
|
ἐνεῖχενeneichen
|
held it
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
against him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2309ἤθελενēthelen (V-IIA-3S)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
ἤθελενēthelen
|
wished
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G615ἀποκτεῖναι,apokteinai (V-ANA)
G615 ἀποκτείνω apokteínō ap-ok-ti-no from ἀπό and (to slay); to kill outright; figuratively, to destroy:--put to death, kill, slay.
|
ἀποκτεῖναι,apokteinai
|
to kill,
|
V-ANA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1410ἠδύνατο·ēdynato (V-IIM/P-3S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
ἠδύνατο·ēdynato
|
was able;
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
19
Therefore Herodias had a quarrel against him, and would have killed him; but she not could:Mark 6:19
Stats
Rank: #6016 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 91 characters, 14 words, 73 letters, 30 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: η δε ηρωδιας ενειχεν αυτω και ηθελεν αυτον αποκτειναι και ουκ ηδυνατο
Lit: And Herodias held it against him, and wished him to kill, and not was able;
KJV: Therefore Herodias had a quarrel against him, and would have killed him; but she could not:
References
"Herodias"Ge 39:17-20: She spoke to him according to these words: saying: The Hebrew servant: which you have brought to us: came in to me to mock me:1Ki 21:20: Ahab said to Elijah: Have you found me: O my enemy? And He answered: I have found you: because you have sold yourself to work evil in the sight of the LORD."a quarrel"Ec 7:9: not Be hasty in your spirit to be angry: for anger resteth in the bosom of fools.Eph 4:26: 27: Be you angry: and not sin: not let the sun go down upon your wrath:
ο γαρ ηρωδης εφοβειτο τον ιωαννην ειδως αυτον ανδρα δικαιον και αγιον και συνετηρει αυτον και ακουσας αυτου πολλα εποιει και ηδεως αυτου ηκουεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2264ἩρῴδηςHērōdēs (N-NMS)
G2264 Ἡρώδης Hērṓdēs hay-ro-dace compound of (a hero) and εἶδος; heroic; Herod, the name of four Jewish kings:--Herod.
|
ἩρῴδηςHērōdēs
|
Herod
|
N-NMS
|
G5399ἐφοβεῖτοephobeito (V-IIM/P-3S)
G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
ἐφοβεῖτοephobeito
|
was afraid of
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G2491Ἰωάννην,Iōannēn (N-AMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
Ἰωάννην,Iōannēn
|
John,
|
N-AMS
|
G1492εἰδὼςeidōs (V-RPA-NMS)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
εἰδὼςeidōs
|
knowing
|
V-RPA-NMS
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G435ἄνδραandra (N-AMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραandra
|
to be a man
|
N-AMS
|
G1342δίκαιονdikaion (Adj-AMS)
G1342 δίκαιος díkaios dik-ah-yos from δίκη; equitable (in character or act); by implication, innocent, holy (absolutely or relatively):--just, meet, right(-eous).
|
δίκαιονdikaion
|
righteous
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G40ἅγιον,hagion (Adj-AMS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἅγιον,hagion
|
holy;
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4933συνετήρειsynetērei (V-IIA-3S)
G4933 συντηρέω syntēréō soon-tay-reh-o from σύν and τηρέω; to keep closely together, i.e. (by implication) to conserve (from ruin); mentally, to remember (and obey):--keep, observe, preserve.
|
συνετήρειsynetērei
|
he kept safe
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν,auton
|
him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G191ἀκούσαςakousas (V-APA-NMS)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσαςakousas
|
having heard
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G4183πολλὰpolla (Adj-ANP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλὰpolla
|
greatly
|
Adj-ANP
|
G639ἠπόρει,ēporei (V-IIA-3S)
G639 ἀπορέω aporéō ap-or-eh-o from a compound of Α (as a negative particle) and the base of πορεύομαι; to have no way out, i.e. be at a loss (mentally):-- (stand in) doubt, be perplexed.
|
ἠπόρει,ēporei
|
he was perplexed
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2234ἡδέωςhēdeōs (Adv)
G2234 ἡδέως hēdéōs hay-deh-oce adverb from a derivative of the base of ἡδονή; sweetly, i.e. (figuratively) with pleasure:--gladly.
|
ἡδέωςhēdeōs
|
gladly
|
Adv
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G191ἤκουεν.ēkouen (V-IIA-3S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουεν.ēkouen
|
heard.
|
V-IIA-3S
|
20
For Herod feared John, knowing that he was a just man and an holy, and observed him; and when he heard him, he did many things, and heard him gladly.Mark 6:20
Stats
Rank: #7620 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 149 characters, 25 words, 114 letters, 38 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο γαρ ηρωδης εφοβειτο τον ιωαννην ειδως αυτον ανδρα δικαιον και αγιον και συνετηρει αυτον και ακουσας αυτου πολλα εποιει και ηδεως αυτου ηκουεν
Lit: for Herod was afraid of John, knowing him to be a man righteous and holy; and he kept safe him. And having heard him, greatly he was perplexed and gladly him heard.
KJV: For Herod feared John, knowing that he was a just man and an holy, and observed him; and when he heard him, he did many things, and heard him gladly.
References
"feared"Mr 11:18: The scribes and chief priests heard it: and sought how they might destroy him: for they feared him: because all the people was astonished at his doctrine.Ex 11:3: The LORD gave the people favour in the sight of the Egyptians. Moreover the man Moses was very great in the land of Egypt: in the sight of Pharaoh's servants: and in the sight of the people.1Ki 21:20: Ahab said to Elijah: Have you found me: O my enemy? And He answered: I have found you: because you have sold yourself to work evil in the sight of the LORD.2Ki 3:12: 13: Jehoshaphat said: The word of the LORD is with Him. So the king of Israel and Jehoshaphat and the king of Edom went down to Him.2Ki 6:21: The king of Israel said to Elisha: when he saw them: My father: will I smite them? will I smite them?2Ki 13:14: Now Elisha was fallen sick of his sickness whereof he died. And Joash the king of Israel came down to him: and wept over his face: and said: O my father: my father: the chariot of Israel: and the horsemen thereof.2Ch 24:2: 15-22: Joash did that which was right in the sight of the LORD all the days of Jehoiada the priest.2Ch 26:5: He sought God in the days of Zechariah: who had understanding in the visions of God: and as long as He sought the LORD: God made Him to prosper.Eze 2:5-7: They: whether they will hear: or whether they will forbear: (for they are a rebellious house: ) yet will know that there has been a prophet among them.Da 4:18: 27: This dream I king Nebuchadnezzar have seen. Now you: O Belteshazzar: declare the interpretation thereof: forasmuch as all the wise men of my kingdom not are able to make known to me the interpretation: but you are able; for the spirit of the holy gods is in you.Da 5:17: Then Daniel answered and said before the king: Let your gifts be to yourself: and give your rewards to another; yet I will read the writing to the king: and make known to him the interpretation.Mt 14:5: When he would have put him to death: he feared the multitude: because they counted him as a prophet.Mt 21:26: But if we will say: Of men; we fear the people; for all hold John as a prophet."and heard"Mr 4:16: These are they likewise which are sown on stony ground; who: when they have heard the word: immediately receive it with gladness;Ps 106:12: 13: Then believed they his words; they sang his praise.Eze 33:32: And: indeed: you are to them as a very lovely song of one that has a pleasant voice: and can play well on an instrument: for they hear your words: but they do not them.Joh 5:35: He was a burning and a shining light: and you were willing for a season to rejoice in his light.
και γενομενης ημερας ευκαιρου οτε ηρωδης τοις γενεσιοις αυτου δειπνον εποιει τοις μεγιστασιν αυτου και τοις χιλιαρχοις και τοις πρωτοις της γαλιλαιας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1096γενομένηςgenomenēs (V-APM-GFS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενομένηςgenomenēs
|
having come
|
V-APM-GFS
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-GFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
a day
|
N-GFS
|
G2121εὐκαίρουeukairou (Adj-GFS)
G2121 εὔκαιρος eúkairos yoo-kahee-ros from εὖ and καιρός; well-timed, i.e. opportune:--convenient, in time of need.
|
εὐκαίρουeukairou
|
opportune,
|
Adj-GFS
|
G3753ὅτεhote (Adv)
G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὅτεhote
|
when
|
Adv
|
G2264ἩρῴδηςHērōdēs (N-NMS)
G2264 Ἡρώδης Hērṓdēs hay-ro-dace compound of (a hero) and εἶδος; heroic; Herod, the name of four Jewish kings:--Herod.
|
ἩρῴδηςHērōdēs
|
Herod
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
on the
|
Art-DNP
|
G1077γενεσίοιςgenesiois (N-DNP)
G1077 γενέσια genésia ghen-es-ee-ah neuter plural of a derivative of γένεσις; birthday ceremonies:--birthday.
|
γενεσίοιςgenesiois
|
birthday
|
N-DNP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1173δεῖπνονdeipnon (N-ANS)
G1173 δεῖπνον deîpnon dipe-non from the same as δαπάνη; dinner, i.e. the chief meal (usually in the evening):--feast, supper.
|
δεῖπνονdeipnon
|
a banquet
|
N-ANS
|
G4160ἐποίησενepoiēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίησενepoiēsen
|
made
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G3175μεγιστᾶσινmegistasin (N-DMP)
G3175 μεγιστᾶνες megistânes meg-is-tan-es plural from μέγιστος; grandees:--great men, lords.
|
μεγιστᾶσινmegistasin
|
great men
|
N-DMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G5506χιλιάρχοιςchiliarchois (N-DMP)
G5506 χιλίαρχος chilíarchos khil-ee-ar-khos from χίλιοι and ἄρχω; the commander of a thousand soldiers (chiliarch; i.e. colonel:--(chief, high) captain.
|
χιλιάρχοιςchiliarchois
|
chief captains,
|
N-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G4413πρώτοιςprōtois (Adj-DMP)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρώτοιςprōtois
|
leading men
|
Adj-DMP
|
G1056Γαλιλαίας,Galilaias (N-GFS)
G1056 Γαλιλαία Galilaía gal-il-ah-yah of Hebrew origin (גָּלִיל); Galilæa (i.e. the heathen circle), a region of Palestine:--Galilee.
|
Γαλιλαίας,Galilaias
|
of Galilee,
|
N-GFS
|
21
When a convenient day was come, that Herod on his birthday made a supper to his lords, high captains, and chief estates of Galilee;Mark 6:21
Stats
Rank: #7241 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 135 characters, 22 words, 107 letters, 41 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: και γενομενης ημερας ευκαιρου οτε ηρωδης τοις γενεσιοις αυτου δειπνον εποιει τοις μεγιστασιν αυτου και τοις χιλιαρχοις και τοις πρωτοις της γαλιλαιας
Lit: And having come a day opportune, when Herod on the birthday of him a banquet made to the great men of him, and to the chief captains, and to the leading men of Galilee,
KJV: And when a convenient day was come, that Herod on his birthday made a supper to his lords, high captains, and chief estates of Galilee;
References
"when"Ge 27:41: Esau hated Jacob because of the blessing wherewith his father blessed him: and Esau said in his heart: The days of mourning for my father are at hand; then will I kill my brother Jacob.2Sa 13:23-29: It came to pass after two full years: that Absalom had sheepshearers in Baalhazor: which is beside Ephraim: and Absalom invited all the king's sons.Es 3:7: In the first month: that is: the month Nisan: in the twelfth year of king Ahasuerus: they cast Pur: that is: the lot: before Haman from day today: and from month to month: to the twelfth month: that is: the month Adar.Ps 37:12: 13: The wicked plotteth against the just: and gnashes upon him with his teeth.Ac 12:2-4: He killed James the brother of John with the sword."his birthday"Ge 40:20: It came to pass the third day: which was Pharaoh's birthday: that he made a feast to all his servants: and he lifted up the head of the chief butler and of the chief baker among his servants.Es 1:3-7: In the third year of his reign: he made a feast to all his princes and his servants; the power of Persia and Media: the nobles and princes of the provinces: being before him:Es 2:18: Then the king made a great feast to all his princes and his servants: even Esther's feast; and he made a release to the provinces: and gave gifts: according to the state of the king.Pr 31:4: 5: It is not for kings: O Lemuel: it is not for kings to drink wine; nor for princes strong drink:Da 5:1-4: Belshazzar the king made a great feast to a000 of his lords: and drank wine before the000.Ho 7:5: In the day of our king the princes have made him sick with bottles of wine; he stretched out his hand with scorners.1Pe 4:3: For the time past of our life may suffice us to have wrought the will of the Gentiles: when we walked in lasciviousness: lusts: excess of wine: revellings: banquetings: and abominable idolatries:Re 11:10: They that dwell upon the earth will rejoice over them: and make merry: and will send gifts one to another; because these two prophets tormented them that dwelt on the earth.
και εισελθουσης της θυγατρος αυτης της ηρωδιαδος και ορχησαμενης και αρεσασης τω ηρωδη και τοις συνανακειμενοις ειπεν ο βασιλευς τω κορασιω αιτησον με ο εαν θελης και δωσω σοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1525εἰσελθούσηςeiselthousēs (V-APA-GFS)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθούσηςeiselthousēs
|
having come in
|
V-APA-GFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2364θυγατρὸςthygatros (N-GFS)
G2364 θυγάτηρ thygátēr thoo-gat-air apparently a primary word (compare daughter); a female child, or (by Hebraism) descendant (or inhabitant):--daughter.
|
θυγατρὸςthygatros
|
daughter
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of herself
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G2266ἩρῳδιάδοςHērōdiados (N-GFS)
G2266 Ἡρωδιάς Hērōdiás hay-ro-dee-as from Ἡρώδης; Herodias, a woman of the Heodian family:--Herodias.
|
ἩρῳδιάδοςHērōdiados
|
Herodias,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3738ὀρχησαμένης,orchēsamenēs (V-APM-GFS)
G3738 ὀρχέομαι orchéomai or-kheh-om-ahee middle voice from (a row or ring); to dance (from the ranklike or regular motion):--dance.
|
ὀρχησαμένης,orchēsamenēs
|
having danced,
|
V-APM-GFS
|
G700ἤρεσενēresen (V-AIA-3S)
G700 ἀρέσκω aréskō ar-es-ko probably from αἴρω (through the idea of exciting emotion); to be agreeable (or by implication, to seek to be so):--please.
|
ἤρεσενēresen
|
pleased
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2264ἩρῴδῃHērōdē (N-DMS)
G2264 Ἡρώδης Hērṓdēs hay-ro-dace compound of (a hero) and εἶδος; heroic; Herod, the name of four Jewish kings:--Herod.
|
ἩρῴδῃHērōdē
|
Herod
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
those
|
Art-DMP
|
G4873συνανακειμένοις.synanakeimenois (V-PPM/P-DMP)
G4873 συνανάκειμαι synanákeimai soon-an-ak-i-mahee from σύν and ἀνακεῖμαι; to recline in company with (at a meal):--sit (down, at the table, together) with (at meat).
|
συνανακειμένοις.synanakeimenois
|
reclining with him.
|
V-PPM/P-DMP
|
G1161〈〈δὲ〉de (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
〈〈δὲ〉de
|
And
|
Conj
|
G935βασιλεὺς» ⇔basileus (N-NMS)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλεὺς» ⇔basileus
|
the king
|
N-NMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DNS
|
G2877κορασίῳkorasiō (N-DNS)
G2877 κοράσιον korásion kor-as-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of (a maiden); a (little) girl:--damsel, maid.
|
κορασίῳkorasiō
|
girl,
|
N-DNS
|
G154ΑἴτησόνAitēson (V-AMA-2S)
G154 αἰτέω aitéō ahee-teh-o of uncertain derivation; to ask (in genitive case):--ask, beg, call for, crave, desire, require. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ΑἴτησόνAitēson
|
Ask
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
whatever
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G2309θέλῃς,thelēs (V-PSA-2S)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλῃς,thelēs
|
you wish,
|
V-PSA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325δώσωdōsō (V-FIA-1S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δώσωdōsō
|
I will give
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G4771σοι·soi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοι·soi
|
to you.
|
PPro-D2S
|
22
When the daughter of the said Herodias came in, and danced, and pleased Herod and them that sat with him, the king said to the damsel, Ask of me whatever you will, and I will give it you.
Mark 6:22
Stats
Rank: #8259 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 197 characters, 34 words, 153 letters, 59 vowels, 94 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εισελθουσης της θυγατρος αυτης της ηρωδιαδος και ορχησαμενης και αρεσασης τω ηρωδη και τοις συνανακειμενοις ειπεν ο βασιλευς τω κορασιω αιτησον με ο εαν θελης και δωσω σοι
Lit: and having come in the daughter of herself Herodias, and having danced, pleased Herod and those reclining with him. And the king said to the girl, Ask me whatever if you wish, and I will give to you.
KJV: And when the daughter of the said Herodias came in, and danced, and pleased Herod and them that sat with him, the king said unto the damsel, Ask of me whatsoever thou wilt, and I will give it thee.
References
"And when the daughter of the said Herodias came in, and danced, and pleased Herod and them that sat with him, the king said unto the damsel, Ask of me whatsoever thou wilt, and I will give it thee."Es 1:10-12: On the seventh day: when the heart of the king was merry with wine: he commanded Mehuman: Biztha: Harbona: Bigtha: and Abagtha: Zethar: and Carcas: the 7 chamberlains that served in the presence of Ahasuerus the king: Isa 3:16-26: Moreover the LORD says: Because the daughters of Zion are haughty: and walk with stretched forth necks and wanton eyes: walking and mincing as they go: and making a tinkling with their feet:Da 5:2: Belshazzar: while he tasted the wine: commanded to bring the golden and silver vessels which his father Nebuchadnezzar had taken out of the temple which was in Jerusalem; that the king: and his princes: his wives: and his concubines: might drink therein.Mt 14:6: But when Herod's birthday was kept: the daughter of Herodias danced before them: and pleased Herod.
και ωμοσεν αυτη οτι ο εαν με αιτησης δωσω σοι εως ημισους της βασιλειας μου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3660ὤμοσενōmosen (V-AIA-3S)
G3660 ὀμνύω omnýō om-o-o a prolonged form of a primary, but obsolete , for which another prolonged form is used in certain tenses; to swear, i.e. take (or declare on) oath:--swear.
|
ὤμοσενōmosen
|
he swore
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῇautē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇautē
|
to her,
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G4183[Πολλά]polla (Adj-ANP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
[Πολλά]polla
|
Whatever
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3754Ὅ¦τιHOti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
Ὅ¦τιHOti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1437ἐάνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐάνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G154αἰτήσῃςaitēsēs (V-ASA-2S)
G154 αἰτέω aitéō ahee-teh-o of uncertain derivation; to ask (in genitive case):--ask, beg, call for, crave, desire, require. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
αἰτήσῃςaitēsēs
|
you might ask,
|
V-ASA-2S
|
G1325δώσωdōsō (V-FIA-1S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δώσωdōsō
|
I will give
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
you,
|
PPro-D2S
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
up to
|
Prep
|
G2255ἡμίσουςhēmisous (Adj-GNS)
G2255 ἥμισυ hḗmisy hay-mee-soo neuter of a derivative from an inseparable prefix akin to ἅμα (through the idea of partition involved in connection) and meaning semi-; (as noun) half:--half.
|
ἡμίσουςhēmisous
|
half
|
Adj-GNS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G932βασιλείαςbasileias (N-GFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείαςbasileias
|
kingdom
|
N-GFS
|
G1473μου.mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου.mou
|
of me.
|
PPro-G1S
|
23
He sware to her, Whatever you will ask of me, I will give it you, to the half of my kingdom.
Mark 6:23
Stats
Rank: #9206 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 105 characters, 19 words, 80 letters, 31 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ωμοσεν αυτη οτι ο εαν με αιτησης δωσω σοι εως ημισους της βασιλειας μου
Lit: And he swore to her, Whatever that if me you might ask, I will give you, up to half of the kingdom of me.
KJV: And he sware unto her, Whatsoever thou shalt ask of me, I will give it thee, unto the half of my kingdom.
References
"he"1Sa 28:10: Saul sware to her by the LORD: saying: As the LORD lives: there will no punishment happen to you for this thing.2Ki 6:31: Then He said: God do so and more also to me: if the head of Elisha the son of Shaphat will stand on Him this day.Mt 5:34-37: But I say to you: not Swear at all; neither by heaven; for it is God's throne:Mt 14:7: Whereupon he promised with an oath to give her whatever she would ask."Whatsoever"Es 5:3: 6: Then said the king to her: What will you: queen Esther? and what is your request? it will be even given you to the half of the kingdom.Es 7:2: The king said again to Esther on the second day at the banquet of wine: What is your petition: queen Esther? and it will be granted you: and what is your request? and it will be performed: even to the half of the kingdom.Pr 6:2: You are snared with the words of your mouth: you are taken with the words of your mouth.Mt 4:9: says to him: All these things will I give you: if you will fall down and worship me.
η δε εξελθουσα ειπεν τη μητρι αυτης τι αιτησομαι η δε ειπεν την κεφαλην ιωαννου του βαπτιστου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξελθοῦσαexelthousa (V-APA-NFS)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξελθοῦσαexelthousa
|
having gone out,
|
V-APA-NFS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
she said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
to the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3384μητρὶmētri (N-DFS)
G3384 μήτηρ mḗtēr may-tare apparently a primary word; a mother (literally or figuratively, immediate or remote):--mother.
|
μητρὶmētri
|
mother
|
N-DFS
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of her,
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
What
|
IPro-ANS
|
G154αἰτήσωμαι;aitēsōmai (V-ASM-1S)
G154 αἰτέω aitéō ahee-teh-o of uncertain derivation; to ask (in genitive case):--ask, beg, call for, crave, desire, require. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
αἰτήσωμαι;aitēsōmai
|
shall I ask?
|
V-ASM-1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
she said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ΤὴνTēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤὴνTēn
|
The
|
Art-AFS
|
G2776κεφαλὴνkephalēn (N-AFS)
G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλὴνkephalēn
|
head
|
N-AFS
|
G2491ἸωάννουIōannou (N-GMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννουIōannou
|
of John
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the one
|
Art-GMS
|
G907Βαπτίζοντος.Baptizontos (V-PPA-GMS)
G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
Βαπτίζοντος.Baptizontos
|
baptizing.
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
24
She went forth, and said to her mother, What will I ask? And she said, The head of John the Baptist.
Mark 6:24
Stats
Rank: #9665 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 107 characters, 18 words, 81 letters, 28 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: η δε εξελθουσα ειπεν τη μητρι αυτης τι αιτησομαι η δε ειπεν την κεφαλην ιωαννου του βαπτιστου
Lit: And having gone out, she said to the mother of her, What shall I ask? And she said, The head of John the one baptizing.
KJV: And she went forth, and said unto her mother, What shall I ask? And she said, The head of John the Baptist.
References
"said"Ge 27:8-11: Now therefore: my son: obey my voice according to that which I command you.2Ch 22:3: 4: He also walked in the ways of the house of Ahab: for his mother was his counseller to do wickedly.Eze 19:2: 3: Say: What is your mother? A lioness: she lay down among lions: she nourished her whelps among young lions.Mt 14:8: She: being before instructed of her mother: said: Give me here John Baptist's head in a charger."The head"Job 31:31: If the men of my tabernacle not said: Oh that we had of his flesh! we cannot be satisfied.Ps 27:2: When the wicked: even my enemies and my foes: came upon me to eat up my flesh: they stumbled and fell.Ps 37:12: 14: The wicked plotteth against the just: and gnashes upon him with his teeth.Pr 27:3: 4: A stone is heavy: and the sand weighty; but a fool's wrath is heavier than them both.Ac 23:12: 13: When it was day: certain of the Jews banded together: and bound themselves under a curse: saying that they would neither eat nor drink till they had killed Paul.
και εισελθουσα ευθεως μετα σπουδης προς τον βασιλεα ητησατο λεγουσα θελω ινα μοι δως εξαυτης επι πινακι την κεφαλην ιωαννου του βαπτιστου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1525εἰσελθοῦσαeiselthousa (V-APA-NFS)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθοῦσαeiselthousa
|
having entered
|
V-APA-NFS
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G4710σπουδῆςspoudēs (N-GFS)
G4710 σπουδή spoudḗ spoo-day from σπεύδω; speed, i.e. (by implication) despatch, eagerness, earnestness:--business, (earnest) care(-fulness), diligence, forwardness, haste.
|
σπουδῆςspoudēs
|
haste
|
N-GFS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G935βασιλέαbasilea (N-AMS)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλέαbasilea
|
king,
|
N-AMS
|
G154ᾐτήσατοētēsato (V-AIM-3S)
G154 αἰτέω aitéō ahee-teh-o of uncertain derivation; to ask (in genitive case):--ask, beg, call for, crave, desire, require. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ᾐτήσατοētēsato
|
she asked,
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3004λέγουσαlegousa (V-PPA-NFS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγουσαlegousa
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NFS
|
G2309ΘέλωThelō (V-PIA-1S)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
ΘέλωThelō
|
I desire
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1824ἐξαυτῆςexautēs (Adv)
G1824 ἐξαυτῆς exautēs ex-ow-tace from ἐκ and the genitive case singular feminine of αὐτός (ὥρα being understood); from that hour, i.e. instantly:--by and by, immediately, presently, straightway.
|
ἐξαυτῆςexautēs
|
at once
|
Adv
|
G1325δῷςdōs (V-ASA-2S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δῷςdōs
|
you give
|
V-ASA-2S
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G4094πίνακιpinaki (N-DMS)
G4094 πίναξ pínax pin-ax apparently a form of πλάξ; a plate:--charger, platter.
|
πίνακιpinaki
|
a platter
|
N-DMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2776κεφαλὴνkephalēn (N-AFS)
G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλὴνkephalēn
|
head
|
N-AFS
|
G2491ἸωάννουIōannou (N-GMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννουIōannou
|
of John
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G910Βαπτιστοῦ.Baptistou (N-GMS)
G910 Βαπτιστής Baptistḗs bap-tis-tace from βαπτίζω; a baptizer, as an epithet of Christs forerunner:--Baptist.
|
Βαπτιστοῦ.Baptistou
|
Baptist.
|
N-GMS
|
25
She came in straightway with haste to the king, and asked, saying, I will that you give me soon in a charger the head of John the Baptist.
Mark 6:25
Stats
Rank: #9152 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 150 characters, 28 words, 116 letters, 41 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εισελθουσα ευθεως μετα σπουδης προς τον βασιλεα ητησατο λεγουσα θελω ινα μοι δως εξαυτης επι πινακι την κεφαλην ιωαννου του βαπτιστου
Lit: And having entered immediately with haste to the king, she asked, saying, I desire that at once you give to me upon a platter the head of John the Baptist.
KJV: And she came in straightway with haste unto the king, and asked, saying, I will that thou give me by and by in a charger the head of John the Baptist.
References
"with haste"Pr 1:16: For their feet run to evil: and make haste to shed blood.Ro 3:15: Their feet are swift to shed blood:"a charger"Nu 7:13: 19-89: His offering was one silver charger: the weight thereof was 130 shekels: one silver bowl of 70 shekels: after the shekel of the sanctuary; both of them were full of fine flour mingled with oil for a meat offering:
και περιλυπος γενομενος ο βασιλευς δια τους ορκους και τους συνανακειμενους ουκ ηθελησεν αυτην αθετησαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4036περίλυποςperilypos (Adj-NMS)
G4036 περίλυπος perílypos per-il-oo-pos from περί and λύπη; grieved all around, i.e. intensely sad:--exceeding (very) sorry(-owful).
|
περίλυποςperilypos
|
encompassingly sorrowful
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1096γενόμενοςgenomenos (V-APM-NMS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενόμενοςgenomenos
|
having been made
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G935βασιλεὺςbasileus (N-NMS)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλεὺςbasileus
|
king,
|
N-NMS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
on account of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3727ὅρκουςhorkous (N-AMP)
G3727 ὅρκος hórkos hor-kos from (a fence; perhaps akin to ὅριον); a limit, i.e. (sacred) restraint (specially, an oath):--oath.
|
ὅρκουςhorkous
|
oaths
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G345ἀνακειμένουςanakeimenous (V-PPM/P-AMP)
G345 ἀνακεῖμαι anakeîmai an-ak-i-mahee from ἀνά and κεῖμαι; to recline (as a corpse or at a meal):--guest, lean, lie, sit (down, at meat), at the table.
|
ἀνακειμένουςanakeimenous
|
reclining with him,
|
V-PPM/P-AMP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2309ἠθέλησενēthelēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
ἠθέλησενēthelēsen
|
was he willing
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G114ἀθετῆσαιathetēsai (V-ANA)
G114 ἀθετέω athetéō ath-et-eh-o from a compound of Α (as a negative particle) and a derivative of τίθημι; to set aside, i.e. (by implication) to disesteem, neutralize or violate:--cast off, despise, disannul, frustrate, bring to nought, reject.
|
ἀθετῆσαιathetēsai
|
to refuse
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτήν.autēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτήν.autēn
|
her.
|
PPro-AF3S
|
26
The king was exceeding sorry; yet for his oath's sake, and for their sakes which sat with him, he not would reject her.Mark 6:26
Stats
Counts: 123 characters, 21 words, 95 letters, 33 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: και περιλυπος γενομενος ο βασιλευς δια τους ορκους και τους συνανακειμενους ουκ ηθελησεν αυτην αθετησαι
Lit: And encompassingly sorrowful having been made the king, on account of the oaths and those reclining with him, not was he willing to refuse her.
KJV: And the king was exceeding sorry; yet for his oath's sake, and for their sakes which sat with him, he would not reject her.
References
"And the king was exceeding sorry; yet for his oath's sake, and for their sakes which sat with him, he would not reject her."Mt 14:9: The king was sorry: nevertheless for the oath's sake: and them which sat with him at meat: he commanded it to be given her.Mt 27:3-5: 24: 25: Then Judas: which had betrayed him: when he saw that he was condemned: repented himself: and brought again the 30 pieces of silver to the chief priests and elders:
και ευθεως αποστειλας ο βασιλευς σπεκουλατωρα επεταξεν ενεχθηναι την κεφαλην αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G649ἀποστείλαςaposteilas (V-APA-NMS)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀποστείλαςaposteilas
|
having sent
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G935βασιλεὺςbasileus (N-NMS)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλεὺςbasileus
|
king
|
N-NMS
|
G4688σπεκουλάτοραspekoulatora (N-AMS)
G4688 σπεκουλάτωρ spekoulátōr spek-oo-lat-ore of Latin origin; a speculator, i.e. military scout (spy or (by extension) life-guardsman):--executioner.
|
σπεκουλάτοραspekoulatora
|
an executioner,
|
N-AMS
|
G2004ἐπέταξενepetaxen (V-AIA-3S)
G2004 ἐπιτάσσω epitássō ep-ee-tas-so from ἐπί and τάσσω; to arrange upon, i.e. order:--charge, command, injoin.
|
ἐπέταξενepetaxen
|
he commanded
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5342ἐνέγκαιenenkai (V-ANA)
G5342 φέρω phérō en-eng-ko a primary verb (for which other, and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely, ; and ; to bear or carry (in a very wide application, literally and figuratively, as follows):--be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold.
|
ἐνέγκαιenenkai
|
to be brought
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2776κεφαλὴνkephalēn (N-AFS)
G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλὴνkephalēn
|
head
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G565ἀπελθὼνapelthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπελθὼνapelthōn
|
having gone,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G607ἀπεκεφάλισενapekephalisen (V-AIA-3S)
G607 ἀποκεφαλίζω apokephalízō ap-ok-ef-al-id-zo from ἀπό and κεφαλή; to decapitate:--behead.
|
ἀπεκεφάλισενapekephalisen
|
he beheaded
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G5438φυλακῇ,phylakē (N-DFS)
G5438 φυλακή phylakḗ foo-lak-ay from φυλάσσω; a guarding or (concretely, guard), the act, the person; figuratively, the place, the condition, or (specially), the time (as a division of day or night), literally or figuratively:--cage, hold, (im-)prison(-ment), ward, watch.
|
φυλακῇ,phylakē
|
prison,
|
N-DFS
|
27
Immediately the king sent an executioner, and commanded his head to be brought: and he went and beheaded him in the prison,Mark 6:27
Stats
Rank: #9251 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 127 characters, 21 words, 102 letters, 40 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ευθεως αποστειλας ο βασιλευς σπεκουλατωρα επεταξεν ενεχθηναι την κεφαλην αυτου
Lit: And immediately having sent the king an executioner, he commanded to be brought the head of him. And having gone, he beheaded him in the prison,
KJV: And immediately the king sent an executioner, and commanded his head to be brought: and he went and beheaded him in the prison,
References
"the king"Mt 14:10: 11: He sent: and beheaded John in the prison.
ο δε απελθων απεκεφαλισεν αυτον εν τη φυλακη και ηνεγκεν την κεφαλην αυτου επι πινακι και εδωκεν αυτην τω κορασιω και το κορασιον εδωκεν αυτην τη μητρι αυτης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5342ἤνεγκενēnenken (V-AIA-3S)
G5342 φέρω phérō en-eng-ko a primary verb (for which other, and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely, ; and ; to bear or carry (in a very wide application, literally and figuratively, as follows):--be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold.
|
ἤνεγκενēnenken
|
brought
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2776κεφαλὴνkephalēn (N-AFS)
G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλὴνkephalēn
|
head
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G4094πίνακιpinaki (N-DMS)
G4094 πίναξ pínax pin-ax apparently a form of πλάξ; a plate:--charger, platter.
|
πίνακιpinaki
|
a platter,
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325ἔδωκενedōken (V-AIA-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἔδωκενedōken
|
gave
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὴνautēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὴνautēn
|
it
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DNS
|
G2877κορασίῳ,korasiō (N-DNS)
G2877 κοράσιον korásion kor-as-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of (a maiden); a (little) girl:--damsel, maid.
|
κορασίῳ,korasiō
|
girl,
|
N-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G2877κοράσιονkorasion (N-NNS)
G2877 κοράσιον korásion kor-as-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of (a maiden); a (little) girl:--damsel, maid.
|
κοράσιονkorasion
|
girl
|
N-NNS
|
G1325ἔδωκενedōken (V-AIA-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἔδωκενedōken
|
gave
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὴνautēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὴνautēn
|
it
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
to the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3384μητρὶmētri (N-DFS)
G3384 μήτηρ mḗtēr may-tare apparently a primary word; a mother (literally or figuratively, immediate or remote):--mother.
|
μητρὶmētri
|
mother
|
N-DFS
|
G846αὐτῆς.autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς.autēs
|
of her.
|
PPro-GF3S
|
28
Brought his head in a charger, and gave it to the damsel: and the damsel gave it to her mother.Mark 6:28
Stats
Counts: 99 characters, 19 words, 76 letters, 29 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε απελθων απεκεφαλισεν αυτον εν τη φυλακη και ηνεγκεν την κεφαλην αυτου επι πινακι και εδωκεν αυτην τω κορασιω και το κορασιον εδωκεν αυτην τη μητρι αυτης
Lit: and brought the head of him upon a platter, and gave it to the girl, and the girl gave it to the mother of her.
KJV: And brought his head in a charger, and gave it to the damsel: and the damsel gave it to her mother.
και ακουσαντες οι μαθηται αυτου ηλθον και ηραν το πτωμα αυτου και εθηκαν αυτο εν {VAR1: τω } μνημειω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G191ἀκούσαντεςakousantes (V-APA-NMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσαντεςakousantes
|
having heard it,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3101μαθηταὶmathētai (N-NMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταὶmathētai
|
disciples
|
N-NMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2064ἦλθον*ēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθον*ēlthon
|
came,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G142ἦρανēran (V-AIA-3P)
G142 αἴρω aírō ah-ee-ro a primary root; to lift up; by implication, to take up or away; figuratively, to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind), specially, to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Hebraism (compare נָשָׂא) to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).
|
ἦρανēran
|
took up
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4430πτῶμαptōma (N-ANS)
G4430 πτῶμα ptōma pto-mah from the alternate of πίπτω; a ruin, i.e. (specially), lifeless body (corpse, carrion):--dead body, carcase, corpse.
|
πτῶμαptōma
|
body
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5087ἔθηκανethēkan (V-AIA-3P)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
ἔθηκανethēkan
|
laid
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸauto (PPro-AN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸauto
|
it
|
PPro-AN3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3419μνημείῳ.mnēmeiō (N-DNS)
G3419 μνημεῖον mnēmeîon mnay-mi-on from μνήμη; a remembrance, i.e. cenotaph (place of interment):--grave, sepulchre, tomb.
|
μνημείῳ.mnēmeiō
|
a tomb.
|
N-DNS
|
29
When his disciples heard of it, they came and took up his corpse, and laid it in a tomb.Mark 6:29
Stats
Counts: 92 characters, 18 words, 70 letters, 27 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ακουσαντες οι μαθηται αυτου ηλθον και ηραν το πτωμα αυτου και εθηκαν αυτο εν {VAR1: τω } μνημειω
Lit: And having heard it, the disciples of him came, and took up the body of him, and laid it in a tomb.
KJV: And when his disciples heard of it, they came and took up his corpse, and laid it in a tomb.
References
"they came"1Ki 13:29: 30: The prophet took up the carcase of the man of God: and laid it upon the ass: and brought it back: and the old prophet came to the city: to mourn and to bury Him.2Ch 24:16: They buried Him in the city of David among the kings: because He had done good in Israel: both toward God: and toward His house.Mt 14:12: His disciples came: and took up the body: and buried it: and went and told Jesus.Mt 27:57-60: When the even was come: there came a rich man of Arimathaea: named Joseph: who also Himself was Jesus' disciple:Ac 8:2: Devout men carried Stephen to his burial: and made great lamentation over him.
The Feeding of the Five Thousand
και συναγονται οι αποστολοι προς τον ιησουν και απηγγειλαν αυτω παντα και οσα εποιησαν και οσα εδιδαξαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4863συνάγονταιsynagontai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G4863 συνάγω synágō soon-ag-o from σύν and ἄγω; to lead together, i.e. collect or convene; specially, to entertain (hospitably):--+ accompany, assemble (selves, together), bestow, come together, gather (selves together, up, together), lead into, resort, take in.
|
συνάγονταιsynagontai
|
are gathered together
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G652ἀπόστολοιapostoloi (N-NMP)
G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀπόστολοιapostoloi
|
apostles
|
N-NMP
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2424Ἰησοῦν,Iēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦν,Iēsoun
|
Jesus,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G518ἀπήγγειλανapēngeilan (V-AIA-3P)
G518 ἀπαγγέλλω apangéllō ap-ang-el-lo from ἀπό and the base of ἄγγελος; to announce:--bring word (again), declare, report, shew (again), tell.
|
ἀπήγγειλανapēngeilan
|
they related
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all things,
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3745ὅσαhosa (RelPro-ANP)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσαhosa
|
what
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G4160ἐποίησανepoiēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίησανepoiēsan
|
they had done
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3745ὅσαhosa (RelPro-ANP)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσαhosa
|
what
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G1321ἐδίδαξαν.edidaxan (V-AIA-3P)
G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
ἐδίδαξαν.edidaxan
|
they had taught.
|
V-AIA-3P
|
30
The apostles gathered themselves together to Jesus, and told Him all things, both what they had done, and what they had taught.Mark 6:30
Stats
Rank: #1323 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 133 characters, 20 words, 107 letters, 35 vowels, 72 consonants
Translation
Greek: και συναγονται οι αποστολοι προς τον ιησουν και απηγγειλαν αυτω παντα και οσα εποιησαν και οσα εδιδαξαν
Lit: And are gathered together the apostles to Jesus, and they related to him all things, what they had done and what they had taught.
KJV: And the apostles gathered themselves together unto Jesus, and told him all things, both what they had done, and what they had taught.
References
"the apostles"Mr 6:7-13: He called to him the 12: and began to send them forth by two and two; and gave them power over unclean spirits;Lu 9:10: The apostles: when they were returned: told him all that they had done. And he took them: and went aside privately into a desert place belonging to the city called Bethsaida.Lu 10:17: The 70 returned again with joy: saying: Lord: even the devils are subject to us through your name."both"Ac 1:1: The former treatise have I made: O Theophilus: of all that Jesus began both to do and teach: Ac 20:18-21: When they were come to him: he said to them: You know: from the first day that I came into Asia: after what manner I have been with you at all seasons: 1Ti 4:12-16: Let no man despise your youth; but be you an example of the believers: in word: in conversation: in charity: in spirit: in faith: in purity.Tit 2:6: 7: Young men likewise exhort to be sober minded.1Pe 5:2: 3: Feed the flock of God which is among you: taking the oversight thereof: not by constraint: but willingly; not for filthy lucre: but of a ready mind;
και ειπεν αυτοις δευτε υμεις αυτοι κατ ιδιαν εις ερημον τοπον και αναπαυεσθε ολιγον ησαν γαρ οι ερχομενοι και οι υπαγοντες πολλοι και ουδε φαγειν ηυκαιρουν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He said
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G1205ΔεῦτεDeute (V-M-2P)
G1205 δεῦτε deûte dyoo-teh from δεῦρο and an imperative form of (to go); come hither!:--come, X follow.
|
ΔεῦτεDeute
|
Come
|
V-M-2P
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you
|
PPro-N2P
|
G846αὐτοὶautoi (PPro-NM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὶautoi
|
yourselves
|
PPro-NM3P
|
G2596κατ’kat’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατ’kat’
|
apart
|
Prep
|
G2398ἰδίανidian (Adj-AFS)
G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἰδίανidian
|
own
|
Adj-AFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2048ἔρημονerēmon (Adj-AMS)
G2048 ἔρημος érēmos er-ay-mos of uncertain affinity; lonesome, i.e. (by implication) waste (usually as a noun, χώρα being implied):--desert, desolate, solitary, wilderness.,
|
ἔρημονerēmon
|
a solitary
|
Adj-AMS
|
G5117τόπονtopon (N-AMS)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόπονtopon
|
place,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G373ἀναπαύσασθεanapausasthe (V-AMM-2P)
G373 ἀναπαύω anapaúō an-ap-ow-o from ἀνά and παύω; (reflexively) to repose (literally or figuratively (be exempt), remain); by implication, to refresh:--take ease, refresh, (give, take) rest.
|
ἀναπαύσασθεanapausasthe
|
rest
|
V-AMM-2P
|
G3641ὀλίγον.oligon (Adj-ANS)
G3641 ὀλίγος olígos ol-ee-gos of uncertain affinity; puny (in extent, degree, number, duration or value); especially neuter (adverbially) somewhat:--+ almost, brief(-ly), few, (a) little, + long, a season, short, small, a while.
|
ὀλίγον.oligon
|
a little.
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1510ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσανēsan
|
Were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G2064ἐρχόμενοιerchomenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐρχόμενοιerchomenoi
|
coming
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G5217ὑπάγοντεςhypagontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G5217 ὑπάγω hypágō hoop-ag-o from ὑπό and ἄγω; to lead (oneself) under, i.e. withdraw or retire (as if sinking out of sight), literally or figuratively:--depart, get hence, go (a-)way.
|
ὑπάγοντεςhypagontes
|
going
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G4183πολλοί,polloi (Adj-NMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοί,polloi
|
many,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Adv)
G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
not even
|
Adv
|
G5315φαγεῖνphagein (V-ANA)
G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
φαγεῖνphagein
|
to eat
|
V-ANA
|
G2119εὐκαίρουν.eukairoun (V-IIA-3P)
G2119 εὐκαιρέω eukairéō yoo-kahee-reh-o from εὔκαιρος; to have good time, i.e. opportunity or leisure:--have leisure (convenient time), spend time.
|
εὐκαίρουν.eukairoun
|
had they opportunity.
|
V-IIA-3P
|
31
He said to them, Come you yourselves apart into a desert place, and rest a while: for there were many coming and going, and they had no leisure so much as to eat.
Mark 6:31
Stats
Counts: 167 characters, 30 words, 129 letters, 53 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειπεν αυτοις δευτε υμεις αυτοι κατ ιδιαν εις ερημον τοπον και αναπαυεσθε ολιγον ησαν γαρ οι ερχομενοι και οι υπαγοντες πολλοι και ουδε φαγειν ηυκαιρουν
Lit: And He said to them, Come you yourselves apart own to a solitary place, and rest a little. Were for those coming and those going many, and not even to eat had they opportunity.
KJV: And he said unto them, Come ye yourselves apart into a desert place, and rest a while: for there were many coming and going, and they had no leisure so much as to eat.
References
"come"Mr 1:45: But He went out: and began to publish it much: and to blaze abroad the matter: insomuch that Jesus could no more openly enter into the city: but was without in desert places: and they came to Him from every quarter.Mr 3:7: 20: But Jesus withdrew Himself with His disciples to the sea: and a great multitude from Galilee followed Him: and from Judaea: Mt 14:13: When Jesus heard of it: He departed there by ship into a desert place apart: and when the people had heard thereof: they followed Him on foot out of the cities.Joh 6:1: After these things Jesus went over the sea of Galilee: which is the sea of Tiberias.
και απηλθον εις ερημον τοπον τω πλοιω κατ ιδιαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G565ἀπῆλθονapēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπῆλθονapēlthon
|
they went away
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4143πλοίῳploiō (N-DNS)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοίῳploiō
|
boat
|
N-DNS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G2048ἔρημονerēmon (Adj-AMS)
G2048 ἔρημος érēmos er-ay-mos of uncertain affinity; lonesome, i.e. (by implication) waste (usually as a noun, χώρα being implied):--desert, desolate, solitary, wilderness.,
|
ἔρημονerēmon
|
a solitary
|
Adj-AMS
|
G5117τόπονtopon (N-AMS)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόπονtopon
|
place
|
N-AMS
|
G2596κατ’kat’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατ’kat’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G2398ἰδίαν.idian (Adj-AFS)
G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἰδίαν.idian
|
themselves.
|
Adj-AFS
|
32
They departed into a desert place by ship privately.Mark 6:32
Stats
Counts: 56 characters, 10 words, 46 letters, 16 vowels, 30 consonants
Translation
Greek: και απηλθον εις ερημον τοπον τω πλοιω κατ ιδιαν
Lit: And they went away by the boat into a solitary place by themselves.
KJV: And they departed into a desert place by ship privately.
References
"And they departed into a desert place by ship privately."Mt 14:13: When Jesus heard of it: He departed there by ship into a desert place apart: and when the people had heard thereof: they followed Him on foot out of the cities.
και ειδον αυτους υπαγοντας οι οχλοι και επεγνωσαν αυτον πολλοι και πεζη απο πασων των πολεων συνεδραμον εκει και προηλθον αυτους και συνηλθον προς αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-3P)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
they saw
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G5217ὑπάγονταςhypagontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G5217 ὑπάγω hypágō hoop-ag-o from ὑπό and ἄγω; to lead (oneself) under, i.e. withdraw or retire (as if sinking out of sight), literally or figuratively:--depart, get hence, go (a-)way.
|
ὑπάγονταςhypagontas
|
going,
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1921ἐπέγνωσανepegnōsan (V-AIA-3P)
G1921 ἐπιγινώσκω epiginṓskō ep-ig-in-oce-ko from ἐπί and γινώσκω; to know upon some mark, i.e. recognize; by implication, to become fully acquainted with, to acknowledge:--(ac-, have, take)know(-ledge, well), perceive.
|
ἐπέγνωσανepegnōsan
|
recognized
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G4183πολλοί,polloi (Adj-NMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοί,polloi
|
many,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3979πεζῇpezē (Adv)
G3979 πεζῇ pezēi ped-zay dative case feminine of a derivative of πούς (as adverb); foot-wise, i.e. by walking:--a- (on) foot.
|
πεζῇpezē
|
on foot
|
Adv
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3956πασῶνpasōn (Adj-GFP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πασῶνpasōn
|
all
|
Adj-GFP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GFP
|
G4172πόλεωνpoleōn (N-GFP)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλεωνpoleōn
|
cities
|
N-GFP
|
G4936συνέδραμονsynedramon (V-AIA-3P)
G4936 συντρέχω syntréchō soon-trekh-o from σύν and τρέχω (including its alternate); to rush together (hastily assemble) or headlong (figuratively):--run (together, with).
|
συνέδραμονsynedramon
|
ran together
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1563ἐκεῖekei (Adv)
G1563 ἐκεῖ ekeî ek-i of uncertain affinity; there; by extension, thither:--there, thither(-ward), (to) yonder (place).
|
ἐκεῖekei
|
there,
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4281προῆλθονproēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G4281 προέρχομαι proérchomai pro-er-khom-ahee from πρό and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to go onward, precede (in place or time):--go before (farther, forward), outgo, pass on.
|
προῆλθονproēlthon
|
went before
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτούς.autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς.autous
|
them.
|
PPro-AM3P
|
33
The people saw them departing, and many knew him, and ran afoot there out of all cities, and outwent them, and came together to him.Mark 6:33
Stats
Counts: 140 characters, 22 words, 110 letters, 42 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειδον αυτους υπαγοντας οι οχλοι και επεγνωσαν αυτον πολλοι και πεζη απο πασων των πολεων συνεδραμον εκει και προηλθον αυτους και συνηλθον προς αυτον
Lit: And they saw them going, and recognized many, and on foot from all the cities ran together there, and went before them.
KJV: And the people saw them departing, and many knew him, and ran afoot thither out of all cities, and outwent them, and came together unto him.
References
"And the people saw them departing, and many knew him, and ran afoot thither out of all cities, and outwent them, and came together unto him."Mr 6:54: 55: When they were come out of the ship: straightway they knew him: Mt 15:29-31: Jesus departed from there: and came nigh to the sea of Galilee; and went up into a mountain: and sat down there.Joh 6:2: A great multitude followed him: because they saw his miracles which he did on them that were diseased.Jas 1:19: For what reason: my beloved brothers: let every man be swift to hear: slow to speak: slow to wrath:
και εξελθων ειδεν ο ιησους πολυν οχλον και εσπλαγχνισθη επ αυτοις οτι ησαν ως προβατα μη εχοντα ποιμενα και ηρξατο διδασκειν αυτους πολλα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξελθὼνexelthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξελθὼνexelthōn
|
having gone out,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3708εἶδενeiden (V-AIA-3S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδενeiden
|
He saw
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4183πολὺνpolyn (Adj-AMS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολὺνpolyn
|
a great
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3793ὄχλον,ochlon (N-AMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλον,ochlon
|
crowd
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4697ἐσπλαγχνίσθηesplanchnisthē (V-AIP-3S)
G4697 σπλαγχνίζομαι splanchnízomai splangkh-nid-zom-ahee middle voice from σπλάγχνον; to have the bowels yearn, i.e. (figuratively) feel sympathy, to pity:--have (be moved with) compassion.
|
ἐσπλαγχνίσθηesplanchnisthē
|
was moved with compassion
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
toward
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσανēsan
|
they were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G4263πρόβαταprobata (N-NNP)
G4263 πρόβατον próbaton prob-at-on probably neuter of a presumed derivative of προβαίνω; something that walks forward (a quadruped), i.e. (specially), a sheep (literally or figuratively):--sheep(-fold).
|
πρόβαταprobata
|
sheep
|
N-NNP
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχονταechonta (V-PPA-NNP)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχονταechonta
|
having
|
V-PPA-NNP
|
G4166ποιμένα,poimena (N-AMS)
G4166 ποιμήν poimḗn poy-mane of uncertain affinity; a shepherd (literally or figuratively):--shepherd, pastor.
|
ποιμένα,poimena
|
a shepherd.
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G756ἤρξατοērxato (V-AIM-3S)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
ἤρξατοērxato
|
He began
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1321διδάσκεινdidaskein (V-PNA)
G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
διδάσκεινdidaskein
|
to teach
|
V-PNA
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G4183πολλά.polla (Adj-ANP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλά.polla
|
many things.
|
Adj-ANP
|
34
Jesus, when He came out, saw much people, and was moved with compassion toward them, because they were as not sheep having a shepherd: and He began to teach them many things.Mark 6:34
Stats
Counts: 178 characters, 28 words, 140 letters, 52 vowels, 88 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εξελθων ειδεν ο ιησους πολυν οχλον και εσπλαγχνισθη επ αυτοις οτι ησαν ως προβατα μη εχοντα ποιμενα και ηρξατο διδασκειν αυτους πολλα
Lit: And having gone out, He saw a great crowd and was moved with compassion toward them, because they were like sheep not having a shepherd. And He began to teach them many things.
KJV: And Jesus, when he came out, saw much people, and was moved with compassion toward them, because they were as sheep not having a shepherd: and he began to teach them many things.
References
"saw"Mt 14:14: Jesus went forth: and saw a great multitude: and was moved with compassion toward them: and He healed their sick.Mt 15:32: Then Jesus called His disciples to Him: and said: I have compassion on the multitude: because they continue with me now 3 days: and not havehing to eat: and I not will send them away fasting: lest they faint in the way.Lu 9:11: The people: when they knew it: followed Him: and He received them: and spoke to them of the kingdom of God: and healed them that had need of healing.Ro 15:2: 3: Let every one of us please his neighbour for his good to edification.Heb 2:17: For what reason in all things it behoved Him to be made like to His brothers: that He might be a merciful and faithful high priest in things pertaining to God: to make reconciliation for the sins of the people.Heb 4:15: For we not have an high priest which cannot be touched with the feeling of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are: yet without sin."because"Nu 27:17: Which may go out before them: and which may go in before them: and which may lead them out: and which may bring them in; that the congregation of the LORD not be as sheep which have no shepherd.1Ki 22:17: He said: I saw all Israel scattered upon the hills: as sheep that not have a shepherd: and the LORD said: These have no master: let them return every man to His house in peace.2Ch 18:16: Then He said: I did see all Israel scattered upon the mountains: as sheep that have no shepherd: and the LORD said: These have no master; let them return therefore every man to His house in peace.Jer 50:6: My people has been lost sheep: their shepherds have caused them to go astray: they have turned them away on the mountains: they have gone from mountain to hill: they have forgotten their restingplace.Zec 10:2: For the idols have spoken vanity: and the diviners have seen a lie: and have told false dreams; they comfort in vain: therefore they went their way as a flock: they were troubled: because there was no shepherd.Mt 9:36: But when he saw the multitudes: he was moved with compassion on them: because they fainted: and were scattered abroad: as sheep having no shepherd."and he"Isa 61:1-3: The Spirit of the Lord GOD is upon me; because the LORD has anointed me to preach good tidings to the meek; He has sent me to bind up the brokenhearted: to proclaim liberty to the captives: and the opening of the prison to them that are bound;
και ηδη ωρας πολλης γενομενης προσελθοντες αυτω οι μαθηται αυτου λεγουσιν οτι ερημος εστιν ο τοπος και ηδη ωρα πολλη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2235ἤδηēdē (Adv)
G2235 ἤδη ḗdē ay-day apparently from ἤ (or possibly ἦ) and δή; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.
|
ἤδηēdē
|
already
|
Adv
|
G5610ὥραςhōras (N-GFS)
G5610 ὥρα hṓra ho-rah apparently a primary word; an hour (literally or figuratively):--day, hour, instant, season, X short, (even-)tide, (high) time.
|
ὥραςhōras
|
the hour
|
N-GFS
|
G4183πολλῆςpollēs (Adj-GFS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλῆςpollēs
|
late
|
Adj-GFS
|
G1096γενομένηςgenomenēs (V-APM-GFS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενομένηςgenomenēs
|
being,
|
V-APM-GFS
|
G4334προσελθόντεςproselthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G4334 προσέρχομαι prosérchomai pros-er-khom-ahee from πρός and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to approach, i.e. (literally) come near, visit, or (figuratively) worship, assent to:--(as soon as he) come (unto), come thereunto, consent, draw near, go (near, to, unto).
|
προσελθόντεςproselthontes
|
having come
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3101μαθηταὶmathētai (N-NMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταὶmathētai
|
disciples
|
N-NMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3004ἔλεγονelegon (V-IIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγονelegon
|
were saying
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G2048ἜρημόςErēmos (Adj-NMS)
G2048 ἔρημος érēmos er-ay-mos of uncertain affinity; lonesome, i.e. (by implication) waste (usually as a noun, χώρα being implied):--desert, desolate, solitary, wilderness.,
|
ἜρημόςErēmos
|
Desolate
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5117τόπος,topos (N-NMS)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόπος,topos
|
place,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2235ἤδηēdē (Adv)
G2235 ἤδη ḗdē ay-day apparently from ἤ (or possibly ἦ) and δή; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.
|
ἤδηēdē
|
already it is
|
Adv
|
G5610ὥραhōra (N-NFS)
G5610 ὥρα hṓra ho-rah apparently a primary word; an hour (literally or figuratively):--day, hour, instant, season, X short, (even-)tide, (high) time.
|
ὥραhōra
|
an hour
|
N-NFS
|
G4183πολλή·pollē (Adj-NFS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλή·pollē
|
late.
|
Adj-NFS
|
35
When the day was now far spent, his disciples came to him, and said, This is a desert place, and now the time is far passed:
Mark 6:35
Stats
Counts: 130 characters, 23 words, 99 letters, 36 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηδη ωρας πολλης γενομενης προσελθοντες αυτω οι μαθηται αυτου λεγουσιν οτι ερημος εστιν ο τοπος και ηδη ωρα πολλη
Lit: And already the hour late being, having come to Him, the disciples of Him were saying - , Desolate is the place, and already it is an hour late.
KJV: And when the day was now far spent, his disciples came unto him, and said, This is a desert place, and now the time is far passed:
References
"And when the day was now far spent, his disciples came unto him, and said, This is a desert place, and now the time is far passed:"Mt 14:15-21: When it was evening: his disciples came to him: saying: This is a desert place: and the time is now past; send the multitude away: that they may go into the villages: and buy themselves victuals.Lu 9:12-17: When the day began to wear away: then came the 12: and said to him: Send the multitude away: that they may go into the towns and country round about: and lodge: and get victuals: for we are here in a desert place.Joh 6:5-15: When Jesus then lifted up His eyes: and saw a great company come to Him: He says to Philip: Where will we buy bread: that these may eat?
απολυσον αυτους ινα απελθοντες εις τους κυκλω αγρους και κωμας αγορασωσιν εαυτοις αρτους τι γαρ φαγωσιν ουκ εχουσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G630ἀπόλυσονapolyson (V-AMA-2S)
G630 ἀπολύω apolýō ap-ol-oo-o from ἀπό and λύω; to free fully, i.e. (literally) relieve, release, dismiss (reflexively, depart), or (figuratively) let die, pardon or (specially) divorce:--(let) depart, dismiss, divorce, forgive, let go, loose, put (send) away, release, set at liberty.
|
ἀπόλυσονapolyson
|
Dismiss
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G846αὐτούς,autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς,autous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G565ἀπελθόντεςapelthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπελθόντεςapelthontes
|
having gone
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G2945κύκλῳkyklō (Adv)
G2945 κύκλῳ kýklōi koo-klo as if dative case of (a ring, cycle; akin to κυλιόω); i.e. in a circle (by implication, of ἐν), i.e. (adverbially) all around:--round about.
|
κύκλῳkyklō
|
surrounding
|
Adv
|
G68ἀγροὺςagrous (N-AMP)
G68 ἀγρός agrós ag-ros from ἄγω; a field (as a drive for cattle); genitive case, the country; specially, a farm, i.e. hamlet:--country, farm, piece of ground, land.
|
ἀγροὺςagrous
|
region
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2968κώμαςkōmas (N-AFP)
G2968 κώμη kṓmē ko-may from κεῖμαι; a hamlet (as if laid down):--town, village.
|
κώμαςkōmas
|
villages,
|
N-AFP
|
G59ἀγοράσωσινagorasōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G59 ἀγοράζω agorázō ag-or-ad-zo from ἀγορά; properly, to go to market, i.e. (by implication) to purchase; specially, to redeem:--buy, redeem.
|
ἀγοράσωσινagorasōsin
|
they might buy
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G1438ἑαυτοῖςheautois (RefPro-DM3P)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτοῖςheautois
|
for themselves
|
RefPro-DM3P
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
something
|
IPro-ANS
|
G5315φάγωσιν.phagōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
φάγωσιν.phagōsin
|
to eat.
|
V-ASA-3P
|
36
Send them away, that they may go into the country round about, and into the villages, and buy themselves bread: for they not havehing to eat.Mark 6:36
Stats
Counts: 141 characters, 22 words, 111 letters, 41 vowels, 70 consonants
Translation
Greek: απολυσον αυτους ινα απελθοντες εις τους κυκλω αγρους και κωμας αγορασωσιν εαυτοις αρτους τι γαρ φαγωσιν ουκ εχουσιν
Lit: Dismiss them, that having gone to the surrounding region and villages, they might buy for themselves something to eat.
KJV: Send them away, that they may go into the country round about, and into the villages, and buy themselves bread: for they have nothing to eat.
References
"Send them away, that they may go into the country round about, and into the villages, and buy themselves bread: for they have nothing to eat."Mr 3:21: When his friends heard of it: they went out to lay hold on him: for they said: He is beside himself.Mr 5:31: His disciples said to him: You see the multitude thronging you: and say you: Who touched me?Mt 15:23: But he answered not her a word. And his disciples came and besought him: saying: Send her away; for she cries after us.Mt 16:22: Then Peter took Him: and began to rebuke Him: saying: Be it far from you: Lord: this will not be to you.
ο δε αποκριθεις ειπεν αυτοις δοτε αυτοις υμεις φαγειν και λεγουσιν αυτω απελθοντες αγορασωμεν διακοσιων δηναριων αρτους και δωμεν αυτοις φαγειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G611ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis (V-APP-NMS)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis
|
answering,
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
He said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G1325ΔότεDote (V-AMA-2P)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ΔότεDote
|
Give
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you
|
PPro-N2P
|
G5315φαγεῖν.phagein (V-ANA)
G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
φαγεῖν.phagein
|
something to eat.
|
V-ANA
|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγουσινlegousin (V-PIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγουσινlegousin
|
they say
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G565ἈπελθόντεςApelthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἈπελθόντεςApelthontes
|
Having gone,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G59ἀγοράσωμενagorasōmen (V-ASA-1P)
G59 ἀγοράζω agorázō ag-or-ad-zo from ἀγορά; properly, to go to market, i.e. (by implication) to purchase; specially, to redeem:--buy, redeem.
|
ἀγοράσωμενagorasōmen
|
shall we buy
|
V-ASA-1P
|
G1220δηναρίωνdēnariōn (N-GNP)
G1220 δηνάριον dēnárion day-nar-ee-on of Latin origin; a denarius (or ten asses):--pence, penny(-worth).
|
δηναρίωνdēnariōn
|
denarii
|
N-GNP
|
G1250διακοσίωνdiakosiōn (Adj-GNP)
G1250 διακόσιοι diakósioi dee-ak-os-ee-oy from δίς and ἑκατόν; two hundred:--two hundred.
|
διακοσίωνdiakosiōn
|
two hundred
|
Adj-GNP
|
G740ἄρτους,artous (N-AMP)
G740 ἄρτος ártos ar-tos from αἴρω; bread (as raised) or a loaf:--(shew-)bread, loaf.
|
ἄρτους,artous
|
of bread,
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325δώσομενdōsomen (V-FIA-1P)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δώσομενdōsomen
|
give
|
V-FIA-1P
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G5315φαγεῖν;phagein (V-ANA)
G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
φαγεῖν;phagein
|
to eat?
|
V-ANA
|
37
He answered and said to them, Give you them to eat. And they say to him, Will we go and buy 200 pennyworth of bread, and give them to eat?
Mark 6:37
Stats
Counts: 150 characters, 27 words, 115 letters, 43 vowels, 72 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε αποκριθεις ειπεν αυτοις δοτε αυτοις υμεις φαγειν και λεγουσιν αυτω απελθοντες αγορασωμεν διακοσιων δηναριων αρτους και δωμεν αυτοις φαγειν
Lit: But answering, He said to them, Give to them you something to eat. And they say to Him, Having gone, shall we buy denarii two hundred of bread, and give them to eat?
KJV: He answered and said unto them, Give ye them to eat. And they say unto him, Shall we go and buy two hundred pennyworth of bread, and give them to eat?
References
"give"Mr 8:2: 3: I have compassion on the multitude: because they have now been with me 3 days: and not havehing to eat:2Ki 4:42-44: There came a man from Baalshalisha: and brought the man of God bread of the firstfruits: 20 loaves of barley: and full ears of grain in the husk thereof. And He said: Give to the people: that they may eat.Mt 14:16: But Jesus said to them: They not need depart; give you them to eat.Mt 15:32: Then Jesus called His disciples to Him: and said: I have compassion on the multitude: because they continue with me now 3 days: and not havehing to eat: and I not will send them away fasting: lest they faint in the way.Lu 9:13: But he said to them: Give you them to eat. And they said: We have no more but 5 loaves and two fishes; except we should go and buy meat for all this people.Joh 6:4-10: The passover: a feast of the Jews: was nigh."Shall"Nu 11:13: 21-23: Where should I have flesh to give to all this people? for they weep to me: saying: Give us flesh: that we may eat.2Ki 7:2: Then a lord on whose hand the king leaned answered the man of God: and said: Look: if the LORD would make windows in heaven: might this thing be? And He said: Look: you will see it with your eyes: but will not eat thereof.Mt 15:33: His disciples say to him: Where should we have so much bread in the wilderness: as to fill so great a multitude?Joh 6:7: Philip answered him: 200 pennyworth of bread not is sufficient for them: that every one of them may take a little.
ο δε λεγει αυτοις ποσους αρτους εχετε υπαγετε και ιδετε και γνοντες λεγουσιν πεντε και δυο ιχθυας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G4214ΠόσουςPosous (IPro-AMP)
G4214 πόσος pósos pos-os from an absolute (who, what) and ὅς; interrogative pronoun (of amount) how much (large, long or (plural) many):--how great (long, many), what.,
|
ΠόσουςPosous
|
How many
|
IPro-AMP
|
G2192ἔχετε ⇔echete (V-PIA-2P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχετε ⇔echete
|
have you
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G740ἄρτους;artous (N-AMP)
G740 ἄρτος ártos ar-tos from αἴρω; bread (as raised) or a loaf:--(shew-)bread, loaf.
|
ἄρτους;artous
|
loaves?
|
N-AMP
|
G5217ὑπάγετεhypagete (V-PMA-2P)
G5217 ὑπάγω hypágō hoop-ag-o from ὑπό and ἄγω; to lead (oneself) under, i.e. withdraw or retire (as if sinking out of sight), literally or figuratively:--depart, get hence, go (a-)way.
|
ὑπάγετεhypagete
|
Go,
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G3708ἴδετε.idete (V-AMA-2P)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἴδετε.idete
|
see.
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1097γνόντεςgnontes (V-APA-NMP)
G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
γνόντεςgnontes
|
having known,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3004λέγουσινlegousin (V-PIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγουσινlegousin
|
they say,
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G4002Πέντε,Pente (Adj-AMP)
G4002 πέντε pénte pen-teh a primary number; five:--five.
|
Πέντε,Pente
|
Five,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1417δύοdyo (Adj-AMP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύοdyo
|
two
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2486ἰχθύας.ichthyas (N-AMP)
G2486 ἰχθύς ichthýs ikh-thoos of uncertain affinity; a fish:--fish.
|
ἰχθύας.ichthyas
|
fish.
|
N-AMP
|
38
He says to them, How many loaves have you? go and see. And when they knew, they say, 5, and two fishes.
Mark 6:38
Stats
Counts: 108 characters, 16 words, 80 letters, 30 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε λεγει αυτοις ποσους αρτους εχετε υπαγετε και ιδετε και γνοντες λεγουσιν πεντε και δυο ιχθυας
Lit: And He says to them, How many have you loaves? Go, see. And having known, they say, Five, and two fish.
KJV: He saith unto them, How many loaves have ye? go and see. And when they knew, they say, Five, and two fishes.
References
"He saith unto them, How many loaves have ye? go and see. And when they knew, they say, Five, and two fishes."Mr 8:5: He asked them: How many loaves have you? And they said: 7.Mt 14:17: 18: They say to him: We have here but 5 loaves: and two fishes.Mt 15:34: Jesus says to them: How many loaves have you? And they said: 7: and a few little fishes.Lu 9:13: But he said to them: Give you them to eat. And they said: We have no more but 5 loaves and two fishes; except we should go and buy meat for all this people.Joh 6:9: There is a lad here: which has 5 barley loaves: and two small fishes: but what are they among so many?
και επεταξεν αυτοις ανακλιναι παντας συμποσια συμποσια επι τω χλωρω χορτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2004ἐπέταξενepetaxen (V-AIA-3S)
G2004 ἐπιτάσσω epitássō ep-ee-tas-so from ἐπί and τάσσω; to arrange upon, i.e. order:--charge, command, injoin.
|
ἐπέταξενepetaxen
|
He commanded
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G347ἀνακλῖναι*anaklinai (V-ANA)
G347 ἀνακλίνω anaklínō an-ak-lee-no from ἀνά and κλίνω; to lean back:--lay, (make) sit down.
|
ἀνακλῖναι*anaklinai
|
to make recline
|
V-ANA
|
G3956πάνταςpantas (Adj-AMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταςpantas
|
all,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G4849συμπόσιαsymposia (N-ANP)
G4849 συμπόσιον sympósion soom-pos-ee-on neuter of a derivative of the alternate of συμπίνω; a drinking-party (symposium), i.e. (by extension) a room of guests:--company.
|
συμπόσιαsymposia
|
groups
|
N-ANP
|
G4849συμπόσιαsymposia (N-ANP)
G4849 συμπόσιον sympósion soom-pos-ee-on neuter of a derivative of the alternate of συμπίνω; a drinking-party (symposium), i.e. (by extension) a room of guests:--company.
|
συμπόσιαsymposia
|
by groups
|
N-ANP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G5515χλωρῷchlōrō (Adj-DMS)
G5515 χλωρός chlōrós khlo-ros from the same as Χλόη; greenish, i.e. verdant, dun-colored:--green, pale.
|
χλωρῷchlōrō
|
green
|
Adj-DMS
|
G5528χόρτῳ.chortō (N-DMS)
G5528 χόρτος chórtos khor-tos apparently a primary word; a court or garden, i.e. (by implication, of pasture) herbage or vegetation:--blade, grass, hay.
|
χόρτῳ.chortō
|
grass.
|
N-DMS
|
39
He commanded them to make all sit down by companies upon the green grass.Mark 6:39
Stats
Counts: 77 characters, 15 words, 62 letters, 22 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: και επεταξεν αυτοις ανακλιναι παντας συμποσια συμποσια επι τω χλωρω χορτω
Lit: And He commanded them to make recline all, groups by groups on the green grass.
KJV: And he commanded them to make all sit down by companies upon the green grass.
References
"And he commanded them to make all sit down by companies upon the green grass."1Ki 10:5: The meat of His table: and the sitting of His servants: and the attendance of His ministers: and their apparel: and His cupbearers: and His ascent by which He went up to the house of the LORD; there was no more spirit in her.Es 1:5: 6: When these days were expired: the king made a feast to all the people that were present in Shushan the palace: both to great and small: 7 days: in the court of the garden of the king's palace;Mt 15:35: He commanded the multitude to sit down on the ground.1Co 14:33: 40: For God not is the author of confusion: but of peace: as in all churches of the saints.
και ανεπεσον πρασιαι πρασιαι ανα εκατον και ανα πεντηκοντα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G377ἀνέπεσανanepesan (V-AIA-3P)
G377 ἀναπίπτω anapíptō an-ap-ip-to from ἀνά and πίπτω; to fall back, i.e. lie down, lean back:--lean, sit down (to meat).
|
ἀνέπεσανanepesan
|
they sat down
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G4237πρασιαὶprasiai (N-NFP)
G4237 πρασιά prasiá pras-ee-ah perhaps from (a leek, and so an onion-patch); a garden plot, i.e. (by implication, of regular beds) a row (repeated in plural by Hebraism, to indicate an arrangement):--in ranks.
|
πρασιαὶprasiai
|
groups
|
N-NFP
|
G4237πρασιαὶprasiai (N-NFP)
G4237 πρασιά prasiá pras-ee-ah perhaps from (a leek, and so an onion-patch); a garden plot, i.e. (by implication, of regular beds) a row (repeated in plural by Hebraism, to indicate an arrangement):--in ranks.
|
πρασιαὶprasiai
|
by groups,
|
N-NFP
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
by
|
Prep
|
G1540ἑκατὸνhekaton (Adj-AMP)
G1540 ἑκατόν hekatón hek-at-on of uncertain affinity; a hundred:--hundred.
|
ἑκατὸνhekaton
|
hundreds
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
by
|
Prep
|
G4004πεντήκοντα.pentēkonta (Adj-AMP)
G4004 πεντήκοντα pentḗkonta pen-tay-kon-tah multiplicative of πέντε; fifty:--fifty.
|
πεντήκοντα.pentēkonta
|
fifties.
|
Adj-AMP
|
40
They sat down in ranks, by hundreds, and by fifties.Mark 6:40
Stats
Counts: 56 characters, 9 words, 43 letters, 12 vowels, 31 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ανεπεσον πρασιαι πρασιαι ανα εκατον και ανα πεντηκοντα
Lit: And they sat down groups by groups, by hundreds and by fifties.
KJV: And they sat down in ranks, by hundreds, and by fifties.
References
"by hundreds"Lu 9:14: 15: For they were about 5000 men. And he said to his disciples: Make them sit down by fifties in a company.
και λαβων τους πεντε αρτους και τους δυο ιχθυας αναβλεψας εις τον ουρανον ευλογησεν και κατεκλασεν τους αρτους και εδιδου τοις μαθηταις αυτου ινα παραθωσιν αυτοις και τους δυο ιχθυας εμερισεν πασιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2983λαβὼνlabōn (V-APA-NMS)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβὼνlabōn
|
having taken
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4002πέντεpente (Adj-AMP)
G4002 πέντε pénte pen-teh a primary number; five:--five.
|
πέντεpente
|
five
|
Adj-AMP
|
G740ἄρτουςartous (N-AMP)
G740 ἄρτος ártos ar-tos from αἴρω; bread (as raised) or a loaf:--(shew-)bread, loaf.
|
ἄρτουςartous
|
loaves
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G1417δύοdyo (Adj-AMP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύοdyo
|
two
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2486ἰχθύαςichthyas (N-AMP)
G2486 ἰχθύς ichthýs ikh-thoos of uncertain affinity; a fish:--fish.
|
ἰχθύαςichthyas
|
fish,
|
N-AMP
|
G308ἀναβλέψαςanablepsas (V-APA-NMS)
G308 ἀναβλέπω anablépō an-ab-lep-o from ἀνά and βλέπω; to look up; by implication, to recover sight:--look (up), see, receive sight.
|
ἀναβλέψαςanablepsas
|
having looked up
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3772οὐρανὸνouranon (N-AMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανὸνouranon
|
heaven,
|
N-AMS
|
G2127εὐλόγησενeulogēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2127 εὐλογέω eulogéō yoo-log-eh-o from a compound of εὖ and λόγος; to speak well of, i.e. (religiously) to bless (thank or invoke a benediction upon, prosper):--bless, praise.
|
εὐλόγησενeulogēsen
|
He blessed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2622κατέκλασενkateklasen (V-AIA-3S)
G2622 κατακλάω katakláō kat-ak-lah-o from κατά and κλάω; to break down, i.e. divide:--break.
|
κατέκλασενkateklasen
|
broke
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G740ἄρτουςartous (N-AMP)
G740 ἄρτος ártos ar-tos from αἴρω; bread (as raised) or a loaf:--(shew-)bread, loaf.
|
ἄρτουςartous
|
loaves,
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325ἐδίδουedidou (V-IIA-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἐδίδουedidou
|
He kept giving them
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G3101μαθηταῖςmathētais (N-DMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταῖςmathētais
|
disciples
|
N-DMP
|
G846‹αὐτοῦ›autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
‹αὐτοῦ›autou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3908παρατιθῶσινparatithōsin (V-PSA-3P)
G3908 παρατίθημι paratíthēmi par-at-ith-ay-mee from παρά and τίθημι; to place alongside, i.e. present (food, truth); by implication, to deposit (as a trust or for protection):--allege, commend, commit (the keeping of), put forth, set before.
|
παρατιθῶσινparatithōsin
|
they might set before
|
V-PSA-3P
|
G846αὐτοῖς,autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς,autois
|
them.
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G1417δύοdyo (Adj-AMP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύοdyo
|
two
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2486ἰχθύαςichthyas (N-AMP)
G2486 ἰχθύς ichthýs ikh-thoos of uncertain affinity; a fish:--fish.
|
ἰχθύαςichthyas
|
fish
|
N-AMP
|
G3307ἐμέρισενemerisen (V-AIA-3S)
G3307 μερίζω merízō mer-id-zo from μέρος; to part, i.e. (literally) to apportion, bestow, share, or (figuratively) to disunite, differ:--deal, be difference between, distribute, divide, give participle
|
ἐμέρισενemerisen
|
He divided
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3956πᾶσιν.pasin (Adj-DMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσιν.pasin
|
among all.
|
Adj-DMP
|
41
When he had taken the 5 loaves and the two fishes, he looked up to heaven, and blessed, and brake the loaves, and gave them to his disciples to set before them; and the two fishes divided he among them all.Mark 6:41
Stats
Counts: 213 characters, 37 words, 166 letters, 64 vowels, 102 consonants
Translation
Greek: και λαβων τους πεντε αρτους και τους δυο ιχθυας αναβλεψας εις τον ουρανον ευλογησεν και κατεκλασεν τους αρτους και εδιδου τοις μαθηταις αυτου ινα παραθωσιν αυτοις και τους δυο ιχθυας εμερισεν πασιν
Lit: And having taken the five loaves and the two fish, having looked up to the heaven, He blessed and broke the loaves, and He kept giving them to the disciples of Him that they might set before them. And the two fish He divided among all.
KJV: And when he had taken the five loaves and the two fishes, he looked up to heaven, and blessed, and brake the loaves, and gave them to his disciples to set before them; and the two fishes divided he among them all.
References
"looked"Mr 7:34: Looking up to heaven: he sighed: and says to him: Ephphatha: that is: Be opened.Mt 14:19: He commanded the multitude to sit down on the grass: and took the 5 loaves: and the two fishes: and looking up to heaven: he blessed: and brake: and gave the loaves to his disciples: and the disciples to the multitude.Lu 9:16: Then he took the 5 loaves and the two fishes: and looking up to heaven: he blessed them: and brake: and gave to the disciples to set before the multitude.Joh 11:41: Then they took away the stone from the place where the dead was laid. And Jesus lifted up His eyes: and said: Father: I thank you that you have heard me.Joh 17:1: These words spoke Jesus: and lifted up His eyes to heaven: and said: Father: the hour is come; glorify your Son: that your Son also may glorify you:"blessed"Mr 8:6: 7: He commanded the people to sit down on the ground: and he took the 7 loaves: and gave thanks: and brake: and gave to his disciples to set before them; and they did set them before the people.Mr 14:22: As they did eat: Jesus took bread: and blessed: and brake it: and gave to them: and said: Take: eat: this is my body.De 8:10: When you have eaten and are full: then you will bless the LORD your God for the good land which He has given you.1Sa 9:13: As soon as you be come into the city: you will straightway find him: before he go up to the high place to eat: for the people not will eat until he come: because he does bless the sacrifice; and afterwards they eat that be bidden. Now therefore get you up; for about this time you will find him.Mt 15:36: He took the 7 loaves and the fishes: and gave thanks: and brake them: and gave to his disciples: and the disciples to the multitude.Mt 26:26: As they were eating: Jesus took bread: and blessed it: and brake it: and gave it to the disciples: and said: Take: eat; this is my body.Lu 24:30: It came to pass: as he sat at meat with them: he took bread: and blessed it: and brake: and gave to them.Joh 6:11: 23: Jesus took the loaves; and when He had given thanks: He distributed to the disciples: and the disciples to them that were set down; and likewise of the fishes as much as they would.Ac 27:35: When He had thus spoken: He took bread: and gave thanks to God in presence of them all: and when He had broken it: He began to eat.Ro 14:6: He who regards'>regards'>regards the day: regards'>regards'>regards it to the Lord; and He that'>He who regards'>regards'>regards not the day: to the Lord He does not regard it. He who eats'>eats'>eats'>eats: eats'>eats'>eats'>eats to the Lord: for He gives'>gives God thanks; and He that'>He who eats'>eats'>eats'>eats not: to the Lord He eats'>eats'>eats'>eats not: and gives'>gives God thanks.1Co 10:31: Whether therefore you eat: or drink: or whatever you do: do all to the glory of God.Col 3:17: whatever you do in word or deed: do all in the name of the Lord Jesus: giving thanks to God and the Father by Him.1Ti 4:4: 5: For every creature of God is good: not andhing to be refused: if it be received with thanksgiving:
και εφαγον παντες και εχορτασθησαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5315ἔφαγονephagon (V-AIA-3P)
G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
ἔφαγονephagon
|
ate
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5526ἐχορτάσθησαν·echortasthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G5526 χορτάζω chortázō khor-tad-zo from χόρτος; to fodder, i.e. (generally) to gorge (supply food in abundance):--feed, fill, satisfy.
|
ἐχορτάσθησαν·echortasthēsan
|
were satisfied.
|
V-AIP-3P
|
42
They did all eat, and were filled.Mark 6:42
Stats
Counts: 38 characters, 7 words, 29 letters, 11 vowels, 18 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εφαγον παντες και εχορτασθησαν
Lit: And ate all and were satisfied.
KJV: And they did all eat, and were filled.
References
"And they did all eat, and were filled."Mr 8:8: 9: So they did eat: and were filled: and they took up of the broken meat that was left 7 baskets.De 8:3: He humbled you: and suffered you to hunger: and fed you with manna: which you knew not: neither did your fathers know; that He might make you know that man does not live by bread only: but by every word that proceeds out of the mouth of the LORD does man live.2Ki 4:42-44: There came a man from Baalshalisha: and brought the man of God bread of the firstfruits: 20 loaves of barley: and full ears of grain in the husk thereof. And He said: Give to the people: that they may eat.Ps 145:15: 16: The eyes of all wait upon you; and you give them their meat in due season.Mt 14:20: 21: They did all eat: and were filled: and they took up of the fragments that remained 12 baskets full.Mt 15:37: 38: They did all eat: and were filled: and they took up of the broken meat that was left 7 baskets full.Lu 9:17: They did eat: and were all filled: and there was taken up of fragments that remained to them 12 baskets.Joh 6:12: When they were filled: he said to his disciples: Gather up the fragments that remain: not thathing be lost.
και ηραν κλασματων δωδεκα κοφινους πληρεις και απο των ιχθυων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G142ἦρανēran (V-AIA-3P)
G142 αἴρω aírō ah-ee-ro a primary root; to lift up; by implication, to take up or away; figuratively, to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind), specially, to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Hebraism (compare נָשָׂא) to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).
|
ἦρανēran
|
they took up
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2801κλάσματαklasmata (N-ANP)
G2801 κλάσμα klásma klas-mah from κλάω; a piece (bit):--broken, fragment.
|
κλάσματαklasmata
|
of fragments
|
N-ANP
|
G1427δώδεκαdōdeka (Adj-GMP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκαdōdeka
|
twelve
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2894κοφίνωνkophinōn (N-GMP)
G2894 κόφινος kóphinos kof-ee-nos of uncertain derivation; a (small) basket:--basket.
|
κοφίνωνkophinōn
|
hand-baskets
|
N-GMP
|
G4138πληρώματαplērōmata (N-ANP)
G4138 πλήρωμα plḗrōma play-ro-mah from πληρόω; repletion or completion, i.e. (subjectively) what fills (as contents, supplement, copiousness, multitude), or (objectively) what is filled (as container, performance, period):--which is put in to fill up, piece that filled up, fulfilling, full, fulness.
|
πληρώματαplērōmata
|
full,
|
N-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2486ἰχθύων.ichthyōn (N-GMP)
G2486 ἰχθύς ichthýs ikh-thoos of uncertain affinity; a fish:--fish.
|
ἰχθύων.ichthyōn
|
fish.
|
N-GMP
|
43
They took up 12 baskets full of the fragments, and of the fishes.Mark 6:43
Stats
Counts: 73 characters, 13 words, 58 letters, 19 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηραν κλασματων δωδεκα κοφινους πληρεις και απο των ιχθυων
Lit: And they took up of fragments twelve hand-baskets full, and of the fish.
KJV: And they took up twelve baskets full of the fragments, and of the fishes.
References
"And they took up twelve baskets full of the fragments, and of the fishes."Mr 8:19: 20: When I brake the 5 loaves among 5000: how many baskets full of fragments took you up? They say to him: 12.
και ησαν οι φαγοντες τους αρτους ωσει πεντακισχιλιοι ανδρες
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσανēsan
|
were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G5315φαγόντεςphagontes (V-APA-NMP)
G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
φαγόντεςphagontes
|
having eaten of
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G740ἄρτουςartous (N-AMP)
G740 ἄρτος ártos ar-tos from αἴρω; bread (as raised) or a loaf:--(shew-)bread, loaf.
|
ἄρτουςartous
|
loaves
|
N-AMP
|
G4000πεντακισχίλιοιpentakischilioi (Adj-NMP)
G4000 πεντακισχίλιοι pentakischílioi pen-tak-is-khil-ee-oy from πεντάκις and χίλιοι; five times a thousand:--five thousand.
|
πεντακισχίλιοιpentakischilioi
|
five thousand
|
Adj-NMP
|
G435ἄνδρες.andres (N-NMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδρες.andres
|
men.
|
N-NMP
|
44
They that did eat of the loaves were about 5000 men.Mark 6:44
Stats
Counts: 65 characters, 13 words, 52 letters, 22 vowels, 30 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ησαν οι φαγοντες τους αρτους ωσει πεντακισχιλιοι ανδρες
Lit: And were those having eaten of the loaves five thousand men.
KJV: And they that did eat of the loaves were about five thousand men.
Jesus Walks on Water
και ευθεως ηναγκασεν τους μαθητας αυτου εμβηναι εις το πλοιον και προαγειν εις το περαν προς {VAR1: βηθσαιδαν } {VAR2: βηθσαιδα } εως αυτος απολυση τον οχλον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G315ἠνάγκασενēnankasen (V-AIA-3S)
G315 ἀναγκάζω anankázō an-ang-kad-zo from ἀνάγκη; to necessitate:--compel, constrain.
|
ἠνάγκασενēnankasen
|
He compelled
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3101μαθητὰςmathētas (N-AMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητὰςmathētas
|
disciples
|
N-AMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1684ἐμβῆναιembēnai (V-ANA)
G1684 ἐμβαίνω embaínō em-ba-hee-no from ἐν and the base of βάσις; to walk on, i.e. embark (aboard a vessel), reach (a pool):--come (get) into, enter (into), go (up) into, step in, take ship.
|
ἐμβῆναιembēnai
|
to enter
|
V-ANA
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4143πλοῖονploion (N-ANS)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοῖονploion
|
boat
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4254προάγεινproagein (V-PNA)
G4254 προάγω proágō pro-ag-o from πρό and ἄγω; to lead forward (magisterially); intransitively, to precede (in place or time (participle, previous)):--bring (forth, out), go before.
|
προάγεινproagein
|
to go before
|
V-PNA
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4008πέρανperan (Adv)
G4008 πέραν péran per-an apparently accusative case of an obsolete derivative of (to pierce); through (as adverb or preposition), i.e. across:--beyond, farther (other) side, over.
|
πέρανperan
|
other side,
|
Adv
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G966Βηθσαϊδάν,Bēthsaidan (N-AFS)
G966 Βηθσαϊδά Bēthsaïdá bayth-sahee-dah of Chaldee origin (compare בַּיִת and צַיָּד); fishing-house; Bethsaida, a place in Palestine:--Bethsaida.
|
Βηθσαϊδάν,Bēthsaidan
|
Bethsaida,
|
N-AFS
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Conj)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
until
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
He
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G630ἀπολύειapolyei (V-PIA-3S)
G630 ἀπολύω apolýō ap-ol-oo-o from ἀπό and λύω; to free fully, i.e. (literally) relieve, release, dismiss (reflexively, depart), or (figuratively) let die, pardon or (specially) divorce:--(let) depart, dismiss, divorce, forgive, let go, loose, put (send) away, release, set at liberty.
|
ἀπολύειapolyei
|
should dismiss
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3793ὄχλον.ochlon (N-AMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλον.ochlon
|
crowd.
|
N-AMS
|
45
Straightway he constrained his disciples to get into the ship, and to go to the other side before to Bethsaida, while he sent away the people.Mark 6:45
Stats
Rank: #2409 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 148 characters, 25 words, 119 letters, 47 vowels, 72 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ευθεως ηναγκασεν τους μαθητας αυτου εμβηναι εις το πλοιον και προαγειν εις το περαν προς {VAR1: βηθσαιδαν } {VAR2: βηθσαιδα } εως αυτος απολυση τον οχλον
Lit: And immediately He compelled the disciples of Him to enter into the boat and to go before to the other side, to Bethsaida, until He should dismiss the crowd.
KJV: And straightway he constrained his disciples to get into the ship, and to go to the other side before unto Bethsaida, while he sent away the people.
References
"straightway"Mt 14:22-33: Straightway Jesus constrained His disciples to get into a ship: and to go before Him to the other side: while He sent the multitudes away.Joh 6:15-17: 18-21: When Jesus therefore perceived that they would come and take Him by force: to make Him a king: He departed again into a mountain Himself alone."unto Bethsaida"Mr 8:22: He comes to Bethsaida; and they bring a blind man to him: and besought him to touch him.Lu 10:13: Woe to you: Chorazin! woe to you: Bethsaida! for if the mighty works had been done in Tyre and Sidon: which have been done in you: they had a great while ago repented: sitting in sackcloth and ashes.
και αποταξαμενος αυτοις απηλθεν εις το ορος προσευξασθαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G657ἀποταξάμενοςapotaxamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G657 ἀποτάσσομαι apotássomai ap-ot-as-som-ahee middle voice from ἀπό and τάσσω; literally, to say adieu (by departing or dismissing); figuratively, to renounce:--bid farewell, forsake, take leave, send away.
|
ἀποταξάμενοςapotaxamenos
|
having taken leave of
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G565ἀπῆλθενapēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπῆλθενapēlthen
|
He departed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3735ὄροςoros (N-ANS)
G3735 ὄρος óros or-os probably from an obsolete (to rise or rear; perhaps akin to αἴρω; compare ὄρνις); a mountain (as lifting itself above the plain):--hill, mount(-ain).
|
ὄροςoros
|
mountain
|
N-ANS
|
G4336προσεύξασθαι.proseuxasthai (V-ANM)
G4336 προσεύχομαι proseúchomai pros-yoo-khom-ahee from πρός and εὔχομαι; to pray to God, i.e. supplicate, worship:--pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer.
|
προσεύξασθαι.proseuxasthai
|
to pray.
|
V-ANM
|
46
When he had sent them away, he departed into a mountain to pray.Mark 6:46
Stats
Counts: 68 characters, 13 words, 53 letters, 21 vowels, 32 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αποταξαμενος αυτοις απηλθεν εις το ορος προσευξασθαι
Lit: And having taken leave of them, He departed into the mountain to pray.
KJV: And when he had sent them away, he departed into a mountain to pray.
References
"And when he had sent them away, he departed into a mountain to pray."Mr 1:35: In the morning: rising up a great while before day: he went out: and departed into a solitary place: and there prayed.Mt 6:6: But you: when you pray: enter into your closet: and when you have shut your door: pray to your Father which is in secret; and your Father which sees in secret will reward you openly.Mt 14:23: When he had sent the multitudes away: he went up into a mountain apart to pray: and when the evening was come: he was there alone.Lu 6:12: It came to pass in those days: that He went out into a mountain to pray: and continued all night in prayer to God.1Pe 2:21: For even hereunto were you called: because Christ also suffered for us: leaving us an example: that you should follow His steps:
και οψιας γενομενης ην το πλοιον εν μεσω της θαλασσης και αυτος μονος επι της γης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3798ὀψίαςopsias (Adj-GFS)
G3798 ὄψιος ópsios op-see-os from ὀψέ; late; feminine (as noun) afternoon (early eve) or nightfall (later eve):--even(-ing, (-tide)).
|
ὀψίαςopsias
|
evening
|
Adj-GFS
|
G1096γενομένηςgenomenēs (V-APM-GFS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενομένηςgenomenēs
|
having come,
|
V-APM-GFS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4143πλοῖονploion (N-NNS)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοῖονploion
|
boat
|
N-NNS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3319μέσῳmesō (Adj-DNS)
G3319 μέσος mésos mes-os from μετά; middle (as an adjective or (neuter) noun):--among, X before them, between, + forth, mid(-day, -night), midst, way.
|
μέσῳmesō
|
the midst
|
Adj-DNS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2281θαλάσσης,thalassēs (N-GFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θαλάσσης,thalassēs
|
sea,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
He
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G3441μόνοςmonos (Adj-NMS)
G3441 μόνος mónos mon-os probably from μένω; remaining, i.e. sole or single; by implication, mere:--alone, only, by themselves.
|
μόνοςmonos
|
alone
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς.gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς.gēs
|
land.
|
N-GFS
|
47
When even was come, the ship was in the middle of the sea, and he alone on the land.Mark 6:47
Stats
Counts: 87 characters, 18 words, 65 letters, 25 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οψιας γενομενης ην το πλοιον εν μεσω της θαλασσης και αυτος μονος επι της γης
Lit: And evening having come, was the boat in the midst of the sea, and He alone upon the land.
KJV: And when even was come, the ship was in the midst of the sea, and he alone on the land.
References
"And when even was come, the ship was in the midst of the sea, and he alone on the land."Mt 14:23: When he had sent the multitudes away: he went up into a mountain apart to pray: and when the evening was come: he was there alone.Joh 6:16: 17: When even was now come: his disciples went down to the sea:
και ειδεν αυτους βασανιζομενους εν τω ελαυνειν ην γαρ ο ανεμος εναντιος αυτοις και περι τεταρτην φυλακην της νυκτος ερχεται προς αυτους περιπατων επι της θαλασσης και ηθελεν παρελθειν αυτους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδὼνidōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδὼνidōn
|
He having seen
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G928βασανιζομένουςbasanizomenous (V-PPM/P-AMP)
G928 βασανίζω basanízō bas-an-id-zo from βάσανος; to torture:--pain, toil, torment, toss, vex.
|
βασανιζομένουςbasanizomenous
|
straining
|
V-PPM/P-AMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G1643ἐλαύνειν,elaunein (V-PNA)
G1643 ἐλαύνω elaúnō el-ow-no a prolonged form of a primary verb (obsolete except in certain tenses as an alternative of this) of uncertain affinity; to push (as wind, oars or dæmonical power):--carry, drive, row.
|
ἐλαύνειν,elaunein
|
rowing,
|
V-PNA
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G417ἄνεμοςanemos (N-NMS)
G417 ἄνεμος ánemos an-em-os from the base of ἀήρ; wind; (plural) by implication, (the four) quarters (of the earth):--wind.
|
ἄνεμοςanemos
|
wind
|
N-NMS
|
G1727ἐναντίοςenantios (Adj-NMS)
G1727 ἐναντίος enantíos en-an-tee-os from ἔναντι; opposite; figuratively, antagonistic:--(over) against, contrary.
|
ἐναντίοςenantios
|
contrary
|
Adj-NMS
|
G846αὐτοῖς,autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς,autois
|
to them.
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
About
|
Prep
|
G5067τετάρτηνtetartēn (Adj-AFS)
G5067 τέταρτος tétartos tet-ar-tos ordinal from τέσσαρες; fourth:--four(-th).
|
τετάρτηνtetartēn
|
the fourth
|
Adj-AFS
|
G5438φυλακὴνphylakēn (N-AFS)
G5438 φυλακή phylakḗ foo-lak-ay from φυλάσσω; a guarding or (concretely, guard), the act, the person; figuratively, the place, the condition, or (specially), the time (as a division of day or night), literally or figuratively:--cage, hold, (im-)prison(-ment), ward, watch.
|
φυλακὴνphylakēn
|
watch
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3571νυκτὸςnyktos (N-GFS)
G3571 νύξ nýx noox a primary word; night (literally or figuratively):-- (mid-)night.
|
νυκτὸςnyktos
|
night
|
N-GFS
|
G2064ἔρχεταιerchetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχεταιerchetai
|
He comes
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G4043περιπατῶνperipatōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G4043 περιπατέω peripatéō per-ee-pat-eh-o from περί and πατέω; to tread all around, i.e. walk at large (especially as proof of ability); figuratively, to live, deport oneself, follow (as a companion or votary):--go, be occupied with, walk (about).
|
περιπατῶνperipatōn
|
walking
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2281θαλάσσης·thalassēs (N-GFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θαλάσσης·thalassēs
|
sea,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2309ἤθελενēthelen (V-IIA-3S)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
ἤθελενēthelen
|
He was wishing
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3928παρελθεῖνparelthein (V-ANA)
G3928 παρέρχομαι parérchomai par-er-khom-ahee from παρά and ἔρχομαι; to come near or aside, i.e. to approach (arrive), go by (or away), (figuratively) perish or neglect, (causative) avert:--come (forth), go, pass (away, by, over), past, transgress.
|
παρελθεῖνparelthein
|
to pass by
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτούς.autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς.autous
|
them.
|
PPro-AM3P
|
48
He saw them toiling in rowing; for the wind was contrary to them: and about the fourth watch of the night he comes to them, walking upon the sea, and would have passed by them.Mark 6:48
Stats
Counts: 185 characters, 32 words, 145 letters, 51 vowels, 94 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειδεν αυτους βασανιζομενους εν τω ελαυνειν ην γαρ ο ανεμος εναντιος αυτοις και περι τεταρτην φυλακην της νυκτος ερχεται προς αυτους περιπατων επι της θαλασσης και ηθελεν παρελθειν αυτους
Lit: And He having seen them straining in the rowing, was for the wind contrary to them. About the fourth watch of the night He comes to them, walking on the sea, and He was wishing to pass by them.
KJV: And he saw them toiling in rowing; for the wind was contrary unto them: and about the fourth watch of the night he cometh unto them, walking upon the sea, and would have passed by them.
References
"he saw"Isa 54:11: O you afflicted: tossed with tempest: and not comforted: look: I will lay your stones with fair colours: and lay your foundations with sapphires.Joh 1:13: Which were born: not of blood: nor of the will of the flesh: nor of the will of man: but of God.Mt 14:24: But the ship was now in the middle of the sea: tossed with waves: for the wind was contrary."the fourth"Ex 14:24: It came to pass: that in the morning watch the LORD looked to the host of the Egyptians through the pillar of fire and of the cloud: and troubled the host of the Egyptians: 1Sa 11:11: It was so on the morrow: that Saul put the people in 3 companies; and they came into the middle of the host in the morning watch: and killed the Ammonites until the heat of the day: and it came to pass: that they which remained were scattered: so that two of them not were left together.Lu 12:38: If he will come in the second watch: or come in the third watch: and find them so: blessed are those servants."he cometh"Job 9:8: Which alone spreads out the heavens: and treads upon the waves of the sea.Ps 93:4: The LORD on high is mightier than the noise of many waters: yes: than the mighty waves of the sea.Ps 104:3: Who lays the beams of his chambers in the waters: who makes the clouds his chariot: who walks upon the wings of the wind:"would"Ge 19:2: He said: Look now: my lords: turn in: I pray you: into your servant's house: and tarry all night: and wash your feet: and you will rise up early: and go on your ways. And they said: No; but we will abide in the street all night.Ge 32:26: He said: Let me go: for the day breaks. And he said: I not will let you go: except you bless me.Lu 24:28: They drew nigh to the village: whither they went: and he made as though he would have gone further.
οι δε ιδοντες αυτον περιπατουντα επι της θαλασσης εδοξαν φαντασμα ειναι και ανεκραξαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδόντεςidontes (V-APA-NMP)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδόντεςidontes
|
having seen
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2281θαλάσσηςthalassēs (N-GFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θαλάσσηςthalassēs
|
sea
|
N-GFS
|
G4043περιπατοῦνταperipatounta (V-PPA-AMS)
G4043 περιπατέω peripatéō per-ee-pat-eh-o from περί and πατέω; to tread all around, i.e. walk at large (especially as proof of ability); figuratively, to live, deport oneself, follow (as a companion or votary):--go, be occupied with, walk (about).
|
περιπατοῦνταperipatounta
|
walking,
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G1380ἔδοξανedoxan (V-AIA-3P)
G1380 δοκέω dokéō dok-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, (used only in an alternate in certain tenses; compare the base of δεικνύω) of the same meaning; to think; by implication, to seem (truthfully or uncertainly):--be accounted, (of own) please(-ure), be of reputation, seem (good), suppose, think, trow.
|
ἔδοξανedoxan
|
they thought
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G5326φάντασμάphantasma (N-NNS)
G5326 φάντασμα phántasma fan-tas-mah from φαντάζω; (properly concrete) a (mere) show (phantasm), i.e. spectre:--spirit.
|
φάντασμάphantasma
|
a ghost
|
N-NNS
|
G1510ἐστιν,estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν,estin
|
it is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G349ἀνέκραξαν·anekraxan (V-AIA-3P)
G349 ἀνακράζω anakrázō an-ak-rad-zo from ἀνά and κράζω; to scream up (aloud):--cry out.
|
ἀνέκραξαν·anekraxan
|
cried out.
|
V-AIA-3P
|
49
But when they saw him walking upon the sea, they supposed it had been a spirit, and cried out:Mark 6:49
Stats
Counts: 94 characters, 17 words, 73 letters, 28 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε ιδοντες αυτον περιπατουντα επι της θαλασσης εδοξαν φαντασμα ειναι και ανεκραξαν
Lit: And having seen Him on the sea walking, they thought that a ghost it is, and cried out.
KJV: But when they saw him walking upon the sea, they supposed it had been a spirit, and cried out:
References
"they saw"Job 9:8: Which alone spreads out the heavens: and treads upon the waves of the sea."supposed"Job 4:14-16: Fear came upon me: and trembling: which made all my bones to shake.Mt 14:25: 26: In the fourth watch of the night Jesus went to them: walking on the sea.Lu 24:37: But they were terrified and affrighted: and supposed that they had seen a spirit.
παντες γαρ αυτον ειδον και εταραχθησαν και ευθεως ελαλησεν μετ αυτων και λεγει αυτοις θαρσειτε εγω ειμι μη φοβεισθε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
All
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3708εἶδον*eidon (V-AIA-3P)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδον*eidon
|
saw
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5015ἐταράχθησαν.etarachthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G5015 ταράσσω tarássō tar-as-so of uncertain affinity; to stir or agitate (roil water):--trouble.
|
ἐταράχθησαν.etarachthēsan
|
were troubled.
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G1161Δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
Δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G2980ἐλάλησενelalēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλησενelalēsen
|
He spoke
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2293Θαρσεῖτε,Tharseite (V-PMA-2P)
G2293 θαρσέω tharséō thar-seh-o from θάρσος; to have courage:--be of good cheer (comfort). Compare θαῤῥέω.
|
Θαρσεῖτε,Tharseite
|
Take courage;
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G1473ἐγώegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγώegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1510εἰμι,eimi (V-PIA-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμι,eimi
|
am He;
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5399φοβεῖσθε.phobeisthe (V-PMM/P-2P)
G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
φοβεῖσθε.phobeisthe
|
fear.
|
V-PMM/P-2P
|
50
For they all saw him, and were troubled. And immediately he talked with them, and says to them, Be of good cheer: it is I; not be afraid.
Mark 6:50
Stats
Counts: 140 characters, 22 words, 106 letters, 42 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: παντες γαρ αυτον ειδον και εταραχθησαν και ευθεως ελαλησεν μετ αυτων και λεγει αυτοις θαρσειτε εγω ειμι μη φοβεισθε
Lit: All for Him saw and were troubled. And immediately He spoke with them, and says to them, Take courage; I am He; not fear.
KJV: For they all saw him, and were troubled. And immediately he talked with them, and saith unto them, Be of good cheer: it is I; be not afraid.
References
"it is I"Isa 43:2: When you pass through the waters: I will be with you; and through the rivers: they will not overflow you: when you walk through the fire: you will not be burned; neither will the flame kindle upon you.Mt 14:27: But straightway Jesus spoke to them: saying: Be of good cheer; it is I; not be afraid.Lu 24:38-41: He said to them: Why are you troubled? and why do thoughts arise in your hearts?Joh 6:19: 20: So when they had rowed about 25 or 30 furlongs: they see Jesus walking on the sea: and drawing nigh to the ship: and they were afraid.Joh 20:19: 20: Then the same day at evening: being the first day of the week: when the doors were shut where the disciples were assembled for fear of the Jews: came Jesus and stood in the middle: and says to them: Peace be to you.
και ανεβη προς αυτους εις το πλοιον και εκοπασεν ο ανεμος και λιαν εκ περισσου εν εαυτοις εξισταντο και εθαυμαζον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G305ἀνέβηanebē (V-AIA-3S)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀνέβηanebē
|
He went up
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4143πλοῖον,ploion (N-ANS)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοῖον,ploion
|
boat,
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2869ἐκόπασενekopasen (V-AIA-3S)
G2869 κοπάζω kopázō kop-ad-zo from κόπος; to tire, i.e. (figuratively) to relax:--cease.
|
ἐκόπασενekopasen
|
ceased
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G417ἄνεμος·anemos (N-NMS)
G417 ἄνεμος ánemos an-em-os from the base of ἀήρ; wind; (plural) by implication, (the four) quarters (of the earth):--wind.
|
ἄνεμος·anemos
|
wind.
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3029λίανlian (Adv)
G3029 λίαν lían lee-an of uncertain affinity; much (adverbially):--exceeding, great(-ly), sore, very (+ chiefest).
|
λίανlian
|
exceedingly
|
Adv
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4053περισσοῦperissou (Adj-GNS)
G4053 περισσός perissós per-is-sos from περί (in the sense of beyond); superabundant (in quantity) or superior (in quality); by implication, excessive; adverbially (with ἐκ) violently; neuter (as noun) preeminence:--exceeding abundantly above, more abundantly, advantage, exceedingly, very highly, beyond measure, more, superfluous, vehement(-ly).
|
περισσοῦperissou
|
abundance
|
Adj-GNS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1438ἑαυτοῖςheautois (RefPro-DM3P)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτοῖςheautois
|
themselves
|
RefPro-DM3P
|
G1839ἐξίσταντο·existanto (V-IIM-3P)
G1839 ἐξίστημι exístēmi ex-is-tay-mee from ἐκ and ἵστημι; to put (stand) out of wits, i.e. astound, or (reflexively) become astounded, insane:--amaze, be (make) astonished, be beside self (selves), bewitch, wonder.
|
ἐξίσταντο·existanto
|
they were amazed,
|
V-IIM-3P
|
51
He went up to them into the ship; and the wind ceased: and they were sore amazed in themselves beyond measure, and wondered.Mark 6:51
Stats
Counts: 130 characters, 21 words, 103 letters, 40 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ανεβη προς αυτους εις το πλοιον και εκοπασεν ο ανεμος και λιαν εκ περισσου εν εαυτοις εξισταντο και εθαυμαζον
Lit: And He went up to them into the boat, and ceased the wind. And exceedingly in abundance in themselves they were amazed,
KJV: And he went up unto them into the ship; and the wind ceased: and they were sore amazed in themselves beyond measure, and wondered.
References
"and the"Mr 4:39: He arose: and rebuked the wind: and said to the sea: Peace: be still. And the wind ceased: and there was a great calm.Ps 93:3: 4: The floods have lifted up: O LORD: the floods have lifted up their voice; the floods lift up their waves.Ps 107:28-30: Then they cry to the LORD in their trouble: and He brings them out of their distresses.Mt 8:26: 27: He says to them: Why are you fearful: O you of little faith? Then he arose: and rebuked the winds and the sea; and there was a great calm.Mt 14:28-32: Peter answered Him and said: Lord: if it be you: bid me come to you on the water.Lu 8:24: 25: They came to him: and awoke him: saying: Master: master: we perish. Then he arose: and rebuked the wind and the raging of the water: and they ceased: and there was a calm.Joh 6:21: Then they willingly received him into the ship: and immediately the ship was at the land whither they went."and they"Mr 1:27: They were all amazed: insomuch that they questioned among themselves: saying: What thing is this? what new doctrine is this? for with authority commands he even the unclean spirits: and they do obey him.Mr 2:12: Immediately He arose: took up the bed: and went forth before them all; insomuch that they were all amazed: and glorified God: saying: We never saw it on this fashion.Mr 4:41: They feared exceedingly: and said one to another: What manner of man is this: that even the wind and the sea obey him?Mr 5:42: Straightway the damsel arose: and walked; for she was of the age of 12 years. And they were astonished with a great astonishment.Mr 7:37: Were beyond measure astonished: saying: He has done all things well: he makes both the deaf to hear: and the dumb to speak.
ου γαρ συνηκαν επι τοις αρτοις ην γαρ η καρδια αυτων πεπωρωμενη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G4920συνῆκανsynēkan (V-AIA-3P)
G4920 συνίημι syníēmi soon-ee-ay-mee from σύν and (to send); to put together, i.e. (mentally) to comprehend; by implication, to act piously:-- consider, understand, be wise.
|
συνῆκανsynēkan
|
they understood
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G740ἄρτοις,artois (N-DMP)
G740 ἄρτος ártos ar-tos from αἴρω; bread (as raised) or a loaf:--(shew-)bread, loaf.
|
ἄρτοις,artois
|
loaves;
|
N-DMP
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
had been
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G2588καρδίαkardia (N-NFS)
G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίαkardia
|
heart
|
N-NFS
|
G4456πεπωρωμένη.pepōrōmenē (V-RPM/P-NFS)
G4456 πωρόω pōróō po-ro-o apparently from (a kind of stone); to petrify, i.e. (figuratively) to indurate (render stupid or callous):-- blind, harden.
|
πεπωρωμένη.pepōrōmenē
|
hardened.
|
V-RPM/P-NFS
|
52
For they not considered the miracle of the loaves: for their heart was hardened.Mark 6:52
Stats
Counts: 80 characters, 13 words, 65 letters, 25 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: ου γαρ συνηκαν επι τοις αρτοις ην γαρ η καρδια αυτων πεπωρωμενη
Lit: not for they understood by the loaves; but had been of them the heart hardened.
KJV: For they considered not the miracle of the loaves: for their heart was hardened.
References
"they"Mr 7:18: He says to them: Are you so without understanding also? Do you not perceive: that whatever thing from without enters into the man: it cannot defile him;Mr 8:17: 18: 21: When Jesus knew it: He says to them: Why reason you: because you have no bread? perceive you not yet: neither understand? have you your heart yet hardened?Mt 16:9-11: Do you not yet understand: neither remember the 5 loaves of the 5000: and how many baskets you took up?Lu 24:25: Then he said to them: O fools: and slow of heart to believe all that the prophets have spoken:"their"Mr 3:5: When he had looked round about on them with anger: being grieved for the hardness of their hearts: he says to the man: Stretch forth your hand. And he stretched it out: and his hand was restored whole as the other.Mr 16:14: Afterward he appeared to the 11 as they sat at meat: and upbraided them with their unbelief and hardness of heart: because they not believed them which had seen him after he was risen.Isa 63:17: O LORD: why have you made us to err from your ways: and hardened our heart from your fear? Return for your servants' sake: the tribes of your inheritance.
Jesus Heals at Gennesaret
και διαπερασαντες ηλθον επι την γην {VAR1: γενησαρετ } {VAR2: γεννησαρετ } και προσωρμισθησαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1276διαπεράσαντεςdiaperasantes (V-APA-NMP)
G1276 διαπεράω diaperáō dee-ap-er-ah-o from διά and a derivative of the base of πέραν; to cross entirely:--go over, pass (over), sail over.
|
διαπεράσαντεςdiaperasantes
|
having passed over
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆνgēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆνgēn
|
land,
|
N-AFS
|
G2064ἦλθονēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθονēlthon
|
they came
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1082ΓεννησαρὲτGennēsaret (N-AFS)
G1082 Γεννησαρέτ Gennēsarét ghen-nay-sar-et of Hebrew origin (compare כִּנְּרוֹת); Gennesaret (i.e. Kinnereth), a lake and plain in Palestine:--Gennesaret.
|
ΓεννησαρὲτGennēsaret
|
Gennesaret
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4358προσωρμίσθησαν.prosōrmisthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G4358 προσορμίζω prosormízō pros-or-mid-zo from πρός and a derivative of the same as ὁρμή (meaning to tie (anchor) or lull); to moor to, i.e. (by implication) land at:--draw to the shore.
|
προσωρμίσθησαν.prosōrmisthēsan
|
drew to shore.
|
V-AIP-3P
|
53
When they had passed over, they came into the land of Gennesaret, and drew to the shore.Mark 6:53
Stats
Counts: 92 characters, 16 words, 72 letters, 26 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: και διαπερασαντες ηλθον επι την γην {VAR1: γενησαρετ } {VAR2: γεννησαρετ } και προσωρμισθησαν
Lit: And having passed over to the land, they came to Gennesaret and drew to shore.
KJV: And when they had passed over, they came into the land of Gennesaret, and drew to the shore.
References
"the land"Mt 14:34-36: When they were gone over: they came into the land of Gennesaret.Lu 5:1: It came to pass: that: as the people pressed upon Him to hear the word of God: He stood by the lake of Gennesaret: Joh 6:24: When the people therefore saw that Jesus not was there: neither His disciples: they also took shipping: and came to Capernaum: seeking for Jesus.
και εξελθοντων αυτων εκ του πλοιου ευθεως επιγνοντες αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξελθόντωνexelthontōn (V-APA-GMP)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξελθόντωνexelthontōn
|
on having come
|
V-APA-GMP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4143πλοίουploiou (N-GNS)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοίουploiou
|
boat,
|
N-GNS
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G1921ἐπιγνόντεςepignontes (V-APA-NMP)
G1921 ἐπιγινώσκω epiginṓskō ep-ig-in-oce-ko from ἐπί and γινώσκω; to know upon some mark, i.e. recognize; by implication, to become fully acquainted with, to acknowledge:--(ac-, have, take)know(-ledge, well), perceive.
|
ἐπιγνόντεςepignontes
|
having recognized
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
54
When they were come out of the ship, straightway they knew him,Mark 6:54
Stats
Counts: 67 characters, 12 words, 53 letters, 18 vowels, 35 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εξελθοντων αυτων εκ του πλοιου ευθεως επιγνοντες αυτον
Lit: And on having come of them out of the boat, immediately having recognized Him,
KJV: And when they were come out of the ship, straightway they knew him,
References
"knew"Ps 9:10: They that know your name will put their trust in you: for you: LORD: have not forsaken them that seek you.Php 3:10: That I may know him: and the power of his resurrection: and the fellowship of his sufferings: being made conformable to his death;
περιδραμοντες ολην την περιχωρον εκεινην ηρξαντο επι τοις κραββατοις τους κακως εχοντας περιφερειν οπου ηκουον οτι εκει εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4063περιέδραμονperiedramon (V-AIA-3P)
G4063 περιτρέχω peritréchō per-ee-trekh-o from περί and τρέχω (including its alternate); to run around, i.e. traverse:--run through.
|
περιέδραμονperiedramon
|
they ran around
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3650ὅληνholēn (Adj-AFS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅληνholēn
|
all
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5561χώρανchōran (N-AFS)
G5561 χώρα chṓra kho-rah feminine of a derivative of the base of χάσμα through the idea of empty expanse; room, i.e. a space of territory (more or less extensive; often including its inhabitants):--coast, county, fields, ground, land, region. Compare τόπος.
|
χώρανchōran
|
country
|
N-AFS
|
G1565ἐκείνηνekeinēn (DPro-AFS)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνηνekeinēn
|
that,
|
DPro-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G756ἤρξαντοērxanto (V-AIM-3P)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
ἤρξαντοērxanto
|
they began
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G2895κραβάττοιςkrabattois (N-DMP)
G2895 κράββατος krábbatos krab-bat-os probably of foreign origin; a mattress:--bed.
|
κραβάττοιςkrabattois
|
mats
|
N-DMP
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G2560κακῶςkakōs (Adv)
G2560 κακῶς kakōs kak-oce from κακός; badly (physically or morally):--amiss, diseased, evil, grievously, miserably, sick, sore.
|
κακῶςkakōs
|
sick
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχονταςechontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχονταςechontas
|
being
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G4064περιφέρειν,peripherein (V-PNA)
G4064 περιφέρω periphérō per-ee-fer-o from περί and φέρω; to convey around, i.e. transport hither and thither:--bear (carry) about.
|
περιφέρειν,peripherein
|
to carry about,
|
V-PNA
|
G3699ὅπουhopou (Adv)
G3699 ὅπου hópou hop-oo from ὅς and πού; what(-ever) where, i.e. at whichever spot:--in what place, where(-as, -soever), whither (+ soever).,
|
ὅπουhopou
|
to wherever
|
Adv
|
G191ἤκουονēkouon (V-IIA-3P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουονēkouon
|
they were hearing
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1510ἐστίν.estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστίν.estin
|
He is.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
55
Ran through that whole region round about, and began to carry about in beds those that were sick, where they heard he was.Mark 6:55
Stats
Counts: 126 characters, 22 words, 100 letters, 38 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: περιδραμοντες ολην την περιχωρον εκεινην ηρξαντο επι τοις κραββατοις τους κακως εχοντας περιφερειν οπου ηκουον οτι εκει εστιν
Lit: they ran around all the country that, and they began on the mats those sick being to carry about, to wherever they were hearing that He is.
KJV: And ran through that whole region round about, and began to carry about in beds those that were sick, where they heard he was.
References
"And ran through that whole region round about, and began to carry about in beds those that were sick, where they heard he was."Mr 2:1-3: Again he entered into Capernaum: after some days; and it was noised that he was in the house.Mr 3:7-11: But Jesus withdrew Himself with His disciples to the sea: and a great multitude from Galilee followed Him: and from Judaea: Mt 4:24: His fame went throughout all Syria: and they brought to him all sick people that were taken with divers diseases and torments: and those which were possessed with devils: and those which were lunatick: and those that had the palsy; and he healed them.
και οπου αν εισεπορευετο εις κωμας η πολεις η αγρους εν ταις αγοραις ετιθουν τους ασθενουντας και παρεκαλουν αυτον ινα καν του κρασπεδου του ιματιου αυτου αψωνται και οσοι αν ηπτοντο αυτου εσωζοντο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3699ὅπουhopou (Adv)
G3699 ὅπου hópou hop-oo from ὅς and πού; what(-ever) where, i.e. at whichever spot:--in what place, where(-as, -soever), whither (+ soever).,
|
ὅπουhopou
|
wherever
|
Adv
|
G1531εἰσεπορεύετοeiseporeueto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G1531 εἰσπορεύομαι eisporeúomai ice-por-yoo-om-ahee from εἰς and πορεύομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--come (enter) in, go into.
|
εἰσεπορεύετοeiseporeueto
|
He entered
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G2968κώμαςkōmas (N-AFP)
G2968 κώμη kṓmē ko-may from κεῖμαι; a hamlet (as if laid down):--town, village.
|
κώμαςkōmas
|
villages
|
N-AFP
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G4172πόλειςpoleis (N-AFP)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλειςpoleis
|
cities
|
N-AFP
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G68ἀγροὺς,agrous (N-AMP)
G68 ἀγρός agrós ag-ros from ἄγω; a field (as a drive for cattle); genitive case, the country; specially, a farm, i.e. hamlet:--country, farm, piece of ground, land.
|
ἀγροὺς,agrous
|
fields,
|
N-AMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G58ἀγοραῖςagorais (N-DFP)
G58 ἀγορά agorá ag-or-ah from (to gather; probably akin to ἐγείρω); properly, the town-square (as a place of public resort); by implication, a market or thoroughfare:--market(-place), street.
|
ἀγοραῖςagorais
|
marketplaces
|
N-DFP
|
G5087ἐτίθεσανetithesan (V-IIA-3P)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
ἐτίθεσανetithesan
|
they were laying
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G770ἀσθενοῦντας,asthenountas (V-PPA-AMP)
G770 ἀσθενέω asthenéō as-then-eh-o from ἀσθενής; to be feeble (in any sense):--be diseased, impotent folk (man), (be) sick, (be, be made) weak.
|
ἀσθενοῦντας,asthenountas
|
ailing,
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3870παρεκάλουνparekaloun (V-IIA-3P)
G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρεκάλουνparekaloun
|
were begging
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2579κἂνkan (Adv)
G2579 κἄν kán kan from καί and ἐάν; and (or even) if:--and (also) if (so much as), if but, at the least, though, yet.,
|
κἂνkan
|
only
|
Adv
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2899κρασπέδουkraspedou (N-GNS)
G2899 κράσπεδον kráspedon kras-ped-on of uncertain derivation; a margin, i.e. (specially), a fringe or tassel:--border, hem.
|
κρασπέδουkraspedou
|
fringe
|
N-GNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2440ἱματίουhimatiou (N-GNS)
G2440 ἱμάτιον himátion him-at-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ennumi (to put on); a dress (inner or outer):--apparel, cloke, clothes, garment, raiment, robe, vesture.
|
ἱματίουhimatiou
|
clothing
|
N-GNS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G680ἅψωνται·hapsōntai (V-ASM-3P)
G680 ἅπτομαι háptomai hap-tom-ahee reflexive of ἅπτω; properly, to attach oneself to, i.e. to touch (in many implied relations):--touch.
|
ἅψωνται·hapsōntai
|
they might touch;
|
V-ASM-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3745ὅσοιhosoi (RelPro-NMP)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσοιhosoi
|
as many as
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G680ἥψαντοhēpsanto (V-AIM-3P)
G680 ἅπτομαι háptomai hap-tom-ahee reflexive of ἅπτω; properly, to attach oneself to, i.e. to touch (in many implied relations):--touch.
|
ἥψαντοhēpsanto
|
touched
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G4982ἐσῴζοντο.esōzonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
ἐσῴζοντο.esōzonto
|
were being healed.
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
56
wherever he entered, into villages, or cities, or country, they laid the sick in the streets, and besought him that they might touch if it were but the border of his garment: and as many as touched him were made whole.Mark 6:56
Stats
Counts: 227 characters, 36 words, 179 letters, 67 vowels, 112 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οπου αν εισεπορευετο εις κωμας η πολεις η αγρους εν ταις αγοραις ετιθουν τους ασθενουντας και παρεκαλουν αυτον ινα καν του κρασπεδου του ιματιου αυτου αψωνται και οσοι αν ηπτοντο αυτου εσωζοντο
Lit: And wherever He entered into villages or into cities or into fields, in the marketplaces they were laying the ailing, and were begging Him that only the fringe the clothing of Him they might touch; and as many as touched Him were being healed.
KJV: And whithersoever he entered, into villages, or cities, or country, they laid the sick in the streets, and besought him that they might touch if it were but the border of his garment: and as many as touched him were made whole.
References
"they laid"Ac 5:15: Insomuch that they brought forth the sick into the streets: and laid them on beds and couches: that at the least the shadow of Peter passing by might overshadow some of them."touch"Mr 3:10: For he had healed many; insomuch that they pressed upon him for to touch him: as many as had plagues.Mr 5:27: 28: When she had heard of Jesus: came in the press behind: and touched His garment.2Ki 13:21: It came to pass: as they were burying a man: that: look: they spied a band of men; and they cast the man into the sepulchre of Elisha: and when the man was let down: and touched the bones of Elisha: he revived: and stood up on his feet.Lu 6:19: The whole multitude sought to touch him: for there went virtue out of him: and healed them all.Lu 22:51: Jesus answered and said: Suffer you thus far. And He touched His ear: and healed Him.Ac 4:9: 12: If we this day be examined of the good deed done to the impotent man: by what means he is made whole;"the border"Nu 15:38: 39: Speak to the children of Israel: and bid them that they make them fringes in the borders of their garments throughout their generations: and that they put upon the fringe of the borders a ribband of blue:De 22:12: You will make you fringes upon the 4 quarters of your vesture: wherewith you cover yourself.Mt 9:20: And: look: a woman: which was diseased with an issue of blood 12 years: came behind him: and touched the hem of his garment:Lu 8:44: Came behind him: and touched the border of his garment: and immediately her issue of blood stanched.
7
Tradition of the Elders
και συναγονται προς αυτον οι φαρισαιοι και τινες των γραμματεων ελθοντες απο ιεροσολυμων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4863συνάγονταιsynagontai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G4863 συνάγω synágō soon-ag-o from σύν and ἄγω; to lead together, i.e. collect or convene; specially, to entertain (hospitably):--+ accompany, assemble (selves, together), bestow, come together, gather (selves together, up, together), lead into, resort, take in.
|
συνάγονταιsynagontai
|
are gathered together
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G5330ΦαρισαῖοιPharisaioi (N-NMP)
G5330 Φαρισαῖος Pharisaîos far-is-ah-yos of Hebrew origin (compare פָּרָשׁ); a separatist, i.e. exclusively religious; a Pharisean, i.e. Jewish sectary:--Pharisee.
|
ΦαρισαῖοιPharisaioi
|
Pharisees
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καίkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καίkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5100τινεςtines (IPro-NMP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινεςtines
|
some
|
IPro-NMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G1122γραμματέωνgrammateōn (N-GMP)
G1122 γραμματεύς grammateús gram-mat-yooce from γράμμα. a writer, i.e. (professionally) scribe or secretary:--scribe, town-clerk.
|
γραμματέωνgrammateōn
|
scribes,
|
N-GMP
|
G2064ἐλθόντεςelthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλθόντεςelthontes
|
having come
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2414Ἱεροσολύμων.Hierosolymōn (N-GNP)
G2414 Ἱεροσόλυμα Hierosólyma hee-er-os-ol-oo-mah of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierosolyma (i.e. Jerushalaim), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱερουσαλήμ.
|
Ἱεροσολύμων.Hierosolymōn
|
Jerusalem.
|
N-GNP
|
1
Then came together to him the Pharisees, and certain of the scribes, which came from Jerusalem.Mark 7:1
Stats
Rank: #910 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 97 characters, 14 words, 79 letters, 30 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: και συναγονται προς αυτον οι φαρισαιοι και τινες των γραμματεων ελθοντες απο ιεροσολυμων
Lit: And are gathered together to Him the Pharisees and some of the scribes, having come from Jerusalem.
KJV: Then came together unto him the Pharisees, and certain of the scribes, which came from Jerusalem.
References
"The Pharisees"Mr 3:22: The scribes which came down from Jerusalem said: He has Beelzebub: and by the prince of the devils casts he out devils.Mt 15:1: Then came to Jesus scribes and Pharisees: which were of Jerusalem: saying: Lu 5:17: It came to pass on a certain day: as He was teaching: that there were Pharisees and doctors of the law sitting by: which were come out of every town of Galilee: and Judaea: and Jerusalem: and the power of the Lord was present to heal them.Lu 11:53: 54: As he said these things to them: the scribes and the Pharisees began to urge him vehemently: and to provoke him to speak of many things:
και ιδοντες τινας των μαθητων αυτου κοιναις χερσιν τουτ εστιν ανιπτοις εσθιοντας αρτους εμεμψαντο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδόντεςidontes (V-APA-NMP)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδόντεςidontes
|
they had seen
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G5100τινὰςtinas (IPro-AMP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινὰςtinas
|
some
|
IPro-AMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3101μαθητῶνmathētōn (N-GMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητῶνmathētōn
|
disciples
|
N-GMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2839κοιναῖςkoinais (Adj-DFP)
G2839 κοινός koinós koy-nos probably from σύν; common, i.e. (literally) shared by all or several, or (ceremonially) profane:--common, defiled, unclean, unholy.
|
κοιναῖςkoinais
|
with defiled
|
Adj-DFP
|
G5495χερσίν,chersin (N-DFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χερσίν,chersin
|
hands,
|
N-DFP
|
G3778τοῦτ’tout’ (DPro-NNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτ’tout’
|
that
|
DPro-NNS
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G449ἀνίπτοις,aniptois (Adj-DFP)
G449 ἄνιπτος ániptos an-ip-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of νίπτω; without ablution:--unwashen.
|
ἀνίπτοις,aniptois
|
unwashed,
|
Adj-DFP
|
G2068ἐσθίουσινesthiousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2068 ἐσθίω esthíō es-thee-o strengthened for a primary (to eat); used only in certain tenses, the rest being supplied by φάγω; to eat (usually literal):--devour, eat, live.
|
ἐσθίουσινesthiousin
|
are eating
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G740ἄρτους,—artous (N-AMP)
G740 ἄρτος ártos ar-tos from αἴρω; bread (as raised) or a loaf:--(shew-)bread, loaf.
|
ἄρτους,—artous
|
bread.
|
N-AMP
|
2
When they saw some of his disciples eat bread with defiled, that is to say, with unwashen, hands, they found fault.Mark 7:2
Stats
Rank: #7134 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 119 characters, 18 words, 93 letters, 33 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ιδοντες τινας των μαθητων αυτου κοιναις χερσιν τουτ εστιν ανιπτοις εσθιοντας αρτους εμεμψαντο
Lit: And they had seen some of the disciples of Him that with defiled hands, that is unwashed, are eating the bread.
KJV: And when they saw some of his disciples eat bread with defiled, that is to say, with unwashen, hands, they found fault.
References
"defiled"Ac 10:14: 15: 28: But Peter said: Not so: Lord; for I have never eaten any thing that is common or unclean."they found"Da 6:4: 5: Then the presidents and princes sought to find occasion against Daniel concerning the kingdom; but they could find none occasion nor fault; forasmuch as he was faithful: neither was there any error or fault found in him.Mt 7:3-5: Why behold you the mote that is in your brother's eye: but consider not the beam that is in your own eye?Mt 23:23-25: Woe to you: scribes and Pharisees: hypocrites! for you pay tithe of mint and anise and cummin: and have omitted the weightier matters of the law: judgment: mercy: and faith: these ought you to have done: not and to leave the other undone.
οι γαρ φαρισαιοι και παντες οι ιουδαιοι εαν μη πυγμη νιψωνται τας χειρας ουκ εσθιουσιν κρατουντες την παραδοσιν των πρεσβυτερων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
For
|
Conj
|
G5330ΦαρισαῖοιPharisaioi (N-NMP)
G5330 Φαρισαῖος Pharisaîos far-is-ah-yos of Hebrew origin (compare פָּרָשׁ); a separatist, i.e. exclusively religious; a Pharisean, i.e. Jewish sectary:--Pharisee.
|
ΦαρισαῖοιPharisaioi
|
the Pharisees
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G2453ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi (Adj-NMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi
|
Jews,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4435πυγμῇpygmē (N-DFS)
G4435 πυγμή pygmḗ poog-may from a primary (the fist as a weapon); the clenched hand, i.e. (only in dative case as adverb) with the fist (hard scrubbing):--oft.
|
πυγμῇpygmē
|
carefully
|
N-DFS
|
G3538νίψωνταιnipsōntai (V-ASM-3P)
G3538 νίπτω níptō nip-to λούω
|
νίψωνταιnipsōntai
|
they wash
|
V-ASM-3P
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5495χεῖραςcheiras (N-AFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖραςcheiras
|
hands,
|
N-AFP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2068ἐσθίουσιν,esthiousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2068 ἐσθίω esthíō es-thee-o strengthened for a primary (to eat); used only in certain tenses, the rest being supplied by φάγω; to eat (usually literal):--devour, eat, live.
|
ἐσθίουσιν,esthiousin
|
eat,
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G2902κρατοῦντεςkratountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2902 κρατέω kratéō krat-eh-o from κράτος; to use strength, i.e. seize or retain (literally or figuratively):--hold (by, fast), keep, lay hand (hold) on, obtain, retain, take (by).
|
κρατοῦντεςkratountes
|
holding
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3862παράδοσινparadosin (N-AFS)
G3862 παράδοσις parádosis par-ad-os-is from παραδίδωμι; transmission, i.e. (concretely) a precept; specially, the Jewish traditionary law:--ordinance, tradition.
|
παράδοσινparadosin
|
tradition
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4245πρεσβυτέρων,presbyterōn (Adj-GMP)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβυτέρων,presbyterōn
|
elders;
|
Adj-GMP
|
3
For the Pharisees, and all the Jews, except they wash their hands often, not eat, holding the tradition of the elders.Mark 7:3
Stats
Rank: #6704 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 116 characters, 17 words, 91 letters, 32 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι γαρ φαρισαιοι και παντες οι ιουδαιοι εαν μη πυγμη νιψωνται τας χειρας ουκ εσθιουσιν κρατουντες την παραδοσιν των πρεσβυτερων
Lit: For the Pharisees and all the Jews, if not carefully they wash the hands, not eat, holding the tradition of the elders;
KJV: For the Pharisees, and all the Jews, except they wash their hands oft, eat not, holding the tradition of the elders.
References
"the tradition"Mr 7:7-10: 13: Howbeit in vain do they worship me: teaching for doctrines the commandments of men.Mt 15:2-6: Why do your disciples transgress the tradition of the elders? for they not wash their hands when they eat bread.Ga 1:14: Profited in the Jews' religion above many my equals in my own nation: being more exceedingly zealous of the traditions of my fathers.Col 2:8: 21-23: Beware lest any man spoil you through philosophy and vain deceit: after the tradition of men: after the rudiments of the world: not and after Christ.1Pe 1:18: Forasmuch as you know that you not were redeemed with corruptible things: as silver and gold: from your vain conversation received by tradition from your fathers;
και απο αγορας εαν μη βαπτισωνται ουκ εσθιουσιν και αλλα πολλα εστιν α παρελαβον κρατειν βαπτισμους ποτηριων και ξεστων και χαλκιων και κλινων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G575ἀπ’ap’ (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπ’ap’
|
on coming from
|
Prep
|
G58ἀγορᾶςagoras (N-GFS)
G58 ἀγορά agorá ag-or-ah from (to gather; probably akin to ἐγείρω); properly, the town-square (as a place of public resort); by implication, a market or thoroughfare:--market(-place), street.
|
ἀγορᾶςagoras
|
the market,
|
N-GFS
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G907βαπτίσωνται*baptisōntai (V-ASM-3P)
G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
βαπτίσωνται*baptisōntai
|
they wash
|
V-ASM-3P
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2068ἐσθίουσιν,esthiousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2068 ἐσθίω esthíō es-thee-o strengthened for a primary (to eat); used only in certain tenses, the rest being supplied by φάγω; to eat (usually literal):--devour, eat, live.
|
ἐσθίουσιν,esthiousin
|
they eat;
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G243ἄλλαalla (Adj-NNP)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλαalla
|
other things
|
Adj-NNP
|
G4183πολλάpolla (Adj-NNP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλάpolla
|
many
|
Adj-NNP
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
there are
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3739ἃha (RelPro-ANP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἃha
|
which
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G3880παρέλαβονparelabon (V-AIA-3P)
G3880 παραλαμβάνω paralambánō par-al-am-ban-o from παρά and λαμβάνω; to receive near, i.e. associate with oneself (in any familiar or intimate act or relation); by analogy, to assume an office; figuratively, to learn:--receive, take (unto, with).
|
παρέλαβονparelabon
|
they received
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2902κρατεῖν,kratein (V-PNA)
G2902 κρατέω kratéō krat-eh-o from κράτος; to use strength, i.e. seize or retain (literally or figuratively):--hold (by, fast), keep, lay hand (hold) on, obtain, retain, take (by).
|
κρατεῖν,kratein
|
for them to hold to —
|
V-PNA
|
G909βαπτισμοὺςbaptismous (N-AMP)
G909 βαπτισμός baptismós bap-tis-mos from βαπτίζω; ablution (ceremonial or Christian):--baptism, washing.
|
βαπτισμοὺςbaptismous
|
washings
|
N-AMP
|
G4221ποτηρίωνpotēriōn (N-GNP)
G4221 ποτήριον potḗrion pot-ay-ree-on neuter of a derivative of the alternate of πίνω; a drinking-vessel; by extension, the contents thereof, i.e. a cupful (draught); figuratively, a lot or fate:--cup.
|
ποτηρίωνpotēriōn
|
of cups
|
N-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3582ξεστῶνxestōn (N-GMP)
G3582 ξέστης xéstēs xes-tace as if from (properly, to smooth; by implication, (of friction) to boil or heat); a vessel (as fashioned or for cooking) (or perhaps by corruption from the Latin sextarius, the sixth of a modius, i.e. about a pint), i.e. (specially), a measure for liquids or solids, (by analogy, a pitcher):--pot.
|
ξεστῶνxestōn
|
vessels
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5473χαλκίων,—chalkiōn (N-GNP)
G5473 χαλκίον chalkíon khal-kee-on diminutive from χαλκός; a copper dish:--brazen vessel.
|
χαλκίων,—chalkiōn
|
utensils
|
N-GNP
|
G2532‹καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
‹καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2825κλινῶν›klinōn (N-GFP)
G2825 κλίνη klínē klee-nay from κλίνω; a couch (for sleep, sickness, sitting or eating):--bed, table.
|
κλινῶν›klinōn
|
couches for dining.
|
N-GFP
|
4
when they come from the market, except they wash, they not eat. And many other things there be, which they have received to hold, as the washing of cups, and pots, brasen vessels, and of tables.Mark 7:4
Stats
Rank: #7031 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 200 characters, 28 words, 153 letters, 51 vowels, 102 consonants
Translation
Greek: και απο αγορας εαν μη βαπτισωνται ουκ εσθιουσιν και αλλα πολλα εστιν α παρελαβον κρατειν βαπτισμους ποτηριων και ξεστων και χαλκιων και κλινων
Lit: and on coming from the market, if not they wash not they eat; and other things many there are which they received for them to hold to — washings of cups and vessels and utensils and couches for dining.
KJV: And when they come from the market, except they wash, they eat not. And many other things there be, which they have received to hold, [as] the washing of cups, and pots, brasen vessels, and of tables.
References
"except"Job 9:30: 31: If I wash myself with snow water: and make my hands never so clean;Ps 26:6: I will wash my hands in innocency: so will I compass your altar: O LORD:Isa 1:16: Wash you: make you clean; put away the evil of your doings from before my eyes; cease to do evil;Jer 4:14: O Jerusalem: wash your heart from wickedness: that you may be saved. How long will your vain thoughts lodge within you?Mt 27:24: When Pilate saw that he could not prevailhing: but that rather a tumult was made: he took water: and washed his hands before the multitude: saying: I am innocent of the blood of this just person: see you to it.Lu 11:38: 39: When the Pharisee saw it: he marvelled that he not had first washed before dinner.Joh 2:6: There were set there 6 waterpots of stone: after the manner of the purifying of the Jews: containing two or 3 firkins apiece.Joh 3:25: Then there arose a question between some of John's disciples and the Jews about purifying.Heb 9:10: Which stood only in meats and drinks: and divers washings: and carnal ordinances: imposed on them until the time of reformation.Jas 4:8: Draw nigh to God: and He will draw nigh to you. Cleanse your hands: you sinners; and purify your hearts: you double minded.1Jo 1:7: But if we walk in the light: as He is in the light: we have fellowship one with another: and the blood of Jesus Christ His Son cleanses us from all sin.
επειτα επερωτωσιν αυτον οι φαρισαιοι και οι γραμματεις δια τι οι μαθηται σου ου περιπατουσιν κατα την παραδοσιν των πρεσβυτερων αλλα ανιπτοις χερσιν εσθιουσιν τον αρτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1905ἐπερωτῶσινeperōtōsin (V-PIA-3P)
G1905 ἐπερωτάω eperōtáō ep-er-o-tah-o from ἐπί and ἐρωτάω; to ask for, i.e. inquire, seek:--ask (after, questions), demand, desire, question.
|
ἐπερωτῶσινeperōtōsin
|
questioned
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G5330ΦαρισαῖοιPharisaioi (N-NMP)
G5330 Φαρισαῖος Pharisaîos far-is-ah-yos of Hebrew origin (compare פָּרָשׁ); a separatist, i.e. exclusively religious; a Pharisean, i.e. Jewish sectary:--Pharisee.
|
ΦαρισαῖοιPharisaioi
|
Pharisees
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G1122γραμματεῖςgrammateis (N-NMP)
G1122 γραμματεύς grammateús gram-mat-yooce from γράμμα. a writer, i.e. (professionally) scribe or secretary:--scribe, town-clerk.
|
γραμματεῖςgrammateis
|
scribes,
|
N-NMP
|
G1223ΔιὰDia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
ΔιὰDia
|
Because of
|
Prep
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4043περιπατοῦσινperipatousin (V-PIA-3P)
G4043 περιπατέω peripatéō per-ee-pat-eh-o from περί and πατέω; to tread all around, i.e. walk at large (especially as proof of ability); figuratively, to live, deport oneself, follow (as a companion or votary):--go, be occupied with, walk (about).
|
περιπατοῦσινperipatousin
|
walk
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3101μαθηταίmathētai (N-NMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταίmathētai
|
disciples
|
N-NMP
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of You
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3862παράδοσινparadosin (N-AFS)
G3862 παράδοσις parádosis par-ad-os-is from παραδίδωμι; transmission, i.e. (concretely) a precept; specially, the Jewish traditionary law:--ordinance, tradition.
|
παράδοσινparadosin
|
tradition
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4245πρεσβυτέρων,presbyterōn (Adj-GMP)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβυτέρων,presbyterōn
|
elders,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G2839κοιναῖςkoinais (Adj-DFP)
G2839 κοινός koinós koy-nos probably from σύν; common, i.e. (literally) shared by all or several, or (ceremonially) profane:--common, defiled, unclean, unholy.
|
κοιναῖςkoinais
|
with unwashed
|
Adj-DFP
|
G5495χερσὶνchersin (N-DFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χερσὶνchersin
|
hands
|
N-DFP
|
G2068ἐσθίουσινesthiousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2068 ἐσθίω esthíō es-thee-o strengthened for a primary (to eat); used only in certain tenses, the rest being supplied by φάγω; to eat (usually literal):--devour, eat, live.
|
ἐσθίουσινesthiousin
|
eat
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G740ἄρτον;arton (N-AMS)
G740 ἄρτος ártos ar-tos from αἴρω; bread (as raised) or a loaf:--(shew-)bread, loaf.
|
ἄρτον;arton
|
bread?
|
N-AMS
|
5
Then the Pharisees and scribes asked him, Why not walk your disciples according to the tradition of the elders, but eat bread with unwashen hands?
Mark 7:5
Stats
Rank: #7008 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 145 characters, 23 words, 118 letters, 40 vowels, 78 consonants
Translation
Greek: επειτα επερωτωσιν αυτον οι φαρισαιοι και οι γραμματεις δια τι οι μαθηται σου ου περιπατουσιν κατα την παραδοσιν των πρεσβυτερων αλλα ανιπτοις χερσιν εσθιουσιν τον αρτον
Lit: And questioned Him the Pharisees and the scribes, Because of why not walk the disciples of You according to the tradition of the elders, but with unwashed hands eat the bread?
KJV: Then the Pharisees and scribes asked him, Why walk not thy disciples according to the tradition of the elders, but eat bread with unwashen hands?
References
"Then the Pharisees and scribes asked him, Why walk not thy disciples according to the tradition of the elders, but eat bread with unwashen hands?"Mr 2:16-18: When the scribes and Pharisees saw him eat with publicans and sinners: they said to his disciples: How is it that he eats and drinks with publicans and sinners?Mt 15:2: Why do your disciples transgress the tradition of the elders? for they not wash their hands when they eat bread.Ac 21:21: 24: They are informed of you: that you teach all the Jews which are among the Gentiles to forsake Moses: saying that they not ought to circumcise their children: neither to walk after the customs.Ro 4:12: The father of circumcision to them who not are of the circumcision only: but who also walk in the steps of that faith of our father Abraham: which he had being yet uncircumcised.2Th 3:6: 11: Now we command you: brothers: in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ: that you withdraw yourselves from every brother that walks disorderly: not and after the tradition which He received of us.
ο δε αποκριθεις ειπεν αυτοις οτι καλως προεφητευσεν ησαιας περι υμων των υποκριτων ως γεγραπται ουτος ο λαος τοις χειλεσιν με τιμα η δε καρδια αυτων πορρω απεχει απ εμου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
He said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2573ΚαλῶςKalōs (Adv)
G2573 καλῶς kalōs kal-oce adverb from καλός; well (usually morally):--(in a) good (place), honestly, + recover, (full) well.
|
ΚαλῶςKalōs
|
Rightly
|
Adv
|
G4395ἐπροφήτευσενeprophēteusen (V-AIA-3S)
G4395 προφητεύω prophēteúō prof-ate-yoo-o from προφήτης; to foretell events, divine, speak under inspiration, exercise the prophetic office:--prophesy.
|
ἐπροφήτευσενeprophēteusen
|
prophesied
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2268ἨσαΐαςĒsaias (N-NMS)
G2268 Ἡσαΐας Hēsaḯas hay-sah-ee-as of Hebrew origin (יְשַׁעְיָה); Hesaias (i.e. Jeshajah), an Israelite:--Esaias.
|
ἨσαΐαςĒsaias
|
Isaiah
|
N-NMS
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G5273ὑποκριτῶν,hypokritōn (N-GMP)
G5273 ὑποκριτής hypokritḗs hoop-ok-ree-tace from ὑποκρίνομαι; an actor under an assumed character (stage-player), i.e. (figuratively) a dissembler (hypocrite:--hypocrite.
|
ὑποκριτῶν,hypokritōn
|
hypocrites,
|
N-GMP
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G1125γέγραπταιgegraptai (V-RIM/P-3S)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γέγραπταιgegraptai
|
it has been written
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- :
|
Conj
|
G3778ΟὗτοςHoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ΟὗτοςHoutos
|
This
|
DPro-NMS
|
G2992λαὸςlaos (N-NMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαὸςlaos
|
people
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
with the
|
Art-DNP
|
G5491χείλεσίνcheilesin (N-DNP)
G5491 χεῖλος cheîlos khi-los from a form of the same as χάσμα; a lip (as a pouring place); figuratively, a margin (of water):--lip, shore.
|
χείλεσίνcheilesin
|
lips
|
N-DNP
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
Me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G5091τιμᾷ,tima (V-PIA-3S)
G5091 τιμάω timáō tim-ah-o from τίμιος; to prize, i.e. fix a valuation upon; by implication, to revere:--honour, value.
|
τιμᾷ,tima
|
honors,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
but
|
Conj
|
G2588καρδίαkardia (N-NFS)
G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίαkardia
|
the heart
|
N-NFS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G4206πόρρωporrō (Adv)
G4206 πόῤῥω pórrhō por-rho adverb from πρό; forwards, i.e. at a distance:--far, a great way off. See also πόῤῥωθεν.
|
πόρρωporrō
|
far away
|
Adv
|
G568ἀπέχειapechei (V-PIA-3S)
G568 ἀπέχω apéchō ap-ekh-o from ἀπό and ἔχω; (actively) to have out, i.e. receive in full; (intransitively) to keep (oneself) away, i.e. be distant (literally or figuratively):--be, have, receive.
|
ἀπέχειapechei
|
is kept
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G575ἀπ’ap’ (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπ’ap’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοῦ·emou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοῦ·emou
|
Me.
|
PPro-G1S
|
6
He answered and said to them, Well has Isaiah prophesied of you hypocrites, as it is written, This people honours me with their lips, but their heart is far from me.
Mark 7:6
Stats
Rank: #1783 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 170 characters, 27 words, 135 letters, 53 vowels, 82 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε αποκριθεις ειπεν αυτοις οτι καλως προεφητευσεν ησαιας περι υμων των υποκριτων ως γεγραπται ουτος ο λαος τοις χειλεσιν με τιμα η δε καρδια αυτων πορρω απεχει απ εμου
Lit: And He said to them, Rightly prophesied Isaiah concerning you hypocrites, as it has been written - : This people with the lips Me honors, but the heart of them far away is kept from Me.
KJV: He answered and said unto them, Well hath Esaias prophesied of you hypocrites, as it is written, This people honoureth me with their lips, but their heart is far from me.
References
"Well"Isa 29:13: For what reason the Lord said: Forasmuch as this people draw near me with their mouth: and with their lips do honour me: but have removed their heart far from me: and their fear toward me is taught by the precept of men:Mt 15:7-9: You hypocrites: well did Isaiah prophesy of you: saying: Ac 28:25: When they not agreed among themselves: they departed: after that Paul had spoken one word: Well spoke the Holy Ghost by Isaiah the prophet to our fathers: "hypocrites"Mt 23:13-15: But woe to you: scribes and Pharisees: hypocrites! for you shut up the kingdom of heaven against men: for you neither go in yourselves: neither suffer you them that are entering to go in.Lu 11:39-44: The Lord said to Him: Now do you Pharisees make clean the outside of the cup and the platter; but your inward part is full of ravening and wickedness."honoureth"Eze 33:31: They come to you as the people comes: and they sit before you as my people: and they hear your words: but they not will do them: for with their mouth they show much love: but their heart goes after their covetousness.Ho 8:2: 3: Israel will cry to me: My God: we know you.Joh 5:42: But I know you: that you not have the love of God in you.Joh 8:41: 42: 54: 55: You do the deeds of your father. Then said they to Him: We not be born of fornication; we have one Father: even God.Joh 15:24: If I not had done among them the works which none other man did: they not had had sin: but now have they both seen and hated both me and my Father.2Ti 3:5: Having a form of godliness: but denying the power thereof: from such turn away.Tit 1:16: They profess that they know God; but in works they deny Him: being abominable: and disobedient: and to every good work reprobate.Jas 2:14-17: What does it profit: my brothers: though a man say he has faith: and not have works? can faith save him?
ματην δε σεβονται με διδασκοντες διδασκαλιας ενταλματα ανθρωπων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3155Μάτηνmatēn (Adv)
G3155 μάτην mátēn mat-ane accusative case of a derivative of the base of μασσάομαι (through the idea of tentative manipulation, i.e. unsuccessful search, or else of punishment); folly, i.e. (adverbially) to no purpose:--in vain.
|
Μάτηνmatēn
|
In vain
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4576σέβονταίsebontai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G4576 σέβομαι sébomai seb-om-ahee middle voice of an apparently primary verb; to revere, i.e. adore:--devout, religious, worship.
|
σέβονταίsebontai
|
they worship
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G1473με,me (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
με,me
|
Me,
|
PPro-A1S
|
G1321Διδάσκοντεςdidaskontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
Διδάσκοντεςdidaskontes
|
teaching
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1319διδασκαλίαςdidaskalias (N-AFP)
G1319 διδασκαλία didaskalía did-as-kal-ee-ah from διδάσκαλος; instruction (the function or the information):--doctrine, learning, teaching.
|
διδασκαλίαςdidaskalias
|
as doctrines
|
N-AFP
|
G1778ἐντάλματαentalmata (N-ANP)
G1778 ἔνταλμα éntalma en-tal-mah from ἐντέλλομαι; an injunction, i.e. religious precept:--commandment.
|
ἐντάλματαentalmata
|
the precepts
|
N-ANP
|
G444ἀνθρώπων·anthrōpōn (N-GMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπων·anthrōpōn
|
of men.’
|
N-GMP
|
7
Howbeit in vain do they worship me, teaching for doctrines the commandments of men.Mark 7:7
Stats
Rank: #2379 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 83 characters, 13 words, 68 letters, 24 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: ματην δε σεβονται με διδασκοντες διδασκαλιας ενταλματα ανθρωπων
Lit: In vain now they worship Me, teaching as doctrines the precepts of men.’
KJV: Howbeit in vain do they worship me, teaching for doctrines the commandments of men.
References
"in vain"1Sa 12:21: Turn you not aside: for then should you go after vain things: which cannot profit nor deliver; for they are vain.Mal 3:14: You have said: It is vain to serve God: and what profit is it that we have kept His ordinance: and that we have walked mournfully before the LORD of hosts?Mt 6:7: But when you pray: not use vain repetitions: as the heathen do: for they think that they will be heard for their much speaking.Mt 15:9: But in vain they do worship me: teaching for doctrines the commandments of men.1Co 15:14: 58: If Christ not be risen: then is our preaching vain: and your faith is also vain.Tit 3:9: But avoid foolish questions: and genealogies: and contentions: and strivings about the law; for they are unprofitable and vain.Jas 1:26: If any man among you seem to be religious: and bridles not his tongue: but deceives his own heart: this man's religion is vain.Jas 2:20: But will you know: O vain man: that faith without works is dead?"the commandments"De 12:32: What thing soever I command you: observe to do it: you will not add thereto: nor diminish from it.Col 2:22: Which all are to perish with the using;) after the commandments and doctrines of men?1Ti 4:1-3: Now the Spirit speaks expressly: that in the latter times some will depart from the faith: giving heed to seducing spirits: and doctrines of devils;Re 14:11: 12: The smoke of their torment ascends up for ever and ever: and they have no rest day nor night: who worship the beast and his image: and whoever receives the mark of his name.Re 22:18: For I testify to every man that hears the words of the prophecy of this book: If any man will add to these things: God will add to Him the plagues that are written in this book:
αφεντες γαρ την εντολην του θεου κρατειτε την παραδοσιν των ανθρωπων βαπτισμους ξεστων και ποτηριων και αλλα παρομοια τοιαυτα πολλα ποιειτε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G863Ἀφέντεςaphentes (V-APA-NMP)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
Ἀφέντεςaphentes
|
Having neglected
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1785ἐντολὴνentolēn (N-AFS)
G1785 ἐντολή entolḗ en-tol-ay from ἐντέλλομαι; injunction, i.e. an authoritative prescription:--commandment, precept.
|
ἐντολὴνentolēn
|
commandment
|
N-AFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G2902κρατεῖτεkrateite (V-PIA-2P)
G2902 κρατέω kratéō krat-eh-o from κράτος; to use strength, i.e. seize or retain (literally or figuratively):--hold (by, fast), keep, lay hand (hold) on, obtain, retain, take (by).
|
κρατεῖτεkrateite
|
you hold
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
to the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3862παράδοσινparadosin (N-AFS)
G3862 παράδοσις parádosis par-ad-os-is from παραδίδωμι; transmission, i.e. (concretely) a precept; specially, the Jewish traditionary law:--ordinance, tradition.
|
παράδοσινparadosin
|
tradition
|
N-AFS
|
G444ἀνθρώπων.anthrōpōn (N-GMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπων.anthrōpōn
|
of men.”
|
N-GMP
|
G909⧼βαπτισμοὺςbaptismous (N-AMP)
G909 βαπτισμός baptismós bap-tis-mos from βαπτίζω; ablution (ceremonial or Christian):--baptism, washing.
|
⧼βαπτισμοὺςbaptismous
|
the washings
|
N-AMP
|
G3582ξεστῶνxestōn (N-GMP)
G3582 ξέστης xéstēs xes-tace as if from (properly, to smooth; by implication, (of friction) to boil or heat); a vessel (as fashioned or for cooking) (or perhaps by corruption from the Latin sextarius, the sixth of a modius, i.e. about a pint), i.e. (specially), a measure for liquids or solids, (by analogy, a pitcher):--pot.
|
ξεστῶνxestōn
|
of vessels
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4221ποτηρίων·potēriōn (N-GNP)
G4221 ποτήριον potḗrion pot-ay-ree-on neuter of a derivative of the alternate of πίνω; a drinking-vessel; by extension, the contents thereof, i.e. a cupful (draught); figuratively, a lot or fate:--cup.
|
ποτηρίων·potēriōn
|
cups;
|
N-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G243ἄλλαalla (Adj-ANP)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλαalla
|
other
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3946παρόμοιαparomoia (Adj-ANP)
G3946 παρόμοιος parómoios par-om-oy-os from παρά and ὅμοιος; alike nearly, i.e. similar:--like.
|
παρόμοιαparomoia
|
like things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G5108τοιαῦταtoiauta (DPro-ANP)
G5108 τοιοῦτος toioûtos toy-oo-tos (including the other inflections); from τοί and οὗτος; truly this, i.e. of this sort (to denote character or individuality):--like, such (an one).
|
τοιαῦταtoiauta
|
such
|
DPro-ANP
|
G4183πολλὰpolla (Adj-NNP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλὰpolla
|
much
|
Adj-NNP
|
G4160ποιεῖτε⧽.poieite (V-PIA-2P)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιεῖτε⧽.poieite
|
you do.
|
V-PIA-2P
|
8
For laying aside the commandment of God, you hold the tradition of men, as the washing of pots and cups: and many other such like things you do.Mark 7:8
Stats
Rank: #3296 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 142 characters, 25 words, 111 letters, 39 vowels, 72 consonants
Translation
Greek: αφεντες γαρ την εντολην του θεου κρατειτε την παραδοσιν των ανθρωπων βαπτισμους ξεστων και ποτηριων και αλλα παρομοια τοιαυτα πολλα ποιειτε
Lit: Having neglected the commandment of God, you hold to the tradition of men.” the washings of vessels and cups; and other like things such much you do.
KJV: For laying aside the commandment of God, ye hold the tradition of men, as the washing of pots and cups: and many other such like things ye do.
References
"laying"Isa 1:12: When you come to appear before me: who has required this at your hand: to tread my courts?"the tradition"Mr 7:3: 4: For the Pharisees: and all the Jews: except they wash their hands often: not eat: holding the tradition of the elders.
και ελεγεν αυτοις καλως αθετειτε την εντολην του θεου ινα την παραδοσιν υμων τηρησητε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004ἔλεγενelegen (V-IIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγενelegen
|
He was saying
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2573ΚαλῶςKalōs (Adv)
G2573 καλῶς kalōs kal-oce adverb from καλός; well (usually morally):--(in a) good (place), honestly, + recover, (full) well.
|
ΚαλῶςKalōs
|
Neatly
|
Adv
|
G114ἀθετεῖτεatheteite (V-PIA-2P)
G114 ἀθετέω athetéō ath-et-eh-o from a compound of Α (as a negative particle) and a derivative of τίθημι; to set aside, i.e. (by implication) to disesteem, neutralize or violate:--cast off, despise, disannul, frustrate, bring to nought, reject.
|
ἀθετεῖτεatheteite
|
do you set aside
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1785ἐντολὴνentolēn (N-AFS)
G1785 ἐντολή entolḗ en-tol-ay from ἐντέλλομαι; injunction, i.e. an authoritative prescription:--commandment, precept.
|
ἐντολὴνentolēn
|
commandment
|
N-AFS
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3862παράδοσινparadosin (N-AFS)
G3862 παράδοσις parádosis par-ad-os-is from παραδίδωμι; transmission, i.e. (concretely) a precept; specially, the Jewish traditionary law:--ordinance, tradition.
|
παράδοσινparadosin
|
tradition
|
N-AFS
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G5083τηρήσητε.tērēsēte (V-ASA-2P)
G5083 τηρέω tēréō tay-reh-o from (a watch; perhaps akin to θεωρέω); to guard (from loss or injury, properly, by keeping the eye upon; and thus differing from φυλάσσω, which is properly to prevent escaping; and from κουστωδία, which implies a fortress or full military lines of apparatus), i.e. to note (a prophecy; figuratively, to fulfil a command); by implication, to detain (in custody; figuratively, to maintain); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried):--hold fast, keep(- er), (pre-, re-)serve, watch.
|
τηρήσητε.tērēsēte
|
you might keep.
|
V-ASA-2P
|
9
He said to them, Full well you reject the commandment of God, that you may keep your own tradition.
Mark 7:9
Stats
Rank: #3230 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 103 characters, 18 words, 81 letters, 30 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ελεγεν αυτοις καλως αθετειτε την εντολην του θεου ινα την παραδοσιν υμων τηρησητε
Lit: And He was saying to them, Neatly do you set aside the commandment of God, that the tradition of you, you might keep.
KJV: And he said unto them, Full well ye reject the commandment of God, that ye may keep your own tradition.
References
"Full"2Ki 16:10-16: King Ahaz went to Damascus to meet Tiglathpileser king of Assyria: and saw an altar that was at Damascus: and king Ahaz sent to Urijah the priest the fashion of the altar: and the pattern of it: according to all the workmanship thereof.Isa 24:5: The earth also is defiled under the inhabitants thereof; because they have transgressed the laws: changed the ordinance: broken the everlasting covenant.Isa 29:13: For what reason the Lord said: Forasmuch as this people draw near me with their mouth: and with their lips do honour me: but have removed their heart far from me: and their fear toward me is taught by the precept of men:Jer 44:16: 17: As for the word that you have spoken to us in the name of the LORD: we not will listen to you.Da 7:25: He will speak great words against the most High: and will wear out the saints of the most High: and think to change times and laws: and they will be given into his hand until a time and times and the dividing of time.Da 11:36: The king will do according to His will; and He will exalt Himself: and magnify Himself above every god: and will speak marvellous things against the God of gods: and will prosper till the indignation be accomplished: for that that is determined will be done.Mt 15:3-6: But He answered and said to them: Why do you also transgress the commandment of God by your tradition?2Th 2:4: Who opposes and exalts Himself above all that is called God: or that is worshipped; so that He as God sits in the temple of God: shewing Himself that He is God."reject"Mr 7:13: Making the word of God of none effect through your tradition: which you have delivered: and many such like things do you.Ps 119:126: It is time for you: LORD: to work: for they have made void your law.Ro 3:31: Do we then make void the law through faith? God forbid: yes: we establish the law.Ga 2:21: I not do frustrate the grace of God: for if righteousness come by the law: then Christ is dead in vain.
μωσης γαρ ειπεν τιμα τον πατερα σου και την μητερα σου και ο κακολογων πατερα η μητερα θανατω τελευτατω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3475ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs (N-NMS)
G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs
|
Moses
|
N-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5091ΤίμαTima (V-PMA-2S)
G5091 τιμάω timáō tim-ah-o from τίμιος; to prize, i.e. fix a valuation upon; by implication, to revere:--honour, value.
|
ΤίμαTima
|
Honor
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3962πατέραpatera (N-AMS)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέραpatera
|
Father
|
N-AMS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3384μητέραmētera (N-AFS)
G3384 μήτηρ mḗtēr may-tare apparently a primary word; a mother (literally or figuratively, immediate or remote):--mother.
|
μητέραmētera
|
mother
|
N-AFS
|
G4771σου,sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου,sou
|
of you,’
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2532καίkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καίkai
|
and,
|
Conj
|
G3588ὉHO (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὉHO
|
The one
|
Art-NMS
|
G2551κακολογῶνkakologōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2551 κακολογέω kakologéō kak-ol-og-eh-o from a compound of κακός and λόγος; to revile:--curse, speak evil of.
|
κακολογῶνkakologōn
|
speaking evil of
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3962πατέραpatera (N-AMS)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέραpatera
|
father
|
N-AMS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G3384μητέραmētera (N-AFS)
G3384 μήτηρ mḗtēr may-tare apparently a primary word; a mother (literally or figuratively, immediate or remote):--mother.
|
μητέραmētera
|
mother,
|
N-AFS
|
G2288θανάτῳthanatō (N-DMS)
G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θανάτῳthanatō
|
in death
|
N-DMS
|
G5053τελευτάτω.teleutatō (V-PMA-3S)
G5053 τελευτάω teleutáō tel-yoo-tah-o from a presumed derivative of τελέω; to finish life (by implication, of βίος), i.e. expire (demise):--be dead, decease, die.
|
τελευτάτω.teleutatō
|
must end.’
|
V-PMA-3S
|
10
For Moses said, Honour your father and your mother; and, Whoever curses father or mother, let him die the death:
Mark 7:10
Stats
Counts: 109 characters, 16 words, 85 letters, 30 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: μωσης γαρ ειπεν τιμα τον πατερα σου και την μητερα σου και ο κακολογων πατερα η μητερα θανατω τελευτατω
Lit: Moses for said, Honor the Father of you and the mother of you,’ and, The one speaking evil of father or mother, in death must end.’
KJV: For Moses said, Honour thy father and thy mother; and, Whoso curseth father or mother, let him die the death:
References
"Honour"Mr 10:19: You know the commandments: not Do commit adultery: not Do kill: not Do steal: not Do bear false witness: not Defraud: Honour your father and mother.Ex 20:12: Honour your father and your mother: that your days may be long upon the land which the LORD your God gives you.De 5:16: Honour your father and your mother: as the LORD your God has commanded you; that your days may be prolonged: and that it may go well with you: in the land which the LORD your God gives you."Whoso"Ex 21:17: he who curses his father: or his mother: will surely be put to death.Le 20:9: For every one that curses his father or his mother will be surely put to death: he has cursed his father or his mother; his blood will be upon him.De 27:16: Cursed be he who sets light by his father or his mother. And all the people will say: Amen.Pr 20:20: Whoever curses his father or his mother: his lamp will be put out in obscure darkness.Pr 30:17: The eye that mocks at his father: and despises to obey his mother: the ravens of the valley will pick it out: and the young eagles will eat it.Mt 15:4: For God commanded: saying: Honour your father and mother: and: He who curses father or mother: let Him die the death.
υμεις δε λεγετε εαν ειπη ανθρωπος τω πατρι η τη μητρι κορβαν ο εστιν δωρον ο εαν εξ εμου ωφεληθης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
You
|
PPro-N2P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγετεlegete (V-PIA-2P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγετεlegete
|
say that
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G1437ἘὰνEan (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἘὰνEan
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3004εἴπῃeipē (V-ASA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἴπῃeipē
|
says
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G444ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos (N-NMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos
|
a man
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3962πατρὶpatri (N-DMS)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατρὶpatri
|
father
|
N-DMS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3384μητρίmētri (N-DFS)
G3384 μήτηρ mḗtēr may-tare apparently a primary word; a mother (literally or figuratively, immediate or remote):--mother.
|
μητρίmētri
|
mother,
|
N-DFS
|
G2878Κορβᾶν,Korban (N-NMS)
G2878 κορβᾶν korbân kor-ban-as of Hebrew and Chaldee origin respectively (קׇרְבָּן); a votive offering and the offering; a consecrated present (to the Temple fund); by extension (the latter term) the Treasury itself, i.e. the room where the contribution boxes stood:--Corban, treasury.
|
Κορβᾶν,Korban
|
It is Corban,
|
N-NMS
|
G3739ὅho (RelPro-NNS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὅho
|
that
|
RelPro-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1435Δῶρον,Dōron (N-NNS)
G1435 δῶρον dōron do-ron, Noun Neuter
|
Δῶρον,Dōron
|
a gift,
|
N-NNS
|
G3739Ὃho (RelPro-ANS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
Ὃho
|
whatever
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
from
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοῦemou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοῦemou
|
me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G5623ὠφεληθῇς,ōphelēthēs (V-ASP-2S)
G5623 ὠφελέω ōpheléō o-fel-eh-o from the same as ὠφέλεια; to be useful, i.e. to benefit:--advantage, better, prevail, profit.
|
ὠφεληθῇς,ōphelēthēs
|
you might be profited,
|
V-ASP-2S
|
11
But you say, If a man will say to his father or mother, It is Corban, that is to say, a gift, by whatever you might be profited by me; he will be free.
Mark 7:11
Stats
Rank: #3604 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 160 characters, 28 words, 118 letters, 43 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: υμεις δε λεγετε εαν ειπη ανθρωπος τω πατρι η τη μητρι κορβαν ο εστιν δωρον ο εαν εξ εμου ωφεληθης
Lit: You however say that if says a man to the father or the mother, It is Corban, that is, a gift, whatever if from me you might be profited,
KJV: But ye say, If a man shall say to his father or mother, It is Corban, that is to say, a gift, by whatsoever thou mightest be profited by me; [he shall be free].
References
"It is Corban"Mt 15:5: But you say: Whoever will say to his father or his mother: It is a gift: by whatever you might be profited by me;Mt 23:18: And: Whoever will swear by the altar: it not ishing; but whoever swears by the gift that is upon it: he is guilty.1Ti 5:4-8: But if any widow have children or nephews: let them learn first to show piety at home: and to requite their parents: for that is good and acceptable before God.
και ουκετι αφιετε αυτον ουδεν ποιησαι τω πατρι αυτου η τη μητρι αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3765οὐκέτιouketi (Adv)
G3765 οὐκέτι oukéti ook et-ee from οὐ and ἔτι; not yet, no longer:--after that (not), (not) any more, henceforth (hereafter) not, no longer (more), not as yet (now), now no more (not), yet (not).
|
οὐκέτιouketi
|
no longer
|
Adv
|
G863ἀφίετεaphiete (V-PIA-2P)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφίετεaphiete
|
do you allow
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3762οὐδὲνouden (Adj-ANS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδὲνouden
|
anything
|
Adj-ANS
|
G4160ποιῆσαιpoiēsai (V-ANA)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῆσαιpoiēsai
|
to do
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
for the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3962πατρὶpatri (N-DMS)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατρὶpatri
|
father
|
N-DMS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3384μητρί,mētri (N-DFS)
G3384 μήτηρ mḗtēr may-tare apparently a primary word; a mother (literally or figuratively, immediate or remote):--mother.
|
μητρί,mētri
|
mother,
|
N-DFS
|
12
you suffer him no more to do ought for his father or his mother;Mark 7:12
Stats
Rank: #3616 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 67 characters, 15 words, 52 letters, 20 vowels, 32 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ουκετι αφιετε αυτον ουδεν ποιησαι τω πατρι αυτου η τη μητρι αυτου
Lit: no longer do you allow him anything to do for the father or the mother,
KJV: And ye suffer him no more to do ought for his father or his mother;
ακυρουντες τον λογον του θεου τη παραδοσει υμων η παρεδωκατε και παρομοια τοιαυτα πολλα ποιειτε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G208ἀκυροῦντεςakyrountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G208 ἀκυρόω akyróō ak-oo-ro-o from Α (as a negative particle) and κυρόω; to invalidate:--disannul, make of none effect.
|
ἀκυροῦντεςakyrountes
|
making void
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
for the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3862παραδόσειparadosei (N-DFS)
G3862 παράδοσις parádosis par-ad-os-is from παραδίδωμι; transmission, i.e. (concretely) a precept; specially, the Jewish traditionary law:--ordinance, tradition.
|
παραδόσειparadosei
|
tradition
|
N-DFS
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G3739ᾗhē (RelPro-DFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾗhē
|
which
|
RelPro-DFS
|
G3860παρεδώκατε·paredōkate (V-AIA-2P)
G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παρεδώκατε·paredōkate
|
you have handed down.
|
V-AIA-2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3946παρόμοιαparomoia (Adj-ANP)
G3946 παρόμοιος parómoios par-om-oy-os from παρά and ὅμοιος; alike nearly, i.e. similar:--like.
|
παρόμοιαparomoia
|
like things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G5108τοιαῦταtoiauta (DPro-ANP)
G5108 τοιοῦτος toioûtos toy-oo-tos (including the other inflections); from τοί and οὗτος; truly this, i.e. of this sort (to denote character or individuality):--like, such (an one).
|
τοιαῦταtoiauta
|
such
|
DPro-ANP
|
G4183πολλὰpolla (Adj-ANP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλὰpolla
|
many
|
Adj-ANP
|
G4160ποιεῖτε.poieite (V-PIA-2P)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιεῖτε.poieite
|
you do.
|
V-PIA-2P
|
13
Making the word of God of none effect through your tradition, which you have delivered: and many such like things do you.Mark 7:13
Stats
Counts: 119 characters, 20 words, 95 letters, 35 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: ακυρουντες τον λογον του θεου τη παραδοσει υμων η παρεδωκατε και παρομοια τοιαυτα πολλα ποιειτε
Lit: making void the word of God for the tradition of you which you have handed down. And like things such many you do.
KJV: Making the word of God of none effect through your tradition, which ye have delivered: and many such like things do ye.
References
"the word"Mr 7:9: He said to them: Full well you reject the commandment of God: that you may keep your own tradition.Isa 8:20: To the law and to the testimony: if they not speak according to this word: it is because there is no light in them.Jer 8:8: 9: How do you say: We are wise: and the law of the LORD is with us? Indeed: certainly in vain made He it; the pen of the scribes is in vain.Ho 8:12: I have written to him the great things of my law: but they were counted as a strange thing.Mt 5:17-20: not Think that I am come to destroy the law: or the prophets: I not am come to destroy: but to fulfil.Mt 15:6: not honour His father or His mother: He will be free. Thus have you made the commandment of God of none effect by your tradition.Tit 1:14: Not giving heed to Jewish fables: and commandments of men: that turn from the truth."such"Eze 18:14: Now: indeed: if he beget a son: that sees all his father's sins which he has done: and considers: and does not such like: Ga 5:21: Envyings: murders: drunkenness: revellings: and such like: of the which I tell you before: as I have also told you in time past: that they which do such things will not inherit the kingdom of God.
What Defiles a Man
και προσκαλεσαμενος παντα τον οχλον ελεγεν αυτοις ακουετε μου παντες και συνιετε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4341προσκαλεσάμενοςproskalesamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G4341 προσκαλέομαι proskaléomai pros-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from πρός and καλέω; to call toward oneself, i.e. summon, invite:--call (for, to, unto).
|
προσκαλεσάμενοςproskalesamenos
|
having called to Him
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv)
G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again
|
Adv
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3793ὄχλονochlon (N-AMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλονochlon
|
crowd,
|
N-AMS
|
G3004ἔλεγενelegen (V-IIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγενelegen
|
He was saying
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G191ἈκούσατέAkousate (V-AMA-2P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἈκούσατέAkousate
|
Listen to
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4920σύνετε.synete (V-AMA-2P)
G4920 συνίημι syníēmi soon-ee-ay-mee from σύν and (to send); to put together, i.e. (mentally) to comprehend; by implication, to act piously:-- consider, understand, be wise.
|
σύνετε.synete
|
understand:
|
V-AMA-2P
|
14
When he had called all the people to him, he said to them, Listen to me every one of you, and understand:
Mark 7:14
Stats
Counts: 118 characters, 19 words, 90 letters, 37 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: και προσκαλεσαμενος παντα τον οχλον ελεγεν αυτοις ακουετε μου παντες και συνιετε
Lit: And having called to Him again the crowd, He was saying to them, Listen to Me, all, and understand:
KJV: And when he had called all the people unto him, he said unto them, Hearken unto me every one [of you], and understand:
References
"when"1Ki 18:21: Elijah came to all the people: and said: How long halt you between two opinions? if the LORD be God: follow Him: but if Baal: then follow Him. And the people answered Him not">not Him a word.1Ki 22:28: Micaiah said: If you return at all in peace: the LORD has not spoken by me. And He said: Listen: O people: every one of you.Ps 49:1: 2: A Psalm for the sons of Korah.>> Hear this: all you people; give ear: all you inhabitants of the world:Ps 94:8: Understand: you brutish among the people: and you fools: when will you be wise?Mt 15:10: He called the multitude: and said to them: Hear: and understand:Lu 12:1: 54-57: In the mean time: when there were gathered together an innumerable multitude of people: insomuch that they trode one upon another: he began to say to his disciples first of all: Beware you of the leaven of the Pharisees: which is hypocrisy.Lu 20:45-47: Then in the audience of all the people he said to his disciples: "and understand"Pr 8:5: O you simple: understand wisdom: and: you fools: be you of an understanding heart.Isa 6:9: He said: Go: and tell this people: Hear you indeed: but not understand; and see you indeed: but not perceive.Ac 8:30: Philip ran there to him: and heard him read the prophet Isaiah: and said: Understand you what you readest?
ουδεν εστιν εξωθεν του ανθρωπου εισπορευομενον εις αυτον ο δυναται αυτον κοινωσαι αλλα τα εκπορευομενα απ αυτου εκεινα εστιν τα κοινουντα τον ανθρωπον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3762οὐδένouden (Adj-NNS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδένouden
|
Nothing
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
there is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1855ἔξωθενexōthen (Prep)
G1855 ἔξωθεν éxōthen ex-o-then from ἔξω; external(-ly):--out(-side, -ward, - wardly), (from) without.
|
ἔξωθενexōthen
|
from outside
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G444ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou (N-GMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou
|
man
|
N-GMS
|
G1531εἰσπορευόμενονeisporeuomenon (V-PPM/P-NNS)
G1531 εἰσπορεύομαι eisporeúomai ice-por-yoo-om-ahee from εἰς and πορεύομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--come (enter) in, go into.
|
εἰσπορευόμενονeisporeuomenon
|
entering
|
V-PPM/P-NNS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-NNS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
which
|
RelPro-NNS
|
G1410δύναταιdynatai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύναταιdynatai
|
is able
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G2840κοινῶσαιkoinōsai (V-ANA)
G2840 κοινόω koinóō koy-no-o from κοινός; to make (or consider) profane (ceremonially):--call common, defile, pollute, unclean.
|
κοινῶσαιkoinōsai
|
to defile
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτόν·auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν·auton
|
him;
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-NNP
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G444ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou (N-GMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou
|
man
|
N-GMS
|
G1607ἐκπορευόμενάekporeuomena (V-PPM/P-NNP)
G1607 ἐκπορεύομαι ekporeúomai ek-por-yoo-om-ahee from ἐκ and πορεύομαι; to depart, be discharged, proceed, project:--come (forth, out of), depart, go (forth, out), issue, proceed (out of).
|
ἐκπορευόμενάekporeuomena
|
proceeding
|
V-PPM/P-NNP
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
are
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-NNP
|
G2840κοινοῦνταkoinounta (V-PPA-NNP)
G2840 κοινόω koinóō koy-no-o from κοινός; to make (or consider) profane (ceremonially):--call common, defile, pollute, unclean.
|
κοινοῦνταkoinounta
|
defiling
|
V-PPA-NNP
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G444ἄνθρωπον.anthrōpon (N-AMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωπον.anthrōpon
|
man.”
|
N-AMS
|
15
There not ishing from without a man, that entering into him can defile him: but the things which come out of him, those are they that defile the man.Mark 7:15
Stats
Counts: 149 characters, 26 words, 117 letters, 44 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουδεν εστιν εξωθεν του ανθρωπου εισπορευομενον εις αυτον ο δυναται αυτον κοινωσαι αλλα τα εκπορευομενα απ αυτου εκεινα εστιν τα κοινουντα τον ανθρωπον
Lit: Nothing there is from outside the man entering into him, which is able to defile him; but the things out of the man proceeding are the things defiling the man.”
KJV: There is nothing from without a man, that entering into him can defile him: but the things which come out of him, those are they that defile the man.
References
"nothing"Mr 7:18-20: He says to them: Are you so without understanding also? Do you not perceive: that whatever thing from without enters into the man: it cannot defile him;Le 11:42-47: Whatever goes'>goes upon the belly: and whatever goes'>goes upon all 4: or whatever has more feet among all creeping things that creep upon the earth: them you will not eat; for they are an abomination.Ac 10:14-16: 28: But Peter said: Not so: Lord; for I have never eaten any thing that is common or unclean.Ac 11:8-10: But I said: Not so: Lord: not forhing common or unclean has at any time entered into my mouth.Ac 15:20: 21: But that we write to them: that they abstain from pollutions of idols: and from fornication: and from things strangled: and from blood.Ro 14:17: For the kingdom of God not is meat and drink; but righteousness: and peace: and joy in the Holy Ghost.1Co 10:25: Whatever is sold in the shambles: that eat: asking no question for conscience sake:1Ti 4:3-5: Forbidding to marry: and commanding to abstain from meats: which God has created to be received with thanksgiving of them which believe and know the truth.Tit 1:15: To the pure all things are pure: but to them that are defiled and unbelieving is nothing pure; but even their mind and conscience is defiled.Heb 9:10: Which stood only in meats and drinks: and divers washings: and carnal ordinances: imposed on them until the time of reformation.Heb 13:9: not Be carried about with divers and strange doctrines. For it is a good thing that the heart be established with grace; not with meats: which not have profited them that have been occupied therein."but"Mr 7:20-23: He said: That which comes out of the man: that defiles the man.Pr 4:23: Keep your heart with all diligence; for out of it are the issues of life.Mt 12:34: O generation of vipers: how can you: being evil: speak good things? for out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaks.Mt 15:16: Jesus said: Are you also yet without understanding?
ει τις εχει ωτα ακουειν ακουετω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1487⧼ΕἴEi (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
⧼ΕἴEi
|
If
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G2192ἔχειechei (V-PIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειechei
|
has
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3775ὦταōta (N-NNP)
G3775 οὖς oûs ooce apparently a primary word; the ear (physically or mentally):--ear.
|
ὦταōta
|
ears
|
N-NNP
|
G191ἀκούειν,akouein (V-PNA)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούειν,akouein
|
to hear,
|
V-PNA
|
G191ἀκουέτω⧽.akouetō (V-PMA-3S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκουέτω⧽.akouetō
|
let him hear.
|
V-PMA-3S
|
16
If any man have ears to hear, let him hear.Mark 7:16
Stats
Rank: #5901 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 43 characters, 9 words, 32 letters, 14 vowels, 18 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει τις εχει ωτα ακουειν ακουετω
Lit: If anyone has ears to hear, let him hear.
KJV: If any man have ears to hear, let him hear.
References
"If any man have ears to hear, let him hear."Mr 4:9: 23: He said to them: He who has ears to hear: let him hear.Mt 11:15: He who has ears to hear: let him hear.Re 2:7: 11: 17: 29: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches; To Him that overcomes will I give to eat of the tree of life: which is in the middle of the paradise of God.Re 3:6: 13: 22: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches.
και οτε εισηλθεν εις οικον απο του οχλου επηρωτων αυτον οι μαθηται αυτου περι της παραβολης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3753ὅτεhote (Adv)
G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὅτεhote
|
when
|
Adv
|
G1525εἰσῆλθενeisēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσῆλθενeisēlthen
|
He went
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3624οἶκονoikon (N-AMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκονoikon
|
the house
|
N-AMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3793ὄχλου,ochlou (N-GMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλου,ochlou
|
crowd,
|
N-GMS
|
G1905ἐπηρώτωνepērōtōn (V-IIA-3P)
G1905 ἐπερωτάω eperōtáō ep-er-o-tah-o from ἐπί and ἐρωτάω; to ask for, i.e. inquire, seek:--ask (after, questions), demand, desire, question.
|
ἐπηρώτωνepērōtōn
|
were asking
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3101μαθηταὶmathētai (N-NMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταὶmathētai
|
disciples
|
N-NMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3850παραβολήν.parabolēn (N-AFS)
G3850 παραβολή parabolḗ par-ab-ol-ay from παραβάλλω; a similitude (parable), i.e. (symbolic) fictitious narrative (of common life conveying a moral), apothegm or adage:--comparison, figure, parable, proverb.
|
παραβολήν.parabolēn
|
parable.
|
N-AFS
|
17
When he was entered into the house from the people, his disciples asked him concerning the parable.Mark 7:17
Stats
Rank: #6225 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 103 characters, 17 words, 84 letters, 32 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οτε εισηλθεν εις οικον απο του οχλου επηρωτων αυτον οι μαθηται αυτου περι της παραβολης
Lit: And when He went into the house from the crowd, were asking Him the disciples of Him the parable.
KJV: And when he was entered into the house from the people, his disciples asked him concerning the parable.
References
"And when he was entered into the house from the people, his disciples asked him concerning the parable."Mr 4:10: 34: When he was alone: they that were about him with the 12 asked of him the parable.Mt 13:10: 36: The disciples came: and said to him: Why speak you to them in parables?Mt 15:15: Then answered Peter and said to him: Declare to us this parable.
και λεγει αυτοις ουτως και υμεις ασυνετοι εστε ου νοειτε οτι παν το εξωθεν εισπορευομενον εις τον ανθρωπον ου δυναται αυτον κοινωσαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3779ΟὕτωςHoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
ΟὕτωςHoutōs
|
Thus
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you
|
PPro-N2P
|
G801ἀσύνετοίasynetoi (Adj-NMP)
G801 ἀσύνετος asýnetos as-oon-ay-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and συνετός; unintelligent; by implication, wicked:--foolish, without understanding.
|
ἀσύνετοίasynetoi
|
without understanding
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1510ἐστε;este (V-PIA-2P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστε;este
|
are?
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G3539νοεῖτεnoeite (V-PIA-2P)
G3539 νοιέω noiéō noy-eh-o from νοῦς; to exercise the mind (observe), i.e. (figuratively) to comprehend, heed:--consider, perceive, think, understand.
|
νοεῖτεnoeite
|
understand you
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3956πᾶνpan (Adj-NNS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶνpan
|
everything
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1855ἔξωθενexōthen (Adv)
G1855 ἔξωθεν éxōthen ex-o-then from ἔξω; external(-ly):--out(-side, -ward, - wardly), (from) without.
|
ἔξωθενexōthen
|
from outside
|
Adv
|
G1531εἰσπορευόμενονeisporeuomenon (V-PPM/P-NNS)
G1531 εἰσπορεύομαι eisporeúomai ice-por-yoo-om-ahee from εἰς and πορεύομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--come (enter) in, go into.
|
εἰσπορευόμενονeisporeuomenon
|
entering
|
V-PPM/P-NNS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G444ἄνθρωπονanthrōpon (N-AMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωπονanthrōpon
|
man,
|
N-AMS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1410δύναταιdynatai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύναταιdynatai
|
is able
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2840κοινῶσαι,koinōsai (V-ANA)
G2840 κοινόω koinóō koy-no-o from κοινός; to make (or consider) profane (ceremonially):--call common, defile, pollute, unclean.
|
κοινῶσαι,koinōsai
|
to defile,
|
V-ANA
|
18
He says to them, Are you so without understanding also? Do you not perceive, that whatever thing from without enters into the man, it cannot defile him;
Mark 7:18
Stats
Counts: 161 characters, 24 words, 129 letters, 51 vowels, 78 consonants
Translation
Greek: και λεγει αυτοις ουτως και υμεις ασυνετοι εστε ου νοειτε οτι παν το εξωθεν εισπορευομενον εις τον ανθρωπον ου δυναται αυτον κοινωσαι
Lit: And He says to them, Thus also you without understanding are? Not understand you that everything from outside entering into the man, not is able him to defile,
KJV: And he saith unto them, Are ye so without understanding also? Do ye not perceive, that whatsoever thing from without entereth into the man, it cannot defile him;
References
"And he saith unto them, Are ye so without understanding also? Do ye not perceive, that whatsoever thing from without entereth into the man, it cannot defile him;"Mr 4:13: He said to them: Know you not this parable? and how then will you know all parables?Isa 28:9: 10: Whom will he teach knowledge? and whom will he make to understand doctrine? them that are weaned from the milk: and drawn from the breasts.Jer 5:4: 5: Therefore I said: Surely these are poor; they are foolish: for they not know the way of the LORD: nor the judgment of their God.Mt 15:16: 17: Jesus said: Are you also yet without understanding?Mt 16:11: How is it that you not do understand that I spoke it not to you concerning bread: that you should beware of the leaven of the Pharisees and of the Sadducees?Lu 24:25: Then he said to them: O fools: and slow of heart to believe all that the prophets have spoken:Joh 3:10: Jesus answered and said to Him: Are you a master of Israel: and know not these things?1Co 3:2: I have fed you with milk: not and with meat: for hitherto you not were able to bear it: neither yet now are you able.Heb 5:11: Of whom we have many things to say: and hard to be uttered: seeing you are dull of hearing.
οτι ουκ εισπορευεται αυτου εις την καρδιαν αλλ εις την κοιλιαν και εις τον αφεδρωνα εκπορευεται καθαριζον παντα τα βρωματα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1531εἰσπορεύεταιeisporeuetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1531 εἰσπορεύομαι eisporeúomai ice-por-yoo-om-ahee from εἰς and πορεύομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--come (enter) in, go into.
|
εἰσπορεύεταιeisporeuetai
|
it enters
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2588καρδίανkardian (N-AFS)
G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίανkardian
|
heart,
|
N-AFS
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2836κοιλίαν,koilian (N-AFS)
G2836 κοιλία koilía koy-lee-ah from (hollow); a cavity, i.e. (especially) the abdomen; by implication, the matrix; figuratively, the heart:--belly, womb.
|
κοιλίαν,koilian
|
belly,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G856ἀφεδρῶναaphedrōna (N-AMS)
G856 ἀφεδρών aphedrṓn af-ed-rone from a compound of ἀπό and the base of ἑδραῖος; a place of sitting apart, i.e. a privy:--draught.
|
ἀφεδρῶναaphedrōna
|
sewer
|
N-AMS
|
G1607ἐκπορεύεται,ekporeuetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1607 ἐκπορεύομαι ekporeúomai ek-por-yoo-om-ahee from ἐκ and πορεύομαι; to depart, be discharged, proceed, project:--come (forth, out of), depart, go (forth, out), issue, proceed (out of).
|
ἐκπορεύεται,ekporeuetai
|
goes out?”
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G2511καθαρίζωνkatharizōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2511 καθαρίζω katharízō kath-ar-id-zo from καθαρός; to cleanse (literally or figuratively):--(make) clean(-se), purge, purify.
|
καθαρίζωνkatharizōn
|
purifying
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G1033βρώματα;brōmata (N-ANP)
G1033 βρῶμα brōma bro-mah from the base of βιβρώσκω; food (literally or figuratively), especially (ceremonially) articles allowed or forbidden by the Jewish law:--meat, victuals.
|
βρώματα;brōmata
|
food.
|
N-ANP
|
19
Because it enters not into his heart, but into the belly, and goes out into the draught, purging all meats?Mark 7:19
Stats
Counts: 110 characters, 17 words, 87 letters, 34 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτι ουκ εισπορευεται αυτου εις την καρδιαν αλλ εις την κοιλιαν και εις τον αφεδρωνα εκπορευεται καθαριζον παντα τα βρωματα
Lit: because not it enters of him into the heart, but into the belly, and into the sewer goes out?” purifying all the food.
KJV: Because it entereth not into his heart, but into the belly, and goeth out into the draught, purging all meats?
References
"Because it entereth not into his heart, but into the belly, and goeth out into the draught, purging all meats?"Mt 15:17: not Do you yet understand: that whatever enters in at the mouth goes into the belly: and is cast out into the draught?1Co 6:13: Meats for the belly: and the belly for meats: but God will destroy both it and them. Now the body is not for fornication: but for the Lord; and the Lord for the body.Col 2:21: 22: (not Touch; not taste; not handle;
ελεγεν δε οτι το εκ του ανθρωπου εκπορευομενον εκεινο κοινοι τον ανθρωπον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004Ἔλεγενelegen (V-IIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
Ἔλεγενelegen
|
He was saying
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G3588ΤὸTo (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤὸTo
|
That
|
Art-NNS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G444ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou (N-GMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou
|
man
|
N-GMS
|
G1607ἐκπορευόμενον,ekporeuomenon (V-PPM/P-NNS)
G1607 ἐκπορεύομαι ekporeúomai ek-por-yoo-om-ahee from ἐκ and πορεύομαι; to depart, be discharged, proceed, project:--come (forth, out of), depart, go (forth, out), issue, proceed (out of).
|
ἐκπορευόμενον,ekporeuomenon
|
going forth,
|
V-PPM/P-NNS
|
G1565ἐκεῖνοekeino (DPro-NNS)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκεῖνοekeino
|
that
|
DPro-NNS
|
G2840κοινοῖkoinoi (V-PIA-3S)
G2840 κοινόω koinóō koy-no-o from κοινός; to make (or consider) profane (ceremonially):--call common, defile, pollute, unclean.
|
κοινοῖkoinoi
|
defiles
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G444ἄνθρωπον.anthrōpon (N-AMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωπον.anthrōpon
|
man.
|
N-AMS
|
20
He said, That which comes out of the man, that defiles the man.
Mark 7:20
Stats
Counts: 69 characters, 12 words, 53 letters, 19 vowels, 34 consonants
Translation
Greek: ελεγεν δε οτι το εκ του ανθρωπου εκπορευομενον εκεινο κοινοι τον ανθρωπον
Lit: He was saying now - , That out of the man going forth, that defiles the man.
KJV: And he said, That which cometh out of the man, that defileth the man.
References
"And he said, That which cometh out of the man, that defileth the man."Mr 7:15: There not ishing from without a man: that entering into him can defile him: but the things which come out of him: those are they that defile the man.Ps 41:6: If he come to see me: he speaks vanity: his heart gathers iniquity to itself; when he goes abroad: he tells it.Heb 7:6: But he whose descent not is counted from them received tithes of Abraham: and blessed him that had the promises.Mic 2:1: Woe to them that devise iniquity: and work evil upon their beds! when the morning is light: they practise it: because it is in the power of their hand.Mt 12:34-37: O generation of vipers: how can you: being evil: speak good things? for out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaks.Jas 1:14: 15: But every man is tempted: when he is drawn away of his own lust: and enticed.Jas 3:6: The tongue is a fire: a world of iniquity: so is the tongue among our members: that it defiles the whole body: and sets on fire the course of nature; and it is set on fire of hell.Jas 4:1: From where come wars and fightings among you? come they not here: even of your lusts that war in your members?
εσωθεν γαρ εκ της καρδιας των ανθρωπων οι διαλογισμοι οι κακοι εκπορευονται μοιχειαι πορνειαι φονοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2081ἔσωθενesōthen (Adv)
G2081 ἔσωθεν ésōthen es-o-then from ἔσω; from inside; also used as equivalent to ἔσω (inside):--inward(-ly), (from) within, without.
|
ἔσωθενesōthen
|
Within
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2588καρδίαςkardias (N-GFS)
G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίαςkardias
|
heart
|
N-GFS
|
G444ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn (N-GMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn
|
of men
|
N-GMP
|
G1261διαλογισμοὶdialogismoi (N-NMP)
G1261 διαλογισμός dialogismós dee-al-og-is-mos from διαλογίζομαι; discussion, i.e. (internal) consideration (by implication, purpose), or (external) debate:--dispute, doubtful(-ing), imagination, reasoning, thought.
|
διαλογισμοὶdialogismoi
|
thoughts
|
N-NMP
|
G2556κακοὶkakoi (Adj-NMP)
G2556 κακός kakós kak-os apparently a primary word; worthless (intrinsically, such; whereas πονηρός properly refers to effects), i.e. (subjectively) depraved, or (objectively) injurious:--bad, evil, harm, ill, noisome, wicked.
|
κακοὶkakoi
|
evil
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1607ἐκπορεύονται,ekporeuontai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G1607 ἐκπορεύομαι ekporeúomai ek-por-yoo-om-ahee from ἐκ and πορεύομαι; to depart, be discharged, proceed, project:--come (forth, out of), depart, go (forth, out), issue, proceed (out of).
|
ἐκπορεύονται,ekporeuontai
|
go forth,
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G4202πορνεῖαι,porneiai (N-NFP)
G4202 πορνεία porneía por-ni-ah from πορνεύω; harlotry (including adultery and incest); figuratively, idolatry:--fornication.
|
πορνεῖαι,porneiai
|
sexual immorality,
|
N-NFP
|
G2829κλοπαί,klopai (N-NFP)
G2829 κλοπή klopḗ klop-ay from κλέπτω; stealing:--theft.
|
κλοπαί,klopai
|
thefts,
|
N-NFP
|
G5408φόνοι,phonoi (N-NMP)
G5408 φόνος phónos fon-os from an obsolete primary (to slay); murder:--murder, + be slain with, slaughter.
|
φόνοι,phonoi
|
murders,
|
N-NMP
|
G3430μοιχεῖαι,moicheiai (N-NFP)
G3430 μοιχεία moicheía moy-khi-ah from μοιχεύω; adultery:--adultery.
|
μοιχεῖαι,moicheiai
|
adulteries,
|
N-NFP
|
21
For from within, out of the heart of men, proceed evil thoughts, adulteries, fornications, murders,Mark 7:21
Stats
Rank: #1267 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 99 characters, 10 words, 79 letters, 31 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: εσωθεν γαρ εκ της καρδιας των ανθρωπων οι διαλογισμοι οι κακοι εκπορευονται μοιχειαι πορνειαι φονοι
Lit: Within for from the heart of men thoughts evil go forth, sexual immorality, thefts, murders, adulteries,
KJV: For from within, out of the heart of men, proceed evil thoughts, adulteries, fornications, murders,
References
"out"Ge 6:5: GOD saw that the wickedness of man was great in the earth: and that every imagination of the thoughts of his heart was only evil continually.Ge 8:21: The LORD smelled a sweet savour; and the LORD said in His heart: I not will again curse the ground any more for man's sake; for the imagination of man's heart is evil from His youth; neither will I again smite any more every thing living: as I have done.Job 14:4: Who can bring a clean thing out of an unclean? not one.Job 15:14-16: What is man: that he should be clean? and he which is born of a woman: that he should be righteous?Job 25:4: How then can man be justified with God? or how can He be clean that is born of a woman?Ps 14:1: 3: A Psalm of David.>> The fool has said in His heart: There is no God. They are corrupt: they have done abominable works: there is none that does good.Ps 53:1: 3: A Psalm of David.>> The fool has said in His heart: There is no God. Corrupt are they: and have done abominable iniquity: there is none that does good.Ps 58:2: 3: Yes: in heart you work wickedness; you weigh the violence of your hands in the earth.Pr 4:23: Keep your heart with all diligence; for out of it are the issues of life.Jer 4:14: O Jerusalem: wash your heart from wickedness: that you may be saved. How long will your vain thoughts lodge within you?Jer 17:9: The heart is deceitful above all things: and desperately wicked: who can know it?Mt 15:19: For out of the heart proceed evil thoughts: murders: adulteries: fornications: thefts: false witness: blasphemies:Mt 23:25-28: Woe to you: scribes and Pharisees: hypocrites! for you make clean the outside of the cup and of the platter: but within they are full of extortion and excess.Lu 16:15: He said to them: You are they which justify yourselves before men; but God knows your hearts: for that which is highly esteemed among men is abomination in the sight of God.Ac 5:4: While it remained: was not it your own? and after it was sold: was not it in your own power? why have you conceived this thing in your heart? you have not lied to men: but to God.Ac 8:22: Repent therefore of this your wickedness: and pray God: if perhaps the thought of your heart may be forgiven you.Ro 7:5: 8: For when we were in the flesh: the motions of sins: which were by the law: did work in our members to bring forth fruit to death.Ro 8:7: 8: Because the carnal mind is enmity against God: for it not is subject to the law of God: neither indeed can be.Ga 5:19-21: Now the works of the flesh are manifest: which are these; Adultery: fornication: uncleanness: lasciviousness: Tit 3:3: For we ourselves also were sometimes foolish: disobedient: deceived: serving divers lusts and pleasures: living in malice and envy: hateful: and hating one another.Jas 1:14: 15: But every man is tempted: when he is drawn away of his own lust: and enticed.Jas 4:1-3: From where come wars and fightings among you? come they not here: even of your lusts that war in your members?1Pe 4:2: 3: That He no longer should live the rest of His time in the flesh to the lusts of men: but to the will of God."evil"Pr 15:25: The LORD will destroy the house of the proud: but He will establish the border of the widow.Isa 59:7: Their feet run to evil: and they make haste to shed innocent blood: their thoughts are thoughts of iniquity; wasting and destruction are in their paths.Eze 38:10: Thus says the Lord GOD; It will also come to pass: that at the same time will things come into your mind: and you will think an evil thought:Mt 9:4: Jesus knowing their thoughts said: For what reason think you evil in your hearts?Jas 2:4: Are you not then partial in yourselves: and are become judges of evil thoughts?
κλοπαι πλεονεξιαι πονηριαι δολος ασελγεια οφθαλμος πονηρος βλασφημια υπερηφανια αφροσυνη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4124πλεονεξίαι,pleonexiai (N-NFP)
G4124 πλεονεξία pleonexía pleh-on-ex-ee-ah from πλεονέκτης; avarice, i.e. (by implication) fraudulency, extortion:--covetous(-ness) practices, greediness.
|
πλεονεξίαι,pleonexiai
|
covetous desires,
|
N-NFP
|
G4189πονηρίαι,ponēriai (N-NFP)
G4189 πονηρία ponēría pon-ay-ree-ah from πονηρός; depravity, i.e. (specially), malice; plural (concretely) plots, sins:--iniquity, wickedness.
|
πονηρίαι,ponēriai
|
wickednesses,
|
N-NFP
|
G1388δόλος,dolos (N-NMS)
G1388 δόλος dólos dol-os from an obsolete primary verb, (probably meaning to decoy; compare δελεάζω); a trick (bait), i.e. (figuratively) wile:--craft, deceit, guile, subtilty.
|
δόλος,dolos
|
deceit,
|
N-NMS
|
G766ἀσέλγεια,aselgeia (N-NFS)
G766 ἀσέλγεια asélgeia as-elg-i-a from a compound of Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed (of uncertain derivation, but apparently meaning continent); licentiousness (sometimes including other vices):--filthy, lasciviousness, wantonness.
|
ἀσέλγεια,aselgeia
|
sensuality,
|
N-NFS
|
G3788ὀφθαλμὸςophthalmos (N-NMS)
G3788 ὀφθαλμός ophthalmós of-thal-mos from ὀπτάνομαι; the eye (literally or figuratively); by implication, vision; figuratively, envy (from the jealous side-glance):--eye, sight.
|
ὀφθαλμὸςophthalmos
|
an eye
|
N-NMS
|
G4190πονηρός,ponēros (Adj-NMS)
G4190 πονηρός ponērós pon-ay-ros from a derivative of πόνος; hurtful, i.e. evil (properly, in effect or influence, and thus differing from κακός, which refers rather to essential character, as well as from σαπρός, which indicates degeneracy from original virtue); figuratively, calamitous; also (passively) ill, i.e. diseased; but especially (morally) culpable, i.e. derelict, vicious, facinorous; neuter (singular) mischief, malice, or (plural) guilt; masculine (singular) the devil, or (plural) sinners:--bad, evil, grievous, harm, lewd, malicious, wicked(-ness). See also πονηρότερος.
|
πονηρός,ponēros
|
evil,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G988βλασφημία,blasphēmia (N-NFS)
G988 βλασφημία blasphēmía blas-fay-me-ah from βλάσφημος; vilification (especially against God):--blasphemy, evil speaking, railing.
|
βλασφημία,blasphēmia
|
slander,
|
N-NFS
|
G5243ὑπερηφανία,hyperēphania (N-NFS)
G5243 ὑπερηφανία hyperēphanía hoop-er-ay-fan-ee-ah from ὑπερήφανος; haughtiness:--pride.
|
ὑπερηφανία,hyperēphania
|
pride,
|
N-NFS
|
G877ἀφροσύνη·aphrosynē (N-NFS)
G877 ἀφροσύνη aphrosýnē af-ros-oo-nay from ἄφρων; senselessness, i.e. (euphemistically) egotism; (morally) recklessness:--folly, foolishly(-ness).
|
ἀφροσύνη·aphrosynē
|
foolishness.
|
N-NFS
|
22
Thefts, covetousness, wickedness, deceit, lasciviousness, an evil eye, blasphemy, pride, foolishness:Mark 7:22
Stats
Rank: #6898 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 101 characters, 3 words, 82 letters, 31 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: κλοπαι πλεονεξιαι πονηριαι δολος ασελγεια οφθαλμος πονηρος βλασφημια υπερηφανια αφροσυνη
Lit: covetous desires, wickednesses, deceit, sensuality, an eye evil, slander, pride, foolishness.
KJV: Thefts, covetousness, wickedness, deceit, lasciviousness, an evil eye, blasphemy, pride, foolishness:
References
"an evil"De 15:9: Beware that there not be a thought in your wicked heart: saying: The seventh year: the year of release: is at hand; and your eye be evil against your poor brother: and you give Him nought; and He cry to the LORD against you: and it be sin to you.De 28:54: 56: So that the man that is tender among you: and very delicate: his eye will be evil toward his brother: and toward the wife of his bosom: and toward the remnant of his children which he will leave:1Sa 18:8: 9: Saul was very angry: and the saying displeased him; and he said: They have ascribed to David 10 thousands: and to me they have ascribed but thousands: and what can he have more but the kingdom?Pr 23:6: Eat you not the bread of him that has an evil eye: neither desire you his dainty meats:Pr 28:22: He who hasts to be rich has an evil eye: and considers not that poverty will come upon him.Mt 20:15: Is not it lawful for me to do what I will with my own? Is your eye evil: because I am good?"pride"2Ch 32:25: 26: 31: But Hezekiah not rendered again according to the benefit done to him; for his heart was lifted up: therefore there was wrath upon him: and upon Judah and Jerusalem.Ps 10:4: The wicked: through the pride of His face: not will seek after God: God is not in all His thoughts.Ob 1:3: 4: The pride of your heart has deceived you: you that dwell in the clefts of the rock: whose habitation is high; that says in his heart: Who will bring me down to the ground?2Co 10:5: Casting down imaginations: and every high thing that exalts itself against the knowledge of God: and bringing into captivity every thought to the obedience of Christ;1Pe 5:5: Likewise: you younger: submit yourselves to the elder. Yes: all of you be subject one to another: and be clothed with humility: for God resists the proud: and gives grace to the humble."foolishness"Pr 12:23: A prudent man conceals knowledge: but the heart of fools proclaims foolishness.Pr 22:15: Foolishness is bound in the heart of a child; but the rod of correction will drive it far from him.Pr 24:9: The thought of foolishness is sin: and the scorner is an abomination to men.Pr 27:22: Though you should bray a fool in a mortar among wheat with a pestle: yet not will his foolishness depart from him.Ec 7:25: I applied my heart to know: and to search: and to seek out wisdom: and the reason of things: and to know the wickedness of folly: even of foolishness and madness:1Pe 2:15: For so is the will of God: that with well doing you may put to silence the ignorance of foolish men:
παντα ταυτα τα πονηρα εσωθεν εκπορευεται και κοινοι τον ανθρωπον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
All
|
Adj-NNP
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-NNP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these
|
DPro-NNP
|
G4190πονηρὰponēra (Adj-NNP)
G4190 πονηρός ponērós pon-ay-ros from a derivative of πόνος; hurtful, i.e. evil (properly, in effect or influence, and thus differing from κακός, which refers rather to essential character, as well as from σαπρός, which indicates degeneracy from original virtue); figuratively, calamitous; also (passively) ill, i.e. diseased; but especially (morally) culpable, i.e. derelict, vicious, facinorous; neuter (singular) mischief, malice, or (plural) guilt; masculine (singular) the devil, or (plural) sinners:--bad, evil, grievous, harm, lewd, malicious, wicked(-ness). See also πονηρότερος.
|
πονηρὰponēra
|
evils
|
Adj-NNP
|
G2081ἔσωθενesōthen (Adv)
G2081 ἔσωθεν ésōthen es-o-then from ἔσω; from inside; also used as equivalent to ἔσω (inside):--inward(-ly), (from) within, without.
|
ἔσωθενesōthen
|
from within
|
Adv
|
G1607ἐκπορεύεταιekporeuetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1607 ἐκπορεύομαι ekporeúomai ek-por-yoo-om-ahee from ἐκ and πορεύομαι; to depart, be discharged, proceed, project:--come (forth, out of), depart, go (forth, out), issue, proceed (out of).
|
ἐκπορεύεταιekporeuetai
|
go forth,
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2840κοινοῖkoinoi (V-PIA-3S)
G2840 κοινόω koinóō koy-no-o from κοινός; to make (or consider) profane (ceremonially):--call common, defile, pollute, unclean.
|
κοινοῖkoinoi
|
they defile
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G444ἄνθρωπον.anthrōpon (N-AMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωπον.anthrōpon
|
man.
|
N-AMS
|
23
All these evil things come from within, and defile the man.Mark 7:23
Stats
Rank: #8328 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 59 characters, 10 words, 47 letters, 17 vowels, 30 consonants
Translation
Greek: παντα ταυτα τα πονηρα εσωθεν εκπορευεται και κοινοι τον ανθρωπον
Lit: All these evils from within go forth, and they defile the man.
KJV: All these evil things come from within, and defile the man.
References
"defile"Mr 7:15: 18: There not ishing from without a man: that entering into him can defile him: but the things which come out of him: those are they that defile the man.1Co 3:17: If any man defile the temple of God: Him will God destroy; for the temple of God is holy: which temple you are.Tit 1:15: To the pure all things are pure: but to them that are defiled and unbelieving is nothing pure; but even their mind and conscience is defiled.Jude 1:8: Likewise also these filthy dreamers defile the flesh: despise dominion: and speak evil of dignities.
Jesus’ Ministry in Various Gentile Regions
και εκειθεν αναστας απηλθεν εις τα μεθορια τυρου και σιδωνος και εισελθων εις την οικιαν ουδενα ηθελεν γνωναι και ουκ ηδυνηθη λαθειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1564ἘκεῖθενEkeithen (Adv)
G1564 ἐκεῖθεν ekeîthen ek-i-then from ἐκεῖ; thence:--from that place, (from) thence, there.
|
ἘκεῖθενEkeithen
|
From there
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
also
|
Conj
|
G450ἀναστὰςanastas (V-APA-NMS)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀναστὰςanastas
|
having risen up,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G565ἀπῆλθενapēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπῆλθενapēlthen
|
He went away
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G3725ὅριαhoria (N-ANP)
G3725 ὅριον hórion hor-ee-on neuter of a derivative of an apparently primary (a bound or limit); a boundary-line, i.e. (by implication) a frontier (region):--border, coast.
|
ὅριαhoria
|
region
|
N-ANP
|
G5184Τύρου.Tyrou (N-GFS)
G5184 Τύρος Týros too-ros of Hebrew origin (צֹר): Tyrus (i.e. Tsor), a place in Palestine:--Tyre.
|
Τύρου.Tyrou
|
of Tyre.
|
N-GFS
|
G2532(καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
(καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4605Σιδῶνος)Sidōnos (N-GFS)
G4605 Σιδών Sidṓn sid-one of Hebrew origin (צִידוֹן); Sidon (i.e. Tsidon), a place in Palestine:--Sidon.
|
Σιδῶνος)Sidōnos
|
Sidon
|
N-GFS
|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1525εἰσελθὼνeiselthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθὼνeiselthōn
|
having entered
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3614οἰκίανoikian (N-AFS)
G3614 οἰκία oikía oy-kee-ah from οἶκος; properly, residence (abstractly), but usually (concretely) an abode (literally or figuratively); by implication, a family (especially domestics):--home, house(-hold).
|
οἰκίανoikian
|
a house,
|
N-AFS
|
G3762οὐδέναoudena (Adj-AMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδέναoudena
|
no one
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2309ἤθελενēthelen (V-IIA-3S)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
ἤθελενēthelen
|
He was wishing
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1097γνῶναι,gnōnai (V-ANA)
G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
γνῶναι,gnōnai
|
to know it,
|
V-ANA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1410ἠδυνήθη*ēdynēthē (V-AIP-3S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
ἠδυνήθη*ēdynēthē
|
He was able
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G2990λαθεῖν·lathein (V-ANA)
G2990 λανθάνω lanthánō lan-than-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is used only as an alternate in certain tenses; to lie hid (literally or figuratively); often used adverbially, unwittingly:--be hid, be ignorant of, unawares.
|
λαθεῖν·lathein
|
to be hidden.
|
V-ANA
|
24
From there he arose, and went into the borders of Tyre and Sidon, and entered into an house, and would have no man know it: but he not could be hid.Mark 7:24
Stats
Rank: #1242 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 153 characters, 28 words, 117 letters, 46 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εκειθεν αναστας απηλθεν εις τα μεθορια τυρου και σιδωνος και εισελθων εις την οικιαν ουδενα ηθελεν γνωναι και ουκ ηδυνηθη λαθειν
Lit: From there also having risen up, He went away into the region of Tyre. and Sidon And having entered into a house, no one He was wishing to know it, and not He was able to be hidden.
KJV: And from thence he arose, and went into the borders of Tyre and Sidon, and entered into an house, and would have no man know it: but he could not be hid.
References
"from"Mt 15:21-28: Then Jesus went there: and departed into the coasts of Tyre and Sidon."Tyre"Mr 3:8: From Jerusalem: and from Idumaea: and from beyond Jordan; and they about Tyre and Sidon: a great multitude: when they had heard what great things he did: came to him.Ge 10:15: 19: Canaan begot Sidon his firstborn: and Heth: Ge 49:13: Zebulun will dwell at the haven of the sea; and he will be for an haven of ships; and his border will be to Zidon.Jos 19:28: 29: Hebron: and Rehob: and Hammon: and Kanah: even to great Zidon;Isa 23:1-4: 12: The burden of Tyre. Howl: you ships of Tarshish; for it is laid waste: so that there is no house: no entering in: from the land of Chittim it is revealed to them.Eze 28:2: 21: 22: Son of man: say to the prince of Tyrus: Thus says the Lord GOD; Because your heart is lifted up: and you have said: I am a God: I sit in the seat of God: in the middle of the seas; yet you are a man: not and God: though you set your heart as the heart of God:"and would"Mr 2:1: Again he entered into Capernaum: after some days; and it was noised that he was in the house.Mr 3:7: But Jesus withdrew Himself with His disciples to the sea: and a great multitude from Galilee followed Him: and from Judaea: Mr 6:31: 32: He said to them: Come you yourselves apart into a desert place: and rest a while: for there were many coming and going: and they had no leisure so much as to eat.Isa 42:2: He will not cry: nor lift up: nor cause his voice to be heard in the street.Mt 9:28: When He was come into the house: the blind men came to Him: and Jesus says to them: Believe you that I am able to do this? They said to Him: Yes: Lord.1Ti 5:25: Likewise also the good works of some are manifest beforehand; and they that are otherwise cannot be hid.
ακουσασα γαρ γυνη περι αυτου ης ειχεν το θυγατριον αυτης πνευμα ακαθαρτον ελθουσα προσεπεσεν προς τους ποδας αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
But
|
Conj
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G191ἀκούσασαakousasa (V-APA-NFS)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσασαakousasa
|
having heard
|
V-APA-NFS
|
G1135γυνὴgynē (N-NFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυνὴgynē
|
a woman
|
N-NFS
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
about
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3739ἧςhēs (RelPro-GFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἧςhēs
|
of whom
|
RelPro-GFS
|
G2192εἶχενeichen (V-IIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
εἶχενeichen
|
had
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G2365θυγάτριονthygatrion (N-NNS)
G2365 θυγάτριον thygátrion thoo-gat-ree-on from θυγάτηρ; a daughterling:--little (young) daughter.
|
θυγάτριονthygatrion
|
little daughter
|
N-NNS
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of her
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G4151πνεῦμαpneuma (N-ANS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεῦμαpneuma
|
spirit
|
N-ANS
|
G169ἀκάθαρτον,akatharton (Adj-ANS)
G169 ἀκάθαρτος akáthartos ak-ath-ar-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of καθαίρω (meaning cleansed); impure (ceremonially, morally (lewd) or specially, (demonic)):--foul, unclean.
|
ἀκάθαρτον,akatharton
|
unclean,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2064ἐλθοῦσαelthousa (V-APA-NFS)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλθοῦσαelthousa
|
having come,
|
V-APA-NFS
|
G4363προσέπεσενprosepesen (V-AIA-3S)
G4363 προσπίπτω prospíptō pros-pip-to from πρός and πίπτω; to fall towards, i.e. (gently) prostrate oneself (in supplication or homage), or (violently) to rush upon (in storm):--beat upon, fall (down) at (before).
|
προσέπεσενprosepesen
|
fell
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4228πόδαςpodas (N-AMP)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
πόδαςpodas
|
feet
|
N-AMP
|
G846αὐτοῦ·autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ·autou
|
of Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
25
For a certain woman, whose young daughter had an unclean spirit, heard of him, and came and fell at his feet:Mark 7:25
Stats
Rank: #7370 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 109 characters, 18 words, 85 letters, 34 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: ακουσασα γαρ γυνη περι αυτου ης ειχεν το θυγατριον αυτης πνευμα ακαθαρτον ελθουσα προσεπεσεν προς τους ποδας αυτου
Lit: But immediately having heard a woman about Him, of whom had the little daughter of her spirit unclean, having come, fell at the feet of Him.
KJV: For a certain woman, whose young daughter had an unclean spirit, heard of him, and came and fell at his feet:
References
"a"Mt 15:22: And: look: a woman of Canaan came out of the same coasts: and cried to Him: saying: Have mercy on me: O Lord: you Son of David; my daughter is grievously vexed with a devil."whose"Mr 9:17-23: One of the multitude answered and said: Master: I have brought to you my son: which has a dumb spirit;"at"Mr 1:40: There came a leper to him: beseeching him: and kneeling down to him: and saying to him: If you will: you canst make me clean.Mr 5:22: 23: 33: And: look: there comes one of the rulers of the synagogue: Jairus by name; and when he saw him: he fell at his feet: Lu 17:16: Fell down on his face at his feet: giving him thanks: and he was a Samaritan.Ac 10:25: 26: As Peter was coming in: Cornelius met him: and fell down at his feet: and worshipped him.Re 22:8: 9: I John saw these things: and heard them. And when I had heard and seen: I fell down to worship before the feet of the angel which showed me these things.
ην δε η γυνη ελληνις συροφοινισσα τω γενει και ηρωτα αυτον ινα το δαιμονιον εκβαλλη εκ της θυγατρος αυτης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
Now
|
Conj
|
G1135γυνὴgynē (N-NFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυνὴgynē
|
the woman
|
N-NFS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1674Ἑλληνίς,Hellēnis (N-NFS)
G1674 Ἑλληνίς Hellēnís hel-lay-nis feminine of Ἕλλην; a Grecian (i.e. non-Jewish) woman:--Greek.
|
Ἑλληνίς,Hellēnis
|
Gentile,
|
N-NFS
|
G4949ΣυροφοινίκισσαSyrophoinikissa (N-NFS)
G4949 Συροφοίνισσα Syrophoínissa soo-rof-oy-nis-sah feminine of a compound of Σύρος and the same as Φοινίκη; a Syro-phœnician woman, i.e. a female native of Phœnicia in Syria:--Syrophenician.
|
ΣυροφοινίκισσαSyrophoinikissa
|
Syrophoenician
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
by
|
Art-DNS
|
G1085γένει·genei (N-DNS)
G1085 γένος génos ghen-os from γίνομαι; kin (abstract or concrete, literal or figurative, individual or collective):--born, country(-man), diversity, generation, kind(-red), nation, offspring, stock.
|
γένει·genei
|
race,
|
N-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2065ἠρώταērōta (V-IIA-3S)
G2065 ἐρωτάω erōtáō er-o-tah-o apparently from ἐρέω (compare ἐρευνάω); to interrogate; by implication, to request:--ask, beseech, desire, intreat, pray. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ἠρώταērōta
|
kept asking
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G1140δαιμόνιονdaimonion (N-ANS)
G1140 δαιμόνιον daimónion dahee-mon-ee-on neuter of a derivative of δαίμων; a dæmonic being; by extension a deity:--devil, god.
|
δαιμόνιονdaimonion
|
demon
|
N-ANS
|
G1544ἐκβάλῃekbalē (V-ASA-3S)
G1544 ἐκβάλλω ekbállō ek-bal-lo from ἐκ and βάλλω; to eject (literally or figuratively):--bring forth, cast (forth, out), drive (out), expel, leave, pluck (pull, take, thrust) out, put forth (out), send away (forth, out).
|
ἐκβάλῃekbalē
|
He should cast forth
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2364θυγατρὸςthygatros (N-GFS)
G2364 θυγάτηρ thygátēr thoo-gat-air apparently a primary word (compare daughter); a female child, or (by Hebraism) descendant (or inhabitant):--daughter.
|
θυγατρὸςthygatros
|
daughter
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτῆς.autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς.autēs
|
of her.
|
PPro-GF3S
|
26
The woman was a Greek, a Syrophenician by nation; and she besought him that he would cast forth the devil out of her daughter.Mark 7:26
Stats
Rank: #7668 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 126 characters, 22 words, 100 letters, 38 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: ην δε η γυνη ελληνις συροφοινισσα τω γενει και ηρωτα αυτον ινα το δαιμονιον εκβαλλη εκ της θυγατρος αυτης
Lit: Now the woman was Gentile, Syrophoenician by race, and kept asking Him that the demon He should cast forth out of the daughter of her.
KJV: The woman was a Greek, a Syrophenician by nation; and she besought him that he would cast forth the devil out of her daughter.
References
"Greek"Isa 49:12: Look: these will come from far: and: indeed: these from the north and from the west; and these from the land of Sinim.Ga 3:28: There is neither Jew nor Greek: there is neither bond nor free: there is neither male nor female: for you are all one in Christ Jesus.Col 3:11: Where there is neither Greek nor Jew: circumcision nor uncircumcision: Barbarian: Scythian: bond nor free: but Christ is all: and in all."a Syrophenician"Mt 15:22: And: look: a woman of Canaan came out of the same coasts: and cried to Him: saying: Have mercy on me: O Lord: you Son of David; my daughter is grievously vexed with a devil.
ο δε ιησους ειπεν αυτη αφες πρωτον χορτασθηναι τα τεκνα ου γαρ καλον εστιν λαβειν τον αρτον των τεκνων και βαλειν τοις κυναριοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004ἔλεγενelegen (V-IIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγενelegen
|
He was saying
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῇautē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇautē
|
to her,
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G863ἌφεςAphes (V-AMA-2S)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἌφεςAphes
|
Permit
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G4412πρῶτονprōton (Adv-S)
G4412 πρῶτον prōton pro-ton neuter of πρῶτος as adverb (with or without ὁ); firstly (in time, place, order, or importance):--before, at the beginning, chiefly (at, at the) first (of all).
|
πρῶτονprōton
|
first
|
Adv-S
|
G5526χορτασθῆναιchortasthēnai (V-ANP)
G5526 χορτάζω chortázō khor-tad-zo from χόρτος; to fodder, i.e. (generally) to gorge (supply food in abundance):--feed, fill, satisfy.
|
χορτασθῆναιchortasthēnai
|
to be satisfied
|
V-ANP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G5043τέκνα·tekna (N-ANP)
G5043 τέκνον téknon tek-non from the base of τίκτω; a child (as produced):--child, daughter, son.
|
τέκνα·tekna
|
children;
|
N-ANP
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1063γάρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1510ἐστιν ⇔estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν ⇔estin
|
it is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2570καλόνkalon (Adj-NNS)
G2570 καλός kalós kal-os of uncertain affinity; properly, beautiful, but chiefly (figuratively) good (literally or morally), i.e. valuable or virtuous (for appearance or use, and thus distinguished from ἀγαθός, which is properly intrinsic):--X better, fair, good(-ly), honest, meet, well, worthy.
|
καλόνkalon
|
good
|
Adj-NNS
|
G2983λαβεῖνlabein (V-ANA)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβεῖνlabein
|
to take
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G740ἄρτονarton (N-AMS)
G740 ἄρτος ártos ar-tos from αἴρω; bread (as raised) or a loaf:--(shew-)bread, loaf.
|
ἄρτονarton
|
bread
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G5043τέκνωνteknōn (N-GNP)
G5043 τέκνον téknon tek-non from the base of τίκτω; a child (as produced):--child, daughter, son.
|
τέκνωνteknōn
|
children,
|
N-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DNP
|
G2952κυναρίοιςkynariois (N-DNP)
G2952 κυνάριον kynárion koo-nar-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of κύων; a puppy:--dog.
|
κυναρίοιςkynariois
|
dogs
|
N-DNP
|
G906βαλεῖν.balein (V-ANA)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
βαλεῖν.balein
|
to cast it.
|
V-ANA
|
27
But Jesus said to her, Let the children first be filled: for it not is meet to take the children's bread, and to cast it to the dogs.
Mark 7:27
Stats
Rank: #7219 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 137 characters, 25 words, 105 letters, 38 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε ιησους ειπεν αυτη αφες πρωτον χορτασθηναι τα τεκνα ου γαρ καλον εστιν λαβειν τον αρτον των τεκνων και βαλειν τοις κυναριοις
Lit: And He was saying to her, Permit first to be satisfied the children; not for it is good to take the bread of the children, and to the dogs to cast it.
KJV: But Jesus said unto her, Let the children first be filled: for it is not meet to take the children's bread, and to cast it unto the dogs.
References
"Let"Mt 7:6: not Give that which is holy to the dogs: neither cast you your pearls before swine: lest they trample them under their feet: and turn again and rend you.Mt 10:5: These 12 Jesus sent forth: and commanded them: saying: not Go into the way of the Gentiles: and into any city of the Samaritans enter you not:Mt 15:23-28: But he answered not her a word. And his disciples came and besought him: saying: Send her away; for she cries after us.Ac 22:21: He said to me: Depart: for I will send you far here to the Gentiles.Ro 15:8: Now I say that Jesus Christ was a minister of the circumcision for the truth of God: to confirm the promises made to the fathers:Eph 2:12: That at that time you were without Christ: being aliens from the commonwealth of Israel: and strangers from the covenants of promise: having no hope: and without God in the world:
η δε απεκριθη και λεγει αυτω ναι κυριε και γαρ τα κυναρια υποκατω της τραπεζης εσθιει απο των ψιχιων των παιδιων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G611ἀπεκρίθηapekrithē (V-AIP-3S)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀπεκρίθηapekrithē
|
she answered
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3483〈〈Ναί〉,Nai (Prtcl)
G3483 ναί naí nahee a primary particle of strong affirmation; yes:--even so, surely, truth, verily, yea, yes.,
|
〈〈Ναί〉,Nai
|
Yes,
|
Prtcl
|
G2962Κύριε·Kyrie (N-VMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριε·Kyrie
|
Lord;
|
N-VMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
even
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G2952κυνάριαkynaria (N-NNP)
G2952 κυνάριον kynárion koo-nar-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of κύων; a puppy:--dog.
|
κυνάριαkynaria
|
dogs
|
N-NNP
|
G5270ὑποκάτωhypokatō (Prep)
G5270 ὑποκάτω hypokátō hoop-ok-at-o from ὑπό and κάτω; down under, i.e. beneath:--under.
|
ὑποκάτωhypokatō
|
under
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5132τραπέζηςtrapezēs (N-GFS)
G5132 τράπεζα trápeza trap-ed-zah probably contracted from τέσσαρες and πεζῇ; a table or stool (as being four-legged), usually for food (figuratively, a meal); also a counter for money (figuratively, a brokers office for loans at interest):--bank, meat, table.
|
τραπέζηςtrapezēs
|
table
|
N-GFS
|
G2068ἐσθίουσινesthiousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2068 ἐσθίω esthíō es-thee-o strengthened for a primary (to eat); used only in certain tenses, the rest being supplied by φάγω; to eat (usually literal):--devour, eat, live.
|
ἐσθίουσινesthiousin
|
eat
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G5589ψιχίωνpsichiōn (N-GNP)
G5589 ψιχίον psichíon psikh-ee-on diminutive from a derivative of the base of ψάλλω (meaning a crumb); a little bit or morsel:--crumb.
|
ψιχίωνpsichiōn
|
crumbs
|
N-GNP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G3813παιδίων.paidiōn (N-GNP)
G3813 παιδίον paidíon pahee-dee-on neuter diminutive of παῖς; a childling (of either sex), i.e. (properly), an infant, or (by extension) a half-grown boy or girl; figuratively, an immature Christian:--(little, young) child, damsel.
|
παιδίων.paidiōn
|
children.
|
N-GNP
|
28
She answered and said to Him, Yes, Lord: yet the dogs under the table eat of the children's crumbs.Mark 7:28
Stats
Rank: #9419 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 105 characters, 17 words, 81 letters, 28 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: η δε απεκριθη και λεγει αυτω ναι κυριε και γαρ τα κυναρια υποκατω της τραπεζης εσθιει απο των ψιχιων των παιδιων
Lit: But she answered and says to Him, Yes, Lord; even the dogs under the table eat of the crumbs of the children.
KJV: And she answered and said unto him, Yes, Lord: yet the dogs under the table eat of the children's crumbs.
References
"yet"Ps 145:16: You open your hand: and satisfy the desire of every living thing.Isa 45:22: Look to me: and be you saved: all the ends of the earth: for I am God: and there is none else.Isa 49:6: He said: It is a light thing that you should be my servant to raise up the tribes of Jacob: and to restore the preserved of Israel: I will also give you for a light to the Gentiles: that you may be my salvation to the end of the earth.Mt 5:45: That you may be the children of your Father which is in heaven: for He makes His sun to rise on the evil and on the good: and sends rain on the just and on the unjust.Lu 7:6-8: Then Jesus went with them. And when He was not now far from the house: the centurion sent friends to Him: saying to Him: Lord: not trouble yourself: for I not am worthy that you should enter under my roof:Lu 15:30-32: But as soon as this your son was come: which has devoured your living with harlots: you have killed for him the fatted calf.Ac 11:17: 18: Forasmuch then as God gave them the like gift as He did to us: who believed on the Lord Jesus Christ; what was I: that I could withstand God?Ro 3:29: Is He the God of the Jews only? is He not also of the Gentiles? Yes: of the Gentiles also:Ro 10:12: For there is no difference between the Jew and the Greek: for the same Lord over all is rich to all that call upon Him.Ro 15:8: 9: Now I say that Jesus Christ was a minister of the circumcision for the truth of God: to confirm the promises made to the fathers:Eph 2:12-14: That at that time you were without Christ: being aliens from the commonwealth of Israel: and strangers from the covenants of promise: having no hope: and without God in the world:Eph 3:8: To me: who am less than the least of all saints: is this grace given: that I should preach among the Gentiles the unsearchable riches of Christ;
και ειπεν αυτη δια τουτον τον λογον υπαγε εξεληλυθεν το δαιμονιον εκ της θυγατρος σου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
He said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῇautē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇautē
|
to her,
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G1223ΔιὰDia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
ΔιὰDia
|
Because of
|
Prep
|
G3778τοῦτονtouton (DPro-AMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτονtouton
|
this
|
DPro-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word,
|
N-AMS
|
G5217ὕπαγε,hypage (V-PMA-2S)
G5217 ὑπάγω hypágō hoop-ag-o from ὑπό and ἄγω; to lead (oneself) under, i.e. withdraw or retire (as if sinking out of sight), literally or figuratively:--depart, get hence, go (a-)way.
|
ὕπαγε,hypage
|
go;
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G1831ἐξελήλυθενexelēlythen (V-RIA-3S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξελήλυθενexelēlythen
|
has gone forth
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2364θυγατρόςthygatros (N-GFS)
G2364 θυγάτηρ thygátēr thoo-gat-air apparently a primary word (compare daughter); a female child, or (by Hebraism) descendant (or inhabitant):--daughter.
|
θυγατρόςthygatros
|
daughter
|
N-GFS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G1140δαιμόνιον.daimonion (N-NNS)
G1140 δαιμόνιον daimónion dahee-mon-ee-on neuter of a derivative of δαίμων; a dæmonic being; by extension a deity:--devil, god.
|
δαιμόνιον.daimonion
|
demon.
|
N-NNS
|
29
He said to her, For this saying go your way; the devil is gone out of your daughter.
Mark 7:29
Stats
Rank: #8569 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 88 characters, 17 words, 67 letters, 25 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειπεν αυτη δια τουτον τον λογον υπαγε εξεληλυθεν το δαιμονιον εκ της θυγατρος σου
Lit: And He said to her, Because of this word, go; has gone forth out of the daughter of you the demon.
KJV: And he said unto her, For this saying go thy way; the devil is gone out of thy daughter.
References
"And he said unto her, For this saying go thy way; the devil is gone out of thy daughter."Isa 57:15: 16: For thus says the high and lofty one that inhabits eternity: whose name is Holy; I dwell in the high and holy place: with Him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit: to revive the spirit of the humble: and to revive the heart of the contrite ones.Isa 66:2: For all those things has my hand made: and all those things have been: says the LORD: but to this man will I look: even to Him that is poor and of a contrite spirit: and trembles at my word.Mt 5:3: Blessed are the poor in spirit: for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.Mt 8:9-13: For I am a man under authority: having soldiers under me: and I say to this man: Go: and he goes; and to another: Come: and he comes; and to my servant: Do this: and he does it.1Jo 3:8: He who commits sin is of the devil; for the devil sins from the beginning. For this purpose the Son of God was manifested: that He might destroy the works of the devil.
και απελθουσα εις τον οικον αυτης ευρεν το δαιμονιον εξεληλυθος και την θυγατερα βεβλημενην επι της κλινης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G565ἀπελθοῦσαapelthousa (V-APA-NFS)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπελθοῦσαapelthousa
|
having gone away
|
V-APA-NFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3624οἶκονoikon (N-AMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκονoikon
|
home
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of her,
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G2147εὗρενheuren (V-AIA-3S)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὗρενheuren
|
she found
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3813παιδίονpaidion (N-ANS)
G3813 παιδίον paidíon pahee-dee-on neuter diminutive of παῖς; a childling (of either sex), i.e. (properly), an infant, or (by extension) a half-grown boy or girl; figuratively, an immature Christian:--(little, young) child, damsel.
|
παιδίονpaidion
|
child
|
N-ANS
|
G906βεβλημένονbeblēmenon (V-RPM/P-ANS)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
βεβλημένονbeblēmenon
|
lying
|
V-RPM/P-ANS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2825κλίνηνklinēn (N-AFS)
G2825 κλίνη klínē klee-nay from κλίνω; a couch (for sleep, sickness, sitting or eating):--bed, table.
|
κλίνηνklinēn
|
bed,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G1140δαιμόνιονdaimonion (N-ANS)
G1140 δαιμόνιον daimónion dahee-mon-ee-on neuter of a derivative of δαίμων; a dæmonic being; by extension a deity:--devil, god.
|
δαιμόνιονdaimonion
|
demon
|
N-ANS
|
G1831ἐξεληλυθός.exelēlythos (V-RPA-ANS)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξεληλυθός.exelēlythos
|
having gone out.
|
V-RPA-ANS
|
30
When she was come to her house, she found the devil gone out, and her daughter laid upon the bed.Mark 7:30
Stats
Rank: #8600 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 101 characters, 19 words, 78 letters, 32 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: και απελθουσα εις τον οικον αυτης ευρεν το δαιμονιον εξεληλυθος και την θυγατερα βεβλημενην επι της κλινης
Lit: And having gone away to the home of her, she found the child lying on the bed, and the demon having gone out.
KJV: And when she was come to her house, she found the devil gone out, and her daughter laid upon the bed.
References
"she was"Joh 4:50-52: Jesus says to Him: Go your way; your son lives. And the man believed the word that Jesus had spoken to Him: and He went His way."she found"1Jo 3:8: He who commits sin is of the devil; for the devil sins from the beginning. For this purpose the Son of God was manifested: that He might destroy the works of the devil.
The Deaf and Mute Man
και παλιν εξελθων εκ των οριων τυρου και σιδωνος ηλθεν προς την θαλασσαν της γαλιλαιας ανα μεσον των οριων δεκαπολεως
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv)
G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again
|
Adv
|
G1831ἐξελθὼνexelthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξελθὼνexelthōn
|
having departed
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G3725ὁρίωνhoriōn (N-GNP)
G3725 ὅριον hórion hor-ee-on neuter of a derivative of an apparently primary (a bound or limit); a boundary-line, i.e. (by implication) a frontier (region):--border, coast.
|
ὁρίωνhoriōn
|
region
|
N-GNP
|
G5184ΤύρουTyrou (N-GFS)
G5184 Τύρος Týros too-ros of Hebrew origin (צֹר): Tyrus (i.e. Tsor), a place in Palestine:--Tyre.
|
ΤύρουTyrou
|
of Tyre,
|
N-GFS
|
G2064ἦλθενēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθενēlthen
|
He came
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G4605ΣιδῶνοςSidōnos (N-GFS)
G4605 Σιδών Sidṓn sid-one of Hebrew origin (צִידוֹן); Sidon (i.e. Tsidon), a place in Palestine:--Sidon.
|
ΣιδῶνοςSidōnos
|
Sidon,
|
N-GFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2281θάλασσανthalassan (N-AFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θάλασσανthalassan
|
Sea
|
N-AFS
|
G1056ΓαλιλαίαςGalilaias (N-GFS)
G1056 Γαλιλαία Galilaía gal-il-ah-yah of Hebrew origin (גָּלִיל); Galilæa (i.e. the heathen circle), a region of Palestine:--Galilee.
|
ΓαλιλαίαςGalilaias
|
of Galilee
|
N-GFS
|
G303ἀνὰana (Prep)
G303 ἀνά aná an-ah a primary preposition and adverb; properly, up; but (by extension) used (distributively) severally, or (locally) at (etc.):--and, apiece, by, each, every (man), in, through. In compounds (as a prefix) it often means (by implication) repetition, intensity, reversal, etc.
|
ἀνὰana
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3319μέσονmeson (Adj-ANS)
G3319 μέσος mésos mes-os from μετά; middle (as an adjective or (neuter) noun):--among, X before them, between, + forth, mid(-day, -night), midst, way.
|
μέσονmeson
|
the midst
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G3725ὁρίωνhoriōn (N-GNP)
G3725 ὅριον hórion hor-ee-on neuter of a derivative of an apparently primary (a bound or limit); a boundary-line, i.e. (by implication) a frontier (region):--border, coast.
|
ὁρίωνhoriōn
|
region
|
N-GNP
|
G1179Δεκαπόλεως.Dekapoleōs (N-GFS)
G1179 Δεκάπολις Dekápolis dek-ap-ol-is from δέκα and πόλις; the ten-city region; the Decapolis, a district in Syria:--Decapolis.
|
Δεκαπόλεως.Dekapoleōs
|
of the Decapolis.
|
N-GFS
|
31
Again, departing from the coasts of Tyre and Sidon, he came to the sea of Galilee, through the middle of the coasts of Decapolis.Mark 7:31
Stats
Rank: #2719 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 134 characters, 22 words, 106 letters, 42 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: και παλιν εξελθων εκ των οριων τυρου και σιδωνος ηλθεν προς την θαλασσαν της γαλιλαιας ανα μεσον των οριων δεκαπολεως
Lit: And again having departed from the region of Tyre, He came through Sidon, to the Sea of Galilee through the midst of the region of the Decapolis.
KJV: And again, departing from the coasts of Tyre and Sidon, he came unto the sea of Galilee, through the midst of the coasts of Decapolis.
References
"from"Mr 7:24: From there he arose: and went into the borders of Tyre and Sidon: and entered into an house: and would have no man know it: but he not could be hid.Mt 15:29-31: Jesus departed from there: and came nigh to the sea of Galilee; and went up into a mountain: and sat down there."Decapolis"Mr 5:20: He departed: and began to publish in Decapolis how great things Jesus had done for Him: and all men did marvel.Mt 4:25: There followed him great multitudes of people from Galilee: and from Decapolis: and from Jerusalem: and from Judaea: and from beyond Jordan.
και φερουσιν αυτω κωφον μογιλαλον και παρακαλουσιν αυτον ινα επιθη αυτω την χειρα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5342φέρουσινpherousin (V-PIA-3P)
G5342 φέρω phérō en-eng-ko a primary verb (for which other, and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely, ; and ; to bear or carry (in a very wide application, literally and figuratively, as follows):--be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold.
|
φέρουσινpherousin
|
they bring
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2974κωφὸνkōphon (Adj-AMS)
G2974 κωφός kōphós ko-fos from κόπτω; blunted, i.e. (figuratively) of hearing (deaf) or speech (dumb):--deaf, dumb, speechless.
|
κωφὸνkōphon
|
a deaf man
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3424μογιλάλον,mogilalon (Adj-AMS)
G3424 μογιλάλος mogilálos mog-il-al-os from μόγις and λαλέω; hardly talking, i.e. dumb (tongue-tied):--having an impediment in his speech.
|
μογιλάλον,mogilalon
|
who spoke with difficulty,
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3870παρακαλοῦσινparakalousin (V-PIA-3P)
G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρακαλοῦσινparakalousin
|
they implore
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2007ἐπιθῇepithē (V-ASA-3S)
G2007 ἐπιτίθημι epitíthēmi ep-ee-tith-ay-mee from ἐπί and τίθημι; to impose (in a friendly or hostile sense):--add unto, lade, lay upon, put (up) on, set on (up), + surname, X wound.
|
ἐπιθῇepithē
|
He might lay
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
on him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5495χεῖρα.cheira (N-AFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖρα.cheira
|
hand.
|
N-AFS
|
32
They bring to him one that was deaf, and had an impediment in his speech; and they beseech him to put his hand upon him.Mark 7:32
Stats
Counts: 126 characters, 24 words, 98 letters, 36 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: και φερουσιν αυτω κωφον μογιλαλον και παρακαλουσιν αυτον ινα επιθη αυτω την χειρα
Lit: And they bring to Him a deaf man and who spoke with difficulty, and they implore Him that He might lay on him the hand.
KJV: And they bring unto him one that was deaf, and had an impediment in his speech; and they beseech him to put his hand upon him.
References
"And they bring unto him one that was deaf, and had an impediment in his speech; and they beseech him to put his hand upon him."Mt 9:32: 33: As they went out: look: they brought to him a dumb man possessed with a devil.Lu 11:14: He was casting out a devil: and it was dumb. And it came to pass: when the devil was gone out: the dumb spoke; and the people wondered.
και απολαβομενος αυτον απο του οχλου κατ ιδιαν εβαλεν τους δακτυλους αυτου εις τα ωτα αυτου και πτυσας ηψατο της γλωσσης αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G618ἀπολαβόμενοςapolabomenos (V-APM-NMS)
G618 ἀπολαμβάνω apolambánō ap-ol-am-ban-o from ἀπό and λαμβάνω; to receive (specially, in full, or as a host); also to take aside:--receive, take.
|
ἀπολαβόμενοςapolabomenos
|
having taken away
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3793ὄχλουochlou (N-GMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλουochlou
|
crowd
|
N-GMS
|
G2596κατ’kat’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατ’kat’
|
aside
|
Prep
|
G2398ἰδίανidian (Adj-AFS)
G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἰδίανidian
|
privately,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G906ἔβαλενebalen (V-AIA-3S)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
ἔβαλενebalen
|
He put
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G1147δακτύλουςdaktylous (N-AMP)
G1147 δάκτυλος dáktylos dak-too-los probably from δέκα; a finger:--finger.
|
δακτύλουςdaktylous
|
fingers
|
N-AMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G3775ὦταōta (N-ANP)
G3775 οὖς oûs ooce apparently a primary word; the ear (physically or mentally):--ear.
|
ὦταōta
|
ears
|
N-ANP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4429πτύσαςptysas (V-APA-NMS)
G4429 πτύω ptýō ptoo-o a primary verb (compare πτύσσω); to spit:--spit.
|
πτύσαςptysas
|
having spit,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G680ἥψατοhēpsato (V-AIM-3S)
G680 ἅπτομαι háptomai hap-tom-ahee reflexive of ἅπτω; properly, to attach oneself to, i.e. to touch (in many implied relations):--touch.
|
ἥψατοhēpsato
|
He touched
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1100γλώσσηςglōssēs (N-GFS)
G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλώσσηςglōssēs
|
tongue
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
33
He took him aside from the multitude, and put his fingers into his ears, and he spit, and touched his tongue;Mark 7:33
Stats
Counts: 113 characters, 19 words, 88 letters, 35 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: και απολαβομενος αυτον απο του οχλου κατ ιδιαν εβαλεν τους δακτυλους αυτου εις τα ωτα αυτου και πτυσας ηψατο της γλωσσης αυτου
Lit: And having taken away him from the crowd aside privately, He put the fingers of Him to the ears of him, and having spit, He touched the tongue of him,
KJV: And he took him aside from the multitude, and put his fingers into his ears, and he spit, and touched his tongue;
References
"he took"Mr 5:40: They laughed him to scorn. But when he had put them all out: he takes the father and the mother of the damsel: and them that were with him: and enters in where the damsel was lying.Mr 8:23: He took the blind man by the hand: and led him out of the town; and when he had spit on his eyes: and put his hands upon him: he asked him if he saw ought.1Ki 17:19-22: He said to her: Give me your son. And he took him out of her bosom: and carried him up into a loft: where he abode: and laid him upon his own bed.2Ki 4:4-6: 33: 34: When you are come in: you will shut the door upon you and upon your sons: and will pour out into all those vessels: and you will set aside that which is full.Joh 9:6: 7: When he had thus spoken: he spat on the ground: and made clay of the spittle: and he anointed the eyes of the blind man with the clay:
και αναβλεψας εις τον ουρανον εστεναξεν και λεγει αυτω εφφαθα ο εστιν διανοιχθητι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G308ἀναβλέψαςanablepsas (V-APA-NMS)
G308 ἀναβλέπω anablépō an-ab-lep-o from ἀνά and βλέπω; to look up; by implication, to recover sight:--look (up), see, receive sight.
|
ἀναβλέψαςanablepsas
|
having looked up
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανὸνouranon (N-AMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανὸνouranon
|
heaven
|
N-AMS
|
G4727ἐστέναξεν,estenaxen (V-AIA-3S)
G4727 στενάζω stenázō sten-ad-zo from στενός; to make (intransitively, be) in straits, i.e. (by implication) to sigh, murmur, pray inaudibly:--with grief, groan, grudge, sigh.
|
ἐστέναξεν,estenaxen
|
He sighed deeply,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2188Ἐφφαθά,Ephphatha (V-AMP-2S)
G2188 ἐφφαθά ephphathá ef-fath-ah of Chaldee origin (פְּתַח); be opened!:--Ephphatha.,
|
Ἐφφαθά,Ephphatha
|
Ephphatha!
|
V-AMP-2S
|
G3739ὅho (RelPro-NNS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὅho
|
that
|
RelPro-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1272Διανοίχθητι.Dianoichthēti (V-AMP-2S)
G1272 διανοίγω dianoígō dee-an-oy-go from διά and ἀνοίγω; to open thoroughly, literally (as a first-born) or figuratively (to expound):--open.
|
Διανοίχθητι.Dianoichthēti
|
Be opened!”
|
V-AMP-2S
|
34
Looking up to heaven, he sighed, and says to him, Ephphatha, that is, Be opened.Mark 7:34
Stats
Counts: 87 characters, 11 words, 66 letters, 27 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αναβλεψας εις τον ουρανον εστεναξεν και λεγει αυτω εφφαθα ο εστιν διανοιχθητι
Lit: and having looked up to heaven He sighed deeply, and He says to him, Ephphatha! that is, Be opened!”
KJV: And looking up to heaven, he sighed, and saith unto him, Ephphatha, that is, Be opened.
References
"looking"Mr 6:41: When he had taken the 5 loaves and the two fishes: he looked up to heaven: and blessed: and brake the loaves: and gave them to his disciples to set before them; and the two fishes divided he among them all.Joh 11:41: Then they took away the stone from the place where the dead was laid. And Jesus lifted up His eyes: and said: Father: I thank you that you have heard me.Joh 17:1: These words spoke Jesus: and lifted up His eyes to heaven: and said: Father: the hour is come; glorify your Son: that your Son also may glorify you:"he sighed"Mr 8:12: He sighed deeply in his spirit: and says: Why does this generation seek after a sign? truly I say to you: There will no sign be given to this generation.Isa 53:3: He is despised and rejected of men; a man of sorrows: and acquainted with grief: and we hid as it were our faces from him; he was despised: and we esteemed not him.Eze 21:6: 7: Sigh therefore: you son of man: with the breaking of your loins; and with bitterness sigh before their eyes.Lu 19:41: When he was come near: he beheld the city: and wept over it: Joh 11:33: 35: 38: When Jesus therefore saw her weeping: and the Jews also weeping which came with her: He groaned in the spirit: and was troubled: Heb 4:15: For we not have an high priest which cannot be touched with the feeling of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are: yet without sin."Ephphatha"Mr 5:41: He took the damsel by the hand: and said to her: Talitha cumi; which is: being interpreted: Damsel: I say to you: arise.Mr 15:34: At the ninth hour Jesus cried with a loud voice: saying: Eloi: Eloi: lama sabachthani? which is: being interpreted: My God: my God: why have you forsaken me?"Be opened"Mr 1:41: Jesus: moved with compassion: put forth His hand: and touched Him: and says to Him: I will; be you clean.Lu 7:14: He came and touched the bier: and they that bare him stood still. And he said: Young man: I say to you: Arise.Lu 18:42: Jesus said to Him: Receive your sight: your faith has saved you.Joh 11:43: When he thus had spoken: he cried with a loud voice: Lazarus: come forth.Ac 9:34: 40: Peter said to Him: AEneas: Jesus Christ makes you whole: arise: and make your bed. And He arose immediately.
και ευθεως διηνοιχθησαν αυτου αι ακοαι και ελυθη ο δεσμος της γλωσσης αυτου και ελαλει ορθως
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G455««ἠνοίγησανēnoigēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
««ἠνοίγησανēnoigēsan
|
were opened
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
his
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G189ἀκοαί,akoai (N-NFP)
G189 ἀκοή akoḗ ak-o-ay from ἀκούω; hearing (the act, the sense or the thing heard):--audience, ear, fame, which ye heard, hearing, preached, report, rumor.
|
ἀκοαί,akoai
|
ears,
|
N-NFP
|
G2532καὶ» ⇔kai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶ» ⇔kai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G3089ἐλύθηelythē (V-AIP-3S)
G3089 λύω lýō loo-o a primary verb; to loosen (literally or figuratively):--break (up), destroy, dissolve, (un-)loose, melt, put off. Compare ῥήγνυμι.
|
ἐλύθηelythē
|
was loosed
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1199δεσμὸςdesmos (N-NMS)
G1199 δεσμόν desmón des-mos neuter and masculine respectively from δέω; a band, i.e. ligament (of the body) or shackle (of a prisoner); figuratively, an impediment or disability:--band, bond, chain, string.
|
δεσμὸςdesmos
|
band
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1100γλώσσηςglōssēs (N-GFS)
G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλώσσηςglōssēs
|
tongue
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2980ἐλάλειelalei (V-IIA-3S)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλειelalei
|
he began speaking
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3723ὀρθῶς.orthōs (Adv)
G3723 ὀρθῶς orthōs or-thoce adverb from ὀρθός; in a straight manner, i.e. (figuratively) correctly (also morally):--plain, right(-ly).
|
ὀρθῶς.orthōs
|
plainly.
|
Adv
|
35
Straightway his ears were opened, and the string of his tongue was loosed, and he spoke plain.Mark 7:35
Stats
Counts: 98 characters, 16 words, 78 letters, 30 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ευθεως διηνοιχθησαν αυτου αι ακοαι και ελυθη ο δεσμος της γλωσσης αυτου και ελαλει ορθως
Lit: And were opened his ears, and immediately was loosed the band of the tongue of him, and he began speaking plainly.
KJV: And straightway his ears were opened, and the string of his tongue was loosed, and he spake plain.
References
"And straightway his ears were opened, and the string of his tongue was loosed, and he spake plain."Mr 2:12: Immediately He arose: took up the bed: and went forth before them all; insomuch that they were all amazed: and glorified God: saying: We never saw it on this fashion.Ps 33:9: For he spoke: and it was done; he commanded: and it stood fast.Isa 32:3: 4: The eyes of them that see will not be dim: and the ears of them that hear will listen.Isa 35:5: 6: Then the eyes of the blind will be opened: and the ears of the deaf will be unstopped.Mt 11:5: The blind receive their sight: and the lame walk: the lepers are cleansed: and the deaf hear: the dead are raised up: and the poor have the gospel preached to them.
και διεστειλατο αυτοις ινα μηδενι ειπωσιν οσον δε αυτος αυτοις διεστελλετο μαλλον περισσοτερον εκηρυσσον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1291διεστείλατοdiesteilato (V-AIM-3S)
G1291 διαστέλλομαι diastéllomai dee-as-tel-lom-ahee middle voice from διά and στέλλω; to set (oneself) apart (figuratively, distinguish), i.e. (by implication) to enjoin:--charge, that which was (give) commanded(-ment).
|
διεστείλατοdiesteilato
|
He instructed
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3367μηδενὶmēdeni (Adj-DMS)
G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηδενὶmēdeni
|
no one
|
Adj-DMS
|
G3004λέγωσιν·legōsin (V-PSA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωσιν·legōsin
|
they should tell.
|
V-PSA-3P
|
G3745ὅσονhoson (RelPro-ANS)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσονhoson
|
As much as
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
He
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G1291διεστέλλετο,diestelleto (V-IIM-3S)
G1291 διαστέλλομαι diastéllomai dee-as-tel-lom-ahee middle voice from διά and στέλλω; to set (oneself) apart (figuratively, distinguish), i.e. (by implication) to enjoin:--charge, that which was (give) commanded(-ment).
|
διεστέλλετο,diestelleto
|
kept instructing
|
V-IIM-3S
|
G846αὐτοὶautoi (PPro-NM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὶautoi
|
them,
|
PPro-NM3P
|
G3123μᾶλλονmallon (Adv)
G3123 μᾶλλον mâllon mal-lon neuter of the comparative of the same as μάλιστα; (adverbially) more (in a greater degree)) or rather:--+ better, X far, (the) more (and more), (so) much (the more), rather.
|
μᾶλλονmallon
|
more
|
Adv
|
G4053περισσότερονperissoteron (Adv)
G4053 περισσός perissós per-is-sos from περί (in the sense of beyond); superabundant (in quantity) or superior (in quality); by implication, excessive; adverbially (with ἐκ) violently; neuter (as noun) preeminence:--exceeding abundantly above, more abundantly, advantage, exceedingly, very highly, beyond measure, more, superfluous, vehement(-ly).
|
περισσότερονperissoteron
|
abundantly
|
Adv
|
G2784ἐκήρυσσον.ekērysson (V-IIA-3P)
G2784 κηρύσσω kērýssō kay-roos-so of uncertain affinity; to herald (as a public crier), especially divine truth (the gospel):--preacher(-er), proclaim, publish.
|
ἐκήρυσσον.ekērysson
|
they were proclaiming it.
|
V-IIA-3P
|
36
He charged them that they should tell no man: but the more he charged them, so much the more a great deal they published it;Mark 7:36
Stats
Counts: 128 characters, 24 words, 100 letters, 35 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: και διεστειλατο αυτοις ινα μηδενι ειπωσιν οσον δε αυτος αυτοις διεστελλετο μαλλον περισσοτερον εκηρυσσον
Lit: And He instructed them that no one they should tell. As much as however He kept instructing them, more abundantly they were proclaiming it.
KJV: And he charged them that they should tell no man: but the more he charged them, so much the more a great deal they published it;
References
"And he charged them that they should tell no man: but the more he charged them, so much the more a great deal they published it;"Mr 1:44: 45: says to him: See you not sayhing to any man: but go your way: show yourself to the priest: and offer for your cleansing those things which Moses commanded: for a testimony to them.Mr 3:12: He straitly charged them that they not should make him known.Mr 5:43: He charged them straitly that no man should know it; and commanded that something should be given her to eat.Mr 8:26: He sent him away to his house: saying: Neither go into the town: nor tell it to any in the town.
και υπερπερισσως εξεπλησσοντο λεγοντες καλως παντα πεποιηκεν και τους κωφους ποιει ακουειν και τους αλαλους λαλειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5249ὑπερπερισσῶςhyperperissōs (Adv)
G5249 ὑπερπερισσῶς hyperperissōs hoop-er-per-is-soce from ὑπέρ and περισσῶς; superabundantly, i.e. exceedingly:--beyond measure.
|
ὑπερπερισσῶςhyperperissōs
|
above measure
|
Adv
|
G1605ἐξεπλήσσοντοexeplēssonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G1605 ἐκπλήσσω ekplḗssō ek-place-so from ἐκ and πλήσσω; to strike with astonishment:--amaze, astonish.
|
ἐξεπλήσσοντοexeplēssonto
|
they were astonished,
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G2573ΚαλῶςKalōs (Adv)
G2573 καλῶς kalōs kal-oce adverb from καλός; well (usually morally):--(in a) good (place), honestly, + recover, (full) well.
|
ΚαλῶςKalōs
|
Well
|
Adv
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G4160πεποίηκεν,pepoiēken (V-RIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
πεποίηκεν,pepoiēken
|
He has done;
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
both
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G2974κωφοὺςkōphous (Adj-AMP)
G2974 κωφός kōphós ko-fos from κόπτω; blunted, i.e. (figuratively) of hearing (deaf) or speech (dumb):--deaf, dumb, speechless.
|
κωφοὺςkōphous
|
deaf
|
Adj-AMP
|
G4160ποιεῖpoiei (V-PIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιεῖpoiei
|
He makes
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G191ἀκούεινakouein (V-PNA)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούεινakouein
|
to hear,
|
V-PNA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588[τοὺς]tous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
[τοὺς]tous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G216ἀλάλουςalalous (Adj-AMP)
G216 ἄλαλος álalos al-al-os from Α (as a negative particle) and λαλέω; mute:--dumb.
|
ἀλάλουςalalous
|
mute
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2980λαλεῖν.lalein (V-PNA)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλεῖν.lalein
|
to speak.
|
V-PNA
|
37
Were beyond measure astonished, saying, He has done all things well: he makes both the deaf to hear, and the dumb to speak.
Mark 7:37
Stats
Counts: 129 characters, 20 words, 101 letters, 38 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: και υπερπερισσως εξεπλησσοντο λεγοντες καλως παντα πεποιηκεν και τους κωφους ποιει ακουειν και τους αλαλους λαλειν
Lit: And above measure they were astonished, saying, Well all things He has done; both the deaf He makes to hear, and the mute to speak.
KJV: And were beyond measure astonished, saying, He hath done all things well: he maketh both the deaf to hear, and the dumb to speak.
References
"were"Mr 1:27: They were all amazed: insomuch that they questioned among themselves: saying: What thing is this? what new doctrine is this? for with authority commands he even the unclean spirits: and they do obey him.Mr 2:12: Immediately He arose: took up the bed: and went forth before them all; insomuch that they were all amazed: and glorified God: saying: We never saw it on this fashion.Mr 4:41: They feared exceedingly: and said one to another: What manner of man is this: that even the wind and the sea obey him?Mr 5:42: Straightway the damsel arose: and walked; for she was of the age of 12 years. And they were astonished with a great astonishment.Mr 6:51: He went up to them into the ship; and the wind ceased: and they were sore amazed in themselves beyond measure: and wondered.Ps 139:14: I will praise you; for I am fearfully and wonderfully made: marvellous are your works; and that my soul knows right well.Ac 2:7-12: They were all amazed and marvelled: saying one to another: Look: not are all these which speak Galilaeans?Ac 3:10-13: They knew that it was he which sat for alms at the Beautiful gate of the temple: and they were filled with wonder and amazement at that which had happened to him.Ac 14:11: When the people saw what Paul had done: they lifted up their voices: saying in the speech of Lycaonia: The gods are come down to us in the likeness of men."He hath"Ge 1:31: God saw every thing that He had made: and: look: it was very good. And the evening and the morning were the sixth day.Lu 23:41: We indeed justly; for we receive the due reward of our deeds: but this man has not donehing amiss."he maketh"Ex 4:10: 11: Moses said to the LORD: O my Lord: I am not eloquent: neither heretofore: nor since you have spoken to your servant: but I am slow of speech: and of a slow tongue.
8
The Feeding of the Four Thousand
εν εκειναις ταις ημεραις παμπολλου οχλου οντος και μη εχοντων τι φαγωσιν προσκαλεσαμενος ο ιησους τους μαθητας αυτου λεγει αυτοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1722ἘνEn (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἘνEn
|
In
|
Prep
|
G1565ἐκείναιςekeinais (DPro-DFP)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείναιςekeinais
|
those
|
DPro-DFP
|
G2250ἡμέραιςhēmerais (N-DFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραιςhēmerais
|
days,
|
N-DFP
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv)
G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again
|
Adv
|
G4183πολλοῦpollou (Adj-GMS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοῦpollou
|
great
|
Adj-GMS
|
G3793ὄχλουochlou (N-GMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλουochlou
|
the crowd
|
N-GMS
|
G1510ὄντοςontos (V-PPA-GMS)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὄντοςontos
|
being
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2192ἐχόντωνechontōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἐχόντωνechontōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-ANS
|
G5315φάγωσιν,phagōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
φάγωσιν,phagōsin
|
they might eat,
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G4341προσκαλεσάμενοςproskalesamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G4341 προσκαλέομαι proskaléomai pros-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from πρός and καλέω; to call toward oneself, i.e. summon, invite:--call (for, to, unto).
|
προσκαλεσάμενοςproskalesamenos
|
having called to Him
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3101μαθητὰςmathētas (N-AMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητὰςmathētas
|
disciples,
|
N-AMP
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
1
In those days the multitude being very great, and not havinghing to eat, Jesus called His disciples to Him, and says to them,
Mark 8:1
Stats
Rank: #3172 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 130 characters, 20 words, 104 letters, 39 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: εν εκειναις ταις ημεραις παμπολλου οχλου οντος και μη εχοντων τι φαγωσιν προσκαλεσαμενος ο ιησους τους μαθητας αυτου λεγει αυτοις
Lit: In those days, again great the crowd being and not having what they might eat, having called to Him the disciples, He says to them,
KJV: In those days the multitude being very great, and having nothing to eat, Jesus called his disciples unto him, and saith unto them,
References
"In those days the multitude being very great, and having nothing to eat, Jesus called his disciples unto him, and saith unto them,"Mt 15:32-39: Then Jesus called His disciples to Him: and said: I have compassion on the multitude: because they continue with me now 3 days: and not havehing to eat: and I not will send them away fasting: lest they faint in the way.
σπλαγχνιζομαι επι τον οχλον οτι ηδη ημερας τρεις προσμενουσιν μοι και ουκ εχουσιν τι φαγωσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4697ΣπλαγχνίζομαιSplanchnizomai (V-PIM/P-1S)
G4697 σπλαγχνίζομαι splanchnízomai splangkh-nid-zom-ahee middle voice from σπλάγχνον; to have the bowels yearn, i.e. (figuratively) feel sympathy, to pity:--have (be moved with) compassion.
|
ΣπλαγχνίζομαιSplanchnizomai
|
I am moved with compassion
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3793ὄχλον,ochlon (N-AMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλον,ochlon
|
crowd,
|
N-AMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G2235ἤδηēdē (Adv)
G2235 ἤδη ḗdē ay-day apparently from ἤ (or possibly ἦ) and δή; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.
|
ἤδηēdē
|
already
|
Adv
|
G2250ἡμέραιhēmerai (N-NFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραιhēmerai
|
days
|
N-NFP
|
G5140τρεῖςtreis (Adj-NFP)
G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
τρεῖςtreis
|
three
|
Adj-NFP
|
G4357προσμένουσίνprosmenousin (V-PIA-3P)
G4357 προσμένω prosménō pros-men-o from πρός and μένω; to stay further, i.e. remain in a place, with a person; figuratively, to adhere to, persevere in:--abide still, be with, cleave unto, continue in (with).
|
προσμένουσίνprosmenousin
|
they continue
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
with Me,
|
PPro-D1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
nothing
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχουσινechousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσινechousin
|
have
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
that
|
IPro-ANS
|
G5315φάγωσιν·phagōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
φάγωσιν·phagōsin
|
they might eat.
|
V-ASA-3P
|
2
I have compassion on the multitude, because they have now been with me 3 days, and not havehing to eat:Mark 8:2
Stats
Rank: #7709 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 107 characters, 18 words, 85 letters, 36 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: σπλαγχνιζομαι επι τον οχλον οτι ηδη ημερας τρεις προσμενουσιν μοι και ουκ εχουσιν τι φαγωσιν
Lit: I am moved with compassion upon the crowd, because already days three they continue with Me, and nothing have that they might eat.
KJV: I have compassion on the multitude, because they have now been with me three days, and have nothing to eat:
References
"compassion"Mr 1:41: Jesus: moved with compassion: put forth His hand: and touched Him: and says to Him: I will; be you clean.Mr 5:19: Howbeit Jesus suffered Him not">not Him: but says to Him: Go home to your friends: and tell them how great things the Lord has done for you: and has had compassion on you.Mr 6:34: Jesus: when He came out: saw much people: and was moved with compassion toward them: because they were as not sheep having a shepherd: and He began to teach them many things.Mr 9:22: Ofttimes it has cast him into the fire: and into the waters: to destroy him: but if you canst do any thing: have compassion on us: and help us.Ps 103:13: Like as a father pitieth'>pitieth His children: so the LORD pitieth'>pitieth them that fear Him.Ps 145:8: 15: The LORD is gracious: and full of compassion; slow to anger: and of great mercy.Mic 7:19: He will turn again: he will have compassion upon us; he will subdue our iniquities; and you will cast all their sins into the depths of the sea.Mt 9:36: But when he saw the multitudes: he was moved with compassion on them: because they fainted: and were scattered abroad: as sheep having no shepherd.Mt 14:14: Jesus went forth: and saw a great multitude: and was moved with compassion toward them: and He healed their sick.Mt 20:34: So Jesus had compassion on them: and touched their eyes: and immediately their eyes received sight: and they followed Him.Lu 7:13: When the Lord saw her: He had compassion on her: and said to her: not Weep.Lu 15:20: He arose: and came to his father. But when he was yet a great way off: his father saw him: and had compassion: and ran: and fell on his neck: and kissed him.Heb 2:17: For what reason in all things it behoved Him to be made like to His brothers: that He might be a merciful and faithful high priest in things pertaining to God: to make reconciliation for the sins of the people.Heb 4:15: For we not have an high priest which cannot be touched with the feeling of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are: yet without sin.Heb 5:2: Who can have compassion on the ignorant: and on them that are out of the way; for that he himself also is compassed with infirmity."and have"Mt 4:2-4: When he had fasted 40 days and 40 nights: he was afterward hungry.Mt 6:32: 33: (For after all these things do the Gentiles seek:) for your heavenly Father knows that you have need of all these things.Joh 4:6-8: 30-34: Now Jacob's well was there. Jesus therefore: being wearied with His journey: sat thus on the well: and it was about the sixth hour.
και εαν απολυσω αυτους νηστεις εις οικον αυτων εκλυθησονται εν τη οδω τινες γαρ αυτων μακροθεν ηκασιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G630ἀπολύσωapolysō (V-ASA-1S)
G630 ἀπολύω apolýō ap-ol-oo-o from ἀπό and λύω; to free fully, i.e. (literally) relieve, release, dismiss (reflexively, depart), or (figuratively) let die, pardon or (specially) divorce:--(let) depart, dismiss, divorce, forgive, let go, loose, put (send) away, release, set at liberty.
|
ἀπολύσωapolysō
|
I shall send away
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3523νήστειςnēsteis (Adj-AMP)
G3523 νῆστις nēstis nace-tis from the inseparable negative particle (not) and ἐσθίω; not eating, i.e. abstinent from food (religiously):--fasting.
|
νήστειςnēsteis
|
hungry
|
Adj-AMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3624οἶκονoikon (N-AMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκονoikon
|
the homes
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1590ἐκλυθήσονταιeklythēsontai (V-FIP-3P)
G1590 ἐκλύω eklýō ek-loo-o from ἐκ and λύω; to relax (literally or figuratively):--faint.
|
ἐκλυθήσονταιeklythēsontai
|
they will faint
|
V-FIP-3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3598ὁδῷ·hodō (N-DFS)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδῷ·hodō
|
way.
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καίkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καίkai
|
For
|
Conj
|
G5100τινεςtines (IPro-NMP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινεςtines
|
some
|
IPro-NMP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3113μακρόθενmakrothen (Adv)
G3113 μακρόθεν makróthen mak-roth-en adverb from μακρός; from a distance or afar:--afar off, from far.
|
μακρόθενmakrothen
|
afar
|
Adv
|
G2240ἥκασιν*.hēkasin (V-RIA-3P)
G2240 ἥκω hḗkō hay-ko a primary verb; to arrive, i.e. be present (literally or figuratively):--come.
|
ἥκασιν*.hēkasin
|
are come.
|
V-RIA-3P
|
3
If I send them away fasting to their own houses, they will faint by the way: for divers of them came from far.Mark 8:3
Stats
Rank: #8781 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 114 characters, 22 words, 88 letters, 31 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εαν απολυσω αυτους νηστεις εις οικον αυτων εκλυθησονται εν τη οδω τινες γαρ αυτων μακροθεν ηκασιν
Lit: And if I shall send away them hungry to the homes of them, they will faint on the way. For some of them from afar are come.
KJV: And if I send them away fasting to their own houses, they will faint by the way: for divers of them came from far.
References
"And if I send them away fasting to their own houses, they will faint by the way: for divers of them came from far."Jg 8:4-6: Gideon came to Jordan: and passed over: he: and the 300 men that were with him: faint: yet pursuing them.1Sa 14:28-31: Then answered one of the people: and said: Your father straitly charged the people with an oath: saying: Cursed be the man that eats any food this day. And the people were faint.1Sa 30:10-12: But David pursued: he and 400 men: for 200 abode behind: which were so faint that they not could go over the brook Besor.Isa 40:31: But they that wait upon the LORD will renew their strength; they will mount up with wings as eagles; they will run: not and be weary; and they will walk: not and faint.
και απεκριθησαν αυτω οι μαθηται αυτου ποθεν τουτους δυνησεται τις ωδε χορτασαι αρτων επ ερημιας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G611ἀπεκρίθησανapekrithēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀπεκρίθησανapekrithēsan
|
answered
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3101μαθηταὶmathētai (N-NMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταὶmathētai
|
disciples
|
N-NMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G4159ΠόθενPothen (Adv)
G4159 πόθεν póthen poth-en from the base of πόσις with enclitic adverb of origin; from which (as interrogative) or what (as relative) place, state, source or cause:--whence.
|
ΠόθενPothen
|
From where
|
Adv
|
G3778τούτουςtoutous (DPro-AMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτουςtoutous
|
these
|
DPro-AMP
|
G1410δυνήσεταίdynēsetai (V-FIM-3S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δυνήσεταίdynēsetai
|
will be able
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G5602ὧδεhōde (Adv)
G5602 ὧδε hōde ho-deh from an adverb form of ὅδε; in this same spot, i.e. here or hither:--here, hither, (in) this place, there.,
|
ὧδεhōde
|
here
|
Adv
|
G5526χορτάσαιchortasai (V-ANA)
G5526 χορτάζω chortázō khor-tad-zo from χόρτος; to fodder, i.e. (generally) to gorge (supply food in abundance):--feed, fill, satisfy.
|
χορτάσαιchortasai
|
to satisfy
|
V-ANA
|
G740ἄρτωνartōn (N-GMP)
G740 ἄρτος ártos ar-tos from αἴρω; bread (as raised) or a loaf:--(shew-)bread, loaf.
|
ἄρτωνartōn
|
with bread
|
N-GMP
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2047ἐρημίας;erēmias (N-GFS)
G2047 ἐρημία erēmía er-ay-mee-ah from ἔρημος; solitude (concretely):--desert, wilderness.
|
ἐρημίας;erēmias
|
this desolate place?
|
N-GFS
|
4
His disciples answered him, From where can a man satisfy these men with bread here in the wilderness?
Mark 8:4
Stats
Counts: 106 characters, 18 words, 86 letters, 30 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: και απεκριθησαν αυτω οι μαθηται αυτου ποθεν τουτους δυνησεται τις ωδε χορτασαι αρτων επ ερημιας
Lit: And answered Him the disciples of Him - , From where these will be able anyone here to satisfy with bread in this desolate place?
KJV: And his disciples answered him, From whence can a man satisfy these men with bread here in the wilderness?
References
"From"Mr 6:36: 37: 52: Send them away: that they may go into the country round about: and into the villages: and buy themselves bread: for they not havehing to eat.Nu 11:21-23: Moses said: The people: among whom I am: are 600000 footmen; and you have said: I will give them flesh: that they may eat a whole month.2Ki 4:42-44: There came a man from Baalshalisha: and brought the man of God bread of the firstfruits: 20 loaves of barley: and full ears of grain in the husk thereof. And He said: Give to the people: that they may eat.2Ki 7:2: Then a lord on whose hand the king leaned answered the man of God: and said: Look: if the LORD would make windows in heaven: might this thing be? And He said: Look: you will see it with your eyes: but will not eat thereof.Ps 78:19: 20: Yes: they spoke against God; they said: Can God furnish a table in the wilderness?Mt 15:33: His disciples say to him: Where should we have so much bread in the wilderness: as to fill so great a multitude?Joh 6:7-9: Philip answered him: 200 pennyworth of bread not is sufficient for them: that every one of them may take a little.
και επηρωτα αυτους ποσους εχετε αρτους οι δε ειπον επτα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2065ἠρώταērōta (V-IIA-3S)
G2065 ἐρωτάω erōtáō er-o-tah-o apparently from ἐρέω (compare ἐρευνάω); to interrogate; by implication, to request:--ask, beseech, desire, intreat, pray. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ἠρώταērōta
|
He was asking
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτούςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G4214ΠόσουςPosous (IPro-AMP)
G4214 πόσος pósos pos-os from an absolute (who, what) and ὅς; interrogative pronoun (of amount) how much (large, long or (plural) many):--how great (long, many), what.,
|
ΠόσουςPosous
|
How many
|
IPro-AMP
|
G2192ἔχετεechete (V-PIA-2P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχετεechete
|
have you
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G740ἄρτους;artous (N-AMP)
G740 ἄρτος ártos ar-tos from αἴρω; bread (as raised) or a loaf:--(shew-)bread, loaf.
|
ἄρτους;artous
|
loaves?
|
N-AMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπανeipan (V-AIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπανeipan
|
they said,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2033Ἑπτά.Hepta (Adj-AMP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
Ἑπτά.Hepta
|
Seven.
|
Adj-AMP
|
5
He asked them, How many loaves have you? And they said, 7.
Mark 8:5
Stats
Counts: 65 characters, 10 words, 49 letters, 19 vowels, 30 consonants
Translation
Greek: και επηρωτα αυτους ποσους εχετε αρτους οι δε ειπον επτα
Lit: And He was asking them, How many have you loaves? And they said, Seven.
KJV: And he asked them, How many loaves have ye? And they said, Seven.
References
"How"Mr 6:38: He says to them: How many loaves have you? go and see. And when they knew: they say: 5: and two fishes.Mt 14:15-17: When it was evening: his disciples came to him: saying: This is a desert place: and the time is now past; send the multitude away: that they may go into the villages: and buy themselves victuals.Mt 15:34: Jesus says to them: How many loaves have you? And they said: 7: and a few little fishes.Lu 9:13: But he said to them: Give you them to eat. And they said: We have no more but 5 loaves and two fishes; except we should go and buy meat for all this people.
και παρηγγειλεν τω οχλω αναπεσειν επι της γης και λαβων τους επτα αρτους ευχαριστησας εκλασεν και εδιδου τοις μαθηταις αυτου ινα παραθωσιν και παρεθηκαν τω οχλω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3853παραγγέλλειparangellei (V-PIA-3S)
G3853 παραγγέλλω parangéllō par-ang-gel-lo from παρά and the base of ἄγγελος; to transmit a message, i.e. (by implication) to enjoin:--(give in) charge, (give) command(-ment), declare.
|
παραγγέλλειparangellei
|
He directs
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3793ὄχλῳochlō (N-DMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλῳochlō
|
crowd
|
N-DMS
|
G377ἀναπεσεῖνanapesein (V-ANA)
G377 ἀναπίπτω anapíptō an-ap-ip-to from ἀνά and πίπτω; to fall back, i.e. lie down, lean back:--lean, sit down (to meat).
|
ἀναπεσεῖνanapesein
|
to recline
|
V-ANA
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς·gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς·gēs
|
ground.
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2983λαβὼνlabōn (V-APA-NMS)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβὼνlabōn
|
having taken
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-AMP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-AMP
|
G740ἄρτουςartous (N-AMP)
G740 ἄρτος ártos ar-tos from αἴρω; bread (as raised) or a loaf:--(shew-)bread, loaf.
|
ἄρτουςartous
|
loaves,
|
N-AMP
|
G2168εὐχαριστήσαςeucharistēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G2168 εὐχαριστέω eucharistéō yoo-khar-is-teh-o from εὐχάριστος; to be grateful, i.e. (actively) to express gratitude (towards); specially, to say grace at a meal:--(give) thank(-ful, -s).
|
εὐχαριστήσαςeucharistēsas
|
having given thanks,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2806ἔκλασενeklasen (V-AIA-3S)
G2806 κλάω kláō klah-o a primary verb; to break (specially, of bread):--break.
|
ἔκλασενeklasen
|
He broke them
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325ἐδίδουedidou (V-IIA-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἐδίδουedidou
|
kept giving them
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to
|
Art-DMP
|
G3101μαθηταῖςmathētais (N-DMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταῖςmathētais
|
disciples
|
N-DMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3908παρατιθῶσιν,paratithōsin (V-PSA-3P)
G3908 παρατίθημι paratíthēmi par-at-ith-ay-mee from παρά and τίθημι; to place alongside, i.e. present (food, truth); by implication, to deposit (as a trust or for protection):--allege, commend, commit (the keeping of), put forth, set before.
|
παρατιθῶσιν,paratithōsin
|
they might set before them.
|
V-PSA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3908παρέθηκανparethēkan (V-AIA-3P)
G3908 παρατίθημι paratíthēmi par-at-ith-ay-mee from παρά and τίθημι; to place alongside, i.e. present (food, truth); by implication, to deposit (as a trust or for protection):--allege, commend, commit (the keeping of), put forth, set before.
|
παρέθηκανparethēkan
|
they set it before
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3793ὄχλῳ.ochlō (N-DMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλῳ.ochlō
|
crowd.
|
N-DMS
|
6
He commanded the people to sit down on the ground: and he took the 7 loaves, and gave thanks, and brake, and gave to his disciples to set before them; and they did set them before the people.Mark 8:6
Stats
Rank: #8856 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 201 characters, 32 words, 155 letters, 59 vowels, 96 consonants
Translation
Greek: και παρηγγειλεν τω οχλω αναπεσειν επι της γης και λαβων τους επτα αρτους ευχαριστησας εκλασεν και εδιδου τοις μαθηταις αυτου ινα παραθωσιν και παρεθηκαν τω οχλω
Lit: And He directs the crowd to recline on the ground. And having taken the seven loaves, having given thanks, He broke them and kept giving them to disciples of Him, that they might set before them. And they set it before the crowd.
KJV: And he commanded the people to sit down on the ground: and he took the seven loaves, and gave thanks, and brake, and gave to his disciples to set before them; and they did set [them] before the people.
References
"to sit"Mr 6:39: 40: He commanded them to make all sit down by companies upon the green grass.Mt 14:18: 19: He said: Bring them here to me.Mt 15:35: 36: He commanded the multitude to sit down on the ground.Lu 9:14: 15: For they were about 5000 men. And he said to his disciples: Make them sit down by fifties in a company.Lu 12:37: Blessed are those servants: whom the lord when he comes will find watching: truly I say to you: that he will gird himself: and make them to sit down to meat: and will come forth and serve them.Joh 2:5: His mother says to the servants: Whatever he says to you: do it.Joh 6:10: Jesus said: Make the men sit down. Now there was much grass in the place. So the men sat down: in number about 5000."gave thanks"Mr 6:41-44: When he had taken the 5 loaves and the two fishes: he looked up to heaven: and blessed: and brake the loaves: and gave them to his disciples to set before them; and the two fishes divided he among them all.1Sa 9:13: As soon as you be come into the city: you will straightway find him: before he go up to the high place to eat: for the people not will eat until he come: because he does bless the sacrifice; and afterwards they eat that be bidden. Now therefore get you up; for about this time you will find him.Mt 15:36: He took the 7 loaves and the fishes: and gave thanks: and brake them: and gave to his disciples: and the disciples to the multitude.Mt 26:26: As they were eating: Jesus took bread: and blessed it: and brake it: and gave it to the disciples: and said: Take: eat; this is my body.Lu 24:30: It came to pass: as he sat at meat with them: he took bread: and blessed it: and brake: and gave to them.Joh 6:11: 23: Jesus took the loaves; and when He had given thanks: He distributed to the disciples: and the disciples to them that were set down; and likewise of the fishes as much as they would.Ro 14:6: He who regards'>regards'>regards the day: regards'>regards'>regards it to the Lord; and He that'>He who regards'>regards'>regards not the day: to the Lord He does not regard it. He who eats'>eats'>eats'>eats: eats'>eats'>eats'>eats to the Lord: for He gives'>gives God thanks; and He that'>He who eats'>eats'>eats'>eats not: to the Lord He eats'>eats'>eats'>eats not: and gives'>gives God thanks.1Co 10:30: 31: For if I by grace be a partaker: why am I evil spoken of for that for which I give thanks?Col 3:17: whatever you do in word or deed: do all in the name of the Lord Jesus: giving thanks to God and the Father by Him.1Ti 4:3-5: Forbidding to marry: and commanding to abstain from meats: which God has created to be received with thanksgiving of them which believe and know the truth.
και ειχον ιχθυδια ολιγα και ευλογησας ειπεν παραθειναι και αυτα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2192εἶχον*eichon (V-IIA-3P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
εἶχον*eichon
|
they had
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G2485ἰχθύδιαichthydia (N-ANP)
G2485 ἰχθύδιον ichthýdion ikh-thoo-dee-on diminutive from ἰχθύς; a petty fish:--little (small) fish.
|
ἰχθύδιαichthydia
|
small fish
|
N-ANP
|
G3641ὀλίγα·oliga (Adj-ANP)
G3641 ὀλίγος olígos ol-ee-gos of uncertain affinity; puny (in extent, degree, number, duration or value); especially neuter (adverbially) somewhat:--+ almost, brief(-ly), few, (a) little, + long, a season, short, small, a while.
|
ὀλίγα·oliga
|
a few.
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2127εὐλογήσαςeulogēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G2127 εὐλογέω eulogéō yoo-log-eh-o from a compound of εὖ and λόγος; to speak well of, i.e. (religiously) to bless (thank or invoke a benediction upon, prosper):--bless, praise.
|
εὐλογήσαςeulogēsas
|
having blessed
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G846αὐτὰauta (PPro-AN3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὰauta
|
them,
|
PPro-AN3P
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
He ordered
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these
|
DPro-ANP
|
G3908παρατιθέναι.paratithenai (V-PNA)
G3908 παρατίθημι paratíthēmi par-at-ith-ay-mee from παρά and τίθημι; to place alongside, i.e. present (food, truth); by implication, to deposit (as a trust or for protection):--allege, commend, commit (the keeping of), put forth, set before.
|
παρατιθέναι.paratithenai
|
to be set before them.
|
V-PNA
|
7
They had a few small fishes: and he blessed, and commanded to set them also before them.Mark 8:7
Stats
Rank: #9922 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 92 characters, 16 words, 72 letters, 25 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειχον ιχθυδια ολιγα και ευλογησας ειπεν παραθειναι και αυτα
Lit: And they had small fish a few. And having blessed them, He ordered also these to be set before them.
KJV: And they had a few small fishes: and he blessed, and commanded to set them also before them.
References
"fishes"Lu 24:41: 42: While they yet not believed for joy: and wondered: he said to them: Have you here any meat?Joh 21:5: 8: 9: Then Jesus says to them: Children: have you any meat? They answered Him: No."he blessed"Lu 6:41: Why behold you the mote that is in your brother's eye: but perceive not the beam that is in your own eye?Mt 14:19: He commanded the multitude to sit down on the grass: and took the 5 loaves: and the two fishes: and looking up to heaven: he blessed: and brake: and gave the loaves to his disciples: and the disciples to the multitude.
εφαγον δε και εχορτασθησαν και ηραν περισσευματα κλασματων επτα σπυριδας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5315ἔφαγονephagon (V-AIA-3P)
G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
ἔφαγονephagon
|
they ate
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5526ἐχορτάσθησαν,echortasthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G5526 χορτάζω chortázō khor-tad-zo from χόρτος; to fodder, i.e. (generally) to gorge (supply food in abundance):--feed, fill, satisfy.
|
ἐχορτάσθησαν,echortasthēsan
|
were satisfied.
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G142ἦρανēran (V-AIA-3P)
G142 αἴρω aírō ah-ee-ro a primary root; to lift up; by implication, to take up or away; figuratively, to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind), specially, to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Hebraism (compare נָשָׂא) to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).
|
ἦρανēran
|
they took up
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G4051περισσεύματαperisseumata (N-ANP)
G4051 περίσσευμα perísseuma per-is-syoo-mah from περισσεύω; a surplus, or superabundance:--abundance, that was left, over and above.
|
περισσεύματαperisseumata
|
over and above
|
N-ANP
|
G2801κλασμάτωνklasmatōn (N-GNP)
G2801 κλάσμα klásma klas-mah from κλάω; a piece (bit):--broken, fragment.
|
κλασμάτωνklasmatōn
|
of fragments
|
N-GNP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-AFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-AFP
|
G4711σπυρίδας.spyridas (N-AFP)
G4711 σπυρίς spyrís spoo-rece from σπείρω (as woven); a hamper or lunch-receptacle:--basket.
|
σπυρίδας.spyridas
|
baskets.
|
N-AFP
|
8
So they did eat, and were filled: and they took up of the broken meat that was left 7 baskets.Mark 8:8
Stats
Rank: #8667 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 98 characters, 18 words, 76 letters, 28 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: εφαγον δε και εχορτασθησαν και ηραν περισσευματα κλασματων επτα σπυριδας
Lit: And they ate and were satisfied. And they took up over and above of fragments seven baskets.
KJV: So they did eat, and were filled: and they took up of the broken meat that was left seven baskets.
References
"and were"Mr 8:19: 20: When I brake the 5 loaves among 5000: how many baskets full of fragments took you up? They say to him: 12.Ps 107:8: 9: Oh that men would praise the LORD for His goodness: and for His wonderful works to the children of men!Ps 145:16: You open your hand: and satisfy the desire of every living thing.Mt 16:10: Neither the 7 loaves of the 4000: and how many baskets you took up?Lu 1:53: He has filled the hungry with good things; and the rich he has sent empty away.Joh 6:11-13: 27: 32-35: 47-58: Jesus took the loaves; and when He had given thanks: He distributed to the disciples: and the disciples to them that were set down; and likewise of the fishes as much as they would.Re 7:16: 17: They will hunger no more: neither thirst any more; neither will the sun light on them: nor any heat."they took"1Ki 17:14-16: For thus says the LORD God of Israel: The barrel of meal will not waste: neither will the cruse of oil fail: until the day that the LORD sends rain upon the earth.2Ki 4:2-7: 42-44: Elisha said to her: What will I do for you? tell me: what have you in the house? And she said: Your handmaid has not any thing in the house: save a pot of oil.
ησαν δε οι φαγοντες ως τετρακισχιλιοι και απελυσεν αυτους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1510ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσανēsan
|
There were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
about
|
Adv
|
G5070τετρακισχίλιοι.tetrakischilioi (Adj-NMP)
G5070 τετρακισχίλιοι tetrakischílioi tet-rak-is-khil-ee-oy from the multiplicative adverb of τέσσαρες and χίλιοι; four times a thousand:--four thousand.
|
τετρακισχίλιοι.tetrakischilioi
|
four thousand.
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G630ἀπέλυσενapelysen (V-AIA-3S)
G630 ἀπολύω apolýō ap-ol-oo-o from ἀπό and λύω; to free fully, i.e. (literally) relieve, release, dismiss (reflexively, depart), or (figuratively) let die, pardon or (specially) divorce:--(let) depart, dismiss, divorce, forgive, let go, loose, put (send) away, release, set at liberty.
|
ἀπέλυσενapelysen
|
He sent away
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτούς.autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς.autous
|
them.
|
PPro-AM3P
|
9
They that had eaten were about 4000: and he sent them away.Mark 8:9
Stats
Rank: #1212 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 72 characters, 13 words, 57 letters, 23 vowels, 34 consonants
Translation
Greek: ησαν δε οι φαγοντες ως τετρακισχιλιοι και απελυσεν αυτους
Lit: There were now about four thousand. And He sent away them.
KJV: And they that had eaten were about four thousand: and he sent them away.
και ευθεως εμβας εις το πλοιον μετα των μαθητων αυτου ηλθεν εις τα μερη δαλμανουθα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G1684ἐμβὰςembas (V-APA-NMS)
G1684 ἐμβαίνω embaínō em-ba-hee-no from ἐν and the base of βάσις; to walk on, i.e. embark (aboard a vessel), reach (a pool):--come (get) into, enter (into), go (up) into, step in, take ship.
|
ἐμβὰςembas
|
having entered
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4143πλοῖονploion (N-ANS)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοῖονploion
|
boat
|
N-ANS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3101μαθητῶνmathētōn (N-GMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητῶνmathētōn
|
disciples
|
N-GMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2064ἦλθενēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθενēlthen
|
He came
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G3313μέρηmerē (N-ANP)
G3313 μέρος méros mer-os from an obsolete but more primary form of (to get as a section or allotment); a division or share (literally or figuratively, in a wide application):--behalf, course, coast, craft, particular (+ -ly), part (+ -ly), piece, portion, respect, side, some sort(-what).
|
μέρηmerē
|
district
|
N-ANP
|
G1148Δαλμανουθά.Dalmanoutha (N-GFS)
G1148 Δαλμανουθά Dalmanouthá dal-man-oo-thah probably of Chaldee origin; Dalmanutha, a place in Palestine:--Dalmanutha.
|
Δαλμανουθά.Dalmanoutha
|
of Dalmanutha.
|
N-GFS
|
10
Straightway he entered into a ship with his disciples, and came into the parts of Dalmanutha.Mark 8:10
Stats
Rank: #2279 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 97 characters, 16 words, 79 letters, 29 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ευθεως εμβας εις το πλοιον μετα των μαθητων αυτου ηλθεν εις τα μερη δαλμανουθα
Lit: And immediately having entered into the boat with the disciples of Him, He came into the district of Dalmanutha.
KJV: And straightway he entered into a ship with his disciples, and came into the parts of Dalmanutha.
References
"straightway"Mt 15:39: He sent away the multitude: and took ship: and came into the coasts of Magdala.
The Demand for a Sign
και εξηλθον οι φαρισαιοι και ηρξαντο συζητειν αυτω ζητουντες παρ αυτου σημειον απο του ουρανου πειραζοντες αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξῆλθονexēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθονexēlthon
|
went out
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G5330ΦαρισαῖοιPharisaioi (N-NMP)
G5330 Φαρισαῖος Pharisaîos far-is-ah-yos of Hebrew origin (compare פָּרָשׁ); a separatist, i.e. exclusively religious; a Pharisean, i.e. Jewish sectary:--Pharisee.
|
ΦαρισαῖοιPharisaioi
|
Pharisees
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G756ἤρξαντοērxanto (V-AIM-3P)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
ἤρξαντοērxanto
|
began
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G4802συζητεῖνsyzētein (V-PNA)
G4802 συζητέω syzētéō sood-zay-teh-o from σύν and ζητέω; to investigate jointly, i.e. discuss, controvert, cavil:--dispute (with), enquire, question (with), reason (together).
|
συζητεῖνsyzētein
|
to dispute with
|
V-PNA
|
G846αὐτῷ,autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ,autō
|
Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2212ζητοῦντεςzētountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2212 ζητέω zētéō dzay-teh-o of uncertain affinity; to seek (literally or figuratively); specially, (by Hebraism) to worship (God), or (in a bad sense) to plot (against life):--be (go) about, desire, endeavour, enquire (for), require, (X will) seek (after, for, means). Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ζητοῦντεςzētountes
|
seeking
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3844παρ’par’ (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρ’par’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G4592σημεῖονsēmeion (N-ANS)
G4592 σημεῖον sēmeîon say-mi-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the base of σημαίνω; an indication, especially ceremonially or supernaturally:--miracle, sign, token, wonder.
|
σημεῖονsēmeion
|
a sign
|
N-ANS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανοῦ,ouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦ,ouranou
|
heaven,
|
N-GMS
|
G3985πειράζοντεςpeirazontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3985 πειράζω peirázō pi-rad-zo from πεῖρα; to test (objectively), i.e. endeavor, scrutinize, entice, discipline:--assay, examine, go about, prove, tempt(-er), try.
|
πειράζοντεςpeirazontes
|
testing
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
Him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
11
The Pharisees came forth, and began to question with him, seeking of him a sign from heaven, tempting him.Mark 8:11
Stats
Counts: 110 characters, 17 words, 87 letters, 33 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εξηλθον οι φαρισαιοι και ηρξαντο συζητειν αυτω ζητουντες παρ αυτου σημειον απο του ουρανου πειραζοντες αυτον
Lit: And went out the Pharisees and began to dispute with Him, seeking from Him a sign from heaven, testing Him.
KJV: And the Pharisees came forth, and began to question with him, seeking of him a sign from heaven, tempting him.
References
"Pharisees"Mr 2:16: When the scribes and Pharisees saw him eat with publicans and sinners: they said to his disciples: How is it that he eats and drinks with publicans and sinners?Mr 7:1: 2: Then came together to him the Pharisees: and certain of the scribes: which came from Jerusalem.Mt 12:38: Then certain of the scribes and of the Pharisees answered: saying: Master: we would see a sign from you.Mt 16:1-4: The Pharisees also with the Sadducees came: and tempting desired him that he would show them a sign from heaven.Mt 19:3: The Pharisees also came to him: tempting him: and saying to him: Is it lawful for a man to put away his wife for every cause?Mt 21:23: When he was come into the temple: the chief priests and the elders of the people came to him as he was teaching: and said: By what authority do you these things? and who gave you this authority?Mt 22:15: 18: 23: 34: 35: Then went the Pharisees: and took counsel how they might entangle him in his talk.Lu 11:53: 54: As he said these things to them: the scribes and the Pharisees began to urge him vehemently: and to provoke him to speak of many things:Joh 7:48: Have any of the rulers or of the Pharisees believed on him?"seeking"Lu 11:16: Others: tempting him: sought of him a sign from heaven.Lu 12:54-57: He said also to the people: When you see a cloud rise out of the west: straightway you say: There comes a shower; and so it is.Joh 4:48: Then said Jesus to Him: Except you see signs and wonders: you not will believe.Joh 6:30: They said therefore to him: What sign shew you then: that we may see: and believe you? what do you work?1Co 1:22: 23: For the Jews require a sign: and the Greeks seek after wisdom:"tempting"Mr 12:15: Will we give: or will not we give? But he: knowing their hypocrisy: said to them: Why tempt you me? bring me a penny: that I may see it.Ex 17:2: 7: For what reason the people did chide with Moses: and said: Give us water that we may drink. And Moses said to them: Why chide you with me? for what reason do you tempt the LORD?De 6:16: You will not tempt the LORD your God: as you tempted Him in Massah.Mal 3:15: Now we call the proud happy; yes: they that work wickedness are set up; yes: they that tempt God are even delivered.Lu 10:25: And: look: a certain lawyer stood up: and tempted him: saying: Master: what will I do to inherit eternal life?Ac 5:9: Then Peter said to her: How is it that you have agreed together to tempt the Spirit of the Lord? look: the feet of them which have buried your husband are at the door: and will carry you out.1Co 10:9: Neither let us tempt Christ: as some of them also tempted: and were destroyed of serpents.
και αναστεναξας τω πνευματι αυτου λεγει τι η γενεα αυτη σημειον επιζητει αμην λεγω υμιν ει δοθησεται τη γενεα ταυτη σημειον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G389ἀναστενάξαςanastenaxas (V-APA-NMS)
G389 ἀναστενάζω anastenázō an-as-ten-ad-zo from ἀνά and στενάζω; to sigh deeply:--sigh deeply.
|
ἀναστενάξαςanastenaxas
|
having sighed deeply
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
in the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4151πνεύματιpneumati (N-DNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεύματιpneumati
|
spirit
|
N-DNS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
Why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1074γενεὰgenea (N-NFS)
G1074 γενεά geneá ghen-eh-ah from (a presumed derivative of) γένος; a generation; by implication, an age (the period or the persons):--age, generation, nation, time.
|
γενεὰgenea
|
generation
|
N-NFS
|
G3778αὕτηhautē (DPro-NFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
αὕτηhautē
|
this
|
DPro-NFS
|
G2212ζητεῖzētei (V-PIA-3S)
G2212 ζητέω zētéō dzay-teh-o of uncertain affinity; to seek (literally or figuratively); specially, (by Hebraism) to worship (God), or (in a bad sense) to plot (against life):--be (go) about, desire, endeavour, enquire (for), require, (X will) seek (after, for, means). Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ζητεῖzētei
|
seeks
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4592σημεῖον;sēmeion (N-ANS)
G4592 σημεῖον sēmeîon say-mi-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the base of σημαίνω; an indication, especially ceremonially or supernaturally:--miracle, sign, token, wonder.
|
σημεῖον;sēmeion
|
a sign?
|
N-ANS
|
G281ἀμὴνamēn (Heb)
G281 ἀμήν amḗn am-ane of Hebrew origin (אָמֵן); properly, firm, i.e. (figuratively) trustworthy; adverbially, surely (often as interjection, so be it):--amen, verily.,
|
ἀμὴνamēn
|
Truly
|
Heb
|
G3004λέγωlegō (V-PIA-1S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωlegō
|
I say
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖν,hymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖν,hymin
|
to you,
|
PPro-D2P
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1325δοθήσεταιdothēsetai (V-FIP-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δοθήσεταιdothēsetai
|
there will be given
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
to the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1074γενεᾷgenea (N-DFS)
G1074 γενεά geneá ghen-eh-ah from (a presumed derivative of) γένος; a generation; by implication, an age (the period or the persons):--age, generation, nation, time.
|
γενεᾷgenea
|
generation
|
N-DFS
|
G3778ταύτῃtautē (DPro-DFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτῃtautē
|
this
|
DPro-DFS
|
G4592σημεῖον.sēmeion (N-NNS)
G4592 σημεῖον sēmeîon say-mi-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the base of σημαίνω; an indication, especially ceremonially or supernaturally:--miracle, sign, token, wonder.
|
σημεῖον.sēmeion
|
a sign.
|
N-NNS
|
12
He sighed deeply in his spirit, and says, Why does this generation seek after a sign? truly I say to you, There will no sign be given to this generation.
Mark 8:12
Stats
Rank: #3890 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 164 characters, 27 words, 129 letters, 50 vowels, 79 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αναστεναξας τω πνευματι αυτου λεγει τι η γενεα αυτη σημειον επιζητει αμην λεγω υμιν ει δοθησεται τη γενεα ταυτη σημειον
Lit: And having sighed deeply in the spirit of Him, He says, Why the generation this seeks a sign? Truly I say to you, if there will be given to the generation this a sign.
KJV: And he sighed deeply in his spirit, and saith, Why doth this generation seek after a sign? verily I say unto you, There shall no sign be given unto this generation.
References
"he sighed"Mr 3:5: When he had looked round about on them with anger: being grieved for the hardness of their hearts: he says to the man: Stretch forth your hand. And he stretched it out: and his hand was restored whole as the other.Mr 7:34: Looking up to heaven: he sighed: and says to him: Ephphatha: that is: Be opened.Mr 9:19: He answers him: and says: O faithless generation: how long will I be with you? how long will I suffer you? bring him to me.Isa 53:3: He is despised and rejected of men; a man of sorrows: and acquainted with grief: and we hid as it were our faces from him; he was despised: and we esteemed not him.Lu 19:41: When he was come near: he beheld the city: and wept over it: Joh 11:33-38: When Jesus therefore saw her weeping: and the Jews also weeping which came with her: He groaned in the spirit: and was troubled: "Why"Mr 6:6: He marvelled because of their unbelief. And he went round about the villages: teaching.Lu 16:29-31: Abraham says to him: They have Moses and the prophets; let them hear them.Lu 22:67-70: Are you the Christ? tell us. And He said to them: If I tell you: you not will believe:Joh 12:37-43: But though he had done so many miracles before them: yet they not believed on him:"There"Mt 12:39: 40: But he answered and said to them: An evil and adulterous generation seeks after a sign; and there will no sign be given to it: but the sign of the prophet Jonas:Mt 16:4: A wicked and adulterous generation seeks after a sign; and there will no sign be given to it: but the sign of the prophet Jonas. And he left them: and departed.Lu 11:29: 30: When the people were gathered thick together: he began to say: This is an evil generation: they seek a sign; and there will no sign be given it: but the sign of Jonas the prophet.
και αφεις αυτους εμβας παλιν εις το πλοιον απηλθεν εις το περαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G863ἀφεὶςapheis (V-APA-NMS)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφεὶςapheis
|
having left
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv)
G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again
|
Adv
|
G1684ἐμβὰςembas (V-APA-NMS)
G1684 ἐμβαίνω embaínō em-ba-hee-no from ἐν and the base of βάσις; to walk on, i.e. embark (aboard a vessel), reach (a pool):--come (get) into, enter (into), go (up) into, step in, take ship.
|
ἐμβὰςembas
|
having embarked,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G565ἀπῆλθενapēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπῆλθενapēlthen
|
He went away
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4008πέραν.peran (Adv)
G4008 πέραν péran per-an apparently accusative case of an obsolete derivative of (to pierce); through (as adverb or preposition), i.e. across:--beyond, farther (other) side, over.
|
πέραν.peran
|
other side.
|
Adv
|
13
He left them, and entering into the ship again departed to the other side.Mark 8:13
Stats
Rank: #4561 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 78 characters, 14 words, 62 letters, 24 vowels, 38 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αφεις αυτους εμβας παλιν εις το πλοιον απηλθεν εις το περαν
Lit: And having left them, again having embarked, He went away to the other side.
KJV: And he left them, and entering into the ship again departed to the other side.
References
"And he left them, and entering into the ship again departed to the other side."Ps 81:12: So I gave them up to their own hearts' lust: and they walked in their own counsels.Jer 23:33: When this people: or the prophet: or a priest: will ask you: saying: What is the burden of the LORD? you will then say to them: What burden? I will even forsake you: says the LORD.Ho 4:17: Ephraim is joined to idols: let him alone.Ho 9:12: Though they bring up their children: yet will I bereave them: that there will not be a man left: yes: woe also to them when I depart from them!Zec 11:8: 9: 3 shepherds also I cut off in one month; and my soul lothed them: and their soul also abhorred me.Mt 7:6: not Give that which is holy to the dogs: neither cast you your pearls before swine: lest they trample them under their feet: and turn again and rend you.Mt 15:14: Let them alone: they be blind leaders of the blind. And if the blind lead the blind: both will fall into the ditch.Lu 8:37: Then the whole multitude of the country of the Gadarenes round about besought him to depart from them; for they were taken with great fear: and he went up into the ship: and returned back again.Joh 8:21: Then said Jesus again to them: I go my way: and you will seek me: and will die in your sins: whither I go: you cannot come.Joh 12:36: While you have light: believe in the light: that you may be the children of light. These things spoke Jesus: and departed: and did hide Himself from them.Ac 13:45: 46: But when the Jews saw the multitudes: they were filled with envy: and spoke against those things which were spoken by Paul: contradicting and blaspheming.Ac 18:6: When they opposed themselves: and blasphemed: he shook his clothing: and said to them: your blood be upon your own heads; I am clean: from henceforth I will go to the Gentiles.
The Leaven of the Pharisees and of Herod
και επελαθοντο {VAR2: οι μαθηται } λαβειν αρτους και ει μη ενα αρτον ουκ ειχον μεθ εαυτων εν τω πλοιω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1950ἐπελάθοντοepelathonto (V-AIM-3P)
G1950 ἐπιλανθάνομαι epilanthánomai ep-ee-lan-than-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and λανθάνω; to lose out of mind; by implication, to neglect:--(be) forget(-ful of).
|
ἐπελάθοντοepelathonto
|
they forgot
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G2983λαβεῖνlabein (V-ANA)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβεῖνlabein
|
to take
|
V-ANA
|
G740ἄρτους,artous (N-AMP)
G740 ἄρτος ártos ar-tos from αἴρω; bread (as raised) or a loaf:--(shew-)bread, loaf.
|
ἄρτους,artous
|
loaves,
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1520ἕναhena (Adj-AMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἕναhena
|
one
|
Adj-AMS
|
G740ἄρτονarton (N-AMS)
G740 ἄρτος ártos ar-tos from αἴρω; bread (as raised) or a loaf:--(shew-)bread, loaf.
|
ἄρτονarton
|
loaf
|
N-AMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2192εἶχονeichon (V-IIA-3P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
εἶχονeichon
|
they had
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3326μεθ’meth’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μεθ’meth’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1438ἑαυτῶνheautōn (RefPro-GM3P)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτῶνheautōn
|
them
|
RefPro-GM3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4143πλοίῳ.ploiō (N-DNS)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοίῳ.ploiō
|
boat.
|
N-DNS
|
14
Now the disciples had forgotten to take bread, neither had they in the ship with them more than one loaf.Mark 8:14
Stats
Rank: #4210 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 105 characters, 19 words, 84 letters, 31 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: και επελαθοντο {VAR2: οι μαθηται } λαβειν αρτους και ει μη ενα αρτον ουκ ειχον μεθ εαυτων εν τω πλοιω
Lit: And they forgot to take loaves, and if not one loaf not they had with them in the boat.
KJV: Now the disciples had forgotten to take bread, neither had they in the ship with them more than one loaf.
References
"had forgotten"Mt 16:5: When his disciples were come to the other side: they had forgotten to take bread.
και διεστελλετο αυτοις λεγων ορατε βλεπετε απο της ζυμης των φαρισαιων και της ζυμης ηρωδου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1291διεστέλλετοdiestelleto (V-IIM-3S)
G1291 διαστέλλομαι diastéllomai dee-as-tel-lom-ahee middle voice from διά and στέλλω; to set (oneself) apart (figuratively, distinguish), i.e. (by implication) to enjoin:--charge, that which was (give) commanded(-ment).
|
διεστέλλετοdiestelleto
|
He was instructing
|
V-IIM-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3708Ὁρᾶτε,Horate (V-PMA-2P)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
Ὁρᾶτε,Horate
|
Watch out;
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G991βλέπετεblepete (V-PMA-2P)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλέπετεblepete
|
take heed
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2219ζύμηςzymēs (N-GFS)
G2219 ζύμη zýmē dzoo-may probably from ζέω; ferment (as if boiling up):--leaven.
|
ζύμηςzymēs
|
leaven
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G5330ΦαρισαίωνPharisaiōn (N-GMP)
G5330 Φαρισαῖος Pharisaîos far-is-ah-yos of Hebrew origin (compare פָּרָשׁ); a separatist, i.e. exclusively religious; a Pharisean, i.e. Jewish sectary:--Pharisee.
|
ΦαρισαίωνPharisaiōn
|
Pharisees,
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2219ζύμηςzymēs (N-GFS)
G2219 ζύμη zýmē dzoo-may probably from ζέω; ferment (as if boiling up):--leaven.
|
ζύμηςzymēs
|
leaven
|
N-GFS
|
G2264Ἡρῴδου.Hērōdou (N-GMS)
G2264 Ἡρώδης Hērṓdēs hay-ro-dace compound of (a hero) and εἶδος; heroic; Herod, the name of four Jewish kings:--Herod.
|
Ἡρῴδου.Hērōdou
|
of Herod.
|
N-GMS
|
15
He charged them, saying, Take heed, beware of the leaven of the Pharisees, and of the leaven of Herod.
Mark 8:15
Stats
Rank: #4449 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 106 characters, 16 words, 82 letters, 34 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: και διεστελλετο αυτοις λεγων ορατε βλεπετε απο της ζυμης των φαρισαιων και της ζυμης ηρωδου
Lit: And He was instructing them, saying, Watch out; take heed of the leaven of the Pharisees, and of the leaven of Herod.
KJV: And he charged them, saying, Take heed, beware of the leaven of the Pharisees, and of the leaven of Herod.
References
"he charged"Nu 27:19-23: Set him before Eleazar the priest: and before all the congregation; and give him a charge in their sight.1Ch 28:9: 10: 20: you: Solomon my son: know you the God of your father: and serve Him with a perfect heart and with a willing mind: for the LORD searches all hearts: and understands all the imaginations of the thoughts: if you seek Him: He will be found of you; but if you forsake Him: He will cast you off for ever.1Ti 5:21: I charge you before God: and the Lord Jesus Christ: and the elect angels: that you observe these things without preferring one before another: not doinghing by partiality.1Ti 6:13: I give you charge in the sight of God: who quickens all things: and before Christ Jesus: who before Pontius Pilate witnessed a good confession;2Ti 2:14: Of these things put them in remembrance: charging them before the Lord that they not strive about words to no profit: but to the subverting of the hearers."Take"Pr 19:27: Cease: my son: to hear the instruction that causeth to err from the words of knowledge.Mt 16:6: 11: 12: Then Jesus said to them: Take heed and beware of the leaven of the Pharisees and of the Sadducees.Lu 12:1: 2: 15: In the mean time: when there were gathered together an innumerable multitude of people: insomuch that they trode one upon another: he began to say to his disciples first of all: Beware you of the leaven of the Pharisees: which is hypocrisy."the leaven of the"Ex 12:18-20: In the first month: on the fourteenth day of the month at even: you will eat unleavened bread: until the one and twentieth day of the month at even.Le 2:11: No meat offering: which you will bring to the LORD: will be made with leaven: for you will burn no leaven: nor any honey: in any offering of the LORD made by fire.1Co 5:6-8: your glorying is not good. Know you not that a little leaven leavens the whole lump?"of Herod"Mr 12:13: They send to him certain of the Pharisees and of the Herodians: to catch him in his words.Mt 22:15-18: Then went the Pharisees: and took counsel how they might entangle him in his talk.
και διελογιζοντο προς αλληλους λεγοντες οτι αρτους ουκ εχομεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1260διελογίζοντοdielogizonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G1260 διαλογίζομαι dialogízomai dee-al-og-id-zom-ahee from διά and λογίζομαι; to reckon thoroughly, i.e. (genitive case) to deliberate (by reflection or discussion):--cast in mind, consider, dispute, muse, reason, think.
|
διελογίζοντοdielogizonto
|
they were reasoning
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
with
|
Prep
|
G240ἀλλήλουςallēlous (RecPro-AMP)
G240 ἀλλήλων allḗlōn al-lay-lone Genitive plural from ἄλλος reduplicated; one another:--each other, mutual, one another, (the other), (them-, your-)selves, (selves) together (sometimes with μετά or πρός).,
|
ἀλλήλουςallēlous
|
one another
|
RecPro-AMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G740ἄρτουςartous (N-AMP)
G740 ἄρτος ártos ar-tos from αἴρω; bread (as raised) or a loaf:--(shew-)bread, loaf.
|
ἄρτουςartous
|
loaves
|
N-AMP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχουσιν.echousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσιν.echousin
|
they have.
|
V-PIA-3P
|
16
They reasoned among themselves, saying, It is because we have no bread.
Mark 8:16
Stats
Rank: #4278 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 75 characters, 11 words, 60 letters, 25 vowels, 35 consonants
Translation
Greek: και διελογιζοντο προς αλληλους λεγοντες οτι αρτους ουκ εχομεν
Lit: And they were reasoning with one another because loaves not they have.
KJV: And they reasoned among themselves, saying, It is because we have no bread.
References
"And they reasoned among themselves, saying, It is because we have no bread."Mt 16:7: 8: They reasoned among themselves: saying: It is because we have taken no bread.Lu 9:46: Then there arose a reasoning among them: which of them should be great.Lu 20:5: They reasoned with themselves: saying: If we will say: From heaven; he will say: Why then believed you not him?
και γνους ο ιησους λεγει αυτοις τι διαλογιζεσθε οτι αρτους ουκ εχετε ουπω νοειτε ουδε συνιετε ετι πεπωρωμενην εχετε την καρδιαν υμων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1097γνοὺςgnous (V-APA-NMS)
G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
γνοὺςgnous
|
having known it,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
Why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G1260διαλογίζεσθεdialogizesthe (V-PIM/P-2P)
G1260 διαλογίζομαι dialogízomai dee-al-og-id-zom-ahee from διά and λογίζομαι; to reckon thoroughly, i.e. (genitive case) to deliberate (by reflection or discussion):--cast in mind, consider, dispute, muse, reason, think.
|
διαλογίζεσθεdialogizesthe
|
reason you
|
V-PIM/P-2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G740ἄρτουςartous (N-AMP)
G740 ἄρτος ártos ar-tos from αἴρω; bread (as raised) or a loaf:--(shew-)bread, loaf.
|
ἄρτουςartous
|
loaves
|
N-AMP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχετε;echete (V-PIA-2P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχετε;echete
|
you have?
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G3768οὔπωoupō (Adv)
G3768 οὔπω oúpō oo-po from οὐ and -πω; not yet:--hitherto not, (no…) as yet, not yet.
|
οὔπωoupō
|
Not yet
|
Adv
|
G3539νοεῖτεnoeite (V-PIA-2P)
G3539 νοιέω noiéō noy-eh-o from νοῦς; to exercise the mind (observe), i.e. (figuratively) to comprehend, heed:--consider, perceive, think, understand.
|
νοεῖτεnoeite
|
do you perceive
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Conj)
G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G4920συνίετε;syniete (V-PIA-2P)
G4920 συνίημι syníēmi soon-ee-ay-mee from σύν and (to send); to put together, i.e. (mentally) to comprehend; by implication, to act piously:-- consider, understand, be wise.
|
συνίετε;syniete
|
understand?
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G4456πεπωρωμένηνpepōrōmenēn (V-RPM/P-AFS)
G4456 πωρόω pōróō po-ro-o apparently from (a kind of stone); to petrify, i.e. (figuratively) to indurate (render stupid or callous):-- blind, harden.
|
πεπωρωμένηνpepōrōmenēn
|
Hardened
|
V-RPM/P-AFS
|
G2192ἔχετεechete (V-PIA-2P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχετεechete
|
do you have
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2588καρδίανkardian (N-AFS)
G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίανkardian
|
heart
|
N-AFS
|
G4771ὑμῶν;hymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν;hymōn
|
of you?
|
PPro-G2P
|
17
When Jesus knew it, He says to them, Why reason you, because you have no bread? perceive you not yet, neither understand? have you your heart yet hardened?
Mark 8:17
Stats
Rank: #5983 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 158 characters, 23 words, 123 letters, 50 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: και γνους ο ιησους λεγει αυτοις τι διαλογιζεσθε οτι αρτους ουκ εχετε ουπω νοειτε ουδε συνιετε ετι πεπωρωμενην εχετε την καρδιαν υμων
Lit: And having known it, He says to them, Why reason you because loaves not you have? Not yet do you perceive nor understand? Hardened do you have the heart of you?
KJV: And when Jesus knew it, he saith unto them, Why reason ye, because ye have no bread? perceive ye not yet, neither understand? have ye your heart yet hardened?
References
"knew"Mr 2:8: Immediately when Jesus perceived in His spirit that they so reasoned within themselves: He said to them: Why reason you these things in your hearts?Joh 2:24: 25: But Jesus not did commit Himself to them: because He knew all men: Joh 16:30: Now are we sure that you know all things: and need not that any man should ask you: by this we believe that you came forth from God.Joh 21:17: He says to Him the third time: Simon: son of Jonas: love'>love you me? Peter was grieved because He said to Him the third time: Love'>Love you me? And He said to Him: Lord: you know'>know all things; you know'>know that I love you. Jesus says to Him: Feed my sheep.Heb 4:12: 13: For the word of God is quick: and powerful: and sharper than any twoedged sword: piercing even to the dividing asunder of soul and spirit: and of the joints and marrow: and is a discerner of the thoughts and intents of the heart.Re 2:23: I will kill her children with death; and all the churches will know that I am he which searches the reins and hearts: and I will give to every one of you according to your works."perceive"Mr 3:5: When he had looked round about on them with anger: being grieved for the hardness of their hearts: he says to the man: Stretch forth your hand. And he stretched it out: and his hand was restored whole as the other.Mr 6:52: For they not considered the miracle of the loaves: for their heart was hardened.Mr 16:14: Afterward he appeared to the 11 as they sat at meat: and upbraided them with their unbelief and hardness of heart: because they not believed them which had seen him after he was risen.Isa 63:17: O LORD: why have you made us to err from your ways: and hardened our heart from your fear? Return for your servants' sake: the tribes of your inheritance.Mt 15:17: not Do you yet understand: that whatever enters in at the mouth goes into the belly: and is cast out into the draught?Mt 16:8: 9: Which when Jesus perceived: He said to them: O you of little faith: why reason you among yourselves: because you have brought no bread?Lu 24:25: Then he said to them: O fools: and slow of heart to believe all that the prophets have spoken:Heb 5:11: 12: Of whom we have many things to say: and hard to be uttered: seeing you are dull of hearing.
οφθαλμους εχοντες ου βλεπετε και ωτα εχοντες ουκ ακουετε και ου μνημονευετε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3788Ὀφθαλμοὺςophthalmous (N-AMP)
G3788 ὀφθαλμός ophthalmós of-thal-mos from ὀπτάνομαι; the eye (literally or figuratively); by implication, vision; figuratively, envy (from the jealous side-glance):--eye, sight.
|
Ὀφθαλμοὺςophthalmous
|
Eyes
|
N-AMP
|
G2192ἔχοντεςechontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχοντεςechontes
|
having,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G991βλέπετε,blepete (V-PIA-2P)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλέπετε,blepete
|
do you see?
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3775ὦταōta (N-ANP)
G3775 οὖς oûs ooce apparently a primary word; the ear (physically or mentally):--ear.
|
ὦταōta
|
ears
|
N-ANP
|
G2192ἔχοντεςechontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχοντεςechontes
|
having,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G191ἀκούετε;akouete (V-PIA-2P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούετε;akouete
|
do you hear?
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3421μνημονεύετε,mnēmoneuete (V-PIA-2P)
G3421 μνημονεύω mnēmoneúō mnay-mon-yoo-o from a derivative of μνήμη; to exercise memory, i.e. recollect; by implication, to punish; also to rehearse:--make mention; be mindful, remember.
|
μνημονεύετε,mnēmoneuete
|
do you remember?
|
V-PIA-2P
|
18
Having eyes, see you not? and having ears, hear you not? and do you not remember?Mark 8:18
Stats
Rank: #5409 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 78 characters, 12 words, 58 letters, 24 vowels, 34 consonants
Translation
Greek: οφθαλμους εχοντες ου βλεπετε και ωτα εχοντες ουκ ακουετε και ου μνημονευετε
Lit: Eyes having, not do you see? And ears having, not do you hear? And not do you remember?
KJV: Having eyes, see ye not? and having ears, hear ye not? and do ye not remember?
References
"see"Mr 4:12: That seeing they may see: not and perceive; and hearing they may hear: not and understand; lest at any time they should be converted: and their sins should be forgiven them.De 29:4: Yet the LORD has not given you an heart to perceive: and eyes to see: and ears to hear: to this day.Ps 69:23: Let their eyes be darkened: that they not see; and make their loins continually to shake.Ps 115:5-8: They have mouths: but they not speak: eyes have they: but they not see:Isa 6:9: 10: He said: Go: and tell this people: Hear you indeed: but not understand; and see you indeed: but not perceive.Isa 42:18-20: Hear: you deaf; and look: you blind: that you may see.Isa 44:18: They not have known nor understood: for he has shut their eyes: that they cannot see; and their hearts: that they cannot understand.Jer 5:21: Hear now this: O foolish people: and without understanding; which have eyes: and not see; which have ears: and not hear:Mt 13:14: 15: In them is fulfilled the prophecy of Isaiah: which says: By hearing you will hear: and will not understand; and seeing you will see: and will not perceive:Joh 12:40: He has blinded their eyes: and hardened their heart; that they not should see with their eyes: nor understand with their heart: and be converted: and I should heal them.Ac 28:26: 27: Saying: Go to this people: and say: Hearing you will hear: and will not understand; and seeing you will see: not and perceive:Ro 11:8: (According as it is written: God has given them the spirit of slumber: eyes that they not should see: and ears that they not should hear;) to this day."do"2Pe 1:12: For what reason I not will be negligent to put you always in remembrance of these things: though you know them: and be established in the present truth.
οτε τους πεντε αρτους εκλασα εις τους πεντακισχιλιους ποσους κοφινους πληρεις κλασματων ηρατε λεγουσιν αυτω δωδεκα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3753ὅτεhote (Adv)
G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὅτεhote
|
When
|
Adv
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4002πέντεpente (Adj-AMP)
G4002 πέντε pénte pen-teh a primary number; five:--five.
|
πέντεpente
|
five
|
Adj-AMP
|
G740ἄρτουςartous (N-AMP)
G740 ἄρτος ártos ar-tos from αἴρω; bread (as raised) or a loaf:--(shew-)bread, loaf.
|
ἄρτουςartous
|
loaves
|
N-AMP
|
G2806ἔκλασαeklasa (V-AIA-1S)
G2806 κλάω kláō klah-o a primary verb; to break (specially, of bread):--break.
|
ἔκλασαeklasa
|
I broke
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4000πεντακισχιλίους,pentakischilious (Adj-AMP)
G4000 πεντακισχίλιοι pentakischílioi pen-tak-is-khil-ee-oy from πεντάκις and χίλιοι; five times a thousand:--five thousand.
|
πεντακισχιλίους,pentakischilious
|
five thousand,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G4214πόσουςposous (IPro-AMP)
G4214 πόσος pósos pos-os from an absolute (who, what) and ὅς; interrogative pronoun (of amount) how much (large, long or (plural) many):--how great (long, many), what.,
|
πόσουςposous
|
how many
|
IPro-AMP
|
G2894κοφίνουςkophinous (N-AMP)
G2894 κόφινος kóphinos kof-ee-nos of uncertain derivation; a (small) basket:--basket.
|
κοφίνουςkophinous
|
hand-baskets
|
N-AMP
|
G2801κλασμάτωνklasmatōn (N-GNP)
G2801 κλάσμα klásma klas-mah from κλάω; a piece (bit):--broken, fragment.
|
κλασμάτωνklasmatōn
|
of fragments
|
N-GNP
|
G4134πλήρειςplēreis (Adj-AMP)
G4134 πλήρης plḗrēs play-race from πλήθω; replete, or covered over; by analogy, complete:--full.
|
πλήρειςplēreis
|
full
|
Adj-AMP
|
G142ἤρατε;ērate (V-AIA-2P)
G142 αἴρω aírō ah-ee-ro a primary root; to lift up; by implication, to take up or away; figuratively, to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind), specially, to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Hebraism (compare נָשָׂא) to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).
|
ἤρατε;ērate
|
took you up?
|
V-AIA-2P
|
G3004Λέγουσινlegousin (V-PIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
Λέγουσινlegousin
|
They say
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1427Δώδεκα.Dōdeka (Adj-AMP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
Δώδεκα.Dōdeka
|
Twelve.
|
Adj-AMP
|
19
When I brake the 5 loaves among 5000, how many baskets full of fragments took you up? They say to him, 12.
Mark 8:19
Stats
Rank: #7240 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 123 characters, 20 words, 97 letters, 36 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτε τους πεντε αρτους εκλασα εις τους πεντακισχιλιους ποσους κοφινους πληρεις κλασματων ηρατε λεγουσιν αυτω δωδεκα
Lit: When the five loaves I broke for the five thousand, how many hand-baskets of fragments full took you up? They say to Him, Twelve.
KJV: When I brake the five loaves among five thousand, how many baskets full of fragments took ye up? They say unto him, Twelve.
References
"the five"Mr 6:38-44: He says to them: How many loaves have you? go and see. And when they knew: they say: 5: and two fishes.Mt 14:17-21: They say to him: We have here but 5 loaves: and two fishes.Lu 9:12-17: When the day began to wear away: then came the 12: and said to him: Send the multitude away: that they may go into the towns and country round about: and lodge: and get victuals: for we are here in a desert place.Joh 6:5-13: When Jesus then lifted up His eyes: and saw a great company come to Him: He says to Philip: Where will we buy bread: that these may eat?
οτε δε τους επτα εις τους τετρακισχιλιους ποσων σπυριδων πληρωματα κλασματων ηρατε οι δε ειπον επτα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3753Ὅτεhote (Adv)
G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
Ὅτεhote
|
When
|
Adv
|
G2532‹καὶ›kai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
‹καὶ›kai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-AMP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-AMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G5070τετρακισχιλίους,tetrakischilious (Adj-AMP)
G5070 τετρακισχίλιοι tetrakischílioi tet-rak-is-khil-ee-oy from the multiplicative adverb of τέσσαρες and χίλιοι; four times a thousand:--four thousand.
|
τετρακισχιλίους,tetrakischilious
|
four thousand,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G4214πόσωνposōn (IPro-GFP)
G4214 πόσος pósos pos-os from an absolute (who, what) and ὅς; interrogative pronoun (of amount) how much (large, long or (plural) many):--how great (long, many), what.,
|
πόσωνposōn
|
of how many
|
IPro-GFP
|
G4711σπυρίδωνspyridōn (N-GFP)
G4711 σπυρίς spyrís spoo-rece from σπείρω (as woven); a hamper or lunch-receptacle:--basket.
|
σπυρίδωνspyridōn
|
baskets
|
N-GFP
|
G4138πληρώματαplērōmata (N-ANP)
G4138 πλήρωμα plḗrōma play-ro-mah from πληρόω; repletion or completion, i.e. (subjectively) what fills (as contents, supplement, copiousness, multitude), or (objectively) what is filled (as container, performance, period):--which is put in to fill up, piece that filled up, fulfilling, full, fulness.
|
πληρώματαplērōmata
|
the fillings
|
N-ANP
|
G2801κλασμάτωνklasmatōn (N-GNP)
G2801 κλάσμα klásma klas-mah from κλάω; a piece (bit):--broken, fragment.
|
κλασμάτωνklasmatōn
|
of fragments
|
N-GNP
|
G142ἤρατε;ērate (V-AIA-2P)
G142 αἴρω aírō ah-ee-ro a primary root; to lift up; by implication, to take up or away; figuratively, to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind), specially, to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Hebraism (compare נָשָׂא) to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).
|
ἤρατε;ērate
|
took you up?
|
V-AIA-2P
|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγουσινlegousin (V-PIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγουσινlegousin
|
said
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G846‹αὐτῷ›autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
‹αὐτῷ›autō
|
they,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2033Ἑπτά.Hepta (Adj-AFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
Ἑπτά.Hepta
|
Seven.
|
Adj-AFP
|
20
When the 7 among 4000, how many baskets full of fragments took you up? And they said, 7.
Mark 8:20
Stats
Rank: #7218 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 108 characters, 17 words, 85 letters, 30 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτε δε τους επτα εις τους τετρακισχιλιους ποσων σπυριδων πληρωματα κλασματων ηρατε οι δε ειπον επτα
Lit: When also the seven to the four thousand, of how many baskets the fillings of fragments took you up? And said they, Seven.
KJV: And when the seven among four thousand, how many baskets full of fragments took ye up? And they said, Seven.
References
"And when the seven among four thousand, how many baskets full of fragments took ye up? And they said, Seven."Mr 8:1-9: In those days the multitude being very great: and not havinghing to eat: Jesus called His disciples to Him: and says to them: Mt 15:34-38: Jesus says to them: How many loaves have you? And they said: 7: and a few little fishes.
και ελεγεν αυτοις πως ου συνιετε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004ἔλεγενelegen (V-IIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγενelegen
|
He was saying
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3768ΟὔπωOupō (Adv)
G3768 οὔπω oúpō oo-po from οὐ and -πω; not yet:--hitherto not, (no…) as yet, not yet.
|
ΟὔπωOupō
|
Not yet
|
Adv
|
G4920συνίετε;syniete (V-PIA-2P)
G4920 συνίημι syníēmi soon-ee-ay-mee from σύν and (to send); to put together, i.e. (mentally) to comprehend; by implication, to act piously:-- consider, understand, be wise.
|
συνίετε;syniete
|
do you understand?
|
V-PIA-2P
|
21
He said to them, How is it that you not do understand?
Mark 8:21
Stats
Rank: #8203 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 59 characters, 12 words, 45 letters, 17 vowels, 28 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ελεγεν αυτοις πως ου συνιετε
Lit: And He was saying to them, Not yet do you understand?
KJV: And he said unto them, How is it that ye do not understand?
References
"How"Mr 8:12: 17: He sighed deeply in his spirit: and says: Why does this generation seek after a sign? truly I say to you: There will no sign be given to this generation.Mr 6:52: For they not considered the miracle of the loaves: for their heart was hardened.Mr 9:19: He answers him: and says: O faithless generation: how long will I be with you? how long will I suffer you? bring him to me.Ps 94:8: Understand: you brutish among the people: and you fools: when will you be wise?Mt 16:11: 12: How is it that you not do understand that I spoke it not to you concerning bread: that you should beware of the leaven of the Pharisees and of the Sadducees?Joh 14:9: Jesus says to Him: Have I been so long time with you: and yet have you not known me: Philip? He that'>He who has seen me has seen the Father; and how say you then: Show us the Father?1Co 6:5: I speak to your shame. Is it so: that there not is a wise man among you? no: not one that will be able to judge between his brothers?1Co 15:34: Awake to righteousness: and not sin; for some not have the knowledge of God: I speak this to your shame.
The Blind Man at Bethsaida
και ερχεται εις {VAR1: βηθσαιδαν } {VAR2: βηθσαιδα } και φερουσιν αυτω τυφλον και παρακαλουσιν αυτον ινα αυτου αψηται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2064ἔρχονταιerchontai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχονταιerchontai
|
they come
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G966Βηθσαϊδάν.Bēthsaidan (N-AFS)
G966 Βηθσαϊδά Bēthsaïdá bayth-sahee-dah of Chaldee origin (compare בַּיִת and צַיָּד); fishing-house; Bethsaida, a place in Palestine:--Bethsaida.
|
Βηθσαϊδάν.Bēthsaidan
|
Bethsaida.
|
N-AFS
|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5342φέρουσινpherousin (V-PIA-3P)
G5342 φέρω phérō en-eng-ko a primary verb (for which other, and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely, ; and ; to bear or carry (in a very wide application, literally and figuratively, as follows):--be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold.
|
φέρουσινpherousin
|
they bring
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G5185τυφλὸν,typhlon (Adj-AMS)
G5185 τυφλός typhlós toof-los from, τυφόω; opaque (as if smoky), i.e. (by analogy) blind (physically or mentally):--blind.
|
τυφλὸν,typhlon
|
a blind man,
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3870παρακαλοῦσινparakalousin (V-PIA-3P)
G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρακαλοῦσινparakalousin
|
implore
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G680ἅψηται.hapsētai (V-ASM-3S)
G680 ἅπτομαι háptomai hap-tom-ahee reflexive of ἅπτω; properly, to attach oneself to, i.e. to touch (in many implied relations):--touch.
|
ἅψηται.hapsētai
|
He might touch.
|
V-ASM-3S
|
22
He comes to Bethsaida; and they bring a blind man to him, and besought him to touch him.Mark 8:22
Stats
Rank: #2082 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 95 characters, 17 words, 74 letters, 27 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ερχεται εις {VAR1: βηθσαιδαν } {VAR2: βηθσαιδα } και φερουσιν αυτω τυφλον και παρακαλουσιν αυτον ινα αυτου αψηται
Lit: And they come to Bethsaida. And they bring to Him a blind man, and implore Him that him He might touch.
KJV: And he cometh to Bethsaida; and they bring a blind man unto him, and besought him to touch him.
References
"Bethsaida"Mr 6:45: Straightway he constrained his disciples to get into the ship: and to go to the other side before to Bethsaida: while he sent away the people.Mt 11:21: Woe to you: Chorazin! woe to you: Bethsaida! for if the mighty works: which were done in you: had been done in Tyre and Sidon: they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes.Lu 9:10: The apostles: when they were returned: told him all that they had done. And he took them: and went aside privately into a desert place belonging to the city called Bethsaida.Lu 10:13: Woe to you: Chorazin! woe to you: Bethsaida! for if the mighty works had been done in Tyre and Sidon: which have been done in you: they had a great while ago repented: sitting in sackcloth and ashes.Joh 1:44: Now Philip was of Bethsaida: the city of Andrew and Peter.Joh 12:21: The same came therefore to Philip: which was of Bethsaida of Galilee: and desired Him: saying: Sir: we would see Jesus."they bring"Mr 2:3: They come to him: bringing one sick of the palsy: which was borne of 4.Mr 6:55: 56: Ran through that whole region round about: and began to carry about in beds those that were sick: where they heard he was."to touch"Mr 5:27-29: When she had heard of Jesus: came in the press behind: and touched His garment.Mt 8:3: 15: Jesus put forth His hand: and touched Him: saying: I will; be you clean. And immediately His leprosy was cleansed.Mt 9:29: Then touched he their eyes: saying: According to your faith be it to you.
και επιλαβομενος της χειρος του τυφλου εξηγαγεν αυτον εξω της κωμης και πτυσας εις τα ομματα αυτου επιθεις τας χειρας αυτω επηρωτα αυτον ει τι βλεπει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1949ἐπιλαβόμενοςepilabomenos (V-APM-NMS)
G1949 ἐπιλαμβάνομαι epilambánomai ep-ee-lam-ban-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and λαμβάνω; to seize (for help, injury, attainment, or any other purpose; literally or figuratively):--catch, lay hold (up-)on, take (by, hold of, on).
|
ἐπιλαβόμενοςepilabomenos
|
having taken hold of
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5495χειρὸςcheiros (N-GFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρὸςcheiros
|
hand
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G5185τυφλοῦtyphlou (Adj-GMS)
G5185 τυφλός typhlós toof-los from, τυφόω; opaque (as if smoky), i.e. (by analogy) blind (physically or mentally):--blind.
|
τυφλοῦtyphlou
|
blind man,
|
Adj-GMS
|
G1627ἐξήνεγκενexēnenken (V-AIA-3S)
G1627 ἐκφέρω ekphérō ek-fer-o from ἐκ and φέρω; to bear out (literally or figuratively):--bear, bring forth, carry forth (out).
|
ἐξήνεγκενexēnenken
|
He led forth
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1854ἔξωexō (Prep)
G1854 ἔξω éxō ex-o adverb from ἐκ; out(-side, of doors), literally or figuratively:--away, forth, (with-)out (of, -ward), strange.
|
ἔξωexō
|
out
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2968κώμης,kōmēs (N-GFS)
G2968 κώμη kṓmē ko-may from κεῖμαι; a hamlet (as if laid down):--town, village.
|
κώμης,kōmēs
|
village,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4429πτύσαςptysas (V-APA-NMS)
G4429 πτύω ptýō ptoo-o a primary verb (compare πτύσσω); to spit:--spit.
|
πτύσαςptysas
|
having spit
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G3659ὄμματαommata (N-ANP)
G3659 ὄμμα ómma om-mah from ὀπτάνομαι; a sight, i.e. (by implication) the eye:--eye.
|
ὄμματαommata
|
eyes
|
N-ANP
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2007ἐπιθεὶςepitheis (V-APA-NMS)
G2007 ἐπιτίθημι epitíthēmi ep-ee-tith-ay-mee from ἐπί and τίθημι; to impose (in a friendly or hostile sense):--add unto, lade, lay upon, put (up) on, set on (up), + surname, X wound.
|
ἐπιθεὶςepitheis
|
having laid
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5495χεῖραςcheiras (N-AFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖραςcheiras
|
hands
|
N-AFP
|
G846αὐτῷ,autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ,autō
|
upon him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1905ἐπηρώταepērōta (V-IIA-3S)
G1905 ἐπερωτάω eperōtáō ep-er-o-tah-o from ἐπί and ἐρωτάω; to ask for, i.e. inquire, seek:--ask (after, questions), demand, desire, question.
|
ἐπηρώταepērōta
|
He was asking
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτόνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1487ΕἴEi (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
ΕἴEi
|
if
|
Conj
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
anything
|
IPro-ANS
|
G991βλέπεις;blepeis (V-PIA-2S)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλέπεις;blepeis
|
you see.
|
V-PIA-2S
|
23
He took the blind man by the hand, and led him out of the town; and when he had spit on his eyes, and put his hands upon him, he asked him if he saw ought.Mark 8:23
Stats
Rank: #7965 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 159 characters, 33 words, 118 letters, 42 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: και επιλαβομενος της χειρος του τυφλου εξηγαγεν αυτον εξω της κωμης και πτυσας εις τα ομματα αυτου επιθεις τας χειρας αυτω επηρωτα αυτον ει τι βλεπει
Lit: And having taken hold of the hand of the blind man, He led forth him out of the village, and having spit upon the eyes of him, having laid the hands upon him, He was asking him if anything you see.
KJV: And he took the blind man by the hand, and led him out of the town; and when he had spit on his eyes, and put his hands upon him, he asked him if he saw ought.
References
"by the"Isa 51:18: There is none to guide her among all the sons whom she has brought forth; neither is there any that takes her by the hand of all the sons that she has brought up.Jer 31:32: Not according to the covenant that I made with their fathers in the day that I took them by the hand to bring them out of the land of Egypt; which my covenant they brake: although I was an husband to them: says the LORD:Ac 9:8: Saul arose from the earth; and when his eyes were opened: he saw no man: but they led him by the hand: and brought him into Damascus.Heb 8:9: Not according to the covenant that I made with their fathers in the day when I took them by the hand to lead them out of the land of Egypt; because they not continued in my covenant: and I regarded not them: says the Lord."out"Mr 7:33: He took him aside from the multitude: and put his fingers into his ears: and he spit: and touched his tongue;Isa 44:2: Thus says the LORD that made you: and formed you from the womb: which will help you; not Fear: O Jacob: my servant; and you: Jesurun: whom I have chosen."spit"Joh 9:6: 7: When he had thus spoken: he spat on the ground: and made clay of the spittle: and he anointed the eyes of the blind man with the clay: Re 3:18: I counsel you to buy of me gold tried in the fire: that you may'>may'>may be rich; and white clothing: that you may'>may'>may be clothed: and that the shame of your nakedness not do appear; and anoint your eyes with eyesalve: that you may'>may'>may see.
και αναβλεψας ελεγεν βλεπω τους ανθρωπους {VAR1: οτι } ως δενδρα {VAR1: ορω } περιπατουντας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G308ἀναβλέψαςanablepsas (V-APA-NMS)
G308 ἀναβλέπω anablépō an-ab-lep-o from ἀνά and βλέπω; to look up; by implication, to recover sight:--look (up), see, receive sight.
|
ἀναβλέψαςanablepsas
|
having looked up
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3004ἔλεγενelegen (V-IIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγενelegen
|
he was saying,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G991ΒλέπωBlepō (V-PIA-1S)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ΒλέπωBlepō
|
I see
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G444ἀνθρώπους,anthrōpous (N-AMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπους,anthrōpous
|
men,
|
N-AMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
for
|
Conj
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G1186δένδραdendra (N-ANP)
G1186 δένδρον déndron den-dron probably from (an oak); a tree:--tree.
|
δένδραdendra
|
trees
|
N-ANP
|
G3708ὁρῶhorō (V-PIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὁρῶhorō
|
I see them
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4043περιπατοῦντας.peripatountas (V-PPA-AMP)
G4043 περιπατέω peripatéō per-ee-pat-eh-o from περί and πατέω; to tread all around, i.e. walk at large (especially as proof of ability); figuratively, to live, deport oneself, follow (as a companion or votary):--go, be occupied with, walk (about).
|
περιπατοῦντας.peripatountas
|
walking.
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
24
He looked up, and said, I see men as trees, walking.
Mark 8:24
Stats
Rank: #6937 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 56 characters, 9 words, 41 letters, 18 vowels, 23 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αναβλεψας ελεγεν βλεπω τους ανθρωπους {VAR1: οτι } ως δενδρα {VAR1: ορω } περιπατουντας
Lit: And having looked up he was saying, I see the men, for as trees I see them walking.
KJV: And he looked up, and said, I see men as trees, walking.
References
"I see"Jg 9:36: When Gaal saw the people: he said to Zebul: Look: there come people down from the top of the mountains. And Zebul said to him: You see the shadow of the mountains as if they were men.Isa 29:18: In that day will the deaf hear the words of the book: and the eyes of the blind will see out of obscurity: and out of darkness.Isa 32:3: The eyes of them that see will not be dim: and the ears of them that hear will listen.1Co 13:9-12: For we know in part: and we prophesy in part.
ειτα παλιν επεθηκεν τας χειρας επι τους οφθαλμους αυτου και εποιησεν αυτον αναβλεψαι και αποκατεσταθη και ενεβλεψεν τηλαυγως απαντας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1534Εἶταeita (Adv)
G1534 εἶτα eîta i-tah of uncertain affinity; a particle of succession (in time or logical enumeration), then, moreover:--after that(-ward), furthermore, then. See also ἔπειτα.
|
Εἶταeita
|
Then
|
Adv
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv)
G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again
|
Adv
|
G2007ἐπέθηκενepethēken (V-AIA-3S)
G2007 ἐπιτίθημι epitíthēmi ep-ee-tith-ay-mee from ἐπί and τίθημι; to impose (in a friendly or hostile sense):--add unto, lade, lay upon, put (up) on, set on (up), + surname, X wound.
|
ἐπέθηκενepethēken
|
He laid
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5495χεῖραςcheiras (N-AFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖραςcheiras
|
hands
|
N-AFP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3788ὀφθαλμοὺςophthalmous (N-AMP)
G3788 ὀφθαλμός ophthalmós of-thal-mos from ὀπτάνομαι; the eye (literally or figuratively); by implication, vision; figuratively, envy (from the jealous side-glance):--eye, sight.
|
ὀφθαλμοὺςophthalmous
|
eyes
|
N-AMP
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1227διέβλεψενdieblepsen (V-AIA-3P)
G1227 διαβλέπω diablépō dee-ab-lep-o from διά and βλέπω; to look through, i.e. recover full vision:--see clearly.
|
διέβλεψενdieblepsen
|
he opened his eyes
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G600ἀπεκατέστη,apekatestē (V-AIA-3S)
G600 ἀποκαθίστημι apokathístēmi ap-ok-ath-is-tay-mee from ἀπό and καθίστημι; to reconstitute (in health, home or organization):--restore (again).
|
ἀπεκατέστη,apekatestē
|
he was restored,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1689ἐνέβλεπενeneblepen (V-IIA-3S)
G1689 ἐμβλέπω emblépō em-blep-o from ἐν and βλέπω; to look on, i.e. (relatively) to observe fixedly, or (absolutely) to discern clearly:--behold, gaze up, look upon, (could) see.
|
ἐνέβλεπενeneblepen
|
he began to see
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G5081τηλαυγῶςtēlaugōs (Adv)
G5081 τηλαυγῶς tēlaugōs tay-low-goce adverb from a compound of a derivative of τέλος and αὐγή; in a far-shining manner, i.e. plainly:--clearly.
|
τηλαυγῶςtēlaugōs
|
clearly
|
Adv
|
G537ἅπαντα.hapanta (Adj-ANP)
G537 ἅπας hápas hap-as from Α (as a particle of union) and πᾶς; absolutely all or (singular) every one:--all (things), every (one), whole.
|
ἅπαντα.hapanta
|
everything.
|
Adj-ANP
|
25
After that he put his hands again upon his eyes, and made him look up: and he was restored, and saw every man clearly.Mark 8:25
Stats
Counts: 118 characters, 21 words, 91 letters, 35 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειτα παλιν επεθηκεν τας χειρας επι τους οφθαλμους αυτου και εποιησεν αυτον αναβλεψαι και αποκατεσταθη και ενεβλεψεν τηλαυγως απαντας
Lit: Then again He laid the hands upon the eyes of him, and he opened his eyes and he was restored, and he began to see clearly everything.
KJV: After that he put his hands again upon his eyes, and made him look up: and he was restored, and saw every man clearly.
References
"and saw"Pr 4:18: But the path of the just is as the shining light: that shines more and more to the perfect day.Mt 13:12: For whoever has: to him will be given: and he will have more abundance: but whoever has not: from him will be taken away even that he has.Php 1:6: Being confident of this very thing: that He which has begun a good work in you will perform it until the day of Jesus Christ:1Pe 2:9: But you are a chosen generation: a royal priesthood: an holy nation: a peculiar people; that you should show forth the praises of him who has called you out of darkness into his marvellous light:2Pe 3:18: But grow in grace: and in the knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. To Him be glory both now and for ever. Amen.
και απεστειλεν αυτον εις τον οικον αυτου λεγων μηδε εις την κωμην εισελθης μηδε ειπης τινι εν τη κωμη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G649ἀπέστειλενapesteilen (V-AIA-3S)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀπέστειλενapesteilen
|
He sent
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3624οἶκονoikon (N-AMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκονoikon
|
the home
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3366ΜηδὲMēde (Conj)
G3366 μηδέ mēdé may-deh from μή and δέ; but not, not even; in a continued negation, nor:--neither, nor (yet), (no) not (once, so much as).,
|
ΜηδὲMēde
|
Not
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2968κώμηνkōmēn (N-AFS)
G2968 κώμη kṓmē ko-may from κεῖμαι; a hamlet (as if laid down):--town, village.
|
κώμηνkōmēn
|
village
|
N-AFS
|
G1525εἰσέλθῃς.eiselthēs (V-ASA-2S)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσέλθῃς.eiselthēs
|
may you enter.”
|
V-ASA-2S
|
G3366⧼μηδὲmēde (Conj)
G3366 μηδέ mēdé may-deh from μή and δέ; but not, not even; in a continued negation, nor:--neither, nor (yet), (no) not (once, so much as).,
|
⧼μηδὲmēde
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G3004εἴπῃςeipēs (V-ASA-2S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἴπῃςeipēs
|
may tell it
|
V-ASA-2S
|
G5100τινὶtini (IPro-DMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινὶtini
|
to anyone
|
IPro-DMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2968κώμῃ⧽.kōmē (N-DFS)
G2968 κώμη kṓmē ko-may from κεῖμαι; a hamlet (as if laid down):--town, village.
|
κώμῃ⧽.kōmē
|
village.
|
N-DFS
|
26
He sent him away to his house, saying, Neither go into the town, nor tell it to any in the town.
Mark 8:26
Stats
Rank: #9921 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 100 characters, 19 words, 75 letters, 29 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: και απεστειλεν αυτον εις τον οικον αυτου λεγων μηδε εις την κωμην εισελθης μηδε ειπης τινι εν τη κωμη
Lit: And He sent him to the home of him, saying, Not into the village may you enter.” nor may tell it to anyone in the village.
KJV: And he sent him away to his house, saying, Neither go into the town, nor tell it to any in the town.
References
"Neither"Mr 5:43: He charged them straitly that no man should know it; and commanded that something should be given her to eat.Mr 7:36: He charged them that they should tell no man: but the more he charged them: so much the more a great deal they published it;Mt 8:4: Jesus says to Him: See you tell no man; but go your way: show yourself to the priest: and offer the gift that Moses commanded: for a testimony to them.Mt 9:30: Their eyes were opened; and Jesus straitly charged them: saying: See that no man know it.Mt 12:16: Charged them that they not should make him known:
At Caesarea Philippi
και εξηλθεν ο ιησους και οι μαθηται αυτου εις τας κωμας καισαρειας της φιλιππου και εν τη οδω επηρωτα τους μαθητας αυτου λεγων αυτοις τινα με λεγουσιν οι ανθρωποι ειναι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξῆλθενexēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθενexēlthen
|
went forth
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3101μαθηταὶmathētai (N-NMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταὶmathētai
|
disciples
|
N-NMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2968κώμαςkōmas (N-AFP)
G2968 κώμη kṓmē ko-may from κεῖμαι; a hamlet (as if laid down):--town, village.
|
κώμαςkōmas
|
villages
|
N-AFP
|
G2542ΚαισαρείαςKaisareias (N-GFS)
G2542 Καισάρεια Kaisáreia kahee-sar-i-a from Καῖσαρ; Cæsaria, the name of two places in Palestine:--Cæsarea.
|
ΚαισαρείαςKaisareias
|
of Caesarea
|
N-GFS
|
G5376Φιλίππου·Philippou (N-GMS)
G5376 Φίλιππος Phílippos fil-ip-pos from φίλος and ἵππος; fond of horses; Philippus, the name of four Israelites:--Philip.
|
Φιλίππου·Philippou
|
Philippi.
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3598ὁδῷhodō (N-DFS)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδῷhodō
|
way,
|
N-DFS
|
G1905ἐπηρώταepērōta (V-IIA-3S)
G1905 ἐπερωτάω eperōtáō ep-er-o-tah-o from ἐπί and ἐρωτάω; to ask for, i.e. inquire, seek:--ask (after, questions), demand, desire, question.
|
ἐπηρώταepērōta
|
He was questioning
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3101μαθητὰςmathētas (N-AMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητὰςmathētas
|
disciples
|
N-AMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G5101ΤίναTina (IPro-AMS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίναTina
|
Whom
|
IPro-AMS
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
Me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G3004λέγουσινlegousin (V-PIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγουσινlegousin
|
do pronounce
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G444ἄνθρωποιanthrōpoi (N-NMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποιanthrōpoi
|
men
|
N-NMP
|
G1510εἶναι;einai (V-PNA)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναι;einai
|
to be?
|
V-PNA
|
27
Jesus went out, and His disciples, into the towns of Caesarea Philippi: and by the way He asked His disciples, saying to them, Whom do men say that I am?
Mark 8:27
Stats
Rank: #954 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 159 characters, 26 words, 123 letters, 46 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εξηλθεν ο ιησους και οι μαθηται αυτου εις τας κωμας καισαρειας της φιλιππου και εν τη οδω επηρωτα τους μαθητας αυτου λεγων αυτοις τινα με λεγουσιν οι ανθρωποι ειναι
Lit: And went forth Jesus and the disciples of Him into the villages of Caesarea Philippi. And on the way, He was questioning the disciples of Him, saying to them, Whom Me do pronounce men to be?
KJV: And Jesus went out, and his disciples, into the towns of Caesarea Philippi: and by the way he asked his disciples, saying unto them, Whom do men say that I am?
References
"the towns"Mt 16:13-20: When Jesus came into the coasts of Caesarea Philippi: He asked His disciples: saying: Whom do men say that I the Son of man am?"and by"Lu 9:18: 19: 20: It came to pass: as he was alone praying: his disciples were with him: and he asked them: saying: Whom say the people that I am?
οι δε απεκριθησαν ιωαννην τον βαπτιστην και αλλοι ηλιαν αλλοι δε ενα των προφητων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπανeipan (V-AIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπανeipan
|
they answered
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G2491ἸωάννηνIōannēn (N-AMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννηνIōannēn
|
John
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G910Βαπτιστήν,Baptistēn (N-AMS)
G910 Βαπτιστής Baptistḗs bap-tis-tace from βαπτίζω; a baptizer, as an epithet of Christs forerunner:--Baptist.
|
Βαπτιστήν,Baptistēn
|
Baptist;
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G243ἄλλοιalloi (Adj-NMP)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλοιalloi
|
others,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2243Ἠλίαν,Ēlian (N-AMS)
G2243 Ἡλίας Hēlías hay-lee-as of Hebrew origin (אֵלִיָּה); Helias (i.e. Elijah), an Israelite:--Elias.
|
Ἠλίαν,Ēlian
|
Elijah;
|
N-AMS
|
G243ἄλλοιalloi (Adj-NMP)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλοιalloi
|
others
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷςheis
|
one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4396προφητῶν.prophētōn (N-GMP)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφητῶν.prophētōn
|
prophets.
|
N-GMP
|
28
They answered, John the Baptist: but some say, Elias; and others, one of the prophets.
Mark 8:28
Stats
Rank: #8078 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 90 characters, 11 words, 69 letters, 25 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε απεκριθησαν ιωαννην τον βαπτιστην και αλλοι ηλιαν αλλοι δε ενα των προφητων
Lit: And they answered Him, saying - , John the Baptist; and others, Elijah; others now - , one of the prophets.
KJV: And they answered, John the Baptist: but some say, Elias; and others, One of the prophets.
References
"John"Mr 6:14-16: King Herod heard of him; (for his name was spread abroad:) and he said: That John the Baptist was risen from the dead: and therefore mighty works do show forth themselves in him.Mt 14:2: Said to his servants: This is John the Baptist; he is risen from the dead; and therefore mighty works do show forth themselves in him.Mt 16:14: They said: Some say that you are John the Baptist: some: Elias; and others: Jeremias: or one of the prophets.Lu 9:7-9: Now Herod the tetrarch heard of all that was done by him: and he was perplexed: because that it was said of some: that John was risen from the dead;"Elias"Mr 9:11-13: They asked him: saying: Why say the scribes that Elias must first come?Mal 4:5: Look: I will send you Elijah the prophet before the coming of the great and dreadful day of the LORD:"Elijah"Joh 1:21: They asked him: What then? Are you Elias? And he says: I not am. Are you that prophet? And he answered: No.
και αυτος λεγει αυτοις υμεις δε τινα με λεγετε ειναι αποκριθεις δε ο πετρος λεγει αυτω συ ει ο χριστος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
He
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G1905ἐπηρώταepērōta (V-IIA-3S)
G1905 ἐπερωτάω eperōtáō ep-er-o-tah-o from ἐπί and ἐρωτάω; to ask for, i.e. inquire, seek:--ask (after, questions), demand, desire, question.
|
ἐπηρώταepērōta
|
was questioning
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτούςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G4771ὙμεῖςHymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὙμεῖςHymeis
|
You
|
PPro-N2P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G5101τίναtina (IPro-AMS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίναtina
|
whom
|
IPro-AMS
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
Me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G3004λέγετεlegete (V-PIA-2P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγετεlegete
|
do pronounce
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G1510εἶναι;einai (V-PNA)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναι;einai
|
to be?
|
V-PNA
|
G611Ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis (V-APP-NMS)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
Ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis
|
Answering,
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter
|
N-NMS
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G4771ΣὺSy (PPro-N2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ΣὺSy
|
You
|
PPro-N2S
|
G1510εἶei (V-PIA-2S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶei
|
are
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5547Χριστός.Christos (N-NMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστός.Christos
|
Christ.
|
N-NMS
|
29
He says to them, But whom say you that I am? And Peter answers and says to Him, You are the Christ.
Mark 8:29
Stats
Counts: 111 characters, 20 words, 85 letters, 31 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αυτος λεγει αυτοις υμεις δε τινα με λεγετε ειναι αποκριθεις δε ο πετρος λεγει αυτω συ ει ο χριστος
Lit: And He was questioning them, You however, whom Me do pronounce to be? Answering, Peter says to Him, You are the Christ.
KJV: And he saith unto them, But whom say ye that I am? And Peter answereth and saith unto him, Thou art the Christ.
References
"But"Mr 4:11: He said to them: To you it is given to know the mystery of the kingdom of God: but to them that are without: all these things are done in parables:Mt 16:15: He says to them: But whom say you that I am?Lu 9:20: He said to them: But whom say you that I am? Peter answering said: The Christ of God.1Pe 2:7: To you therefore which believe he is precious: but to them which be disobedient: the stone which the builders disallowed: the same is made the head of the corner: "Thou"Mt 16:16: Simon Peter answered and said: You are the Christ: the Son of the living God.Joh 1:41-49: He first finds His own brother Simon: and says to Him: We have found the Messias: which is: being interpreted: the Christ.Joh 4:42: Said to the woman: Now we believe: not because of your saying: for we have heard Him ourselves: and know that this is indeed the Christ: the Saviour of the world.Joh 6:69: We believe and are sure that you are that Christ: the Son of the living God.Joh 11:27: She says to Him: Yes: Lord: I believe that you are the Christ: the Son of God: which should come into the world.Ac 8:37: Philip said: If you believe with all your heart: you may. And He answered and said: I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God.Ac 9:20: Straightway He preached Christ in the synagogues: that He is the Son of God.1Jo 4:15: Whoever will confess that Jesus is the Son of God: God dwells in Him: and He in God.1Jo 5:1: Whoever believes that Jesus is the Christ is born of God: and every one that loves'>loves Him that begot loves'>loves Him also that is begotten of Him.
και επετιμησεν αυτοις ινα μηδενι λεγωσιν περι αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2008ἐπετίμησενepetimēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2008 ἐπιτιμάω epitimáō ep-ee-tee-mah-o from ἐπί and τιμάω; to tax upon, i.e. censure or admonish; by implication, forbid:--(straitly) charge, rebuke.
|
ἐπετίμησενepetimēsen
|
He warned
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3367μηδενὶmēdeni (Adj-DMS)
G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηδενὶmēdeni
|
no one
|
Adj-DMS
|
G3004λέγωσινlegōsin (V-PSA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωσινlegōsin
|
they should tell
|
V-PSA-3P
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
30
He charged them that they should tell no man of him.Mark 8:30
Stats
Counts: 56 characters, 12 words, 44 letters, 14 vowels, 30 consonants
Translation
Greek: και επετιμησεν αυτοις ινα μηδενι λεγωσιν περι αυτου
Lit: And He warned them that no one they should tell concerning Him.
KJV: And he charged them that they should tell no man of him.
References
"And he charged them that they should tell no man of him."Mr 8:26: He sent him away to his house: saying: Neither go into the town: nor tell it to any in the town.Mr 7:36: He charged them that they should tell no man: but the more he charged them: so much the more a great deal they published it;Mr 9:9: As they came down from the mountain: He charged them that they should tell no man what things they had seen: till the Son of man were risen from the dead.Mt 16:20: Then charged He His disciples that they should tell no man that He was Jesus the Christ.Lu 9:21: He straitly charged them: and commanded them to tell no man that thing;
The First Prediction of the Passion
και ηρξατο διδασκειν αυτους οτι δει τον υιον του ανθρωπου πολλα παθειν και αποδοκιμασθηναι απο των πρεσβυτερων και αρχιερεων και γραμματεων και αποκτανθηναι και μετα τρεις ημερας αναστηναι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G756ἤρξατοērxato (V-AIM-3S)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
ἤρξατοērxato
|
He began
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1321διδάσκεινdidaskein (V-PNA)
G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
διδάσκεινdidaskein
|
to teach
|
V-PNA
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1163δεῖdei (V-PIA-3S)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
δεῖdei
|
it is necessary for
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5207ΥἱὸνHuion (N-AMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱὸνHuion
|
Son
|
N-AMS
|
G444ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou (N-GMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou
|
of Man
|
N-GMS
|
G4183πολλὰpolla (Adj-ANP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλὰpolla
|
many things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3958παθεῖν,pathein (V-ANA)
G3958 πάσχω páschō pen-tho apparently a primary verb; to experience a sensation or impression (usually painful):--feel, passion, suffer, vex.
|
παθεῖν,pathein
|
to suffer,
|
V-ANA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G593ἀποδοκιμασθῆναιapodokimasthēnai (V-ANP)
G593 ἀποδοκιμάζω apodokimázō ap-od-ok-ee-mad-zo from ἀπό and δοκιμάζω; to disapprove, i.e. (by implication) to repudiate:--disallow, reject.
|
ἀποδοκιμασθῆναιapodokimasthēnai
|
to be rejected
|
V-ANP
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4245πρεσβυτέρωνpresbyterōn (Adj-GMP)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβυτέρωνpresbyterōn
|
elders
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G749ἀρχιερέωνarchiereōn (N-GMP)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερέωνarchiereōn
|
chief priests
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G1122γραμματέωνgrammateōn (N-GMP)
G1122 γραμματεύς grammateús gram-mat-yooce from γράμμα. a writer, i.e. (professionally) scribe or secretary:--scribe, town-clerk.
|
γραμματέωνgrammateōn
|
scribes,
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G615ἀποκτανθῆναιapoktanthēnai (V-ANP)
G615 ἀποκτείνω apokteínō ap-ok-ti-no from ἀπό and (to slay); to kill outright; figuratively, to destroy:--put to death, kill, slay.
|
ἀποκτανθῆναιapoktanthēnai
|
to be killed,
|
V-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
after
|
Prep
|
G5140τρεῖςtreis (Adj-AFP)
G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
τρεῖςtreis
|
three
|
Adj-AFP
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
days
|
N-AFP
|
G450ἀναστῆναι·anastēnai (V-ANA)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀναστῆναι·anastēnai
|
to rise again.
|
V-ANA
|
31
He began to teach them, that the Son of man must suffer many things, and be rejected of the elders, and of the chief priests, and scribes, and be killed, and after 3 days rise again.Mark 8:31
Stats
Rank: #1172 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 190 characters, 31 words, 147 letters, 52 vowels, 95 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηρξατο διδασκειν αυτους οτι δει τον υιον του ανθρωπου πολλα παθειν και αποδοκιμασθηναι απο των πρεσβυτερων και αρχιερεων και γραμματεων και αποκτανθηναι και μετα τρεις ημερας αναστηναι
Lit: And He began to teach them that it is necessary for the Son of Man many things to suffer, and to be rejected by the elders and the chief priests and the scribes, and to be killed, and after three days to rise again.
KJV: And he began to teach them, that the Son of man must suffer many things, and be rejected of the elders, and of the chief priests, and scribes, and be killed, and after three days rise again.
References
"he began"Mr 9:31: 32: For He taught His disciples: and said to them: The Son of man is delivered into the hands of men: and they will kill Him; and after that He is killed: He will rise the third day.Mr 10:33: 34: Saying: Look: we go up to Jerusalem; and the Son of man will be delivered to the chief priests: and to the scribes; and they will condemn Him to death: and will deliver Him to the Gentiles:Mt 16:21: From that time forth began Jesus to show to His disciples: how that He must go to Jerusalem: and suffer many things of the elders and chief priests and scribes: and be killed: and be raised again the third day.Mt 17:22: While they abode in Galilee: Jesus said to them: The Son of man will be betrayed into the hands of men:Mt 20:17-19: Jesus going up to Jerusalem took the 12 disciples apart in the way: and said to them: Lu 9:22: Saying: The Son of man must suffer many things: and be rejected of the elders and chief priests and scribes: and be killed: and be raised the third day.Lu 18:31-34: Then He took to Him the 12: and said to them: Look: we go up to Jerusalem: and all things that are written by the prophets concerning the Son of man will be accomplished.Lu 24:6: 7: 26: 44: He not is here: but is risen: remember how he spoke to you when he was yet in Galilee: "rejected"Mr 12:10: Have you not read this scripture; The stone which the builders rejected is become the head of the corner:1Sa 8:7: The LORD said to Samuel: Listen to the voice of the people in all that they say to you: for they not have rejected you: but they have rejected me: that I not should reign over them.1Sa 10:19: you have this day rejected your God: who Himself saved you out of all your adversities and your tribulations; and you have said to Him: No: but set a king over us. Now therefore present yourselves before the LORD by your tribes: and by your thousands.Ps 118:22: The stone which the builders refused is become the head stone of the corner.Isa 53:3: He is despised and rejected of men; a man of sorrows: and acquainted with grief: and we hid as it were our faces from him; he was despised: and we esteemed not him.Mt 21:42: Jesus says to them: Did you never read in the scriptures: The stone which the builders rejected: the same is become the head of the corner: this is the Lord's doing: and it is marvellous in our eyes?Lu 17:25: But first must he suffer many things: and be rejected of this generation.Joh 12:48: He who rejects me: and receives not my words: has one that judges him: the word that I have spoken: the same will judge him in the last day.Ac 3:13-15: The God of Abraham: and of Isaac: and of Jacob: the God of our fathers: has glorified His Son Jesus; whom you delivered up: and denied Him in the presence of Pilate: when He was determined to let Him go.Ac 7:35: 51: 52: This Moses whom they refused: saying: Who made you a ruler and a judge? the same did God send to be a ruler and a deliverer by the hand of the angel which appeared to Him in the bush."and after"Ho 6:2: After two days will he revive us: in the third day he will raise us up: and we will live in his sight.Jon 1:17: Now the LORD had prepared a great fish to swallow up Jonah. And Jonah was in the belly of the fish 3 days and 3 nights.Mt 12:40: For as Jonas was 3 days and 3 nights in the whale's belly; so will the Son of man be 3 days and 3 nights in the heart of the earth.Joh 2:19: Jesus answered and said to them: Destroy this temple: and in 3 days I will raise it up.1Co 15:4: That he was buried: and that he rose again the third day according to the scriptures:
και παρρησια τον λογον ελαλει και προσλαβομενος αυτον ο πετρος ηρξατο επιτιμαν αυτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3954παρρησίᾳparrēsia (N-DFS)
G3954 παῤῥησία parrhēsía par-rhay-see-ah from πᾶς and a derivative of ῥέω; all out-spokenness, i.e. frankness, bluntness, publicity; by implication, assurance:--bold (X -ly, -ness, -ness of speech), confidence, X freely, X openly, X plainly(-ness).
|
παρρησίᾳparrēsia
|
openly
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G2980ἐλάλει.elalei (V-IIA-3S)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλει.elalei
|
He was speaking.
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4355προσλαβόμενοςproslabomenos (V-APM-NMS)
G4355 προσλαμβάνω proslambánō pros-lam-ban-o from πρός and λαμβάνω; to take to oneself, i.e. use (food), lead (aside), admit (to friendship or hospitality):--receive, take (unto).
|
προσλαβόμενοςproslabomenos
|
having taken Him
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter
|
N-NMS
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
to him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G756ἤρξατοērxato (V-AIM-3S)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
ἤρξατοērxato
|
he began
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G2008ἐπιτιμᾶνepitiman (V-PNA)
G2008 ἐπιτιμάω epitimáō ep-ee-tee-mah-o from ἐπί and τιμάω; to tax upon, i.e. censure or admonish; by implication, forbid:--(straitly) charge, rebuke.
|
ἐπιτιμᾶνepitiman
|
to rebuke
|
V-PNA
|
G846αὐτῷ.autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ.autō
|
Him.
|
PPro-DM3S
|
32
He spoke that saying openly. And Peter took him, and began to rebuke him.Mark 8:32
Stats
Counts: 77 characters, 13 words, 60 letters, 23 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: και παρρησια τον λογον ελαλει και προσλαβομενος αυτον ο πετρος ηρξατο επιτιμαν αυτω
Lit: And openly the word He was speaking. And having taken Him Peter to him, he began to rebuke Him.
KJV: And he spake that saying openly. And Peter took him, and began to rebuke him.
References
"openly"Joh 16:25: 29: These things have I spoken to you in proverbs: but the time comes: when I will no more speak to you in proverbs: but I will show you plainly of the Father."Peter"Mr 4:38: He was in the hinder part of the ship: asleep on a pillow: and they awake him: and say to him: Master: care you not that we perish?Mt 16:22: Then Peter took Him: and began to rebuke Him: saying: Be it far from you: Lord: this will not be to you.Lu 10:40: But Martha was cumbered about much serving: and came to Him: and said: Lord: do you not care that my sister has left me to serve alone? bid her therefore that she help me.Joh 13:6-8: Then comes He to Simon Peter: and Peter says to Him: Lord: do you wash my feet?
ο δε επιστραφεις και ιδων τους μαθητας αυτου επετιμησεν τω πετρω λεγων υπαγε οπισω μου σατανα οτι ου φρονεις τα του θεου αλλα τα των ανθρωπων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1994ἐπιστραφεὶςepistrapheis (V-APP-NMS)
G1994 ἐπιστρέφω epistréphō ep-ee-stref-o from ἐπί and στρέφω; to revert (literally, figuratively or morally):--come (go) again, convert, (re-)turn (about, again).
|
ἐπιστραφεὶςepistrapheis
|
having turned
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδὼνidōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδὼνidōn
|
having looked upon
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3101μαθητὰςmathētas (N-AMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητὰςmathētas
|
disciples
|
N-AMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2008ἐπετίμησενepetimēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2008 ἐπιτιμάω epitimáō ep-ee-tee-mah-o from ἐπί and τιμάω; to tax upon, i.e. censure or admonish; by implication, forbid:--(straitly) charge, rebuke.
|
ἐπετίμησενepetimēsen
|
He rebuked
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4074ΠέτρῳPetrō (N-DMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτρῳPetrō
|
Peter
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
said,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G5217ὝπαγεHypage (V-PMA-2S)
G5217 ὑπάγω hypágō hoop-ag-o from ὑπό and ἄγω; to lead (oneself) under, i.e. withdraw or retire (as if sinking out of sight), literally or figuratively:--depart, get hence, go (a-)way.
|
ὝπαγεHypage
|
Get
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G3694ὀπίσωopisō (Prep)
G3694 ὀπίσω opísō op-is-o from the same as ὄπισθεν with enclitic of direction; to the back, i.e. aback (as adverb or preposition of time or place; or as noun):--after, back(-ward), (+ get) behind, + follow.
|
ὀπίσωopisō
|
behind
|
Prep
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G4567Σατανᾶ,Satana (N-VMS)
G4567 Σατανᾶς Satanâs sat-an-as of Chaldee origin corresponding to מַעְבָּד (with the definite affix); the accuser, i.e. the devil:--Satan.
|
Σατανᾶ,Satana
|
Satan,
|
N-VMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5426φρονεῖςphroneis (V-PIA-2S)
G5426 φρονέω phronéō fron-eh-o from φρήν; to exercise the mind, i.e. entertain or have a sentiment or opinion; by implication, to be (mentally) disposed (more or less earnestly in a certain direction); intensively, to interest oneself in (with concern or obedience):--set the affection on, (be) care(-ful), (be like-, + be of one, + be of the same, + let this) mind(-ed), regard, savour, think.
|
φρονεῖςphroneis
|
you have in mind
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
things
|
Art-GMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
things
|
Art-GMP
|
G444ἀνθρώπων.anthrōpōn (N-GMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπων.anthrōpōn
|
of men.
|
N-GMP
|
33
But when He had turned about and looked on His disciples, He rebuked Peter, saying, Get you behind me, Satan: for you savour not the things that be of God, but the things that be of men.
Mark 8:33
Stats
Counts: 191 characters, 31 words, 148 letters, 55 vowels, 93 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε επιστραφεις και ιδων τους μαθητας αυτου επετιμησεν τω πετρω λεγων υπαγε οπισω μου σατανα οτι ου φρονεις τα του θεου αλλα τα των ανθρωπων
Lit: And having turned and having looked upon the disciples of Him, He rebuked Peter and said, Get behind Me, Satan, for not you have in mind the things of God, but the things of men.
KJV: But when he had turned about and looked on his disciples, he rebuked Peter, saying, Get thee behind me, Satan: for thou savourest not the things that be of God, but the things that be of men.
References
"turned"Mr 3:5: 34: When he had looked round about on them with anger: being grieved for the hardness of their hearts: he says to the man: Stretch forth your hand. And he stretched it out: and his hand was restored whole as the other.Lu 22:61: The Lord turned: and looked upon Peter. And Peter remembered the word of the Lord: how He had said to Him: Before the cock crow: you will deny me thrice."he rebuked"Le 19:17: You will not hate your brother in your heart: you will in any wise rebuke your neighbour: not and suffer sin upon him.2Sa 19:22: David said: What have I to do with you: you sons of Zeruiah: that you should this day be adversaries to me? will there any man be put to death this day in Israel? for not do I know that I am this day king over Israel?Ps 141:5: Let the righteous smite me; it will be a kindness: and let him reprove me; it will be an excellent oil: which will not break my head: for yet my prayer also will be in their calamities.Pr 9:8: 9: not Reprove a scorner: lest he hate you: rebuke a wise man: and he will love you.Mt 15:23: But he answered not her a word. And his disciples came and besought him: saying: Send her away; for she cries after us.Lu 9:55: But he turned: and rebuked them: and said: You not know what manner of spirit you are of.1Ti 5:20: Them that sin rebuke before all: that others also may fear.Tit 1:13: This witness is true. For what reason rebuke them sharply: that they may be sound in the faith;Re 3:19: As many as I love: I rebuke and chasten: be zealous therefore: and repent."Get"Ge 3:4-6: The serpent said to the woman: You will not surely die:Job 2:10: But He said to her: You speak as one of the foolish women speaks. What? will we receive good at the hand of God: and will not we receive evil? In all this not did Job sin with His lips.Mt 4:10: Then says Jesus to Him: Get you here: Satan: for it is written: You will worship the Lord your God: and Him only will you serve.Lu 4:8: Jesus answered and said to Him: Get you behind me: Satan: for it is written: You will worship the Lord your God: and Him only will you serve.1Co 5:5: To deliver such an one to Satan for the destruction of the flesh: that the spirit may be saved in the day of the Lord Jesus."savourest"Mt 6:31: 32: Therefore take no thought: saying: What will we eat? or: What will we drink? or: With what will we be clothed?Ro 8:5-8: For they that are after the flesh do mind the things of the flesh; but they that are after the Spirit the things of the Spirit.Php 3:19: Whose end is destruction: whose God is their belly: and whose glory is in their shame: who mind earthly things.)Jas 3:15-18: This wisdom descends not from above: but is earthly: sensual: devilish.1Pe 4:1: Forasmuch then as Christ has suffered for us in the flesh: arm yourselves likewise with the same mind: for He that'>He who has suffered in the flesh has ceased from sin;1Jo 2:15: not Love the world: neither the things that are in the world. If any man love the world: the love of the Father not is in Him.
Take Up Your Cross
και προσκαλεσαμενος τον οχλον συν τοις μαθηταις αυτου ειπεν αυτοις οστις θελει οπισω μου ελθειν απαρνησασθω εαυτον και αρατω τον σταυρον αυτου και ακολουθειτω μοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4341προσκαλεσάμενοςproskalesamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G4341 προσκαλέομαι proskaléomai pros-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from πρός and καλέω; to call toward oneself, i.e. summon, invite:--call (for, to, unto).
|
προσκαλεσάμενοςproskalesamenos
|
having called to Him
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3793ὄχλονochlon (N-AMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλονochlon
|
crowd
|
N-AMS
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G3101μαθηταῖςmathētais (N-DMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταῖςmathētais
|
disciples
|
N-DMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
He said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G1487ΕἴEi (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
ΕἴEi
|
If
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G2309θέλειthelei (V-PIA-3S)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλειthelei
|
desires
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3694ὀπίσωopisō (Prep)
G3694 ὀπίσω opísō op-is-o from the same as ὄπισθεν with enclitic of direction; to the back, i.e. aback (as adverb or preposition of time or place; or as noun):--after, back(-ward), (+ get) behind, + follow.
|
ὀπίσωopisō
|
after
|
Prep
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2064ἐλθεῖν,elthein (V-ANA)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλθεῖν,elthein
|
to come,
|
V-ANA
|
G533ἀπαρνησάσθωaparnēsasthō (V-AMM-3S)
G533 ἀπαρνέομαι aparnéomai ap-ar-neh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἀρνέομαι; to deny utterly, i.e. disown, abstain:--deny.
|
ἀπαρνησάσθωaparnēsasthō
|
let him deny
|
V-AMM-3S
|
G1438ἑαυτὸνheauton (RefPro-AM3S)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτὸνheauton
|
himself,
|
RefPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G142ἀράτωaratō (V-AMA-3S)
G142 αἴρω aírō ah-ee-ro a primary root; to lift up; by implication, to take up or away; figuratively, to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind), specially, to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Hebraism (compare נָשָׂא) to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).
|
ἀράτωaratō
|
let him take up
|
V-AMA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G4716σταυρὸνstauron (N-AMS)
G4716 σταυρός staurós stow-ros from the base of ἵστημι; a stake or post (as set upright), i.e. (specially), a pole or cross (as an instrument of capital punishment); figuratively, exposure to death, i.e. self-denial; by implication, the atonement of Christ:--cross.
|
σταυρὸνstauron
|
cross
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G190ἀκολουθείτωakoloutheitō (V-PMA-3S)
G190 ἀκολουθέω akolouthéō ak-ol-oo-theh-o from Α (as a particle of union) and (a road); properly, to be in the same way with, i.e. to accompany (specially, as a disciple):--follow, reach.
|
ἀκολουθείτωakoloutheitō
|
let him follow
|
V-PMA-3S
|
G1473μοι.moi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοι.moi
|
Me.
|
PPro-D1S
|
34
When he had called the people to him with his disciples also, he said to them, Whoever will come after me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow me.
Mark 8:34
Stats
Rank: #603 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 176 characters, 29 words, 137 letters, 51 vowels, 86 consonants
Translation
Greek: και προσκαλεσαμενος τον οχλον συν τοις μαθηταις αυτου ειπεν αυτοις οστις θελει οπισω μου ελθειν απαρνησασθω εαυτον και αρατω τον σταυρον αυτου και ακολουθειτω μοι
Lit: And having called to Him the crowd with the disciples of Him, He said to them, If anyone desires after Me to come, let him deny himself, and let him take up the cross of him, and let him follow Me.
KJV: And when he had called the people unto him with his disciples also, he said unto them, Whosoever will come after me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow me.
References
"called"Mr 7:14: When he had called all the people to him: he said to them: Listen to me every one of you: and understand:Lu 9:23: He said to them all: If any man will come after me: let him deny himself: and take up his cross daily: and follow me.Lu 20:45: Then in the audience of all the people he said to his disciples: "Whosoever"Mr 9:43-48: If your hand offend you: cut it off: it is better for you to enter into life maimed: than having two hands to go into hell: into the fire that never will be quenched:Mt 5:29: 30: If your right eye offend you: pluck it out: and cast it from you: for it is profitable for you that one of your members should perish: not and that your whole body should be cast into hell.Mt 7:13: 14: Enter you in at the strait gate: for wide is the gate: and broad is the way: that leads to destruction: and many there be which go in thereat:Mt 16:24: Then said Jesus to His disciples: If any man will come after me: let Him deny Himself: and take up His cross: and follow me.Lu 13:24: Strive to enter in at the strait gate: for many: I say to you: will seek to enter in: and will not be able.Lu 14:27: 33: whoever does not bear his cross: and come after me: cannot be my disciple.Ro 15:1-3: We then that are strong ought to bear the infirmities of the weak: not and to please ourselves.1Co 8:13: For what reason: if meat make my brother to offend: I will eat no flesh while the world stands: lest I make my brother to offend.1Co 9:19: For though I be free from all men: yet have I made myself servant to all: that I might gain the more.Php 3:7: But what things were gain to me: those I counted loss for Christ.Tit 2:12: Teaching us that: denying ungodliness and worldly lusts: we should live soberly: righteously: and godly: in this present world;"take"Mr 10:21: Then Jesus beholding Him loved Him: and said to Him: one thing you lack: go your way: sell whatever you have: and give to the poor: and you will have treasure in heaven: and come: take up the cross: and follow me.Mt 10:38: he who takes not his cross: and follows after me: not is worthy of me.Mt 27:32: As they came out: they found a man of Cyrene: Simon by name: him they compelled to bear his cross.Joh 19:17: He bearing his cross went forth into a place called the place of a skull: which is called in the Hebrew Golgotha:Ac 14:22: Confirming the souls of the disciples: and exhorting them to continue in the faith: and that we must through much tribulation enter into the kingdom of God.Ro 6:6: Knowing this: that our old man is crucified with him: that the body of sin might be destroyed: that henceforth we not should serve sin.Ro 8:17: If children: then heirs; heirs of God: and joint-heirs with Christ; if so be that we suffer with Him: that we may be also glorified together.1Co 4:9-13: For I think that God has set forth us the apostles last: as it were appointed to death: for we are made a spectacle to the world: and to angels: and to men.1Co 15:31: I protest by your rejoicing which I have in Christ Jesus our Lord: I die daily.Ga 2:20: I am crucified with Christ: nevertheless I live; not yet I: but Christ lives in me: and the life which I now live in the flesh I live by the faith of the Son of God: who loved me: and gave Himself for me.Ga 5:24: They that are Christ's have crucified the flesh with the affections and lusts.Ga 6:14: But God forbid that I should glory: save in the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ: by whom the world is crucified to me: and I to the world.Php 3:10: That I may know him: and the power of his resurrection: and the fellowship of his sufferings: being made conformable to his death;Col 1:24: Who now rejoice in my sufferings for you: and fill up that which is behind of the afflictions of Christ in my flesh for His body's sake: which is the church:Col 3:5: Mortify therefore your members which are upon the earth; fornication: uncleanness: inordinate affection: evil concupiscence: and covetousness: which is idolatry:2Th 3:11: For we hear that there are some which walk among you disorderly: not working at all: but are busybodies.1Pe 4:1: 13: Forasmuch then as Christ has suffered for us in the flesh: arm yourselves likewise with the same mind: for He that'>He who has suffered in the flesh has ceased from sin;Re 2:10: Fear none of those things which you will suffer: look: the devil will cast some of you into prison: that you may be tried; and you will have tribulation 10 days: be you faithful to death: and I will give you a crown of life."follow"Nu 14:24: But my servant Caleb: because he had another spirit with him: and has followed me fully: him will I bring into the land whereinto he went; and his seed will possess it.1Ki 14:8: tear the kingdom away from the house of David: and gave it you: and yet you have not been as my servant David: who kept my commandments: and who followed me with all his heart: to do that only which was right in my eyes;Lu 14:26: If any man come to me: and not hate his father: and mother: and wife: and children: and brothers: and sisters: yes: and his own life also: he cannot be my disciple.Lu 18:22: Now when Jesus heard these things: He said to Him: Yet lack you one thing: sell all that you have: and distribute to the poor: and you will have treasure in heaven: and come: follow me.Joh 10:27: My sheep hear my voice: and I know them: and they follow me:Joh 13:36: 37: Simon Peter said to Him: Lord: whither go you? Jesus answered Him: Whither I go: you not canst follow me now; but you will follow me afterwards.Joh 21:19: 20: This spoke He: signifying by what death He should glorify God. And when He had spoken this: He says to Him: Follow me.Heb 13:13: Let us go forth therefore to him without the camp: bearing his reproach.2Pe 1:14: Knowing that shortly I must put off this my tabernacle: even as our Lord Jesus Christ has showed me.1Jo 3:16: Hereby perceive we the love of God: because He laid down His life for us: and we ought to lay down our lives for the brothers.
ος γαρ αν θελη την ψυχην αυτου σωσαι απολεσει αυτην ος δ αν απολεση την ψυχην αυτου ενεκεν εμου και του ευαγγελιου ουτος σωσει αυτην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
Whoever
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G2309θέλῃthelē (V-PSA-3S)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλῃthelē
|
might desire
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G5590ψυχὴνpsychēn (N-AFS)
G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχὴνpsychēn
|
life
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
his
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G4982σῶσαι,sōsai (V-ANA)
G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
σῶσαι,sōsai
|
to save,
|
V-ANA
|
G622ἀπολέσειapolesei (V-FIA-3S)
G622 ἀπόλλυμι apóllymi ap-ol-loo-mee from ἀπό and the base of ὄλεθρος; to destroy fully (reflexively, to perish, or lose), literally or figuratively:--destroy, die, lose, mar, perish.
|
ἀπολέσειapolesei
|
will lose
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G846αὐτήν·autēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτήν·autēn
|
it;
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
whoever
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G1161δ’d’ (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δ’d’
|
now
|
Conj
|
G622ἀπολέσειapolesei (V-FIA-3S)
G622 ἀπόλλυμι apóllymi ap-ol-loo-mee from ἀπό and the base of ὄλεθρος; to destroy fully (reflexively, to perish, or lose), literally or figuratively:--destroy, die, lose, mar, perish.
|
ἀπολέσειapolesei
|
will lose
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5590ψυχὴνpsychēn (N-AFS)
G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχὴνpsychēn
|
life
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1752ἕνεκενheneken (Prep)
G1752 ἕνεκα héneka hi-nek-en of uncertain affinity; on account of:--because, for (cause, sake), (where-)fore, by reason of, that.
|
ἕνεκενheneken
|
on account of
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοῦemou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοῦemou
|
Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2098εὐαγγελίου,euangeliou (N-GNS)
G2098 εὐαγγέλιον euangélion yoo-ang-ghel-ee-on from the same as εὐαγγελίζω; a good message, i.e. the gospel:--gospel.
|
εὐαγγελίου,euangeliou
|
gospel,
|
N-GNS
|
G4982σώσειsōsei (V-FIA-3S)
G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
σώσειsōsei
|
he will save
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G846αὐτήν.autēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτήν.autēn
|
it.
|
PPro-AF3S
|
35
For whoever will save his life will lose it; but whoever will lose his life for my sake and the gospel's, the same will save it.Mark 8:35
Stats
Rank: #2587 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 135 characters, 24 words, 106 letters, 40 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: ος γαρ αν θελη την ψυχην αυτου σωσαι απολεσει αυτην ος δ αν απολεση την ψυχην αυτου ενεκεν εμου και του ευαγγελιου ουτος σωσει αυτην
Lit: Whoever for if might desire life his to save, will lose it; whoever now will lose the life of him on account of Me and of the gospel, he will save it.
KJV: For whosoever will save his life shall lose it; but whosoever shall lose his life for my sake and the gospel's, the same shall save it.
References
"will save"Es 4:11-16: All the king's servants: and the people of the king's provinces: do know: that whoever: whether man or woman: will come to the king into the inner court: who not is called: there is one law of his to put him to death: except such to whom the king will hold out the golden sceptre: that he may live: but I not have been called to come in to the king these 30 days.Jer 26:20-24: There was also a man that prophesied in the name of the LORD: Urijah the son of Shemaiah of Kirjathjearim: who prophesied against this city and against this land according to all the words of Jeremiah:Mt 10:39: He who finds his life will lose it: and he who loses his life for my sake will find it.Mt 16:25: For whoever will save his life will lose it: and whoever will lose his life for my sake will find it.Lu 9:24: For whoever will save his life will lose it: but whoever will lose his life for my sake: the same will save it.Lu 17:33: Whoever will seek to save his life will lose it; and whoever will lose his life will preserve it.Joh 12:25: 26: He who loves his life will lose it; and he who hates his life in this world will keep it to life eternal.Ac 20:24: But none of these things move me: neither count I my life dear to myself: so that I might finish my course with joy: and the ministry: which I have received of the Lord Jesus: to testify the gospel of the grace of God.Ac 21:13: Then Paul answered: What mean you to weep and to break my heart? for I am not ready to be bound only: but also to die at Jerusalem for the name of the Lord Jesus.2Ti 2:11-13: It is a faithful saying: For if we be dead with him: we will also live with him:2Ti 4:6-8: For I am now ready to be offered: and the time of my departure is at hand.Heb 11:35: Women received their dead raised to life again: and others were tortured: not accepting deliverance; that they might obtain a better resurrection:Re 2:10: Fear none of those things which you will suffer: look: the devil will cast some of you into prison: that you may be tried; and you will have tribulation 10 days: be you faithful to death: and I will give you a crown of life.Re 7:14: I said to him: Sir: you know. And he said to me: These are they which came out of great tribulation: and have washed their robes: and made them white in the blood of the Lamb.Re 12:11: They overcame him by the blood of the Lamb: and by the word of their testimony; and they not loved their lives to the death."for"Mt 5:10-12: Blessed are they which are persecuted for righteousness' sake: for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.Mt 10:22: you will be hated of all men for my name's sake: but he who endures to the end will be saved.Mt 19:29: Every one that has forsaken houses: or brothers: or sisters: or father: or mother: or wife: or children: or lands: for my name's sake: will receive an hundredfold: and will inherit everlasting life.Lu 6:22: 23: Blessed are you: when men will hate you: and when they will separate you from their company: and will reproach you: and cast out your name as evil: for the Son of man's sake.Joh 15:20: 21: Remember the word that I said to you: The servant not is greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me: they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying: they will keep yours also.Ac 9:16: For I will show him how great things he must suffer for my name's sake.1Co 9:23: This I do for the gospel's sake: that I might be partaker thereof with you.2Co 12:10: Therefore I take pleasure in infirmities: in reproaches: in necessities: in persecutions: in distresses for Christ's sake: for when I am weak: then am I strong.2Ti 1:8: not Be you therefore ashamed of the testimony of our Lord: nor of me His prisoner: but be you partaker of the afflictions of the gospel according to the power of God;1Pe 4:12-16: Beloved: think not it strange concerning the fiery trial which is to try you: as though some strange thing happened to you:
τι γαρ ωφελησει ανθρωπον εαν κερδηση τον κοσμον ολον και ζημιωθη την ψυχην αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5101Τίti (IPro-NNS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
Τίti
|
What
|
IPro-NNS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G5623ὠφελεῖōphelei (V-PIA-3S)
G5623 ὠφελέω ōpheléō o-fel-eh-o from the same as ὠφέλεια; to be useful, i.e. to benefit:--advantage, better, prevail, profit.
|
ὠφελεῖōphelei
|
does it profit
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G444ἄνθρωπονanthrōpon (N-AMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωπονanthrōpon
|
a man
|
N-AMS
|
G2770κερδῆσαιkerdēsai (V-ANA)
G2770 κερδαίνω kerdaínō ker-dah-ee-no from κέρδος; to gain (literally or figuratively):--(get) gain, win.
|
κερδῆσαιkerdēsai
|
to gain
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2889κόσμονkosmon (N-AMS)
G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.
|
κόσμονkosmon
|
world
|
N-AMS
|
G3650ὅλονholon (Adj-AMS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅλονholon
|
whole
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2210ζημιωθῆναιzēmiōthēnai (V-ANP)
G2210 ζημιόω zēmióō dzay-mee-o-o from ζημία; to injure, i.e. (reflexively or passively) to experience detriment:--be cast away, receive damage, lose, suffer loss.
|
ζημιωθῆναιzēmiōthēnai
|
to lose
|
V-ANP
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5590ψυχὴνpsychēn (N-AFS)
G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχὴνpsychēn
|
soul
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ;autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ;autou
|
of him?
|
PPro-GM3S
|
36
For what will it profit a man, if he will gain the whole world, and lose his own soul?Mark 8:36
Stats
Rank: #942 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 88 characters, 17 words, 67 letters, 24 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: τι γαρ ωφελησει ανθρωπον εαν κερδηση τον κοσμον ολον και ζημιωθη την ψυχην αυτου
Lit: What for does it profit a man to gain the world whole and to lose the soul of him?
KJV: For what shall it profit a man, if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul?
References
"what"Job 2:4: Satan answered the LORD: and said: Skin for skin: yes: all that a man has will He give for His life.Ps 49:17: For when he dies he will not carryhing away: his glory will not descend after him.Ps 73:18-20: Surely you did set them in slippery places: you castedst them down into destruction.Mt 4:8-10: Again: the devil takes him up into an exceeding high mountain: and shews him all the kingdoms of the world: and the glory of them;Mt 16:26: For what is a man profited: if he will gain the whole world: and lose his own soul? or what will a man give in exchange for his soul?Lu 9:25: For what is a man advantaged: if he gain the whole world: and lose himself: or be cast away?Lu 12:19: 20: I will say to my soul: Soul: you have much goods laid up for many years; take your ease: eat: drink: and be merry.Lu 16:19-23: There was a certain rich man: which was clothed in purple and fine linen: and fared sumptuously every day:Php 3:7-9: But what things were gain to me: those I counted loss for Christ.Re 18:7: 8: How much she has glorified herself: and lived deliciously: so much torment and sorrow give her: for she says in her heart: I sit a queen: and am no widow: and will see no sorrow."profit"Job 22:2: Can a man be profitable to God: as He that'>He who is wise may be profitable to Himself?Mal 3:14: You have said: It is vain to serve God: and what profit is it that we have kept His ordinance: and that we have walked mournfully before the LORD of hosts?Ro 6:21: What fruit had you then in those things whereof you are now ashamed? for the end of those things is death.Heb 11:24-26: By faith Moses: when he was come to years: refused to be called the son of Pharaoh's daughter;Jas 1:9-11: Let the brother of low degree rejoice in that he is exalted:
η τι δωσει ανθρωπος ανταλλαγμα της ψυχης αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
What
|
IPro-ANS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1325δοῖdoi (V-ASA-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δοῖdoi
|
shall give
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G444ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos (N-NMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos
|
a man
|
N-NMS
|
G465ἀντάλλαγμαantallagma (N-ANS)
G465 ἀντάλλαγμα antállagma an-tal-ag-mah from a compound of ἀντί and ἀλλάσσω; an equivalent or ransom:--in exchange.
|
ἀντάλλαγμαantallagma
|
as an exchange
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
for the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5590ψυχῆςpsychēs (N-GFS)
G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχῆςpsychēs
|
soul
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ;autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ;autou
|
of him?
|
PPro-GM3S
|
37
Or what will a man give in exchange for his soul?Mark 8:37
Stats
Counts: 50 characters, 11 words, 39 letters, 15 vowels, 24 consonants
Translation
Greek: η τι δωσει ανθρωπος ανταλλαγμα της ψυχης αυτου
Lit: What for shall give a man as an exchange for the soul of him?
KJV: Or what shall a man give in exchange for his soul?
References
"Or what shall a man give in exchange for his soul?"Ps 49:7: 8: None of them can by any means redeem His brother: nor give to God a ransom for Him:1Pe 1:18: 19: Forasmuch as you know that you not were redeemed with corruptible things: as silver and gold: from your vain conversation received by tradition from your fathers;
ος γαρ αν επαισχυνθη με και τους εμους λογους εν τη γενεα ταυτη τη μοιχαλιδι και αμαρτωλω και ο υιος του ανθρωπου επαισχυνθησεται αυτον οταν ελθη εν τη δοξη του πατρος αυτου μετα των αγγελων των αγιων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
Whoever
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1870ἐπαισχυνθῇepaischynthē (V-ASP-3S)
G1870 ἐπαισχύνομαι epaischýnomai ep-ahee-skhoo-nom-ahee from ἐπί and αἰσχύνομαι; to feel shame for something:--be ashamed.
|
ἐπαισχυνθῇepaischynthē
|
may be ashamed of
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
Me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1699ἐμοὺςemous (PPro-AM1P)
G1699 ἐμός emós em-os from the oblique cases of ἐγώ (ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἐμέ); my:--of me, mine (own), my.,
|
ἐμοὺςemous
|
My
|
PPro-AM1P
|
G3056λόγουςlogous (N-AMP)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγουςlogous
|
words
|
N-AMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1074γενεᾷgenea (N-DFS)
G1074 γενεά geneá ghen-eh-ah from (a presumed derivative of) γένος; a generation; by implication, an age (the period or the persons):--age, generation, nation, time.
|
γενεᾷgenea
|
generation
|
N-DFS
|
G3778ταύτῃtautē (DPro-DFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτῃtautē
|
this
|
DPro-DFS
|
G3428μοιχαλίδιmoichalidi (N-DFS)
G3428 μοιχαλίς moichalís moy-khal-is a prolonged form of the feminine of μοιχός; an adulteress (literally or figuratively):--adulteress(-ous, -y).
|
μοιχαλίδιmoichalidi
|
adulterous
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G268ἁμαρτωλῷ,hamartōlō (Adj-DFS)
G268 ἁμαρτωλός hamartōlós ham-ar-to-los from ἁμαρτάνω; sinful, i.e. a sinner:--sinful, sinner.
|
ἁμαρτωλῷ,hamartōlō
|
sinful,
|
Adj-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5207ΥἱὸςHuios (N-NMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱὸςHuios
|
Son
|
N-NMS
|
G444ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou (N-GMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou
|
of Man
|
N-GMS
|
G1870ἐπαισχυνθήσεταιepaischynthēsetai (V-FIP-3S)
G1870 ἐπαισχύνομαι epaischýnomai ep-ahee-skhoo-nom-ahee from ἐπί and αἰσχύνομαι; to feel shame for something:--be ashamed.
|
ἐπαισχυνθήσεταιepaischynthēsetai
|
will be ashamed of
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G846αὐτὸν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸν,auton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj)
G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
when
|
Conj
|
G2064ἔλθῃelthē (V-ASA-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔλθῃelthē
|
He shall come
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1391δόξῃdoxē (N-DFS)
G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξῃdoxē
|
glory
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3962ΠατρὸςPatros (N-GMS)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
ΠατρὸςPatros
|
Father
|
N-GMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G32ἀγγέλωνangelōn (N-GMP)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλωνangelōn
|
angels
|
N-GMP
|
G40ἁγίων.hagiōn (Adj-GMP)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίων.hagiōn
|
holy.
|
Adj-GMP
|
38
Whoever therefore will be ashamed of me and of my words in this adulterous and sinful generation; of Him also will the Son of man be ashamed, when He comes in the glory of His Father with the holy angels.Mark 8:38
Stats
Rank: #1283 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 209 characters, 38 words, 167 letters, 62 vowels, 105 consonants
Translation
Greek: ος γαρ αν επαισχυνθη με και τους εμους λογους εν τη γενεα ταυτη τη μοιχαλιδι και αμαρτωλω και ο υιος του ανθρωπου επαισχυνθησεται αυτον οταν ελθη εν τη δοξη του πατρος αυτου μετα των αγγελων των αγιων
Lit: Whoever for if may be ashamed of Me and My words in the generation this adulterous and sinful, also the Son of Man will be ashamed of him when He shall come in the glory of the Father of Him, with the angels holy.
KJV: Whosoever therefore shall be ashamed of me and of my words in this adulterous and sinful generation; of him also shall the Son of man be ashamed, when he cometh in the glory of his Father with the holy angels.
References
"ashamed"Mt 10:32: 33: Whoever therefore will confess me before men: Him will I confess also before my Father which is in heaven.Lu 19:26: For I say to you: That to every one which has will be given; and from him that has not: even that he has will be taken away from him.Lu 12:8: 9: Also I say to you: Whoever will confess me before men: Him will the Son of man also confess before the angels of God:Ac 5:41: They departed from the presence of the council: rejoicing that they were counted worthy to suffer shame for his name.Ro 1:16: For I not am ashamed of the gospel of Christ: for it is the power of God to salvation to every one that believes; to the Jew first: and also to the Greek.Ga 6:14: But God forbid that I should glory: save in the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ: by whom the world is crucified to me: and I to the world.2Ti 1:8: 12: 16: not Be you therefore ashamed of the testimony of our Lord: nor of me His prisoner: but be you partaker of the afflictions of the gospel according to the power of God;2Ti 2:12: 13: If we suffer: we will also reign with him: if we deny him: he also will deny us:Heb 11:26: Esteeming the reproach of Christ greater riches than the treasures in Egypt: for He had respect to the recompence of the reward.Heb 12:2: 3: Looking to Jesus the author and finisher of our faith; who for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross: despising the shame: and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God.Heb 13:13: Let us go forth therefore to him without the camp: bearing his reproach.1Jo 2:23: Whoever denies the Son: the same has not the Father: (but) He that'>He who acknowledges the Son has the Father also."adulterous"Mt 12:39: But he answered and said to them: An evil and adulterous generation seeks after a sign; and there will no sign be given to it: but the sign of the prophet Jonas:Mt 16:4: A wicked and adulterous generation seeks after a sign; and there will no sign be given to it: but the sign of the prophet Jonas. And he left them: and departed.Jas 4:4: You adulterers and adulteresses: know you not that the friendship of the world is enmity with God? whoever therefore will be a friend of the world is the enemy of God."the Son"Mr 14:62: Jesus said: I am: and you will see the Son of man sitting on the right hand of power: and coming in the clouds of heaven.Da 7:13: I saw in the night visions: and: look: one like the Son of man came with the clouds of heaven: and came to the Ancient of days: and they brought Him near before Him.Mt 16:27: For the Son of man will come in the glory of His Father with His angels; and then He will reward every man according to His works.Mt 24:30: Then will appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven: and then will all the tribes of the earth mourn: and they will see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.Mt 25:31: When the Son of man will come in His glory: and all the holy angels with Him: then will He sit upon the throne of His glory:Mt 26:64: Jesus says to Him: You have said: nevertheless I say to you: Hereafter will you see the Son of man sitting on the right hand of power: and coming in the clouds of heaven.Joh 1:14: The Word was made flesh: and dwelt among us: (and we beheld His glory: the glory as of the only begotten of the Father: ) full of grace and truth.Joh 5:27: has given Him authority to execute judgment also: because He is the Son of man.Joh 12:34: The people answered Him: We have heard out of the law that Christ abides for ever: and how say you: The Son of man must be lifted up? who is this Son of man?"when"De 33:2: He said: The LORD came from Sinai: and rose up from Seir to them; He shined forth from mount Paran: and He came with 10 thousands of saints: from His right hand went a fiery law for them.Da 7:10: A fiery stream issued and came forth from before him:000 thousands ministered to him: and 10000 times 10000 stood before him: the judgment was set: and the books were opened.Zec 14:5: you will flee to the valley of the mountains; for the valley of the mountains will reach to Azal: yes: you will flee: like as you fled from before the earthquake in the days of Uzziah king of Judah: and the LORD my God will come: and all the saints with you.Mt 13:41: The Son of man will send forth His angels: and they will gather out of His kingdom all things that offend: and them which do iniquity;Joh 1:51: He says to Him: Truly: truly: I say to you: Hereafter you will see heaven open: and the angels of God ascending and descending upon the Son of man.1Th 1:7: 8: So that you were ensamples to all that believe in Macedonia and Achaia.Jude 1:14: 15: Enoch also: the seventh from Adam: prophesied of these: saying: Look: the Lord comes with 10 thousands of His saints:
9
The Transfiguration
και ελεγεν αυτοις αμην λεγω υμιν οτι εισιν τινες των ωδε εστηκοτων οιτινες ου μη γευσωνται θανατου εως αν ιδωσιν την βασιλειαν του θεου εληλυθυιαν εν δυναμει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004ἔλεγενelegen (V-IIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγενelegen
|
He was saying
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G281ἈμὴνAmēn (Heb)
G281 ἀμήν amḗn am-ane of Hebrew origin (אָמֵן); properly, firm, i.e. (figuratively) trustworthy; adverbially, surely (often as interjection, so be it):--amen, verily.,
|
ἈμὴνAmēn
|
Truly
|
Heb
|
G3004λέγωlegō (V-PIA-1S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωlegō
|
I say
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1510εἰσίνeisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσίνeisin
|
there are
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G5100τινεςtines (IPro-NMP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινεςtines
|
some
|
IPro-NMP
|
G5602ὧδε ⇔hōde (Adv)
G5602 ὧδε hōde ho-deh from an adverb form of ὅδε; in this same spot, i.e. here or hither:--here, hither, (in) this place, there.,
|
ὧδε ⇔hōde
|
here
|
Adv
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of those
|
Art-GMP
|
G2476ἑστηκότωνhestēkotōn (V-RPA-GMP)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἑστηκότωνhestēkotōn
|
standing,
|
V-RPA-GMP
|
G3748οἵτινεςhoitines (RelPro-NMP)
G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
οἵτινεςhoitines
|
who
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
no
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1089γεύσωνταιgeusōntai (V-ASM-3P)
G1089 γεύομαι geúomai ghyoo-om-ahee a primary verb; to taste; by implication, to eat; figuratively, to experience (good or ill):--eat, taste.
|
γεύσωνταιgeusōntai
|
shall taste
|
V-ASM-3P
|
G2288θανάτουthanatou (N-GMS)
G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θανάτουthanatou
|
of death,
|
N-GMS
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Conj)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
until
|
Conj
|
G3708ἴδωσινidōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἴδωσινidōsin
|
they see
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G932βασιλείανbasileian (N-AFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείανbasileian
|
kingdom
|
N-AFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G2064ἐληλυθυῖανelēlythuian (V-RPA-AFS)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐληλυθυῖανelēlythuian
|
having come
|
V-RPA-AFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1411δυνάμει.dynamei (N-DFS)
G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δυνάμει.dynamei
|
power.
|
N-DFS
|
1
And He said to them, Truly I say to you, That there be some of them that stand here, which will not taste of death, till they have seen the kingdom of God come with power.
Mark 9:1
Stats
Rank: #1430 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 177 characters, 32 words, 137 letters, 51 vowels, 86 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ελεγεν αυτοις αμην λεγω υμιν οτι εισιν τινες των ωδε εστηκοτων οιτινες ου μη γευσωνται θανατου εως αν ιδωσιν την βασιλειαν του θεου εληλυθυιαν εν δυναμει
Lit: And He was saying to them, Truly I say to you that there are some here of those standing, who no not shall taste of death, until they see the kingdom of God having come with power.
KJV: And he said unto them, Verily I say unto you, That there be some of them that stand here, which shall not taste of death, till they have seen the kingdom of God come with power.
References
"That"Mt 16:28: Truly I say to you: There be some standing here: which will not taste of death: till they see the Son of man coming in His kingdom.Lu 9:27: But I tell you of a truth: there be some standing here: which will not taste of death: till they see the kingdom of God."taste"Lu 2:26: It was revealed to Him by the Holy Ghost: that He not should see death: before He had seen the Lord's Christ.Joh 8:51: 52: Truly: truly: I say to you: If a man keep my saying: he will never see death.Heb 2:9: But we see Jesus: who was made a little lower than the angels for the suffering of death: crowned with glory and honour; that He by the grace of God should taste death for every man."the kingdom"Mt 24:30: Then will appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven: and then will all the tribes of the earth mourn: and they will see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.Mt 25:31: When the Son of man will come in His glory: and all the holy angels with Him: then will He sit upon the throne of His glory:Lu 22:18: 30: For I say to you: I not will drink of the fruit of the vine: until the kingdom of God will come.Joh 21:23: Then went this saying abroad among the brothers: that that disciple not should die: yet Jesus not said to Him: He will not die; but: If I will that He tarry till I come: what is that to you?Ac 1:6: 7: When they therefore were come together: they asked of Him: saying: Lord: will you at this time restore again the kingdom to Israel?
και μεθ ημερας εξ παραλαμβανει ο ιησους τον πετρον και τον ιακωβον και τον ιωαννην και αναφερει αυτους εις ορος υψηλον κατ ιδιαν μονους και μετεμορφωθη εμπροσθεν αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
after
|
Prep
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
days
|
N-AFP
|
G1803ἓξhex (Adj-AFP)
G1803 ἕξ héx hex a primary numeral; six:--six.
|
ἓξhex
|
six
|
Adj-AFP
|
G3880παραλαμβάνειparalambanei (V-PIA-3S)
G3880 παραλαμβάνω paralambánō par-al-am-ban-o from παρά and λαμβάνω; to receive near, i.e. associate with oneself (in any familiar or intimate act or relation); by analogy, to assume an office; figuratively, to learn:--receive, take (unto, with).
|
παραλαμβάνειparalambanei
|
takes along
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus,
|
N-NMS
|
G4074ΠέτρονPetron (N-AMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτρονPetron
|
Peter
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2385ἸάκωβονIakōbon (N-AMS)
G2385 Ἰάκωβος Iákōbos ee-ak-o-bos the same as Ἰακώβ Græcized; Jacobus, the name of three Israelites:--James.
|
ἸάκωβονIakōbon
|
James
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2491Ἰωάννην,Iōannēn (N-AMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
Ἰωάννην,Iōannēn
|
John,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G399ἀναφέρειanapherei (V-PIA-3S)
G399 ἀναφέρω anaphérō an-af-er-o from ἀνά and φέρω; to take up (literally or figuratively):--bear, bring (carry, lead) up, offer (up).
|
ἀναφέρειanapherei
|
brings up
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3735ὄροςoros (N-ANS)
G3735 ὄρος óros or-os probably from an obsolete (to rise or rear; perhaps akin to αἴρω; compare ὄρνις); a mountain (as lifting itself above the plain):--hill, mount(-ain).
|
ὄροςoros
|
a mountain
|
N-ANS
|
G5308ὑψηλὸνhypsēlon (Adj-ANS)
G5308 ὑψηλός hypsēlós hoop-say-los from ὕψος; lofty (in place or character):--high(-er, -ly) (esteemed).
|
ὑψηλὸνhypsēlon
|
high
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2596κατ’kat’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατ’kat’
|
apart
|
Prep
|
G2398ἰδίανidian (Adj-AFS)
G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἰδίανidian
|
themselves
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3441μόνους.monous (Adj-AMP)
G3441 μόνος mónos mon-os probably from μένω; remaining, i.e. sole or single; by implication, mere:--alone, only, by themselves.
|
μόνους.monous
|
alone.
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3339μετεμορφώθηmetemorphōthē (V-AIP-3S)
G3339 μεταμορφόω metamorphóō met-am-or-fo-o from μετά and μορφόω; to transform (literally or figuratively, metamorphose):--change, transfigure, transform.
|
μετεμορφώθηmetemorphōthē
|
He was transfigured
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1715ἔμπροσθενemprosthen (Prep)
G1715 ἔμπροσθεν émprosthen em-pros-then from ἐν and πρός; in front of (in place (literally or figuratively) or time):--against, at, before, (in presence, sight) of.
|
ἔμπροσθενemprosthen
|
before
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
2
After 6 days Jesus taketh with Him Peter, and James, and John, and leads them up into an high mountain apart by themselves: and He was transfigured before them.Mark 9:2
Stats
Rank: #1099 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 168 characters, 26 words, 134 letters, 48 vowels, 86 consonants
Translation
Greek: και μεθ ημερας εξ παραλαμβανει ο ιησους τον πετρον και τον ιακωβον και τον ιωαννην και αναφερει αυτους εις ορος υψηλον κατ ιδιαν μονους και μετεμορφωθη εμπροσθεν αυτων
Lit: And after days six takes along Jesus, Peter and James and John, and brings up them into a mountain high apart themselves alone. And He was transfigured before them,
KJV: And after six days Jesus taketh with him Peter, and James, and John, and leadeth them up into an high mountain apart by themselves: and he was transfigured before them.
References
"after"Mt 17:11-13: Jesus answered and said to them: Elias truly will first come: and restore all things.Lu 9:28-36: It came to pass about an 8 days after these sayings: he took Peter and John and James: and went up into a mountain to pray."Peter"Mr 5:37: He suffered no man to follow him: save Peter: and James: and John the brother of James.Mr 14:33: He takes with him Peter and James and John: and began to be sore amazed: and to be very heavy;2Co 13:1: This is the third time I am coming to you. In the mouth of two or 3 witnesses will every word be established."an high"Ex 24:13: Moses rose up: and His minister Joshua: and Moses went up into the mount of God.1Ki 18:42: 33: So Ahab went up to eat and to drink. And Elijah went up to the top of Carmel; and he cast himself down upon the earth: and put his face between his knees: Mt 14:13: When Jesus heard of it: He departed there by ship into a desert place apart: and when the people had heard thereof: they followed Him on foot out of the cities.Lu 6:12: It came to pass in those days: that He went out into a mountain to pray: and continued all night in prayer to God."transfigured"Mr 16:12: After that he appeared in another form to two of them: as they walked: and went into the country.Ex 34:29-35: It came to pass: when Moses came down from mount Sinai with the two tables of testimony in Moses' hand: when he came down from the mount: that Moses not wist that the skin of his face shone while he talked with him.Isa 33:17: Your eyes will see the king in his beauty: they will look the land that is very far off.Isa 53:2: For he will grow up before him as a tender plant: and as a root out of a dry ground: he has no form nor comeliness; and when we will see him: there is no beauty that we should desire him.Mt 17:2: Was transfigured before them: and his face did shine as the sun: and his clothing was white as the light.Lu 9:29: As he prayed: the fashion of his face was altered: and his clothing was white and glistering.Joh 1:14: The Word was made flesh: and dwelt among us: (and we beheld His glory: the glory as of the only begotten of the Father: ) full of grace and truth.Ro 12:2: not be conformed to this world: but be you transformed by the renewing of your mind: that you may prove what is that good: and acceptable: and perfect: will of God.2Co 3:7-10: But if the ministration of death: written and engraven in stones: was glorious: so that the children of Israel not could stedfastly look the face of Moses for the glory of his face; which glory was to be done away:Php 2:6-8: Who: being in the form of God: thought not it robbery to be equal with God:Php 3:21: Who will change our vile body: that it may be fashioned like to his glorious body: according to the working whereby he is able even to subdue all things to himself.2Pe 1:16-18: For we not have followed cunningly devised fables: when we made known to you the power and coming of our Lord Jesus Christ: but were eyewitnesses of His majesty.Re 1:13-17: In the middle of the 7 candlesticks one like to the Son of man: clothed with a garment down to the foot: and girt about the paps with a golden girdle.Re 20:11: I saw a great white throne: and him that sat on it: from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them.
και τα ιματια αυτου εγενετο στιλβοντα λευκα λιαν ως χιων οια γναφευς επι της γης ου δυναται λευκαναι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G2440ἱμάτιαhimatia (N-NNP)
G2440 ἱμάτιον himátion him-at-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ennumi (to put on); a dress (inner or outer):--apparel, cloke, clothes, garment, raiment, robe, vesture.
|
ἱμάτιαhimatia
|
garments
|
N-NNP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
became
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G4744στίλβονταstilbonta (V-PPA-NNP)
G4744 στίλβω stílbō stil-bo apparently a primary verb; to gleam, i.e. flash intensely:--shining.
|
στίλβονταstilbonta
|
shining
|
V-PPA-NNP
|
G3022λευκὰleuka (Adj-NNP)
G3022 λευκός leukós lyoo-kos from (light); white:--white.
|
λευκὰleuka
|
white
|
Adj-NNP
|
G3029λίαν,lian (Adv)
G3029 λίαν lían lee-an of uncertain affinity; much (adverbially):--exceeding, great(-ly), sore, very (+ chiefest).
|
λίαν,lian
|
exceedingly,
|
Adv
|
G3634οἷαhoia (RelPro-ANP)
G3634 οἷος hoîos hoy-os probably akin to ὁ, ὅς, and ὅσος; such or what sort of (as a correlation or exclamation); especially the neuter (adverbially) with negative, not so:--so (as), such as, what (manner of), which.,
|
οἷαhoia
|
such as
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G1102γναφεὺςgnapheus (N-NMS)
G1102 γναφεύς gnapheús gnaf-yuce by variation for a derivative from (to tease cloth); a cloth-dresser:--fuller.
|
γναφεὺςgnapheus
|
a launderer
|
N-NMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
earth
|
N-GFS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1410δύναταιdynatai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύναταιdynatai
|
is able
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
thus
|
Adv
|
G3021λευκᾶναι.leukanai (V-ANA)
G3021 λευκαίνω leukaínō lyoo-kah-ee-no from λευκός; to whiten:--make white, whiten.
|
λευκᾶναι.leukanai
|
to whiten.
|
V-ANA
|
3
His clothing became shining, exceeding white as snow; so as no fuller on earth can white them.Mark 9:3
Stats
Rank: #8258 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 97 characters, 16 words, 77 letters, 30 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τα ιματια αυτου εγενετο στιλβοντα λευκα λιαν ως χιων οια γναφευς επι της γης ου δυναται λευκαναι
Lit: and the garments of Him became shining white exceedingly, such as a launderer on the earth not is able thus to whiten.
KJV: And his raiment became shining, exceeding white as snow; so as no fuller on earth can white them.
References
"his raiment"Ps 104:1: 2: Bless the LORD: O my soul. O LORD my God: you are very great; you are clothed with honour and majesty.Da 7:9: I beheld till the thrones were cast down: and the Ancient of days did sit: whose garment was white as snow: and the hair of his head like the pure wool: his throne was like the fiery flame: and his wheels as burning fire.Mt 28:3: His face was like lightning: and his clothing white as snow:Ac 10:30: Cornelius said: 4 days ago I was fasting until this hour; and at the ninth hour I prayed in my house: and: look: a man stood before me in bright clothing: "exceeding"Ps 51:7: Purge me with hyssop: and I will be clean: wash me: and I will be whiter than snow.Ps 68:14: When the Almighty scattered kings in it: it was white as snow in Salmon.Isa 1:18: Come now: and let us reason together: says the LORD: though your sins be as scarlet: they will be as white as snow; though they be red like crimson: they will be as wool.Re 7:9: 14: After this I beheld: and: indeed: a great multitude: which no man could number: of all nations: and kindreds: and people: and tongues: stood before the throne: and before the Lamb: clothed with white robes: and palms in their hands;Re 19:18: That you may eat the flesh of kings: and the flesh of captains: and the flesh of mighty men: and the flesh of horses: and of them that sit on them: and the flesh of all men: both free and bond: both small and great."no"Mal 3:2: 3: But who may abide the day of his coming? and who will stand when he appears? for he is like a refiner's fire: and like fullers' soap:
και ωφθη αυτοις ηλιας συν μωσει και ησαν συλλαλουντες τω ιησου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708ὤφθηōphthē (V-AIP-3S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὤφθηōphthē
|
appeared
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2243ἨλίαςĒlias (N-NMS)
G2243 Ἡλίας Hēlías hay-lee-as of Hebrew origin (אֵלִיָּה); Helias (i.e. Elijah), an Israelite:--Elias.
|
ἨλίαςĒlias
|
Elijah
|
N-NMS
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3475Μωϋσεῖ,Mōusei (N-DMS)
G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
Μωϋσεῖ,Mōusei
|
Moses,
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσανēsan
|
they were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G4814συλλαλοῦντες*syllalountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G4814 συλλαλέω syllaléō sool-lal-eh-o from σύν and λαλέω; to talk together, i.e. converse:--commune (confer, talk) with, speak among.
|
συλλαλοῦντες*syllalountes
|
talking with
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G2424Ἰησοῦ.Iēsou (N-DMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦ.Iēsou
|
Jesus.
|
N-DMS
|
4
There appeared to them Elias with Moses: and they were talking with Jesus.Mark 9:4
Stats
Rank: #9295 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 80 characters, 13 words, 65 letters, 25 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ωφθη αυτοις ηλιας συν μωσει και ησαν συλλαλουντες τω ιησου
Lit: And appeared to them Elijah with Moses, and they were talking with Jesus.
KJV: And there appeared unto them Elias with Moses: and they were talking with Jesus.
References
"appeared"Mt 11:13: For all the prophets and the law prophesied until John.Mt 17:3: 4: And: look: there appeared to them Moses and Elias talking with him.Lu 9:19: 30: 31: They answering said: John the Baptist; but some say: Elias; and others say: that one of the old prophets is risen again.Lu 24:27: 44: Beginning at Moses and all the prophets: he expounded to them in all the scriptures the things concerning himself.Joh 5:39: 45-47: Search the scriptures; for in them you think you have eternal life: and they are they which testify of me.Ac 3:21-24: Whom the heaven must receive until the times of restitution of all things: which God has spoken by the mouth of all His holy prophets since the world began.1Pe 1:10-12: Of which salvation the prophets have inquired and searched diligently: who prophesied of the grace that should come to you:Re 19:10: I fell at His feet to worship Him. And He said to me: See you do it not: I am your fellowservant: and of your brothers that have the testimony of Jesus: worship God: for the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy."Elias"2Ki 2:11: 12: It came to pass: as they still went on: and talked: that: look: there appeared a chariot of fire: and horses of fire: and parted them both asunder; and Elijah went up by a whirlwind into heaven."Elijah"De 34:5: 6: So Moses the servant of the LORD died there in the land of Moab: according to the word of the LORD.
και αποκριθεις ο πετρος λεγει τω ιησου ραββι καλον εστιν ημας ωδε ειναι και ποιησωμεν σκηνας τρεις σοι μιαν και μωσει μιαν και ηλια μιαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G611ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis (V-APP-NMS)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis
|
answering,
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter
|
N-NMS
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-DMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
to Jesus,
|
N-DMS
|
G4461Ῥαββί,Rhabbi (N-VMS)
G4461 ῥαββί rhabbí hrab-bee of Hebrew origin (רַב with pronominal suffix); my master, i.e Rabbi, as an official title of honor:--Master, Rabbi.
|
Ῥαββί,Rhabbi
|
Rabbi,
|
N-VMS
|
G2570καλόνkalon (Adj-NNS)
G2570 καλός kalós kal-os of uncertain affinity; properly, beautiful, but chiefly (figuratively) good (literally or morally), i.e. valuable or virtuous (for appearance or use, and thus distinguished from ἀγαθός, which is properly intrinsic):--X better, fair, good(-ly), honest, meet, well, worthy.
|
καλόνkalon
|
good
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
it is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
for us
|
PPro-A1P
|
G5602ὧδεhōde (Adv)
G5602 ὧδε hōde ho-deh from an adverb form of ὅδε; in this same spot, i.e. here or hither:--here, hither, (in) this place, there.,
|
ὧδεhōde
|
here
|
Adv
|
G1510εἶναι,einai (V-PNA)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναι,einai
|
to be.
|
V-PNA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4160ποιήσωμενpoiēsōmen (V-ASA-1P)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσωμενpoiēsōmen
|
let us make
|
V-ASA-1P
|
G5140τρεῖςtreis (Adj-AFP)
G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
τρεῖςtreis
|
three
|
Adj-AFP
|
G4633σκηνάς,skēnas (N-AFP)
G4633 σκηνή skēnḗ skay-nay apparently akin to σκεῦος and σκιά; a tent or cloth hut (literally or figuratively):--habitation, tabernacle.
|
σκηνάς,skēnas
|
tabernacles:
|
N-AFP
|
G4771σοὶsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοὶsoi
|
for You
|
PPro-D2S
|
G1520μίανmian (Adj-AFS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
μίανmian
|
one,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3475ΜωϋσεῖMōusei (N-DMS)
G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
ΜωϋσεῖMōusei
|
for Moses
|
N-DMS
|
G1520μίανmian (Adj-AFS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
μίανmian
|
one,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2243ἨλίᾳĒlia (N-DMS)
G2243 Ἡλίας Hēlías hay-lee-as of Hebrew origin (אֵלִיָּה); Helias (i.e. Elijah), an Israelite:--Elias.
|
ἨλίᾳĒlia
|
for Elijah
|
N-DMS
|
G1520μίαν.mian (Adj-AFS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
μίαν.mian
|
one.
|
Adj-AFS
|
5
Peter answered and said to Jesus, Master, it is good for us to be here: and let us make 3 tabernacles; one for you, and one for Moses, and one for Elias.
Mark 9:5
Stats
Rank: #8599 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 162 characters, 27 words, 123 letters, 53 vowels, 70 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αποκριθεις ο πετρος λεγει τω ιησου ραββι καλον εστιν ημας ωδε ειναι και ποιησωμεν σκηνας τρεις σοι μιαν και μωσει μιαν και ηλια μιαν
Lit: And answering, Peter says to Jesus, Rabbi, good it is for us here to be. And let us make three tabernacles: for You one, and for Moses one, and for Elijah one.
KJV: And Peter answered and said to Jesus, Master, it is good for us to be here: and let us make three tabernacles; one for thee, and one for Moses, and one for Elias.
References
"it is"Ex 33:17-23: The LORD said to Moses: I will do this thing also that you have spoken: for you have found grace in my sight: and I know you by name.Ps 62:2: 3: He only is my rock and my salvation; he is my defence; I will not be greatly moved.Ps 84:10: For a day in your courts is better than a000. I had rather be a doorkeeper in the house of my God: than to dwell in the tents of wickedness.Joh 14:8: 9: 21-23: Philip says to Him: Lord: show us the Father: and it suffices us.Php 1:23: For I am in a strait betwixt two: having a desire to depart: and to be with Christ; which is far better:1Jo 3:2: Beloved: now are we the sons of God: and it does not yet appear what we will be: but we know that: when He will appear: we will be like Him; for we will see Him as He is.Re 22:3: 4: There will be no more curse: but the throne of God and of the Lamb will be in it; and His servants will serve Him:
ου γαρ ηδει τι λαληση ησαν γαρ εκφοβοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1492ᾔδειēdei (V-LIA-3S)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ᾔδειēdei
|
he knew
|
V-LIA-3S
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-ANS
|
G611ἀποκριθῇ·apokrithē (V-ASP-3S)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀποκριθῇ·apokrithē
|
he should say;
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G1630ἔκφοβοιekphoboi (Adj-NMP)
G1630 ἔκφοβος ékphobos ek-fob-os from ἐκ and φόβος; frightened out of ones wits:-- sore afraid, exceedingly fear.
|
ἔκφοβοιekphoboi
|
terrified
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένοντο.egenonto (V-AIM-3P)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένοντο.egenonto
|
they were.
|
V-AIM-3P
|
6
For he not wist what to say; for they were sore afraid.Mark 9:6
Stats
Counts: 55 characters, 11 words, 42 letters, 16 vowels, 26 consonants
Translation
Greek: ου γαρ ηδει τι λαληση ησαν γαρ εκφοβοι
Lit: Not for he knew what he should say; terrified for they were.
KJV: For he wist not what to say; for they were sore afraid.
References
"For he wist not what to say; for they were sore afraid."Mr 16:5-8: Entering into the sepulchre: they saw a young man sitting on the right side: clothed in a long white garment; and they were affrighted.Da 10:15-19: When he had spoken such words to me: I set my face toward the ground: and I became dumb.Re 1:17: When I saw him: I fell at his feet as dead. And he laid his right hand upon me: saying to me: not Fear; I am the first and the last:
και εγενετο νεφελη επισκιαζουσα αυτοις και ηλθεν φωνη εκ της νεφελης λεγουσα ουτος εστιν ο υιος μου ο αγαπητος αυτου ακουετε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
there came
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3507νεφέληnephelē (N-NFS)
G3507 νεφέλη nephélē nef-el-ay from νέφος; properly, cloudiness, i.e. (concretely) a cloud:--cloud.
|
νεφέληnephelē
|
a cloud
|
N-NFS
|
G1982ἐπισκιάζουσαepiskiazousa (V-PPA-NFS)
G1982 ἐπισκιάζω episkiázō ep-ee-skee-ad-zo from ἐπί and a derivative of σκιά; to cast a shade upon, i.e. (by analogy) to envelop in a haze of brilliancy; figuratively, to invest with preternatural influence:--overshadow.
|
ἐπισκιάζουσαepiskiazousa
|
overshadowing
|
V-PPA-NFS
|
G846αὐτοῖς,autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς,autois
|
them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
there came
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G5456φωνὴphōnē (N-NFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴphōnē
|
a voice
|
N-NFS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3507νεφέληςnephelēs (N-GFS)
G3507 νεφέλη nephélē nef-el-ay from νέφος; properly, cloudiness, i.e. (concretely) a cloud:--cloud.
|
νεφέληςnephelēs
|
cloud:
|
N-GFS
|
G3778ΟὗτόςHoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ΟὗτόςHoutos
|
This
|
DPro-NMS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5207ΥἱόςHuios (N-NMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱόςHuios
|
Son
|
N-NMS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G27ἀγαπητός,agapētos (Adj-NMS)
G27 ἀγαπητός agapētós ag-ap-ay-tos from ἀγαπάω; beloved:--(dearly, well) beloved, dear.
|
ἀγαπητός,agapētos
|
beloved;
|
Adj-NMS
|
G191ἀκούετεakouete (V-PMA-2P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούετεakouete
|
listen you
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
to Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
7
There was a cloud that overshadowed them: and a voice came out of the cloud, saying, This is my beloved Son: hear Him.
Mark 9:7
Stats
Counts: 122 characters, 20 words, 94 letters, 38 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εγενετο νεφελη επισκιαζουσα αυτοις και ηλθεν φωνη εκ της νεφελης λεγουσα ουτος εστιν ο υιος μου ο αγαπητος αυτου ακουετε
Lit: And there came a cloud overshadowing them, and there came a voice out of the cloud: This is the Son of Me, the beloved; listen you to Him.
KJV: And there was a cloud that overshadowed them: and a voice came out of the cloud, saying, This is my beloved Son: hear him.
References
"a cloud"Ex 40:34: Then a cloud covered the tent of the congregation: and the glory of the LORD filled the tabernacle.1Ki 8:10-12: It came to pass: when the priests were come out of the holy place: that the cloud filled the house of the LORD: Ps 97:2: Clouds and darkness are round about him: righteousness and judgment are the habitation of his throne.Da 7:13: I saw in the night visions: and: look: one like the Son of man came with the clouds of heaven: and came to the Ancient of days: and they brought Him near before Him.Mt 17:5-7: While He yet spoke: look: a bright cloud overshadowed them: and look a voice out of the cloud: which said: This is my beloved Son: in whom I am well pleased; hear you Him.Mt 26:64: Jesus says to Him: You have said: nevertheless I say to you: Hereafter will you see the Son of man sitting on the right hand of power: and coming in the clouds of heaven.Lu 9:34-36: While he thus spoke: there came a cloud: and overshadowed them: and they feared as they entered into the cloud.Ac 1:9: When he had spoken these things: while they beheld: he was taken up; and a cloud received him out of their sight.Re 1:7: Look: he comes with clouds; and every eye will see him: and they also which pierced him: and all kindreds of the earth will wail because of him. Even so: Amen."This"Mr 1:11: There came a voice from heaven: saying: You are my beloved Son: in whom I am well pleased.Ps 2:7: I will declare the decree: the LORD has said to me: You are my Son; this day have I begotten you.Mt 3:17: indeed a voice from heaven: saying: This is my beloved Son: in whom I am well pleased.Mt 26:63: But Jesus held His peace. And the high priest answered and said to Him: I adjure you by the living God: that you tell us whether you be the Christ: the Son of God.Mt 27:43: 54: He trusted in God; let Him deliver Him now: if He will have Him: for He said: I am the Son of God.Joh 1:34: 49: I saw: and bare record that this is the Son of God.Joh 3:16-18: For God so loved the world: that He gave His only begotten Son: that whoever believes in Him not should perish: but have everlasting life.Joh 5:18: 22-25: 37: Therefore the Jews sought the more to kill Him: because He not">not He only had broken the sabbath: but said also that God was His Father: making Himself equal with God.Joh 6:69: We believe and are sure that you are that Christ: the Son of the living God.Joh 9:35: Jesus heard that they had cast Him out; and when He had found Him: He said to Him: Do you believe on the Son of God?Joh 19:7: The Jews answered Him: We have a law: and by our law He ought to die: because He made Himself the Son of God.Joh 20:31: But these are written: that you might believe that Jesus is the Christ: the Son of God; and that believing you might have life through His name.Ac 8:37: Philip said: If you believe with all your heart: you may. And He answered and said: I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God.Ro 1:4: Declared to be the Son of God with power: according to the spirit of holiness: by the resurrection from the dead:2Pe 1:17: For He received from God the Father honour and glory: when there came such a voice to Him from the excellent glory: This is my beloved Son: in whom I am well pleased.1Jo 4:9: 10: In this was manifested the love of God toward us: because that God sent His only begotten Son into the world: that we might live through Him.1Jo 5:11: 12: 20: This is the record: that God has given to us eternal life: and this life is in His Son."hear"Ex 23:21: 22: Beware of him: and obey his voice: provoke not him; for he not will pardon your transgressions: for my name is in him.De 18:15-19: The LORD your God will raise up to you a Prophet from the middle of you: of your brothers: like to me; to Him you will listen;Ac 3:22: 23: For Moses truly said to the fathers: A prophet will the Lord your God raise up to you of your brothers: like to me; Him will you hear in all things whatever He will say to you.Ac 7:37: This is that Moses: which said to the children of Israel: A prophet will the Lord your God raise up to you of your brothers: like to me; Him will you hear.Heb 2:1: Therefore we ought to give the more ear heed to the things which we have heard: lest at any time we should let them slip.Heb 12:25: 26: See that you not refuse him that speaks. For if they not escaped who refused him that spoke on earth: much more will not we escape: if we turn away from him that speaks from heaven:
και εξαπινα περιβλεψαμενοι ουκετι ουδενα ειδον αλλα τον ιησουν μονον μεθ εαυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1819ἐξάπιναexapina (Adv)
G1819 ἐξάπινα exápina ex-ap-ee-nah from ἐκ and a derivative of the same as αἰφνίδιος; of a sudden, i.e. unexpectedly:--suddenly. Compare ἐξαίφνης.
|
ἐξάπιναexapina
|
suddenly,
|
Adv
|
G4017περιβλεψάμενοιperiblepsamenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G4017 περιβλέπω periblépō per-ee-blep-o from περί and βλέπω; to look all around:--look (round) about (on).
|
περιβλεψάμενοιperiblepsamenoi
|
having looked around,
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G3765οὐκέτιouketi (Adv)
G3765 οὐκέτι oukéti ook et-ee from οὐ and ἔτι; not yet, no longer:--after that (not), (not) any more, henceforth (hereafter) not, no longer (more), not as yet (now), now no more (not), yet (not).
|
οὐκέτιouketi
|
no longer
|
Adv
|
G3762οὐδέναoudena (Adj-AMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδέναoudena
|
no one
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-3P)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
they saw
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
except
|
Conj
|
G2424ἸησοῦνIēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦνIēsoun
|
Jesus
|
N-AMS
|
G3440μόνονmonon (Adv)
G3440 μόνον mónon mon-on neuter of μόνος as adverb; merely:--alone, but, only.
|
μόνονmonon
|
alone
|
Adv
|
G3326μεθ’meth’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μεθ’meth’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1438ἑαυτῶν.heautōn (RefPro-GM3P)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτῶν.heautōn
|
them.
|
RefPro-GM3P
|
8
Suddenly, when they had looked round about, they saw no man any more, save Jesus only with themselves.Mark 9:8
Stats
Counts: 106 characters, 16 words, 84 letters, 30 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εξαπινα περιβλεψαμενοι ουκετι ουδενα ειδον αλλα τον ιησουν μονον μεθ εαυτων
Lit: And suddenly, having looked around, no longer no one they saw except Jesus alone with them.
KJV: And suddenly, when they had looked round about, they saw no man any more, save Jesus only with themselves.
References
"And suddenly, when they had looked round about, they saw no man any more, save Jesus only with themselves."Lu 9:36: When the voice was past: Jesus was found alone. And they kept it close: and told no man in those days any of those things which they had seen.Lu 24:31: Their eyes were opened: and they knew him; and he vanished out of their sight.Ac 8:39: 40: When they were come up out of the water: the Spirit of the Lord caught away Philip: that the eunuch saw Him no more: and He went on His way rejoicing.Ac 10:16: This was done thrice: and the vessel was received up again into heaven.
καταβαινοντων δε αυτων απο του ορους διεστειλατο αυτοις ινα μηδενι διηγησωνται α ειδον ει μη οταν ο υιος του ανθρωπου εκ νεκρων αναστη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2597καταβαινόντωνkatabainontōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G2597 καταβαίνω katabaínō kat-ab-ah-ee-no from κατά and the base of βάσις; to descend (literally or figuratively):--come (get, go, step) down, fall (down).
|
καταβαινόντωνkatabainontōn
|
descending
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G3735ὄρουςorous (N-GNS)
G3735 ὄρος óros or-os probably from an obsolete (to rise or rear; perhaps akin to αἴρω; compare ὄρνις); a mountain (as lifting itself above the plain):--hill, mount(-ain).
|
ὄρουςorous
|
mountain,
|
N-GNS
|
G1291διεστείλατοdiesteilato (V-AIM-3S)
G1291 διαστέλλομαι diastéllomai dee-as-tel-lom-ahee middle voice from διά and στέλλω; to set (oneself) apart (figuratively, distinguish), i.e. (by implication) to enjoin:--charge, that which was (give) commanded(-ment).
|
διεστείλατοdiesteilato
|
He instructed
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3367μηδενὶmēdeni (Adj-DMS)
G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηδενὶmēdeni
|
to no one
|
Adj-DMS
|
G3739ἃha (RelPro-ANP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἃha
|
what
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-3P)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
they had seen
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1334διηγήσωνται,diēgēsōntai (V-ASM-3P)
G1334 διηγέομαι diēgéomai dee-ayg-eh-om-ahee from διά and ἡγέομαι; to relate fully:--declare, shew, tell.
|
διηγήσωνται,diēgēsōntai
|
they should tell,
|
V-ASM-3P
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj)
G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
until
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5207ΥἱὸςHuios (N-NMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱὸςHuios
|
Son
|
N-NMS
|
G444ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou (N-GMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou
|
of Man
|
N-GMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out from
|
Prep
|
G3498νεκρῶνnekrōn (Adj-GMP)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρῶνnekrōn
|
the dead
|
Adj-GMP
|
G450ἀναστῇ.anastē (V-ASA-3S)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀναστῇ.anastē
|
had risen.
|
V-ASA-3S
|
9
As they came down from the mountain, He charged them that they should tell no man what things they had seen, till the Son of man were risen from the dead.Mark 9:9
Stats
Rank: #9456 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 158 characters, 30 words, 124 letters, 42 vowels, 82 consonants
Translation
Greek: καταβαινοντων δε αυτων απο του ορους διεστειλατο αυτοις ινα μηδενι διηγησωνται α ειδον ει μη οταν ο υιος του ανθρωπου εκ νεκρων αναστη
Lit: And descending of them from the mountain, He instructed them that to no one what they had seen they should tell, if not until the Son of Man out from the dead had risen.
KJV: And as they came down from the mountain, he charged them that they should tell no man what things they had seen, till the Son of man were risen from the dead.
References
"he charged"Mr 5:43: He charged them straitly that no man should know it; and commanded that something should be given her to eat.Mr 8:29: 30: He says to them: But whom say you that I am? And Peter answers and says to Him: You are the Christ.Mt 12:19: He will not strive: nor cry; neither will any man hear his voice in the streets.Mt 17:9: As they came down from the mountain: Jesus charged them: saying: Tell the vision to no man: until the Son of man be risen again from the dead."till"Mr 9:30: 31: They departed there: and passed through Galilee; and he not would that any man should know it.Mr 8:31: He began to teach them: that the Son of man must suffer many things: and be rejected of the elders: and of the chief priests: and scribes: and be killed: and after 3 days rise again.Mr 10:32-34: They were in the way going up to Jerusalem; and Jesus went before them: and they were amazed; and as they followed: they were afraid. And He took again the 12: and began to tell them what things should happen to Him: Mt 12:40: For as Jonas was 3 days and 3 nights in the whale's belly; so will the Son of man be 3 days and 3 nights in the heart of the earth.Mt 16:21: From that time forth began Jesus to show to His disciples: how that He must go to Jerusalem: and suffer many things of the elders and chief priests and scribes: and be killed: and be raised again the third day.Mt 27:63: Saying: Sir: we remember that that deceiver said: while he was yet alive: After 3 days I will rise again.Lu 24:46: Said to them: Thus it is written: and thus it behoved Christ to suffer: and to rise from the dead the third day:
και τον λογον εκρατησαν προς εαυτους συζητουντες τι εστιν το εκ νεκρων αναστηναι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
that
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
saying
|
N-AMS
|
G2902ἐκράτησανekratēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2902 κρατέω kratéō krat-eh-o from κράτος; to use strength, i.e. seize or retain (literally or figuratively):--hold (by, fast), keep, lay hand (hold) on, obtain, retain, take (by).
|
ἐκράτησανekratēsan
|
they kept
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
among
|
Prep
|
G1438ἑαυτοὺςheautous (RefPro-AM3P)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτοὺςheautous
|
themselves,
|
RefPro-AM3P
|
G4802συζητοῦντεςsyzētountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G4802 συζητέω syzētéō sood-zay-teh-o from σύν and ζητέω; to investigate jointly, i.e. discuss, controvert, cavil:--dispute (with), enquire, question (with), reason (together).
|
συζητοῦντεςsyzētountes
|
questioning
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G5101τίti (IPro-NNS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
it is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out from
|
Prep
|
G3498νεκρῶνnekrōn (Adj-GMP)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρῶνnekrōn
|
the dead
|
Adj-GMP
|
G450ἀναστῆναι.anastēnai (V-ANA)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀναστῆναι.anastēnai
|
to rise.
|
V-ANA
|
10
They kept that saying with themselves, questioning one with another what the rising from the dead should mean.Mark 9:10
Stats
Rank: #683 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 114 characters, 18 words, 94 letters, 33 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τον λογον εκρατησαν προς εαυτους συζητουντες τι εστιν το εκ νεκρων αναστηναι
Lit: And that saying they kept among themselves, questioning what it is out from the dead to rise.
KJV: And they kept that saying with themselves, questioning one with another what the rising from the dead should mean.
References
"they"Ge 37:11: His brothers envied him; but his father observed the saying.Lu 2:50: 51: They not understood the saying which he spoke to them.Lu 24:7: 8: Saying: The Son of man must be delivered into the hands of sinful men: and be crucified: and the third day rise again.Joh 16:17-19: Then said some of His disciples among themselves: What is this that He says to us: A little while: and you will not see me: and again: a little while: and you will see me: and: Because I go to the Father?"what"Mr 9:32: But they not understood that saying: and were afraid to ask him.Mt 16:22: Then Peter took Him: and began to rebuke Him: saying: Be it far from you: Lord: this will not be to you.Lu 18:33: 34: They will scourge him: and put him to death: and the third day he will rise again.Lu 24:25-27: Then he said to them: O fools: and slow of heart to believe all that the prophets have spoken:Joh 2:19-22: Jesus answered and said to them: Destroy this temple: and in 3 days I will raise it up.Joh 12:16: 33: 34: These things not understood His disciples at the first: but when Jesus was glorified: then remembered they that these things were written of Him: and that they had done these things to Him.Joh 16:29: 30: His disciples said to him: Indeed: now speak'>speak you plainly: and speak'>speak no proverb.Ac 17:18: Then certain philosophers of the Epicureans: and of the Stoicks: encountered Him. And some said: What will this babbler say? other some: He seems to be a setter forth of strange gods: because He preached to them Jesus: and the resurrection.
και επηρωτων αυτον λεγοντες οτι λεγουσιν οι γραμματεις οτι ηλιαν δει ελθειν πρωτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1905ἐπηρώτωνepērōtōn (V-IIA-3P)
G1905 ἐπερωτάω eperōtáō ep-er-o-tah-o from ἐπί and ἐρωτάω; to ask for, i.e. inquire, seek:--ask (after, questions), demand, desire, question.
|
ἐπηρώτωνepērōtōn
|
they were asking
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3754ὍτιHoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὍτιHoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G3004Λέγουσινlegousin (V-PIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
Λέγουσινlegousin
|
Say
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G1122γραμματεῖςgrammateis (N-NMP)
G1122 γραμματεύς grammateús gram-mat-yooce from γράμμα. a writer, i.e. (professionally) scribe or secretary:--scribe, town-clerk.
|
γραμματεῖςgrammateis
|
scribes
|
N-NMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2243ἨλίανĒlian (N-AMS)
G2243 Ἡλίας Hēlías hay-lee-as of Hebrew origin (אֵלִיָּה); Helias (i.e. Elijah), an Israelite:--Elias.
|
ἨλίανĒlian
|
Elijah
|
N-AMS
|
G1163δεῖdei (V-PIA-3S)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
δεῖdei
|
it behooves
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2064ἐλθεῖνelthein (V-ANA)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλθεῖνelthein
|
to come
|
V-ANA
|
G4412πρῶτον;prōton (Adv-S)
G4412 πρῶτον prōton pro-ton neuter of πρῶτος as adverb (with or without ὁ); firstly (in time, place, order, or importance):--before, at the beginning, chiefly (at, at the) first (of all).
|
πρῶτον;prōton
|
first?
|
Adv-S
|
11
They asked him, saying, Why say the scribes that Elias must first come?
Mark 9:11
Stats
Rank: #1940 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 75 characters, 12 words, 59 letters, 19 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: και επηρωτων αυτον λεγοντες οτι λεγουσιν οι γραμματεις οτι ηλιαν δει ελθειν πρωτον
Lit: And they were asking Him, saying - , Say the scribes that Elijah it behooves to come first?
KJV: And they asked him, saying, Why say the scribes that Elias must first come?
References
"And they asked him, saying, Why say the scribes that Elias must first come?"Mr 9:4: There appeared to them Elias with Moses: and they were talking with Jesus.Mal 3:1: Look: I will send my messenger: and He will prepare the way before me: and the Lord: whom you seek: will suddenly come to His temple: even the messenger of the covenant: whom you delight in: look: He will come: says the LORD of hosts.Mal 4:5: Look: I will send you Elijah the prophet before the coming of the great and dreadful day of the LORD:Mt 11:14: If you will receive it: this is Elias: which was for to come.Mt 17:10: 11: His disciples asked him: saying: Why then say the scribes that Elias must first come?
ο δε αποκριθεις ειπεν αυτοις ηλιας μεν ελθων πρωτον αποκαθιστα παντα και πως γεγραπται επι τον υιον του ανθρωπου ινα πολλα παθη και εξουδενωθη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5346ἔφηephē (V-IIA-3S)
G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
ἔφηephē
|
He was saying
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2243ἨλίαςĒlias (N-NMS)
G2243 Ἡλίας Hēlías hay-lee-as of Hebrew origin (אֵלִיָּה); Helias (i.e. Elijah), an Israelite:--Elias.
|
ἨλίαςĒlias
|
Elijah
|
N-NMS
|
G3303μὲνmen (Prtcl)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Prtcl
|
G2064ἐλθὼνelthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλθὼνelthōn
|
having come
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G4412πρῶτονprōton (Adv-S)
G4412 πρῶτον prōton pro-ton neuter of πρῶτος as adverb (with or without ὁ); firstly (in time, place, order, or importance):--before, at the beginning, chiefly (at, at the) first (of all).
|
πρῶτονprōton
|
first,
|
Adv-S
|
G600ἀποκαθιστάνειapokathistanei (V-PIA-3S)
G600 ἀποκαθίστημι apokathístēmi ap-ok-ath-is-tay-mee from ἀπό and καθίστημι; to reconstitute (in health, home or organization):--restore (again).
|
ἀποκαθιστάνειapokathistanei
|
restores
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3956πάντα·panta (Adj-ANP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντα·panta
|
all things;
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4459πῶςpōs (Adv)
G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
πῶςpōs
|
how
|
Adv
|
G1125γέγραπταιgegraptai (V-RIM/P-3S)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γέγραπταιgegraptai
|
has it been written
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5207ΥἱὸνHuion (N-AMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱὸνHuion
|
Son
|
N-AMS
|
G444ἀνθρώπου,anthrōpou (N-GMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπου,anthrōpou
|
of Man,
|
N-GMS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4183πολλὰpolla (Adj-ANP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλὰpolla
|
many things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3958πάθῃpathē (V-ASA-3S)
G3958 πάσχω páschō pen-tho apparently a primary verb; to experience a sensation or impression (usually painful):--feel, passion, suffer, vex.
|
πάθῃpathē
|
He should suffer
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1847ἐξουδενηθῇ;exoudenēthē (V-ASP-3S)
G1847 ἐξουδενόω exoudenóō ex-oo-den-o-o from ἐκ and a derivative of the neuter of οὐδείς; to make utterly nothing of, i.e. despise:--set at nought. See also ἐξουθενέω.
|
ἐξουδενηθῇ;exoudenēthē
|
be set at naught?
|
V-ASP-3S
|
12
He answered and told them, Elias truly comes first, and restoreth all things; and how it is written of the Son of man, that He must suffer many things, and be set at nought.
Mark 9:12
Stats
Rank: #3292 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 179 characters, 30 words, 139 letters, 46 vowels, 93 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε αποκριθεις ειπεν αυτοις ηλιας μεν ελθων πρωτον αποκαθιστα παντα και πως γεγραπται επι τον υιον του ανθρωπου ινα πολλα παθη και εξουδενωθη
Lit: And He was saying to them, Elijah indeed having come first, restores all things; and how has it been written of the Son of Man, that many things He should suffer and be set at naught?
KJV: And he answered and told them, Elias verily cometh first, and restoreth all things; and how it is written of the Son of man, that he must suffer many things, and be set at nought.
References
"restoreth"Mr 1:2-8: As it is written in the prophets: Look: I send my messenger before your face: which will prepare your way before you.Isa 40:3-5: The voice of Him that cries in the wilderness: Prepare you the way of the LORD: make straight in the desert a highway for our God.Mal 4:6: He will turn the heart of the fathers to the children: and the heart of the children to their fathers: lest I come and smite the earth with a curse. >Mt 3:1-12: In those days came John the Baptist: preaching in the wilderness of Judaea: Mt 11:2-18: Now when John had heard in the prison the works of Christ: He sent two of His disciples: Lu 1:16: 17: 76: Many of the children of Israel will He turn to the Lord their God.Lu 3:2-6: Annas and Caiaphas being the high priests: the word of God came to John the son of Zacharias in the wilderness.Joh 1:6-36: There was a man sent from God: whose name was John.Joh 3:27-30: John answered and said: A man can not receivehing: except it be given him from heaven."he must"Ps 22:1-31: Aijeleth Shahar: A Psalm of David.>> My God: my God: why have you forsaken me? why are you so far from helping me: and from the words of my roaring?Ps 69:1-36: A Psalm of David.>> Save me: O God; for the waters are come in to my soul.Isa 53:1-12: Who has believed our report? and to whom is the arm of the LORD revealed?Da 9:24-26: 70 weeks are determined upon your people and upon your holy city: to finish the transgression: and to make an end of sins: and to make reconciliation for iniquity: and to bring in everlasting righteousness: and to seal up the vision and prophecy: and to anoint the most Holy.Zec 13:7: Awake: O sword: against my shepherd: and against the man that is my fellow: says the LORD of hosts: smite the shepherd: and the sheep will be scattered: and I will turn my hand upon the little ones."set"Ps 22:6: 7: But I am a worm: and no man; a reproach of men: and despised of the people.Ps 69:12: They that sit in the gate speak against me; and I was the song of the drunkards.Ps 74:22: Arise: O God: plead your own cause: remember how the foolish man reproaches you daily.Isa 49:7: Thus says the LORD: the Redeemer of Israel: and His Holy one: to Him whom man despises: to Him whom the nation abhors: to a servant of rulers: Kings will see and arise: princes also will worship: because of the LORD that is faithful: and the Holy one of Israel: and He will choose you.Isa 50:6: I gave my back to the smiters: and my cheeks to them that plucked off the hair: I not hid my face from shame and spitting.Isa 52:14: As many were astonied at you; his visage was so marred more than any man: and his form more than the sons of men:Isa 53:1-3: Who has believed our report? and to whom is the arm of the LORD revealed?Zec 11:13: The LORD said to me: Cast it to the potter: a goodly price that I was prised at of them. And I took the 30 pieces of silver: and cast them to the potter in the house of the LORD.Lu 23:11: 39: Herod with his men of war set him at nought: and mocked him: and arrayed him in a gorgeous robe: and sent him again to Pilate.Php 2:7: 8: But made himself of no reputation: and took upon him the form of a servant: and was made in the likeness of men:
αλλα λεγω υμιν οτι και ηλιας εληλυθεν και εποιησαν αυτω οσα ηθελησαν καθως γεγραπται επ αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
But
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγωlegō (V-PIA-1S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωlegō
|
I say
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you,
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G2243ἨλίαςĒlias (N-NMS)
G2243 Ἡλίας Hēlías hay-lee-as of Hebrew origin (אֵלִיָּה); Helias (i.e. Elijah), an Israelite:--Elias.
|
ἨλίαςĒlias
|
Elijah
|
N-NMS
|
G2064ἐλήλυθεν,elēlythen (V-RIA-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλήλυθεν,elēlythen
|
has come,
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4160ἐποίησανepoiēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίησανepoiēsan
|
they did
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3745ὅσαhosa (RelPro-ANP)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσαhosa
|
whatever
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G2309ἤθελον,ēthelon (V-IIA-3P)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
ἤθελον,ēthelon
|
they desired,
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv)
G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G1125γέγραπταιgegraptai (V-RIM/P-3S)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γέγραπταιgegraptai
|
it has been written
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
of
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
13
But I say to you, That Elias is indeed come, and they have done to him whatever they listed, as it is written of him.
Mark 9:13
Stats
Rank: #3512 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 123 characters, 22 words, 95 letters, 40 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλα λεγω υμιν οτι και ηλιας εληλυθεν και εποιησαν αυτω οσα ηθελησαν καθως γεγραπται επ αυτον
Lit: But I say to you, that also Elijah has come, and they did to him whatever they desired, as it has been written of him.
KJV: But I say unto you, That Elias is indeed come, and they have done unto him whatsoever they listed, as it is written of him.
References
"Elias"Mt 11:14: If you will receive it: this is Elias: which was for to come.Mt 17:12: 13: But I say to you: That Elias is come already: and they knew Him not">not Him: but have done to Him whatever they listed. Likewise will also the Son of man suffer of them.Lu 1:17: He will go before Him in the spirit and power of Elias: to turn the hearts of the fathers to the children: and the disobedient to the wisdom of the just; to make ready a people prepared for the Lord."and they"Mr 6:14-28: King Herod heard of him; (for his name was spread abroad:) and he said: That John the Baptist was risen from the dead: and therefore mighty works do show forth themselves in him.Mt 14:3-11: For Herod had laid hold on John: and bound him: and put him in prison for Herodias' sake: his brother Philip's wife.Lu 3:19: 20: But Herod the tetrarch: being reproved by him for Herodias his brother Philip's wife: and for all the evils which Herod had done: Ac 7:52: Which of the prophets not have your fathers persecuted? and they have killed them which showed before of the coming of the Just one; of whom you have been now the betrayers and murderers:
The Boy with an Evil Spirit
και ελθων προς τους μαθητας ειδεν οχλον πολυν περι αυτους και γραμματεις συζητουντας αυτοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2064ἐλθόντεςelthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλθόντεςelthontes
|
having come
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3101μαθητὰςmathētas (N-AMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητὰςmathētas
|
disciples,
|
N-AMP
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-3P)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
they saw
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3793ὄχλονochlon (N-AMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλονochlon
|
a crowd
|
N-AMS
|
G4183πολὺνpolyn (Adj-AMS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολὺνpolyn
|
great
|
Adj-AMS
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
around
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1122γραμματεῖςgrammateis (N-AMP)
G1122 γραμματεύς grammateús gram-mat-yooce from γράμμα. a writer, i.e. (professionally) scribe or secretary:--scribe, town-clerk.
|
γραμματεῖςgrammateis
|
scribes
|
N-AMP
|
G4802συζητοῦνταςsyzētountas (V-PPA-AMP)
G4802 συζητέω syzētéō sood-zay-teh-o from σύν and ζητέω; to investigate jointly, i.e. discuss, controvert, cavil:--dispute (with), enquire, question (with), reason (together).
|
συζητοῦνταςsyzētountas
|
arguing
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτούς.autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς.autous
|
them.
|
PPro-AM3P
|
14
When he came to his disciples, he saw a great multitude about them, and the scribes questioning with them.Mark 9:14
Stats
Rank: #2278 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 110 characters, 18 words, 88 letters, 34 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ελθων προς τους μαθητας ειδεν οχλον πολυν περι αυτους και γραμματεις συζητουντας αυτοις
Lit: And having come to the disciples, they saw a crowd great around them, and scribes arguing with them.
KJV: And when he came to his disciples, he saw a great multitude about them, and the scribes questioning with them.
References
"when"Mt 17:14-21: When they were come to the multitude: there came to him a certain man: kneeling down to him: and saying: Lu 9:37: It came to pass: that on the next day: when they were come down from the hill: much people met him."the scribes"Mr 2:6: But there were certain of the scribes sitting there: and reasoning in their hearts: Mr 11:28: Say to him: By what authority do you these things? and who gave you this authority to do these things?Mr 12:14: When they were come: they say to Him: Master: we know that you are true: and care for no man: for you regard not the person of men: but teach the way of God in truth: Is it lawful to give tribute to Caesar: not or?Lu 11:53: 54: As he said these things to them: the scribes and the Pharisees began to urge him vehemently: and to provoke him to speak of many things:Heb 12:3: For consider him that endured such contradiction of sinners against himself: lest you be wearied and faint in your minds.
και ευθεως πας ο οχλος ιδων αυτον εξεθαμβηθη και προστρεχοντες ησπαζοντο αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G3956πᾶςpas (Adj-NMS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶςpas
|
all
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3793ὄχλοςochlos (N-NMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλοςochlos
|
crowd,
|
N-NMS
|
G3708ἰδόντεςidontes (V-APA-NMP)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδόντεςidontes
|
having seen
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1568ἐξεθαμβήθησαν,exethambēthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G1568 ἐκθαμβέω ekthambéō ek-tham-beh-o from ἔκθαμβος; to astonish utterly:--affright, greatly (sore) amaze.
|
ἐξεθαμβήθησαν,exethambēthēsan
|
were greatly amazed,
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4370προστρέχοντεςprostrechontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G4370 προστρέχω prostréchō pros-trekh-o from πρός and τρέχω (including its alternate); to run towards, i.e. hasten to meet or join:--run (thither to, to).
|
προστρέχοντεςprostrechontes
|
running to Him,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G782ἠσπάζοντοēspazonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G782 ἀσπάζομαι aspázomai as-pad-zom-ahee from Α (as a particle of union) and a presumed form of σπάω; to enfold in the arms, i.e. (by implication) to salute, (figuratively) to welcome:--embrace, greet, salute, take leave.
|
ἠσπάζοντοēspazonto
|
were greeting
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
Him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
15
Straightway all the people, when they beheld him, were greatly amazed, and running to him saluted him.Mark 9:15
Stats
Rank: #4289 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 106 characters, 15 words, 85 letters, 30 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ευθεως πας ο οχλος ιδων αυτον εξεθαμβηθη και προστρεχοντες ησπαζοντο αυτον
Lit: And immediately all the crowd, having seen Him, were greatly amazed, and running to Him, were greeting Him.
KJV: And straightway all the people, when they beheld him, were greatly amazed, and running to him saluted him.
References
"were"Mr 9:2: 3: After 6 days Jesus taketh with Him Peter: and James: and John: and leads them up into an high mountain apart by themselves: and He was transfigured before them.Ex 34:30: When Aaron and all the children of Israel saw Moses: look: the skin of his face shone; and they were afraid to come nigh him.
και επηρωτησεν τους γραμματεις τι συζητειτε προς αυτους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1905ἐπηρώτησενepērōtēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G1905 ἐπερωτάω eperōtáō ep-er-o-tah-o from ἐπί and ἐρωτάω; to ask for, i.e. inquire, seek:--ask (after, questions), demand, desire, question.
|
ἐπηρώτησενepērōtēsen
|
He asked
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτούςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
What
|
IPro-ANS
|
G4802συζητεῖτεsyzēteite (V-PIA-2P)
G4802 συζητέω syzētéō sood-zay-teh-o from σύν and ζητέω; to investigate jointly, i.e. discuss, controvert, cavil:--dispute (with), enquire, question (with), reason (together).
|
συζητεῖτεsyzēteite
|
are you disputing
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
with
|
Prep
|
G848αὑτούς;hautous (PPro-AM3P)
G848 αὑτοῦ hautoû how-too contracted for ἑαυτοῦ; self (in some oblique case or reflexive relation):--her (own), (of) him(-self), his (own), of it, thee, their (own), them(-selves), they.,
|
αὑτούς;hautous
|
them?
|
PPro-AM3P
|
16
He asked the scribes, What question you with them?
Mark 9:16
Stats
Rank: #4713 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 53 characters, 9 words, 42 letters, 15 vowels, 27 consonants
Translation
Greek: και επηρωτησεν τους γραμματεις τι συζητειτε προς αυτους
Lit: And He asked them, What are you disputing with them?
KJV: And he asked the scribes, What question ye with them?
References
"What"Mr 8:11: The Pharisees came forth: and began to question with him: seeking of him a sign from heaven: tempting him.Lu 5:30-32: But their scribes and Pharisees murmured against his disciples: saying: Why do you eat and drink with publicans and sinners?
και αποκριθεις εις εκ του οχλου ειπεν διδασκαλε ηνεγκα τον υιον μου προς σε εχοντα πνευμα αλαλον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G611ἀπεκρίθηapekrithē (V-AIP-3S)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀπεκρίθηapekrithē
|
answered
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷςheis
|
one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3793ὄχλουochlou (N-GMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλουochlou
|
crowd,
|
N-GMS
|
G1320Διδάσκαλε,Didaskale (N-VMS)
G1320 διδάσκαλος didáskalos did-as-kal-os from διδάσκω; an instructor (genitive case or specially):--doctor, master, teacher.
|
Διδάσκαλε,Didaskale
|
Teacher,
|
N-VMS
|
G5342ἤνεγκαēnenka (V-AIA-1S)
G5342 φέρω phérō en-eng-ko a primary verb (for which other, and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely, ; and ; to bear or carry (in a very wide application, literally and figuratively, as follows):--be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold.
|
ἤνεγκαēnenka
|
I brought
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5207υἱόνhuion (N-AMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱόνhuion
|
son
|
N-AMS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4771σέ,se (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σέ,se
|
You,
|
PPro-A2S
|
G2192ἔχονταechonta (V-PPA-AMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχονταechonta
|
having
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G4151πνεῦμαpneuma (N-ANS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεῦμαpneuma
|
a spirit
|
N-ANS
|
G216ἄλαλον·alalon (Adj-ANS)
G216 ἄλαλος álalos al-al-os from Α (as a negative particle) and λαλέω; mute:--dumb.
|
ἄλαλον·alalon
|
mute;
|
Adj-ANS
|
17
One of the multitude answered and said, Master, I have brought to you my son, which has a dumb spirit;
Mark 9:17
Stats
Counts: 110 characters, 18 words, 86 letters, 33 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αποκριθεις εις εκ του οχλου ειπεν διδασκαλε ηνεγκα τον υιον μου προς σε εχοντα πνευμα αλαλον
Lit: And answered Him one out of the crowd, Teacher, I brought the son of me to You, having a spirit mute;
KJV: And one of the multitude answered and said, Master, I have brought unto thee my son, which hath a dumb spirit;
References
"I"Mr 5:23: Besought him greatly: saying: My little daughter lies at the point of death: I pray you: come and lay your hands on her: that she may be healed; and she will live.Mr 7:26: The woman was a Greek: a Syrophenician by nation; and she besought him that he would cast forth the devil out of her daughter.Mr 10:13: They brought young children to him: that he should touch them: and his disciples rebuked those that brought them.Mt 17:15: Lord: have mercy on my son: for He is lunatick: and sore vexed: for ofttimes He falls into the fire: and often into the water.Lu 9:38: And: look: a man of the company cried out: saying: Master: I beseech you: look upon my son: for he is my only child.Joh 4:47: When He heard that Jesus was come out of Judaea into Galilee: He went to Him: and besought Him that He would come down: and heal His son: for He was at the point of death."a dumb"Mr 9:25: When Jesus saw that the people came running together: He rebuked the foul spirit: saying to Him: You dumb and deaf spirit: I charge you: come out of Him: and enter no more into Him.Mt 12:22: Then was brought to him one possessed with a devil: blind: and dumb: and he healed him: insomuch that the blind and dumb both spoke and saw.Lu 11:14: He was casting out a devil: and it was dumb. And it came to pass: when the devil was gone out: the dumb spoke; and the people wondered.
και οπου αν αυτον καταλαβη ρησσει αυτον και αφριζει και τριζει τους οδοντας αυτου και ξηραινεται και ειπον τοις μαθηταις σου ινα αυτο εκβαλωσιν και ουκ ισχυσαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3699ὅπουhopou (Adv)
G3699 ὅπου hópou hop-oo from ὅς and πού; what(-ever) where, i.e. at whichever spot:--in what place, where(-as, -soever), whither (+ soever).,
|
ὅπουhopou
|
whenever
|
Adv
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2638καταλάβῃ,katalabē (V-ASA-3S)
G2638 καταλαμβάνω katalambánō kat-al-am-ban-o from κατά and λαμβάνω; to take eagerly, i.e. seize, possess, etc. (literally or figuratively):--apprehend, attain, come upon, comprehend, find, obtain, perceive, (over-)take.
|
καταλάβῃ,katalabē
|
it seizes,
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G4486ῥήσσειrhēssei (V-PIA-3S)
G4486 ῥήγνυμι rhḗgnymi hrace-so both prolonged forms of (which appears only in certain forms, and is itself probably a strengthened form of agnumi (see in κατάγνυμι)); to break
|
ῥήσσειrhēssei
|
it throws down
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν,auton
|
him;
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G875ἀφρίζειaphrizei (V-PIA-3S)
G875 ἀφρίζω aphrízō af-rid-zo from ἀφρός; to froth at the mouth (in epilepsy):--foam.
|
ἀφρίζειaphrizei
|
he foams,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5149τρίζειtrizei (V-PIA-3S)
G5149 τρίζω trízō trid-zo apparently a primary verb; to creak (squeak), i.e. (by analogy) to grate the teeth (in frenzy):--gnash.
|
τρίζειtrizei
|
gnashes
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3599ὀδόνταςodontas (N-AMP)
G3599 ὀδούς odoús od-ooce perhaps from the base of ἐσθίω; a tooth:--tooth.
|
ὀδόνταςodontas
|
his teeth,
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3583ξηραίνεται·xērainetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G3583 ξηραίνω xēraínō xay-rah-ee-no from ξηρός; to desiccate; by implication, to shrivel, to mature:--dry up, pine away, be ripe, wither (away).
|
ξηραίνεται·xērainetai
|
is withering away.
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπαeipa (V-AIA-1S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπαeipa
|
I spoke
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G3101μαθηταῖςmathētais (N-DMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταῖςmathētais
|
disciples
|
N-DMP
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of You,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸauto (PPro-AN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸauto
|
it
|
PPro-AN3S
|
G1544ἐκβάλωσιν,ekbalōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G1544 ἐκβάλλω ekbállō ek-bal-lo from ἐκ and βάλλω; to eject (literally or figuratively):--bring forth, cast (forth, out), drive (out), expel, leave, pluck (pull, take, thrust) out, put forth (out), send away (forth, out).
|
ἐκβάλωσιν,ekbalōsin
|
they might cast out,
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2480ἴσχυσαν.ischysan (V-AIA-3P)
G2480 ἰσχύω ischýō is-khoo-o from ἰσχύς; to have (or exercise) force (literally or figuratively):--be able, avail, can do(-not), could, be good, might, prevail, be of strength, be whole, + much work.
|
ἴσχυσαν.ischysan
|
they had power.
|
V-AIA-3P
|
18
Wheresoever he takes him, he tears him: and he foams, and gnashes with his teeth, and pins away: and I spoke to your disciples that they should cast him out; and they not could.Mark 9:18
Stats
Rank: #3924 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 188 characters, 29 words, 147 letters, 53 vowels, 94 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οπου αν αυτον καταλαβη ρησσει αυτον και αφριζει και τριζει τους οδοντας αυτου και ξηραινεται και ειπον τοις μαθηταις σου ινα αυτο εκβαλωσιν και ουκ ισχυσαν
Lit: and whenever if him it seizes, it throws down him; and he foams, and gnashes his teeth, and is withering away. And I spoke to the disciples of You, that it they might cast out, and not they had power.
KJV: And wheresoever he taketh him, he teareth him: and he foameth, and gnasheth with his teeth, and pineth away: and I spake to thy disciples that they should cast him out; and they could not.
References
"teareth him"Mr 9:26: the spirit cried: and tear him sore: and came out of him: and he was as one dead; insomuch that many said: He is dead.Mt 15:22: And: look: a woman of Canaan came out of the same coasts: and cried to Him: saying: Have mercy on me: O Lord: you Son of David; my daughter is grievously vexed with a devil.Lu 9:39: And: indeed: a spirit takes him: and he suddenly cries out; and it tears him that he foams again: and bruising him hardly departs from him."he foameth"Mr 9:20: They brought him to him: and when he saw him: straightway the spirit tare him; and he fell on the ground: and wallowed foaming.Jude 1:13: Raging waves of the sea: foaming out their own shame; wandering stars: to whom is reserved the blackness of darkness for ever."gnasheth"Job 16:9: He tears me in his wrath: who hates me: he gnashes upon me with his teeth; my enemy sharpens his eyes upon me.Ps 112:10: The wicked will see it: and be grieved; he will gnash with his teeth: and melt away: the desire of the wicked will perish.Mt 8:12: But the children of the kingdom will be cast out into outer darkness: there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth.Ac 7:54: When they heard these things: they were cut to the heart: and they gnashed on him with their teeth."and they"Mr 9:28: 29: When he was come into the house: his disciples asked him privately: Why not could we cast him out?Mr 11:23: For truly I say to you: That whoever will say to this mountain: Be you removed: and be you cast into the sea; and will not doubt in his heart: but will believe that those things which he says will come to pass; he will have whatever he says.2Ki 4:29-31: Then he said to Gehazi: Gird up your loins: and take my staff in your hand: and go your way: if you meet any man: greet not him; and if any greet you: answer not him again: and lay my staff upon the face of the child.Mt 17:16: 19-21: I brought him to your disciples: and they not could cure him.Lu 9:40: I besought your disciples to cast him out; and they not could.
ο δε αποκριθεις αυτω λεγει ω γενεα απιστος εως ποτε προς υμας εσομαι εως ποτε ανεξομαι υμων φερετε αυτον προς με
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G611ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis (V-APP-NMS)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis
|
answering
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
him,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G5599ὮŌ (I)
G5599 ὦ ō o a primary interjection; as a sign of the vocative case, O; as a note of exclamation, oh:--O.,
|
ὮŌ
|
O
|
I
|
G1074γενεὰgenea (N-VFS)
G1074 γενεά geneá ghen-eh-ah from (a presumed derivative of) γένος; a generation; by implication, an age (the period or the persons):--age, generation, nation, time.
|
γενεὰgenea
|
generation
|
N-VFS
|
G571ἄπιστος,apistos (Adj-VFS)
G571 ἄπιστος ápistos ap-is-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and πιστός; (actively) disbelieving, i.e. without Christian faith (specially, a heathen); (passively) untrustworthy (person), or incredible (thing):--that believeth not, faithless, incredible thing, infidel, unbeliever(-ing).
|
ἄπιστος,apistos
|
unbelieving!
|
Adj-VFS
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
Until
|
Prep
|
G4219πότεpote (Conj)
G4219 πότε póte pot-eh from the base of ποῦ and τέ; interrogative adverb, at what time:--+ how long, when.
|
πότεpote
|
when
|
Conj
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
with
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G1510ἔσομαι;esomai (V-FIM-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσομαι;esomai
|
will I be?
|
V-FIM-1S
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
Until
|
Prep
|
G4219πότεpote (Conj)
G4219 πότε póte pot-eh from the base of ποῦ and τέ; interrogative adverb, at what time:--+ how long, when.
|
πότεpote
|
when
|
Conj
|
G430ἀνέξομαιanexomai (V-FIM-1S)
G430 ἀνέχομαι anéchomai an-ekh-om-ahee middle voice from ἀνά and ἔχω; to hold oneself up against, i.e. (figuratively) put up with:--bear with, endure, forbear, suffer.
|
ἀνέξομαιanexomai
|
will I bear with
|
V-FIM-1S
|
G4771ὑμῶν;hymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν;hymōn
|
you?
|
PPro-G2P
|
G5342φέρετεpherete (V-PMA-2P)
G5342 φέρω phérō en-eng-ko a primary verb (for which other, and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely, ; and ; to bear or carry (in a very wide application, literally and figuratively, as follows):--be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold.
|
φέρετεpherete
|
Bring
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G4314πρόςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρόςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1473με.me (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
με.me
|
Me.
|
PPro-A1S
|
19
He answers him, and says, O faithless generation, how long will I be with you? how long will I suffer you? bring him to me.
Mark 9:19
Stats
Rank: #5294 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 130 characters, 20 words, 100 letters, 38 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε αποκριθεις αυτω λεγει ω γενεα απιστος εως ποτε προς υμας εσομαι εως ποτε ανεξομαι υμων φερετε αυτον προς με
Lit: And answering him, He says, O generation unbelieving! Until when with you will I be? Until when will I bear with you? Bring him to Me.
KJV: He answereth him, and saith, O faithless generation, how long shall I be with you? how long shall I suffer you? bring him unto me.
References
"O faithless"Mr 16:14: Afterward he appeared to the 11 as they sat at meat: and upbraided them with their unbelief and hardness of heart: because they not believed them which had seen him after he was risen.Nu 14:11: 22: 27: The LORD said to Moses: How long will this people provoke me? and how long will it be ere they believe me: for all the signs which I have showed among them?Nu 32:13: 14: The LORD's anger was kindled against Israel: and He made them wander in the wilderness 40 years: until all the generation: that had done evil in the sight of the LORD: was consumed.De 32:20: He said: I will hide my face from them: I will see what their end will be: for they are a very froward generation: children in whom is no faith.Ps 78:6-8: 22: That the generation to come might know them: even the children which should be born; who should arise and declare them to their children:Ps 106:21-25: They forgot God their saviour: which had done great things in Egypt;Mt 17:17: Then Jesus answered and said: O faithless and perverse generation: how long will I be with you? how long will I suffer you? bring Him here to me.Lu 9:41: Jesus answering said: O faithless and perverse generation: how long will I be with you: and suffer you? Bring your son here.Lu 24:25: Then he said to them: O fools: and slow of heart to believe all that the prophets have spoken:Joh 12:27: Now is my soul troubled; and what will I say? Father: save me from this hour: but for this cause came I to this hour.Joh 20:27: Then says he to Thomas: Reach here your finger: and look my hands; and reach here your hand: and thrust it into my side: and not be faithless: but believing.Heb 3:10-12: For what reason I was grieved with that generation: and said: They do alway err in their heart; and they not have known my ways.
και ηνεγκαν αυτον προς αυτον και ιδων αυτον ευθεως το πνευμα εσπαραξεν αυτον και πεσων επι της γης εκυλιετο αφριζων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5342ἤνεγκανēnenkan (V-AIA-3P)
G5342 φέρω phérō en-eng-ko a primary verb (for which other, and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely, ; and ; to bear or carry (in a very wide application, literally and figuratively, as follows):--be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold.
|
ἤνεγκανēnenkan
|
they brought
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
Him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδὼνidōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδὼνidōn
|
having seen
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151πνεῦμαpneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεῦμαpneuma
|
spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G4952συνεσπάραξενsynesparaxen (V-AIA-3S)
G4952 συσπαράσσω sysparássō soos-par-as-so from σύν and σπαράσσω; to rend completely, i.e. (by analogy) to convulse violently:--throw down.
|
συνεσπάραξενsynesparaxen
|
threw into convulsions
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν,auton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4098πεσὼνpesōn (V-APA-NMS)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
πεσὼνpesōn
|
having fallen
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
ground,
|
N-GFS
|
G2947ἐκυλίετοekylieto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G2947 κυλιόω kylióō koo-lee-o-o from the base of κῦμα (through the idea of circularity; compare κύκλῳ, εἱλίσσω); to roll about:--wallow.
|
ἐκυλίετοekylieto
|
he began rolling around,
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G875ἀφρίζων.aphrizōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G875 ἀφρίζω aphrízō af-rid-zo from ἀφρός; to froth at the mouth (in epilepsy):--foam.
|
ἀφρίζων.aphrizōn
|
foaming.
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
20
They brought him to him: and when he saw him, straightway the spirit tare him; and he fell on the ground, and wallowed foaming.Mark 9:20
Stats
Rank: #4405 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 133 characters, 21 words, 104 letters, 36 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηνεγκαν αυτον προς αυτον και ιδων αυτον ευθεως το πνευμα εσπαραξεν αυτον και πεσων επι της γης εκυλιετο αφριζων
Lit: And they brought him to Him. And having seen Him, the spirit immediately threw into convulsions him, and having fallen upon the ground, he began rolling around, foaming.
KJV: And they brought him unto him: and when he saw him, straightway the spirit tare him; and he fell on the ground, and wallowed foaming.
References
"the spirit"Mr 9:18: 26: Wheresoever he takes him: he tears him: and he foams: and gnashes with his teeth: and pins away: and I spoke to your disciples that they should cast him out; and they not could.Mr 1:26: When the unclean spirit had torn him: and cried with a loud voice: he came out of him.Mr 5:3-5: Who had his dwelling among the tombs; and no man could bind him: no: not with chains:Job 1:10-12: Have not you made an hedge about him: and about his house: and about all that he has on every side? you have blessed the work of his hands: and his substance is increased in the land.Job 2:6-8: The LORD said to Satan: Look: He is in your hand; but save His life.Lu 4:35: Jesus rebuked Him: saying: Hold your peace: and come out of Him. And when the devil had thrown Him in the middle: He came out of Him: and hurt Him not">not Him.Lu 8:29: (For he had commanded the unclean spirit to come out of the man. For oftentimes it had caught him: and he was kept bound with chains and in fetters; and he brake the bands: and was driven of the devil into the wilderness.)Lu 9:42: As He was yet a coming: the devil threw Him down: and tare Him. And Jesus rebuked the unclean spirit: and healed the child: and delivered Him again to His father.Joh 8:44: You are of your father the devil: and the lusts of your father you will do. He was a murderer from the beginning: and not abode in the truth: because there is no truth in him. When he speaks'>speaks a lie: he speaks'>speaks of his own: for he is a liar: and the father of it.1Pe 5:8: Be sober: be vigilant; because your adversary the devil: as a roaring lion: walks about: seeking whom he may devour:
και επηρωτησεν τον πατερα αυτου ποσος χρονος εστιν ως τουτο γεγονεν αυτω ο δε ειπεν παιδιοθεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1905ἐπηρώτησενepērōtēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G1905 ἐπερωτάω eperōtáō ep-er-o-tah-o from ἐπί and ἐρωτάω; to ask for, i.e. inquire, seek:--ask (after, questions), demand, desire, question.
|
ἐπηρώτησενepērōtēsen
|
He asked
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3962πατέραpatera (N-AMS)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέραpatera
|
father
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G4214ΠόσοςPosos (IPro-NMS)
G4214 πόσος pósos pos-os from an absolute (who, what) and ὅς; interrogative pronoun (of amount) how much (large, long or (plural) many):--how great (long, many), what.,
|
ΠόσοςPosos
|
How long
|
IPro-NMS
|
G5550χρόνοςchronos (N-NMS)
G5550 χρόνος chrónos khron-os of uncertain derivation; a space of time (in general, and thus properly distinguished from καιρός, which designates a fixed or special occasion; and from αἰών, which denotes a particular period) or interval; by extension, an individual opportunity; by implication, delay:--+ years old, season, space, (X often-)time(-s), (a) while.
|
χρόνοςchronos
|
a time
|
N-NMS
|
G1510ἐστὶνestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστὶνestin
|
is it
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
that
|
Adv
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-NNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-NNS
|
G1096γέγονενgegonen (V-RIA-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γέγονενgegonen
|
has been
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷ;autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ;autō
|
with him?
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
he said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1537ἘκEk (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἘκEk
|
From
|
Prep
|
G3812παιδιόθεν·paidiothen (Adv)
G3812 παιδιόθεν paidióthen pahee-dee-oth-en adverb (of source) from παιδίον; from infancy:--of a child.
|
παιδιόθεν·paidiothen
|
childhood.
|
Adv
|
21
He asked his father, How long is it ago since this came to him? And he said, Of a child.
Mark 9:21
Stats
Rank: #5539 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 94 characters, 18 words, 70 letters, 28 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: και επηρωτησεν τον πατερα αυτου ποσος χρονος εστιν ως τουτο γεγονεν αυτω ο δε ειπεν παιδιοθεν
Lit: And He asked the father of him, How long a time is it that this has been with him? And he said, From childhood.
KJV: And he asked his father, How long is it ago since this came unto him? And he said, Of a child.
References
"How"Mr 5:25: A certain woman: which had an issue of blood 12 years: Job 5:7: Yet man is born to trouble: as the sparks fly upward.Job 14:1: Man that is born of a woman is of few days: and full of trouble.Ps 51:5: Look: I was shapen in iniquity; and in sin did my mother conceive me.Lu 8:43: A woman having an issue of blood 12 years: which had spent all her living upon physicians: neither could be healed of any: Lu 13:16: not ought this woman: being a daughter of Abraham: whom Satan has bound: indeed: these 18 years: be loosed from this bond on the sabbath day?Joh 5:5: 6: A certain man was there: which had an infirmity 38 years.Joh 9:1: 20: 21: As Jesus passed by: He saw a man which was blind from His birth.Ac 3:2: A certain man lame from his mother's womb was carried: whom they laid daily at the gate of the temple which is called Beautiful: to ask alms of them that entered into the temple;Ac 4:22: For the man was above 40 years old: on whom this miracle of healing was showed.Ac 9:33: There he found a certain man named AEneas: which had kept his bed 8 years: and was sick of the palsy.Ac 14:8: There sat a certain man at Lystra: impotent in his feet: being a cripple from his mother's womb: who never had walked:
και πολλακις αυτον και εις πυρ εβαλεν και εις υδατα ινα απολεση αυτον αλλ ει τι δυνασαι βοηθησον ημιν σπλαγχνισθεις εφ ημας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4178πολλάκιςpollakis (Adv)
G4178 πολλάκις pollákis pol-lak-is multiplicative adverb from πολύς; many times, i.e. frequently:--oft(-en, -entimes, -times).
|
πολλάκιςpollakis
|
often
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
both
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G4442πῦρpyr (N-ANS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πῦρpyr
|
fire
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G906ἔβαλενebalen (V-AIA-3S)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
ἔβαλενebalen
|
it casts,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G5204ὕδαταhydata (N-ANP)
G5204 ὕδωρ hýdōr hoo-dat-os from the base of ὑετός; water (as if rainy) literally or figuratively:--water.
|
ὕδαταhydata
|
waters,
|
N-ANP
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G622ἀπολέσῃapolesē (V-ASA-3S)
G622 ἀπόλλυμι apóllymi ap-ol-loo-mee from ἀπό and the base of ὄλεθρος; to destroy fully (reflexively, to perish, or lose), literally or figuratively:--destroy, die, lose, mar, perish.
|
ἀπολέσῃapolesē
|
it might destroy
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G846αὐτόν·auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν·auton
|
him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
But
|
Conj
|
G1487εἴei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἴei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
anything
|
IPro-ANS
|
G1410δύνῃ,dynē (V-PIM/P-2S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύνῃ,dynē
|
You are able to do,
|
V-PIM/P-2S
|
G997βοήθησονboēthēson (V-AMA-2S)
G997 βοηθέω boēthéō bo-ay-theh-o from βοηθός; to aid or relieve:--help, succor.
|
βοήθησονboēthēson
|
help
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
us,
|
PPro-D1P
|
G4697σπλαγχνισθεὶςsplanchnistheis (V-APP-NMS)
G4697 σπλαγχνίζομαι splanchnízomai splangkh-nid-zom-ahee middle voice from σπλάγχνον; to have the bowels yearn, i.e. (figuratively) feel sympathy, to pity:--have (be moved with) compassion.
|
σπλαγχνισθεὶςsplanchnistheis
|
having compassion
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G1909ἐφ’eph’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐφ’eph’
|
on
|
Prep
|
G1473ἡμᾶς.hēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶς.hēmas
|
us.
|
PPro-A1P
|
22
Ofttimes it has cast him into the fire, and into the waters, to destroy him: but if you canst do any thing, have compassion on us, and help us.Mark 9:22
Stats
Rank: #7708 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 149 characters, 25 words, 114 letters, 42 vowels, 72 consonants
Translation
Greek: και πολλακις αυτον και εις πυρ εβαλεν και εις υδατα ινα απολεση αυτον αλλ ει τι δυνασαι βοηθησον ημιν σπλαγχνισθεις εφ ημας
Lit: And often both into fire him it casts, and into waters, that it might destroy him. But if anything You are able to do, help us, having compassion on us.
KJV: And ofttimes it hath cast him into the fire, and into the waters, to destroy him: but if thou canst do any thing, have compassion on us, and help us.
References
"if"Mr 1:40-42: There came a leper to him: beseeching him: and kneeling down to him: and saying to him: If you will: you canst make me clean.Mt 8:2: 8: 9: And: look: there came a leper and worshipped Him: saying: Lord: if you will: you canst make me clean.Mt 9:28: When He was come into the house: the blind men came to Him: and Jesus says to them: Believe you that I am able to do this? They said to Him: Yes: Lord.Mt 14:31: Immediately Jesus stretched forth His hand: and caught Him: and said to Him: O you of little faith: for what reason did you doubt?"have"Mr 5:19: Howbeit Jesus suffered Him not">not Him: but says to Him: Go home to your friends: and tell them how great things the Lord has done for you: and has had compassion on you.Mt 15:22-28: And: look: a woman of Canaan came out of the same coasts: and cried to Him: saying: Have mercy on me: O Lord: you Son of David; my daughter is grievously vexed with a devil.Mt 20:34: So Jesus had compassion on them: and touched their eyes: and immediately their eyes received sight: and they followed Him.Lu 7:13: When the Lord saw her: He had compassion on her: and said to her: not Weep.
ο δε ιησους ειπεν αυτω το ει δυνασαι πιστευσαι παντα δυνατα τω πιστευοντι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1487ΕἰEi (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
ΕἰEi
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1410δύνῃ,dynē (V-PIM/P-2S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύνῃ,dynē
|
You are able?
|
V-PIM/P-2S
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
All things
|
Adj-NNP
|
G1415δυνατὰdynata (Adj-NNP)
G1415 δυνατός dynatós doo-nat-os from δύναμαι; powerful or capable (literally or figuratively); neuter possible:--able, could, (that is) mighty (man), possible, power, strong.
|
δυνατὰdynata
|
are possible
|
Adj-NNP
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the one
|
Art-DMS
|
G4100πιστεύοντι.pisteuonti (V-PPA-DMS)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πιστεύοντι.pisteuonti
|
believing.
|
V-PPA-DMS
|
23
Jesus said to Him, If you canst believe, all things are possible to Him that believeth.
Mark 9:23
Stats
Rank: #737 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 90 characters, 14 words, 72 letters, 29 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε ιησους ειπεν αυτω το ει δυνασαι πιστευσαι παντα δυνατα τω πιστευοντι
Lit: And Jesus said to him, If You are able? All things are possible to the one believing.
KJV: Jesus said unto him, If thou canst believe, all things are possible to him that believeth.
References
"If"Mr 11:23: For truly I say to you: That whoever will say to this mountain: Be you removed: and be you cast into the sea; and will not doubt in his heart: but will believe that those things which he says will come to pass; he will have whatever he says.2Ch 20:20: They rose early in the morning: and went forth into the wilderness of Tekoa: and as they went forth: Jehoshaphat stood and said: Hear me: O Judah: and you inhabitants of Jerusalem; Believe in the LORD your God: so will you be established; believe His prophets: so will you prosper.Mt 17:20: Jesus said to them: Because of your unbelief: for truly I say to you: If you have faith as a grain of mustard seed: you will say to this mountain: Remove here to yonder place; and it will remove; not andhing will be impossible to you.Mt 21:21: 22: Jesus answered and said to them: Truly I say to you: If you have faith: and not doubt: you will not only do this which is done to the fig tree: but also if you will say to this mountain: Be you removed: and be you cast into the sea; it will be done.Lu 17:6: The Lord said: If you had faith as a grain of mustard seed: you might say to this sycamine tree: Be you plucked up by the root: and be you planted in the sea; and it should obey you.Joh 4:48-50: Then said Jesus to Him: Except you see signs and wonders: you not will believe.Joh 11:40: Jesus says to her: Said not I to you: that: if you would believe: you should see the glory of God?Ac 14:9: The same heard Paul speak: who stedfastly beholding him: and perceiving that he had faith to be healed: Heb 11:6: But without faith it is impossible to please Him: for He that'>He who comes to God must believe that He is: and that He is a rewarder of them that diligently seek Him.
και ευθεως κραξας ο πατηρ του παιδιου μετα δακρυων ελεγεν πιστευω κυριε βοηθει μου τη απιστια
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2112Εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
Εὐθὺςeuthys
|
Immediately
|
Adv
|
G2896κράξαςkraxas (V-APA-NMS)
G2896 κράζω krázō krad-zo a primary verb; properly, to croak (as a raven) or scream, i.e. (genitive case) to call aloud (shriek, exclaim, intreat):--cry (out).
|
κράξαςkraxas
|
having cried out,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3962πατὴρpatēr (N-NMS)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατὴρpatēr
|
father
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G3813παιδίουpaidiou (N-GNS)
G3813 παιδίον paidíon pahee-dee-on neuter diminutive of παῖς; a childling (of either sex), i.e. (properly), an infant, or (by extension) a half-grown boy or girl; figuratively, an immature Christian:--(little, young) child, damsel.
|
παιδίουpaidiou
|
child
|
N-GNS
|
G3004ἔλεγενelegen (V-IIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγενelegen
|
was saying,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G4100Πιστεύω·Pisteuō (V-PIA-1S)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
Πιστεύω·Pisteuō
|
I believe;
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G997βοήθειboēthei (V-PMA-2S)
G997 βοηθέω boēthéō bo-ay-theh-o from βοηθός; to aid or relieve:--help, succor.
|
βοήθειboēthei
|
help
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G570ἀπιστίᾳ.apistia (N-DFS)
G570 ἀπιστία apistía ap-is-tee-ah from ἄπιστος; faithlessness, i.e. (negatively) disbelief (lack of Christian faith), or (positively) unfaithfulness (disobedience):--unbelief.
|
ἀπιστίᾳ.apistia
|
unbelief!
|
N-DFS
|
24
Straightway the father of the child cried out, and said with tears, Lord, I believe; help you my unbelief.
Mark 9:24
Stats
Rank: #2975 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 113 characters, 16 words, 89 letters, 35 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ευθεως κραξας ο πατηρ του παιδιου μετα δακρυων ελεγεν πιστευω κυριε βοηθει μου τη απιστια
Lit: Immediately having cried out, the father of the child was saying, I believe; help of me the unbelief!
KJV: And straightway the father of the child cried out, and said with tears, Lord, I believe; help thou mine unbelief.
References
"with"2Sa 16:12: It may be that the LORD will look on my affliction: and that the LORD will requite me good for His cursing this day.2Ki 20:5: Turn again: and tell Hezekiah the captain of my people: Thus says the LORD: the God of David your father: I have heard your prayer: I have seen your tears: look: I will heal you: on the third day you will go up to the house of the LORD.Ps 39:12: Hear my prayer: O LORD: and give ear to my cry; not hold your peace at my tears: for I am a stranger with you: and a sojourner: as all my fathers were.Ps 126:5: They that sow in tears will reap in joy.Jer 14:17: Therefore you will say this word to them; Let my eyes run down with tears night and day: and let not them cease: for the virgin daughter of my people is broken with a great breach: with a very grievous blow.Lu 7:38: 44: Stood at his feet behind him weeping: and began to wash his feet with tears: and did wipe them with the hairs of her head: and kissed his feet: and anointed them with the ointment.Ac 10:19: 31: While Peter thought on the vision: the Spirit said to Him: Look: 3 men seek you.2Co 2:4: For out of much affliction and anguish of heart I wrote to you with many tears; not that you should be grieved: but that you might know the love which I have more abundantly to you.2Ti 1:4: Greatly desiring to see you: being mindful of your tears: that I may be filled with joy;Heb 5:7: Who in the days of his flesh: when he had offered up prayers and supplications with strong crying and tears to him that was able to save him from death: and was heard in that he feared;Heb 12:17: For you know how that afterward: when he would have inherited the blessing: he was rejected: for he found no place of repentance: though he sought it carefully with tears."help"Lu 17:5: The apostles said to the Lord: Increase our faith.Eph 2:8: For by grace are you saved through faith; and not that of yourselves: it is the gift of God:Php 1:29: For to you it is given in the behalf of Christ: not only to believe on Him: but also to suffer for His sake;2Th 1:3: 11: We are bound to thank God always for you: brothers: as it is meet: because that your faith grows exceedingly: and the charity of every one of you all toward each other abounds;Heb 12:2: Looking to Jesus the author and finisher of our faith; who for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross: despising the shame: and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God.
ιδων δε ο ιησους οτι επισυντρεχει οχλος επετιμησεν τω πνευματι τω ακαθαρτω λεγων αυτω το πνευμα το αλαλον και κωφον εγω σοι επιτασσω εξελθε εξ αυτου και μηκετι εισελθης εις αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3708Ἰδὼνidōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
Ἰδὼνidōn
|
Having seen
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1998ἐπισυντρέχειepisyntrechei (V-PIA-3S)
G1998 ἐπισυντρέχω episyntréchō ep-ee-soon-trekh-o from ἐπί and συντρέχω; to hasten together upon one place (or a particular occasion):--come running together.
|
ἐπισυντρέχειepisyntrechei
|
was running together
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3793ὄχλος,ochlos (N-NMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλος,ochlos
|
a crowd,
|
N-NMS
|
G2008ἐπετίμησενepetimēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2008 ἐπιτιμάω epitimáō ep-ee-tee-mah-o from ἐπί and τιμάω; to tax upon, i.e. censure or admonish; by implication, forbid:--(straitly) charge, rebuke.
|
ἐπετίμησενepetimēsen
|
He rebuked
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4151πνεύματιpneumati (N-DNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεύματιpneumati
|
spirit
|
N-DNS
|
G169ἀκαθάρτῳakathartō (Adj-DNS)
G169 ἀκάθαρτος akáthartos ak-ath-ar-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of καθαίρω (meaning cleansed); impure (ceremonially, morally (lewd) or specially, (demonic)):--foul, unclean.
|
ἀκαθάρτῳakathartō
|
unclean,
|
Adj-DNS
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to it,
|
PPro-DN3S
|
G216ἄλαλονalalon (Adj-VNS)
G216 ἄλαλος álalos al-al-os from Α (as a negative particle) and λαλέω; mute:--dumb.
|
ἄλαλονalalon
|
Mute
|
Adj-VNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2974κωφὸνkōphon (Adj-VNS)
G2974 κωφός kōphós ko-fos from κόπτω; blunted, i.e. (figuratively) of hearing (deaf) or speech (dumb):--deaf, dumb, speechless.
|
κωφὸνkōphon
|
deaf
|
Adj-VNS
|
G4151πνεῦμα,pneuma (N-VNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεῦμα,pneuma
|
spirit,
|
N-VNS
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G2004ἐπιτάσσωepitassō (V-PIA-1S)
G2004 ἐπιτάσσω epitássō ep-ee-tas-so from ἐπί and τάσσω; to arrange upon, i.e. order:--charge, command, injoin.
|
ἐπιτάσσωepitassō
|
command
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4771σοι,soi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοι,soi
|
you,
|
PPro-D2S
|
G1831ἔξελθεexelthe (V-AMA-2S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἔξελθεexelthe
|
come
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3371μηκέτιmēketi (Adv)
G3371 μηκέτι mēkéti may-ket-ee from μή and ἔτι; no further:--any longer, (not) henceforth, hereafter, no henceforward (longer, more, soon), not any more.
|
μηκέτιmēketi
|
no more
|
Adv
|
G1525εἰσέλθῃςeiselthēs (V-ASA-2S)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσέλθῃςeiselthēs
|
may you enter
|
V-ASA-2S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
25
When Jesus saw that the people came running together, He rebuked the foul spirit, saying to Him, You dumb and deaf spirit, I charge you, come out of Him, and enter no more into Him.
Mark 9:25
Stats
Rank: #6118 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 185 characters, 29 words, 144 letters, 58 vowels, 86 consonants
Translation
Greek: ιδων δε ο ιησους οτι επισυντρεχει οχλος επετιμησεν τω πνευματι τω ακαθαρτω λεγων αυτω το πνευμα το αλαλον και κωφον εγω σοι επιτασσω εξελθε εξ αυτου και μηκετι εισελθης εις αυτον
Lit: Having seen now Jesus that was running together a crowd, He rebuked the spirit unclean, saying to it, Mute and deaf spirit, I command you, come out of him, and no more may you enter into him.
KJV: When Jesus saw that the people came running together, he rebuked the foul spirit, saying unto him, Thou dumb and deaf spirit, I charge thee, come out of him, and enter no more into him.
References
"he rebuked"Mr 1:25-27: Jesus rebuked Him: saying: Hold your peace: and come out of Him.Mr 5:7: 8: Cried with a loud voice: and said: What have I to do with you: Jesus: you Son of the most high God? I adjure you by God: that you torment not me.Zec 3:2: The LORD said to Satan: The LORD rebuke you: O Satan; even the LORD that has chosen Jerusalem rebuke you: is not this a brand plucked out of the fire?Mt 17:18: Jesus rebuked the devil; and He departed out of Him: and the child was cured from that very hour.Lu 4:35: 41: Jesus rebuked Him: saying: Hold your peace: and come out of Him. And when the devil had thrown Him in the middle: He came out of Him: and hurt Him not">not Him.Lu 9:42: As He was yet a coming: the devil threw Him down: and tare Him. And Jesus rebuked the unclean spirit: and healed the child: and delivered Him again to His father.Jude 1:9: Yet Michael the archangel: when contending with the devil He disputed about the body of Moses: not durst bring against Him a railing accusation: but said: The Lord rebuke you."thou"Isa 35:5: 6: Then the eyes of the blind will be opened: and the ears of the deaf will be unstopped.Mt 9:32: 33: As they went out: look: they brought to him a dumb man possessed with a devil.Mt 12:22: Then was brought to him one possessed with a devil: blind: and dumb: and he healed him: insomuch that the blind and dumb both spoke and saw.Lu 11:14: He was casting out a devil: and it was dumb. And it came to pass: when the devil was gone out: the dumb spoke; and the people wondered."I charge"Lu 8:29: (For he had commanded the unclean spirit to come out of the man. For oftentimes it had caught him: and he was kept bound with chains and in fetters; and he brake the bands: and was driven of the devil into the wilderness.)Ac 16:18: This did she many days. But Paul: being grieved: turned and said to the spirit: I command you in the name of Jesus Christ to come out of her. And He came out the same hour.
και κραξαν και πολλα σπαραξαν αυτον εξηλθεν και εγενετο ωσει νεκρος ωστε πολλους λεγειν οτι απεθανεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2896κράξαςkraxas (V-APA-NMS)
G2896 κράζω krázō krad-zo a primary verb; properly, to croak (as a raven) or scream, i.e. (genitive case) to call aloud (shriek, exclaim, intreat):--cry (out).
|
κράξαςkraxas
|
having cried out,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4183πολλὰpolla (Adj-ANP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλὰpolla
|
much
|
Adj-ANP
|
G4682σπαράξαςsparaxas (V-APA-NMS)
G4682 σπαράσσω sparássō spar-as-so prolongation from (to grasp; apparently strengthened from σπάω through the idea of spasmodic contraction); to mangle, i.e. convluse with epilepsy:--rend, tear.
|
σπαράξαςsparaxas
|
having thrown him into convulsions,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1831ἐξῆλθεν·exēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθεν·exēlthen
|
it came out;
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
he became
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G5616ὡσεὶhōsei (Adv)
G5616 ὡσεί hōseí ho-si from ὡς and εἰ; as if:--about, as (it had been, it were), like (as).
|
ὡσεὶhōsei
|
as if
|
Adv
|
G3498νεκρὸς,nekros (Adj-NMS)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρὸς,nekros
|
dead,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G5620ὥστεhōste (Conj)
G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
ὥστεhōste
|
in order for
|
Conj
|
G4183πολλοὺςpollous (Adj-AMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοὺςpollous
|
many
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3004λέγεινlegein (V-PNA)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγεινlegein
|
to say
|
V-PNA
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G599ἀπέθανεν.apethanen (V-AIA-3S)
G599 ἀποθνήσκω apothnḗskō ap-oth-nace-ko from ἀπό and θνήσκω; to die off (literally or figuratively):--be dead, death, die, lie a-dying, be slain (X with).
|
ἀπέθανεν.apethanen
|
he was dead.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
26
the spirit cried, and tear him sore, and came out of him: and he was as one dead; insomuch that many said, He is dead.
Mark 9:26
Stats
Rank: #9101 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 122 characters, 21 words, 91 letters, 37 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: και κραξαν και πολλα σπαραξαν αυτον εξηλθεν και εγενετο ωσει νεκρος ωστε πολλους λεγειν οτι απεθανεν
Lit: And having cried out, and much having thrown him into convulsions, it came out; and he became as if dead, in order for many to say that he was dead.
KJV: And the spirit cried, and rent him sore, and came out of him: and he was as one dead; insomuch that many said, He is dead.
References
"cried"Mr 9:18: 20: Wheresoever he takes him: he tears him: and he foams: and gnashes with his teeth: and pins away: and I spoke to your disciples that they should cast him out; and they not could.Mr 1:26: When the unclean spirit had torn him: and cried with a loud voice: he came out of him.Ex 5:23: For since I came to Pharaoh to speak in your name: he has done evil to this people; neither have you delivered your people at all.Re 12:12: Therefore rejoice: you heavens: and you that dwell in them. Woe to the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea! for the devil is come down to you: having great wrath: because he knows that he has but a short time.
ο δε ιησους κρατησας αυτον της χειρος ηγειρεν αυτον και ανεστη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus,
|
N-NMS
|
G2902κρατήσαςkratēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G2902 κρατέω kratéō krat-eh-o from κράτος; to use strength, i.e. seize or retain (literally or figuratively):--hold (by, fast), keep, lay hand (hold) on, obtain, retain, take (by).
|
κρατήσαςkratēsas
|
having taken
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
by the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5495χειρὸςcheiros (N-GFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρὸςcheiros
|
hand
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1453ἤγειρενēgeiren (V-AIA-3S)
G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἤγειρενēgeiren
|
raised up
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν,auton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G450ἀνέστη.anestē (V-AIA-3S)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀνέστη.anestē
|
he arose.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
27
But Jesus took Him by the hand, and lifted Him up; and He arose.Mark 9:27
Stats
Rank: #4712 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 64 characters, 12 words, 48 letters, 18 vowels, 30 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε ιησους κρατησας αυτον της χειρος ηγειρεν αυτον και ανεστη
Lit: And Jesus, having taken by the hand him, raised up him, and he arose.
KJV: But Jesus took him by the hand, and lifted him up; and he arose.
References
"But Jesus took him by the hand, and lifted him up; and he arose."Mr 1:31: 41: He came and took her by the hand: and lifted her up; and immediately the fever left her: and she ministered to them.Mr 5:41: He took the damsel by the hand: and said to her: Talitha cumi; which is: being interpreted: Damsel: I say to you: arise.Mr 8:23: He took the blind man by the hand: and led him out of the town; and when he had spit on his eyes: and put his hands upon him: he asked him if he saw ought.Isa 41:13: For I the LORD your God will hold your right hand: saying to you: not Fear; I will help you.Ac 3:7: He took him by the right hand: and lifted him up: and immediately his feet and ancle bones received strength.Ac 9:41: He gave her his hand: and lifted her up: and when he had called the saints and widows: presented her alive.
και εισελθοντα αυτον εις οικον οι μαθηται αυτου επηρωτων αυτον κατ ιδιαν οτι ημεις ουκ ηδυνηθημεν εκβαλειν αυτο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1525εἰσελθόντοςeiselthontos (V-APA-GMS)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθόντοςeiselthontos
|
having entered
|
V-APA-GMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
He
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3624οἶκονoikon (N-AMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκονoikon
|
a house,
|
N-AMS
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3101μαθηταὶmathētai (N-NMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταὶmathētai
|
disciples
|
N-NMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2596κατ’kat’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατ’kat’
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2398ἰδίανidian (Adj-AFS)
G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἰδίανidian
|
private
|
Adj-AFS
|
G1905ἐπηρώτωνepērōtōn (V-IIA-3P)
G1905 ἐπερωτάω eperōtáō ep-er-o-tah-o from ἐπί and ἐρωτάω; to ask for, i.e. inquire, seek:--ask (after, questions), demand, desire, question.
|
ἐπηρώτωνepērōtōn
|
were asking
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτόνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόνauton
|
Him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3754ὍτιHoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὍτιHoti
|
Why
|
Conj
|
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
we
|
PPro-N1P
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1410ἠδυνήθημενēdynēthēmen (V-AIP-1P)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
ἠδυνήθημενēdynēthēmen
|
were able
|
V-AIP-1P
|
G1544ἐκβαλεῖνekbalein (V-ANA)
G1544 ἐκβάλλω ekbállō ek-bal-lo from ἐκ and βάλλω; to eject (literally or figuratively):--bring forth, cast (forth, out), drive (out), expel, leave, pluck (pull, take, thrust) out, put forth (out), send away (forth, out).
|
ἐκβαλεῖνekbalein
|
to cast out
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτό;auto (PPro-AN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτό;auto
|
it?
|
PPro-AN3S
|
28
When he was come into the house, his disciples asked him privately, Why not could we cast him out?
Mark 9:28
Stats
Rank: #8780 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 102 characters, 18 words, 80 letters, 30 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εισελθοντα αυτον εις οικον οι μαθηται αυτου επηρωτων αυτον κατ ιδιαν οτι ημεις ουκ ηδυνηθημεν εκβαλειν αυτο
Lit: And having entered He into a house, the disciples of Him in private were asking Him, Why we not were able to cast out it?
KJV: And when he was come into the house, his disciples asked him privately, Why could not we cast him out?
References
"asked"Mr 4:10: 34: When he was alone: they that were about him with the 12 asked of him the parable.Mt 13:10: 36: The disciples came: and said to him: Why speak you to them in parables?Mt 15:15: Then answered Peter and said to him: Declare to us this parable."Why"Mt 17:19: 20: Then came the disciples to Jesus apart: and said: Why not could we cast Him out?
και ειπεν αυτοις τουτο το γενος εν ουδενι δυναται εξελθειν ει μη εν προσευχη και νηστεια
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
He said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3778ΤοῦτοTouto (DPro-NNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ΤοῦτοTouto
|
This
|
DPro-NNS
|
G1085γένοςgenos (N-NNS)
G1085 γένος génos ghen-os from γίνομαι; kin (abstract or concrete, literal or figurative, individual or collective):--born, country(-man), diversity, generation, kind(-red), nation, offspring, stock.
|
γένοςgenos
|
kind
|
N-NNS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3762οὐδενὶoudeni (Adj-DNS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδενὶoudeni
|
nothing
|
Adj-DNS
|
G1410δύναταιdynatai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύναταιdynatai
|
is able
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1831ἐξελθεῖνexelthein (V-ANA)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξελθεῖνexelthein
|
to go out,
|
V-ANA
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
by
|
Prep
|
G4335προσευχῇ.proseuchē (N-DFS)
G4335 προσευχή proseuchḗ pros-yoo-khay from προσεύχομαι; prayer (worship); by implication, an oratory (chapel):--X pray earnestly, prayer.
|
προσευχῇ.proseuchē
|
prayer.”
|
N-DFS
|
29
He said to them, This kind can come forth not byhing, but by prayer and fasting.
Mark 9:29
Stats
Counts: 86 characters, 15 words, 67 letters, 21 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειπεν αυτοις τουτο το γενος εν ουδενι δυναται εξελθειν ει μη εν προσευχη και νηστεια
Lit: And He said to them, This kind by nothing is able to go out, if not by prayer.”
KJV: And he said unto them, This kind can come forth by nothing, but by prayer and fasting.
References
"This"Mt 12:45: Then goes he: and takes with himself 7 other spirits more wicked than himself: and they enter in and dwell there: and the last state of that man is worse than the first. Even so will it be also to this wicked generation.Lu 11:26: Then goes he: and takes to him 7 other spirits more wicked than himself; and they enter in: and dwell there: and the last state of that man is worse than the first."by prayer"1Ki 17:20-22: He cried to the LORD: and said: O LORD my God: have you also brought evil upon the widow with whom I sojourn: by slaying her son?2Ki 4:33: 34: He went in therefore: and shut the door upon them two: and prayed to the LORD.Mt 17:21: Howbeit this kind goes not out but by prayer and fasting.Ac 9:40: 41: But Peter put them all forth: and kneeled down: and prayed; and turning him to the body said: Tabitha: arise. And she opened her eyes: and when she saw Peter: she sat up.2Co 12:8: For this thing I besought the Lord thrice: that it might depart from me.Eph 6:18: Praying always with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit: and watching thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints;Jas 5:15: The prayer of faith will save the sick: and the Lord will raise Him up; and if He have committed sins: they will be forgiven Him."fasting"Da 9:3: I set my face to the Lord God: to seek by prayer and supplications: with fasting: and sackcloth: and ashes:Ac 14:23: When they had ordained them elders in every church: and had prayed with fasting: they commended them to the Lord: on whom they believed.1Co 9:27: But I keep under my body: and bring it into subjection: lest that by any means: when I have preached to others: I myself should be a castaway.2Co 6:5: In stripes: in imprisonments: in tumults: in labours: in watchings: in fastings;2Co 11:27: In weariness and painfulness: in watchings often: in hunger and thirst: in fastings often: in cold and nakedness.
The Second Prediction of the Passion
και εκειθεν εξελθοντες παρεπορευοντο δια της γαλιλαιας και ουκ ηθελεν ινα τις γνω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2547ΚἀκεῖθενKakeithen (Conj)
G2547 κἀκεῖθεν kakeîthen kak-i-then from καί and ἐκεῖθεν; likewise from that place (or time):--and afterward (from) (thence), thence also.
|
ΚἀκεῖθενKakeithen
|
From there
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξελθόντεςexelthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξελθόντεςexelthontes
|
having gone forth,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3899παρεπορεύοντοpareporeuonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G3899 παραπορεύομαι paraporeúomai par-ap-or-yoo-om-ahee from παρά and πορεύομαι; to travel near:--go, pass (by).
|
παρεπορεύοντοpareporeuonto
|
they were passing
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G1056Γαλιλαίας,Galilaias (N-GFS)
G1056 Γαλιλαία Galilaía gal-il-ah-yah of Hebrew origin (גָּלִיל); Galilæa (i.e. the heathen circle), a region of Palestine:--Galilee.
|
Γαλιλαίας,Galilaias
|
Galilee;
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2309ἤθελενēthelen (V-IIA-3S)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
ἤθελενēthelen
|
did He want
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1097γνοῖ·gnoi (V-ASA-3S)
G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
γνοῖ·gnoi
|
should know it;
|
V-ASA-3S
|
30
They departed there, and passed through Galilee; and he not would that any man should know it.Mark 9:30
Stats
Rank: #2627 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 99 characters, 16 words, 79 letters, 28 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εκειθεν εξελθοντες παρεπορευοντο δια της γαλιλαιας και ουκ ηθελεν ινα τις γνω
Lit: From there having gone forth, they were passing through Galilee; and not did He want that anyone should know it;
KJV: And they departed thence, and passed through Galilee; and he would not that any man should know it.
References
"through"Mt 27:22: 23: Pilate says to them: What will I do then with Jesus which is called Christ? They all say to Him: Let Him be crucified."he"Mr 6:31: 32: He said to them: Come you yourselves apart into a desert place: and rest a while: for there were many coming and going: and they had no leisure so much as to eat.
εδιδασκεν γαρ τους μαθητας αυτου και ελεγεν αυτοις οτι ο υιος του ανθρωπου παραδιδοται εις χειρας ανθρωπων και αποκτενουσιν αυτον και αποκτανθεις τη τριτη ημερα αναστησεται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1321ἐδίδασκενedidasken (V-IIA-3S)
G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
ἐδίδασκενedidasken
|
He was teaching
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3101μαθητὰςmathētas (N-AMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητὰςmathētas
|
disciples
|
N-AMP
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004ἔλεγενelegen (V-IIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγενelegen
|
He was saying
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G3588ὉHO (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὉHO
|
The
|
Art-NMS
|
G5207ΥἱὸςHuios (N-NMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱὸςHuios
|
Son
|
N-NMS
|
G444ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou (N-GMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou
|
of Man
|
N-GMS
|
G3860παραδίδοταιparadidotai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παραδίδοταιparadidotai
|
is delivered
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into the
|
Prep
|
G5495χεῖραςcheiras (N-AFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖραςcheiras
|
hands
|
N-AFP
|
G444ἀνθρώπων,anthrōpōn (N-GMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπων,anthrōpōn
|
of men,
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G615ἀποκτενοῦσινapoktenousin (V-FIA-3P)
G615 ἀποκτείνω apokteínō ap-ok-ti-no from ἀπό and (to slay); to kill outright; figuratively, to destroy:--put to death, kill, slay.
|
ἀποκτενοῦσινapoktenousin
|
they will kill
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν,auton
|
Him;
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G615ἀποκτανθεὶςapoktantheis (V-APP-NMS)
G615 ἀποκτείνω apokteínō ap-ok-ti-no from ἀπό and (to slay); to kill outright; figuratively, to destroy:--put to death, kill, slay.
|
ἀποκτανθεὶςapoktantheis
|
having been killed,
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
on the
|
Prep
|
G5140τρεῖςtreis (Adj-AFP)
G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
τρεῖςtreis
|
third
|
Adj-AFP
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
day
|
N-AFP
|
G450ἀναστήσεται.anastēsetai (V-FIM-3S)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀναστήσεται.anastēsetai
|
He will arise.
|
V-FIM-3S
|
31
For He taught His disciples, and said to them, The Son of man is delivered into the hands of men, and they will kill Him; and after that He is killed, He will rise the third day.
Mark 9:31
Stats
Counts: 182 characters, 32 words, 140 letters, 49 vowels, 91 consonants
Translation
Greek: εδιδασκεν γαρ τους μαθητας αυτου και ελεγεν αυτοις οτι ο υιος του ανθρωπου παραδιδοται εις χειρας ανθρωπων και αποκτενουσιν αυτον και αποκτανθεις τη τριτη ημερα αναστησεται
Lit: He was teaching for the disciples of Him, and He was saying to them - , The Son of Man is delivered into the hands of men, and they will kill Him; and having been killed, on the third day He will arise.
KJV: For he taught his disciples, and said unto them, The Son of man is delivered into the hands of men, and they shall kill him; and after that he is killed, he shall rise the third day.
References
"The Son"Mr 9:12: He answered and told them: Elias truly comes first: and restoreth all things; and how it is written of the Son of man: that He must suffer many things: and be set at nought.Mr 8:31: He began to teach them: that the Son of man must suffer many things: and be rejected of the elders: and of the chief priests: and scribes: and be killed: and after 3 days rise again.Mt 16:21: From that time forth began Jesus to show to His disciples: how that He must go to Jerusalem: and suffer many things of the elders and chief priests and scribes: and be killed: and be raised again the third day.Mt 20:18: 19: 28: Look: we go up to Jerusalem; and the Son of man will be betrayed to the chief priests and to the scribes: and they will condemn Him to death: Mt 21:38: 39: But when the husbandmen saw the son: they said among themselves: This is the heir; come: let us kill him: and let us seize on his inheritance.Mt 26:2: You know that after two days is the feast of the passover: and the Son of man is betrayed to be crucified.Lu 9:44: Let these sayings sink down into your ears: for the Son of man will be delivered into the hands of men.Lu 18:31-33: Then He took to Him the 12: and said to them: Look: we go up to Jerusalem: and all things that are written by the prophets concerning the Son of man will be accomplished.Lu 24:26: 44-46: not Ought Christ to have suffered these things: and to enter into His glory?Joh 2:19: Jesus answered and said to them: Destroy this temple: and in 3 days I will raise it up.Joh 3:14: As Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness: even so must the Son of man be lifted up:Joh 10:18: No man takes it from me: but I lay it down of myself. I have power to lay it down: and I have power to take it again. This commandment have I received of my Father.Ac 2:23: 24: Him: being delivered by the determinate counsel and foreknowledge of God: you have taken: and by wicked hands have crucified and killed:Ac 4:27: 28: For of a truth against your holy child Jesus: whom you have anointed: both Herod: and Pontius Pilate: with the Gentiles: and the people of Israel: were gathered together: 2Ti 2:12: If we suffer: we will also reign with him: if we deny him: he also will deny us:
οι δε ηγνοουν το ρημα και εφοβουντο αυτον επερωτησαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G50ἠγνόουνēgnooun (V-IIA-3P)
G50 ἀγνοέω agnoéō ag-no-eh-o from Α (as a negative particle) and νοιέω; not to know (through lack of information or intelligence); by implication, to ignore (through disinclination):--(be) ignorant(-ly), not know, not understand, unknown.
|
ἠγνόουνēgnooun
|
they did not understand
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4487ῥῆμα,rhēma (N-ANS)
G4487 ῥῆμα rhēma hray-mah from ῥέω; an utterance (individually, collectively or specially),; by implication, a matter or topic (especially of narration, command or dispute); with a negative naught whatever:--+ evil, + nothing, saying, word.
|
ῥῆμα,rhēma
|
saying,
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5399ἐφοβοῦντοephobounto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
ἐφοβοῦντοephobounto
|
they were afraid
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1905ἐπερωτῆσαι.eperōtēsai (V-ANA)
G1905 ἐπερωτάω eperōtáō ep-er-o-tah-o from ἐπί and ἐρωτάω; to ask for, i.e. inquire, seek:--ask (after, questions), demand, desire, question.
|
ἐπερωτῆσαι.eperōtēsai
|
to ask.
|
V-ANA
|
32
But they not understood that saying, and were afraid to ask him.Mark 9:32
Stats
Counts: 64 characters, 11 words, 51 letters, 19 vowels, 32 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε ηγνοουν το ρημα και εφοβουντο αυτον επερωτησαι
Lit: And they did not understand the saying, and they were afraid Him to ask.
KJV: But they understood not that saying, and were afraid to ask him.
References
"they"Mr 9:10: They kept that saying with themselves: questioning one with another what the rising from the dead should mean.Lu 2:50: They not understood the saying which he spoke to them.Lu 9:45: But they not understood this saying: and it was hid from them: that they perceived not it: and they feared to ask him of that saying.Lu 18:34: They understood none of these things: and this saying was hid from them: neither knew they the things which were spoken.Lu 24:45: Then opened he their understanding: that they might understand the scriptures: "were"Mr 7:18: He says to them: Are you so without understanding also? Do you not perceive: that whatever thing from without enters into the man: it cannot defile him;Mr 8:17: 18: 33: When Jesus knew it: He says to them: Why reason you: because you have no bread? perceive you not yet: neither understand? have you your heart yet hardened?Mr 16:14: Afterward he appeared to the 11 as they sat at meat: and upbraided them with their unbelief and hardness of heart: because they not believed them which had seen him after he was risen.Joh 4:27: Upon this came his disciples: and marvelled that he talked with the woman: yet no man said: What seek you? or: Why talk you with her?Joh 16:19: Now Jesus knew that they were desirous to ask Him: and said to them: Do you inquire among yourselves of that I said: A little while: and you will not see me: and again: a little while: and you will see me?
The Greatest in the Kingdom
και ηλθεν εις καπερναουμ και εν τη οικια γενομενος επηρωτα αυτους τι εν τη οδω προς εαυτους διελογιζεσθε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2064ἦλθονēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθονēlthon
|
they came
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2584Καφαρναούμ.Kapharnaoum (N-AFS)
G2584 Καπερναούμ Kapernaoúm cap-er-nah-oom of Hebrew origin (probably כָּפָר and נַחוּם); Capernaum (i.e. Caphanachum), a place in Palestine:--Capernaum.
|
Καφαρναούμ.Kapharnaoum
|
Capernaum.
|
N-AFS
|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3614οἰκίᾳoikia (N-DFS)
G3614 οἰκία oikía oy-kee-ah from οἶκος; properly, residence (abstractly), but usually (concretely) an abode (literally or figuratively); by implication, a family (especially domestics):--home, house(-hold).
|
οἰκίᾳoikia
|
house
|
N-DFS
|
G1096γενόμενοςgenomenos (V-APM-NMS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενόμενοςgenomenos
|
having been,
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G1905ἐπηρώταepērōta (V-IIA-3S)
G1905 ἐπερωτάω eperōtáō ep-er-o-tah-o from ἐπί and ἐρωτάω; to ask for, i.e. inquire, seek:--ask (after, questions), demand, desire, question.
|
ἐπηρώταepērōta
|
He was asking
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτούςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
What
|
IPro-ANS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3598ὁδῷhodō (N-DFS)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδῷhodō
|
way
|
N-DFS
|
G1260διελογίζεσθε;dielogizesthe (V-IIM/P-2P)
G1260 διαλογίζομαι dialogízomai dee-al-og-id-zom-ahee from διά and λογίζομαι; to reckon thoroughly, i.e. (genitive case) to deliberate (by reflection or discussion):--cast in mind, consider, dispute, muse, reason, think.
|
διελογίζεσθε;dielogizesthe
|
were you discussing?
|
V-IIM/P-2P
|
33
He came to Capernaum: and being in the house he asked them, What was it that you disputed among yourselves by the way?
Mark 9:33
Stats
Rank: #2895 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 121 characters, 22 words, 95 letters, 37 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηλθεν εις καπερναουμ και εν τη οικια γενομενος επηρωτα αυτους τι εν τη οδω προς εαυτους διελογιζεσθε
Lit: And they came to Capernaum. And in the house having been, He was asking them, What on the way were you discussing?
KJV: And he came to Capernaum: and being in the house he asked them, What was it that ye disputed among yourselves by the way?
References
"he came"Mt 17:24: When they were come to Capernaum: they that received tribute money came to Peter: and said: Does not your master pay tribute?"What"Mr 2:8: Immediately when Jesus perceived in His spirit that they so reasoned within themselves: He said to them: Why reason you these things in your hearts?Ps 139:1-4: A Psalm of David.>> O LORD: you have searched me: and known me.Joh 2:25: not needed that any should testify of man: for he knew what was in man.Joh 21:17: He says to Him the third time: Simon: son of Jonas: love'>love you me? Peter was grieved because He said to Him the third time: Love'>Love you me? And He said to Him: Lord: you know'>know all things; you know'>know that I love you. Jesus says to Him: Feed my sheep.Heb 4:13: Neither is there any creature that not is manifest in his sight: but all things are naked and opened to the eyes of him with whom we have to do.Re 2:23: I will kill her children with death; and all the churches will know that I am he which searches the reins and hearts: and I will give to every one of you according to your works.
οι δε εσιωπων προς αλληλους γαρ διελεχθησαν εν τη οδω τις μειζων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4623ἐσιώπων·esiōpōn (V-IIA-3P)
G4623 σιωπάω siōpáō see-o-pah-o from (silence, i.e. a hush; properly, muteness, i.e. involuntary stillness, or inability to speak; and thus differing from σιγή, which is rather a voluntary refusal or indisposition to speak, although the terms are often used synonymously); to be dumb (but not deaf also, like 2974 properly); figuratively, to be calm (as quiet water):--dumb, (hold) peace.
|
ἐσιώπων·esiōpōn
|
they were silent,
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
with
|
Prep
|
G240ἀλλήλουςallēlous (RecPro-AMP)
G240 ἀλλήλων allḗlōn al-lay-lone Genitive plural from ἄλλος reduplicated; one another:--each other, mutual, one another, (the other), (them-, your-)selves, (selves) together (sometimes with μετά or πρός).,
|
ἀλλήλουςallēlous
|
one another
|
RecPro-AMP
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1256διελέχθησανdielechthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G1256 διαλέγομαι dialégomai dee-al-eg-om-ahee middle voice from διά and λέγω; to say thoroughly, i.e. discuss (in argument or exhortation):--dispute, preach (unto), reason (with), speak.
|
διελέχθησανdielechthēsan
|
they had been discussing
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
along
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3598ὁδῷhodō (N-DFS)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδῷhodō
|
road
|
N-DFS
|
G5101τίςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίςtis
|
which was
|
IPro-NMS
|
G3173μείζων.meizōn (Adj-NMS-C)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μείζων.meizōn
|
greatest.
|
Adj-NMS-C
|
34
But they held their peace: for by the way they had disputed among themselves, who should be the great.Mark 9:34
Stats
Counts: 105 characters, 17 words, 84 letters, 29 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε εσιωπων προς αλληλους γαρ διελεχθησαν εν τη οδω τις μειζων
Lit: And they were silent, with one another for they had been discussing along the road which was greatest.
KJV: But they held their peace: for by the way they had disputed among themselves, who should be the greatest.
References
"they had"Mt 18:1-5: At the same time came the disciples to Jesus: saying: Who is the great in the kingdom of heaven?Mt 20:21-24: He said to her: What will you? She says to him: Grant that these my two sons may sit: the one on your right hand: and the other on the left: in your kingdom.Lu 9:46-48: Then there arose a reasoning among them: which of them should be great.Lu 22:24-30: There was also a strife among them: which of them should be accounted the great.Ro 12:10: Be kindly affectioned one to another with brotherly love; in honour preferring one another;Php 2:3-7: Let nothing be done through strife or vainglory; but in lowliness of mind let each esteem other better than themselves.1Pe 5:3: Neither as being lords over God's heritage: but being ensamples to the flock.3Jo 1:9: I wrote to the church: but Diotrephes: who loves to have the preeminence among them: receives not us.
και καθισας εφωνησεν τους δωδεκα και λεγει αυτοις ει τις θελει πρωτος ειναι εσται παντων εσχατος και παντων διακονος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2523καθίσαςkathisas (V-APA-NMS)
G2523 καθίζω kathízō kath-id-zo another (active) form for καθέζομαι; to seat down, i.e. set (figuratively, appoint); intransitively, to sit (down); figuratively, to settle (hover, dwell):--continue, set, sit (down), tarry.
|
καθίσαςkathisas
|
having sat down,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G5455ἐφώνησενephōnēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G5455 φωνέω phōnéō fo-neh-o from φωνή; to emit a sound (animal, human or instrumental); by implication, to address in words or by name, also in imitation:--call (for), crow, cry.
|
ἐφώνησενephōnēsen
|
He called
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G1427δώδεκαdōdeka (Adj-AMP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκαdōdeka
|
Twelve,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G1487ΕἴEi (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
ΕἴEi
|
If
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G2309θέλειthelei (V-PIA-3S)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλειthelei
|
desires
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4413πρῶτοςprōtos (Adj-NMS)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρῶτοςprōtos
|
first
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1510εἶναι,einai (V-PNA)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναι,einai
|
to be,
|
V-PNA
|
G1510ἔσταιestai (V-FIM-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσταιestai
|
he will be
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
of all
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2078ἔσχατοςeschatos (Adj-NMS)
G2078 ἔσχατος éschatos es-khat-os a superlative probably from ἔχω (in the sense of contiguity); farthest, final (of place or time):--ends of, last, latter end, lowest, uttermost.
|
ἔσχατοςeschatos
|
last
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
of all
|
Adj-GMP
|
G1249διάκονος.diakonos (N-NMS)
G1249 διάκονος diákonos dee-ak-on-os probably from an obsolete (to run on errands; compare διώκω); an attendant, i.e. (genitive case) a waiter (at table or in other menial duties); specially, a Christian teacher and pastor (technically, a deacon or deaconess):--deacon, minister, servant.
|
διάκονος.diakonos
|
servant.
|
N-NMS
|
35
He sat down, and called the 12, and says to them, If any man desire to be first, the same will be last of all, and servant of all.
Mark 9:35
Stats
Counts: 142 characters, 25 words, 107 letters, 38 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: και καθισας εφωνησεν τους δωδεκα και λεγει αυτοις ει τις θελει πρωτος ειναι εσται παντων εσχατος και παντων διακονος
Lit: And having sat down, He called the Twelve, and He says to them, If anyone desires first to be, he will be of all last and of all servant.
KJV: And he sat down, and called the twelve, and saith unto them, If any man desire to be first, the same shall be last of all, and servant of all.
References
"If"Mr 10:42-45: But Jesus called them to Him: and says to them: You know that they which are accounted to rule over the Gentiles exercise lordship over them; and their great ones exercise authority upon them.Pr 13:10: Only by pride comes contention: but with the well advised is wisdom.Jer 45:5: seek you great things for yourself? seek them not: for: look: I will bring evil upon all flesh: says the LORD: but your life will I give to you for a prey in all places whither you go.Mt 20:25-28: But Jesus called them to Him: and said: You know that the princes of the Gentiles exercise dominion over them: and they that are great exercise authority upon them.Lu 14:10: 11: But when you are bidden: go and sit down in the low room; that when he who bade you comes: he may say to you: Friend: go up higher: then will you have worship in the presence of them that sit at meat with you.Lu 18:14: I tell you: this man went down to his house justified rather than the other: for every one that exalts himself will be abased; and he who humbles himself will be exalted.Jas 4:6: But He gives'>gives more grace. For what reason He says: God resists the proud: but gives'>gives grace to the humble.
και λαβων παιδιον εστησεν αυτο εν μεσω αυτων και εναγκαλισαμενος αυτο ειπεν αυτοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2983λαβὼνlabōn (V-APA-NMS)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβὼνlabōn
|
having taken
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3813παιδίονpaidion (N-ANS)
G3813 παιδίον paidíon pahee-dee-on neuter diminutive of παῖς; a childling (of either sex), i.e. (properly), an infant, or (by extension) a half-grown boy or girl; figuratively, an immature Christian:--(little, young) child, damsel.
|
παιδίονpaidion
|
a child,
|
N-ANS
|
G2476ἔστησενestēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἔστησενestēsen
|
He set
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸauto (PPro-AN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸauto
|
it
|
PPro-AN3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3319μέσῳmesō (Adj-DNS)
G3319 μέσος mésos mes-os from μετά; middle (as an adjective or (neuter) noun):--among, X before them, between, + forth, mid(-day, -night), midst, way.
|
μέσῳmesō
|
midst
|
Adj-DNS
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
of them;
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1723ἐναγκαλισάμενοςenankalisamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G1723 ἐναγκαλίζομαι enankalízomai en-ang-kal-id-zom-ahee from ἐν and a derivative of ἀγκάλη; to take in ones arms, i.e. embrace:--take up in arms.
|
ἐναγκαλισάμενοςenankalisamenos
|
having taken in His arms
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G846αὐτὸauto (PPro-AN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸauto
|
it,
|
PPro-AN3S
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
He said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
36
He took a child, and set him in the middle of them: and when he had taken him in his arms, he said to them,Mark 9:36
Stats
Counts: 112 characters, 23 words, 83 letters, 30 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: και λαβων παιδιον εστησεν αυτο εν μεσω αυτων και εναγκαλισαμενος αυτο ειπεν αυτοις
Lit: And having taken a child, He set it in midst of them; and having taken in His arms it, He said to them,
KJV: And he took a child, and set him in the midst of them: and when he had taken him in his arms, he said unto them,
References
"And he took a child, and set him in the midst of them: and when he had taken him in his arms, he said unto them,"Mr 10:16: He took them up in his arms: put his hands upon them: and blessed them.Mt 18:2: Jesus called a little child to Him: and set Him in the middle of them: Mt 19:14: 15: But Jesus said: Suffer little children: and forbid not them: to come to me: for of such is the kingdom of heaven.
ος εαν εν των τοιουτων παιδιων δεξηται επι τω ονοματι μου εμε δεχεται και ος εαν εμε δεξηται ουκ εμε δεχεται αλλα τον αποστειλαντα με
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ὋςHos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὋςHos
|
Whoever
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G1520ἓνhen (Adj-ANS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἓνhen
|
one
|
Adj-ANS
|
G5108τοιούτωνtoioutōn (DPro-GNP)
G5108 τοιοῦτος toioûtos toy-oo-tos (including the other inflections); from τοί and οὗτος; truly this, i.e. of this sort (to denote character or individuality):--like, such (an one).
|
τοιούτωνtoioutōn
|
of such
|
DPro-GNP
|
G3813παιδίωνpaidiōn (N-GNP)
G3813 παιδίον paidíon pahee-dee-on neuter diminutive of παῖς; a childling (of either sex), i.e. (properly), an infant, or (by extension) a half-grown boy or girl; figuratively, an immature Christian:--(little, young) child, damsel.
|
παιδίωνpaidiōn
|
little children
|
N-GNP
|
G1209δέξηταιdexētai (V-ASM-3S)
G1209 δέχομαι déchomai dekh-om-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to receive (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--accept, receive, take. Compare λαμβάνω.
|
δέξηταιdexētai
|
shall receive
|
V-ASM-3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G3686ὀνόματίonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματίonomati
|
name
|
N-DNS
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
of Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1473ἐμὲeme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμὲeme
|
Me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G1209δέχεται·dechetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1209 δέχομαι déchomai dekh-om-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to receive (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--accept, receive, take. Compare λαμβάνω.
|
δέχεται·dechetai
|
receives;
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
whoever
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G1473ἐμὲeme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμὲeme
|
Me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G1209δέχηται,dechētai (V-PSM/P-3S)
G1209 δέχομαι déchomai dekh-om-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to receive (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--accept, receive, take. Compare λαμβάνω.
|
δέχηται,dechētai
|
shall receive,
|
V-PSM/P-3S
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1473ἐμὲeme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμὲeme
|
Me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G1209δέχεταιdechetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1209 δέχομαι déchomai dekh-om-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to receive (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--accept, receive, take. Compare λαμβάνω.
|
δέχεταιdechetai
|
receives,
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the One
|
Art-AMS
|
G649ἀποστείλαντάaposteilanta (V-APA-AMS)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀποστείλαντάaposteilanta
|
having sent
|
V-APA-AMS
|
G1473με.me (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
με.me
|
Me.
|
PPro-A1S
|
37
Whoever will receive one of such children in my name, receives'>receives me: and whoever will receive me, receives'>receives not me, but him that sent me.Mark 9:37
Stats
Counts: 142 characters, 21 words, 113 letters, 45 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: ος εαν εν των τοιουτων παιδιων δεξηται επι τω ονοματι μου εμε δεχεται και ος εαν εμε δεξηται ουκ εμε δεχεται αλλα τον αποστειλαντα με
Lit: Whoever one of such little children shall receive in the name of Me, Me receives; and whoever Me shall receive, not Me receives, but the One having sent Me.
KJV: Whosoever shall receive one of such children in my name, receiveth me: and whosoever shall receive me, receiveth not me, but him that sent me.
References
"receive one"Mt 10:40-42: He who receives'>receives'>receives'>receives you receives'>receives'>receives'>receives me: and he who receives'>receives'>receives'>receives me receives'>receives'>receives'>receives him that sent me.Mt 18:3-5: 10: Said: Truly I say to you: Except you be converted: and become as little children: you will not enter into the kingdom of heaven.Mt 25:40: The King will answer and say to them: Truly I say to you: Inasmuch as you have done it to one of the least of these my brothers: you have done it to me.Lu 9:48: Said to them: Whoever will receive this child in my name receives'>receives me: and whoever will receive me receives'>receives him that sent me: for he who is least among you all: the same will be great."receive me"Lu 10:16: He who hears'>hears you hears'>hears me; and he who despises'>despises'>despises'>despises you despises'>despises'>despises'>despises me; and he who despises'>despises'>despises'>despises me despises'>despises'>despises'>despises him that sent me.Joh 5:23: That all men should honour the Son: even as they honour the Father. He who honours'>honours not the Son honours'>honours not the Father which has sent Him.Joh 10:30: I and my Father are one.Joh 12:44: 45: Jesus cried and said: He who believes'>believes on me: believes'>believes not on me: but on Him that sent me.Joh 14:21-23: He who has my commandments: and keeps them: He it is that loves'>loves me: and He that'>He who loves'>loves me will be loved of my Father: and I will love Him: and will manifest myself to Him.1Th 4:8: He therefore that despises'>despises: despises'>despises not man: but God: who has also given to us His holy Spirit.
απεκριθη δε αυτω ο ιωαννης λεγων διδασκαλε ειδομεν τινα {VAR2: εν } τω ονοματι σου εκβαλλοντα δαιμονια ος ουκ ακολουθει ημιν και εκωλυσαμεν αυτον οτι ουκ ακολουθει ημιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5346ἜφηEphē (V-IIA-3S)
G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
ἜφηEphē
|
Answered
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2491ἸωάννηςIōannēs (N-NMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννηςIōannēs
|
John,
|
N-NMS
|
G1320Διδάσκαλε,Didaskale (N-VMS)
G1320 διδάσκαλος didáskalos did-as-kal-os from διδάσκω; an instructor (genitive case or specially):--doctor, master, teacher.
|
Διδάσκαλε,Didaskale
|
Teacher,
|
N-VMS
|
G3708εἴδομένeidomen (V-AIA-1P)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἴδομένeidomen
|
we saw
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G5100τιναtina (IPro-AMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιναtina
|
someone
|
IPro-AMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G3686ὀνόματίonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματίonomati
|
name
|
N-DNS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of You
|
PPro-G2S
|
G1544ἐκβάλλονταekballonta (V-PPA-AMS)
G1544 ἐκβάλλω ekbállō ek-bal-lo from ἐκ and βάλλω; to eject (literally or figuratively):--bring forth, cast (forth, out), drive (out), expel, leave, pluck (pull, take, thrust) out, put forth (out), send away (forth, out).
|
ἐκβάλλονταekballonta
|
casting out
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G1140δαιμόνια,daimonia (N-ANP)
G1140 δαιμόνιον daimónion dahee-mon-ee-on neuter of a derivative of δαίμων; a dæmonic being; by extension a deity:--devil, god.
|
δαιμόνια,daimonia
|
demons,
|
N-ANP
|
G3739〈〈ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
〈〈ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G190ἀκολουθεῖakolouthei (V-PIA-3S)
G190 ἀκολουθέω akolouthéō ak-ol-oo-theh-o from Α (as a particle of union) and (a road); properly, to be in the same way with, i.e. to accompany (specially, as a disciple):--follow, reach.
|
ἀκολουθεῖakolouthei
|
does follow
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1473ἡμῖν〉,hēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖν〉,hēmin
|
us,
|
PPro-D1P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2967ἐκωλύομενekōlyomen (V-IIA-1P)
G2967 κωλύω kōlýō ko-loo-o from the base of κολάζω; to estop, i.e. prevent (by word or act):--forbid, hinder, keep from, let, not suffer, withstand.
|
ἐκωλύομενekōlyomen
|
we were forbidding
|
V-IIA-1P
|
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν,auton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G190ἠκολούθειēkolouthei (V-IIA-3S)
G190 ἀκολουθέω akolouthéō ak-ol-oo-theh-o from Α (as a particle of union) and (a road); properly, to be in the same way with, i.e. to accompany (specially, as a disciple):--follow, reach.
|
ἠκολούθειēkolouthei
|
he was following
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1473ἡμῖν.hēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖν.hēmin
|
us.
|
PPro-D1P
|
38
John answered him, saying, Master, we saw one casting out devils in your name, and he follows'>follows not us: and we forbad him, because he follows'>follows not us.
Mark 9:38
Stats
Rank: #1855 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 154 characters, 23 words, 119 letters, 45 vowels, 74 consonants
Translation
Greek: απεκριθη δε αυτω ο ιωαννης λεγων διδασκαλε ειδομεν τινα {VAR2: εν } τω ονοματι σου εκβαλλοντα δαιμονια ος ουκ ακολουθει ημιν και εκωλυσαμεν αυτον οτι ουκ ακολουθει ημιν
Lit: Answered Him John, Teacher, we saw someone in the name of You casting out demons, who not does follow us, and we were forbidding him, because not he was following us.
KJV: And John answered him, saying, Master, we saw one casting out devils in thy name, and he followeth not us: and we forbad him, because he followeth not us.
References
"Master"Nu 11:26-29: But there remained two of the men in the camp: the name of the one was Eldad: and the name of the other Medad: and the spirit rested upon them; and they were of them that were written: but not went out to the tabernacle: and they prophesied in the camp.Lu 9:49: 50: John answered and said: Master: we saw one casting out devils in your name; and we forbad him: because he follows not with us.Lu 11:19: If I by Beelzebub cast out devils: by whom do your sons cast them out? therefore will they be your judges.
ο δε ιησους ειπεν μη κωλυετε αυτον ουδεις γαρ εστιν ος ποιησει δυναμιν επι τω ονοματι μου και δυνησεται ταχυ κακολογησαι με
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3361ΜὴMē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
ΜὴMē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G2967κωλύετεkōlyete (V-PMA-2P)
G2967 κωλύω kōlýō ko-loo-o from the base of κολάζω; to estop, i.e. prevent (by word or act):--forbid, hinder, keep from, let, not suffer, withstand.
|
κωλύετεkōlyete
|
forbid
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G846αὐτόν·auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν·auton
|
him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3762οὐδεὶςoudeis (Adj-NMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεὶςoudeis
|
No one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1063γάρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
there is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G4160ποιήσειpoiēsei (V-FIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσειpoiēsei
|
will do
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G1411δύναμινdynamin (N-AFS)
G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δύναμινdynamin
|
a work of power
|
N-AFS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G3686ὀνόματίonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματίonomati
|
name
|
N-DNS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1410δυνήσεταιdynēsetai (V-FIM-3S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δυνήσεταιdynēsetai
|
will be able
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G5035ταχὺtachy (Adv)
G5035 ταχύ tachý takh-oo neuter singular of ταχύς (as adverb); shortly, i.e. without delay, soon, or (by surprise) suddenly, or (by implication, of ease) readily:--lightly, quickly.
|
ταχὺtachy
|
readily
|
Adv
|
G2551κακολογῆσαίkakologēsai (V-ANA)
G2551 κακολογέω kakologéō kak-ol-og-eh-o from a compound of κακός and λόγος; to revile:--curse, speak evil of.
|
κακολογῆσαίkakologēsai
|
to speak evil of
|
V-ANA
|
G1473με·me (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
με·me
|
Me.
|
PPro-A1S
|
39
But Jesus said, Forbid not Him: for there is no man which will do a miracle in my name, that can lightly speak evil of me.
Mark 9:39
Stats
Counts: 123 characters, 23 words, 94 letters, 34 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε ιησους ειπεν μη κωλυετε αυτον ουδεις γαρ εστιν ος ποιησει δυναμιν επι τω ονοματι μου και δυνησεται ταχυ κακολογησαι με
Lit: And Jesus said, Not forbid him. No one for there is who will do a work of power in the name of Me, and will be able readily to speak evil of Me.
KJV: But Jesus said, Forbid him not: for there is no man which shall do a miracle in my name, that can lightly speak evil of me.
References
"Forbid"Mr 10:13: 14: They brought young children to him: that he should touch them: and his disciples rebuked those that brought them.Mt 13:28: 29: He said to them: An enemy has done this. The servants said to him: Will you then that we go and gather them up?Php 1:18: What then? notwithstanding: every way: whether in pretence: or in truth: Christ is preached; and I therein do rejoice: yes: and will rejoice."there"Mt 7:22: 23: Many will say to me in that day: Lord: Lord: have not we prophesied in your name? and in your name have cast out devils? and in your name done many wonderful works?Ac 19:13-16: Then certain of the vagabond Jews: exorcists: took upon them to call over them which had evil spirits the name of the Lord Jesus: saying: We adjure you by Jesus whom Paul preacheth.1Co 9:27: But I keep under my body: and bring it into subjection: lest that by any means: when I have preached to others: I myself should be a castaway.1Co 13:1: 2: Though I speak with the tongues of men and of angels: and not have charity: I am become as sounding brass: or a tinkling cymbal."lightly"1Co 12:3: For what reason I give you to understand: that no man speaking by the Spirit of God calls Jesus accursed: and that no man can say that Jesus is the Lord: but by the Holy Ghost.
ος γαρ ουκ εστιν καθ {VAR1: υμων υπερ υμων } {VAR2: ημων υπερ ημων } εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
Whoever
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2596καθ’kath’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
καθ’kath’
|
against
|
Prep
|
G1473ἡμῶν,hēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶν,hēmōn
|
us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G5228ὑπὲρhyper (Prep)
G5228 ὑπέρ hypér hoop-er a primary preposition; over, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place, above, beyond, across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; with the accusative case superior to, more than:--(+ exceeding, abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, + very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part of, for sake of, in stead, than, to(-ward), very. In the comparative, it retains many of the above applications.
|
ὑπὲρhyper
|
for
|
Prep
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G1510ἐστιν.estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν.estin
|
is.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
40
For he who not is against us is on our part.Mark 9:40
Stats
Counts: 45 characters, 11 words, 34 letters, 14 vowels, 20 consonants
Translation
Greek: ος γαρ ουκ εστιν καθ {VAR1: υμων υπερ υμων } {VAR2: ημων υπερ ημων } εστιν
Lit: Whoever for not is against us, for us is.
KJV: For he that is not against us is on our part.
References
"For he that is not against us is on our part."Mt 12:30: He who not is with me is against me; and he who gathers not with me scatters abroad.Lu 11:23: He who not is with me is against me: and he who gathers not with me scatters.
ος γαρ αν ποτιση υμας ποτηριον υδατος εν τω ονοματι μου οτι χριστου εστε αμην λεγω υμιν ου μη απολεση τον μισθον αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ὋςHos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὋςHos
|
Whoever
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G4222ποτίσῃpotisē (V-ASA-3S)
G4222 ποτίζω potízō pot-id-zo from a derivative of the alternate of πίνω; to furnish drink, irrigate:--give (make) to drink, feed, water.
|
ποτίσῃpotisē
|
might give to drink
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G4221ποτήριονpotērion (N-ANS)
G4221 ποτήριον potḗrion pot-ay-ree-on neuter of a derivative of the alternate of πίνω; a drinking-vessel; by extension, the contents thereof, i.e. a cupful (draught); figuratively, a lot or fate:--cup.
|
ποτήριονpotērion
|
a cup
|
N-ANS
|
G5204ὕδατοςhydatos (N-GNS)
G5204 ὕδωρ hýdōr hoo-dat-os from the base of ὑετός; water (as if rainy) literally or figuratively:--water.
|
ὕδατοςhydatos
|
of water,
|
N-GNS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3686ὀνόματι,onomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματι,onomati
|
name
|
N-DNS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G5547ΧριστοῦChristou (N-GMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστοῦChristou
|
Christ’s
|
N-GMS
|
G1510ἐστε,este (V-PIA-2P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστε,este
|
you are,
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G281ἀμὴνamēn (Heb)
G281 ἀμήν amḗn am-ane of Hebrew origin (אָמֵן); properly, firm, i.e. (figuratively) trustworthy; adverbially, surely (often as interjection, so be it):--amen, verily.,
|
ἀμὴνamēn
|
truly
|
Heb
|
G3004λέγωlegō (V-PIA-1S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωlegō
|
I say
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you,
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
no
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G622ἀπολέσῃapolesē (V-ASA-3S)
G622 ἀπόλλυμι apóllymi ap-ol-loo-mee from ἀπό and the base of ὄλεθρος; to destroy fully (reflexively, to perish, or lose), literally or figuratively:--destroy, die, lose, mar, perish.
|
ἀπολέσῃapolesē
|
shall he lose
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3408μισθὸνmisthon (N-AMS)
G3408 μισθός misthós mis-thos apparently a primary word; pay for service (literally or figuratively), good or bad:--hire, reward, wages.
|
μισθὸνmisthon
|
reward
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
41
For whoever will give you a cup of water to drink in my name, because you belong to Christ, truly I say to you, He will not lose His reward.Mark 9:41
Stats
Counts: 146 characters, 27 words, 113 letters, 45 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: ος γαρ αν ποτιση υμας ποτηριον υδατος εν τω ονοματι μου οτι χριστου εστε αμην λεγω υμιν ου μη απολεση τον μισθον αυτου
Lit: Whoever for might give to drink you a cup of water, in name because Christ’s you are, truly I say to you, that no not shall he lose the reward of him.
KJV: For whosoever shall give you a cup of water to drink in my name, because ye belong to Christ, verily I say unto you, he shall not lose his reward.
References
"whosoever"Mt 10:42: whoever will give to drink to one of these little ones a cup of cold water only in the name of a disciple: truly I say to you: he will in no wise lose his reward.Mt 25:40: The King will answer and say to them: Truly I say to you: Inasmuch as you have done it to one of the least of these my brothers: you have done it to me."because"Joh 19:25-27: Now there stood by the cross of Jesus His mother: and His mother's sister: Mary the wife of Cleophas: and Mary Magdalene.Ro 8:9: But you not are in the flesh: but in the Spirit: if so be that the Spirit of God dwell in you. Now if any man not have the Spirit of Christ: He is none of His.Ro 14:15: But if your brother be grieved with your meat: now walk you not charitably. not Destroy Him with your meat: for whom Christ died.1Co 3:23: you are Christ's; and Christ is God's.1Co 15:23: But every man in His own order: Christ the firstfruits; afterward they that are Christ's at His coming.2Co 10:7: Do you look on things after the outward appearance? If any man trust to Himself that He is Christ's: let Him of Himself think this again: that: as He is Christ's: even so are we Christ's.Ga 3:29: If you be Christ's: then are you Abraham's seed: and heirs according to the promise.Ga 5:24: They that are Christ's have crucified the flesh with the affections and lusts.
Temptations and Trespasses
και ος αν σκανδαλιση ενα των μικρων {VAR2: τουτων } των πιστευοντων εις εμε καλον εστιν αυτω μαλλον ει περικειται λιθος μυλικος περι τον τραχηλον αυτου και βεβληται εις την θαλασσαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
whoever
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G4624σκανδαλίσῃskandalisē (V-ASA-3S)
G4624 σκανδαλίζω skandalízō skan-dal-id-zo from σκάνδαλον; to entrap, i.e. trip up (figuratively, stumble (transitively) or entice to sin, apostasy or displeasure):--(make to) offend.
|
σκανδαλίσῃskandalisē
|
might cause to stumble
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G1520ἕναhena (Adj-AMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἕναhena
|
one
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3398μικρῶνmikrōn (Adj-GMP)
G3398 μικρός mikrós mik-rot-er-os apparently a primary word; small (in size, quantity, number or (figuratively) dignity):--least, less, little, small.
|
μικρῶνmikrōn
|
little ones
|
Adj-GMP
|
G3778τούτωνtoutōn (DPro-GMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτωνtoutōn
|
these
|
DPro-GMP
|
G4100πιστευόντων,pisteuontōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πιστευόντων,pisteuontōn
|
believing
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G1519‹εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
‹εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμέ›eme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμέ›eme
|
Me,
|
PPro-A1S
|
G2570καλόνkalon (Adj-NNS)
G2570 καλός kalós kal-os of uncertain affinity; properly, beautiful, but chiefly (figuratively) good (literally or morally), i.e. valuable or virtuous (for appearance or use, and thus distinguished from ἀγαθός, which is properly intrinsic):--X better, fair, good(-ly), honest, meet, well, worthy.
|
καλόνkalon
|
better
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
it is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
for him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3123μᾶλλονmallon (Adv)
G3123 μᾶλλον mâllon mal-lon neuter of the comparative of the same as μάλιστα; (adverbially) more (in a greater degree)) or rather:--+ better, X far, (the) more (and more), (so) much (the more), rather.
|
μᾶλλονmallon
|
rather
|
Adv
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G4029περίκειταιperikeitai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G4029 περίκειμαι períkeimai per-ik-i-mahee from περί and κεῖμαι; to lie all around, i.e. inclose, encircle, hamper (literally or figuratively):--be bound (compassed) with, hang about.
|
περίκειταιperikeitai
|
is put
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3458μύλοςmylos (N-NMS)
G3458 μύλος mýlos moo-los probably ultimately from the base of μόλις (through the idea of hardship); a mill, i.e. (by implication), a grinder (millstone):--millstone.
|
μύλοςmylos
|
a millstone
|
N-NMS
|
G3684ὀνικὸςonikos (Adj-NMS)
G3684 ὀνικός onikós on-ik-os from ὄνος; belonging to a ass, i.e. large (so as to be turned by a ass):--millstone.
|
ὀνικὸςonikos
|
heavy
|
Adj-NMS
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
around
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5137τράχηλονtrachēlon (N-AMS)
G5137 τράχηλος tráchēlos trakh-ay-los probably from τρέχω (through the idea of mobility); the throat (neck), i.e. (figuratively) life:--neck.
|
τράχηλονtrachēlon
|
neck
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G906βέβληταιbeblētai (V-RIM/P-3S)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
βέβληταιbeblētai
|
he has been cast
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2281θάλασσαν.thalassan (N-AFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θάλασσαν.thalassan
|
sea.
|
N-AFS
|
42
whoever will offend one of these little ones that believe in me, it is better for him that a millstone were hanged about his neck, and he were cast into the sea.Mark 9:42
Stats
Rank: #2166 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 168 characters, 31 words, 133 letters, 54 vowels, 79 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ος αν σκανδαλιση ενα των μικρων {VAR2: τουτων } των πιστευοντων εις εμε καλον εστιν αυτω μαλλον ει περικειται λιθος μυλικος περι τον τραχηλον αυτου και βεβληται εις την θαλασσαν
Lit: And whoever might cause to stumble one of the little ones these believing in Me, better it is for him rather if is put a millstone heavy around the neck of him and he has been cast into the sea.
KJV: And whosoever shall offend one of these little ones that believe in me, it is better for him that a millstone were hanged about his neck, and he were cast into the sea.
References
"offend"Mt 18:6: 10: But whoever will offend one of these little ones which believe in me: it were better for him that a millstone were hanged about his neck: and that he were drowned in the depth of the sea.Lu 17:1: 2: Then said he to the disciples: It is impossible but that offences will come: but woe to him: through whom they come!Ro 14:13: Let not us therefore judge one another any more: but judge this rather: that no man put a stumblingblock or an occasion to fall in his brother's way.Ro 15:21: But as it is written: To whom he not was spoken of: they will see: and they that not have heard will understand.Ro 16:17: Now I beseech you: brothers: mark them which cause divisions and offences contrary to the doctrine which you have learned; and avoid them.1Co 8:10-13: For if any man see you which have knowledge sit at meat in the idol's temple: will not the conscience of him which is weak be emboldened to eat those things which are offered to idols;1Co 10:32: 33: Give none offence: neither to the Jews: nor to the Gentiles: nor to the church of God:2Co 6:3: Giving no offence in any thing: that the ministry not be blamed:Php 1:10: That you may approve things that are excellent; that you may be sincere and without offence till the day of Christ;1Ti 5:14: I will therefore that the younger women marry: bear children: guide the house: give none occasion to the adversary to speak reproachfully.2Pe 2:2: Many will follow their pernicious ways; by reason of whom the way of truth will be evil spoken of."it"Mt 25:45: 46: Then will he answer them: saying: Truly I say to you: Inasmuch as you did it not to one of the least of these: you did it not to me.Ac 9:4: He fell to the earth: and heard a voice saying to him: Saul: Saul: why persecute you me?Ac 26:11-14: I punished them often in every synagogue: and compelled them to blaspheme; and being exceedingly mad against them: I persecuted them even to strange cities.2Th 1:6-9: Seeing it is a righteous thing with God to recompense tribulation to them that trouble you;Re 6:9: 10: When He had opened the fifth seal: I saw under the altar the souls of them that were killed for the word of God: and for the testimony which they held:Re 16:6: 7: For they have shed the blood of saints and prophets: and you have given them blood to drink; for they are worthy.
και εαν σκανδαλιζη σε η χειρ σου αποκοψον αυτην καλον σοι εστιν κυλλον εις την ζωην εισελθειν η τας δυο χειρας εχοντα απελθειν εις την γεενναν εις το πυρ το ασβεστον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G4624σκανδαλίζῃ*skandalizē (V-PSA-3S)
G4624 σκανδαλίζω skandalízō skan-dal-id-zo from σκάνδαλον; to entrap, i.e. trip up (figuratively, stumble (transitively) or entice to sin, apostasy or displeasure):--(make to) offend.
|
σκανδαλίζῃ*skandalizē
|
should cause to stumble
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
you
|
PPro-A2S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G5495χείρcheir (N-NFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χείρcheir
|
hand
|
N-NFS
|
G4771σου,sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου,sou
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G609ἀπόκοψονapokopson (V-AMA-2S)
G609 ἀποκόπτω apokóptō ap-ok-op-to from ἀπό and κόπτω; to amputate; reflexively (by irony) to mutilate (the privy parts):--cut off. Compare κατατομή.
|
ἀπόκοψονapokopson
|
cut off
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G846αὐτήν·autēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτήν·autēn
|
it;
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G2570καλόνkalon (Adj-NNS)
G2570 καλός kalós kal-os of uncertain affinity; properly, beautiful, but chiefly (figuratively) good (literally or morally), i.e. valuable or virtuous (for appearance or use, and thus distinguished from ἀγαθός, which is properly intrinsic):--X better, fair, good(-ly), honest, meet, well, worthy.
|
καλόνkalon
|
better
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1510ἐστίνestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστίνestin
|
it is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
for you
|
PPro-A2S
|
G2948κυλλὸνkyllon (Adj-AMS)
G2948 κυλλός kyllós kool-los from the same as κυλιόω; rocking about, i.e. crippled (maimed, in feet or hands):--maimed.
|
κυλλὸνkyllon
|
crippled
|
Adj-AMS
|
G1525εἰσελθεῖνeiselthein (V-ANA)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθεῖνeiselthein
|
to enter
|
V-ANA
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G2222ζωὴν,zōēn (N-AFS)
G2222 ζωή zōḗ dzo-ay from ζάω; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare ψυχή.
|
ζωὴν,zōēn
|
life,
|
N-AFS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
than
|
Conj
|
G1417δύοdyo (Adj-AFP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύοdyo
|
two
|
Adj-AFP
|
G5495χεῖραςcheiras (N-AFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖραςcheiras
|
hands
|
N-AFP
|
G2192ἔχονταechonta (V-PPA-AMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχονταechonta
|
having,
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G565ἀπελθεῖνapelthein (V-ANA)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπελθεῖνapelthein
|
to go away
|
V-ANA
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G1067γέενναν,geennan (N-AFS)
G1067 γέεννα géenna gheh-en-nah of Hebrew origin (גַּיְא and הִנֹּם); valley of (the son of) Hinnom; ge-henna (or Ge-Hinnom), a valley of Jerusalem, used (figuratively) as a name for the place (or state) of everlasting punishment:--hell.
|
γέενναν,geennan
|
hell,
|
N-AFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4442πῦρpyr (N-ANS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πῦρpyr
|
fire
|
N-ANS
|
G762ἄσβεστον.asbeston (Adj-ANS)
G762 ἄσβεστος ásbestos as-bes-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a derivative of σβέννυμι; not extinguished, i.e. (by implication) perpetual:--not to be quenched, unquenchable.
|
ἄσβεστον.asbeston
|
unquenchable.
|
Adj-ANS
|
43
If your hand offend you, cut it off: it is better for you to enter into life maimed, than having two hands to go into hell, into the fire that never will be quenched:Mark 9:43
Stats
Rank: #582 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 172 characters, 31 words, 133 letters, 50 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εαν σκανδαλιζη σε η χειρ σου αποκοψον αυτην καλον σοι εστιν κυλλον εις την ζωην εισελθειν η τας δυο χειρας εχοντα απελθειν εις την γεενναν εις το πυρ το ασβεστον
Lit: And if should cause to stumble you the hand of you, cut off it; better it is for you crippled to enter into life, than two hands having, to go away into hell, into the fire unquenchable.
KJV: And if thy hand offend thee, cut it off: it is better for thee to enter into life maimed, than having two hands to go into hell, into the fire that never shall be quenched:
References
"if"De 13:6-8: If your brother: the son of your mother: or your son: or your daughter: or the wife of your bosom: or your friend: which is as your own soul: entice you secretly: saying: Let us go and serve other gods: which you have not known: you: nor your fathers;Mt 5:29: 30: If your right eye offend you: pluck it out: and cast it from you: for it is profitable for you that one of your members should perish: not and that your whole body should be cast into hell.Mt 18:8: 9: For what reason if your hand or your foot offend you: cut them off: and cast them from you: it is better for you to enter into life halt or maimed: rather than having two hands or two feet to be cast into everlasting fire.Ro 8:13: For if you live after the flesh: you will die: but if you through the Spirit do mortify the deeds of the body: you will live.1Co 9:27: But I keep under my body: and bring it into subjection: lest that by any means: when I have preached to others: I myself should be a castaway.Ga 5:24: They that are Christ's have crucified the flesh with the affections and lusts.Col 3:5: Mortify therefore your members which are upon the earth; fornication: uncleanness: inordinate affection: evil concupiscence: and covetousness: which is idolatry:Tit 2:12: Teaching us that: denying ungodliness and worldly lusts: we should live soberly: righteously: and godly: in this present world;Heb 12:1: For what reason seeing we also are compassed about with so great a cloud of witnesses: let us lay aside every weight: and the sin which does so easily beset us: and let us run with patience the race that is set before us: 1Pe 2:1: For what reason laying aside all malice: and all guile: and hypocrisies: and envies: and all evil speakings: "offend thee"Mr 9:45: 47: If your foot offend you: cut it off: it is better for you to enter halt into life: than having two feet to be cast into hell: into the fire that never will be quenched:"maimed"Mt 15:30: 31: Great multitudes came to Him: having with them those that were lame: blind: dumb: maimed: and many others: and cast them down at Jesus' feet; and He healed them:Lu 14:13: 21: But when you make a feast: call the poor: the maimed: the lame: the blind:
οπου ο σκωληξ αυτων ου τελευτα και το πυρ ου σβεννυται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3699⧼ὅπουhopou (Adv)
G3699 ὅπου hópou hop-oo from ὅς and πού; what(-ever) where, i.e. at whichever spot:--in what place, where(-as, -soever), whither (+ soever).,
|
⧼ὅπουhopou
|
where
|
Adv
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G4663σκώληξskōlēx (N-NMS)
G4663 σκώληξ skṓlēx sko-lakes of uncertain derivation; a grub, maggot or earth-worm:--worm.
|
σκώληξskōlēx
|
worm
|
N-NMS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5053τελευτᾷ,teleuta (V-PIA-3S)
G5053 τελευτάω teleutáō tel-yoo-tah-o from a presumed derivative of τελέω; to finish life (by implication, of βίος), i.e. expire (demise):--be dead, decease, die.
|
τελευτᾷ,teleuta
|
dies,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4442πῦρpyr (N-NNS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πῦρpyr
|
fire
|
N-NNS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4570σβέννυται⧽.sbennytai (V-PIP-3S)
G4570 σβέννυμι sbénnymi sben-noo-mee a prolonged form of an apparently primary verb; to extinguish (literally or figuratively):--go out, quench.
|
σβέννυται⧽.sbennytai
|
is quenched.
|
V-PIP-3S
|
44
Where their worm dies not, and the fire not is quenched.Mark 9:44
Stats
Counts: 57 characters, 10 words, 45 letters, 17 vowels, 28 consonants
Translation
Greek: οπου ο σκωληξ αυτων ου τελευτα και το πυρ ου σβεννυται
Lit: where the worm of them not dies, and the fire not is quenched.
KJV: Where their worm dieth not, and the fire is not quenched.
References
"their"Mr 9:46: 48: Where their worm dies not: and the fire not is quenched.Isa 66:24: They will go forth: and look upon the carcases of the men that have transgressed against me: for their worm will not die: neither will their fire be quenched; and they will be an abhorring to all flesh."the fire"Isa 33:14: The sinners in Zion are afraid; fearfulness has surprised the hypocrites. Who among us will dwell with the devouring fire? who among us will dwell with everlasting burnings?Mt 3:12: Whose fan is in his hand: and he will throughly purge his floor: and gather his wheat into the garner; but he will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire.Mt 25:41: 46: Then will he say also to them on the left hand: Depart from me: you cursed: into everlasting fire: prepared for the devil and his angels:2Th 1:9: Who will be punished with everlasting destruction from the presence of the Lord: and from the glory of His power;Re 14:10: 11: The same will drink of the wine of the wrath of God: which is poured out without mixture into the cup of His indignation; and He will be tormented with fire and brimstone in the presence of the holy angels: and in the presence of the Lamb:Re 20:10: 15: The devil that deceived them was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone: where the beast and the false prophet are: and will be tormented day and night for ever and ever.Re 21:8: But the fearful: and unbelieving: and the abominable: and murderers: and whoremongers: and sorcerers: and idolaters: and all liars: will have their part in the lake which burns with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.
και εαν ο πους σου σκανδαλιζη σε αποκοψον αυτον καλον εστιν σοι εισελθειν εις την ζωην χωλον η τους δυο ποδας εχοντα βληθηναι εις την γεενναν εις το πυρ το ασβεστον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G4228πούςpous (N-NMS)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
πούςpous
|
foot
|
N-NMS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G4624σκανδαλίζῃskandalizē (V-PSA-3S)
G4624 σκανδαλίζω skandalízō skan-dal-id-zo from σκάνδαλον; to entrap, i.e. trip up (figuratively, stumble (transitively) or entice to sin, apostasy or displeasure):--(make to) offend.
|
σκανδαλίζῃskandalizē
|
should cause to stumble
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G4771σε,se (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σε,se
|
you,
|
PPro-A2S
|
G609ἀπόκοψονapokopson (V-AMA-2S)
G609 ἀποκόπτω apokóptō ap-ok-op-to from ἀπό and κόπτω; to amputate; reflexively (by irony) to mutilate (the privy parts):--cut off. Compare κατατομή.
|
ἀπόκοψονapokopson
|
cut off
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G846αὐτόν·auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν·auton
|
it;
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2570καλόνkalon (Adj-NNS)
G2570 καλός kalós kal-os of uncertain affinity; properly, beautiful, but chiefly (figuratively) good (literally or morally), i.e. valuable or virtuous (for appearance or use, and thus distinguished from ἀγαθός, which is properly intrinsic):--X better, fair, good(-ly), honest, meet, well, worthy.
|
καλόνkalon
|
better
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1510ἐστίνestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστίνestin
|
it is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
for you
|
PPro-A2S
|
G1525εἰσελθεῖνeiselthein (V-ANA)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθεῖνeiselthein
|
to enter
|
V-ANA
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G2222ζωὴνzōēn (N-AFS)
G2222 ζωή zōḗ dzo-ay from ζάω; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare ψυχή.
|
ζωὴνzōēn
|
life
|
N-AFS
|
G5560χωλὸν,chōlon (Adj-AMS)
G5560 χωλός chōlós kho-los apparently a primary word; halt, i.e. limping:--cripple, halt, lame.
|
χωλὸν,chōlon
|
lame,
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
than
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G1417δύοdyo (Adj-AMP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύοdyo
|
two
|
Adj-AMP
|
G4228πόδαςpodas (N-AMP)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
πόδαςpodas
|
feet
|
N-AMP
|
G2192ἔχονταechonta (V-PPA-AMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχονταechonta
|
having,
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G906βληθῆναιblēthēnai (V-ANP)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
βληθῆναιblēthēnai
|
to be cast
|
V-ANP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G1067γέενναν.geennan (N-AFS)
G1067 γέεννα géenna gheh-en-nah of Hebrew origin (גַּיְא and הִנֹּם); valley of (the son of) Hinnom; ge-henna (or Ge-Hinnom), a valley of Jerusalem, used (figuratively) as a name for the place (or state) of everlasting punishment:--hell.
|
γέενναν.geennan
|
hell.
|
N-AFS
|
G1519⧼εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
⧼εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4442πῦρpyr (N-NNS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πῦρpyr
|
fire
|
N-NNS
|
G762ἄσβεστον⧽,asbeston (Adj-ANS)
G762 ἄσβεστος ásbestos as-bes-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a derivative of σβέννυμι; not extinguished, i.e. (by implication) perpetual:--not to be quenched, unquenchable.
|
ἄσβεστον⧽,asbeston
|
unquenchable,
|
Adj-ANS
|
45
If your foot offend you, cut it off: it is better for you to enter halt into life, than having two feet to be cast into hell, into the fire that never will be quenched:Mark 9:45
Stats
Counts: 174 characters, 32 words, 134 letters, 51 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εαν ο πους σου σκανδαλιζη σε αποκοψον αυτον καλον εστιν σοι εισελθειν εις την ζωην χωλον η τους δυο ποδας εχοντα βληθηναι εις την γεενναν εις το πυρ το ασβεστον
Lit: And if the foot of you should cause to stumble you, cut off it; better it is for you to enter into life lame, than the two feet having, to be cast into hell. into the fire unquenchable,
KJV: And if thy foot offend thee, cut it off: it is better for thee to enter halt into life, than having two feet to be cast into hell, into the fire that never shall be quenched:
References
"And if thy foot offend thee, cut it off: it is better for thee to enter halt into life, than having two feet to be cast into hell, into the fire that never shall be quenched:"Mr 9:43: 44: If your hand offend you: cut it off: it is better for you to enter into life maimed: than having two hands to go into hell: into the fire that never will be quenched:
οπου ο σκωληξ αυτων ου τελευτα και το πυρ ου σβεννυται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3699⧼ὅπουhopou (Adv)
G3699 ὅπου hópou hop-oo from ὅς and πού; what(-ever) where, i.e. at whichever spot:--in what place, where(-as, -soever), whither (+ soever).,
|
⧼ὅπουhopou
|
where
|
Adv
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G4663σκώληξskōlēx (N-NMS)
G4663 σκώληξ skṓlēx sko-lakes of uncertain derivation; a grub, maggot or earth-worm:--worm.
|
σκώληξskōlēx
|
worm
|
N-NMS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5053τελευτᾷ,teleuta (V-PIA-3S)
G5053 τελευτάω teleutáō tel-yoo-tah-o from a presumed derivative of τελέω; to finish life (by implication, of βίος), i.e. expire (demise):--be dead, decease, die.
|
τελευτᾷ,teleuta
|
dies,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4442πῦρpyr (N-NNS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πῦρpyr
|
fire
|
N-NNS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4570σβέννυται⧽.sbennytai (V-PIP-3S)
G4570 σβέννυμι sbénnymi sben-noo-mee a prolonged form of an apparently primary verb; to extinguish (literally or figuratively):--go out, quench.
|
σβέννυται⧽.sbennytai
|
is quenched.
|
V-PIP-3S
|
46
Where their worm dies not, and the fire not is quenched.Mark 9:46
Stats
Counts: 57 characters, 10 words, 45 letters, 17 vowels, 28 consonants
Translation
Greek: οπου ο σκωληξ αυτων ου τελευτα και το πυρ ου σβεννυται
Lit: where the worm of them not dies, and the fire not is quenched.
KJV: Where their worm dieth not, and the fire is not quenched.
References
"Where their worm dieth not, and the fire is not quenched."Lu 16:24-26: He cried and said: Father Abraham: have mercy on me: and send Lazarus: that He may dip the tip of His finger in water: and cool my tongue; for I am tormented in this flame.
και εαν ο οφθαλμος σου σκανδαλιζη σε εκβαλε αυτον καλον σοι εστιν μονοφθαλμον εισελθειν εις την βασιλειαν του θεου η δυο οφθαλμους εχοντα βληθηναι εις την γεενναν του πυρος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3788ὀφθαλμόςophthalmos (N-NMS)
G3788 ὀφθαλμός ophthalmós of-thal-mos from ὀπτάνομαι; the eye (literally or figuratively); by implication, vision; figuratively, envy (from the jealous side-glance):--eye, sight.
|
ὀφθαλμόςophthalmos
|
eye
|
N-NMS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G4624σκανδαλίζῃskandalizē (V-PSA-3S)
G4624 σκανδαλίζω skandalízō skan-dal-id-zo from σκάνδαλον; to entrap, i.e. trip up (figuratively, stumble (transitively) or entice to sin, apostasy or displeasure):--(make to) offend.
|
σκανδαλίζῃskandalizē
|
should cause to stumble
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G4771σε,se (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σε,se
|
you,
|
PPro-A2S
|
G1544ἔκβαλεekbale (V-AMA-2S)
G1544 ἐκβάλλω ekbállō ek-bal-lo from ἐκ and βάλλω; to eject (literally or figuratively):--bring forth, cast (forth, out), drive (out), expel, leave, pluck (pull, take, thrust) out, put forth (out), send away (forth, out).
|
ἔκβαλεekbale
|
cast out
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G846αὐτόν·auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν·auton
|
it;
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2570καλόνkalon (Adj-NNS)
G2570 καλός kalós kal-os of uncertain affinity; properly, beautiful, but chiefly (figuratively) good (literally or morally), i.e. valuable or virtuous (for appearance or use, and thus distinguished from ἀγαθός, which is properly intrinsic):--X better, fair, good(-ly), honest, meet, well, worthy.
|
καλόνkalon
|
better
|
Adj-NNS
|
G4771σέse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σέse
|
for you
|
PPro-A2S
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
it is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3442μονόφθαλμονmonophthalmon (Adj-AMS)
G3442 μονόφθαλμος monóphthalmos mon-of-thal-mos from μόνος and ὀφθαλμός; one-eyed:--with one eye.
|
μονόφθαλμονmonophthalmon
|
with one eye
|
Adj-AMS
|
G1525εἰσελθεῖνeiselthein (V-ANA)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθεῖνeiselthein
|
to enter
|
V-ANA
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G932βασιλείανbasileian (N-AFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείανbasileian
|
kingdom
|
N-AFS
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
than
|
Conj
|
G1417δύοdyo (Adj-AMP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύοdyo
|
two
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3788ὀφθαλμοὺςophthalmous (N-AMP)
G3788 ὀφθαλμός ophthalmós of-thal-mos from ὀπτάνομαι; the eye (literally or figuratively); by implication, vision; figuratively, envy (from the jealous side-glance):--eye, sight.
|
ὀφθαλμοὺςophthalmous
|
eyes
|
N-AMP
|
G2192ἔχονταechonta (V-PPA-AMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχονταechonta
|
having
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G906βληθῆναιblēthēnai (V-ANP)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
βληθῆναιblēthēnai
|
to be cast
|
V-ANP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G1067γέενναν,geennan (N-AFS)
G1067 γέεννα géenna gheh-en-nah of Hebrew origin (גַּיְא and הִנֹּם); valley of (the son of) Hinnom; ge-henna (or Ge-Hinnom), a valley of Jerusalem, used (figuratively) as a name for the place (or state) of everlasting punishment:--hell.
|
γέενναν,geennan
|
hell,
|
N-AFS
|
47
If your eye offend you, pluck it out: it is better for you to enter into the kingdom of God with one eye, than having two eyes to be cast into hell fire:Mark 9:47
Stats
Counts: 160 characters, 31 words, 123 letters, 50 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εαν ο οφθαλμος σου σκανδαλιζη σε εκβαλε αυτον καλον σοι εστιν μονοφθαλμον εισελθειν εις την βασιλειαν του θεου η δυο οφθαλμους εχοντα βληθηναι εις την γεενναν του πυρος
Lit: And if the eye of you should cause to stumble you, cast out it; better for you it is with one eye to enter into the kingdom of God, than two eyes having to be cast into hell,
KJV: And if thine eye offend thee, pluck it out: it is better for thee to enter into the kingdom of God with one eye, than having two eyes to be cast into hell fire:
References
"thine"Ge 3:6: When the woman saw that the tree was good for food: and that it was pleasant to the eyes: and a tree to be desired to make one wise: she took of the fruit thereof: and did eat: and gave also to her husband with her; and he did eat.Job 31:1: I made a covenant with my eyes; why then should I think upon a maid?Ps 119:37: Turn away my eyes from beholding vanity; and quicken you me in your way.Mt 5:28: 29: But I say to you: That whoever looks on a woman to lust after her has committed adultery with her already in his heart.Mt 10:37-39: He who loves'>loves father or mother more than me not is worthy of me: and he who loves'>loves son or daughter more than me not is worthy of me.Lu 14:26: If any man come to me: and not hate his father: and mother: and wife: and children: and brothers: and sisters: yes: and his own life also: he cannot be my disciple.Ga 4:15: Where is then the blessedness you spoke of? for I bear you record: that: if it had been possible: you would have plucked out your own eyes: and have given them to me.Php 3:7: 8: But what things were gain to me: those I counted loss for Christ."offend thee"Mr 9:43: If your hand offend you: cut it off: it is better for you to enter into life maimed: than having two hands to go into hell: into the fire that never will be quenched:
οπου ο σκωληξ αυτων ου τελευτα και το πυρ ου σβεννυται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3699ὅπουhopou (Adv)
G3699 ὅπου hópou hop-oo from ὅς and πού; what(-ever) where, i.e. at whichever spot:--in what place, where(-as, -soever), whither (+ soever).,
|
ὅπουhopou
|
where
|
Adv
|
G3588Ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G4663σκώληξskōlēx (N-NMS)
G4663 σκώληξ skṓlēx sko-lakes of uncertain derivation; a grub, maggot or earth-worm:--worm.
|
σκώληξskōlēx
|
worm
|
N-NMS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5053τελευτᾷteleuta (V-PIA-3S)
G5053 τελευτάω teleutáō tel-yoo-tah-o from a presumed derivative of τελέω; to finish life (by implication, of βίος), i.e. expire (demise):--be dead, decease, die.
|
τελευτᾷteleuta
|
dies,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4442πῦρpyr (N-NNS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πῦρpyr
|
fire
|
N-NNS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4570σβέννυται.sbennytai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G4570 σβέννυμι sbénnymi sben-noo-mee a prolonged form of an apparently primary verb; to extinguish (literally or figuratively):--go out, quench.
|
σβέννυται.sbennytai
|
is quenched.’
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
48
Where their worm dies not, and the fire not is quenched.Mark 9:48
Stats
Counts: 57 characters, 10 words, 45 letters, 17 vowels, 28 consonants
Translation
Greek: οπου ο σκωληξ αυτων ου τελευτα και το πυρ ου σβεννυται
Lit: where the worm of them not dies, and the fire not is quenched.’
KJV: Where their worm dieth not, and the fire is not quenched.
References
"Where their worm dieth not, and the fire is not quenched."Mr 9:44: 46: Where their worm dies not: and the fire not is quenched.
Good Salt
πας γαρ πυρι αλισθησεται και πασα θυσια αλι αλισθησεται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3956ΠᾶςPas (Adj-NMS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
ΠᾶςPas
|
Everyone
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G4442πυρὶpyri (N-DNS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πυρὶpyri
|
with fire
|
N-DNS
|
G233ἁλισθήσεται.halisthēsetai (V-FIP-3S)
G233 ἁλίζω halízō hal-id-zo from ἅλς; to salt:--salt.
|
ἁλισθήσεται.halisthēsetai
|
will be salted.
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G2532⧼καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
⧼καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πᾶσαpasa (Adj-NFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσαpasa
|
every
|
Adj-NFS
|
G2378θυσίαthysia (N-NFS)
G2378 θυσία thysía thoo-see-ah from θύω; sacrifice (the act or the victim, literally or figuratively):--sacrifice.
|
θυσίαthysia
|
sacrifice
|
N-NFS
|
G251ἁλὶhali (N-DMS)
G251 ἅλς háls halce a primary word; salt:--salt.,
|
ἁλὶhali
|
with salt
|
N-DMS
|
G233ἁλισθήσεται⧽.halisthēsetai (V-FIP-3S)
G233 ἁλίζω halízō hal-id-zo from ἅλς; to salt:--salt.
|
ἁλισθήσεται⧽.halisthēsetai
|
shall be salted.
|
V-FIP-3S
|
49
For every one will be salted with fire, and every sacrifice will be salted with salt.Mark 9:49
Stats
Counts: 87 characters, 15 words, 70 letters, 25 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: πας γαρ πυρι αλισθησεται και πασα θυσια αλι αλισθησεται
Lit: Everyone for with fire will be salted. and every sacrifice with salt shall be salted.
KJV: For every one shall be salted with fire, and every sacrifice shall be salted with salt.
References
"and every"Le 2:13: Every oblation of your meat offering will you season with salt; neither will you suffer the salt of the covenant of your God to be lacking from your meat offering: with all your offerings you will offer salt.Eze 43:24: you will offer them before the LORD: and the priests will cast salt upon them: and they will offer them up for a burnt offering to the LORD.
καλον το αλας εαν δε το αλας αναλον γενηται εν τινι αυτο αρτυσετε εχετε εν εαυτοις αλας και ειρηνευετε εν αλληλοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2570καλὸνkalon (Adj-NNS)
G2570 καλός kalós kal-os of uncertain affinity; properly, beautiful, but chiefly (figuratively) good (literally or morally), i.e. valuable or virtuous (for appearance or use, and thus distinguished from ἀγαθός, which is properly intrinsic):--X better, fair, good(-ly), honest, meet, well, worthy.
|
καλὸνkalon
|
Good is
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G217ἅλας·halas (N-NNS)
G217 ἅλας hálas hal-as from ἅλς; salt; figuratively, prudence:--salt.
|
ἅλας·halas
|
salt;
|
N-NNS
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G217ἅλαςhalas (N-NNS)
G217 ἅλας hálas hal-as from ἅλς; salt; figuratively, prudence:--salt.
|
ἅλαςhalas
|
salt
|
N-NNS
|
G358ἄναλονanalon (Adj-NNS)
G358 ἄναλος ánalos an-al-os from Α (as a negative particle) and ἅλς; saltless, i.e. insipid:--X lose saltness.
|
ἄναλονanalon
|
unsalty
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1096γένηται,genētai (V-ASM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γένηται,genētai
|
becomes,
|
V-ASM-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G5101τίνιtini (IPro-DNS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίνιtini
|
what
|
IPro-DNS
|
G846αὐτὸauto (PPro-AN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸauto
|
it
|
PPro-AN3S
|
G741ἀρτύσετε;artysete (V-FIA-2P)
G741 ἀρτύω artýō ar-too-o from a presumed derivative of αἴρω; to prepare, i.e. spice (with stimulating condiments):--season.
|
ἀρτύσετε;artysete
|
will you season?
|
V-FIA-2P
|
G2192ἔχετεechete (V-PMA-2P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχετεechete
|
Have
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1438ἑαυτοῖςheautois (RefPro-DM3P)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτοῖςheautois
|
yourselves
|
RefPro-DM3P
|
G217ἅλαhala (N-ANS)
G217 ἅλας hálas hal-as from ἅλς; salt; figuratively, prudence:--salt.
|
ἅλαhala
|
salt,
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1514εἰρηνεύετεeirēneuete (V-PMA-2P)
G1514 εἰρηνεύω eirēneúō i-rane-yoo-o from εἰρήνη; to be (act) peaceful:--be at (have, live in) peace, live peaceably.
|
εἰρηνεύετεeirēneuete
|
be at peace
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G240ἀλλήλοις.allēlois (RecPro-DMP)
G240 ἀλλήλων allḗlōn al-lay-lone Genitive plural from ἄλλος reduplicated; one another:--each other, mutual, one another, (the other), (them-, your-)selves, (selves) together (sometimes with μετά or πρός).,
|
ἀλλήλοις.allēlois
|
one another.
|
RecPro-DMP
|
50
Salt is good: but if the salt have lost his saltness, wherewith will you season it? Have salt in yourselves, and have peace one with another.Mark 9:50
Stats
Counts: 140 characters, 22 words, 110 letters, 43 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: καλον το αλας εαν δε το αλας αναλον γενηται εν τινι αυτο αρτυσετε εχετε εν εαυτοις αλας και ειρηνευετε εν αλληλοις
Lit: Good is the salt; if however the salt unsalty becomes, with what it will you season? Have in yourselves salt, and be at peace with one another.
KJV: Salt is good: but if the salt have lost his saltness, wherewith will ye season it? Have salt in yourselves, and have peace one with another.
References
"is good"Job 6:6: Can that which is unsavoury be eaten without salt? or is there any taste in the white of an egg?Mt 5:13: You are the salt of the earth: but if the salt have lost his savour: wherewith will it be salted? it is thenceforth good not forhing: but to be cast out: and to be trodden under foot of men.Lu 14:34: 35: Salt is good: but if the salt have lost his savour: wherewith will it be seasoned?"Have salt"Eph 4:29: Let no corrupt communication proceed out of your mouth: but that which is good to the use of edifying: that it may minister grace to the hearers.Col 4:6: Let your speech be alway with grace: seasoned with salt: that you may know how you ought to answer every man."have peace"Ps 34:14: Depart from evil: and do good; seek peace: and pursue it.Ps 133:1: > Look: how good and how pleasant it is for brothers to dwell together in unity!Joh 13:34: 35: A new commandment I give to you: That you love one another; as I have loved you: that you also love one another.Joh 15:17: 18: These things I command you: that you love one another.Ro 12:18: If it be possible: as much as lies in you: live peaceably with all men.Ro 14:17-19: For the kingdom of God not is meat and drink; but righteousness: and peace: and joy in the Holy Ghost.2Co 13:11: Finally: brothers: farewell. Be perfect: be of good comfort: be of one mind: live in peace; and the God of love and peace will be with you.Ga 5:14: 15: 22: For all the law is fulfilled in one word: even in this; You will love your neighbour as yourself.Eph 4:2-6: 31: 32: With all lowliness and meekness: with longsuffering: forbearing one another in love;Php 1:27: Only let your conversation be as it becomes the gospel of Christ: that whether I come and see you: or else be absent: I may hear of your affairs: that you stand fast in one spirit: with one mind striving together for the faith of the gospel;Php 2:1-3: If there be therefore any consolation in Christ: if any comfort of love: if any fellowship of the Spirit: if any bowels and mercies: Col 3:12: Put on therefore: as the elect of God: holy and beloved: bowels of mercies: kindness: humbleness of mind: meekness: longsuffering;2Ti 2:22: Flee also youthful lusts: but follow righteousness: faith: charity: peace: with them that call on the Lord out of a pure heart.Heb 12:14: Follow peace with all men: and holiness: without which no man will see the Lord:Jas 1:20: For the wrath of man works not the righteousness of God.Jas 3:14-18: But if you have bitter envying and strife in your hearts: not glory: and not lie against the truth.1Pe 3:8: Finally: be you all of one mind: having compassion one of another: love as brothers: be pitiful: be courteous:
10
The Way to Jerusalem
Teachings about Divorce
κακειθεν αναστας ερχεται εις τα ορια της ιουδαιας δια του περαν του ιορδανου και συμπορευονται παλιν οχλοι προς αυτον και ως ειωθει παλιν εδιδασκεν αυτους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1564ἐκεῖθενekeithen (Adv)
G1564 ἐκεῖθεν ekeîthen ek-i-then from ἐκεῖ; thence:--from that place, (from) thence, there.
|
ἐκεῖθενekeithen
|
from there
|
Adv
|
G450ἀναστὰςanastas (V-APA-NMS)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀναστὰςanastas
|
having risen up,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2064ἔρχεταιerchetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχεταιerchetai
|
He comes
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G3725ὅριαhoria (N-ANP)
G3725 ὅριον hórion hor-ee-on neuter of a derivative of an apparently primary (a bound or limit); a boundary-line, i.e. (by implication) a frontier (region):--border, coast.
|
ὅριαhoria
|
region
|
N-ANP
|
G2449ἸουδαίαςIoudaias (N-GFS)
G2449 Ἰουδαία Ioudaía ee-oo-dah-yah feminine of Ἰουδαῖος (with γῆ implied); the Judæan land (i.e. Judæa), a region of Palestine:--Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίαςIoudaias
|
of Judea,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4008πέρανperan (Prep)
G4008 πέραν péran per-an apparently accusative case of an obsolete derivative of (to pierce); through (as adverb or preposition), i.e. across:--beyond, farther (other) side, over.
|
πέρανperan
|
beyond
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2446Ἰορδάνου,Iordanou (N-GMS)
G2446 Ἰορδάνης Iordánēs ee-or-dan-ace of Hebrew origin (יַרְדֵּן); the Jordanes (i.e. Jarden), a river of Palestine:--Jordan.
|
Ἰορδάνου,Iordanou
|
Jordan.
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4848συμπορεύονταιsymporeuontai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G4848 συμπορεύομαι symporeúomai soom-por-yoo-om-ahee from σύν and πορεύομαι; to journey together; by implication, to assemble:--go with, resort.
|
συμπορεύονταιsymporeuontai
|
come together
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv)
G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again
|
Adv
|
G3793ὄχλοιochloi (N-NMP)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλοιochloi
|
crowds
|
N-NMP
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν,auton
|
Him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G1486εἰώθειeiōthei (V-LIA-3S)
G1486 ἔθω éthō eth-o a primary verb; to be used (by habit or conventionality); neuter perfect participle usage:--be custom (manner, wont).
|
εἰώθειeiōthei
|
He had been accustomed,
|
V-LIA-3S
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv)
G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again
|
Adv
|
G1321ἐδίδασκενedidasken (V-IIA-3S)
G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
ἐδίδασκενedidasken
|
He was teaching
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτούς.autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς.autous
|
them.
|
PPro-AM3P
|
1
And he arose from there, and comes into the coasts of Judaea by the farther side of Jordan: and the people resort to him again; and, as he was wont, he taught them again.Mark 10:1
Stats
Rank: #1854 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 174 characters, 29 words, 135 letters, 54 vowels, 81 consonants
Translation
Greek: κακειθεν αναστας ερχεται εις τα ορια της ιουδαιας δια του περαν του ιορδανου και συμπορευονται παλιν οχλοι προς αυτον και ως ειωθει παλιν εδιδασκεν αυτους
Lit: And from there having risen up, He comes into the region of Judea, and beyond the Jordan. And come together again crowds to Him, and as He had been accustomed, again He was teaching them.
KJV: And he arose from thence, and cometh into the coasts of Judaea by the farther side of Jordan: and the people resort unto him again; and, as he was wont, he taught them again.
References
"A. M. 4033. A.D. 29. he arose"Mt 19:1-12: It came to pass: that when Jesus had finished these sayings: He departed from Galilee: and came into the coasts of Judaea beyond Jordan;"by"Joh 10:40: Went away again beyond Jordan into the place where John at first baptized; and there he abode.Joh 11:7: Then after that says he to his disciples: Let us go into Judaea again."he taught"Ec 12:9: Moreover: because the preacher was wise: he still taught the people knowledge; yes: he gave good heed: and sought out: and set in order many proverbs.Jer 32:33: They have turned to me the back: not and the face: though I taught them: rising up early and teaching them: yet they not have listened to receive instruction.Joh 18:20: Jesus answered Him: I spoke openly to the world; I ever taught in the synagogue: and in the temple: whither the Jews always resort; and in secret have I not saidhing.
και προσελθοντες οι φαρισαιοι επηρωτησαν αυτον ει εξεστιν ανδρι γυναικα απολυσαι πειραζοντες αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4334προσελθόντεςproselthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G4334 προσέρχομαι prosérchomai pros-er-khom-ahee from πρός and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to approach, i.e. (literally) come near, visit, or (figuratively) worship, assent to:--(as soon as he) come (unto), come thereunto, consent, draw near, go (near, to, unto).
|
προσελθόντεςproselthontes
|
having come to him,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G5330ΦαρισαῖοιPharisaioi (N-NMP)
G5330 Φαρισαῖος Pharisaîos far-is-ah-yos of Hebrew origin (compare פָּרָשׁ); a separatist, i.e. exclusively religious; a Pharisean, i.e. Jewish sectary:--Pharisee.
|
ΦαρισαῖοιPharisaioi
|
the Pharisees
|
N-NMP
|
G1905ἐπηρώτωνepērōtōn (V-IIA-3P)
G1905 ἐπερωτάω eperōtáō ep-er-o-tah-o from ἐπί and ἐρωτάω; to ask for, i.e. inquire, seek:--ask (after, questions), demand, desire, question.
|
ἐπηρώτωνepērōtōn
|
were demanding
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
of Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1832ἔξεστινexestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1832 ἔξεστι éxesti ex-on third person singular present indicative of a compound of ἐκ and εἰμί; so also neuter present participle of the same (with or without some form of εἰμί expressed); impersonally, it is right (through the figurative idea of being out in public):--be lawful, let, X may(-est).
|
ἔξεστινexestin
|
it is lawful
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G435ἀνδρὶandri (N-DMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνδρὶandri
|
for a husband
|
N-DMS
|
G1135γυναῖκαgynaika (N-AFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναῖκαgynaika
|
a wife
|
N-AFS
|
G630ἀπολῦσαι,apolysai (V-ANA)
G630 ἀπολύω apolýō ap-ol-oo-o from ἀπό and λύω; to free fully, i.e. (literally) relieve, release, dismiss (reflexively, depart), or (figuratively) let die, pardon or (specially) divorce:--(let) depart, dismiss, divorce, forgive, let go, loose, put (send) away, release, set at liberty.
|
ἀπολῦσαι,apolysai
|
to divorce,
|
V-ANA
|
G3985πειράζοντεςpeirazontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3985 πειράζω peirázō pi-rad-zo from πεῖρα; to test (objectively), i.e. endeavor, scrutinize, entice, discipline:--assay, examine, go about, prove, tempt(-er), try.
|
πειράζοντεςpeirazontes
|
testing
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
Him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
2
The Pharisees came to him, and asked him, Is it lawful for a man to put away his wife? tempting him.
Mark 10:2
Stats
Rank: #1623 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 104 characters, 19 words, 79 letters, 31 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: και προσελθοντες οι φαρισαιοι επηρωτησαν αυτον ει εξεστιν ανδρι γυναικα απολυσαι πειραζοντες αυτον
Lit: And having come to him, the Pharisees were demanding of Him if it is lawful for a husband a wife to divorce, testing Him.
KJV: And the Pharisees came to him, and asked him, Is it lawful for a man to put away his wife? tempting him.
References
"the Pharisees"Mr 8:15: He charged them: saying: Take heed: beware of the leaven of the Pharisees: and of the leaven of Herod.Mt 9:34: But the Pharisees said: He casts out devils through the prince of the devils.Mt 15:12: Then came his disciples: and said to him: Know you that the Pharisees were offended: after they heard this saying?Mt 23:13: But woe to you: scribes and Pharisees: hypocrites! for you shut up the kingdom of heaven against men: for you neither go in yourselves: neither suffer you them that are entering to go in.Lu 5:30: But their scribes and Pharisees murmured against his disciples: saying: Why do you eat and drink with publicans and sinners?Lu 6:7: The scribes and Pharisees watched him: whether he would heal on the sabbath day; that they might find an accusation against him.Lu 7:30: But the Pharisees and lawyers rejected the counsel of God against themselves: not being baptized of Him.Lu 11:39: 53: 54: The Lord said to Him: Now do you Pharisees make clean the outside of the cup and the platter; but your inward part is full of ravening and wickedness.Lu 16:14: The Pharisees also: who were covetous: heard all these things: and they derided him.Joh 7:32: 48: The Pharisees heard that the people murmured such things concerning him; and the Pharisees and the chief priests sent officers to take him.Joh 11:47: 57: Then gathered the chief priests and the Pharisees a council: and said: What do we? for this man does many miracles."Is it"Mal 2:16: For the LORD: the God of Israel: says that He hates putting away: for one covers violence with His garment: says the LORD of hosts: therefore take heed to your spirit: that you not deal treacherously.Mt 5:31: 32: It has been said: Whoever will put away his wife: let him give her a writing of divorcement:Mt 19:3: The Pharisees also came to him: tempting him: and saying to him: Is it lawful for a man to put away his wife for every cause?1Co 7:10: 11: to the married I command: yet not I: but the Lord: not Let the wife depart from her husband:"tempting"Mr 8:11: The Pharisees came forth: and began to question with him: seeking of him a sign from heaven: tempting him.Mt 16:1: The Pharisees also with the Sadducees came: and tempting desired him that he would show them a sign from heaven.Mt 22:35: Then one of them: which was a lawyer: asked him a question: tempting him: and saying: Joh 8:6: This they said: tempting Him: that they might have to accuse Him. But Jesus stooped down: and with His finger wrote on the ground: as though He heard not them.1Co 10:9: Neither let us tempt Christ: as some of them also tempted: and were destroyed of serpents.
ο δε αποκριθεις ειπεν αυτοις τι υμιν ενετειλατο μωσης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G611ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis (V-APP-NMS)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis
|
He answering,
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
What
|
IPro-ANS
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G1781ἐνετείλατοeneteilato (V-AIM-3S)
G1781 ἐντέλλομαι entéllomai en-tel-lom-ahee from ἐν and the base of τέλος; to enjoin:--(give) charge, (give) command(-ments), injoin.
|
ἐνετείλατοeneteilato
|
did command
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3475Μωϋσῆς;Mōusēs (N-NMS)
G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
Μωϋσῆς;Mōusēs
|
Moses?
|
N-NMS
|
3
He answered and said to them, What did Moses command you?
Mark 10:3
Stats
Rank: #6370 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 63 characters, 11 words, 50 letters, 19 vowels, 31 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε αποκριθεις ειπεν αυτοις τι υμιν ενετειλατο μωσης
Lit: And He answering, said to them, What you did command Moses?
KJV: And he answered and said unto them, What did Moses command you?
References
"What"Isa 8:20: To the law and to the testimony: if they not speak according to this word: it is because there is no light in them.Lu 10:25: And: look: a certain lawyer stood up: and tempted him: saying: Master: what will I do to inherit eternal life?Joh 5:39: Search the scriptures; for in them you think you have eternal life: and they are they which testify of me.Ga 4:21: Tell me: you that desire to be under the law: do you not hear the law?
οι δε ειπον μωσης επετρεψεν βιβλιον αποστασιου γραψαι και απολυσαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπαν·eipan (V-AIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπαν·eipan
|
they said,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2010ἘπέτρεψενEpetrepsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2010 ἐπιτρέπω epitrépō ep-ee-trep-o from ἐπί and the base of τροπή; to turn over (transfer), i.e. allow:--give leave (liberty, license), let, permit, suffer.
|
ἘπέτρεψενEpetrepsen
|
Permitted
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3475ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs (N-NMS)
G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs
|
Moses
|
N-NMS
|
G975βιβλίονbiblion (N-ANS)
G975 βιβλίον biblíon bib-lee-on a diminutive of βίβλος; a roll:--bill, book, scroll, writing.
|
βιβλίονbiblion
|
a roll
|
N-ANS
|
G647ἀποστασίουapostasiou (N-GNS)
G647 ἀποστάσιον apostásion ap-os-tas-ee-on neuter of a (presumed) adjective from a derivative of ἀφίστημι; properly, something separative, i.e. (specially) divorce:--(writing of) divorcement.
|
ἀποστασίουapostasiou
|
of divorce
|
N-GNS
|
G1125γράψαιgrapsai (V-ANA)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γράψαιgrapsai
|
to write,
|
V-ANA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G630ἀπολῦσαι.apolysai (V-ANA)
G630 ἀπολύω apolýō ap-ol-oo-o from ἀπό and λύω; to free fully, i.e. (literally) relieve, release, dismiss (reflexively, depart), or (figuratively) let die, pardon or (specially) divorce:--(let) depart, dismiss, divorce, forgive, let go, loose, put (send) away, release, set at liberty.
|
ἀπολῦσαι.apolysai
|
to send her away.
|
V-ANA
|
4
They said, Moses suffered to write a bill of divorcement, and to put her away.
Mark 10:4
Stats
Rank: #7174 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 82 characters, 14 words, 64 letters, 25 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε ειπον μωσης επετρεψεν βιβλιον αποστασιου γραψαι και απολυσαι
Lit: And they said, Permitted Moses a roll of divorce to write, and to send her away.
KJV: And they said, Moses suffered to write a bill of divorcement, and to put her away.
References
"And they said, Moses suffered to write a bill of divorcement, and to put her away."De 24:1-4: When a man has taken a wife: and married her: and it come to pass that she find no favour in his eyes: because he has found some uncleanness in her: then let him write her a bill of divorcement: and give it in her hand: and send her out of his house.Isa 50:1: Thus says the LORD: Where is the bill of your mother's divorcement: whom I have put away? or which of my creditors is it to whom I have sold you? Look: for your iniquities have you sold yourselves: and for your transgressions is your mother put away.Jer 3:1: They say: If a man put away His wife: and she go from Him: and become another man's: will He return to her again? will not that land be greatly polluted? but you have played the harlot with many lovers; yet return again to me: says the LORD.Mt 1:19: Then Joseph her husband: being a just man: not and willing to make her a publick example: was minded to put her away privily.Mt 5:31: 32: It has been said: Whoever will put away his wife: let him give her a writing of divorcement:Mt 19:7: They say to him: Why did Moses then command to give a writing of divorcement: and to put her away?
και αποκριθεις ο ιησους ειπεν αυτοις προς την σκληροκαρδιαν υμων εγραψεν υμιν την εντολην ταυτην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G4314ΠρὸςPros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
ΠρὸςPros
|
Because of
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4641σκληροκαρδίανsklērokardian (N-AFS)
G4641 σκληροκαρδία sklērokardía sklay-rok-ar-dee-ah feminine of a compound of σκληρός and καρδία; hard-heartedness, i.e. (specially), destitution of (spiritual) perception:--hardness of heart.
|
σκληροκαρδίανsklērokardian
|
hardness of heart
|
N-AFS
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G1125ἔγραψενegrapsen (V-AIA-3S)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
ἔγραψενegrapsen
|
He wrote
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
for you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1785ἐντολὴνentolēn (N-AFS)
G1785 ἐντολή entolḗ en-tol-ay from ἐντέλλομαι; injunction, i.e. an authoritative prescription:--commandment, precept.
|
ἐντολὴνentolēn
|
commandment
|
N-AFS
|
G3778ταύτην.tautēn (DPro-AFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτην.tautēn
|
this.
|
DPro-AFS
|
5
Jesus answered and said to them, For the hardness of your heart He wrote you this precept.
Mark 10:5
Stats
Rank: #5719 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 96 characters, 17 words, 77 letters, 29 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αποκριθεις ο ιησους ειπεν αυτοις προς την σκληροκαρδιαν υμων εγραψεν υμιν την εντολην ταυτην
Lit: But Jesus said to them, Because of the hardness of heart of you, He wrote for you the commandment this.
KJV: And Jesus answered and said unto them, For the hardness of your heart he wrote you this precept.
References
"For"De 9:6: Understand therefore: that the LORD your God gives you not this good land to possess it for your righteousness; for you are a stiffnecked people.De 31:27: For I know your rebellion: and your stiff neck: look: while I am yet alive with you this day: you have been rebellious against the LORD; and how much more after my death?Ne 9:16: 17: 26: But they and our fathers dealt proudly: and hardened their necks: and listened not to your commandments: Mt 19:8: He says to them: Moses because of the hardness of your hearts suffered you to put away your wives: but from the beginning it not was so.Ac 7:51: You stiffnecked and uncircumcised in heart and ears: you do always resist the Holy Ghost: as your fathers did: so do you.Heb 3:7-10: For what reason (as the Holy Ghost says: Today if you will hear His voice:
απο δε αρχης κτισεως αρσεν και θηλυ εποιησεν αυτους ο θεος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
From,
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G746ἀρχῆςarchēs (N-GFS)
G746 ἀρχή archḗ ar-khay from ἄρχομαι; (properly abstract) a commencement, or (concretely) chief (in various applications of order, time, place, or rank):--beginning, corner, (at the, the) first (estate), magistrate, power, principality, principle, rule.
|
ἀρχῆςarchēs
|
the beginning
|
N-GFS
|
G2937κτίσεωςktiseōs (N-GFS)
G2937 κτίσις ktísis ktis-is from κτίζω; original formation (properly, the act; by implication, the thing, literally or figuratively):--building, creation, creature, ordinance.
|
κτίσεωςktiseōs
|
of creation,
|
N-GFS
|
G730Ἄρσενarsen (N-ANS)
G730 ἄῤῥην árrhēn ar-sane probably from αἴρω; male (as stronger for lifting):--male, man.
|
Ἄρσενarsen
|
Male
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2338θῆλυthēly (Adj-ANS)
G2338 θῆλυς thēlys thay-loos from the same as θηλάζω; female:--female, woman.
|
θῆλυthēly
|
female
|
Adj-ANS
|
G4160ἐποίησενepoiēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίησενepoiēsen
|
He made
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτούς·autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς·autous
|
them.’
|
PPro-AM3P
|
6
But from the beginning of the creation God made them male and female.Mark 10:6
Stats
Rank: #1038 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 69 characters, 13 words, 56 letters, 22 vowels, 34 consonants
Translation
Greek: απο δε αρχης κτισεως αρσεν και θηλυ εποιησεν αυτους ο θεος
Lit: From, however, the beginning of creation, Male and female He made them.’
KJV: But from the beginning of the creation God made them male and female.
References
"the beginning"Ge 1:1: In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth.2Pe 3:4: Saying: Where is the promise of his coming? for since the fathers fell asleep: all things continue as they were from the beginning of the creation."God"Ge 1:27: So God created man in His own image: in the image of God created He Him; male and female created He them.Ge 2:20-23: Adam gave names to all cattle: and to the fowl of the air: and to every beast of the field; but for Adam there not was found an help meet for him.Ge 5:2: Male and female created he them; and blessed them: and called their name Adam: in the day when they were created.Mal 2:14-16: Yet you say: For what reason? Because the LORD has been witness between you and the wife of your youth: against whom you have dealt treacherously: yet is she your companion: and the wife of your covenant.
ενεκεν τουτου καταλειψει ανθρωπος τον πατερα αυτου και την μητερα και προσκολληθησεται προς την γυναικα αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1752Ἕνεκενheneken (Prep)
G1752 ἕνεκα héneka hi-nek-en of uncertain affinity; on account of:--because, for (cause, sake), (where-)fore, by reason of, that.
|
Ἕνεκενheneken
|
On account of
|
Prep
|
G3778τούτουtoutou (DPro-GNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτουtoutou
|
this,
|
DPro-GNS
|
G2641καταλείψειkataleipsei (V-FIA-3S)
G2641 καταλείπω kataleípō kat-al-i-po from κατά and λείπω; to leave down, i.e. behind; by implication, to abandon, have remaining:--forsake, leave, reserve.
|
καταλείψειkataleipsei
|
will leave
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G444ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos (N-NMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos
|
a man
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3962πατέραpatera (N-AMS)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέραpatera
|
father
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3384μητέρα,mētera (N-AFS)
G3384 μήτηρ mḗtēr may-tare apparently a primary word; a mother (literally or figuratively, immediate or remote):--mother.
|
μητέρα,mētera
|
mother
|
N-AFS
|
G2532‹καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
‹καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4347προσκολληθήσεταιproskollēthēsetai (V-FIP-3S)
G4347 προσκολλάω proskolláō pros-kol-lah-o from πρός and κολλάω; to glue to, i.e. (figuratively) to adhere:--cleave, join (self).
|
προσκολληθήσεταιproskollēthēsetai
|
be joined
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1135γυναῖκαgynaika (N-AFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναῖκαgynaika
|
wife
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ›autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ›autou
|
his,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
7
For this cause will a man leave his father and mother, and cleave to his wife;Mark 10:7
Stats
Counts: 79 characters, 15 words, 62 letters, 25 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: ενεκεν τουτου καταλειψει ανθρωπος τον πατερα αυτου και την μητερα και προσκολληθησεται προς την γυναικα αυτου
Lit: On account of this, will leave a man the father of him and mother and be joined to wife his,
KJV: For this cause shall a man leave his father and mother, and cleave to his wife;
References
"For this cause shall a man leave his father and mother, and cleave to his wife;"Ge 2:24: Therefore will a man leave his father and his mother: and will cleave to his wife: and they will be one flesh.Mt 19:5: 6: Said: For this cause will a man leave father and mother: and will cleave to his wife: and they two will be one flesh?Eph 5:31: For this cause will a man leave his father and mother: and will be joined to his wife: and they two will be one flesh.
και εσονται οι δυο εις σαρκα μιαν ωστε ουκετι εισιν δυο αλλα μια σαρξ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1510ἔσονταιesontai (V-FIM-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσονταιesontai
|
will be
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G1417δύοdyo (Adj-NMP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύοdyo
|
two
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G4561σάρκαsarka (N-AFS)
G4561 σάρξ sárx sarx probably from the base of σαρόω; flesh (as stripped of the skin), i.e. (strictly) the meat of an animal (as food), or (by extension) the body (as opposed to the soul (or spirit), or as the symbol of what is external, or as the means of kindred), or (by implication) human nature (with its frailties (physically or morally) and passions), or (specially), a human being (as such):--carnal(-ly, + -ly minded), flesh(-ly).
|
σάρκαsarka
|
flesh
|
N-AFS
|
G1520μίαν·mian (Adj-AFS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
μίαν·mian
|
one.’
|
Adj-AFS
|
G5620ὥστεhōste (Conj)
G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
ὥστεhōste
|
Therefore
|
Conj
|
G3765οὐκέτιouketi (Adv)
G3765 οὐκέτι oukéti ook et-ee from οὐ and ἔτι; not yet, no longer:--after that (not), (not) any more, henceforth (hereafter) not, no longer (more), not as yet (now), now no more (not), yet (not).
|
οὐκέτιouketi
|
no longer
|
Adv
|
G1510εἰσὶνeisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσὶνeisin
|
they are
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1417δύοdyo (Adj-NMP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύοdyo
|
two,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G1520μίαmia (Adj-NFS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
μίαmia
|
one
|
Adj-NFS
|
G4561σάρξ.sarx (N-NFS)
G4561 σάρξ sárx sarx probably from the base of σαρόω; flesh (as stripped of the skin), i.e. (strictly) the meat of an animal (as food), or (by extension) the body (as opposed to the soul (or spirit), or as the symbol of what is external, or as the means of kindred), or (by implication) human nature (with its frailties (physically or morally) and passions), or (specially), a human being (as such):--carnal(-ly, + -ly minded), flesh(-ly).
|
σάρξ.sarx
|
flesh.
|
N-NFS
|
8
They two will be one flesh: so then they are no more two, but one flesh.Mark 10:8
Stats
Rank: #6038 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 81 characters, 15 words, 62 letters, 23 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εσονται οι δυο εις σαρκα μιαν ωστε ουκετι εισιν δυο αλλα μια σαρξ
Lit: and will be the two for flesh one.’ Therefore no longer they are two, but one flesh.
KJV: And they twain shall be one flesh: so then they are no more twain, but one flesh.
References
"one flesh"1Co 6:16: What? know you not that he which is joined to an harlot is one body? for two: says he: will be one flesh.Eph 5:28: So ought men to love their wives as their own bodies. He who loves'>loves his wife loves'>loves himself.
ο ουν ο θεος συνεζευξεν ανθρωπος μη χωριζετω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
What
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G4801συνέζευξεν,synezeuxen (V-AIA-3S)
G4801 συζεύγνυμι syzeúgnymi sood-zyoog-noo-mee from σύν and the base of ζεῦγος; to yoke together, i.e. (figuratively) conjoin (in marriage):--join together.
|
συνέζευξεν,synezeuxen
|
has joined together,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G444ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos (N-NMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos
|
man
|
N-NMS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5563χωριζέτω.chōrizetō (V-PMA-3S)
G5563 χωρίζω chōrízō kho-rid-zo from χώρα; to place room between, i.e. part; reflexively, to go away:--depart, put asunder, separate.
|
χωριζέτω.chōrizetō
|
let separate.
|
V-PMA-3S
|
9
What therefore God has joined together, not let man put asunder.Mark 10:9
Stats
Counts: 65 characters, 10 words, 53 letters, 20 vowels, 33 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο ουν ο θεος συνεζευξεν ανθρωπος μη χωριζετω
Lit: What therefore God has joined together, man not let separate.
KJV: What therefore God hath joined together, let not man put asunder.
References
"What therefore God hath joined together, let not man put asunder."Ro 7:1-3: Know you not: brothers: (for I speak to them that know the law: ) how that the law has dominion over a man as long as he lives?1Ch 7:10-13: The sons also of Jediael; Bilhan: and the sons of Bilhan; Jeush: and Benjamin: and Ehud: and Chenaanah: and Zethan: and Tharshish: and Ahishahar.
και εν τη οικια παλιν οι μαθηται αυτου περι του αυτου επηρωτησαν αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3614οἰκίανoikian (N-AFS)
G3614 οἰκία oikía oy-kee-ah from οἶκος; properly, residence (abstractly), but usually (concretely) an abode (literally or figuratively); by implication, a family (especially domestics):--home, house(-hold).
|
οἰκίανoikian
|
house
|
N-AFS
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv)
G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again,
|
Adv
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3101μαθηταὶmathētai (N-NMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταὶmathētai
|
disciples
|
N-NMP
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3778τούτουtoutou (DPro-GNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτουtoutou
|
this
|
DPro-GNS
|
G1905ἐπηρώτωνepērōtōn (V-IIA-3P)
G1905 ἐπερωτάω eperōtáō ep-er-o-tah-o from ἐπί and ἐρωτάω; to ask for, i.e. inquire, seek:--ask (after, questions), demand, desire, question.
|
ἐπηρώτωνepērōtōn
|
were asking
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
Him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
10
In the house his disciples asked him again of the same matter.Mark 10:10
Stats
Rank: #5052 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 66 characters, 13 words, 53 letters, 22 vowels, 31 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εν τη οικια παλιν οι μαθηται αυτου περι του αυτου επηρωτησαν αυτον
Lit: And in the house again, the disciples concerning this were asking Him.
KJV: And in the house his disciples asked him again of the same matter.
References
"And in the house his disciples asked him again of the same matter."Mr 4:10: When he was alone: they that were about him with the 12 asked of him the parable.Mr 9:28: 33: When he was come into the house: his disciples asked him privately: Why not could we cast him out?
και λεγει αυτοις ος εαν απολυση την γυναικα αυτου και γαμηση αλλην μοιχαται επ αυτην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3739ὋςHos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὋςHos
|
Whoever
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G630ἀπολύσῃapolysē (V-ASA-3S)
G630 ἀπολύω apolýō ap-ol-oo-o from ἀπό and λύω; to free fully, i.e. (literally) relieve, release, dismiss (reflexively, depart), or (figuratively) let die, pardon or (specially) divorce:--(let) depart, dismiss, divorce, forgive, let go, loose, put (send) away, release, set at liberty.
|
ἀπολύσῃapolysē
|
shall divorce
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1135γυναῖκαgynaika (N-AFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναῖκαgynaika
|
wife
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1060γαμήσῃgamēsē (V-ASA-3S)
G1060 γαμέω gaméō gam-eh-o from γάμος; to wed (of either sex):--marry (a wife).
|
γαμήσῃgamēsē
|
shall marry
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G243ἄλλην,allēn (Adj-AFS)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλην,allēn
|
another,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3429μοιχᾶταιmoichatai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G3429 μοιχάω moicháō moy-khah-o from μοιχός; (middle voice) to commit adultery:--commit adultery.
|
μοιχᾶταιmoichatai
|
commits adultery
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
against
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτήν·autēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτήν·autēn
|
her.
|
PPro-AF3S
|
11
He says to them, Whoever will put away his wife, and marry another, commits adultery against her.
Mark 10:11
Stats
Rank: #1635 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 110 characters, 15 words, 89 letters, 33 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: και λεγει αυτοις ος εαν απολυση την γυναικα αυτου και γαμηση αλλην μοιχαται επ αυτην
Lit: And He says to them, Whoever shall divorce the wife of him, and shall marry another, commits adultery against her.
KJV: And he saith unto them, Whosoever shall put away his wife, and marry another, committeth adultery against her.
References
"Whosoever"Mt 5:31: 32: It has been said: Whoever will put away his wife: let him give her a writing of divorcement:Mt 19:9: I say to you: Whoever will put away his wife: except it be for fornication: and will marry another: commits adultery: and whoever marries her which is put away does commit adultery.Lu 16:18: Whoever puts away his wife: and marries'>marries another: commits'>commits adultery: and whoever marries'>marries her that is put away from her husband commits'>commits adultery.Ro 7:3: So then if: while her husband lives: she be married to another man: she will be called an adulteress: but if her husband be dead: she is free from that law; so that she is no adulteress: though she be married to another man.1Co 7:4: 10: 11: The wife has not power of her own body: but the husband: and likewise also the husband has not power of his own body: but the wife.Heb 13:4: Marriage is honourable in all: and the bed undefiled: but whoremongers and adulterers God will judge.
και εαν γυνη απολυση τον ανδρα αυτης και γαμηθη αλλω μοιχαται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὴautē (PPro-NF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὴautē
|
a woman,
|
PPro-NF3S
|
G630ἀπολύσασαapolysasa (V-APA-NFS)
G630 ἀπολύω apolýō ap-ol-oo-o from ἀπό and λύω; to free fully, i.e. (literally) relieve, release, dismiss (reflexively, depart), or (figuratively) let die, pardon or (specially) divorce:--(let) depart, dismiss, divorce, forgive, let go, loose, put (send) away, release, set at liberty.
|
ἀπολύσασαapolysasa
|
having divorced
|
V-APA-NFS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G435ἄνδραandra (N-AMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραandra
|
husband
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of her,
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G1060γαμήσῃgamēsē (V-ASA-3S)
G1060 γαμέω gaméō gam-eh-o from γάμος; to wed (of either sex):--marry (a wife).
|
γαμήσῃgamēsē
|
should marry
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G243ἄλλον,allon (Adj-AMS)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλον,allon
|
another,
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3429μοιχᾶται.moichatai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G3429 μοιχάω moicháō moy-khah-o from μοιχός; (middle voice) to commit adultery:--commit adultery.
|
μοιχᾶται.moichatai
|
she commits adultery.
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
12
If a woman will put away her husband, and be married to another, she commits adultery.Mark 10:12
Stats
Rank: #974 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 94 characters, 15 words, 75 letters, 28 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εαν γυνη απολυση τον ανδρα αυτης και γαμηθη αλλω μοιχαται
Lit: And if a woman, having divorced the husband of her, should marry another, she commits adultery.
KJV: And if a woman shall put away her husband, and be married to another, she committeth adultery.
Jesus Blesses the Children
και προσεφερον αυτω παιδια ινα αψηται αυτων οι δε μαθηται επετιμων τοις προσφερουσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4374προσέφερονprosepheron (V-IIA-3P)
G4374 προσφέρω prosphérō pros-fer-o from πρός and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear towards, i.e. lead to, tender (especially to God), treat:--bring (to, unto), deal with, do, offer (unto, up), present unto, put to.
|
προσέφερονprosepheron
|
they were bringing
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3813παιδίαpaidia (N-ANP)
G3813 παιδίον paidíon pahee-dee-on neuter diminutive of παῖς; a childling (of either sex), i.e. (properly), an infant, or (by extension) a half-grown boy or girl; figuratively, an immature Christian:--(little, young) child, damsel.
|
παιδίαpaidia
|
little children,
|
N-ANP
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GN3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
them
|
PPro-GN3P
|
G680ἅψηται·hapsētai (V-ASM-3S)
G680 ἅπτομαι háptomai hap-tom-ahee reflexive of ἅπτω; properly, to attach oneself to, i.e. to touch (in many implied relations):--touch.
|
ἅψηται·hapsētai
|
He might touch.
|
V-ASM-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G3101μαθηταὶmathētai (N-NMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταὶmathētai
|
the disciples
|
N-NMP
|
G2008ἐπετίμησανepetimēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2008 ἐπιτιμάω epitimáō ep-ee-tee-mah-o from ἐπί and τιμάω; to tax upon, i.e. censure or admonish; by implication, forbid:--(straitly) charge, rebuke.
|
ἐπετίμησανepetimēsan
|
rebuked
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτοῖς.autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς.autois
|
them.
|
PPro-DM3P
|
13
They brought young children to him, that he should touch them: and his disciples rebuked those that brought them.Mark 10:13
Stats
Rank: #871 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 119 characters, 17 words, 95 letters, 31 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: και προσεφερον αυτω παιδια ινα αψηται αυτων οι δε μαθηται επετιμων τοις προσφερουσιν
Lit: And they were bringing to Him little children, that them He might touch. But the disciples rebuked them.
KJV: And they brought young children to him, that he should touch them: and his disciples rebuked those that brought [them].
References
"they"Mt 19:13-15: Then were there brought to him little children: that he should put his hands on them: and pray: and the disciples rebuked them.Lu 18:15: 16: They brought to him also infants: that he would touch them: but when his disciples saw it: they rebuked them."disciples"Mr 10:48: Many charged Him that He should hold His peace: but He cried the more a great deal: You Son of David: have mercy on me.Mr 9:38: John answered him: saying: Master: we saw one casting out devils in your name: and he follows'>follows not us: and we forbad him: because he follows'>follows not us.Ex 10:9-11: Moses said: We will go with our young and with our old: with our sons and with our daughters: with our flocks and with our herds will we go; for we must hold a feast to the LORD.De 31:12: 13: Gather the people together: men: and women: and children: and your stranger that is within your gates: that they may hear: and that they may learn: and fear the LORD your God: and observe to do all the words of this law:Joe 2:16: Gather the people: sanctify the congregation: assemble the elders: gather the children: and those that suck the breasts: let the groom go forth of his chamber: and the bride out of her closet.
ιδων δε ο ιησους ηγανακτησεν και ειπεν αυτοις αφετε τα παιδια ερχεσθαι προς με και μη κωλυετε αυτα των γαρ τοιουτων εστιν η βασιλεια του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3708Ἰδὼνidōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
Ἰδὼνidōn
|
Having seen
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now,
|
Conj
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G23ἠγανάκτησενēganaktēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G23 ἀγανακτέω aganaktéō ag-an-ak-teh-o from (much) and (grief; akin to the base of ἀγκάλη); to be greatly afflicted, i.e. (figuratively) indignant:--be much (sore) displeased, have (be moved with, with) indignation.
|
ἠγανάκτησενēganaktēsen
|
was indignant
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G863ἌφετεAphete (V-AMA-2P)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἌφετεAphete
|
Permit
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G3813παιδίαpaidia (N-ANP)
G3813 παιδίον paidíon pahee-dee-on neuter diminutive of παῖς; a childling (of either sex), i.e. (properly), an infant, or (by extension) a half-grown boy or girl; figuratively, an immature Christian:--(little, young) child, damsel.
|
παιδίαpaidia
|
little children
|
N-ANP
|
G2064ἔρχεσθαιerchesthai (V-PNM/P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχεσθαιerchesthai
|
to come
|
V-PNM/P
|
G4314πρόςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρόςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1473με,me (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
με,me
|
Me;
|
PPro-A1S
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2967κωλύετεkōlyete (V-PMA-2P)
G2967 κωλύω kōlýō ko-loo-o from the base of κολάζω; to estop, i.e. prevent (by word or act):--forbid, hinder, keep from, let, not suffer, withstand.
|
κωλύετεkōlyete
|
do hinder
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G846αὐτά·auta (PPro-AN3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτά·auta
|
them!
|
PPro-AN3P
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
To the
|
Art-GNP
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G5108τοιούτωνtoioutōn (DPro-GNP)
G5108 τοιοῦτος toioûtos toy-oo-tos (including the other inflections); from τοί and οὗτος; truly this, i.e. of this sort (to denote character or individuality):--like, such (an one).
|
τοιούτωνtoioutōn
|
such,
|
DPro-GNP
|
G1510ἐστὶνestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστὶνestin
|
belongs
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G932βασιλείαbasileia (N-NFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείαbasileia
|
kingdom
|
N-NFS
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
14
But when Jesus saw it, He was much displeased, and said to them, Suffer the little children to come to me, and forbid not them: for of such is the kingdom of God.
Mark 10:14
Stats
Rank: #1266 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 166 characters, 28 words, 128 letters, 46 vowels, 82 consonants
Translation
Greek: ιδων δε ο ιησους ηγανακτησεν και ειπεν αυτοις αφετε τα παιδια ερχεσθαι προς με και μη κωλυετε αυτα των γαρ τοιουτων εστιν η βασιλεια του θεου
Lit: Having seen now, Jesus was indignant and said to them, Permit the little children to come to Me; not do hinder them! To the for such, belongs the kingdom of God.
KJV: But when Jesus saw it, he was much displeased, and said unto them, Suffer the little children to come unto me, and forbid them not: for of such is the kingdom of God.
References
"he was"Mr 3:5: When he had looked round about on them with anger: being grieved for the hardness of their hearts: he says to the man: Stretch forth your hand. And he stretched it out: and his hand was restored whole as the other.Mr 8:33: But when He had turned about and looked on His disciples: He rebuked Peter: saying: Get you behind me: Satan: for you savour not the things that be of God: but the things that be of men.Lu 9:54-56: When His disciples James and John saw this: they said: Lord: will you that we command fire to come down from heaven: and consume them: even as Elias did?Eph 4:26: Be you angry: and not sin: not let the sun go down upon your wrath:"Suffer"Ge 17:7: 10-14: I will establish my covenant between me and you and your seed after you in their generations for an everlasting covenant: to be a God to you: and to your seed after you.Nu 14:31: But your little ones: which you said should be a prey: them will I bring in: and they will know the land which you have despised.De 4:37: Because he loved your fathers: therefore he chose their seed after them: and brought you out in his sight with his mighty power out of Egypt;De 29:11: 12: your little ones: your wives: and your stranger that is in your camp: from the hewer of your wood to the drawer of your water:1Sa 1:11: 22: 27: 28: She vowed a vow: and said: O LORD of hosts: if you will indeed look on the affliction of your handmaid: and remember me: not and forget your handmaid: but will give to your handmaid a man child: then I will give Him to the LORD all the days of His life: and there will no rasor come upon His head.Ps 78:4: We not will hide them from their children: shewing to the generation to come the praises of the LORD: and His strength: and His wonderful works that He has done.Ps 115:14: 15: The LORD will increase you more and more: you and your children.Isa 65:23: They will not labour in vain: nor bring forth for trouble; for they are the seed of the blessed of the LORD: and their offspring with them.Jer 32:39: 40: I will give them one heart: and one way: that they may fear me for ever: for the good of them: and of their children after them:Lu 18:15: 16: They brought to him also infants: that he would touch them: but when his disciples saw it: they rebuked them.Ac 2:39: For the promise is to you: and to your children: and to all that are afar off: even as many as the Lord our God will call.Ac 3:25: You are the children of the prophets: and of the covenant which God made with our fathers: saying to Abraham: And in your seed will all the kindreds of the earth be blessed.Ro 11:16: 28: For if the firstfruit be holy: the lump is also holy: and if the root be holy: so are the branches.1Co 7:14: For the unbelieving husband is sanctified by the wife: and the unbelieving wife is sanctified by the husband: else were your children unclean; but now are they holy.2Ti 1:5: When I call to remembrance the unfeigned faith that is in you: which dwelt first in your grandmother Lois: and your mother Eunice; and I am persuaded that in you also.2Ti 3:15: That from a child you have known the holy scriptures: which are able to make you wise to salvation through faith which is in Christ Jesus."for"Ps 131:1: 2: > LORD: my heart not is haughty: nor my eyes lofty: neither do I exercise myself in great matters: or in things too high for me.Mt 18:4: 10: Whoever therefore will humble himself as this little child: the same is great in the kingdom of heaven.Mt 19:14: But Jesus said: Suffer little children: and forbid not them: to come to me: for of such is the kingdom of heaven.1Co 14:20: Brothers: not be children in understanding: howbeit in malice be you children: but in understanding be men.1Pe 2:2: As newborn babes: desire the sincere milk of the word: that you may grow thereby:Re 14:5: In their mouth was found no guile: for they are without fault before the throne of God.
αμην λεγω υμιν ος εαν μη δεξηται την βασιλειαν του θεου ως παιδιον ου μη εισελθη εις αυτην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G281ἀμὴνamēn (Heb)
G281 ἀμήν amḗn am-ane of Hebrew origin (אָמֵן); properly, firm, i.e. (figuratively) trustworthy; adverbially, surely (often as interjection, so be it):--amen, verily.,
|
ἀμὴνamēn
|
Truly
|
Heb
|
G3004λέγωlegō (V-PIA-1S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωlegō
|
I say
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖν,hymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖν,hymin
|
to you,
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
whoever
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1209δέξηταιdexētai (V-ASM-3S)
G1209 δέχομαι déchomai dekh-om-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to receive (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--accept, receive, take. Compare λαμβάνω.
|
δέξηταιdexētai
|
shall receive
|
V-ASM-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G932βασιλείανbasileian (N-AFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείανbasileian
|
kingdom
|
N-AFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3813παιδίον,paidion (N-NNS)
G3813 παιδίον paidíon pahee-dee-on neuter diminutive of παῖς; a childling (of either sex), i.e. (properly), an infant, or (by extension) a half-grown boy or girl; figuratively, an immature Christian:--(little, young) child, damsel.
|
παιδίον,paidion
|
a child,
|
N-NNS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
no
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1525εἰσέλθῃeiselthē (V-ASA-3S)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσέλθῃeiselthē
|
shall enter
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτήν.autēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτήν.autēn
|
it.
|
PPro-AF3S
|
15
Truly I say to you, Whoever will not receive the kingdom of God as a little child, He will not enter therein.
Mark 10:15
Stats
Counts: 116 characters, 20 words, 92 letters, 36 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: αμην λεγω υμιν ος εαν μη δεξηται την βασιλειαν του θεου ως παιδιον ου μη εισελθη εις αυτην
Lit: Truly I say to you, whoever not shall receive the kingdom of God as a child, no not shall enter into it.
KJV: Verily I say unto you, Whosoever shall not receive the kingdom of God as a little child, he shall not enter therein.
References
"Verily I say unto you, Whosoever shall not receive the kingdom of God as a little child, he shall not enter therein."Mt 18:3: Said: Truly I say to you: Except you be converted: and become as little children: you will not enter into the kingdom of heaven.Lu 18:17: Truly I say to you: Whoever will not receive the kingdom of God as a little child will in no wise enter therein.Joh 3:3-6: Jesus answered and said to Him: Truly: truly: I say to you: Except a man be born again: He cannot see the kingdom of God.
και εναγκαλισαμενος αυτα τιθεις τας χειρας επ αυτα ηυλογει αυτα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1723ἐναγκαλισάμενοςenankalisamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G1723 ἐναγκαλίζομαι enankalízomai en-ang-kal-id-zom-ahee from ἐν and a derivative of ἀγκάλη; to take in ones arms, i.e. embrace:--take up in arms.
|
ἐναγκαλισάμενοςenankalisamenos
|
having taken them in arms,
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G846αὐτὰauta (PPro-AN3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὰauta
|
them
|
PPro-AN3P
|
G2127κατευλόγειkateulogei (V-IIA-3S)
G2127 εὐλογέω eulogéō yoo-log-eh-o from a compound of εὖ and λόγος; to speak well of, i.e. (religiously) to bless (thank or invoke a benediction upon, prosper):--bless, praise.
|
κατευλόγειkateulogei
|
He was blessing,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G5087τιθεὶςtitheis (V-PPA-NMS)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
τιθεὶςtitheis
|
having laid
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5495χεῖραςcheiras (N-AFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖραςcheiras
|
hands
|
N-AFP
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
on
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτά.auta (PPro-AN3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτά.auta
|
them.
|
PPro-AN3P
|
16
He took them up in his arms, put his hands upon them, and blessed them.Mark 10:16
Stats
Counts: 75 characters, 14 words, 57 letters, 19 vowels, 38 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εναγκαλισαμενος αυτα τιθεις τας χειρας επ αυτα ηυλογει αυτα
Lit: And having taken them in arms, them He was blessing, having laid the hands on them.
KJV: And he took them up in his arms, put his hands upon them, and blessed them.
References
"And he took them up in his arms, put his hands upon them, and blessed them."Ge 48:14-16: Israel stretched out his right hand: and laid it upon Ephraim's head: who was the younger: and his left hand upon Manasseh's head: guiding his hands wittingly; for Manasseh was the firstborn.De 28:3: Blessed will you be in the city: and blessed will you be in the field.Isa 40:11: He will feed his flock like a shepherd: he will gather the lambs with his arm: and carry them in his bosom: and will gently lead those that are with young.Lu 2:28-34: Then took He Him up in His arms: and blessed God: and said: Lu 24:50: 51: He led them out as far as to Bethany: and he lifted up his hands: and blessed them.Joh 21:15-17: So when they had dined: Jesus says to Simon Peter: Simon: son of Jonas: love you me more than these? He says to Him: Yes: Lord; you know that I love you. He says to Him: Feed my lambs.
The Rich Young Man
και εκπορευομενου αυτου εις οδον προσδραμων εις και γονυπετησας αυτον επηρωτα αυτον διδασκαλε αγαθε τι ποιησω ινα ζωην αιωνιον κληρονομησω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1607ἐκπορευομένουekporeuomenou (V-PPM/P-GMS)
G1607 ἐκπορεύομαι ekporeúomai ek-por-yoo-om-ahee from ἐκ and πορεύομαι; to depart, be discharged, proceed, project:--come (forth, out of), depart, go (forth, out), issue, proceed (out of).
|
ἐκπορευομένουekporeuomenou
|
going forth
|
V-PPM/P-GMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3598ὁδὸνhodon (N-AFS)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδὸνhodon
|
the journey,
|
N-AFS
|
G4370προσδραμὼνprosdramōn (V-APA-NMS)
G4370 προστρέχω prostréchō pros-trekh-o from πρός and τρέχω (including its alternate); to run towards, i.e. hasten to meet or join:--run (thither to, to).
|
προσδραμὼνprosdramōn
|
having run up
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷςheis
|
one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1120γονυπετήσαςgonypetēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G1120 γονυπετέω gonypetéō gon-oo-pet-eh-o from a compound of γόνυ and the alternate of πίπτω; to fall on the knee:--bow the knee, kneel down.
|
γονυπετήσαςgonypetēsas
|
having knelt down to
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1905ἐπηρώταepērōta (V-IIA-3S)
G1905 ἐπερωτάω eperōtáō ep-er-o-tah-o from ἐπί and ἐρωτάω; to ask for, i.e. inquire, seek:--ask (after, questions), demand, desire, question.
|
ἐπηρώταepērōta
|
was asking
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτόνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόνauton
|
Him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1320ΔιδάσκαλεDidaskale (N-VMS)
G1320 διδάσκαλος didáskalos did-as-kal-os from διδάσκω; an instructor (genitive case or specially):--doctor, master, teacher.
|
ΔιδάσκαλεDidaskale
|
Teacher
|
N-VMS
|
G18ἀγαθέ,agathe (Adj-VMS)
G18 ἀγαθός agathós ag-ath-os a primary word; good (in any sense, often as noun):--benefit, good(-s, things), well. Compare καλός.
|
ἀγαθέ,agathe
|
good,
|
Adj-VMS
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-ANS
|
G4160ποιήσωpoiēsō (V-ASA-1S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσωpoiēsō
|
shall I do,
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2222ζωὴνzōēn (N-AFS)
G2222 ζωή zōḗ dzo-ay from ζάω; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare ψυχή.
|
ζωὴνzōēn
|
life
|
N-AFS
|
G166αἰώνιονaiōnion (Adj-AFS)
G166 αἰώνιος aiṓnios ahee-o-nee-os from αἰών; perpetual (also used of past time, or past and future as well):--eternal, for ever, everlasting, world (began).
|
αἰώνιονaiōnion
|
eternal
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2816κληρονομήσω;klēronomēsō (V-ASA-1S)
G2816 κληρονομέω klēronoméō klay-ron-om-eh-o from κληρονόμος; to be an heir to (literally or figuratively):--be heir, (obtain by) inherit(-ance).
|
κληρονομήσω;klēronomēsō
|
I might inherit?
|
V-ASA-1S
|
17
When he was gone forth into the way, there came one running, and kneeled to him, and asked him, Good Master, what will I do that I may inherit eternal life?
Mark 10:17
Stats
Rank: #589 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 161 characters, 27 words, 124 letters, 48 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εκπορευομενου αυτου εις οδον προσδραμων εις και γονυπετησας αυτον επηρωτα αυτον διδασκαλε αγαθε τι ποιησω ινα ζωην αιωνιον κληρονομησω
Lit: And going forth of Him on the journey, having run up one and having knelt down to Him, was asking Him, Teacher good, what shall I do, that life eternal I might inherit?
KJV: And when he was gone forth into the way, there came one running, and kneeled to him, and asked him, Good Master, what shall I do that I may inherit eternal life?
References
"when"Mt 19:16-30: And: look: one came and said to him: Good Master: what good thing will I do: that I may have eternal life?Lu 18:18-30: A certain ruler asked him: saying: Good Master: what will I do to inherit eternal life?"running"Mr 9:25: When Jesus saw that the people came running together: He rebuked the foul spirit: saying to Him: You dumb and deaf spirit: I charge you: come out of Him: and enter no more into Him.Mt 28:8: They departed quickly from the sepulchre with fear and great joy; and did run to bring his disciples word.Joh 20:2-4: Then she runs: and comes to Simon Peter: and to the other disciple: whom Jesus loved: and says to them: They have taken away the Lord out of the sepulchre: and we know nowhere they have laid Him."kneeled"Mr 1:40: There came a leper to him: beseeching him: and kneeling down to him: and saying to him: If you will: you canst make me clean.Da 6:10: Now when Daniel knew that the writing was signed: He went into His house; and His windows being open in His chamber toward Jerusalem: He kneeled upon His knees 3 times a day: and prayed: and gave thanks before His God: as He did aforetime.Mt 17:14: When they were come to the multitude: there came to him a certain man: kneeling down to him: and saying: "Good"Mr 12:14: When they were come: they say to Him: Master: we know that you are true: and care for no man: for you regard not the person of men: but teach the way of God in truth: Is it lawful to give tribute to Caesar: not or?Joh 3:2: The same came to Jesus by night: and said to Him: Rabbi: we know that you are a teacher come from God: for no man can do these miracles that you do: except God be with Him."what"Joh 6:28: Then said they to Him: What will we do: that we might work the works of God?Ac 2:37: Now when they heard this: they were pricked in their heart: and said to Peter and to the rest of the apostles: Men and brothers: what will we do?Ac 9:6: He trembling and astonished said: Lord: what will you have me to do? And the Lord said to Him: Arise: and go into the city: and it will be told you what you must do.Ac 16:30: Brought them out: and said: Sirs: what must I do to be saved?Ro 10:2-4: For I bear them record that they have a zeal of God: not but according to knowledge."eternal"Joh 5:39: Search the scriptures; for in them you think you have eternal life: and they are they which testify of me.Joh 6:27: 40: not Labour for the meat which perishes: but for that meat which endures to everlasting life: which the Son of man will give to you: for Him has God the Father sealed.Ro 2:7: To them who by patient continuance in well doing seek for glory and honour and immortality: eternal life:Ro 6:23: For the wages of sin is death; but the gift of God is eternal life through Jesus Christ our Lord.1Jo 2:25: This is the promise that he has promised us: even eternal life.
ο δε ιησους ειπεν αυτω τι με λεγεις αγαθον ουδεις αγαθος ει μη εις ο θεος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
Why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
Me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G3004λέγειςlegeis (V-PIA-2S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειςlegeis
|
call you
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G18ἀγαθόν;agathon (Adj-AMS)
G18 ἀγαθός agathós ag-ath-os a primary word; good (in any sense, often as noun):--benefit, good(-s, things), well. Compare καλός.
|
ἀγαθόν;agathon
|
good?
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3762οὐδεὶςoudeis (Adj-NMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεὶςoudeis
|
No one is
|
Adj-NMS
|
G18ἀγαθὸςagathos (Adj-NMS)
G18 ἀγαθός agathós ag-ath-os a primary word; good (in any sense, often as noun):--benefit, good(-s, things), well. Compare καλός.
|
ἀγαθὸςagathos
|
good,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷςheis
|
alone
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2316Θεός.Theos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεός.Theos
|
God.
|
N-NMS
|
18
Jesus said to Him, Why call you me good? there is none good but one, that is, God.
Mark 10:18
Stats
Rank: #3111 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 94 characters, 15 words, 69 letters, 28 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε ιησους ειπεν αυτω τι με λεγεις αγαθον ουδεις αγαθος ει μη εις ο θεος
Lit: And Jesus said to him, Why Me call you good? No one is good, if not alone God.
KJV: And Jesus said unto him, Why callest thou me good? there is none good but one, [that is], God.
References
"Why"Mt 19:17: He said to Him: Why call you me good? there is none good but one: that is: God: but if you will enter into life: keep the commandments.Lu 18:19: Jesus said to Him: Why call you me good? none is good: save one: that is: God.Joh 5:41-44: I not receive honour from men.Ro 3:12: They are all gone out of the way: they are together become unprofitable; there is none that does good: no: not one."that is"1Sa 2:2: There is none holy as the LORD: for there is none beside you: neither is there any rock like our God.Ps 36:7: 8: How excellent is your lovingkindness: O God! therefore the children of men put their trust under the shadow of your wings.Ps 86:5: For you: Lord: are good: and ready to forgive; and plenteous in mercy to all them that call upon you.Ps 119:68: You are good: and do good; teach me your statutes.Jas 1:17: Every good gift and every perfect gift is from above: and comes down from the Father of lights: with whom is no variableness: neither shadow of turning.1Jo 4:8: 16: He who loves not knows not God; for God is love.
τας εντολας οιδας μη μοιχευσης μη φονευσης μη κλεψης μη ψευδομαρτυρησης μη αποστερησης τιμα τον πατερα σου και την μητερα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
The
|
Art-AFP
|
G1785ἐντολὰςentolas (N-AFP)
G1785 ἐντολή entolḗ en-tol-ay from ἐντέλλομαι; injunction, i.e. an authoritative prescription:--commandment, precept.
|
ἐντολὰςentolas
|
commandments
|
N-AFP
|
G1492οἶδαςoidas (V-RIA-2S)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἶδαςoidas
|
you know:
|
V-RIA-2S
|
G3361ΜὴMē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
ΜὴMē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G5407φονεύσῃς,phoneusēs (V-ASA-2S)
G5407 φονεύω phoneúō fon-yoo-o from φονεύς; to be a murderer (of):--kill, do murder, slay.
|
φονεύσῃς,phoneusēs
|
shall you murder,
|
V-ASA-2S
|
G3361ΜὴMē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
ΜὴMē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3431μοιχεύσῃς,moicheusēs (V-ASA-2S)
G3431 μοιχεύω moicheúō moy-khyoo-o from μοιχός; to commit adultery:--commit adultery.
|
μοιχεύσῃς,moicheusēs
|
shall you commit adultery,
|
V-ASA-2S
|
G3361ΜὴMē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
ΜὴMē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2813κλέψῃς,klepsēs (V-ASA-2S)
G2813 κλέπτω kléptō klep-to a primary verb; to filch:--steal.
|
κλέψῃς,klepsēs
|
shall you steal,
|
V-ASA-2S
|
G3361ΜὴMē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
ΜὴMē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5576ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς,pseudomartyrēsēs (V-ASA-2S)
G5576 ψευδομαρτυρέω pseudomartyréō psyoo-dom-ar-too-reh-o from ψευδομάρτυρ; to be an untrue testifier, i.e. offer falsehood in evidence:--be a false witness.
|
ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς,pseudomartyrēsēs
|
shall you bear false witness,
|
V-ASA-2S
|
G3361ΜὴMē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
ΜὴMē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G650ἀποστερήσῃς,aposterēsēs (V-ASA-2S)
G650 ἀποστερέω aposteréō ap-os-ter-eh-o from ἀπό and (to deprive); to despoil:--defraud, destitute, kept back by fraud.
|
ἀποστερήσῃς,aposterēsēs
|
shall you defraud,
|
V-ASA-2S
|
G5091ΤίμαTima (V-PMA-2S)
G5091 τιμάω timáō tim-ah-o from τίμιος; to prize, i.e. fix a valuation upon; by implication, to revere:--honour, value.
|
ΤίμαTima
|
you shall honor
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3962πατέραpatera (N-AMS)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέραpatera
|
father
|
N-AMS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3384μητέρα.mētera (N-AFS)
G3384 μήτηρ mḗtēr may-tare apparently a primary word; a mother (literally or figuratively, immediate or remote):--mother.
|
μητέρα.mētera
|
mother.’
|
N-AFS
|
19
You know the commandments, not Do commit adultery, not Do kill, not Do steal, not Do bear false witness, not Defraud, Honour your father and mother.
Mark 10:19
Stats
Counts: 151 characters, 20 words, 119 letters, 42 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: τας εντολας οιδας μη μοιχευσης μη φονευσης μη κλεψης μη ψευδομαρτυρησης μη αποστερησης τιμα τον πατερα σου και την μητερα
Lit: The commandments you know: Not shall you murder, not shall you commit adultery, not shall you steal, not shall you bear false witness, not shall you defraud, you shall honor the father of you and the mother.’
KJV: Thou knowest the commandments, Do not commit adultery, Do not kill, Do not steal, Do not bear false witness, Defraud not, Honour thy father and mother.
References
"knowest"Mr 12:28-34: One of the scribes came: and having heard them reasoning together: and perceiving that he had answered them well: asked him: Which is the first commandment of all?Isa 8:20: To the law and to the testimony: if they not speak according to this word: it is because there is no light in them.Mt 5:17-20: not Think that I am come to destroy the law: or the prophets: I not am come to destroy: but to fulfil.Mt 19:17-19: He said to Him: Why call you me good? there is none good but one: that is: God: but if you will enter into life: keep the commandments.Lu 10:26-28: He said to him: What is written in the law? how read you?Lu 18:20: You know the commandments: not Do commit adultery: not Do kill: not Do steal: not Do bear false witness: Honour your father and your mother.Ro 3:20: Therefore by the deeds of the law there will no flesh be justified in his sight: for by the law is the knowledge of sin.Ga 4:21: Tell me: you that desire to be under the law: do you not hear the law?"commit"Ex 20:12-17: Honour your father and your mother: that your days may be long upon the land which the LORD your God gives you.De 5:16-24: Honour your father and your mother: as the LORD your God has commanded you; that your days may be prolonged: and that it may go well with you: in the land which the LORD your God gives you.Ro 13:9: For this: You will not commit adultery: You will not kill: You will not steal: You will not bear false witness: You will not covet; and if there be any other commandment: it is briefly comprehended in this saying: namely: You will love your neighbour as yourself.Ga 5:14: For all the law is fulfilled in one word: even in this; You will love your neighbour as yourself.Jas 2:11: For he who said: not Do commit adultery: said also: not Do kill. Now if you commit no adultery: yet if you kill: you are become a transgressor of the law."Defraud"1Co 6:7-9: Now therefore there is utterly a fault among you: because you go to law one with another. Why do you not rather take wrong? why do you not rather suffer yourselves to be defrauded?1Th 4:6: That no man go beyond and defraud His brother in any matter: because that the Lord is the avenger of all such: as we also have forewarned you and testified.
ο δε αποκριθεις ειπεν αυτω διδασκαλε ταυτα παντα εφυλαξαμην εκ νεοτητος μου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5346ἔφηephē (V-IIA-3S)
G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
ἔφηephē
|
he was saying
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1320Διδάσκαλε,Didaskale (N-VMS)
G1320 διδάσκαλος didáskalos did-as-kal-os from διδάσκω; an instructor (genitive case or specially):--doctor, master, teacher.
|
Διδάσκαλε,Didaskale
|
Teacher,
|
N-VMS
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these
|
DPro-ANP
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-ANP
|
G5442ἐφυλαξάμηνephylaxamēn (V-AIM-1S)
G5442 φυλάσσω phylássō foo-las-so probably from φυλή through the idea of isolation; to watch, i.e. be on guard (literally of figuratively); by implication, to preserve, obey, avoid:--beward, keep (self), observe, save. Compare τηρέω.
|
ἐφυλαξάμηνephylaxamēn
|
I have kept
|
V-AIM-1S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3503νεότητόςneotētos (N-GFS)
G3503 νεότης neótēs neh-ot-ace from νέος; newness, i.e. youthfulness:--youth.
|
νεότητόςneotētos
|
the youth
|
N-GFS
|
G1473μου.mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου.mou
|
of me.
|
PPro-G1S
|
20
He answered and said to him, Master, all these have I observed from my youth.
Mark 10:20
Stats
Rank: #3743 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 83 characters, 14 words, 65 letters, 25 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε αποκριθεις ειπεν αυτω διδασκαλε ταυτα παντα εφυλαξαμην εκ νεοτητος μου
Lit: And he was saying to Him, Teacher, these all I have kept from the youth of me.
KJV: And he answered and said unto him, Master, all these have I observed from my youth.
References
"And he answered and said unto him, Master, all these have I observed from my youth."Isa 58:2: Yet they seek me daily: and delight to know my ways: as a nation that did righteousness: and not forsook the ordinance of their God: they ask of me the ordinances of justice; they take delight in approaching to God.Eze 5:14: Moreover I will make you waste: and a reproach among the nations that are round about you: in the sight of all that pass by.Eze 33:31: 32: They come to you as the people comes: and they sit before you as my people: and they hear your words: but they not will do them: for with their mouth they show much love: but their heart goes after their covetousness.Mal 3:8: Will a man rob God? Yet you have robbed me. But you say: Wherein have we robbed you? In tithes and offerings.Mt 19:20: The young man says to him: All these things have I kept from my youth up: what lack I yet?Lu 10:29: But He: willing to justify Himself: said to Jesus: And who is my neighbour?Lu 18:11: 12: The Pharisee stood and prayed thus with Himself: God: I thank you: that I not am as other men are: extortioners: unjust: adulterers: or even as this publican.Ro 7:9: For I was alive without the law once: but when the commandment came: sin revived: and I died.Php 3:6: Concerning zeal: persecuting the church; touching the righteousness which is in the law: blameless.2Ti 3:5: Having a form of godliness: but denying the power thereof: from such turn away.
ο δε ιησους εμβλεψας αυτω ηγαπησεν αυτον και ειπεν αυτω εν σοι υστερει υπαγε οσα εχεις πωλησον και δος τοις πτωχοις και εξεις θησαυρον εν ουρανω και δευρο ακολουθει μοι αρας τον σταυρον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus,
|
N-NMS
|
G1689ἐμβλέψαςemblepsas (V-APA-NMS)
G1689 ἐμβλέπω emblépō em-blep-o from ἐν and βλέπω; to look on, i.e. (relatively) to observe fixedly, or (absolutely) to discern clearly:--behold, gaze up, look upon, (could) see.
|
ἐμβλέψαςemblepsas
|
having looked upon
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G25ἠγάπησενēgapēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G25 ἀγαπάω agapáō ag-ap-ah-o perhaps from (much) (or compare עֲגַב); to love (in a social or moral sense):--(be-)love(-ed). Compare φιλέω.
|
ἠγάπησενēgapēsen
|
loved
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1520ἝνHen (Adj-NNS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἝνHen
|
One thing
|
Adj-NNS
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
to you
|
PPro-A2S
|
G5302ὑστερεῖ·hysterei (V-PIA-3S)
G5302 ὑστερέω hysteréō hoos-ter-eh-o from ὕστερος; to be later, i.e. (by implication) to be inferior; generally, to fall short (be deficient):--come behind (short), be destitute, fail, lack, suffer need, (be in) want, be the worse.
|
ὑστερεῖ·hysterei
|
is lacking.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G5217ὕπαγε,hypage (V-PMA-2S)
G5217 ὑπάγω hypágō hoop-ag-o from ὑπό and ἄγω; to lead (oneself) under, i.e. withdraw or retire (as if sinking out of sight), literally or figuratively:--depart, get hence, go (a-)way.
|
ὕπαγε,hypage
|
Go,
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G3745ὅσαhosa (RelPro-ANP)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσαhosa
|
as much as
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G2192ἔχειςecheis (V-PIA-2S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειςecheis
|
you have
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G4453πώλησονpōlēson (V-AMA-2S)
G4453 πωλέω pōléō po-leh-o probably ultimately from (to be busy, to trade); to barter (as a pedlar), i.e. to sell:--sell, whatever is sold.
|
πώλησονpōlēson
|
sell,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325δὸςdos (V-AMA-2S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δὸςdos
|
give
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G4434πτωχοῖς,ptōchois (Adj-DMP)
G4434 πτωχός ptōchós pto-khos from (to crouch); akin to πτοέω and the alternate of πίπτω); a beggar (as cringing), i.e. pauper (strictly denoting absolute or public mendicancy, although also used in a qualified or relative sense; whereas πένης properly means only straitened circumstances in private), literally (often as noun) or figuratively (distressed):--beggar(-ly), poor.
|
πτωχοῖς,ptōchois
|
poor,
|
Adj-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2192ἕξειςhexeis (V-FIA-2S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἕξειςhexeis
|
you will have
|
V-FIA-2S
|
G2344θησαυρὸνthēsauron (N-AMS)
G2344 θησαυρός thēsaurós thay-sow-ros from τίθημι; a deposit, i.e. wealth (literally or figuratively):--treasure.
|
θησαυρὸνthēsauron
|
treasure
|
N-AMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανῷ,ouranō (N-DMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανῷ,ouranō
|
heaven;
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1204δεῦροdeuro (V-M-2S)
G1204 δεῦρο deûro dyoo-ro of uncertain affinity; here; used also imperative hither!; and of time, hitherto:--come (hither), hither(-to).
|
δεῦροdeuro
|
come,
|
V-M-2S
|
G190ἀκολούθειakolouthei (V-PMA-2S)
G190 ἀκολουθέω akolouthéō ak-ol-oo-theh-o from Α (as a particle of union) and (a road); properly, to be in the same way with, i.e. to accompany (specially, as a disciple):--follow, reach.
|
ἀκολούθειakolouthei
|
follow
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G1473μοι.moi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοι.moi
|
Me.
|
PPro-D1S
|
21
Then Jesus beholding Him loved Him, and said to Him, one thing you lack: go your way, sell whatever you have, and give to the poor, and you will have treasure in heaven: and come, take up the cross, and follow me.
Mark 10:21
Stats
Rank: #1989 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 223 characters, 33 words, 172 letters, 66 vowels, 106 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε ιησους εμβλεψας αυτω ηγαπησεν αυτον και ειπεν αυτω εν σοι υστερει υπαγε οσα εχεις πωλησον και δος τοις πτωχοις και εξεις θησαυρον εν ουρανω και δευρο ακολουθει μοι αρας τον σταυρον
Lit: And Jesus, having looked upon him, loved him and said to him, One thing to you is lacking. Go, as much as you have sell, and give to the poor, and you will have treasure in heaven; and come, follow Me.
KJV: Then Jesus beholding him loved him, and said unto him, One thing thou lackest: go thy way, sell whatsoever thou hast, and give to the poor, and thou shalt have treasure in heaven: and come, take up the cross, and follow me.
References
"loved"Ge 34:19: The young man not deferred to do the thing: because he had delight in Jacob's daughter: and he was more honourable than all the house of his father.Isa 63:8-10: For he said: Surely they are my people: children that not will lie: so he was their Saviour.Lu 19:41: When he was come near: he beheld the city: and wept over it: 2Co 12:15: I will very gladly spend and be spent for you; though the more abundantly I love you: the less I be loved."One thing"Lu 10:42: But one thing is needful: and Mary has chosen that good part: which will not be taken away from her.Lu 18:22: Now when Jesus heard these things: He said to Him: Yet lack you one thing: sell all that you have: and distribute to the poor: and you will have treasure in heaven: and come: follow me.Jas 2:10: For whoever will keep the whole law: and yet offend in one point: he is guilty of all.Re 2:4: 14: 20: Nevertheless I have somewhat against you: because you have left your first love."sell"Pr 23:23: Buy the truth: and sell it not; also wisdom: and instruction: and understanding.Mt 13:44-46: Again: the kingdom of heaven is like to treasure hid in a field; the which when a man has found: he hides: and for joy thereof goes and sells all that he has: and buys that field.Mt 19:21: Jesus said to Him: If you will be perfect: go and sell that you have: and give to the poor: and you will have treasure in heaven: and come and follow me.Lu 12:33: Sell that you have: and give alms; provide yourselves bags which not wax old: a treasure in the heavens that fails not: where no thief approaches: neither moth corrupts.Ac 2:45: Sold their possessions and goods: and parted them to all men: as every man had need.Ac 4:34-37: Neither was there any among them that lacked: for as many as were possessors of lands or houses sold them: and brought the prices of the things that were sold: "treasure"Mt 6:19-21: not Lay up for yourselves treasures upon earth: where moth and rust does corrupt: and where thieves break through and steal:Lu 16:9: I say to you: Make to yourselves friends of the mammon of unrighteousness; that: when you fail: they may receive you into everlasting habitations.1Ti 6:17-19: Charge them that are rich in this world: that they not be highminded: nor trust in uncertain riches: but in the living God: who gives us richly all things to enjoy;Heb 10:34: For you had compassion of me in my bonds: and took joyfully the spoiling of your goods: knowing in yourselves that you have in heaven a better and an enduring substance.1Pe 1:4: 5: To an inheritance incorruptible: and undefiled: and that fades not away: reserved in heaven for you: "take"Mr 8:34: When he had called the people to him with his disciples also: he said to them: Whoever will come after me: let him deny himself: and take up his cross: and follow me.Mt 16:24: Then said Jesus to His disciples: If any man will come after me: let Him deny Himself: and take up His cross: and follow me.Lu 9:23: He said to them all: If any man will come after me: let him deny himself: and take up his cross daily: and follow me.Joh 12:26: If any man serve me: let Him follow me; and where I am: there will also my servant be: if any man serve me: Him will my Father honour.Joh 16:33: These things I have spoken to you: that in me you might have peace. In the world you will have tribulation: but be of good cheer; I have overcome the world.Ro 8:17: 18: If children: then heirs; heirs of God: and joint-heirs with Christ; if so be that we suffer with Him: that we may be also glorified together.2Ti 3:12: Yes: and all that will live godly in Christ Jesus will suffer persecution.
ο δε στυγνασας επι τω λογω απηλθεν λυπουμενος ην γαρ εχων κτηματα πολλα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4768στυγνάσαςstygnasas (V-APA-NMS)
G4768 στυγνάζω stygnázō stoog-nad-zo from the same as στυγνητός; to render gloomy, i.e. (by implication) glower (be overcast with clouds, or sombreness of speech):--lower, be sad.
|
στυγνάσαςstygnasas
|
having been sad
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3056λόγῳlogō (N-DMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγῳlogō
|
word,
|
N-DMS
|
G565ἀπῆλθενapēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπῆλθενapēlthen
|
he went away
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3076λυπούμενος,lypoumenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G3076 λυπέω lypéō loo-peh-o from λύπη; to distress; reflexively or passively, to be sad:--cause grief, grieve, be in heaviness, (be) sorrow(-ful), be (make) sorry.
|
λυπούμενος,lypoumenos
|
grieving;
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
he was one
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2933κτήματαktēmata (N-ANP)
G2933 κτῆμα ktēma ktay-mah from κτάομαι; an acquirement, i.e. estate:--possession.
|
κτήματαktēmata
|
possessions
|
N-ANP
|
G4183πολλά.polla (Adj-ANP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλά.polla
|
many.
|
Adj-ANP
|
22
He was sad at that saying, and went away grieved: for he had great possessions.Mark 10:22
Stats
Rank: #4356 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 83 characters, 14 words, 65 letters, 24 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε στυγνασας επι τω λογω απηλθεν λυπουμενος ην γαρ εχων κτηματα πολλα
Lit: And having been sad at the word, he went away grieving; he was one for having possessions many.
KJV: And he was sad at that saying, and went away grieved: for he had great possessions.
References
"sad"Mr 6:20: 26: For Herod feared John: knowing that he was a just man and an holy: and observed him; and when he heard him: he did many things: and heard him gladly.Mt 19:22: But when the young man heard that saying: he went away sorrowful: for he had great possessions.Mt 27:3: 24-26: Then Judas: which had betrayed him: when he saw that he was condemned: repented himself: and brought again the 30 pieces of silver to the chief priests and elders: Lu 18:23: When he heard this: he was very sorrowful: for he was very rich.2Co 7:10: For godly sorrow works'>works repentance to not salvation to be repented of: but the sorrow of the world works'>works death.2Ti 4:10: For Demas has forsaken me: having loved this present world: and is departed to Thessalonica; Crescens to Galatia: Titus to Dalmatia."for"Ge 13:5-11: Lot also: which went with Abram: had flocks: and herds: and tents.De 6:10-12: It will be: when the LORD your God will have brought you into the land which He sware to your fathers: to Abraham: to Isaac: and to Jacob: to give you great and goodly cities: which you not buildedst: De 8:11-14: Beware that you not forget the LORD your God: not in keeping His commandments: and His judgments: and His statutes: which I command you this day:Job 21:7-15: For what reason do the wicked live: become old: yes: are mighty in power?Eze 33:31: They come to you as the people comes: and they sit before you as my people: and they hear your words: but they not will do them: for with their mouth they show much love: but their heart goes after their covetousness.Mt 13:22: He also that received seed among the thorns is he who hears the word; and the care of this world: and the deceitfulness of riches: choke the word: and he becomes unfruitful.Lu 12:15: He said to them: Take heed: and beware of covetousness: for a man's life consists not in the abundance of the things which he possesseth.Eph 5:5: For this you know: that no whoremonger: nor unclean person: nor covetous man: who is an idolater: has any inheritance in the kingdom of Christ and of God.1Ti 6:9: 10: But they that will be rich fall into temptation and a snare: and into many foolish and hurtful lusts: which drown men in destruction and perdition.1Jo 2:15: 16: not Love the world: neither the things that are in the world. If any man love the world: the love of the Father not is in Him.
και περιβλεψαμενος ο ιησους λεγει τοις μαθηταις αυτου πως δυσκολως οι τα χρηματα εχοντες εις την βασιλειαν του θεου εισελευσονται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4017περιβλεψάμενοςperiblepsamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G4017 περιβλέπω periblépō per-ee-blep-o from περί and βλέπω; to look all around:--look (round) about (on).
|
περιβλεψάμενοςperiblepsamenos
|
having looked around,
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G3101μαθηταῖςmathētais (N-DMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταῖςmathētais
|
disciples
|
N-DMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G4459ΠῶςPōs (Adv)
G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
ΠῶςPōs
|
How
|
Adv
|
G1423δυσκόλωςdyskolōs (Adv)
G1423 δυσκόλως dyskólōs doos-kol-oce adverb from δύσκολος; impracticably:--hardly.
|
δυσκόλωςdyskolōs
|
difficultly
|
Adv
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G5536χρήματαchrēmata (N-ANP)
G5536 χρῆμα chrēma khray-mah, Noun Neuter
|
χρήματαchrēmata
|
riches
|
N-ANP
|
G2192ἔχοντεςechontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχοντεςechontes
|
having,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G932βασιλείανbasileian (N-AFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείανbasileian
|
kingdom
|
N-AFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G1525εἰσελεύσονται.eiseleusontai (V-FIM-3P)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελεύσονται.eiseleusontai
|
will enter!
|
V-FIM-3P
|
23
Jesus looked round about, and says to His disciples, How hardly will they that have riches enter into the kingdom of God!
Mark 10:23
Stats
Counts: 129 characters, 21 words, 104 letters, 38 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: και περιβλεψαμενος ο ιησους λεγει τοις μαθηταις αυτου πως δυσκολως οι τα χρηματα εχοντες εις την βασιλειαν του θεου εισελευσονται
Lit: And having looked around, Jesus says the disciples of Him, How difficultly those riches having, into the kingdom of God will enter!
KJV: And Jesus looked round about, and saith unto his disciples, How hardly shall they that have riches enter into the kingdom of God!
References
"looked"Mr 3:5: When he had looked round about on them with anger: being grieved for the hardness of their hearts: he says to the man: Stretch forth your hand. And he stretched it out: and his hand was restored whole as the other.Mr 5:32: He looked round about to see her that had done this thing."How"Mt 19:23-26: Then said Jesus to His disciples: Truly I say to you: That a rich man will hardly enter into the kingdom of heaven.Lu 18:24: When Jesus saw that He was very sorrowful: He said: How hardly will they that have riches enter into the kingdom of God!1Co 1:26: For you see your calling: brothers: how not that many wise men after the flesh: not many mighty: not many noble: are called:Jas 2:5: Listen: my beloved brothers: Has not God chosen the poor of this world rich in faith: and heirs of the kingdom which He has promised to them that love Him?Jas 4:4: You adulterers and adulteresses: know you not that the friendship of the world is enmity with God? whoever therefore will be a friend of the world is the enemy of God."enter"Mr 10:15: Truly I say to you: Whoever will not receive the kingdom of God as a little child: He will not enter therein.Mt 18:3: Said: Truly I say to you: Except you be converted: and become as little children: you will not enter into the kingdom of heaven.Joh 3:5: Jesus answered: Truly: truly: I say to you: Except a man be born of water and of the Spirit: He cannot enter into the kingdom of God.2Pe 1:11: For so an entrance will be ministered to you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.
οι δε μαθηται εθαμβουντο επι τοις λογοις αυτου ο δε ιησους παλιν αποκριθεις λεγει αυτοις τεκνα πως δυσκολον εστιν τους πεποιθοτας επι τοις χρημασιν εις την βασιλειαν του θεου εισελθειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3101μαθηταὶmathētai (N-NMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταὶmathētai
|
the disciples
|
N-NMP
|
G2284ἐθαμβοῦντοethambounto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G2284 θαμβέω thambéō tham-beh-o from θάμβος; to stupefy (with surprise), i.e. astound:--amaze, astonish.
|
ἐθαμβοῦντοethambounto
|
were astonished
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G3056λόγοιςlogois (N-DMP)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγοιςlogois
|
words
|
N-DMP
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus,
|
N-NMS
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv)
G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again
|
Adv
|
G611ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis (V-APP-NMS)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis
|
answering,
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G5043Τέκνα,Tekna (N-VNP)
G5043 τέκνον téknon tek-non from the base of τίκτω; a child (as produced):--child, daughter, son.
|
Τέκνα,Tekna
|
Children,
|
N-VNP
|
G4459πῶςpōs (Adv)
G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
πῶςpōs
|
how
|
Adv
|
G1422δύσκολόνdyskolon (Adj-NNS)
G1422 δύσκολος dýskolos doo-kol-os from δυσ- and (food); properly, fastidious about eating (peevish), i.e. (genitive case) impracticable:--hard.
|
δύσκολόνdyskolon
|
difficult
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
it is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G932βασιλείανbasileian (N-AFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείανbasileian
|
kingdom
|
N-AFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G1525εἰσελθεῖν·eiselthein (V-ANA)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθεῖν·eiselthein
|
to enter!
|
V-ANA
|
G3588⧼τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
⧼τοὺςtous
|
those who
|
Art-AMP
|
G3982πεποιθόταςpepoithotas (V-RPA-AMP)
G3982 πείθω peíthō pi-tho a primary verb; to convince (by argument, true or false); by analogy, to pacify or conciliate (by other fair means); reflexively or passively, to assent (to evidence or authority), to rely (by inward certainty):--agree, assure, believe, have confidence, be (wax) conflent, make friend, obey, persuade, trust, yield.
|
πεποιθόταςpepoithotas
|
trust
|
V-RPA-AMP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5536χρήμασιν⧽ -- chrēmasin (N-DNP)
G5536 χρῆμα chrēma khray-mah, Noun Neuter
|
χρήμασιν⧽ -- chrēmasin
|
riches —
|
N-DNP
|
24
The disciples were astonished at His words. But Jesus answereth again, and says to them, Children, how hard is it for them that trust in riches to enter into the kingdom of God!
Mark 10:24
Stats
Rank: #4538 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 184 characters, 30 words, 146 letters, 52 vowels, 94 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε μαθηται εθαμβουντο επι τοις λογοις αυτου ο δε ιησους παλιν αποκριθεις λεγει αυτοις τεκνα πως δυσκολον εστιν τους πεποιθοτας επι τοις χρημασιν εις την βασιλειαν του θεου εισελθειν
Lit: And the disciples were astonished at the words of Him. But Jesus, again answering, says to them, Children, how difficult it is into the kingdom of God to enter! those who trust in riches —
KJV: And the disciples were astonished at his words. But Jesus answereth again, and saith unto them, Children, how hard is it for them that trust in riches to enter into the kingdom of God!
References
"astonished"Mt 19:25: When his disciples heard it: they were exceedingly amazed: saying: Who then can be saved?Lu 18:26: 27: They that heard it said: Who then can be saved?Joh 6:60: Many therefore of his disciples: when they had heard this: said: This is an hard saying; who can hear it?"Children"Joh 13:33: Little children: yet a little while I am with you. You will seek me: and as I said to the Jews: Whither I go: you cannot come; so now I say to you.Joh 21:5: Then Jesus says to them: Children: have you any meat? They answered Him: No.Ga 4:19: My little children: of whom I travail in birth again until Christ be formed in you: 1Jo 2:1: My little children: these things write I to you: that you not sin. And if any man sin: we have an advocate with the Father: Jesus Christ the righteous:1Jo 4:4: You are of God: little children: and have overcome them: because greater is He that'>He who is in you: than He that'>He who is in the world.1Jo 5:21: Little children: keep yourselves from idols. Amen."trust"Job 31:24: 25: If I have made gold my hope: or have said to the fine gold: You are my confidence;Ps 17:14: From men which are your hand: O LORD: from men of the world: which have their portion in this life: and whose belly you fill with your hid treasure: they are full of children: and leave the rest of their substance to their babes.Ps 49:6: 7: They that trust in their wealth: and boast themselves in the multitude of their riches;Ps 52:7: Indeed: this is the man that not made God His strength; but trusted in the abundance of His riches: and strengthened Himself in His wickedness.Ps 62:10: not Trust in oppression: and not become vain in robbery: if riches increase: not set your heart upon them.Pr 11:28: He who trusts in his riches will fall: but the righteous will flourish as a branch.Pr 18:11: The rich man's wealth is his strong city: and as an high wall in his own conceit.Pr 23:5: Will you set your eyes upon that which not is? for riches certainly make themselves wings; they fly away as an eagle toward heaven.Jer 9:23: Thus says the LORD: not Let the wise man glory in His wisdom: neither let the mighty man glory in His might: not let the rich man glory in His riches:Eze 28:4: 5: With your wisdom and with your understanding you have gotten you riches: and have gotten gold and silver into your treasures:Hab 2:9: Woe to him that covets an evil covetousness to his house: that he may set his nest on high: that he may be delivered from the power of evil!Zep 1:18: Neither their silver nor their gold will be able to deliver them in the day of the LORD's wrath; but the whole land will be devoured by the fire of His jealousy: for He will make even a speedy riddance of all them that dwell in the land.Lu 12:16-21: He spoke a parable to them: saying: The ground of a certain rich man brought forth plentifully:Lu 16:14: The Pharisees also: who were covetous: heard all these things: and they derided him.1Ti 6:17: Charge them that are rich in this world: that they not be highminded: nor trust in uncertain riches: but in the living God: who gives us richly all things to enjoy;Jas 5:1-3: Go to now: you rich men: weep and howl for your miseries that will come upon you.Re 3:17: Because you say: I am rich: and increased with goods: and have need not ofhing; and know not that you are wretched: and miserable: and poor: and blind: and naked:
ευκοπωτερον εστιν καμηλον δια της τρυμαλιας της ραφιδος {VAR1: εισελθειν } {VAR2: διελθειν } η πλουσιον εις την βασιλειαν του θεου εισελθειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2123εὐκοπώτερόνeukopōteron (Adj-NNS-C)
G2123 εὐκοπώτερος eukopṓteros yoo-kop-o-ter-os comparative of a compound of εὖ and κόπος; better for toil, i.e. more facile:--easier.
|
εὐκοπώτερόνeukopōteron
|
Easier
|
Adj-NNS-C
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
it is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2574κάμηλονkamēlon (N-AFS)
G2574 κάμηλος kámēlos kam-ay-los of Hebrew origin (גָּמָל); a camel:--camel.
|
κάμηλονkamēlon
|
for a camel
|
N-AFS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5168τρυμαλιᾶςtrymalias (N-GFS)
G5168 τρυμαλιά trymaliá troo-mal-ee-ah from a derivative of (to wear away; akin to the base of τραῦμα, τρίβος and τρώγω); an orifice, i.e. needles eye:--eye. Compare τρύπημα.
|
τρυμαλιᾶςtrymalias
|
eye
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4476ῥαφίδοςrhaphidos (N-GFS)
G4476 ῥαφίς rhaphís hraf-ece from a primary (to sew; perhaps rather akin to the base of ῥαπίζω through the idea of puncturing); a needle:-- needle.
|
ῥαφίδοςrhaphidos
|
needle
|
N-GFS
|
G1330διελθεῖνdielthein (V-ANA)
G1330 διέρχομαι diérchomai dee-er-khom-ahee from διά and ἔρχομαι; to traverse (literally):--come, depart, go (about, abroad, everywhere, over, through, throughout), pass (by, over, through, throughout), pierce through, travel, walk through.
|
διελθεῖνdielthein
|
to pass,
|
V-ANA
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
than for
|
Conj
|
G4145πλούσιονplousion (Adj-AMS)
G4145 πλούσιος ploúsios ploo-see-os from πλοῦτος; wealthy; figuratively, abounding with:--rich.
|
πλούσιονplousion
|
a rich man
|
Adj-AMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G932βασιλείανbasileian (N-AFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείανbasileian
|
kingdom
|
N-AFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G1525εἰσελθεῖν.eiselthein (V-ANA)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθεῖν.eiselthein
|
to enter.
|
V-ANA
|
25
It is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle, than for a rich man to enter into the kingdom of God.Mark 10:25
Stats
Counts: 113 characters, 25 words, 86 letters, 37 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: ευκοπωτερον εστιν καμηλον δια της τρυμαλιας της ραφιδος {VAR1: εισελθειν } {VAR2: διελθειν } η πλουσιον εις την βασιλειαν του θεου εισελθειν
Lit: Easier it is for a camel through the eye of the needle to pass, than for a rich man into the kingdom of God to enter.
KJV: It is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle, than for a rich man to enter into the kingdom of God.
References
"It is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle, than for a rich man to enter into the kingdom of God."Jer 13:23: Can the Ethiopian change his skin: or the leopard his spots? then may you also do good: that are accustomed to do evil.Mt 7:3-5: Why behold you the mote that is in your brother's eye: but consider not the beam that is in your own eye?Mt 19:24: 25: Again I say to you: It is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle: than for a rich man to enter into the kingdom of God.Mt 23:24: You blind guides: which strain at a gnat: and swallow a camel.Lu 18:25: For it is easier for a camel to go through a needle's eye: than for a rich man to enter into the kingdom of God.
οι δε περισσως εξεπλησσοντο λεγοντες προς εαυτους και τις δυναται σωθηναι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4057περισσῶςperissōs (Adv)
G4057 περισσῶς perissōs per-is-soce adverb from περισσός; superabundantly:--exceedingly, out of measure, the more.
|
περισσῶςperissōs
|
exceedingly
|
Adv
|
G1605ἐξεπλήσσοντοexeplēssonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G1605 ἐκπλήσσω ekplḗssō ek-place-so from ἐκ and πλήσσω; to strike with astonishment:--amaze, astonish.
|
ἐξεπλήσσοντοexeplēssonto
|
they were astonished,
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
among
|
Prep
|
G1438ἑαυτούςheautous (RefPro-AM3P)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτούςheautous
|
themselves,
|
RefPro-AM3P
|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
Then
|
Conj
|
G5101τίςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίςtis
|
who
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1410δύναταιdynatai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύναταιdynatai
|
is able
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G4982σωθῆναι;sōthēnai (V-ANP)
G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
σωθῆναι;sōthēnai
|
to be saved?
|
V-ANP
|
26
They were astonished out of measure, saying among themselves, Who then can be saved?
Mark 10:26
Stats
Rank: #5671 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 88 characters, 13 words, 71 letters, 28 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε περισσως εξεπλησσοντο λεγοντες προς εαυτους και τις δυναται σωθηναι
Lit: And exceedingly they were astonished, saying among themselves, Then who is able to be saved?
KJV: And they were astonished out of measure, saying among themselves, Who then can be saved?
References
"out"Mr 6:51: He went up to them into the ship; and the wind ceased: and they were sore amazed in themselves beyond measure: and wondered.Mr 7:37: Were beyond measure astonished: saying: He has done all things well: he makes both the deaf to hear: and the dumb to speak.2Co 11:23: Are they ministers of Christ? (I speak as a fool) I am more; in labours more abundant: in stripes above measure: in prisons more frequent: in deaths often."Who"Lu 13:23: Then said one to Him: Lord: are there few that be saved? And He said to them: Lu 18:26: They that heard it said: Who then can be saved?Ac 16:31: They said: Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ: and you will be saved: and your house.Ro 10:9-13: That if you will confess with your mouth the Lord Jesus: and will believe in your heart that God has raised Him from the dead: you will be saved.
εμβλεψας δε αυτοις ο ιησους λεγει παρα ανθρωποις αδυνατον αλλ ου παρα τω θεω παντα γαρ δυνατα εστιν παρα τω θεω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1689Ἐμβλέψαςemblepsas (V-APA-NMS)
G1689 ἐμβλέπω emblépō em-blep-o from ἐν and βλέπω; to look on, i.e. (relatively) to observe fixedly, or (absolutely) to discern clearly:--behold, gaze up, look upon, (could) see.
|
Ἐμβλέψαςemblepsas
|
Having looked on
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3844ΠαρὰPara (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
ΠαρὰPara
|
With
|
Prep
|
G444ἀνθρώποιςanthrōpois (N-DMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώποιςanthrōpois
|
men
|
N-DMP
|
G102ἀδύνατον,adynaton (Adj-NNS)
G102 ἀδύνατος adýnatos ad-oo-nat-os from Α (as a negative particle) and δυνατός; unable, i.e. weak (literally or figuratively); passively, impossible:--could not do, impossible, impotent, not possible, weak.
|
ἀδύνατον,adynaton
|
it is impossible,
|
Adj-NNS
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
with
|
Prep
|
G2316θεῷ·theō (N-DMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
θεῷ·theō
|
God;
|
N-DMS
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all things
|
Adj-NNP
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1415δυνατὰdynata (Adj-NNP)
G1415 δυνατός dynatós doo-nat-os from δύναμαι; powerful or capable (literally or figuratively); neuter possible:--able, could, (that is) mighty (man), possible, power, strong.
|
δυνατὰdynata
|
are possible
|
Adj-NNP
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
with
|
Prep
|
G2316θεῷ.theō (N-DMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
θεῷ.theō
|
God.
|
N-DMS
|
27
Jesus looking upon them says, With men it is impossible, not but with God: for with God all things are possible.
Mark 10:27
Stats
Rank: #2302 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 117 characters, 19 words, 92 letters, 33 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: εμβλεψας δε αυτοις ο ιησους λεγει παρα ανθρωποις αδυνατον αλλ ου παρα τω θεω παντα γαρ δυνατα εστιν παρα τω θεω
Lit: Having looked on them, Jesus says, With men it is impossible, but not with God; all things for are possible with God.
KJV: And Jesus looking upon them saith, With men it is impossible, but not with God: for with God all things are possible.
References
"With men"Ge 18:13: 14: The LORD said to Abraham: For what reason did Sarah laugh: saying: Will I of a surety bear a child: which am old?Nu 11:21-23: Moses said: The people: among whom I am: are 600000 footmen; and you have said: I will give them flesh: that they may eat a whole month.2Ki 7:2: Then a lord on whose hand the king leaned answered the man of God: and said: Look: if the LORD would make windows in heaven: might this thing be? And He said: Look: you will see it with your eyes: but will not eat thereof.Zec 8:6: Thus says the LORD of hosts; If it be marvellous in the eyes of the remnant of this people in these days: should it also be marvellous in my eyes? says the LORD of hosts.Mt 19:26: But Jesus beheld them: and said to them: With men this is impossible; but with God all things are possible.Lu 18:27: He said: The things which are impossible with men are possible with God."for"Job 42:2: I know that you canst do every thing: and that no thought can be withholden from you.Jer 32:17: 27: Ah Lord GOD! look: you have made the heaven and the earth by your great power and stretched out arm: and there not ishing too hard for you:Lu 1:37: For with God nothing will be impossible.Php 3:21: Who will change our vile body: that it may be fashioned like to his glorious body: according to the working whereby he is able even to subdue all things to himself.Heb 7:25: For what reason He is able also to save them to the uttermost that come to God by Him: seeing He ever lives to make intercession for them.Heb 11:19: Accounting that God was able to raise Him up: even from the dead; from where also He received Him in a figure.
και ηρξατο ο πετρος λεγειν αυτω ιδου ημεις αφηκαμεν παντα και ηκολουθησαμεν σοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G756ἬρξατοĒrxato (V-AIM-3S)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
ἬρξατοĒrxato
|
Began
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3004λέγεινlegein (V-PNA)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγεινlegein
|
to say
|
V-PNA
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter
|
N-NMS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3708ἸδοὺIdou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἸδοὺIdou
|
Behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
we
|
PPro-N1P
|
G863ἀφήκαμενaphēkamen (V-AIA-1P)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφήκαμενaphēkamen
|
have left
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G190ἠκολουθήκαμένēkolouthēkamen (V-RIA-1P)
G190 ἀκολουθέω akolouthéō ak-ol-oo-theh-o from Α (as a particle of union) and (a road); properly, to be in the same way with, i.e. to accompany (specially, as a disciple):--follow, reach.
|
ἠκολουθήκαμένēkolouthēkamen
|
followed
|
V-RIA-1P
|
G4771σοι.soi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοι.soi
|
You.
|
PPro-D2S
|
28
Then Peter began to say to him, Indeed, we have left all, and have followed you.
Mark 10:28
Stats
Counts: 79 characters, 13 words, 60 letters, 24 vowels, 36 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηρξατο ο πετρος λεγειν αυτω ιδου ημεις αφηκαμεν παντα και ηκολουθησαμεν σοι
Lit: Began to say Peter to Him, Behold, we have left all and followed You.
KJV: Then Peter began to say unto him, Lo, we have left all, and have followed thee.
References
"Lo"Mr 1:16-20: Now as he walked by the sea of Galilee: he saw Simon and Andrew his brother casting a net into the sea: for they were fishers.Mt 19:27-30: Then answered Peter and said to him: Look: we have forsaken all: and followed you; what will we have therefore?Lu 14:33: So likewise: whoever he be of you that forsakes not all that he has: he cannot be my disciple.Lu 18:28-30: Then Peter said: Indeed: we have left all: and followed you.Php 3:7-9: But what things were gain to me: those I counted loss for Christ.
αποκριθεις δε ο ιησους ειπεν αμην λεγω υμιν ουδεις εστιν ος αφηκεν οικιαν η αδελφους η αδελφας η πατερα η μητερα η γυναικα η τεκνα η αγρους ενεκεν εμου και του ευαγγελιου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5346Ἔφηephē (V-IIA-3S)
G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
Ἔφηephē
|
Was saying
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus,
|
N-NMS
|
G281ἈμὴνAmēn (Heb)
G281 ἀμήν amḗn am-ane of Hebrew origin (אָמֵן); properly, firm, i.e. (figuratively) trustworthy; adverbially, surely (often as interjection, so be it):--amen, verily.,
|
ἈμὴνAmēn
|
Truly
|
Heb
|
G3004λέγωlegō (V-PIA-1S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωlegō
|
I say
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖν,hymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖν,hymin
|
to you,
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3762οὐδείςoudeis (Adj-NMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδείςoudeis
|
no one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
there is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G863ἀφῆκενaphēken (V-AIA-3S)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφῆκενaphēken
|
has left
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3614οἰκίανoikian (N-AFS)
G3614 οἰκία oikía oy-kee-ah from οἶκος; properly, residence (abstractly), but usually (concretely) an abode (literally or figuratively); by implication, a family (especially domestics):--home, house(-hold).
|
οἰκίανoikian
|
house,
|
N-AFS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G80ἀδελφοὺςadelphous (N-AMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοὺςadelphous
|
brothers,
|
N-AMP
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G79ἀδελφὰςadelphas (N-AFP)
G79 ἀδελφή adelphḗ ad-el-fay feminine of ἀδελφός; a sister (naturally or ecclesiastically):--sister.
|
ἀδελφὰςadelphas
|
sisters,
|
N-AFP
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G3384μητέραmētera (N-AFS)
G3384 μήτηρ mḗtēr may-tare apparently a primary word; a mother (literally or figuratively, immediate or remote):--mother.
|
μητέραmētera
|
mother,
|
N-AFS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G3962πατέραpatera (N-AMS)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέραpatera
|
father,
|
N-AMS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G5043τέκναtekna (N-ANP)
G5043 τέκνον téknon tek-non from the base of τίκτω; a child (as produced):--child, daughter, son.
|
τέκναtekna
|
children,
|
N-ANP
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G68ἀγροὺςagrous (N-AMP)
G68 ἀγρός agrós ag-ros from ἄγω; a field (as a drive for cattle); genitive case, the country; specially, a farm, i.e. hamlet:--country, farm, piece of ground, land.
|
ἀγροὺςagrous
|
lands,
|
N-AMP
|
G1752ἕνεκενheneken (Prep)
G1752 ἕνεκα héneka hi-nek-en of uncertain affinity; on account of:--because, for (cause, sake), (where-)fore, by reason of, that.
|
ἕνεκενheneken
|
for the sake
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοῦemou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοῦemou
|
of me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1752ἕνεκενheneken (Prep)
G1752 ἕνεκα héneka hi-nek-en of uncertain affinity; on account of:--because, for (cause, sake), (where-)fore, by reason of, that.
|
ἕνεκενheneken
|
because
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2098εὐαγγελίου,euangeliou (N-GNS)
G2098 εὐαγγέλιον euangélion yoo-ang-ghel-ee-on from the same as εὐαγγελίζω; a good message, i.e. the gospel:--gospel.
|
εὐαγγελίου,euangeliou
|
gospel,
|
N-GNS
|
29
Jesus answered and said, Truly I say to you, There is no man that has left house, or brothers, or sisters, or father, or mother, or wife, or children, or lands, for my sake, and the gospel's,
Mark 10:29
Stats
Rank: #2626 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 199 characters, 27 words, 149 letters, 55 vowels, 94 consonants
Translation
Greek: αποκριθεις δε ο ιησους ειπεν αμην λεγω υμιν ουδεις εστιν ος αφηκεν οικιαν η αδελφους η αδελφας η πατερα η μητερα η γυναικα η τεκνα η αγρους ενεκεν εμου και του ευαγγελιου
Lit: Was saying Jesus, Truly I say to you, no one there is who has left house, or brothers, or sisters, or mother, or father, or children, or lands, for the sake of me and because of the gospel,
KJV: And Jesus answered and said, Verily I say unto you, There is no man that hath left house, or brethren, or sisters, or father, or mother, or wife, or children, or lands, for my sake, and the gospel's,
References
"There"Ge 12:1-3: Now the LORD had said to Abram: Get you out of your country: and from your kindred: and from your father's house: to a land that I will show you:Ge 45:20: Also not regard your stuff; for the good of all the land of Egypt is yours.De 33:9-11: Who said to his father and to his mother: I not have seen him; neither did he acknowledge his brothers: nor knew his own children: for they have observed your word: and kept your covenant.Lu 22:28-30: You are they which have continued with me in my temptations.Heb 11:24-26: By faith Moses: when he was come to years: refused to be called the son of Pharaoh's daughter;"for"Mr 8:35: For whoever will save his life will lose it; but whoever will lose his life for my sake and the gospel's: the same will save it.Mt 5:10: 11: Blessed are they which are persecuted for righteousness' sake: for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.Mt 10:18: you will be brought before governors and kings for my sake: for a testimony against them and the Gentiles.1Co 9:23: This I do for the gospel's sake: that I might be partaker thereof with you.Re 2:3: have borne: and have patience: and for my name's sake have laboured: and have not fainted.
εαν μη λαβη εκατονταπλασιονα νυν εν τω καιρω τουτω οικιας και αδελφους και αδελφας και μητερας και τεκνα και αγρους μετα διωγμων και εν τω αιωνι τω ερχομενω ζωην αιωνιον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2983λάβῃlabē (V-ASA-3S)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λάβῃlabē
|
shall take
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G1542ἑκατονταπλασίοναhekatontaplasiona (Adj-ANP)
G1542 ἑκατονταπλασίων hekatontaplasíōn hek-at-on-ta-plah-sec-own from ἑκατόν and a presumed derivative of πλάσσω; a hundred times:--hundredfold.
|
ἑκατονταπλασίοναhekatontaplasiona
|
a hundredfold
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3568νῦνnyn (Adv)
G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦνnyn
|
now
|
Adv
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2540καιρῷkairō (N-DMS)
G2540 καιρός kairós kahee-ros of uncertain affinity; an occasion, i.e. set or proper time:--X always, opportunity, (convenient, due) season, (due, short, while) time, a while. Compare χρόνος.
|
καιρῷkairō
|
time
|
N-DMS
|
G3778τούτῳtoutō (DPro-DMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτῳtoutō
|
this—
|
DPro-DMS
|
G3614οἰκίαςoikias (N-AFP)
G3614 οἰκία oikía oy-kee-ah from οἶκος; properly, residence (abstractly), but usually (concretely) an abode (literally or figuratively); by implication, a family (especially domestics):--home, house(-hold).
|
οἰκίαςoikias
|
houses
|
N-AFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G80ἀδελφοὺςadelphous (N-AMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοὺςadelphous
|
brothers
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G79ἀδελφὰςadelphas (N-AFP)
G79 ἀδελφή adelphḗ ad-el-fay feminine of ἀδελφός; a sister (naturally or ecclesiastically):--sister.
|
ἀδελφὰςadelphas
|
sisters
|
N-AFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3384μητέραςmēteras (N-AFP)
G3384 μήτηρ mḗtēr may-tare apparently a primary word; a mother (literally or figuratively, immediate or remote):--mother.
|
μητέραςmēteras
|
mothers
|
N-AFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5043τέκναtekna (N-ANP)
G5043 τέκνον téknon tek-non from the base of τίκτω; a child (as produced):--child, daughter, son.
|
τέκναtekna
|
children
|
N-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G68ἀγροὺςagrous (N-AMP)
G68 ἀγρός agrós ag-ros from ἄγω; a field (as a drive for cattle); genitive case, the country; specially, a farm, i.e. hamlet:--country, farm, piece of ground, land.
|
ἀγροὺςagrous
|
lands,
|
N-AMP
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1375διωγμῶν,diōgmōn (N-GMP)
G1375 διωγμός diōgmós dee-ogue-mos from διώκω; persecution:--persecution.
|
διωγμῶν,diōgmōn
|
persecutions—
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G165αἰῶνιaiōni (N-DMS)
G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶνιaiōni
|
age
|
N-DMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
which
|
Art-DMS
|
G2064ἐρχομένῳerchomenō (V-PPM/P-DMS)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐρχομένῳerchomenō
|
is coming,
|
V-PPM/P-DMS
|
G2222ζωὴνzōēn (N-AFS)
G2222 ζωή zōḗ dzo-ay from ζάω; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare ψυχή.
|
ζωὴνzōēn
|
life
|
N-AFS
|
G166αἰώνιον.aiōnion (Adj-AFS)
G166 αἰώνιος aiṓnios ahee-o-nee-os from αἰών; perpetual (also used of past time, or past and future as well):--eternal, for ever, everlasting, world (began).
|
αἰώνιον.aiōnion
|
eternal.
|
Adj-AFS
|
30
But he will receive an hundredfold now in this time, houses, and brothers, and sisters, and mothers, and children, and lands, with persecutions; and in the world to come eternal life.Mark 10:30
Stats
Counts: 184 characters, 23 words, 145 letters, 51 vowels, 94 consonants
Translation
Greek: εαν μη λαβη εκατονταπλασιονα νυν εν τω καιρω τουτω οικιας και αδελφους και αδελφας και μητερας και τεκνα και αγρους μετα διωγμων και εν τω αιωνι τω ερχομενω ζωην αιωνιον
Lit: if not shall take a hundredfold now in the time this— houses and brothers and sisters and mothers and children and lands, with persecutions— and in the age which is coming, life eternal.
KJV: But he shall receive an hundredfold now in this time, houses, and brethren, and sisters, and mothers, and children, and lands, with persecutions; and in the world to come eternal life.
References
"an hundredfold"2Ch 25:9: Amaziah said to the man of God: But what will we do for the00 talents which I have given to the army of Israel? And the man of God answered: The LORD is able to give you much more than this.Ps 84:11: For the LORD God is a sun and shield: the LORD will give grace and glory: no good thing will He withhold from them that walk uprightly.Pr 3:9: 10: Honour the LORD with your substance: and with the firstfruits of all your increase:Pr 16:16: How much better is it to get wisdom than gold! and to get understanding rather to be chosen than silver!Mal 3:10: Bring you all the tithes into the storehouse: that there may be meat in my house: and prove me now herewith: says the LORD of hosts: if I not will open you the windows of heaven: and pour you out a blessing: that there will not be room enough to receive it.Mt 13:44-46: Again: the kingdom of heaven is like to treasure hid in a field; the which when a man has found: he hides: and for joy thereof goes and sells all that he has: and buys that field.Lu 18:30: Who will not receive manifold more in this present time: and in the world to come life everlasting.2Co 6:10: As sorrowful: yet alway rejoicing; as poor: yet making many rich; as not havinghing: and yet possessing all things.2Co 9:8-11: God is able to make all grace abound toward you; that you: always having all sufficiency in all things: may abound to every good work:Php 3:8: Yes doubtless: and I count all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord: for whom I have suffered the loss of all things: and do count them but dung: that I may win Christ: 2Th 2:16: Now our Lord Jesus Christ Himself: and God: even our Father: which has loved us: and has given us everlasting consolation and good hope through grace: 1Ti 6:6: But godliness with contentment is great gain.1Jo 3:1: Look: what manner of love the Father has bestowed upon us: that we should be called the sons of God: therefore the world knows not us: because it knew Him not">not Him.Re 2:9: I know your works: and tribulation: and poverty: (but you are rich) and I know the blasphemy of them which say they are Jews: and not are: but are the synagogue of Satan.Re 3:18: I counsel you to buy of me gold tried in the fire: that you may'>may'>may be rich; and white clothing: that you may'>may'>may be clothed: and that the shame of your nakedness not do appear; and anoint your eyes with eyesalve: that you may'>may'>may see."with persecutions"Mt 5:11: 12: Blessed are you: when men will revile you: and persecute you: and will say all manner of evil against you falsely: for my sake.Joh 16:22: 23: you now therefore have sorrow: but I will see you again: and your heart will rejoice: and your joy no man takes from you.Ac 5:41: They departed from the presence of the council: rejoicing that they were counted worthy to suffer shame for his name.Ac 16:25: At midnight Paul and Silas prayed: and sang praises to God: and the prisoners heard them.Ro 5:3: not And only so: but we glory in tribulations also: knowing that tribulation works patience;Jas 1:2-4: 12: My brothers: count it all joy when you fall into divers temptations;Jas 5:11: Look: we count them happy which endure. You have heard of the patience of Job: and have seen the end of the Lord; that the Lord is very pitiful: and of tender mercy.1Pe 4:12-16: Beloved: think not it strange concerning the fiery trial which is to try you: as though some strange thing happened to you:"eternal"Joh 10:23: Jesus walked in the temple in Solomon's porch.Ro 6:23: For the wages of sin is death; but the gift of God is eternal life through Jesus Christ our Lord.1Jo 2:25: This is the promise that he has promised us: even eternal life.
πολλοι δε εσονται πρωτοι εσχατοι και οι εσχατοι πρωτοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4183πολλοὶpolloi (Adj-NMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοὶpolloi
|
Many
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G1510ἔσονταιesontai (V-FIM-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσονταιesontai
|
will be
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G4413πρῶτοιprōtoi (Adj-NMP)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρῶτοιprōtoi
|
first,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2078ἔσχατοιeschatoi (Adj-NMP)
G2078 ἔσχατος éschatos es-khat-os a superlative probably from ἔχω (in the sense of contiguity); farthest, final (of place or time):--ends of, last, latter end, lowest, uttermost.
|
ἔσχατοιeschatoi
|
last;
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G2078ἔσχατοιeschatoi (Adj-NMP)
G2078 ἔσχατος éschatos es-khat-os a superlative probably from ἔχω (in the sense of contiguity); farthest, final (of place or time):--ends of, last, latter end, lowest, uttermost.
|
ἔσχατοιeschatoi
|
last,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G4413πρῶτοι.prōtoi (Adj-NMP)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρῶτοι.prōtoi
|
first.
|
Adj-NMP
|
31
But many that are first will be last; and the last first.Mark 10:31
Stats
Rank: #4254 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 58 characters, 11 words, 45 letters, 13 vowels, 32 consonants
Translation
Greek: πολλοι δε εσονται πρωτοι εσχατοι και οι εσχατοι πρωτοι
Lit: Many however will be first, last; and the last, first.
KJV: But many that are first shall be last; and the last first.
References
"But many that are first shall be last; and the last first."Mt 8:11: 12: I say to you: That many will come from the east and west: and will sit down with Abraham: and Isaac: and Jacob: in the kingdom of heaven.Mt 19:30: But many that are first will be last; and the last will be first.Mt 20:16: So the last will be first: and the first last: for many be called: but few chosen.Mt 21:31: Whether of them two did the will of His father? They say to Him: The first. Jesus says to them: Truly I say to you: That the publicans and the harlots go into the kingdom of God before you.Lu 7:29: 30: 40-47: All the people that heard Him: and the publicans: justified God: being baptized with the baptism of John.Lu 13:30: And: look: there are last which will be first: and there are first which will be last.Lu 18:11-14: The Pharisee stood and prayed thus with Himself: God: I thank you: that I not am as other men are: extortioners: unjust: adulterers: or even as this publican.Ac 13:46-48: Then Paul and Barnabas waxed bold: and said: It was necessary that the word of God should first have been spoken to you: but seeing you put it from you: and judge yourselves unworthy of everlasting life: indeed: we turn to the Gentiles.Ro 9:30-33: What will we say then? That the Gentiles: which not followed after righteousness: have attained to righteousness: even the righteousness which is of faith.
The Third Prediction of the Passion
ησαν δε εν τη οδω αναβαινοντες εις ιεροσολυμα και ην προαγων αυτους ο ιησους και εθαμβουντο και ακολουθουντες εφοβουντο και παραλαβων παλιν τους δωδεκα ηρξατο αυτοις λεγειν τα μελλοντα αυτω συμβαινειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1510ἮσανĒsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἮσανĒsan
|
They were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3598ὁδῷhodō (N-DFS)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδῷhodō
|
way,
|
N-DFS
|
G305ἀναβαίνοντεςanabainontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀναβαίνοντεςanabainontes
|
going up
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2414Ἱεροσόλυμα,Hierosolyma (N-ANP)
G2414 Ἱεροσόλυμα Hierosólyma hee-er-os-ol-oo-mah of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierosolyma (i.e. Jerushalaim), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱερουσαλήμ.
|
Ἱεροσόλυμα,Hierosolyma
|
Jerusalem,
|
N-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G4254προάγωνproagōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G4254 προάγω proágō pro-ag-o from πρό and ἄγω; to lead forward (magisterially); intransitively, to precede (in place or time (participle, previous)):--bring (forth, out), go before.
|
προάγωνproagōn
|
going on before
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G2424Ἰησοῦς,Iēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦς,Iēsous
|
Jesus,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2284ἐθαμβοῦντο,ethambounto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G2284 θαμβέω thambéō tham-beh-o from θάμβος; to stupefy (with surprise), i.e. astound:--amaze, astonish.
|
ἐθαμβοῦντο,ethambounto
|
they were astonished;
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G190ἀκολουθοῦντεςakolouthountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G190 ἀκολουθέω akolouthéō ak-ol-oo-theh-o from Α (as a particle of union) and (a road); properly, to be in the same way with, i.e. to accompany (specially, as a disciple):--follow, reach.
|
ἀκολουθοῦντεςakolouthountes
|
following
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G5399ἐφοβοῦντο.ephobounto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
ἐφοβοῦντο.ephobounto
|
were afraid.
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3880παραλαβὼνparalabōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3880 παραλαμβάνω paralambánō par-al-am-ban-o from παρά and λαμβάνω; to receive near, i.e. associate with oneself (in any familiar or intimate act or relation); by analogy, to assume an office; figuratively, to learn:--receive, take (unto, with).
|
παραλαβὼνparalabōn
|
having taken to Him
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv)
G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again
|
Adv
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G1427δώδεκαdōdeka (Adj-AMP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκαdōdeka
|
Twelve,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G756ἤρξατοērxato (V-AIM-3S)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
ἤρξατοērxato
|
He began
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3004λέγεινlegein (V-PNA)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγεινlegein
|
to tell
|
V-PNA
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-ANP
|
G3195μέλλονταmellonta (V-PPA-ANP)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλονταmellonta
|
being about
|
V-PPA-ANP
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G4819συμβαίνειν,symbainein (V-PNA)
G4819 συμβαίνω symbaínō soom-bah-ee-no from σύν and the base of βάσις; to walk (figuratively, transpire) together, i.e. concur (take place):--be(-fall), happen (unto).
|
συμβαίνειν,symbainein
|
to happen:
|
V-PNA
|
32
They were in the way going up to Jerusalem; and Jesus went before them: and they were amazed; and as they followed, they were afraid. And He took again the 12, and began to tell them what things should happen to Him,Mark 10:32
Stats
Rank: #3086 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 226 characters, 37 words, 177 letters, 67 vowels, 110 consonants
Translation
Greek: ησαν δε εν τη οδω αναβαινοντες εις ιεροσολυμα και ην προαγων αυτους ο ιησους και εθαμβουντο και ακολουθουντες εφοβουντο και παραλαβων παλιν τους δωδεκα ηρξατο αυτοις λεγειν τα μελλοντα αυτω συμβαινειν
Lit: They were then on the way, going up to Jerusalem, and was going on before them Jesus, and they were astonished; those then following were afraid. And having taken to Him again the Twelve, He began them to tell the things being about to Him to happen:
KJV: And they were in the way going up to Jerusalem; and Jesus went before them: and they were amazed; and as they followed, they were afraid. And he took again the twelve, and began to tell them what things should happen unto him,
References
"they were in"Mt 20:17-19: Jesus going up to Jerusalem took the 12 disciples apart in the way: and said to them: Lu 18:31-34: Then He took to Him the 12: and said to them: Look: we go up to Jerusalem: and all things that are written by the prophets concerning the Son of man will be accomplished."they were amazed"Zec 3:8: Hear now: O Joshua the high priest: you: and your fellows that sit before you: for they are men wondered at: for: look: I will bring forth my servant the BRANCH.Lu 9:51: It came to pass: when the time was come that he should be received up: he stedfastly set his face to go to Jerusalem: Joh 11:8: 16: His disciples say to him: Master: the Jews of late sought to stone you; and go you there again?"And he"Mr 4:34: But without a parable spoke not he to them: and when they were alone: he expounded all things to his disciples.Mt 11:25: At that time Jesus answered and said: I thank you: O Father: Lord of heaven and earth: because you have hid these things from the wise and prudent: and have revealed them to babes.Mt 13:11: He answered and said to them: Because it is given to you to know the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven: but to them it not is given.Lu 10:23: He turned him to his disciples: and said privately: Blessed are the eyes which see the things that you see:
οτι ιδου αναβαινομεν εις ιεροσολυμα και ο υιος του ανθρωπου παραδοθησεται τοις αρχιερευσιν και τοις γραμματευσιν και κατακρινουσιν αυτον θανατω και παραδωσουσιν αυτον τοις εθνεσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3708ἸδοὺIdou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἸδοὺIdou
|
Behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G305ἀναβαίνομενanabainomen (V-PIA-1P)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀναβαίνομενanabainomen
|
we go up
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2414Ἱεροσόλυμα,Hierosolyma (N-ANP)
G2414 Ἱεροσόλυμα Hierosólyma hee-er-os-ol-oo-mah of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierosolyma (i.e. Jerushalaim), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱερουσαλήμ.
|
Ἱεροσόλυμα,Hierosolyma
|
Jerusalem,
|
N-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5207ΥἱὸςHuios (N-NMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱὸςHuios
|
Son
|
N-NMS
|
G444ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou (N-GMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou
|
of Man
|
N-GMS
|
G3860παραδοθήσεταιparadothēsetai (V-FIP-3S)
G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παραδοθήσεταιparadothēsetai
|
will be betrayed
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G749ἀρχιερεῦσινarchiereusin (N-DMP)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεῦσινarchiereusin
|
chief priests
|
N-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G1122γραμματεῦσιν,grammateusin (N-DMP)
G1122 γραμματεύς grammateús gram-mat-yooce from γράμμα. a writer, i.e. (professionally) scribe or secretary:--scribe, town-clerk.
|
γραμματεῦσιν,grammateusin
|
scribes,
|
N-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2632κατακρινοῦσινkatakrinousin (V-FIA-3P)
G2632 κατακρίνω katakrínō kat-ak-ree-no from κατά and κρίνω; to judge against, i.e. sentence:--condemn, damn.
|
κατακρινοῦσινkatakrinousin
|
they will condemn
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2288θανάτῳthanatō (N-DMS)
G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θανάτῳthanatō
|
to death,
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3860παραδώσουσινparadōsousin (V-FIA-3P)
G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παραδώσουσινparadōsousin
|
will betray
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DNP
|
G1484ἔθνεσινethnesin (N-DNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνεσινethnesin
|
Gentiles.
|
N-DNP
|
33
Saying, Look, we go up to Jerusalem; and the Son of man will be delivered to the chief priests, and to the scribes; and they will condemn Him to death, and will deliver Him to the Gentiles:
Mark 10:33
Stats
Counts: 198 characters, 31 words, 155 letters, 56 vowels, 99 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτι ιδου αναβαινομεν εις ιεροσολυμα και ο υιος του ανθρωπου παραδοθησεται τοις αρχιερευσιν και τοις γραμματευσιν και κατακρινουσιν αυτον θανατω και παραδωσουσιν αυτον τοις εθνεσιν
Lit: Behold, we go up to Jerusalem, and the Son of Man will be betrayed to the chief priests and to the scribes, and they will condemn Him to death, and will betray Him to the Gentiles.
KJV: Saying, Behold, we go up to Jerusalem; and the Son of man shall be delivered unto the chief priests, and unto the scribes; and they shall condemn him to death, and shall deliver him to the Gentiles:
References
"we go"Ac 20:22: Now: look: I go bound in the spirit to Jerusalem: not knowing the things that will befall me there:"and the Son"Mr 8:31: He began to teach them: that the Son of man must suffer many things: and be rejected of the elders: and of the chief priests: and scribes: and be killed: and after 3 days rise again.Mr 9:31: For He taught His disciples: and said to them: The Son of man is delivered into the hands of men: and they will kill Him; and after that He is killed: He will rise the third day.Mt 16:21: From that time forth began Jesus to show to His disciples: how that He must go to Jerusalem: and suffer many things of the elders and chief priests and scribes: and be killed: and be raised again the third day.Mt 17:22: 23: While they abode in Galilee: Jesus said to them: The Son of man will be betrayed into the hands of men:Mt 20:17-19: Jesus going up to Jerusalem took the 12 disciples apart in the way: and said to them: Lu 9:22: Saying: The Son of man must suffer many things: and be rejected of the elders and chief priests and scribes: and be killed: and be raised the third day.Lu 18:31-33: Then He took to Him the 12: and said to them: Look: we go up to Jerusalem: and all things that are written by the prophets concerning the Son of man will be accomplished.Lu 24:6: 7: He not is here: but is risen: remember how he spoke to you when he was yet in Galilee: "condemn"Mr 14:64: You have heard the blasphemy: what think you? And they all condemned him to be guilty of death.Mt 26:66: What think you? They answered and said: He is guilty of death.Ac 13:27: For they that dwell at Jerusalem: and their rulers: because they knew not him: nor yet the voices of the prophets which are read every sabbath day: they have fulfilled them in condemning him.Jas 5:6: You have condemned and killed the just; and he does not resist you."deliver"Mr 15:1: Straightway in the morning the chief priests held a consultation with the elders and scribes and the whole council: and bound Jesus: and carried Him away: and delivered Him to Pilate.Mt 27:2: When they had bound him: they led him away: and delivered him to Pontius Pilate the governor.Lu 23:1: 2: 21: The whole multitude of them arose: and led him to Pilate.Joh 18:28: Then led they Jesus from Caiaphas to the hall of judgment: and it was early; and they themselves not went into the judgment hall: lest they should be defiled; but that they might eat the passover.Joh 19:11: Jesus answered: You could have no power at all against me: except it were given you from above: therefore He that'>He who delivered me to you has the greater sin.Ac 3:13: 14: The God of Abraham: and of Isaac: and of Jacob: the God of our fathers: has glorified His Son Jesus; whom you delivered up: and denied Him in the presence of Pilate: when He was determined to let Him go.
και εμπαιξουσιν αυτω και μαστιγωσουσιν αυτον και εμπτυσουσιν αυτω και αποκτενουσιν αυτον και τη τριτη ημερα αναστησεται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1702ἐμπαίξουσινempaixousin (V-FIA-3P)
G1702 ἐμπαίζω empaízō emp-aheed-zo from ἐν and παίζω; to jeer at, i.e. deride:--mock.
|
ἐμπαίξουσινempaixousin
|
they will mock
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1716ἐμπτύσουσινemptysousin (V-FIA-3P)
G1716 ἐμπτύω emptýō emp-too-o from ἐν and πτύω; to spit at or on:--spit (upon).
|
ἐμπτύσουσινemptysousin
|
will spit upon
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3146μαστιγώσουσινmastigōsousin (V-FIA-3P)
G3146 μαστιγόω mastigóō mas-tig-o-o from μάστιξ; to flog (literally or figuratively):--scourge.
|
μαστιγώσουσινmastigōsousin
|
will flog
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G615ἀποκτενοῦσιν,apoktenousin (V-FIA-3P)
G615 ἀποκτείνω apokteínō ap-ok-ti-no from ἀπό and (to slay); to kill outright; figuratively, to destroy:--put to death, kill, slay.
|
ἀποκτενοῦσιν,apoktenousin
|
will kill,
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
on the
|
Prep
|
G5140τρεῖςtreis (Adj-AFP)
G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
τρεῖςtreis
|
third
|
Adj-AFP
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
day
|
N-AFP
|
G450ἀναστήσεται.anastēsetai (V-FIM-3S)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀναστήσεται.anastēsetai
|
He will rise again.
|
V-FIM-3S
|
34
They will mock him, and will scourge him, and will spit upon him, and will kill him: and the third day he will rise again.Mark 10:34
Stats
Counts: 131 characters, 22 words, 101 letters, 32 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εμπαιξουσιν αυτω και μαστιγωσουσιν αυτον και εμπτυσουσιν αυτω και αποκτενουσιν αυτον και τη τριτη ημερα αναστησεται
Lit: And they will mock Him, and will spit upon Him, and will flog Him, and will kill, and on the third day He will rise again.
KJV: And they shall mock him, and shall scourge him, and shall spit upon him, and shall kill him: and the third day he shall rise again.
References
"mock"Mr 14:65: Some began to spit on him: and to cover his face: and to buffet him: and to say to him: Prophesy: and the servants did strike him with the palms of their hands.Mr 15:17-20: 29-31: They clothed him with purple: and platted a crown of thorns: and put it about his head: Ps 22:6-8: 13: But I am a worm: and no man; a reproach of men: and despised of the people.Isa 53:3: He is despised and rejected of men; a man of sorrows: and acquainted with grief: and we hid as it were our faces from him; he was despised: and we esteemed not him.Mt 27:27-44: Then the soldiers of the governor took Jesus into the common hall: and gathered to Him the whole band of soldiers.Lu 22:63-65: The men that held Jesus mocked Him: and smote Him.Lu 23:11: 35-39: Herod with his men of war set him at nought: and mocked him: and arrayed him in a gorgeous robe: and sent him again to Pilate.Joh 19:2: 3: The soldiers platted a crown of thorns: and put it on his head: and they put on him a purple robe: "spit"Mr 14:63: Then the high priest tear his clothes: and says: What need we any further witnesses?Job 30:10: They abhor me: they flee far from me: and not spare to spit in my face.Isa 50:6: I gave my back to the smiters: and my cheeks to them that plucked off the hair: I not hid my face from shame and spitting.Mt 26:67: Then did they spit in his face: and buffeted him; and others smote him with the palms of their hands: "and the"Ps 16:10: For you will not leave my soul in hell; neither will you suffer your Holy one to see corruption.Ho 6:2: After two days will he revive us: in the third day he will raise us up: and we will live in his sight.Joh 1:17: For the law was given by Moses: but grace and truth came by Jesus Christ.Joh 2:10: says to him: Every man at the beginning does set forth good wine; and when men have well drunk: then that which is worse: but you have kept the good wine until now.Mt 12:39: 40: But he answered and said to them: An evil and adulterous generation seeks after a sign; and there will no sign be given to it: but the sign of the prophet Jonas:1Co 15:4: That he was buried: and that he rose again the third day according to the scriptures:
The Two and the Ten
και προσπορευονται αυτω ιακωβος και ιωαννης οι υιοι ζεβεδαιου λεγοντες διδασκαλε θελομεν ινα ο εαν αιτησωμεν ποιησης ημιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4365προσπορεύονταιprosporeuontai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G4365 προσπορεύομαι prosporeúomai pros-por-yoo-om-ahee from πρός and πορεύομαι; to journey towards, i.e. approach (not the same as προπορεύομαι):--go before.
|
προσπορεύονταιprosporeuontai
|
come up
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2385ἸάκωβοςIakōbos (N-NMS)
G2385 Ἰάκωβος Iákōbos ee-ak-o-bos the same as Ἰακώβ Græcized; Jacobus, the name of three Israelites:--James.
|
ἸάκωβοςIakōbos
|
James
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2491ἸωάννηςIōannēs (N-NMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννηςIōannēs
|
John,
|
N-NMS
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G1417(δύο)dyo (Adj)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
(δύο)dyo
|
two
|
Adj
|
G5207υἱοὶhuioi (N-NMP)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱοὶhuioi
|
sons
|
N-NMP
|
G2199ΖεβεδαίουZebedaiou (N-GMS)
G2199 Ζεβεδαῖος Zebedaîos dzeb-ed-ah-yos of Hebrew origin (compare זַבְדִּי); Zebedæus, an Israelite:--Zebedee.
|
ΖεβεδαίουZebedaiou
|
of Zebedee,
|
N-GMS
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying to
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1320Διδάσκαλε,Didaskale (N-VMS)
G1320 διδάσκαλος didáskalos did-as-kal-os from διδάσκω; an instructor (genitive case or specially):--doctor, master, teacher.
|
Διδάσκαλε,Didaskale
|
Teacher,
|
N-VMS
|
G2309θέλομενthelomen (V-PIA-1P)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλομενthelomen
|
we desire
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
whatever
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G154αἰτήσωμένaitēsōmen (V-ASA-1P)
G154 αἰτέω aitéō ahee-teh-o of uncertain derivation; to ask (in genitive case):--ask, beg, call for, crave, desire, require. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
αἰτήσωμένaitēsōmen
|
we might ask
|
V-ASA-1P
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
you,
|
PPro-A2S
|
G4160ποιήσῃςpoiēsēs (V-ASA-2S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσῃςpoiēsēs
|
You would do
|
V-ASA-2S
|
G1473ἡμῖν.hēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖν.hēmin
|
for us.
|
PPro-D1P
|
35
James and John, the sons of Zebedee, come to him, saying, Master, we would that you should do for us whatever we will desire.
Mark 10:35
Stats
Rank: #1652 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 138 characters, 20 words, 108 letters, 42 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: και προσπορευονται αυτω ιακωβος και ιωαννης οι υιοι ζεβεδαιου λεγοντες διδασκαλε θελομεν ινα ο εαν αιτησωμεν ποιησης ημιν
Lit: And come up to Him James and John, the two sons of Zebedee, saying to Him, Teacher, we desire that whatever if we might ask you, You would do for us.
KJV: And James and John, the sons of Zebedee, come unto him, saying, Master, we would that thou shouldest do for us whatsoever we shall desire.
References
"James"Mr 1:19: 20: When he had gone a little further there: he saw James the son of Zebedee: and John his brother: who also were in the ship mending their nets.Mr 5:37: He suffered no man to follow him: save Peter: and James: and John the brother of James.Mr 9:2: After 6 days Jesus taketh with Him Peter: and James: and John: and leads them up into an high mountain apart by themselves: and He was transfigured before them.Mr 14:33: He takes with him Peter and James and John: and began to be sore amazed: and to be very heavy;"come"Mt 20:20-28: Then came to him the mother of Zebedee's children with her sons: worshipping him: and desiring a certain thing of him."we would"2Sa 14:4-11: When the woman of Tekoah spoke to the king: she fell on her face to the ground: and did obeisance: and said: Help: O king.1Ki 2:16: 20: Now I ask one petition of you: deny not me. And she said to him: Say on.
ο δε ειπεν αυτοις τι θελετε ποιησαι με υμιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
He said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
What
|
IPro-ANS
|
G2309θέλετεthelete (V-PIA-2P)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλετεthelete
|
do you desire
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
Me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G4160ποιήσωpoiēsō (V-ASA-1S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσωpoiēsō
|
to do
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖν;hymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖν;hymin
|
for you?
|
PPro-D2P
|
36
He said to them, What would you that I should do for you?
Mark 10:36
Stats
Counts: 62 characters, 13 words, 47 letters, 19 vowels, 28 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε ειπεν αυτοις τι θελετε ποιησαι με υμιν
Lit: And He said to them, What do you desire Me to do for you?
KJV: And he said unto them, What would ye that I should do for you?
References
"What"Mr 10:51: Jesus answered and said to Him: What will you that I should do to you? The blind man said to Him: Lord: that I might receive my sight.1Ki 3:5-15: In Gibeon the LORD appeared to Solomon in a dream by night: and God said: Ask what I will give you.Joh 15:7: If you abide in me: and my words abide in you: you will ask what you will: and it will be done to you.
οι δε ειπον αυτω δος ημιν ινα εις εκ δεξιων σου και εις εξ ευωνυμων σου καθισωμεν εν τη δοξη σου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπανeipan (V-AIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπανeipan
|
they said
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1325ΔὸςDos (V-AMA-2S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ΔὸςDos
|
Grant
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
to us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷςheis
|
one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of us
|
PPro-G2S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
at
|
Prep
|
G1188δεξιῶνdexiōn (Adj-GNP)
G1188 δεξιός dexiós dex-ee-os from δέχομαι; the right side or (feminine) hand (as that which usually takes):--right (hand, side).
|
δεξιῶνdexiōn
|
Your right hand,
|
Adj-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷςheis
|
one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
at
|
Prep
|
G710ἀριστερῶνaristerōn (Adj-GNP)
G710 ἀριστερός aristerós ar-is-ter-os apparently a comparative of the same as ἄριστον; the left hand (as second-best):--left (hand).
|
ἀριστερῶνaristerōn
|
Your left hand,
|
Adj-GNP
|
G2523καθίσωμενkathisōmen (V-ASA-1P)
G2523 καθίζω kathízō kath-id-zo another (active) form for καθέζομαι; to seat down, i.e. set (figuratively, appoint); intransitively, to sit (down); figuratively, to settle (hover, dwell):--continue, set, sit (down), tarry.
|
καθίσωμενkathisōmen
|
we might sit
|
V-ASA-1P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1391δόξῃdoxē (N-DFS)
G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξῃdoxē
|
glory
|
N-DFS
|
G4771σου.sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου.sou
|
of You.
|
PPro-G2S
|
37
They said to him, Grant to us that we may sit, one on your right hand, and the other on your left hand, in your glory.
Mark 10:37
Stats
Counts: 119 characters, 22 words, 89 letters, 28 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε ειπον αυτω δος ημιν ινα εις εκ δεξιων σου και εις εξ ευωνυμων σου καθισωμεν εν τη δοξη σου
Lit: And they said to Him, Grant to us that one of us at Your right hand, and one at Your left hand, we might sit in the glory of You.
KJV: They said unto him, Grant unto us that we may sit, one on thy right hand, and the other on thy left hand, in thy glory.
References
"sit"Mr 16:19: So then after the Lord had spoken to them: He was received up into heaven: and sat on the right hand of God.1Ki 22:19: He said: Hear you therefore the word of the LORD: I saw the LORD sitting on His throne: and all the host of heaven standing by Him on His right hand and on His left.Ps 45:9: Kings' daughters were among your honourable women: upon your right hand did stand the queen in gold of Ophir.Ps 110:1: > The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you at my right hand: until I make your enemies your footstool."in"Mr 8:38: Whoever therefore will be ashamed of me and of my words in this adulterous and sinful generation; of Him also will the Son of man be ashamed: when He comes in the glory of His Father with the holy angels.Mt 25:31: When the Son of man will come in His glory: and all the holy angels with Him: then will He sit upon the throne of His glory:Lu 24:26: not Ought Christ to have suffered these things: and to enter into His glory?1Pe 1:11: Searching what: or what manner of time the Spirit of Christ which was in them did signify: when it testified beforehand the sufferings of Christ: and the glory that should follow.
ο δε ιησους ειπεν αυτοις ουκ οιδατε τι αιτεισθε δυνασθε πιειν το ποτηριον ο εγω πινω και το βαπτισμα ο εγω βαπτιζομαι βαπτισθηναι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3756ΟὐκOuk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
ΟὐκOuk
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1492οἴδατεoidate (V-RIA-2P)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἴδατεoidate
|
you know
|
V-RIA-2P
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-ANS
|
G154αἰτεῖσθε.aiteisthe (V-PIM-2P)
G154 αἰτέω aitéō ahee-teh-o of uncertain derivation; to ask (in genitive case):--ask, beg, call for, crave, desire, require. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
αἰτεῖσθε.aiteisthe
|
you ask.
|
V-PIM-2P
|
G1410δύνασθεdynasthe (V-PIM/P-2P)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύνασθεdynasthe
|
Are you able
|
V-PIM/P-2P
|
G4095πιεῖνpiein (V-ANA)
G4095 πίνω pínō po-o a prolonged form of ; which (together with another form) ; occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses; to imbibe (literally or figuratively):--drink.
|
πιεῖνpiein
|
to drink
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4221ποτήριονpotērion (N-ANS)
G4221 ποτήριον potḗrion pot-ay-ree-on neuter of a derivative of the alternate of πίνω; a drinking-vessel; by extension, the contents thereof, i.e. a cupful (draught); figuratively, a lot or fate:--cup.
|
ποτήριονpotērion
|
cup
|
N-ANS
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
which
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G4095πίνω,pinō (V-PIA-1S)
G4095 πίνω pínō po-o a prolonged form of ; which (together with another form) ; occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses; to imbibe (literally or figuratively):--drink.
|
πίνω,pinō
|
drink,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G908βάπτισμαbaptisma (N-ANS)
G908 βάπτισμα báptisma bap-tis-mah from βαπτίζω; baptism (technically or figuratively):--baptism.
|
βάπτισμαbaptisma
|
baptism
|
N-ANS
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
which
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G907βαπτίζομαιbaptizomai (V-PIM/P-1S)
G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
βαπτίζομαιbaptizomai
|
am baptized ,
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
G907βαπτισθῆναι;baptisthēnai (V-ANP)
G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
βαπτισθῆναι;baptisthēnai
|
to be baptized with?
|
V-ANP
|
38
But Jesus said to them, You not know what you ask: can you drink of the cup that I drink of? and be baptized with the baptism that I am baptized with?
Mark 10:38
Stats
Counts: 149 characters, 29 words, 114 letters, 40 vowels, 74 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε ιησους ειπεν αυτοις ουκ οιδατε τι αιτεισθε δυνασθε πιειν το ποτηριον ο εγω πινω και το βαπτισμα ο εγω βαπτιζομαι βαπτισθηναι
Lit: And Jesus said to them, Not you know what you ask. Are you able to drink the cup which I drink, and the baptism which I am baptized , to be baptized with?
KJV: But Jesus said unto them, Ye know not what ye ask: can ye drink of the cup that I drink of? and be baptized with the baptism that I am baptized with?
References
"Ye know not"1Ki 2:22: King Solomon answered and said to his mother: And why do you ask Abishag the Shunammite for Adonijah? ask for him the kingdom also; for he is my elder brother; even for him: and for Abiathar the priest: and for Joab the son of Zeruiah.Jer 45:5: seek you great things for yourself? seek them not: for: look: I will bring evil upon all flesh: says the LORD: but your life will I give to you for a prey in all places whither you go.Mt 20:21: 22: He said to her: What will you? She says to him: Grant that these my two sons may sit: the one on your right hand: and the other on the left: in your kingdom.Ro 8:26: Likewise the Spirit also helps our infirmities: for we not know what we should pray for as we ought: but the Spirit itself makes intercession for us with groanings which cannot be uttered.Jas 4:3: You ask: and not receive: because you ask amiss: that you may consume it upon your lusts."drink of the"Mr 14:36: He said: Abba: Father: all things are possible to you; take away this cup from me: not nevertheless what I will: but what you will.Ps 75:8: For in the hand of the LORD there is a cup: and the wine is red; it is full of mixture; and He pours out of the same: but the dregs thereof: all the wicked of the earth will wring them out: and drink them.Isa 51:22: Thus says your Lord the LORD: and your God that pleads the cause of His people: Look: I have taken out of your hand the cup of trembling: even the dregs of the cup of my fury; you will no more drink it again:Jer 25:15: For thus says the LORD God of Israel to me; Take the wine cup of this fury at my hand: and cause all the nations: to whom I send you: to drink it.Mt 26:39: He went a little further: and fell on His face: and prayed: saying: O my Father: if it be possible: let this cup pass from me: not nevertheless as I will: but as you will.Lu 22:42: Saying: Father: if you be willing: remove this cup from me: not nevertheless my will: but your: be done.Joh 18:11: Then said Jesus to Peter: Put up your sword into the sheath: the cup which my Father has given me: will not I drink it?"baptized with the"Lu 12:50: But I have a baptism to be baptized with; and how am I straitened till it be accomplished!
οι δε ειπον αυτω δυναμεθα ο δε ιησους ειπεν αυτοις το μεν ποτηριον ο εγω πινω πιεσθε και το βαπτισμα ο εγω βαπτιζομαι βαπτισθησεσθε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπανeipan (V-AIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπανeipan
|
they said
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1410Δυνάμεθα.Dynametha (V-PIM/P-1P)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
Δυνάμεθα.Dynametha
|
We are able.
|
V-PIM/P-1P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3588ΤὸTo (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤὸTo
|
The
|
Art-ANS
|
G4221ποτήριονpotērion (N-ANS)
G4221 ποτήριον potḗrion pot-ay-ree-on neuter of a derivative of the alternate of πίνω; a drinking-vessel; by extension, the contents thereof, i.e. a cupful (draught); figuratively, a lot or fate:--cup.
|
ποτήριονpotērion
|
cup
|
N-ANS
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
which
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G4095πίνωpinō (V-PIA-1S)
G4095 πίνω pínō po-o a prolonged form of ; which (together with another form) ; occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses; to imbibe (literally or figuratively):--drink.
|
πίνωpinō
|
drink,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4095πίεσθε,piesthe (V-FIM-2P)
G4095 πίνω pínō po-o a prolonged form of ; which (together with another form) ; occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses; to imbibe (literally or figuratively):--drink.
|
πίεσθε,piesthe
|
you will drink;
|
V-FIM-2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G908βάπτισμαbaptisma (N-ANS)
G908 βάπτισμα báptisma bap-tis-mah from βαπτίζω; baptism (technically or figuratively):--baptism.
|
βάπτισμαbaptisma
|
baptism
|
N-ANS
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
which
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G907βαπτίζομαιbaptizomai (V-PIM/P-1S)
G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
βαπτίζομαιbaptizomai
|
am baptized ,
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
G907βαπτισθήσεσθε·baptisthēsesthe (V-FIP-2P)
G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
βαπτισθήσεσθε·baptisthēsesthe
|
you will be baptized with;
|
V-FIP-2P
|
39
They said to Him, We can. And Jesus said to them, You will indeed drink of the cup that I drink of; and with the baptism that I am baptized withal will you be baptized:
Mark 10:39
Stats
Counts: 176 characters, 32 words, 136 letters, 49 vowels, 87 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε ειπον αυτω δυναμεθα ο δε ιησους ειπεν αυτοις το μεν ποτηριον ο εγω πινω πιεσθε και το βαπτισμα ο εγω βαπτιζομαι βαπτισθησεσθε
Lit: And they said to Him, We are able. And Jesus said to them, The cup which I drink, you will drink; and the baptism which I am baptized , you will be baptized with;
KJV: And they said unto him, We can. And Jesus said unto them, Ye shall indeed drink of the cup that I drink of; and with the baptism that I am baptized withal shall ye be baptized:
References
"We"Mr 14:31: But he spoke the more vehemently: If I should die with you: I not will deny you in any wise. Likewise also said they all.Joh 13:37: Peter said to Him: Lord: why cannot I follow you now? I will lay down my life for your sake."Ye"Mr 14:36: He said: Abba: Father: all things are possible to you; take away this cup from me: not nevertheless what I will: but what you will.Mt 10:25: It is enough for the disciple that he be as his master: and the servant as his lord. If they have called the master of the house Beelzebub: how much more will they call them of his household?Joh 15:20: Remember the word that I said to you: The servant not is greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me: they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying: they will keep yours also.Joh 17:14: I have given them your word; and the world has hated them: because they not are of the world: even as I not am of the world.Ac 12:2: He killed James the brother of John with the sword.Col 1:24: Who now rejoice in my sufferings for you: and fill up that which is behind of the afflictions of Christ in my flesh for His body's sake: which is the church:Re 1:9: I John: who also am your brother: and companion in tribulation: and in the kingdom and patience of Jesus Christ: was in the isle that is called Patmos: for the word of God: and for the testimony of Jesus Christ.
το δε καθισαι εκ δεξιων μου και εξ ευωνυμων μου ουκ εστιν εμον δουναι αλλ οις ητοιμασται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
but
|
Conj
|
G2523καθίσαιkathisai (V-ANA)
G2523 καθίζω kathízō kath-id-zo another (active) form for καθέζομαι; to seat down, i.e. set (figuratively, appoint); intransitively, to sit (down); figuratively, to settle (hover, dwell):--continue, set, sit (down), tarry.
|
καθίσαιkathisai
|
to sit
|
V-ANA
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
at
|
Prep
|
G1188δεξιῶνdexiōn (Adj-GNP)
G1188 δεξιός dexiós dex-ee-os from δέχομαι; the right side or (feminine) hand (as that which usually takes):--right (hand, side).
|
δεξιῶνdexiōn
|
the right hand
|
Adj-GNP
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
at
|
Prep
|
G2176εὐωνύμωνeuōnymōn (Adj-GNP)
G2176 εὐώνυμος euṓnymos yoo-o-noo-mos from εὖ and ὄνομα; properly, well-named (good-omened), i.e. the left (which was the lucky side among the pagan Greeks); neuter as adverbial, at the left hand:--(on the) left.
|
εὐωνύμωνeuōnymōn
|
the left hand,
|
Adj-GNP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1699ἐμὸνemon (PPro-NN1S)
G1699 ἐμός emós em-os from the oblique cases of ἐγώ (ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἐμέ); my:--of me, mine (own), my.,
|
ἐμὸνemon
|
Mine
|
PPro-NN1S
|
G1325δοῦναι,dounai (V-ANA)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δοῦναι,dounai
|
to give,
|
V-ANA
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but to those
|
Conj
|
G3739οἷςhois (RelPro-DMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οἷςhois
|
for whom
|
RelPro-DMP
|
G2090ἡτοίμασται.hētoimastai (V-RIM/P-3S)
G2090 ἑτοιμάζω hetoimázō het-oy-mad-zo from ἕτοιμος; to prepare:--prepare, provide, make ready. Compare κατασκευάζω.
|
ἡτοίμασται.hētoimastai
|
it has been prepared.
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
40
But to sit on my right hand and on my left hand not is my to give; but it will be given to them for whom it is prepared.Mark 10:40
Stats
Counts: 123 characters, 28 words, 93 letters, 32 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: το δε καθισαι εκ δεξιων μου και εξ ευωνυμων μου ουκ εστιν εμον δουναι αλλ οις ητοιμασται
Lit: but to sit at the right hand of Me or at the left hand, not is Mine to give, but to those for whom it has been prepared.
KJV: But to sit on my right hand and on my left hand is not mine to give; but it shall be given to them for whom it is prepared.
References
"But to sit on my right hand and on my left hand is not mine to give; but it shall be given to them for whom it is prepared."Mt 20:23: He says to them: You will drink indeed of my cup: and be baptized with the baptism that I am baptized with: but to sit on my right hand: and on my left: not is my to give: but it will be given to them for whom it is prepared of my Father.Mt 25:34: Then will the King say to them on His right hand: Come: you blessed of my Father: inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world:Joh 17:2: 24: As you have given him power over all flesh: that he should give eternal life to as many as you have given him.Heb 11:16: But now they desire a better country: that is: an heavenly: for what reason God not is ashamed to be called their God: for He has prepared for them a city.
και ακουσαντες οι δεκα ηρξαντο αγανακτειν περι ιακωβου και ιωαννου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G191ἀκούσαντεςakousantes (V-APA-NMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσαντεςakousantes
|
having heard this,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G1176δέκαdeka (Adj-NMP)
G1176 δέκα déka dek-ah a primary number; ten:--(eight-)een, ten.
|
δέκαdeka
|
ten
|
Adj-NMP
|
G756ἤρξαντοērxanto (V-AIM-3P)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
ἤρξαντοērxanto
|
began
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G23ἀγανακτεῖνaganaktein (V-PNA)
G23 ἀγανακτέω aganaktéō ag-an-ak-teh-o from (much) and (grief; akin to the base of ἀγκάλη); to be greatly afflicted, i.e. (figuratively) indignant:--be much (sore) displeased, have (be moved with, with) indignation.
|
ἀγανακτεῖνaganaktein
|
to be indignant
|
V-PNA
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
about
|
Prep
|
G2385ἸακώβουIakōbou (N-GMS)
G2385 Ἰάκωβος Iákōbos ee-ak-o-bos the same as Ἰακώβ Græcized; Jacobus, the name of three Israelites:--James.
|
ἸακώβουIakōbou
|
James
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2491Ἰωάννου.Iōannou (N-GMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
Ἰωάννου.Iōannou
|
John.
|
N-GMS
|
41
When the 10 heard it, they began to be much displeased with James and John.Mark 10:41
Stats
Counts: 80 characters, 15 words, 63 letters, 22 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ακουσαντες οι δεκα ηρξαντο αγανακτειν περι ιακωβου και ιωαννου
Lit: And having heard this, the ten began to be indignant about James and John.
KJV: And when the ten heard it, they began to be much displeased with James and John.
References
"they"Mr 9:33-36: He came to Capernaum: and being in the house he asked them: What was it that you disputed among yourselves by the way?Pr 13:10: Only by pride comes contention: but with the well advised is wisdom.Mt 20:24: When the 10 heard it: they were moved with indignation against the two brothers.Lu 22:24: There was also a strife among them: which of them should be accounted the great.Ro 12:10: Be kindly affectioned one to another with brotherly love; in honour preferring one another;Php 2:3: Let nothing be done through strife or vainglory; but in lowliness of mind let each esteem other better than themselves.Jas 4:5: Do you think that the scripture says in vain: The spirit that dwells in us lusts to envy?
ο δε ιησους προσκαλεσαμενος αυτους λεγει αυτοις οιδατε οτι οι δοκουντες αρχειν των εθνων κατακυριευουσιν αυτων και οι μεγαλοι αυτων κατεξουσιαζουσιν αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4341προσκαλεσάμενοςproskalesamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G4341 προσκαλέομαι proskaléomai pros-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from πρός and καλέω; to call toward oneself, i.e. summon, invite:--call (for, to, unto).
|
προσκαλεσάμενοςproskalesamenos
|
having called near
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G1492ΟἴδατεOidate (V-RIA-2P)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ΟἴδατεOidate
|
You know
|
V-RIA-2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G1380δοκοῦντεςdokountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G1380 δοκέω dokéō dok-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, (used only in an alternate in certain tenses; compare the base of δεικνύω) of the same meaning; to think; by implication, to seem (truthfully or uncertainly):--be accounted, (of own) please(-ure), be of reputation, seem (good), suppose, think, trow.
|
δοκοῦντεςdokountes
|
being accounted
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G757ἄρχεινarchein (V-PNA)
G757 ἄρχω árchō ar-kho a primary verb; to be first (in political rank or power):--reign (rule) over.
|
ἄρχεινarchein
|
to rule over
|
V-PNA
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G1484ἐθνῶνethnōn (N-GNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἐθνῶνethnōn
|
Gentiles
|
N-GNP
|
G2634κατακυριεύουσινkatakyrieuousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2634 κατακυριεύω katakyrieúō kat-ak-oo-ree-yoo-o from κατά and κυριεύω; to lord against, i.e. control, subjugate:--exercise dominion over (lordship), be lord over, overcome.
|
κατακυριεύουσινkatakyrieuousin
|
exercise lordship over
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GN3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
them;
|
PPro-GN3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G3173μεγάλοιmegaloi (Adj-NMP)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλοιmegaloi
|
great ones
|
Adj-NMP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GN3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GN3P
|
G2715κατεξουσιάζουσινkatexousiazousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2715 κατεξουσιάζω katexousiázō kat-ex-oo-see-ad-zo from κατά and ἐξουσιάζω; to have (wield) full privilege over:--exercise authority.
|
κατεξουσιάζουσινkatexousiazousin
|
exercise authority over
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GN3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
them.
|
PPro-GN3P
|
42
But Jesus called them to Him, and says to them, You know that they which are accounted to rule over the Gentiles exercise lordship over them; and their great ones exercise authority upon them.
Mark 10:42
Stats
Rank: #2408 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 194 characters, 31 words, 157 letters, 61 vowels, 96 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε ιησους προσκαλεσαμενος αυτους λεγει αυτοις οιδατε οτι οι δοκουντες αρχειν των εθνων κατακυριευουσιν αυτων και οι μεγαλοι αυτων κατεξουσιαζουσιν αυτων
Lit: And having called near them, Jesus says to them, You know that those being accounted to rule over the Gentiles exercise lordship over them; and those great ones of them exercise authority over them.
KJV: But Jesus called them to him, and saith unto them, Ye know that they which are accounted to rule over the Gentiles exercise lordship over them; and their great ones exercise authority upon them.
References
"Ye know"Mt 20:25: But Jesus called them to Him: and said: You know that the princes of the Gentiles exercise dominion over them: and they that are great exercise authority upon them.Lu 22:25: He said to them: The kings of the Gentiles exercise lordship over them; and they that exercise authority upon them are called benefactors.1Pe 5:3: Neither as being lords over God's heritage: but being ensamples to the flock.
ουχ ουτως δε εσται εν υμιν αλλ ος εαν θελη γενεσθαι μεγας εν υμιν εσται διακονος υμων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3756οὐχouch (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐχouch
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
thus
|
Adv
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
shall it be
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῖν·hymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖν·hymin
|
you.
|
PPro-D2P
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
Instead,
|
Conj
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
whoever
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G2309θέλῃthelē (V-PSA-3S)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλῃthelē
|
desires
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G3173μέγαςmegas (Adj-NMS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγαςmegas
|
great
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1096γενέσθαιgenesthai (V-ANM)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενέσθαιgenesthai
|
to become
|
V-ANM
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῖν,hymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖν,hymin
|
you,
|
PPro-D2P
|
G1510ἔσταιestai (V-FIM-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσταιestai
|
will be
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
your
|
PPro-G2P
|
G1249διάκονος,diakonos (N-NMS)
G1249 διάκονος diákonos dee-ak-on-os probably from an obsolete (to run on errands; compare διώκω); an attendant, i.e. (genitive case) a waiter (at table or in other menial duties); specially, a Christian teacher and pastor (technically, a deacon or deaconess):--deacon, minister, servant.
|
διάκονος,diakonos
|
servant;
|
N-NMS
|
43
But so will not it be among you: but whoever will be great among you, will be your minister:Mark 10:43
Stats
Counts: 96 characters, 17 words, 75 letters, 30 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουχ ουτως δε εσται εν υμιν αλλ ος εαν θελη γενεσθαι μεγας εν υμιν εσται διακονος υμων
Lit: Not thus however shall it be among you. Instead, whoever desires great to become among you, will be your servant;
KJV: But so shall it not be among you: but whosoever will be great among you, shall be your minister:
References
"so"Joh 18:36: Jesus answered: My kingdom not is of this world: if my kingdom were of this world: then would my servants fight: that I not should be delivered to the Jews: but now is my not kingdom from here.Ro 12:2: not be conformed to this world: but be you transformed by the renewing of your mind: that you may prove what is that good: and acceptable: and perfect: will of God."whosoever"Mr 9:35: He sat down: and called the 12: and says to them: If any man desire to be first: the same will be last of all: and servant of all.Mt 20:26: 27: But it will not be so among you: but whoever will be great among you: let him be your minister;Mt 23:8-12: But not be you called Rabbi: for one is your Master: even Christ; and all you are brothers.Lu 9:48: Said to them: Whoever will receive this child in my name receives'>receives me: and whoever will receive me receives'>receives him that sent me: for he who is least among you all: the same will be great.Lu 14:11: For whoever exalts himself will be abased; and he who humbles himself will be exalted.Lu 18:14: I tell you: this man went down to his house justified rather than the other: for every one that exalts himself will be abased; and he who humbles himself will be exalted.Joh 13:13-18: You call me Master and Lord: and you say well; for so I am.1Co 9:19-23: For though I be free from all men: yet have I made myself servant to all: that I might gain the more.Ga 5:13: For: brothers: you have been called to liberty; only use not liberty for an occasion to the flesh: but by love serve one another.1Pe 5:5: 6: Likewise: you younger: submit yourselves to the elder. Yes: all of you be subject one to another: and be clothed with humility: for God resists the proud: and gives grace to the humble.
και ος αν θελη υμων γενεσθαι πρωτος εσται παντων δουλος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
whoever
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G2309θέλῃthelē (V-PSA-3S)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλῃthelē
|
desires
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G1510εἶναιeinai (V-PNA)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναιeinai
|
to become
|
V-PNA
|
G4413πρῶτος,prōtos (Adj-NMS)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρῶτος,prōtos
|
first,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1510ἔσταιestai (V-FIM-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσταιestai
|
will be
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
of all
|
Adj-GMP
|
G1401δοῦλος·doulos (N-NMS)
G1401 δοῦλος doûlos doo-los from δέω; a slave (literal or figurative, involuntary or voluntary; frequently, therefore in a qualified sense of subjection or subserviency):--bond(-man), servant.
|
δοῦλος·doulos
|
slave.
|
N-NMS
|
44
whoever of you will be the chief, will be servant of all.Mark 10:44
Stats
Counts: 67 characters, 12 words, 53 letters, 20 vowels, 33 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ος αν θελη υμων γενεσθαι πρωτος εσται παντων δουλος
Lit: and whoever desires among you to become first, will be of all slave.
KJV: And whosoever of you will be the chiefest, shall be servant of all.
και γαρ ο υιος του ανθρωπου ουκ ηλθεν διακονηθηναι αλλα διακονησαι και δουναι την ψυχην αυτου λυτρον αντι πολλων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
Even
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5207ΥἱὸςHuios (N-NMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱὸςHuios
|
Son
|
N-NMS
|
G444ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou (N-GMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou
|
of Man
|
N-GMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2064ἦλθενēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθενēlthen
|
came
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1247διακονηθῆναιdiakonēthēnai (V-ANP)
G1247 διακονέω diakonéō dee-ak-on-eh-o from διάκονος; to be an attendant, i.e. wait upon (menially or as a host, friend, or (figuratively) teacher); technically, to act as a Christian deacon:--(ad-)minister (unto), serve, use the office of a deacon.
|
διακονηθῆναιdiakonēthēnai
|
to be served,
|
V-ANP
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G1247διακονῆσαιdiakonēsai (V-ANA)
G1247 διακονέω diakonéō dee-ak-on-eh-o from διάκονος; to be an attendant, i.e. wait upon (menially or as a host, friend, or (figuratively) teacher); technically, to act as a Christian deacon:--(ad-)minister (unto), serve, use the office of a deacon.
|
διακονῆσαιdiakonēsai
|
to serve,
|
V-ANA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325δοῦναιdounai (V-ANA)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δοῦναιdounai
|
to give
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5590ψυχὴνpsychēn (N-AFS)
G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχὴνpsychēn
|
life
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3083λύτρονlytron (N-ANS)
G3083 λύτρον lýtron loo-tron from λύω; something to loosen with, i.e. a redemption price (figuratively, atonement):--ransom.
|
λύτρονlytron
|
as a ransom
|
N-ANS
|
G473ἀντὶanti (Prep)
G473 ἀντί antí an-tee a primary particle; opposite, i.e. instead or because of (rarely in addition to):--for, in the room of. Often used in composition to denote contrast, requital, substitution, correspondence, etc.
|
ἀντὶanti
|
for
|
Prep
|
G4183πολλῶν.pollōn (Adj-GMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλῶν.pollōn
|
many.
|
Adj-GMP
|
45
For even the Son of man not came to be ministered to, but to minister, and to give His life a ransom for many.Mark 10:45
Stats
Rank: #456 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 112 characters, 22 words, 86 letters, 35 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: και γαρ ο υιος του ανθρωπου ουκ ηλθεν διακονηθηναι αλλα διακονησαι και δουναι την ψυχην αυτου λυτρον αντι πολλων
Lit: Even for the Son of Man not came to be served, but to serve, and to give the life of Him as a ransom for many.
KJV: For even the Son of man came not to be ministered unto, but to minister, and to give his life a ransom for many.
References
"came"Mt 20:28: Even as the Son of man not came to be ministered to: but to minister: and to give His life a ransom for many.Lu 22:26: 27: But you will not be so: but he who is great among you: let him be as the younger; and he who is chief: as he who does serve.Joh 13:14: If I then: your Lord and Master: have washed your feet; you also ought to wash one another's feet.Php 2:5-8: Let this mind be in you: which was also in Christ Jesus:Heb 5:8: Though He were a Son: yet learned He obedience by the things which He suffered;"and to"Isa 53:10-12: Yet it pleased the LORD to bruise Him; He has put Him to grief: when you will make His soul an offering for sin: He will see His seed: He will prolong His days: and the pleasure of the LORD will prosper in His hand.Da 9:24: 26: 70 weeks are determined upon your people and upon your holy city: to finish the transgression: and to make an end of sins: and to make reconciliation for iniquity: and to bring in everlasting righteousness: and to seal up the vision and prophecy: and to anoint the most Holy.2Co 5:21: For He has made Him to be sin for us: who knew no sin; that we might be made the righteousness of God in Him.Ga 3:13: Christ has redeemed us from the curse of the law: being made a curse for us: for it is written: Cursed is every one that hangs on a tree:1Ti 3:4-6: one that rules well his own house: having his children in subjection with all gravity;Tit 2:14: Who gave himself for us: that he might redeem us from all iniquity: and purify to himself a peculiar people: zealous of good works.1Pe 1:19: But with the precious blood of Christ: as of a lamb without blemish and without spot:
Jesus Heals Bartimaeus
και ερχονται εις ιεριχω και εκπορευομενου αυτου απο ιεριχω και των μαθητων αυτου και οχλου ικανου υιος τιμαιου βαρτιμαιος ο τυφλος εκαθητο παρα την οδον προσαιτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2064ἔρχονταιerchontai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχονταιerchontai
|
they come
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2410Ἰεριχώ.Ierichō (N-AFS)
G2410 Ἱεριχώ Hierichṓ hee-er-ee-kho of Hebrew origin (יְרִיחוֹ); Jericho, a place in Palestine:--Jericho.
|
Ἰεριχώ.Ierichō
|
Jericho.
|
N-AFS
|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1607ἐκπορευομένουekporeuomenou (V-PPM/P-GMS)
G1607 ἐκπορεύομαι ekporeúomai ek-por-yoo-om-ahee from ἐκ and πορεύομαι; to depart, be discharged, proceed, project:--come (forth, out of), depart, go (forth, out), issue, proceed (out of).
|
ἐκπορευομένουekporeuomenou
|
as was going out
|
V-PPM/P-GMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
He
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2410ἸεριχὼIerichō (N-GFS)
G2410 Ἱεριχώ Hierichṓ hee-er-ee-kho of Hebrew origin (יְרִיחוֹ); Jericho, a place in Palestine:--Jericho.
|
ἸεριχὼIerichō
|
Jericho —
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3101μαθητῶνmathētōn (N-GMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητῶνmathētōn
|
disciples
|
N-GMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3793ὄχλουochlou (N-GMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλουochlou
|
a crowd
|
N-GMS
|
G2425ἱκανοῦhikanou (Adj-GMS)
G2425 ἱκανός hikanós hik-an-os from ( or , akin to ἥκω) (to arrive); competent (as if coming in season), i.e. ample (in amount) or fit (in character):--able, + content, enough, good, great, large, long (while), many, meet, much, security, sore, sufficient, worthy.
|
ἱκανοῦhikanou
|
large —
|
Adj-GMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5207υἱὸςhuios (N-NMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱὸςhuios
|
son
|
N-NMS
|
G5090ΤιμαίουTimaiou (N-GMS)
G5090 Τιμαῖος Timaîos tim-ah-yos probably of Chaldee origin (compare טָמֵא); Timæus (i.e. Timay), an Israelite:--Timæus.
|
ΤιμαίουTimaiou
|
of Timaeus,
|
N-GMS
|
G924Βαρτιμαῖος,Bartimaios (N-NMS)
G924 Βαρτιμαῖος Bartimaîos bar-tim-ah-yos of Chaldee origin (בַּר and טָמֵא); son of Timæus (or the unclean); Bar-timæus, an Israelite:--Bartimæus.
|
Βαρτιμαῖος,Bartimaios
|
Bartimaeus,
|
N-NMS
|
G5185τυφλὸςtyphlos (Adj-NMS)
G5185 τυφλός typhlós toof-los from, τυφόω; opaque (as if smoky), i.e. (by analogy) blind (physically or mentally):--blind.
|
τυφλὸςtyphlos
|
blind
|
Adj-NMS
|
G4319προσαίτης,prosaitēs (N-NMS)
G4319 προσαιτέω prosaitéō pros-ahee-teh-o from πρός and αἰτέω; to ask repeatedly (importune), i.e. solicit:--beg.
|
προσαίτης,prosaitēs
|
beggar,
|
N-NMS
|
G2521ἐκάθητοekathēto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
ἐκάθητοekathēto
|
was sitting
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
beside
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3598ὁδόν.hodon (N-AFS)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδόν.hodon
|
road.
|
N-AFS
|
46
They came to Jericho: and as he went out of Jericho with his disciples and a great number of people, blind Bartimaeus, the son of Timaeus, sat by the highway side begging.Mark 10:46
Stats
Rank: #1046 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 175 characters, 29 words, 138 letters, 54 vowels, 84 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ερχονται εις ιεριχω και εκπορευομενου αυτου απο ιεριχω και των μαθητων αυτου και οχλου ικανου υιος τιμαιου βαρτιμαιος ο τυφλος εκαθητο παρα την οδον προσαιτων
Lit: And they come to Jericho. And as was going out He from Jericho — and the disciples of Him, and a crowd large — the son of Timaeus, Bartimaeus, blind beggar, was sitting beside the road.
KJV: And they came to Jericho: and as he went out of Jericho with his disciples and a great number of people, blind Bartimaeus, the son of Timaeus, sat by the highway side begging.
References
"they came"Mt 20:29-34: As they departed from Jericho: a great multitude followed him.Lu 18:35-43: It came to pass: that as he was come nigh to Jericho: a certain blind man sat by the way side begging:"begging"Lu 16:20: 22: There was a certain beggar named Lazarus: which was laid at his gate: full of sores: Joh 9:8: The neighbours therefore: and they which before had seen him that he was blind: said: not Is this he who sat and begged?Ac 3:2: 3: A certain man lame from his mother's womb was carried: whom they laid daily at the gate of the temple which is called Beautiful: to ask alms of them that entered into the temple;
και ακουσας οτι ιησους ο ναζωραιος εστιν ηρξατο κραζειν και λεγειν ο υιος δαβιδ ιησου ελεησον με
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G191ἀκούσαςakousas (V-APA-NMS)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσαςakousas
|
having heard
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
of
|
Art-NMS
|
G3479ΝαζαρηνόςNazarēnos (N-NMS)
G3479 Ναζαρηνός Nazarēnós nad-zar-ay-nos from Ναζαρέθ; a Nazarene, i.e. inhabitant of Nazareth:--of Nazareth.
|
ΝαζαρηνόςNazarēnos
|
Nazareth
|
N-NMS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
it is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G756ἤρξατοērxato (V-AIM-3S)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
ἤρξατοērxato
|
he began
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G2896κράζεινkrazein (V-PNA)
G2896 κράζω krázō krad-zo a primary verb; properly, to croak (as a raven) or scream, i.e. (genitive case) to call aloud (shriek, exclaim, intreat):--cry (out).
|
κράζεινkrazein
|
to cry out
|
V-PNA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγεινlegein (V-PNA)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγεινlegein
|
to say,
|
V-PNA
|
G5207ΥἱὲHuie (N-VMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱὲHuie
|
Son
|
N-VMS
|
G1138ΔαυὶδDauid (N-GMS)
G1138 Δαβίδ Dabíd dab-eed of Hebrew origin (דָּוִד); Dabid (i.e. David), the Israelite king:--David.
|
ΔαυὶδDauid
|
of David,
|
N-GMS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦ,Iēsou (N-VMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦ,Iēsou
|
Jesus,
|
N-VMS
|
G1653ἐλέησόνeleēson (V-AMA-2S)
G1653 ἐλεέω eleéō el-eh-eh-o from ἔλεος; to compassionate (by word or deed, specially, by divine grace):--have compassion (pity on), have (obtain, receive, shew) mercy (on).
|
ἐλέησόνeleēson
|
have mercy on
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1473με.me (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
με.me
|
me.
|
PPro-A1S
|
47
When He heard that it was Jesus of Nazareth, He began to cry out, and say, Jesus, you Son of David, have mercy on me.Mark 10:47
Stats
Counts: 122 characters, 21 words, 91 letters, 35 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ακουσας οτι ιησους ο ναζωραιος εστιν ηρξατο κραζειν και λεγειν ο υιος δαβιδ ιησου ελεησον με
Lit: And having heard that Jesus of Nazareth it is, he began to cry out and to say, Son of David, Jesus, have mercy on me.
KJV: And when he heard that it was Jesus of Nazareth, he began to cry out, and say, Jesus, thou Son of David, have mercy on me.
References
"Jesus"Mt 2:23: He came and dwelt in a city called Nazareth: that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the prophets: He will be called a Nazarene.Mt 21:11: The multitude said: This is Jesus the prophet of Nazareth of Galilee.Mt 26:71: When He was gone out into the porch: another maid saw Him: and said to them that were there: This fellow was also with Jesus of Nazareth.Lu 4:16: He came to Nazareth: where he had been brought up: and: as his custom was: he went into the synagogue on the sabbath day: and stood up for to read.Lu 18:36: 37: Hearing the multitude pass by: he asked what it meant.Joh 1:46: Nathanael said to him: Can there any good thing come out of Nazareth? Philip says to him: Come and see.Joh 7:41: 52: Others said: This is the Christ. But some said: Will Christ come out of Galilee?Joh 19:19: Pilate wrote a title: and put it on the cross. And the writing was: JESUS OF NAZARETH THE KING OF THE JEWS.Ac 6:14: For we have heard Him say: that this Jesus of Nazareth will destroy this place: and will change the customs which Moses delivered us."thou"Isa 9:6: 7: For to us a child is born: to us a son is given: and the government will be upon His shoulder: and His name will be called Wonderful: Counseller: The mighty God: The everlasting Father: The Prince of Peace.Isa 11:1: There will come forth a rod out of the stem of Jesse: and a Branch will grow out of his roots:Jer 23:5: 6: Look: the days come: says the LORD: that I will raise to David a righteous Branch: and a King will reign and prosper: and will execute judgment and justice in the earth.Mt 1:1: The book of the generation of Jesus Christ: the son of David: the son of Abraham.Mt 9:27: When Jesus departed there: two blind men followed Him: crying: and saying: You Son of David: have mercy on us.Mt 12:23: All the people were amazed: and said: not Is this the son of David?Mt 15:22: And: look: a woman of Canaan came out of the same coasts: and cried to Him: saying: Have mercy on me: O Lord: you Son of David; my daughter is grievously vexed with a devil.Mt 20:30: And: look: two blind men sitting by the way side: when they heard that Jesus passed by: cried out: saying: Have mercy on us: O Lord: you Son of David.Mt 21:9: The multitudes that went before: and that followed: cried: saying: Hosanna to the Son of David: Blessed is He that'>He who comes in the name of the Lord; Hosanna in the highest.Mt 22:42-45: Saying: What think you of Christ? whose son is He? They say to Him: The Son of David.Ac 13:22: 23: When he had removed him: he raised up to them David to be their king; to whom also he gave testimony: and said: I have found David the son of Jesse: a man after my own heart: which will fulfil all my will.Ro 1:3: 4: Concerning His Son Jesus Christ our Lord: which was made of the seed of David according to the flesh;Re 22:16: I Jesus have sent my angel to testify to you these things in the churches. I am the root and the offspring of David: and the bright and morning star.
και επετιμων αυτω πολλοι ινα σιωπηση ο δε πολλω μαλλον εκραζεν υιε δαβιδ ελεησον με
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2008ἐπετίμωνepetimōn (V-IIA-3P)
G2008 ἐπιτιμάω epitimáō ep-ee-tee-mah-o from ἐπί and τιμάω; to tax upon, i.e. censure or admonish; by implication, forbid:--(straitly) charge, rebuke.
|
ἐπετίμωνepetimōn
|
were rebuking
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G4183πολλοὶpolloi (Adj-NMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοὶpolloi
|
many
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4623σιωπήσῃ·siōpēsē (V-ASA-3S)
G4623 σιωπάω siōpáō see-o-pah-o from (silence, i.e. a hush; properly, muteness, i.e. involuntary stillness, or inability to speak; and thus differing from σιγή, which is rather a voluntary refusal or indisposition to speak, although the terms are often used synonymously); to be dumb (but not deaf also, like 2974 properly); figuratively, to be calm (as quiet water):--dumb, (hold) peace.
|
σιωπήσῃ·siōpēsē
|
he should be silent;
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
but
|
Conj
|
G4183πολλῷpollō (Adj-DNS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλῷpollō
|
much
|
Adj-DNS
|
G3123μᾶλλονmallon (Adv)
G3123 μᾶλλον mâllon mal-lon neuter of the comparative of the same as μάλιστα; (adverbially) more (in a greater degree)) or rather:--+ better, X far, (the) more (and more), (so) much (the more), rather.
|
μᾶλλονmallon
|
more
|
Adv
|
G2896ἔκραζενekrazen (V-IIA-3S)
G2896 κράζω krázō krad-zo a primary verb; properly, to croak (as a raven) or scream, i.e. (genitive case) to call aloud (shriek, exclaim, intreat):--cry (out).
|
ἔκραζενekrazen
|
he kept crying out,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G5207ΥἱὲHuie (N-VMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱὲHuie
|
Son
|
N-VMS
|
G1138Δαυίδ,Dauid (N-GMS)
G1138 Δαβίδ Dabíd dab-eed of Hebrew origin (דָּוִד); Dabid (i.e. David), the Israelite king:--David.
|
Δαυίδ,Dauid
|
of David,
|
N-GMS
|
G1653ἐλέησόνeleēson (V-AMA-2S)
G1653 ἐλεέω eleéō el-eh-eh-o from ἔλεος; to compassionate (by word or deed, specially, by divine grace):--have compassion (pity on), have (obtain, receive, shew) mercy (on).
|
ἐλέησόνeleēson
|
have mercy on
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1473με.me (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
με.me
|
me.
|
PPro-A1S
|
48
Many charged Him that He should hold His peace: but He cried the more a great deal, You Son of David, have mercy on me.
Mark 10:48
Stats
Counts: 124 characters, 23 words, 95 letters, 37 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: και επετιμων αυτω πολλοι ινα σιωπηση ο δε πολλω μαλλον εκραζεν υιε δαβιδ ελεησον με
Lit: And were rebuking him many that he should be silent; but much more he kept crying out, Son of David, have mercy on me.
KJV: And many charged him that he should hold his peace: but he cried the more a great deal, Thou Son of David, have mercy on me.
References
"many"Mr 5:35: While he yet spoke: there came from the ruler of the synagogue's house certain which said: Your daughter is dead: why trouble you the Master any further?Mt 19:13: Then were there brought to him little children: that he should put his hands on them: and pray: and the disciples rebuked them.Mt 20:31: The multitude rebuked them: because they should hold their peace: but they cried the more: saying: Have mercy on us: O Lord: you Son of David.Lu 18:39: They which went before rebuked Him: that He should hold His peace: but He cried so much the more: You Son of David: have mercy on me."but"Mr 7:26-29: The woman was a Greek: a Syrophenician by nation; and she besought him that he would cast forth the devil out of her daughter.Ge 32:24-28: Jacob was left alone; and there wrestled a man with him until the breaking of the day.Jer 29:13: you will seek me: and find me: when you will search for me with all your heart.Mt 15:23-28: But he answered not her a word. And his disciples came and besought him: saying: Send her away; for she cries after us.Lu 11:5-10: He said to them: Which of you will have a friend: and will go to him at midnight: and say to him: Friend: lend me 3 loaves;Lu 18:1-8: He spoke a parable to them to this end: that men ought always to pray: not and to faint;Eph 6:18: Praying always with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit: and watching thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints;Heb 5:7: Who in the days of his flesh: when he had offered up prayers and supplications with strong crying and tears to him that was able to save him from death: and was heard in that he feared;"have"Ps 62:12: Also to you: O Lord: belongeth mercy: for you render to every man according to His work.
και στας ο ιησους ειπεν αυτον φωνηθηναι και φωνουσιν τον τυφλον λεγοντες αυτω θαρσει εγειραι φωνει σε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2476στὰςstas (V-APA-NMS)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
στὰςstas
|
having stopped,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
commanded
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5455ΦωνήσατεPhōnēsate (V-AMA-2P)
G5455 φωνέω phōnéō fo-neh-o from φωνή; to emit a sound (animal, human or instrumental); by implication, to address in words or by name, also in imitation:--call (for), crow, cry.
|
ΦωνήσατεPhōnēsate
|
to be called
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5455φωνοῦσινphōnousin (V-PIA-3P)
G5455 φωνέω phōnéō fo-neh-o from φωνή; to emit a sound (animal, human or instrumental); by implication, to address in words or by name, also in imitation:--call (for), crow, cry.
|
φωνοῦσινphōnousin
|
they call
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5185τυφλὸνtyphlon (Adj-AMS)
G5185 τυφλός typhlós toof-los from, τυφόω; opaque (as if smoky), i.e. (by analogy) blind (physically or mentally):--blind.
|
τυφλὸνtyphlon
|
blind man,
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2293Θάρσει,Tharsei (V-PMA-2S)
G2293 θαρσέω tharséō thar-seh-o from θάρσος; to have courage:--be of good cheer (comfort). Compare θαῤῥέω.
|
Θάρσει,Tharsei
|
Take courage!
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G1453ἔγειρε,egeire (V-PMA-2S)
G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἔγειρε,egeire
|
Rise up!
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G5455φωνεῖphōnei (V-PIA-3S)
G5455 φωνέω phōnéō fo-neh-o from φωνή; to emit a sound (animal, human or instrumental); by implication, to address in words or by name, also in imitation:--call (for), crow, cry.
|
φωνεῖphōnei
|
He calls
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4771σε.se (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σε.se
|
you.
|
PPro-A2S
|
49
Jesus stood still, and commanded Him to be called. And they call the blind man, saying to Him, Be of good comfort, rise; He calls you.
Mark 10:49
Stats
Counts: 143 characters, 21 words, 110 letters, 39 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: και στας ο ιησους ειπεν αυτον φωνηθηναι και φωνουσιν τον τυφλον λεγοντες αυτω θαρσει εγειραι φωνει σε
Lit: And having stopped, Jesus commanded to be called him. And they call the blind man, saying to him, Take courage! Rise up! He calls you.
KJV: And Jesus stood still, and commanded him to be called. And they call the blind man, saying unto him, Be of good comfort, rise; he calleth thee.
References
"stood"Ps 86:15: But you: O Lord: are a God full of compassion: and gracious: longsuffering: and plenteous in mercy and truth.Ps 145:8: The LORD is gracious: and full of compassion; slow to anger: and of great mercy.Mt 20:32-34: Jesus stood still: and called them: and said: What will you that I will do to you?Lu 18:40: Jesus stood: and commanded Him to be brought to Him: and when He was come near: He asked Him: Heb 2:17: For what reason in all things it behoved Him to be made like to His brothers: that He might be a merciful and faithful high priest in things pertaining to God: to make reconciliation for the sins of the people.Heb 4:15: For we not have an high priest which cannot be touched with the feeling of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are: yet without sin."Be"Joh 11:28: When she had so said: she went her way: and called Mary her sister secretly: saying: The Master is come: and calls for you.
ο δε αποβαλων το ιματιον αυτου αναστας ηλθεν προς τον ιησουν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G577ἀποβαλὼνapobalōn (V-APA-NMS)
G577 ἀποβάλλω apobállō ap-ob-al-lo from ἀπό and βάλλω; to throw off; figuratively, to lose:--cast away.
|
ἀποβαλὼνapobalōn
|
having cast away
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2440ἱμάτιονhimation (N-ANS)
G2440 ἱμάτιον himátion him-at-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ennumi (to put on); a dress (inner or outer):--apparel, cloke, clothes, garment, raiment, robe, vesture.
|
ἱμάτιονhimation
|
cloak
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1530ἀναπηδήσαςanapēdēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G1530 εἰσπηδάω eispēdáō ice-pay-dah-o from εἰς and (to leap); to rush in:--run (spring) in.
|
ἀναπηδήσαςanapēdēsas
|
having risen up,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2064ἦλθενēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθενēlthen
|
he came
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2424Ἰησοῦν.Iēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦν.Iēsoun
|
Jesus.
|
N-AMS
|
50
He, casting away His garment, rose, and came to Jesus.Mark 10:50
Stats
Counts: 58 characters, 8 words, 44 letters, 17 vowels, 27 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε αποβαλων το ιματιον αυτου αναστας ηλθεν προς τον ιησουν
Lit: And having cast away the cloak of him, having risen up, he came to Jesus.
KJV: And he, casting away his garment, rose, and came to Jesus.
References
"And he, casting away his garment, rose, and came to Jesus."Php 3:7-9: But what things were gain to me: those I counted loss for Christ.Heb 12:1: For what reason seeing we also are compassed about with so great a cloud of witnesses: let us lay aside every weight: and the sin which does so easily beset us: and let us run with patience the race that is set before us:
και αποκριθεις λεγει αυτω ο ιησους τι θελεις ποιησω σοι ο δε τυφλος ειπεν αυτω ραββονι ινα αναβλεψω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G611ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis (V-APP-NMS)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis
|
answering
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
says,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
What
|
IPro-ANS
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
to you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G2309θέλειςtheleis (V-PIA-2S)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλειςtheleis
|
do you desire
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G4160ποιήσω;poiēsō (V-ASA-1S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσω;poiēsō
|
I should do?
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5185τυφλὸςtyphlos (Adj-NMS)
G5185 τυφλός typhlós toof-los from, τυφόω; opaque (as if smoky), i.e. (by analogy) blind (physically or mentally):--blind.
|
τυφλὸςtyphlos
|
the blind man
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G4462Ραββουνι,Rabbouni (N-VMS)
G4462 ῥαββονί rhabboní hrab-boo-nee of Chaldee origin; corresponding to ῥαββί:--Lord, Rabboni.
|
Ραββουνι,Rabbouni
|
Rabboni,
|
N-VMS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G308ἀναβλέψω.anablepsō (V-ASA-1S)
G308 ἀναβλέπω anablépō an-ab-lep-o from ἀνά and βλέπω; to look up; by implication, to recover sight:--look (up), see, receive sight.
|
ἀναβλέψω.anablepsō
|
I may receive sight.
|
V-ASA-1S
|
51
Jesus answered and said to Him, What will you that I should do to you? The blind man said to Him, Lord, that I might receive my sight.
Mark 10:51
Stats
Counts: 146 characters, 25 words, 113 letters, 42 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αποκριθεις λεγει αυτω ο ιησους τι θελεις ποιησω σοι ο δε τυφλος ειπεν αυτω ραββονι ινα αναβλεψω
Lit: And answering him, Jesus says, What to you do you desire I should do? And the blind man said to Him, Rabboni, that I may receive sight.
KJV: And Jesus answered and said unto him, What wilt thou that I should do unto thee? The blind man said unto him, Lord, that I might receive my sight.
References
"What"Mr 10:36: He said to them: What would you that I should do for you?2Ch 1:7: In that night did God appear to Solomon: and said to Him: Ask what I will give you.Mt 6:8: not Be you therefore like to them: for your Father knows what things you have need of: before you ask Him.Mt 7:7: Ask: and it will be given you; seek: and you will find; knock: and it will be opened to you:Lu 18:41-43: Saying: What will you that I will do to you? And He said: Lord: that I may receive my sight.Php 4:6: Be careful not forhing; but in every thing by prayer and supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known to God.
ο δε ιησους ειπεν αυτω υπαγε η πιστις σου σεσωκεν σε και ευθεως ανεβλεψεν και ηκολουθει τω ιησου εν τη οδω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G5217Ὕπαγε,Hypage (V-PMA-2S)
G5217 ὑπάγω hypágō hoop-ag-o from ὑπό and ἄγω; to lead (oneself) under, i.e. withdraw or retire (as if sinking out of sight), literally or figuratively:--depart, get hence, go (a-)way.
|
Ὕπαγε,Hypage
|
Go,
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4102πίστιςpistis (N-NFS)
G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστιςpistis
|
faith
|
N-NFS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G4982σέσωκένsesōken (V-RIA-3S)
G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
σέσωκένsesōken
|
has healed
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G4771σε.se (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σε.se
|
you.
|
PPro-A2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G308ἀνέβλεψεν,aneblepsen (V-AIA-3S)
G308 ἀναβλέπω anablépō an-ab-lep-o from ἀνά and βλέπω; to look up; by implication, to recover sight:--look (up), see, receive sight.
|
ἀνέβλεψεν,aneblepsen
|
he received sight,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G190ἠκολούθειēkolouthei (V-IIA-3S)
G190 ἀκολουθέω akolouthéō ak-ol-oo-theh-o from Α (as a particle of union) and (a road); properly, to be in the same way with, i.e. to accompany (specially, as a disciple):--follow, reach.
|
ἠκολούθειēkolouthei
|
he began following
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3598ὁδῷ.hodō (N-DFS)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδῷ.hodō
|
way.
|
N-DFS
|
52
Jesus said to Him, Go your way; your faith has made you whole. And immediately He received His sight, and followed Jesus in the way.
Mark 10:52
Stats
Counts: 138 characters, 22 words, 108 letters, 41 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε ιησους ειπεν αυτω υπαγε η πιστις σου σεσωκεν σε και ευθεως ανεβλεψεν και ηκολουθει τω ιησου εν τη οδω
Lit: And Jesus said to him, Go, the faith of you has healed you. And immediately he received sight, and he began following Him on the way.
KJV: And Jesus said unto him, Go thy way; thy faith hath made thee whole. And immediately he received his sight, and followed Jesus in the way.
References
"thy faith"Mr 5:34: He said to her: Daughter: your faith has made you whole; go in peace: and be whole of your plague.Mt 9:22: 28-30: But Jesus turned Him about: and when He saw her: He said: Daughter: be of good comfort; your faith has made you whole. And the woman was made whole from that hour.Mt 15:28: Then Jesus answered and said to her: O woman: great is your faith: be it to you even as you will. And her daughter was made whole from that very hour.Lu 7:50: He said to the woman: Your faith has saved you; go in peace.Lu 9:48: Said to them: Whoever will receive this child in my name receives'>receives me: and whoever will receive me receives'>receives him that sent me: for he who is least among you all: the same will be great."he received"Mr 8:25: After that he put his hands again upon his eyes: and made him look up: and he was restored: and saw every man clearly.Ps 33:9: For he spoke: and it was done; he commanded: and it stood fast.Ps 146:8: The LORD opens the eyes of the blind: the LORD raises them that are bowed down: the LORD loves the righteous:Isa 29:18: 19: In that day will the deaf hear the words of the book: and the eyes of the blind will see out of obscurity: and out of darkness.Isa 35:5: Then the eyes of the blind will be opened: and the ears of the deaf will be unstopped.Isa 42:16-18: I will bring the blind by a way that they not knew; I will lead them in paths that they not have known: I will make darkness light before them: and crooked things straight. These things will I do to them: not and forsake them.Mt 11:5: The blind receive their sight: and the lame walk: the lepers are cleansed: and the deaf hear: the dead are raised up: and the poor have the gospel preached to them.Mt 12:22: Then was brought to him one possessed with a devil: blind: and dumb: and he healed him: insomuch that the blind and dumb both spoke and saw.Mt 21:14: The blind and the lame came to him in the temple; and he healed them.Joh 9:5-7: 32: 39: As long as I am in the world: I am the light of the world.Ac 26:18: To open their eyes: and to turn them from darkness to light: and from the power of Satan to God: that they may receive forgiveness of sins: and inheritance among them which are sanctified by faith that is in me."followed"Mr 1:31: He came and took her by the hand: and lifted her up; and immediately the fever left her: and she ministered to them.Lu 8:2: 3: Certain women: which had been healed of evil spirits and infirmities: Mary called Magdalene: out of whom went 7 devils:
11
Jesus’ Ministry in Jerusalem
Jesus Arrives at Jerusalem
και οτε εγγιζουσιν εις ιερουσαλημ εις βηθφαγη και βηθανιαν προς το ορος των ελαιων αποστελλει δυο των μαθητων αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3753ὅτεhote (Adv)
G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὅτεhote
|
when
|
Adv
|
G1448ἐγγίζουσινengizousin (V-PIA-3P)
G1448 ἐγγίζω engízō eng-id-zo from ἐγγύς; to make near, i.e. (reflexively) approach:--approach, be at hand, come (draw) near, be (come, draw) nigh.
|
ἐγγίζουσινengizousin
|
they drew near
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2414ἹεροσόλυμαHierosolyma (N-ANP)
G2414 Ἱεροσόλυμα Hierosólyma hee-er-os-ol-oo-mah of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierosolyma (i.e. Jerushalaim), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱερουσαλήμ.
|
ἹεροσόλυμαHierosolyma
|
Jerusalem,
|
N-ANP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G967ΒηθφαγὴBēthphagē (N-AFS)
G967 Βηθφαγή Bēthphagḗ bayth-fag-ay of Chaldee origin (compare בַּיִת and פַּג); fig-house; Beth-phage, a place in Palestine:--Bethphage.
|
ΒηθφαγὴBēthphagē
|
Bethphage
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G963ΒηθανίανBēthanian (N-AFS)
G963 Βηθανία Bēthanía bay-than-ee-ah of Chaldee origin; date-house; Beth-any, a place in Palestine:--Bethany.
|
ΒηθανίανBēthanian
|
Bethany,
|
N-AFS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
near
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3735ὄροςoros (N-ANS)
G3735 ὄρος óros or-os probably from an obsolete (to rise or rear; perhaps akin to αἴρω; compare ὄρνις); a mountain (as lifting itself above the plain):--hill, mount(-ain).
|
ὄροςoros
|
Mount
|
N-ANS
|
G1636Ἐλαιῶν,Elaiōn (N-GFP)
G1636 ἐλαία elaía el-ah-yah feminine of a presumed derivative from an obsolete primary; an olive (the tree or the fruit):--olive (berry, tree).
|
Ἐλαιῶν,Elaiōn
|
of Olives,
|
N-GFP
|
G649ἀποστέλλειapostellei (V-PIA-3S)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀποστέλλειapostellei
|
He sends
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1417δύοdyo (Adj-AMP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύοdyo
|
two
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3101μαθητῶνmathētōn (N-GMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητῶνmathētōn
|
disciples
|
N-GMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
1
And when they came nigh to Jerusalem, to Bethphage and Bethany, at the mount of Olives, he sends forth two of his disciples,Mark 11:1
Stats
Rank: #1322 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 128 characters, 20 words, 102 letters, 37 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οτε εγγιζουσιν εις ιερουσαλημ εις βηθφαγη και βηθανιαν προς το ορος των ελαιων αποστελλει δυο των μαθητων αυτου
Lit: And when they drew near to Jerusalem, to Bethphage and Bethany, near the Mount of Olives, He sends two of the disciples of Him
KJV: And when they came nigh to Jerusalem, unto Bethphage and Bethany, at the mount of Olives, he sendeth forth two of his disciples,
References
"when"Mt 21:1-11: When they drew nigh to Jerusalem: and were come to Bethphage: to the mount of Olives: then sent Jesus two disciples: Lu 19:29-40: It came to pass: when he was come nigh to Bethphage and Bethany: at the mount called the mount of Olives: he sent two of his disciples: Joh 12:14-19: Jesus: when He had found a young ass: sat thereon; as it is written: "at the"Mr 13:3: As he sat upon the mount of Olives over against the temple: Peter and James and John and Andrew asked him privately: 2Sa 15:30: David went up by the ascent of mount Olivet: and wept as he went up: and had his head covered: and he went barefoot: and all the people that was with him covered every man his head: and they went up: weeping as they went up.Zec 14:4: His feet will stand in that day upon the mount of Olives: which is before Jerusalem on the east: and the mount of Olives will cleave in the middle thereof toward the east and toward the west: and there will be a very great valley; and half of the mountain will remove toward the north: and half of it toward the south.Mt 24:3: As he sat upon the mount of Olives: the disciples came to him privately: saying: Tell us: when will these things be? and what will be the sign of your coming: and of the end of the world?Mt 26:30: When they had sung an hymn: they went out into the mount of Olives.Joh 8:1: Jesus went to the mount of Olives.Ac 1:12: Then returned they to Jerusalem from the mount called Olivet: which is from Jerusalem a sabbath day's journey."he"Mr 6:7: He called to him the 12: and began to send them forth by two and two; and gave them power over unclean spirits;Mr 14:13: He sends forth two of his disciples: and says to them: Go you into the city: and there will meet you a man bearing a pitcher of water: follow him.
και λεγει αυτοις υπαγετε εις την κωμην την κατεναντι υμων και ευθεως εισπορευομενοι εις αυτην ευρησετε πωλον δεδεμενον εφ ον ουδεις ανθρωπων κεκαθικεν λυσαντες αυτον αγαγετε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G5217ὙπάγετεHypagete (V-PMA-2P)
G5217 ὑπάγω hypágō hoop-ag-o from ὑπό and ἄγω; to lead (oneself) under, i.e. withdraw or retire (as if sinking out of sight), literally or figuratively:--depart, get hence, go (a-)way.
|
ὙπάγετεHypagete
|
Go
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2968κώμηνkōmēn (N-AFS)
G2968 κώμη kṓmē ko-may from κεῖμαι; a hamlet (as if laid down):--town, village.
|
κώμηνkōmēn
|
village,
|
N-AFS
|
G2713κατέναντιkatenanti (Prep)
G2713 κατέναντι katénanti kat-en-an-tee from κατά and ἔναντι; directly opposite:--before, over against.
|
κατέναντιkatenanti
|
before
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῶν,hymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν,hymōn
|
you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately,
|
Adv
|
G1531εἰσπορευόμενοιeisporeuomenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP)
G1531 εἰσπορεύομαι eisporeúomai ice-por-yoo-om-ahee from εἰς and πορεύομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--come (enter) in, go into.
|
εἰσπορευόμενοιeisporeuomenoi
|
entering
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὴνautēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὴνautēn
|
it,
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G2147εὑρήσετεheurēsete (V-FIA-2P)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὑρήσετεheurēsete
|
you will find
|
V-FIA-2P
|
G4454πῶλονpōlon (N-AMS)
G4454 πῶλος pōlos po-los apparently a primary word; a foal or filly, i.e. (specially), a young ass:--colt.
|
πῶλονpōlon
|
a colt
|
N-AMS
|
G1210δεδεμένονdedemenon (V-RPM/P-AMS)
G1210 δέω déō deh-o a primary verb; to bind (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--bind, be in bonds, knit, tie, wind. See also δεῖ, δέομαι.
|
δεδεμένονdedemenon
|
having been tied,
|
V-RPM/P-AMS
|
G1909ἐφ’eph’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐφ’eph’
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
which
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G3762οὐδεὶςoudeis (Adj-NMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεὶςoudeis
|
no one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3768οὔπωoupō (Adv)
G3768 οὔπω oúpō oo-po from οὐ and -πω; not yet:--hitherto not, (no…) as yet, not yet.
|
οὔπωoupō
|
not yet
|
Adv
|
G444ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn (N-GMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn
|
of men
|
N-GMP
|
G2523ἐκάθισεν·ekathisen (V-AIA-3S)
G2523 καθίζω kathízō kath-id-zo another (active) form for καθέζομαι; to seat down, i.e. set (figuratively, appoint); intransitively, to sit (down); figuratively, to settle (hover, dwell):--continue, set, sit (down), tarry.
|
ἐκάθισεν·ekathisen
|
has sat;
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3089λύσατεlysate (V-AMA-2P)
G3089 λύω lýō loo-o a primary verb; to loosen (literally or figuratively):--break (up), destroy, dissolve, (un-)loose, melt, put off. Compare ῥήγνυμι.
|
λύσατεlysate
|
having untied
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
it,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G5342φέρετε.pherete (V-PMA-2P)
G5342 φέρω phérō en-eng-ko a primary verb (for which other, and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely, ; and ; to bear or carry (in a very wide application, literally and figuratively, as follows):--be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold.
|
φέρετε.pherete
|
bring it.
|
V-PMA-2P
|
2
says to them, Go your way into the village over against you: and as soon as you be entered into it, you will find a colt tied, whereon never man sat; loose him, and bring him.
Mark 11:2
Stats
Rank: #7619 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 181 characters, 31 words, 138 letters, 57 vowels, 81 consonants
Translation
Greek: και λεγει αυτοις υπαγετε εις την κωμην την κατεναντι υμων και ευθεως εισπορευομενοι εις αυτην ευρησετε πωλον δεδεμενον εφ ον ουδεις ανθρωπων κεκαθικεν λυσαντες αυτον αγαγετε
Lit: and says to them, Go into the village, before you, and immediately, entering into it, you will find a colt having been tied, upon which no one not yet of men has sat; having untied it, also bring it.
KJV: And saith unto them, Go your way into the village over against you: and as soon as ye be entered into it, ye shall find a colt tied, whereon never man sat; loose him, and bring him.
References
"And saith unto them, Go your way into the village over against you: and as soon as ye be entered into it, ye shall find a colt tied, whereon never man sat; loose him, and bring him."Mt 21:2: 3: Saying to them: Go into the village over against you: and straightway you will find an ass tied: and a colt with her: loose them: and bring them to me.Lu 19:30: 31: Saying: Go you into the village over against you; in the which at your entering you will find a colt tied: whereon yet never man sat: loose him: and bring him here.
και εαν τις υμιν ειπη τι ποιειτε τουτο ειπατε οτι ο κυριος αυτου χρειαν εχει και ευθεως αυτον αποστελει ωδε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1437ἐάνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐάνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3004εἴπῃeipē (V-ASA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἴπῃeipē
|
says,
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
Why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G4160ποιεῖτεpoieite (V-PIA-2P)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιεῖτεpoieite
|
are you doing
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G3778τοῦτο;touto (DPro-ANS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτο;touto
|
this?’
|
DPro-ANS
|
G3004εἴπατεeipate (V-AMA-2P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἴπατεeipate
|
say,
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G3754‹Ὅτι›hoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
‹Ὅτι›hoti
|
Because
|
Conj
|
G3588ὉHO (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὉHO
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of it
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G5532χρείανchreian (N-AFS)
G5532 χρεία chreía khri-ah from the base of χράομαι or χρή; employment, i.e. an affair; also (by implication) occasion, demand, requirement or destitution:--business, lack, necessary(-ity), need(-ful), use, want.
|
χρείανchreian
|
need
|
N-AFS
|
G2192ἔχει,echei (V-PIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχει,echei
|
has,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
soon
|
Adv
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
it
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G649ἀποστέλλειapostellei (V-PIA-3S)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀποστέλλειapostellei
|
He will send
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv)
G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
back
|
Adv
|
G5602ὧδε.hōde (Adv)
G5602 ὧδε hōde ho-deh from an adverb form of ὅδε; in this same spot, i.e. here or hither:--here, hither, (in) this place, there.,
|
ὧδε.hōde
|
here.
|
Adv
|
3
If any man say to you, Why do you this? say you that the Lord has need of Him; and straightway He will send Him here.
Mark 11:3
Stats
Rank: #8503 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 124 characters, 24 words, 94 letters, 32 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εαν τις υμιν ειπη τι ποιειτε τουτο ειπατε οτι ο κυριος αυτου χρειαν εχει και ευθεως αυτον αποστελει ωδε
Lit: And if anyone to you says, Why are you doing this?’ say, Because the Lord of it need has, and soon it He will send back here.
KJV: And if any man say unto you, Why do ye this? say ye that the Lord hath need of him; and straightway he will send him hither.
References
"that"Ps 24:1: > The earth is the LORD's: and the fulness thereof; the world: and they that dwell therein.Ac 10:36: The word which God sent to the children of Israel: preaching peace by Jesus Christ: (He is Lord of all:)Ac 17:25: Neither is worshipped with men's hands: as though he needed any thing: seeing he gives to all life: and breath: and all things;2Co 8:9: For you know the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ: that: though He was rich: yet for your sakes He became poor: that you through His poverty might be rich.Heb 2:7-9: You mad him a little lower than the angels; you crownedst him with glory and honour: and did set him over the works of your hands:"and straightway"Mr 14:15: He will show you a large upper room furnished and prepared: there make ready for us.1Ch 29:12-18: Both riches and honour come of you: and you reign over all; and in your hand is power and might; and in your hand it is to make great: and to give strength to all.Ps 110:3: Your people will be willing in the day of your power: in the beauties of holiness from the womb of the morning: you have the dew of your youth.Ac 1:24: They prayed: and said: You: Lord: which know the hearts of all men: show whether of these two you have chosen:
απηλθον δε και ευρον τον πωλον δεδεμενον προς την θυραν εξω επι του αμφοδου και λυουσιν αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G565ἀπῆλθονapēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπῆλθονapēlthon
|
they departed
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2147εὗρονheuron (V-AIA-3P)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὗρονheuron
|
found
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G4454πῶλονpōlon (N-AMS)
G4454 πῶλος pōlos po-los apparently a primary word; a foal or filly, i.e. (specially), a young ass:--colt.
|
πῶλονpōlon
|
the colt
|
N-AMS
|
G1210δεδεμένονdedemenon (V-RPM/P-AMS)
G1210 δέω déō deh-o a primary verb; to bind (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--bind, be in bonds, knit, tie, wind. See also δεῖ, δέομαι.
|
δεδεμένονdedemenon
|
having been tied
|
V-RPM/P-AMS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
at
|
Prep
|
G2374θύρανthyran (N-AFS)
G2374 θύρα thýra thoo-rah apparently a primary word (compare door); a portal or entrance (the opening or the closure, literally or figuratively):--door, gate.
|
θύρανthyran
|
the door
|
N-AFS
|
G1854ἔξωexō (Adv)
G1854 ἔξω éxō ex-o adverb from ἐκ; out(-side, of doors), literally or figuratively:--away, forth, (with-)out (of, -ward), strange.
|
ἔξωexō
|
outside,
|
Adv
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G296ἀμφόδου,amphodou (N-GNS)
G296 ἄμφοδον ámphodon am-fod-on from the base of ἀμφότερος and ὁδός; a fork in the road:--where two ways meet.
|
ἀμφόδου,amphodou
|
street,
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3089λύουσινlyousin (V-PIA-3P)
G3089 λύω lýō loo-o a primary verb; to loosen (literally or figuratively):--break (up), destroy, dissolve, (un-)loose, melt, put off. Compare ῥήγνυμι.
|
λύουσινlyousin
|
they untied
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
it.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
4
They went their way, and found the colt tied by the door without in a place where two ways met; and they loose him.Mark 11:4
Stats
Rank: #9455 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 119 characters, 23 words, 92 letters, 34 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: απηλθον δε και ευρον τον πωλον δεδεμενον προς την θυραν εξω επι του αμφοδου και λυουσιν αυτον
Lit: And they departed and found the colt having been tied at the door outside, by the street, and they untied it.
KJV: And they went their way, and found the colt tied by the door without in a place where two ways met; and they loose him.
References
"and found"Mt 21:6: 7: The disciples went: and did as Jesus commanded them: Mt 26:19: The disciples did as Jesus had appointed them; and they made ready the passover.Lu 19:32-34: They that were sent went their way: and found even as he had said to them.Joh 2:5: His mother says to the servants: Whatever he says to you: do it.Heb 11:8: By faith Abraham: when he was called to go out into a place which he should after receive for an inheritance: obeyed; and he went out: not knowing whither he went.
και τινες των εκει εστηκοτων ελεγον αυτοις τι ποιειτε λυοντες τον πωλον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καίkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καίkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5100τινεςtines (IPro-NMP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινεςtines
|
some
|
IPro-NMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of those
|
Art-GMP
|
G1563ἐκεῖekei (Adv)
G1563 ἐκεῖ ekeî ek-i of uncertain affinity; there; by extension, thither:--there, thither(-ward), (to) yonder (place).
|
ἐκεῖekei
|
there
|
Adv
|
G2476ἑστηκότωνhestēkotōn (V-RPA-GMP)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἑστηκότωνhestēkotōn
|
standing
|
V-RPA-GMP
|
G3004ἔλεγονelegon (V-IIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγονelegon
|
were saying
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
What
|
IPro-ANS
|
G4160ποιεῖτεpoieite (V-PIA-2P)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιεῖτεpoieite
|
are you doing
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G3089λύοντεςlyontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3089 λύω lýō loo-o a primary verb; to loosen (literally or figuratively):--break (up), destroy, dissolve, (un-)loose, melt, put off. Compare ῥήγνυμι.
|
λύοντεςlyontes
|
untying
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G4454πῶλον;pōlon (N-AMS)
G4454 πῶλος pōlos po-los apparently a primary word; a foal or filly, i.e. (specially), a young ass:--colt.
|
πῶλον;pōlon
|
colt?
|
N-AMS
|
5
Certain of them that stood there said to them, What do you, loosing the colt?
Mark 11:5
Stats
Rank: #9715 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 82 characters, 14 words, 64 letters, 24 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τινες των εκει εστηκοτων ελεγον αυτοις τι ποιειτε λυοντες τον πωλον
Lit: And some of those there standing were saying to them, What are you doing untying the colt?
KJV: And certain of them that stood there said unto them, What do ye, loosing the colt?
οι δε ειπον αυτοις καθως ενετειλατο ο ιησους και αφηκαν αυτους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπανeipan (V-AIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπανeipan
|
they spoke
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv)
G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
had commanded
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2424Ἰησοῦς·Iēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦς·Iēsous
|
Jesus,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G863ἀφῆκανaphēkan (V-AIA-3P)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφῆκανaphēkan
|
they allowed
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτούς.autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς.autous
|
them.
|
PPro-AM3P
|
6
They said to them even as Jesus had commanded: and they let them go.Mark 11:6
Stats
Rank: #8969 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 74 characters, 14 words, 58 letters, 21 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε ειπον αυτοις καθως ενετειλατο ο ιησους και αφηκαν αυτους
Lit: And they spoke to them as had commanded Jesus, and they allowed them.
KJV: And they said unto them even as Jesus had commanded: and they let them go.
και ηγαγον τον πωλον προς τον ιησουν και επεβαλον αυτω τα ιματια αυτων και εκαθισεν επ αυτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5342φέρουσινpherousin (V-PIA-3P)
G5342 φέρω phérō en-eng-ko a primary verb (for which other, and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely, ; and ; to bear or carry (in a very wide application, literally and figuratively, as follows):--be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold.
|
φέρουσινpherousin
|
they led
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G4454πῶλονpōlon (N-AMS)
G4454 πῶλος pōlos po-los apparently a primary word; a foal or filly, i.e. (specially), a young ass:--colt.
|
πῶλονpōlon
|
colt
|
N-AMS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2424Ἰησοῦν,Iēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦν,Iēsoun
|
Jesus,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1911ἐπιβάλλουσινepiballousin (V-PIA-3P)
G1911 ἐπιβάλλω epibállō ep-ee-bal-lo from ἐπί and βάλλω; to throw upon (literal or figurative, transitive or reflexive; usually with more or less force); specially (with ἑαυτοῦ implied) to reflect; impersonally, to belong to:--beat into, cast (up-)on, fall, lay (on), put (unto), stretch forth, think on.
|
ἐπιβάλλουσινepiballousin
|
they cast upon
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
it
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G2440ἱμάτιαhimatia (N-ANP)
G2440 ἱμάτιον himátion him-at-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ennumi (to put on); a dress (inner or outer):--apparel, cloke, clothes, garment, raiment, robe, vesture.
|
ἱμάτιαhimatia
|
cloaks
|
N-ANP
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2523ἐκάθισενekathisen (V-AIA-3S)
G2523 καθίζω kathízō kath-id-zo another (active) form for καθέζομαι; to seat down, i.e. set (figuratively, appoint); intransitively, to sit (down); figuratively, to settle (hover, dwell):--continue, set, sit (down), tarry.
|
ἐκάθισενekathisen
|
He sat
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
on
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
it.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
7
They brought the colt to Jesus, and cast their garments on Him; and He sat upon Him.Mark 11:7
Stats
Rank: #8502 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 88 characters, 16 words, 68 letters, 23 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηγαγον τον πωλον προς τον ιησουν και επεβαλον αυτω τα ιματια αυτων και εκαθισεν επ αυτω
Lit: And they led the colt to Jesus, and they cast upon it the cloaks of them, and He sat on it.
KJV: And they brought the colt to Jesus, and cast their garments on him; and he sat upon him.
References
"the colt"Zec 9:9: Rejoice greatly: O daughter of Zion; shout: O daughter of Jerusalem: look: your King comes to you: he is just: and having salvation; lowly: and riding upon an ass: and upon a colt the foal of an ass.Mt 21:4: 5: All this was done: that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the prophet: saying: Lu 19:35: They brought Him to Jesus: and they cast their garments upon the colt: and they set Jesus thereon."and cast"2Ki 9:13: Then they hasted: and took every man his garment: and put it under him on the top of the stairs: and blew with trumpets: saying: Jehu is king.Mt 21:7: 8: Brought the ass: and the colt: and put on them their clothes: and they set him thereon.Lu 19:36: As he went: they spread their clothes in the way.Joh 12:12-16: On the next day much people that were come to the feast: when they heard that Jesus was coming to Jerusalem:
πολλοι δε τα ιματια αυτων εστρωσαν εις την οδον αλλοι δε στοιβαδας εκοπτον εκ των δενδρων και εστρωννυον εις την οδον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4183πολλοὶpolloi (Adj-NMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοὶpolloi
|
many
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G2440ἱμάτιαhimatia (N-ANP)
G2440 ἱμάτιον himátion him-at-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ennumi (to put on); a dress (inner or outer):--apparel, cloke, clothes, garment, raiment, robe, vesture.
|
ἱμάτιαhimatia
|
cloaks
|
N-ANP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G4766ἔστρωσανestrōsan (V-AIA-3P)
G4766 στρώννυμι strṓnnymi stro-o prolongation from a still simpler , (used only as an alternate in certain tenses) (probably akin to στερεός through the idea of positing); to strew
|
ἔστρωσανestrōsan
|
spread
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3598ὁδόν,hodon (N-AFS)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδόν,hodon
|
road;
|
N-AFS
|
G243ἄλλοιalloi (Adj-NMP)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλοιalloi
|
others
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then,
|
Conj
|
G4746στιβάδας,stibadas (N-AFP)
G4746 στοιβάς stoibás stoy-bas from a primary (to step or stamp); a spread (as if tramped flat) of loose materials for a couch, i.e. (by implication) a bough of a tree so employed:--branch.
|
στιβάδας,stibadas
|
branches
|
N-AFP
|
G2875κόψαντεςkopsantes (V-APA-NMP)
G2875 κόπτω kóptō kop-to a primary verb; to chop; specially, to beat the breast in grief:--cut down, lament, mourn, (be-)wail. Compare the base of τομώτερος.
|
κόψαντεςkopsantes
|
having been cut down
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G68ἀγρῶν.agrōn (N-GMP)
G68 ἀγρός agrós ag-ros from ἄγω; a field (as a drive for cattle); genitive case, the country; specially, a farm, i.e. hamlet:--country, farm, piece of ground, land.
|
ἀγρῶν.agrōn
|
fields.
|
N-GMP
|
8
Many spread their garments in the way: and others cut down branches off the trees, and strawed them in the way.Mark 11:8
Stats
Rank: #9050 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 115 characters, 20 words, 91 letters, 29 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: πολλοι δε τα ιματια αυτων εστρωσαν εις την οδον αλλοι δε στοιβαδας εκοπτον εκ των δενδρων και εστρωννυον εις την οδον
Lit: And many the cloaks of them spread on the road; others then, branches having been cut down from the fields.
KJV: And many spread their garments in the way: and others cut down branches off the trees, and strawed them in the way.
References
"cut"Le 23:40: you will take you on the first day the boughs of goodly trees: branches of palm trees: and the boughs of thick trees: and willows of the brook; and you will rejoice before the LORD your God 7 days.
και οι προαγοντες και οι ακολουθουντες εκραζον λεγοντες ωσαννα ευλογημενος ο ερχομενος εν ονοματι κυριου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G4254προάγοντεςproagontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G4254 προάγω proágō pro-ag-o from πρό and ἄγω; to lead forward (magisterially); intransitively, to precede (in place or time (participle, previous)):--bring (forth, out), go before.
|
προάγοντεςproagontes
|
going before
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G190ἀκολουθοῦντεςakolouthountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G190 ἀκολουθέω akolouthéō ak-ol-oo-theh-o from Α (as a particle of union) and (a road); properly, to be in the same way with, i.e. to accompany (specially, as a disciple):--follow, reach.
|
ἀκολουθοῦντεςakolouthountes
|
following
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G2896ἔκραζονekrazon (V-IIA-3P)
G2896 κράζω krázō krad-zo a primary verb; properly, to croak (as a raven) or scream, i.e. (genitive case) to call aloud (shriek, exclaim, intreat):--cry (out).
|
ἔκραζονekrazon
|
were crying out:
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G5614Ὡσαννά·Hōsanna (Heb)
G5614 ὡσαννά hōsanná ho-san-nah of Hebrew origin (יָשַׁע and נָא); oh save!; hosanna (i.e. hoshia-na), an exclamation of adoration:--hosanna.,
|
Ὡσαννά·Hōsanna
|
Hosanna!”
|
Heb
|
G2127ΕὐλογημένοςEulogēmenos (V-RPM/P-NMS)
G2127 εὐλογέω eulogéō yoo-log-eh-o from a compound of εὖ and λόγος; to speak well of, i.e. (religiously) to bless (thank or invoke a benediction upon, prosper):--bless, praise.
|
ΕὐλογημένοςEulogēmenos
|
Blessed is
|
V-RPM/P-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the One
|
Art-NMS
|
G2064ἐρχόμενοςerchomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐρχόμενοςerchomenos
|
coming
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in the
|
Prep
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
name
|
N-DNS
|
G2962Κυρίου·Kyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κυρίου·Kyriou
|
of the Lord!”
|
N-GMS
|
9
They that went before, and they that followed, cried, saying, Hosanna; Blessed is He that'>He who comes in the name of the Lord:
Mark 11:9
Stats
Rank: #7277 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 125 characters, 18 words, 97 letters, 34 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οι προαγοντες και οι ακολουθουντες εκραζον λεγοντες ωσαννα ευλογημενος ο ερχομενος εν ονοματι κυριου
Lit: And those going before and those following were crying out: Hosanna!” Blessed is the One coming in the name of the Lord!”
KJV: And they that went before, and they that followed, cried, saying, Hosanna; Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the Lord:
References
"Hosanna"Ps 118:25: 26: Save now: I beseech you: O LORD: O LORD: I beseech you: send now prosperity.Mt 21:9: The multitudes that went before: and that followed: cried: saying: Hosanna to the Son of David: Blessed is He that'>He who comes in the name of the Lord; Hosanna in the highest.Mt 23:39: For I say to you: You will not see me henceforth: till you will say: Blessed is He that'>He who comes in the name of the Lord.Lu 19:37: 38: When He was come nigh: even now at the descent of the mount of Olives: the whole multitude of the disciples began to rejoice and praise God with a loud voice for all the mighty works that they had seen;Joh 12:13: Took branches of palm trees: and went forth to meet Him: and cried: Hosanna: Blessed is the King of Israel that comes in the name of the Lord.Joh 19:15: But they cried out: Away with him: away with him: crucify him. Pilate says to them: Will I crucify your King? The chief priests answered: We have no king but Caesar.
ευλογημενη η ερχομενη βασιλεια εν ονοματι κυριου του πατρος ημων δαβιδ ωσαννα εν τοις υψιστοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2127ΕὐλογημένηEulogēmenē (V-RPM/P-NFS)
G2127 εὐλογέω eulogéō yoo-log-eh-o from a compound of εὖ and λόγος; to speak well of, i.e. (religiously) to bless (thank or invoke a benediction upon, prosper):--bless, praise.
|
ΕὐλογημένηEulogēmenē
|
Blessed
|
V-RPM/P-NFS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
is the
|
Art-NFS
|
G2064ἐρχομένηerchomenē (V-PPM/P-NFS)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐρχομένηerchomenē
|
coming
|
V-PPM/P-NFS
|
G932βασιλείαbasileia (N-NFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείαbasileia
|
kingdom
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3962πατρὸςpatros (N-GMS)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατρὸςpatros
|
father
|
N-GMS
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G1138Δαυίδ·Dauid (N-GMS)
G1138 Δαβίδ Dabíd dab-eed of Hebrew origin (דָּוִד); Dabid (i.e. David), the Israelite king:--David.
|
Δαυίδ·Dauid
|
David!
|
N-GMS
|
G5614ὩσαννὰHōsanna (Heb)
G5614 ὡσαννά hōsanná ho-san-nah of Hebrew origin (יָשַׁע and נָא); oh save!; hosanna (i.e. hoshia-na), an exclamation of adoration:--hosanna.,
|
ὩσαννὰHōsanna
|
Hosanna
|
Heb
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DNP
|
G5310ὑψίστοις.hypsistois (Adj-DNP-S)
G5310 ὕψιστος hýpsistos hoop-sis-tos superlative from the base of ὕψος; highest, i.e. (masculine singular) the Supreme (God), or (neuter plural) the heavens:--most high, highest.
|
ὑψίστοις.hypsistois
|
highest!”
|
Adj-DNP-S
|
10
Blessed be the kingdom of our father David, that comes in the name of the Lord: Hosanna in the high.Mark 11:10
Stats
Rank: #7304 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 104 characters, 18 words, 82 letters, 30 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: ευλογημενη η ερχομενη βασιλεια εν ονοματι κυριου του πατρος ημων δαβιδ ωσαννα εν τοις υψιστοις
Lit: Blessed is the coming kingdom of the father of us, David! Hosanna in the highest!”
KJV: Blessed be the kingdom of our father David, that cometh in the name of the Lord: Hosanna in the highest.
References
"the kingdom"Isa 9:6: 7: For to us a child is born: to us a son is given: and the government will be upon His shoulder: and His name will be called Wonderful: Counseller: The mighty God: The everlasting Father: The Prince of Peace.Jer 33:15-17: 26: In those days: and at that time: will I cause the Branch of righteousness to grow up to David; and he will execute judgment and righteousness in the land.Eze 34:23: 24: I will set up one shepherd over them: and he will feed them: even my servant David; he will feed them: and he will be their shepherd.Eze 37:24: 25: David my servant will be king over them; and they all will have one shepherd: they will also walk in my judgments: and observe my statutes: and do them.Ho 3:5: Afterward will the children of Israel return: and seek the LORD their God: and David their king; and will fear the LORD and His goodness in the latter days.Am 9:11: 12: In that day will I raise up the tabernacle of David that is fallen: and close up the breaches thereof; and I will raise up his ruins: and I will build it as in the days of old:Lu 1:31-33: And: look: you will conceive in your womb: and bring forth a son: and will call his name JESUS."in the"Ps 148:1: Praise you the LORD. Praise you the LORD from the heavens: praise Him in the heights.Lu 2:14: Glory to God in the high: and on earth peace: good will toward men.Lu 19:38-40: Saying: Blessed be the King that comes in the name of the Lord: peace in heaven: and glory in the highest.
και εισηλθεν εις ιεροσολυμα ο ιησους και εις το ιερον και περιβλεψαμενος παντα οψιας ηδη ουσης της ωρας εξηλθεν εις βηθανιαν μετα των δωδεκα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1525εἰσῆλθενeisēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσῆλθενeisēlthen
|
He entered
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G2414ἹεροσόλυμαHierosolyma (N-ANP)
G2414 Ἱεροσόλυμα Hierosólyma hee-er-os-ol-oo-mah of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierosolyma (i.e. Jerushalaim), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱερουσαλήμ.
|
ἹεροσόλυμαHierosolyma
|
Jerusalem,
|
N-ANP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2411ἱερόν·hieron (N-ANS)
G2411 ἱερόν hierón hee-er-on neuter of ἱερός; a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas ναός denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere):--temple.
|
ἱερόν·hieron
|
temple,
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4017περιβλεψάμενοςperiblepsamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G4017 περιβλέπω periblépō per-ee-blep-o from περί and βλέπω; to look all around:--look (round) about (on).
|
περιβλεψάμενοςperiblepsamenos
|
having looked around on
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G3956πάντα,panta (Adj-ANP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντα,panta
|
all things,
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3796ὀψὲopse (Adv)
G3796 ὀψέ opsé op-seh from the same as ὀπίσω (through the idea of backwardness); (adverbially) late in the day; by extension, after the close of the day:--(at) even, in the end.,
|
ὀψὲopse
|
late
|
Adv
|
G2235ἤδηēdē (Adv)
G2235 ἤδη ḗdē ay-day apparently from ἤ (or possibly ἦ) and δή; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.
|
ἤδηēdē
|
already
|
Adv
|
G1510οὔσηςousēs (V-PPA-GFS)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
οὔσηςousēs
|
being
|
V-PPA-GFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5610ὥρας,hōras (N-GFS)
G5610 ὥρα hṓra ho-rah apparently a primary word; an hour (literally or figuratively):--day, hour, instant, season, X short, (even-)tide, (high) time.
|
ὥρας,hōras
|
hour,
|
N-GFS
|
G1831ἐξῆλθενexēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθενexēlthen
|
He went out
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G963ΒηθανίανBēthanian (N-AFS)
G963 Βηθανία Bēthanía bay-than-ee-ah of Chaldee origin; date-house; Beth-any, a place in Palestine:--Bethany.
|
ΒηθανίανBēthanian
|
Bethany
|
N-AFS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G1427δώδεκα.dōdeka (Adj-GMP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκα.dōdeka
|
Twelve.
|
Adj-GMP
|
11
Jesus entered into Jerusalem, and into the temple: and when He had looked round about upon all things, and now the eventide was come, He went out to Bethany with the 12.Mark 11:11
Stats
Rank: #6560 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 179 characters, 29 words, 142 letters, 56 vowels, 86 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εισηλθεν εις ιεροσολυμα ο ιησους και εις το ιερον και περιβλεψαμενος παντα οψιας ηδη ουσης της ωρας εξηλθεν εις βηθανιαν μετα των δωδεκα
Lit: And He entered into Jerusalem, into the temple, and having looked around on all things, late already being the hour, He went out to Bethany with the Twelve.
KJV: And Jesus entered into Jerusalem, and into the temple: and when he had looked round about upon all things, and now the eventide was come, he went out unto Bethany with the twelve.
References
"Jesus"Mal 3:1: Look: I will send my messenger: and He will prepare the way before me: and the Lord: whom you seek: will suddenly come to His temple: even the messenger of the covenant: whom you delight in: look: He will come: says the LORD of hosts.Mt 21:10-16: When he was come into Jerusalem: all the city was moved: saying: Who is this?Lu 19:41-45: When he was come near: he beheld the city: and wept over it: "when"Eze 8:9: He said to me: Go in: and look the wicked abominations that they do here.Zep 1:12: It will come to pass at that time: that I will search Jerusalem with candles: and punish the men that are settled on their lees: that say in their heart: The LORD not will do good: neither will He do evil."he went"Mt 21:17: He left them: and went out of the city into Bethany; and he lodged there.Lu 21:37: 38: In the day time he was teaching in the temple; and at night he went out: and abode in the mount that is called the mount of Olives.Joh 8:1: 2: Jesus went to the mount of Olives.
Jesus Curses the Fig Tree
και τη επαυριον εξελθοντων αυτων απο βηθανιας επεινασεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
on the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1887ἐπαύριονepaurion (Adv)
G1887 ἐπαύριον epaúrion ep-ow-ree-on from ἐπί and αὔριον; occurring on the succeeding day, i.e. (ἡμέρα being implied) to-morrow:--day following, morrow, next day (after).
|
ἐπαύριονepaurion
|
next day,
|
Adv
|
G1831ἐξελθόντωνexelthontōn (V-APA-GMP)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξελθόντωνexelthontōn
|
having gone out
|
V-APA-GMP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
they
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G963ΒηθανίαςBēthanias (N-GFS)
G963 Βηθανία Bēthanía bay-than-ee-ah of Chaldee origin; date-house; Beth-any, a place in Palestine:--Bethany.
|
ΒηθανίαςBēthanias
|
Bethany,
|
N-GFS
|
G3983ἐπείνασεν.epeinasen (V-AIA-3S)
G3983 πεινάω peináō pi-nah-o from the same as πένης (through the idea of pinching toil; pine); to famish (absolutely or comparatively); figuratively, to crave:--be an hungered.
|
ἐπείνασεν.epeinasen
|
He was hungry.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
12
On the morrow, when they were come from Bethany, he was hungry:Mark 11:12
Stats
Rank: #2323 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 67 characters, 11 words, 52 letters, 17 vowels, 35 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τη επαυριον εξελθοντων αυτων απο βηθανιας επεινασεν
Lit: And on the next day, having gone out they from Bethany, He was hungry.
KJV: And on the morrow, when they were come from Bethany, he was hungry:
References
"on"Mt 21:18-22: Now in the morning as he returned into the city: he hungered."he was"Mt 4:2: When he had fasted 40 days and 40 nights: he was afterward hungry.Lu 4:2: Being 40 days tempted of the devil. And in those days he did not eathing: and when they were ended: he afterward hungered.Joh 4:6: 7: 31-33: Now Jacob's well was there. Jesus therefore: being wearied with His journey: sat thus on the well: and it was about the sixth hour.Joh 19:28: After this: Jesus knowing that all things were now accomplished: that the scripture might be fulfilled: says: I thirst.Heb 2:17: For what reason in all things it behoved Him to be made like to His brothers: that He might be a merciful and faithful high priest in things pertaining to God: to make reconciliation for the sins of the people.
και ιδων συκην μακροθεν εχουσαν φυλλα ηλθεν ει αρα ευρησει τι εν αυτη και ελθων επ αυτην ουδεν ευρεν ει μη φυλλα ου γαρ ην καιρος συκων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδὼνidōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδὼνidōn
|
having seen
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G4808συκῆνsykēn (N-AFS)
G4808 συκῆ sykē soo-kay from σῦκον; a fig-tree:--fig tree.
|
συκῆνsykēn
|
a fig tree
|
N-AFS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3113μακρόθενmakrothen (Adv)
G3113 μακρόθεν makróthen mak-roth-en adverb from μακρός; from a distance or afar:--afar off, from far.
|
μακρόθενmakrothen
|
afar,
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχουσανechousan (V-PPA-AFS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσανechousan
|
having
|
V-PPA-AFS
|
G5444φύλλαphylla (N-ANP)
G5444 φύλλον phýllon fool-lon from the same as φυλή; a sprout, i.e. leaf:--leaf.
|
φύλλαphylla
|
leaves,
|
N-ANP
|
G2064ἦλθενēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθενēlthen
|
He went
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G687ἄραara (Conj)
G687 ἆρα âra ar-ah a form of ἄρα, denoting an interrogation to which a negative answer is presumed:--therefore.,
|
ἄραara
|
perhaps
|
Conj
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
anything
|
IPro-ANS
|
G2147εὑρήσειheurēsei (V-FIA-3S)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὑρήσειheurēsei
|
He will find
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
on
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῇ,autē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇ,autē
|
it.
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2064ἐλθὼνelthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλθὼνelthōn
|
having come
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὴνautēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὴνautēn
|
it,
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G3762οὐδὲνouden (Adj-ANS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδὲνouden
|
nothing
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2147εὗρενheuren (V-AIA-3S)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὗρενheuren
|
He found,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5444φύλλα·phylla (N-ANP)
G5444 φύλλον phýllon fool-lon from the same as φυλή; a sprout, i.e. leaf:--leaf.
|
φύλλα·phylla
|
leaves;
|
N-ANP
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2540καιρὸςkairos (N-NMS)
G2540 καιρός kairós kahee-ros of uncertain affinity; an occasion, i.e. set or proper time:--X always, opportunity, (convenient, due) season, (due, short, while) time, a while. Compare χρόνος.
|
καιρὸςkairos
|
season
|
N-NMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
it was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G4810σύκων.sykōn (N-GNP)
G4810 σῦκον sŷkon soo-kon apparently a primary word; a fig:--fig.
|
σύκων.sykōn
|
of figs.
|
N-GNP
|
13
Seeing a fig tree afar off having leaves, he came, if haply he might find any thing thereon: and when he came to it, he not foundhing but leaves; for the time of figs not was yet.Mark 11:13
Stats
Rank: #2974 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 183 characters, 33 words, 140 letters, 54 vowels, 86 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ιδων συκην μακροθεν εχουσαν φυλλα ηλθεν ει αρα ευρησει τι εν αυτη και ελθων επ αυτην ουδεν ευρεν ει μη φυλλα ου γαρ ην καιρος συκων
Lit: And having seen a fig tree from afar, having leaves, He went if perhaps anything He will find on it. And having come to it, nothing He found, if not leaves; the for season not it was of figs.
KJV: And seeing a fig tree afar off having leaves, he came, if haply he might find any thing thereon: and when he came to it, he found nothing but leaves; for the time of figs was not yet.
References
"seeing"Mt 21:19: When he saw a fig tree in the way: he came to it: and not foundhing thereon: but leaves only: and said to it: Let no fruit grow on you henceforward for ever. And presently the fig tree withered away.Lu 13:6-9: He spoke also this parable; A certain man had a fig tree planted in his vineyard; and he came and sought fruit thereon: and found none."haply"Ru 2:3: She went: and came: and gleaned in the field after the reapers: and her hap was to light on a part of the field belonging to Boaz: who was of the kindred of Elimelech.1Sa 6:9: See: if it goes up by the way of his own coast to Bethshemesh: then he has done us this great evil: but not if: then we will know that it is not his hand that smote us; it was a chance that happened to us.Lu 10:31: By chance there came down a certain priest that way: and when he saw him: he passed by on the other side.Lu 12:6: 7: not Are 5 sparrows sold for two farthings: not and one of them is forgotten before God?"he found"Isa 5:7: For the vineyard of the LORD of hosts is the house of Israel: and the men of Judah His pleasant plant: and He looked for judgment: but look oppression; for righteousness: but look a cry.
και αποκριθεις ο ιησους ειπεν αυτη μηκετι εκ σου εις τον αιωνα μηδεις καρπον φαγοι και ηκουον οι μαθηται αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G611ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis (V-APP-NMS)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis
|
answering,
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
He said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῇautē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇautē
|
to it,
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G3371ΜηκέτιMēketi (Adv)
G3371 μηκέτι mēkéti may-ket-ee from μή and ἔτι; no further:--any longer, (not) henceforth, hereafter, no henceforward (longer, more, soon), not any more.
|
ΜηκέτιMēketi
|
No more
|
Adv
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G165αἰῶναaiōna (N-AMS)
G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶναaiōna
|
age,
|
N-AMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G4771σοῦsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοῦsou
|
you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3367μηδεὶςmēdeis (Adj-NMS)
G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηδεὶςmēdeis
|
no one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2590καρπὸνkarpon (N-AMS)
G2590 καρπός karpós kar-pos probably from the base of ἁρπάζω; fruit (as plucked), literally or figuratively:--fruit.
|
καρπὸνkarpon
|
fruit
|
N-AMS
|
G5315φάγοι.phagoi (V-AOA-3S)
G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
φάγοι.phagoi
|
may eat.
|
V-AOA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G191ἤκουονēkouon (V-IIA-3P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουονēkouon
|
were listening
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3101μαθηταὶmathētai (N-NMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταὶmathētai
|
disciples
|
N-NMP
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
14
Jesus answered and said to it, No man eat fruit of you hereafter for ever. And His disciples heard it.
Mark 11:14
Stats
Rank: #3883 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 109 characters, 19 words, 86 letters, 36 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αποκριθεις ο ιησους ειπεν αυτη μηκετι εκ σου εις τον αιωνα μηδεις καρπον φαγοι και ηκουον οι μαθηται αυτου
Lit: And answering, He said to it, No more to the age, of you no one fruit may eat. And were listening the disciples of Him.
KJV: And Jesus answered and said unto it, No man eat fruit of thee hereafter for ever. And his disciples heard it.
References
"No"Mr 11:20: 21: In the morning: as they passed by: they saw the fig tree dried up from the roots.Isa 5:5: 6: Now go to; I will tell you what I will do to my vineyard: I will take away the hedge thereof: and it will be eaten up; and break down the wall thereof: and it will be trodden down:Mt 3:10: Now also the axe is laid to the root of the trees: therefore every tree which brings not forth good fruit is cut down: and cast into the fire.Mt 7:19: Every tree that brings not forth good fruit is cut down: and cast into the fire.Mt 12:33-35: Either make the tree good: and his fruit good; or else make the tree corrupt: and his fruit corrupt: for the tree is known by his fruit.Mt 21:19: 33: 44: When he saw a fig tree in the way: he came to it: and not foundhing thereon: but leaves only: and said to it: Let no fruit grow on you henceforward for ever. And presently the fig tree withered away.Joh 15:6: If a man not abide in me: he is cast forth as a branch: and is withered; and men gather them: and cast them into the fire: and they are burned.De 6:4-8: Hear: O Israel: The LORD our God is one LORD:De 11:26-31: Look: I set before you this day a blessing and a curse;2Pe 2:20: For if after they have escaped the pollutions of the world through the knowledge of the Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ: they are again entangled therein: and overcome: the latter end is worse with them than the beginning.Re 22:11: He who is unjust: let him be unjust still: and he which is filthy: let him be filthy still: and he who is righteous: let him be righteous still: and he who is holy: let him be holy still.
Jesus Cleanses the Temple
και ερχονται εις ιεροσολυμα και εισελθων ο ιησους εις το ιερον ηρξατο εκβαλλειν τους πωλουντας και αγοραζοντας εν τω ιερω και τας τραπεζας των κολλυβιστων και τας καθεδρας των πωλουντων τας περιστερας κατεστρεψεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2064ἔρχονταιerchontai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχονταιerchontai
|
they come
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2414Ἱεροσόλυμα.Hierosolyma (N-ANP)
G2414 Ἱεροσόλυμα Hierosólyma hee-er-os-ol-oo-mah of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierosolyma (i.e. Jerushalaim), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱερουσαλήμ.
|
Ἱεροσόλυμα.Hierosolyma
|
Jerusalem.
|
N-ANP
|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1525εἰσελθὼνeiselthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθὼνeiselthōn
|
having entered
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2411ἱερὸνhieron (N-ANS)
G2411 ἱερόν hierón hee-er-on neuter of ἱερός; a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas ναός denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere):--temple.
|
ἱερὸνhieron
|
temple,
|
N-ANS
|
G756ἤρξατοērxato (V-AIM-3S)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
ἤρξατοērxato
|
He began
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1544ἐκβάλλεινekballein (V-PNA)
G1544 ἐκβάλλω ekbállō ek-bal-lo from ἐκ and βάλλω; to eject (literally or figuratively):--bring forth, cast (forth, out), drive (out), expel, leave, pluck (pull, take, thrust) out, put forth (out), send away (forth, out).
|
ἐκβάλλεινekballein
|
to cast out
|
V-PNA
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G4453πωλοῦνταςpōlountas (V-PPA-AMP)
G4453 πωλέω pōléō po-leh-o probably ultimately from (to be busy, to trade); to barter (as a pedlar), i.e. to sell:--sell, whatever is sold.
|
πωλοῦνταςpōlountas
|
selling
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G59ἀγοράζονταςagorazontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G59 ἀγοράζω agorázō ag-or-ad-zo from ἀγορά; properly, to go to market, i.e. (by implication) to purchase; specially, to redeem:--buy, redeem.
|
ἀγοράζονταςagorazontas
|
buying
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G2411ἱερῷ,hierō (N-DNS)
G2411 ἱερόν hierón hee-er-on neuter of ἱερός; a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas ναός denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere):--temple.
|
ἱερῷ,hierō
|
temple;
|
N-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5132τραπέζαςtrapezas (N-AFP)
G5132 τράπεζα trápeza trap-ed-zah probably contracted from τέσσαρες and πεζῇ; a table or stool (as being four-legged), usually for food (figuratively, a meal); also a counter for money (figuratively, a brokers office for loans at interest):--bank, meat, table.
|
τραπέζαςtrapezas
|
tables
|
N-AFP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2855κολλυβιστῶνkollybistōn (N-GMP)
G2855 κολλυβιστής kollybistḗs kol-loo-bis-tace from a presumed derivative of (a small coin; probably akin to κολλούριον); a coin-dealer:--(money-)changer.
|
κολλυβιστῶνkollybistōn
|
money changers
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2515καθέδραςkathedras (N-AFP)
G2515 καθέδρα kathédra kath-ed-rah from κατά and the same as ἑδραῖος; a bench (literally or figuratively):--seat.
|
καθέδραςkathedras
|
seats
|
N-AFP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of those
|
Art-GMP
|
G4453πωλούντωνpōlountōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G4453 πωλέω pōléō po-leh-o probably ultimately from (to be busy, to trade); to barter (as a pedlar), i.e. to sell:--sell, whatever is sold.
|
πωλούντωνpōlountōn
|
selling
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G4058περιστερὰςperisteras (N-AFP)
G4058 περιστερά peristerá per-is-ter-ah of uncertain derivation; a pigeon:--dove, pigeon.
|
περιστερὰςperisteras
|
doves
|
N-AFP
|
G2690κατέστρεψεν,katestrepsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2690 καταστρέφω katastréphō kat-as-tref-o from κατά and στρέφω; to turn upside down, i.e. upset:--overthrow.
|
κατέστρεψεν,katestrepsen
|
He overturned.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
15
They come to Jerusalem: and Jesus went into the temple, and began to cast out them that sold and bought in the temple, and overthrew the tables of the moneychangers, and the seats of them that sold doves;Mark 11:15
Stats
Rank: #1954 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 208 characters, 35 words, 165 letters, 58 vowels, 107 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ερχονται εις ιεροσολυμα και εισελθων ο ιησους εις το ιερον ηρξατο εκβαλλειν τους πωλουντας και αγοραζοντας εν τω ιερω και τας τραπεζας των κολλυβιστων και τας καθεδρας των πωλουντων τας περιστερας κατεστρεψεν
Lit: And they come to Jerusalem. And having entered into the temple, He began to cast out those selling and those buying in the temple; and the tables of the money changers and the seats of those selling the doves He overturned.
KJV: And they come to Jerusalem: and Jesus went into the temple, and began to cast out them that sold and bought in the temple, and overthrew the tables of the moneychangers, and the seats of them that sold doves;
References
"and Jesus"Mt 21:12-16: Jesus went into the temple of God: and cast out all them that sold and bought in the temple: and overthrew the tables of the moneychangers: and the seats of them that sold doves: Lu 19:45: He went into the temple: and began to cast out them that sold therein: and them that bought;Joh 2:13-17: The Jews' passover was at hand: and Jesus went up to Jerusalem: "the tables"De 14:25: 26: Then will you turn it into money: and bind up the money in your hand: and will go to the place which the LORD your God will choose:
και ουκ ηφιεν ινα τις διενεγκη σκευος δια του ιερου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G863ἤφιενēphien (V-IIA-3S)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἤφιενēphien
|
He would permit
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1308διενέγκῃdienenkē (V-ASA-3S)
G1308 διαφέρω diaphérō dee-af-er-o from διά and φέρω; to bear through, i.e. (literally) transport; usually to bear apart, i.e. (objectively) to toss about (figuratively, report); subjectively, to differ, or (by implication) surpass:--be better, carry, differ from, drive up and down, be (more) excellent, make matter, publish, be of more value.,
|
διενέγκῃdienenkē
|
should carry
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G4632σκεῦοςskeuos (N-ANS)
G4632 σκεῦος skeûos skyoo-os of uncertain affinity; a vessel, implement, equipment or apparatus (literally or figuratively specially, a wife as contributing to the usefulness of the husband):--goods, sail, stuff, vessel.
|
σκεῦοςskeuos
|
a vessel
|
N-ANS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2411ἱεροῦ,hierou (N-GNS)
G2411 ἱερόν hierón hee-er-on neuter of ἱερός; a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas ναός denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere):--temple.
|
ἱεροῦ,hierou
|
temple.
|
N-GNS
|
16
not would suffer that any man should carry any vessel through the temple.Mark 11:16
Stats
Rank: #3727 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 77 characters, 14 words, 63 letters, 20 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ουκ ηφιεν ινα τις διενεγκη σκευος δια του ιερου
Lit: And not He would permit that anyone should carry a vessel through the temple.
KJV: And would not suffer that any man should carry any vessel through the temple.
και εδιδασκεν λεγων αυτοις ου γεγραπται οτι ο οικος μου οικος προσευχης κληθησεται πασιν τοις εθνεσιν υμεις δε εποιησατε αυτον σπηλαιον ληστων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1321ἐδίδασκενedidasken (V-IIA-3S)
G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
ἐδίδασκενedidasken
|
He began teaching,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004ἔλεγενelegen (V-IIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγενelegen
|
was saying
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3756ΟὐOu (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
ΟὐOu
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1125γέγραπταιgegraptai (V-RIM/P-3S)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γέγραπταιgegraptai
|
has it been written
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- :
|
Conj
|
G3588ὉHO (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὉHO
|
The
|
Art-NMS
|
G3624οἶκόςoikos (N-NMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκόςoikos
|
house
|
N-NMS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3624οἶκοςoikos (N-NMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκοςoikos
|
a house
|
N-NMS
|
G4335προσευχῆςproseuchēs (N-GFS)
G4335 προσευχή proseuchḗ pros-yoo-khay from προσεύχομαι; prayer (worship); by implication, an oratory (chapel):--X pray earnestly, prayer.
|
προσευχῆςproseuchēs
|
of prayer
|
N-GFS
|
G2564κληθήσεταιklēthēsetai (V-FIP-3S)
G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
κληθήσεταιklēthēsetai
|
will be called
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G3956πᾶσινpasin (Adj-DNP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσινpasin
|
for all
|
Adj-DNP
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DNP
|
G1484ἔθνεσιν;ethnesin (N-DNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνεσιν;ethnesin
|
nations’
|
N-DNP
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
You
|
PPro-N2P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G4160πεποιήκατεpepoiēkate (V-RIA-2P)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
πεποιήκατεpepoiēkate
|
have made
|
V-RIA-2P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
it
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G4693Σπήλαιονspēlaion (N-ANS)
G4693 σπήλαιον spḗlaion spay-lah-yon neuter of a presumed derivative of (a grotto); a cavern; by implication, a hiding-place or resort:--cave, den.
|
Σπήλαιονspēlaion
|
a den
|
N-ANS
|
G3027λῃστῶν.lēstōn (N-GMP)
G3027 λῃστής lēistḗs lace-tace from (to plunder); a brigand:--robber, thief.
|
λῃστῶν.lēstōn
|
of robbers.’
|
N-GMP
|
17
He taught, saying to them, Is not it written, My house will be called of all nations the house of prayer? but you have made it a den of thieves.
Mark 11:17
Stats
Counts: 150 characters, 27 words, 115 letters, 46 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εδιδασκεν λεγων αυτοις ου γεγραπται οτι ο οικος μου οικος προσευχης κληθησεται πασιν τοις εθνεσιν υμεις δε εποιησατε αυτον σπηλαιον ληστων
Lit: And He began teaching, and was saying to them, Not has it been written - : The house of Me a house of prayer will be called for all the nations’ You however have made it a den of robbers.’
KJV: And he taught, saying unto them, Is it not written, My house shall be called of all nations the house of prayer? but ye have made it a den of thieves.
References
"Is it"1Ki 8:41-48: Moreover concerning a stranger: that is not of your people Israel: but comes out of a far country for your name's sake;Isa 56:7: Even them will I bring to my holy mountain: and make them joyful in my house of prayer: their burnt offerings and their sacrifices will be accepted upon my altar; for my house will be called an house of prayer for all people.Isa 60:7: All the flocks of Kedar will be gathered together to you: the rams of Nebaioth will minister to you: they will come up with acceptance on my altar: and I will glorify the house of my glory.Lu 19:46: Saying to them: It is written: My house is the house of prayer: but you have made it a den of thieves."a den"Jer 7:11: Is this house: which is called by my name: become a den of robbers in your eyes? Look: even I have seen it: says the LORD.Ho 12:7: He is a merchant: the balances of deceit are in his hand: he loves to oppress.Joh 2:16: Said to them that sold doves: Take these things here; not make my Father's house an house of merchandise.
και ηκουσαν οι γραμματεις και οι αρχιερεις και εζητουν πως αυτον απολεσουσιν εφοβουντο γαρ αυτον οτι πας ο οχλος εξεπλησσετο επι τη διδαχη αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G191ἤκουσανēkousan (V-AIA-3P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσανēkousan
|
heard it
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G749ἀρχιερεῖςarchiereis (N-NMP)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεῖςarchiereis
|
chief priests
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G1122γραμματεῖς,grammateis (N-NMP)
G1122 γραμματεύς grammateús gram-mat-yooce from γράμμα. a writer, i.e. (professionally) scribe or secretary:--scribe, town-clerk.
|
γραμματεῖς,grammateis
|
scribes,
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2212ἐζήτουνezētoun (V-IIA-3P)
G2212 ζητέω zētéō dzay-teh-o of uncertain affinity; to seek (literally or figuratively); specially, (by Hebraism) to worship (God), or (in a bad sense) to plot (against life):--be (go) about, desire, endeavour, enquire (for), require, (X will) seek (after, for, means). Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ἐζήτουνezētoun
|
they were seeking
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G4459πῶςpōs (Adv)
G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
πῶςpōs
|
how
|
Adv
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G622ἀπολέσωσιν·apolesōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G622 ἀπόλλυμι apóllymi ap-ol-loo-mee from ἀπό and the base of ὄλεθρος; to destroy fully (reflexively, to perish, or lose), literally or figuratively:--destroy, die, lose, mar, perish.
|
ἀπολέσωσιν·apolesōsin
|
they might destroy;
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G5399ἐφοβοῦντοephobounto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
ἐφοβοῦντοephobounto
|
they were afraid of
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν,auton
|
Him;
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3956πᾶςpas (Adj-NMS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶςpas
|
all
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3793ὄχλοςochlos (N-NMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλοςochlos
|
crowd
|
N-NMS
|
G1605ἐξεπλήσσετοexeplēsseto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G1605 ἐκπλήσσω ekplḗssō ek-place-so from ἐκ and πλήσσω; to strike with astonishment:--amaze, astonish.
|
ἐξεπλήσσετοexeplēsseto
|
was astonished
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1322διδαχῇdidachē (N-DFS)
G1322 διδαχή didachḗ did-akh-ay from διδάσκω; instruction (the act or the matter):--doctrine, hath been taught.
|
διδαχῇdidachē
|
teaching
|
N-DFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
18
The scribes and chief priests heard it, and sought how they might destroy him: for they feared him, because all the people was astonished at his doctrine.Mark 11:18
Stats
Rank: #4708 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 158 characters, 25 words, 127 letters, 46 vowels, 81 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηκουσαν οι γραμματεις και οι αρχιερεις και εζητουν πως αυτον απολεσουσιν εφοβουντο γαρ αυτον οτι πας ο οχλος εξεπλησσετο επι τη διδαχη αυτου
Lit: And heard it the chief priests and the scribes, and they were seeking how Him they might destroy; they were afraid of for Him; all for the crowd was astonished at the teaching of Him.
KJV: And the scribes and chief priests heard it, and sought how they might destroy him: for they feared him, because all the people was astonished at his doctrine.
References
"and"Mr 3:6: The Pharisees went forth: and straightway took counsel with the Herodians against him: how they might destroy him.Mr 12:12: They sought to lay hold on him: but feared the people: for they knew that he had spoken the parable against them: and they left him: and went their way.Mr 14:1: 2: After two days was the feast of the passover: and of unleavened bread: and the chief priests and the scribes sought how they might take him by craft: and put him to death.Isa 49:7: Thus says the LORD: the Redeemer of Israel: and His Holy one: to Him whom man despises: to Him whom the nation abhors: to a servant of rulers: Kings will see and arise: princes also will worship: because of the LORD that is faithful: and the Holy one of Israel: and He will choose you.Mt 21:15: 38: 39: 45: 46: When the chief priests and scribes saw the wonderful things that He did: and the children crying in the temple: and saying: Hosanna to the Son of David; they were sore displeased: Mt 26:3: 4: Then assembled together the chief priests: and the scribes: and the elders of the people: to the palace of the high priest: who was called Caiaphas: Lu 19:47: He taught daily in the temple. But the chief priests and the scribes and the chief of the people sought to destroy him: Joh 11:53-57: Then from that day forth they took counsel together for to put him to death."feared"Mr 11:32: But if we will say: Of men; they feared the people: for all men counted John: that he was a prophet indeed.Mr 6:20: For Herod feared John: knowing that he was a just man and an holy: and observed him; and when he heard him: he did many things: and heard him gladly.1Ki 18:17: 18: It came to pass: when Ahab saw Elijah: that Ahab said to him: Are you he who troubles Israel?1Ki 21:20: Ahab said to Elijah: Have you found me: O my enemy? And He answered: I have found you: because you have sold yourself to work evil in the sight of the LORD.1Ki 22:8: 18: The king of Israel said to Jehoshaphat: There is yet one man: Micaiah the son of Imlah: by whom we may inquire of the LORD: but I hate Him; for He does not prophesy good concerning me: but evil. And Jehoshaphat said: not Let the king say so.Mt 21:46: But when they sought to lay hands on him: they feared the multitude: because they took him for a prophet.Ac 24:25: As he reasoned of righteousness: temperance: and judgment to come: Felix trembled: and answered: Go your way for this time; when I have a convenient season: I will call for you.Re 11:5-10: If any man will hurt them: fire proceeds out of their mouth: and devours their enemies: and if any man will hurt them: he must in this manner be killed."astonished"Mr 1:22: They were astonished at his doctrine: for he taught them as one that had authority: not and as the scribes.Mt 7:28: It came to pass: when Jesus had ended these sayings: the people were astonished at His doctrine:Lu 4:22: All bare him witness: and wondered at the gracious words which proceeded out of his mouth. And they said: not Is this Joseph's son?Joh 7:46: The officers answered: Never man spoke like this man.
και οτε οψε εγενετο εξεπορευετο εξω της πολεως
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj)
G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
when
|
Conj
|
G3796ὀψὲopse (Adv)
G3796 ὀψέ opsé op-seh from the same as ὀπίσω (through the idea of backwardness); (adverbially) late in the day; by extension, after the close of the day:--(at) even, in the end.,
|
ὀψὲopse
|
evening
|
Adv
|
G1096ἐγένετο,egeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετο,egeneto
|
came,
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1607ἐξεπορεύοντοexeporeuonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G1607 ἐκπορεύομαι ekporeúomai ek-por-yoo-om-ahee from ἐκ and πορεύομαι; to depart, be discharged, proceed, project:--come (forth, out of), depart, go (forth, out), issue, proceed (out of).
|
ἐξεπορεύοντοexeporeuonto
|
they were going forth
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G1854ἔξωexō (Prep)
G1854 ἔξω éxō ex-o adverb from ἐκ; out(-side, of doors), literally or figuratively:--away, forth, (with-)out (of, -ward), strange.
|
ἔξωexō
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4172πόλεως.poleōs (N-GFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλεως.poleōs
|
city.
|
N-GFS
|
19
When even was come, he went out of the city.Mark 11:19
Stats
Rank: #4437 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 48 characters, 10 words, 36 letters, 14 vowels, 22 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οτε οψε εγενετο εξεπορευετο εξω της πολεως
Lit: And when evening came, they were going forth out of the city.
KJV: And when even was come, he went out of the city.
References
"And when even was come, he went out of the city."Mr 11:11: Jesus entered into Jerusalem: and into the temple: and when He had looked round about upon all things: and now the eventide was come: He went out to Bethany with the 12.Lu 21:37: In the day time he was teaching in the temple; and at night he went out: and abode in the mount that is called the mount of Olives.Joh 12:36: While you have light: believe in the light: that you may be the children of light. These things spoke Jesus: and departed: and did hide Himself from them.
The Withering Fig Tree
και πρωι παραπορευομενοι ειδον την συκην εξηραμμενην εκ ριζων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3899παραπορευόμενοιparaporeuomenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP)
G3899 παραπορεύομαι paraporeúomai par-ap-or-yoo-om-ahee from παρά and πορεύομαι; to travel near:--go, pass (by).
|
παραπορευόμενοιparaporeuomenoi
|
passing by
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G4404πρωῒprōi (Adv)
G4404 πρωΐ prōḯ pro-ee adverb from πρό; at dawn; by implication, the day-break watch:--early (in the morning), (in the) morning.
|
πρωῒprōi
|
in the morning,
|
Adv
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-3P)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
they saw
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4808συκῆνsykēn (N-AFS)
G4808 συκῆ sykē soo-kay from σῦκον; a fig-tree:--fig tree.
|
συκῆνsykēn
|
fig tree
|
N-AFS
|
G3583ἐξηραμμένηνexērammenēn (V-RPM/P-AFS)
G3583 ξηραίνω xēraínō xay-rah-ee-no from ξηρός; to desiccate; by implication, to shrivel, to mature:--dry up, pine away, be ripe, wither (away).
|
ἐξηραμμένηνexērammenēn
|
having been dried up
|
V-RPM/P-AFS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from the
|
Prep
|
G4491ῥιζῶν.rhizōn (N-GFP)
G4491 ῥίζα rhíza hrid-zah apparently a primary word; a root (literally or figuratively):--root.
|
ῥιζῶν.rhizōn
|
roots.
|
N-GFP
|
20
In the morning, as they passed by, they saw the fig tree dried up from the roots.Mark 11:20
Stats
Counts: 85 characters, 16 words, 65 letters, 22 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: και πρωι παραπορευομενοι ειδον την συκην εξηραμμενην εκ ριζων
Lit: And passing by in the morning, they saw the fig tree having been dried up from the roots.
KJV: And in the morning, as they passed by, they saw the fig tree dried up from the roots.
References
"See on ver"Mr 11:14: Jesus answered and said to it: No man eat fruit of you hereafter for ever. And His disciples heard it.Job 18:16: 17: His roots will be dried up beneath: and above will his branch be cut off.Job 20:5-7: That the triumphing of the wicked is short: and the joy of the hypocrite but for a moment?Isa 5:4: What could have been done more to my vineyard: that I not have done in it? for what reason: when I looked that it should bring forth grapes: brought it forth wild grapes?Isa 40:24: Yes: they will not be planted; yes: they will not be sown: yes: their stock will not take root in the earth: and he will also blow upon them: and they will where: and the whirlwind will take them away as stubble.Mt 13:6: When the sun was up: they were scorched; and because they had no root: they withered away.Mt 15:13: But He answered and said: Every plant: which my heavenly Father has not planted: will be rooted up.Mt 21:19: 20: When he saw a fig tree in the way: he came to it: and not foundhing thereon: but leaves only: and said to it: Let no fruit grow on you henceforward for ever. And presently the fig tree withered away.Joh 15:6: If a man not abide in me: he is cast forth as a branch: and is withered; and men gather them: and cast them into the fire: and they are burned.Heb 6:8: But that which bears thorns and briers is rejected: and is nigh to cursing; whose end is to be burned.Jude 1:12: These are spots in your feasts of charity: when they feast with you: feeding themselves without fear: clouds they are without water: carried about of winds; trees whose fruit withers: without fruit: twice dead: plucked up by the roots;
και αναμνησθεις ο πετρος λεγει αυτω ραββι ιδε η συκη ην κατηρασω εξηρανται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G363ἀναμνησθεὶςanamnēstheis (V-APP-NMS)
G363 ἀναμιμνήσκω anamimnḗskō an-am-im-nace-ko from ἀνά and μιμνήσκω; to remind; (reflexively) to recollect:--call to mind, (bring to , call to, put in), remember(-brance).
|
ἀναμνησθεὶςanamnēstheis
|
having remembered,
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter
|
N-NMS
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G4461Ῥαββί,Rhabbi (N-VMS)
G4461 ῥαββί rhabbí hrab-bee of Hebrew origin (רַב with pronominal suffix); my master, i.e Rabbi, as an official title of honor:--Master, Rabbi.
|
Ῥαββί,Rhabbi
|
Rabbi,
|
N-VMS
|
G3708ἴδεide (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἴδεide
|
look,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4808συκῆsykē (N-NFS)
G4808 συκῆ sykē soo-kay from σῦκον; a fig-tree:--fig tree.
|
συκῆsykē
|
fig tree
|
N-NFS
|
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
that
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G2672κατηράσωkatērasō (V-AIM-2S)
G2672 καταράομαι kataráomai kat-ar-ah-om-ahee middle voice from κατάρα; to execrate; by analogy, to doom:--curse.
|
κατηράσωkatērasō
|
You cursed
|
V-AIM-2S
|
G3583ἐξήρανται.exērantai (V-RIM/P-3S)
G3583 ξηραίνω xēraínō xay-rah-ee-no from ξηρός; to desiccate; by implication, to shrivel, to mature:--dry up, pine away, be ripe, wither (away).
|
ἐξήρανται.exērantai
|
is dried up.
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
21
Peter calling to remembrance says to him, Master, look, the fig tree which you cursedst is withered away.
Mark 11:21
Stats
Rank: #4961 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 115 characters, 16 words, 93 letters, 34 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αναμνησθεις ο πετρος λεγει αυτω ραββι ιδε η συκη ην κατηρασω εξηρανται
Lit: And having remembered, Peter says to Him, Rabbi, look, the fig tree that You cursed is dried up.
KJV: And Peter calling to remembrance saith unto him, Master, behold, the fig tree which thou cursedst is withered away.
References
"And Peter calling to remembrance saith unto him, Master, behold, the fig tree which thou cursedst is withered away."Pr 3:33: The curse of the LORD is in the house of the wicked: but He blesss the habitation of the just.Zec 5:3: 4: Then said he to me: This is the curse that goes forth over the face of the whole earth: for every one that steals will be cut off as on this side according to it; and every one that swears will be cut off as on that side according to it.Mt 25:41: Then will he say also to them on the left hand: Depart from me: you cursed: into everlasting fire: prepared for the devil and his angels:1Co 16:22: If any man not love the Lord Jesus Christ: let Him be Anathema Maranatha.
και αποκριθεις ιησους λεγει αυτοις εχετε πιστιν θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G611ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis (V-APP-NMS)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis
|
answering,
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2192ἜχετεEchete (V-PMA-2P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἜχετεEchete
|
Have
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G4102πίστινpistin (N-AFS)
G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστινpistin
|
faith
|
N-AFS
|
G2316θεοῦ.theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
θεοῦ.theou
|
from God.
|
N-GMS
|
22
Jesus answering says to them, Have faith in God.
Mark 11:22
Stats
Rank: #1303 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 55 characters, 9 words, 44 letters, 17 vowels, 27 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αποκριθεις ιησους λεγει αυτοις εχετε πιστιν θεου
Lit: And answering, Jesus says to them, Have faith from God.
KJV: And Jesus answering saith unto them, Have faith in God.
References
"Have"Mr 9:23: Jesus said to Him: If you canst believe: all things are possible to Him that believeth.2Ch 20:20: They rose early in the morning: and went forth into the wilderness of Tekoa: and as they went forth: Jehoshaphat stood and said: Hear me: O Judah: and you inhabitants of Jerusalem; Believe in the LORD your God: so will you be established; believe His prophets: so will you prosper.Ps 62:8: Trust in Him at all times; you people: pour out your heart before Him: God is a refuge for us. Selah.Isa 7:9: The head of Ephraim is Samaria: and the head of Samaria is Remaliah's son. If you not will believe: surely you will not be established.Joh 14:1: not Let your heart be troubled: you believe in God: believe also in me.Tit 1:1: Paul: a servant of God: and an apostle of Jesus Christ: according to the faith of God's elect: and the acknowledging of the truth which is after godliness;"faith in God"Col 2:12: Buried with Him in baptism: wherein also you are risen with Him through the faith of the operation of God: who has raised Him from the dead.
αμην γαρ λεγω υμιν οτι ος αν ειπη τω ορει τουτω αρθητι και βληθητι εις την θαλασσαν και μη διακριθη εν τη καρδια αυτου αλλα πιστευση οτι α λεγει γινεται εσται αυτω ο εαν ειπη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G281ἀμὴνamēn (Heb)
G281 ἀμήν amḗn am-ane of Hebrew origin (אָמֵן); properly, firm, i.e. (figuratively) trustworthy; adverbially, surely (often as interjection, so be it):--amen, verily.,
|
ἀμὴνamēn
|
Truly
|
Heb
|
G3004λέγωlegō (V-PIA-1S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωlegō
|
I say
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
whoever
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G3004εἴπῃeipē (V-ASA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἴπῃeipē
|
shall say
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DNS
|
G3735ὄρειorei (N-DNS)
G3735 ὄρος óros or-os probably from an obsolete (to rise or rear; perhaps akin to αἴρω; compare ὄρνις); a mountain (as lifting itself above the plain):--hill, mount(-ain).
|
ὄρειorei
|
mountain
|
N-DNS
|
G3778τούτῳtoutō (DPro-DNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτῳtoutō
|
this,
|
DPro-DNS
|
G142ἌρθητιArthēti (V-AMP-2S)
G142 αἴρω aírō ah-ee-ro a primary root; to lift up; by implication, to take up or away; figuratively, to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind), specially, to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Hebraism (compare נָשָׂא) to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).
|
ἌρθητιArthēti
|
Be you taken away
|
V-AMP-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G906βλήθητιblēthēti (V-AMP-2S)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
βλήθητιblēthēti
|
be you cast
|
V-AMP-2S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2281θάλασσαν,thalassan (N-AFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θάλασσαν,thalassan
|
sea,’
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1252διακριθῇdiakrithē (V-ASP-3S)
G1252 διακρίνω diakrínō dee-ak-ree-no from διά and κρίνω; to separate thoroughly, i.e. (literally and reflexively) to withdraw from, or (by implication) oppose; figuratively, to discriminate (by implication, decide), or (reflexively) hesitate:--contend, make (to) differ(-ence), discern, doubt, judge, be partial, stagger, waver.
|
διακριθῇdiakrithē
|
shall doubt
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2588καρδίᾳkardia (N-DFS)
G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίᾳkardia
|
heart
|
N-DFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G4100πιστεύῃpisteuē (V-PSA-3S)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πιστεύῃpisteuē
|
shall believe
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
what
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G2980λαλεῖlalei (V-PIA-3S)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλεῖlalei
|
he says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1096γίνεται,ginetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γίνεται,ginetai
|
takes place,
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1510ἔσταιestai (V-FIM-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσταιestai
|
it will be done
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G846αὐτῷ.autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ.autō
|
for him.
|
PPro-DM3S
|
23
For truly I say to you, That whoever will say to this mountain, Be you removed, and be you cast into the sea; and will not doubt in his heart, but will believe that those things which he says will come to pass; he will have whatever he says.
Mark 11:23
Stats
Rank: #1576 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 259 characters, 43 words, 204 letters, 78 vowels, 126 consonants
Translation
Greek: αμην γαρ λεγω υμιν οτι ος αν ειπη τω ορει τουτω αρθητι και βληθητι εις την θαλασσαν και μη διακριθη εν τη καρδια αυτου αλλα πιστευση οτι α λεγει γινεται εσται αυτω ο εαν ειπη
Lit: Truly I say to you that whoever shall say to the mountain this, Be you taken away and be you cast into the sea,’ and not shall doubt in the heart of him, but shall believe that what he says takes place, it will be done for him.
KJV: For verily I say unto you, That whosoever shall say unto this mountain, Be thou removed, and be thou cast into the sea; and shall not doubt in his heart, but shall believe that those things which he saith shall come to pass; he shall have whatsoever he saith.
References
"whosoever"Mt 17:20: Jesus said to them: Because of your unbelief: for truly I say to you: If you have faith as a grain of mustard seed: you will say to this mountain: Remove here to yonder place; and it will remove; not andhing will be impossible to you.Mt 21:21: Jesus answered and said to them: Truly I say to you: If you have faith: and not doubt: you will not only do this which is done to the fig tree: but also if you will say to this mountain: Be you removed: and be you cast into the sea; it will be done.Lu 17:6: The Lord said: If you had faith as a grain of mustard seed: you might say to this sycamine tree: Be you plucked up by the root: and be you planted in the sea; and it should obey you.1Co 13:2: Though I have the gift of prophecy: and understand all mysteries: and all knowledge; and though I have all faith: so that I could remove mountains: and not have charity: I not amhing."and shall"Mt 14:13: When Jesus heard of it: He departed there by ship into a desert place apart: and when the people had heard thereof: they followed Him on foot out of the cities.Ro 4:18-25: Who against hope believed in hope: that he might become the father of many nations; according to that which was spoken: So will your seed be.Heb 11:17-19: By faith Abraham: when he was tried: offered up Isaac: and he who had received the promises offered up his only begotten son: Jas 1:5: 6: If any of you lack wisdom: let Him ask of God: that gives to all men liberally: and upbraids not; and it will be given Him."whatsoever"Ps 37:4: Delight yourself also in the LORD; and He will give you the desires of your heart.Joh 14:13: whatever you will ask in my name: that will I do: that the Father may be glorified in the Son.Joh 15:7: If you abide in me: and my words abide in you: you will ask what you will: and it will be done to you.
δια τουτο λεγω υμιν παντα οσα αν προσευχομενοι αιτεισθε πιστευετε οτι λαμβανετε και εσται υμιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
Because of
|
Prep
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-ANS
|
G3004λέγωlegō (V-PIA-1S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωlegō
|
I say
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖν,hymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖν,hymin
|
to you,
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3745ὅσαhosa (RelPro-ANP)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσαhosa
|
whatever
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G4336προσεύχεσθεproseuchesthe (V-PIM/P-2P)
G4336 προσεύχομαι proseúchomai pros-yoo-khom-ahee from πρός and εὔχομαι; to pray to God, i.e. supplicate, worship:--pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer.
|
προσεύχεσθεproseuchesthe
|
praying,
|
V-PIM/P-2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G154αἰτεῖσθε,aiteisthe (V-PIM-2P)
G154 αἰτέω aitéō ahee-teh-o of uncertain derivation; to ask (in genitive case):--ask, beg, call for, crave, desire, require. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
αἰτεῖσθε,aiteisthe
|
you ask,
|
V-PIM-2P
|
G4100πιστεύετεpisteuete (V-PMA-2P)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πιστεύετεpisteuete
|
believe
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2983ἐλάβετε,elabete (V-AIA-2P)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
ἐλάβετε,elabete
|
you receive,
|
V-AIA-2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1510ἔσταιestai (V-FIM-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσταιestai
|
it will be
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G4771ὑμῖν.hymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖν.hymin
|
to you.
|
PPro-D2P
|
24
Therefore I say to you, What things soever you desire, when you pray, believe that you receive them, and you will have them.
Mark 11:24
Stats
Rank: #588 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 125 characters, 18 words, 96 letters, 39 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: δια τουτο λεγω υμιν παντα οσα αν προσευχομενοι αιτεισθε πιστευετε οτι λαμβανετε και εσται υμιν
Lit: Because of this I say to you, all things whatever praying, also you ask, believe that you receive, and it will be to you.
KJV: Therefore I say unto you, What things soever ye desire, when ye pray, believe that ye receive them, and ye shall have [them].
References
"What"Mt 7:7-11: Ask: and it will be given you; seek: and you will find; knock: and it will be opened to you:Mt 18:19: Again I say to you: That if two of you will agree on earth as touching any thing that they will ask: it will be done for them of my Father which is in heaven.Mt 21:22: All things: whatever you will ask in prayer: believing: you will receive.Lu 11:9-13: I say to you: Ask: and it will be given you; seek: and you will find; knock: and it will be opened to you.Lu 18:1-8: He spoke a parable to them to this end: that men ought always to pray: not and to faint;Joh 14:13: whatever you will ask in my name: that will I do: that the Father may be glorified in the Son.Joh 15:7: If you abide in me: and my words abide in you: you will ask what you will: and it will be done to you.Joh 16:23-27: In that day you will ask not mehing. Truly: truly: I say to you: Whatever you will ask the Father in my name: He will give it you.Jas 1:5: 6: If any of you lack wisdom: let Him ask of God: that gives to all men liberally: and upbraids not; and it will be given Him.Jas 5:15-18: The prayer of faith will save the sick: and the Lord will raise Him up; and if He have committed sins: they will be forgiven Him.1Jo 3:22: whatever we ask: we receive of him: because we keep his commandments: and do those things that are pleasing in his sight.1Jo 5:14: 15: This is the confidence that we have in him: that: if we ask any thing according to his will: he hears us:
και οταν στηκητε προσευχομενοι αφιετε ει τι εχετε κατα τινος ινα και ο πατηρ υμων ο εν τοις ουρανοις αφη υμιν τα παραπτωματα υμων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj)
G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
when
|
Conj
|
G4739στήκετεstēkete (V-PIA-2P)
G4739 στήκω stḗkō stay-ko from the perfect tense of ἵστημι; to be stationary, i.e. (figuratively) to persevere:--stand (fast).
|
στήκετεstēkete
|
you may stand
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G4336προσευχόμενοι,proseuchomenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP)
G4336 προσεύχομαι proseúchomai pros-yoo-khom-ahee from πρός and εὔχομαι; to pray to God, i.e. supplicate, worship:--pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer.
|
προσευχόμενοι,proseuchomenoi
|
praying,
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G863ἀφίετεaphiete (V-PMA-2P)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφίετεaphiete
|
forgive
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G1487εἴei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἴei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
anything
|
IPro-ANS
|
G2192ἔχετεechete (V-PIA-2P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχετεechete
|
you have
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G2596κατάkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατάkata
|
against
|
Prep
|
G5100τινος,tinos (IPro-GMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινος,tinos
|
anyone,
|
IPro-GMS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3962ΠατὴρPatēr (N-NMS)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
ΠατὴρPatēr
|
Father
|
N-NMS
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
who is
|
Art-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G3772οὐρανοῖςouranois (N-DMP)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῖςouranois
|
heavens,
|
N-DMP
|
G863ἀφῇaphē (V-ASA-3S)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφῇaphē
|
might forgive
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G3900παραπτώματαparaptōmata (N-ANP)
G3900 παράπτωμα paráptōma par-ap-to-mah from παραπίπτω; a side-slip (lapse or deviation), i.e. (unintentional) error or (wilful) transgression:--fall, fault, offence, sin, trespass.
|
παραπτώματαparaptōmata
|
trespasses
|
N-ANP
|
G4771ὑμῶν.hymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν.hymōn
|
of you.”
|
PPro-G2P
|
25
When you stand praying, forgive, if you have ought against any: that your Father also which is in heaven may forgive you your trespasses.Mark 11:25
Stats
Rank: #1259 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 139 characters, 22 words, 111 letters, 43 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οταν στηκητε προσευχομενοι αφιετε ει τι εχετε κατα τινος ινα και ο πατηρ υμων ο εν τοις ουρανοις αφη υμιν τα παραπτωματα υμων
Lit: And when you may stand praying, forgive if anything you have against anyone, so that also the Father of you, who is in the heavens, might forgive you the trespasses of you.”
KJV: And when ye stand praying, forgive, if ye have ought against any: that your Father also which is in heaven may forgive you your trespasses.
References
"stand"Zec 3:1: He showed me Joshua the high priest standing before the angel of the LORD: and Satan standing at His right hand to resist Him.Lu 18:11: The Pharisee stood and prayed thus with Himself: God: I thank you: that I not am as other men are: extortioners: unjust: adulterers: or even as this publican.Re 11:4: These are the two olive trees: and the two candlesticks standing before the God of the earth."forgive"Mt 6:12: 14: 15: Forgive us our debts: as we forgive our debtors.Mt 18:23-35: Therefore is the kingdom of heaven likened to a certain king: which would take account of his servants.Lu 6:37: not Judge: and you will not be judged: not condemn: and you will not be condemned: forgive: and you will be forgiven:Eph 4:32: Be you kind one to another: tenderhearted: forgiving one another: even as God for Christ's sake has forgiven you.Col 3:13: Forbearing one another: and forgiving one another: if any man have a quarrel against any: even as Christ forgave you: so also do you.Jas 2:13: For he will have judgment without mercy: that has showed no mercy; and mercy rejoices against judgment.
ει δε υμεις ουκ αφιετε ουδε ο πατηρ υμων ο εν τοις ουρανοις αφησει τα παραπτωματα υμων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1487⧼ΕἰEi (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
⧼ΕἰEi
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you
|
PPro-N2P
|
G3756οὖκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὖκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G863ἀφίετε,aphiete (V-PMA-2P)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφίετε,aphiete
|
do forgive,
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Conj)
G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
neither
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3962πατὴρpatēr (N-NMS)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατὴρpatēr
|
Father
|
N-NMS
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
who is
|
Art-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανοῖςouranois (N-DMP)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῖςouranois
|
heaven
|
N-DMP
|
G863ἀφήσειaphēsei (V-FIA-3S)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφήσειaphēsei
|
will forgive
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G3900παραπτώματαparaptōmata (N-ANP)
G3900 παράπτωμα paráptōma par-ap-to-mah from παραπίπτω; a side-slip (lapse or deviation), i.e. (unintentional) error or (wilful) transgression:--fall, fault, offence, sin, trespass.
|
παραπτώματαparaptōmata
|
trespasses
|
N-ANP
|
G4771ὑμῶν⧽.hymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν⧽.hymōn
|
of you.
|
PPro-G2P
|
26
But if you not do forgive, neither will your Father which is in heaven forgive your trespasses.Mark 11:26
Stats
Rank: #5096 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 94 characters, 16 words, 76 letters, 30 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει δε υμεις ουκ αφιετε ουδε ο πατηρ υμων ο εν τοις ουρανοις αφησει τα παραπτωματα υμων
Lit: If however you not do forgive, neither the Father of you who is in heaven will forgive the trespasses of you.
KJV: But if ye do not forgive, neither will your Father which is in heaven forgive your trespasses.
Jesus Examined for Blemish
και ερχονται παλιν εις ιεροσολυμα και εν τω ιερω περιπατουντος αυτου ερχονται προς αυτον οι αρχιερεις και οι γραμματεις και οι πρεσβυτεροι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2064ἔρχονταιerchontai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχονταιerchontai
|
they come
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv)
G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again
|
Adv
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2414Ἱεροσόλυμα.Hierosolyma (N-ANP)
G2414 Ἱεροσόλυμα Hierosólyma hee-er-os-ol-oo-mah of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierosolyma (i.e. Jerushalaim), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱερουσαλήμ.
|
Ἱεροσόλυμα.Hierosolyma
|
Jerusalem.
|
N-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G2411ἱερῷhierō (N-DNS)
G2411 ἱερόν hierón hee-er-on neuter of ἱερός; a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas ναός denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere):--temple.
|
ἱερῷhierō
|
temple
|
N-DNS
|
G4043περιπατοῦντοςperipatountos (V-PPA-GMS)
G4043 περιπατέω peripatéō per-ee-pat-eh-o from περί and πατέω; to tread all around, i.e. walk at large (especially as proof of ability); figuratively, to live, deport oneself, follow (as a companion or votary):--go, be occupied with, walk (about).
|
περιπατοῦντοςperipatountos
|
is walking
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
as He,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2064ἔρχονταιerchontai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχονταιerchontai
|
come
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G749ἀρχιερεῖςarchiereis (N-NMP)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεῖςarchiereis
|
chief priests
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G1122γραμματεῖςgrammateis (N-NMP)
G1122 γραμματεύς grammateús gram-mat-yooce from γράμμα. a writer, i.e. (professionally) scribe or secretary:--scribe, town-clerk.
|
γραμματεῖςgrammateis
|
scribes
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4245πρεσβύτεροι,presbyteroi (Adj-NMP)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβύτεροι,presbyteroi
|
elders.
|
Adj-NMP
|
27
They come again to Jerusalem: and as he was walking in the temple, there come to him the chief priests, and the scribes, and the elders,Mark 11:27
Stats
Counts: 140 characters, 23 words, 109 letters, 41 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ερχονται παλιν εις ιεροσολυμα και εν τω ιερω περιπατουντος αυτου ερχονται προς αυτον οι αρχιερεις και οι γραμματεις και οι πρεσβυτεροι
Lit: And they come again to Jerusalem. And in the temple is walking as He, come to Him the chief priests and the scribes and the elders.
KJV: And they come again to Jerusalem: and as he was walking in the temple, there come to him the chief priests, and the scribes, and the elders,
References
"as he"Mal 3:1: Look: I will send my messenger: and He will prepare the way before me: and the Lord: whom you seek: will suddenly come to His temple: even the messenger of the covenant: whom you delight in: look: He will come: says the LORD of hosts.Mt 21:23-27: When he was come into the temple: the chief priests and the elders of the people came to him as he was teaching: and said: By what authority do you these things? and who gave you this authority?Lu 20:1-8: It came to pass: that on one of those days: as he taught the people in the temple: and preached the gospel: the chief priests and the scribes came upon him with the elders: Joh 10:23: Jesus walked in the temple in Solomon's porch.Joh 18:20: Jesus answered Him: I spoke openly to the world; I ever taught in the synagogue: and in the temple: whither the Jews always resort; and in secret have I not saidhing."the chief"Mr 14:1: After two days was the feast of the passover: and of unleavened bread: and the chief priests and the scribes sought how they might take him by craft: and put him to death.Ps 2:1-5: Why do the heathen rage: and the people imagine a vain thing?Ac 4:5-8: 27: 28: It came to pass on the morrow: that their rulers: and elders: and scribes:
και λεγουσιν αυτω εν ποια εξουσια ταυτα ποιεις και τις σοι την εξουσιαν ταυτην εδωκεν ινα ταυτα ποιης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004ἔλεγονelegon (V-IIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγονelegon
|
they were saying
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1722ἘνEn (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἘνEn
|
By
|
Prep
|
G4169ποίᾳpoia (IPro-DFS)
G4169 ποῖος poîos poy-os from the base of ποῦ and οἷος; individualizing interrogative (of character) what sort of, or (of number) which one:--what (manner of), which.,
|
ποίᾳpoia
|
what
|
IPro-DFS
|
G1849ἐξουσίᾳexousia (N-DFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίᾳexousia
|
authority
|
N-DFS
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G4160ποιεῖς;poieis (V-PIA-2S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιεῖς;poieis
|
are You doing?
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
Or,
|
Conj
|
G5101τίςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίςtis
|
who
|
IPro-NMS
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
You
|
PPro-D2S
|
G1325ἔδωκενedōken (V-AIA-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἔδωκενedōken
|
gave
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1849ἐξουσίανexousian (N-AFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίανexousian
|
authority
|
N-AFS
|
G3778ταύτηνtautēn (DPro-AFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτηνtautēn
|
this,
|
DPro-AFS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G4160ποιῇς;poiēs (V-PSA-2S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῇς;poiēs
|
You should do?
|
V-PSA-2S
|
28
Say to him, By what authority do you these things? and who gave you this authority to do these things?
Mark 11:28
Stats
Rank: #5680 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 113 characters, 19 words, 90 letters, 33 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: και λεγουσιν αυτω εν ποια εξουσια ταυτα ποιεις και τις σοι την εξουσιαν ταυτην εδωκεν ινα ταυτα ποιης
Lit: And they were saying to Him, By what authority these things are You doing? Or, who You gave the authority this, that these things You should do?
KJV: And say unto him, By what authority doest thou these things? and who gave thee this authority to do these things?
References
"And say unto him, By what authority doest thou these things? and who gave thee this authority to do these things?"Ex 2:14: He said: Who made you a prince and a judge over us? intend you to kill me: as you killedst the Egyptian? And Moses feared: and said: Surely this thing is known.Nu 16:3: 13: They gathered themselves together against Moses and against Aaron: and said to them: You take too much upon you: seeing all the congregation are holy: every one of them: and the LORD is among them: for what reason then lift you up yourselves above the congregation of the LORD?Ac 7:27: 28: 38: 39: 51: But he who did his neighbour wrong thrust him away: saying: Who made you a ruler and a judge over us?
ο δε ιησους αποκριθεις ειπεν αυτοις επερωτησω υμας καγω ενα λογον και αποκριθητε μοι και ερω υμιν εν ποια εξουσια ταυτα ποιω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G1905ἘπερωτήσωEperōtēsō (V-FIA-1S)
G1905 ἐπερωτάω eperōtáō ep-er-o-tah-o from ἐπί and ἐρωτάω; to ask for, i.e. inquire, seek:--ask (after, questions), demand, desire, question.
|
ἘπερωτήσωEperōtēsō
|
I will ask
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G1520ἕναhena (Adj-AMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἕναhena
|
one
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3056λόγον,logon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγον,logon
|
question,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G611ἀποκρίθητέapokrithēte (V-AMP-2P)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀποκρίθητέapokrithēte
|
you answer
|
V-AMP-2P
|
G1473μοι,moi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοι,moi
|
Me,
|
PPro-D1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2046ἐρῶerō (V-FIA-1S)
G2046 ἐρέω eréō er-eh-o probably a fuller form of ῥέω; an alternate for ἔπω in certain tenses; to utter, i.e. speak or say:--call, say, speak (of), tell.
|
ἐρῶerō
|
I will tell
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
by
|
Prep
|
G4169ποίᾳpoia (IPro-DFS)
G4169 ποῖος poîos poy-os from the base of ποῦ and οἷος; individualizing interrogative (of character) what sort of, or (of number) which one:--what (manner of), which.,
|
ποίᾳpoia
|
what
|
IPro-DFS
|
G1849ἐξουσίᾳexousia (N-DFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίᾳexousia
|
authority
|
N-DFS
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G4160ποιῶ.poiō (V-PIA-1S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῶ.poiō
|
I do.
|
V-PIA-1S
|
29
Jesus answered and said to them, I will also ask of you one question, and answer me, and I will tell you by what authority I do these things.
Mark 11:29
Stats
Rank: #8630 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 147 characters, 27 words, 114 letters, 46 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε ιησους αποκριθεις ειπεν αυτοις επερωτησω υμας καγω ενα λογον και αποκριθητε μοι και ερω υμιν εν ποια εξουσια ταυτα ποιω
Lit: And Jesus said to them, I will ask you one question, and you answer Me, and I will tell you by what authority these things I do.
KJV: And Jesus answered and said unto them, I will also ask of you one question, and answer me, and I will tell you by what authority I do these things.
References
"I will"Isa 52:13: Look: my servant will deal prudently: he will be exalted and extolled: and be very high.Mt 21:24: Jesus answered and said to them: I also will ask you one thing: which if you tell me: I in like wise will tell you by what authority I do these things.Lu 20:3-8: He answered and said to them: I will also ask you one thing; and answer me:
το βαπτισμα ιωαννου εξ ουρανου ην η εξ ανθρωπων αποκριθητε μοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
The
|
Art-NNS
|
G908βάπτισμαbaptisma (N-NNS)
G908 βάπτισμα báptisma bap-tis-mah from βαπτίζω; baptism (technically or figuratively):--baptism.
|
βάπτισμαbaptisma
|
baptism
|
N-NNS
|
G2491ἸωάννουIōannou (N-GMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννουIōannou
|
of John,
|
N-GMS
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανοῦouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦouranou
|
heaven
|
N-GMS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was it,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
from
|
Prep
|
G444ἀνθρώπων;anthrōpōn (N-GMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπων;anthrōpōn
|
men?
|
N-GMP
|
G611ἀποκρίθητέapokrithēte (V-AMP-2P)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀποκρίθητέapokrithēte
|
Answer
|
V-AMP-2P
|
G1473μοι.moi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοι.moi
|
Me.
|
PPro-D1S
|
30
The baptism of John, was it from heaven, or of men? answer me.Mark 11:30
Stats
Rank: #7987 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 62 characters, 10 words, 46 letters, 17 vowels, 29 consonants
Translation
Greek: το βαπτισμα ιωαννου εξ ουρανου ην η εξ ανθρωπων αποκριθητε μοι
Lit: The baptism of John, from heaven was it, or from men? Answer Me.
KJV: The baptism of John, was it from heaven, or of men? answer me.
References
"The baptism of John, was it from heaven, or of men? answer me."Mr 1:1-11: The beginning of the gospel of Jesus Christ: the Son of God;Mr 9:13: But I say to you: That Elias is indeed come: and they have done to him whatever they listed: as it is written of him.Mt 3:1-17: In those days came John the Baptist: preaching in the wilderness of Judaea: Lu 3:1-20: Now in the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar: Pontius Pilate being governor of Judaea: and Herod being tetrarch of Galilee: and his brother Philip tetrarch of Ituraea and of the region of Trachonitis: and Lysanias the tetrarch of Abilene: Joh 1:6-8: 15-36: There was a man sent from God: whose name was John.Joh 3:25-36: Then there arose a question between some of John's disciples and the Jews about purifying.
και ελογιζοντο προς εαυτους λεγοντες εαν ειπωμεν εξ ουρανου ερει δια τι ουν ουκ επιστευσατε αυτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1260διελογίζοντοdielogizonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G1260 διαλογίζομαι dialogízomai dee-al-og-id-zom-ahee from διά and λογίζομαι; to reckon thoroughly, i.e. (genitive case) to deliberate (by reflection or discussion):--cast in mind, consider, dispute, muse, reason, think.
|
διελογίζοντοdielogizonto
|
they began reasoning
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1438ἑαυτοὺςheautous (RefPro-AM3P)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτοὺςheautous
|
themselves,
|
RefPro-AM3P
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G5101‹ΤίTi (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
‹ΤίTi
|
What
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3004εἴπωμεν›eipōmen (V-ASA-1P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἴπωμεν›eipōmen
|
should we say?
|
V-ASA-1P
|
G1437ἘὰνEan (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἘὰνEan
|
If
|
Conj
|
G3004εἴπωμενeipōmen (V-ASA-1P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἴπωμενeipōmen
|
we should say,
|
V-ASA-1P
|
G1537ἘξEx (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἘξEx
|
From
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανοῦ,ouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦ,ouranou
|
heaven,
|
N-GMS
|
G2046ἐρεῖerei (V-FIA-3S)
G2046 ἐρέω eréō er-eh-o probably a fuller form of ῥέω; an alternate for ἔπω in certain tenses; to utter, i.e. speak or say:--call, say, speak (of), tell.
|
ἐρεῖerei
|
He will say,
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G1223ΔιὰDia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
ΔιὰDia
|
Because of
|
Prep
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4100ἐπιστεύσατεepisteusate (V-AIA-2P)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
ἐπιστεύσατεepisteusate
|
did you believe
|
V-AIA-2P
|
G846αὐτῷ;autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ;autō
|
him?
|
PPro-DM3S
|
31
They reasoned with themselves, saying, If we will say, From heaven; he will say, Why then did you not believe him?
Mark 11:31
Stats
Counts: 118 characters, 17 words, 91 letters, 32 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ελογιζοντο προς εαυτους λεγοντες εαν ειπωμεν εξ ουρανου ερει δια τι ουν ουκ επιστευσατε αυτω
Lit: And they began reasoning with themselves, saying, What should we say? If we should say, From heaven, He will say, Because of why then not did you believe him?
KJV: And they reasoned with themselves, saying, If we shall say, From heaven; he will say, Why then did ye not believe him?
References
"Why"Mt 11:7-14: As they departed: Jesus began to say to the multitudes concerning John: What went you out into the wilderness to see? A reed shaken with the wind?Mt 21:25-27: 31: 32: The baptism of John: where was it? from heaven: or of men? And they reasoned with themselves: saying: If we will say: From heaven; he will say to us: Why did you not then believe him?Joh 1:15: 29: 34: 36: John bare witness of him: and cried: saying: This was he of whom I spoke: He who comes after me is preferred before me: for he was before me.Joh 3:29-36: He who has the bride is the groom: but the friend of the groom: which stands and hears him: rejoices greatly because of the groom's voice: this my joy therefore is fulfilled.
αλλ εαν ειπωμεν εξ ανθρωπων εφοβουντο τον λαον απαντες γαρ ειχον τον ιωαννην οτι οντως προφητης ην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
But
|
Conj
|
G3004εἴπωμενeipōmen (V-ASA-1P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἴπωμενeipōmen
|
should we say,
|
V-ASA-1P
|
G1537ἘξEx (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἘξEx
|
From
|
Prep
|
G444ἀνθρώπων;—anthrōpōn (N-GMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπων;—anthrōpōn
|
men’ ...
|
N-GMP
|
G5399ἐφοβοῦντοephobounto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
ἐφοβοῦντοephobounto
|
they were afraid of
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3793ὄχλον·ochlon (N-AMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλον·ochlon
|
people;
|
N-AMS
|
G537ἅπαντεςhapantes (Adj-NMP)
G537 ἅπας hápas hap-as from Α (as a particle of union) and πᾶς; absolutely all or (singular) every one:--all (things), every (one), whole.
|
ἅπαντεςhapantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2192εἶχονeichon (V-IIA-3P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
εἶχονeichon
|
were holding
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G2491ἸωάννηνIōannēn (N-AMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννηνIōannēn
|
John
|
N-AMS
|
G3689ὄντωςontōs (Adv)
G3689 ὄντως óntōs on-toce adverb of the oblique cases of ὤν; really:--certainly, clean, indeed, of a truth, verily.
|
ὄντωςontōs
|
truly
|
Adv
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4396προφήτηςprophētēs (N-NMS)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφήτηςprophētēs
|
a prophet
|
N-NMS
|
G1510ἦν.ēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦν.ēn
|
he was.
|
V-IIA-3S
|
32
But if we will say, Of men; they feared the people: for all men counted John, that he was a prophet indeed.
Mark 11:32
Stats
Rank: #5834 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 108 characters, 18 words, 82 letters, 31 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλ εαν ειπωμεν εξ ανθρωπων εφοβουντο τον λαον απαντες γαρ ειχον τον ιωαννην οτι οντως προφητης ην
Lit: But should we say, From men’ ... they were afraid of the people; all for were holding John truly that a prophet he was.
KJV: But if we shall say, Of men; they feared the people: for all men counted John, that he was a prophet indeed.
References
"they"Mr 6:20: For Herod feared John: knowing that he was a just man and an holy: and observed him; and when he heard him: he did many things: and heard him gladly.Mr 12:12: They sought to lay hold on him: but feared the people: for they knew that he had spoken the parable against them: and they left him: and went their way.Mt 14:5: When he would have put him to death: he feared the multitude: because they counted him as a prophet.Mt 21:46: But when they sought to lay hands on him: they feared the multitude: because they took him for a prophet.Lu 20:19: The chief priests and the scribes the same hour sought to lay hands on him; and they feared the people: for they perceived that he had spoken this parable against them.Lu 22:2: The chief priests and scribes sought how they might kill him; for they feared the people.Ac 5:26: Then went the captain with the officers: and brought them without violence: for they feared the people: lest they should have been stoned."for"Mt 3:5: 6: Then went out to him Jerusalem: and all Judaea: and all the region round about Jordan: Mt 21:31: 32: Whether of them two did the will of His father? They say to Him: The first. Jesus says to them: Truly I say to you: That the publicans and the harlots go into the kingdom of God before you.Lu 7:26-29: But what went you out for to see? A prophet? Yes: I say to you: and much more than a prophet.Lu 20:6-8: But and if we say: Of men; all the people will stone us: for they be persuaded that John was a prophet.Joh 10:41: Many resorted to him: and said: John did no miracle: but all things that John spoke of this man were true.
και αποκριθεντες λεγουσιν τω ιησου ουκ οιδαμεν και ο ιησους αποκριθεις λεγει αυτοις ουδε εγω λεγω υμιν εν ποια εξουσια ταυτα ποιω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G611ἀποκριθέντεςapokrithentes (V-APP-NMP)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀποκριθέντεςapokrithentes
|
answering
|
V-APP-NMP
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-DMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
to Jesus,
|
N-DMS
|
G3004λέγουσινlegousin (V-PIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγουσινlegousin
|
they say,
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3756ΟὐκOuk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
ΟὐκOuk
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1492οἴδαμεν.oidamen (V-RIA-1P)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἴδαμεν.oidamen
|
do we know.
|
V-RIA-1P
|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3761ΟὐδὲOude (Adv)
G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
ΟὐδὲOude
|
Neither
|
Adv
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G3004λέγωlegō (V-PIA-1S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωlegō
|
tell
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
by
|
Prep
|
G4169ποίᾳpoia (IPro-DFS)
G4169 ποῖος poîos poy-os from the base of ποῦ and οἷος; individualizing interrogative (of character) what sort of, or (of number) which one:--what (manner of), which.,
|
ποίᾳpoia
|
what
|
IPro-DFS
|
G1849ἐξουσίᾳexousia (N-DFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίᾳexousia
|
authority
|
N-DFS
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G4160ποιῶ.poiō (V-PIA-1S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῶ.poiō
|
I do.
|
V-PIA-1S
|
33
They answered and said to Jesus, We cannot tell. And Jesus answering says to them, Neither do I tell you by what authority I do these things.
Mark 11:33
Stats
Counts: 150 characters, 25 words, 119 letters, 45 vowels, 74 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αποκριθεντες λεγουσιν τω ιησου ουκ οιδαμεν και ο ιησους αποκριθεις λεγει αυτοις ουδε εγω λεγω υμιν εν ποια εξουσια ταυτα ποιω
Lit: And answering to Jesus, they say, Not do we know. And Jesus says to them, Neither I tell you by what authority these things I do.
KJV: And they answered and said unto Jesus, We cannot tell. And Jesus answering saith unto them, Neither do I tell you by what authority I do these things.
References
"We"Isa 1:3: The ox knows his owner: and the ass his master's crib: but Israel does not know: my people does not consider.Isa 6:9: 10: He said: Go: and tell this people: Hear you indeed: but not understand; and see you indeed: but not perceive.Isa 29:9-14: Stay yourselves: and wonder; cry you out: and cry: they are drunken: not but with wine; they stagger: not but with strong drink.Isa 42:19: 20: Who is blind: but my servant? or deaf: as my messenger that I sent? who is blind as He that'>He who is perfect: and blind as the LORD's servant?Isa 56:10: His watchmen are blind: they are all ignorant: they are all dumb dogs: they cannot bark; sleeping: lying down: loving to slumber.Jer 8:7-9: Yes: the stork in the heaven knows her appointed times; and the turtle and the crane and the swallow observe the time of their coming; but my people not know the judgment of the LORD.Ho 4:6: My people are destroyed for lack of knowledge: because you have rejected knowledge: I will also reject you: that you will be no priest to me: seeing you have forgotten the law of your God: I will also forget your children.Mal 2:7: 8: For the priest's lips should keep knowledge: and they should seek the law at His mouth: for He is the messenger of the LORD of hosts.Mt 15:14: Let them alone: they be blind leaders of the blind. And if the blind lead the blind: both will fall into the ditch.Mt 23:16-26: Woe to you: you blind guides: which say: Whoever will swear by the temple: it not ishing; but whoever will swear by the gold of the temple: he is a debtor!Joh 3:10: Jesus answered and said to Him: Are you a master of Israel: and know not these things?Ro 1:18-22: 28: For the wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and unrighteousness of men: who hold the truth in unrighteousness;2Co 3:15: But even to this day: when Moses is read: the vail is upon their heart.2Co 4:3: 4: But if our gospel be hid: it is hid to them that are lost:2Th 2:10-12: With all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish; because they not received the love of the truth: that they might be saved."Neither"Job 5:13: He takes the wise in their own craftiness: and the counsel of the froward is carried headlong.Pr 26:4: 5: not Answer a fool according to his folly: lest you also be like to him.Mt 16:4: A wicked and adulterous generation seeks after a sign; and there will no sign be given to it: but the sign of the prophet Jonas. And he left them: and departed.Mt 21:27: They answered Jesus: and said: We cannot tell. And He said to them: Neither tell I you by what authority I do these things.Lu 10:21: 22: In that hour Jesus rejoiced in spirit: and said: I thank you: O Father: Lord of heaven and earth: that you have hid these things from the wise and prudent: and have revealed them to babes: even so: Father; for so it seemed good in your sight.Lu 20:7: 8: They answered: that they not could tell where it was.Lu 22:66-69: As soon as it was day: the elders of the people and the chief priests and the scribes came together: and led him into their council: saying: Joh 9:27: He answered them: I have told you already: and you not did hear: for what reason would you hear it again? will you also be his disciples?
12
The Parable of the Wicked Tenants
και ηρξατο αυτοις εν παραβολαις λεγειν αμπελωνα εφυτευσεν ανθρωπος και περιεθηκεν φραγμον και ωρυξεν υποληνιον και ωκοδομησεν πυργον και εξεδοτο αυτον γεωργοις και απεδημησεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G756ἤρξατοērxato (V-AIM-3S)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
ἤρξατοērxato
|
He began
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3850παραβολαῖςparabolais (N-DFP)
G3850 παραβολή parabolḗ par-ab-ol-ay from παραβάλλω; a similitude (parable), i.e. (symbolic) fictitious narrative (of common life conveying a moral), apothegm or adage:--comparison, figure, parable, proverb.
|
παραβολαῖςparabolais
|
parables
|
N-DFP
|
G2980λαλεῖν.lalein (V-PNA)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλεῖν.lalein
|
to speak:
|
V-PNA
|
G290Ἀμπελῶναampelōna (N-AMS)
G290 ἀμπελών ampelṓn am-pel-ohn from ἄμπελος; a vineyard:--vineyard.
|
Ἀμπελῶναampelōna
|
A vineyard
|
N-AMS
|
G444ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos (N-NMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos
|
a man
|
N-NMS
|
G5452ἐφύτευσεν,ephyteusen (V-AIA-3S)
G5452 φυτεύω phyteúō foot-yoo-o from a derivative of φύω; to set out in the earth, i.e. implant; figuratively, to instil doctrine:--plant.
|
ἐφύτευσεν,ephyteusen
|
planted,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4060περιέθηκενperiethēken (V-AIA-3S)
G4060 περιτίθημι peritíthēmi per-ee-tith-ay-mee from περί and τίθημι; to place around; by implication, to present:--bestow upon, hedge round about, put about (on, upon), set about.
|
περιέθηκενperiethēken
|
he placed around it
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5418φραγμὸνphragmon (N-AMS)
G5418 φραγμός phragmós frag-mos from φράσσω; a fence, or inclosing barrier (literally or figuratively):--hedge (+ round about), partition.
|
φραγμὸνphragmon
|
a fence,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3736ὤρυξενōryxen (V-AIA-3S)
G3736 ὀρύσσω orýssō or-oos-so apparently a primary verb; to burrow in the ground, i.e. dig:--dig.
|
ὤρυξενōryxen
|
dug
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5276ὑπολήνιονhypolēnion (N-ANS)
G5276 ὑπολήνιον hypolḗnion hoop-ol-ay-nee-on neuter of a presumed compound of ὑπό and ληνός; vessel or receptacle under the press, i.e. lower wine-vat:--winefat.
|
ὑπολήνιονhypolēnion
|
a wine vat,
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3618ᾠκοδόμησενōkodomēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G3618 οἰκοδομέω oikodoméō oy-kod-om-eh-o from the same as οἰκοδομή; to be a house-builder, i.e. construct or (figuratively) confirm:--(be in) build(-er, -ing, up), edify, embolden.
|
ᾠκοδόμησενōkodomēsen
|
built
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4444πύργον,pyrgon (N-AMS)
G4444 πύργος pýrgos poor-gos apparently a primary word (burgh); a tower or castle:--tower.
|
πύργον,pyrgon
|
a tower,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1554ἐξέδετοexedeto (V-AIM-3S)
G1554 ἐκδίδωμι ekdídōmi ek-did-o-mee from ἐκ and δίδωμι; to give forth, i.e. (specially) to lease:--let forth (out).
|
ἐξέδετοexedeto
|
rented out
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
it
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1092γεωργοῖς,geōrgois (N-DMP)
G1092 γεωργός geōrgós gheh-ore-gos from γῆ and the base of ἔργον; a land-worker, i.e. farmer:--husbandman.
|
γεωργοῖς,geōrgois
|
to farmers,
|
N-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G589ἀπεδήμησεν.apedēmēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G589 ἀποδημέω apodēméō ap-od-ay-meh-o from ἀπόδημος; to go abroad, i.e. visit a foreign land:--go (travel) into a far country, journey.
|
ἀπεδήμησεν.apedēmēsen
|
traveled abroad.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
1
And he began to speak to them by parables. A certain man planted a vineyard, and set an hedge about it, and digged a place for the winefat, and built a tower, and let it out to husbandmen, and went into a far country.Mark 12:1
Stats
Rank: #1988 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 223 characters, 35 words, 169 letters, 67 vowels, 102 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηρξατο αυτοις εν παραβολαις λεγειν αμπελωνα εφυτευσεν ανθρωπος και περιεθηκεν φραγμον και ωρυξεν υποληνιον και ωκοδομησεν πυργον και εξεδοτο αυτον γεωργοις και απεδημησεν
Lit: And He began to them in parables to speak: A vineyard a man planted, and he placed around it a fence, and dug a wine vat, and built a tower, and rented out it to farmers, and traveled abroad.
KJV: And he began to speak unto them by parables. A certain man planted a vineyard, and set an hedge about [it], and digged [a place for] the winefat, and built a tower, and let it out to husbandmen, and went into a far country.
References
"he began"Mr 4:2: 11-13: 33: 34: He taught them many things by parables: and said to them in his doctrine: Eze 20:49: Then said I: Ah Lord GOD! they say of me: Does He not">not He speak parables?Mt 13:10-15: 34: 35: The disciples came: and said to him: Why speak you to them in parables?Mt 21:28-33: But what think you? A certain man had two sons; and He came to the first: and said: Son: go work today in my vineyard.Mt 22:1-14: Jesus answered and spoke to them again by parables: and said: Lu 8:10: He said: To you it is given to know the mysteries of the kingdom of God: but to others in parables; that seeing they not might see: and hearing they not might understand.Lu 22:9: They said to him: Where will you that we prepare?"A certain"Mt 21:33-40: Hear another parable: There was a certain householder: which planted a vineyard: and hedged it round about: and digged a winepress in it: and built a tower: and let it out to husbandmen: and went into a far country:Lu 20:9-15: Then began he to speak to the people this parable; A certain man planted a vineyard: and let it forth to husbandmen: and went into a far country for a long time."planted"Ps 80:8-16: You have brought a vine out of Egypt: you have cast out the heathen: and planted it.Isa 5:1-4: Now will I sing to my wellbeloved a song of my beloved touching his vineyard. My wellbeloved has a vineyard in a very fruitful hill:Jer 2:21: Yet I had planted you a noble vine: wholly a right seed: how then are you turned into the degenerate plant of a strange vine to me?Lu 13:6-9: He spoke also this parable; A certain man had a fig tree planted in his vineyard; and he came and sought fruit thereon: and found none.Joh 15:1-8: I am the true vine: and my Father is the husbandman.Ro 11:17-24: If some of the branches be broken off: and you: being a wild olive tree: wert graffed in among them: and with them partakest of the root and fatness of the olive tree;"and set"Ne 9:13: 14: You came down also upon mount Sinai: and spake with them from heaven: and gave them right judgments: and true laws: good statutes and commandments:Ps 78:68: 69: But chose the tribe of Judah: the mount Zion which he loved.Ps 147:19: 20: He shews his word to Jacob: his statutes and his judgments to Israel.Eze 20:11: 12: 18-20: I gave them my statutes: and showed them my judgments: which if a man do: he will even live in them.Ac 7:38: 46: 47: This is he: that was in the church in the wilderness with the angel which spoke to him in the mount Sina: and with our fathers: who received the lively oracles to give to us:Ro 3:1: 2: What advantage then has the Jew? or what profit is there of circumcision?Ro 9:4: 5: Who are Israelites; to whom pertaineth the adoption: and the glory: and the covenants: and the giving of the law: and the service of God: and the promises;"and let"Song 8:11: 12: Solomon had a vineyard at Baalhamon; he let out the vineyard to keepers; every one for the fruit thereof was to bring a000 pieces of silver.Isa 7:23: It will come to pass in that day: that every place will be: where there were a000 vines at a000 silverlings: it will even be for briers and thorns."and went"Mr 13:34: For the Son of man is as a man taking a far journey: who left His house: and gave authority to His servants: and to every man His work: and commanded the porter to watch.Mt 25:14: For the kingdom of heaven is as a man travelling into a far country: who called his own servants: and delivered to them his goods.Lu 15:13: not And many days after the younger son gathered all together: and took his journey into a far country: and there wasted his substance with riotous living.Lu 19:12: He said therefore: A certain nobleman went into a far country to receive for himself a kingdom: and to return.
και απεστειλεν προς τους γεωργους τω καιρω δουλον ινα παρα των γεωργων λαβη απο του καρπου του αμπελωνος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G649ἀπέστειλενapesteilen (V-AIA-3S)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀπέστειλενapesteilen
|
he sent
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G1092γεωργοὺςgeōrgous (N-AMP)
G1092 γεωργός geōrgós gheh-ore-gos from γῆ and the base of ἔργον; a land-worker, i.e. farmer:--husbandman.
|
γεωργοὺςgeōrgous
|
farmers
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
at the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2540καιρῷkairō (N-DMS)
G2540 καιρός kairós kahee-ros of uncertain affinity; an occasion, i.e. set or proper time:--X always, opportunity, (convenient, due) season, (due, short, while) time, a while. Compare χρόνος.
|
καιρῷkairō
|
due time
|
N-DMS
|
G1401δοῦλον,doulon (N-AMS)
G1401 δοῦλος doûlos doo-los from δέω; a slave (literal or figurative, involuntary or voluntary; frequently, therefore in a qualified sense of subjection or subserviency):--bond(-man), servant.
|
δοῦλον,doulon
|
a servant,
|
N-AMS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G1092γεωργῶνgeōrgōn (N-GMP)
G1092 γεωργός geōrgós gheh-ore-gos from γῆ and the base of ἔργον; a land-worker, i.e. farmer:--husbandman.
|
γεωργῶνgeōrgōn
|
farmers
|
N-GMP
|
G2983λάβῃlabē (V-ASA-3S)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λάβῃlabē
|
he might receive
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2590καρπῶνkarpōn (N-GMP)
G2590 καρπός karpós kar-pos probably from the base of ἁρπάζω; fruit (as plucked), literally or figuratively:--fruit.
|
καρπῶνkarpōn
|
fruit
|
N-GMP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G290ἀμπελῶνος·ampelōnos (N-GMS)
G290 ἀμπελών ampelṓn am-pel-ohn from ἄμπελος; a vineyard:--vineyard.
|
ἀμπελῶνος·ampelōnos
|
vineyard.
|
N-GMS
|
2
At the season he sent to the husbandmen a servant, that he might receive from the husbandmen of the fruit of the vineyard.Mark 12:2
Stats
Rank: #7369 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 126 characters, 23 words, 101 letters, 37 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: και απεστειλεν προς τους γεωργους τω καιρω δουλον ινα παρα των γεωργων λαβη απο του καρπου του αμπελωνος
Lit: And he sent to the farmers at the due time a servant, that from the farmers he might receive from the fruit of the vineyard.
KJV: And at the season he sent to the husbandmen a servant, that he might receive from the husbandmen of the fruit of the vineyard.
References
"at"Ps 1:3: He will be like a tree planted by the rivers of water: that brings forth his fruit in his season; his leaf also will not where; and whatever he does will prosper.Mt 21:34: When the time of the fruit drew near: he sent his servants to the husbandmen: that they might receive the fruits of it.Lu 20:10: At the season he sent a servant to the husbandmen: that they should give him of the fruit of the vineyard: but the husbandmen beat him: and sent him away empty."a servant"Jg 6:8-10: That the LORD sent a prophet to the children of Israel: which said to them: Thus says the LORD God of Israel: I brought you up from Egypt: and brought you forth out of the house of bondage;2Ki 17:13: Yet the LORD testified against Israel: and against Judah: by all the prophets: and by all the seers: saying: Turn you from your evil ways: and keep my commandments and my statutes: according to all the law which I commanded your fathers: and which I sent to you by my servants the prophets.2Ch 36:15: The LORD God of their fathers sent to them by His messengers: rising up betimes: and sending; because He had compassion on His people: and on His dwelling place:Ezr 9:11: Which you have commanded by your servants the prophets: saying: The land: to which you go to possess it: is an unclean land with the filthiness of the people of the lands: with their abominations: which have filled it from one end to another with their uncleanness.Jer 25:4: 5: The LORD has sent to you all His servants the prophets: rising early and sending them; but you not have listened: nor inclined your ear to hear.Jer 35:15: I have sent also to you all my servants the prophets: rising up early and sending them: saying: Return you now every man from his evil way: and amend your doings: and not go after other gods to serve them: and you will dwell in the land which I have given to you and to your fathers: but you not have inclined your ear: nor listened to me.Jer 44:4: Howbeit I sent to you all my servants the prophets: rising early and sending them: saying: Oh: not do this abominable thing that I hate.Mic 7:1: Woe is me! for I am as when they have gathered the summer fruits: as the grapegleanings of the vintage: there is no cluster to eat: my soul desired the firstripe fruit.Zec 1:3-6: Therefore say you to them: Thus says the LORD of hosts; Turn you to me: says the LORD of hosts: and I will turn to you: says the LORD of hosts.Zec 7:7: Should you not hear the words which the LORD has cried by the former prophets: when Jerusalem was inhabited and in prosperity: and the cities thereof round about her: when men inhabited the south and the plain?Lu 12:48: But he who not knew: and did commit things worthy of stripes: will be beaten with few stripes. For to whoever much is given: of him will be much required: and to whom men have committed much: of him they will ask the more.Joh 15:1-8: I am the true vine: and my Father is the husbandman.Heb 1:1: God: who at sundry times and in divers manners spoke in time past to the fathers by the prophets:
οι δε λαβοντες αυτον εδειραν και απεστειλαν κενον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
But
|
Conj
|
G2983λαβόντεςlabontes (V-APA-NMP)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβόντεςlabontes
|
having taken
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1194ἔδειρανedeiran (V-AIA-3P)
G1194 δέρω dérō der-o a primary verb; properly, to flay, i.e. (by implication) to scourge, or (by analogy) to thrash:--beat, smite.
|
ἔδειρανedeiran
|
they beat him
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G649ἀπέστειλανapesteilan (V-AIA-3P)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀπέστειλανapesteilan
|
sent him away
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2756κενόν.kenon (Adj-AMS)
G2756 κενός kenós ken-os apparently a primary word; empty (literally or figuratively):--empty, (in) vain.
|
κενόν.kenon
|
empty-handed.
|
Adj-AMS
|
3
They caught him, and beat him, and sent him away empty.Mark 12:3
Stats
Rank: #8054 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 61 characters, 8 words, 45 letters, 15 vowels, 30 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε λαβοντες αυτον εδειραν και απεστειλαν κενον
Lit: But having taken him, they beat him and sent him away empty-handed.
KJV: And they caught him, and beat him, and sent [him] away empty.
References
"they"1Ki 18:4: 13: For it was so: when Jezebel cut off the prophets of the LORD: that Obadiah took 100 prophets: and hid them by 50 in a cave: and fed them with bread and water.)1Ki 19:10: 14: He said: I have been very jealous for the LORD God of hosts: for the children of Israel have forsaken your covenant: thrown down your altars: and killed your prophets with the sword; and I: even I only: am left; and they seek my life: to take it away.1Ki 22:27: Say: Thus says the king: Put this fellow in the prison: and feed him with bread of affliction and with water of affliction: until I come in peace.2Ch 16:10: Then Asa was angry with the seer: and put him in a prison house; for he was in a rage with him because of this thing. And Asa oppressed some of the people the same time.2Ch 24:19-21: Yet He sent prophets to them: to bring them again to the LORD; and they testified against them: but they not would give ear.2Ch 36:16: But they mocked the messengers of God: and despised His words: and misused His prophets: until the wrath of the LORD arose against His people: till there was no remedy.Ne 9:26: Nevertheless they were disobedient: and rebelled against you: and cast your law behind their backs: and killed your prophets which testified against them to turn them to you: and they wrought great provocations.Jer 2:30: In vain have I smitten your children; they received no correction: your own sword has devoured your prophets: like a destroying lion.Jer 20:2: Then Pashur smote Jeremiah the prophet: and put Him in the stocks that were in the high gate of Benjamin: which was by the house of the LORD.Jer 26:20-24: There was also a man that prophesied in the name of the LORD: Urijah the son of Shemaiah of Kirjathjearim: who prophesied against this city and against this land according to all the words of Jeremiah:Jer 29:26: The LORD has made you priest'>priest in the stead of Jehoiada the priest'>priest: that you should be officers in the house of the LORD: for every man that is mad: and makes Himself a prophet: that you should put Him in prison: and in the stocks.Jer 37:15: 16: For what reason the princes were angry with Jeremiah: and smote him: and put him in prison in the house of Jonathan the scribe: for they had made that the prison.Jer 38:4-6: Therefore the princes said to the king: We beseech you: let this man be put to death: for thus he weakens the hands of the men of war that remain in this city: and the hands of all the people: in speaking such words to them: for this man seeks not the welfare of this people: but the hurt.Mt 23:34-37: For what reason: look: I send to you prophets: and wise men: and scribes: and some of them you will kill and crucify; and some of them will you scourge in your synagogues: and persecute them from city to city:Lu 11:47-51: Woe to you! for you build the sepulchres of the prophets: and your fathers killed them.Lu 13:33: 34: Nevertheless I must walk today: and to morrow: and the day following: for it cannot be that a prophet perish out of Jerusalem.Ac 7:52: Which of the prophets not have your fathers persecuted? and they have killed them which showed before of the coming of the Just one; of whom you have been now the betrayers and murderers:1Th 2:15: Who both killed the Lord Jesus: and their own prophets: and have persecuted us; and they not please God: and are contrary to all men:Heb 11:36: 37: Others had trial of cruel mockings and scourgings: yes: moreover of bonds and imprisonment:"and sent"Jer 44:4: 5: 16: Howbeit I sent to you all my servants the prophets: rising early and sending them: saying: Oh: not do this abominable thing that I hate.Da 9:10: 11: Neither have we obeyed the voice of the LORD our God: to walk in His laws: which He set before us by His servants the prophets.Zec 7:9-13: Thus speaks the LORD of hosts: saying: Execute true judgment: and show mercy and compassions every man to His brother:Lu 20:10-12: At the season he sent a servant to the husbandmen: that they should give him of the fruit of the vineyard: but the husbandmen beat him: and sent him away empty.
και παλιν απεστειλεν προς αυτους αλλον δουλον κακεινον λιθοβολησαντες εκεφαλαιωσαν και απεστειλαν ητιμωμενον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv)
G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again
|
Adv
|
G649ἀπέστειλενapesteilen (V-AIA-3S)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀπέστειλενapesteilen
|
he sent
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G243ἄλλονallon (Adj-AMS)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλονallon
|
another
|
Adj-AMS
|
G1401δοῦλον·doulon (N-AMS)
G1401 δοῦλος doûlos doo-los from δέω; a slave (literal or figurative, involuntary or voluntary; frequently, therefore in a qualified sense of subjection or subserviency):--bond(-man), servant.
|
δοῦλον·doulon
|
servant,
|
N-AMS
|
G2548κἀκεῖνονkakeinon (DPro-AMS)
G2548 κἀκεῖνος kakeînos kak-i-nos from καί and ἐκεῖνος; likewise that (or those):--and him (other, them), even he, him also, them (also), (and) they.,
|
κἀκεῖνονkakeinon
|
and him
|
DPro-AMS
|
G2775ἐκεφαλίωσανekephaliōsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2775 κεφαλαιόω kephalaióō kef-al-ahee-o-o from the same as κεφάλαιον; (specially) to strike on the head:--wound in the head.
|
ἐκεφαλίωσανekephaliōsan
|
they struck on the head
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G818ἠτίμασαν.ētimasan (V-AIA-3P)
G818 ἀτιμάζω atimázō at-im-ad-zo from ἄτιμος; to render infamous, i.e. (by implication) contemn or maltreat:--despise, dishonour, suffer shame, entreat shamefully.
|
ἠτίμασαν.ētimasan
|
treated shamefully.
|
V-AIA-3P
|
4
Again he sent to them another servant; and at him they cast stones, and wounded him in the head, and sent him away shamefully handled.Mark 12:4
Stats
Rank: #8818 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 142 characters, 21 words, 111 letters, 40 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: και παλιν απεστειλεν προς αυτους αλλον δουλον κακεινον λιθοβολησαντες εκεφαλαιωσαν και απεστειλαν ητιμωμενον
Lit: And again he sent to them another servant, and him they struck on the head and treated shamefully.
KJV: And again he sent unto them another servant; and at him they cast stones, and wounded him in the head, and sent [him] away shamefully handled.
και παλιν αλλον απεστειλεν κακεινον απεκτειναν και πολλους αλλους τους μεν δεροντες τους δε αποκτεινοντες
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G243ἄλλονallon (Adj-AMS)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλονallon
|
another
|
Adj-AMS
|
G649ἀπέστειλεν·apesteilen (V-AIA-3S)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀπέστειλεν·apesteilen
|
He sent,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2548κἀκεῖνονkakeinon (DPro-AMS)
G2548 κἀκεῖνος kakeînos kak-i-nos from καί and ἐκεῖνος; likewise that (or those):--and him (other, them), even he, him also, them (also), (and) they.,
|
κἀκεῖνονkakeinon
|
and him
|
DPro-AMS
|
G615ἀπέκτειναν,apekteinan (V-AIA-3P)
G615 ἀποκτείνω apokteínō ap-ok-ti-no from ἀπό and (to slay); to kill outright; figuratively, to destroy:--put to death, kill, slay.
|
ἀπέκτειναν,apekteinan
|
they killed;
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G4183πολλοὺςpollous (Adj-AMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοὺςpollous
|
many
|
Adj-AMP
|
G243ἄλλους,allous (Adj-AMP)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλους,allous
|
others,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3739οὓςhous (RelPro-AMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὓςhous
|
some
|
RelPro-AMP
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G1194δέροντες,derontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G1194 δέρω dérō der-o a primary verb; properly, to flay, i.e. (by implication) to scourge, or (by analogy) to thrash:--beat, smite.
|
δέροντες,derontes
|
beating,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3739οὓςhous (RelPro-AMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὓςhous
|
some
|
RelPro-AMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G615ἀποκτέννοντες.apoktennontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G615 ἀποκτείνω apokteínō ap-ok-ti-no from ἀπό and (to slay); to kill outright; figuratively, to destroy:--put to death, kill, slay.
|
ἀποκτέννοντες.apoktennontes
|
killing.
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
5
Again he sent another; and him they killed, and many others; beating some, and killing some.Mark 12:5
Stats
Rank: #9294 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 96 characters, 13 words, 75 letters, 28 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: και παλιν αλλον απεστειλεν κακεινον απεκτειναν και πολλους αλλους τους μεν δεροντες τους δε αποκτεινοντες
Lit: And another He sent, and him they killed; also many others, some indeed beating, some then killing.
KJV: And again he sent another; and him they killed, and many others; beating some, and killing some.
References
"and him"Mr 9:13: But I say to you: That Elias is indeed come: and they have done to him whatever they listed: as it is written of him.Ne 9:30: Yet many years did you forbear them: and testifiedst against them by your spirit in your prophets: yet would not they give ear: therefore gave you them into the hand of the people of the lands.Jer 7:25-28: Since the day that your fathers came forth out of the land of Egypt to this day I have even sent to you all my servants the prophets: daily rising up early and sending them:Mt 5:12: Rejoice: and be exceeding glad: for great is your reward in heaven: for so persecuted they the prophets which were before you.Mt 21:35: 36: The husbandmen took his servants: and beat one: and killed another: and stoned another.Mt 22:6: The remnant took his servants: and entreated them spitefully: and killed them.Mt 23:37: O Jerusalem: Jerusalem: you that kill the prophets: and stone them which are sent to you: how often would I have gathered your children together: even as a hen gathers her chickens under her wings: and you not would!Lu 6:22: 23: 36: Blessed are you: when men will hate you: and when they will separate you from their company: and will reproach you: and cast out your name as evil: for the Son of man's sake.
ετι ουν ενα υιον εχων αγαπητον αυτου απεστειλεν και αυτον προς αυτους εσχατον λεγων οτι εντραπησονται τον υιον μου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2089Ἔτιeti (Adv)
G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
Ἔτιeti
|
Yet
|
Adv
|
G1520ἕναhena (Adj-AMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἕναhena
|
one
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2192εἶχεν,eichen (V-IIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
εἶχεν,eichen
|
having
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G5207υἱὸνhuion (N-AMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱὸνhuion
|
son
|
N-AMS
|
G27ἀγαπητόν·agapēton (Adj-AMS)
G27 ἀγαπητός agapētós ag-ap-ay-tos from ἀγαπάω; beloved:--(dearly, well) beloved, dear.
|
ἀγαπητόν·agapēton
|
beloved,
|
Adj-AMS
|
G649ἀπέστειλενapesteilen (V-AIA-3S)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀπέστειλενapesteilen
|
he sent
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2078ἔσχατονeschaton (Adj-AMS)
G2078 ἔσχατος éschatos es-khat-os a superlative probably from ἔχω (in the sense of contiguity); farthest, final (of place or time):--ends of, last, latter end, lowest, uttermost.
|
ἔσχατονeschaton
|
last
|
Adj-AMS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G1788ἘντραπήσονταιEntrapēsontai (V-FIP-3P)
G1788 ἐντρέπω entrépō en-trep-o from ἐν and the base of τροπή; to invert, i.e. (figuratively and reflexively) in a good sense, to respect; or in a bad one, to confound:--regard, (give) reference, shame.
|
ἘντραπήσονταιEntrapēsontai
|
They will have respect for
|
V-FIP-3P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5207υἱόνhuion (N-AMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱόνhuion
|
son
|
N-AMS
|
G1473μου.mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου.mou
|
of me.
|
PPro-G1S
|
6
Having yet therefore one son, his wellbeloved, he sent him also last to them, saying, They will reverence my son.
Mark 12:6
Stats
Rank: #8629 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 115 characters, 16 words, 91 letters, 33 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: ετι ουν ενα υιον εχων αγαπητον αυτου απεστειλεν και αυτον προς αυτους εσχατον λεγων οτι εντραπησονται τον υιον μου
Lit: Yet one having son beloved, he sent him last to them, saying - , They will have respect for the son of me.
KJV: Having yet therefore one son, his wellbeloved, he sent him also last unto them, saying, They will reverence my son.
References
"one"Ps 2:7: I will declare the decree: the LORD has said to me: You are my Son; this day have I begotten you.Mt 1:23: Look: a virgin will be with child: and will bring forth a son: and they will call His name Emmanuel: which being interpreted is: God with us.Mt 11:27: All things are delivered to me of my Father: and no man knows'>knows the Son: but the Father; neither knows'>knows any man the Father: save the Son: and He to whoever the Son will reveal Him.Mt 26:63: But Jesus held His peace. And the high priest answered and said to Him: I adjure you by the living God: that you tell us whether you be the Christ: the Son of God.Joh 1:14: 18: 34: 49: The Word was made flesh: and dwelt among us: (and we beheld His glory: the glory as of the only begotten of the Father: ) full of grace and truth.Joh 3:16-18: For God so loved the world: that He gave His only begotten Son: that whoever believes in Him not should perish: but have everlasting life.1Jo 4:9: In this was manifested the love of God toward us: because that God sent His only begotten Son into the world: that we might live through Him.1Jo 5:11: 12: This is the record: that God has given to us eternal life: and this life is in His Son."his"Mr 1:11: There came a voice from heaven: saying: You are my beloved Son: in whom I am well pleased.Mr 9:7: There was a cloud that overshadowed them: and a voice came out of the cloud: saying: This is my beloved Son: hear Him.Ge 22:2: 12: He said: Take now your son: your only son Isaac: whom you love: and get you into the land of Moriah; and offer him there for a burnt offering upon one of the mountains which I will tell you of.Ge 37:3: 11-13: Now Israel loved Joseph more than all his children: because he was the son of his old age: and he made him a coat of many colours.Ge 44:20: We said to my lord: We have a father: an old man: and a child of his old age: a little one; and his brother is dead: and he alone is left of his mother: and his father loves him.Isa 42:1: Look my servant: whom I uphold; my elect: in whom my soul delights; I have put my spirit upon him: he will bring forth judgment to the Gentiles.Mt 3:17: indeed a voice from heaven: saying: This is my beloved Son: in whom I am well pleased.Mt 17:5: While He yet spoke: look: a bright cloud overshadowed them: and look a voice out of the cloud: which said: This is my beloved Son: in whom I am well pleased; hear you Him.Lu 3:22: The Holy Ghost descended in a bodily shape like a dove upon Him: and a voice came from heaven: which said: You are my beloved Son; in you I am well pleased.Lu 9:35: There came a voice out of the cloud: saying: This is my beloved Son: hear Him.Joh 3:35: The Father loves the Son: and has given all things into His hand.Heb 1:1: 2: God: who at sundry times and in divers manners spoke in time past to the fathers by the prophets: "They"Ps 2:12: Kiss the Son: lest He be angry: and you perish from the way: when His wrath is kindled but a little. Blessed are all they that put their trust in Him.Joh 5:23: That all men should honour the Son: even as they honour the Father. He who honours'>honours not the Son honours'>honours not the Father which has sent Him.Heb 1:6: Again: when He brings in the firstbegotten into the world: He says: And let all the angels of God worship Him.Re 5:9-13: They sung a new song: saying: You are worthy to take the book: and to open the seals thereof: for you were killed: and have redeemed us to God by your blood out of every kindred: and tongue: and people: and nation;
εκεινοι δε οι γεωργοι ειπον προς εαυτους οτι ουτος εστιν ο κληρονομος δευτε αποκτεινωμεν αυτον και ημων εσται η κληρονομια
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1565Ἐκεῖνοιekeinoi (DPro-NMP)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
Ἐκεῖνοιekeinoi
|
Those
|
DPro-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G1092γεωργοὶgeōrgoi (N-NMP)
G1092 γεωργός geōrgós gheh-ore-gos from γῆ and the base of ἔργον; a land-worker, i.e. farmer:--husbandman.
|
γεωργοὶgeōrgoi
|
farmers
|
N-NMP
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1438ἑαυτοὺςheautous (RefPro-AM3P)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτοὺςheautous
|
themselves
|
RefPro-AM3P
|
G3004εἶπανeipan (V-AIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπανeipan
|
said
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G3778ΟὗτόςHoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ΟὗτόςHoutos
|
This
|
DPro-NMS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2818κληρονόμος·klēronomos (N-NMS)
G2818 κληρονόμος klēronómos klay-ron-om-os from κλῆρος and the base of νόμος (in its original sense of partitioning, i.e. (reflexively) getting by apportionment); a sharer by lot, i.e. inheritor (literally or figuratively); by implication, a possessor:--heir.
|
κληρονόμος·klēronomos
|
heir;
|
N-NMS
|
G1205δεῦτεdeute (V-M-2P)
G1205 δεῦτε deûte dyoo-teh from δεῦρο and an imperative form of (to go); come hither!:--come, X follow.
|
δεῦτεdeute
|
come,
|
V-M-2P
|
G615ἀποκτείνωμενapokteinōmen (V-ASA-1P)
G615 ἀποκτείνω apokteínō ap-ok-ti-no from ἀπό and (to slay); to kill outright; figuratively, to destroy:--put to death, kill, slay.
|
ἀποκτείνωμενapokteinōmen
|
let us kill
|
V-ASA-1P
|
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν,auton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
ours
|
PPro-G1P
|
G1510ἔσταιestai (V-FIM-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσταιestai
|
will be
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G2817κληρονομία.klēronomia (N-NFS)
G2817 κληρονομία klēronomía klay-ron-om-ee-ah from κληρονόμος; heirship, i.e. (concretely) a patrimony or (genitive case) a possession:--inheritance.
|
κληρονομία.klēronomia
|
inheritance.
|
N-NFS
|
7
But those husbandmen said among themselves, This is the heir; come, let us kill him, and the inheritance will be ours.
Mark 12:7
Stats
Rank: #8327 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 119 characters, 17 words, 94 letters, 35 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: εκεινοι δε οι γεωργοι ειπον προς εαυτους οτι ουτος εστιν ο κληρονομος δευτε αποκτεινωμεν αυτον και ημων εσται η κληρονομια
Lit: Those however farmers to themselves said - , This is the heir; come, let us kill him, and ours will be the inheritance.
KJV: But those husbandmen said among themselves, This is the heir; come, let us kill him, and the inheritance shall be ours.
References
"This"Mr 12:12: They sought to lay hold on him: but feared the people: for they knew that he had spoken the parable against them: and they left him: and went their way.Ge 3:15: I will put enmity between you and the woman: and between your seed and her seed; it will bruise your head: and you will bruise his heel.Ge 37:20: Come now therefore: and let us kill him: and cast him into some pit: and we will say: Some evil beast has devoured him: and we will see what will become of his dreams.Ps 2:2: 3: The kings of the earth set themselves: and the rulers take counsel together: against the LORD: and against His anointed: saying: Ps 22:12-15: Many bulls have compassed me: strong bulls of Bashan have beset me round.Isa 49:7: Thus says the LORD: the Redeemer of Israel: and His Holy one: to Him whom man despises: to Him whom the nation abhors: to a servant of rulers: Kings will see and arise: princes also will worship: because of the LORD that is faithful: and the Holy one of Israel: and He will choose you.Isa 53:7: 8: He was oppressed: and he was afflicted: yet he not opened his mouth: he is brought as a lamb to the slaughter: and as a sheep before her shearers is dumb: so he opens not his mouth.Mt 2:3-13: 16: When Herod the king had heard these things: he was troubled: and all Jerusalem with him.Joh 11:47-50: Then gathered the chief priests and the Pharisees a council: and said: What do we? for this man does many miracles.Ac 2:23: Him: being delivered by the determinate counsel and foreknowledge of God: you have taken: and by wicked hands have crucified and killed:Ac 5:28: Saying: not Did we straitly command you that you not should teach in this name? and: look: you have filled Jerusalem with your doctrine: and intend to bring this man's blood upon us.Ac 7:52: Which of the prophets not have your fathers persecuted? and they have killed them which showed before of the coming of the Just one; of whom you have been now the betrayers and murderers:Ac 13:27: 28: For they that dwell at Jerusalem: and their rulers: because they knew not him: nor yet the voices of the prophets which are read every sabbath day: they have fulfilled them in condemning him.
και λαβοντες αυτον απεκτειναν και εξεβαλον εξω του αμπελωνος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2983λαβόντεςlabontes (V-APA-NMP)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβόντεςlabontes
|
having taken,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G615ἀπέκτεινανapekteinan (V-AIA-3P)
G615 ἀποκτείνω apokteínō ap-ok-ti-no from ἀπό and (to slay); to kill outright; figuratively, to destroy:--put to death, kill, slay.
|
ἀπέκτεινανapekteinan
|
they killed
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν,auton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1544ἐξέβαλονexebalon (V-AIA-3P)
G1544 ἐκβάλλω ekbállō ek-bal-lo from ἐκ and βάλλω; to eject (literally or figuratively):--bring forth, cast (forth, out), drive (out), expel, leave, pluck (pull, take, thrust) out, put forth (out), send away (forth, out).
|
ἐξέβαλονexebalon
|
cast forth
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1854ἔξωexō (Prep)
G1854 ἔξω éxō ex-o adverb from ἐκ; out(-side, of doors), literally or figuratively:--away, forth, (with-)out (of, -ward), strange.
|
ἔξωexō
|
outside
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G290ἀμπελῶνος.ampelōnos (N-GMS)
G290 ἀμπελών ampelṓn am-pel-ohn from ἄμπελος; a vineyard:--vineyard.
|
ἀμπελῶνος.ampelōnos
|
vineyard.
|
N-GMS
|
8
They took him, and killed him, and cast him out of the vineyard.Mark 12:8
Stats
Rank: #9100 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 70 characters, 10 words, 52 letters, 19 vowels, 33 consonants
Translation
Greek: και λαβοντες αυτον απεκτειναν και εξεβαλον εξω του αμπελωνος
Lit: And having taken, they killed him and cast forth him outside the vineyard.
KJV: And they took him, and killed him, and cast [him] out of the vineyard.
References
"cast"Mt 21:33: 39: Hear another parable: There was a certain householder: which planted a vineyard: and hedged it round about: and digged a winepress in it: and built a tower: and let it out to husbandmen: and went into a far country:Lu 20:15: So they cast him out of the vineyard: and killed him. What therefore will the lord of the vineyard do to them?Heb 13:11-13: For the bodies of those beasts: whose blood is brought into the sanctuary by the high priest for sin: are burned without the camp.
τι ουν ποιησει ο κυριος του αμπελωνος ελευσεται και απολεσει τους γεωργους και δωσει τον αμπελωνα αλλοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5101Τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
Τίti
|
What
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3767[οὖν]oun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
[οὖν]oun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G4160ποιήσειpoiēsei (V-FIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσειpoiēsei
|
will do
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2962κύριοςkyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
κύριοςkyrios
|
master
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G290ἀμπελῶνος;ampelōnos (N-GMS)
G290 ἀμπελών ampelṓn am-pel-ohn from ἄμπελος; a vineyard:--vineyard.
|
ἀμπελῶνος;ampelōnos
|
vineyard?
|
N-GMS
|
G2064ἐλεύσεταιeleusetai (V-FIM-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλεύσεταιeleusetai
|
He will come
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G622ἀπολέσειapolesei (V-FIA-3S)
G622 ἀπόλλυμι apóllymi ap-ol-loo-mee from ἀπό and the base of ὄλεθρος; to destroy fully (reflexively, to perish, or lose), literally or figuratively:--destroy, die, lose, mar, perish.
|
ἀπολέσειapolesei
|
will destroy
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G1092γεωργούς,geōrgous (N-AMP)
G1092 γεωργός geōrgós gheh-ore-gos from γῆ and the base of ἔργον; a land-worker, i.e. farmer:--husbandman.
|
γεωργούς,geōrgous
|
farmers,
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325δώσειdōsei (V-FIA-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δώσειdōsei
|
will give
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G290ἀμπελῶναampelōna (N-AMS)
G290 ἀμπελών ampelṓn am-pel-ohn from ἄμπελος; a vineyard:--vineyard.
|
ἀμπελῶναampelōna
|
vineyard
|
N-AMS
|
G243ἄλλοις.allois (Adj-DMP)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλοις.allois
|
to others.
|
Adj-DMP
|
9
What will therefore the lord of the vineyard do? he will come and destroy the husbandmen, and will give the vineyard to others.Mark 12:9
Stats
Rank: #8779 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 130 characters, 21 words, 105 letters, 37 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: τι ουν ποιησει ο κυριος του αμπελωνος ελευσεται και απολεσει τους γεωργους και δωσει τον αμπελωνα αλλοις
Lit: What therefore will do the master of the vineyard? He will come and will destroy the farmers, and will give the vineyard to others.
KJV: What shall therefore the lord of the vineyard do? he will come and destroy the husbandmen, and will give the vineyard unto others.
References
"shall"Mt 21:40: 41: When the lord therefore of the vineyard comes: what will he do to those husbandmen?"he will"Le 26:15-18: 23: 24: 27: 28: If you will despise my statutes: or if your soul abhor my judgments: so that you not will do all my commandments: but that you break my covenant:De 4:26: 27: I call heaven and earth to witness against you this day: that you will soon utterly perish from off the land to what you go over Jordan to possess it; you will not prolong your days upon it: but will utterly be destroyed.De 28:15-68: 61: But it will come to pass: if you will not listen to the voice of the LORD your God: to observe to do all His commandments and His statutes which I command you this day; that all these curses will come upon you: and overtake you:Jos 23:15: Therefore it will come to pass: that as all good things are come upon you: which the LORD your God promised you; so will the LORD bring upon you all evil things: until He have destroyed you from off this good land which the LORD your God has given you.Pr 1:24-31: Because I have called: and you refused; I have stretched out my hand: and no man regarded;Isa 5:5-7: Now go to; I will tell you what I will do to my vineyard: I will take away the hedge thereof: and it will be eaten up; and break down the wall thereof: and it will be trodden down:Da 9:26: 27: After threescore and two weeks will Messiah be cut off: not but for himself: and the people of the prince that will come will destroy the city and the sanctuary; and the end thereof will be with a flood: and to the end of the war desolations are determined.Zec 13:7-9: Awake: O sword: against my shepherd: and against the man that is my fellow: says the LORD of hosts: smite the shepherd: and the sheep will be scattered: and I will turn my hand upon the little ones.Mt 3:9-12: not think to say within yourselves: We have Abraham to our father: for I say to you: that God is able of these stones to raise up children to Abraham.Mt 12:45: Then goes he: and takes with himself 7 other spirits more wicked than himself: and they enter in and dwell there: and the last state of that man is worse than the first. Even so will it be also to this wicked generation.Mt 22:7: But when the king heard thereof: he was angry: and he sent forth his armies: and destroyed those murderers: and burned up their city.Mt 23:34-38: For what reason: look: I send to you prophets: and wise men: and scribes: and some of them you will kill and crucify; and some of them will you scourge in your synagogues: and persecute them from city to city:Lu 19:27: 41-44: But those my enemies: which not would that I should reign over them: bring here: and kill them before me.Lu 20:15: 16: So they cast him out of the vineyard: and killed him. What therefore will the lord of the vineyard do to them?"and will"Isa 29:17: Is not it yet a very little while: and Lebanon will be turned into a fruitful field: and the fruitful field will be esteemed as a for?Isa 32:15: 16: Until the spirit be poured upon us from on high: and the wilderness be a fruitful field: and the fruitful field be counted for a for.Isa 65:15: you will leave your name for a curse to my chosen: for the Lord GOD will kill you: and call His servants by another name:Jer 17:3: O my mountain in the field: I will give your substance and all your treasures to the spoil: and your high places for sin: throughout all your borders.Mal 1:11: For from the rising of the sun even to the going down of the same my name will be great among the Gentiles; and in every place incense will be offered to my name: and a pure offering: for my name will be great among the heathen: says the LORD of hosts.Mt 8:11-13: I say to you: That many will come from the east and west: and will sit down with Abraham: and Isaac: and Jacob: in the kingdom of heaven.Mt 21:43: Therefore say I to you: The kingdom of God will be taken from you: and given to a nation bringing forth the fruits thereof.Ac 13:46-48: Then Paul and Barnabas waxed bold: and said: It was necessary that the word of God should first have been spoken to you: but seeing you put it from you: and judge yourselves unworthy of everlasting life: indeed: we turn to the Gentiles.Ac 28:23-28: When they had appointed Him a day: there came many to Him into His lodging; to whom He expounded and testified the kingdom of God: persuading them concerning Jesus: both out of the law of Moses: and out of the prophets: from morning till evening.Ro 9:30-33: What will we say then? That the Gentiles: which not followed after righteousness: have attained to righteousness: even the righteousness which is of faith.Ro 10:20: 21: But Isaiah is very bold: and says: I was found of them that sought not me; I was made manifest to them that not asked after me.Ro 11:1-12: I say then: Has God cast away His people? God forbid. For I also am an Israelite: of the seed of Abraham: of the tribe of Benjamin.
ουδε την γραφην ταυτην ανεγνωτε λιθον ον απεδοκιμασαν οι οικοδομουντες ουτος εγενηθη εις κεφαλην γωνιας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Adv)
G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
Not even
|
Adv
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1124γραφὴνgraphēn (N-AFS)
G1124 γραφή graphḗ graf-ay from γράφω; a document, i.e. holy Writ (or its contents or a statement in it):--scripture.
|
γραφὴνgraphēn
|
Scripture
|
N-AFS
|
G3778ταύτηνtautēn (DPro-AFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτηνtautēn
|
this
|
DPro-AFS
|
G314ἀνέγνωτεanegnōte (V-AIA-2P)
G314 ἀναγινώσκω anaginṓskō an-ag-in-oce-ko from ἀνά and γινώσκω; to know again, i.e. (by extension) to read:--read.
|
ἀνέγνωτεanegnōte
|
have you read:
|
V-AIA-2P
|
G3037ΛίθονLithon (N-AMS)
G3037 λίθος líthos lee-thos apparently a primary word; a stone (literally or figuratively):--(mill-, stumbling-)stone.
|
ΛίθονLithon
|
The stone
|
N-AMS
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
which
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G593ἀπεδοκίμασανapedokimasan (V-AIA-3P)
G593 ἀποδοκιμάζω apodokimázō ap-od-ok-ee-mad-zo from ἀπό and δοκιμάζω; to disapprove, i.e. (by implication) to repudiate:--disallow, reject.
|
ἀπεδοκίμασανapedokimasan
|
rejected
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G3618οἰκοδομοῦντες,oikodomountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3618 οἰκοδομέω oikodoméō oy-kod-om-eh-o from the same as οἰκοδομή; to be a house-builder, i.e. construct or (figuratively) confirm:--(be in) build(-er, -ing, up), edify, embolden.
|
οἰκοδομοῦντες,oikodomountes
|
building,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3778Οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
Οὗτοςhoutos
|
this
|
DPro-NMS
|
G1096ἐγενήθηegenēthē (V-AIP-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγενήθηegenēthē
|
has become
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
the
|
Prep
|
G2776κεφαλὴνkephalēn (N-AFS)
G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλὴνkephalēn
|
chief
|
N-AFS
|
G1137γωνίας·gōnias (N-GFS)
G1137 γωνία gōnía go-nee-ah probably akin to γόνυ; an angle:--corner, quarter.
|
γωνίας·gōnias
|
corner;
|
N-GFS
|
10
Have you not read this scripture; The stone which the builders rejected is become the head of the corner:Mark 12:10
Stats
Counts: 108 characters, 19 words, 87 letters, 33 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουδε την γραφην ταυτην ανεγνωτε λιθον ον απεδοκιμασαν οι οικοδομουντες ουτος εγενηθη εις κεφαλην γωνιας
Lit: Not even the Scripture this have you read: The stone which rejected those building, this has become the chief corner;
KJV: And have ye not read this scripture; The stone which the builders rejected is become the head of the corner:
References
"have"Mr 12:26: As touching the dead: that they rise: have you not read in the book of Moses: how in the bush God spoke to Him: saying: I am the God of Abraham: and the God of Isaac: and the God of Jacob?Mr 2:25: He said to them: Have you never read what David did: when he had need: and was hungry: he: and they that were with him?Mr 13:14: But when you will see the abomination of desolation: spoken of by Daniel the prophet: standing where it not ought: (let him that reads understand: ) then let them that be in Judaea flee to the mountains:Mt 12:3: But he said to them: Have you not read what David did: when he was hungry: and they that were with him;Mt 19:4: He answered and said to them: Have you not read: that he which made them at the beginning made them male and female: Mt 21:16: Said to Him: Hear you what these say? And Jesus says to them: Yes; have you never read: Out of the mouth of babes and sucklings you have perfected praise?Mt 22:31: But as touching the resurrection of the dead: have you not read that which was spoken to you by God: saying: Lu 6:3: Jesus answering them said: Have you not read so much as this: what David did: when Himself was hungry: and they which were with Him;"The stone"Ps 118:22: 23: The stone which the builders refused is become the head stone of the corner.Isa 28:16: Therefore thus says the Lord GOD: Look: I lay in Zion for a foundation a stone: a tried stone: a precious corner stone: a sure foundation: He that'>He who believes will not make haste.Mt 21:42: Jesus says to them: Did you never read in the scriptures: The stone which the builders rejected: the same is become the head of the corner: this is the Lord's doing: and it is marvellous in our eyes?Lu 20:17: 18: He beheld them: and said: What is this then that is written: The stone which the builders rejected: the same is become the head of the corner?Ac 4:11: 12: This is the stone which was set at nought of you builders: which is become the head of the corner.Ro 9:33: As it is written: Look: I lay in Sion a stumblingstone and rock of offence: and whoever believes on him will not be ashamed.Eph 2:20-22: Are built upon the foundation of the apostles and prophets: Jesus Christ Himself being the chief corner stone;1Pe 2:7: 8: To you therefore which believe he is precious: but to them which be disobedient: the stone which the builders disallowed: the same is made the head of the corner:
παρα κυριου εγενετο αυτη και εστιν θαυμαστη εν οφθαλμοις ημων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3844Παρὰpara (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
Παρὰpara
|
from the
|
Prep
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
was
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3778αὕτη,hautē (DPro-NFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
αὕτη,hautē
|
this,
|
DPro-NFS
|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
it is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2298θαυμαστὴthaumastē (Adj-NFS)
G2298 θαυμαστός thaumastós thow-mas-tos from θαυμάζω; wondered at, i.e. (by implication) wonderful:--marvel(-lous).
|
θαυμαστὴthaumastē
|
marvelous
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3788ὀφθαλμοῖςophthalmois (N-DMP)
G3788 ὀφθαλμός ophthalmós of-thal-mos from ὀπτάνομαι; the eye (literally or figuratively); by implication, vision; figuratively, envy (from the jealous side-glance):--eye, sight.
|
ὀφθαλμοῖςophthalmois
|
the eyes
|
N-DMP
|
G1473ἡμῶν;hēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶν;hēmōn
|
of us.’
|
PPro-G1P
|
11
This was the Lord's doing, and it is marvellous in our eyes?Mark 12:11
Stats
Rank: #7349 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 60 characters, 11 words, 46 letters, 18 vowels, 28 consonants
Translation
Greek: παρα κυριου εγενετο αυτη και εστιν θαυμαστη εν οφθαλμοις ημων
Lit: from the Lord was this, and it is marvelous in the eyes of us.’
KJV: This was the Lord's doing, and it is marvellous in our eyes?
References
"This was the Lord's doing, and it is marvellous in our eyes?"Nu 23:23: Surely there is no enchantment against Jacob: neither is there any divination against Israel: according to this time it will be said of Jacob and of Israel: What has God wrought!Hab 1:5: Look you among the heathen: and regard: and wonder marvellously: for I will work a work in your days: which you not will believe: though it be told you.Ac 2:12: 32-36: They were all amazed: and were in doubt: saying one to another: What means this?Ac 3:12-16: When Peter saw it: he answered to the people: You men of Israel: why marvel you at this? or why look you so earnestly on us: as though by our own power or holiness we had made this man to walk?Ac 13:40: 41: Beware therefore: lest that come upon you: which is spoken of in the prophets;Eph 3:8-11: To me: who am less than the least of all saints: is this grace given: that I should preach among the Gentiles the unsearchable riches of Christ;Col 1:27: To whom God would make known what is the riches of the glory of this mystery among the Gentiles; which is Christ in you: the hope of glory:1Ti 3:16: Without controversy great is the mystery of godliness: God was manifest in the flesh: justified in the Spirit: seen of angels: preached to the Gentiles: believed on in the world: received up into glory.
και εζητουν αυτον κρατησαι και εφοβηθησαν τον οχλον εγνωσαν γαρ οτι προς αυτους την παραβολην ειπεν και αφεντες αυτον απηλθον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2212ἐζήτουνezētoun (V-IIA-3P)
G2212 ζητέω zētéō dzay-teh-o of uncertain affinity; to seek (literally or figuratively); specially, (by Hebraism) to worship (God), or (in a bad sense) to plot (against life):--be (go) about, desire, endeavour, enquire (for), require, (X will) seek (after, for, means). Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ἐζήτουνezētoun
|
they were seeking
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2902κρατῆσαι,kratēsai (V-ANA)
G2902 κρατέω kratéō krat-eh-o from κράτος; to use strength, i.e. seize or retain (literally or figuratively):--hold (by, fast), keep, lay hand (hold) on, obtain, retain, take (by).
|
κρατῆσαι,kratēsai
|
to lay hold of,
|
V-ANA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5399ἐφοβήθησανephobēthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
ἐφοβήθησανephobēthēsan
|
they feared
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3793ὄχλον·ochlon (N-AMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλον·ochlon
|
crowd;
|
N-AMS
|
G1097ἔγνωσανegnōsan (V-AIA-3P)
G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
ἔγνωσανegnōsan
|
they knew
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
against
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3850παραβολὴνparabolēn (N-AFS)
G3850 παραβολή parabolḗ par-ab-ol-ay from παραβάλλω; a similitude (parable), i.e. (symbolic) fictitious narrative (of common life conveying a moral), apothegm or adage:--comparison, figure, parable, proverb.
|
παραβολὴνparabolēn
|
parable
|
N-AFS
|
G3004εἶπεν.eipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπεν.eipen
|
He had spoken.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G863ἀφέντεςaphentes (V-APA-NMP)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφέντεςaphentes
|
having left
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G565ἀπῆλθον.apēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπῆλθον.apēlthon
|
they went away.
|
V-AIA-3P
|
12
They sought to lay hold on him, but feared the people: for they knew that he had spoken the parable against them: and they left him, and went their way.Mark 12:12
Stats
Rank: #6279 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 156 characters, 27 words, 121 letters, 42 vowels, 79 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εζητουν αυτον κρατησαι και εφοβηθησαν τον οχλον εγνωσαν γαρ οτι προς αυτους την παραβολην ειπεν και αφεντες αυτον απηλθον
Lit: And they were seeking Him to lay hold of, and they feared the crowd; they knew for that against them the parable He had spoken. And having left Him, they went away.
KJV: And they sought to lay hold on him, but feared the people: for they knew that he had spoken the parable against them: and they left him, and went their way.
References
"feared"Mr 11:18: 32: The scribes and chief priests heard it: and sought how they might destroy him: for they feared him: because all the people was astonished at his doctrine.Mt 21:26: 45: 46: But if we will say: Of men; we fear the people; for all hold John as a prophet.Lu 20:6: 19: But and if we say: Of men; all the people will stone us: for they be persuaded that John was a prophet.Joh 7:25: 30: 44: Then said some of them of Jerusalem: not Is this he: whom they seek to kill?"knew"2Sa 12:7-15: Nathan said to David: You are the man. Thus says the LORD God of Israel: I anointed you king over Israel: and I delivered you out of the hand of Saul;1Ki 20:38-41: So the prophet departed: and waited for the king by the way: and disguised himself with ashes upon his face.1Ki 21:17-27: The word of the LORD came to Elijah the Tishbite: saying:
Pharisees and Herodians Question Taxes to Caesar
και αποστελλουσιν προς αυτον τινας των φαρισαιων και των ηρωδιανων ινα αυτον αγρευσωσιν λογω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G649ἀποστέλλουσινapostellousin (V-PIA-3P)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀποστέλλουσινapostellousin
|
they send
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτόνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G5100τιναςtinas (IPro-AMP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιναςtinas
|
some
|
IPro-AMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G5330ΦαρισαίωνPharisaiōn (N-GMP)
G5330 Φαρισαῖος Pharisaîos far-is-ah-yos of Hebrew origin (compare פָּרָשׁ); a separatist, i.e. exclusively religious; a Pharisean, i.e. Jewish sectary:--Pharisee.
|
ΦαρισαίωνPharisaiōn
|
Pharisees,
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2265ἩρῳδιανῶνHērōdianōn (N-GMP)
G2265 Ἡρωδιανοί Hērōdianoí hay-ro-dee-an-oy plural of a derivative of Ἡρώδης; Herodians, i.e. partisans of Herod:--Herodians.
|
ἩρῳδιανῶνHērōdianōn
|
Herodians,
|
N-GMP
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G64ἀγρεύσωσινagreusōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G64 ἀγρεύω agreúō ag-rew-o from ἄγρα; to hunt, i.e. (figuratively) to entrap:--catch.
|
ἀγρεύσωσινagreusōsin
|
they might catch
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G3056λόγῳ.logō (N-DMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγῳ.logō
|
in discourse.
|
N-DMS
|
13
They send to him certain of the Pharisees and of the Herodians, to catch him in his words.Mark 12:13
Stats
Rank: #2192 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 96 characters, 18 words, 76 letters, 28 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αποστελλουσιν προς αυτον τινας των φαρισαιων και των ηρωδιανων ινα αυτον αγρευσωσιν λογω
Lit: And they send to Him some of the Pharisees, and of the Herodians, that Him they might catch in discourse.
KJV: And they send unto him certain of the Pharisees and of the Herodians, to catch him in his words.
References
"they send"Ps 38:12: They also that seek after my life lay snares for me: and they that seek my hurt speak mischievous things: and imagine deceits all the day long.Ps 56:5: 6: Every day they wrest my words: all their thoughts are against me for evil.Ps 140:5: The proud have hid a snare for me: and cords; they have spread a net by the wayside; they have set gins for me. Selah.Isa 29:21: That make a man an offender for a word: and lay a snare for him that reproves in the gate: and turn aside the just for a thing of nought.Jer 18:18: Then said they: Come: and let us devise devices against Jeremiah; for the law will not perish from the priest: nor counsel from the wise: nor the word from the prophet. Come: and let us smite him with the tongue: and let not us give heed to any of his words.Mt 22:15: 16: Then went the Pharisees: and took counsel how they might entangle him in his talk.Lu 11:54: Laying wait for him: and seeking to catch something out of his mouth: that they might accuse him.Lu 20:20-26: They watched him: and sent forth spies: which should feign themselves just men: that they might take hold of his words: that so they might deliver him to the power and authority of the governor."Herodians"Mr 3:6: The Pharisees went forth: and straightway took counsel with the Herodians against him: how they might destroy him.Mr 8:15: He charged them: saying: Take heed: beware of the leaven of the Pharisees: and of the leaven of Herod.Mt 16:6: Then Jesus said to them: Take heed and beware of the leaven of the Pharisees and of the Sadducees.
οι δε ελθοντες λεγουσιν αυτω διδασκαλε οιδαμεν οτι αληθης ει και ου μελει σοι περι ουδενος ου γαρ βλεπεις εις προσωπον ανθρωπων αλλ επ αληθειας την οδον του θεου διδασκεις εξεστιν κηνσον καισαρι δουναι η ου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2064ἐλθόντεςelthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλθόντεςelthontes
|
having come,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3004λέγουσινlegousin (V-PIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγουσινlegousin
|
they say
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1320Διδάσκαλε,Didaskale (N-VMS)
G1320 διδάσκαλος didáskalos did-as-kal-os from διδάσκω; an instructor (genitive case or specially):--doctor, master, teacher.
|
Διδάσκαλε,Didaskale
|
Teacher,
|
N-VMS
|
G1492οἴδαμενoidamen (V-RIA-1P)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἴδαμενoidamen
|
we know
|
V-RIA-1P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G227ἀληθὴςalēthēs (Adj-NMS)
G227 ἀληθής alēthḗs al-ay-thace from Α (as a negative particle) and λανθάνω; true (as not concealing):--true, truly, truth.
|
ἀληθὴςalēthēs
|
TRUE
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1510εἶei (V-PIA-2S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶei
|
You are,
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3199μέλειmelei (V-PIA-3S)
G3199 μέλω mélō mel-o a primary verb; to be of interest to, i.e. to concern (only third person singular present indicative used impersonally, it matters):--(take) care.
|
μέλειmelei
|
there is care
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
to You
|
PPro-D2S
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
about
|
Prep
|
G3762οὐδενός·oudenos (Adj-GMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδενός·oudenos
|
no one;
|
Adj-GMS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G991βλέπειςblepeis (V-PIA-2S)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλέπειςblepeis
|
You look
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
on the
|
Prep
|
G4383πρόσωπονprosōpon (N-ANS)
G4383 πρόσωπον prósōpon pros-o-pon from πρός and (the visage, from ὀπτάνομαι); the front (as being towards view), i.e. the countenance, aspect, appearance, surface; by implication, presence, person:--(outward) appearance, X before, countenance, face, fashion, (mens) person, presence.
|
πρόσωπονprosōpon
|
appearance
|
N-ANS
|
G444ἀνθρώπων,anthrōpōn (N-GMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπων,anthrōpōn
|
of men,
|
N-GMP
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
on the basis of
|
Prep
|
G225ἀληθείαςalētheias (N-GFS)
G225 ἀλήθεια alḗtheia al-ay-thi-a from ἀληθής; truth:--true, X truly, truth, verity.
|
ἀληθείαςalētheias
|
the truth
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3598ὁδὸνhodon (N-AFS)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδὸνhodon
|
way
|
N-AFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G1321διδάσκεις·didaskeis (V-PIA-2S)
G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
διδάσκεις·didaskeis
|
teach.
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G1832ἔξεστινexestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1832 ἔξεστι éxesti ex-on third person singular present indicative of a compound of ἐκ and εἰμί; so also neuter present participle of the same (with or without some form of εἰμί expressed); impersonally, it is right (through the figurative idea of being out in public):--be lawful, let, X may(-est).
|
ἔξεστινexestin
|
Is it lawful
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1325δοῦναιdounai (V-ANA)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δοῦναιdounai
|
to give
|
V-ANA
|
G2778κῆνσονkēnson (N-AMS)
G2778 κῆνσος kēnsos kane-sos of Latin origin; properly, an enrollment (census), i.e. (by implication) a tax:--tribute.
|
κῆνσονkēnson
|
tribute
|
N-AMS
|
G2541ΚαίσαριKaisari (N-DMS)
G2541 Καῖσαρ Kaîsar kah-ee-sar of Latin origin; Cæsar, a title of the Roman emperor:--Cæsar.
|
ΚαίσαριKaisari
|
to Caesar
|
N-DMS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G3756οὔ;ou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὔ;ou
|
not?
|
Adv
|
G1325δῶμενdōmen (V-ASA-1P)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δῶμενdōmen
|
Should we pay
|
V-ASA-1P
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1325δῶμεν;dōmen (V-ASA-1P)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δῶμεν;dōmen
|
pay?
|
V-ASA-1P
|
14
When they were come, they say to Him, Master, we know that you are true, and care for no man: for you regard not the person of men, but teach the way of God in truth: Is it lawful to give tribute to Caesar, not or?
Mark 12:14
Stats
Rank: #1764 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 230 characters, 39 words, 175 letters, 66 vowels, 109 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε ελθοντες λεγουσιν αυτω διδασκαλε οιδαμεν οτι αληθης ει και ου μελει σοι περι ουδενος ου γαρ βλεπεις εις προσωπον ανθρωπων αλλ επ αληθειας την οδον του θεου διδασκεις εξεστιν κηνσον καισαρι δουναι η ου
Lit: And having come, they say to Him, Teacher, we know that TRUE You are, and not there is care to You about no one; not for You look on the appearance of men, but on the basis of the truth the way of God teach. Is it lawful to give tribute to Caesar or not? Should we pay or not pay?
KJV: And when they were come, they say unto him, Master, we know that thou art true, and carest for no man: for thou regardest not the person of men, but teachest the way of God in truth: Is it lawful to give tribute to Caesar, or not?
References
"Master"Mr 14:45: As soon as he was come: he goes straightway to him: and says: Master: master; and kissed him.Ps 12:2-4: They speak vanity every one with his neighbour: with flattering lips and with a double heart do they speak.Ps 55:21: The words of his mouth were smoother than butter: but war was in his heart: his words were softer than oil: yet were they drawn swords.Ps 120:2: Deliver my soul: O LORD: from lying lips: and from a deceitful tongue.Pr 26:23-26: Burning lips and a wicked heart are like a potsherd covered with silver dross.Jer 42:2: 3: 20: Said to Jeremiah the prophet: Let: we beseech you: our supplication be accepted before you: and pray for us to the LORD your God: even for all this remnant; (for we are left but a few of many: as your eyes do look us:)"we know"Joh 7:18: He who speaks of himself seeks'>seeks his own glory: but he who seeks'>seeks his glory that sent him: the same is true: and no unrighteousness is in him.2Co 2:2: 17: For if I make you sorry: who is he then that makes me glad: but the same which is made sorry by me?2Co 4:1: Therefore seeing we have this ministry: as we have received mercy: we not faint;2Co 5:11: Knowing therefore the terror of the Lord: we persuade men; but we are made manifest'>manifest to God; and I trust also are made manifest'>manifest in your consciences.1Th 2:4: But as we were allowed of God to be put in trust with the gospel: even so we speak; not as pleasing men: but God: which tries our hearts."carest"De 33:9: 10: Who said to his father and to his mother: I not have seen him; neither did he acknowledge his brothers: nor knew his own children: for they have observed your word: and kept your covenant.2Ch 18:13: Micaiah said: As the LORD lives: even what my God says: that will I speak.Isa 50:7-9: For the Lord GOD will help me; therefore will not I be confounded: therefore have I set my face like a flint: and I know that I will not be ashamed.Jer 15:19-21: Therefore thus says the LORD: If you return: then will I bring you again: and you will stand before me: and if you take forth the precious from the vile: you will be as my mouth: let them return to you; but not return you to them.Eze 2:6: 7: you: son of man: not be afraid of them: neither be afraid of their words: though briers and thorns be with you: and you do dwell among scorpions: not be afraid of their words: nor be dismayed at their looks: though they be a rebellious house.Mic 3:8: But truly I am full of power by the spirit of the LORD: and of judgment: and of might: to declare to Jacob His transgression: and to Israel His sin.2Co 5:16: For what reason henceforth know we no man after the flesh: yes: though we have known Christ after the flesh: yet now henceforth know we Him no more.Ga 1:10: For do I now persuade men: or God? or do I seek to please men? for if I yet pleased men: I not should be the servant of Christ.Ga 2:6: 11-14: But of these who seemed to be somewhat: (whatever they were: it makes no matter to me: God accepts no man's person:) for they who seemed to be somewhat in conference not addedhing to me:"for thou"Ex 23:2-6: You will not follow a multitude to do evil; neither will you speak in a cause to decline after many to wrest judgment:De 16:19: You will not wrest judgment; you will not respect persons: neither take a gift: for a gift does blind the eyes of the wise: and pervert the words of the righteous.2Ch 19:7: For what reason now let the fear of the LORD be upon you; take heed and do it: for there is no iniquity with the LORD our God: nor respect of persons: nor taking of gifts."is it"Ezr 4:12: 13: Be it known to the king: that the Jews which came up from you to us are come to Jerusalem: building the rebellious and the bad city: and have set up the walls thereof: and joined the foundations.Ne 9:37: It yields much increase to the kings whom you have set over us because of our sins: also they have dominion over our bodies: and over our cattle: at their pleasure: and we are in great distress.Mt 17:25-27: He says: Yes. And when He was come into the house: Jesus prevented Him: saying: What think you: Simon? of whom do the kings of the earth take custom or tribute? of their own children: or of strangers?Mt 22:17: Tell us therefore: What think you? Is it lawful to give tribute to Caesar: not or?Lu 20:22: Is it lawful for us to give tribute to Caesar: or no?Lu 23:2: They began to accuse Him: saying: We found this fellow perverting the nation: and forbidding to give tribute to Caesar: saying that He Himself is Christ a King.Ro 13:6: For for this cause pay you tribute also: for they are God's ministers: attending continually upon this very thing.
δωμεν η μη δωμεν ο δε ειδως αυτων την υποκρισιν ειπεν αυτοις τι με πειραζετε φερετε μοι δηναριον ινα ιδω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1492εἰδὼςeidōs (V-RPA-NMS)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
εἰδὼςeidōs
|
knowing
|
V-RPA-NMS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5272ὑπόκρισινhypokrisin (N-AFS)
G5272 ὑπόκρισις hypókrisis hoop-ok-ree-sis from ὑποκρίνομαι; acting under a feigned part, i.e. (figuratively) deceit (hypocrisy):--condemnation, dissimulation, hypocrisy.
|
ὑπόκρισινhypokrisin
|
hypocrisy,
|
N-AFS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
He said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
Why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
Me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G3985πειράζετε;peirazete (V-PIA-2P)
G3985 πειράζω peirázō pi-rad-zo from πεῖρα; to test (objectively), i.e. endeavor, scrutinize, entice, discipline:--assay, examine, go about, prove, tempt(-er), try.
|
πειράζετε;peirazete
|
do you test?
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G5342φέρετέpherete (V-PMA-2P)
G5342 φέρω phérō en-eng-ko a primary verb (for which other, and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely, ; and ; to bear or carry (in a very wide application, literally and figuratively, as follows):--be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold.
|
φέρετέpherete
|
Bring
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
Me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G1220δηνάριονdēnarion (N-ANS)
G1220 δηνάριον dēnárion day-nar-ee-on of Latin origin; a denarius (or ten asses):--pence, penny(-worth).
|
δηνάριονdēnarion
|
a denarius,
|
N-ANS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3708ἴδω.idō (V-ASA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἴδω.idō
|
I might see it.
|
V-ASA-1S
|
15
Will we give, or will not we give? But he, knowing their hypocrisy, said to them, Why tempt you me? bring me a penny, that I may see it.
Mark 12:15
Stats
Rank: #3374 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 139 characters, 22 words, 103 letters, 36 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: δωμεν η μη δωμεν ο δε ειδως αυτων την υποκρισιν ειπεν αυτοις τι με πειραζετε φερετε μοι δηναριον ινα ιδω
Lit: And knowing of them the hypocrisy, He said to them, Why Me do you test? Bring Me a denarius, that I might see it.
KJV: Shall we give, or shall we not give? But he, knowing their hypocrisy, said unto them, Why tempt ye me? bring me a penny, that I may see it.
References
"knowing"Mt 22:18: But Jesus perceived their wickedness: and said: Why tempt you me: you hypocrites?Lu 20:23: But he perceived their craftiness: and said to them: Why tempt you me?Joh 2:24: 25: But Jesus not did commit Himself to them: because He knew all men: Joh 21:17: He says to Him the third time: Simon: son of Jonas: love'>love you me? Peter was grieved because He said to Him the third time: Love'>Love you me? And He said to Him: Lord: you know'>know all things; you know'>know that I love you. Jesus says to Him: Feed my sheep.Heb 4:13: Neither is there any creature that not is manifest in his sight: but all things are naked and opened to the eyes of him with whom we have to do.Re 2:23: I will kill her children with death; and all the churches will know that I am he which searches the reins and hearts: and I will give to every one of you according to your works."Why"Mr 10:2: The Pharisees came to him: and asked him: Is it lawful for a man to put away his wife? tempting him.Eze 17:2: Son of man: put forth a riddle: and speak a parable to the house of Israel;Ac 5:9: Then Peter said to her: How is it that you have agreed together to tempt the Spirit of the Lord? look: the feet of them which have buried your husband are at the door: and will carry you out.1Co 10:9: Neither let us tempt Christ: as some of them also tempted: and were destroyed of serpents.
οι δε ηνεγκαν και λεγει αυτοις τινος η εικων αυτη και η επιγραφη οι δε ειπον αυτω καισαρος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5342ἤνεγκαν.ēnenkan (V-AIA-3P)
G5342 φέρω phérō en-eng-ko a primary verb (for which other, and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely, ; and ; to bear or carry (in a very wide application, literally and figuratively, as follows):--be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold.
|
ἤνεγκαν.ēnenkan
|
they brought it.
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G5101ΤίνοςTinos (IPro-GMS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίνοςTinos
|
Whose is
|
IPro-GMS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1504εἰκὼνeikōn (N-NFS)
G1504 εἰκών eikṓn i-kone from εἴκω; a likeness, i.e. (literally) statue, profile, or (figuratively) representation, resemblance:--image.
|
εἰκὼνeikōn
|
likeness
|
N-NFS
|
G3778αὕτηhautē (DPro-NFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
αὕτηhautē
|
this,
|
DPro-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1923ἐπιγραφή;epigraphē (N-NFS)
G1923 ἐπιγραφή epigraphḗ ep-ig-raf-ay from ἐπιγράφω; an inscription:--superscription.
|
ἐπιγραφή;epigraphē
|
inscription?
|
N-NFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπανeipan (V-AIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπανeipan
|
they said
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2541Καίσαρος.Kaisaros (N-GMS)
G2541 Καῖσαρ Kaîsar kah-ee-sar of Latin origin; Cæsar, a title of the Roman emperor:--Cæsar.
|
Καίσαρος.Kaisaros
|
Caesar’s.
|
N-GMS
|
16
They brought it. And he says to them, Whose is this image and superscription? And they said to him, Caesar's.
Mark 12:16
Stats
Rank: #3502 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 120 characters, 15 words, 92 letters, 35 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε ηνεγκαν και λεγει αυτοις τινος η εικων αυτη και η επιγραφη οι δε ειπον αυτω καισαρος
Lit: And they brought it. And He says to them, Whose is the likeness this, and the inscription? And they said to Him, Caesar’s.
KJV: And they brought it. And he saith unto them, Whose [is] this image and superscription? And they said unto him, Caesar's.
References
"image"Mt 22:19-22: Show me the tribute money. And they brought to him a penny.Lu 20:24-26: Show me a penny. Whose image and superscription has it? They answered and said: Caesar's.2Ti 2:19: Nevertheless the foundation of God stands sure: having this seal: The Lord knows them that are His. And: Let every one that names the name of Christ depart from iniquity.Re 3:12: Him that overcomes will I make a pillar in the temple of my God: and He will go no more out: and I will write upon Him the name of my God: and the name of the city of my God: which is new Jerusalem: which comes down out of heaven from my God: and I will write upon Him my new name.
και αποκριθεις ο ιησους ειπεν αυτοις αποδοτε τα καισαρος καισαρι και τα του θεου τω θεω και εθαυμασαν επ αυτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3588ΤὰTa (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤὰTa
|
The things
|
Art-ANP
|
G2541ΚαίσαροςKaisaros (N-GMS)
G2541 Καῖσαρ Kaîsar kah-ee-sar of Latin origin; Cæsar, a title of the Roman emperor:--Cæsar.
|
ΚαίσαροςKaisaros
|
of Caesar,
|
N-GMS
|
G591ἀπόδοτεapodote (V-AMA-2P)
G591 ἀποδίδωμι apodídōmi ap-od-eed-o-mee from ἀπό and δίδωμι; to give away, i.e. up, over, back, etc. (in various applications):--deliver (again), give (again), (re-)pay(-ment be made), perform, recompense, render, requite, restore, reward, sell, yield.
|
ἀπόδοτεapodote
|
give back
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G2541ΚαίσαριKaisari (N-DMS)
G2541 Καῖσαρ Kaîsar kah-ee-sar of Latin origin; Cæsar, a title of the Roman emperor:--Cæsar.
|
ΚαίσαριKaisari
|
to Caesar,
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-ANP
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G2316Θεῷ.Theō (N-DMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεῷ.Theō
|
to God.
|
N-DMS
|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2296ἐξεθαύμαζονexethaumazon (V-IIA-3P)
G2296 θαυμάζω thaumázō thou-mad-zo from θαῦμα; to wonder; by implication, to admire:--admire, have in admiration, marvel, wonder.
|
ἐξεθαύμαζονexethaumazon
|
they were amazed
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
at
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῷ.autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ.autō
|
Him.
|
PPro-DM3S
|
17
Jesus answering said to them, Render to Caesar the things that are Caesar's, and to God the things that are God's. And they marvelled at Him.
Mark 12:17
Stats
Counts: 147 characters, 24 words, 115 letters, 41 vowels, 74 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αποκριθεις ο ιησους ειπεν αυτοις αποδοτε τα καισαρος καισαρι και τα του θεου τω θεω και εθαυμασαν επ αυτω
Lit: And Jesus said to them, The things of Caesar, give back to Caesar, and the things of God, to God. And they were amazed at Him.
KJV: And Jesus answering said unto them, Render to Caesar the things that are Caesar's, and to God the things that are God's. And they marvelled at him.
References
"Render"Pr 24:21: My son: fear you the LORD and the king: and not meddle with them that are given to change:Mt 17:25-27: He says: Yes. And when He was come into the house: Jesus prevented Him: saying: What think you: Simon? of whom do the kings of the earth take custom or tribute? of their own children: or of strangers?Ro 13:7: Render therefore to all their dues: tribute to whom tribute is due; custom to whom custom; fear to whom fear; honour to whom honour.1Pe 2:17: Honour all men. Love the brotherhood. Fear God. Honour the king."and to"Mr 12:30: you will love the Lord your God with all your heart: and with all your soul: and with all your mind: and with all your strength: this is the first commandment.Pr 23:26: My son: give me your heart: and let your eyes observe my ways.Ec 5:4: 5: When you vow a vow to God: not defer to pay it; for He has no pleasure in fools: pay that which you have vowed.Mal 1:6: A son honours His father: and a servant His master: if then I be a father: where is my honour? and if I be a master: where is my fear? says the LORD of hosts to you: O priests: that despise my name. And you say: Wherein have we despised your name?Ac 4:19: 20: But Peter and John answered and said to them: Whether it be right in the sight of God to listen to you more than to God: judge you.Ro 6:13: Neither yield you your members as instruments of unrighteousness to sin: but yield yourselves to God: as those that are alive from the dead: and your members as instruments of righteousness to God.Ro 12:1: I beseech you therefore: brothers: by the mercies of God: that you present your bodies a living sacrifice: holy: acceptable to God: which is your reasonable service.1Co 6:19: 20: What? know you not that your body is the temple of the Holy Ghost which is in you: which you have of God: and you not are your own?2Co 5:14: 15: For the love of Christ constrains us; because we thus judge: that if one died for all: then were all dead:"And they"Job 5:12: 13: He disappoints the devices of the crafty: so that their hands cannot perform their enterprise.Mt 22:22: 33: 46: When they had heard these words: they marvelled: and left him: and went their way.1Co 14:24: 25: But if all prophesy: and there come in one that believes not: or one unlearned: he is convinced of all: he is judged of all:
The Sadducees Question the Resurrection
και ερχονται σαδδουκαιοι προς αυτον οιτινες λεγουσιν αναστασιν μη ειναι και επηρωτησαν αυτον λεγοντες
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2064ἔρχονταιerchontai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχονταιerchontai
|
come
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G4523ΣαδδουκαῖοιSaddoukaioi (N-NMP)
G4523 Σαδδουκαῖος Saddoukaîos sad-doo-kah-yos probably from Σαδώκ; a Sadducæan (i.e. Tsadokian), or follower of a certain heretical Israelite:--Sadducee.
|
ΣαδδουκαῖοιSaddoukaioi
|
Sadducees
|
N-NMP
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν,auton
|
Him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3748οἵτινεςhoitines (RelPro-NMP)
G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
οἵτινεςhoitines
|
who
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G3004λέγουσινlegousin (V-PIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγουσινlegousin
|
say
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G386ἀνάστασινanastasin (N-AFS)
G386 ἀνάστασις anástasis an-as-tas-is from ἀνίστημι; a standing up again, i.e. (literally) a resurrection from death (individual, genitive case or by implication, (its author)), or (figuratively) a (moral) recovery (of spiritual truth):--raised to life again, resurrection, rise from the dead, that should rise, rising again.
|
ἀνάστασινanastasin
|
a resurrection
|
N-AFS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510εἶναι,einai (V-PNA)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναι,einai
|
there is,
|
V-PNA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1905ἐπηρώτωνepērōtōn (V-IIA-3P)
G1905 ἐπερωτάω eperōtáō ep-er-o-tah-o from ἐπί and ἐρωτάω; to ask for, i.e. inquire, seek:--ask (after, questions), demand, desire, question.
|
ἐπηρώτωνepērōtōn
|
they began questioning
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
18
Then come to him the Sadducees, which say there is no resurrection; and they asked him, saying,Mark 12:18
Stats
Rank: #8901 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 97 characters, 14 words, 77 letters, 29 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ερχονται σαδδουκαιοι προς αυτον οιτινες λεγουσιν αναστασιν μη ειναι και επηρωτησαν αυτον λεγοντες
Lit: And come Sadducees to Him, who say a resurrection not there is, and they began questioning Him, saying,
KJV: Then come unto him the Sadducees, which say there is no resurrection; and they asked him, saying,
References
"come"Mt 22:23-33: The same day came to him the Sadducees: which say that there is no resurrection: and asked him: Lu 20:27-40: Then came to him certain of the Sadducees: which deny that there is any resurrection; and they asked him: "say"Ac 4:1: 2: As they spoke to the people: the priests: and the captain of the temple: and the Sadducees: came upon them: Ac 23:6-9: But when Paul perceived that the one part were Sadducees: and the other Pharisees: he cried out in the council: Men and brothers: I am a Pharisee: the son of a Pharisee: of the hope and resurrection of the dead I am called in question.1Co 15:13-18: But if there be no resurrection of the dead: then is not Christ risen:2Ti 2:18: Who concerning the truth have erred: saying that the resurrection is past already; and overthrow the faith of some.
διδασκαλε μωσης εγραψεν ημιν οτι εαν τινος αδελφος αποθανη και καταλιπη γυναικα και τεκνα μη αφη ινα λαβη ο αδελφος αυτου την γυναικα αυτου και εξαναστηση σπερμα τω αδελφω αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1320Διδάσκαλε,Didaskale (N-VMS)
G1320 διδάσκαλος didáskalos did-as-kal-os from διδάσκω; an instructor (genitive case or specially):--doctor, master, teacher.
|
Διδάσκαλε,Didaskale
|
Teacher,
|
N-VMS
|
G3475ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs (N-NMS)
G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs
|
Moses
|
N-NMS
|
G1125ἔγραψενegrapsen (V-AIA-3S)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
ἔγραψενegrapsen
|
wrote
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
for us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1437ἐάνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐάνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G5100τινοςtinos (IPro-GMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινοςtinos
|
of anyone
|
IPro-GMS
|
G80ἀδελφὸςadelphos (N-NMS)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφὸςadelphos
|
a brother
|
N-NMS
|
G599ἀποθάνῃapothanē (V-ASA-3S)
G599 ἀποθνήσκω apothnḗskō ap-oth-nace-ko from ἀπό and θνήσκω; to die off (literally or figuratively):--be dead, death, die, lie a-dying, be slain (X with).
|
ἀποθάνῃapothanē
|
should die,
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2641καταλίπῃkatalipē (V-ASA-3S)
G2641 καταλείπω kataleípō kat-al-i-po from κατά and λείπω; to leave down, i.e. behind; by implication, to abandon, have remaining:--forsake, leave, reserve.
|
καταλίπῃkatalipē
|
leave behind
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G1135γυναῖκαgynaika (N-AFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναῖκαgynaika
|
a wife,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G863ἀφῇaphē (V-ASA-3S)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφῇaphē
|
leave
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G5043τέκνον,teknon (N-ANS)
G5043 τέκνον téknon tek-non from the base of τίκτω; a child (as produced):--child, daughter, son.
|
τέκνον,teknon
|
children,
|
N-ANS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2983λάβῃlabē (V-ASA-3S)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λάβῃlabē
|
should take
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G80ἀδελφὸςadelphos (N-NMS)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφὸςadelphos
|
brother
|
N-NMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1135γυναῖκαgynaika (N-AFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναῖκαgynaika
|
wife,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1817ἐξαναστήσῃexanastēsē (V-ASA-3S)
G1817 ἐξανίστημι exanístēmi ex-an-is-tay-mee from ἐκ and ἀνίστημι; objectively, to produce, i.e. (figuratively) beget; subjectively, to arise, i.e. (figuratively) object:--raise (rise) up.
|
ἐξαναστήσῃexanastēsē
|
raise up
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G4690σπέρμαsperma (N-ANS)
G4690 σπέρμα spérma sper-mah from σπείρω; something sown, i.e. seed (including the male sperm); by implication, offspring; specially, a remnant (figuratively, as if kept over for planting):--issue, seed.
|
σπέρμαsperma
|
seed
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
for the
|
Art-DMS
|
G80ἀδελφῷadelphō (N-DMS)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφῷadelphō
|
brother
|
N-DMS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
19
Master, Moses wrote to us, If a man's brother die, and leave his wife behind him, and leave no children, that his brother should take his wife, and raise up seed to his brother.
Mark 12:19
Stats
Rank: #3975 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 183 characters, 27 words, 140 letters, 56 vowels, 84 consonants
Translation
Greek: διδασκαλε μωσης εγραψεν ημιν οτι εαν τινος αδελφος αποθανη και καταλιπη γυναικα και τεκνα μη αφη ινα λαβη ο αδελφος αυτου την γυναικα αυτου και εξαναστηση σπερμα τω αδελφω αυτου
Lit: Teacher, Moses wrote for us that if of anyone a brother should die, and leave behind a wife, and not leave children, that should take the brother of him the wife, and raise up seed for the brother of him.
KJV: Master, Moses wrote unto us, If a man's brother die, and leave his wife [behind him], and leave no children, that his brother should take his wife, and raise up seed unto his brother.
References
"If"Ge 38:8: Judah said to Onan: Go in to your brother's wife: and marry her: and raise up seed to your brother.De 25:5-10: If brothers dwell together: and one of them die: and have no child: the wife of the dead will not marry without to a stranger: her husband's brother will go in to her: and take her to him to wife: and perform the duty of an husband's brother to her.Ru 4:5: Then said Boaz: What day you buy the field of the hand of Naomi: you must buy it also of Ruth the Moabitess: the wife of the dead: to raise up the name of the dead upon his inheritance."that"Ru 1:11-13: Naomi said: Turn again: my daughters: why will you go with me? are there yet any more sons in my womb: that they may be your husbands?
επτα {VAR2: ουν } αδελφοι ησαν και ο πρωτος ελαβεν γυναικα και αποθνησκων ουκ αφηκεν σπερμα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-NMP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
Seven
|
Adj-NMP
|
G80ἀδελφοὶadelphoi (N-NMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοὶadelphoi
|
brothers
|
N-NMP
|
G1510ἦσαν·ēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσαν·ēsan
|
there were;
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G4413πρῶτοςprōtos (Adj-NMS)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρῶτοςprōtos
|
first
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2983ἔλαβενelaben (V-AIA-3S)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
ἔλαβενelaben
|
took
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1135γυναῖκα,gynaika (N-AFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναῖκα,gynaika
|
a wife,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and,
|
Conj
|
G599ἀποθνῄσκωνapothnēskōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G599 ἀποθνήσκω apothnḗskō ap-oth-nace-ko from ἀπό and θνήσκω; to die off (literally or figuratively):--be dead, death, die, lie a-dying, be slain (X with).
|
ἀποθνῄσκωνapothnēskōn
|
dying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G863ἀφῆκενaphēken (V-AIA-3S)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφῆκενaphēken
|
left
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4690σπέρμα·sperma (N-ANS)
G4690 σπέρμα spérma sper-mah from σπείρω; something sown, i.e. seed (including the male sperm); by implication, offspring; specially, a remnant (figuratively, as if kept over for planting):--issue, seed.
|
σπέρμα·sperma
|
seed.
|
N-ANS
|
20
Now there were 7 brothers: and the first took a wife, and dying left no seed.Mark 12:20
Stats
Rank: #4591 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 81 characters, 14 words, 63 letters, 23 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: επτα {VAR2: ουν } αδελφοι ησαν και ο πρωτος ελαβεν γυναικα και αποθνησκων ουκ αφηκεν σπερμα
Lit: Seven brothers there were; and the first took a wife, and, dying, not left seed.
KJV: Now there were seven brethren: and the first took a wife, and dying left no seed.
References
"Now there were seven brethren: and the first took a wife, and dying left no seed."Mt 22:25-28: Now there were with us 7 brothers: and the first: when he had married a wife: deceased: and: having no issue: left his wife to his brother:Lu 20:29-33: There were therefore 7 brothers: and the first took a wife: and died without children.
και ο δευτερος ελαβεν αυτην και απεθανεν και ουδε αυτος αφηκεν σπερμα και ο τριτος ωσαυτως
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1208δεύτεροςdeuteros (Adj-NMS)
G1208 δεύτερος deúteros dyoo-ter-os as the comparative of δύο; (ordinal) second (in time, place, or rank; also adverb):--afterward, again, second(-arily, time).
|
δεύτεροςdeuteros
|
second
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2983ἔλαβενelaben (V-AIA-3S)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
ἔλαβενelaben
|
took
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτήν,autēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτήν,autēn
|
her,
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G599ἀπέθανενapethanen (V-AIA-3S)
G599 ἀποθνήσκω apothnḗskō ap-oth-nace-ko from ἀπό and θνήσκω; to die off (literally or figuratively):--be dead, death, die, lie a-dying, be slain (X with).
|
ἀπέθανενapethanen
|
died,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2641καταλιπὼνkatalipōn (V-APA-NMS)
G2641 καταλείπω kataleípō kat-al-i-po from κατά and λείπω; to leave down, i.e. behind; by implication, to abandon, have remaining:--forsake, leave, reserve.
|
καταλιπὼνkatalipōn
|
having left
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G4690σπέρμα·sperma (N-ANS)
G4690 σπέρμα spérma sper-mah from σπείρω; something sown, i.e. seed (including the male sperm); by implication, offspring; specially, a remnant (figuratively, as if kept over for planting):--issue, seed.
|
σπέρμα·sperma
|
seed;
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5154τρίτοςtritos (Adj-NMS)
G5154 τρίτος trítos tree-tos ordinal from τρεῖς; third; neuter (as noun) a third part, or (as adverb) a (or the) third time, thirdly:--third(-ly).
|
τρίτοςtritos
|
third
|
Adj-NMS
|
G5615ὡσαύτως·hōsautōs (Adv)
G5615 ὡσαύτως hōsaútōs ho-sow-toce from ὡς and an adverb from αὐτός; as thus, i.e. in the same way:--even so, likewise, after the same (in like) manner.
|
ὡσαύτως·hōsautōs
|
likewise.
|
Adv
|
21
The second took her, and died, neither left he any seed: and the third likewise.Mark 12:21
Stats
Rank: #4486 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 84 characters, 13 words, 65 letters, 25 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ο δευτερος ελαβεν αυτην και απεθανεν και ουδε αυτος αφηκεν σπερμα και ο τριτος ωσαυτως
Lit: And the second took her, and died, not having left seed; and the third likewise.
KJV: And the second took her, and died, neither left he any seed: and the third likewise.
και ελαβον αυτην οι επτα και ουκ αφηκαν σπερμα εσχατη παντων απεθανεν και η γυνη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-NMP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G863ἀφῆκανaphēkan (V-AIA-3P)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφῆκανaphēkan
|
left
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G4690σπέρμα.sperma (N-ANS)
G4690 σπέρμα spérma sper-mah from σπείρω; something sown, i.e. seed (including the male sperm); by implication, offspring; specially, a remnant (figuratively, as if kept over for planting):--issue, seed.
|
σπέρμα.sperma
|
seed.
|
N-ANS
|
G2078ἔσχατονeschaton (Adj-ANS)
G2078 ἔσχατος éschatos es-khat-os a superlative probably from ἔχω (in the sense of contiguity); farthest, final (of place or time):--ends of, last, latter end, lowest, uttermost.
|
ἔσχατονeschaton
|
Last
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GNP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
of all
|
Adj-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also,
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1135γυνὴgynē (N-NFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυνὴgynē
|
woman
|
N-NFS
|
G599ἀπέθανεν.apethanen (V-AIA-3S)
G599 ἀποθνήσκω apothnḗskō ap-oth-nace-ko from ἀπό and θνήσκω; to die off (literally or figuratively):--be dead, death, die, lie a-dying, be slain (X with).
|
ἀπέθανεν.apethanen
|
died.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
22
The 7 had her, and left no seed: last of all the woman died also.Mark 12:22
Stats
Rank: #4889 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 73 characters, 14 words, 55 letters, 21 vowels, 34 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ελαβον αυτην οι επτα και ουκ αφηκαν σπερμα εσχατη παντων απεθανεν και η γυνη
Lit: And the seven not left seed. Last of all also, the woman died.
KJV: And the seven had her, and left no seed: last of all the woman died also.
εν τη ουν αναστασει οταν αναστωσιν τινος αυτων εσται γυνη οι γαρ επτα εσχον αυτην γυναικα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
In
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G386ἀναστάσει,anastasei (N-DFS)
G386 ἀνάστασις anástasis an-as-tas-is from ἀνίστημι; a standing up again, i.e. (literally) a resurrection from death (individual, genitive case or by implication, (its author)), or (figuratively) a (moral) recovery (of spiritual truth):--raised to life again, resurrection, rise from the dead, that should rise, rising again.
|
ἀναστάσει,anastasei
|
resurrection,
|
N-DFS
|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj)
G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
when
|
Conj
|
G450ἀναστῶσιν,anastōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀναστῶσιν,anastōsin
|
they rise,
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G5101τίνοςtinos (IPro-GMS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίνοςtinos
|
of which
|
IPro-GMS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1510ἔσταιestai (V-FIM-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσταιestai
|
will she be
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G1135γυνή;gynē (N-NFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυνή;gynē
|
wife?
|
N-NFS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
For
|
Conj
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-NMP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
the seven
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2192ἔσχονeschon (V-AIA-3P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔσχονeschon
|
had
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὴνautēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὴνautēn
|
her
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G1135γυναῖκα.gynaika (N-AFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναῖκα.gynaika
|
as wife.
|
N-AFS
|
23
In the resurrection therefore, when they will rise, whose wife will she be of them? for the 7 had her to wife.Mark 12:23
Stats
Rank: #6897 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 116 characters, 19 words, 91 letters, 34 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: εν τη ουν αναστασει οταν αναστωσιν τινος αυτων εσται γυνη οι γαρ επτα εσχον αυτην γυναικα
Lit: In the resurrection, when they rise, of which of them will she be wife? For the seven had her as wife.
KJV: In the resurrection therefore, when they shall rise, whose wife shall she be of them? for the seven had her to wife.
και αποκριθεις ο ιησους ειπεν αυτοις ου δια τουτο πλανασθε μη ειδοτες τας γραφας μηδε την δυναμιν του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5346Ἔφηephē (V-IIA-3S)
G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
Ἔφηephē
|
Was saying
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus,
|
N-NMS
|
G3756ΟὐOu (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
ΟὐOu
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-ANS
|
G4105πλανᾶσθεplanasthe (V-PIM/P-2P)
G4105 πλανάω planáō plan-ah-o from πλάνη; to (properly, cause to) roam (from safety, truth, or virtue):--go astray, deceive, err, seduce, wander, be out of the way.
|
πλανᾶσθεplanasthe
|
do you err,
|
V-PIM/P-2P
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1492εἰδότεςeidotes (V-RPA-NMP)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
εἰδότεςeidotes
|
knowing
|
V-RPA-NMP
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G1124γραφὰςgraphas (N-AFP)
G1124 γραφή graphḗ graf-ay from γράφω; a document, i.e. holy Writ (or its contents or a statement in it):--scripture.
|
γραφὰςgraphas
|
Scriptures,
|
N-AFP
|
G3366μηδὲmēde (Conj)
G3366 μηδέ mēdé may-deh from μή and δέ; but not, not even; in a continued negation, nor:--neither, nor (yet), (no) not (once, so much as).,
|
μηδὲmēde
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1411δύναμινdynamin (N-AFS)
G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δύναμινdynamin
|
power
|
N-AFS
|
G2316Θεοῦ;Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ;Theou
|
of God?
|
N-GMS
|
24
Jesus answering said to them, Do you not therefore err, because you not know the scriptures, neither the power of God?
Mark 12:24
Stats
Counts: 122 characters, 19 words, 97 letters, 38 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αποκριθεις ο ιησους ειπεν αυτοις ου δια τουτο πλανασθε μη ειδοτες τας γραφας μηδε την δυναμιν του θεου
Lit: Was saying to them Jesus, Not because of this do you err, not knowing the Scriptures, nor the power of God?
KJV: And Jesus answering said unto them, Do ye not therefore err, because ye know not the scriptures, neither the power of God?
References
"Do"Isa 8:20: To the law and to the testimony: if they not speak according to this word: it is because there is no light in them.Jer 8:7-9: Yes: the stork in the heaven knows her appointed times; and the turtle and the crane and the swallow observe the time of their coming; but my people not know the judgment of the LORD.Ho 6:6: For I desired mercy: not and sacrifice; and the knowledge of God more than burnt offerings.Ho 8:12: I have written to him the great things of my law: but they were counted as a strange thing.Mt 22:29: Jesus answered and said to them: You do err: not knowing the scriptures: nor the power of God.Joh 5:39: Search the scriptures; for in them you think you have eternal life: and they are they which testify of me.Joh 20:9: For as yet they not knew the scripture: that he must rise again from the dead.Ac 17:11: These were more noble than those in Thessalonica: in that they received the word with all readiness of mind: and searched the scriptures daily: whether those things were so.Ro 15:4: For whatever things were written aforetime were written for our learning: that we through patience and comfort of the scriptures might have hope.2Ti 3:15-17: That from a child you have known the holy scriptures: which are able to make you wise to salvation through faith which is in Christ Jesus."because"Job 19:25-27: For I know that my redeemer lives: and that he will stand at the latter day upon the earth:Isa 25:8: He will swallow up death in victory; and the Lord GOD will wipe away tears from off all faces; and the rebuke of His people will He take away from off all the earth: for the LORD has spoken it.Isa 26:19: Your dead men will live: together with my dead body will they arise. Awake and sing: you that dwell in dust: for your dew is as the dew of herbs: and the earth will cast out the dead.Eze 37:1-14: The hand of the LORD was upon me: and carried me out in the spirit of the LORD: and set me down in the middle of the valley which was full of bones: Da 12:2: Many of them that sleep in the dust of the earth will awake: some to everlasting life: and some to shame and everlasting contempt.Ho 6:2: After two days will he revive us: in the third day he will raise us up: and we will live in his sight.Ho 13:14: I will ransom them from the power of the grave; I will redeem them from death: O death: I will be your plagues; O grave: I will be your destruction: repentance will be hid from my eyes."neither"Mr 10:27: Jesus looking upon them says: With men it is impossible: not but with God: for with God all things are possible.Ge 18:14: Is any thing too hard for the LORD? At the time appointed I will return to you: according to the time of life: and Sarah will have a son.Jer 32:17: Ah Lord GOD! look: you have made the heaven and the earth by your great power and stretched out arm: and there not ishing too hard for you:Lu 1:37: For with God nothing will be impossible.Eph 1:19: What is the exceeding greatness of his power to us-ward who believe: according to the working of his mighty power: Php 3:21: Who will change our vile body: that it may be fashioned like to his glorious body: according to the working whereby he is able even to subdue all things to himself.
οταν γαρ εκ νεκρων αναστωσιν ουτε γαμουσιν ουτε γαμισκονται αλλ εισιν ως αγγελοι οι εν τοις ουρανοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj)
G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
When
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out from
|
Prep
|
G3498νεκρῶνnekrōn (Adj-GMP)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρῶνnekrōn
|
the dead
|
Adj-GMP
|
G450ἀναστῶσιν,anastōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀναστῶσιν,anastōsin
|
they rise,
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj)
G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
neither
|
Conj
|
G1060γαμοῦσινgamousin (V-PIA-3P)
G1060 γαμέω gaméō gam-eh-o from γάμος; to wed (of either sex):--marry (a wife).
|
γαμοῦσινgamousin
|
do they marry,
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj)
G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G1061γαμίζονται,gamizontai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G1061 γαμίσκω gamískō gam-is-ko from γάμος; to espouse (a daughter to a husband):--give in marriage.
|
γαμίζονται,gamizontai
|
are given in marriage;
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G1510εἰσὶνeisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσὶνeisin
|
are
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G32ἄγγελοιangeloi (N-NMP)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελοιangeloi
|
angels
|
N-NMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G3772οὐρανοῖς.ouranois (N-DMP)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῖς.ouranois
|
heavens.
|
N-DMP
|
25
For when they will rise from the dead, they neither marry, nor are given in marriage; but are as the angels which are in heaven.Mark 12:25
Stats
Counts: 129 characters, 22 words, 101 letters, 39 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: οταν γαρ εκ νεκρων αναστωσιν ουτε γαμουσιν ουτε γαμισκονται αλλ εισιν ως αγγελοι οι εν τοις ουρανοις
Lit: When for out from the dead they rise, neither do they marry, nor are given in marriage; but are like angels in the heavens.
KJV: For when they shall rise from the dead, they neither marry, nor are given in marriage; but are as the angels which are in heaven.
References
"but"Mt 22:30: For in the resurrection they neither marry: nor are given in marriage: but are as the angels of God in heaven.Lu 20:35: 36: But they which will be accounted worthy to obtain that world: and the resurrection from the dead: neither marry: nor are given in marriage:1Co 15:42-54: So also is the resurrection of the dead. It is sown in corruption; it is raised in incorruption:Heb 12:22: 23: But you are come to mount Sion: and to the city of the living God: the heavenly Jerusalem: and to an innumerable company of angels: 1Jo 3:2: Beloved: now are we the sons of God: and it does not yet appear what we will be: but we know that: when He will appear: we will be like Him; for we will see Him as He is.
περι δε των νεκρων οτι εγειρονται ουκ ανεγνωτε εν τη βιβλω μωσεως επι της βατου ως ειπεν αυτω ο θεος λεγων εγω ο θεος αβρααμ και ο θεος ισαακ και ο θεος ιακωβ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4012Περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
Περὶperi
|
Concerning
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3498νεκρῶνnekrōn (Adj-GMP)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρῶνnekrōn
|
dead,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1453ἐγείρονται,egeirontai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἐγείρονται,egeirontai
|
they rise,
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G314ἀνέγνωτεanegnōte (V-AIA-2P)
G314 ἀναγινώσκω anaginṓskō an-ag-in-oce-ko from ἀνά and γινώσκω; to know again, i.e. (by extension) to read:--read.
|
ἀνέγνωτεanegnōte
|
have you read
|
V-AIA-2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G976βίβλῳbiblō (N-DFS)
G976 βίβλος bíblos bib-los properly, the inner bark of the papyrus plant, i.e. (by implication) a sheet or scroll of writing:--book.
|
βίβλῳbiblō
|
book
|
N-DFS
|
G3475ΜωϋσέωςMōuseōs (N-GMS)
G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
ΜωϋσέωςMōuseōs
|
of Moses,
|
N-GMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G942ΒάτουBatou (N-GMS)
G942 βάτος bátos bat-os of uncertain derivation; a brier shrub:--bramble, bush.
|
ΒάτουBatou
|
bush,
|
N-GMS
|
G4459πῶςpōs (Conj)
G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
πῶςpōs
|
how
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
spoke
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God,
|
N-NMS
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1473ἘγὼEgō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἘγὼEgō
|
I am
|
PPro-N1S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G11ἈβραὰμAbraam (N-GMS)
G11 Ἀβραάμ Abraám ab-rah-am of Hebrew origin (אַבְרָהָם); Abraham, the Hebrew patriarch:--Abraham. (In Acts 7:16 the text should probably read Jacob.)
|
ἈβραὰμAbraam
|
of Abraham,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588‹ὁ›ho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
‹ὁ›ho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G2464ἸσαὰκIsaak (N-GMS)
G2464 Ἰσαάκ Isaák ee-sah-ak of Hebrew origin (יִצְחָק); Isaac (i.e. Jitschak), the son of Abraham:--Isaac.
|
ἸσαὰκIsaak
|
of Isaac,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588‹ὁ›ho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
‹ὁ›ho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G2384Ἰακώβ;Iakōb (N-GMS)
G2384 Ἰακώβ Iakṓb ee-ak-obe of Hebrew origin (יַעֲקֹב); Jacob (i.e. Ja`akob), the progenitor of the Israelites:--also an Israelite:--Jacob.
|
Ἰακώβ;Iakōb
|
of Jacob’
|
N-GMS
|
26
As touching the dead, that they rise: have you not read in the book of Moses, how in the bush God spoke to Him, saying, I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob?
Mark 12:26
Stats
Counts: 193 characters, 35 words, 144 letters, 58 vowels, 86 consonants
Translation
Greek: περι δε των νεκρων οτι εγειρονται ουκ ανεγνωτε εν τη βιβλω μωσεως επι της βατου ως ειπεν αυτω ο θεος λεγων εγω ο θεος αβρααμ και ο θεος ισαακ και ο θεος ιακωβ
Lit: Concerning now the dead, that they rise, not have you read in the book of Moses, on the bush, how spoke to him God, saying, I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob’
KJV: And as touching the dead, that they rise: have ye not read in the book of Moses, how in the bush God spake unto him, saying, I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob?
References
"have"Mr 12:10: Have you not read this scripture; The stone which the builders rejected is become the head of the corner:Mt 22:31: 32: But as touching the resurrection of the dead: have you not read that which was spoken to you by God: saying: "in the book"Ex 3:2-6: 16: The angel of the LORD appeared to Him in a flame of fire out of the middle of a bush: and He looked: and: look: the bush burned with fire: and the bush was not consumed.Lu 20:37: Now that the dead are raised: even Moses showed at the bush: when He calls the Lord the God of Abraham: and the God of Isaac: and the God of Jacob.Ac 7:30-32: When 40 years were expired: there appeared to Him in the wilderness of mount Sina an angel of the Lord in a flame of fire in a bush."I am"Ge 17:7: 8: I will establish my covenant between me and you and your seed after you in their generations for an everlasting covenant: to be a God to you: and to your seed after you.Ge 26:24: The LORD appeared to Him the same night: and said: I am the God of Abraham your father: not fear: for I am with you: and will bless you: and multiply your seed for my servant Abraham's sake.Ge 28:13: And: look: the LORD stood above it: and said: I am the LORD God of Abraham your father: and the God of Isaac: the land whereon you lie: to you will I give it: and to your seed;Ge 31:42: Except the God of my father: the God of Abraham: and the fear of Isaac: had been with me: surely you hadst sent me away now empty. God has seen my affliction and the labour of my hands: and rebuked you last night.Ge 32:9: Jacob said: O God of my father Abraham: and God of my father Isaac: the LORD which said to me: Return to your country: and to your kindred: and I will deal well with you:Ge 33:20: He erected there an altar: and called it EleloheIsrael.Isa 41:8-10: But you: Israel: are my servant: Jacob whom I have chosen: the seed of Abraham my friend.
ουκ εστιν ο θεος νεκρων αλλα θεος ζωντων υμεις ουν πολυ πλανασθε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
He is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G3498νεκρῶνnekrōn (Adj-GMP)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρῶνnekrōn
|
of the dead,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G2198ζώντων.zōntōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζώντων.zōntōn
|
of the living.
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G4183πολὺpoly (Adj-ANS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολὺpoly
|
Greatly
|
Adj-ANS
|
G4105πλανᾶσθε.planasthe (V-PIM/P-2P)
G4105 πλανάω planáō plan-ah-o from πλάνη; to (properly, cause to) roam (from safety, truth, or virtue):--go astray, deceive, err, seduce, wander, be out of the way.
|
πλανᾶσθε.planasthe
|
you err.
|
V-PIM/P-2P
|
27
He not is the God of the dead, but the God of the living: you therefore do greatly err.Mark 12:27
Stats
Rank: #5765 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 86 characters, 17 words, 65 letters, 25 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουκ εστιν ο θεος νεκρων αλλα θεος ζωντων υμεις ουν πολυ πλανασθε
Lit: Not He is God of the dead, but of the living. Greatly you err.
KJV: He is not the God of the dead, but the God of the living: ye therefore do greatly err.
References
"is not"Ro 4:17: (As it is written: I have made you a father of many nations: ) before Him whom He believed: even God: who quickens the dead: and calls those things which not be as though they were.Ro 14:9: For to this end Christ both died: and rose: and revived: that He might be Lord both of the dead and living.Heb 11:13-16: These all died in faith: not having received the promises: but having seen them afar off: and were persuaded of them: and embraced them: and confessed that they were strangers and pilgrims on the earth."ye"Mr 12:24: Jesus answering said to them: Do you not therefore err: because you not know the scriptures: neither the power of God?Pr 19:27: Cease: my son: to hear the instruction that causeth to err from the words of knowledge.Heb 3:10: For what reason I was grieved with that generation: and said: They do alway err in their heart; and they not have known my ways.
The Scribes Question the Greatest Commandment
και προσελθων εις των γραμματεων ακουσας αυτων συζητουντων ειδως οτι καλως αυτοις απεκριθη επηρωτησεν αυτον ποια εστιν πρωτη πασων εντολη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4334προσελθὼνproselthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G4334 προσέρχομαι prosérchomai pros-er-khom-ahee from πρός and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to approach, i.e. (literally) come near, visit, or (figuratively) worship, assent to:--(as soon as he) come (unto), come thereunto, consent, draw near, go (near, to, unto).
|
προσελθὼνproselthōn
|
having come up
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷςheis
|
one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G1122γραμματέων,grammateōn (N-GMP)
G1122 γραμματεύς grammateús gram-mat-yooce from γράμμα. a writer, i.e. (professionally) scribe or secretary:--scribe, town-clerk.
|
γραμματέων,grammateōn
|
scribes,
|
N-GMP
|
G191ἀκούσαςakousas (V-APA-NMS)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσαςakousas
|
having heard
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G4802συζητούντων,syzētountōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G4802 συζητέω syzētéō sood-zay-teh-o from σύν and ζητέω; to investigate jointly, i.e. discuss, controvert, cavil:--dispute (with), enquire, question (with), reason (together).
|
συζητούντων,syzētountōn
|
reasoning together,
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G3708ἰδὼν*idōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδὼν*idōn
|
having seen
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2573καλῶςkalōs (Adv)
G2573 καλῶς kalōs kal-oce adverb from καλός; well (usually morally):--(in a) good (place), honestly, + recover, (full) well.
|
καλῶςkalōs
|
well
|
Adv
|
G611ἀπεκρίθηapekrithē (V-AIP-3S)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀπεκρίθηapekrithē
|
He answered
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖς,autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς,autois
|
them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G1905ἐπηρώτησενepērōtēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G1905 ἐπερωτάω eperōtáō ep-er-o-tah-o from ἐπί and ἐρωτάω; to ask for, i.e. inquire, seek:--ask (after, questions), demand, desire, question.
|
ἐπηρώτησενepērōtēsen
|
he questioned
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτόνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόνauton
|
Him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G4169ΠοίαPoia (IPro-NFS)
G4169 ποῖος poîos poy-os from the base of ποῦ and οἷος; individualizing interrogative (of character) what sort of, or (of number) which one:--what (manner of), which.,
|
ΠοίαPoia
|
Which
|
IPro-NFS
|
G1510ἐστὶνestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστὶνestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1785ἐντολὴentolē (N-NFS)
G1785 ἐντολή entolḗ en-tol-ay from ἐντέλλομαι; injunction, i.e. an authoritative prescription:--commandment, precept.
|
ἐντολὴentolē
|
commandment
|
N-NFS
|
G4413πρώτηprōtē (Adj-NFS)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρώτηprōtē
|
the first
|
Adj-NFS
|
G3956πάντων;pantōn (Adj-GNP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντων;pantōn
|
of all?
|
Adj-GNP
|
28
One of the scribes came, and having heard them reasoning together, and perceiving that he had answered them well, asked him, Which is the first commandment of all?
Mark 12:28
Stats
Rank: #479 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 167 characters, 25 words, 134 letters, 47 vowels, 87 consonants
Translation
Greek: και προσελθων εις των γραμματεων ακουσας αυτων συζητουντων ειδως οτι καλως αυτοις απεκριθη επηρωτησεν αυτον ποια εστιν πρωτη πασων εντολη
Lit: And having come up one of the scribes, having heard them reasoning together, having seen that well He answered them, he questioned Him, Which is commandment the first of all?
KJV: And one of the scribes came, and having heard them reasoning together, and perceiving that he had answered them well, asked him, Which is the first commandment of all?
References
"one"Mt 22:34-40: But when the Pharisees had heard that he had put the Sadducees to silence: they were gathered together."Which"Mt 5:19: Whoever therefore will break one of these least commandments: and will teach men so: he will be called the least in the kingdom of heaven: but whoever will do and teach them: the same will be called great in the kingdom of heaven.Mt 19:18: He says to Him: Which? Jesus said: You will do no murder: You will not commit adultery: You will not steal: You will not bear false witness: Mt 23:23: Woe to you: scribes and Pharisees: hypocrites! for you pay tithe of mint and anise and cummin: and have omitted the weightier matters of the law: judgment: mercy: and faith: these ought you to have done: not and to leave the other undone.Lu 11:42: But woe to you: Pharisees! for you tithe mint and rue and all manner of herbs: and pass over judgment and the love of God: these ought you to have done: not and to leave the other undone.
ο δε ιησους απεκριθη αυτω οτι πρωτη πασων των εντολων ακουε ισραηλ κυριος ο θεος ημων κυριος εις εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G611Ἀπεκρίθηapekrithē (V-AIP-3S)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
Ἀπεκρίθηapekrithē
|
Answered
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus,
|
N-NMS
|
G3754Ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
Ὅτιhoti
|
The
|
Conj
|
G4413ΠρώτηPrōtē (Adj-NFS)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
ΠρώτηPrōtē
|
foremost
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1510ἐστίνestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστίνestin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G191Ἄκουε,Akoue (V-PMA-2S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
Ἄκουε,Akoue
|
Hear this
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G2474Ἰσραήλ,Israēl (N-VMS)
G2474 Ἰσραήλ Israḗl is-rah-ale of Hebrew origin (יִשְׂרָאֵל); Israel (i.e. Jisrael), the adopted name of Jacob, including his descendants (literally or figuratively):--Israel.
|
Ἰσραήλ,Israēl
|
O Israel:
|
N-VMS
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
The Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
the Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷςheis
|
One
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1510ἐστιν,estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν,estin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
29
Jesus answered Him, The first of all the commandments is, Hear, O Israel; The Lord our God is one Lord:
Mark 12:29
Stats
Rank: #446 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 107 characters, 17 words, 82 letters, 31 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε ιησους απεκριθη αυτω οτι πρωτη πασων των εντολων ακουε ισραηλ κυριος ο θεος ημων κυριος εις εστιν
Lit: Answered Jesus, The foremost is, Hear this O Israel: The Lord God of us, the Lord One is,
KJV: And Jesus answered him, The first of all the commandments is, Hear, O Israel; The Lord our God is one Lord:
References
"Hear"Mr 12:32: 33: The scribe said to Him: Well: Master: you have said the truth: for there is one God; and there is none other but He:De 6:4: Hear: O Israel: The LORD our God is one LORD:De 10:12: Now: Israel: what does the LORD your God require of you: but to fear the LORD your God: to walk in all His ways: and to love Him: and to serve the LORD your God with all your heart and with all your soul: De 30:6: The LORD your God will circumcise your heart: and the heart of your seed: to love the LORD your God with all your heart: and with all your soul: that you may live.Pr 23:26: My son: give me your heart: and let your eyes observe my ways.Mt 10:37: He who loves'>loves father or mother more than me not is worthy of me: and he who loves'>loves son or daughter more than me not is worthy of me.Lu 10:27: He answering said: You will love the Lord your God with all your heart: and with all your soul: and with all your strength: and with all your mind; and your neighbour as yourself.1Ti 1:5: Now the end of the commandment is charity out of a pure heart: and of a good conscience: and of faith unfeigned:
και αγαπησεις κυριον τον θεον σου εξ ολης της καρδιας σου και εξ ολης της ψυχης σου και εξ ολης της διανοιας σου και εξ ολης της ισχυος σου αυτη πρωτη εντολη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G25ἀγαπήσειςagapēseis (V-FIA-2S)
G25 ἀγαπάω agapáō ag-ap-ah-o perhaps from (much) (or compare עֲגַב); to love (in a social or moral sense):--(be-)love(-ed). Compare φιλέω.
|
ἀγαπήσειςagapēseis
|
you shall love
|
V-FIA-2S
|
G2962ΚύριονKyrion (N-AMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριονKyrion
|
the Lord
|
N-AMS
|
G2316ΘεόνTheon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεόνTheon
|
God
|
N-AMS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3650ὅληςholēs (Adj-GFS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅληςholēs
|
all
|
Adj-GFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2588καρδίαςkardias (N-GFS)
G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίαςkardias
|
heart
|
N-GFS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3650ὅληςholēs (Adj-GFS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅληςholēs
|
all
|
Adj-GFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5590ψυχῆςpsychēs (N-GFS)
G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχῆςpsychēs
|
soul
|
N-GFS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3650ὅληςholēs (Adj-GFS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅληςholēs
|
all
|
Adj-GFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1271διανοίαςdianoias (N-GFS)
G1271 διάνοια diánoia dee-an-oy-ah from διά and νοῦς; deep thought, properly, the faculty (mind or its disposition), by implication, its exercise:-- imagination, mind, understanding.
|
διανοίαςdianoias
|
mind
|
N-GFS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3650ὅληςholēs (Adj-GFS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅληςholēs
|
all
|
Adj-GFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2479ἰσχύοςischyos (N-GFS)
G2479 ἰσχύς ischýs is-khoos from a derivative of (force; compare , a form of ἔχω); forcefulness (literally or figuratively):--ability, might(-ily), power, strength.
|
ἰσχύοςischyos
|
strength
|
N-GFS
|
G4771σου.sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου.sou
|
of you.’
|
PPro-G2S
|
30
you will love the Lord your God with all your heart, and with all your soul, and with all your mind, and with all your strength: this is the first commandment.Mark 12:30
Stats
Rank: #378 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 160 characters, 28 words, 124 letters, 33 vowels, 91 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αγαπησεις κυριον τον θεον σου εξ ολης της καρδιας σου και εξ ολης της ψυχης σου και εξ ολης της διανοιας σου και εξ ολης της ισχυος σου αυτη πρωτη εντολη
Lit: and you shall love the Lord God of you with all the heart of you, and with all the soul of you, and with all the mind of you, and with all the strength of you.’
KJV: And thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy mind, and with all thy strength: this is the first commandment.
και δευτερα ομοια αυτη αγαπησεις τον πλησιον σου ως σεαυτον μειζων τουτων αλλη εντολη ουκ εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1208δευτέραdeutera (Adj-NFS)
G1208 δεύτερος deúteros dyoo-ter-os as the comparative of δύο; (ordinal) second (in time, place, or rank; also adverb):--afterward, again, second(-arily, time).
|
δευτέραdeutera
|
The second
|
Adj-NFS
|
G3778αὕτηhautē (PPro-NFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
αὕτηhautē
|
this:
|
PPro-NFS
|
G25ἈγαπήσειςAgapēseis (V-FIA-2S)
G25 ἀγαπάω agapáō ag-ap-ah-o perhaps from (much) (or compare עֲגַב); to love (in a social or moral sense):--(be-)love(-ed). Compare φιλέω.
|
ἈγαπήσειςAgapēseis
|
You shall love
|
V-FIA-2S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G4139πλησίονplēsion (Adv)
G4139 πλησίον plēsíon play-see-on neuter of a derivative of (near); (adverbially) close by; as noun, a neighbor, i.e. fellow (as man, countryman, Christian or friend):--near, neighbour.
|
πλησίονplēsion
|
neighbor
|
Adv
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G4572σεαυτόν.seauton (PPro-AM2S)
G4572 σεαυτοῦ seautoû sow-ton genitive case from σέ and αὐτός, also dative case of the same, , and accusative case , likewise contracted , , and , respectively; of (with, to) thyself:--thee, thine own self, (thou) thy(-self).,
|
σεαυτόν.seauton
|
yourself.’
|
PPro-AM2S
|
G3173μείζωνmeizōn (Adj-NFS-C)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μείζωνmeizōn
|
Greater
|
Adj-NFS-C
|
G3778τούτωνtoutōn (DPro-GFP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτωνtoutōn
|
than these
|
DPro-GFP
|
G243ἄλληallē (Adj-NFS)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλληallē
|
another
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1785ἐντολὴentolē (N-NFS)
G1785 ἐντολή entolḗ en-tol-ay from ἐντέλλομαι; injunction, i.e. an authoritative prescription:--commandment, precept.
|
ἐντολὴentolē
|
commandment
|
N-NFS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἔστιν.estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστιν.estin
|
there is.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
31
The second is like, namely this, You will love your neighbour as yourself. There is none other commandment greater than these.
Mark 12:31
Stats
Rank: #2277 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 132 characters, 18 words, 105 letters, 37 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: και δευτερα ομοια αυτη αγαπησεις τον πλησιον σου ως σεαυτον μειζων τουτων αλλη εντολη ουκ εστιν
Lit: The second this: You shall love the neighbor of you as yourself.’ Greater than these another commandment not there is.
KJV: And the second is like, [namely] this, Thou shalt love thy neighbour as thyself. There is none other commandment greater than these.
References
"Thou"Le 19:13: You will not defraud your neighbour: neither rob him: the wages of him that is hired will not abide with you all night until the morning.Mt 7:12: Therefore all things whatever you would that men should do to you: do you even so to them: for this is the law and the prophets.Mt 19:18: 19: He says to Him: Which? Jesus said: You will do no murder: You will not commit adultery: You will not steal: You will not bear false witness: Mt 22:39: The second is like to it: You will love your neighbour as yourself.Lu 10:27: 36: 37: He answering said: You will love the Lord your God with all your heart: and with all your soul: and with all your strength: and with all your mind; and your neighbour as yourself.Ro 13:8: 9: Owe no man any thing: but to love one another: for he who loves another has fulfilled the law.1Co 13:4-8: Charity suffers long: and is kind; charity envies not; charity vaunts not itself: not is puffed up: Ga 5:14: For all the law is fulfilled in one word: even in this; You will love your neighbour as yourself.Jas 2:8-13: If you fulfil the royal law according to the scripture: You will love your neighbour as yourself: you do well:1Jo 3:17-19: But whoever has this world's good: and sees His brother have need: and shuts up His bowels of compassion from Him: how dwells the love of God in Him?1Jo 4:7: 8: 21: Beloved: let us love one another: for love is of God; and every one that loves is born of God: and knows God.
και ειπεν αυτω ο γραμματευς καλως διδασκαλε επ αληθειας ειπας οτι εις εστιν θεος και ουκ εστιν αλλος πλην αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1122γραμματεύςgrammateus (N-NMS)
G1122 γραμματεύς grammateús gram-mat-yooce from γράμμα. a writer, i.e. (professionally) scribe or secretary:--scribe, town-clerk.
|
γραμματεύςgrammateus
|
scribe,
|
N-NMS
|
G2573Καλῶς,Kalōs (Adv)
G2573 καλῶς kalōs kal-oce adverb from καλός; well (usually morally):--(in a) good (place), honestly, + recover, (full) well.
|
Καλῶς,Kalōs
|
Right,
|
Adv
|
G1320Διδάσκαλε,Didaskale (N-VMS)
G1320 διδάσκαλος didáskalos did-as-kal-os from διδάσκω; an instructor (genitive case or specially):--doctor, master, teacher.
|
Διδάσκαλε,Didaskale
|
Teacher,
|
N-VMS
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G225ἀληθείαςalētheias (N-GFS)
G225 ἀλήθεια alḗtheia al-ay-thi-a from ἀληθής; truth:--true, X truly, truth, verity.
|
ἀληθείαςalētheias
|
truth
|
N-GFS
|
G3004εἶπεςeipes (V-AIA-2S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπεςeipes
|
You have spoken
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷςheis
|
One
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
He is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
there is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G243ἄλλοςallos (Adj-NMS)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλοςallos
|
another
|
Adj-NMS
|
G4133πλὴνplēn (Prep)
G4133 πλήν plḗn plane from πλείων; moreover (besides), i.e. albeit, save that, rather, yet:--but (rather), except, nevertheless, notwithstanding, save, than.
|
πλὴνplēn
|
besides
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ·autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ·autou
|
Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
32
The scribe said to Him, Well, Master, you have said the truth: for there is one God; and there is none other but He:
Mark 12:32
Stats
Counts: 123 characters, 20 words, 93 letters, 36 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειπεν αυτω ο γραμματευς καλως διδασκαλε επ αληθειας ειπας οτι εις εστιν θεος και ουκ εστιν αλλος πλην αυτου
Lit: And said to Him the scribe, Right, Teacher, according to truth You have spoken that One He is, and not there is another besides Him,
KJV: And the scribe said unto him, Well, Master, thou hast said the truth: for there is one God; and there is none other but he:
References
"for"De 4:39: Know therefore this day: and consider it in your heart: that the LORD He is God in heaven above: and upon the earth beneath: there is none else.De 5:7: You will have none other gods before me.De 6:4: Hear: O Israel: The LORD our God is one LORD:Isa 44:8: Fear you not: neither be afraid: not have I told you from that time: and have declared it? you are even my witnesses. Is there a God beside me? yes: there is no God; I not know any.Isa 45:5: 6: 14: 18: 21: 22: I am the LORD: and there is none else: there is no God beside me: I girded you: though you have not known me:Isa 46:9: Remember the former things of old: for I am God: and there is none else; I am God: and there is none like me: Jer 10:10-12: But the LORD is the true God: He is the living God: and an everlasting king: at His wrath the earth will tremble: and the nations will not be able to abide His indignation.
και το αγαπαν αυτον εξ ολης της καρδιας και εξ ολης της συνεσεως και εξ ολης της ψυχης και εξ ολης της ισχυος και το αγαπαν τον πλησιον ως εαυτον πλειον εστιν παντων των ολοκαυτωματων και των θυσιων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G25ἀγαπᾶνagapan (V-PNA)
G25 ἀγαπάω agapáō ag-ap-ah-o perhaps from (much) (or compare עֲגַב); to love (in a social or moral sense):--(be-)love(-ed). Compare φιλέω.
|
ἀγαπᾶνagapan
|
to love
|
V-PNA
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3650ὅληςholēs (Adj-GFS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅληςholēs
|
all
|
Adj-GFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2588καρδίαςkardias (N-GFS)
G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίαςkardias
|
heart
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3650ὅληςholēs (Adj-GFS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅληςholēs
|
all
|
Adj-GFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4907συνέσεωςsyneseōs (N-GFS)
G4907 σύνεσις sýnesis soon-es-is from συνίημι; a mental putting together, i.e. intelligence or (concretely) the intellect:--knowledge, understanding.
|
συνέσεωςsyneseōs
|
understanding
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3650ὅληςholēs (Adj-GFS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅληςholēs
|
all
|
Adj-GFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2479ἰσχύος,ischyos (N-GFS)
G2479 ἰσχύς ischýs is-khoos from a derivative of (force; compare , a form of ἔχω); forcefulness (literally or figuratively):--ability, might(-ily), power, strength.
|
ἰσχύος,ischyos
|
strength,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G25ἀγαπᾶνagapan (V-PNA)
G25 ἀγαπάω agapáō ag-ap-ah-o perhaps from (much) (or compare עֲגַב); to love (in a social or moral sense):--(be-)love(-ed). Compare φιλέω.
|
ἀγαπᾶνagapan
|
to love
|
V-PNA
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G4139πλησίονplēsion (Adv)
G4139 πλησίον plēsíon play-see-on neuter of a derivative of (near); (adverbially) close by; as noun, a neighbor, i.e. fellow (as man, countryman, Christian or friend):--near, neighbour.
|
πλησίονplēsion
|
neighbor
|
Adv
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G1438ἑαυτὸνheauton (RefPro-AM3S)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτὸνheauton
|
oneself
|
RefPro-AM3S
|
G4053περισσότερόνperissoteron (Adj-NNS-C)
G4053 περισσός perissós per-is-sos from περί (in the sense of beyond); superabundant (in quantity) or superior (in quality); by implication, excessive; adverbially (with ἐκ) violently; neuter (as noun) preeminence:--exceeding abundantly above, more abundantly, advantage, exceedingly, very highly, beyond measure, more, superfluous, vehement(-ly).
|
περισσότερόνperissoteron
|
more important
|
Adj-NNS-C
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GNP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
than all
|
Adj-GNP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G3646ὁλοκαυτωμάτωνholokautōmatōn (N-GNP)
G3646 ὁλοκαύτωμα holokaútōma hol-ok-ow-to-mah from a derivative of a compound of ὅλος and a derivative of καίω; a wholly-consumed sacrifice (holocaust):--(whole) burnt offering.
|
ὁλοκαυτωμάτωνholokautōmatōn
|
burnt offerings
|
N-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2378θυσιῶν.thysiōn (N-GFP)
G2378 θυσία thysía thoo-see-ah from θύω; sacrifice (the act or the victim, literally or figuratively):--sacrifice.
|
θυσιῶν.thysiōn
|
sacrifices.
|
N-GFP
|
33
To love him with all the heart, and with all the understanding, and with all the soul, and with all the strength, and to love his neighbour as himself, is more than all whole burnt offerings and sacrifices.Mark 12:33
Stats
Rank: #7731 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 210 characters, 34 words, 166 letters, 57 vowels, 109 consonants
Translation
Greek: και το αγαπαν αυτον εξ ολης της καρδιας και εξ ολης της συνεσεως και εξ ολης της ψυχης και εξ ολης της ισχυος και το αγαπαν τον πλησιον ως εαυτον πλειον εστιν παντων των ολοκαυτωματων και των θυσιων
Lit: and to love Him with all the heart and with all the understanding and with all the strength, and to love the neighbor as oneself more important is than all the burnt offerings and sacrifices.
KJV: And to love him with all the heart, and with all the understanding, and with all the soul, and with all the strength, and to love his neighbour as himself, is more than all whole burnt offerings and sacrifices.
References
"is more"1Sa 15:22: Samuel said: Has the LORD as great delight in burnt offerings and sacrifices: as in obeying the voice of the LORD? Look: to obey is better than sacrifice: and to listen than the fat of rams.Ps 50:8-15: 23: I not will reprove you for your sacrifices or your burnt offerings: to have been continually before me.Pr 21:3: To do justice and judgment is more acceptable to the LORD than sacrifice.Isa 1:11-17: To what purpose is the multitude of your sacrifices to me? says the LORD: I am full of the burnt offerings of rams: and the fat of fed beasts; and I not delight in the blood of bullocks: or of lambs: or of He goats.Isa 58:5-7: Is it such a fast that I have chosen? a day for a man to afflict His soul? is it to bow down His head as a bulrush: and to spread sackcloth and ashes under Him? will you call this a fast: and an acceptable day to the LORD?Jer 7:21-23: Thus says the LORD of hosts: the God of Israel; Put your burnt offerings to your sacrifices: and eat flesh.Ho 6:6: For I desired mercy: not and sacrifice; and the knowledge of God more than burnt offerings.Am 5:21-24: I hate: I despise your feast days: and I not will smell in your solemn assemblies.Mic 6:6-8: Wherewith will I come before the LORD: and bow myself before the high God? will I come before Him with burnt offerings: with calves of a year old?Mt 9:13: But go you and learn what that means: I will have mercy: not and sacrifice: for I not am come to call the righteous: but sinners to repentance.Mt 12:7: But if you had known what this means: I will have mercy: not and sacrifice: you not would have condemned the guiltless.1Co 13:1-3: Though I speak with the tongues of men and of angels: and not have charity: I am become as sounding brass: or a tinkling cymbal.
και ο ιησους ιδων αυτον οτι νουνεχως απεκριθη ειπεν αυτω ου μακραν ει απο της βασιλειας του θεου και ουδεις ουκετι ετολμα αυτον επερωτησαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2424Ἰησοῦς,Iēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦς,Iēsous
|
Jesus,
|
N-NMS
|
G3708ἰδὼνidōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδὼνidōn
|
having seen
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3562νουνεχῶςnounechōs (Adv)
G3562 νουνεχῶς nounechōs noon-ekh-oce adverb from a comparative of the accusative case of νοῦς and ἔχω; in a mind-having way, i.e. prudently:--discreetly.
|
νουνεχῶςnounechōs
|
wisely
|
Adv
|
G611ἀπεκρίθη,apekrithē (V-AIP-3S)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀπεκρίθη,apekrithē
|
he answered,
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3756ΟὐOu (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
ΟὐOu
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G3112μακρὰνmakran (Adj-AFS)
G3112 μακράν makrán mak-ran feminine accusative case singular of μακρός (ὁδός being implied); at a distance (literally or figuratively):--(a-)far (off), good (great) way off.
|
μακρὰνmakran
|
far
|
Adj-AFS
|
G1510εἶei (V-PIA-2S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶei
|
are you
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G932βασιλείαςbasileias (N-GFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείαςbasileias
|
kingdom
|
N-GFS
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3762οὐδεὶςoudeis (Adj-NMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεὶςoudeis
|
no one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3765οὐκέτιouketi (Adv)
G3765 οὐκέτι oukéti ook et-ee from οὐ and ἔτι; not yet, no longer:--after that (not), (not) any more, henceforth (hereafter) not, no longer (more), not as yet (now), now no more (not), yet (not).
|
οὐκέτιouketi
|
no longer
|
Adv
|
G5111ἐτόλμαetolma (V-IIA-3S)
G5111 τολμάω tolmáō tol-mah-o from (boldness; probably itself from the base of τέλος through the idea of extreme conduct); to venture (objectively or in act; while θαῤῥέω is rather subjective or in feeling); by implication, to be courageous:--be bold, boldly, dare, durst.
|
ἐτόλμαetolma
|
dared
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1905ἐπερωτῆσαι.eperōtēsai (V-ANA)
G1905 ἐπερωτάω eperōtáō ep-er-o-tah-o from ἐπί and ἐρωτάω; to ask for, i.e. inquire, seek:--ask (after, questions), demand, desire, question.
|
ἐπερωτῆσαι.eperōtēsai
|
to question.
|
V-ANA
|
34
When Jesus saw that He answered discreetly, He said to Him, You are not far from the kingdom of God. And no man after that durst ask Him any question.
Mark 12:34
Stats
Counts: 157 characters, 28 words, 123 letters, 44 vowels, 79 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ο ιησους ιδων αυτον οτι νουνεχως απεκριθη ειπεν αυτω ου μακραν ει απο της βασιλειας του θεου και ουδεις ουκετι ετολμα αυτον επερωτησαι
Lit: And Jesus, having seen him that wisely he answered, said to him, Not far are you from the kingdom of God. And no one no longer dared Him to question.
KJV: And when Jesus saw that he answered discreetly, he said unto him, Thou art not far from the kingdom of God. And no man after that durst ask him any question.
References
"Thou"Mt 12:20: A bruised reed will not he break: and smoking flax will not he quench: till he send forth judgment to victory.Ro 3:20: Therefore by the deeds of the law there will no flesh be justified in his sight: for by the law is the knowledge of sin.Ro 7:9: For I was alive without the law once: but when the commandment came: sin revived: and I died.Ga 2:19: For I through the law am dead to the law: that I might live to God."And no"Job 32:15: 16: They were amazed: they answered no more: they left off speaking.Mt 22:46: No man was able to answer him a word: neither durst any man from that day forth ask him any more questions.Lu 20:40: After that they not durst ask him any question at all.Ro 3:19: Now we know that what things soever the law says: it says to them who are under the law: that every mouth may be stopped: and all the world may become guilty before God.Col 4:6: Let your speech be alway with grace: seasoned with salt: that you may know how you ought to answer every man.Tit 1:9-11: Holding fast the faithful word as he has been taught: that he may be able by sound doctrine both to exhort and to convince the gainsayers.
Jesus Questions the Crowds
και αποκριθεις ο ιησους ελεγεν διδασκων εν τω ιερω πως λεγουσιν οι γραμματεις οτι ο χριστος υιος εστιν δαβιδ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G611ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis (V-APP-NMS)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis
|
answering,
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G3004ἔλεγενelegen (V-IIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγενelegen
|
was saying,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1321διδάσκωνdidaskōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
διδάσκωνdidaskōn
|
teaching
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G2411ἱερῷhierō (N-DNS)
G2411 ἱερόν hierón hee-er-on neuter of ἱερός; a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas ναός denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere):--temple.
|
ἱερῷhierō
|
temple,
|
N-DNS
|
G4459ΠῶςPōs (Adv)
G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
ΠῶςPōs
|
How
|
Adv
|
G3004λέγουσινlegousin (V-PIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγουσινlegousin
|
say
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G1122γραμματεῖςgrammateis (N-NMP)
G1122 γραμματεύς grammateús gram-mat-yooce from γράμμα. a writer, i.e. (professionally) scribe or secretary:--scribe, town-clerk.
|
γραμματεῖςgrammateis
|
scribes
|
N-NMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5547ΧριστὸςChristos (N-NMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστὸςChristos
|
Christ,
|
N-NMS
|
G5207υἱὸςhuios (N-NMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱὸςhuios
|
the son
|
N-NMS
|
G1138ΔαυίδDauid (N-GMS)
G1138 Δαβίδ Dabíd dab-eed of Hebrew origin (דָּוִד); Dabid (i.e. David), the Israelite king:--David.
|
ΔαυίδDauid
|
of David
|
N-GMS
|
G1510ἐστιν;estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν;estin
|
is?
|
V-PIA-3S
|
35
Jesus answered and said, while He taught in the temple, How say the scribes that Christ is the Son of David?
Mark 12:35
Stats
Counts: 112 characters, 20 words, 88 letters, 31 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αποκριθεις ο ιησους ελεγεν διδασκων εν τω ιερω πως λεγουσιν οι γραμματεις οτι ο χριστος υιος εστιν δαβιδ
Lit: And answering, Jesus was saying, teaching in the temple, How say the scribes that the Christ, the son of David is?
KJV: And Jesus answered and said, while he taught in the temple, How say the scribes that Christ is the Son of David?
References
"while"Mr 11:27: They come again to Jerusalem: and as he was walking in the temple: there come to him the chief priests: and the scribes: and the elders: Lu 19:47: He taught daily in the temple. But the chief priests and the scribes and the chief of the people sought to destroy him: Lu 20:1: It came to pass: that on one of those days: as he taught the people in the temple: and preached the gospel: the chief priests and the scribes came upon him with the elders: Lu 21:37: In the day time he was teaching in the temple; and at night he went out: and abode in the mount that is called the mount of Olives.Joh 18:20: Jesus answered Him: I spoke openly to the world; I ever taught in the synagogue: and in the temple: whither the Jews always resort; and in secret have I not saidhing."How"Mt 22:41: 42: While the Pharisees were gathered together: Jesus asked them: Lu 20:41-44: He said to them: How say they that Christ is David's son?Joh 7:42: Has not the scripture said: That Christ comes of the seed of David: and out of the town of Bethlehem: where David was?
αυτος γαρ δαβιδ ειπεν εν τω πνευματι τω αγιω ειπεν ο κυριος τω κυριω μου καθου εκ δεξιων μου εως αν θω τους εχθρους σου υποποδιον των ποδων σου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
Himself
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G1138ΔαυὶδDauid (N-NMS)
G1138 Δαβίδ Dabíd dab-eed of Hebrew origin (דָּוִד); Dabid (i.e. David), the Israelite king:--David.
|
ΔαυὶδDauid
|
David
|
N-NMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4151ΠνεύματιPneumati (N-DNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματιPneumati
|
Spirit
|
N-DNS
|
G40ἉγίῳHagiō (Adj-DNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἉγίῳHagiō
|
Holy:
|
Adj-DNS
|
G3004ΕἶπενEipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ΕἶπενEipen
|
Said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
the Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2962ΚυρίῳKyriō (N-DMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίῳKyriō
|
Lord
|
N-DMS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2521ΚάθουKathou (V-PMM/P-2S)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
ΚάθουKathou
|
Sit
|
V-PMM/P-2S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
at
|
Prep
|
G1188δεξιῶνdexiōn (Adj-GNP)
G1188 δεξιός dexiós dex-ee-os from δέχομαι; the right side or (feminine) hand (as that which usually takes):--right (hand, side).
|
δεξιῶνdexiōn
|
the right hand
|
Adj-GNP
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2193Ἕωςheōs (Conj)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
Ἕωςheōs
|
until
|
Conj
|
G5087θῶthō (V-ASA-1S)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
θῶthō
|
I place
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
of the
|
Art-AMP
|
G2190ἐχθρούςechthrous (Adj-AMP)
G2190 ἐχθρός echthrós ech-thros from a primary (to hate); hateful (passively, odious, or actively, hostile); usually as a noun, an adversary (especially Satan):--enemy, foe.
|
ἐχθρούςechthrous
|
enemies
|
Adj-AMP
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of You
|
PPro-G2S
|
G5270Ὑποκάτωhypokatō (Prep)
G5270 ὑποκάτω hypokátō hoop-ok-at-o from ὑπό and κάτω; down under, i.e. beneath:--under.
|
Ὑποκάτωhypokatō
|
as a footstool
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4228ποδῶνpodōn (N-GMP)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
ποδῶνpodōn
|
feet
|
N-GMP
|
G4771σου.sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου.sou
|
of You.”’
|
PPro-G2S
|
36
For David Himself said by the Holy Ghost, The LORD said to my Lord, Sit you on my right hand, till I make your enemies your footstool.
Mark 12:36
Stats
Counts: 135 characters, 24 words, 105 letters, 36 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: αυτος γαρ δαβιδ ειπεν εν τω πνευματι τω αγιω ειπεν ο κυριος τω κυριω μου καθου εκ δεξιων μου εως αν θω τους εχθρους σου υποποδιον των ποδων σου
Lit: Himself David said by the Spirit Holy: Said the Lord to the Lord of me, Sit at the right hand of Me, until I place of the enemies of You as a footstool of the feet of You.”’
KJV: For David himself said by the Holy Ghost, The LORD said to my Lord, Sit thou on my right hand, till I make thine enemies thy footstool.
References
"by"2Sa 23:2: The Spirit of the LORD spoke by me: and His word was in my tongue.Ne 9:30: Yet many years did you forbear them: and testifiedst against them by your spirit in your prophets: yet would not they give ear: therefore gave you them into the hand of the people of the lands.Mt 22:43-45: He says to them: How then does David in spirit call Him Lord: saying: Ac 1:16: Men and brothers: this scripture must needs have been fulfilled: which the Holy Ghost by the mouth of David spoke before concerning Judas: which was guide to them that took Jesus.Ac 28:25: When they not agreed among themselves: they departed: after that Paul had spoken one word: Well spoke the Holy Ghost by Isaiah the prophet to our fathers: 2Ti 3:16: All scripture is given by inspiration of God: and is profitable for doctrine: for reproof: for correction: for instruction in righteousness:Heb 3:7: 8: For what reason (as the Holy Ghost says: Today if you will hear His voice: Heb 4:7: Again: he limits a certain day: saying in David: Today: after so long a time; as it is said: Today if you will hear his voice: not harden your hearts.1Pe 1:11: Searching what: or what manner of time the Spirit of Christ which was in them did signify: when it testified beforehand the sufferings of Christ: and the glory that should follow.2Pe 1:21: For the prophecy not came in old time by the will of man: but holy men of God spoke as they were moved by the Holy Ghost."The Lord"Ps 110:1: > The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you at my right hand: until I make your enemies your footstool.Ac 2:34-36: For David not is ascended into the heavens: but He says Himself: The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you on my right hand: 1Co 15:25: For he must reign: till he has put all enemies under his feet.Heb 1:13: But to which of the angels said he at any time: Sit on my right hand: until I make your enemies your footstool?Heb 10:12: 13: But this man: after He had offered one sacrifice for sins for ever: sat down on the right hand of God;
αυτος ουν δαβιδ λεγει αυτον κυριον και ποθεν υιος αυτου εστιν και ο πολυς οχλος ηκουεν αυτου ηδεως
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G846Αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
Αὐτὸςautos
|
Himself
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G1138ΔαυὶδDauid (N-NMS)
G1138 Δαβίδ Dabíd dab-eed of Hebrew origin (דָּוִד); Dabid (i.e. David), the Israelite king:--David.
|
ΔαυὶδDauid
|
David
|
N-NMS
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
calls
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2962Κύριον,Kyrion (N-AMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριον,Kyrion
|
Lord,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
then
|
Conj
|
G4159πόθενpothen (Adv)
G4159 πόθεν póthen poth-en from the base of πόσις with enclitic adverb of origin; from which (as interrogative) or what (as relative) place, state, source or cause:--whence.
|
πόθενpothen
|
how
|
Adv
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is He
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G5207υἱός;huios (N-NMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱός;huios
|
son?
|
N-NMS
|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G4183πολὺςpolys (Adj-NMS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολὺςpolys
|
great
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3793ὄχλοςochlos (N-NMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλοςochlos
|
crowd
|
N-NMS
|
G191ἤκουενēkouen (V-IIA-3S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουενēkouen
|
was listening
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
to Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2234ἡδέως.hēdeōs (Adv)
G2234 ἡδέως hēdéōs hay-deh-oce adverb from a derivative of the base of ἡδονή; sweetly, i.e. (figuratively) with pleasure:--gladly.
|
ἡδέως.hēdeōs
|
gladly.
|
Adv
|
37
David therefore Himself calls Him Lord; and where is He then His son? And the common people heard Him gladly.Mark 12:37
Stats
Counts: 112 characters, 18 words, 90 letters, 31 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: αυτος ουν δαβιδ λεγει αυτον κυριον και ποθεν υιος αυτου εστιν και ο πολυς οχλος ηκουεν αυτου ηδεως
Lit: Himself David calls Him Lord, then how of him is He son? And the great crowd was listening to Him gladly.
KJV: David therefore himself calleth him Lord; and whence is he then his son? And the common people heard him gladly.
References
"and whence"Mt 1:23: Look: a virgin will be with child: and will bring forth a son: and they will call His name Emmanuel: which being interpreted is: God with us.Ro 1:3: 4: Concerning His Son Jesus Christ our Lord: which was made of the seed of David according to the flesh;Ro 9:5: Whose are the fathers: and of whom as concerning the flesh Christ came: who is over all: God blessed for ever. Amen.1Ti 3:16: Without controversy great is the mystery of godliness: God was manifest in the flesh: justified in the Spirit: seen of angels: preached to the Gentiles: believed on in the world: received up into glory.Re 22:16: I Jesus have sent my angel to testify to you these things in the churches. I am the root and the offspring of David: and the bright and morning star."And the"Mt 11:5: 25: The blind receive their sight: and the lame walk: the lepers are cleansed: and the deaf hear: the dead are raised up: and the poor have the gospel preached to them.Mt 21:46: But when they sought to lay hands on him: they feared the multitude: because they took him for a prophet.Lu 19:48: not could find what they might do: for all the people were very attentive to hear him.Lu 21:38: All the people came early in the morning to him in the temple: for to hear him.Joh 7:46-49: The officers answered: Never man spoke like this man.Jas 2:5: Listen: my beloved brothers: Has not God chosen the poor of this world rich in faith: and heirs of the kingdom which He has promised to them that love Him?
Beware of the Scribes
και ελεγεν αυτοις εν τη διδαχη αυτου βλεπετε απο των γραμματεων των θελοντων εν στολαις περιπατειν και ασπασμους εν ταις αγοραις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1322διδαχῇdidachē (N-DFS)
G1322 διδαχή didachḗ did-akh-ay from διδάσκω; instruction (the act or the matter):--doctrine, hath been taught.
|
διδαχῇdidachē
|
teaching
|
N-DFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3004ἔλεγενelegen (V-IIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγενelegen
|
He was saying,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G991ΒλέπετεBlepete (V-PMA-2P)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ΒλέπετεBlepete
|
Beware
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G1122γραμματέωνgrammateōn (N-GMP)
G1122 γραμματεύς grammateús gram-mat-yooce from γράμμα. a writer, i.e. (professionally) scribe or secretary:--scribe, town-clerk.
|
γραμματέωνgrammateōn
|
scribes,
|
N-GMP
|
G2309θελόντωνthelontōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θελόντωνthelontōn
|
desiring
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4749στολαῖςstolais (N-DFP)
G4749 στολή stolḗ stol-ay from στέλλω; equipment, i.e. (specially), a stole or long-fitting gown (as a mark of dignity):--long clothing (garment), (long) robe.
|
στολαῖςstolais
|
robes
|
N-DFP
|
G4043περιπατεῖνperipatein (V-PNA)
G4043 περιπατέω peripatéō per-ee-pat-eh-o from περί and πατέω; to tread all around, i.e. walk at large (especially as proof of ability); figuratively, to live, deport oneself, follow (as a companion or votary):--go, be occupied with, walk (about).
|
περιπατεῖνperipatein
|
to walk about,
|
V-PNA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G783ἀσπασμοὺςaspasmous (N-AMP)
G783 ἀσπασμός aspasmós as-pas-mos from ἀσπάζομαι; a greeting (in person or by letter):--greeting, salutation.
|
ἀσπασμοὺςaspasmous
|
greetings
|
N-AMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G58ἀγοραῖςagorais (N-DFP)
G58 ἀγορά agorá ag-or-ah from (to gather; probably akin to ἐγείρω); properly, the town-square (as a place of public resort); by implication, a market or thoroughfare:--market(-place), street.
|
ἀγοραῖςagorais
|
marketplaces,
|
N-DFP
|
38
He said to them in his doctrine, Beware of the scribes, which love to go in long clothing, and love salutations in the marketplaces,
Mark 12:38
Stats
Rank: #2489 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 138 characters, 22 words, 110 letters, 42 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ελεγεν αυτοις εν τη διδαχη αυτου βλεπετε απο των γραμματεων των θελοντων εν στολαις περιπατειν και ασπασμους εν ταις αγοραις
Lit: And in the teaching of Him, He was saying, Beware of the scribes, desiring in robes to walk about, and greetings in the marketplaces,
KJV: And he said unto them in his doctrine, Beware of the scribes, which love to go in long clothing, and love salutations in the marketplaces,
References
"said"Mr 4:2: He taught them many things by parables: and said to them in his doctrine: "Beware"Mt 10:17: But beware of men: for they will deliver you up to the councils: and they will scourge you in their synagogues;Mt 23:1-7: Then spoke Jesus to the multitude: and to His disciples: Lu 20:45-47: Then in the audience of all the people he said to his disciples: "which"Mt 6:5: When you pray: you will not be as the hypocrites are: for they love to pray standing in the synagogues and in the corners of the streets: that they may be seen of men. Truly I say to you: They have their reward.Lu 11:43: Woe to you: Pharisees! for you love the uppermost seats in the synagogues: and greetings in the markets.Lu 14:7-11: He put forth a parable to those which were bidden: when he marked how they chose out the chief rooms; saying to them: 3Jo 1:9: I wrote to the church: but Diotrephes: who loves to have the preeminence among them: receives not us.
και πρωτοκαθεδριας εν ταις συναγωγαις και πρωτοκλισιας εν τοις δειπνοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4410πρωτοκαθεδρίαςprōtokathedrias (N-AFP)
G4410 πρωτοκαθεδρία prōtokathedría pro-tok-ath-ed-ree-ah from πρῶτος and καθέδρα; a sitting first (in the front row), i.e. preeminence in council:--chief (highest, uppermost) seat.
|
πρωτοκαθεδρίαςprōtokathedrias
|
first seats
|
N-AFP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G4864συναγωγαῖςsynagōgais (N-DFP)
G4864 συναγωγή synagōgḗ soon-ag-o-gay from (the reduplicated form of) συνάγω; an assemblage of persons; specially, a Jewish synagogue (the meeting or the place); by analogy, a Christian church:--assembly, congregation, synagogue.
|
συναγωγαῖςsynagōgais
|
synagogues,
|
N-DFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4411πρωτοκλισίαςprōtoklisias (N-AFP)
G4411 πρωτοκλισία prōtoklisía pro-tok-lis-ee-ah from πρῶτος and κλισία; a reclining first (in the place of honor) at the dinner-bed, i.e. preeminence at meals:--chief (highest, uppermost) room.
|
πρωτοκλισίαςprōtoklisias
|
first places
|
N-AFP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DNP
|
G1173δείπνοις·deipnois (N-DNP)
G1173 δεῖπνον deîpnon dipe-non from the same as δαπάνη; dinner, i.e. the chief meal (usually in the evening):--feast, supper.
|
δείπνοις·deipnois
|
feasts;
|
N-DNP
|
39
The chief seats in the synagogues, and the uppermost rooms at feasts:Mark 12:39
Stats
Counts: 73 characters, 12 words, 59 letters, 22 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: και πρωτοκαθεδριας εν ταις συναγωγαις και πρωτοκλισιας εν τοις δειπνοις
Lit: and first seats in the synagogues, and first places at the feasts;
KJV: And the chief seats in the synagogues, and the uppermost rooms at feasts:
References
"And the chief seats in the synagogues, and the uppermost rooms at feasts:"Jas 2:2: 3: For if there come to your assembly a man with a gold ring: in goodly apparel: and there come in also a poor man in vile clothing;
οι κατεσθιοντες τας οικιας των χηρων και προφασει μακρα προσευχομενοι ουτοι ληψονται περισσοτερον κριμα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G2719κατεσθίοντεςkatesthiontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2719 κατεσθίω katesthíō kat-es-thee-o from κατά and ἐσθίω (including its alternate); to eat down, i.e. devour (literally or figuratively):--devour.
|
κατεσθίοντεςkatesthiontes
|
devouring
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G3614οἰκίαςoikias (N-AFP)
G3614 οἰκία oikía oy-kee-ah from οἶκος; properly, residence (abstractly), but usually (concretely) an abode (literally or figuratively); by implication, a family (especially domestics):--home, house(-hold).
|
οἰκίαςoikias
|
houses
|
N-AFP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GFP
|
G5503χηρῶνchērōn (N-GFP)
G5503 χήρα chḗra khay-rah feminine of a presumed derivative apparently from the base of χάσμα through the idea of deficiency; a widow (as lacking a husband), literally or figuratively:--widow.
|
χηρῶνchērōn
|
widows,
|
N-GFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4392προφάσειprophasei (N-DFS)
G4392 πρόφασις próphasis prof-as-is from a compound of πρό and φαίνω; an outward showing, i.e. pretext:--cloke, colour, pretence, show.
|
προφάσειprophasei
|
as a pretext,
|
N-DFS
|
G3117μακρὰmakra (Adj-ANP)
G3117 μακρός makrós mak-ros from μῆκος; long (in place (distant) or time (neuter plural)):--far, long.
|
μακρὰmakra
|
at great length
|
Adj-ANP
|
G4336προσευχόμενοι,proseuchomenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP)
G4336 προσεύχομαι proseúchomai pros-yoo-khom-ahee from πρός and εὔχομαι; to pray to God, i.e. supplicate, worship:--pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer.
|
προσευχόμενοι,proseuchomenoi
|
praying.
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G3778οὗτοιhoutoi (DPro-NMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοιhoutoi
|
These
|
DPro-NMP
|
G2983λήμψονταιlēmpsontai (V-FIM-3P)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λήμψονταιlēmpsontai
|
will receive
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G4053περισσότερονperissoteron (Adj-ANS-C)
G4053 περισσός perissós per-is-sos from περί (in the sense of beyond); superabundant (in quantity) or superior (in quality); by implication, excessive; adverbially (with ἐκ) violently; neuter (as noun) preeminence:--exceeding abundantly above, more abundantly, advantage, exceedingly, very highly, beyond measure, more, superfluous, vehement(-ly).
|
περισσότερονperissoteron
|
greater
|
Adj-ANS-C
|
G2917κρίμα.krima (N-ANS)
G2917 κρίμα kríma kree-mah from κρίνω; a decision (the function or the effect, for or against (crime)):--avenge, condemned, condemnation, damnation, + go to law, judgment.
|
κρίμα.krima
|
judgment.
|
N-ANS
|
40
Which devour widows' houses, and for a pretence make long prayers: these will receive greater damnation.Mark 12:40
Stats
Counts: 105 characters, 13 words, 86 letters, 34 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι κατεσθιοντες τας οικιας των χηρων και προφασει μακρα προσευχομενοι ουτοι ληψονται περισσοτερον κριμα
Lit: those devouring the houses of the widows, and as a pretext, at great length praying. These will receive greater judgment.
KJV: Which devour widows' houses, and for a pretence make long prayers: these shall receive greater damnation.
References
"devour"Eze 22:25: There is a conspiracy of her prophets in the middle thereof: like a roaring lion ravening the prey; they have devoured souls; they have taken the treasure and precious things; they have made her many widows in the middle thereof.Mic 2:2: They covet fields: and take them by violence; and houses: and take them away: so they oppress a man and his house: even a man and his heritage.Mic 3:1-4: I said: Hear: I pray you: O heads of Jacob: and you princes of the house of Israel; Is it not for you to know judgment?Mt 23:14: Woe to you: scribes and Pharisees: hypocrites! for you devour widows' houses: and for a pretence make long prayer: therefore you will receive the greater damnation.Lu 20:47: Which devour widows' houses: and for a show make long prayers: the same will receive greater damnation.2Ti 3:6: For of this sort are they which creep into houses: and lead captive silly women laden with sins: led away with divers lusts: "long"Mt 6:7: But when you pray: not use vain repetitions: as the heathen do: for they think that they will be heard for their much speaking.Mt 11:22-24: But I say to you: It will be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the day of judgment: than for you.Mt 23:33: You serpents: you generation of vipers: how can you escape the damnation of hell?Lu 12:47: 48: That servant: which knew his lord's will: and not prepared himself: neither did according to his will: will be beaten with many stripes.
The Widow’s Offering
και καθισας ο ιησους κατεναντι του γαζοφυλακιου εθεωρει πως ο οχλος βαλλει χαλκον εις το γαζοφυλακιον και πολλοι πλουσιοι εβαλλον πολλα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2523καθίσαςkathisas (V-APA-NMS)
G2523 καθίζω kathízō kath-id-zo another (active) form for καθέζομαι; to seat down, i.e. set (figuratively, appoint); intransitively, to sit (down); figuratively, to settle (hover, dwell):--continue, set, sit (down), tarry.
|
καθίσαςkathisas
|
having sat down
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2713κατέναντιkatenanti (Prep)
G2713 κατέναντι katénanti kat-en-an-tee from κατά and ἔναντι; directly opposite:--before, over against.
|
κατέναντιkatenanti
|
opposite
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G1049γαζοφυλακίουgazophylakiou (N-GNS)
G1049 γαζοφυλάκιον gazophylákion gad-zof-oo-lak-ee-on from γάζα and φυλακή; a treasure-house, i.e. a court in the temple for the collection-boxes:--treasury.
|
γαζοφυλακίουgazophylakiou
|
treasury,
|
N-GNS
|
G2334ἐθεώρειetheōrei (V-IIA-3S)
G2334 θεωρέω theōréō theh-o-reh-o from a derivative of θεάομαι (perhaps by addition of ὁράω); to be a spectator of, i.e. discern, (literally, figuratively (experience) or intensively (acknowledge)):--behold, consider, look on, perceive, see. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ἐθεώρειetheōrei
|
He was watching
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G4459πῶςpōs (Adv)
G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
πῶςpōs
|
how
|
Adv
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3793ὄχλοςochlos (N-NMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλοςochlos
|
crowd
|
N-NMS
|
G906βάλλειballei (V-PIA-3S)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
βάλλειballei
|
cast
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G5475χαλκὸνchalkon (N-AMS)
G5475 χαλκός chalkós khal-kos perhaps from χαλάω through the idea of hollowing out as a vessel (this metal being chiefly used for that purpose); copper (the substance, or some implement or coin made of it):--brass, money.
|
χαλκὸνchalkon
|
money
|
N-AMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G1049γαζοφυλάκιον·gazophylakion (N-ANS)
G1049 γαζοφυλάκιον gazophylákion gad-zof-oo-lak-ee-on from γάζα and φυλακή; a treasure-house, i.e. a court in the temple for the collection-boxes:--treasury.
|
γαζοφυλάκιον·gazophylakion
|
treasury;
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4183πολλοὶpolloi (Adj-NMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοὶpolloi
|
many
|
Adj-NMP
|
G4145πλούσιοιplousioi (Adj-NMP)
G4145 πλούσιος ploúsios ploo-see-os from πλοῦτος; wealthy; figuratively, abounding with:--rich.
|
πλούσιοιplousioi
|
rich
|
Adj-NMP
|
G906ἔβαλλονeballon (V-IIA-3P)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
ἔβαλλονeballon
|
were casting in
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G4183πολλά·polla (Adj-ANP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλά·polla
|
much.
|
Adj-ANP
|
41
Jesus sat over against the treasury, and beheld how the people cast money into the treasury: and many that were rich cast in much.Mark 12:41
Stats
Rank: #1265 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 134 characters, 23 words, 107 letters, 39 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: και καθισας ο ιησους κατεναντι του γαζοφυλακιου εθεωρει πως ο οχλος βαλλει χαλκον εις το γαζοφυλακιον και πολλοι πλουσιοι εβαλλον πολλα
Lit: And having sat down opposite the treasury, He was watching how the crowd cast money into the treasury; and many rich were casting in much.
KJV: And Jesus sat over against the treasury, and beheld how the people cast money into the treasury: and many that were rich cast in much.
References
"sat"Mt 27:6: The chief priests took the silver pieces: and said: It not is lawful for to put them into the treasury: because it is the price of blood.Lu 21:2-4: He saw also a certain poor widow casting in there two mites.Joh 8:20: These words spoke Jesus in the treasury: as He taught in the temple: and no man laid hands on Him; for His hour not was yet come."the treasury"2Ki 12:9: But Jehoiada the priest took a chest: and bored a hole in the lid of it: and set it beside the altar: on the right side as one comes into the house of the LORD: and the priests that kept the door put therein all the money that was brought into the house of the LORD.
και ελθουσα μια χηρα πτωχη εβαλεν λεπτα δυο ο εστιν κοδραντης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2064ἐλθοῦσαelthousa (V-APA-NFS)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλθοῦσαelthousa
|
having come,
|
V-APA-NFS
|
G1520μίαmia (Adj-NFS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
μίαmia
|
one
|
Adj-NFS
|
G5503χήραchēra (N-NFS)
G5503 χήρα chḗra khay-rah feminine of a presumed derivative apparently from the base of χάσμα through the idea of deficiency; a widow (as lacking a husband), literally or figuratively:--widow.
|
χήραchēra
|
widow
|
N-NFS
|
G4434πτωχὴptōchē (Adj-NFS)
G4434 πτωχός ptōchós pto-khos from (to crouch); akin to πτοέω and the alternate of πίπτω); a beggar (as cringing), i.e. pauper (strictly denoting absolute or public mendicancy, although also used in a qualified or relative sense; whereas πένης properly means only straitened circumstances in private), literally (often as noun) or figuratively (distressed):--beggar(-ly), poor.
|
πτωχὴptōchē
|
poor
|
Adj-NFS
|
G906ἔβαλενebalen (V-AIA-3S)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
ἔβαλενebalen
|
cast in
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3016λεπτὰlepta (N-ANP)
G3016 λεπτόν leptón lep-ton neuter of a derivative of the same as λεπίς; something scaled (light), i.e. a small coin:--mite.
|
λεπτὰlepta
|
lepta
|
N-ANP
|
G1417δύο,dyo (Adj-ANP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύο,dyo
|
two,
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3739ὅho (RelPro-NNS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὅho
|
which
|
RelPro-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2835κοδράντης.kodrantēs (N-NMS)
G2835 κοδράντης kodrántēs kod-ran-tace of Latin origin; a quadrans, i.e. the fourth part of an as:--farthing.
|
κοδράντης.kodrantēs
|
a kodrantes.
|
N-NMS
|
42
There came a certain poor widow, and she threw in two mites, which make a farthing.Mark 12:42
Stats
Counts: 87 characters, 15 words, 68 letters, 26 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ελθουσα μια χηρα πτωχη εβαλεν λεπτα δυο ο εστιν κοδραντης
Lit: And having come, one widow poor cast in lepta two, which is a kodrantes.
KJV: And there came a certain poor widow, and she threw in two mites, which make a farthing.
και προσκαλεσαμενος τους μαθητας αυτου λεγει αυτοις αμην λεγω υμιν οτι η χηρα αυτη η πτωχη πλειον παντων βεβληκεν των βαλοντων εις το γαζοφυλακιον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4341προσκαλεσάμενοςproskalesamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G4341 προσκαλέομαι proskaléomai pros-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from πρός and καλέω; to call toward oneself, i.e. summon, invite:--call (for, to, unto).
|
προσκαλεσάμενοςproskalesamenos
|
having called to Him
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3101μαθητὰςmathētas (N-AMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητὰςmathētas
|
disciples
|
N-AMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
He says
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G281ἈμὴνAmēn (Heb)
G281 ἀμήν amḗn am-ane of Hebrew origin (אָמֵן); properly, firm, i.e. (figuratively) trustworthy; adverbially, surely (often as interjection, so be it):--amen, verily.,
|
ἈμὴνAmēn
|
Truly
|
Heb
|
G3004λέγωlegō (V-PIA-1S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωlegō
|
I say
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G5503χήραchēra (N-NFS)
G5503 χήρα chḗra khay-rah feminine of a presumed derivative apparently from the base of χάσμα through the idea of deficiency; a widow (as lacking a husband), literally or figuratively:--widow.
|
χήραchēra
|
widow
|
N-NFS
|
G3778αὕτηhautē (DPro-NFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
αὕτηhautē
|
this
|
DPro-NFS
|
G4434πτωχὴptōchē (Adj-NFS)
G4434 πτωχός ptōchós pto-khos from (to crouch); akin to πτοέω and the alternate of πίπτω); a beggar (as cringing), i.e. pauper (strictly denoting absolute or public mendicancy, although also used in a qualified or relative sense; whereas πένης properly means only straitened circumstances in private), literally (often as noun) or figuratively (distressed):--beggar(-ly), poor.
|
πτωχὴptōchē
|
poor,
|
Adj-NFS
|
G4119πλεῖονpleion (Adj-ANS-C)
G4119 πλείων pleíōn pleh-on comparative of πολύς; more in quantity, number, or quality; also (in plural) the major portion:--X above, + exceed, more excellent, further, (very) great(-er), long(-er), (very) many, greater (more) part, + yet but.
|
πλεῖονpleion
|
more
|
Adj-ANS-C
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
than all
|
Adj-GMP
|
G906ἔβαλενebalen (V-AIA-3S)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
ἔβαλενebalen
|
has cast in
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of those
|
Art-GMP
|
G906βαλλόντωνballontōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
βαλλόντωνballontōn
|
casting
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G1049γαζοφυλάκιον·gazophylakion (N-ANS)
G1049 γαζοφυλάκιον gazophylákion gad-zof-oo-lak-ee-on from γάζα and φυλακή; a treasure-house, i.e. a court in the temple for the collection-boxes:--treasury.
|
γαζοφυλάκιον·gazophylakion
|
treasury.
|
N-ANS
|
43
He called to him his disciples, and says to them, Truly I say to you, That this poor widow has cast more in, than all they which have cast into the treasury:
Mark 12:43
Stats
Counts: 170 characters, 29 words, 133 letters, 49 vowels, 84 consonants
Translation
Greek: και προσκαλεσαμενος τους μαθητας αυτου λεγει αυτοις αμην λεγω υμιν οτι η χηρα αυτη η πτωχη πλειον παντων βεβληκεν των βαλοντων εις το γαζοφυλακιον
Lit: And having called to Him the disciples of Him, He says to them, Truly I say to you that the widow this poor, more than all has cast in of those casting into the treasury.
KJV: And he called unto him his disciples, and saith unto them, Verily I say unto you, That this poor widow hath cast more in, than all they which have cast into the treasury:
References
"That"Ex 35:21-29: They came: every one whose heart stirred Him up: and every one whom His spirit made willing: and they brought the LORD's offering to the work of the tabernacle of the congregation: and for all His service: and for the holy garments.Mt 10:42: whoever will give to drink to one of these little ones a cup of cold water only in the name of a disciple: truly I say to you: he will in no wise lose his reward.Ac 11:29: Then the disciples: every man according to his ability: determined to send relief to the brothers which dwelt in Judaea:2Co 8:2: 12: How that in a great trial of affliction the abundance of their joy and their deep poverty abounded to the riches of their liberality.2Co 9:6-8: But this I say: He which sows'>sows sparingly will reap also sparingly; and he which sows'>sows bountifully will reap also bountifully.
παντες γαρ εκ του περισσευοντος αυτοις εβαλον αυτη δε εκ της υστερησεως αυτης παντα οσα ειχεν εβαλεν ολον τον βιον αυτης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
All
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
that which
|
Art-GNS
|
G4052περισσεύοντοςperisseuontos (V-PPA-GNS)
G4052 περισσεύω perisseúō per-is-syoo-o from περισσός; to superabound (in quantity or quality), be in excess, be superfluous; also (transitively) to cause to superabound or excel:--(make, more) abound, (have, have more) abundance (be more) abundant, be the better, enough and to spare, exceed, excel, increase, be left, redound, remain (over and above).
|
περισσεύοντοςperisseuontos
|
was abounding
|
V-PPA-GNS
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G906ἔβαλον,ebalon (V-AIA-3P)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
ἔβαλον,ebalon
|
cast in;
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3778αὕτηhautē (PPro-NFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
αὕτηhautē
|
she
|
PPro-NFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5304ὑστερήσεωςhysterēseōs (N-GFS)
G5304 ὑστέρησις hystérēsis hoos-ter-ay-sis from ὑστερέω; a falling short, i.e. (specially), penury:--want.
|
ὑστερήσεωςhysterēseōs
|
poverty
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of her,
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3745ὅσαhosa (RelPro-ANP)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσαhosa
|
as much as
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G2192εἶχενeichen (V-IIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
εἶχενeichen
|
she had
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G906ἔβαλεν,ebalen (V-AIA-3S)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
ἔβαλεν,ebalen
|
cast in,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3650ὅλονholon (Adj-AMS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅλονholon
|
all
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G979βίονbion (N-AMS)
G979 βίος bíos bee-os a primary word; life, i.e. (literally) the present state of existence; by implication, the means of livelihood:--good, life, living.
|
βίονbion
|
livelihood
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτῆς.autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς.autēs
|
of her.
|
PPro-GF3S
|
44
For all they did cast in of their abundance; but she of her want did cast in all that she had, even all her living.Mark 12:44
Stats
Counts: 117 characters, 22 words, 88 letters, 31 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: παντες γαρ εκ του περισσευοντος αυτοις εβαλον αυτη δε εκ της υστερησεως αυτης παντα οσα ειχεν εβαλεν ολον τον βιον αυτης
Lit: All for out of that which was abounding to them cast in; she however, out of the poverty of her, all as much as she had cast in, all the livelihood of her.
KJV: For all they did cast in of their abundance; but she of her want did cast in all that she had, [even] all her living.
References
"cast in of"Mr 14:8: She has done what she could: she is come aforehand to anoint my body to the burying.1Ch 29:2-17: Now I have prepared with all my might for the house of my God the gold for things to be made of gold: and the silver for things of silver: and the brass for things of brass: the iron for things of iron: and wood for things of wood; onyx stones: and stones to be set: glistering stones: and of divers colours: and all manner of precious stones: and marble stones in abundance.2Ch 24:10-14: All the princes and all the people rejoiced: and brought in: and cast into the chest: until they had made an end.2Ch 31:5-10: As soon as the commandment came abroad: the children of Israel brought in abundance the firstfruits of grain: wine: and oil: and honey: and of all the increase of the field; and the tithe of all things brought they in abundantly.2Ch 35:7: 8: Josiah gave to the people: of the flock: lambs and kids: all for the passover offerings: for all that were present: to the number of 30000: and 3000 bullocks: these were of the king's substance.Ezr 2:68: 69: some of the chief of the fathers: when they came to the house of the LORD which is at Jerusalem: offered freely for the house of God to set it up in His place:Ne 7:70-72: Some of the chief of the fathers gave to the work. The Tirshatha gave to the treasure a000 drams of gold: 50 basons: 530 priests' garments.2Co 8:2: 3: How that in a great trial of affliction the abundance of their joy and their deep poverty abounded to the riches of their liberality.Php 4:10-17: But I rejoiced in the Lord greatly: that now at the last your care of me has flourished again; wherein you were also careful: but you lacked opportunity."all her"De 24:6: No man will take the nether or the upper millstone to pledge: for he takes a man's life to pledge.Lu 8:43: A woman having an issue of blood 12 years: which had spent all her living upon physicians: neither could be healed of any: Lu 15:12: 30: The younger of them said to His father: Father: give me the portion of goods that falls to me. And He divided to them His living.Lu 21:2-4: He saw also a certain poor widow casting in there two mites.1Jo 3:17: But whoever has this world's good: and sees His brother have need: and shuts up His bowels of compassion from Him: how dwells the love of God in Him?
13
The Olivet Discourse
Temple Destruction Foretold
και εκπορευομενου αυτου εκ του ιερου λεγει αυτω εις των μαθητων αυτου διδασκαλε ιδε ποταποι λιθοι και ποταπαι οικοδομαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1607ἐκπορευομένουekporeuomenou (V-PPM/P-GMS)
G1607 ἐκπορεύομαι ekporeúomai ek-por-yoo-om-ahee from ἐκ and πορεύομαι; to depart, be discharged, proceed, project:--come (forth, out of), depart, go (forth, out), issue, proceed (out of).
|
ἐκπορευομένουekporeuomenou
|
going forth
|
V-PPM/P-GMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2411ἱεροῦhierou (N-GNS)
G2411 ἱερόν hierón hee-er-on neuter of ἱερός; a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas ναός denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere):--temple.
|
ἱεροῦhierou
|
temple,
|
N-GNS
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷςheis
|
one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3101μαθητῶνmathētōn (N-GMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητῶνmathētōn
|
disciples
|
N-GMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1320Διδάσκαλε,Didaskale (N-VMS)
G1320 διδάσκαλος didáskalos did-as-kal-os from διδάσκω; an instructor (genitive case or specially):--doctor, master, teacher.
|
Διδάσκαλε,Didaskale
|
Teacher,
|
N-VMS
|
G3708ἴδεide (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἴδεide
|
behold
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G4217ποταποὶpotapoi (IPro-NMP)
G4217 ποταπός potapós pot-ap-os apparently from πότε and the base of ποῦ; interrogatively, whatever, i.e. of what possible sort:--what (manner of).
|
ποταποὶpotapoi
|
what
|
IPro-NMP
|
G3037λίθοιlithoi (N-NMP)
G3037 λίθος líthos lee-thos apparently a primary word; a stone (literally or figuratively):--(mill-, stumbling-)stone.
|
λίθοιlithoi
|
stones
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4217ποταπαὶpotapai (IPro-NFP)
G4217 ποταπός potapós pot-ap-os apparently from πότε and the base of ποῦ; interrogatively, whatever, i.e. of what possible sort:--what (manner of).
|
ποταπαὶpotapai
|
what
|
IPro-NFP
|
G3619οἰκοδομαί.oikodomai (N-NFP)
G3619 οἰκοδομή oikodomḗ oy-kod-om-ay feminine (abstract) of a compound of οἶκος and the base of δῶμα; architecture, i.e. (concretely) a structure; figuratively, confirmation:--building, edify(-ication, -ing).
|
οἰκοδομαί.oikodomai
|
buildings!
|
N-NFP
|
1
And as he went out of the temple, one of his disciples says to him, Master, see what manner of stones and what buildings are here!
Mark 13:1
Stats
Rank: #1763 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 133 characters, 23 words, 104 letters, 41 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εκπορευομενου αυτου εκ του ιερου λεγει αυτω εις των μαθητων αυτου διδασκαλε ιδε ποταποι λιθοι και ποταπαι οικοδομαι
Lit: And going forth of Him out of the temple, says to Him one of the disciples of Him, Teacher, behold what stones and what buildings!
KJV: And as he went out of the temple, one of his disciples saith unto him, Master, see what manner of stones and what buildings are here!
References
"as he"Mt 24:1: 2: Jesus went out: and departed from the temple: and His disciples came to Him for to show Him the buildings of the temple.Lu 21:5-7: As some spoke of the temple: how it was adorned with goodly stones and gifts: he said: "out"Eze 7:20-22: As for the beauty of his ornament: he set it in majesty: but they made the images of their abominations and of their detestable things therein: therefore have I set it far from them.Eze 8:6: He said furthermore to me: Son of man: see you what they do? even the great abominations that the house of Israel commits here: that I should go far off from my sanctuary? but turn you yet again: and you will see greater abominations.Eze 10:4: 19: Then the glory of the LORD went up from the cherub: and stood over the threshold of the house; and the house was filled with the cloud: and the court was full of the brightness of the LORD's glory.Eze 11:22: 23: Then did the cherubims lift up their wings: and the wheels beside them; and the glory of the God of Israel was over them above.Mal 3:1: 2: Look: I will send my messenger: and He will prepare the way before me: and the Lord: whom you seek: will suddenly come to His temple: even the messenger of the covenant: whom you delight in: look: He will come: says the LORD of hosts.
και ο ιησους αποκριθεις ειπεν αυτω βλεπεις ταυτας τας μεγαλας οικοδομας ου μη αφεθη λιθος επι λιθω ος ου μη καταλυθη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G991ΒλέπειςBlepeis (V-PIA-2S)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ΒλέπειςBlepeis
|
See you
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G3778ταύταςtautas (DPro-AFP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύταςtautas
|
these
|
DPro-AFP
|
G3173μεγάλαςmegalas (Adj-AFP)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλαςmegalas
|
great
|
Adj-AFP
|
G3619οἰκοδομάς;oikodomas (N-AFP)
G3619 οἰκοδομή oikodomḗ oy-kod-om-ay feminine (abstract) of a compound of οἶκος and the base of δῶμα; architecture, i.e. (concretely) a structure; figuratively, confirmation:--building, edify(-ication, -ing).
|
οἰκοδομάς;oikodomas
|
buildings?
|
N-AFP
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
No
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G863ἀφεθῇaphethē (V-ASP-3S)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφεθῇaphethē
|
shall be left
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G5602‹ὧδε›hōde (Adv)
G5602 ὧδε hōde ho-deh from an adverb form of ὅδε; in this same spot, i.e. here or hither:--here, hither, (in) this place, there.,
|
‹ὧδε›hōde
|
here
|
Adv
|
G3037λίθοςlithos (N-NMS)
G3037 λίθος líthos lee-thos apparently a primary word; a stone (literally or figuratively):--(mill-, stumbling-)stone.
|
λίθοςlithos
|
stone
|
N-NMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3037λίθονlithon (N-AMS)
G3037 λίθος líthos lee-thos apparently a primary word; a stone (literally or figuratively):--(mill-, stumbling-)stone.
|
λίθονlithon
|
stone,
|
N-AMS
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
which
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
no
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2647καταλυθῇ.katalythē (V-ASP-3S)
G2647 καταλύω katalýō kat-al-oo-o from κατά and λύω; to loosen down (disintegrate), i.e. (by implication) to demolish (literally or figuratively); specially (compare κατάλυμα) to halt for the night:--destroy, dissolve, be guest, lodge, come to nought, overthrow, throw down.
|
καταλυθῇ.katalythē
|
shall be thrown down.
|
V-ASP-3S
|
2
Jesus answering said to Him, Seest you these great buildings? there will not be left one stone upon another, that will not be thrown down.
Mark 13:2
Stats
Counts: 147 characters, 23 words, 118 letters, 43 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ο ιησους αποκριθεις ειπεν αυτω βλεπεις ταυτας τας μεγαλας οικοδομας ου μη αφεθη λιθος επι λιθω ος ου μη καταλυθη
Lit: And Jesus said to him, See you these great buildings? No not shall be left here stone upon stone, which no not shall be thrown down.
KJV: And Jesus answering said unto him, Seest thou these great buildings? there shall not be left one stone upon another, that shall not be thrown down.
References
"there"1Ki 9:7: 8: Then will I cut off Israel out of the land which I have given them; and this house: which I have hallowed for my name: will I cast out of my sight; and Israel will be a proverb and a byword among all people:2Ch 7:20: 21: Then will I pluck them up by the roots out of my land which I have given them; and this house: which I have sanctified for my name: will I cast out of my sight: and will make it to be a proverb and a byword among all nations.Jer 26:18: Micah the Morasthite prophesied in the days of Hezekiah king of Judah: and spoke to all the people of Judah: saying: Thus says the LORD of hosts; Zion will be plowed like a field: and Jerusalem will become heaps: and the mountain of the house as the high places of a forest.Mic 3:12: Therefore will Zion for your sake be plowed as a field: and Jerusalem will become heaps: and the mountain of the house as the high places of the for.Mt 24:2: Jesus said to them: See you not all these things? truly I say to you: There will not be left here one stone upon another: that will not be thrown down.Lu 19:41-44: When he was come near: he beheld the city: and wept over it: Lu 21:6: As for these things which you look: the days will come: in the which there will not be left one stone upon another: that will not be thrown down.Ac 6:14: For we have heard Him say: that this Jesus of Nazareth will destroy this place: and will change the customs which Moses delivered us.Re 11:2: But the court which is without the temple leave out: and measure not it; for it is given to the Gentiles: and the holy city will they tread under foot 40 and two months.
Signs of the End of the age
και καθημενου αυτου εις το ορος των ελαιων κατεναντι του ιερου επηρωτων αυτον κατ ιδιαν πετρος και ιακωβος και ιωαννης και ανδρεας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2521καθημένουkathēmenou (V-PPM/P-GMS)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθημένουkathēmenou
|
sitting
|
V-PPM/P-GMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3735ὄροςoros (N-ANS)
G3735 ὄρος óros or-os probably from an obsolete (to rise or rear; perhaps akin to αἴρω; compare ὄρνις); a mountain (as lifting itself above the plain):--hill, mount(-ain).
|
ὄροςoros
|
Mount
|
N-ANS
|
G1636ἘλαιῶνElaiōn (N-GFP)
G1636 ἐλαία elaía el-ah-yah feminine of a presumed derivative from an obsolete primary; an olive (the tree or the fruit):--olive (berry, tree).
|
ἘλαιῶνElaiōn
|
of Olives,
|
N-GFP
|
G2713κατέναντιkatenanti (Prep)
G2713 κατέναντι katénanti kat-en-an-tee from κατά and ἔναντι; directly opposite:--before, over against.
|
κατέναντιkatenanti
|
opposite
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2411ἱεροῦ,hierou (N-GNS)
G2411 ἱερόν hierón hee-er-on neuter of ἱερός; a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas ναός denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere):--temple.
|
ἱεροῦ,hierou
|
temple,
|
N-GNS
|
G1905ἐπηρώταepērōta (V-IIA-3S)
G1905 ἐπερωτάω eperōtáō ep-er-o-tah-o from ἐπί and ἐρωτάω; to ask for, i.e. inquire, seek:--ask (after, questions), demand, desire, question.
|
ἐπηρώταepērōta
|
asked
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2596κατ’kat’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατ’kat’
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2398ἰδίανidian (Adj-AFS)
G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἰδίανidian
|
private
|
Adj-AFS
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2385ἸάκωβοςIakōbos (N-NMS)
G2385 Ἰάκωβος Iákōbos ee-ak-o-bos the same as Ἰακώβ Græcized; Jacobus, the name of three Israelites:--James.
|
ἸάκωβοςIakōbos
|
James
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2491ἸωάννηςIōannēs (N-NMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννηςIōannēs
|
John
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G406ἈνδρέαςAndreas (N-NMS)
G406 Ἀνδρέας Andréas an-dreh-as from ἀνήρ; manly; Andreas, an Israelite:--Andrew.
|
ἈνδρέαςAndreas
|
Andrew,
|
N-NMS
|
3
As he sat upon the mount of Olives over against the temple, Peter and James and John and Andrew asked him privately,
Mark 13:3
Stats
Rank: #9664 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 120 characters, 22 words, 96 letters, 37 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: και καθημενου αυτου εις το ορος των ελαιων κατεναντι του ιερου επηρωτων αυτον κατ ιδιαν πετρος και ιακωβος και ιωαννης και ανδρεας
Lit: And sitting of Him upon the Mount of Olives, opposite the temple, asked Him in private Peter and James and John and Andrew,
KJV: And as he sat upon the mount of Olives over against the temple, Peter and James and John and Andrew asked him privately,
References
"as"Mt 24:3: As he sat upon the mount of Olives: the disciples came to him privately: saying: Tell us: when will these things be? and what will be the sign of your coming: and of the end of the world?"Peter"Mr 1:16-19: Now as he walked by the sea of Galilee: he saw Simon and Andrew his brother casting a net into the sea: for they were fishers.Mr 5:37: He suffered no man to follow him: save Peter: and James: and John the brother of James.Mr 9:2: After 6 days Jesus taketh with Him Peter: and James: and John: and leads them up into an high mountain apart by themselves: and He was transfigured before them.Mr 10:35: James and John: the sons of Zebedee: come to him: saying: Master: we would that you should do for us whatever we will desire.Mr 14:33: He takes with him Peter and James and John: and began to be sore amazed: and to be very heavy;Joh 1:40: 41: one of the two which heard John speak: and followed him: was Andrew: Simon Peter's brother."privately"Mr 4:34: But without a parable spoke not he to them: and when they were alone: he expounded all things to his disciples.Mt 13:10: 36: The disciples came: and said to him: Why speak you to them in parables?
ειπε ημιν ποτε ταυτα εσται και τι το σημειον οταν μελλη παντα ταυτα συντελεισθαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004ΕἰπὸνEipon (V-AMA-2S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ΕἰπὸνEipon
|
Tell
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1473ἡμῖν,hēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖν,hēmin
|
us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G4219πότεpote (Conj)
G4219 πότε póte pot-eh from the base of ποῦ and τέ; interrogative adverb, at what time:--+ how long, when.
|
πότεpote
|
when
|
Conj
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-NNP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things
|
DPro-NNP
|
G1510ἔσται,estai (V-FIM-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσται,estai
|
will be?
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what will be
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4592σημεῖονsēmeion (N-NNS)
G4592 σημεῖον sēmeîon say-mi-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the base of σημαίνω; an indication, especially ceremonially or supernaturally:--miracle, sign, token, wonder.
|
σημεῖονsēmeion
|
sign
|
N-NNS
|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj)
G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
when
|
Conj
|
G3195μέλλῃmellē (V-PSA-3S)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλῃmellē
|
are going
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-NNP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things
|
DPro-NNP
|
G4931συντελεῖσθαιsynteleisthai (V-PNM/P)
G4931 συντελέω synteléō soon-tel-eh-o from σύν and τελέω; to complete entirely; generally, to execute (literally or figuratively):--end, finish, fulfil, make.
|
συντελεῖσθαιsynteleisthai
|
to be accomplished
|
V-PNM/P
|
G3956πάντα;panta (Adj-NNP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντα;panta
|
all?
|
Adj-NNP
|
4
Tell us, when will these things be? and what will be the sign when all these things will be fulfilled?Mark 13:4
Stats
Counts: 105 characters, 18 words, 83 letters, 24 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειπε ημιν ποτε ταυτα εσται και τι το σημειον οταν μελλη παντα ταυτα συντελεισθαι
Lit: Tell us when these things will be? And what will be the sign when are going these things to be accomplished all?
KJV: Tell us, when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign when all these things shall be fulfilled?
References
"Tell us, when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign when all these things shall be fulfilled?"Da 12:6: 8: one said to the man clothed in linen: which was upon the waters of the river: How long will it be to the end of these wonders?Mt 24:3: As he sat upon the mount of Olives: the disciples came to him privately: saying: Tell us: when will these things be? and what will be the sign of your coming: and of the end of the world?Lu 21:7: They asked him: saying: Master: but when will these things be? and what sign will there be when these things will come to pass?Joh 21:21: 22: Peter seeing Him says to Jesus: Lord: and what will this man do?Ac 1:6: 7: When they therefore were come together: they asked of Him: saying: Lord: will you at this time restore again the kingdom to Israel?
ο δε ιησους αποκριθεις αυτοις ηρξατο λεγειν βλεπετε μη τις υμας πλανηση
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G756ἤρξατοērxato (V-AIM-3S)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
ἤρξατοērxato
|
began
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3004λέγεινlegein (V-PNA)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγεινlegein
|
to say
|
V-PNA
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G991ΒλέπετεBlepete (V-PMA-2P)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ΒλέπετεBlepete
|
Take heed,
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G3361μήmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μήmē
|
lest
|
Adv
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G4105πλανήσῃ.planēsē (V-ASA-3S)
G4105 πλανάω planáō plan-ah-o from πλάνη; to (properly, cause to) roam (from safety, truth, or virtue):--go astray, deceive, err, seduce, wander, be out of the way.
|
πλανήσῃ.planēsē
|
mislead.
|
V-ASA-3S
|
5
Jesus answering them began to say, Take heed lest any man deceive you:
Mark 13:5
Stats
Counts: 74 characters, 13 words, 59 letters, 24 vowels, 35 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε ιησους αποκριθεις αυτοις ηρξατο λεγειν βλεπετε μη τις υμας πλανηση
Lit: And Jesus began to say to them, Take heed, lest anyone you mislead.
KJV: And Jesus answering them began to say, Take heed lest any man deceive you:
References
"Take"Jer 29:8: For thus says the LORD of hosts: the God of Israel; not Let your prophets and your diviners: that be in the middle of you: deceive you: neither listen to your dreams which you cause to be dreamed.Mt 24:4: 5: Jesus answered and said to them: Take heed that no man deceive you.Lu 21:8: He said: Take heed that you not be deceived: for many will come in my name: saying: I am Christ; and the time draws near: go you not therefore after them.1Co 15:33: not Be deceived: evil communications corrupt good manners.Eph 5:6: Let no man deceive you with vain words: for because of these things comes the wrath of God upon the children of disobedience.Col 2:8: Beware lest any man spoil you through philosophy and vain deceit: after the tradition of men: after the rudiments of the world: not and after Christ.2Th 2:3: Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day will not come: except there come a falling away first: and that man of sin be revealed: the son of perdition;1Jo 4:1: Beloved: not believe every spirit: but try the spirits whether they are of God: because many false prophets are gone out into the world.Re 20:7: 8: When the000 years are expired: Satan will be loosed out of his prison:
πολλοι γαρ ελευσονται επι τω ονοματι μου λεγοντες οτι εγω ειμι και πολλους πλανησουσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4183πολλοὶpolloi (Adj-NMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοὶpolloi
|
Many
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2064ἐλεύσονταιeleusontai (V-FIM-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλεύσονταιeleusontai
|
will come
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G3686ὀνόματίonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματίonomati
|
name
|
N-DNS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G1473ἘγώEgō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἘγώEgō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1510εἰμι,eimi (V-PIA-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμι,eimi
|
am He,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4183πολλοὺςpollous (Adj-AMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοὺςpollous
|
many
|
Adj-AMP
|
G4105πλανήσουσιν.planēsousin (V-FIA-3P)
G4105 πλανάω planáō plan-ah-o from πλάνη; to (properly, cause to) roam (from safety, truth, or virtue):--go astray, deceive, err, seduce, wander, be out of the way.
|
πλανήσουσιν.planēsousin
|
they will mislead.
|
V-FIA-3P
|
6
For many will come in my name, saying, I am Christ; and will deceive many.
Mark 13:6
Stats
Counts: 76 characters, 12 words, 58 letters, 20 vowels, 38 consonants
Translation
Greek: πολλοι γαρ ελευσονται επι τω ονοματι μου λεγοντες οτι εγω ειμι και πολλους πλανησουσιν
Lit: Many will come in the name of Me, saying - , I am He, and many they will mislead.
KJV: For many shall come in my name, saying, I am Christ; and shall deceive many.
References
"many"Mr 13:22: For false Christs and false prophets will rise: and will show signs and wonders: to seduce: if it were possible: even the elect.Jer 14:14: Then the LORD said to me: The prophets prophesy lies in my name: I sent not them: neither have I commanded them: neither spoke to them: they prophesy to you a false vision and divination: and a thing of nought: and the deceit of their heart.Jer 23:21-25: I not have sent these prophets: yet they ran: I not have spoken to them: yet they prophesied.Joh 5:43: I am come in my Father's name: and you receive not me: if another will come in His own name: Him you will receive.1Jo 4:1: Beloved: not believe every spirit: but try the spirits whether they are of God: because many false prophets are gone out into the world."and shall"Mr 13:22: For false Christs and false prophets will rise: and will show signs and wonders: to seduce: if it were possible: even the elect.Mt 24:5: 11: 23: 24: For many will come in my name: saying: I am Christ; and will deceive many.Ac 5:36-39: For before these days rose up Theudas: boasting himself to be somebody; to whom a number of men: about 400: joined themselves: who was killed; and all: as many as obeyed him: were scattered: and brought to nought.
οταν δε ακουσητε πολεμους και ακοας πολεμων μη θροεισθε δει γαρ γενεσθαι αλλ ουπω το τελος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj)
G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
When
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G191ἀκούσητεakousēte (V-ASA-2P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσητεakousēte
|
you shall hear of
|
V-ASA-2P
|
G4171πολέμουςpolemous (N-AMP)
G4171 πόλεμος pólemos pol-em-os from (to bustle); warfare (literally or figuratively; a single encounter or a series):--battle, fight, war.
|
πολέμουςpolemous
|
wars
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G189ἀκοὰςakoas (N-AFP)
G189 ἀκοή akoḗ ak-o-ay from ἀκούω; hearing (the act, the sense or the thing heard):--audience, ear, fame, which ye heard, hearing, preached, report, rumor.
|
ἀκοὰςakoas
|
rumors
|
N-AFP
|
G4171πολέμων,polemōn (N-GMP)
G4171 πόλεμος pólemos pol-em-os from (to bustle); warfare (literally or figuratively; a single encounter or a series):--battle, fight, war.
|
πολέμων,polemōn
|
of wars,
|
N-GMP
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2360θροεῖσθε·throeisthe (V-PMM/P-2P)
G2360 θροέω throéō thro-eh-o from to wail; to clamor, i.e. (by implication) to frighten:--trouble.
|
θροεῖσθε·throeisthe
|
be disturbed;
|
V-PMM/P-2P
|
G1163δεῖdei (V-PIA-3S)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
δεῖdei
|
it must
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1096γενέσθαι,genesthai (V-ANM)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενέσθαι,genesthai
|
come to pass,
|
V-ANM
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3768οὔπωoupō (Adv)
G3768 οὔπω oúpō oo-po from οὐ and -πω; not yet:--hitherto not, (no…) as yet, not yet.
|
οὔπωoupō
|
not yet is
|
Adv
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G5056τέλος.telos (N-NNS)
G5056 τέλος télos tel-os from a primary (to set out for a definite point or goal); properly, the point aimed at as a limit, i.e. (by implication) the conclusion of an act or state (termination (literally, figuratively or indefinitely), result (immediate, ultimate or prophetic), purpose); specially, an impost or levy (as paid):--+ continual, custom, end(-ing), finally, uttermost. Compare φόρος.
|
τέλος.telos
|
end.
|
N-NNS
|
7
When you will hear of wars and rumours of wars, be you not troubled: for such things must needs be; but the end will not be yet.Mark 13:7
Stats
Counts: 136 characters, 21 words, 101 letters, 34 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: οταν δε ακουσητε πολεμους και ακοας πολεμων μη θροεισθε δει γαρ γενεσθαι αλλ ουπω το τελος
Lit: When then you shall hear of wars and rumors of wars, not be disturbed; it must come to pass, but not yet is the end.
KJV: And when ye shall hear of wars and rumours of wars, be ye not troubled: for such things must needs be; but the end [shall] not [be] yet.
References
"when"Ps 27:3: Though an host should encamp against me: my heart will not fear: though war should rise against me: in this will I be confident.Ps 46:1-3: A Song upon Alamoth.>> God is our refuge and strength: a very present help in trouble.Ps 112:7: He will not be afraid of evil tidings: His heart is fixed: trusting in the LORD.Pr 3:25: not Be afraid of sudden fear: neither of the desolation of the wicked: when it comes.Isa 8:12: Say you not: A confederacy: to all them to whom this people will say: A confederacy; neither fear you their fear: nor be afraid.Jer 4:19-21: My bowels: my bowels! I am pained at my very heart; my heart makes a noise in me; I cannot hold my peace: because you have heard: O my soul: the sound of the trumpet: the alarm of war.Jer 51:46: lest your heart faint: and you fear for the rumour that will be heard in the land; a rumour will both come one year: and after that in another year will come a rumour: and violence in the land: ruler against ruler.Mt 24:6: 7: you will hear of wars and rumours of wars: see that you not be troubled: for all these things must come to pass: but the end not is yet.Lu 21:9-11: But when you will hear of wars and commotions: not be terrified: for these things must first come to pass; but the end is not soon.Joh 14:1: 27: not Let your heart be troubled: you believe in God: believe also in me."must"2Sa 14:14: For we must needs die: and are as water spilt on the ground: which cannot be gathered up again; neither does God respect any person: yet does He devise means: that His banished not be expelled from Him.Mt 18:7: Woe to the world because of offences! for it must needs be that offences come; but woe to that man by whom the offence comes!Ac 17:3: Opening and alleging: that Christ must needs have suffered: and risen again from the dead; and that this Jesus: whom I preach to you: is Christ.
εγερθησεται γαρ εθνος επι εθνος και βασιλεια επι βασιλειαν και εσονται σεισμοι κατα τοπους και εσονται λιμοι και ταραχαι αρχαι ωδινων ταυτα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1453ἐγερθήσεταιegerthēsetai (V-FIP-3S)
G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἐγερθήσεταιegerthēsetai
|
Will rise up
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1484ἔθνοςethnos (N-NNS)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνοςethnos
|
nation
|
N-NNS
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
against
|
Prep
|
G1484ἔθνοςethnos (N-ANS)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνοςethnos
|
nation,
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G932βασιλείαbasileia (N-NFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείαbasileia
|
kingdom
|
N-NFS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
against
|
Prep
|
G932βασιλείαν.basileian (N-AFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείαν.basileian
|
kingdom.
|
N-AFS
|
G1510ἔσονταιesontai (V-FIM-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσονταιesontai
|
There will be
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G4578σεισμοὶseismoi (N-NMP)
G4578 σεισμός seismós sice-mos from σείω; a commotion, i.e. (of the air) a gale, (of the ground) an earthquake:--earthquake, tempest.
|
σεισμοὶseismoi
|
earthquakes
|
N-NMP
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
throughout
|
Prep
|
G5117τόπους,topous (N-AMP)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόπους,topous
|
places;
|
N-AMP
|
G1510ἔσονταιesontai (V-FIM-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσονταιesontai
|
there will be
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G3042λιμοί·limoi (N-NFP)
G3042 λιμός limós lee-mos probably from λείπω (through the idea of destitution); a scarcity of food:--dearth, famine, hunger.
|
λιμοί·limoi
|
famines.
|
N-NFP
|
G746ἀρχὴarchē (N-NFS)
G746 ἀρχή archḗ ar-khay from ἄρχομαι; (properly abstract) a commencement, or (concretely) chief (in various applications of order, time, place, or rank):--beginning, corner, (at the, the) first (estate), magistrate, power, principality, principle, rule.
|
ἀρχὴarchē
|
The beginning
|
N-NFS
|
G5604ὠδίνωνōdinōn (N-GFP)
G5604 ὠδίν ōdín o-deen akin to ὀδύνη; a pang or throe, especially of childbirth:--pain, sorrow, travail.
|
ὠδίνωνōdinōn
|
of birth pains are
|
N-GFP
|
G3778ταῦτα.tauta (DPro-NNP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦτα.tauta
|
these.
|
DPro-NNP
|
8
For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom: and there will be earthquakes in divers places, and there will be famines and troubles: these are the beginnings of sorrows.Mark 13:8
Stats
Counts: 193 characters, 27 words, 158 letters, 59 vowels, 99 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγερθησεται γαρ εθνος επι εθνος και βασιλεια επι βασιλειαν και εσονται σεισμοι κατα τοπους και εσονται λιμοι και ταραχαι αρχαι ωδινων ταυτα
Lit: Will rise up for nation against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. There will be earthquakes throughout places; there will be famines. The beginning of birth pains are these.
KJV: For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom: and there shall be earthquakes in divers places, and there shall be famines and troubles: these are the beginnings of sorrows.
References
"nation shalt"2Ch 15:6: Nation was destroyed of nation: and city of city: for God did vex them with all adversity.Isa 19:2: I will set the Egyptians against the Egyptians: and they will fight every one against his brother: and every one against his neighbour; city against city: and kingdom against kingdom.Jer 25:32: Thus says the LORD of hosts: Look: evil will go forth from nation to nation: and a great whirlwind will be raised up from the coasts of the earth.Hag 2:22: I will overthrow the throne of kingdoms: and I will destroy the strength of the kingdoms of the heathen; and I will overthrow the chariots: and those that ride in them; and the horses and their riders will come down: every one by the sword of his brother.Zec 14:13: It will come to pass in that day: that a great tumult from the LORD will be among them; and they will lay hold every one on the hand of His neighbour: and His hand will rise up against the hand of His neighbour.Re 6:4: There went out another horse that was red: and power was given to him that sat thereon to take peace from the earth: and that they should kill one another: and there was given to him a great sword."famines"Ac 11:28: There stood up one of them named Agabus: and signified by the spirit that there should be great dearth throughout all the world: which came to pass in the days of Claudius Caesar."these"Mt 24:8: All these are the beginning of sorrows."sorrows"Ps 48:6: Fear took hold upon them there: and pain: as of a woman in travail.Isa 37:3: They said to him: Thus says Hezekiah: This day is a day of trouble: and of rebuke: and of blasphemy: for the children are come to the birth: and there is not strength to bring forth.Jer 4:31: For I have heard a voice as of a woman in travail: and the anguish as of her that brings forth her first child: the voice of the daughter of Zion: that bewails herself: that spreads her hands: saying: Woe is me now! for my soul is wearied because of murderers.Jer 6:24: We have heard the fame thereof: our hands wax feeble: anguish has taken hold of us: and pain: as of a woman in travail.Jer 13:21: What will you say when he will punish you? for you have taught them to be captains: and as chief over you: will not sorrows take you: as a woman in travail?Jer 22:23: O inhabitant of Lebanon: that make your nest in the cedars: how gracious will you be when pangs come upon you: the pain as of a woman in travail!Jer 49:24: Damascus is waxed feeble: and turns herself to flee: and fear has seized on her: anguish and sorrows have taken her: as a woman in travail.Jer 50:43: The king of Babylon has heard the report of them: and his hands waxed feeble: anguish took hold of him: and pangs as of a woman in travail.Mic 4:9: 10: Now why do you cry out aloud? is there no king in you? is your counseller perished? for pangs have taken you as a woman in travail.1Th 5:3: For when they will say: Peace and safety; then sudden destruction comes upon them: as travail upon a woman with child; and they will not escape.
Witnessing to All Nations
βλεπετε δε υμεις εαυτους παραδωσουσιν γαρ υμας εις συνεδρια και εις συναγωγας δαρησεσθε και επι ηγεμονων και βασιλεων {VAR1: σταθησεσθε } {VAR2: αχθησεσθε } ενεκεν εμου εις μαρτυριον αυτοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G991ΒλέπετεBlepete (V-PMA-2P)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ΒλέπετεBlepete
|
Take heed
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you
|
PPro-N2P
|
G1438ἑαυτούς·heautous (RefPro-AM3P)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτούς·heautous
|
to yourselves;
|
RefPro-AM3P
|
G3860παραδώσουσινparadōsousin (V-FIA-3P)
G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παραδώσουσινparadōsousin
|
they will betray
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4892συνέδριαsynedria (N-ANP)
G4892 συνέδριον synédrion soon-ed-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of a compound of σύν and the base of ἑδραῖος; a joint session, i.e. (specially), the Jewish Sanhedrin; by analogy, a subordinate tribunal:--council.
|
συνέδριαsynedria
|
courts
|
N-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4864συναγωγὰςsynagōgas (N-AFP)
G4864 συναγωγή synagōgḗ soon-ag-o-gay from (the reduplicated form of) συνάγω; an assemblage of persons; specially, a Jewish synagogue (the meeting or the place); by analogy, a Christian church:--assembly, congregation, synagogue.
|
συναγωγὰςsynagōgas
|
synagogues;
|
N-AFP
|
G1194δαρήσεσθεdarēsesthe (V-FIP-2P)
G1194 δέρω dérō der-o a primary verb; properly, to flay, i.e. (by implication) to scourge, or (by analogy) to thrash:--beat, smite.
|
δαρήσεσθεdarēsesthe
|
you will be beaten,
|
V-FIP-2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
before
|
Prep
|
G2232ἡγεμόνωνhēgemonōn (N-GMP)
G2232 ἡγεμών hēgemṓn hayg-em-ohn from ἡγέομαι; a leader, i.e. chief person (or figuratively, place) of a province:--governor, prince, ruler.
|
ἡγεμόνωνhēgemonōn
|
governors
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G935βασιλέωνbasileōn (N-GMP)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλέωνbasileōn
|
kings
|
N-GMP
|
G2476σταθήσεσθεstathēsesthe (V-FIP-2P)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
σταθήσεσθεstathēsesthe
|
you will stand
|
V-FIP-2P
|
G1752ἕνεκενheneken (Prep)
G1752 ἕνεκα héneka hi-nek-en of uncertain affinity; on account of:--because, for (cause, sake), (where-)fore, by reason of, that.
|
ἕνεκενheneken
|
because
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοῦ,emou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοῦ,emou
|
of Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3142μαρτύριονmartyrion (N-ANS)
G3142 μαρτύριον martýrion mar-too-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of μάρτυς; something evidential, i.e. (genitive case) evidence given or (specially), the Decalogue (in the sacred Tabernacle):--to be testified, testimony, witness.
|
μαρτύριονmartyrion
|
a testimony
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτοῖς.autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς.autois
|
to them.
|
PPro-DM3P
|
9
But take heed to yourselves: for they will deliver you up to councils; and in the synagogues you will be beaten: and you will be brought before rulers and kings for my sake, for a testimony against them.Mark 13:9
Stats
Rank: #9796 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 204 characters, 34 words, 162 letters, 61 vowels, 101 consonants
Translation
Greek: βλεπετε δε υμεις εαυτους παραδωσουσιν γαρ υμας εις συνεδρια και εις συναγωγας δαρησεσθε και επι ηγεμονων και βασιλεων {VAR1: σταθησεσθε } {VAR2: αχθησεσθε } ενεκεν εμου εις μαρτυριον αυτοις
Lit: Take heed however you to yourselves; they will betray you to courts and in synagogues; you will be beaten, and before governors and kings you will stand because of Me, for a testimony to them.
KJV: But take heed to yourselves: for they shall deliver you up to councils; and in the synagogues ye shall be beaten: and ye shall be brought before rulers and kings for my sake, for a testimony against them.
References
"take"Mr 13:5: Jesus answering them began to say: Take heed lest any man deceive you:Mt 10:17: 18: But beware of men: for they will deliver you up to the councils: and they will scourge you in their synagogues;Mt 23:34-37: For what reason: look: I send to you prophets: and wise men: and scribes: and some of them you will kill and crucify; and some of them will you scourge in your synagogues: and persecute them from city to city:Mt 24:9: 10: Then will they deliver you up to be afflicted: and will kill you: and you will be hated of all nations for my name's sake.Lu 21:16-18: you will be betrayed both by parents: and brothers: and kinsfolks: and friends; and some of you will they cause to be put to death.Joh 15:20: Remember the word that I said to you: The servant not is greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me: they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying: they will keep yours also.Joh 16:2: They will put you out of the synagogues: yes: the time comes: that whoever kills you will think that He does God service.Ac 4:1-21: As they spoke to the people: the priests: and the captain of the temple: and the Sadducees: came upon them: Ac 5:17-40: Then the high priest rose up: and all they that were with him: (which is the sect of the Sadducees: ) and were filled with indignation: Ac 6:11-15: Then they suborned men: which said: We have heard Him speak blasphemous words against Moses: and against God.Ac 7:54-60: When they heard these things: they were cut to the heart: and they gnashed on him with their teeth.Ac 8:1-3: Saul was consenting to his death. And at that time there was a great persecution against the church which was at Jerusalem; and they were all scattered abroad throughout the regions of Judaea and Samaria: except the apostles.Ac 9:1: 2: 13: 14: 16: Saul: yet breathing out threatenings and slaughter against the disciples of the Lord: went to the high priest: Ac 12:1-3: Now about that time Herod the king stretched forth his hands to vex certain of the church.Ac 16:20-24: Brought them to the magistrates: saying: These men: being Jews: do exceedingly trouble our city: Ac 21:11: 31-40: When He was come to us: He took Paul's girdle: and bound His own hands and feet: and said: Thus says the Holy Ghost: So will the Jews at Jerusalem bind the man that owns this girdle: and will deliver Him into the hands of the Gentiles.Ac 22:19: 20: I said: Lord: they know that I imprisoned and beat in every synagogue them that believed on you:Ac 23:1: 2: Paul: earnestly beholding the council: said: Men and brothers: I have lived in all good conscience before God until this day.Ac 24:1-9: After 5 days Ananias the high priest descended with the elders: and with a certain orator named Tertullus: who informed the governor against Paul.Ac 25:1-26: Now when Festus was come into the province: after 3 days he ascended from Caesarea to Jerusalem.1Co 4:9-13: For I think that God has set forth us the apostles last: as it were appointed to death: for we are made a spectacle to the world: and to angels: and to men.2Co 11:23-27: Are they ministers of Christ? (I speak as a fool) I am more; in labours more abundant: in stripes above measure: in prisons more frequent: in deaths often.Php 1:29: For to you it is given in the behalf of Christ: not only to believe on Him: but also to suffer for His sake;2Th 1:5: Which is a manifest token of the righteous judgment of God: that you may be counted worthy of the kingdom of God: for which you also suffer:Re 1:9: I John: who also am your brother: and companion in tribulation: and in the kingdom and patience of Jesus Christ: was in the isle that is called Patmos: for the word of God: and for the testimony of Jesus Christ.Re 2:10: 13: Fear none of those things which you will suffer: look: the devil will cast some of you into prison: that you may be tried; and you will have tribulation 10 days: be you faithful to death: and I will give you a crown of life.Re 6:9-11: When He had opened the fifth seal: I saw under the altar the souls of them that were killed for the word of God: and for the testimony which they held:"a"Mr 1:44: says to him: See you not sayhing to any man: but go your way: show yourself to the priest: and offer for your cleansing those things which Moses commanded: for a testimony to them.Mr 6:11: whoever will not receive you: nor hear you: when you depart there: shake off the dust under your feet for a testimony against them. Truly I say to you: It will be more tolerable for Sodom and Gomorrha in the day of judgment: than for that city.Mt 10:18: you will be brought before governors and kings for my sake: for a testimony against them and the Gentiles.Lu 9:5: whoever not will receive you: when you go out of that city: shake off the very dust from your feet for a testimony against them.
και εις παντα τα εθνη δει πρωτον κηρυχθηναι το ευαγγελιον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G1484ἔθνηethnē (N-ANP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνηethnē
|
nations
|
N-ANP
|
G4412πρῶτονprōton (Adv-S)
G4412 πρῶτον prōton pro-ton neuter of πρῶτος as adverb (with or without ὁ); firstly (in time, place, order, or importance):--before, at the beginning, chiefly (at, at the) first (of all).
|
πρῶτονprōton
|
first
|
Adv-S
|
G1163δεῖdei (V-PIA-3S)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
δεῖdei
|
it behooves
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2784κηρυχθῆναιkērychthēnai (V-ANP)
G2784 κηρύσσω kērýssō kay-roos-so of uncertain affinity; to herald (as a public crier), especially divine truth (the gospel):--preacher(-er), proclaim, publish.
|
κηρυχθῆναιkērychthēnai
|
to proclaim
|
V-ANP
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2098εὐαγγέλιον.euangelion (N-ANS)
G2098 εὐαγγέλιον euangélion yoo-ang-ghel-ee-on from the same as εὐαγγελίζω; a good message, i.e. the gospel:--gospel.
|
εὐαγγέλιον.euangelion
|
gospel.
|
N-ANS
|
10
The gospel must first be published among all nations.Mark 13:10
Stats
Counts: 57 characters, 10 words, 47 letters, 16 vowels, 31 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εις παντα τα εθνη δει πρωτον κηρυχθηναι το ευαγγελιον
Lit: And to all the nations first it behooves to proclaim the gospel.
KJV: And the gospel must first be published among all nations.
References
"And the gospel must first be published among all nations."Mr 16:15: He said to them: Go you into all the world: and preach the gospel to every creature.Mt 24:14: This gospel of the kingdom will be preached in all the world for a witness to all nations; and then will the end come.Mt 28:18: 19: Jesus came and spoke to them: saying: All power is given to me in heaven and in earth.Ro 1:8: First: I thank my God through Jesus Christ for you all: that your faith is spoken of throughout the whole world.Ro 10:18: But I say: Have not they heard? Yes truly: their sound went into all the earth: and their words to the ends of the world.Ro 15:19: Through mighty signs and wonders: by the power of the Spirit of God; so that from Jerusalem: and round about to Illyricum: I have fully preached the gospel of Christ.Col 1:6: 23: Which is come to you: as it is in all the world; and brings forth fruit: as it does also in you: since the day you heard of it: and knew the grace of God in truth:Re 14:6: I saw another angel fly in the middle of heaven: having the everlasting gospel to preach to them that dwell on the earth: and to every nation: and kindred: and tongue: and people:
οταν δε αγαγωσιν υμας παραδιδοντες μη προμεριμνατε τι λαλησητε μηδε μελετατε αλλ ο εαν δοθη υμιν εν εκεινη τη ωρα τουτο λαλειτε ου γαρ εστε υμεις οι λαλουντες αλλα το πνευμα το αγιον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj)
G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
when
|
Conj
|
G71ἄγωσινagōsin (V-PSA-3P)
G71 ἄγω ágō ag-o a primary verb; properly, to lead; by implication, to bring, drive, (reflexively) go, (specially) pass (time), or (figuratively) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.
|
ἄγωσινagōsin
|
they might lead away
|
V-PSA-3P
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you,
|
PPro-A2P
|
G3860παραδιδόντες,paradidontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παραδιδόντες,paradidontes
|
delivering you up,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4305προμεριμνᾶτεpromerimnate (V-PMA-2P)
G4305 προμεριμνάω promerimnáō prom-er-im-nah-o from πρό and μεριμνάω; to care (anxiously) in advance:--take thought beforehand.
|
προμεριμνᾶτεpromerimnate
|
be anxious beforehand
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-ANS
|
G2980λαλήσητε,lalēsēte (V-ASA-2P)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλήσητε,lalēsēte
|
you should say,
|
V-ASA-2P
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-NNS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
whatever
|
RelPro-NNS
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1325δοθῇdothē (V-ASP-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δοθῇdothē
|
might be given
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you,
|
PPro-D2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1565ἐκείνῃekeinē (DPro-DFS)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνῃekeinē
|
that
|
DPro-DFS
|
G5610ὥρᾳ,hōra (N-DFS)
G5610 ὥρα hṓra ho-rah apparently a primary word; an hour (literally or figuratively):--day, hour, instant, season, X short, (even-)tide, (high) time.
|
ὥρᾳ,hōra
|
hour,
|
N-DFS
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
that
|
DPro-ANS
|
G2980λαλεῖτε·laleite (V-PMA-2P)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλεῖτε·laleite
|
speak;
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1063γάρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1510ἐστεeste (V-PIA-2P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστεeste
|
are
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you
|
PPro-N2P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G2980λαλοῦντεςlalountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλοῦντεςlalountes
|
speaking,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G40Ἅγιον.Hagion (Adj-NNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
Ἅγιον.Hagion
|
Holy.
|
Adj-NNS
|
11
But when they will lead you, and deliver you up, take no thought beforehand what you will speak, neither do you premeditate: but whatever will be given you in that hour, that speak you: for it not is you that speak, but the Holy Ghost.Mark 13:11
Stats
Counts: 236 characters, 38 words, 184 letters, 70 vowels, 114 consonants
Translation
Greek: οταν δε αγαγωσιν υμας παραδιδοντες μη προμεριμνατε τι λαλησητε μηδε μελετατε αλλ ο εαν δοθη υμιν εν εκεινη τη ωρα τουτο λαλειτε ου γαρ εστε υμεις οι λαλουντες αλλα το πνευμα το αγιον
Lit: And when they might lead away you, delivering you up, not be anxious beforehand what you should say, but whatever if might be given to you, in that hour, that speak; not for are you those speaking, but the Spirit Holy.
KJV: But when they shall lead you, and deliver you up, take no thought beforehand what ye shall speak, neither do ye premeditate: but whatsoever shall be given you in that hour, that speak ye: for it is not ye that speak, but the Holy Ghost.
References
"and deliver"Mr 13:9: But take heed to yourselves: for they will deliver you up to councils; and in the synagogues you will be beaten: and you will be brought before rulers and kings for my sake: for a testimony against them.Mt 10:17: 21: But beware of men: for they will deliver you up to the councils: and they will scourge you in their synagogues;Ac 3:13: The God of Abraham: and of Isaac: and of Jacob: the God of our fathers: has glorified His Son Jesus; whom you delivered up: and denied Him in the presence of Pilate: when He was determined to let Him go."take"Ex 4:10-12: Moses said to the LORD: O my Lord: I am not eloquent: neither heretofore: nor since you have spoken to your servant: but I am slow of speech: and of a slow tongue.Jer 1:6-9: Then said I: Ah: Lord GOD! look: I cannot speak: for I am a child.Da 3:16-18: Shadrach: Meshach: and Abednego: answered and said to the king: O Nebuchadnezzar: we are not careful to answer you in this matter.Mt 10:19: 20: But when they deliver you up: take no thought how or what you will speak: for it will be given you in that same hour what you will speak.Lu 12:11: 12: When they bring you to the synagogues: and to magistrates: and powers: take you no thought how or what thing you will answer: or what you will say:Lu 21:14: 15: Settle it therefore in your hearts: not to meditate before what you will answer:Ac 2:4: They were all filled with the Holy Ghost: and began to speak with other tongues: as the Spirit gave them utterance.Ac 4:8-22: 31: Then Peter: filled with the Holy Ghost: said to them: You rulers of the people: and elders of Israel: Ac 6:10: 15: They not were able to resist the wisdom and the spirit by which he spoke.Ac 7:55: But He: being full of the Holy Ghost: looked up stedfastly into heaven: and saw the glory of God: and Jesus standing on the right hand of God: "shall be"Isa 50:4: The Lord GOD has given me the tongue of the learned: that I should know how to speak a word in season to Him that is weary: He wakes'>wakes morning by morning: He wakes'>wakes my ear to hear as the learned.Joh 3:27: John answered and said: A man can not receivehing: except it be given him from heaven.Eph 6:19: 20: For me: that utterance may be given to me: that I may open my mouth boldly: to make known the mystery of the gospel: Jas 1:5: If any of you lack wisdom: let Him ask of God: that gives to all men liberally: and upbraids not; and it will be given Him."but"2Sa 23:2: The Spirit of the LORD spoke by me: and His word was in my tongue.1Co 2:13: Which things also we speak: not in the words which man's wisdom teaches'>teaches: but which the Holy Ghost teaches'>teaches; comparing spiritual things with spiritual.Eph 3:5: Which in other ages not was made known to the sons of men: as it is now revealed to His holy apostles and prophets by the Spirit;1Pe 1:12: To whom it was revealed: not that to themselves: but to us they did minister the things: which are now reported to you by them that have preached the gospel to you with the Holy Ghost sent down from heaven; which things the angels desire to look into.
παραδωσει δε αδελφος αδελφον εις θανατον και πατηρ τεκνον και επαναστησονται τεκνα επι γονεις και θανατωσουσιν αυτους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3860παραδώσειparadōsei (V-FIA-3S)
G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παραδώσειparadōsei
|
will deliver up
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G80ἀδελφὸςadelphos (N-NMS)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφὸςadelphos
|
brother,
|
N-NMS
|
G80ἀδελφὸνadelphon (N-AMS)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφὸνadelphon
|
brother
|
N-AMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2288θάνατονthanaton (N-AMS)
G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θάνατονthanaton
|
death,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3962πατὴρpatēr (N-NMS)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατὴρpatēr
|
father,
|
N-NMS
|
G5043τέκνον,teknon (N-ANS)
G5043 τέκνον téknon tek-non from the base of τίκτω; a child (as produced):--child, daughter, son.
|
τέκνον,teknon
|
child;
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1881ἐπαναστήσονταιepanastēsontai (V-FIM-3P)
G1881 ἐπανίσταμαι epanístamai ep-an-is-tam-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and ἀνίστημι; to stand up on, i.e. (figuratively) to attack:--rise up against.
|
ἐπαναστήσονταιepanastēsontai
|
will rise up
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G5043τέκναtekna (N-NNP)
G5043 τέκνον téknon tek-non from the base of τίκτω; a child (as produced):--child, daughter, son.
|
τέκναtekna
|
children
|
N-NNP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
against
|
Prep
|
G1118γονεῖςgoneis (N-AMP)
G1118 γονεύς goneús gon-yooce from the base of γίνομαι; a parent:--parent.
|
γονεῖςgoneis
|
parents,
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2289θανατώσουσινthanatōsousin (V-FIA-3P)
G2289 θανατόω thanatóō than-at-o-o from θάνατος to kill (literally or figuratively):--become dead, (cause to be) put to death, kill, mortify.
|
θανατώσουσινthanatōsousin
|
will put to death
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G846αὐτούς·autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς·autous
|
them.
|
PPro-AM3P
|
12
Now the brother will betray the brother to death, and the father the son; and children will rise up against their parents, and will cause them to be put to death.Mark 13:12
Stats
Counts: 165 characters, 28 words, 131 letters, 45 vowels, 86 consonants
Translation
Greek: παραδωσει δε αδελφος αδελφον εις θανατον και πατηρ τεκνον και επαναστησονται τεκνα επι γονεις και θανατωσουσιν αυτους
Lit: And will deliver up brother, brother to death, and father, child; and will rise up children against parents, and will put to death them.
KJV: Now the brother shall betray the brother to death, and the father the son; and children shall rise up against their parents, and shall cause them to be put to death.
References
"Now the brother shall betray the brother to death, and the father the son; and children shall rise up against their parents, and shall cause them to be put to death."Eze 38:21: I will call for a sword against Him throughout all my mountains: says the Lord GOD: every man's sword will be against His brother.Mic 7:4-6: The best of them is as a brier: the most upright is sharper than a thorn hedge: the day of your watchmen and your visitation comes; now will be their perplexity.Mt 10:21: The brother will deliver up the brother to death: and the father the child: and the children will rise up against their parents: and cause them to be put to death.Mt 24:10: Then will many be offended: and will betray one another: and will hate one another.Lu 12:52: 53: For from henceforth there will be 5 in one house divided: 3 against two: and two against 3.Lu 21:16: you will be betrayed both by parents: and brothers: and kinsfolks: and friends; and some of you will they cause to be put to death.
και εσεσθε μισουμενοι υπο παντων δια το ονομα μου ο δε υπομεινας εις τελος ουτος σωθησεται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1510ἔσεσθεesesthe (V-FIM-2P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσεσθεesesthe
|
you will be
|
V-FIM-2P
|
G3404μισούμενοιmisoumenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP)
G3404 μισέω miséō mis-eh-o from a primary (hatred); to detest (especially to persecute); by extension, to love less:--hate(-ful).
|
μισούμενοιmisoumenoi
|
hated
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
all
|
Adj-GMP
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
on account of
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3686ὄνομάonoma (N-ANS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομάonoma
|
name
|
N-ANS
|
G1473μου·mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου·mou
|
of Me;
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G5278ὑπομείναςhypomeinas (V-APA-NMS)
G5278 ὑπομένω hypoménō hoop-om-en-o from ὑπό and μένω; to stay under (behind), i.e. remain; figuratively, to undergo, i.e. bear (trials), have fortitude, persevere:--abide, endure, (take) patient(-ly), suffer, tarry behind.
|
ὑπομείναςhypomeinas
|
having endured
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G5056τέλος,telos (N-ANS)
G5056 τέλος télos tel-os from a primary (to set out for a definite point or goal); properly, the point aimed at as a limit, i.e. (by implication) the conclusion of an act or state (termination (literally, figuratively or indefinitely), result (immediate, ultimate or prophetic), purpose); specially, an impost or levy (as paid):--+ continual, custom, end(-ing), finally, uttermost. Compare φόρος.
|
τέλος,telos
|
the end,
|
N-ANS
|
G3778οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοςhoutos
|
he
|
DPro-NMS
|
G4982σωθήσεται.sōthēsetai (V-FIP-3S)
G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
σωθήσεται.sōthēsetai
|
will be saved.
|
V-FIP-3S
|
13
you will be hated of all men for my name's sake: but he who will endure to the end, the same will be saved.Mark 13:13
Stats
Counts: 116 characters, 23 words, 88 letters, 32 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εσεσθε μισουμενοι υπο παντων δια το ονομα μου ο δε υπομεινας εις τελος ουτος σωθησεται
Lit: And you will be hated by all on account of the name of Me; the one however having endured to the end, he will be saved.
KJV: And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake: but he that shall endure unto the end, the same shall be saved.
References
"ye"Mt 5:11: 12: Blessed are you: when men will revile you: and persecute you: and will say all manner of evil against you falsely: for my sake.Mt 24:9: Then will they deliver you up to be afflicted: and will kill you: and you will be hated of all nations for my name's sake.Lu 6:22: Blessed are you: when men will hate you: and when they will separate you from their company: and will reproach you: and cast out your name as evil: for the Son of man's sake.Lu 21:17: you will be hated of all men for my name's sake.Joh 15:18: 19: If the world hate you: you know that it hated me before it hated you.Joh 17:14: I have given them your word; and the world has hated them: because they not are of the world: even as I not am of the world.1Jo 3:13: not Marvel: my brothers: if the world hate you."but"Da 12:12: Blessed is he who waits: and comes to the000 305 and 30 days.Mt 10:22: you will be hated of all men for my name's sake: but he who endures to the end will be saved.Mt 24:13: But he who will endure to the end: the same will be saved.Ro 2:7: To them who by patient continuance in well doing seek for glory and honour and immortality: eternal life:Ga 6:9: Let not us be weary in well doing: for in due season we will reap: if we not faint.Heb 3:14: For we are made partakers of Christ: if we hold the beginning of our confidence stedfast to the end;Heb 10:39: But we not are of them who draw back to perdition; but of them that believe to the saving of the soul.Jas 1:12: Blessed is the man that endures temptation: for when He is tried: He will receive the crown of life: which the Lord has promised to them that love Him.Re 2:10: Fear none of those things which you will suffer: look: the devil will cast some of you into prison: that you may be tried; and you will have tribulation 10 days: be you faithful to death: and I will give you a crown of life.Re 3:10: Because you have kept the word of my patience: I also will keep you from the hour of temptation: which will come upon all the world: to try them that dwell upon the earth.
The Abomination of Desolation
οταν δε ιδητε το βδελυγμα της ερημωσεως το ρηθεν υπο δανιηλ του προφητου {VAR1: εστος } {VAR2: εστως } οπου ου δει ο αναγινωσκων νοειτω τοτε οι εν τη ιουδαια φευγετωσαν εις τα ορη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3752ὍτανHotan (Conj)
G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὍτανHotan
|
When
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3708ἴδητεidēte (V-ASA-2P)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἴδητεidēte
|
you see
|
V-ASA-2P
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G946βδέλυγμαbdelygma (N-ANS)
G946 βδέλυγμα bdélygma bdel-oog-mah from βδελύσσω; a detestation, i.e. (specially) idolatry:--abomination.
|
βδέλυγμαbdelygma
|
abomination
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2050ἐρημώσεωςerēmōseōs (N-GFS)
G2050 ἐρήμωσις erḗmōsis er-ay-mo-sis from ἐρημόω; despoliation:--desolation.
|
ἐρημώσεωςerēmōseōs
|
desolation
|
N-GFS
|
G3588⧼τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
⧼τὸto
|
which
|
Art-ANS
|
G2046ῥηθὲνrhēthen (V-APP-NNS)
G2046 ἐρέω eréō er-eh-o probably a fuller form of ῥέω; an alternate for ἔπω in certain tenses; to utter, i.e. speak or say:--call, say, speak (of), tell.
|
ῥηθὲνrhēthen
|
was spoken of
|
V-APP-NNS
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G1158ΔανιὴλDaniēl (N-GMS)
G1158 Δανιήλ Daniḗl dan-ee-ale of Hebrew origin (דָנִיֵּאל); Daniel, an Israelite:--Daniel.
|
ΔανιὴλDaniēl
|
Daniel
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G4396προφήτου⧽,prophētou (N-GMS)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφήτου⧽,prophētou
|
prophet,
|
N-GMS
|
G2476ἑστηκόταhestēkota (V-RPA-AMS)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἑστηκόταhestēkota
|
standing
|
V-RPA-AMS
|
G3699ὅπουhopou (Adv)
G3699 ὅπου hópou hop-oo from ὅς and πού; what(-ever) where, i.e. at whichever spot:--in what place, where(-as, -soever), whither (+ soever).,
|
ὅπουhopou
|
where
|
Adv
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1163δεῖ,dei (V-PIA-3S)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
δεῖ,dei
|
it should—
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G314ἀναγινώσκωνanaginōskōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G314 ἀναγινώσκω anaginṓskō an-ag-in-oce-ko from ἀνά and γινώσκω; to know again, i.e. (by extension) to read:--read.
|
ἀναγινώσκωνanaginōskōn
|
reading,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3539νοείτω,noeitō (V-PMA-3S)
G3539 νοιέω noiéō noy-eh-o from νοῦς; to exercise the mind (observe), i.e. (figuratively) to comprehend, heed:--consider, perceive, think, understand.
|
νοείτω,noeitō
|
let him understand—
|
V-PMA-3S
|
G5119τότεtote (Adv)
G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
τότεtote
|
then
|
Adv
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2449ἸουδαίᾳIoudaia (N-DFS)
G2449 Ἰουδαία Ioudaía ee-oo-dah-yah feminine of Ἰουδαῖος (with γῆ implied); the Judæan land (i.e. Judæa), a region of Palestine:--Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίᾳIoudaia
|
Judea,
|
N-DFS
|
G5343φευγέτωσανpheugetōsan (V-PMA-3P)
G5343 φεύγω pheúgō fyoo-go apparently a primary verb; to run away (literally or figuratively); by implication, to shun; by analogy, to vanish:--escape, flee (away).
|
φευγέτωσανpheugetōsan
|
let them flee
|
V-PMA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G3735ὄρη,orē (N-ANP)
G3735 ὄρος óros or-os probably from an obsolete (to rise or rear; perhaps akin to αἴρω; compare ὄρνις); a mountain (as lifting itself above the plain):--hill, mount(-ain).
|
ὄρη,orē
|
mountains,
|
N-ANP
|
14
But when you will see the abomination of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet, standing where it not ought, (let him that reads understand,) then let them that be in Judaea flee to the mountains:Mark 13:14
Stats
Rank: #1821 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 204 characters, 32 words, 162 letters, 63 vowels, 99 consonants
Translation
Greek: οταν δε ιδητε το βδελυγμα της ερημωσεως το ρηθεν υπο δανιηλ του προφητου {VAR1: εστος } {VAR2: εστως } οπου ου δει ο αναγινωσκων νοειτω τοτε οι εν τη ιουδαια φευγετωσαν εις τα ορη
Lit: When then you see the abomination of the desolation which was spoken of by Daniel the prophet, standing where not it should— the one reading, let him understand— then those in Judea, let them flee to the mountains,
KJV: But when ye shall see the abomination of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet, standing where it ought not, (let him that readeth understand,) then let them that be in Judaea flee to the mountains:
References
"the abomination"Da 8:13: Then I heard one saint speaking: and another saint said to that certain saint which spoke: How long will be the vision concerning the daily sacrifice: and the transgression of desolation: to give both the sanctuary and the host to be trodden under foot?Da 9:27: He will confirm the covenant with many for one week: and in the middle of the week he will cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease: and for the overspreading of abominations he will make it desolate: even until the consummation: and that determined will be poured upon the desolate.Da 12:11: From the time that the daily sacrifice will be taken away: and the abomination that makes desolate set up: there will be a000 290 days.Mt 24:15-28: When you therefore will see the abomination of desolation: spoken of by Daniel the prophet: stand in the holy place: (whoever reads: let him understand:)Lu 21:20-22: When you will see Jerusalem compassed with armies: then know that the desolation thereof is nigh."where"La 1:10: The adversary has spread out his hand upon all her pleasant things: for she has seen that the heathen entered into her sanctuary: whom you did command that they not should enter into your congregation.Eze 44:9: Thus says the Lord GOD; No stranger: uncircumcised in heart: nor uncircumcised in flesh: will enter into my sanctuary: of any stranger that is among the children of Israel."let him"Mt 13:51: Jesus says to them: Have you understood all these things? They say to Him: Yes: Lord.Ac 8:30: 31: Philip ran there to him: and heard him read the prophet Isaiah: and said: Understand you what you readest?1Co 14:7: 8: 20: Even things without life giving sound: whether pipe or harp: except they give a distinction in the sounds: how will it be known what is piped or harped?Re 1:3: Blessed is he who reads: and they that hear the words of this prophecy: and keep those things which are written therein: for the time is at hand.Re 13:18: Here is wisdom. Let him that has understanding count the number of the beast: for it is the number of a man; and his number is 600 threescore and 6."then"Lu 21:21-24: Then let them which are in Judaea flee to the mountains; and let them which are in the middle of it depart out; and not let them that are in the countries enter thereinto.
ο δε επι του δωματος μη καταβατω εις την οικιαν μηδε εισελθετω αραι τι εκ της οικιας αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G1161[δὲ]de (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
[δὲ]de
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G1430δώματοςdōmatos (N-GNS)
G1430 δῶμα dōma do-mah from (to build); properly, an edifice, i.e. (specially) a roof:--housetop.
|
δώματοςdōmatos
|
housetop,
|
N-GNS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2597καταβάτωkatabatō (V-AMA-3S)
G2597 καταβαίνω katabaínō kat-ab-ah-ee-no from κατά and the base of βάσις; to descend (literally or figuratively):--come (get, go, step) down, fall (down).
|
καταβάτωkatabatō
|
let him come down,
|
V-AMA-3S
|
G3366μηδὲmēde (Conj)
G3366 μηδέ mēdé may-deh from μή and δέ; but not, not even; in a continued negation, nor:--neither, nor (yet), (no) not (once, so much as).,
|
μηδὲmēde
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G1525εἰσελθάτωeiselthatō (V-AMA-3S)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθάτωeiselthatō
|
go in
|
V-AMA-3S
|
G5100τι ⇔ti (IPro-ANS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τι ⇔ti
|
anything
|
IPro-ANS
|
G142ἆραιarai (V-ANA)
G142 αἴρω aírō ah-ee-ro a primary root; to lift up; by implication, to take up or away; figuratively, to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind), specially, to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Hebraism (compare נָשָׂא) to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).
|
ἆραιarai
|
to take
|
V-ANA
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3614οἰκίαςoikias (N-GFS)
G3614 οἰκία oikía oy-kee-ah from οἶκος; properly, residence (abstractly), but usually (concretely) an abode (literally or figuratively); by implication, a family (especially domestics):--home, house(-hold).
|
οἰκίαςoikias
|
house
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of him;
|
PPro-GM3S
|
15
Let him that is on the not housetop go down into the house, neither enter therein, to take any thing out of his house:Mark 13:15
Stats
Rank: #2753 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 122 characters, 23 words, 95 letters, 40 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε επι του δωματος μη καταβατω εις την οικιαν μηδε εισελθετω αραι τι εκ της οικιας αυτου
Lit: the one and upon the housetop, not let him come down, nor go in anything to take out of the house of him;
KJV: And let him that is on the housetop not go down into the house, neither enter therein, to take any thing out of his house:
References
"And let him that is on the housetop not go down into the house, neither enter therein, to take any thing out of his house:"Ge 19:15-17: 22: 26: When the morning arose: then the angels hastened Lot: saying: Arise: take your wife: and your two daughters: which are here; lest you be consumed in the iniquity of the city.Job 2:4: Satan answered the LORD: and said: Skin for skin: yes: all that a man has will He give for His life.Pr 6:4: 5: not Give sleep to your eyes: nor slumber to your eyelids.Pr 22:3: A prudent man foreseeth the evil: and hides himself: but the simple pass on: and are punished.Mt 24:16-18: Then let them which be in Judaea flee into the mountains:Lu 17:31-33: In that day: he which will be upon the housetop: and his stuff in the house: let not him come down to take it away: and he who is in the field: let him not likewise return back.Ac 27:18: 19: 38: We being exceedingly tossed with a tempest: the next day they lightened the ship;Php 3:7: 8: But what things were gain to me: those I counted loss for Christ.Heb 11:7: By faith Noah: being warned of God of not things seen as yet: moved with fear: prepared an ark to the saving of His house; by the which He condemned the world: and became heir of the righteousness which is by faith.
και ο εις τον αγρον ων μη επιστρεψατω εις τα οπισω αραι το ιματιον αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G68ἀγρὸνagron (N-AMS)
G68 ἀγρός agrós ag-ros from ἄγω; a field (as a drive for cattle); genitive case, the country; specially, a farm, i.e. hamlet:--country, farm, piece of ground, land.
|
ἀγρὸνagron
|
field,
|
N-AMS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1994ἐπιστρεψάτωepistrepsatō (V-AMA-3S)
G1994 ἐπιστρέφω epistréphō ep-ee-stref-o from ἐπί and στρέφω; to revert (literally, figuratively or morally):--come (go) again, convert, (re-)turn (about, again).
|
ἐπιστρεψάτωepistrepsatō
|
let him return
|
V-AMA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-ANP
|
G3694ὀπίσωopisō (Adv)
G3694 ὀπίσω opísō op-is-o from the same as ὄπισθεν with enclitic of direction; to the back, i.e. aback (as adverb or preposition of time or place; or as noun):--after, back(-ward), (+ get) behind, + follow.
|
ὀπίσωopisō
|
behind,
|
Adv
|
G142ἆραιarai (V-ANA)
G142 αἴρω aírō ah-ee-ro a primary root; to lift up; by implication, to take up or away; figuratively, to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind), specially, to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Hebraism (compare נָשָׂא) to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).
|
ἆραιarai
|
to take
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2440ἱμάτιονhimation (N-ANS)
G2440 ἱμάτιον himátion him-at-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ennumi (to put on); a dress (inner or outer):--apparel, cloke, clothes, garment, raiment, robe, vesture.
|
ἱμάτιονhimation
|
clothing
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
16
Let him that is in the not field turn back again for to take up his garment.Mark 13:16
Stats
Rank: #3553 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 80 characters, 18 words, 62 letters, 23 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ο εις τον αγρον ων μη επιστρεψατω εις τα οπισω αραι το ιματιον αυτου
Lit: and the one in the field, not let him return to the things behind, to take the clothing of him.
KJV: And let him that is in the field not turn back again for to take up his garment.
ουαι δε ταις εν γαστρι εχουσαις και ταις θηλαζουσαις εν εκειναις ταις ημεραις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3759Οὐαὶouai (I)
G3759 οὐαί ouaí oo-ah-ee a primary exclamation of grief; woe:--alas, woe.,
|
Οὐαὶouai
|
Woe
|
I
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
to those
|
Art-DFP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1064γαστρὶgastri (N-DFS)
G1064 γαστήρ gastḗr gas-tare of uncertain derivation; the stomach; by analogy, the matrix; figuratively, a gourmand:--belly, + with child, womb.
|
γαστρὶgastri
|
womb
|
N-DFS
|
G2192ἐχούσαιςechousais (V-PPA-DFP)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἐχούσαιςechousais
|
having,
|
V-PPA-DFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
to the ones
|
Art-DFP
|
G2337θηλαζούσαιςthēlazousais (V-PPA-DFP)
G2337 θηλάζω thēlázō thay-lad-zo from (the nipple); to suckle, (by implication) to suck:--(give) suck(-ling).
|
θηλαζούσαιςthēlazousais
|
nursing infants
|
V-PPA-DFP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1565ἐκείναιςekeinais (DPro-DFP)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείναιςekeinais
|
those
|
DPro-DFP
|
G2250ἡμέραις.hēmerais (N-DFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραις.hēmerais
|
days!
|
N-DFP
|
17
But woe to them that are with child, and to them that give suck in those days!Mark 13:17
Stats
Rank: #2682 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 78 characters, 16 words, 60 letters, 21 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουαι δε ταις εν γαστρι εχουσαις και ταις θηλαζουσαις εν εκειναις ταις ημεραις
Lit: Woe then to those in womb having, and to the ones nursing infants in those days!
KJV: But woe to them that are with child, and to them that give suck in those days!
References
"But woe to them that are with child, and to them that give suck in those days!"De 28:56: 57: The tender and delicate woman among you: which not would adventure to set the sole of her foot upon the ground for delicateness and tenderness: her eye will be evil toward the husband of her bosom: and toward her son: and toward her daughter: La 2:19: 20: Arise: cry out in the night: in the beginning of the watches pour out your heart like water before the face of the Lord: lift up your hands toward Him for the life of your young children: that faint for hunger in the top of every street.La 4:3: 4: 10: Even the sea monsters draw out the breast: they give suck to their young ones: the daughter of my people is become cruel: like the ostriches in the wilderness.Ho 9:14: Give them: O LORD: what will you give? give them a miscarrying womb and dry breasts.Ho 13:16: Samaria will become desolate; for she has rebelled against her God: they will fall by the sword: their infants will be dashed in pieces: and their women with child will be ripped up.Mt 24:19-21: Woe to them that are with child: and to them that give suck in those days!Lu 21:23: But woe to them that are with child: and to them that give suck: in those days! for there will be great distress in the land: and wrath upon this people.Lu 23:29: For: look: the days are coming: in the which they will say: Blessed are the barren: and the wombs that never bare: and the paps which never gave suck.
προσευχεσθε δε ινα μη γενηται η φυγη υμων χειμωνος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4336προσεύχεσθεproseuchesthe (V-PMM/P-2P)
G4336 προσεύχομαι proseúchomai pros-yoo-khom-ahee from πρός and εὔχομαι; to pray to God, i.e. supplicate, worship:--pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer.
|
προσεύχεσθεproseuchesthe
|
Pray
|
V-PMM/P-2P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that it
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1096γένηταιgenētai (V-ASM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γένηταιgenētai
|
might be
|
V-ASM-3S
|
G5494χειμῶνος·cheimōnos (N-GMS)
G5494 χειμών cheimṓn khi-mone from a derivative of (to pour; akin to the base of 5490 through the idea of a channel), meaning a storm (as pouring rain); by implication, the rainy season, i.e. winter:--tempest, foul weather, winter.
|
χειμῶνος·cheimōnos
|
in winter;
|
N-GMS
|
18
Pray you that your flight not be in the winter.Mark 13:18
Stats
Rank: #2933 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 50 characters, 11 words, 39 letters, 13 vowels, 26 consonants
Translation
Greek: προσευχεσθε δε ινα μη γενηται η φυγη υμων χειμωνος
Lit: Pray then that it not might be in winter;
KJV: And pray ye that your flight be not in the winter.
εσονται γαρ αι ημεραι εκειναι θλιψις οια ου γεγονεν τοιαυτη απ αρχης κτισεως ης εκτισεν ο θεος εως του νυν και ου μη γενηται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1510ἔσονταιesontai (V-FIM-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσονταιesontai
|
will be in
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G2250ἡμέραιhēmerai (N-NFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραιhēmerai
|
days
|
N-NFP
|
G1565ἐκεῖναιekeinai (DPro-NFP)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκεῖναιekeinai
|
those
|
DPro-NFP
|
G2347θλῖψις,thlipsis (N-NFS)
G2347 θλῖψις thlîpsis thlip-sis from θλίβω; pressure (literally or figuratively):--afflicted(-tion), anguish, burdened, persecution, tribulation, trouble.
|
θλῖψις,thlipsis
|
tribulation,
|
N-NFS
|
G3634οἵαhoia (RelPro-NFS)
G3634 οἷος hoîos hoy-os probably akin to ὁ, ὅς, and ὅσος; such or what sort of (as a correlation or exclamation); especially the neuter (adverbially) with negative, not so:--so (as), such as, what (manner of), which.,
|
οἵαhoia
|
such as
|
RelPro-NFS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
never
|
Adv
|
G1096γέγονενgegonen (V-RIA-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γέγονενgegonen
|
has been
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G5108τοιαύτηtoiautē (DPro-NFS)
G5108 τοιοῦτος toioûtos toy-oo-tos (including the other inflections); from τοί and οὗτος; truly this, i.e. of this sort (to denote character or individuality):--like, such (an one).
|
τοιαύτηtoiautē
|
the like,
|
DPro-NFS
|
G575ἀπ’ap’ (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπ’ap’
|
from the
|
Prep
|
G746ἀρχῆςarchēs (N-GFS)
G746 ἀρχή archḗ ar-khay from ἄρχομαι; (properly abstract) a commencement, or (concretely) chief (in various applications of order, time, place, or rank):--beginning, corner, (at the, the) first (estate), magistrate, power, principality, principle, rule.
|
ἀρχῆςarchēs
|
beginning
|
N-GFS
|
G2937κτίσεωςktiseōs (N-GFS)
G2937 κτίσις ktísis ktis-is from κτίζω; original formation (properly, the act; by implication, the thing, literally or figuratively):--building, creation, creature, ordinance.
|
κτίσεωςktiseōs
|
of creation,
|
N-GFS
|
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
which
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G2936ἔκτισενektisen (V-AIA-3S)
G2936 κτίζω ktízō ktid-zo probably akin to κτάομαι (through the idea of proprietorship of the manufacturer); to fabricate, i.e. found (form originally):--create, Creator, make.
|
ἔκτισενektisen
|
created
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God,
|
N-NMS
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
until
|
Prep
|
G3568νῦνnyn (Adv)
G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦνnyn
|
now—
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
never
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1096γένηται.genētai (V-ASM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γένηται.genētai
|
shall be.
|
V-ASM-3S
|
19
For in those days will be affliction, such as not was from the beginning of the creation which God created to this time, neither will be.Mark 13:19
Stats
Rank: #5862 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 141 characters, 24 words, 113 letters, 41 vowels, 72 consonants
Translation
Greek: εσονται γαρ αι ημεραι εκειναι θλιψις οια ου γεγονεν τοιαυτη απ αρχης κτισεως ης εκτισεν ο θεος εως του νυν και ου μη γενηται
Lit: will be in for the days those tribulation, such as never has been the like, from the beginning of creation, which created God, until now— and never not shall be.
KJV: For in those days shall be affliction, such as was not from the beginning of the creation which God created unto this time, neither shall be.
References
"in those"De 28:59: Then the LORD will make your plagues wonderful: and the plagues of your seed: even great plagues: and of long continuance: and sore sicknesses: and of long continuance.De 29:22-28: So that the generation to come of your children that will rise up after you: and the stranger that will come from a far land: will say: when they see the plagues of that land: and the sicknesses which the LORD has laid upon it;Isa 65:12-15: Therefore will I number you to the sword: and you will all bow down to the slaughter: because when I called: you not did answer; when I spoke: you not did hear; but did evil before my eyes: and did choose that wherein I not delighted.La 1:12: Is it nothing to you: all you that pass by? look: and see if there be any sorrow like to my sorrow: which is done to me: wherewith the LORD has afflicted me in the day of His fierce anger.La 2:13: What thing will I take to witness for you? what thing will I liken to you: O daughter of Jerusalem? what will I equal to you: that I may comfort you: O virgin daughter of Zion? for your breach is great like the sea: who can heal you?La 4:6: For the punishment of the iniquity of the daughter of my people is greater than the punishment of the sin of Sodom: that was overthrown as in a moment: and no hands stayed on her.Da 9:12: 26: He has confirmed his words: which he spoke against us: and against our judges that judged us: by bringing upon us a great evil: for under the whole heaven has not been done as has been done upon Jerusalem.Da 12:1: At that time will Michael stand up: the great prince which stands for the children of your people: and there will be a time of trouble: such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time: and at that time your people will be delivered: every one that will be found written in the book.Joe 2:2: A day of darkness and of gloominess: a day of clouds and of thick darkness: as the morning spread upon the mountains: a great people and a strong; there has not been ever the like: neither will be any more after it: even to the years of many generations.Mt 24:21: For then will be great tribulation: such as not was since the beginning of the world to this time: no: nor ever will be.Lu 21:22-24: For these be the days of vengeance: that all things which are written may be fulfilled."from"De 4:32: For ask now of the days that are past: which were before you: since the day that God created man upon the earth: and ask from the one side of heaven to the other: whether there has been any such thing as this great thing is: or has been heard like it?
και ει μη κυριος εκολοβωσεν τας ημερας ουκ αν εσωθη πασα σαρξ αλλα δια τους εκλεκτους ους εξελεξατο εκολοβωσεν τας ημερας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2856ἐκολόβωσενekolobōsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2856 κολοβόω kolobóō kol-ob-o-o from a derivative of the base of κολάζω; to dock, i.e. (figuratively) abridge:--shorten.
|
ἐκολόβωσενekolobōsen
|
had shortened
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
the Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2250ἡμέρας,hēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρας,hēmeras
|
days,
|
N-AFP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
no
|
Adv
|
G4982ἐσώθηesōthē (V-AIP-3S)
G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
ἐσώθηesōthē
|
there would have been saved
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3956πᾶσαpasa (Adj-NFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσαpasa
|
any
|
Adj-NFS
|
G4561σάρξ·sarx (N-NFS)
G4561 σάρξ sárx sarx probably from the base of σαρόω; flesh (as stripped of the skin), i.e. (strictly) the meat of an animal (as food), or (by extension) the body (as opposed to the soul (or spirit), or as the symbol of what is external, or as the means of kindred), or (by implication) human nature (with its frailties (physically or morally) and passions), or (specially), a human being (as such):--carnal(-ly, + -ly minded), flesh(-ly).
|
σάρξ·sarx
|
flesh;
|
N-NFS
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
on account of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G1588ἐκλεκτοὺςeklektous (Adj-AMP)
G1588 ἐκλεκτός eklektós ek-lek-tos from ἐκλέγομαι; select; by implication, favorite:--chosen, elect.
|
ἐκλεκτοὺςeklektous
|
elect
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3739οὓςhous (RelPro-AMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὓςhous
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMP
|
G1586ἐξελέξατοexelexato (V-AIM-3S)
G1586 ἐκλέγομαι eklégomai ek-leg-om-ahee middle voice from ἐκ and λέγω (in its primary sense); to select:--make choice, choose (out), chosen.
|
ἐξελέξατοexelexato
|
He chose,
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G2856ἐκολόβωσενekolobōsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2856 κολοβόω kolobóō kol-ob-o-o from a derivative of the base of κολάζω; to dock, i.e. (figuratively) abridge:--shorten.
|
ἐκολόβωσενekolobōsen
|
He has shortened
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2250ἡμέρας.hēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρας.hēmeras
|
days.
|
N-AFP
|
20
Except that the Lord had shortened those days, no flesh should be saved: but for the elect's sake, whom He has chosen, He has shortened the days.Mark 13:20
Stats
Rank: #3800 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 151 characters, 24 words, 118 letters, 39 vowels, 79 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ει μη κυριος εκολοβωσεν τας ημερας ουκ αν εσωθη πασα σαρξ αλλα δια τους εκλεκτους ους εξελεξατο εκολοβωσεν τας ημερας
Lit: And if not had shortened the Lord the days, no there would have been saved any flesh; but on account of the elect whom He chose, He has shortened the days.
KJV: And except that the Lord had shortened those days, no flesh should be saved: but for the elect's sake, whom he hath chosen, he hath shortened the days.
References
"for"Isa 1:9: Except the LORD of hosts had left to us a very small remnant: we should have been as Sodom: and we should have been like to Gomorrah.Isa 6:13: But yet in it will be a tenth: and it will return: and will be eaten: as a teil tree: and as an oak: whose substance is in them: when they cast their leaves: so the holy seed will be the substance thereof.Isa 65:8: 9: Thus says the LORD: As the new wine is found in the cluster: and one says: Destroy not it; for a blessing is in it: so will I do for my servants' sakes: that I not may destroy them all.Zec 13:8: 9: It will come to pass: that in all the land: says the LORD: two parts therein will be cut off and die; but the third will be left therein.Mt 24:22: Except those days should be shortened: there should no flesh be saved: but for the elect's sake those days will be shortened.Ro 11:5-7: 23: 24: 28-32: Even so then at this present time also there is a remnant according to the election of grace.
και τοτε εαν τις υμιν ειπη ιδου ωδε ο χριστος η ιδου εκει μη πιστευσητε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5119τότεtote (Adv)
G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
τότεtote
|
then
|
Adv
|
G1437ἐάνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐάνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3004εἴπῃeipē (V-ASA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἴπῃeipē
|
says,
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3708ἼδεIde (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἼδεIde
|
Behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G5602ὧδεhōde (Adv)
G5602 ὧδε hōde ho-deh from an adverb form of ὅδε; in this same spot, i.e. here or hither:--here, hither, (in) this place, there.,
|
ὧδεhōde
|
here is
|
Adv
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5547Χριστός,Christos (N-NMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστός,Christos
|
Christ!
|
N-NMS
|
G3708ἼδεIde (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἼδεIde
|
Behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1563ἐκεῖ,ekei (Adv)
G1563 ἐκεῖ ekeî ek-i of uncertain affinity; there; by extension, thither:--there, thither(-ward), (to) yonder (place).
|
ἐκεῖ,ekei
|
there!
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4100πιστεύετε·pisteuete (V-PMA-2P)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πιστεύετε·pisteuete
|
you shall believe it.
|
V-PMA-2P
|
21
Then if any man will say to you, Indeed, here is Christ; or, indeed, He is there; believe Him not:
Mark 13:21
Stats
Counts: 99 characters, 12 words, 68 letters, 27 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τοτε εαν τις υμιν ειπη ιδου ωδε ο χριστος η ιδου εκει μη πιστευσητε
Lit: And then if anyone to you says, Behold, here is the Christ! Behold, there! not you shall believe it.
KJV: And then if any man shall say to you, Lo, here is Christ; or, lo, [he is] there; believe [him] not:
References
"And then if any man shall say to you, Lo, here is Christ; or, lo, he is there; believe him not:"De 13:1-3: If there arise among you a prophet: or a dreamer of dreams: and gives you a sign or a wonder: Mt 24:5: 23-25: For many will come in my name: saying: I am Christ; and will deceive many.Lu 17:23: 24: They will say to you: See here; or: see there: not go after them: nor follow them.Lu 21:8: He said: Take heed that you not be deceived: for many will come in my name: saying: I am Christ; and the time draws near: go you not therefore after them.Joh 5:43: I am come in my Father's name: and you receive not me: if another will come in His own name: Him you will receive.
εγερθησονται γαρ ψευδοχριστοι και ψευδοπροφηται και δωσουσιν σημεια και τερατα προς το αποπλαναν ει δυνατον και τους εκλεκτους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1453ἐγερθήσονταιegerthēsontai (V-FIP-3P)
G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἐγερθήσονταιegerthēsontai
|
There will arise
|
V-FIP-3P
|
G1063γὰρ*gar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρ*gar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G5580ψευδόχριστοιpseudochristoi (N-NMP)
G5580 ψευδόχριστος pseudóchristos psyoo-dokh-ris-tos from ψευδής and Χριστός; a spurious Messiah:--false Christ.
|
ψευδόχριστοιpseudochristoi
|
false Christs
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5578ψευδοπροφῆταιpseudoprophētai (N-NMP)
G5578 ψευδοπροφήτης pseudoprophḗtēs psyoo-dop-rof-ay-tace from ψευδής and προφήτης; a spurious prophet, i.e. pretended foreteller or religious impostor:--false prophet.
|
ψευδοπροφῆταιpseudoprophētai
|
false prophets,
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325δώσουσιν*dōsousin (V-FIA-3P)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δώσουσιν*dōsousin
|
will give
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G4592σημεῖαsēmeia (N-ANP)
G4592 σημεῖον sēmeîon say-mi-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the base of σημαίνω; an indication, especially ceremonially or supernaturally:--miracle, sign, token, wonder.
|
σημεῖαsēmeia
|
signs
|
N-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5059τέραταterata (N-ANP)
G5059 τέρας téras ter-as of uncertain affinity; a prodigy or omen:--wonder.
|
τέραταterata
|
wonders,
|
N-ANP
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
so as
|
Prep
|
G635ἀποπλανᾶνapoplanan (V-PNA)
G635 ἀποπλανάω apoplanáō ap-op-lan-ah-o from ἀπό and πλανάω; to lead astray (figuratively); passively, to stray (from truth):--err, seduce.
|
ἀποπλανᾶνapoplanan
|
to deceive
|
V-PNA
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1415δυνατὸνdynaton (Adj-NNS)
G1415 δυνατός dynatós doo-nat-os from δύναμαι; powerful or capable (literally or figuratively); neuter possible:--able, could, (that is) mighty (man), possible, power, strong.
|
δυνατὸνdynaton
|
possible,
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G1588ἐκλεκτούς·eklektous (Adj-AMP)
G1588 ἐκλεκτός eklektós ek-lek-tos from ἐκλέγομαι; select; by implication, favorite:--chosen, elect.
|
ἐκλεκτούς·eklektous
|
elect.
|
Adj-AMP
|
22
For false Christs and false prophets will rise, and will show signs and wonders, to seduce, if it were possible, even the elect.Mark 13:22
Stats
Rank: #3146 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 130 characters, 19 words, 103 letters, 35 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγερθησονται γαρ ψευδοχριστοι και ψευδοπροφηται και δωσουσιν σημεια και τερατα προς το αποπλαναν ει δυνατον και τους εκλεκτους
Lit: There will arise for false Christs and false prophets, and will give signs and wonders, so as to deceive if possible, the elect.
KJV: For false Christs and false prophets shall rise, and shall shew signs and wonders, to seduce, if it were possible, even the elect.
References
"if it"Mr 13:6: For many will come in my name: saying: I am Christ; and will deceive many.Mt 24:24: For there will arise false Christs: and false prophets: and will show great signs and wonders; insomuch that: if it were possible: they will deceive the very elect.Joh 10:27: 28: My sheep hear my voice: and I know them: and they follow me:2Th 2:8-14: Then will that Wicked be revealed: whom the Lord will consume with the spirit of His mouth: and will destroy with the brightness of His coming:2Ti 2:19: Nevertheless the foundation of God stands sure: having this seal: The Lord knows them that are His. And: Let every one that names the name of Christ depart from iniquity.1Jo 2:19: 26: They went out from us: but they not were of us; for if they had been of us: they would no doubt have continued with us: but they went out: that they might be made manifest that they not were all of us.Re 13:8: 13: 14: All that dwell upon the earth will worship him: whose names not are written in the book of life of the Lamb killed from the foundation of the world.Re 17:8: The beast that you saw was: and not is; and will ascend out of the bottomless pit: and go into perdition: and they that dwell on the earth will wonder: whose names not were written in the book of life from the foundation of the world: when they look the beast that was: and not is: and yet is.
υμεις δε βλεπετε ιδου προειρηκα υμιν παντα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
You
|
PPro-N2P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G991βλέπετε·blepete (V-PMA-2P)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλέπετε·blepete
|
take heed;
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G4302προείρηκαproeirēka (V-RIA-1S)
G4302 προλέγω prolégō prol-eg-o from πρό and λέγω; to say beforehand, i.e. predict, forewarn:--foretell, tell before.
|
προείρηκαproeirēka
|
I have foretold
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3956πάντα.panta (Adj-ANP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντα.panta
|
all things.
|
Adj-ANP
|
23
But take you heed: look, I have foretold you all things.
Mark 13:23
Stats
Rank: #7217 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 57 characters, 9 words, 44 letters, 18 vowels, 26 consonants
Translation
Greek: υμεις δε βλεπετε ιδου προειρηκα υμιν παντα
Lit: You however take heed; I have foretold to you all things.
KJV: But take ye heed: behold, I have foretold you all things.
References
"take"Mr 13:5: 9: 33: Jesus answering them began to say: Take heed lest any man deceive you:Mt 7:15: Beware of false prophets: which come to you in sheep's clothing: but inwardly they are ravening wolves.Lu 21:8: 34: He said: Take heed that you not be deceived: for many will come in my name: saying: I am Christ; and the time draws near: go you not therefore after them.2Pe 3:17: You therefore: beloved: seeing you know these things before: beware lest you also: being led away with the error of the wicked: fall from your own stedfastness."behold"Isa 44:7: 8: Who: as I: will call: and will declare it: and set it in order for me: since I appointed the ancient people? and the things that are coming: and will come: let them show to them.Joh 14:29: Now I have told you before it come to pass: that: when it is come to pass: you might believe.Joh 16:1-4: These things have I spoken to you: that you not should be offended.
The Return of the Son of Man
αλλ εν εκειναις ταις ημεραις μετα την θλιψιν εκεινην ο ηλιος σκοτισθησεται και η σεληνη ου δωσει το φεγγος αυτης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G235ἈλλὰAlla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἈλλὰAlla
|
But
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1565ἐκείναιςekeinais (DPro-DFP)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείναιςekeinais
|
those
|
DPro-DFP
|
G2250ἡμέραιςhēmerais (N-DFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραιςhēmerais
|
days,
|
N-DFP
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
after
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2347θλῖψινthlipsin (N-AFS)
G2347 θλῖψις thlîpsis thlip-sis from θλίβω; pressure (literally or figuratively):--afflicted(-tion), anguish, burdened, persecution, tribulation, trouble.
|
θλῖψινthlipsin
|
tribulation
|
N-AFS
|
G1565ἐκείνηνekeinēn (DPro-AFS)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνηνekeinēn
|
those,
|
DPro-AFS
|
G3588Ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Ὁho
|
The
|
Art-NMS
|
G2246ἥλιοςhēlios (N-NMS)
G2246 ἥλιος hḗlios hay-lee-os from (a ray; perhaps akin to the alternate of αἱρέομαι); the sun; by implication, light:--+ east, sun.
|
ἥλιοςhēlios
|
sun
|
N-NMS
|
G4654σκοτισθήσεται,skotisthēsetai (V-FIP-3S)
G4654 σκοτίζω skotízō skot-id-zo from σκότος; to obscure (literally or figuratively):--darken.
|
σκοτισθήσεται,skotisthēsetai
|
will be darkened,
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4582σελήνηselēnē (N-NFS)
G4582 σελήνη selḗnē sel-ay-nay from (brilliancy; probably akin to the alternate of αἱρέομαι, through the idea of attractiveness); the moon:--moon.
|
σελήνηselēnē
|
moon
|
N-NFS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1325δώσειdōsei (V-FIA-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δώσειdōsei
|
will give
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G5338φέγγοςphengos (N-ANS)
G5338 φέγγος phéngos feng-gos probably akin to the base of φῶς (compare φθέγγομαι); brilliancy:--light.
|
φέγγοςphengos
|
light
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτῆς,autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς,autēs
|
of it;
|
PPro-GF3S
|
24
But in those days, after that tribulation, the sun will be darkened, and the moon will not give her light,Mark 13:24
Stats
Rank: #2118 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 108 characters, 17 words, 85 letters, 30 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλ εν εκειναις ταις ημεραις μετα την θλιψιν εκεινην ο ηλιος σκοτισθησεται και η σεληνη ου δωσει το φεγγος αυτης
Lit: But in those days, after the tribulation those, The sun will be darkened, and the moon not will give the light of it;
KJV: But in those days, after that tribulation, the sun shall be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light,
References
"But in those days, after that tribulation, the sun shall be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light,"Isa 13:10: For the stars of heaven and the constellations thereof will not give their light: the sun will be darkened in his going forth: and the moon will not cause her light to shine.Isa 24:20-23: The earth will reel to and fro like a drunkard: and will be removed like a cottage; and the transgression thereof will be heavy upon it; and it will fall: not and rise again.Jer 4:23-25: 28: I beheld the earth: and: indeed: it was without form: and void; and the heavens: and they had no light.Eze 32:7: When I will put you out: I will cover the heaven: and make the stars thereof dark; I will cover the sun with a cloud: and the moon will not give her light.Da 7:10: A fiery stream issued and came forth from before him:000 thousands ministered to him: and 10000 times 10000 stood before him: the judgment was set: and the books were opened.Da 12:1: At that time will Michael stand up: the great prince which stands for the children of your people: and there will be a time of trouble: such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time: and at that time your people will be delivered: every one that will be found written in the book.Joe 2:30: 31: I will show wonders in the heavens and in the earth: blood: and fire: and pillars of smoke.Am 5:20: Will not the day of the LORD be darkness: not and light? even very dark: and no brightness in it?Zep 1:14-18: The great day of the LORD is near: it is near: and hasts greatly: even the voice of the day of the LORD: the mighty man will cry there bitterly.Mt 24:29-31: Immediately after the tribulation of those days will the sun be darkened: and the moon will not give her light: and the stars will fall from heaven: and the powers of the heavens will be shaken:Lu 21:25-27: There will be signs in the sun: and in the moon: and in the stars; and upon the earth distress of nations: with perplexity; the sea and the waves roaring;Ac 2:19: 20: I will show wonders in heaven above: and signs in the earth beneath; blood: and fire: and vapour of smoke:2Pe 3:10: 12: But the day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night; in the which the heavens will pass away with a great noise: and the elements will melt with fervent heat: the earth also and the works that are therein will be burned up.Re 6:12-14: I beheld when he had opened the sixth seal: and: indeed: there was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair: and the moon became as blood;Re 20:11: I saw a great white throne: and him that sat on it: from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them.
και οι αστερες του ουρανου εσονται εκπιπτοντες και αι δυναμεις αι εν τοις ουρανοις σαλευθησονται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G792ἀστέρεςasteres (N-NMP)
G792 ἀστήρ astḗr as-tare probably from the base of στρώννυμι; a star (as strown over the sky), literally or figuratively:--star.
|
ἀστέρεςasteres
|
stars
|
N-NMP
|
G1510ἔσονταιesontai (V-FIM-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσονταιesontai
|
will be
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3772οὐρανοῦouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦouranou
|
heaven
|
N-GMS
|
G4098πίπτοντες,piptontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
πίπτοντες,piptontes
|
falling,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G1411δυνάμειςdynameis (N-NFP)
G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δυνάμειςdynameis
|
powers
|
N-NFP
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
that are
|
Art-NFP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G3772οὐρανοῖςouranois (N-DMP)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῖςouranois
|
heavens
|
N-DMP
|
G4531σαλευθήσονται.saleuthēsontai (V-FIP-3P)
G4531 σαλεύω saleúō sal-yoo-o from σάλος; to waver, i.e. agitate, rock, topple or (by implication) destroy; figuratively, to disturb, incite:--move, shake (together), which can(-not) be shaken, stir up.
|
σαλευθήσονται.saleuthēsontai
|
will be shaken.’
|
V-FIP-3P
|
25
The stars of heaven will fall, and the powers that are in heaven will be shaken.Mark 13:25
Stats
Rank: #7422 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 86 characters, 16 words, 68 letters, 24 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οι αστερες του ουρανου εσονται εκπιπτοντες και αι δυναμεις αι εν τοις ουρανοις σαλευθησονται
Lit: and the stars will be out of the heaven falling, and the powers that are in the heavens will be shaken.’
KJV: And the stars of heaven shall fall, and the powers that are in heaven shall be shaken.
και τοτε οψονται τον υιον του ανθρωπου ερχομενον εν νεφελαις μετα δυναμεως πολλης και δοξης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5119τότεtote (Adv)
G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
τότεtote
|
then
|
Adv
|
G3708ὄψονταιopsontai (V-FIM-3P)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὄψονταιopsontai
|
will they see
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5207ΥἱὸνHuion (N-AMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱὸνHuion
|
Son
|
N-AMS
|
G444ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou (N-GMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou
|
of Man
|
N-GMS
|
G2064ἐρχόμενονerchomenon (V-PPM/P-AMS)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐρχόμενονerchomenon
|
coming
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3507νεφέλαιςnephelais (N-DFP)
G3507 νεφέλη nephélē nef-el-ay from νέφος; properly, cloudiness, i.e. (concretely) a cloud:--cloud.
|
νεφέλαιςnephelais
|
the clouds,
|
N-DFP
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1411δυνάμεωςdynameōs (N-GFS)
G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δυνάμεωςdynameōs
|
power
|
N-GFS
|
G4183πολλῆςpollēs (Adj-GFS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλῆςpollēs
|
great
|
Adj-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1391δόξης.doxēs (N-GFS)
G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξης.doxēs
|
glory.
|
N-GFS
|
26
Then will they see the Son of man coming in the clouds with great power and glory.Mark 13:26
Stats
Counts: 87 characters, 18 words, 69 letters, 23 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τοτε οψονται τον υιον του ανθρωπου ερχομενον εν νεφελαις μετα δυναμεως πολλης και δοξης
Lit: And then will they see the Son of Man coming in the clouds, with power great and glory.
KJV: And then shall they see the Son of man coming in the clouds with great power and glory.
References
"And then shall they see the Son of man coming in the clouds with great power and glory."Mr 8:38: Whoever therefore will be ashamed of me and of my words in this adulterous and sinful generation; of Him also will the Son of man be ashamed: when He comes in the glory of His Father with the holy angels.Mr 14:62: Jesus said: I am: and you will see the Son of man sitting on the right hand of power: and coming in the clouds of heaven.Da 7:9-14: I beheld till the thrones were cast down: and the Ancient of days did sit: whose garment was white as snow: and the hair of his head like the pure wool: his throne was like the fiery flame: and his wheels as burning fire.Mt 16:17: 27: Jesus answered and said to Him: Blessed are you: Simon Barjona: for flesh and blood has not revealed it to you: but my Father which is in heaven.Mt 24:30: Then will appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven: and then will all the tribes of the earth mourn: and they will see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.Mt 25:31: When the Son of man will come in His glory: and all the holy angels with Him: then will He sit upon the throne of His glory:Ac 1:11: Which also said: You men of Galilee: why stand you gazing up into heaven? this same Jesus: which is taken up from you into heaven: will so come in like manner as you have seen Him go into heaven.1Th 4:16: For the Lord Himself will descend from heaven with a shout: with the voice of the archangel: and with the trump of God: and the dead in Christ will rise first:2Th 1:7-10: To you who are troubled rest with us: when the Lord Jesus will be revealed from heaven with His mighty angels: Re 1:7: Look: he comes with clouds; and every eye will see him: and they also which pierced him: and all kindreds of the earth will wail because of him. Even so: Amen.
και τοτε αποστελει τους αγγελους αυτου και επισυναξει τους εκλεκτους αυτου εκ των τεσσαρων ανεμων απ ακρου γης εως ακρου ουρανου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5119τότεtote (Adv)
G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
τότεtote
|
then
|
Adv
|
G649ἀποστελεῖapostelei (V-FIA-3S)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀποστελεῖapostelei
|
He will send
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G32ἀγγέλουςangelous (N-AMP)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλουςangelous
|
angels,
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1996ἐπισυνάξειepisynaxei (V-FIA-3S)
G1996 ἐπισυνάγω episynágō ep-ee-soon-ag-o from ἐπί and συνάγω; to collect upon the same place:--gather (together).
|
ἐπισυνάξειepisynaxei
|
will gather together
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G1588ἐκλεκτοὺςeklektous (Adj-AMP)
G1588 ἐκλεκτός eklektós ek-lek-tos from ἐκλέγομαι; select; by implication, favorite:--chosen, elect.
|
ἐκλεκτοὺςeklektous
|
elect
|
Adj-AMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G5064τεσσάρωνtessarōn (Adj-GMP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τεσσάρωνtessarōn
|
four
|
Adj-GMP
|
G417ἀνέμωνanemōn (N-GMP)
G417 ἄνεμος ánemos an-em-os from the base of ἀήρ; wind; (plural) by implication, (the four) quarters (of the earth):--wind.
|
ἀνέμωνanemōn
|
winds,
|
N-GMP
|
G575ἀπ’ap’ (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπ’ap’
|
from the
|
Prep
|
G206ἄκρουakrou (N-GNS)
G206 ἄκρον ákron ak-ron neuter of an adjective probably akin to the base of ἀκμήν; the extremity:--one end… other, tip, top, uttermost participle
|
ἄκρουakrou
|
end
|
N-GNS
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
of earth
|
N-GFS
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
to the
|
Prep
|
G206ἄκρουakrou (N-GNS)
G206 ἄκρον ákron ak-ron neuter of an adjective probably akin to the base of ἀκμήν; the extremity:--one end… other, tip, top, uttermost participle
|
ἄκρουakrou
|
end
|
N-GNS
|
G3772οὐρανοῦ.ouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦ.ouranou
|
of heaven.
|
N-GMS
|
27
Then will he send his angels, and will gather together his elect from the 4 winds, from the uttermost part of the earth to the uttermost part of heaven.Mark 13:27
Stats
Rank: #7072 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 161 characters, 28 words, 129 letters, 43 vowels, 86 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τοτε αποστελει τους αγγελους αυτου και επισυναξει τους εκλεκτους αυτου εκ των τεσσαρων ανεμων απ ακρου γης εως ακρου ουρανου
Lit: And then He will send the angels, and will gather together the elect of Him, from the four winds, from the end of earth to the end of heaven.
KJV: And then shall he send his angels, and shall gather together his elect from the four winds, from the uttermost part of the earth to the uttermost part of heaven.
References
"shall he"Mt 13:41: 49: The Son of man will send forth His angels: and they will gather out of His kingdom all things that offend: and them which do iniquity;Mt 24:31: He will send his angels with a great sound of a trumpet: and they will gather together his elect from the 4 winds: from one end of heaven to the other.Lu 16:22: It came to pass: that the beggar died: and was carried by the angels into Abraham's bosom: the rich man also died: and was buried;Re 7:1-3: After these things I saw 4 angels standing on the 4 corners of the earth: holding the 4 winds of the earth: that the wind not should blow on the earth: nor on the sea: nor on any tree.Re 15:6: 7: The 7 angels came out of the temple: having the 7 plagues: clothed in pure and white linen: and having their breasts girded with golden girdles."shall gather"Ge 49:10: The sceptre will not depart from Judah: nor a lawgiver from between his feet: until Shiloh come; and to him will the gathering of the people be.Mt 25:31: 32: When the Son of man will come in His glory: and all the holy angels with Him: then will He sit upon the throne of His glory:Joh 10:16: Other sheep I have: which not are of this fold: them also I must bring: and they will hear my voice; and there will be one fold: and one shepherd.Joh 11:52: not And for that nation only: but that also He should gather together in one the children of God that were scattered abroad.1Th 4:14-17: For if we believe that Jesus died and rose again: even so them also which sleep in Jesus will God bring with Him.2Th 2:1: Now we beseech you: brothers: by the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ: and by our gathering together to Him: Re 7:5-9: Of the tribe of Juda were sealed 12000. Of the tribe of Reuben were sealed 12000. Of the tribe of Gad were sealed 12000."his elect"Mr 13:20: 22: Except that the Lord had shortened those days: no flesh should be saved: but for the elect's sake: whom He has chosen: He has shortened the days.Isa 65:9: I will bring forth a seed out of Jacob: and out of Judah an inheritor of my mountains: and my elect will inherit it: and my servants will dwell there.Mt 24:22: 24: 31: Except those days should be shortened: there should no flesh be saved: but for the elect's sake those days will be shortened.Lu 18:7: will not God avenge His own elect: which cry day and night to Him: though He bear long with them?Ro 8:33: Who will lay any thing to the charge of God's elect? It is God that justifies.Col 3:12: Put on therefore: as the elect of God: holy and beloved: bowels of mercies: kindness: humbleness of mind: meekness: longsuffering;2Ti 2:10: Therefore I endure all things for the elect's sakes: that they may also obtain the salvation which is in Christ Jesus with eternal glory.1Pe 1:2: Elect according to the foreknowledge of God the Father: through sanctification of the Spirit: to obedience and sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ: Grace to you: and peace: be multiplied."from"De 30:4: If any of your be driven out to the outmost parts of heaven: from there will the LORD your God gather you: and from there will He fetch you:Mt 12:42: The queen of the south will rise up in the judgment with this generation: and will condemn it: for she came from the uttermost parts of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon; and: look: a greater than Solomon is here.
The Lesson of the Fig Tree
απο δε της συκης μαθετε την παραβολην οταν αυτης ηδη ο κλαδος απαλος γενηται και εκφυη τα φυλλα γινωσκετε οτι εγγυς το θερος εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G575ἈπὸApo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἈπὸApo
|
Of
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4808συκῆςsykēs (N-GFS)
G4808 συκῆ sykē soo-kay from σῦκον; a fig-tree:--fig tree.
|
συκῆςsykēs
|
fig tree,
|
N-GFS
|
G3129μάθετεmathete (V-AMA-2P)
G3129 μανθάνω manthánō man-than-o prolongation from a primary verb, another form of which, , is used as an alternate in certain tenses; to learn (in any way):--learn, understand.
|
μάθετεmathete
|
learn
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3850παραβολήν·parabolēn (N-AFS)
G3850 παραβολή parabolḗ par-ab-ol-ay from παραβάλλω; a similitude (parable), i.e. (symbolic) fictitious narrative (of common life conveying a moral), apothegm or adage:--comparison, figure, parable, proverb.
|
παραβολήν·parabolēn
|
parable:
|
N-AFS
|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj)
G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
When
|
Conj
|
G2235ἤδηēdē (Adv)
G2235 ἤδη ḗdē ay-day apparently from ἤ (or possibly ἦ) and δή; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.
|
ἤδηēdē
|
already
|
Adv
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2798κλάδοςklados (N-NMS)
G2798 κλάδος kládos klad-os from κλάω; a twig or bough (as if broken off):--branch.
|
κλάδοςklados
|
branch
|
N-NMS
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of it
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G527ἁπαλὸςhapalos (Adj-NMS)
G527 ἀπαλός apalós ap-al-os of uncertain derivation; soft:--tender.
|
ἁπαλὸςhapalos
|
tender
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1096γένηταιgenētai (V-ASM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γένηταιgenētai
|
has become,
|
V-ASM-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1631ἐκφύῃekphyē (V-PSA-3S)
G1631 ἐκφύω ekphýō ek-foo-o from ἐκ and φύω; to sprout up:--put forth.
|
ἐκφύῃekphyē
|
it puts forth
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G5444φύλλα,phylla (N-ANP)
G5444 φύλλον phýllon fool-lon from the same as φυλή; a sprout, i.e. leaf:--leaf.
|
φύλλα,phylla
|
leaves,
|
N-ANP
|
G1097γινώσκετεginōskete (V-PIA-2P)
G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
γινώσκετεginōskete
|
you know
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1451ἐγγὺςengys (Adv)
G1451 ἐγγύς engýs eng-goos from a primary verb (to squeeze or throttle; akin to the base of ἀγκάλη); near (literally or figuratively, of place or time):--from , at hand, near, nigh (at hand, unto), ready.
|
ἐγγὺςengys
|
near
|
Adv
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G2330θέροςtheros (N-NNS)
G2330 θέρος théros ther-os from a primary (to heat); properly, heat, i.e. summer:--summer.
|
θέροςtheros
|
summer
|
N-NNS
|
G1510ἐστίν·estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστίν·estin
|
is.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
28
Now learn a parable of the fig tree; When her branch is yet tender, and puts forth leaves, you know that summer is near:Mark 13:28
Stats
Rank: #6517 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 122 characters, 21 words, 95 letters, 34 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: απο δε της συκης μαθετε την παραβολην οταν αυτης ηδη ο κλαδος απαλος γενηται και εκφυη τα φυλλα γινωσκετε οτι εγγυς το θερος εστιν
Lit: Of now the fig tree, learn the parable: When already the branch of it tender has become, and it puts forth the leaves, you know that near the summer is.
KJV: Now learn a parable of the fig tree; When her branch is yet tender, and putteth forth leaves, ye know that summer is near:
References
"Now learn a parable of the fig tree; When her branch is yet tender, and putteth forth leaves, ye know that summer is near:"Mt 24:32: 33: Now learn a parable of the fig tree; When his branch is yet tender: and puts forth leaves: you know that summer is nigh:Lu 21:29-31: He spoke to them a parable; Look the fig tree: and all the trees;
ουτως και υμεις οταν ταυτα ιδητε γινομενα γινωσκετε οτι εγγυς εστιν επι θυραις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
So
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G4771ὑμεῖς,hymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖς,hymeis
|
you,
|
PPro-N2P
|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj)
G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
when
|
Conj
|
G3708ἴδητεidēte (V-ASA-2P)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἴδητεidēte
|
you see
|
V-ASA-2P
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G1096γινόμενα,ginomena (V-PPM/P-ANP)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γινόμενα,ginomena
|
coming to pass,
|
V-PPM/P-ANP
|
G1097γινώσκετεginōskete (V-PMA-2P)
G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
γινώσκετεginōskete
|
know
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1451ἐγγύςengys (Adv)
G1451 ἐγγύς engýs eng-goos from a primary verb (to squeeze or throttle; akin to the base of ἀγκάλη); near (literally or figuratively, of place or time):--from , at hand, near, nigh (at hand, unto), ready.
|
ἐγγύςengys
|
near
|
Adv
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
He is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
at the
|
Prep
|
G2374θύραις.thyrais (N-DFP)
G2374 θύρα thýra thoo-rah apparently a primary word (compare door); a portal or entrance (the opening or the closure, literally or figuratively):--door, gate.
|
θύραις.thyrais
|
doors.
|
N-DFP
|
29
So you in like manner, when you will see these things come to pass, know that it is nigh, even at the doors.Mark 13:29
Stats
Counts: 107 characters, 20 words, 81 letters, 30 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτως και υμεις οταν ταυτα ιδητε γινομενα γινωσκετε οτι εγγυς εστιν επι θυραις
Lit: So also you, when you see these things coming to pass, know that near He is, at the doors.
KJV: So ye in like manner, when ye shall see these things come to pass, know that it is nigh, even at the doors.
References
"know"Eze 7:10-12: Look the day: look: it is come: the morning is gone forth; the rod has blossomed: pride has budded.Eze 12:25-28: For I am the LORD: I will speak: and the word that I will speak will come to pass; it will be no more prolonged: for in your days: O rebellious house: will I say the word: and will perform it: says the Lord GOD.Heb 10:25-37: Not forsaking the assembling of ourselves together: as the manner of some is; but exhorting one another: and so much the more: as you see the day approaching.Jas 5:9: not Grudge one against another: brothers: lest you be condemned: look: the judge stands before the door.1Pe 4:17: 18: For the time is come that judgment must begin at the house of God: and if it first begin at us: what will the end be of them that not obey the gospel of God?
αμην λεγω υμιν οτι ου μη παρελθη η γενεα αυτη μεχρις ου παντα ταυτα γενηται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G281ἀμὴνamēn (Heb)
G281 ἀμήν amḗn am-ane of Hebrew origin (אָמֵן); properly, firm, i.e. (figuratively) trustworthy; adverbially, surely (often as interjection, so be it):--amen, verily.,
|
ἀμὴνamēn
|
Truly
|
Heb
|
G3004λέγωlegō (V-PIA-1S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωlegō
|
I say
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
no
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3928παρέλθῃparelthē (V-ASA-3S)
G3928 παρέρχομαι parérchomai par-er-khom-ahee from παρά and ἔρχομαι; to come near or aside, i.e. to approach (arrive), go by (or away), (figuratively) perish or neglect, (causative) avert:--come (forth), go, pass (away, by, over), past, transgress.
|
παρέλθῃparelthē
|
will have passed away
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1074γενεὰgenea (N-NFS)
G1074 γενεά geneá ghen-eh-ah from (a presumed derivative of) γένος; a generation; by implication, an age (the period or the persons):--age, generation, nation, time.
|
γενεὰgenea
|
generation
|
N-NFS
|
G3778αὕτηhautē (DPro-NFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
αὕτηhautē
|
this
|
DPro-NFS
|
G3360μέχριςmechris (Prep)
G3360 μέχρι méchri mekh-ris from μῆκος; as far as, i.e. up to a certain point (as a preposition, of extent (denoting the terminus, whereas ἄχρι refers especially to the space of time or place intervening) or conjunction):--till, (un-)to, until.,
|
μέχριςmechris
|
until
|
Prep
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
that
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-NNP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things
|
DPro-NNP
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-NNP
|
G1096γένηται.genētai (V-ASM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γένηται.genētai
|
shall have taken place.
|
V-ASM-3S
|
30
Truly I say to you, that this generation will not pass, till all these things be done.Mark 13:30
Stats
Counts: 90 characters, 15 words, 71 letters, 26 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: αμην λεγω υμιν οτι ου μη παρελθη η γενεα αυτη μεχρις ου παντα ταυτα γενηται
Lit: Truly I say to you that no not will have passed away the generation this until that these things all shall have taken place.
KJV: Verily I say unto you, that this generation shall not pass, till all these things be done.
References
"that"Mt 16:28: Truly I say to you: There be some standing here: which will not taste of death: till they see the Son of man coming in His kingdom.Mt 23:36: Truly I say to you: All these things will come upon this generation.Mt 24:34: Truly I say to you: This generation will not pass: till all these things be fulfilled.Lu 21:32: Truly I say to you: This generation will not pass away: till all be fulfilled.
ο ουρανος και η γη παρελευσονται οι δε λογοι μου ου μη παρελθωσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
The
|
Art-NMS
|
G3772οὐρανὸςouranos (N-NMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανὸςouranos
|
heaven
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1093γῆgē (N-NFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆgē
|
earth
|
N-NFS
|
G3928παρελεύσονται,pareleusontai (V-FIM-3P)
G3928 παρέρχομαι parérchomai par-er-khom-ahee from παρά and ἔρχομαι; to come near or aside, i.e. to approach (arrive), go by (or away), (figuratively) perish or neglect, (causative) avert:--come (forth), go, pass (away, by, over), past, transgress.
|
παρελεύσονται,pareleusontai
|
will pass away,
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3056λόγοιlogoi (N-NMP)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγοιlogoi
|
the words
|
N-NMP
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
in no way
|
Adv
|
G3361‹μὴ›mē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
‹μὴ›mē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3928παρελεύσονται.pareleusontai (V-FIM-3P)
G3928 παρέρχομαι parérchomai par-er-khom-ahee from παρά and ἔρχομαι; to come near or aside, i.e. to approach (arrive), go by (or away), (figuratively) perish or neglect, (causative) avert:--come (forth), go, pass (away, by, over), past, transgress.
|
παρελεύσονται.pareleusontai
|
will pass away.
|
V-FIM-3P
|
31
Heaven and earth will pass away: but my words will not pass away.Mark 13:31
Stats
Rank: #2718 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 67 characters, 12 words, 53 letters, 17 vowels, 36 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο ουρανος και η γη παρελευσονται οι δε λογοι μου ου μη παρελθωσιν
Lit: The heaven and the earth will pass away, but the words of Me in no way not will pass away.
KJV: Heaven and earth shall pass away: but my words shall not pass away.
References
"Heaven"Ps 102:25-27: Of old have you laid the foundation of the earth: and the heavens are the work of your hands.Isa 51:6: Lift up your eyes to the heavens: and look upon the earth beneath: for the heavens will vanish away like smoke: and the earth will wax old like a garment: and they that dwell therein will die in like manner: but my salvation will be for ever: and my righteousness will not be abolished.Mt 5:18: For truly I say to you: Till heaven and earth pass: one jot or one tittle will in no wise pass from the law: till all be fulfilled.Mt 24:35: Heaven and earth will pass away: but my words will not pass away.Heb 1:10-12: And: You: Lord: in the beginning have laid the foundation of the earth; and the heavens are the works of your hands:2Pe 3:10-12: But the day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night; in the which the heavens will pass away with a great noise: and the elements will melt with fervent heat: the earth also and the works that are therein will be burned up.Re 20:11: I saw a great white throne: and him that sat on it: from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them."my"Nu 23:19: God is not a man: that He should lie; neither the son of man: that He should repent: has He said: and will He not">not He do it? or has He spoken: and will He not">not He make it good?Jos 23:14: 15: And: look: this day I am going the way of all the earth: and you know in all your hearts and in all your souls: not that one thing has failed of all the good things which the LORD your God spoke concerning you; all are come to pass to you: and not one thing has failed thereof.Ps 19:7: The law of the LORD is perfect: converting the soul: the testimony of the LORD is sure: making wise the simple.Isa 40:8: The grass withers: the flower fades: but the word of our God will stand for ever.Zec 1:6: But my words and my statutes: which I commanded my servants the prophets: did not they take hold of your fathers? and they returned and said: Like as the LORD of hosts thought to do to us: according to our ways: and according to our doings: so has He dealt with us.Lu 21:33: Heaven and earth will pass away: but my words will not pass away.2Ti 2:13: If we not believe: yet he abides faithful: he cannot deny himself.Tit 1:2: In hope of eternal life: which God: that cannot lie: promised before the world began;
Readiness at Any Hour
περι δε της ημερας εκεινης και της ωρας ουδεις οιδεν ουδε οι αγγελοι οι εν ουρανω ουδε ο υιος ει μη ο πατηρ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4012ΠερὶPeri (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
ΠερὶPeri
|
Concerning
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-GFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
day
|
N-GFS
|
G1565ἐκείνηςekeinēs (DPro-GFS)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνηςekeinēs
|
that,
|
DPro-GFS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5610ὥραςhōras (N-GFS)
G5610 ὥρα hṓra ho-rah apparently a primary word; an hour (literally or figuratively):--day, hour, instant, season, X short, (even-)tide, (high) time.
|
ὥραςhōras
|
hour,
|
N-GFS
|
G3762οὐδεὶςoudeis (Adj-NMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεὶςoudeis
|
no one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1492οἶδεν,oiden (V-RIA-3S)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἶδεν,oiden
|
knows;
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Adv)
G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
not even
|
Adv
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G32ἄγγελοιangeloi (N-NMP)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελοιangeloi
|
angels
|
N-NMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανῷouranō (N-DMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανῷouranō
|
heaven,
|
N-DMS
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Conj)
G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5207Υἱός,Huios (N-NMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
Υἱός,Huios
|
Son,
|
N-NMS
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3962Πατήρ.Patēr (N-NMS)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
Πατήρ.Patēr
|
Father.
|
N-NMS
|
32
But of that day and that hour knows no man, no, not the angels which are in heaven, neither the Son, but the Father.Mark 13:32
Stats
Rank: #846 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 118 characters, 20 words, 90 letters, 33 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: περι δε της ημερας εκεινης και της ωρας ουδεις οιδεν ουδε οι αγγελοι οι εν ουρανω ουδε ο υιος ει μη ο πατηρ
Lit: Concerning now the day that, or the hour, no one knows; not even the angels in heaven, nor the Son, if not the Father.
KJV: But of that day and that hour knoweth no man, no, not the angels which are in heaven, neither the Son, but the Father.
References
"of"Mr 13:26: 27: Then will they see the Son of man coming in the clouds with great power and glory.Mt 24:36-42: But of that day and hour knows no man: no: not the angels of heaven: but my Father only.Mt 25:6: 13: 19: At midnight there was a cry made: Look: the groom comes; go you out to meet him.Ac 1:7: He said to them: It not is for you to know the times or the seasons: which the Father has put in His own power.1Th 5:2: For yourselves know perfectly that the day of the Lord so comes as a thief in the night.2Pe 3:10: But the day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night; in the which the heavens will pass away with a great noise: and the elements will melt with fervent heat: the earth also and the works that are therein will be burned up.Re 3:3: Remember therefore how you have received and heard: and hold fast: and repent. If therefore you will not watch: I will come on you as a thief: and you will not know what hour I will come upon you."neither"Re 1:1: The Revelation of Jesus Christ: which God gave to Him: to show to His servants things which must shortly come to pass; and He sent and signified it by His angel to His servant John:
βλεπετε αγρυπνειτε και προσευχεσθε ουκ οιδατε γαρ ποτε ο καιρος εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G991Βλέπετε,Blepete (V-PMA-2P)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
Βλέπετε,Blepete
|
Take heed;
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G69ἀγρυπνεῖτε·agrypneite (V-PMA-2P)
G69 ἀγρυπνέω agrypnéō ag-roop-neh-o ultimately from Α (as negative particle) and ὕπνος; to be sleepless, i.e. keep awake:--watch.
|
ἀγρυπνεῖτε·agrypneite
|
watch;
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1492οἴδατεoidate (V-RIA-2P)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἴδατεoidate
|
you know
|
V-RIA-2P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G4219πότεpote (Conj)
G4219 πότε póte pot-eh from the base of ποῦ and τέ; interrogative adverb, at what time:--+ how long, when.
|
πότεpote
|
when
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2540καιρόςkairos (N-NMS)
G2540 καιρός kairós kahee-ros of uncertain affinity; an occasion, i.e. set or proper time:--X always, opportunity, (convenient, due) season, (due, short, while) time, a while. Compare χρόνος.
|
καιρόςkairos
|
time
|
N-NMS
|
G1510ἐστιν.estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν.estin
|
is.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
33
Take you heed, watch and pray: for you not know when the time is.Mark 13:33
Stats
Counts: 63 characters, 12 words, 47 letters, 17 vowels, 30 consonants
Translation
Greek: βλεπετε αγρυπνειτε και προσευχεσθε ουκ οιδατε γαρ ποτε ο καιρος εστιν
Lit: Take heed; watch; not you know for when the time is.
KJV: Take ye heed, watch and pray: for ye know not when the time is.
References
"Take ye heed, watch and pray: for ye know not when the time is."Mr 13:23: 35-37: But take you heed: look: I have foretold you all things.Mr 14:37: 38: He comes: and finds them sleeping: and says to Peter: Simon: sleep you? could not you watch one hour?Mt 24:42-44: Watch therefore: for you not know what hour your Lord does come.Mt 25:13: Watch therefore: for you know neither the day nor the hour wherein the Son of man comes.Mt 26:40: 41: He comes to the disciples: and finds them asleep: and says to Peter: What: could you not watch with me one hour?Lu 12:40: Be you therefore ready also: for the Son of man comes at an hour when you not think.Lu 21:34-36: Take heed to yourselves: lest at any time your hearts be overcharged with surfeiting: and drunkenness: and cares of this life: and so that day come upon you unawares.Ro 13:11: 12: 14: That: knowing the time: that now it is high time to awake out of sleep: for now is our salvation nearer than when we believed.1Co 16:13: Watch you: stand fast in the faith: quit you like men: be strong.Eph 6:18: Praying always with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit: and watching thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints;1Th 5:5-8: You are all the children of light: and the children of the day: we not are of the night: nor of darkness.Heb 12:15: Looking diligently lest'>lest any man fail of the grace of God; lest'>lest any root of bitterness springing up trouble you: and thereby many be defiled;1Pe 4:7: But the end of all things is at hand: be you therefore sober: and watch to prayer.1Pe 5:8: Be sober: be vigilant; because your adversary the devil: as a roaring lion: walks about: seeking whom he may devour:Re 3:2: Be watchful: and strengthen the things which remain: that are ready to die: for I not have found your works perfect before God.Re 16:15: Look: I come as a thief. Blessed is he who watches: and keeps his garments: lest he walk naked: and they see his shame.
ως ανθρωπος αποδημος αφεις την οικιαν αυτου και δους τοις δουλοις αυτου την εξουσιαν και εκαστω το εργον αυτου και τω θυρωρω ενετειλατο ινα γρηγορη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5613Ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
Ὡςhōs
|
It is like
|
Adv
|
G444ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos (N-NMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos
|
a man
|
N-NMS
|
G590ἀπόδημοςapodēmos (Adj-NMS)
G590 ἀπόδημος apódēmos ap-od-ay-mos from ἀπό and δῆμος; absent from ones own people, i.e. a foreign traveller:--taking a far journey.
|
ἀπόδημοςapodēmos
|
going on a journey,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G863ἀφεὶςapheis (V-APA-NMS)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφεὶςapheis
|
having left
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3614οἰκίανoikian (N-AFS)
G3614 οἰκία oikía oy-kee-ah from οἶκος; properly, residence (abstractly), but usually (concretely) an abode (literally or figuratively); by implication, a family (especially domestics):--home, house(-hold).
|
οἰκίανoikian
|
house
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325δοὺςdous (V-APA-NMS)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δοὺςdous
|
having given
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G1401δούλοιςdoulois (N-DMP)
G1401 δοῦλος doûlos doo-los from δέω; a slave (literal or figurative, involuntary or voluntary; frequently, therefore in a qualified sense of subjection or subserviency):--bond(-man), servant.
|
δούλοιςdoulois
|
servants
|
N-DMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1849ἐξουσίαν,exousian (N-AFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίαν,exousian
|
authority,
|
N-AFS
|
G1538ἑκάστῳhekastō (Adj-DMS)
G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἑκάστῳhekastō
|
to each one
|
Adj-DMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2041ἔργονergon (N-ANS)
G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργονergon
|
work
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2377θυρωρῷthyrōrō (N-DMS)
G2377 θυρωρός thyrōrós thoo-ro-ros from θύρα and (a watcher); a gate- warden:--that kept the door, porter.
|
θυρωρῷthyrōrō
|
doorkeeper
|
N-DMS
|
G1781ἐνετείλατοeneteilato (V-AIM-3S)
G1781 ἐντέλλομαι entéllomai en-tel-lom-ahee from ἐν and the base of τέλος; to enjoin:--(give) charge, (give) command(-ments), injoin.
|
ἐνετείλατοeneteilato
|
he commanded
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1127γρηγορῇ.grēgorē (V-PSA-3S)
G1127 γρηγορεύω grēgoreúō gray-gor-yoo-o from ἐγείρω; to keep awake, i.e. watch (literally or figuratively):--be vigilant, wake, (be) watch(-ful).
|
γρηγορῇ.grēgorē
|
he should keep watch.
|
V-PSA-3S
|
34
For the Son of man is as a man taking a far journey, who left His house, and gave authority to His servants, and to every man His work, and commanded the porter to watch.Mark 13:34
Stats
Counts: 170 characters, 31 words, 131 letters, 49 vowels, 82 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως ανθρωπος αποδημος αφεις την οικιαν αυτου και δους τοις δουλοις αυτου την εξουσιαν και εκαστω το εργον αυτου και τω θυρωρω ενετειλατο ινα γρηγορη
Lit: It is like a man going on a journey, having left the house of him, and having given the servants of him authority, to each one the work of him. And the doorkeeper he commanded that he should keep watch.
KJV: For the Son of man is as a man taking a far journey, who left his house, and gave authority to his servants, and to every man his work, and commanded the porter to watch.
References
"as a"Mt 24:45: Who then is a faithful and wise servant: whom his lord has made ruler over his household: to give them meat in due season?Mt 25:14-30: For the kingdom of heaven is as a man travelling into a far country: who called his own servants: and delivered to them his goods.Lu 19:12-17: He said therefore: A certain nobleman went into a far country to receive for himself a kingdom: and to return."and to"Ro 12:4-8: For as we have many members in one body: and all members not have the same office:Ro 13:6: For for this cause pay you tribute also: for they are God's ministers: attending continually upon this very thing.1Co 3:5-10: Who then is Paul: and who is Apollos: but ministers by whom you believed: even as the Lord gave to every man?1Co 12:4-31: Now there are diversities of gifts: but the same Spirit.1Co 15:58: Therefore: my beloved brothers: be you stedfast: unmoveable: always abounding in the work of the Lord: forasmuch as you know that your labour not is in vain in the Lord.Col 3:24: Knowing that of the Lord you will receive the reward of the inheritance: for you serve the Lord Christ.Col 4:1: Masters: give to your servants that which is just and equal; knowing that you also have a Master in heaven."and commanded"Eze 3:17-21: Son of man: I have made you a watchman to the house of Israel: therefore hear the word at my mouth: and give them warning from me.Eze 33:2-9: Son of man: speak to the children of your people: and say to them: When I bring the sword upon a land: if the people of the land take a man of their coasts: and set Him for their watchman:Mt 24:45-47: Who then is a faithful and wise servant: whom his lord has made ruler over his household: to give them meat in due season?Lu 12:36-40: you yourselves like to men that wait for their lord: when he will return from the wedding; that when he comes and knocks: they may open to him immediately.Ac 20:29-31: For I know this: that after my departing will grievous wolves enter in among you: not sparing the flock."the porter"Mt 16:19: I will give to you the keys of the kingdom of heaven: and whatever you will bind on earth will be bound in heaven: and whatever you will loose on earth will be loosed in heaven.Joh 10:3: To him the porter opens; and the sheep hear his voice: and he calls his own sheep by name: and leads them out.Re 3:7: To the angel of the church in Philadelphia write; These things says he who is holy: he who is true: he who has the key of David: he who opens'>opens: and no man shuts'>shuts; and shuts'>shuts: and no man opens'>opens;
γρηγορειτε ουν ουκ οιδατε γαρ ποτε ο κυριος της οικιας ερχεται οψε η μεσονυκτιου η αλεκτοροφωνιας η πρωι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1127γρηγορεῖτεgrēgoreite (V-PMA-2P)
G1127 γρηγορεύω grēgoreúō gray-gor-yoo-o from ἐγείρω; to keep awake, i.e. watch (literally or figuratively):--be vigilant, wake, (be) watch(-ful).
|
γρηγορεῖτεgrēgoreite
|
Watch
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G3767οὖν·oun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖν·oun
|
therefore—
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1492οἴδατεoidate (V-RIA-2P)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἴδατεoidate
|
you know
|
V-RIA-2P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G4219πότεpote (Conj)
G4219 πότε póte pot-eh from the base of ποῦ and τέ; interrogative adverb, at what time:--+ how long, when.
|
πότεpote
|
when
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2962κύριοςkyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
κύριοςkyrios
|
master
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3614οἰκίαςoikias (N-GFS)
G3614 οἰκία oikía oy-kee-ah from οἶκος; properly, residence (abstractly), but usually (concretely) an abode (literally or figuratively); by implication, a family (especially domestics):--home, house(-hold).
|
οἰκίαςoikias
|
house
|
N-GFS
|
G2064ἔρχεται,erchetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχεται,erchetai
|
comes,
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G3796ὀψὲopse (Adv)
G3796 ὀψέ opsé op-seh from the same as ὀπίσω (through the idea of backwardness); (adverbially) late in the day; by extension, after the close of the day:--(at) even, in the end.,
|
ὀψὲopse
|
at evening,
|
Adv
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G3317μεσονύκτιονmesonyktion (N-ANS)
G3317 μεσονύκτιον mesonýktion mes-on-ook-tee-on neuter of compound of μέσος and νύξ; midnight (especially as a watch):--midnight.
|
μεσονύκτιονmesonyktion
|
at midnight,
|
N-ANS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G219ἀλεκτοροφωνίαςalektorophōnias (N-GFS)
G219 ἀλεκτοροφωνία alektorophōnía al-ek-tor-of-o-nee-ah from ἀλέκτωρ and φωνή; cock-crow, i.e. the third night-watch:--cockcrowing.
|
ἀλεκτοροφωνίαςalektorophōnias
|
when the rooster crows,
|
N-GFS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G4404πρωΐ·prōi (Adv)
G4404 πρωΐ prōḯ pro-ee adverb from πρό; at dawn; by implication, the day-break watch:--early (in the morning), (in the) morning.
|
πρωΐ·prōi
|
morning —
|
Adv
|
35
Watch you therefore: for you not know when the master of the house comes, at even, or at midnight, or at the cockcrowing, or in the morning:Mark 13:35
Stats
Counts: 139 characters, 22 words, 107 letters, 39 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: γρηγορειτε ουν ουκ οιδατε γαρ ποτε ο κυριος της οικιας ερχεται οψε η μεσονυκτιου η αλεκτοροφωνιας η πρωι
Lit: Watch therefore— not you know for when the master of the house comes, or at evening, or at midnight, or when the rooster crows, or morning —
KJV: Watch ye therefore: for ye know not when the master of the house cometh, at even, or at midnight, or at the cockcrowing, or in the morning:
References
"Watch ye therefore: for ye know not when the master of the house cometh, at even, or at midnight, or at the cockcrowing, or in the morning:"Mr 13:33: Take you heed: watch and pray: for you not know when the time is.Mt 24:42: 44: Watch therefore: for you not know what hour your Lord does come.
μη ελθων εξαιφνης ευρη υμας καθευδοντας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
lest
|
Adv
|
G2064ἐλθὼνelthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλθὼνelthōn
|
having come
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1810ἐξαίφνηςexaiphnēs (Adv)
G1810 ἐξαίφνης exaíphnēs ex-ah-eef-nace from ἐκ and the base of αἰφνίδιος; of a sudden (unexpectedly):--suddenly. Compare ἐξάπινα.
|
ἐξαίφνηςexaiphnēs
|
suddenly,
|
Adv
|
G2147εὕρῃheurē (V-ASA-3S)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὕρῃheurē
|
he should find
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G2518καθεύδοντας.katheudontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G2518 καθεύδω katheúdō kath-yoo-do from κατά and (to sleep); to lie down to rest, i.e. (by implication) to fall asleep (literally or figuratively):--(be a-)sleep.
|
καθεύδοντας.katheudontas
|
sleeping.
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
36
Lest coming suddenly he find you sleeping.Mark 13:36
Stats
Counts: 42 characters, 7 words, 35 letters, 12 vowels, 23 consonants
Translation
Greek: μη ελθων εξαιφνης ευρη υμας καθευδοντας
Lit: lest having come suddenly, he should find you sleeping.
KJV: Lest coming suddenly he find you sleeping.
References
"he find"Mr 14:37: 40: He comes: and finds them sleeping: and says to Peter: Simon: sleep you? could not you watch one hour?Pr 6:9-11: How long will you sleep: O sluggard? when will you arise out of your sleep?Pr 24:33: 34: Yet a little sleep: a little slumber: a little folding of the hands to sleep:Song 3:1: By night on my bed I sought him whom my soul loves: I sought him: but I found not him.Song 5:2: I sleep: but my heart wakes: it is the voice of my beloved that knocks: saying: Open to me: my sister: my love: my dove: my undefiled: for my head is filled with dew: and my locks with the drops of the night.Isa 56:10: His watchmen are blind: they are all ignorant: they are all dumb dogs: they cannot bark; sleeping: lying down: loving to slumber.Mt 24:48-51: But and if that evil servant will say in his heart: My lord delays his coming;Mt 25:5: While the groom tarried: they all slumbered and slept.Lu 21:34: Take heed to yourselves: lest at any time your hearts be overcharged with surfeiting: and drunkenness: and cares of this life: and so that day come upon you unawares.Lu 22:45: When he rose up from prayer: and was come to his disciples: he found them sleeping for sorrow: Ro 13:11-14: That: knowing the time: that now it is high time to awake out of sleep: for now is our salvation nearer than when we believed.Eph 5:14: For what reason He says: Awake you that sleep: and arise from the dead: and Christ will give you light.1Th 5:6: 7: Therefore let not us sleep: as do others; but let us watch and be sober.
α δε υμιν λεγω πασιν λεγω γρηγορειτε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
What
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3004λέγω,legō (V-PIA-1S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγω,legō
|
I say,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3956πᾶσινpasin (Adj-DMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσινpasin
|
to all
|
Adj-DMP
|
G3004λέγω,legō (V-PIA-1S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγω,legō
|
I say:
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1127γρηγορεῖτε.grēgoreite (V-PMA-2P)
G1127 γρηγορεύω grēgoreúō gray-gor-yoo-o from ἐγείρω; to keep awake, i.e. watch (literally or figuratively):--be vigilant, wake, (be) watch(-ful).
|
γρηγορεῖτε.grēgoreite
|
Watch!
|
V-PMA-2P
|
37
What I say to you I say to all, Watch.
Mark 13:37
Stats
Counts: 46 characters, 10 words, 34 letters, 14 vowels, 20 consonants
Translation
Greek: α δε υμιν λεγω πασιν λεγω γρηγορειτε
Lit: What now to you I say, to all I say: Watch!
KJV: And what I say unto you I say unto all, Watch.
References
"I say"Mr 13:33: 35: Take you heed: watch and pray: for you not know when the time is.Lu 12:41-46: Then Peter said to Him: Lord: speak you this parable to us: or even to all?
14
Jesus’ Passover
Two Days Before Passover
ην δε το πασχα και τα αζυμα μετα δυο ημερας και εζητουν οι αρχιερεις και οι γραμματεις πως αυτον εν δολω κρατησαντες αποκτεινωσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1510ἮνĒn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἮνĒn
|
It would be
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G3957πάσχαpascha (N-NNS)
G3957 πάσχα páscha pas-khah of Chaldee origin (compare פֶּסַח); the Passover (the meal, the day, the festival or the special sacrifices connected with it):--Easter, Passover.
|
πάσχαpascha
|
Passover
|
N-NNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G106ἄζυμαazyma (Adj-NNP)
G106 ἄζυμος ázymos ad-zoo-mos from Α (as a negative particle) and ζύμη; unleavened, i.e. (figuratively) uncorrupted; (in the neutral plural) specially (by implication) the Passover week:--unleavened (bread).
|
ἄζυμαazyma
|
Feast of Unleavened Bread,
|
Adj-NNP
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
after
|
Prep
|
G1417δύοdyo (Adj-AFP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύοdyo
|
two
|
Adj-AFP
|
G2250ἡμέρας.hēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρας.hēmeras
|
days.
|
N-AFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2212ἐζήτουνezētoun (V-IIA-3P)
G2212 ζητέω zētéō dzay-teh-o of uncertain affinity; to seek (literally or figuratively); specially, (by Hebraism) to worship (God), or (in a bad sense) to plot (against life):--be (go) about, desire, endeavour, enquire (for), require, (X will) seek (after, for, means). Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ἐζήτουνezētoun
|
were seeking
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G749ἀρχιερεῖςarchiereis (N-NMP)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεῖςarchiereis
|
chief priests
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G1122γραμματεῖςgrammateis (N-NMP)
G1122 γραμματεύς grammateús gram-mat-yooce from γράμμα. a writer, i.e. (professionally) scribe or secretary:--scribe, town-clerk.
|
γραμματεῖςgrammateis
|
scribes
|
N-NMP
|
G4459πῶςpōs (Adv)
G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
πῶςpōs
|
how,
|
Adv
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
by
|
Prep
|
G1388δόλῳdolō (N-DMS)
G1388 δόλος dólos dol-os from an obsolete primary verb, (probably meaning to decoy; compare δελεάζω); a trick (bait), i.e. (figuratively) wile:--craft, deceit, guile, subtilty.
|
δόλῳdolō
|
stealth
|
N-DMS
|
G2902κρατήσαντεςkratēsantes (V-APA-NMP)
G2902 κρατέω kratéō krat-eh-o from κράτος; to use strength, i.e. seize or retain (literally or figuratively):--hold (by, fast), keep, lay hand (hold) on, obtain, retain, take (by).
|
κρατήσαντεςkratēsantes
|
having taken,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G615ἀποκτείνωσιν.apokteinōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G615 ἀποκτείνω apokteínō ap-ok-ti-no from ἀπό and (to slay); to kill outright; figuratively, to destroy:--put to death, kill, slay.
|
ἀποκτείνωσιν.apokteinōsin
|
they might kill Him.
|
V-ASA-3P
|
1
After two days was the feast of the passover, and of unleavened bread: and the chief priests and the scribes sought how they might take him by craft, and put him to death.Mark 14:1
Stats
Rank: #1651 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 173 characters, 28 words, 135 letters, 47 vowels, 88 consonants
Translation
Greek: ην δε το πασχα και τα αζυμα μετα δυο ημερας και εζητουν οι αρχιερεις και οι γραμματεις πως αυτον εν δολω κρατησαντες αποκτεινωσιν
Lit: It would be now the Passover and the Feast of Unleavened Bread, after two days. And were seeking the chief priests and the scribes how, Him by stealth having taken, they might kill Him.
KJV: After two days was the feast of the passover, and of unleavened bread: and the chief priests and the scribes sought how they might take him by craft, and put [him] to death.
References
"two"Mt 6:2: Therefore when you do your alms: not do sound a trumpet before you: as the hypocrites do in the synagogues and in the streets: that they may have glory of men. Truly I say to you: They have their reward.Lu 22:1: 2: Now the feast of unleavened bread drew nigh: which is called the Passover.Joh 11:53-57: Then from that day forth they took counsel together for to put him to death.Joh 13:1: Now before the feast of the passover: when Jesus knew that His hour was come that He should depart out of this world to the Father: having loved His own which were in the world: He loved them to the end."the passover"Ex 12:6-20: you will keep it up until the fourteenth day of the same month: and the whole assembly of the congregation of Israel will kill it in the evening.Le 23:5-7: In the fourteenth day of the first month at even is the LORD's passover.Nu 28:16-25: In the fourteenth day of the first month is the passover of the LORD.De 16:1-8: Observe the month of Abib: and keep the passover to the LORD your God: for in the month of Abib the LORD your God brought you forth out of Egypt by night."chief"Ps 2:1-5: Why do the heathen rage: and the people imagine a vain thing?Joh 11:47: Then gathered the chief priests and the Pharisees a council: and said: What do we? for this man does many miracles.Ac 4:25-28: Who by the mouth of your servant David have said: Why did the heathen rage: and the people imagine vain things?"by"Ps 52:3: You love evil more than good; and lying rather than to speak righteousness. Selah.Ps 62:4: 9: They only consult to cast him down from his excellency: they delight in lies: they bless with their mouth: but they curse inwardly. Selah.Ps 64:2-6: Hide me from the secret counsel of the wicked; from the insurrection of the workers of iniquity:Mt 26:4: Consulted that they might take Jesus by subtilty: and kill Him.
ελεγον δε μη εν τη εορτη μηποτε θορυβος εσται του λαου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004ἔλεγονelegon (V-IIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγονelegon
|
They were saying
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1063γάρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρgar
|
for,
|
Conj
|
G3361ΜὴMē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
ΜὴMē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
during
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1859ἑορτῇ,heortē (N-DFS)
G1859 ἑορτή heortḗ heh-or-tay of uncertain affinity; a festival:--feast, holyday.
|
ἑορτῇ,heortē
|
feast,
|
N-DFS
|
G3361μή‿mē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μή‿mē
|
lest
|
Adv
|
G4219ποτεpote (Conj)
G4219 πότε póte pot-eh from the base of ποῦ and τέ; interrogative adverb, at what time:--+ how long, when.
|
ποτεpote
|
ever
|
Conj
|
G1510ἔσταιestai (V-FIM-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσταιestai
|
there will be
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G2351θόρυβοςthorybos (N-NMS)
G2351 θόρυβος thórybos thor-oo-bos from the base of θροέω; a disturbance:--tumult, uproar.
|
θόρυβοςthorybos
|
an uproar
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2992λαοῦ.laou (N-GMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαοῦ.laou
|
people.
|
N-GMS
|
2
But they said, Not on the feast day, lest there be an uproar of the people.
Mark 14:2
Stats
Counts: 75 characters, 14 words, 57 letters, 23 vowels, 34 consonants
Translation
Greek: ελεγον δε μη εν τη εορτη μηποτε θορυβος εσται του λαου
Lit: They were saying for, Not during the feast, lest ever there will be an uproar of the people.
KJV: But they said, Not on the feast day, lest there be an uproar of the people.
References
"Not"Pr 19:21: There are many devices in a man's heart; nevertheless the counsel of the LORD: that will stand.Pr 21:30: There is no wisdom nor understanding nor counsel against the LORD.La 3:27: It is good for a man that he bear the yoke in his youth.Mt 26:5: But they said: Not on the feast day: lest there be an uproar among the people."lest"Mr 11:18: 32: The scribes and chief priests heard it: and sought how they might destroy him: for they feared him: because all the people was astonished at his doctrine.Lu 20:6: But and if we say: Of men; all the people will stone us: for they be persuaded that John was a prophet.Joh 7:40: Many of the people therefore: when they heard this saying: said: Of a truth this is the Prophet.Joh 12:19: The Pharisees therefore said among themselves: Perceive you how you not prevailhing? look: the world is gone after him.
Jesus Anointed at Bethany
και οντος αυτου εν βηθανια εν τη οικια σιμωνος του λεπρου κατακειμενου αυτου ηλθεν γυνη εχουσα αλαβαστρον μυρου ναρδου πιστικης πολυτελους και συντριψασα το αλαβαστρον κατεχεεν αυτου κατα της κεφαλης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1510ὄντοςontos (V-PPA-GMS)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὄντοςontos
|
being
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G963ΒηθανίᾳBēthania (N-DFS)
G963 Βηθανία Bēthanía bay-than-ee-ah of Chaldee origin; date-house; Beth-any, a place in Palestine:--Bethany.
|
ΒηθανίᾳBēthania
|
Bethany
|
N-DFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3614οἰκίᾳoikia (N-DFS)
G3614 οἰκία oikía oy-kee-ah from οἶκος; properly, residence (abstractly), but usually (concretely) an abode (literally or figuratively); by implication, a family (especially domestics):--home, house(-hold).
|
οἰκίᾳoikia
|
house
|
N-DFS
|
G4613ΣίμωνοςSimōnos (N-GMS)
G4613 Σίμων Símōn see-mone of Hebrew origin (שִׁמְעוֹן); Simon (i.e. Shimon), the name of nine Israelites:--Simon. Compare Συμεών.
|
ΣίμωνοςSimōnos
|
of Simon
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3015λεπροῦ,leprou (Adj-GMS)
G3015 λεπρός leprós lep-ros from the same as λέπρα; scaly, i.e. leprous (a leper):--leper.
|
λεπροῦ,leprou
|
leper,
|
Adj-GMS
|
G2621κατακειμένουkatakeimenou (V-PPM/P-GMS)
G2621 κατάκειμαι katákeimai kat-ak-i-mahee from κατά and κεῖμαι; to lie down, i.e. (by implication) be sick; specially, to recline at a meal:--keep, lie, sit at meat (down).
|
κατακειμένουkatakeimenou
|
having reclined
|
V-PPM/P-GMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2064ἦλθενēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθενēlthen
|
came
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1135γυνὴgynē (N-NFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυνὴgynē
|
a woman
|
N-NFS
|
G2192ἔχουσαechousa (V-PPA-NFS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσαechousa
|
having
|
V-PPA-NFS
|
G211ἀλάβαστρονalabastron (N-AFS)
G211 ἀλάβαστρον alábastron al-ab-as-tron neuter of (of uncertain derivation), the name of a stone; properly, an alabaster box, i.e. (by extension) a perfume vase (of any material):--(alabaster) box.
|
ἀλάβαστρονalabastron
|
an alabaster flask
|
N-AFS
|
G3464μύρουmyrou (N-GNS)
G3464 μύρον mýron moo-ron probably of foreign origin (compare מֹר, σμύρνα); myrrh, i.e. (by implication) perfumed oil:--ointment.
|
μύρουmyrou
|
of fragrant oil
|
N-GNS
|
G3487νάρδουnardou (N-GFS)
G3487 νάρδος nárdos nardos of foreign origin (compare נֵרְדְּ); nard:--(spike-)nard.
|
νάρδουnardou
|
of nard
|
N-GFS
|
G4101πιστικῆςpistikēs (Adj-GFS)
G4101 πιστικός pistikós pis-tik-os from πίστις; trustworthy, i.e. genuine (unadulterated):--spike-(nard).
|
πιστικῆςpistikēs
|
pure
|
Adj-GFS
|
G4185πολυτελοῦς·polytelous (Adj-GFS)
G4185 πολυτελής polytelḗs pol-oo-tel-ace from πολύς and τέλος; extremely expensive:--costly, very precious, of great price.
|
πολυτελοῦς·polytelous
|
of great price;
|
Adj-GFS
|
G4937συντρίψασαsyntripsasa (V-APA-NFS)
G4937 συντρίβω syntríbō soon-tree-bo from σύν and the base of τρίβος; to crush completely, i.e. to shatter (literally or figuratively):--break (in pieces), broken to shivers (+ -hearted), bruise.
|
συντρίψασαsyntripsasa
|
having broken
|
V-APA-NFS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G211ἀλάβαστρονalabastron (N-AFS)
G211 ἀλάβαστρον alábastron al-ab-as-tron neuter of (of uncertain derivation), the name of a stone; properly, an alabaster box, i.e. (by extension) a perfume vase (of any material):--(alabaster) box.
|
ἀλάβαστρονalabastron
|
alabaster flask,
|
N-AFS
|
G2708κατέχεενkatecheen (V-AIA-3S)
G2708 καταχέω katachéō kat-akh-eh-o from κατά and cheo (to pour); to pour down (out):--pour.
|
κατέχεενkatecheen
|
she poured it on
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
His
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2776κεφαλῆς.kephalēs (N-GFS)
G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλῆς.kephalēs
|
head.
|
N-GFS
|
3
Being in Bethany in the house of Simon the leper, as he sat at meat, there came a woman having an alabaster box of ointment of spikenard very precious; and she brake the box, and poured it on his head.Mark 14:3
Stats
Rank: #1736 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 205 characters, 37 words, 160 letters, 66 vowels, 94 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οντος αυτου εν βηθανια εν τη οικια σιμωνος του λεπρου κατακειμενου αυτου ηλθεν γυνη εχουσα αλαβαστρον μυρου ναρδου πιστικης πολυτελους και συντριψασα το αλαβαστρον κατεχεεν αυτου κατα της κεφαλης
Lit: And being of Him in Bethany in the house of Simon the leper, having reclined of Him, came a woman having an alabaster flask of fragrant oil of nard pure of great price; having broken the alabaster flask, she poured it on His head.
KJV: And being in Bethany in the house of Simon the leper, as he sat at meat, there came a woman having an alabaster box of ointment of spikenard very precious; and she brake the box, and poured it on his head.
References
"being"Mt 26:6: 7: Now when Jesus was in Bethany: in the house of Simon the leper: Joh 11:2: (It was that Mary which anointed the Lord with ointment: and wiped His feet with her hair: whose brother Lazarus was sick.)Joh 12:1-3: Then Jesus 6 days before the passover came to Bethany: where Lazarus was which had been dead: whom He raised from the dead."of ointment"Song 4:13: 14: Your plants are an orchard of pomegranates: with pleasant fruits; camphire: with spikenard: Song 5:5: I rose up to open to my beloved; and my hands dropped with myrrh: and my fingers with sweet smelling myrrh: upon the handles of the lock.Lu 7:37: 38: And: look: a woman in the city: which was a sinner: when she knew that Jesus sat at meat in the Pharisee's house: brought an alabaster box of ointment:
ησαν δε τινες αγανακτουντες προς εαυτους και λεγοντες εις τι η απωλεια αυτη του μυρου γεγονεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1510Ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
Ἦσανēsan
|
Were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G5100τινεςtines (IPro-NMP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινεςtines
|
some
|
IPro-NMP
|
G23ἀγανακτοῦντεςaganaktountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G23 ἀγανακτέω aganaktéō ag-an-ak-teh-o from (much) and (grief; akin to the base of ἀγκάλη); to be greatly afflicted, i.e. (figuratively) indignant:--be much (sore) displeased, have (be moved with, with) indignation.
|
ἀγανακτοῦντεςaganaktountes
|
indignant
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
within
|
Prep
|
G1438ἑαυτούςheautous (RefPro-AM3P)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτούςheautous
|
themselves:
|
RefPro-AM3P
|
G1519ΕἰςEis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
ΕἰςEis
|
To
|
Prep
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G684ἀπώλειαapōleia (N-NFS)
G684 ἀπώλεια apṓleia ap-o-li-a from a presumed derivative of ἀπόλλυμι; ruin or loss (physical, spiritual or eternal):--damnable(-nation), destruction, die, perdition, X perish, pernicious ways, waste.
|
ἀπώλειαapōleia
|
waste
|
N-NFS
|
G3778αὕτηhautē (DPro-NFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
αὕτηhautē
|
this
|
DPro-NFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G3464μύρουmyrou (N-GNS)
G3464 μύρον mýron moo-ron probably of foreign origin (compare מֹר, σμύρνα); myrrh, i.e. (by implication) perfumed oil:--ointment.
|
μύρουmyrou
|
fragrant oil
|
N-GNS
|
G1096γέγονεν;gegonen (V-RIA-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γέγονεν;gegonen
|
has been made?
|
V-RIA-3S
|
4
There were some that had indignation within themselves, and said, Why was this waste of the ointment made?
Mark 14:4
Stats
Counts: 110 characters, 17 words, 89 letters, 33 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: ησαν δε τινες αγανακτουντες προς εαυτους και λεγοντες εις τι η απωλεια αυτη του μυρου γεγονεν
Lit: Were now some indignant within themselves: To what the waste this of the fragrant oil has been made?
KJV: And there were some that had indignation within themselves, and said, Why was this waste of the ointment made?
References
"there"Ec 4:4: Again: I considered all travail: and every right work: that for this a man is envied of his neighbour. This is also vanity and vexation of spirit.Mt 26:8: 9: But when his disciples saw it: they had indignation: saying: To what purpose is this waste?Joh 12:4: 5: Then says one of his disciples: Judas Iscariot: Simon's son: which should betray him: "Why"Ec 5:4-8: When you vow a vow to God: not defer to pay it; for He has no pleasure in fools: pay that which you have vowed.Mal 1:12: 13: But you have profaned it: in that you say: The table of the LORD is polluted; and the fruit thereof: even His meat: is contemptible.
ηδυνατο γαρ τουτο πραθηναι επανω τριακοσιων δηναριων και δοθηναι τοις πτωχοις και ενεβριμωντο αυτη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1410ἠδύνατοēdynato (V-IIM/P-3S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
ἠδύνατοēdynato
|
Could
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-NNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-NNS
|
G3464μύρονmyron (N-NNS)
G3464 μύρον mýron moo-ron probably of foreign origin (compare מֹר, σμύρνα); myrrh, i.e. (by implication) perfumed oil:--ointment.
|
μύρονmyron
|
fragrant oil
|
N-NNS
|
G4097πραθῆναιprathēnai (V-ANP)
G4097 πιπράσκω pipráskō prah-o contracted from (to traverse; from the base of πέραν); to traffic (by travelling), i.e. dispose of as merchandise or into slavery (literally or figuratively):--sell.
|
πραθῆναιprathēnai
|
to have been sold
|
V-ANP
|
G1883ἐπάνωepanō (Prep)
G1883 ἐπάνω epánō ep-an-o from ἐπί and ἄνω; up above, i.e. over or on (of place, amount, rank, etc.):--above, more than, (up-)on, over.
|
ἐπάνωepanō
|
for above
|
Prep
|
G1220δηναρίωνdēnariōn (N-GNP)
G1220 δηνάριον dēnárion day-nar-ee-on of Latin origin; a denarius (or ten asses):--pence, penny(-worth).
|
δηναρίωνdēnariōn
|
denarii
|
N-GNP
|
G5145τριακοσίωνtriakosiōn (Adj-GNP)
G5145 τριακόσιοι triakósioi tree-ak-os-ee-oy plural from τρεῖς and ἑκατόν; three hundred:--three hundred.
|
τριακοσίωνtriakosiōn
|
three hundred,
|
Adj-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325δοθῆναιdothēnai (V-ANP)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δοθῆναιdothēnai
|
to have been given
|
V-ANP
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G4434πτωχοῖς·ptōchois (Adj-DMP)
G4434 πτωχός ptōchós pto-khos from (to crouch); akin to πτοέω and the alternate of πίπτω); a beggar (as cringing), i.e. pauper (strictly denoting absolute or public mendicancy, although also used in a qualified or relative sense; whereas πένης properly means only straitened circumstances in private), literally (often as noun) or figuratively (distressed):--beggar(-ly), poor.
|
πτωχοῖς·ptōchois
|
poor.
|
Adj-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1690ἐνεβριμῶντοenebrimōnto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G1690 ἐμβριμάομαι embrimáomai em-brim-ah-om-ahee from ἐν and (to snort with anger); to have indignation on, i.e. (transitively) to blame, (intransitively) to sigh with chagrin, (specially) to sternly enjoin:--straitly charge, groan, murmur against.
|
ἐνεβριμῶντοenebrimōnto
|
they were grumbling
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G846αὐτῇ.autē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇ.autē
|
at her.
|
PPro-DF3S
|
5
For it might have been sold for more than 300 pence, and have been given to the poor. And they murmured against her.Mark 14:5
Stats
Counts: 126 characters, 22 words, 100 letters, 38 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: ηδυνατο γαρ τουτο πραθηναι επανω τριακοσιων δηναριων και δοθηναι τοις πτωχοις και ενεβριμωντο αυτη
Lit: Could for this fragrant oil to have been sold for above denarii three hundred, and to have been given to the poor. And they were grumbling at her.
KJV: For it might have been sold for more than three hundred pence, and have been given to the poor. And they murmured against her.
References
"pence"Mt 18:28: But the same servant went out: and found one of his fellowservants: which owed him 100 pence: and he laid hands on him: and took him by the throat: saying: Pay me that you owest.Joh 6:7: Philip answered him: 200 pennyworth of bread not is sufficient for them: that every one of them may take a little."have been given"Joh 12:5: 6: Why not was this ointment sold for 300 pence: and given to the poor?Joh 13:29: For some of them thought: because Judas had the bag: that Jesus had said to Him: Buy those things that we have need of against the feast; or: that He should give something to the poor.Eph 4:28: Let him that stole steal no more: but rather let him labour: working with his hands the thing which is good: that he may have to give to him that needs."And they"Ex 16:7: 8: In the morning: then you will see the glory of the LORD; for that He hears your murmurings against the LORD: and what are we: that you murmur against us?De 1:27: you murmured in your tents: and said: Because the LORD hated us: He has brought us forth out of the land of Egypt: to deliver us into the hand of the Amorites: to destroy us.Ps 106:25: But murmured in their tents: and listened not to the voice of the LORD.Mt 20:11: When they had received it: they murmured against the goodman of the house: Lu 15:2: The Pharisees and scribes murmured: saying: This man receives sinners: and eats with them.Joh 6:43: Jesus therefore answered and said to them: not Murmur among yourselves.1Co 10:10: Neither murmur you: as some of them also murmured: and were destroyed of the destroyer.Php 2:14: Do all things without murmurings and disputings:Jude 1:16: These are murmurers: complainers: walking after their own lusts; and their mouth speaks great swelling words: having men's persons in admiration because of advantage.
ο δε ιησους ειπεν αφετε αυτην τι αυτη κοπους παρεχετε καλον εργον ειργασατο εις εμε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G863ἌφετεAphete (V-AMA-2P)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἌφετεAphete
|
Leave alone
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G846αὐτήν·autēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτήν·autēn
|
her;
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G846αὐτῇautē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇautē
|
to her
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G2873κόπουςkopous (N-AMP)
G2873 κόπος kópos kop-os from κόπτω; a cut, i.e. (by analogy) toil (as reducing the strength), literally or figuratively; by implication, pains:--labour, + trouble, weariness.
|
κόπουςkopous
|
trouble
|
N-AMP
|
G3930παρέχετε;parechete (V-PIA-2P)
G3930 παρέχω paréchō par-ekh-o from παρά and ἔχω; to hold near, i.e. present, afford, exhibit, furnish occasion:--bring, do, give, keep, minister, offer, shew, + trouble.
|
παρέχετε;parechete
|
do you cause?
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G2570καλὸνkalon (Adj-ANS)
G2570 καλός kalós kal-os of uncertain affinity; properly, beautiful, but chiefly (figuratively) good (literally or morally), i.e. valuable or virtuous (for appearance or use, and thus distinguished from ἀγαθός, which is properly intrinsic):--X better, fair, good(-ly), honest, meet, well, worthy.
|
καλὸνkalon
|
A good
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2041ἔργονergon (N-ANS)
G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργονergon
|
work
|
N-ANS
|
G2038ἠργάσατοērgasato (V-AIM-3S)
G2038 ἐργάζομαι ergázomai er-gad-zom-ahee middle voice from ἔργον; to toil (as a task, occupation, etc.), (by implication) effect, be engaged in or with, etc.:--commit, do, labor for, minister about, trade (by), work.
|
ἠργάσατοērgasato
|
she did
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
toward
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοί.emoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοί.emoi
|
Me.
|
PPro-D1S
|
6
Jesus said, Let her alone; why trouble you her? she has wrought a good work on me.
Mark 14:6
Stats
Counts: 86 characters, 15 words, 65 letters, 25 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε ιησους ειπεν αφετε αυτην τι αυτη κοπους παρεχετε καλον εργον ειργασατο εις εμε
Lit: And Jesus said, Leave alone her; why to her trouble do you cause? A good work she did toward Me.
KJV: And Jesus said, Let her alone; why trouble ye her? she hath wrought a good work on me.
References
"Let"Job 42:7: 8: It was so: that after the LORD had spoken these words to Job: the LORD said to Eliphaz the Temanite: My wrath is kindled against you: and against your two friends: for you not have spoken of me the thing that is right: as my servant Job has.Isa 54:17: No weapon that is formed against you will prosper; and every tongue that will rise against you in judgment you will condemn. This is the heritage of the servants of the LORD: and their righteousness is of me: says the LORD.2Co 10:18: not For He that'>He who commends'>commends Himself is approved: but whom the Lord commends'>commends."a good"Mt 26:10: When Jesus understood it: He said to them: Why trouble you the woman? for she has wrought a good work upon me.Joh 10:32: 33: Jesus answered them: Many good works have I showed you from my Father; for which of those works do you stone me?Ac 9:36: Now there was at Joppa a certain disciple named Tabitha: which by interpretation is called Dorcas: this woman was full of good works and almsdeeds which she did.2Co 9:8: God is able to make all grace abound toward you; that you: always having all sufficiency in all things: may abound to every good work:Eph 2:10: For we are His workmanship: created in Christ Jesus to good works: which God has before ordained that we should walk in them.Col 1:10: That you might walk worthy of the Lord to all pleasing: being fruitful in every good work: and increasing in the knowledge of God;2Th 2:17: Comfort your hearts: and stablish you in every good word and work.1Ti 5:10: Well reported of for good works; if she have brought up children: if she have lodged strangers: if she have washed the saints' feet: if she have relieved the afflicted: if she have diligently followed every good work.1Ti 6:18: That they do good: that they be rich in good works: ready to distribute: willing to communicate;2Ti 2:21: If a man therefore purge himself from these: he will be a vessel to honour: sanctified: and meet for the master's use: and prepared to every good work.2Ti 3:17: That the man of God may be perfect: throughly furnished to all good works.Tit 2:7: 14: In all things shewing yourself a pattern of good works: in doctrine shewing uncorruptness: gravity: sincerity: Tit 3:8: 14: This is a faithful saying: and these things I will that you affirm constantly: that they which have believed in God might be careful to maintain good works. These things are good and profitable to men.Heb 10:24: Let us consider one another to provoke to love and to good works:Heb 13:21: Make you perfect in every good work to do His will: working in you that which is wellpleasing in His sight: through Jesus Christ; to whom be glory for ever and ever. Amen.1Pe 2:12: Having your conversation ho among the Gentiles: that: whereas they speak against you as evildoers: they may by your good works: which they will look: glorify God in the day of visitation.
παντοτε γαρ τους πτωχους εχετε μεθ εαυτων και οταν θελητε δυνασθε αυτους ευ ποιησαι εμε δε ου παντοτε εχετε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3842πάντοτεpantote (Adv)
G3842 πάντοτε pántote pan-tot-eh from πᾶς and ὅτε; every when, i.e. at all times:--alway(-s), ever(-more).
|
πάντοτεpantote
|
Always
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4434πτωχοὺςptōchous (Adj-AMP)
G4434 πτωχός ptōchós pto-khos from (to crouch); akin to πτοέω and the alternate of πίπτω); a beggar (as cringing), i.e. pauper (strictly denoting absolute or public mendicancy, although also used in a qualified or relative sense; whereas πένης properly means only straitened circumstances in private), literally (often as noun) or figuratively (distressed):--beggar(-ly), poor.
|
πτωχοὺςptōchous
|
poor
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2192ἔχετεechete (V-PIA-2P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχετεechete
|
you have
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G3326μεθ’meth’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μεθ’meth’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1438ἑαυτῶν,heautōn (RefPro-GM3P)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτῶν,heautōn
|
you,
|
RefPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj)
G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
whenever
|
Conj
|
G2309θέλητεthelēte (V-PSA-2P)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλητεthelēte
|
you desire
|
V-PSA-2P
|
G1410δύνασθεdynasthe (V-PIM/P-2P)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύνασθεdynasthe
|
you are able
|
V-PIM/P-2P
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3842(πάντοτε)pantote (Adv)
G3842 πάντοτε pántote pan-tot-eh from πᾶς and ὅτε; every when, i.e. at all times:--alway(-s), ever(-more).
|
(πάντοτε)pantote
|
always
|
Adv
|
G2095εὖeu (Adv)
G2095 εὖ eû yoo neuter of a primary (good); (adverbially) well:--good, well (done).
|
εὖeu
|
good
|
Adv
|
G4160ποιῆσαι,poiēsai (V-ANA)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῆσαι,poiēsai
|
to do;
|
V-ANA
|
G1473ἐμὲeme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμὲeme
|
Me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3842πάντοτεpantote (Adv)
G3842 πάντοτε pántote pan-tot-eh from πᾶς and ὅτε; every when, i.e. at all times:--alway(-s), ever(-more).
|
πάντοτεpantote
|
always
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχετε.echete (V-PIA-2P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχετε.echete
|
do you have.
|
V-PIA-2P
|
7
For you have the poor with you always, and whensoever you will you may do them good: but me you not have always.Mark 14:7
Stats
Counts: 108 characters, 21 words, 83 letters, 33 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: παντοτε γαρ τους πτωχους εχετε μεθ εαυτων και οταν θελητε δυνασθε αυτους ευ ποιησαι εμε δε ου παντοτε εχετε
Lit: Always for the poor you have with you, and whenever you desire you are able them always good to do; Me however not always do you have.
KJV: For ye have the poor with you always, and whensoever ye will ye may do them good: but me ye have not always.
References
"ye have"De 15:11: For the poor will never cease out of the land: therefore I command you: saying: You will open your hand wide to your brother: to your poor: and to your needy: in your land.Mt 25:35-45: For I was hungry: and you gave me meat: I was thirsty: and you gave me drink: I was a stranger: and you took me in:Mt 26:11: For you have the poor always with you; but me you not have always.Joh 12:7: 8: Then said Jesus: Let her alone: against the day of my burying has she kept this.2Co 9:13: 14: While by the experiment of this ministration they glorify God for your professed subjection to the gospel of Christ: and for your liberal distribution to them: and to all men;Phm 1:7: For we have great joy and consolation in your love: because the bowels of the saints are refreshed by you: brother.Jas 2:14-16: What does it profit: my brothers: though a man say he has faith: and not have works? can faith save him?1Jo 3:16-19: Hereby perceive we the love of God: because He laid down His life for us: and we ought to lay down our lives for the brothers."but"Joh 13:33: Little children: yet a little while I am with you. You will seek me: and as I said to the Jews: Whither I go: you cannot come; so now I say to you.Joh 16:5: 28: But now I go my way to him that sent me; and none of you asks me: Whither go you?Joh 17:11: Now I am no more in the world: but these are in the world: and I come to you. Holy Father: keep through your own name those whom you have given me: that they may be one: as we are.Ac 3:21: Whom the heaven must receive until the times of restitution of all things: which God has spoken by the mouth of all His holy prophets since the world began.
ο ειχεν αυτη εποιησεν προελαβεν μυρισαι μου το σωμα εις τον ενταφιασμον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
What
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G2192ἔσχενeschen (V-AIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔσχενeschen
|
she could,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4160ἐποίησεν·epoiēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίησεν·epoiēsen
|
she did.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4301προέλαβενproelaben (V-AIA-3S)
G4301 προλαμβάνω prolambánō prol-am-ban-o from πρό and λαμβάνω; to take in advance, i.e. (literally) eat before others have an opportunity; (figuratively) to anticipate, surprise:--come aforehand, overtake, take before.
|
προέλαβενproelaben
|
She came beforehand
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3462μυρίσαιmyrisai (V-ANA)
G3462 μυρίζω myrízō moo-rid-zo from μύρον; to apply (perfumed) unguent to:--anoint.
|
μυρίσαιmyrisai
|
to anoint
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4983σῶμάsōma (N-ANS)
G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σῶμάsōma
|
body
|
N-ANS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G1780ἐνταφιασμόν.entaphiasmon (N-AMS)
G1780 ἐνταφιασμός entaphiasmós en-taf-ee-as-mos from ἐνταφιάζω; preparation for interment:--burying.
|
ἐνταφιασμόν.entaphiasmon
|
burial.
|
N-AMS
|
8
She has done what she could: she is come aforehand to anoint my body to the burying.Mark 14:8
Stats
Counts: 85 characters, 16 words, 67 letters, 25 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο ειχεν αυτη εποιησεν προελαβεν μυρισαι μου το σωμα εις τον ενταφιασμον
Lit: What she could, she did. She came beforehand to anoint the body of Me for the burial.
KJV: She hath done what she could: she is come aforehand to anoint my body to the burying.
References
"hath done"1Ch 28:2: 3: Then David the king stood up upon His feet: and said: Hear me: my brothers: and my people: As for me: I had in my heart to build an house of rest for the ark of the covenant of the LORD: and for the footstool of our God: and had made ready for the building:1Ch 29:1-17: Furthermore David the king said to all the congregation: Solomon my son: whom alone God has chosen: is yet young and tender: and the work is great: for the palace is not for man: but for the LORD God.2Ch 31:20: 21: Thus did Hezekiah throughout all Judah: and wrought that which was good and right and truth before the LORD His God.2Ch 34:19-33: It came to pass: when the king had heard the words of the law: that he tear his clothes.Ps 110:3: Your people will be willing in the day of your power: in the beauties of holiness from the womb of the morning: you have the dew of your youth.2Co 8:1-3: 12: Moreover: brothers: we do you to wit of the grace of God bestowed on the churches of Macedonia;"she is"Mr 15:42-47: Now when the even was come: because it was the preparation: that is: the day before the sabbath: Mr 16:1: When the sabbath was past: Mary Magdalene: and Mary the mother of James: and Salome: had bought sweet spices: that they might come and anoint him.Lu 23:53-56: He took it down: and wrapped it in linen: and laid it in a sepulchre that was cut in stone: wherein never man before was laid.Lu 24:1-3: Now upon the first day of the week: very early in the morning: they came to the sepulchre: bringing the spices which they had prepared: and certain others with them.Joh 12:7: Then said Jesus: Let her alone: against the day of my burying has she kept this.Joh 19:32-42: Then came the soldiers: and brake the legs of the first: and of the other which was crucified with him.
αμην λεγω υμιν οπου αν κηρυχθη το ευαγγελιον τουτο εις ολον τον κοσμον και ο εποιησεν αυτη λαληθησεται εις μνημοσυνον αυτης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G281ἀμὴνamēn (Heb)
G281 ἀμήν amḗn am-ane of Hebrew origin (אָמֵן); properly, firm, i.e. (figuratively) trustworthy; adverbially, surely (often as interjection, so be it):--amen, verily.,
|
ἀμὴνamēn
|
Truly
|
Heb
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγωlegō (V-PIA-1S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωlegō
|
I say
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖν,hymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖν,hymin
|
to you,
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3699ὅπουhopou (Adv)
G3699 ὅπου hópou hop-oo from ὅς and πού; what(-ever) where, i.e. at whichever spot:--in what place, where(-as, -soever), whither (+ soever).,
|
ὅπουhopou
|
wherever
|
Adv
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G2784κηρυχθῇkērychthē (V-ASP-3S)
G2784 κηρύσσω kērýssō kay-roos-so of uncertain affinity; to herald (as a public crier), especially divine truth (the gospel):--preacher(-er), proclaim, publish.
|
κηρυχθῇkērychthē
|
shall be proclaimed
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G2098εὐαγγέλιονeuangelion (N-NNS)
G2098 εὐαγγέλιον euangélion yoo-ang-ghel-ee-on from the same as εὐαγγελίζω; a good message, i.e. the gospel:--gospel.
|
εὐαγγέλιονeuangelion
|
gospel
|
N-NNS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3650ὅλονholon (Adj-AMS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅλονholon
|
whole
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2889κόσμον,kosmon (N-AMS)
G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.
|
κόσμον,kosmon
|
world,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
what
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G4160ἐποίησενepoiēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίησενepoiēsen
|
has done
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3778αὕτηhautē (PPro-NFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
αὕτηhautē
|
this woman
|
PPro-NFS
|
G2980λαληθήσεταιlalēthēsetai (V-FIP-3S)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαληθήσεταιlalēthēsetai
|
will be spoken of
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3422μνημόσυνονmnēmosynon (N-ANS)
G3422 μνημόσυνον mnēmósynon mnay-mos-oo-non from μνημονεύω; a reminder (memorandum), i.e. record:--memorial.
|
μνημόσυνονmnēmosynon
|
a memorial
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτῆς.autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς.autēs
|
of her.
|
PPro-GF3S
|
9
Truly I say to you, Wheresoever this gospel will be preached throughout the whole world, this also that she has done will be spoken of for a memorial of her.
Mark 14:9
Stats
Counts: 163 characters, 28 words, 131 letters, 50 vowels, 81 consonants
Translation
Greek: αμην λεγω υμιν οπου αν κηρυχθη το ευαγγελιον τουτο εις ολον τον κοσμον και ο εποιησεν αυτη λαληθησεται εις μνημοσυνον αυτης
Lit: Truly now I say to you, wherever if shall be proclaimed the gospel in whole the world, also what has done this woman will be spoken of for a memorial of her.
KJV: Verily I say unto you, Wheresoever this gospel shall be preached throughout the whole world, this also that she hath done shall be spoken of for a memorial of her.
References
"Wheresoever"Mr 16:15: He said to them: Go you into all the world: and preach the gospel to every creature.Mt 26:12: 13: For in that she has poured this ointment on my body: she did it for my burial."a memorial"Nu 31:54: Moses and Eleazar the priest took the gold of the captains of thousands and of hundreds: and brought it into the tabernacle of the congregation: for a memorial for the children of Israel before the LORD.Ps 112:6-9: Surely he will not be moved for ever: the righteous will be in everlasting remembrance.Zec 6:14: The crowns will be to Helem: and to Tobijah: and to Jedaiah: and to Hen the son of Zephaniah: for a memorial in the temple of the LORD.
Judas Agrees to Betray Jesus
και ο ιουδας ο ισκαριωτης εις των δωδεκα απηλθεν προς τους αρχιερεις ινα παραδω αυτον αυτοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2455ἸούδαςIoudas (N-NMS)
G2455 Ἰούδας Ioúdas ee-oo-das of Hebrew origin (יְהוּדָה); Judas (i.e. Jehudah), the name of ten Israelites; also of the posterity of one of them and its region:--Juda(-h, -s); Jude.
|
ἸούδαςIoudas
|
Judas
|
N-NMS
|
G2469Ἰσκαριὼθ,Iskariōth (N-NMS)
G2469 Ἰσκαριώτης Iskariṓtēs is-kar-ee-o-tace of Hebrew origin (probably אִישׁ and קִרְיָא); inhabitant of Kerioth; Iscariotes (i.e. Keriothite), an epithet of Judas the traitor:--Iscariot.
|
Ἰσκαριὼθ,Iskariōth
|
Iscariot,
|
N-NMS
|
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷςheis
|
one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G1427δώδεκα,dōdeka (Adj-GMP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκα,dōdeka
|
Twelve,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G565ἀπῆλθενapēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπῆλθενapēlthen
|
went away
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G749ἀρχιερεῖςarchiereis (N-AMP)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεῖςarchiereis
|
chief priests,
|
N-AMP
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3860παραδοῖparadoi (V-ASA-3S)
G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παραδοῖparadoi
|
he might betray
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖς.autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς.autois
|
to them.
|
PPro-DM3P
|
10
Judas Iscariot, one of the 12, went to the chief priests, to betray him to them.Mark 14:10
Stats
Counts: 92 characters, 14 words, 72 letters, 28 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ο ιουδας ο ισκαριωτης εις των δωδεκα απηλθεν προς τους αρχιερεις ινα παραδω αυτον αυτοις
Lit: And Judas Iscariot, one of the Twelve, went away to the chief priests, that Him he might betray to them.
KJV: And Judas Iscariot, one of the twelve, went unto the chief priests, to betray him unto them.
References
"Judas"Mt 26:14-16: Then one of the 12: called Judas Iscariot: went to the chief priests: Lu 22:3-6: Then entered Satan into Judas surnamed Iscariot: being of the number of the 12.Joh 13:2: 30: Supper being ended: the devil having now put into the heart of Judas Iscariot: Simon's son: to betray him;"one"Ps 41:9: Yes: my own familiar friend: in whom I trusted: which did eat of my bread: has lifted up his heel against me.Ps 55:12-14: For it was not an enemy that reproached me; then I could have borne it: neither was it he who hated me that did magnify himself against me; then I would have hid myself from him:Mt 10:4: Simon the Canaanite: and Judas Iscariot: who also betrayed him.Joh 6:70: Jesus answered them: not Have I chosen you 12: and one of you is a devil?"to betray"Joh 13:2: Supper being ended: the devil having now put into the heart of Judas Iscariot: Simon's son: to betray him;
οι δε ακουσαντες εχαρησαν και επηγγειλαντο αυτω αργυριον δουναι και εζητει πως ευκαιρως αυτον παραδω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G191ἀκούσαντεςakousantes (V-APA-NMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσαντεςakousantes
|
having heard,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G5463ἐχάρησανecharēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G5463 χαίρω chaírō khah-ee-ro a primary verb; to be cheerful, i.e. calmly happy or well-off; impersonally, especially as salutation (on meeting or parting), be well:--farewell, be glad, God speed, greeting, hall, joy(- fully), rejoice.
|
ἐχάρησανecharēsan
|
they rejoiced,
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1861ἐπηγγείλαντοepēngeilanto (V-AIM-3P)
G1861 ἐπαγγέλλω epangéllō ep-ang-el-lo from ἐπί and the base of ἄγγελος; to announce upon (reflexively), i.e. (by implication) to engage to do something, to assert something respecting oneself:--profess, (make) promise.
|
ἐπηγγείλαντοepēngeilanto
|
promised
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G694ἀργύριονargyrion (N-ANS)
G694 ἀργύριον argýrion ar-goo-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ἄργυρος; silvery, i.e. (by implication) cash; specially, a silverling (i.e. drachma or shekel):--money, (piece of) silver (piece).
|
ἀργύριονargyrion
|
money
|
N-ANS
|
G1325δοῦναι.dounai (V-ANA)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δοῦναι.dounai
|
to give.
|
V-ANA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2212ἐζήτειezētei (V-IIA-3S)
G2212 ζητέω zētéō dzay-teh-o of uncertain affinity; to seek (literally or figuratively); specially, (by Hebraism) to worship (God), or (in a bad sense) to plot (against life):--be (go) about, desire, endeavour, enquire (for), require, (X will) seek (after, for, means). Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ἐζήτειezētei
|
he was seeking
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G4459πῶςpōs (Adv)
G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
πῶςpōs
|
how
|
Adv
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2122εὐκαίρωςeukairōs (Adv)
G2122 εὐκαίρως eukaírōs yoo-kah-ee-roce adverb from εὔκαιρος; opportunely:--conveniently, in season.
|
εὐκαίρωςeukairōs
|
conveniently
|
Adv
|
G3860παραδοῖ.paradoi (V-ASA-3S)
G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παραδοῖ.paradoi
|
he might deliver up.
|
V-ASA-3S
|
11
When they heard it, they were glad, and promised to give him money. And he sought how he might conveniently betray him.Mark 14:11
Stats
Counts: 123 characters, 20 words, 97 letters, 34 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε ακουσαντες εχαρησαν και επηγγειλαντο αυτω αργυριον δουναι και εζητει πως ευκαιρως αυτον παραδω
Lit: And having heard, they rejoiced, and promised him money to give. And he was seeking how Him conveniently he might deliver up.
KJV: And when they heard it, they were glad, and promised to give him money. And he sought how he might conveniently betray him.
References
"they were"Ho 7:3: They make the king glad with their wickedness: and the princes with their lies.Lu 22:5: They were glad: and covenanted to give him money."and promised"1Ki 21:20: Ahab said to Elijah: Have you found me: O my enemy? And He answered: I have found you: because you have sold yourself to work evil in the sight of the LORD.2Ki 5:26: He said to him: not Went my heart with you: when the man turned again from his chariot to meet you? Is it a time to receive money: and to receive garments: and oliveyards: and vineyards: and sheep: and oxen: and menservants: and maidservants?Pr 1:10-16: My son: if sinners entice you: consent you not.Pr 28:21: 22: To have respect of persons is not good: for for a piece of bread that man will transgress.Mt 26:15: Said to them: What will you give me: and I will deliver him to you? And they covenanted with him for 30 pieces of silver.1Ti 6:10: For the love of money is the root of all evil: which while some coveted after: they have erred from the faith: and pierced themselves through with many sorrows.2Pe 2:14: 15: Having eyes full of adultery: and that cannot cease from sin; beguiling unstable souls: an heart they have exercised with covetous practices; cursed children:Jude 1:11: Woe to them! for they have gone in the way of Cain: and ran greedily after the error of Balaam for reward: and perished in the gainsaying of Core."he sought"Lu 22:5: 6: They were glad: and covenanted to give him money.
Preparing the Passover
και τη πρωτη ημερα των αζυμων οτε το πασχα εθυον λεγουσιν αυτω οι μαθηται αυτου που θελεις απελθοντες ετοιμασωμεν ινα φαγης το πασχα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
on the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4413πρώτῃprōtē (Adj-DFS)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρώτῃprōtē
|
first
|
Adj-DFS
|
G2250ἡμέρᾳhēmera (N-DFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρᾳhēmera
|
day
|
N-DFS
|
G106ἀζύμων,azymōn (Adj-GNP)
G106 ἄζυμος ázymos ad-zoo-mos from Α (as a negative particle) and ζύμη; unleavened, i.e. (figuratively) uncorrupted; (in the neutral plural) specially (by implication) the Passover week:--unleavened (bread).
|
ἀζύμων,azymōn
|
of unleavened bread,
|
Adj-GNP
|
G3753ὅτεhote (Adv)
G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὅτεhote
|
when
|
Adv
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3957πάσχαpascha (N-ANS)
G3957 πάσχα páscha pas-khah of Chaldee origin (compare פֶּסַח); the Passover (the meal, the day, the festival or the special sacrifices connected with it):--Easter, Passover.
|
πάσχαpascha
|
Passover lamb
|
N-ANS
|
G2380ἔθυον,ethyon (V-IIA-3P)
G2380 θύω thýō thoo-o a primary verb; properly, to rush (breathe hard, blow, smoke), i.e. (by implication) to sacrifice (properly, by fire, but genitive case); by extension to immolate (slaughter for any purpose):--kill, (do) sacrifice, slay.
|
ἔθυον,ethyon
|
they were to sacrifice,
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3004λέγουσινlegousin (V-PIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγουσινlegousin
|
say
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3101μαθηταὶmathētai (N-NMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταὶmathētai
|
disciples
|
N-NMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G4226ΠοῦPou (Adv)
G4226 ποῦ poû poo genitive case of an interrogative pronoun (what) otherwise obsolete (perhaps the same as πού used with the rising slide of inquiry); as adverb of place; at (by implication, to) what locality:--where, whither.
|
ΠοῦPou
|
Where
|
Adv
|
G2309θέλειςtheleis (V-PIA-2S)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλειςtheleis
|
do You desire that,
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G565ἀπελθόντεςapelthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπελθόντεςapelthontes
|
having gone,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G2090ἑτοιμάσωμενhetoimasōmen (V-ASA-1P)
G2090 ἑτοιμάζω hetoimázō het-oy-mad-zo from ἕτοιμος; to prepare:--prepare, provide, make ready. Compare κατασκευάζω.
|
ἑτοιμάσωμενhetoimasōmen
|
we should prepare
|
V-ASA-1P
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G5315φάγῃςphagēs (V-ASA-2S)
G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
φάγῃςphagēs
|
You may eat
|
V-ASA-2S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3957πάσχα;pascha (N-ANS)
G3957 πάσχα páscha pas-khah of Chaldee origin (compare פֶּסַח); the Passover (the meal, the day, the festival or the special sacrifices connected with it):--Easter, Passover.
|
πάσχα;pascha
|
Passover?
|
N-ANS
|
12
The first day of unleavened bread, when they killed the passover, his disciples said to him, Where will you that we go and prepare that you may eat the passover?
Mark 14:12
Stats
Rank: #1836 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 172 characters, 28 words, 138 letters, 52 vowels, 86 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τη πρωτη ημερα των αζυμων οτε το πασχα εθυον λεγουσιν αυτω οι μαθηται αυτου που θελεις απελθοντες ετοιμασωμεν ινα φαγης το πασχα
Lit: And on the first day of unleavened bread, when the Passover lamb they were to sacrifice, say to Him the disciples of Him, Where do You desire that, having gone, we should prepare that You may eat the Passover?
KJV: And the first day of unleavened bread, when they killed the passover, his disciples said unto him, Where wilt thou that we go and prepare that thou mayest eat the passover?
References
"the first"Ex 12:6: 8: 18: you will keep it up until the fourteenth day of the same month: and the whole assembly of the congregation of Israel will kill it in the evening.Ex 13:3: Moses said to the people: Remember this day: in which you came out from Egypt: out of the house of bondage; for by strength of hand the LORD brought you out from this place: there will no leavened bread be eaten.Le 23:5: 6: In the fourteenth day of the first month at even is the LORD's passover.Nu 28:16-18: In the fourteenth day of the first month is the passover of the LORD.De 16:1-4: Observe the month of Abib: and keep the passover to the LORD your God: for in the month of Abib the LORD your God brought you forth out of Egypt by night.Mt 26:17: Now the first day of the feast of unleavened bread the disciples came to Jesus: saying to Him: Where will you that we prepare for you to eat the passover?Lu 22:7: Then came the day of unleavened bread: when the passover must be killed."killed"1Co 5:7: 8: Purge out therefore the old leaven: that you may be a new lump: as you are unleavened. For even Christ our passover is sacrificed for us:"Where"Mt 3:15: Jesus answering said to Him: Suffer it to be so now: for thus it becomes us to fulfil all righteousness. Then He suffered Him.Lu 22:8: 9: He sent Peter and John: saying: Go and prepare us the passover: that we may eat.Ga 4:4: But when the fulness of the time was come: God sent forth His Son: made of a woman: made under the law:
και αποστελλει δυο των μαθητων αυτου και λεγει αυτοις υπαγετε εις την πολιν και απαντησει υμιν ανθρωπος κεραμιον υδατος βασταζων ακολουθησατε αυτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G649ἀποστέλλειapostellei (V-PIA-3S)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀποστέλλειapostellei
|
He sends forth
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1417δύοdyo (Adj-AMP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύοdyo
|
two
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3101μαθητῶνmathētōn (N-GMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητῶνmathētōn
|
disciples
|
N-GMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G5217ὙπάγετεHypagete (V-PMA-2P)
G5217 ὑπάγω hypágō hoop-ag-o from ὑπό and ἄγω; to lead (oneself) under, i.e. withdraw or retire (as if sinking out of sight), literally or figuratively:--depart, get hence, go (a-)way.
|
ὙπάγετεHypagete
|
Go
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4172πόλιν,polin (N-AFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλιν,polin
|
city,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G528ἀπαντήσειapantēsei (V-FIA-3S)
G528 ἀπαντάω apantáō ap-an-tah-o from ἀπό and a derivative of ἀντί; to meet away, i.e. encounter:--meet.
|
ἀπαντήσειapantēsei
|
will meet
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G444ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos (N-NMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos
|
a man,
|
N-NMS
|
G2765κεράμιονkeramion (N-ANS)
G2765 κεράμιον kerámion ker-am-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of κέραμος; an earthenware vessel, i.e. jar:--pitcher.
|
κεράμιονkeramion
|
a pitcher
|
N-ANS
|
G5204ὕδατοςhydatos (N-GNS)
G5204 ὕδωρ hýdōr hoo-dat-os from the base of ὑετός; water (as if rainy) literally or figuratively:--water.
|
ὕδατοςhydatos
|
of water
|
N-GNS
|
G941βαστάζων·bastazōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G941 βαστάζω bastázō bas-tad-zo perhaps remotely derived from the base of βάσις (through the idea of removal); to lift, literally or figuratively (endure, declare, sustain, receive, etc.):--bear, carry, take up.
|
βαστάζων·bastazōn
|
carrying.
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G190ἀκολουθήσατεakolouthēsate (V-AMA-2P)
G190 ἀκολουθέω akolouthéō ak-ol-oo-theh-o from Α (as a particle of union) and (a road); properly, to be in the same way with, i.e. to accompany (specially, as a disciple):--follow, reach.
|
ἀκολουθήσατεakolouthēsate
|
Follow
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G846αὐτῷ,autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ,autō
|
him.
|
PPro-DM3S
|
13
He sends forth two of his disciples, and says to them, Go you into the city, and there will meet you a man bearing a pitcher of water: follow him.
Mark 14:13
Stats
Counts: 155 characters, 27 words, 120 letters, 45 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αποστελλει δυο των μαθητων αυτου και λεγει αυτοις υπαγετε εις την πολιν και απαντησει υμιν ανθρωπος κεραμιον υδατος βασταζων ακολουθησατε αυτω
Lit: And He sends forth two of the disciples of Him and says to them, Go into the city, and will meet you a man, a pitcher of water carrying. Follow him.
KJV: And he sendeth forth two of his disciples, and saith unto them, Go ye into the city, and there shall meet you a man bearing a pitcher of water: follow him.
References
"Go"Mr 11:2: 3: says to them: Go your way into the village over against you: and as soon as you be entered into it: you will find a colt tied: whereon never man sat; loose him: and bring him.Mt 8:9: For I am a man under authority: having soldiers under me: and I say to this man: Go: and he goes; and to another: Come: and he comes; and to my servant: Do this: and he does it.Mt 26:18: 19: He said: Go into the city to such a man: and say to him: The Master says: My time is at hand; I will keep the passover at your house with my disciples.Lu 19:30-33: Saying: Go you into the village over against you; in the which at your entering you will find a colt tied: whereon yet never man sat: loose him: and bring him here.Lu 22:10-13: He said to them: Look: when you are entered into the city: there will a man meet you: bearing a pitcher of water; follow him into the house where he enters in.Joh 2:5: His mother says to the servants: Whatever he says to you: do it.Joh 15:14: You are my friends: if you do whatever I command you.Heb 4:13: Neither is there any creature that not is manifest in his sight: but all things are naked and opened to the eyes of him with whom we have to do.Heb 5:9: Being made perfect: he became the author of eternal salvation to all them that obey him;
και οπου εαν εισελθη ειπατε τω οικοδεσποτη οτι ο διδασκαλος λεγει που εστιν το καταλυμα οπου το πασχα μετα των μαθητων μου φαγω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3699ὅπουhopou (Adv)
G3699 ὅπου hópou hop-oo from ὅς and πού; what(-ever) where, i.e. at whichever spot:--in what place, where(-as, -soever), whither (+ soever).,
|
ὅπουhopou
|
wherever
|
Adv
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1525εἰσέλθῃeiselthē (V-ASA-3S)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσέλθῃeiselthē
|
he might enter,
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3004εἴπατεeipate (V-AMA-2P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἴπατεeipate
|
say
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3617οἰκοδεσπότῃoikodespotē (N-DMS)
G3617 οἰκοδεσπότης oikodespótēs oy-kod-es-pot-ace from οἶκος and δεσπότης; the head of a family:--goodman (of the house), householder, master of the house.
|
οἰκοδεσπότῃoikodespotē
|
master of the house
|
N-DMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3588ὉHO (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὉHO
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1320ΔιδάσκαλοςDidaskalos (N-NMS)
G1320 διδάσκαλος didáskalos did-as-kal-os from διδάσκω; an instructor (genitive case or specially):--doctor, master, teacher.
|
ΔιδάσκαλοςDidaskalos
|
Teacher
|
N-NMS
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4226ΠοῦPou (Adv)
G4226 ποῦ poû poo genitive case of an interrogative pronoun (what) otherwise obsolete (perhaps the same as πού used with the rising slide of inquiry); as adverb of place; at (by implication, to) what locality:--where, whither.
|
ΠοῦPou
|
Where
|
Adv
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G2646κατάλυμάkatalyma (N-NNS)
G2646 κατάλυμα katályma kat-al-oo-mah from καταλύω; properly, a dissolution (breaking up of a journey), i.e. (by implication) a lodging-place:-- guestchamber, inn.
|
κατάλυμάkatalyma
|
guest room
|
N-NNS
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
of Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3699ὅπουhopou (Adv)
G3699 ὅπου hópou hop-oo from ὅς and πού; what(-ever) where, i.e. at whichever spot:--in what place, where(-as, -soever), whither (+ soever).,
|
ὅπουhopou
|
where
|
Adv
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3957πάσχαpascha (N-ANS)
G3957 πάσχα páscha pas-khah of Chaldee origin (compare פֶּסַח); the Passover (the meal, the day, the festival or the special sacrifices connected with it):--Easter, Passover.
|
πάσχαpascha
|
Passover
|
N-ANS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3101μαθητῶνmathētōn (N-GMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητῶνmathētōn
|
disciples
|
N-GMP
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G5315φάγω;phagō (V-ASA-1S)
G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
φάγω;phagō
|
I may eat?
|
V-ASA-1S
|
14
Wheresoever he will go in, say you to the goodman of the house, The Master says, Where is the guestchamber, where I will eat the passover with my disciples?
Mark 14:14
Stats
Counts: 162 characters, 26 words, 128 letters, 49 vowels, 79 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οπου εαν εισελθη ειπατε τω οικοδεσποτη οτι ο διδασκαλος λεγει που εστιν το καταλυμα οπου το πασχα μετα των μαθητων μου φαγω
Lit: And wherever if he might enter, say to the master of the house that the Teacher says, Where is the guest room of Me, where the Passover with the disciples of Me I may eat?
KJV: And wheresoever he shall go in, say ye to the goodman of the house, The Master saith, Where is the guestchamber, where I shall eat the passover with my disciples?
References
"The Master"Mr 10:17: When he was gone forth into the way: there came one running: and kneeled to him: and asked him: Good Master: what will I do that I may inherit eternal life?Mr 11:3: If any man say to you: Why do you this? say you that the Lord has need of Him; and straightway He will send Him here.Joh 11:28: When she had so said: she went her way: and called Mary her sister secretly: saying: The Master is come: and calls for you.Joh 13:13: You call me Master and Lord: and you say well; for so I am."where I"Re 3:20: Look: I stand at the door: and knock: if any man hear my voice: and open the door: I will come in to him: and will sup with him: and he with me.
και αυτος υμιν δειξει ανωγεον μεγα εστρωμενον ετοιμον εκει ετοιμασατε ημιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
he
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G1166δείξειdeixei (V-FIA-3S)
G1166 δεικνύω deiknýō dike-noo-o a prolonged form of an obsolete primary of the same meaning; to show (literally or figuratively):--shew.
|
δείξειdeixei
|
will show
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G508ἀνάγαιονanagaion (N-ANS)
G508 ἀνώγεον anṓgeon an-ogue-eh-on from ἄνω and γῆ; above the ground, i.e. (properly) the second floor of a building; used for a dome or a balcony on the upper story:--upper room.
|
ἀνάγαιονanagaion
|
an upper room
|
N-ANS
|
G3173μέγαmega (Adj-ANS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγαmega
|
large,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G4766ἐστρωμένονestrōmenon (V-RPM/P-ANS)
G4766 στρώννυμι strṓnnymi stro-o prolongation from a still simpler , (used only as an alternate in certain tenses) (probably akin to στερεός through the idea of positing); to strew
|
ἐστρωμένονestrōmenon
|
having been furnished
|
V-RPM/P-ANS
|
G2092ἕτοιμον·hetoimon (Adj-ANS)
G2092 ἕτοιμος hétoimos het-oy-mos from an old noun (fitness); adjusted, i.e. ready:--prepared, (made) ready(-iness, to our hand).
|
ἕτοιμον·hetoimon
|
and ready.
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1563ἐκεῖekei (Adv)
G1563 ἐκεῖ ekeî ek-i of uncertain affinity; there; by extension, thither:--there, thither(-ward), (to) yonder (place).
|
ἐκεῖekei
|
there
|
Adv
|
G2090ἑτοιμάσατεhetoimasate (V-AMA-2P)
G2090 ἑτοιμάζω hetoimázō het-oy-mad-zo from ἕτοιμος; to prepare:--prepare, provide, make ready. Compare κατασκευάζω.
|
ἑτοιμάσατεhetoimasate
|
prepare
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G1473ἡμῖν.hēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖν.hēmin
|
for us.
|
PPro-D1P
|
15
He will show you a large upper room furnished and prepared: there make ready for us.Mark 14:15
Stats
Rank: #1060 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 88 characters, 16 words, 70 letters, 28 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αυτος υμιν δειξει ανωγεον μεγα εστρωμενον ετοιμον εκει ετοιμασατε ημιν
Lit: And he you will show an upper room large, having been furnished and ready. And there prepare for us.
KJV: And he will shew you a large upper room furnished and prepared: there make ready for us.
References
"he will"2Ch 6:30: Then hear you from heaven your dwelling place: and forgive: and render to every man according to all his ways: whose heart you know'>know; (for you only know'>know the hearts of the children of men:)Ps 110:3: Your people will be willing in the day of your power: in the beauties of holiness from the womb of the morning: you have the dew of your youth.Pr 16:1: The preparations of the heart in man: and the answer of the tongue: is from the LORD.Pr 21:1: 2: The king's heart is in the hand of the LORD: as the rivers of water: He turns it wherever He will.Joh 2:24: 25: But Jesus not did commit Himself to them: because He knew all men: Joh 21:17: He says to Him the third time: Simon: son of Jonas: love'>love you me? Peter was grieved because He said to Him the third time: Love'>Love you me? And He said to Him: Lord: you know'>know all things; you know'>know that I love you. Jesus says to Him: Feed my sheep.2Ti 2:19: Nevertheless the foundation of God stands sure: having this seal: The Lord knows them that are His. And: Let every one that names the name of Christ depart from iniquity.Heb 4:13: Neither is there any creature that not is manifest in his sight: but all things are naked and opened to the eyes of him with whom we have to do."upper"Ac 1:13: When they were come in: they went up into an upper room: where abode both Peter: and James: and John: and Andrew: Philip: and Thomas: Bartholomew: and Matthew: James the son of Alphaeus: and Simon Zelotes: and Judas the brother of James.Ac 20:8: There were many lights in the upper chamber: where they were gathered together.
και εξηλθον οι μαθηται αυτου και ηλθον εις την πολιν και ευρον καθως ειπεν αυτοις και ητοιμασαν το πασχα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξῆλθονexēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθονexēlthon
|
went away
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3101μαθηταὶmathētai (N-NMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταὶmathētai
|
his disciples,
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2064ἦλθονēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθονēlthon
|
came
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4172πόλινpolin (N-AFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλινpolin
|
city,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2147εὗρονheuron (V-AIA-3P)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὗρονheuron
|
found
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv)
G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
He had said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖς,autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς,autois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2090ἡτοίμασανhētoimasan (V-AIA-3P)
G2090 ἑτοιμάζω hetoimázō het-oy-mad-zo from ἕτοιμος; to prepare:--prepare, provide, make ready. Compare κατασκευάζω.
|
ἡτοίμασανhētoimasan
|
they prepared
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3957πάσχα.pascha (N-ANS)
G3957 πάσχα páscha pas-khah of Chaldee origin (compare פֶּסַח); the Passover (the meal, the day, the festival or the special sacrifices connected with it):--Easter, Passover.
|
πάσχα.pascha
|
Passover.
|
N-ANS
|
16
His disciples went forth, and came into the city, and found as he had said to them: and they made ready the passover.Mark 14:16
Stats
Rank: #1883 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 123 characters, 21 words, 96 letters, 35 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εξηλθον οι μαθηται αυτου και ηλθον εις την πολιν και ευρον καθως ειπεν αυτοις και ητοιμασαν το πασχα
Lit: And went away his disciples, and came into the city, and found as He had said to them, and they prepared the Passover.
KJV: And his disciples went forth, and came into the city, and found as he had said unto them: and they made ready the passover.
References
"and found"Lu 22:13: 35: They went: and found as he had said to them: and they made ready the passover.Joh 16:4: But these things have I told you: that when the time will come: you may remember that I told you of them. And these things I not said to you at the beginning: because I was with you.
The Last Supper
και οψιας γενομενης ερχεται μετα των δωδεκα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3798ὀψίαςopsias (Adj-GFS)
G3798 ὄψιος ópsios op-see-os from ὀψέ; late; feminine (as noun) afternoon (early eve) or nightfall (later eve):--even(-ing, (-tide)).
|
ὀψίαςopsias
|
evening
|
Adj-GFS
|
G1096γενομένηςgenomenēs (V-APM-GFS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενομένηςgenomenēs
|
having arrived,
|
V-APM-GFS
|
G2064ἔρχεταιerchetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχεταιerchetai
|
He comes
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G1427δώδεκα.dōdeka (Adj-GMP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκα.dōdeka
|
Twelve.
|
Adj-GMP
|
17
In the evening he comes with the 12.Mark 14:17
Stats
Rank: #3628 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 45 characters, 9 words, 36 letters, 13 vowels, 23 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οψιας γενομενης ερχεται μετα των δωδεκα
Lit: And evening having arrived, He comes with the Twelve.
KJV: And in the evening he cometh with the twelve.
References
"And in the evening he cometh with the twelve."Mt 26:20: Now when the even was come: he sat down with the 12.Lu 22:14: When the hour was come: he sat down: and the 12 apostles with him.
και ανακειμενων αυτων και εσθιοντων ειπεν ο ιησους αμην λεγω υμιν οτι εις εξ υμων παραδωσει με ο εσθιων μετ εμου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G345ἀνακειμένωνanakeimenōn (V-PPM/P-GMP)
G345 ἀνακεῖμαι anakeîmai an-ak-i-mahee from ἀνά and κεῖμαι; to recline (as a corpse or at a meal):--guest, lean, lie, sit (down, at meat), at the table.
|
ἀνακειμένωνanakeimenōn
|
as were reclining
|
V-PPM/P-GMP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
they,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2068ἐσθιόντωνesthiontōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G2068 ἐσθίω esthíō es-thee-o strengthened for a primary (to eat); used only in certain tenses, the rest being supplied by φάγω; to eat (usually literal):--devour, eat, live.
|
ἐσθιόντωνesthiontōn
|
were eating,
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G281ἈμὴνAmēn (Heb)
G281 ἀμήν amḗn am-ane of Hebrew origin (אָמֵן); properly, firm, i.e. (figuratively) trustworthy; adverbially, surely (often as interjection, so be it):--amen, verily.,
|
ἈμὴνAmēn
|
Truly
|
Heb
|
G3004λέγωlegō (V-PIA-1S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωlegō
|
I say
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷςheis
|
one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
of
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G3860παραδώσειparadōsei (V-FIA-3S)
G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παραδώσειparadōsei
|
will betray
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G1473με,me (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
με,me
|
Me,
|
PPro-A1S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
who
|
Art-NMS
|
G2068ἐσθίωνesthiōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2068 ἐσθίω esthíō es-thee-o strengthened for a primary (to eat); used only in certain tenses, the rest being supplied by φάγω; to eat (usually literal):--devour, eat, live.
|
ἐσθίωνesthiōn
|
is eating
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοῦ.emou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοῦ.emou
|
Me.
|
PPro-G1S
|
18
As they sat and did eat, Jesus said, Truly I say to you, one of you which eats with me will betray me.
Mark 14:18
Stats
Rank: #3944 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 112 characters, 21 words, 85 letters, 35 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ανακειμενων αυτων και εσθιοντων ειπεν ο ιησους αμην λεγω υμιν οτι εις εξ υμων παραδωσει με ο εσθιων μετ εμου
Lit: And as were reclining they, and were eating, Jesus said, Truly I say to you that one of you will betray Me, who is eating with Me.
KJV: And as they sat and did eat, Jesus said, Verily I say unto you, One of you which eateth with me shall betray me.
References
"as"Mt 26:21: As they did eat: he said: Truly I say to you: that one of you will betray me."Verily"Mr 14:9: 25: Truly I say to you: Wheresoever this gospel will be preached throughout the whole world: this also that she has done will be spoken of for a memorial of her.Mr 3:28: Truly I say to you: All sins will be forgiven to the sons of men: and blasphemies wherewith soever they will blaspheme:Mr 6:11: whoever will not receive you: nor hear you: when you depart there: shake off the dust under your feet for a testimony against them. Truly I say to you: It will be more tolerable for Sodom and Gomorrha in the day of judgment: than for that city.Mr 8:12: He sighed deeply in his spirit: and says: Why does this generation seek after a sign? truly I say to you: There will no sign be given to this generation.Mr 9:1: 41: He said to them: Truly I say to you: That there be some of them that stand here: which will not taste of death: till they have seen the kingdom of God come with power.Mr 10:15: 29: Truly I say to you: Whoever will not receive the kingdom of God as a little child: He will not enter therein.Mt 5:18: For truly I say to you: Till heaven and earth pass: one jot or one tittle will in no wise pass from the law: till all be fulfilled.Mt 6:2: 5: 16: Therefore when you do your alms: not do sound a trumpet before you: as the hypocrites do in the synagogues and in the streets: that they may have glory of men. Truly I say to you: They have their reward.Lu 4:24: He said: Truly I say to you: No prophet is accepted in his own country.Lu 11:51: From the blood of Abel to the blood of Zacharias: which perished between the altar and the temple: truly I say to you: It will be required of this generation.Joh 1:51: He says to Him: Truly: truly: I say to you: Hereafter you will see heaven open: and the angels of God ascending and descending upon the Son of man.Joh 3:3: 5: 11: Jesus answered and said to Him: Truly: truly: I say to you: Except a man be born again: He cannot see the kingdom of God.Joh 5:19: 24: 25: Then answered Jesus and said to them: Truly: truly: I say to you: The Son can not dohing of Himself: but what He sees the Father do: for what things soever He does'>does: these also does'>does the Son likewise.Joh 6:26: 32: 47: Jesus answered them and said: Truly: truly: I say to you: You seek me: not because you saw the miracles: but because you did eat of the loaves: and were filled.Joh 13:38: Jesus answered Him: Will you lay down your life for my sake? Truly: truly: I say to you: The cock will not crow: till you have denied me thrice.Joh 21:18: Truly: truly: I say to you: When you were young: you girdedst yourself: and walkedst whither you would'>would: but when you will be old: you will stretch forth your hands: and another will gird you: and carry you whither you would'>would not."One"Ps 41:9: Yes: my own familiar friend: in whom I trusted: which did eat of my bread: has lifted up his heel against me.Ps 55:13: 14: But it was you: a man my equal: my guide: and my acquaintance.Joh 6:70: Jesus answered them: not Have I chosen you 12: and one of you is a devil?Joh 13:21: When Jesus had thus said: He was troubled in spirit: and testified: and said: Truly: truly: I say to you: that one of you will betray me.
οι δε ηρξαντο λυπεισθαι και λεγειν αυτω εις καθ εις μητι εγω και αλλος μητι εγω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G756ἤρξαντοērxanto (V-AIM-3P)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
ἤρξαντοērxanto
|
They began
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G3076λυπεῖσθαιlypeisthai (V-PNM/P)
G3076 λυπέω lypéō loo-peh-o from λύπη; to distress; reflexively or passively, to be sad:--cause grief, grieve, be in heaviness, (be) sorrow(-ful), be (make) sorry.
|
λυπεῖσθαιlypeisthai
|
to be grieved
|
V-PNM/P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγεινlegein (V-PNA)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγεινlegein
|
to say
|
V-PNA
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷςheis
|
one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
by
|
Prep
|
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷςheis
|
one,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3385ΜήτιMēti (IntPrtcl)
G3385 μήτι mḗti may-tee from μή and the neuter of τὶς; whether at all:--not (the particle usually not expressed, except by the form of the question).,
|
ΜήτιMēti
|
Surely not
|
IntPrtcl
|
G1473ἐγώ;egō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγώ;egō
|
I?
|
PPro-N1S
|
19
They began to be sorrowful, and to say to him one by one, Is it I? and another said, Is it I?
Mark 14:19
Stats
Rank: #6445 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 101 characters, 17 words, 72 letters, 31 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε ηρξαντο λυπεισθαι και λεγειν αυτω εις καθ εις μητι εγω και αλλος μητι εγω
Lit: They began to be grieved and to say to Him one by one, Surely not I?
KJV: And they began to be sorrowful, and to say unto him one by one, Is it I? and another [said, Is] it I?
References
"and to"Mt 26:22: They were exceeding sorrowful: and began every one of them to say to Him: Lord: is it I?Lu 22:21-23: But: look: the hand of him that betrays me is with me on the table.Joh 13:22: Then the disciples looked one on another: doubting of whom he spoke.
ο δε αποκριθεις ειπεν αυτοις εις εκ των δωδεκα ο εμβαπτομενος μετ εμου εις το τρυβλιον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
He said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G1520ΕἷςHeis (Adj-NMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ΕἷςHeis
|
It is one of
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G1427δώδεκα,dōdeka (Adj-GMP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκα,dōdeka
|
Twelve,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
who
|
Art-NMS
|
G1686ἐμβαπτόμενοςembaptomenos (V-PPM-NMS)
G1686 ἐμβάπτω embáptō em-bap-to from ἐν and βάπτω; to whelm on, i.e. wet (a part of the person, etc.) by contact with a fluid:--dip.
|
ἐμβαπτόμενοςembaptomenos
|
is dipping
|
V-PPM-NMS
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοῦemou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοῦemou
|
Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G1520(ἓν)hen (Adj-ANS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
(ἓν)hen
|
one
|
Adj-ANS
|
G5165τρύβλιον.tryblion (N-ANS)
G5165 τρύβλιον trýblion troob-lee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of uncertain affinity; a bowl:--dish.
|
τρύβλιον.tryblion
|
bowl.
|
N-ANS
|
20
He answered and said to them, It is one of the 12, that dips with me in the dish.
Mark 14:20
Stats
Rank: #5275 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 94 characters, 18 words, 72 letters, 27 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε αποκριθεις ειπεν αυτοις εις εκ των δωδεκα ο εμβαπτομενος μετ εμου εις το τρυβλιον
Lit: And He said to them, It is one of the Twelve, who is dipping with Me in the one bowl.
KJV: And he answered and said unto them, It is one of the twelve, that dippeth with me in the dish.
References
"It is"Mr 14:43: Immediately: while he yet spoke: comes Judas: one of the 12: and with him a great multitude with swords and staves: from the chief priests and the scribes and the elders.Mt 26:47: While he yet spoke: indeed: Judas: one of the 12: came: and with him a great multitude with swords and staves: from the chief priests and elders of the people.Lu 22:47: While He yet spoke: look a multitude: and He that'>He who was called Judas: one of the 12: went before them: and drew near to Jesus to kiss Him.Joh 6:71: He spoke of Judas Iscariot the son of Simon: for he it was that should betray him: being one of the 12."dippeth"Mt 26:23: He answered and said: He who dips his hand with me in the dish: the same will betray me.Joh 13:26: Jesus answered: He it is: to whom I will give a sop: when I have dipped it. And when He had dipped the sop: He gave it to Judas Iscariot: the son of Simon.
ο μεν υιος του ανθρωπου υπαγει καθως γεγραπται περι αυτου ουαι δε τω ανθρωπω εκεινω δι ου ο υιος του ανθρωπου παραδιδοται καλον ην αυτω ει ουκ εγεννηθη ο ανθρωπος εκεινος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
For
|
Conj
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G5207ΥἱὸςHuios (N-NMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱὸςHuios
|
the Son
|
N-NMS
|
G444ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou (N-GMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou
|
of Man
|
N-GMS
|
G5217ὑπάγειhypagei (V-PIA-3S)
G5217 ὑπάγω hypágō hoop-ag-o from ὑπό and ἄγω; to lead (oneself) under, i.e. withdraw or retire (as if sinking out of sight), literally or figuratively:--depart, get hence, go (a-)way.
|
ὑπάγειhypagei
|
goes
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv)
G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G1125γέγραπταιgegraptai (V-RIM/P-3S)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γέγραπταιgegraptai
|
it has been written
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ·autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ·autou
|
Him;
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3759οὐαὶouai (I)
G3759 οὐαί ouaí oo-ah-ee a primary exclamation of grief; woe:--alas, woe.,
|
οὐαὶouai
|
woe
|
I
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G444ἀνθρώπῳanthrōpō (N-DMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπῳanthrōpō
|
man
|
N-DMS
|
G1565ἐκείνῳekeinō (DPro-DMS)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνῳekeinō
|
that
|
DPro-DMS
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
whom
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5207ΥἱὸςHuios (N-NMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱὸςHuios
|
Son
|
N-NMS
|
G444ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou (N-GMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou
|
of Man
|
N-GMS
|
G3860παραδίδοται·paradidotai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παραδίδοται·paradidotai
|
is betrayed;
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G2570καλὸνkalon (Adj-NNS)
G2570 καλός kalós kal-os of uncertain affinity; properly, beautiful, but chiefly (figuratively) good (literally or morally), i.e. valuable or virtuous (for appearance or use, and thus distinguished from ἀγαθός, which is properly intrinsic):--X better, fair, good(-ly), honest, meet, well, worthy.
|
καλὸνkalon
|
better
|
Adj-NNS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
for him it were
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1080ἐγεννήθηegennēthē (V-AIP-3S)
G1080 γεννάω gennáō ghen-nah-o from a variation of γένος; to procreate (properly, of the father, but by extension of the mother); figuratively, to regenerate:--bear, beget, be born, bring forth, conceive, be delivered of, gender, make, spring.
|
ἐγεννήθηegennēthē
|
had been born
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G444ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos (N-NMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos
|
man
|
N-NMS
|
G1565ἐκεῖνος.ekeinos (DPro-NMS)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκεῖνος.ekeinos
|
that.
|
DPro-NMS
|
21
The Son of man indeed goes, as it is written of Him: but woe to that man by whom the Son of man is betrayed! good were it for that man if He had never been born.Mark 14:21
Stats
Rank: #4822 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 162 characters, 34 words, 122 letters, 47 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο μεν υιος του ανθρωπου υπαγει καθως γεγραπται περι αυτου ουαι δε τω ανθρωπω εκεινω δι ου ο υιος του ανθρωπου παραδιδοται καλον ην αυτω ει ουκ εγεννηθη ο ανθρωπος εκεινος
Lit: For indeed the Son of Man goes as it has been written concerning Him; woe however to the man that by whom the Son of Man is betrayed; better for him it were if not had been born the man that.
KJV: The Son of man indeed goeth, as it is written of him: but woe to that man by whom the Son of man is betrayed! good were it for that man if he had never been born.
References
"goeth"Mr 14:49: I was daily with you in the temple teaching: and you took not me: but the scriptures must be fulfilled.Ge 3:15: I will put enmity between you and the woman: and between your seed and her seed; it will bruise your head: and you will bruise his heel.Ps 22:1-31: Aijeleth Shahar: A Psalm of David.>> My God: my God: why have you forsaken me? why are you so far from helping me: and from the words of my roaring?Ps 69:1-36: A Psalm of David.>> Save me: O God; for the waters are come in to my soul.Isa 52:14: As many were astonied at you; his visage was so marred more than any man: and his form more than the sons of men:Isa 53:1-12: Who has believed our report? and to whom is the arm of the LORD revealed?Da 9:24: 26: 70 weeks are determined upon your people and upon your holy city: to finish the transgression: and to make an end of sins: and to make reconciliation for iniquity: and to bring in everlasting righteousness: and to seal up the vision and prophecy: and to anoint the most Holy.Zec 13:7: Awake: O sword: against my shepherd: and against the man that is my fellow: says the LORD of hosts: smite the shepherd: and the sheep will be scattered: and I will turn my hand upon the little ones.Mt 26:24: 54: 56: The Son of man goes as it is written of Him: but woe to that man by whom the Son of man is betrayed! it had been good for that man if He not had been born.Lu 22:22: Truly the Son of man goes: as it was determined: but woe to that man by whom He is betrayed!Lu 24:26: 27: 44: not Ought Christ to have suffered these things: and to enter into His glory?Joh 19:28: 36: 37: After this: Jesus knowing that all things were now accomplished: that the scripture might be fulfilled: says: I thirst.Ac 2:23: Him: being delivered by the determinate counsel and foreknowledge of God: you have taken: and by wicked hands have crucified and killed:Ac 4:27: For of a truth against your holy child Jesus: whom you have anointed: both Herod: and Pontius Pilate: with the Gentiles: and the people of Israel: were gathered together: Ac 13:27-29: For they that dwell at Jerusalem: and their rulers: because they knew not him: nor yet the voices of the prophets which are read every sabbath day: they have fulfilled them in condemning him."but"Ps 55:15: Let death seize upon them: and let them go down quick into hell: for wickedness is in their dwellings: and among them.Ps 109:6-20: Set you a wicked man over him: and let Satan stand at his right hand.Mt 18:7: Woe to the world because of offences! for it must needs be that offences come; but woe to that man by whom the offence comes!Mt 27:3-5: Then Judas: which had betrayed him: when he saw that he was condemned: repented himself: and brought again the 30 pieces of silver to the chief priests and elders: Ac 1:16-20: 25: Men and brothers: this scripture must needs have been fulfilled: which the Holy Ghost by the mouth of David spoke before concerning Judas: which was guide to them that took Jesus."good"Mt 18:6: 7: But whoever will offend one of these little ones which believe in me: it were better for him that a millstone were hanged about his neck: and that he were drowned in the depth of the sea.Mt 26:24: 25: The Son of man goes as it is written of Him: but woe to that man by whom the Son of man is betrayed! it had been good for that man if He not had been born.
The Bread and Cup After Supper
και εσθιοντων αυτων λαβων ο ιησους αρτον ευλογησας εκλασεν και εδωκεν αυτοις και ειπεν λαβετε φαγετε τουτο εστιν το σωμα μου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2068ἐσθιόντωνesthiontōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G2068 ἐσθίω esthíō es-thee-o strengthened for a primary (to eat); used only in certain tenses, the rest being supplied by φάγω; to eat (usually literal):--devour, eat, live.
|
ἐσθιόντωνesthiontōn
|
they were eating
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2983λαβὼνlabōn (V-APA-NMS)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβὼνlabōn
|
having taken
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G740ἄρτονarton (N-AMS)
G740 ἄρτος ártos ar-tos from αἴρω; bread (as raised) or a loaf:--(shew-)bread, loaf.
|
ἄρτονarton
|
bread,
|
N-AMS
|
G2127εὐλογήσαςeulogēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G2127 εὐλογέω eulogéō yoo-log-eh-o from a compound of εὖ and λόγος; to speak well of, i.e. (religiously) to bless (thank or invoke a benediction upon, prosper):--bless, praise.
|
εὐλογήσαςeulogēsas
|
having spoken a blessing,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2806ἔκλασενeklasen (V-AIA-3S)
G2806 κλάω kláō klah-o a primary verb; to break (specially, of bread):--break.
|
ἔκλασενeklasen
|
He broke,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325ἔδωκενedōken (V-AIA-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἔδωκενedōken
|
gave
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2983Λάβετε·Labete (V-AMA-2P)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
Λάβετε·Labete
|
Take;
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G3778τοῦτόtouto (DPro-NNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτόtouto
|
this
|
DPro-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4983σῶμάsōma (N-NNS)
G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σῶμάsōma
|
body
|
N-NNS
|
G1473μου.mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου.mou
|
of Me.
|
PPro-G1S
|
22
As they did eat, Jesus took bread, and blessed, and brake it, and gave to them, and said, Take, eat: this is my body.
Mark 14:22
Stats
Rank: #1171 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 121 characters, 17 words, 88 letters, 34 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εσθιοντων αυτων λαβων ο ιησους αρτον ευλογησας εκλασεν και εδωκεν αυτοις και ειπεν λαβετε φαγετε τουτο εστιν το σωμα μου
Lit: And they were eating of them, having taken bread, having spoken a blessing, He broke, and gave to them, and said, Take; this is the body of Me.
KJV: And as they did eat, Jesus took bread, and blessed, and brake it, and gave to them, and said, Take, eat: this is my body.
References
"as"Mt 26:26-29: As they were eating: Jesus took bread: and blessed it: and brake it: and gave it to the disciples: and said: Take: eat; this is my body.Lu 22:19: 20: He took bread: and gave thanks: and brake it: and gave to them: saying: This is my body which is given for you: this do in remembrance of me.1Co 10:16: 17: The cup of blessing which we bless: is not it the communion of the blood of Christ? The bread which we break: is not it the communion of the body of Christ?1Co 11:23-29: For I have received of the Lord that which also I delivered to you: That the Lord Jesus the same night in which He was betrayed took bread:"and blessed"Mr 6:41: When he had taken the 5 loaves and the two fishes: he looked up to heaven: and blessed: and brake the loaves: and gave them to his disciples to set before them; and the two fishes divided he among them all.Lu 24:30: It came to pass: as he sat at meat with them: he took bread: and blessed it: and brake: and gave to them.Joh 6:23: (Howbeit there came other boats from Tiberias nigh to the place where they did eat bread: after that the Lord had given thanks:)"take"Joh 6:48-58: I am that bread of life."this"Mr 14:24: He said to them: This is my blood of the new testament: which is shed for many.Ge 41:26: The 7 good cattle are 7 years; and the 7 good ears are 7 years: the dream is one.Zec 5:7: And: look: there was lifted up a talent of lead: and this is a woman that sits in the middle of the ephah.Lu 22:20: Likewise also the cup after supper: saying: This cup is the new testament in my blood: which is shed for you.1Co 10:4: Did all drink the same spiritual drink: for they drank of that spiritual Rock that followed them: and that Rock was Christ.Ga 4:25: For this Agar is mount Sinai in Arabia: and answers to Jerusalem which now is: and is in bondage with her children.
και λαβων το ποτηριον ευχαριστησας εδωκεν αυτοις και επιον εξ αυτου παντες
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2983λαβὼνlabōn (V-APA-NMS)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβὼνlabōn
|
having taken
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G4221ποτήριονpotērion (N-ANS)
G4221 ποτήριον potḗrion pot-ay-ree-on neuter of a derivative of the alternate of πίνω; a drinking-vessel; by extension, the contents thereof, i.e. a cupful (draught); figuratively, a lot or fate:--cup.
|
ποτήριονpotērion
|
the cup,
|
N-ANS
|
G2168εὐχαριστήσαςeucharistēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G2168 εὐχαριστέω eucharistéō yoo-khar-is-teh-o from εὐχάριστος; to be grateful, i.e. (actively) to express gratitude (towards); specially, to say grace at a meal:--(give) thank(-ful, -s).
|
εὐχαριστήσαςeucharistēsas
|
having given thanks,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1325ἔδωκενedōken (V-AIA-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἔδωκενedōken
|
He gave it
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖς,autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς,autois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4095ἔπιονepion (V-AIA-3P)
G4095 πίνω pínō po-o a prolonged form of ; which (together with another form) ; occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses; to imbibe (literally or figuratively):--drink.
|
ἔπιονepion
|
they drank
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
of
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
it
|
PPro-GN3S
|
G3956πάντες.pantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντες.pantes
|
all.
|
Adj-NMP
|
23
He took the cup, and when he had given thanks, he gave it to them: and they all drank of it.Mark 14:23
Stats
Rank: #5656 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 96 characters, 19 words, 71 letters, 25 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: και λαβων το ποτηριον ευχαριστησας εδωκεν αυτοις και επιον εξ αυτου παντες
Lit: And having taken the cup, having given thanks, He gave it to them, and they drank of it all.
KJV: And he took the cup, and when he had given thanks, he gave it to them: and they all drank of it.
References
"when"Mr 14:22: As they did eat: Jesus took bread: and blessed: and brake it: and gave to them: and said: Take: eat: this is my body.Lu 22:17: He took the cup: and gave thanks: and said: Take this: and divide it among yourselves:Ro 14:6: He who regards'>regards'>regards the day: regards'>regards'>regards it to the Lord; and He that'>He who regards'>regards'>regards not the day: to the Lord He does not regard it. He who eats'>eats'>eats'>eats: eats'>eats'>eats'>eats to the Lord: for He gives'>gives God thanks; and He that'>He who eats'>eats'>eats'>eats not: to the Lord He eats'>eats'>eats'>eats not: and gives'>gives God thanks.1Co 10:16: The cup of blessing which we bless: is not it the communion of the blood of Christ? The bread which we break: is not it the communion of the body of Christ?"and they"Mt 26:27: He took the cup: and gave thanks: and gave it to them: saying: Drink you all of it;
και ειπεν αυτοις τουτο εστιν το αιμα μου το της καινης διαθηκης το περι πολλων εκχυνομενον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
He said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3778ΤοῦτόTouto (DPro-NNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ΤοῦτόTouto
|
This
|
DPro-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G129αἷμάhaima (N-NNS)
G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἷμάhaima
|
blood
|
N-NNS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1242διαθήκηςdiathēkēs (N-GFS)
G1242 διαθήκη diathḗkē dee-ath-ay-kay from διατίθεμαι; properly, a disposition, i.e. (specially) a contract (especially a devisory will):--covenant, testament.
|
διαθήκηςdiathēkēs
|
covenant,
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
which
|
Art-NNS
|
G1632ἐκχυννόμενονekchynnomenon (V-PPM/P-NNS)
G1632 ἐκχέω ekchéō ek-khoo-no from ἐκ and (to pour); to pour forth; figuratively, to bestow:--gush (pour) out, run greedily (out), shed (abroad, forth), spill.
|
ἐκχυννόμενονekchynnomenon
|
is being poured out
|
V-PPM/P-NNS
|
G5228ὑπὲρhyper (Prep)
G5228 ὑπέρ hypér hoop-er a primary preposition; over, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place, above, beyond, across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; with the accusative case superior to, more than:--(+ exceeding, abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, + very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part of, for sake of, in stead, than, to(-ward), very. In the comparative, it retains many of the above applications.
|
ὑπὲρhyper
|
for
|
Prep
|
G4183πολλῶν.pollōn (Adj-GMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλῶν.pollōn
|
many.
|
Adj-GMP
|
24
He said to them, This is my blood of the new testament, which is shed for many.
Mark 14:24
Stats
Counts: 85 characters, 16 words, 65 letters, 22 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειπεν αυτοις τουτο εστιν το αιμα μου το της καινης διαθηκης το περι πολλων εκχυνομενον
Lit: And He said to them, This is the blood of Me of the covenant, which is being poured out for many.
KJV: And he said unto them, This is my blood of the new testament, which is shed for many.
References
"This"Ex 24:8: Moses took the blood: and sprinkled it on the people: and said: Look the blood of the covenant: which the LORD has made with you concerning all these words.Zec 9:11: As for you also: by the blood of your covenant I have sent forth your prisoners out of the pit wherein is no water.Joh 6:53: Then Jesus said to them: Truly: truly: I say to you: Except you eat the flesh of the Son of man: and drink His blood: you have no life in you.1Co 10:16: The cup of blessing which we bless: is not it the communion of the blood of Christ? The bread which we break: is not it the communion of the body of Christ?1Co 11:25: After the same manner also he took the cup: when he had supped: saying: This cup is the new testament in my blood: this do you: as often as you drink it: in remembrance of me.Heb 9:15-23: For this cause he is the mediator of the new testament: that by means of death: for the redemption of the transgressions that were under the first testament: they which are called might receive the promise of eternal inheritance.Heb 13:20: 21: Now the God of peace: that brought again from the dead our Lord Jesus: that great shepherd of the sheep: through the blood of the everlasting covenant: "which"Mr 10:45: For even the Son of man not came to be ministered to: but to minister: and to give His life a ransom for many.Re 5:8-10: When he had taken the book: the 4 beasts and 4 and 20 elders fell down before the Lamb: having every one of them harps: and golden vials full of odours: which are the prayers of saints.Re 7:9-17: After this I beheld: and: indeed: a great multitude: which no man could number: of all nations: and kindreds: and people: and tongues: stood before the throne: and before the Lamb: clothed with white robes: and palms in their hands;
αμην λεγω υμιν οτι ουκετι ου μη πιω εκ του γεννηματος της αμπελου εως της ημερας εκεινης οταν αυτο πινω καινον εν τη βασιλεια του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G281ἀμὴνamēn (Heb)
G281 ἀμήν amḗn am-ane of Hebrew origin (אָמֵן); properly, firm, i.e. (figuratively) trustworthy; adverbially, surely (often as interjection, so be it):--amen, verily.,
|
ἀμὴνamēn
|
Truly
|
Heb
|
G3004λέγωlegō (V-PIA-1S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωlegō
|
I say
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3765οὐκέτιouketi (Adv)
G3765 οὐκέτι oukéti ook et-ee from οὐ and ἔτι; not yet, no longer:--after that (not), (not) any more, henceforth (hereafter) not, no longer (more), not as yet (now), now no more (not), yet (not).
|
οὐκέτιouketi
|
no more
|
Adv
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
never
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4095πίωpiō (V-ASA-1S)
G4095 πίνω pínō po-o a prolonged form of ; which (together with another form) ; occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses; to imbibe (literally or figuratively):--drink.
|
πίωpiō
|
will I drink
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G1081γενήματοςgenēmatos (N-GNS)
G1081 γέννημα génnēma ghen-nay-mah from γεννάω; offspring; by analogy, produce (literally or figuratively):--fruit, generation.
|
γενήματοςgenēmatos
|
fruit
|
N-GNS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G288ἀμπέλουampelou (N-GFS)
G288 ἄμπελος ámpelos am-pel-os probably from the base of ἀμφότερος and that of ἅλων; a vine (as coiling about a support):--vine.
|
ἀμπέλουampelou
|
vine,
|
N-GFS
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
until
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-GFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
day
|
N-GFS
|
G1565ἐκείνηςekeinēs (DPro-GFS)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνηςekeinēs
|
that
|
DPro-GFS
|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj)
G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
when
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸauto (PPro-AN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸauto
|
it
|
PPro-AN3S
|
G4095πίνωpinō (V-PSA-1S)
G4095 πίνω pínō po-o a prolonged form of ; which (together with another form) ; occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses; to imbibe (literally or figuratively):--drink.
|
πίνωpinō
|
I drink
|
V-PSA-1S
|
G2537καινὸνkainon (Adj-ANS)
G2537 καινός kainós kahee-nos of uncertain affinity; new (especially in freshness; while νέος is properly so with respect to age:--new.
|
καινὸνkainon
|
anew
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G932βασιλείᾳbasileia (N-DFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείᾳbasileia
|
kingdom
|
N-DFS
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
25
Truly I say to you, I will drink no more of the fruit of the vine, until that day that I drink it new in the kingdom of God.
Mark 14:25
Stats
Rank: #8476 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 127 characters, 27 words, 96 letters, 37 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: αμην λεγω υμιν οτι ουκετι ου μη πιω εκ του γεννηματος της αμπελου εως της ημερας εκεινης οταν αυτο πινω καινον εν τη βασιλεια του θεου
Lit: Truly I say to you that no more never not will I drink of the fruit of the vine, until the day that when it I drink anew in the kingdom of God.
KJV: Verily I say unto you, I will drink no more of the fruit of the vine, until that day that I drink it new in the kingdom of God.
References
"I will"Ps 104:15: Wine that makes glad the heart of man: and oil to make his face to shine: and bread which strengthens man's heart.Mt 26:29: But I say to you: I not will drink henceforth of this fruit of the vine: until that day when I drink it new with you in my Father's kingdom.Lu 22:16-18: 29: 30: For I say to you: I not will any more eat thereof: until it be fulfilled in the kingdom of God."new"Joe 3:18: It will come to pass in that day: that the mountains will drop down new wine: and the hills will flow with milk: and all the rivers of Judah will flow with waters: and a fountain will come forth of the house of the LORD: and will water the valley of Shittim.Am 9:13: 14: Look: the days come: says the LORD: that the plowman will overtake the reaper: and the treader of grapes Him that sows seed; and the mountains will drop sweet wine: and all the hills will melt.Zec 9:17: For how great is his goodness: and how great is his beauty! grain will make the young men cheerful: and new wine the maids.
και υμνησαντες εξηλθον εις το ορος των ελαιων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5214ὑμνήσαντεςhymnēsantes (V-APA-NMP)
G5214 ὑμνέω hymnéō hoom-neh-o from ὕμνος; to hymn, i.e. sing a religious ode; by implication, to celebrate (God) in song:--sing a hymn (praise unto).
|
ὑμνήσαντεςhymnēsantes
|
having sung a hymn,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1831ἐξῆλθονexēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθονexēlthon
|
they went out
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3735ὄροςoros (N-ANS)
G3735 ὄρος óros or-os probably from an obsolete (to rise or rear; perhaps akin to αἴρω; compare ὄρνις); a mountain (as lifting itself above the plain):--hill, mount(-ain).
|
ὄροςoros
|
Mount
|
N-ANS
|
G1636Ἐλαιῶν.Elaiōn (N-GFP)
G1636 ἐλαία elaía el-ah-yah feminine of a presumed derivative from an obsolete primary; an olive (the tree or the fruit):--olive (berry, tree).
|
Ἐλαιῶν.Elaiōn
|
of Olives.
|
N-GFP
|
26
When they had sung an hymn, they went out into the mount of Olives.Mark 14:26
Stats
Counts: 71 characters, 14 words, 55 letters, 19 vowels, 36 consonants
Translation
Greek: και υμνησαντες εξηλθον εις το ορος των ελαιων
Lit: And having sung a hymn, they went out to the Mount of Olives.
KJV: And when they had sung an hymn, they went out into the mount of Olives.
References
"sung"Ps 47:6: 7: Sing praises to God: sing praises: sing praises to our King: sing praises.Ac 16:25: At midnight Paul and Silas prayed: and sang praises to God: and the prisoners heard them.1Co 14:15: What is it then? I will pray with the spirit: and I will pray with the understanding also: I will sing with the spirit: and I will sing with the understanding also.Eph 5:18-20: not be drunk with wine: wherein is excess; but be filled with the Spirit;Col 3:16: Let the word of Christ dwell in you richly in all wisdom; teaching and admonishing one another in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs: singing with grace in your hearts to the Lord.Jas 5:13: Is any among you afflicted? let him pray. Is any merry? let him sing psalms.Re 5:9: They sung a new song: saying: You are worthy to take the book: and to open the seals thereof: for you were killed: and have redeemed us to God by your blood out of every kindred: and tongue: and people: and nation;"hymn"Mt 26:30: When they had sung an hymn: they went out into the mount of Olives.Lu 22:39: He came out: and went: as he was wont: to the mount of Olives; and his disciples also followed him.Jg 18:1-4: In those days there was no king in Israel: and in those days the tribe of the Danites sought them an inheritance to dwell in; for to that day all their inheritance not had fallen to them among the tribes of Israel.
Jesus Predicts Peter’s Denial
και λεγει αυτοις ο ιησους οτι παντες σκανδαλισθησεσθε εν εμοι εν τη νυκτι ταυτη οτι γεγραπται παταξω τον ποιμενα και διασκορπισθησεται τα προβατα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G3956ΠάντεςPantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
ΠάντεςPantes
|
All
|
Adj-NMP
|
G4624σκανδαλισθήσεσθε,skandalisthēsesthe (V-FIP-2P)
G4624 σκανδαλίζω skandalízō skan-dal-id-zo from σκάνδαλον; to entrap, i.e. trip up (figuratively, stumble (transitively) or entice to sin, apostasy or displeasure):--(make to) offend.
|
σκανδαλισθήσεσθε,skandalisthēsesthe
|
you will fall away,
|
V-FIP-2P
|
G1722⧼ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
⧼ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοὶemoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοὶemoi
|
me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3571νυκτὶnykti (N-DFS)
G3571 νύξ nýx noox a primary word; night (literally or figuratively):-- (mid-)night.
|
νυκτὶnykti
|
night
|
N-DFS
|
G3778ταύτῃ⧽·tautē (DPro-DFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτῃ⧽·tautē
|
this;
|
DPro-DFS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1125γέγραπταιgegraptai (V-RIM/P-3S)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γέγραπταιgegraptai
|
it has been written:
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G3960ΠατάξωPataxō (V-FIA-1S)
G3960 πατάσσω patássō pat-as-so probably prolongation from παίω; to knock (gently or with a weapon or fatally):--smite, strike. Compare τύπτω.
|
ΠατάξωPataxō
|
I will strike
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G4166ποιμένα,poimena (N-AMS)
G4166 ποιμήν poimḗn poy-mane of uncertain affinity; a shepherd (literally or figuratively):--shepherd, pastor.
|
ποιμένα,poimena
|
shepherd,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G4263πρόβαταprobata (N-NNP)
G4263 πρόβατον próbaton prob-at-on probably neuter of a presumed derivative of προβαίνω; something that walks forward (a quadruped), i.e. (specially), a sheep (literally or figuratively):--sheep(-fold).
|
πρόβαταprobata
|
sheep
|
N-NNP
|
G1287διασκορπισθήσονται.diaskorpisthēsontai (V-FIP-3P)
G1287 διασκορπίζω diaskorpízō dee-as-kor-pid-zo from διά and σκορπίζω; to dissipate, i.e. (genitive case) to rout or separate; specially, to winnow; figuratively, to squander:--disperse, scatter (abroad), strew, waste.
|
διασκορπισθήσονται.diaskorpisthēsontai
|
will be scattered.’
|
V-FIP-3P
|
27
Jesus says to them, All you will be offended because of me this night: for it is written, I will smite the shepherd, and the sheep will be scattered.
Mark 14:27
Stats
Counts: 157 characters, 26 words, 123 letters, 44 vowels, 79 consonants
Translation
Greek: και λεγει αυτοις ο ιησους οτι παντες σκανδαλισθησεσθε εν εμοι εν τη νυκτι ταυτη οτι γεγραπται παταξω τον ποιμενα και διασκορπισθησεται τα προβατα
Lit: And says to them Jesus - , All you will fall away, in me on the night this; for it has been written: I will strike the shepherd, and the sheep will be scattered.’
KJV: And Jesus saith unto them, All ye shall be offended because of me this night: for it is written, I will smite the shepherd, and the sheep shall be scattered.
References
"All"Mt 26:31: Then says Jesus to them: All you will be offended because of me this night: for it is written: I will smite the shepherd: and the sheep of the flock will be scattered abroad.Lu 22:31: 32: The Lord said: Simon: Simon: look: Satan has desired to have you: that He may sift you as wheat:Joh 16:1: 32: These things have I spoken to you: that you not should be offended.2Ti 4:16: At my first answer no man stood with me: but all men forsook me: I pray God that it not may be laid to their charge."for"Zec 13:7: Awake: O sword: against my shepherd: and against the man that is my fellow: says the LORD of hosts: smite the shepherd: and the sheep will be scattered: and I will turn my hand upon the little ones.
αλλα μετα το εγερθηναι με προαξω υμας εις την γαλιλαιαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G235Ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
Ἀλλὰalla
|
But
|
Conj
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
after
|
Prep
|
G1453ἐγερθῆναίegerthēnai (V-ANP)
G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἐγερθῆναίegerthēnai
|
having arisen,
|
V-ANP
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
I
|
PPro-A1S
|
G4254προάξωproaxō (V-FIA-1S)
G4254 προάγω proágō pro-ag-o from πρό and ἄγω; to lead forward (magisterially); intransitively, to precede (in place or time (participle, previous)):--bring (forth, out), go before.
|
προάξωproaxō
|
will go before
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G1056Γαλιλαίαν.Galilaian (N-AFS)
G1056 Γαλιλαία Galilaía gal-il-ah-yah of Hebrew origin (גָּלִיל); Galilæa (i.e. the heathen circle), a region of Palestine:--Galilee.
|
Γαλιλαίαν.Galilaian
|
Galilee.
|
N-AFS
|
28
But after that I am risen, I will go before you into Galilee.
Mark 14:28
Stats
Rank: #7348 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 61 characters, 12 words, 47 letters, 22 vowels, 25 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλα μετα το εγερθηναι με προαξω υμας εις την γαλιλαιαν
Lit: But after having arisen, I will go before you into Galilee.
KJV: But after that I am risen, I will go before you into Galilee.
References
"But after that I am risen, I will go before you into Galilee."Mr 16:7: But go your way: tell his disciples and Peter that he goes before you into Galilee: there will you see him: as he said to you.Mt 16:21: From that time forth began Jesus to show to His disciples: how that He must go to Jerusalem: and suffer many things of the elders and chief priests and scribes: and be killed: and be raised again the third day.Mt 26:32: But after I am risen again: I will go before you into Galilee.Mt 28:7: 10: 16: Go quickly: and tell his disciples that he is risen from the dead; and: look: he goes before you into Galilee; there will you see him: indeed: I have told you.Joh 21:1: After these things Jesus showed Himself again to the disciples at the sea of Tiberias; and on this wise showed He Himself.1Co 15:4-6: That he was buried: and that he rose again the third day according to the scriptures:
ο δε πετρος εφη αυτω και ει παντες σκανδαλισθησονται αλλ ουκ εγω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter
|
N-NMS
|
G5346ἔφηephē (V-IIA-3S)
G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
ἔφηephē
|
was saying
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1487ΕἰEi (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
ΕἰEi
|
If
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
even
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G4624σκανδαλισθήσονται,skandalisthēsontai (V-FIP-3P)
G4624 σκανδαλίζω skandalízō skan-dal-id-zo from σκάνδαλον; to entrap, i.e. trip up (figuratively, stumble (transitively) or entice to sin, apostasy or displeasure):--(make to) offend.
|
σκανδαλισθήσονται,skandalisthēsontai
|
will fall away,
|
V-FIP-3P
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
yet
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1473ἐγώ.egō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγώ.egō
|
I.
|
PPro-N1S
|
29
But Peter said to him, Although all will be offended, yet will not I.
Mark 14:29
Stats
Rank: #5982 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 72 characters, 12 words, 56 letters, 21 vowels, 35 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε πετρος εφη αυτω και ει παντες σκανδαλισθησονται αλλ ουκ εγω
Lit: And Peter was saying to Him, If even all will fall away, yet not I.
KJV: But Peter said unto him, Although all shall be offended, yet will not I.
References
"Although"Mt 26:33-35: Peter answered and said to him: Though all men will be offended because of you: yet will I never be offended.Lu 22:33: 34: He said to Him: Lord: I am ready to go with you: both into prison: and to death.Joh 13:36-38: Simon Peter said to Him: Lord: whither go you? Jesus answered Him: Whither I go: you not canst follow me now; but you will follow me afterwards.Joh 21:15: So when they had dined: Jesus says to Simon Peter: Simon: son of Jonas: love you me more than these? He says to Him: Yes: Lord; you know that I love you. He says to Him: Feed my lambs.
και λεγει αυτω ο ιησους αμην λεγω σοι οτι σημερον εν τη νυκτι ταυτη πριν η δις αλεκτορα φωνησαι τρις απαρνηση με
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus,
|
N-NMS
|
G281ἈμὴνAmēn (Heb)
G281 ἀμήν amḗn am-ane of Hebrew origin (אָמֵן); properly, firm, i.e. (figuratively) trustworthy; adverbially, surely (often as interjection, so be it):--amen, verily.,
|
ἈμὴνAmēn
|
Truly
|
Heb
|
G3004λέγωlegō (V-PIA-1S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωlegō
|
I say
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
to you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4771σὺsy (PPro-N2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σὺsy
|
yourself
|
PPro-N2S
|
G4594σήμερονsēmeron (Adv)
G4594 σήμερον sḗmeron say-mer-on neuter (as adverb) of a presumed compound of the article ὁ (t changed to s) and ἡμέρα; on the (i.e. this) day (or night current or just passed); generally, now (i.e. at present, hitherto):--this (to-)day.
|
σήμερονsēmeron
|
now
|
Adv
|
G3778ταύτῃtautē (DPro-DFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτῃtautē
|
this
|
DPro-DFS
|
G3571νυκτὶnykti (N-DFS)
G3571 νύξ nýx noox a primary word; night (literally or figuratively):-- (mid-)night.
|
νυκτὶnykti
|
night,
|
N-DFS
|
G4250πρὶνprin (Adv)
G4250 πρίν prín prin adverb from πρό; prior, sooner:--before (that), ere.
|
πρὶνprin
|
before
|
Adv
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1364δὶςdis (Adv)
G1364 δίς dís dece adverb from δύο; twice:--again, twice.
|
δὶςdis
|
twice
|
Adv
|
G220ἀλέκτοραalektora (N-AMS)
G220 ἀλέκτωρ aléktōr al-ek-tore from (to ward off); a cock or male fowl:--cock.
|
ἀλέκτοραalektora
|
the rooster
|
N-AMS
|
G5455φωνῆσαιphōnēsai (V-ANA)
G5455 φωνέω phōnéō fo-neh-o from φωνή; to emit a sound (animal, human or instrumental); by implication, to address in words or by name, also in imitation:--call (for), crow, cry.
|
φωνῆσαιphōnēsai
|
crows,
|
V-ANA
|
G5151τρίςtris (Adv)
G5151 τρίς trís trece adverb from τρεῖς; three times:--three times, thrice.
|
τρίςtris
|
three times
|
Adv
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
Me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G533ἀπαρνήσῃ.aparnēsē (V-FIM-2S)
G533 ἀπαρνέομαι aparnéomai ap-ar-neh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἀρνέομαι; to deny utterly, i.e. disown, abstain:--deny.
|
ἀπαρνήσῃ.aparnēsē
|
you will deny.
|
V-FIM-2S
|
30
Jesus says to Him, Truly I say to you, That this day, even in this night, before the cock crow twice, you will deny me thrice.
Mark 14:30
Stats
Rank: #5861 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 139 characters, 22 words, 107 letters, 39 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: και λεγει αυτω ο ιησους αμην λεγω σοι οτι σημερον εν τη νυκτι ταυτη πριν η δις αλεκτορα φωνησαι τρις απαρνηση με
Lit: And says to him Jesus, Truly I say to you that yourself now this night, before that twice the rooster crows, three times Me you will deny.
KJV: And Jesus saith unto him, Verily I say unto thee, That this day, even in this night, before the cock crow twice, thou shalt deny me thrice.
References
"this day"Ge 1:5: 8: 13: 19: 23: God called the light Day: and the darkness He called Night. And the evening and the morning were the first day."before"Mr 14:66-72: As Peter was beneath in the palace: there comes one of the maids of the high priest:Mt 26:69-75: Now Peter sat without in the palace: and a damsel came to Him: saying: You also were with Jesus of Galilee.Lu 22:54-62: Then took they him: and led him: and brought him into the high priest's house. And Peter followed afar off.Joh 18:17: 25-27: Then says the damsel that kept the door to Peter: Are not you also one of this man's disciples? He says: I not am.1Co 10:12: For what reason let him that thinks he stands take heed lest he fall.
ο δε εκ περισσου ελεγεν μαλλον εαν με δεη συναποθανειν σοι ου μη σε απαρνησομαι ωσαυτως δε και παντες ελεγον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4057ἐκπερισσῶςekperissōs (Adv)
G4057 περισσῶς perissōs per-is-soce adverb from περισσός; superabundantly:--exceedingly, out of measure, the more.
|
ἐκπερισσῶςekperissōs
|
emphatically
|
Adv
|
G2980ἐλάλειelalei (V-IIA-3S)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλειelalei
|
he kept saying,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1437ἘὰνEan (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἘὰνEan
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1163δέῃdeē (V-PSA-3S)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
δέῃdeē
|
it is needful
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
of me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G4880συναποθανεῖνsynapothanein (V-ANA)
G4880 συναποθνήσκω synapothnḗskō soon-ap-oth-nace-ko from σύν and ἀποθνήσκω; to decease (literally) in company with, or (figuratively), similarly to:--be dead (die) with.
|
συναποθανεῖνsynapothanein
|
to die with
|
V-ANA
|
G4771σοι,soi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοι,soi
|
You,
|
PPro-D2S
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
no
|
Adv
|
G3361μήmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μήmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
You
|
PPro-A2S
|
G533ἀπαρνήσομαι.aparnēsomai (V-FIM-1S)
G533 ἀπαρνέομαι aparnéomai ap-ar-neh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἀρνέομαι; to deny utterly, i.e. disown, abstain:--deny.
|
ἀπαρνήσομαι.aparnēsomai
|
will I deny.
|
V-FIM-1S
|
G5615ὡσαύτωςhōsautōs (Adv)
G5615 ὡσαύτως hōsaútōs ho-sow-toce from ὡς and an adverb from αὐτός; as thus, i.e. in the same way:--even so, likewise, after the same (in like) manner.
|
ὡσαύτωςhōsautōs
|
Likewise
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3004ἔλεγον.elegon (V-IIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγον.elegon
|
of them were saying.
|
V-IIA-3P
|
31
But he spoke the more vehemently, If I should die with you, I not will deny you in any wise. Likewise also said they all.
Mark 14:31
Stats
Rank: #8432 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 123 characters, 22 words, 95 letters, 39 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε εκ περισσου ελεγεν μαλλον εαν με δεη συναποθανειν σοι ου μη σε απαρνησομαι ωσαυτως δε και παντες ελεγον
Lit: And emphatically he kept saying, If it is needful of me to die with You, no not You will I deny. Likewise now also all of them were saying.
KJV: But he spake the more vehemently, If I should die with thee, I will not deny thee in any wise. Likewise also said they all.
References
"he spake"2Ki 8:13: Hazael said: But what: is your servant a dog: that He should do this great thing? And Elisha answered: The LORD has showed me that you will be king over Syria.Job 40:4: 5: Look: I am vile; what will I answer you? I will lay my hand upon my mouth.Ps 30:6: In my prosperity I said: I will never be moved.Pr 16:18: Pride goeth before destruction: and an haughty spirit before a fall.Pr 18:24: A man that has friends must show himself friendly: and there is a friend that sticks closer than a brother.Pr 29:23: A man's pride will bring him low: but honour will uphold the humble in spirit.Jer 10:23: O LORD: I know that the way of man is not in Himself: it is not in man that walks to direct His steps.Jer 17:9: The heart is deceitful above all things: and desperately wicked: who can know it?"Likewise"Ex 19:8: All the people answered together: and said: All that the LORD has spoken we will do. And Moses returned the words of the people to the LORD.De 5:27-29: Go you near: and hear all that the LORD our God will say: and speak you to us all that the LORD our God will speak to you; and we will hear it: and do it.
On the Mount of Olives
και ερχονται εις χωριον ου το ονομα γεθσημανη και λεγει τοις μαθηταις αυτου καθισατε ωδε εως προσευξωμαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2064ἔρχονταιerchontai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχονταιerchontai
|
they come
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G5564χωρίονchōrion (N-ANS)
G5564 χωρίον chōríon kho-ree-on diminutive of χώρα; a spot or plot of ground:--field, land, parcel of ground, place, possession.
|
χωρίονchōrion
|
a place,
|
N-ANS
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GNS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
of which
|
RelPro-GNS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-NNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
name is
|
N-NNS
|
G1068Γεθσημανί,Gethsēmani (N-NNS)
G1068 Γεθσημανῆ Gethsēmanē gheth-say-man-ay of Chaldee origin (compare גַּת and שֶׁמֶן); oil-press; Gethsemane, a garden near Jerusalem:--Gethsemane.
|
Γεθσημανί,Gethsēmani
|
Gethsemane;
|
N-NNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G3101μαθηταῖςmathētais (N-DMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταῖςmathētais
|
disciples
|
N-DMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2523ΚαθίσατεKathisate (V-AMA-2P)
G2523 καθίζω kathízō kath-id-zo another (active) form for καθέζομαι; to seat down, i.e. set (figuratively, appoint); intransitively, to sit (down); figuratively, to settle (hover, dwell):--continue, set, sit (down), tarry.
|
ΚαθίσατεKathisate
|
Sit
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G5602ὧδεhōde (Adv)
G5602 ὧδε hōde ho-deh from an adverb form of ὅδε; in this same spot, i.e. here or hither:--here, hither, (in) this place, there.,
|
ὧδεhōde
|
here,
|
Adv
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Conj)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
while
|
Conj
|
G4336προσεύξωμαι.proseuxōmai (V-ASM-1S)
G4336 προσεύχομαι proseúchomai pros-yoo-khom-ahee from πρός and εὔχομαι; to pray to God, i.e. supplicate, worship:--pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer.
|
προσεύξωμαι.proseuxōmai
|
I shall pray.
|
V-ASM-1S
|
32
They came to a place which was named Gethsemane: and he says to his disciples, Sit you here, while I will pray.
Mark 14:32
Stats
Rank: #2081 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 116 characters, 20 words, 90 letters, 34 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ερχονται εις χωριον ου το ονομα γεθσημανη και λεγει τοις μαθηταις αυτου καθισατε ωδε εως προσευξωμαι
Lit: And they come to a place, of which the name is Gethsemane; and He says to the disciples of Him, Sit here, while I shall pray.
KJV: And they came to a place which was named Gethsemane: and he saith to his disciples, Sit ye here, while I shall pray.
References
"they came"Mt 26:36-46: Then comes Jesus with them to a place called Gethsemane: and says to the disciples: Sit you here: while I go and pray yonder.Lu 22:39: He came out: and went: as he was wont: to the mount of Olives; and his disciples also followed him.Joh 18:1-11: When Jesus had spoken these words: He went forth with His disciples over the brook Cedron: where was a garden: into the which He entered: and His disciples."while"Mr 14:36: 39: He said: Abba: Father: all things are possible to you; take away this cup from me: not nevertheless what I will: but what you will.Ps 18:5: 6: The sorrows of hell compassed me about: the snares of death prevented me.Ps 22:1: 2: Aijeleth Shahar: A Psalm of David.>> My God: my God: why have you forsaken me? why are you so far from helping me: and from the words of my roaring?Ps 88:1-3: or Psalm for the sons of Korah: to the chief Musician upon Mahalath Leannoth: Maschil of Heman the Ezrahite.>> O LORD God of my salvation: I have cried day and night before you:Ps 109:4: For my love they are my adversaries: but I give myself to prayer.
και παραλαμβανει τον πετρον και τον ιακωβον και ιωαννην μεθ εαυτου και ηρξατο εκθαμβεισθαι και αδημονειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3880παραλαμβάνειparalambanei (V-PIA-3S)
G3880 παραλαμβάνω paralambánō par-al-am-ban-o from παρά and λαμβάνω; to receive near, i.e. associate with oneself (in any familiar or intimate act or relation); by analogy, to assume an office; figuratively, to learn:--receive, take (unto, with).
|
παραλαμβάνειparalambanei
|
He takes
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4074ΠέτρονPetron (N-AMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτρονPetron
|
Peter
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2385ἸάκωβονIakōbon (N-AMS)
G2385 Ἰάκωβος Iákōbos ee-ak-o-bos the same as Ἰακώβ Græcized; Jacobus, the name of three Israelites:--James.
|
ἸάκωβονIakōbon
|
James
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2491ἸωάννηνIōannēn (N-AMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννηνIōannēn
|
John
|
N-AMS
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
Him;
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G756ἤρξατοērxato (V-AIM-3S)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
ἤρξατοērxato
|
He began
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1568ἐκθαμβεῖσθαιekthambeisthai (V-PNM/P)
G1568 ἐκθαμβέω ekthambéō ek-tham-beh-o from ἔκθαμβος; to astonish utterly:--affright, greatly (sore) amaze.
|
ἐκθαμβεῖσθαιekthambeisthai
|
to be greatly awe-struck
|
V-PNM/P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G85ἀδημονεῖν,adēmonein (V-PNA)
G85 ἀδημονέω adēmonéō ad-ay-mon-eh-o from a derivative of (to be sated to loathing); to be in distress (of mind):--be full of heaviness, be very heavy.
|
ἀδημονεῖν,adēmonein
|
deeply distressed.
|
V-PNA
|
33
He takes with him Peter and James and John, and began to be sore amazed, and to be very heavy;Mark 14:33
Stats
Rank: #7276 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 99 characters, 19 words, 76 letters, 29 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: και παραλαμβανει τον πετρον και τον ιακωβον και ιωαννην μεθ εαυτου και ηρξατο εκθαμβεισθαι και αδημονειν
Lit: And He takes Peter and James and John with Him; and He began to be greatly awe-struck and deeply distressed.
KJV: And he taketh with him Peter and James and John, and began to be sore amazed, and to be very heavy;
References
"Peter"Mr 1:16-19: Now as he walked by the sea of Galilee: he saw Simon and Andrew his brother casting a net into the sea: for they were fishers.Mr 5:37: He suffered no man to follow him: save Peter: and James: and John the brother of James.Mr 9:2: After 6 days Jesus taketh with Him Peter: and James: and John: and leads them up into an high mountain apart by themselves: and He was transfigured before them."and began"Ps 38:11: My lovers and my friends stand aloof from my sore; and my kinsmen stand afar off.Ps 69:1-3: A Psalm of David.>> Save me: O God; for the waters are come in to my soul.Ps 88:14-16: LORD: why cast you off my soul? why hid you your face from me?Isa 53:10: Yet it pleased the LORD to bruise Him; He has put Him to grief: when you will make His soul an offering for sin: He will see His seed: He will prolong His days: and the pleasure of the LORD will prosper in His hand.Mt 26:37: 38: He took with him Peter and the two sons of Zebedee: and began to be sorrowful and very heavy.Lu 22:44: Being in an agony he prayed more earnestly: and his sweat was as it were great drops of blood falling down to the ground.Heb 5:7: Who in the days of his flesh: when he had offered up prayers and supplications with strong crying and tears to him that was able to save him from death: and was heard in that he feared;
και λεγει αυτοις περιλυπος εστιν η ψυχη μου εως θανατου μεινατε ωδε και γρηγορειτε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G4036ΠερίλυπόςPerilypos (Adj-NFS)
G4036 περίλυπος perílypos per-il-oo-pos from περί and λύπη; grieved all around, i.e. intensely sad:--exceeding (very) sorry(-owful).
|
ΠερίλυπόςPerilypos
|
Very sorrowful
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G5590ψυχήpsychē (N-NFS)
G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχήpsychē
|
soul
|
N-NFS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
even to
|
Prep
|
G2288θανάτου·thanatou (N-GMS)
G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θανάτου·thanatou
|
death;
|
N-GMS
|
G3306μείνατεmeinate (V-AMA-2P)
G3306 μένω ménō men-o a primary verb; to stay (in a given place, state, relation or expectancy):--abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain, stand, tarry (for), X thine own.
|
μείνατεmeinate
|
remain
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G5602ὧδεhōde (Adv)
G5602 ὧδε hōde ho-deh from an adverb form of ὅδε; in this same spot, i.e. here or hither:--here, hither, (in) this place, there.,
|
ὧδεhōde
|
here
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1127γρηγορεῖτε.grēgoreite (V-PMA-2P)
G1127 γρηγορεύω grēgoreúō gray-gor-yoo-o from ἐγείρω; to keep awake, i.e. watch (literally or figuratively):--be vigilant, wake, (be) watch(-ful).
|
γρηγορεῖτε.grēgoreite
|
watch.
|
V-PMA-2P
|
34
says to them, My soul is exceeding sorrowful to death: tarry you here, and watch.
Mark 14:34
Stats
Counts: 89 characters, 13 words, 70 letters, 26 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: και λεγει αυτοις περιλυπος εστιν η ψυχη μου εως θανατου μεινατε ωδε και γρηγορειτε
Lit: And He says to them, Very sorrowful is the soul of Me, even to death; remain here and watch.
KJV: And saith unto them, My soul is exceeding sorrowful unto death: tarry ye here, and watch.
References
"My soul"Isa 53:3: 4: 12: He is despised and rejected of men; a man of sorrows: and acquainted with grief: and we hid as it were our faces from him; he was despised: and we esteemed not him.La 1:12: Is it nothing to you: all you that pass by? look: and see if there be any sorrow like to my sorrow: which is done to me: wherewith the LORD has afflicted me in the day of His fierce anger.Joh 12:27: Now is my soul troubled; and what will I say? Father: save me from this hour: but for this cause came I to this hour."and watch"Mr 14:37: 38: He comes: and finds them sleeping: and says to Peter: Simon: sleep you? could not you watch one hour?Mr 13:35-37: Watch you therefore: for you not know when the master of the house comes: at even: or at midnight: or at the cockcrowing: or in the morning:Eph 6:18: 19: Praying always with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit: and watching thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints;1Pe 4:7: But the end of all things is at hand: be you therefore sober: and watch to prayer.1Pe 5:8: Be sober: be vigilant; because your adversary the devil: as a roaring lion: walks about: seeking whom he may devour:
και προελθων μικρον επεσεν επι της γης και προσηυχετο ινα ει δυνατον εστιν παρελθη απ αυτου η ωρα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4281προελθὼνproelthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G4281 προέρχομαι proérchomai pro-er-khom-ahee from πρό and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to go onward, precede (in place or time):--go before (farther, forward), outgo, pass on.
|
προελθὼνproelthōn
|
having gone forward
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3398μικρὸνmikron (Adj-ANS)
G3398 μικρός mikrós mik-rot-er-os apparently a primary word; small (in size, quantity, number or (figuratively) dignity):--least, less, little, small.
|
μικρὸνmikron
|
a little,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G4098ἔπιπτενepipten (V-IIA-3S)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
ἔπιπτενepipten
|
He fell
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς,gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς,gēs
|
ground
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4336προσηύχετοprosēucheto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G4336 προσεύχομαι proseúchomai pros-yoo-khom-ahee from πρός and εὔχομαι; to pray to God, i.e. supplicate, worship:--pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer.
|
προσηύχετοprosēucheto
|
was praying
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that,
|
Conj
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1415δυνατόνdynaton (Adj-NNS)
G1415 δυνατός dynatós doo-nat-os from δύναμαι; powerful or capable (literally or figuratively); neuter possible:--able, could, (that is) mighty (man), possible, power, strong.
|
δυνατόνdynaton
|
possible
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
it is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3928παρέλθῃparelthē (V-ASA-3S)
G3928 παρέρχομαι parérchomai par-er-khom-ahee from παρά and ἔρχομαι; to come near or aside, i.e. to approach (arrive), go by (or away), (figuratively) perish or neglect, (causative) avert:--come (forth), go, pass (away, by, over), past, transgress.
|
παρέλθῃparelthē
|
might pass
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G575ἀπ’ap’ (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπ’ap’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G5610ὥρα,hōra (N-NFS)
G5610 ὥρα hṓra ho-rah apparently a primary word; an hour (literally or figuratively):--day, hour, instant, season, X short, (even-)tide, (high) time.
|
ὥρα,hōra
|
hour.
|
N-NFS
|
35
He went forward a little, and fell on the ground, and prayed that, if it were possible, the hour might pass from him.Mark 14:35
Stats
Counts: 121 characters, 20 words, 93 letters, 32 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: και προελθων μικρον επεσεν επι της γης και προσηυχετο ινα ει δυνατον εστιν παρελθη απ αυτου η ωρα
Lit: And having gone forward a little, He fell upon the ground and was praying that, if possible it is, might pass from Him the hour.
KJV: And he went forward a little, and fell on the ground, and prayed that, if it were possible, the hour might pass from him.
References
"and fell"Ge 17:3: Abram fell on His face: and God talked with Him: saying: De 9:18: I fell down before the LORD: as at the first: 40 days and 40 nights: I did neither eat bread: nor drink water: because of all your sins which you sinned: in doing wickedly in the sight of the LORD: to provoke Him to anger.1Ch 21:15: 16: God sent an angel to Jerusalem to destroy it: and as He was destroying: the LORD beheld: and He repented Him of the evil: and said to the angel that destroyed: It is enough: stay now your hand. And the angel of the LORD stood by the threshingfloor of Ornan the Jebusite.2Ch 7:3: When all the children of Israel saw how the fire came down: and the glory of the LORD upon the house: they bowed themselves with their faces to the ground upon the pavement: and worshipped: and praised the LORD: saying: For He is good; for His mercy endureth for ever.Mt 26:39: He went a little further: and fell on His face: and prayed: saying: O my Father: if it be possible: let this cup pass from me: not nevertheless as I will: but as you will.Lu 17:15: 16: One of them: when He saw that He was healed: turned back: and with a loud voice glorified God: Ac 10:25: 26: As Peter was coming in: Cornelius met him: and fell down at his feet: and worshipped him.Heb 5:7: Who in the days of his flesh: when he had offered up prayers and supplications with strong crying and tears to him that was able to save him from death: and was heard in that he feared;Re 4:10: The 24 elders fall down before him that sat on the throne: and worship him that lives for ever and ever: and cast their crowns before the throne: saying: Re 5:14: The 4 beasts said: Amen. And the 4 and 20 elders fell down and worshipped him that lives for ever and ever.
και ελεγεν αββα ο πατηρ παντα δυνατα σοι παρενεγκε το ποτηριον απ εμου τουτο αλλ ου τι εγω θελω αλλα τι συ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004ἔλεγενelegen (V-IIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγενelegen
|
He was saying,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G5ἈββᾶAbba (N-VMS)
G5 Ἀββᾶ Abbâ ab-bah of Chaldee origin (אַב); father as a vocative:--Abba.
|
ἈββᾶAbba
|
Abba,
|
N-VMS
|
G3962Πατήρ,Patēr (N-NMS)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
Πατήρ,Patēr
|
Father,
|
N-NMS
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all things are
|
Adj-NNP
|
G1415δυνατάdynata (Adj-NNP)
G1415 δυνατός dynatós doo-nat-os from δύναμαι; powerful or capable (literally or figuratively); neuter possible:--able, could, (that is) mighty (man), possible, power, strong.
|
δυνατάdynata
|
possible
|
Adj-NNP
|
G4771σοι·soi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοι·soi
|
to You;
|
PPro-D2S
|
G3911παρένεγκεparenenke (V-AMA-2S)
G3911 παραφέρω paraphérō par-af-er-o from παρά and φέρω (including its alternate forms); to bear along or aside, i.e. carry off (literally or figuratively); by implication, to avert:--remove, take away.
|
παρένεγκεparenenke
|
take away
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4221ποτήριονpotērion (N-ANS)
G4221 ποτήριον potḗrion pot-ay-ree-on neuter of a derivative of the alternate of πίνω; a drinking-vessel; by extension, the contents thereof, i.e. a cupful (draught); figuratively, a lot or fate:--cup.
|
ποτήριονpotērion
|
cup
|
N-ANS
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-ANS
|
G575ἀπ’ap’ (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπ’ap’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοῦ·emou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοῦ·emou
|
Me;
|
PPro-G1S
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-ANS
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G2309θέλωthelō (V-PIA-1S)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλωthelō
|
will,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-ANS
|
G4771σύ.sy (PPro-N2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σύ.sy
|
You.
|
PPro-N2S
|
36
He said, Abba, Father, all things are possible to you; take away this cup from me: not nevertheless what I will, but what you will.Mark 14:36
Stats
Rank: #2101 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 139 characters, 20 words, 107 letters, 40 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ελεγεν αββα ο πατηρ παντα δυνατα σοι παρενεγκε το ποτηριον απ εμου τουτο αλλ ου τι εγω θελω αλλα τι συ
Lit: And He was saying, Abba, Father, all things are possible to You; take away the cup this from Me; but not what I will, but what You.
KJV: And he said, Abba, Father, all things are possible unto thee; take away this cup from me: nevertheless not what I will, but what thou wilt.
References
"Abba"Mt 6:9: After this manner therefore pray you: Our Father which are in heaven: Hallowed be your name.Ro 8:15: 16: For you not have received the spirit of bondage again to fear; but you have received the Spirit of adoption: whereby we cry: Abba: Father.Ga 4:6: Because you are sons: God has sent forth the Spirit of His Son into your hearts: crying: Abba: Father."all"Mr 10:27: Jesus looking upon them says: With men it is impossible: not but with God: for with God all things are possible.Ge 18:14: Is any thing too hard for the LORD? At the time appointed I will return to you: according to the time of life: and Sarah will have a son.Jer 32:27: Look: I am the LORD: the God of all flesh: is there any thing too hard for me?2Ti 2:13: If we not believe: yet he abides faithful: he cannot deny himself.Tit 1:2: In hope of eternal life: which God: that cannot lie: promised before the world began;Heb 5:7: Who in the days of his flesh: when he had offered up prayers and supplications with strong crying and tears to him that was able to save him from death: and was heard in that he feared;Heb 6:18: That by two immutable things: in which it was impossible for God to lie: we might have a strong consolation: who have fled for refuge to lay hold upon the hope set before us:"take"Lu 22:41: 42: He was withdrawn from them about a stone's cast: and kneeled down: and prayed: "nevertheless"Ps 40:8: I delight to do your will: O my God: yes: your law is within my heart.Joh 4:34: Jesus says to them: My meat is to do the will of Him that sent me: and to finish His work.Joh 5:30: I can of my own self not dohing: as I hear: I judge: and my judgment is just; because I not seek my own will: but the will of the Father which has sent me.Joh 6:38: 39: For I came down from heaven: not to do my own will: but the will of him that sent me.Joh 12:27: Now is my soul troubled; and what will I say? Father: save me from this hour: but for this cause came I to this hour.Joh 18:11: Then said Jesus to Peter: Put up your sword into the sheath: the cup which my Father has given me: will not I drink it?Php 2:8: Being found in fashion as a man: he humbled himself: and became obedient to death: even the death of the cross.Heb 5:7: 8: Who in the days of his flesh: when he had offered up prayers and supplications with strong crying and tears to him that was able to save him from death: and was heard in that he feared;
και ερχεται και ευρισκει αυτους καθευδοντας και λεγει τω πετρω σιμων καθευδεις ουκ ισχυσας μιαν ωραν γρηγορησαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2064ἔρχεταιerchetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχεταιerchetai
|
He comes
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2147εὑρίσκειheuriskei (V-PIA-3S)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὑρίσκειheuriskei
|
finds
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G2518καθεύδοντας,katheudontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G2518 καθεύδω katheúdō kath-yoo-do from κατά and (to sleep); to lie down to rest, i.e. (by implication) to fall asleep (literally or figuratively):--(be a-)sleep.
|
καθεύδοντας,katheudontas
|
sleeping.
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4074ΠέτρῳPetrō (N-DMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτρῳPetrō
|
to Peter,
|
N-DMS
|
G4613Σίμων,Simōn (N-VMS)
G4613 Σίμων Símōn see-mone of Hebrew origin (שִׁמְעוֹן); Simon (i.e. Shimon), the name of nine Israelites:--Simon. Compare Συμεών.
|
Σίμων,Simōn
|
Simon,
|
N-VMS
|
G2518καθεύδεις;katheudeis (V-PIA-2S)
G2518 καθεύδω katheúdō kath-yoo-do from κατά and (to sleep); to lie down to rest, i.e. (by implication) to fall asleep (literally or figuratively):--(be a-)sleep.
|
καθεύδεις;katheudeis
|
are you asleep?
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G2480ἴσχυσαςischysas (V-AIA-2S)
G2480 ἰσχύω ischýō is-khoo-o from ἰσχύς; to have (or exercise) force (literally or figuratively):--be able, avail, can do(-not), could, be good, might, prevail, be of strength, be whole, + much work.
|
ἴσχυσαςischysas
|
were you able
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G1520μίανmian (Adj-AFS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
μίανmian
|
one
|
Adj-AFS
|
G5610ὥρανhōran (N-AFS)
G5610 ὥρα hṓra ho-rah apparently a primary word; an hour (literally or figuratively):--day, hour, instant, season, X short, (even-)tide, (high) time.
|
ὥρανhōran
|
hour
|
N-AFS
|
G1127γρηγορῆσαι;grēgorēsai (V-ANA)
G1127 γρηγορεύω grēgoreúō gray-gor-yoo-o from ἐγείρω; to keep awake, i.e. watch (literally or figuratively):--be vigilant, wake, (be) watch(-ful).
|
γρηγορῆσαι;grēgorēsai
|
to watch?
|
V-ANA
|
37
He comes, and finds them sleeping, and says to Peter, Simon, sleep you? could not you watch one hour?Mark 14:37
Stats
Counts: 119 characters, 15 words, 94 letters, 36 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ερχεται και ευρισκει αυτους καθευδοντας και λεγει τω πετρω σιμων καθευδεις ουκ ισχυσας μιαν ωραν γρηγορησαι
Lit: And He comes and finds them sleeping. And He says to Peter, Simon, are you asleep? Not were you able one hour to watch?
KJV: And he cometh, and findeth them sleeping, and saith unto Peter, Simon, sleepest thou? couldest not thou watch one hour?
References
"and findeth"Mr 14:40: 41: When he returned: he found them asleep again: (for their eyes were heavy: ) neither wist they what to answer him.Lu 9:31: 32: Who appeared in glory: and spoke of his decease which he should accomplish at Jerusalem.Lu 22:45: 46: When he rose up from prayer: and was come to his disciples: he found them sleeping for sorrow: "Simon"Mr 14:29-31: But Peter said to him: Although all will be offended: yet will not I.2Sa 16:17: Absalom said to Hushai: Is this your kindness to your friend? why went you not with your friend?Jon 1:6: So the shipmaster came to Him: and said to Him: What mean you: O sleeper? arise: call upon your God: if so be that God will think upon us: that we not perish.Mt 25:5: While the groom tarried: they all slumbered and slept.Mt 26:40: He comes to the disciples: and finds them asleep: and says to Peter: What: could you not watch with me one hour?1Th 5:6-8: Therefore let not us sleep: as do others; but let us watch and be sober."couldest"Jer 12:5: If you have run with the footmen: and they have wearied you: then how canst you contend with horses? and if in the land of peace: wherein you trustedst: they wearied you: then how will you do in the swelling of Jordan?Heb 12:3: For consider him that endured such contradiction of sinners against himself: lest you be wearied and faint in your minds.
γρηγορειτε και προσευχεσθε ινα μη εισελθητε εις πειρασμον το μεν πνευμα προθυμον η δε σαρξ ασθενης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1127γρηγορεῖτεgrēgoreite (V-PMA-2P)
G1127 γρηγορεύω grēgoreúō gray-gor-yoo-o from ἐγείρω; to keep awake, i.e. watch (literally or figuratively):--be vigilant, wake, (be) watch(-ful).
|
γρηγορεῖτεgrēgoreite
|
Watch
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4336προσεύχεσθε,proseuchesthe (V-PMM/P-2P)
G4336 προσεύχομαι proseúchomai pros-yoo-khom-ahee from πρός and εὔχομαι; to pray to God, i.e. supplicate, worship:--pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer.
|
προσεύχεσθε,proseuchesthe
|
pray,
|
V-PMM/P-2P
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2064ἔλθητεelthēte (V-ASA-2P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔλθητεelthēte
|
you may enter
|
V-ASA-2P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3986πειρασμόν·peirasmon (N-AMS)
G3986 πειρασμός peirasmós pi-ras-mos from πειράζω; a putting to proof (by experiment (of good), experience (of evil), solicitation, discipline or provocation); by implication, adversity:--temptation, X try.
|
πειρασμόν·peirasmon
|
temptation.
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
The
|
Art-NNS
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G4151πνεῦμαpneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεῦμαpneuma
|
spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G4289πρόθυμον,prothymon (Adj-NNS)
G4289 πρόθυμος próthymos proth-oo-mos from πρό and θυμός; forward in spirit, i.e. predisposed; neuter (as noun) alacrity:--ready, willing.
|
πρόθυμον,prothymon
|
is willing,
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
but
|
Conj
|
G4561σὰρξsarx (N-NFS)
G4561 σάρξ sárx sarx probably from the base of σαρόω; flesh (as stripped of the skin), i.e. (strictly) the meat of an animal (as food), or (by extension) the body (as opposed to the soul (or spirit), or as the symbol of what is external, or as the means of kindred), or (by implication) human nature (with its frailties (physically or morally) and passions), or (specially), a human being (as such):--carnal(-ly, + -ly minded), flesh(-ly).
|
σὰρξsarx
|
the flesh
|
N-NFS
|
G772ἀσθενής.asthenēs (Adj-NFS)
G772 ἀσθενής asthenḗs as-then-ace from Α (as a negative particle) and the base of σθενόω; strengthless (in various applications, literal, figurative and moral):--more feeble, impotent, sick, without strength, weak(-er, -ness, thing).
|
ἀσθενής.asthenēs
|
weak.
|
Adj-NFS
|
38
Watch you and pray, lest you enter into temptation. The spirit truly is ready, but the flesh is weak.Mark 14:38
Stats
Counts: 101 characters, 14 words, 77 letters, 27 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: γρηγορειτε και προσευχεσθε ινα μη εισελθητε εις πειρασμον το μεν πνευμα προθυμον η δε σαρξ ασθενης
Lit: Watch and pray, so that not you may enter into temptation. The indeed spirit is willing, but the flesh weak.
KJV: Watch ye and pray, lest ye enter into temptation. The spirit truly is ready, but the flesh [is] weak.
References
"Watch"Mr 14:34: says to them: My soul is exceeding sorrowful to death: tarry you here: and watch.Mt 24:42: Watch therefore: for you not know what hour your Lord does come.Mt 25:13: Watch therefore: for you know neither the day nor the hour wherein the Son of man comes.Mt 26:41: Watch and pray: that you not enter into temptation: the spirit indeed is willing: but the flesh is weak.Lu 21:36: Watch you therefore: and pray always: that you may be accounted worthy to escape all these things that will come to pass: and to stand before the Son of man.Lu 22:40: 46: When he was at the place: he said to them: Pray that you not enter into temptation.1Co 16:13: Watch you: stand fast in the faith: quit you like men: be strong.1Pe 5:8: Be sober: be vigilant; because your adversary the devil: as a roaring lion: walks about: seeking whom he may devour:Re 3:2: 3: 10: Be watchful: and strengthen the things which remain: that are ready to die: for I not have found your works perfect before God."The spirit"Ro 7:18-25: For I know that in me (that is: in my flesh: ) dwells no good thing: for to will is present with me; but how to perform that which is good I not find.Ga 5:17: For the flesh lusts against the Spirit: and the Spirit against the flesh: and these are contrary the one to the other: so that you cannot do the things that you would.Php 2:12: For what reason: my beloved: as you have always obeyed: not as in my presence only: but now much more in my absence: work out your own salvation with fear and trembling.
και παλιν απελθων προσηυξατο τον αυτον λογον ειπων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv)
G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again
|
Adv
|
G565ἀπελθὼνapelthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπελθὼνapelthōn
|
having gone away,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G4336προσηύξατοprosēuxato (V-AIM-3S)
G4336 προσεύχομαι proseúchomai pros-yoo-khom-ahee from πρός and εὔχομαι; to pray to God, i.e. supplicate, worship:--pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer.
|
προσηύξατοprosēuxato
|
He prayed,
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
same
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
thing
|
N-AMS
|
G3004εἰπών.eipōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἰπών.eipōn
|
having said.
|
V-APA-NMS
|
39
Again he went away, and prayed, and spoke the same words.Mark 14:39
Stats
Counts: 61 characters, 10 words, 47 letters, 18 vowels, 29 consonants
Translation
Greek: και παλιν απελθων προσηυξατο τον αυτον λογον ειπων
Lit: And again having gone away, He prayed, the same thing having said.
KJV: And again he went away, and prayed, and spake the same words.
References
"he went"Mt 6:7: But when you pray: not use vain repetitions: as the heathen do: for they think that they will be heard for their much speaking.Mt 26:42-44: He went away again the second time: and prayed: saying: O my Father: if this cup not may pass away from me: except I drink it: your will be done.Lu 18:1: He spoke a parable to them to this end: that men ought always to pray: not and to faint;2Co 12:8: For this thing I besought the Lord thrice: that it might depart from me.
και υποστρεψας ευρεν αυτους παλιν καθευδοντας ησαν γαρ οι οφθαλμοι αυτων βεβαρημενοι και ουκ ηδεισαν τι αυτω αποκριθωσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv)
G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again
|
Adv
|
G2064ἐλθὼνelthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλθὼνelthōn
|
having returned,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2147εὗρενheuren (V-AIA-3S)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὗρενheuren
|
he found
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G2518καθεύδοντας,katheudontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G2518 καθεύδω katheúdō kath-yoo-do from κατά and (to sleep); to lie down to rest, i.e. (by implication) to fall asleep (literally or figuratively):--(be a-)sleep.
|
καθεύδοντας,katheudontas
|
sleeping.
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G1510ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσανēsan
|
Were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3788ὀφθαλμοὶophthalmoi (N-NMP)
G3788 ὀφθαλμός ophthalmós of-thal-mos from ὀπτάνομαι; the eye (literally or figuratively); by implication, vision; figuratively, envy (from the jealous side-glance):--eye, sight.
|
ὀφθαλμοὶophthalmoi
|
eyes
|
N-NMP
|
G2599καταβαρυνόμενοι,katabarynomenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP)
G2599 καταβαρέω katabaréō kat-ab-ar-eh-o from κατά and βαρέω; to impose upon:--burden.
|
καταβαρυνόμενοι,katabarynomenoi
|
heavy;
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1492ᾔδεισανēdeisan (V-LIA-3P)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ᾔδεισανēdeisan
|
they knew
|
V-LIA-3P
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-ANS
|
G611ἀποκριθῶσινapokrithōsin (V-ASP-3P)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀποκριθῶσινapokrithōsin
|
they should answer
|
V-ASP-3P
|
G846αὐτῷ.autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ.autō
|
Him.
|
PPro-DM3S
|
40
When he returned, he found them asleep again, (for their eyes were heavy,) neither wist they what to answer him.Mark 14:40
Stats
Counts: 116 characters, 18 words, 90 letters, 35 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: και υποστρεψας ευρεν αυτους παλιν καθευδοντας ησαν γαρ οι οφθαλμοι αυτων βεβαρημενοι και ουκ ηδεισαν τι αυτω αποκριθωσιν
Lit: And again having returned, he found them sleeping. Were for of them the eyes heavy; and not they knew what they should answer Him.
KJV: And when he returned, he found them asleep again, (for their eyes were heavy,) neither wist they what to answer him.
References
"neither"Mr 9:33: 34: He came to Capernaum: and being in the house he asked them: What was it that you disputed among yourselves by the way?Ge 44:16: Judah said: What will we say to my lord? what will we speak? or how will we clear ourselves? God has found out the iniquity of your servants: look: we are my lord's servants: both we: and He also with whom the cup is found.Ro 3:19: Now we know that what things soever the law says: it says to them who are under the law: that every mouth may be stopped: and all the world may become guilty before God.
και ερχεται το τριτον και λεγει αυτοις καθευδετε το λοιπον και αναπαυεσθε απεχει ηλθεν η ωρα ιδου παραδιδοται ο υιος του ανθρωπου εις τας χειρας των αμαρτωλων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2064ἔρχεταιerchetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχεταιerchetai
|
He comes
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G5154τρίτονtriton (Adj-ANS)
G5154 τρίτος trítos tree-tos ordinal from τρεῖς; third; neuter (as noun) a third part, or (as adverb) a (or the) third time, thirdly:--third(-ly).
|
τρίτονtriton
|
third time,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2518ΚαθεύδετεKatheudete (V-PIA-2P)
G2518 καθεύδω katheúdō kath-yoo-do from κατά and (to sleep); to lie down to rest, i.e. (by implication) to fall asleep (literally or figuratively):--(be a-)sleep.
|
ΚαθεύδετεKatheudete
|
Are you sleeping
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G3063λοιπὸνloipon (Adj-ANS)
G3063 λοιπόν loipón loy-pon neuter singular of the same as λοιποί; something remaining (adverbially):--besides, finally, furthermore, (from) henceforth, moreover, now, + it remaineth, then.
|
λοιπὸνloipon
|
still
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G373ἀναπαύεσθε·anapauesthe (V-PIM-2P)
G373 ἀναπαύω anapaúō an-ap-ow-o from ἀνά and παύω; (reflexively) to repose (literally or figuratively (be exempt), remain); by implication, to refresh:--take ease, refresh, (give, take) rest.
|
ἀναπαύεσθε·anapauesthe
|
taking your rest.
|
V-PIM-2P
|
G568ἀπέχει·apechei (V-PIA-3S)
G568 ἀπέχω apéchō ap-ekh-o from ἀπό and ἔχω; (actively) to have out, i.e. receive in full; (intransitively) to keep (oneself) away, i.e. be distant (literally or figuratively):--be, have, receive.
|
ἀπέχει·apechei
|
It is enough;
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2064ἦλθενēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθενēlthen
|
has come
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G5610ὥρα,hōra (N-NFS)
G5610 ὥρα hṓra ho-rah apparently a primary word; an hour (literally or figuratively):--day, hour, instant, season, X short, (even-)tide, (high) time.
|
ὥρα,hōra
|
hour;
|
N-NFS
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3860παραδίδοταιparadidotai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παραδίδοταιparadidotai
|
is delivered up
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5207ΥἱὸςHuios (N-NMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱὸςHuios
|
Son
|
N-NMS
|
G444ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou (N-GMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou
|
of Man
|
N-GMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5495χεῖραςcheiras (N-AFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖραςcheiras
|
hands
|
N-AFP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G268ἁμαρτωλῶν.hamartōlōn (Adj-GMP)
G268 ἁμαρτωλός hamartōlós ham-ar-to-los from ἁμαρτάνω; sinful, i.e. a sinner:--sinful, sinner.
|
ἁμαρτωλῶν.hamartōlōn
|
sinful.
|
Adj-GMP
|
41
He comes the third time, and says to them, Sleep on now, and take your rest: it is enough, the hour is come; look, the Son of man is betrayed into the hands of sinners.
Mark 14:41
Stats
Counts: 178 characters, 29 words, 135 letters, 52 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ερχεται το τριτον και λεγει αυτοις καθευδετε το λοιπον και αναπαυεσθε απεχει ηλθεν η ωρα ιδου παραδιδοται ο υιος του ανθρωπου εις τας χειρας των αμαρτωλων
Lit: And He comes the third time, and says to them, Are you sleeping still and taking your rest. It is enough; has come the hour; behold, is delivered up the Son of Man into the hands of the sinful.
KJV: And he cometh the third time, and saith unto them, Sleep on now, and take your rest: it is enough, the hour is come; behold, the Son of man is betrayed into the hands of sinners.
References
"Sleep"Mr 7:9: He said to them: Full well you reject the commandment of God: that you may keep your own tradition.Jg 10:14: Go and cry to the gods which you have chosen; let them deliver you in the time of your tribulation.1Ki 18:27: It came to pass at noon: that Elijah mocked them: and said: Cry aloud: for he is a god; either he is talking: or he is pursuing: or he is in a journey: or perhaps he sleeps: and must be awaked.1Ki 22:15: So He came to the king. And the king said to Him: Micaiah: will we go against Ramothgilead to battle: or will we forbear? And He answered Him: Go: and prosper: for the LORD will deliver it into the hand of the king.2Ki 3:13: Elisha said to the king of Israel: What have I to do with you? get you to the prophets of your father: and to the prophets of your mother. And the king of Israel said to Him: No: for the LORD has called these 3 kings together: to deliver them into the hand of Moab.Ec 11:9: Rejoice: O young man: in your youth; and let your heart cheer you in the days of your youth: and walk in the ways of your heart: and in the sight of your eyes: but know you: that for all these things God will bring you into judgment.Eze 20:39: As for you: O house of Israel: thus says the Lord GOD; Go you: serve you every one His idols: and hereafter also: if you not will listen to me: but pollute you my holy name no more with your gifts: and with your idols.Mt 26:45: 46: Then comes He to His disciples: and says to them: Sleep on now: and take your rest: look: the hour is at hand: and the Son of man is betrayed into the hands of sinners."the hour"Joh 7:30: Then they sought to take him: but no man laid hands on him: because his hour not was yet come.Joh 8:20: These words spoke Jesus in the treasury: as He taught in the temple: and no man laid hands on Him; for His hour not was yet come.Joh 12:23: 27: Jesus answered them: saying: The hour is come: that the Son of man should be glorified.Joh 13:1: Now before the feast of the passover: when Jesus knew that His hour was come that He should depart out of this world to the Father: having loved His own which were in the world: He loved them to the end.Joh 17:1: These words spoke Jesus: and lifted up His eyes to heaven: and said: Father: the hour is come; glorify your Son: that your Son also may glorify you:"the Son"Mr 14:10: 18: Judas Iscariot: one of the 12: went to the chief priests: to betray him to them.Mr 9:31: For He taught His disciples: and said to them: The Son of man is delivered into the hands of men: and they will kill Him; and after that He is killed: He will rise the third day.Mr 10:33: 34: Saying: Look: we go up to Jerusalem; and the Son of man will be delivered to the chief priests: and to the scribes; and they will condemn Him to death: and will deliver Him to the Gentiles:Mt 26:2: You know that after two days is the feast of the passover: and the Son of man is betrayed to be crucified.Joh 13:2: Supper being ended: the devil having now put into the heart of Judas Iscariot: Simon's son: to betray him;Ac 7:52: Which of the prophets not have your fathers persecuted? and they have killed them which showed before of the coming of the Just one; of whom you have been now the betrayers and murderers:
εγειρεσθε αγωμεν ιδου ο παραδιδους με ηγγικεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1453ἐγείρεσθεegeiresthe (V-PMM/P-2P)
G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἐγείρεσθεegeiresthe
|
Rise,
|
V-PMM/P-2P
|
G71ἄγωμεν·agōmen (V-PSA-1P)
G71 ἄγω ágō ag-o a primary verb; properly, to lead; by implication, to bring, drive, (reflexively) go, (specially) pass (time), or (figuratively) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.
|
ἄγωμεν·agōmen
|
let us go;
|
V-PSA-1P
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G3860παραδιδούςparadidous (V-PPA-NMS)
G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παραδιδούςparadidous
|
betraying
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
Me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G1448ἤγγικεν.ēngiken (V-RIA-3S)
G1448 ἐγγίζω engízō eng-id-zo from ἐγγύς; to make near, i.e. (reflexively) approach:--approach, be at hand, come (draw) near, be (come, draw) nigh.
|
ἤγγικεν.ēngiken
|
has drawn near!
|
V-RIA-3S
|
42
Rise up, let us go; indeed, he who betrays me is at hand.Mark 14:42
Stats
Counts: 56 characters, 10 words, 40 letters, 16 vowels, 24 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγειρεσθε αγωμεν ιδου ο παραδιδους με ηγγικεν
Lit: Rise, let us go; behold, the one betraying Me has drawn near!
KJV: Rise up, let us go; lo, he that betrayeth me is at hand.
References
"Rise up, let us go; lo, he that betrayeth me is at hand."Mt 26:46: Rise: let us be going: look: he is at hand that does betray me.Joh 18:1: 2: When Jesus had spoken these words: He went forth with His disciples over the brook Cedron: where was a garden: into the which He entered: and His disciples.
The Betrayal of Jesus
και ευθεως ετι αυτου λαλουντος παραγινεται ιουδας εις ων των δωδεκα και μετ αυτου οχλος πολυς μετα μαχαιρων και ξυλων παρα των αρχιερεων και των γραμματεων και των πρεσβυτερων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G2089ἔτιeti (Adv)
G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτιeti
|
while yet
|
Adv
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2980λαλοῦντοςlalountos (V-PPA-GMS)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλοῦντοςlalountos
|
speaking,
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G3854παραγίνεταιparaginetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G3854 παραγίνομαι paragínomai par-ag-in-om-ahee from παρά and γίνομαι; to become near, i.e. approach (have arrived); by implication, to appear publicly:--come, go, be present.
|
παραγίνεταιparaginetai
|
comes up
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G2455ἸούδαςIoudas (N-NMS)
G2455 Ἰούδας Ioúdas ee-oo-das of Hebrew origin (יְהוּדָה); Judas (i.e. Jehudah), the name of ten Israelites; also of the posterity of one of them and its region:--Juda(-h, -s); Jude.
|
ἸούδαςIoudas
|
Judas,
|
N-NMS
|
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷςheis
|
one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G1427δώδεκα,dōdeka (Adj-GMP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκα,dōdeka
|
Twelve,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3793ὄχλοςochlos (N-NMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλοςochlos
|
a crowd
|
N-NMS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3162μαχαιρῶνmachairōn (N-GFP)
G3162 μάχαιρα máchaira makh-ahee-rah probably feminine of a presumed derivative of μάχη; a knife, i.e. dirk; figuratively, war, judicial punishment:--sword.
|
μαχαιρῶνmachairōn
|
swords
|
N-GFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3586ξύλωνxylōn (N-GNP)
G3586 ξύλον xýlon xoo-lon from another form of the base of ξέστης; timber (as fuel or material); by implication, a stick, club or tree or other wooden article or substance:--staff, stocks, tree, wood.
|
ξύλωνxylōn
|
clubs,
|
N-GNP
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G749ἀρχιερέωνarchiereōn (N-GMP)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερέωνarchiereōn
|
chief priests
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G1122γραμματέωνgrammateōn (N-GMP)
G1122 γραμματεύς grammateús gram-mat-yooce from γράμμα. a writer, i.e. (professionally) scribe or secretary:--scribe, town-clerk.
|
γραμματέωνgrammateōn
|
scribes
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4245πρεσβυτέρων.presbyterōn (Adj-GMP)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβυτέρων.presbyterōn
|
elders.
|
Adj-GMP
|
43
Immediately, while he yet spoke, comes Judas, one of the 12, and with him a great multitude with swords and staves, from the chief priests and the scribes and the elders.Mark 14:43
Stats
Counts: 179 characters, 27 words, 142 letters, 51 vowels, 91 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ευθεως ετι αυτου λαλουντος παραγινεται ιουδας εις ων των δωδεκα και μετ αυτου οχλος πολυς μετα μαχαιρων και ξυλων παρα των αρχιερεων και των γραμματεων και των πρεσβυτερων
Lit: And immediately while yet of Him speaking, comes up Judas, one of the Twelve, and with Him a crowd with swords and clubs, from the chief priests and the scribes and the elders.
KJV: And immediately, while he yet spake, cometh Judas, one of the twelve, and with him a great multitude with swords and staves, from the chief priests and the scribes and the elders.
References
"while"Mt 26:47: While he yet spoke: indeed: Judas: one of the 12: came: and with him a great multitude with swords and staves: from the chief priests and elders of the people.Lu 22:47: 48: While He yet spoke: look a multitude: and He that'>He who was called Judas: one of the 12: went before them: and drew near to Jesus to kiss Him.Joh 18:3-9: Judas then: having received a band of men and officers from the chief priests and Pharisees: comes there with lanterns and torches and weapons.Ac 1:16: Men and brothers: this scripture must needs have been fulfilled: which the Holy Ghost by the mouth of David spoke before concerning Judas: which was guide to them that took Jesus."and with"Ps 2:1: 2: Why do the heathen rage: and the people imagine a vain thing?Ps 3:1: 2: He fled from Absalom His son.>> LORD: how are they increased that trouble me! many are they that rise up against me.Ps 22:11-13: not Be far from me; for trouble is near; for there is none to help.
δεδωκει δε ο παραδιδους αυτον συσσημον αυτοις λεγων ον αν φιλησω αυτος εστιν κρατησατε αυτον και απαγαγετε ασφαλως
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1325Δεδώκειdedōkei (V-LIA-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
Δεδώκειdedōkei
|
Had given
|
V-LIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G3860παραδιδοὺςparadidous (V-PPA-NMS)
G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παραδιδοὺςparadidous
|
delivering up
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G4953σύσσημονsyssēmon (N-ANS)
G4953 σύσσημον sýssēmon soos-say-mon neuter of a compound of σύν and the base of σημαίνω; a sign in common, i.e. preconcerted signal:--token.
|
σύσσημονsyssēmon
|
a sign
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying:
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3739ὋνHon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὋνHon
|
Whomever
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G5368φιλήσωphilēsō (V-ASA-1S)
G5368 φιλέω philéō fil-eh-o from φίλος; to be a friend to (fond of (an individual or an object)), i.e. have affection for (denoting personal attachment, as a matter of sentiment or feeling; while ἀγαπάω is wider, embracing especially the judgment and the deliberate assent of the will as a matter of principle, duty and propriety: the two thus stand related very much as θέλω and βούλομαι, or as θυμός and νοῦς respectively; the former being chiefly of the heart and the latter of the head); specially, to kiss (as a mark of tenderness):--kiss, love.
|
φιλήσωphilēsō
|
I shall kiss,
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G846αὐτόςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόςautos
|
He
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G1510ἐστιν·estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν·estin
|
is;
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2902κρατήσατεkratēsate (V-AMA-2P)
G2902 κρατέω kratéō krat-eh-o from κράτος; to use strength, i.e. seize or retain (literally or figuratively):--hold (by, fast), keep, lay hand (hold) on, obtain, retain, take (by).
|
κρατήσατεkratēsate
|
seize
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G520ἀπάγετεapagete (V-PMA-2P)
G520 ἀπάγω apágō ap-ag-o from ἀπό and ἄγω; to take off (in various senses):--bring, carry away, lead (away), put to death, take away.
|
ἀπάγετεapagete
|
lead Him away
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G806ἀσφαλῶς.asphalōs (Adv)
G806 ἀσφαλῶς asphalōs as-fal-oce adverb from ἀσφαλής; securely (literally or figuratively):--assuredly, safely.
|
ἀσφαλῶς.asphalōs
|
securely.
|
Adv
|
44
he who betrayed him had given them a token, saying, Whoever I will kiss, that same is he; take him, and lead him away safely.
Mark 14:44
Stats
Counts: 134 characters, 21 words, 103 letters, 39 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: δεδωκει δε ο παραδιδους αυτον συσσημον αυτοις λεγων ον αν φιλησω αυτος εστιν κρατησατε αυτον και απαγαγετε ασφαλως
Lit: Had given then the one delivering up Him a sign to them, saying: Whomever I shall kiss, He is; seize Him and lead Him away securely.
KJV: And he that betrayed him had given them a token, saying, Whomsoever I shall kiss, that same is he; take him, and lead him away safely.
References
"a token"Ex 12:13: The blood will be to you for a token upon the houses where you are: and when I see the blood: I will pass over you: and the plague will not be upon you to destroy you: when I smite the land of Egypt.Jos 2:12: Now therefore: I pray you: swear to me by the LORD: since I have showed you kindness: that you will also show kindness to my father's house: and give me a true token:Php 1:28: not inhing terrified by your adversaries: which is to them an evident token of perdition: but to you of salvation: and that of God.2Th 3:17: The salutation of Paul with my own hand: which is the token in every epistle: so I write."Whomsoever"2Sa 20:9: 10: Joab said to Amasa: Are you in health: my brother? And Joab took Amasa by the beard with the right hand to kiss him.Ps 55:20: 21: He has put forth his hands against such as be at peace with him: he has broken his covenant.Pr 27:6: Faithful are the wounds of a friend; but the kisses of an enemy are deceitful.Mt 26:48-50: Now he who betrayed him gave them a sign: saying: Whoever I will kiss: that same is he: hold him fast."and lead"1Sa 23:22: 23: Go: I pray you: prepare yet: and know and see his place where his haunt is: and who has seen him there: for it is told me that he deals very subtilly.Ac 16:23: When they had laid many stripes upon them: they cast them into prison: charging the jailor to keep them safely:
και ελθων ευθεως προσελθων αυτω λεγει ραββι ραββι και κατεφιλησεν αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2064ἐλθὼνelthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλθὼνelthōn
|
having arrived,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G4334προσελθὼνproselthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G4334 προσέρχομαι prosérchomai pros-er-khom-ahee from πρός and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to approach, i.e. (literally) come near, visit, or (figuratively) worship, assent to:--(as soon as he) come (unto), come thereunto, consent, draw near, go (near, to, unto).
|
προσελθὼνproselthōn
|
having come up
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
he says,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4461Ῥαββί,Rhabbi (N-VMS)
G4461 ῥαββί rhabbí hrab-bee of Hebrew origin (רַב with pronominal suffix); my master, i.e Rabbi, as an official title of honor:--Master, Rabbi.
|
Ῥαββί,Rhabbi
|
Rabbi!
|
N-VMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2705κατεφίλησενkatephilēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2705 καταφιλέω kataphiléō kat-af-ee-leh-o from 2596 and 5368; to kiss earnestly:--kiss.
|
κατεφίλησενkatephilēsen
|
he kissed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτόν·auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν·auton
|
Him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
45
As soon as he was come, he goes straightway to him, and says, Master, master; and kissed him.
Mark 14:45
Stats
Counts: 99 characters, 14 words, 75 letters, 28 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ελθων ευθεως προσελθων αυτω λεγει ραββι ραββι και κατεφιλησεν αυτον
Lit: And having arrived, immediately having come up to Him, he says, Rabbi! And he kissed Him.
KJV: And as soon as he was come, he goeth straightway to him, and saith, Master, master; and kissed him.
References
"Master"Mr 12:14: When they were come: they say to Him: Master: we know that you are true: and care for no man: for you regard not the person of men: but teach the way of God in truth: Is it lawful to give tribute to Caesar: not or?Isa 1:3: The ox knows his owner: and the ass his master's crib: but Israel does not know: my people does not consider.Mal 1:6: A son honours His father: and a servant His master: if then I be a father: where is my honour? and if I be a master: where is my fear? says the LORD of hosts to you: O priests: that despise my name. And you say: Wherein have we despised your name?Mt 23:8-10: But not be you called Rabbi: for one is your Master: even Christ; and all you are brothers.Lu 6:46: Why call you me: Lord: Lord: and not do the things which I say?Joh 13:13: 14: You call me Master and Lord: and you say well; for so I am.Joh 20:16: Jesus says to her: Mary. She turned herself: and says to Him: Rabboni; which is to say: Master.
οι δε επεβαλον επ αυτον τας χειρας αυτων και εκρατησαν αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1911ἐπέβαλανepebalan (V-AIA-3P)
G1911 ἐπιβάλλω epibállō ep-ee-bal-lo from ἐπί and βάλλω; to throw upon (literal or figurative, transitive or reflexive; usually with more or less force); specially (with ἑαυτοῦ implied) to reflect; impersonally, to belong to:--beat into, cast (up-)on, fall, lay (on), put (unto), stretch forth, think on.
|
ἐπέβαλανepebalan
|
they laid
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5495χεῖραςcheiras (N-AFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖραςcheiras
|
hands
|
N-AFP
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
on Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2902ἐκράτησανekratēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2902 κρατέω kratéō krat-eh-o from κράτος; to use strength, i.e. seize or retain (literally or figuratively):--hold (by, fast), keep, lay hand (hold) on, obtain, retain, take (by).
|
ἐκράτησανekratēsan
|
seized
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
Him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
46
They laid their hands on him, and took him.Mark 14:46
Stats
Counts: 47 characters, 9 words, 36 letters, 13 vowels, 23 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε επεβαλον επ αυτον τας χειρας αυτων και εκρατησαν αυτον
Lit: And they laid the hands on Him and seized Him.
KJV: And they laid their hands on him, and took him.
References
"And they laid their hands on him, and took him."Jg 16:21: But the Philistines took him: and put out his eyes: and brought him down to Gaza: and bound him with fetters of brass; and he did grind in the prison house.La 4:20: The breath of our nostrils: the anointed of the LORD: was taken in their pits: of whom we said: Under His shadow we will live among the heathen.Joh 18:12: Then the band and the captain and officers of the Jews took Jesus: and bound Him: Ac 2:23: Him: being delivered by the determinate counsel and foreknowledge of God: you have taken: and by wicked hands have crucified and killed:
εις δε τις των παρεστηκοτων σπασαμενος την μαχαιραν επαισεν τον δουλον του αρχιερεως και αφειλεν αυτου το ωτιον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷςheis
|
One
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
then,
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
a certain
|
IPro-NMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of those
|
Art-GMP
|
G3936παρεστηκότωνparestēkotōn (V-RPA-GMP)
G3936 παρίστημι parístēmi par-is-tan-o from παρά and ἵστημι; to stand beside, i.e. (transitively) to exhibit, proffer, (specially), recommend, (figuratively) substantiate; or (intransitively) to be at hand (or ready), aid:--assist, bring before, command, commend, give presently, present, prove, provide, shew, stand (before, by, here, up, with), yield.
|
παρεστηκότωνparestēkotōn
|
standing by,
|
V-RPA-GMP
|
G4685σπασάμενοςspasamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G4685 σπάω spáō spah-o a primary verb; to draw:--draw (out).
|
σπασάμενοςspasamenos
|
having drawn
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3162μάχαιρανmachairan (N-AFS)
G3162 μάχαιρα máchaira makh-ahee-rah probably feminine of a presumed derivative of μάχη; a knife, i.e. dirk; figuratively, war, judicial punishment:--sword.
|
μάχαιρανmachairan
|
sword,
|
N-AFS
|
G3817ἔπαισενepaisen (V-AIA-3S)
G3817 παίω paíō pah-yo a primary verb; to hit (as if by a single blow and less violently than τύπτω); specially, to sting (as a scorpion):--smite, strike.,
|
ἔπαισενepaisen
|
struck
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G1401δοῦλονdoulon (N-AMS)
G1401 δοῦλος doûlos doo-los from δέω; a slave (literal or figurative, involuntary or voluntary; frequently, therefore in a qualified sense of subjection or subserviency):--bond(-man), servant.
|
δοῦλονdoulon
|
servant
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G749ἀρχιερέωςarchiereōs (N-GMS)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερέωςarchiereōs
|
high priest
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G851ἀφεῖλενapheilen (V-AIA-3S)
G851 ἀφαιρέω aphairéō af-ahee-reh-o from ἀπό and αἱρέομαι; to remove (literally or figuratively):--cut (smite) off, take away.
|
ἀφεῖλενapheilen
|
cut off
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G5621ὠτάριον.ōtarion (N-ANS)
G5621 ὠτίον ōtíon o-tee-on diminutive of οὖς; an earlet, i.e. one of the ears, or perhaps the lobe of the ear:--ear.
|
ὠτάριον.ōtarion
|
ear.
|
N-ANS
|
47
One of them that stood by drew a sword, and smote a servant of the high priest, and cut off his ear.Mark 14:47
Stats
Counts: 104 characters, 21 words, 79 letters, 28 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: εις δε τις των παρεστηκοτων σπασαμενος την μαχαιραν επαισεν τον δουλον του αρχιερεως και αφειλεν αυτου το ωτιον
Lit: One then, a certain of those standing by, having drawn the sword, struck the servant of the high priest and cut off of him the ear.
KJV: And one of them that stood by drew a sword, and smote a servant of the high priest, and cut off his ear.
References
"And one of them that stood by drew a sword, and smote a servant of the high priest, and cut off his ear."Mt 26:51-54: And: look: one of them which were with Jesus stretched out His hand: and drew His sword: and struck a servant of the high priest's: and smote off His ear.Lu 22:49-51: When they which were about Him saw what would follow: they said to Him: Lord: will we smite with the sword?Joh 18:10: 11: Then Simon Peter having a sword drew it: and smote the high priest's servant: and cut off his right ear. The servant's name was Malchus.
και αποκριθεις ο ιησους ειπεν αυτοις ως επι ληστην εξηλθετε μετα μαχαιρων και ξυλων συλλαβειν με
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G611ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis (V-APP-NMS)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis
|
answering,
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G5613ὩςHōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὩςHōs
|
As
|
Adv
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
against
|
Prep
|
G3027λῃστὴνlēstēn (N-AMS)
G3027 λῃστής lēistḗs lace-tace from (to plunder); a brigand:--robber, thief.
|
λῃστὴνlēstēn
|
a robber
|
N-AMS
|
G1831ἐξήλθατεexēlthate (V-AIA-2P)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξήλθατεexēlthate
|
are you come out
|
V-AIA-2P
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3162μαχαιρῶνmachairōn (N-GFP)
G3162 μάχαιρα máchaira makh-ahee-rah probably feminine of a presumed derivative of μάχη; a knife, i.e. dirk; figuratively, war, judicial punishment:--sword.
|
μαχαιρῶνmachairōn
|
swords
|
N-GFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3586ξύλωνxylōn (N-GNP)
G3586 ξύλον xýlon xoo-lon from another form of the base of ξέστης; timber (as fuel or material); by implication, a stick, club or tree or other wooden article or substance:--staff, stocks, tree, wood.
|
ξύλωνxylōn
|
clubs
|
N-GNP
|
G4815συλλαβεῖνsyllabein (V-ANA)
G4815 συλλαμβάνω syllambánō sool-lam-ban-o from σύν and λαμβάνω; to clasp, i.e. seize (arrest, capture); specially, to conceive (literally or figuratively); by implication, to aid:--catch, conceive, help, take.
|
συλλαβεῖνsyllabein
|
to capture
|
V-ANA
|
G1473με·me (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
με·me
|
Me?
|
PPro-A1S
|
48
Jesus answered and said to them, Are you come out, as against a thief, with swords and with staves to take me?
Mark 14:48
Stats
Counts: 115 characters, 20 words, 89 letters, 36 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αποκριθεις ο ιησους ειπεν αυτοις ως επι ληστην εξηλθετε μετα μαχαιρων και ξυλων συλλαβειν με
Lit: And answering, Jesus said to them, As against a robber are you come out with swords and clubs to capture Me?
KJV: And Jesus answered and said unto them, Are ye come out, as against a thief, with swords and with staves to take me?
References
"Are"1Sa 24:14: 15: After whom is the king of Israel come out? after whom do you pursue? after a dead dog: after a flea.1Sa 26:18: He said: For what reason does my lord thus pursue after his servant? for what have I done? or what evil is in my hand?Mt 26:55: In that same hour said Jesus to the multitudes: Are you come out as against a thief with swords and staves for to take me? I sat daily with you teaching in the temple: and you laid no hold on me.Lu 22:52: 53: Then Jesus said to the chief priests: and captains of the temple: and the elders: which were come to Him: Be you come out: as against a thief: with swords and staves?
καθ ημεραν ημην προς υμας εν τω ιερω διδασκων και ουκ εκρατησατε με αλλ ινα πληρωθωσιν αι γραφαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2596καθ’kath’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
καθ’kath’
|
Every
|
Prep
|
G2250ἡμέρανhēmeran (N-AFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρανhēmeran
|
day
|
N-AFS
|
G1510ἤμηνēmēn (V-IIM-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἤμηνēmēn
|
I was
|
V-IIM-1S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
with
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G2411ἱερῷhierō (N-DNS)
G2411 ἱερόν hierón hee-er-on neuter of ἱερός; a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas ναός denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere):--temple.
|
ἱερῷhierō
|
temple
|
N-DNS
|
G1321διδάσκων,didaskōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
διδάσκων,didaskōn
|
teaching,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2902ἐκρατήσατέekratēsate (V-AIA-2P)
G2902 κρατέω kratéō krat-eh-o from κράτος; to use strength, i.e. seize or retain (literally or figuratively):--hold (by, fast), keep, lay hand (hold) on, obtain, retain, take (by).
|
ἐκρατήσατέekratēsate
|
you did seize
|
V-AIA-2P
|
G1473με·me (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
με·me
|
Me.
|
PPro-A1S
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
But it is
|
Conj
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4137πληρωθῶσινplērōthōsin (V-ASP-3P)
G4137 πληρόω plēróō play-ro-o from πλήρης; to make replete, i.e. (literally) to cram (a net), level up (a hollow), or (figuratively) to furnish (or imbue, diffuse, influence), satisfy, execute (an office), finish (a period or task), verify (or coincide with a prediction), etc.:--accomplish, X after, (be) complete, end, expire, fill (up), fulfil, (be, make) full (come), fully preach, perfect, supply.
|
πληρωθῶσινplērōthōsin
|
may be fulfilled
|
V-ASP-3P
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G1124γραφαί.graphai (N-NFP)
G1124 γραφή graphḗ graf-ay from γράφω; a document, i.e. holy Writ (or its contents or a statement in it):--scripture.
|
γραφαί.graphai
|
Scriptures.
|
N-NFP
|
49
I was daily with you in the temple teaching, and you took not me: but the scriptures must be fulfilled.Mark 14:49
Stats
Counts: 102 characters, 18 words, 80 letters, 30 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: καθ ημεραν ημην προς υμας εν τω ιερω διδασκων και ουκ εκρατησατε με αλλ ινα πληρωθωσιν αι γραφαι
Lit: Every day I was with you in the temple teaching, and not you did seize Me. But it is that may be fulfilled the Scriptures.
KJV: I was daily with you in the temple teaching, and ye took me not: but the scriptures must be fulfilled.
References
"was"Mr 11:15-18: 27: They come to Jerusalem: and Jesus went into the temple: and began to cast out them that sold and bought in the temple: and overthrew the tables of the moneychangers: and the seats of them that sold doves;Mr 12:35: Jesus answered and said: while He taught in the temple: How say the scribes that Christ is the Son of David?Mt 21:23-27: When he was come into the temple: the chief priests and the elders of the people came to him as he was teaching: and said: By what authority do you these things? and who gave you this authority?Lu 19:47: 48: He taught daily in the temple. But the chief priests and the scribes and the chief of the people sought to destroy him: Lu 20:1: 2: It came to pass: that on one of those days: as he taught the people in the temple: and preached the gospel: the chief priests and the scribes came upon him with the elders: Lu 21:37: 38: In the day time he was teaching in the temple; and at night he went out: and abode in the mount that is called the mount of Olives.Joh 7:28-30: 37: Then cried Jesus in the temple as He taught: saying: You both know me: and you know where I am: and I not am come of myself: but He that'>He who sent me is true: whom you not know.Joh 8:2: 12: Early in the morning he came again into the temple: and all the people came to him; and he sat down: and taught them.Joh 10:23: Jesus walked in the temple in Solomon's porch.Joh 18:20: Jesus answered Him: I spoke openly to the world; I ever taught in the synagogue: and in the temple: whither the Jews always resort; and in secret have I not saidhing."but"Ps 22:1-31: Aijeleth Shahar: A Psalm of David.>> My God: my God: why have you forsaken me? why are you so far from helping me: and from the words of my roaring?Ps 69:1-36: A Psalm of David.>> Save me: O God; for the waters are come in to my soul.Isa 53:1-12: Who has believed our report? and to whom is the arm of the LORD revealed?Da 9:24-26: 70 weeks are determined upon your people and upon your holy city: to finish the transgression: and to make an end of sins: and to make reconciliation for iniquity: and to bring in everlasting righteousness: and to seal up the vision and prophecy: and to anoint the most Holy.Mt 26:54: 56: But how then will the scriptures be fulfilled: that thus it must be?Lu 22:37: For I say to you: that this that is written must yet be accomplished in me: And he was reckoned among the transgressors: for the things concerning me have an end.Lu 24:25-27: 44: 45: Then he said to them: O fools: and slow of heart to believe all that the prophets have spoken:
και αφεντες αυτον παντες εφυγον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G863ἀφέντεςaphentes (V-APA-NMP)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφέντεςaphentes
|
having left
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G5343ἔφυγονephygon (V-AIA-3P)
G5343 φεύγω pheúgō fyoo-go apparently a primary verb; to run away (literally or figuratively); by implication, to shun; by analogy, to vanish:--escape, flee (away).
|
ἔφυγονephygon
|
fled
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3956πάντες.pantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντες.pantes
|
all.
|
Adj-NMP
|
50
They all forsook him, and fled.Mark 14:50
Stats
Counts: 35 characters, 6 words, 27 letters, 9 vowels, 18 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αφεντες αυτον παντες εφυγον
Lit: And having left Him, fled all.
KJV: And they all forsook him, and fled.
References
"And they all forsook him, and fled."Mr 14:27: Jesus says to them: All you will be offended because of me this night: for it is written: I will smite the shepherd: and the sheep will be scattered.Job 19:13: 14: He has put my brothers far from me: and my acquaintance are truly estranged from me.Ps 38:11: My lovers and my friends stand aloof from my sore; and my kinsmen stand afar off.Ps 88:7: 8: 18: Your wrath lies hard upon me: and you have afflicted me with all your waves. Selah.Isa 63:3: I have trodden the winepress alone; and of the people there was none with me: for I will tread them in my anger: and trample them in my fury; and their blood will be sprinkled upon my garments: and I will stain all my clothing.Joh 16:32: Look: the hour comes: yes: is now come: that you will be scattered: every man to His own: and will leave me alone: and yet I not am alone: because the Father is with me.Joh 18:8: Jesus answered: I have told you that I am He: if therefore you seek me: let these go their way:2Ti 4:16: At my first answer no man stood with me: but all men forsook me: I pray God that it not may be laid to their charge.
και εις τις νεανισκος ηκολουθει αυτω περιβεβλημενος σινδονα επι γυμνου και κρατουσιν αυτον οι νεανισκοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3495νεανίσκοςneaniskos (N-NMS)
G3495 νεανίσκος neanískos neh-an-is-kos from the same as νεανίας; a youth (under forty):--young man.
|
νεανίσκοςneaniskos
|
a young man
|
N-NMS
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
certain
|
IPro-NMS
|
G4870συνηκολούθειsynēkolouthei (V-IIA-3S)
G4870 συνακολουθέω synakolouthéō soon-ak-ol-oo-theh-o from σύν and ἀκολουθέω; to accompany:--follow.
|
συνηκολούθειsynēkolouthei
|
was following
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G4016περιβεβλημένοςperibeblēmenos (V-RPM/P-NMS)
G4016 περιβάλλω peribállō per-ee-bal-lo from περί and βάλλω; to throw all around, i.e. invest (with a palisade or with clothing):--array, cast about, clothe(-d me), put on.
|
περιβεβλημένοςperibeblēmenos
|
having cast
|
V-RPM/P-NMS
|
G4616σινδόναsindona (N-AFS)
G4616 σινδών sindṓn sin-done of uncertain (perhaps foreign) origin; byssos, i.e. bleached linen (the cloth or a garment of it):--(fine) linen (cloth).
|
σινδόναsindona
|
a linen cloth
|
N-AFS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
about
|
Prep
|
G1131γυμνοῦ,gymnou (Adj-GNS)
G1131 γυμνός gymnós goom-nos of uncertain affinity; nude (absolute or relative, literal or figurative):--naked.
|
γυμνοῦ,gymnou
|
his naked [body];
|
Adj-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2902κρατοῦσινkratousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2902 κρατέω kratéō krat-eh-o from κράτος; to use strength, i.e. seize or retain (literally or figuratively):--hold (by, fast), keep, lay hand (hold) on, obtain, retain, take (by).
|
κρατοῦσινkratousin
|
they seize
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G846αὐτόν·auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν·auton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
51
There followed him a certain young man, having a linen cloth cast about his naked body; and the young men laid hold on him:Mark 14:51
Stats
Counts: 129 characters, 22 words, 100 letters, 38 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εις τις νεανισκος ηκολουθει αυτω περιβεβλημενος σινδονα επι γυμνου και κρατουσιν αυτον οι νεανισκοι
Lit: And a young man certain was following Him, having cast a linen cloth about his naked [body]; and they seize him,
KJV: And there followed him a certain young man, having a linen cloth cast about his naked [body]; and the young men laid hold on him:
ο δε καταλιπων την σινδονα γυμνος εφυγεν απ αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2641καταλιπὼνkatalipōn (V-APA-NMS)
G2641 καταλείπω kataleípō kat-al-i-po from κατά and λείπω; to leave down, i.e. behind; by implication, to abandon, have remaining:--forsake, leave, reserve.
|
καταλιπὼνkatalipōn
|
having left behind
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4616σινδόναsindona (N-AFS)
G4616 σινδών sindṓn sin-done of uncertain (perhaps foreign) origin; byssos, i.e. bleached linen (the cloth or a garment of it):--(fine) linen (cloth).
|
σινδόναsindona
|
linen cloth,
|
N-AFS
|
G1131γυμνὸςgymnos (Adj-NMS)
G1131 γυμνός gymnós goom-nos of uncertain affinity; nude (absolute or relative, literal or figurative):--naked.
|
γυμνὸςgymnos
|
naked
|
Adj-NMS
|
G5343ἔφυγεν.ephygen (V-AIA-3S)
G5343 φεύγω pheúgō fyoo-go apparently a primary verb; to run away (literally or figuratively); by implication, to shun; by analogy, to vanish:--escape, flee (away).
|
ἔφυγεν.ephygen
|
he fled.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
52
He left the linen cloth, and fled from them naked.Mark 14:52
Stats
Counts: 54 characters, 10 words, 42 letters, 13 vowels, 29 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε καταλιπων την σινδονα γυμνος εφυγεν απ αυτων
Lit: and having left behind the linen cloth, naked he fled.
KJV: And he left the linen cloth, and fled from them naked.
References
"And he left the linen cloth, and fled from them naked."Mr 13:14-16: But when you will see the abomination of desolation: spoken of by Daniel the prophet: standing where it not ought: (let him that reads understand: ) then let them that be in Judaea flee to the mountains:Ge 39:12: She caught him by his garment: saying: Lie with me: and he left his garment in her hand: and fled: and got him out.Job 2:4: Satan answered the LORD: and said: Skin for skin: yes: all that a man has will He give for His life.
One Long Night
και απηγαγον τον ιησουν προς τον αρχιερεα και συνερχονται αυτω παντες οι αρχιερεις και οι πρεσβυτεροι και οι γραμματεις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G520ἀπήγαγονapēgagon (V-AIA-3P)
G520 ἀπάγω apágō ap-ag-o from ἀπό and ἄγω; to take off (in various senses):--bring, carry away, lead (away), put to death, take away.
|
ἀπήγαγονapēgagon
|
they led away
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2424ἸησοῦνIēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦνIēsoun
|
Jesus
|
N-AMS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G749ἀρχιερέα,archierea (N-AMS)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερέα,archierea
|
high priest.
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4905συνέρχονταιsynerchontai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G4905 συνέρχομαι synérchomai soon-er-khom-ahee from σύν and ἔρχομαι; to convene, depart in company with, associate with, or (specially), cohabit (conjugally):--accompany, assemble (with), come (together), come (company, go) with, resort.
|
συνέρχονταιsynerchontai
|
come together
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G749ἀρχιερεῖςarchiereis (N-NMP)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεῖςarchiereis
|
chief priests,
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4245πρεσβύτεροιpresbyteroi (Adj-NMP)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβύτεροιpresbyteroi
|
elders,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G1122γραμματεῖς.grammateis (N-NMP)
G1122 γραμματεύς grammateús gram-mat-yooce from γράμμα. a writer, i.e. (professionally) scribe or secretary:--scribe, town-clerk.
|
γραμματεῖς.grammateis
|
scribes.
|
N-NMP
|
53
They led Jesus away to the high priest: and with Him were assembled all the chief priests and the elders and the scribes.Mark 14:53
Stats
Counts: 125 characters, 23 words, 100 letters, 34 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: και απηγαγον τον ιησουν προς τον αρχιερεα και συνερχονται αυτω παντες οι αρχιερεις και οι πρεσβυτεροι και οι γραμματεις
Lit: And they led away Jesus to the high priest. And come together all the chief priests, and the elders, and the scribes.
KJV: And they led Jesus away to the high priest: and with him were assembled all the chief priests and the elders and the scribes.
References
"they led"Isa 53:7: He was oppressed: and he was afflicted: yet he not opened his mouth: he is brought as a lamb to the slaughter: and as a sheep before her shearers is dumb: so he opens not his mouth.Mt 26:57-68: They that had laid hold on Jesus led Him away to Caiaphas the high priest: where the scribes and the elders were assembled.Lu 22:54-62: Then took they him: and led him: and brought him into the high priest's house. And Peter followed afar off.Joh 18:13: 14: 24: Led him away to Annas first; for he was father in law to Caiaphas: which was the high priest that same year."and with"Mr 15:1: Straightway in the morning the chief priests held a consultation with the elders and scribes and the whole council: and bound Jesus: and carried Him away: and delivered Him to Pilate.Mt 26:3: Then assembled together the chief priests: and the scribes: and the elders of the people: to the palace of the high priest: who was called Caiaphas: Ac 4:5: 6: It came to pass on the morrow: that their rulers: and elders: and scribes:
και ο πετρος απο μακροθεν ηκολουθησεν αυτω εως εσω εις την αυλην του αρχιερεως και ην συγκαθημενος μετα των υπηρετων και θερμαινομενος προς το φως
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter
|
N-NMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3113μακρόθενmakrothen (Adv)
G3113 μακρόθεν makróthen mak-roth-en adverb from μακρός; from a distance or afar:--afar off, from far.
|
μακρόθενmakrothen
|
afar off
|
Adv
|
G190ἠκολούθησενēkolouthēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G190 ἀκολουθέω akolouthéō ak-ol-oo-theh-o from Α (as a particle of union) and (a road); properly, to be in the same way with, i.e. to accompany (specially, as a disciple):--follow, reach.
|
ἠκολούθησενēkolouthēsen
|
followed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
as far as
|
Prep
|
G2080ἔσωesō (Adv)
G2080 ἔσω ésō es-o from εἰς; inside (as preposition or adjective):-- (with-)in(-ner, -to, -ward).
|
ἔσωesō
|
within
|
Adv
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G833αὐλὴνaulēn (N-AFS)
G833 αὐλή aulḗ ow-lay from the same as ἀήρ; a yard (as open to the wind); by implication, a mansion:--court, (sheep-)fold, hall, palace.
|
αὐλὴνaulēn
|
court
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G749ἀρχιερέως,archiereōs (N-GMS)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερέως,archiereōs
|
high priest;
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
he was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G4775συνκαθήμενοςsynkathēmenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G4775 συγκάθημαι synkáthēmai soong-kath-ay-mahee from σύν and κάθημαι; to seat oneself in company with:--sit with.
|
συνκαθήμενοςsynkathēmenos
|
sitting
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G5257ὑπηρετῶνhypēretōn (N-GMP)
G5257 ὑπηρέτης hypērétēs hoop-ay-ret-ace from ὑπό and a derivative of (to row); an under-oarsman, i.e. (generally) subordinate (assistant, sexton, constable):--minister, officer, servant.
|
ὑπηρετῶνhypēretōn
|
officers
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2328θερμαινόμενοςthermainomenos (V-PPM-NMS)
G2328 θερμαίνω thermaínō ther-mah-ee-no from θέρμη; to heat (oneself):--(be) warm(-ed, self).
|
θερμαινόμενοςthermainomenos
|
warming himself
|
V-PPM-NMS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G5457φῶς.phōs (N-ANS)
G5457 φῶς phōs foce from an obsolete (to shine or make manifest, especially by rays; compare φαίνω, φημί); luminousness (in the widest application, natural or artificial, abstract or concrete, literal or figurative):--fire, light.
|
φῶς.phōs
|
fire.
|
N-ANS
|
54
Peter followed him afar off, even into the palace of the high priest: and he sat with the servants, and warmed himself at the fire.Mark 14:54
Stats
Counts: 135 characters, 23 words, 106 letters, 39 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ο πετρος απο μακροθεν ηκολουθησεν αυτω εως εσω εις την αυλην του αρχιερεως και ην συγκαθημενος μετα των υπηρετων και θερμαινομενος προς το φως
Lit: And Peter from afar off followed Him, as far as within to the court of the high priest; and he was sitting with the officers and warming himself at the fire.
KJV: And Peter followed him afar off, even into the palace of the high priest: and he sat with the servants, and warmed himself at the fire.
References
"Peter"Mr 14:29-31: 38: But Peter said to him: Although all will be offended: yet will not I.1Sa 13:7: some of the Hebrews went over Jordan to the land of Gad and Gilead. As for Saul: he was yet in Gilgal: and all the people followed him trembling.Mt 26:58: But Peter followed him afar off to the high priest's palace: and went in: and sat with the servants: to see the end."even"Joh 18:15: 16: Simon Peter followed Jesus: and so did another disciple: that disciple was known to the high priest'>priest: and went in with Jesus into the palace of the high priest'>priest."and he"1Ki 19:9: 13: He came there to a cave: and lodged there; and: look: the word of the LORD came to Him: and He said to Him: What do you here: Elijah?Lu 22:55: 56: When they had kindled a fire in the middle of the hall: and were set down together: Peter sat down among them.Joh 18:18: 25: The servants and officers stood there: who had made a fire of coals; for it was cold: and they warmed themselves: and Peter stood with them: and warmed himself."and warmed"Lu 22:44: Being in an agony he prayed more earnestly: and his sweat was as it were great drops of blood falling down to the ground.
οι δε αρχιερεις και ολον το συνεδριον εζητουν κατα του ιησου μαρτυριαν εις το θανατωσαι αυτον και ουχ ευρισκον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G749ἀρχιερεῖςarchiereis (N-NMP)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεῖςarchiereis
|
the chief priests
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3650ὅλονholon (Adj-NNS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅλονholon
|
all
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4892συνέδριονsynedrion (N-NNS)
G4892 συνέδριον synédrion soon-ed-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of a compound of σύν and the base of ἑδραῖος; a joint session, i.e. (specially), the Jewish Sanhedrin; by analogy, a subordinate tribunal:--council.
|
συνέδριονsynedrion
|
Council
|
N-NNS
|
G2212ἐζήτουνezētoun (V-IIA-3P)
G2212 ζητέω zētéō dzay-teh-o of uncertain affinity; to seek (literally or figuratively); specially, (by Hebraism) to worship (God), or (in a bad sense) to plot (against life):--be (go) about, desire, endeavour, enquire (for), require, (X will) seek (after, for, means). Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ἐζήτουνezētoun
|
were seeking
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
against
|
Prep
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
Jesus
|
N-GMS
|
G3141μαρτυρίανmartyrian (N-AFS)
G3141 μαρτυρία martyría mar-too-ree-ah from μάρτυς; evidence given (judicially or genitive case):--record, report, testimony, witness.
|
μαρτυρίανmartyrian
|
testimony,
|
N-AFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2289θανατῶσαιthanatōsai (V-ANA)
G2289 θανατόω thanatóō than-at-o-o from θάνατος to kill (literally or figuratively):--become dead, (cause to be) put to death, kill, mortify.
|
θανατῶσαιthanatōsai
|
put to death
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν,auton
|
Him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐχouch (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐχouch
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2147ηὕρισκον·hēuriskon (V-IIA-3P)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
ηὕρισκον·hēuriskon
|
they were finding any.
|
V-IIA-3P
|
55
The chief priests and all the council sought for witness against Jesus to put Him to death; and found none.Mark 14:55
Stats
Counts: 111 characters, 20 words, 89 letters, 33 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε αρχιερεις και ολον το συνεδριον εζητουν κατα του ιησου μαρτυριαν εις το θανατωσαι αυτον και ουχ ευρισκον
Lit: And the chief priests and all the Council were seeking against Jesus testimony, to put to death Him, but not they were finding any.
KJV: And the chief priests and all the council sought for witness against Jesus to put him to death; and found none.
References
"sought"1Ki 21:10: 13: Set two men: sons of Belial: before Him: to bear witness against Him: saying: You did blaspheme God and the king. And then carry Him out: and stone Him: that He may die.Ps 27:12: Deliver not me over to the will of my enemies: for false witnesses are risen up against me: and such as breathe out cruelty.Ps 35:11: False witnesses did rise up; they laid to my charge things that I not knew.Mt 26:59: 60: Now the chief priests: and elders: and all the council: sought false witness against Jesus: to put Him to death;Ac 6:11-13: Then they suborned men: which said: We have heard Him speak blasphemous words against Moses: and against God.Ac 24:1-13: After 5 days Ananias the high priest descended with the elders: and with a certain orator named Tertullus: who informed the governor against Paul."and found"Da 6:4: Then the presidents and princes sought to find occasion against Daniel concerning the kingdom; but they could find none occasion nor fault; forasmuch as he was faithful: neither was there any error or fault found in him.1Pe 3:16-18: Having a good conscience; that: whereas they speak evil of you: as of evildoers: they may be ashamed that falsely accuse your good conversation in Christ.
πολλοι γαρ εψευδομαρτυρουν κατ αυτου και ισαι αι μαρτυριαι ουκ ησαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4183πολλοὶpolloi (Adj-NMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοὶpolloi
|
Many
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G5576ἐψευδομαρτύρουνepseudomartyroun (V-IIA-3P)
G5576 ψευδομαρτυρέω pseudomartyréō psyoo-dom-ar-too-reh-o from ψευδομάρτυρ; to be an untrue testifier, i.e. offer falsehood in evidence:--be a false witness.
|
ἐψευδομαρτύρουνepseudomartyroun
|
were bearing false testimony
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G2596κατ’kat’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατ’kat’
|
against
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
but
|
Conj
|
G2470ἴσαιisai (Adj-NFP)
G2470 ἴσος ísos ee-sos probably from εἴδω (through the idea of seeming); similar (in amount and kind):--+ agree, as much, equal, like.
|
ἴσαιisai
|
alike
|
Adj-NFP
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
their
|
Art-NFP
|
G3141μαρτυρίαιmartyriai (N-NFP)
G3141 μαρτυρία martyría mar-too-ree-ah from μάρτυς; evidence given (judicially or genitive case):--record, report, testimony, witness.
|
μαρτυρίαιmartyriai
|
testimonies
|
N-NFP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἦσαν.ēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσαν.ēsan
|
were.
|
V-IIA-3P
|
56
For many bare false witness against him, but their witness not agreed together.Mark 14:56
Stats
Counts: 79 characters, 12 words, 65 letters, 24 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: πολλοι γαρ εψευδομαρτυρουν κατ αυτου και ισαι αι μαρτυριαι ουκ ησαν
Lit: Many for were bearing false testimony against Him, but alike their testimonies not were.
KJV: For many bare false witness against him, but their witness agreed not together.
και τινες ανασταντες εψευδομαρτυρουν κατ αυτου λεγοντες
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καίkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καίkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5100τινεςtines (IPro-NMP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινεςtines
|
some
|
IPro-NMP
|
G450ἀναστάντεςanastantes (V-APA-NMP)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀναστάντεςanastantes
|
having risen up,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G5576ἐψευδομαρτύρουνepseudomartyroun (V-IIA-3P)
G5576 ψευδομαρτυρέω pseudomartyréō psyoo-dom-ar-too-reh-o from ψευδομάρτυρ; to be an untrue testifier, i.e. offer falsehood in evidence:--be a false witness.
|
ἐψευδομαρτύρουνepseudomartyroun
|
were bearing false testimony
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G2596κατ’kat’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατ’kat’
|
against
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
57
There arose certain, and bare false witness against him, saying,Mark 14:57
Stats
Counts: 68 characters, 9 words, 55 letters, 22 vowels, 33 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τινες ανασταντες εψευδομαρτυρουν κατ αυτου λεγοντες
Lit: And some having risen up, were bearing false testimony against Him, saying,
KJV: And there arose certain, and bare false witness against him, saying,
References
"and bare"Mr 15:29: They that passed by railed on him: wagging their heads: and saying: Ah: you that destroyest the temple: and build it in 3 days: Jer 26:8: 9: 18: Now it came to pass: when Jeremiah had made an end of speaking all that the LORD had commanded Him to speak to all the people: that the priests and the prophets and all the people took Him: saying: You will surely die.Mt 26:60: 61: But found none: yes: though many false witnesses came: yet found they none. At the last came two false witnesses: Mt 27:40: Saying: You that destroyest the temple: and build it in 3 days: save yourself. If you be the Son of God: come down from the cross.Joh 2:18-21: Then answered the Jews and said to him: What sign shew you to us: seeing that you do these things?Ac 6:13: 14: Set up false witnesses: which said: This man ceases not to speak blasphemous words against this holy place: and the law:
οτι ημεις ηκουσαμεν αυτου λεγοντος οτι εγω καταλυσω τον ναον τουτον τον χειροποιητον και δια τριων ημερων αλλον αχειροποιητον οικοδομησω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1473ἩμεῖςHēmeis (PPro-N1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἩμεῖςHēmeis
|
We
|
PPro-N1P
|
G191ἠκούσαμενēkousamen (V-AIA-1P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἠκούσαμενēkousamen
|
heard
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3004λέγοντοςlegontos (V-PPA-GMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντοςlegontos
|
saying
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G1473ἘγὼEgō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἘγὼEgō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G2647καταλύσωkatalysō (V-FIA-1S)
G2647 καταλύω katalýō kat-al-oo-o from κατά and λύω; to loosen down (disintegrate), i.e. (by implication) to demolish (literally or figuratively); specially (compare κατάλυμα) to halt for the night:--destroy, dissolve, be guest, lodge, come to nought, overthrow, throw down.
|
καταλύσωkatalysō
|
will destroy
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3485ναὸνnaon (N-AMS)
G3485 ναός naós nah-os from a primary (to dwell); a fane, shrine, temple :--shrine, temple. Compare ἱερόν.
|
ναὸνnaon
|
temple
|
N-AMS
|
G3778τοῦτονtouton (DPro-AMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτονtouton
|
this,
|
DPro-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the one
|
Art-AMS
|
G5499χειροποίητονcheiropoiēton (Adj-AMS)
G5499 χειροποίητος cheiropoíētos khi-rop-oy-ay-tos from χείρ and a derivative of ποιέω; manufactured, i.e. of human construction:--made by (make with) hands.
|
χειροποίητονcheiropoiēton
|
made with hands,
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5140τριῶνtriōn (Adj-GFP)
G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
τριῶνtriōn
|
three
|
Adj-GFP
|
G2250ἡμερῶνhēmerōn (N-GFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμερῶνhēmerōn
|
days
|
N-GFP
|
G243ἄλλονallon (Adj-AMS)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλονallon
|
another,
|
Adj-AMS
|
G886ἀχειροποίητονacheiropoiēton (Adj-AMS)
G886 ἀχειροποίητος acheiropoíētos akh-i-rop-oy-ay-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and χειροποίητος; unmanufactured, i.e. inartificial:--made without (not made with) hands.
|
ἀχειροποίητονacheiropoiēton
|
not made with hands,
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3618οἰκοδομήσω.oikodomēsō (V-FIA-1S)
G3618 οἰκοδομέω oikodoméō oy-kod-om-eh-o from the same as οἰκοδομή; to be a house-builder, i.e. construct or (figuratively) confirm:--(be in) build(-er, -ing, up), edify, embolden.
|
οἰκοδομήσω.oikodomēsō
|
I will build.
|
V-FIA-1S
|
58
We heard him say, I will destroy this temple that is made with hands, and within 3 days I will build another made without hands.
Mark 14:58
Stats
Counts: 132 characters, 23 words, 105 letters, 37 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτι ημεις ηκουσαμεν αυτου λεγοντος οτι εγω καταλυσω τον ναον τουτον τον χειροποιητον και δια τριων ημερων αλλον αχειροποιητον οικοδομησω
Lit: We heard Him saying - , I will destroy the temple this, the one made with hands, and in three days another, not made with hands, I will build.
KJV: We heard him say, I will destroy this temple that is made with hands, and within three days I will build another made without hands.
References
"We heard him say, I will destroy this temple that is made with hands, and within three days I will build another made without hands."Da 2:34: 45: You saw till that a stone was cut out without hands: which smote the image upon his feet that were of iron and clay: and brake them to pieces.Ac 7:48: Howbeit the most High dwells not in temples made with hands; as says the prophet: 2Co 5:1: For we know that if our earthly house of this tabernacle were dissolved: we have a building of God: an not house made with hands: eternal in the heavens.Heb 9:11: 24: But Christ being come an high priest of good things to come: by a greater and more perfect tabernacle: not made with hands: that is to say: not of this building;
και ουδε ουτως ιση ην η μαρτυρια αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Adv)
G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
neither
|
Adv
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
thus
|
Adv
|
G2470ἴσηisē (Adj-NFS)
G2470 ἴσος ísos ee-sos probably from εἴδω (through the idea of seeming); similar (in amount and kind):--+ agree, as much, equal, like.
|
ἴσηisē
|
alike
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G3141μαρτυρίαmartyria (N-NFS)
G3141 μαρτυρία martyría mar-too-ree-ah from μάρτυς; evidence given (judicially or genitive case):--record, report, testimony, witness.
|
μαρτυρίαmartyria
|
testimony
|
N-NFS
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
of them.
|
PPro-GM3P
|
59
But neither so did their witness agree together.Mark 14:59
Stats
Counts: 48 characters, 8 words, 40 letters, 16 vowels, 24 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ουδε ουτως ιση ην η μαρτυρια αυτων
Lit: And neither thus alike was the testimony of them.
KJV: But neither so did their witness agree together.
και αναστας ο αρχιερευς εις το μεσον επηρωτησεν τον ιησουν λεγων ουκ αποκρινη ουδεν τι ουτοι σου καταμαρτυρουσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G450ἀναστὰςanastas (V-APA-NMS)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀναστὰςanastas
|
having stood up
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G749ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus (N-NMS)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus
|
high priest
|
N-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3319μέσονmeson (Adj-ANS)
G3319 μέσος mésos mes-os from μετά; middle (as an adjective or (neuter) noun):--among, X before them, between, + forth, mid(-day, -night), midst, way.
|
μέσονmeson
|
the midst,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1905ἐπηρώτησενepērōtēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G1905 ἐπερωτάω eperōtáō ep-er-o-tah-o from ἐπί and ἐρωτάω; to ask for, i.e. inquire, seek:--ask (after, questions), demand, desire, question.
|
ἐπηρώτησενepērōtēsen
|
he questioned
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2424ἸησοῦνIēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦνIēsoun
|
Jesus,
|
N-AMS
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3756ΟὐκOuk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
ΟὐκOuk
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G611ἀποκρίνῃapokrinē (V-PIM/P-2S)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀποκρίνῃapokrinē
|
answer You
|
V-PIM/P-2S
|
G3762οὐδέν;ouden (Adj-ANS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδέν;ouden
|
nothing?
|
Adj-ANS
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
What is it
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3778οὗτοίhoutoi (DPro-NMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοίhoutoi
|
these
|
DPro-NMP
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
You
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2649καταμαρτυροῦσιν;katamartyrousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2649 καταμαρτυρέω katamartyréō kat-am-ar-too-reh-o from κατά and μαρτυρέω; to testify against:--witness against.
|
καταμαρτυροῦσιν;katamartyrousin
|
testify against?
|
V-PIA-3P
|
60
The high priest stood up in the middle, and asked Jesus, saying, Answerest you nothing? what is it which these witness against you?
Mark 14:60
Stats
Counts: 136 characters, 20 words, 108 letters, 38 vowels, 70 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αναστας ο αρχιερευς εις το μεσον επηρωτησεν τον ιησουν λεγων ουκ αποκρινη ουδεν τι ουτοι σου καταμαρτυρουσιν
Lit: And having stood up the high priest in the midst, he questioned Jesus, saying, Not answer You nothing? What is it these You testify against?
KJV: And the high priest stood up in the midst, and asked Jesus, saying, Answerest thou nothing? what is it which these witness against thee?
References
"And the high priest stood up in the midst, and asked Jesus, saying, Answerest thou nothing? what is it which these witness against thee?"Mr 15:3-5: The chief priests accused him of many things: but he not answeredhing.Mt 26:62: 63: The high priest arose: and said to him: Answer you nothing? what is it which these witness against you?Joh 19:9: 10: Went again into the judgment hall: and says to Jesus: Where are you? But Jesus gave Him no answer.
ο δε εσιωπα και ουδεν απεκρινατο παλιν ο αρχιερευς επηρωτα αυτον και λεγει αυτω συ ει ο χριστος ο υιος του ευλογητου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G4623ἐσιώπαesiōpa (V-IIA-3S)
G4623 σιωπάω siōpáō see-o-pah-o from (silence, i.e. a hush; properly, muteness, i.e. involuntary stillness, or inability to speak; and thus differing from σιγή, which is rather a voluntary refusal or indisposition to speak, although the terms are often used synonymously); to be dumb (but not deaf also, like 2974 properly); figuratively, to be calm (as quiet water):--dumb, (hold) peace.
|
ἐσιώπαesiōpa
|
He was silent,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G611ἀπεκρίνατοapekrinato (V-AIM-3S)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀπεκρίνατοapekrinato
|
did He answer
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3762οὐδέν.ouden (Adj-ANS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδέν.ouden
|
nothing.
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3825Πάλινpalin (Adv)
G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
Πάλινpalin
|
Again
|
Adv
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G749ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus (N-NMS)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus
|
high priest
|
N-NMS
|
G1905ἐπηρώταepērōta (V-IIA-3S)
G1905 ἐπερωτάω eperōtáō ep-er-o-tah-o from ἐπί and ἐρωτάω; to ask for, i.e. inquire, seek:--ask (after, questions), demand, desire, question.
|
ἐπηρώταepērōta
|
was questioning
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G4771ΣὺSy (PPro-N2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ΣὺSy
|
You
|
PPro-N2S
|
G1510εἶei (V-PIA-2S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶei
|
are
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5547ΧριστὸςChristos (N-NMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστὸςChristos
|
Christ,
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5207ΥἱὸςHuios (N-NMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱὸςHuios
|
Son
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2128Εὐλογητοῦ;Eulogētou (Adj-GMS)
G2128 εὐλογητός eulogētós yoo-log-ay-tos from εὐλογέω; adorable:--blessed.
|
Εὐλογητοῦ;Eulogētou
|
Blessed One?
|
Adj-GMS
|
61
But He held His peace, and not answeredhing. Again the high priest asked Him, and said to Him, Are you the Christ, the Son of the Blessed?
Mark 14:61
Stats
Rank: #3212 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 141 characters, 22 words, 109 letters, 40 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε εσιωπα και ουδεν απεκρινατο παλιν ο αρχιερευς επηρωτα αυτον και λεγει αυτω συ ει ο χριστος ο υιος του ευλογητου
Lit: But He was silent, and not did He answer nothing. Again the high priest was questioning Him, and says to Him, You are the Christ, the Son of the Blessed One?
KJV: But he held his peace, and answered nothing. Again the high priest asked him, and said unto him, Art thou the Christ, the Son of the Blessed?
References
"he held"Ps 39:1: 2: 9: even to Jeduthun: A Psalm of David.>> I said: I will take heed to my ways: that I not sin with my tongue: I will keep my mouth with a bridle: while the wicked is before me.Isa 53:7: He was oppressed: and he was afflicted: yet he not opened his mouth: he is brought as a lamb to the slaughter: and as a sheep before her shearers is dumb: so he opens not his mouth.Mt 27:12-14: When he was accused of the chief priests and elders: he not answeredhing.Ac 8:32: The place of the scripture which he read was this: He was led as a sheep to the slaughter; and like a lamb dumb before his shearer: so opened not he his mouth:1Pe 2:23: Who: when he was reviled: not reviled again; when he suffered: he not threatened; but committed himself to him that judges righteously:"Art"Mr 15:2: Pilate asked him: Are you the King of the Jews? And he answering said to him: You say it.Mt 11:3-5: Said to him: Are you he who should come: or do we look for another?Mt 16:16: Simon Peter answered and said: You are the Christ: the Son of the living God.Mt 26:63: 64: But Jesus held His peace. And the high priest answered and said to Him: I adjure you by the living God: that you tell us whether you be the Christ: the Son of God.Lu 22:67-70: Are you the Christ? tell us. And He said to them: If I tell you: you not will believe:Joh 10:24: Then came the Jews round about Him: and said to Him: How long do you make us to doubt? If you be the Christ: tell us plainly.Joh 18:37: Pilate therefore said to Him: Are you a king then? Jesus answered: You say that I am a king. To this end was I born: and for this cause came I into the world: that I should bear witness to the truth. Every one that is of the truth hears my voice."the Son"Ps 2:7: I will declare the decree: the LORD has said to me: You are my Son; this day have I begotten you.Ps 119:12: Blessed are you: O LORD: teach me your statutes.Isa 9:6: 7: For to us a child is born: to us a son is given: and the government will be upon His shoulder: and His name will be called Wonderful: Counseller: The mighty God: The everlasting Father: The Prince of Peace.Mt 3:17: indeed a voice from heaven: saying: This is my beloved Son: in whom I am well pleased.Mt 8:29: And: look: they cried out: saying: What have we to do with you: Jesus: you Son of God? are you come here to torment us before the time?Joh 1:34: 49-51: I saw: and bare record that this is the Son of God.Joh 5:18-25: Therefore the Jews sought the more to kill Him: because He not">not He only had broken the sabbath: but said also that God was His Father: making Himself equal with God.Joh 10:30: 31: 36: I and my Father are one.Joh 19:7: The Jews answered Him: We have a law: and by our law He ought to die: because He made Himself the Son of God.1Ti 1:11: According to the glorious gospel of the blessed God: which was committed to my trust.1Ti 6:15: Which in His times He will show: who is the blessed and only Potentate: the King of kings: and Lord of lords;
ο δε ιησους ειπεν εγω ειμι και οψεσθε τον υιον του ανθρωπου καθημενον εκ δεξιων της δυναμεως και ερχομενον μετα των νεφελων του ουρανου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1473ἘγώEgō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἘγώEgō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1510εἰμι,eimi (V-PIA-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμι,eimi
|
am.
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708ὄψεσθεopsesthe (V-FIM-2P)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὄψεσθεopsesthe
|
you will see
|
V-FIM-2P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5207ΥἱὸνHuion (N-AMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱὸνHuion
|
Son
|
N-AMS
|
G444ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou (N-GMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou
|
of Man
|
N-GMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
at the
|
Prep
|
G1188δεξιῶνdexiōn (Adj-GNP)
G1188 δεξιός dexiós dex-ee-os from δέχομαι; the right side or (feminine) hand (as that which usually takes):--right (hand, side).
|
δεξιῶνdexiōn
|
right hand
|
Adj-GNP
|
G2521καθήμενονkathēmenon (V-PPM/P-AMS)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθήμενονkathēmenon
|
sitting
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of
|
Art-GFS
|
G1411δυνάμεωςdynameōs (N-GFS)
G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δυνάμεωςdynameōs
|
Power,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2064ἐρχόμενονerchomenon (V-PPM/P-AMS)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐρχόμενονerchomenon
|
coming
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GFP
|
G3507νεφελῶνnephelōn (N-GFP)
G3507 νεφέλη nephélē nef-el-ay from νέφος; properly, cloudiness, i.e. (concretely) a cloud:--cloud.
|
νεφελῶνnephelōn
|
clouds
|
N-GFP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of
|
Art-GMS
|
G3772οὐρανοῦ.ouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦ.ouranou
|
heaven.
|
N-GMS
|
62
Jesus said, I am: and you will see the Son of man sitting on the right hand of power, and coming in the clouds of heaven.
Mark 14:62
Stats
Rank: #3291 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 125 characters, 24 words, 95 letters, 36 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε ιησους ειπεν εγω ειμι και οψεσθε τον υιον του ανθρωπου καθημενον εκ δεξιων της δυναμεως και ερχομενον μετα των νεφελων του ουρανου
Lit: And Jesus said, I am. And you will see the Son of Man at the right hand sitting of Power, and coming with the clouds of heaven.
KJV: And Jesus said, I am: and ye shall see the Son of man sitting on the right hand of power, and coming in the clouds of heaven.
References
"I am"Mr 15:2: Pilate asked him: Are you the King of the Jews? And he answering said to him: You say it.Mt 26:64: Jesus says to Him: You have said: nevertheless I say to you: Hereafter will you see the Son of man sitting on the right hand of power: and coming in the clouds of heaven.Mt 27:11: Jesus stood before the governor: and the governor asked Him: saying: Are you the King of the Jews? And Jesus said to Him: You sayest.Lu 23:3: Pilate asked him: saying: Are you the King of the Jews? And he answered him and said: You say it."the Son"Mr 13:26: Then will they see the Son of man coming in the clouds with great power and glory.Mr 16:19: So then after the Lord had spoken to them: He was received up into heaven: and sat on the right hand of God.Ps 110:1: > The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you at my right hand: until I make your enemies your footstool.Da 7:13: 14: I saw in the night visions: and: look: one like the Son of man came with the clouds of heaven: and came to the Ancient of days: and they brought Him near before Him.Mt 24:30: Then will appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven: and then will all the tribes of the earth mourn: and they will see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.Lu 22:69: Hereafter will the Son of man sit on the right hand of the power of God.Ac 1:9-11: When he had spoken these things: while they beheld: he was taken up; and a cloud received him out of their sight.2Th 1:7-10: To you who are troubled rest with us: when the Lord Jesus will be revealed from heaven with His mighty angels: Heb 1:3: Who being the brightness of his glory: and the express image of his person: and upholding all things by the word of his power: when he had by himself purged our sins: sat down on the right hand of the Majesty on high;Heb 8:1: 10: 12: 13: Now of the things which we have spoken this is the sum: We have such an high priest: who is set on the right hand of the throne of the Majesty in the heavens;Heb 12:2: Looking to Jesus the author and finisher of our faith; who for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross: despising the shame: and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God.Re 1:7: Look: he comes with clouds; and every eye will see him: and they also which pierced him: and all kindreds of the earth will wail because of him. Even so: Amen.Re 20:11: I saw a great white throne: and him that sat on it: from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them.
ο δε αρχιερευς διαρρηξας τους χιτωνας αυτου λεγει τι ετι χρειαν εχομεν μαρτυρων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G749ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus (N-NMS)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus
|
the high priest,
|
N-NMS
|
G1284διαρρήξαςdiarrēxas (V-APA-NMS)
G1284 διαῤῥήσσω diarrhḗssō dee-ar-hrayce-so from διά and ῥήγνυμι; to tear asunder:--break, rend.
|
διαρρήξαςdiarrēxas
|
having torn
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G5509χιτῶναςchitōnas (N-AMP)
G5509 χιτών chitṓn khee-tone of foreign origin (כְּתֹנֶת); a tunic or shirt:--clothes, coat, garment.
|
χιτῶναςchitōnas
|
garments
|
N-AMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
What
|
IPro-ANS
|
G2089ἔτιeti (Adv)
G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτιeti
|
any more
|
Adv
|
G5532χρείανchreian (N-AFS)
G5532 χρεία chreía khri-ah from the base of χράομαι or χρή; employment, i.e. an affair; also (by implication) occasion, demand, requirement or destitution:--business, lack, necessary(-ity), need(-ful), use, want.
|
χρείανchreian
|
need
|
N-AFS
|
G2192ἔχομενechomen (V-PIA-1P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχομενechomen
|
have we
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G3144μαρτύρων;martyrōn (N-GMP)
G3144 μάρτυς mártys mar-toos of uncertain affinity; a witness (literally (judicially) or figuratively (genitive case)); by analogy, a martyr:-- martyr, record, witness.
|
μαρτύρων;martyrōn
|
of witnesses?
|
N-GMP
|
63
Then the high priest tear his clothes, and says, What need we any further witnesses?
Mark 14:63
Stats
Counts: 85 characters, 13 words, 68 letters, 22 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε αρχιερευς διαρρηξας τους χιτωνας αυτου λεγει τι ετι χρειαν εχομεν μαρτυρων
Lit: And the high priest, having torn the garments of him, says, What any more need have we of witnesses?
KJV: Then the high priest rent his clothes, and saith, What need we any further witnesses?
References
"his"Isa 36:22: Then came Eliakim: the son of Hilkiah: that was over the household: and Shebna the scribe: and Joah: the son of Asaph: the recorder: to Hezekiah with their clothes tear: and told him the words of Rabshakeh.Isa 37:1: It came to pass: when king Hezekiah heard it: that He tear His clothes: and covered Himself with sackcloth: and went into the house of the LORD.Jer 36:23: 24: It came to pass: that when Jehudi had read 3 or 4 leaves: he cut it with the penknife: and cast it into the fire that was on the hearth: until all the roll was consumed in the fire that was on the hearth.Ac 14:13: 14: Then the priest of Jupiter: which was before their city: brought oxen and garlands to the gates: and would have done sacrifice with the people.
ηκουσατε της βλασφημιας τι υμιν φαινεται οι δε παντες κατεκριναν αυτον ειναι ενοχον θανατου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G191ἠκούσατεēkousate (V-AIA-2P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἠκούσατεēkousate
|
You heard
|
V-AIA-2P
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G988βλασφημίας·blasphēmias (N-GFS)
G988 βλασφημία blasphēmía blas-fay-me-ah from βλάσφημος; vilification (especially against God):--blasphemy, evil speaking, railing.
|
βλασφημίας·blasphēmias
|
blasphemy.
|
N-GFS
|
G5101τίti (IPro-NNS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
What
|
IPro-NNS
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G5316φαίνεται;phainetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G5316 φαίνω phaínō fah-ee-no prolongation for the base of φῶς; to lighten (shine), i.e. show (transitive or intransitive, literal or figurative):-- appear, seem, be seen, shine, X think.
|
φαίνεται;phainetai
|
does it appear?
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2632κατέκρινανkatekrinan (V-AIA-3P)
G2632 κατακρίνω katakrínō kat-ak-ree-no from κατά and κρίνω; to judge against, i.e. sentence:--condemn, damn.
|
κατέκρινανkatekrinan
|
condemned
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1777ἔνοχονenochon (Adj-AMS)
G1777 ἔνοχος énochos en-okh-os from ἐνέχω; liable to (a condition, penalty or imputation):--in danger of, guilty of, subject to.
|
ἔνοχονenochon
|
deserving
|
Adj-AMS
|
G1510εἶναιeinai (V-PNA)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναιeinai
|
to be
|
V-PNA
|
G2288θανάτου.thanatou (N-GMS)
G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θανάτου.thanatou
|
of death.
|
N-GMS
|
64
You have heard the blasphemy: what think you? And they all condemned him to be guilty of death.Mark 14:64
Stats
Counts: 93 characters, 16 words, 73 letters, 25 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: ηκουσατε της βλασφημιας τι υμιν φαινεται οι δε παντες κατεκριναν αυτον ειναι ενοχον θανατου
Lit: You heard the blasphemy. What to you does it appear? And all condemned Him deserving to be of death.
KJV: Ye have heard the blasphemy: what think ye? And they all condemned him to be guilty of death.
References
"Ye have heard the blasphemy: what think ye? And they all condemned him to be guilty of death."Le 24:16: He that'>He who blasphemes the name of the LORD: He will surely be put to death: and all the congregation will certainly stone Him: as well the stranger: as He that'>He who is born in the land: when He blasphemes the name of the LORD: will be put to death.1Ki 21:9-13: She wrote in the letters: saying: Proclaim a fast: and set Naboth on high among the people:Mt 26:65: 66: Then the high priest tear his clothes: saying: He has spoken blasphemy; what further need have we of witnesses? look: now you have heard his blasphemy.Lu 22:71: They said: What need we any further witness? for we ourselves have heard of his own mouth.Joh 5:18: Therefore the Jews sought the more to kill Him: because He not">not He only had broken the sabbath: but said also that God was His Father: making Himself equal with God.Joh 8:58: 59: Jesus said to them: Truly: truly: I say to you: Before Abraham was: I am.Joh 10:31-33: Then the Jews took up stones again to stone him.Joh 19:7: The Jews answered Him: We have a law: and by our law He ought to die: because He made Himself the Son of God.
και ηρξαντο τινες εμπτυειν αυτω και περικαλυπτειν το προσωπον αυτου και κολαφιζειν αυτον και λεγειν αυτω προφητευσον και οι υπηρεται ραπισμασιν αυτον εβαλλον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G756ἤρξαντόērxanto (V-AIM-3P)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
ἤρξαντόērxanto
|
began
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G5100τινεςtines (IPro-NMP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινεςtines
|
some
|
IPro-NMP
|
G1716ἐμπτύεινemptyein (V-PNA)
G1716 ἐμπτύω emptýō emp-too-o from ἐν and πτύω; to spit at or on:--spit (upon).
|
ἐμπτύεινemptyein
|
to spit upon
|
V-PNA
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4028περικαλύπτεινperikalyptein (V-PNA)
G4028 περικαλύπτω perikalýptō per-ee-kal-oop-to from περί and καλύπτω; to cover all around, i.e. entirely (the face, a surface):--blindfold, cover, overlay.
|
περικαλύπτεινperikalyptein
|
to cover up
|
V-PNA
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4383πρόσωπονprosōpon (N-ANS)
G4383 πρόσωπον prósōpon pros-o-pon from πρός and (the visage, from ὀπτάνομαι); the front (as being towards view), i.e. the countenance, aspect, appearance, surface; by implication, presence, person:--(outward) appearance, X before, countenance, face, fashion, (mens) person, presence.
|
πρόσωπονprosōpon
|
face,
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2852κολαφίζεινkolaphizein (V-PNA)
G2852 κολαφίζω kolaphízō kol-af-id-zo from a derivative of the base of κολάζω; to rap with the fist:--buffet.
|
κολαφίζεινkolaphizein
|
to strike
|
V-PNA
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγεινlegein (V-PNA)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγεινlegein
|
to say
|
V-PNA
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G4395Προφήτευσον,Prophēteuson (V-AMA-2S)
G4395 προφητεύω prophēteúō prof-ate-yoo-o from προφήτης; to foretell events, divine, speak under inspiration, exercise the prophetic office:--prophesy.
|
Προφήτευσον,Prophēteuson
|
Prophesy!
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G5257ὑπηρέταιhypēretai (N-NMP)
G5257 ὑπηρέτης hypērétēs hoop-ay-ret-ace from ὑπό and a derivative of (to row); an under-oarsman, i.e. (generally) subordinate (assistant, sexton, constable):--minister, officer, servant.
|
ὑπηρέταιhypēretai
|
officers
|
N-NMP
|
G4475ῥαπίσμασινrhapismasin (N-DNP)
G4475 ῥάπισμα rhápisma hrap-is-mah from ῥαπίζω; a slap:--(+ strike with the) palm of the hand, smite with the hand.
|
ῥαπίσμασινrhapismasin
|
with the palms
|
N-DNP
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2983ἔλαβον.elabon (V-AIA-3P)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
ἔλαβον.elabon
|
received.
|
V-AIA-3P
|
65
Some began to spit on him, and to cover his face, and to buffet him, and to say to him, Prophesy: and the servants did strike him with the palms of their hands.
Mark 14:65
Stats
Counts: 166 characters, 29 words, 127 letters, 44 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηρξαντο τινες εμπτυειν αυτω και περικαλυπτειν το προσωπον αυτου και κολαφιζειν αυτον και λεγειν αυτω προφητευσον και οι υπηρεται ραπισμασιν αυτον εβαλλον
Lit: And began some to spit upon Him, and to cover up of Him the face, and to strike Him, and to say to Him, Prophesy! And the officers with the palms Him received.
KJV: And some began to spit on him, and to cover his face, and to buffet him, and to say unto him, Prophesy: and the servants did strike him with the palms of their hands.
References
"And some began to spit on him, and to cover his face, and to buffet him, and to say unto him, Prophesy: and the servants did strike him with the palms of their hands."Mr 15:19: They smote him on the head with a reed: and did spit upon him: and bowing their knees worshipped him.Nu 12:14: The LORD said to Moses: If her father had but spit in her face: should not she be ashamed 7 days? let her be shut out from the camp 7 days: and after that let her be received in again.Job 30:10: They abhor me: they flee far from me: and not spare to spit in my face.Isa 50:6: I gave my back to the smiters: and my cheeks to them that plucked off the hair: I not hid my face from shame and spitting.Isa 52:14: As many were astonied at you; his visage was so marred more than any man: and his form more than the sons of men:Isa 53:3: He is despised and rejected of men; a man of sorrows: and acquainted with grief: and we hid as it were our faces from him; he was despised: and we esteemed not him.Mic 5:1: Now gather yourself in troops: O daughter of troops: he has laid siege against us: they will smite the judge of Israel with a rod upon the cheek.Mt 26:67: 68: Then did they spit in his face: and buffeted him; and others smote him with the palms of their hands: Lu 22:63: 64: The men that held Jesus mocked Him: and smote Him.Joh 18:22: When He had thus spoken: one of the officers which stood by struck Jesus with the palm of His hand: saying: Answerest you the high priest so?Joh 19:3: Said: Hail: King of the Jews! and they smote him with their hands.Ac 23:2: The high priest Ananias commanded them that stood by him to smite him on the mouth.Heb 12:2: Looking to Jesus the author and finisher of our faith; who for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross: despising the shame: and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God.
Peter Denies Jesus
και οντος του πετρου εν τη αυλη κατω ερχεται μια των παιδισκων του αρχιερεως
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1510ὄντοςontos (V-PPA-GMS)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὄντοςontos
|
being
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G4074ΠέτρουPetrou (N-GMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτρουPetrou
|
Peter
|
N-GMS
|
G2736κάτωkatō (Adv)
G2736 κάτω kátō kat-o-ter-o (compare κατώτερος); adverb from κατά; downwards:--beneath, bottom, down, under.,
|
κάτωkatō
|
below
|
Adv
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G833αὐλῇaulē (N-DFS)
G833 αὐλή aulḗ ow-lay from the same as ἀήρ; a yard (as open to the wind); by implication, a mansion:--court, (sheep-)fold, hall, palace.
|
αὐλῇaulē
|
courtyard,
|
N-DFS
|
G2064ἔρχεταιerchetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχεταιerchetai
|
comes
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1520μίαmia (Adj-NFS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
μίαmia
|
one
|
Adj-NFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GFP
|
G3814παιδισκῶνpaidiskōn (N-GFP)
G3814 παιδίσκη paidískē pahee-dis-kay feminine diminutive of παῖς; a girl, i.e. (specially), a female slave or servant:--bondmaid(-woman), damsel, maid(-en).
|
παιδισκῶνpaidiskōn
|
servant girls
|
N-GFP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G749ἀρχιερέως,archiereōs (N-GMS)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερέως,archiereōs
|
high priest,
|
N-GMS
|
66
As Peter was beneath in the palace, there comes one of the maids of the high priest:Mark 14:66
Stats
Counts: 89 characters, 17 words, 70 letters, 28 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οντος του πετρου εν τη αυλη κατω ερχεται μια των παιδισκων του αρχιερεως
Lit: And being Peter below in the courtyard, comes one of the servant girls of the high priest,
KJV: And as Peter was beneath in the palace, there cometh one of the maids of the high priest:
References
"as"Mr 14:54: Peter followed him afar off: even into the palace of the high priest: and he sat with the servants: and warmed himself at the fire.Mt 26:58: 69: 70: But Peter followed him afar off to the high priest's palace: and went in: and sat with the servants: to see the end.Lu 22:55-57: When they had kindled a fire in the middle of the hall: and were set down together: Peter sat down among them."One"Joh 18:15-18: Simon Peter followed Jesus: and so did another disciple: that disciple was known to the high priest'>priest: and went in with Jesus into the palace of the high priest'>priest.
και ιδουσα τον πετρον θερμαινομενον εμβλεψασα αυτω λεγει και συ μετα του ναζαρηνου ιησου ησθα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδοῦσαidousa (V-APA-NFS)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοῦσαidousa
|
having seen
|
V-APA-NFS
|
G4074ΠέτρονPetron (N-AMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτρονPetron
|
Peter
|
N-AMS
|
G2328θερμαινόμενονthermainomenon (V-PPM-AMS)
G2328 θερμαίνω thermaínō ther-mah-ee-no from θέρμη; to heat (oneself):--(be) warm(-ed, self).
|
θερμαινόμενονthermainomenon
|
warming himself,
|
V-PPM-AMS
|
G1689ἐμβλέψασαemblepsasa (V-APA-NFS)
G1689 ἐμβλέπω emblépō em-blep-o from ἐν and βλέπω; to look on, i.e. (relatively) to observe fixedly, or (absolutely) to discern clearly:--behold, gaze up, look upon, (could) see.
|
ἐμβλέψασαemblepsasa
|
having looked at
|
V-APA-NFS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
she says,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
Also
|
Conj
|
G4771σὺsy (PPro-N2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σὺsy
|
you
|
PPro-N2S
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3479ΝαζαρηνοῦNazarēnou (N-GMS)
G3479 Ναζαρηνός Nazarēnós nad-zar-ay-nos from Ναζαρέθ; a Nazarene, i.e. inhabitant of Nazareth:--of Nazareth.
|
ΝαζαρηνοῦNazarēnou
|
Nazarene
|
N-GMS
|
G1510ἦσθαēstha (V-IIM-2S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσθαēstha
|
were,
|
V-IIM-2S
|
G2424Ἰησοῦ.Iēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦ.Iēsou
|
Jesus.
|
N-GMS
|
67
When she saw Peter warming Himself, she looked upon Him, and said, And you also were with Jesus of Nazareth.
Mark 14:67
Stats
Counts: 113 characters, 18 words, 89 letters, 33 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ιδουσα τον πετρον θερμαινομενον εμβλεψασα αυτω λεγει και συ μετα του ναζαρηνου ιησου ησθα
Lit: and having seen Peter warming himself, having looked at him, she says, Also you with the Nazarene were, Jesus.
KJV: And when she saw Peter warming himself, she looked upon him, and said, And thou also wast with Jesus of Nazareth.
References
"Jesus"Mr 10:47: When He heard that it was Jesus of Nazareth: He began to cry out: and say: Jesus: you Son of David: have mercy on me.Mt 2:23: He came and dwelt in a city called Nazareth: that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the prophets: He will be called a Nazarene.Mt 21:11: The multitude said: This is Jesus the prophet of Nazareth of Galilee.Joh 1:45-49: Philip finds Nathanael: and says to Him: We have found Him: of whom Moses in the law: and the prophets: did write: Jesus of Nazareth: the son of Joseph.Joh 19:19: Pilate wrote a title: and put it on the cross. And the writing was: JESUS OF NAZARETH THE KING OF THE JEWS.Ac 10:38: How God anointed Jesus of Nazareth with the Holy Ghost and with power: who went about doing good: and healing all that were oppressed of the devil; for God was with Him.
ο δε ηρνησατο λεγων ουκ οιδα ουδε επισταμαι τι συ λεγεις και εξηλθεν εξω εις το προαυλιον και αλεκτωρ εφωνησεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G720ἠρνήσατοērnēsato (V-AIM-3S)
G720 ἀρνέομαι arnéomai ar-neh-om-ahee perhaps from Α (as a negative particle) and the middle voice of ῥέω; to contradict, i.e. disavow, reject, abnegate:--deny, refuse.
|
ἠρνήσατοērnēsato
|
he denied it,
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3777ΟὔτεOute (Conj)
G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
ΟὔτεOute
|
Neither
|
Conj
|
G1492οἶδαoida (V-RIA-1S)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἶδαoida
|
I know,
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj)
G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
nor even
|
Conj
|
G1987ἐπίσταμαιepistamai (V-PIM/P-1S)
G1987 ἐπίσταμαι epístamai ep-is-tam-ahee apparently a middle voice of ἐφίστημι (with νοῦς implied); to put the mind upon, i.e. comprehend, or be acquainted with:--know, understand.
|
ἐπίσταμαιepistamai
|
understand
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
G4771σὺsy (PPro-N2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σὺsy
|
you
|
PPro-N2S
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3004λέγεις.legeis (V-PIA-2S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγεις.legeis
|
say.
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξῆλθενexēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθενexēlthen
|
he went forth
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1854ἔξωexō (Adv)
G1854 ἔξω éxō ex-o adverb from ἐκ; out(-side, of doors), literally or figuratively:--away, forth, (with-)out (of, -ward), strange.
|
ἔξωexō
|
out
|
Adv
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4259προαύλιον·proaulion (N-ANS)
G4259 προαύλιον proaúlion pro-ow-lee-on neuter of a presumed compound of πρό and αὐλή; a forecourt, i.e. vestibule (alley-way):--porch.
|
προαύλιον·proaulion
|
porch;
|
N-ANS
|
G2532‹καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
‹καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G220ἀλέκτωρalektōr (N-NMS)
G220 ἀλέκτωρ aléktōr al-ek-tore from (to ward off); a cock or male fowl:--cock.
|
ἀλέκτωρalektōr
|
the rooster
|
N-NMS
|
G5455ἐφώνησεν›ephōnēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G5455 φωνέω phōnéō fo-neh-o from φωνή; to emit a sound (animal, human or instrumental); by implication, to address in words or by name, also in imitation:--call (for), crow, cry.
|
ἐφώνησεν›ephōnēsen
|
crowed.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
68
But he denied, saying, I not know, neither understand I what you say. And he went out into the porch; and the cock crew.
Mark 14:68
Stats
Counts: 124 characters, 19 words, 95 letters, 35 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε ηρνησατο λεγων ουκ οιδα ουδε επισταμαι τι συ λεγεις και εξηλθεν εξω εις το προαυλιον και αλεκτωρ εφωνησεν
Lit: But he denied it, saying, Neither I know, nor even understand you what say. And he went forth out into the porch; and the rooster crowed.
KJV: But he denied, saying, I know not, neither understand I what thou sayest. And he went out into the porch; and the cock crew.
References
"he denied"Mr 14:29-31: But Peter said to him: Although all will be offended: yet will not I.Joh 13:36-38: Simon Peter said to Him: Lord: whither go you? Jesus answered Him: Whither I go: you not canst follow me now; but you will follow me afterwards.2Ti 2:12: 13: If we suffer: we will also reign with him: if we deny him: he also will deny us:"he went"Mt 26:71: 72: When He was gone out into the porch: another maid saw Him: and said to them that were there: This fellow was also with Jesus of Nazareth.
και η παιδισκη ιδουσα αυτον παλιν ηρξατο λεγειν τοις παρεστηκοσιν οτι ουτος εξ αυτων εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G3814παιδίσκηpaidiskē (N-NFS)
G3814 παιδίσκη paidískē pahee-dis-kay feminine diminutive of παῖς; a girl, i.e. (specially), a female slave or servant:--bondmaid(-woman), damsel, maid(-en).
|
παιδίσκηpaidiskē
|
servant girl,
|
N-NFS
|
G3708ἰδοῦσαidousa (V-APA-NFS)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοῦσαidousa
|
having seen
|
V-APA-NFS
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G756ἤρξατοērxato (V-AIM-3S)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
ἤρξατοērxato
|
began
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv)
G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again
|
Adv
|
G3004λέγεινlegein (V-PNA)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγεινlegein
|
to say
|
V-PNA
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to those
|
Art-DMP
|
G3936παρεστῶσινparestōsin (V-RPA-DMP)
G3936 παρίστημι parístēmi par-is-tan-o from παρά and ἵστημι; to stand beside, i.e. (transitively) to exhibit, proffer, (specially), recommend, (figuratively) substantiate; or (intransitively) to be at hand (or ready), aid:--assist, bring before, command, commend, give presently, present, prove, provide, shew, stand (before, by, here, up, with), yield.
|
παρεστῶσινparestōsin
|
standing by
|
V-RPA-DMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G3778ΟὗτοςHoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ΟὗτοςHoutos
|
This
|
DPro-NMS
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
one of
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1510ἐστιν.estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν.estin
|
is.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
69
A maid saw him again, and began to say to them that stood by, This is one of them.
Mark 14:69
Stats
Counts: 86 characters, 18 words, 64 letters, 25 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: και η παιδισκη ιδουσα αυτον παλιν ηρξατο λεγειν τοις παρεστηκοσιν οτι ουτος εξ αυτων εστιν
Lit: And the servant girl, having seen him, began again to say to those standing by - , This one of them is.
KJV: And a maid saw him again, and began to say to them that stood by, This is one of them.
References
"a maid"Joh 18:17: Then says the damsel that kept the door to Peter: Are not you also one of this man's disciples? He says: I not am."and began"Mr 14:38: Watch you and pray: lest you enter into temptation. The spirit truly is ready: but the flesh is weak.Lu 22:58: After a little while another saw him: and said: You are also of them. And Peter said: Man: I not am.Joh 18:25: Simon Peter stood and warmed himself. They said therefore to him: Are not you also one of his disciples? He denied it: and said: I not am.Ga 6:1: Brothers: if a man be overtaken in a fault: you which are spiritual: restore such an one in the spirit of meekness; considering yourself: lest you also be tempted.
ο δε παλιν ηρνειτο και μετα μικρον παλιν οι παρεστωτες ελεγον τω πετρω αληθως εξ αυτων ει και γαρ γαλιλαιος ει και η λαλια σου ομοιαζει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv)
G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again
|
Adv
|
G720ἠρνεῖτο.ērneito (V-IIM/P-3S)
G720 ἀρνέομαι arnéomai ar-neh-om-ahee perhaps from Α (as a negative particle) and the middle voice of ῥέω; to contradict, i.e. disavow, reject, abnegate:--deny, refuse.
|
ἠρνεῖτο.ērneito
|
he denied.
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
after
|
Prep
|
G3398μικρὸνmikron (Adj-ANS)
G3398 μικρός mikrós mik-rot-er-os apparently a primary word; small (in size, quantity, number or (figuratively) dignity):--least, less, little, small.
|
μικρὸνmikron
|
a little,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv)
G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again
|
Adv
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G3936παρεστῶτεςparestōtes (V-RPA-NMP)
G3936 παρίστημι parístēmi par-is-tan-o from παρά and ἵστημι; to stand beside, i.e. (transitively) to exhibit, proffer, (specially), recommend, (figuratively) substantiate; or (intransitively) to be at hand (or ready), aid:--assist, bring before, command, commend, give presently, present, prove, provide, shew, stand (before, by, here, up, with), yield.
|
παρεστῶτεςparestōtes
|
standing by
|
V-RPA-NMP
|
G3004ἔλεγονelegon (V-IIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγονelegon
|
were saying
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G4074ΠέτρῳPetrō (N-DMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτρῳPetrō
|
to Peter,
|
N-DMS
|
G230ἈληθῶςAlēthōs (Adv)
G230 ἀληθῶς alēthōs al-ay-thoce adverb from ἀληθής; truly:--indeed, surely, of a surety, truly, of a (in) truth, verily, very.
|
ἈληθῶςAlēthōs
|
Truly
|
Adv
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
of
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1510εἶ·ei (V-PIA-2S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶ·ei
|
you are,
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1057ΓαλιλαῖοςGalilaios (N-NMS)
G1057 Γαλιλαῖος Galilaîos gal-ee-lah-yos from Γαλιλαία; Galilean or belonging to Galilea:--Galilean, of Galilee.
|
ΓαλιλαῖοςGalilaios
|
a Galilean
|
N-NMS
|
G1510εἶ.ei (V-PIA-2S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶ.ei
|
you are.”
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G2532‹καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
‹καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G2981λαλιάlalia (N-NFS)
G2981 λαλιά laliá lal-ee-ah from λαλέω; talk:--saying, speech.
|
λαλιάlalia
|
speech
|
N-NFS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3662ὁμοιάζει›.homoiazei (V-PIA-3S)
G3662 ὁμοιάζω homoiázō hom-oy-ad-zo from ὅμοιος; to resemble:--agree.
|
ὁμοιάζει›.homoiazei
|
agrees.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
70
He denied it again. And a little after, they that stood by said again to Peter, Surely you are one of them: for you are a Galilaean, and your speech agrees thereto.
Mark 14:70
Stats
Counts: 172 characters, 27 words, 132 letters, 55 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε παλιν ηρνειτο και μετα μικρον παλιν οι παρεστωτες ελεγον τω πετρω αληθως εξ αυτων ει και γαρ γαλιλαιος ει και η λαλια σου ομοιαζει
Lit: But again he denied. And after a little, again those standing by were saying to Peter, Truly of them you are, also for a Galilean you are.” and the speech of you agrees.
KJV: And he denied it again. And a little after, they that stood by said again to Peter, Surely thou art one of them: for thou art a Galilaean, and thy speech agreeth [thereto].
References
"a little"Mt 26:73: 74: After a while came to him they that stood by: and said to Peter: Surely you also are one of them; for your speech bewrays you.Lu 22:59: 60: About the space of one hour after another confidently affirmed: saying: Of a truth this fellow also was with him: for he is a Galilaean.Joh 18:26: 27: one of the servants of the high priest: being his kinsman whose ear Peter cut off: says: not Did I see you in the garden with him?"for"Jg 12:6: Then said they to him: Say now Shibboleth: and he said Sibboleth: for he not could frame to pronounce it right. Then they took him: and killed him at the passages of Jordan: and there fell at that time of the Ephraimites 2040.Ac 2:7: They were all amazed and marvelled: saying one to another: Look: not are all these which speak Galilaeans?
ο δε ηρξατο αναθεματιζειν και ομνυειν οτι ουκ οιδα τον ανθρωπον τουτον ον λεγετε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G756ἤρξατοērxato (V-AIM-3S)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
ἤρξατοērxato
|
he began
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G332ἀναθεματίζεινanathematizein (V-PNA)
G332 ἀναθεματίζω anathematízō an-ath-em-at-id-zo from ἀνάθεμα; to declare or vow under penalty of execration:--(bind under a) curse, bind with an oath.
|
ἀναθεματίζεινanathematizein
|
to curse
|
V-PNA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3660ὀμνύναιomnynai (V-PNA)
G3660 ὀμνύω omnýō om-o-o a prolonged form of a primary, but obsolete , for which another prolonged form is used in certain tenses; to swear, i.e. take (or declare on) oath:--swear.
|
ὀμνύναιomnynai
|
to swear
|
V-PNA
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G3756ΟὐκOuk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
ΟὐκOuk
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1492οἶδαoida (V-RIA-1S)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἶδαoida
|
I know
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G444ἄνθρωπονanthrōpon (N-AMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωπονanthrōpon
|
man
|
N-AMS
|
G3778τοῦτονtouton (DPro-AMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτονtouton
|
this,
|
DPro-AMS
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G3004λέγετε.legete (V-PIA-2P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγετε.legete
|
you speak of!
|
V-PIA-2P
|
71
But he began to curse and to swear, saying, I not know this man of whom you speak.
Mark 14:71
Stats
Counts: 81 characters, 16 words, 61 letters, 23 vowels, 38 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε ηρξατο αναθεματιζειν και ομνυειν οτι ουκ οιδα τον ανθρωπον τουτον ον λεγετε
Lit: But he began to curse and to swear - , Not I know the man this, whom you speak of!
KJV: But he began to curse and to swear, saying, I know not this man of whom ye speak.
References
"But he began to curse and to swear, saying, I know not this man of whom ye speak."2Ki 8:12-15: Hazael said: Why weeps my lord? And he answered: Because I know the evil that you will do to the children of Israel: their strong holds will you set on fire: and their young men will you kill with the sword: and will dash their children: and rip up their women with child.2Ki 10:32: In those days the LORD began to cut Israel short: and Hazael smote them in all the coasts of Israel;Jer 17:9: The heart is deceitful above all things: and desperately wicked: who can know it?1Co 10:12: For what reason let him that thinks he stands take heed lest he fall.
και εκ δευτερου αλεκτωρ εφωνησεν και ανεμνησθη ο πετρος του ρηματος ου ειπεν αυτω ο ιησους οτι πριν αλεκτορα φωνησαι δις απαρνηση με τρις και επιβαλων εκλαιεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
for
|
Prep
|
G1208δευτέρουdeuterou (Adj-GNS)
G1208 δεύτερος deúteros dyoo-ter-os as the comparative of δύο; (ordinal) second (in time, place, or rank; also adverb):--afterward, again, second(-arily, time).
|
δευτέρουdeuterou
|
the second time
|
Adj-GNS
|
G220ἀλέκτωρalektōr (N-NMS)
G220 ἀλέκτωρ aléktōr al-ek-tore from (to ward off); a cock or male fowl:--cock.
|
ἀλέκτωρalektōr
|
a rooster
|
N-NMS
|
G5455ἐφώνησεν.ephōnēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G5455 φωνέω phōnéō fo-neh-o from φωνή; to emit a sound (animal, human or instrumental); by implication, to address in words or by name, also in imitation:--call (for), crow, cry.
|
ἐφώνησεν.ephōnēsen
|
crowed.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G363ἀνεμνήσθηanemnēsthē (V-AIP-3S)
G363 ἀναμιμνήσκω anamimnḗskō an-am-im-nace-ko from ἀνά and μιμνήσκω; to remind; (reflexively) to recollect:--call to mind, (bring to , call to, put in), remember(-brance).
|
ἀνεμνήσθηanemnēsthē
|
remembered
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4487ῥῆμαrhēma (N-ANS)
G4487 ῥῆμα rhēma hray-mah from ῥέω; an utterance (individually, collectively or specially),; by implication, a matter or topic (especially of narration, command or dispute); with a negative naught whatever:--+ evil, + nothing, saying, word.
|
ῥῆμαrhēma
|
word
|
N-ANS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
that
|
Adv
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
had said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G4250ΠρὶνPrin (Adv)
G4250 πρίν prín prin adverb from πρό; prior, sooner:--before (that), ere.
|
ΠρὶνPrin
|
Before
|
Adv
|
G220ἀλέκτοραalektora (N-AMS)
G220 ἀλέκτωρ aléktōr al-ek-tore from (to ward off); a cock or male fowl:--cock.
|
ἀλέκτοραalektora
|
the rooster
|
N-AMS
|
G1364δὶς ⇔dis (Adv)
G1364 δίς dís dece adverb from δύο; twice:--again, twice.
|
δὶς ⇔dis
|
twice
|
Adv
|
G5455φωνῆσαιphōnēsai (V-ANA)
G5455 φωνέω phōnéō fo-neh-o from φωνή; to emit a sound (animal, human or instrumental); by implication, to address in words or by name, also in imitation:--call (for), crow, cry.
|
φωνῆσαιphōnēsai
|
crows,
|
V-ANA
|
G5151τρίςtris (Adv)
G5151 τρίς trís trece adverb from τρεῖς; three times:--three times, thrice.
|
τρίςtris
|
three times
|
Adv
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
Me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G533ἀπαρνήσῃ·aparnēsē (V-FIM-2S)
G533 ἀπαρνέομαι aparnéomai ap-ar-neh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἀρνέομαι; to deny utterly, i.e. disown, abstain:--deny.
|
ἀπαρνήσῃ·aparnēsē
|
you will deny.
|
V-FIM-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1911ἐπιβαλὼνepibalōn (V-APA-NMS)
G1911 ἐπιβάλλω epibállō ep-ee-bal-lo from ἐπί and βάλλω; to throw upon (literal or figurative, transitive or reflexive; usually with more or less force); specially (with ἑαυτοῦ implied) to reflect; impersonally, to belong to:--beat into, cast (up-)on, fall, lay (on), put (unto), stretch forth, think on.
|
ἐπιβαλὼνepibalōn
|
having broken down,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2799ἔκλαιεν.eklaien (V-IIA-3S)
G2799 κλαίω klaíō klah-yo of uncertain affinity; to sob, i.e. wail aloud (whereas 1145 is rather to cry silently):--bewail, weep.
|
ἔκλαιεν.eklaien
|
he began to weep.
|
V-IIA-3S
|
72
The second time the cock crew. And Peter called to mind the word that Jesus said to Him, Before the cock crow twice, you will deny me thrice. And when He thought thereon, He wept.
Mark 14:72
Stats
Counts: 187 characters, 31 words, 146 letters, 51 vowels, 95 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εκ δευτερου αλεκτωρ εφωνησεν και ανεμνησθη ο πετρος του ρηματος ου ειπεν αυτω ο ιησους οτι πριν αλεκτορα φωνησαι δις απαρνηση με τρις και επιβαλων εκλαιεν
Lit: And immediately for the second time a rooster crowed. And remembered Peter the word that had said to him Jesus - , Before the rooster twice crows, three times Me you will deny. And having broken down, he began to weep.
KJV: And the second time the cock crew. And Peter called to mind the word that Jesus said unto him, Before the cock crow twice, thou shalt deny me thrice. And when he thought thereon, he wept.
References
"the second"Mr 14:30: 68: Jesus says to Him: Truly I say to you: That this day: even in this night: before the cock crow twice: you will deny me thrice.Mt 26:34: 74: Jesus said to Him: Truly I say to you: That this night: before the cock crow: you will deny me thrice."Peter"2Sa 24:10: David's heart smote Him after that He had numbered the people. And David said to the LORD: I have sinned greatly in that I have done: and now: I beseech you: O LORD: take away the iniquity of your servant; for I have done very foolishly.Ps 119:59: 60: I thought on my ways: and turned my feet to your testimonies.Jer 31:18-20: I have surely heard Ephraim bemoaning Himself thus; You have chastised me: and I was chastised: as a bullock unaccustomed to the yoke: turn you me: and I will be turned; for you are the LORD my God.Eze 16:63: That you may remember: and be confounded: and never open your mouth any more because of your shame: when I am pacified toward you for all that you have done: says the Lord GOD.Eze 36:31: Then will you remember your own evil ways: and your doings that were not good: and will lothe yourselves in your own sight for your iniquities and for your abominations.Lu 15:17-19: When he came to himself: he said: How many hired servants of my father's have bread enough and to spare: and I perish with hunger!Lu 22:60: Peter said: Man: I not know what you say. And immediately: while he yet spoke: the cock crew."when he thought thereon, he wept"Eze 7:16: But they that escape of them will escape: and will be on the mountains like doves of the valleys: all of them mourning: every one for his iniquity.Mt 26:75: Peter remembered the word of Jesus: which said to Him: Before the cock crow: you will deny me thrice. And He went out: and wept bitterly.Lu 22:62: Peter went out: and wept bitterly.2Co 7:10: For godly sorrow works'>works repentance to not salvation to be repented of: but the sorrow of the world works'>works death.
15
Jesus before Pilate
Jesus Delivered to Pilate
και ευθεως επι το πρωι συμβουλιον ποιησαντες οι αρχιερεις μετα των πρεσβυτερων και γραμματεων και ολον το συνεδριον δησαντες τον ιησουν απηνεγκαν και παρεδωκαν τω πιλατω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
early
|
Adv
|
G4404πρωῒprōi (Adv)
G4404 πρωΐ prōḯ pro-ee adverb from πρό; at dawn; by implication, the day-break watch:--early (in the morning), (in the) morning.
|
πρωῒprōi
|
in the morning,
|
Adv
|
G4824συμβούλιονsymboulion (N-ANS)
G4824 συμβούλιον symboúlion soom-boo-lee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of σύμβουλος; advisement; specially, a deliberative body, i.e. the provincial assessors or lay-court:--consultation, counsel, council.
|
συμβούλιονsymboulion
|
a counsel
|
N-ANS
|
G4160ποιήσαντες*poiēsantes (V-APA-NMP)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσαντες*poiēsantes
|
having formed
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G749ἀρχιερεῖςarchiereis (N-NMP)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεῖςarchiereis
|
chief priests,
|
N-NMP
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4245πρεσβυτέρωνpresbyterōn (Adj-GMP)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβυτέρωνpresbyterōn
|
elders,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1122γραμματέωνgrammateōn (N-GMP)
G1122 γραμματεύς grammateús gram-mat-yooce from γράμμα. a writer, i.e. (professionally) scribe or secretary:--scribe, town-clerk.
|
γραμματέωνgrammateōn
|
scribes,
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3650ὅλονholon (Adj-NNS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅλονholon
|
all
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4892συνέδριον,synedrion (N-NNS)
G4892 συνέδριον synédrion soon-ed-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of a compound of σύν and the base of ἑδραῖος; a joint session, i.e. (specially), the Jewish Sanhedrin; by analogy, a subordinate tribunal:--council.
|
συνέδριον,synedrion
|
Council,
|
N-NNS
|
G1210δήσαντεςdēsantes (V-APA-NMP)
G1210 δέω déō deh-o a primary verb; to bind (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--bind, be in bonds, knit, tie, wind. See also δεῖ, δέομαι.
|
δήσαντεςdēsantes
|
having bound
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G2424ἸησοῦνIēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦνIēsoun
|
Jesus,
|
N-AMS
|
G667ἀπήνεγκανapēnenkan (V-AIA-3P)
G667 ἀποφέρω apophérō ap-of-er-o from ἀπό and φέρω; to bear off (literally or relatively):--bring, carry (away).
|
ἀπήνεγκανapēnenkan
|
they led Him away
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3860παρέδωκανparedōkan (V-AIA-3P)
G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παρέδωκανparedōkan
|
delivered Him
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G4091Πιλάτῳ.Pilatō (N-DMS)
G4091 Πιλᾶτος Pilâtos pil-at-os of Latin origin; close-pressed, i.e. firm; Pilatus, a Roman:--Pilate.
|
Πιλάτῳ.Pilatō
|
to Pilate.
|
N-DMS
|
1
And straightway in the morning the chief priests held a consultation with the elders and scribes and the whole council, and bound Jesus, and carried Him away, and delivered Him to Pilate.Mark 15:1
Stats
Rank: #1853 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 189 characters, 27 words, 152 letters, 56 vowels, 96 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ευθεως επι το πρωι συμβουλιον ποιησαντες οι αρχιερεις μετα των πρεσβυτερων και γραμματεων και ολον το συνεδριον δησαντες τον ιησουν απηνεγκαν και παρεδωκαν τω πιλατω
Lit: And early in the morning, a counsel having formed the chief priests, with the elders, and scribes, and all the Council, having bound Jesus, they led Him away and delivered Him to Pilate.
KJV: And straightway in the morning the chief priests held a consultation with the elders and scribes and the whole council, and bound Jesus, and carried him away, and delivered [him] to Pilate.
References
"straightway"Ps 2:2: The kings of the earth set themselves: and the rulers take counsel together: against the LORD: and against His anointed: saying: Mt 27:1: 2: When the morning was come: all the chief priests and elders of the people took counsel against Jesus to put Him to death:Lu 22:66: As soon as it was day: the elders of the people and the chief priests and the scribes came together: and led him into their council: saying: Ac 4:5: 6: 25-28: It came to pass on the morrow: that their rulers: and elders: and scribes: "and delivered"Mr 10:33: 34: Saying: Look: we go up to Jerusalem; and the Son of man will be delivered to the chief priests: and to the scribes; and they will condemn Him to death: and will deliver Him to the Gentiles:Mt 20:18: 19: Look: we go up to Jerusalem; and the Son of man will be betrayed to the chief priests and to the scribes: and they will condemn Him to death: Lu 18:32: 33: For he will be delivered to the Gentiles: and will be mocked: and spitefully entreated: and spitted on:Lu 23:1: 2-5: The whole multitude of them arose: and led him to Pilate.Joh 18:28-38: Then led they Jesus from Caiaphas to the hall of judgment: and it was early; and they themselves not went into the judgment hall: lest they should be defiled; but that they might eat the passover.Ac 3:13: The God of Abraham: and of Isaac: and of Jacob: the God of our fathers: has glorified His Son Jesus; whom you delivered up: and denied Him in the presence of Pilate: when He was determined to let Him go.
και επηρωτησεν αυτον ο πιλατος συ ει ο βασιλευς των ιουδαιων ο δε αποκριθεις ειπεν αυτω συ λεγεις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1905ἐπηρώτησενepērōtēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G1905 ἐπερωτάω eperōtáō ep-er-o-tah-o from ἐπί and ἐρωτάω; to ask for, i.e. inquire, seek:--ask (after, questions), demand, desire, question.
|
ἐπηρώτησενepērōtēsen
|
questioned
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G4091ΠιλᾶτοςPilatos (N-NMS)
G4091 Πιλᾶτος Pilâtos pil-at-os of Latin origin; close-pressed, i.e. firm; Pilatus, a Roman:--Pilate.
|
ΠιλᾶτοςPilatos
|
Pilate,
|
N-NMS
|
G4771ΣὺSy (PPro-N2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ΣὺSy
|
You
|
PPro-N2S
|
G1510εἶei (V-PIA-2S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶei
|
are
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G935ΒασιλεὺςBasileus (N-NMS)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
ΒασιλεὺςBasileus
|
King
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2453Ἰουδαίων;Ioudaiōn (Adj-GMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
Ἰουδαίων;Ioudaiōn
|
Jews?
|
Adj-GMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G611ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis (V-APP-NMS)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis
|
answering
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4771ΣὺSy (PPro-N2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ΣὺSy
|
You
|
PPro-N2S
|
G3004λέγεις.legeis (V-PIA-2S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγεις.legeis
|
have said.
|
V-PIA-2S
|
2
Pilate asked him, Are you the King of the Jews? And he answering said to him, You say it.
Mark 15:2
Stats
Counts: 100 characters, 17 words, 77 letters, 30 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: και επηρωτησεν αυτον ο πιλατος συ ει ο βασιλευς των ιουδαιων ο δε αποκριθεις ειπεν αυτω συ λεγεις
Lit: And questioned Him Pilate, You are the King of the Jews? And answering to him, He says, You have said.
KJV: And Pilate asked him, Art thou the King of the Jews? And he answering said unto him, Thou sayest it.
References
"And Pilate asked him, Art thou the King of the Jews? And he answering said unto him, Thou sayest it."Mt 2:2: Saying: Where is he who is born King of the Jews? for we have seen his star in the east: and are come to worship him.Mt 27:11: Jesus stood before the governor: and the governor asked Him: saying: Are you the King of the Jews? And Jesus said to Him: You sayest.Lu 23:3: Pilate asked him: saying: Are you the King of the Jews? And he answered him and said: You say it.Joh 18:33-37: Then Pilate entered into the judgment hall again: and called Jesus: and said to Him: Are you the King of the Jews?Joh 19:19-22: Pilate wrote a title: and put it on the cross. And the writing was: JESUS OF NAZARETH THE KING OF THE JEWS.1Ti 6:13: I give you charge in the sight of God: who quickens all things: and before Christ Jesus: who before Pontius Pilate witnessed a good confession;
και κατηγορουν αυτου οι αρχιερεις πολλα {VAR2: αυτος δε ουδεν απεκρινατο }
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2723κατηγόρουνkatēgoroun (V-IIA-3P)
G2723 κατηγορέω katēgoréō kat-ay-gor-eh-o from κατήγορος; to be a plaintiff, i.e. to charge with some offence:--accuse, object.
|
κατηγόρουνkatēgoroun
|
were accusing
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G749ἀρχιερεῖςarchiereis (N-NMP)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεῖςarchiereis
|
chief priests
|
N-NMP
|
G4183πολλά.polla (Adj-ANP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλά.polla
|
of many things.
|
Adj-ANP
|
3
The chief priests accused him of many things: but he not answeredhing.Mark 15:3
Stats
Counts: 74 characters, 12 words, 60 letters, 20 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: και κατηγορουν αυτου οι αρχιερεις πολλα {VAR2: αυτος δε ουδεν απεκρινατο }
Lit: And were accusing Him the chief priests of many things.
KJV: And the chief priests accused him of many things: but he answered nothing.
References
"the chief"Mt 27:12: When he was accused of the chief priests and elders: he not answeredhing.Lu 23:2-5: They began to accuse Him: saying: We found this fellow perverting the nation: and forbidding to give tribute to Caesar: saying that He Himself is Christ a King.Joh 18:29-31: Pilate then went out to them: and said: What accusation bring you against this man?Joh 19:6: 7: 12: When the chief priests therefore and officers saw him: they cried out: saying: Crucify him: crucify him. Pilate says to them: Take you him: and crucify him: for I find no fault in him."but"Mr 15:5: But Jesus yet not answeredhing; so that Pilate marvelled.Mr 14:60: 61: The high priest stood up in the middle: and asked Jesus: saying: Answerest you nothing? what is it which these witness against you?Isa 53:7: He was oppressed: and he was afflicted: yet he not opened his mouth: he is brought as a lamb to the slaughter: and as a sheep before her shearers is dumb: so he opens not his mouth.
ο δε πιλατος παλιν επηρωτησεν αυτον λεγων ουκ αποκρινη ουδεν ιδε ποσα σου καταμαρτυρουσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4091ΠιλᾶτοςPilatos (N-NMS)
G4091 Πιλᾶτος Pilâtos pil-at-os of Latin origin; close-pressed, i.e. firm; Pilatus, a Roman:--Pilate.
|
ΠιλᾶτοςPilatos
|
Pilate
|
N-NMS
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv)
G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again
|
Adv
|
G1905ἐπηρώταepērōta (V-IIA-3S)
G1905 ἐπερωτάω eperōtáō ep-er-o-tah-o from ἐπί and ἐρωτάω; to ask for, i.e. inquire, seek:--ask (after, questions), demand, desire, question.
|
ἐπηρώταepērōta
|
began to question
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3756ΟὐκOuk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
ΟὐκOuk
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G611ἀποκρίνῃapokrinē (V-PIM/P-2S)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀποκρίνῃapokrinē
|
answer You
|
V-PIM/P-2S
|
G3762οὐδέν;ouden (Adj-ANS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδέν;ouden
|
nothing?
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3708ἴδεide (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἴδεide
|
See
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G4214πόσαposa (IPro-ANP)
G4214 πόσος pósos pos-os from an absolute (who, what) and ὅς; interrogative pronoun (of amount) how much (large, long or (plural) many):--how great (long, many), what.,
|
πόσαposa
|
how many things
|
IPro-ANP
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
You
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2723κατηγοροῦσιν.katēgorousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2723 κατηγορέω katēgoréō kat-ay-gor-eh-o from κατήγορος; to be a plaintiff, i.e. to charge with some offence:--accuse, object.
|
κατηγοροῦσιν.katēgorousin
|
they testify against!
|
V-PIA-3P
|
4
Pilate asked him again, saying, Answer you nothing? look how many things they witness against you.
Mark 15:4
Stats
Counts: 109 characters, 14 words, 89 letters, 32 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε πιλατος παλιν επηρωτησεν αυτον λεγων ουκ αποκρινη ουδεν ιδε ποσα σου καταμαρτυρουσιν
Lit: And Pilate again began to question Him, saying, Not answer You nothing? See how many things You they testify against!
KJV: And Pilate asked him again, saying, Answerest thou nothing? behold how many things they witness against thee.
References
"Answerest"Mt 26:62: The high priest arose: and said to him: Answer you nothing? what is it which these witness against you?Mt 27:13: Then said Pilate to him: Hear you not how many things they witness against you?Joh 19:10: Then says Pilate to him: Speak you not to me? know you not that I have power to crucify you: and have power to release you?
ο δε ιησους ουκετι ουδεν απεκριθη ωστε θαυμαζειν τον πιλατον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G3765οὐκέτιouketi (Adv)
G3765 οὐκέτι oukéti ook et-ee from οὐ and ἔτι; not yet, no longer:--after that (not), (not) any more, henceforth (hereafter) not, no longer (more), not as yet (now), now no more (not), yet (not).
|
οὐκέτιouketi
|
no longer
|
Adv
|
G3762οὐδὲνouden (Adj-ANS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδὲνouden
|
nothing
|
Adj-ANS
|
G611ἀπεκρίθη,apekrithē (V-AIP-3S)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀπεκρίθη,apekrithē
|
answered,
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G5620ὥστεhōste (Conj)
G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
ὥστεhōste
|
so as
|
Conj
|
G2296θαυμάζεινthaumazein (V-PNA)
G2296 θαυμάζω thaumázō thou-mad-zo from θαῦμα; to wonder; by implication, to admire:--admire, have in admiration, marvel, wonder.
|
θαυμάζεινthaumazein
|
to amaze
|
V-PNA
|
G4091Πιλᾶτον.Pilaton (N-AMS)
G4091 Πιλᾶτος Pilâtos pil-at-os of Latin origin; close-pressed, i.e. firm; Pilatus, a Roman:--Pilate.
|
Πιλᾶτον.Pilaton
|
Pilate.
|
N-AMS
|
5
But Jesus yet not answeredhing; so that Pilate marvelled.Mark 15:5
Stats
Counts: 57 characters, 8 words, 47 letters, 17 vowels, 30 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε ιησους ουκετι ουδεν απεκριθη ωστε θαυμαζειν τον πιλατον
Lit: But Jesus no longer nothing answered, so as to amaze Pilate.
KJV: But Jesus yet answered nothing; so that Pilate marvelled.
References
"Jesus"Isa 53:7: He was oppressed: and he was afflicted: yet he not opened his mouth: he is brought as a lamb to the slaughter: and as a sheep before her shearers is dumb: so he opens not his mouth.Joh 19:9: Went again into the judgment hall: and says to Jesus: Where are you? But Jesus gave Him no answer."Pilate"Ps 71:7: I am as a wonder to many; but you are my strong refuge.Isa 8:18: Look: I and the children whom the LORD has given me are for signs and for wonders in Israel from the LORD of hosts: which dwells in mount Zion.Zec 3:8: Hear now: O Joshua the high priest: you: and your fellows that sit before you: for they are men wondered at: for: look: I will bring forth my servant the BRANCH.Mt 27:14: He answered him to never a word; insomuch that the governor marvelled greatly.1Co 4:9: For I think that God has set forth us the apostles last: as it were appointed to death: for we are made a spectacle to the world: and to angels: and to men.
The Crowd Chooses Barabbas
κατα δε εορτην απελυεν αυτοις ενα δεσμιον ονπερ ητουντο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2596ΚατὰKata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
ΚατὰKata
|
At
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1859ἑορτὴνheortēn (N-AFS)
G1859 ἑορτή heortḗ heh-or-tay of uncertain affinity; a festival:--feast, holyday.
|
ἑορτὴνheortēn
|
the feast,
|
N-AFS
|
G630ἀπέλυενapelyen (V-IIA-3S)
G630 ἀπολύω apolýō ap-ol-oo-o from ἀπό and λύω; to free fully, i.e. (literally) relieve, release, dismiss (reflexively, depart), or (figuratively) let die, pardon or (specially) divorce:--(let) depart, dismiss, divorce, forgive, let go, loose, put (send) away, release, set at liberty.
|
ἀπέλυενapelyen
|
he used to release
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G1520ἕναhena (Adj-AMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἕναhena
|
one
|
Adj-AMS
|
G1198δέσμιονdesmion (N-AMS)
G1198 δέσμιος désmios des-mee-os from δεσμόν; a captive (as bound):--in bonds, prisoner.
|
δέσμιονdesmion
|
prisoner,
|
N-AMS
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G3868παρῃτοῦντο.parētounto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G3868 παραιτέομαι paraitéomai par-ahee-teh-om-ahee from παρά and the middle voice of αἰτέω; to beg off, i.e. deprecate, decline, shun:--avoid, (make) excuse, intreat, refuse, reject.
|
παρῃτοῦντο.parētounto
|
they requested.
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
6
Now at that feast he released to them one prisoner, whoever they desired.Mark 15:6
Stats
Counts: 78 characters, 12 words, 64 letters, 26 vowels, 38 consonants
Translation
Greek: κατα δε εορτην απελυεν αυτοις ενα δεσμιον ονπερ ητουντο
Lit: At then the feast, he used to release to them one prisoner, whom they requested.
KJV: Now at that feast he released unto them one prisoner, whomsoever they desired.
References
"Now at that feast he released unto them one prisoner, whomsoever they desired."Mt 26:2: 5: You know that after two days is the feast of the passover: and the Son of man is betrayed to be crucified.Mt 27:15: Now at that feast the governor was wont to release to the people a prisoner: whom they would.Lu 23:16: 17: I will therefore chastise him: and release him.Joh 18:39: 40: But you have a custom: that I should release to you one at the passover: will you therefore that I release to you the King of the Jews?Ac 24:27: But after two years Porcius Festus came into Felix' room: and Felix: willing to show the Jews a pleasure: left Paul bound.Ac 25:9: But Festus: willing to do the Jews a pleasure: answered Paul: and said: Will you go up to Jerusalem: and there be judged of these things before me?
ην δε ο λεγομενος βαραββας μετα των συστασιαστων δεδεμενος οιτινες εν τη στασει φονον πεποιηκεισαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
There was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G3004λεγόμενοςlegomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λεγόμενοςlegomenos
|
called
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G912ΒαραββᾶςBarabbas (N-NMS)
G912 Βαραββᾶς Barabbâs bar-ab-bas of Chaldee origin (גָּאוֹן and אֲבַגְתָא); son of Abba; Bar-abbas, an Israelite:--Barabbas.
|
ΒαραββᾶςBarabbas
|
Barabbas,
|
N-NMS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4955στασιαστῶνstasiastōn (N-GMP)
G4955 συστασιαστής systasiastḗs soos-tas-ee-as-tace from a compound of σύν and a derivative of στάσις; a fellow-insurgent:--make insurrection with.
|
στασιαστῶνstasiastōn
|
rebels
|
N-GMP
|
G1210δεδεμένος,dedemenos (V-RPM/P-NMS)
G1210 δέω déō deh-o a primary verb; to bind (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--bind, be in bonds, knit, tie, wind. See also δεῖ, δέομαι.
|
δεδεμένος,dedemenos
|
having been bound,
|
V-RPM/P-NMS
|
G3748οἵτινεςhoitines (RelPro-NMP)
G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
οἵτινεςhoitines
|
who
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4714στάσειstasei (N-DFS)
G4714 στάσις stásis stas-is from the base of ἵστημι; a standing (properly, the act), i.e. (by analogy) position (existence); by implication, a popular uprising; figuratively, controversy:--dissension, insurrection, X standing, uproar.
|
στάσειstasei
|
insurrection
|
N-DFS
|
G5408φόνονphonon (N-AMS)
G5408 φόνος phónos fon-os from an obsolete primary (to slay); murder:--murder, + be slain with, slaughter.
|
φόνονphonon
|
murder
|
N-AMS
|
G4160πεποιήκεισαν.pepoiēkeisan (V-LIA-3P)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
πεποιήκεισαν.pepoiēkeisan
|
had committed.
|
V-LIA-3P
|
7
There was one named Barabbas, which lay bound with them that had made insurrection with him, who had committed murder in the insurrection.Mark 15:7
Stats
Counts: 144 characters, 21 words, 116 letters, 42 vowels, 74 consonants
Translation
Greek: ην δε ο λεγομενος βαραββας μετα των συστασιαστων δεδεμενος οιτινες εν τη στασει φονον πεποιηκεισαν
Lit: There was then the one called Barabbas, with the rebels having been bound, who in the insurrection murder had committed.
KJV: And there was one named Barabbas, [which lay] bound with them that had made insurrection with him, who had committed murder in the insurrection.
References
"And there was one named Barabbas, which lay bound with them that had made insurrection with him, who had committed murder in the insurrection."Mt 27:16: They had then not aable prisoner: called Barabbas.Lu 23:18: 19: 25: They cried out all at once: saying: Away with this man: and release to us Barabbas:
και αναβοησας ο οχλος ηρξατο αιτεισθαι καθως αει εποιει αυτοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G305ἀναβὰςanabas (V-APA-NMS)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀναβὰςanabas
|
having cried out,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3793ὄχλοςochlos (N-NMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλοςochlos
|
crowd
|
N-NMS
|
G756ἤρξατοērxato (V-AIM-3S)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
ἤρξατοērxato
|
began
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G154αἰτεῖσθαιaiteisthai (V-PNM)
G154 αἰτέω aitéō ahee-teh-o of uncertain derivation; to ask (in genitive case):--ask, beg, call for, crave, desire, require. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
αἰτεῖσθαιaiteisthai
|
to beg him to do
|
V-PNM
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv)
G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
as usually
|
Adv
|
G4160ἐποίειepoiei (V-IIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίειepoiei
|
he did
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖς.autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς.autois
|
for them.
|
PPro-DM3P
|
8
The multitude crying aloud began to desire him to do as he had ever done to them.Mark 15:8
Stats
Counts: 87 characters, 18 words, 69 letters, 29 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αναβοησας ο οχλος ηρξατο αιτεισθαι καθως αει εποιει αυτοις
Lit: And having cried out, the crowd began to beg him to do as usually he did for them.
KJV: And the multitude crying aloud began to desire him to do as he had ever done unto them.
ο δε πιλατος απεκριθη αυτοις λεγων θελετε απολυσω υμιν τον βασιλεα των ιουδαιων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G4091ΠιλᾶτοςPilatos (N-NMS)
G4091 Πιλᾶτος Pilâtos pil-at-os of Latin origin; close-pressed, i.e. firm; Pilatus, a Roman:--Pilate.
|
ΠιλᾶτοςPilatos
|
Pilate
|
N-NMS
|
G611ἀπεκρίθηapekrithē (V-AIP-3S)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀπεκρίθηapekrithē
|
answered
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2309ΘέλετεThelete (V-PIA-2P)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
ΘέλετεThelete
|
Wish you that
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G630ἀπολύσωapolysō (V-ASA-1S)
G630 ἀπολύω apolýō ap-ol-oo-o from ἀπό and λύω; to free fully, i.e. (literally) relieve, release, dismiss (reflexively, depart), or (figuratively) let die, pardon or (specially) divorce:--(let) depart, dismiss, divorce, forgive, let go, loose, put (send) away, release, set at liberty.
|
ἀπολύσωapolysō
|
I should release
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G935ΒασιλέαBasilea (N-AMS)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
ΒασιλέαBasilea
|
King
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2453Ἰουδαίων;Ioudaiōn (Adj-GMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
Ἰουδαίων;Ioudaiōn
|
Jews?
|
Adj-GMP
|
9
But Pilate answered them, saying, Will you that I release to you the King of the Jews?
Mark 15:9
Stats
Counts: 87 characters, 15 words, 68 letters, 27 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε πιλατος απεκριθη αυτοις λεγων θελετε απολυσω υμιν τον βασιλεα των ιουδαιων
Lit: But Pilate answered them, saying, Wish you that I should release to you the King of the Jews?
KJV: But Pilate answered them, saying, Will ye that I release unto you the King of the Jews?
References
"Will"Mt 27:17-21: Therefore when they were gathered together: Pilate said to them: Whom will you that I release to you? Barabbas: or Jesus which is called Christ?Joh 18:39: But you have a custom: that I should release to you one at the passover: will you therefore that I release to you the King of the Jews?Joh 19:4: 5: 14-16: Pilate therefore went forth again: and says to them: Look: I bring him forth to you: that you may know that I find no fault in him.Ac 3:13-15: The God of Abraham: and of Isaac: and of Jacob: the God of our fathers: has glorified His Son Jesus; whom you delivered up: and denied Him in the presence of Pilate: when He was determined to let Him go.
εγινωσκεν γαρ οτι δια φθονον παραδεδωκεισαν αυτον οι αρχιερεις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1097ἐγίνωσκενeginōsken (V-IIA-3S)
G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
ἐγίνωσκενeginōsken
|
He was aware
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G5355φθόνονphthonon (N-AMS)
G5355 φθόνος phthónos fthon-os probably akin to the base of φθείρω; ill-will (as detraction), i.e. jealousy (spite):--envy.
|
φθόνονphthonon
|
envy
|
N-AMS
|
G3860παραδεδώκεισανparadedōkeisan (V-LIA-3P)
G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παραδεδώκεισανparadedōkeisan
|
had delivered up
|
V-LIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G749ἀρχιερεῖς.archiereis (N-NMP)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεῖς.archiereis
|
chief priests.
|
N-NMP
|
10
For he knew that the chief priests had delivered him for envy.Mark 15:10
Stats
Counts: 62 characters, 12 words, 50 letters, 17 vowels, 33 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγινωσκεν γαρ οτι δια φθονον παραδεδωκεισαν αυτον οι αρχιερεις
Lit: He was aware for that because of envy had delivered up Him the chief priests.
KJV: For he knew that the chief priests had delivered him for envy.
References
"for envy"Ge 4:4-6: Abel: He also brought of the firstlings of His flock and of the fat thereof. And the LORD had respect to Abel and to His offering:Ge 37:11: His brothers envied him; but his father observed the saying.1Sa 18:8: 9: Saul was very angry: and the saying displeased him; and he said: They have ascribed to David 10 thousands: and to me they have ascribed but thousands: and what can he have more but the kingdom?Pr 27:4: Wrath is cruel: and anger is outrageous; but who is able to stand before envy?Ec 4:4: Again: I considered all travail: and every right work: that for this a man is envied of his neighbour. This is also vanity and vexation of spirit.Mt 27:18: For he knew that for envy they had delivered him.Ac 13:45: But when the Jews saw the multitudes: they were filled with envy: and spoke against those things which were spoken by Paul: contradicting and blaspheming.Tit 3:3: For we ourselves also were sometimes foolish: disobedient: deceived: serving divers lusts and pleasures: living in malice and envy: hateful: and hating one another.Jas 3:14-16: But if you have bitter envying and strife in your hearts: not glory: and not lie against the truth.Jas 4:5: Do you think that the scripture says in vain: The spirit that dwells in us lusts to envy?1Jo 3:12: Not as Cain: who was of that wicked one: and killed his brother. And for what reason killed he him? Because his own works were evil: and his brother's righteous.
οι δε αρχιερεις ανεσεισαν τον οχλον ινα μαλλον τον βαραββαν απολυση αυτοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G749ἀρχιερεῖςarchiereis (N-NMP)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεῖςarchiereis
|
the chief priests
|
N-NMP
|
G383ἀνέσεισανaneseisan (V-AIA-3P)
G383 ἀνασείω anaseíō an-as-i-o from ἀνά and σείω; figuratively, to excite:--move, stir up.
|
ἀνέσεισανaneseisan
|
stirred up
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3793ὄχλονochlon (N-AMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλονochlon
|
crowd
|
N-AMS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3123μᾶλλονmallon (Adv)
G3123 μᾶλλον mâllon mal-lon neuter of the comparative of the same as μάλιστα; (adverbially) more (in a greater degree)) or rather:--+ better, X far, (the) more (and more), (so) much (the more), rather.
|
μᾶλλονmallon
|
instead
|
Adv
|
G912ΒαραββᾶνBarabban (N-AMS)
G912 Βαραββᾶς Barabbâs bar-ab-bas of Chaldee origin (גָּאוֹן and אֲבַגְתָא); son of Abba; Bar-abbas, an Israelite:--Barabbas.
|
ΒαραββᾶνBarabban
|
Barabbas
|
N-AMS
|
G630ἀπολύσῃapolysē (V-ASA-3S)
G630 ἀπολύω apolýō ap-ol-oo-o from ἀπό and λύω; to free fully, i.e. (literally) relieve, release, dismiss (reflexively, depart), or (figuratively) let die, pardon or (specially) divorce:--(let) depart, dismiss, divorce, forgive, let go, loose, put (send) away, release, set at liberty.
|
ἀπολύσῃapolysē
|
he might release
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖς.autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς.autois
|
to them.
|
PPro-DM3P
|
11
But the chief priests moved the people, that he should rather release Barabbas to them.Mark 15:11
Stats
Counts: 89 characters, 14 words, 73 letters, 28 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε αρχιερεις ανεσεισαν τον οχλον ινα μαλλον τον βαραββαν απολυση αυτοις
Lit: But the chief priests stirred up the crowd so that instead Barabbas he might release to them.
KJV: But the chief priests moved the people, that he should rather release Barabbas unto them.
References
"But the chief priests moved the people, that he should rather release Barabbas unto them."Ho 5:1: Hear you this: O priests; and listen: you house of Israel; and give you ear: O house of the king; for judgment is toward you: because you have been a snare on Mizpah: and a net spread upon Tabor.Mt 27:20: But the chief priests and elders persuaded the multitude that they should ask Barabbas: and destroy Jesus.Joh 18:40: Then cried they all again: saying: Not this man: but Barabbas. Now Barabbas was a robber.Ac 3:14: But you denied the Holy one and the Just: and desired a murderer to be granted to you;
Pilate Delivers Up Jesus
ο δε πιλατος αποκριθεις παλιν ειπεν αυτοις τι ουν θελετε ποιησω ον λεγετε βασιλεα των ιουδαιων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4091ΠιλᾶτοςPilatos (N-NMS)
G4091 Πιλᾶτος Pilâtos pil-at-os of Latin origin; close-pressed, i.e. firm; Pilatus, a Roman:--Pilate.
|
ΠιλᾶτοςPilatos
|
Pilate
|
N-NMS
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv)
G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again
|
Adv
|
G611ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis (V-APP-NMS)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis
|
answering,
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G3004ἔλεγενelegen (V-IIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγενelegen
|
was saying
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
What
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
then
|
Conj
|
G2309‹θέλετε›thelete (V-PIA-2P)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
‹θέλετε›thelete
|
do you wish that
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G4160ποιήσωpoiēsō (V-ASA-1S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσωpoiēsō
|
I should do
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
to Him
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G3004λέγετεlegete (V-PIA-2P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγετεlegete
|
you call
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G935ΒασιλέαBasilea (N-AMS)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
ΒασιλέαBasilea
|
King
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2453Ἰουδαίων;Ioudaiōn (Adj-GMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
Ἰουδαίων;Ioudaiōn
|
Jews?
|
Adj-GMP
|
12
Pilate answered and said again to them, What will you then that I will do to him whom you call the King of the Jews?
Mark 15:12
Stats
Counts: 123 characters, 25 words, 96 letters, 35 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε πιλατος αποκριθεις παλιν ειπεν αυτοις τι ουν θελετε ποιησω ον λεγετε βασιλεα των ιουδαιων
Lit: And Pilate again answering, was saying to them, What then do you wish that I should do to Him you call the King of the Jews?
KJV: And Pilate answered and said again unto them, What will ye then that I shall do unto him whom ye call the King of the Jews?
References
"What"Mt 27:22: 23: Pilate says to them: What will I do then with Jesus which is called Christ? They all say to Him: Let Him be crucified.Lu 23:20-24: Pilate therefore: willing to release Jesus: spoke again to them.Joh 19:14-16: It was the preparation of the passover: and about the sixth hour: and he says to the Jews: Look your King!"whom"Mr 15:1: 2: Straightway in the morning the chief priests held a consultation with the elders and scribes and the whole council: and bound Jesus: and carried Him away: and delivered Him to Pilate.Mr 11:9-11: They that went before: and they that followed: cried: saying: Hosanna; Blessed is He that'>He who comes in the name of the Lord:Pr 2:6: 7: For the LORD gives wisdom: out of His mouth cometh knowledge and understanding.Isa 9:6: 7: For to us a child is born: to us a son is given: and the government will be upon His shoulder: and His name will be called Wonderful: Counseller: The mighty God: The everlasting Father: The Prince of Peace.Jer 23:5: 6: Look: the days come: says the LORD: that I will raise to David a righteous Branch: and a King will reign and prosper: and will execute judgment and justice in the earth.Zec 9:9: Rejoice greatly: O daughter of Zion; shout: O daughter of Jerusalem: look: your King comes to you: he is just: and having salvation; lowly: and riding upon an ass: and upon a colt the foal of an ass.Mt 2:2-4: Saying: Where is he who is born King of the Jews? for we have seen his star in the east: and are come to worship him.Mt 21:5: Tell you the daughter of Sion: Look: your King comes to you: meek: and sitting upon an ass: and a colt the foal of an ass.Lu 23:2: They began to accuse Him: saying: We found this fellow perverting the nation: and forbidding to give tribute to Caesar: saying that He Himself is Christ a King.Ac 5:31: Him has God exalted with His right hand to be a Prince and a Saviour: for to give repentance to Israel: and forgiveness of sins.
οι δε παλιν εκραξαν σταυρωσον αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv)
G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again
|
Adv
|
G2896ἔκραξανekraxan (V-AIA-3P)
G2896 κράζω krázō krad-zo a primary verb; properly, to croak (as a raven) or scream, i.e. (genitive case) to call aloud (shriek, exclaim, intreat):--cry (out).
|
ἔκραξανekraxan
|
they cried out,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G4717ΣταύρωσονStaurōson (V-AMA-2S)
G4717 σταυρόω stauróō stow-ro-o from σταυρός; to impale on the cross; figuratively, to extinguish (subdue) passion or selfishness:--crucify.
|
ΣταύρωσονStaurōson
|
Crucify
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
Him!
|
PPro-AM3S
|
13
They cried out again, Crucify him.
Mark 15:13
Stats
Counts: 38 characters, 6 words, 30 letters, 12 vowels, 18 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε παλιν εκραξαν σταυρωσον αυτον
Lit: And again they cried out, Crucify Him!
KJV: And they cried out again, Crucify him.
ο δε πιλατος ελεγεν αυτοις τι γαρ κακον εποιησεν οι δε περισσοτερως εκραξαν σταυρωσον αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4091ΠιλᾶτοςPilatos (N-NMS)
G4091 Πιλᾶτος Pilâtos pil-at-os of Latin origin; close-pressed, i.e. firm; Pilatus, a Roman:--Pilate.
|
ΠιλᾶτοςPilatos
|
Pilate
|
N-NMS
|
G3004ἔλεγενelegen (V-IIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγενelegen
|
was saying
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
What
|
IPro-ANS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G4160ἐποίησενepoiēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίησενepoiēsen
|
did He commit
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2556κακόν;kakon (Adj-ANS)
G2556 κακός kakós kak-os apparently a primary word; worthless (intrinsically, such; whereas πονηρός properly refers to effects), i.e. (subjectively) depraved, or (objectively) injurious:--bad, evil, harm, ill, noisome, wicked.
|
κακόν;kakon
|
evil?
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G4057περισσῶςperissōs (Adv)
G4057 περισσῶς perissōs per-is-soce adverb from περισσός; superabundantly:--exceedingly, out of measure, the more.
|
περισσῶςperissōs
|
much more
|
Adv
|
G2896ἔκραξανekraxan (V-AIA-3P)
G2896 κράζω krázō krad-zo a primary verb; properly, to croak (as a raven) or scream, i.e. (genitive case) to call aloud (shriek, exclaim, intreat):--cry (out).
|
ἔκραξανekraxan
|
they shouted,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G4717ΣταύρωσονStaurōson (V-AMA-2S)
G4717 σταυρόω stauróō stow-ro-o from σταυρός; to impale on the cross; figuratively, to extinguish (subdue) passion or selfishness:--crucify.
|
ΣταύρωσονStaurōson
|
Crucify
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
Him!
|
PPro-AM3S
|
14
Then Pilate said to them, Why, what evil has he done? And they cried out the more exceedingly, Crucify him.
Mark 15:14
Stats
Counts: 110 characters, 16 words, 86 letters, 32 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε πιλατος ελεγεν αυτοις τι γαρ κακον εποιησεν οι δε περισσοτερως εκραξαν σταυρωσον αυτον
Lit: And Pilate was saying to them, What indeed did He commit evil? But much more they shouted, Crucify Him!
KJV: Then Pilate said unto them, Why, what evil hath he done? And they cried out the more exceedingly, Crucify him.
References
"Why"Isa 53:9: He made his grave with the wicked: and with the rich in his death; because he had done no violence: neither was any deceit in his mouth.Mt 27:4: 19: 24: 54: Saying: I have sinned in that I have betrayed the innocent blood. And they said: What is that to us? see you to that.Lu 23:4: 14: 15: 21: 41: 47: Then said Pilate to the chief priests and to the people: I find no fault in this man.Joh 18:38: Pilate says to him: What is truth? And when he had said this: he went out again to the Jews: and says to them: I find in him no fault at all.Joh 19:6: When the chief priests therefore and officers saw him: they cried out: saying: Crucify him: crucify him. Pilate says to them: Take you him: and crucify him: for I find no fault in him.Heb 7:26: For such an high priest became us: who is holy: harmless: undefiled: separate from sinners: and made higher than the heavens;1Pe 1:19: But with the precious blood of Christ: as of a lamb without blemish and without spot:"And"Ps 69:4: They that hate me without a cause are more than the hairs of my head: they that would destroy me: being my enemies wrongfully: are mighty: then I restored that which I not took away.Isa 53:3: He is despised and rejected of men; a man of sorrows: and acquainted with grief: and we hid as it were our faces from him; he was despised: and we esteemed not him.Mt 27:23-25: The governor said: Why: what evil has he done? But they cried out the more: saying: Let him be crucified.Lu 23:23: 24: They were instant with loud voices: requiring that he might be crucified. And the voices of them and of the chief priests prevailed.Joh 19:12-15: From thenceforth Pilate sought to release him: but the Jews cried out: saying: If you let this man go: you are not Caesar's friend: whoever makes himself a king speaks against Caesar.Ac 7:54-57: When they heard these things: they were cut to the heart: and they gnashed on him with their teeth.Ac 19:34: But when they knew that he was a Jew: all with one voice about the space of two hours cried out: Great is Diana of the Ephesians.Ac 22:22: 23: They gave him audience to this word: and then lifted up their voices: and said: Away with such a fellow from the earth: for it not is fit that he should live.
ο δε πιλατος βουλομενος τω οχλω το ικανον ποιησαι απελυσεν αυτοις τον βαραββαν και παρεδωκεν τον ιησουν φραγελλωσας ινα σταυρωθη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4091ΠιλᾶτοςPilatos (N-NMS)
G4091 Πιλᾶτος Pilâtos pil-at-os of Latin origin; close-pressed, i.e. firm; Pilatus, a Roman:--Pilate.
|
ΠιλᾶτοςPilatos
|
Pilate,
|
N-NMS
|
G1014βουλόμενοςboulomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G1014 βούλομαι boúlomai boo-lom-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to will
|
βουλόμενοςboulomenos
|
desiring
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3793ὄχλῳochlō (N-DMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλῳochlō
|
crowd
|
N-DMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
that which was
|
Art-ANS
|
G2425ἱκανὸνhikanon (Adj-ANS)
G2425 ἱκανός hikanós hik-an-os from ( or , akin to ἥκω) (to arrive); competent (as if coming in season), i.e. ample (in amount) or fit (in character):--able, + content, enough, good, great, large, long (while), many, meet, much, security, sore, sufficient, worthy.
|
ἱκανὸνhikanon
|
satisfactory
|
Adj-ANS
|
G4160ποιῆσαιpoiēsai (V-ANA)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῆσαιpoiēsai
|
to do,
|
V-ANA
|
G630ἀπέλυσενapelysen (V-AIA-3S)
G630 ἀπολύω apolýō ap-ol-oo-o from ἀπό and λύω; to free fully, i.e. (literally) relieve, release, dismiss (reflexively, depart), or (figuratively) let die, pardon or (specially) divorce:--(let) depart, dismiss, divorce, forgive, let go, loose, put (send) away, release, set at liberty.
|
ἀπέλυσενapelysen
|
released
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G912Βαραββᾶν,Barabban (N-AMS)
G912 Βαραββᾶς Barabbâs bar-ab-bas of Chaldee origin (גָּאוֹן and אֲבַגְתָא); son of Abba; Bar-abbas, an Israelite:--Barabbas.
|
Βαραββᾶν,Barabban
|
Barabbas,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3860παρέδωκενparedōken (V-AIA-3S)
G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παρέδωκενparedōken
|
he delivered
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2424ἸησοῦνIēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦνIēsoun
|
Jesus,
|
N-AMS
|
G5417φραγελλώσαςphragellōsas (V-APA-NMS)
G5417 φραγελλόω phragellóō frag-el-lo-o from a presumed equivalent of the Latin flagellum; to whip, i.e. lash as a public punishment:--scourge.
|
φραγελλώσαςphragellōsas
|
having flogged him,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4717σταυρωθῇ.staurōthē (V-ASP-3S)
G4717 σταυρόω stauróō stow-ro-o from σταυρός; to impale on the cross; figuratively, to extinguish (subdue) passion or selfishness:--crucify.
|
σταυρωθῇ.staurōthē
|
He might be crucified.
|
V-ASP-3S
|
15
so Pilate, willing to content the people, released Barabbas to them, and delivered Jesus, when He had scourged Him, to be crucified.Mark 15:15
Stats
Counts: 140 characters, 17 words, 110 letters, 44 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε πιλατος βουλομενος τω οχλω το ικανον ποιησαι απελυσεν αυτοις τον βαραββαν και παρεδωκεν τον ιησουν φραγελλωσας ινα σταυρωθη
Lit: And Pilate, desiring to the crowd that which was satisfactory to do, released to them Barabbas, and he delivered Jesus, having flogged him, that He might be crucified.
KJV: And so Pilate, willing to content the people, released Barabbas unto them, and delivered Jesus, when he had scourged [him], to be crucified.
References
"willing"Pr 29:25: The fear of man brings a snare: but whoever puts His trust in the LORD will be safe.Ps 57:11: Be you exalted: O God: above the heavens: let your glory be above all the earth.Mt 27:26: Then released He Barabbas to them: and when He had scourged Jesus: He delivered Him to be crucified.Lu 23:24: 25: Pilate gave sentence that it should be as they required.Joh 19:1: 16: Then Pilate therefore took Jesus: and scourged Him.Ac 24:27: But after two years Porcius Festus came into Felix' room: and Felix: willing to show the Jews a pleasure: left Paul bound.Ac 25:9: But Festus: willing to do the Jews a pleasure: answered Paul: and said: Will you go up to Jerusalem: and there be judged of these things before me?Ga 1:19: But other of the apostles saw I none: save James the Lord's brother."when"Mr 10:34: They will mock him: and will scourge him: and will spit upon him: and will kill him: and the third day he will rise again.Ps 129:3: The plowers plowed upon my back: they made long their furrows.Isa 50:6: I gave my back to the smiters: and my cheeks to them that plucked off the hair: I not hid my face from shame and spitting.Mt 20:19: will deliver him to the Gentiles to mock: and to scourge: and to crucify him: and the third day he will rise again.Mt 27:26: Then released He Barabbas to them: and when He had scourged Jesus: He delivered Him to be crucified.Lu 18:33: They will scourge him: and put him to death: and the third day he will rise again.Joh 19:1: Then Pilate therefore took Jesus: and scourged Him.1Pe 2:24: Who his own self bare our sins in his own body on the tree: that we: being dead to sins: should live to righteousness: by whose stripes you were healed.
The Soldiers Mock Jesus
οι δε στρατιωται απηγαγον αυτον εσω της αυλης ο εστιν πραιτωριον και συγκαλουσιν ολην την σπειραν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4757στρατιῶταιstratiōtai (N-NMP)
G4757 στρατιώτης stratiṓtēs strat-ee-o-tace from a presumed derivative of the same as στρατιά; a camper-out, i.e. a (common) warrior (literally or figuratively):--soldier.
|
στρατιῶταιstratiōtai
|
the soldiers
|
N-NMP
|
G520ἀπήγαγονapēgagon (V-AIA-3P)
G520 ἀπάγω apágō ap-ag-o from ἀπό and ἄγω; to take off (in various senses):--bring, carry away, lead (away), put to death, take away.
|
ἀπήγαγονapēgagon
|
led away
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2080ἔσωesō (Prep)
G2080 ἔσω ésō es-o from εἰς; inside (as preposition or adjective):-- (with-)in(-ner, -to, -ward).
|
ἔσωesō
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G833αὐλῆς,aulēs (N-GFS)
G833 αὐλή aulḗ ow-lay from the same as ἀήρ; a yard (as open to the wind); by implication, a mansion:--court, (sheep-)fold, hall, palace.
|
αὐλῆς,aulēs
|
palace,
|
N-GFS
|
G3739ὅho (RelPro-NNS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὅho
|
that
|
RelPro-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4232Πραιτώριον,Praitōrion (N-NNS)
G4232 πραιτώριον praitṓrion prahee-to-ree-on of Latin origin; the prætorium or governors courtroom (sometimes including the whole edifice and camp):--(common, judgment) hall (of judgment), palace, prætorium.
|
Πραιτώριον,Praitōrion
|
the Praetorium,
|
N-NNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4779συνκαλοῦσινsynkalousin (V-PIA-3P)
G4779 συγκαλέω synkaléō soong-kal-eh-o from σύν and καλέω; to convoke:--call together.
|
συνκαλοῦσινsynkalousin
|
they call together
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3650ὅληνholēn (Adj-AFS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅληνholēn
|
all
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4686σπεῖραν.speiran (N-AFS)
G4686 σπεῖρα speîra spi-rah of immediate Latin origin, but ultimately a derivative of αἱρέομαι in the sense of its cognate εἱλίσσω; a coil (spira, spire), i.e. (figuratively) a mass of men (a Roman military cohort; also (by analogy) a squad of Levitical janitors):--band.
|
σπεῖραν.speiran
|
cohort.
|
N-AFS
|
16
The soldiers led him away into the hall, called Praetorium; and they call together the whole band.Mark 15:16
Stats
Rank: #3382 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 102 characters, 16 words, 82 letters, 30 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε στρατιωται απηγαγον αυτον εσω της αυλης ο εστιν πραιτωριον και συγκαλουσιν ολην την σπειραν
Lit: And the soldiers led away him into the palace, that is the Praetorium, and they call together all the cohort.
KJV: And the soldiers led him away into the hall, called Praetorium; and they call together the whole band.
References
"the soldiers"Mt 27:27: Then the soldiers of the governor took Jesus into the common hall: and gathered to Him the whole band of soldiers."Praetorium"Joh 18:28: Then led they Jesus from Caiaphas to the hall of judgment: and it was early; and they themselves not went into the judgment hall: lest they should be defiled; but that they might eat the passover.Joh 19:9: Went again into the judgment hall: and says to Jesus: Where are you? But Jesus gave Him no answer.
και ενδυουσιν αυτον πορφυραν και περιτιθεασιν αυτω πλεξαντες ακανθινον στεφανον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1737ἐνδιδύσκουσινendidyskousin (V-PIA-3P)
G1737 ἐνδιδύσκω endidýskō en-did-oos-ko a prolonged form of ἐνδύω; to invest (with a garment):--clothe in, wear.
|
ἐνδιδύσκουσινendidyskousin
|
they put on
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G4209πορφύρανporphyran (N-AFS)
G4209 πορφύρα porphýra por-foo-rah of Latin origin; the purple mussel, i.e. (by implication) the red-blue color itself, and finally a garment dyed with it:--purple.
|
πορφύρανporphyran
|
purple,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4060περιτιθέασινperititheasin (V-PIA-3P)
G4060 περιτίθημι peritíthēmi per-ee-tith-ay-mee from περί and τίθημι; to place around; by implication, to present:--bestow upon, hedge round about, put about (on, upon), set about.
|
περιτιθέασινperititheasin
|
placed on
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G4120πλέξαντεςplexantes (V-APA-NMP)
G4120 πλέκω plékō plek-o a primary word; to twine or braid:--plait.
|
πλέξαντεςplexantes
|
having twisted together
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G174ἀκάνθινονakanthinon (Adj-AMS)
G174 ἀκάνθινος akánthinos ak-an-thee-nos from ἄκανθα; thorny:--of thorns.
|
ἀκάνθινονakanthinon
|
of thorns
|
Adj-AMS
|
G4735στέφανον·stephanon (N-AMS)
G4735 στέφανος stéphanos stef-an-os from an apparently primary (to twine or wreathe); a chaplet (as a badge of royalty, a prize in the public games or a symbol of honor generally; but more conspicuous and elaborate than the simple fillet, διάδημα), literally or figuratively:--crown.
|
στέφανον·stephanon
|
a crown,
|
N-AMS
|
17
They clothed him with purple, and platted a crown of thorns, and put it about his head,Mark 15:17
Stats
Rank: #3301 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 91 characters, 16 words, 71 letters, 24 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ενδυουσιν αυτον πορφυραν και περιτιθεασιν αυτω πλεξαντες ακανθινον στεφανον
Lit: And they put on Him purple, and placed on Him, having twisted together of thorns a crown,
KJV: And they clothed him with purple, and platted a crown of thorns, and put it about his head,
References
"And they clothed him with purple, and platted a crown of thorns, and put it about his head,"Mt 27:28-30: They stripped him: and put on him a scarlet robe.Lu 23:11: Herod with his men of war set him at nought: and mocked him: and arrayed him in a gorgeous robe: and sent him again to Pilate.Joh 19:2-5: The soldiers platted a crown of thorns: and put it on his head: and they put on him a purple robe:
και ηρξαντο ασπαζεσθαι αυτον χαιρε βασιλευ των ιουδαιων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G756ἤρξαντοērxanto (V-AIM-3P)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
ἤρξαντοērxanto
|
they began
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G782ἀσπάζεσθαιaspazesthai (V-PNM/P)
G782 ἀσπάζομαι aspázomai as-pad-zom-ahee from Α (as a particle of union) and a presumed form of σπάω; to enfold in the arms, i.e. (by implication) to salute, (figuratively) to welcome:--embrace, greet, salute, take leave.
|
ἀσπάζεσθαιaspazesthai
|
to salute
|
V-PNM/P
|
G846αὐτόνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόνauton
|
Him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G5463Χαῖρε,Chaire (V-PMA-2S)
G5463 χαίρω chaírō khah-ee-ro a primary verb; to be cheerful, i.e. calmly happy or well-off; impersonally, especially as salutation (on meeting or parting), be well:--farewell, be glad, God speed, greeting, hall, joy(- fully), rejoice.
|
Χαῖρε,Chaire
|
Hail,
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G935ΒασιλεῦBasileu (N-VMS)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
ΒασιλεῦBasileu
|
King
|
N-VMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2453Ἰουδαίων·Ioudaiōn (Adj-GMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
Ἰουδαίων·Ioudaiōn
|
Jews!
|
Adj-GMP
|
18
Began to greet him, Hail, King of the Jews!
Mark 15:18
Stats
Rank: #4697 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 48 characters, 8 words, 36 letters, 14 vowels, 22 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηρξαντο ασπαζεσθαι αυτον χαιρε βασιλευ των ιουδαιων
Lit: and they began to salute Him, Hail, King of the Jews!
KJV: And began to salute him, Hail, King of the Jews!
References
"Hail"Mr 15:29-32: They that passed by railed on him: wagging their heads: and saying: Ah: you that destroyest the temple: and build it in 3 days: Ge 37:10: 20: He told it to his father: and to his brothers: and his father rebuked him: and said to him: What is this dream that you have dreamed? Will I and your mother and your brothers indeed come to bow down ourselves to you to the earth?Mt 27:42: 43: He saved others; himself he cannot save. If he be the King of Israel: let him now come down from the cross: and we will believe him.Lu 23:36: 37: The soldiers also mocked him: coming to him: and offering him vinegar: Joh 19:14: 15: It was the preparation of the passover: and about the sixth hour: and he says to the Jews: Look your King!
και ετυπτον αυτου την κεφαλην καλαμω και ενεπτυον αυτω και τιθεντες τα γονατα προσεκυνουν αυτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5180ἔτυπτονetypton (V-IIA-3P)
G5180 τύπτω týptō toop-to a primary verb (in a strengthened form); to thump, i.e. cudgel or pummel (properly, with a stick or bastinado), but in any case by repeated blows; thus differing from παίω and πατάσσω, which denote a (usually single) blow with the hand or any instrument, or πλήσσω with the fist (or a hammer), or ῥαπίζω with the palm; as well as from τυγχάνω, an accidental collision); by implication, to punish; figuratively, to offend (the conscience):--beat, smite, strike, wound.
|
ἔτυπτονetypton
|
they kept striking
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
His
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2776κεφαλὴνkephalēn (N-AFS)
G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλὴνkephalēn
|
head
|
N-AFS
|
G2563καλάμῳkalamō (N-DMS)
G2563 κάλαμος kálamos kal-am-os of uncertain affinity; a reed (the plant or its stem, or that of a similar plant); by implication, a pen:--pen, reed.
|
καλάμῳkalamō
|
with a reed,
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1716ἐνέπτυονeneptyon (V-IIA-3P)
G1716 ἐμπτύω emptýō emp-too-o from ἐν and πτύω; to spit at or on:--spit (upon).
|
ἐνέπτυονeneptyon
|
spitting on
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷ,autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ,autō
|
Him;
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and,
|
Conj
|
G5087τιθέντεςtithentes (V-PPA-NMP)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
τιθέντεςtithentes
|
bending
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G1119γόναταgonata (N-ANP)
G1119 γόνυ góny gon-oo of uncertain affinity; the knee:--knee(X -l).
|
γόναταgonata
|
knees,
|
N-ANP
|
G4352προσεκύνουνprosekynoun (V-IIA-3P)
G4352 προσκυνέω proskynéō pros-koo-neh-o from πρός and a probable derivative of κύων (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his masters hand); to fawn or crouch to, i.e. (literally or figuratively) prostrate oneself in homage (do reverence to, adore):--worship.
|
προσεκύνουνprosekynoun
|
they were kneeling down
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷ.autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ.autō
|
to Him.
|
PPro-DM3S
|
19
They smote him on the head with a reed, and did spit upon him, and bowing their knees worshipped him.Mark 15:19
Stats
Rank: #4779 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 105 characters, 19 words, 82 letters, 30 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ετυπτον αυτου την κεφαλην καλαμω και ενεπτυον αυτω και τιθεντες τα γονατα προσεκυνουν αυτω
Lit: And they kept striking His head with a reed, and spitting on Him; and, bending the knees, they were kneeling down to Him.
KJV: And they smote him on the head with a reed, and did spit upon him, and bowing their knees worshipped him.
References
"they smote"Mr 9:12: He answered and told them: Elias truly comes first: and restoreth all things; and how it is written of the Son of man: that He must suffer many things: and be set at nought.Mr 10:34: They will mock him: and will scourge him: and will spit upon him: and will kill him: and the third day he will rise again.Mr 14:65: Some began to spit on him: and to cover his face: and to buffet him: and to say to him: Prophesy: and the servants did strike him with the palms of their hands.Job 13:9: Is it good that he should search you out? or as one man mocks another: do you so mock him?Job 30:8-12: They were children of fools: yes: children of base men: they were viler than the earth.Ps 22:6: 7: But I am a worm: and no man; a reproach of men: and despised of the people.Ps 35:15-17: But in my adversity they rejoiced: and gathered themselves together: yes: the abjects gathered themselves together against me: and I knew it not; they did tear me: and not ceased:Ps 69:12: 19: 20: They that sit in the gate speak against me; and I was the song of the drunkards.Isa 49:7: Thus says the LORD: the Redeemer of Israel: and His Holy one: to Him whom man despises: to Him whom the nation abhors: to a servant of rulers: Kings will see and arise: princes also will worship: because of the LORD that is faithful: and the Holy one of Israel: and He will choose you.Isa 50:6: I gave my back to the smiters: and my cheeks to them that plucked off the hair: I not hid my face from shame and spitting.Isa 52:14: As many were astonied at you; his visage was so marred more than any man: and his form more than the sons of men:Isa 53:3-5: He is despised and rejected of men; a man of sorrows: and acquainted with grief: and we hid as it were our faces from him; he was despised: and we esteemed not him.Mic 5:1: Now gather yourself in troops: O daughter of troops: he has laid siege against us: they will smite the judge of Israel with a rod upon the cheek.Mt 20:18: 19: Look: we go up to Jerusalem; and the Son of man will be betrayed to the chief priests and to the scribes: and they will condemn Him to death: Lu 18:32: 33: For he will be delivered to the Gentiles: and will be mocked: and spitefully entreated: and spitted on:Lu 22:63: The men that held Jesus mocked Him: and smote Him.Lu 23:11: 36: Herod with his men of war set him at nought: and mocked him: and arrayed him in a gorgeous robe: and sent him again to Pilate.Heb 12:2: 3: Looking to Jesus the author and finisher of our faith; who for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross: despising the shame: and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God.Heb 13:13: Let us go forth therefore to him without the camp: bearing his reproach."and bowing"Ge 24:52: It came to pass: that: when Abraham's servant heard their words: He worshipped the LORD: bowing Himself to the earth.Ge 43:28: They answered: Your servant our father is in good health: he is yet alive. And they bowed down their heads: and made obeisance.1Ki 19:18: Yet I have left me 7000 in Israel: all the knees which not have bowed to Baal: and every mouth which has not kissed him.Es 3:2-5: All the king's servants: that were in the king's gate: bowed: and reverenced Haman: for the king had so commanded concerning him. But Mordecai not bowed: nor did him reverence.Isa 45:23: I have sworn by myself: the word is gone out of my mouth in righteousness: and will not return: That to me every knee will bow: every tongue will swear.Ro 11:4: But what says the answer of God to Him? I have reserved to myself 7000 men: who not have bowed the knee to the image of Baal.Ro 14:10: 11: But why do you judge your brother? or why do you set at nought your brother? for we will all stand before the judgment seat of Christ.Php 2:10: That at the name of Jesus every knee should bow: of things in heaven: and things in earth: and things under the earth;
και οτε ενεπαιξαν αυτω εξεδυσαν αυτον την πορφυραν και ενεδυσαν αυτον τα ιματια τα ιδια και εξαγουσιν αυτον ινα σταυρωσωσιν αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3753ὅτεhote (Adv)
G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὅτεhote
|
when
|
Adv
|
G1702ἐνέπαιξανenepaixan (V-AIA-3P)
G1702 ἐμπαίζω empaízō emp-aheed-zo from ἐν and παίζω; to jeer at, i.e. deride:--mock.
|
ἐνέπαιξανenepaixan
|
they had mocked
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷ,autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ,autō
|
Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1562ἐξέδυσανexedysan (V-AIA-3P)
G1562 ἐκδύω ekdýō ek-doo-o from ἐκ and the base of δύνω; to cause to sink out of, i.e. (specially as of clothing) to divest:--strip, take off from, unclothe.
|
ἐξέδυσανexedysan
|
they took off
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4209πορφύρανporphyran (N-AFS)
G4209 πορφύρα porphýra por-foo-rah of Latin origin; the purple mussel, i.e. (by implication) the red-blue color itself, and finally a garment dyed with it:--purple.
|
πορφύρανporphyran
|
purple
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1746ἐνέδυσανenedysan (V-AIA-3P)
G1746 ἐνδύω endýō en-doo-o from ἐν and δύνω (in the sense of sinking into a garment); to invest with clothing (literally or figuratively):--array, clothe (with), endue, have (put) on.
|
ἐνέδυσανenedysan
|
put on
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G2440ἱμάτιαhimatia (N-ANP)
G2440 ἱμάτιον himátion him-at-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ennumi (to put on); a dress (inner or outer):--apparel, cloke, clothes, garment, raiment, robe, vesture.
|
ἱμάτιαhimatia
|
garments
|
N-ANP
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
His
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2398‹ἴδια›idia (Adj-ANP)
G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
‹ἴδια›idia
|
own.
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1806ἐξάγουσινexagousin (V-PIA-3P)
G1806 ἐξάγω exágō ex-ag-o from ἐκ and ἄγω; to lead forth:--bring forth (out), fetch (lead) out.
|
ἐξάγουσινexagousin
|
they are leading out
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4717σταυρώσωσινstaurōsōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G4717 σταυρόω stauróō stow-ro-o from σταυρός; to impale on the cross; figuratively, to extinguish (subdue) passion or selfishness:--crucify.
|
σταυρώσωσινstaurōsōsin
|
they might crucify
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
Him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
20
When they had mocked him, they took off the purple from him, and put his own clothes on him, and led him out to crucify him.Mark 15:20
Stats
Rank: #6015 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 128 characters, 24 words, 98 letters, 33 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οτε ενεπαιξαν αυτω εξεδυσαν αυτον την πορφυραν και ενεδυσαν αυτον τα ιματια τα ιδια και εξαγουσιν αυτον ινα σταυρωσωσιν αυτον
Lit: And when they had mocked Him, they took off him the purple and put on Him the garments His own. And they are leading out him, that they might crucify Him.
KJV: And when they had mocked him, they took off the purple from him, and put his own clothes on him, and led him out to crucify him.
References
"and led"Mt 27:31: After that they had mocked him: they took the robe off from him: and put his own clothing on him: and led him away to crucify him.Joh 19:16: Then delivered He Him therefore to them to be crucified. And they took Jesus: and led Him away.
The Crucifixion
και αγγαρευουσιν παραγοντα τινα σιμωνα κυρηναιον ερχομενον απ αγρου τον πατερα αλεξανδρου και ρουφου ινα αρη τον σταυρον αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G29ἀγγαρεύουσινangareuousin (V-PIA-3P)
G29 ἀγγαρεύω angareúō ang-ar-yew-o of foreign origin (compare אִגְּרָא); properly, to be a courier, i.e. (by implication) to press into public service:--compel (to go).
|
ἀγγαρεύουσινangareuousin
|
they compel,
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3855παράγοντάparagonta (V-PPA-AMS)
G3855 παράγω parágō par-ag-o from παρά and ἄγω; to lead near, i.e. (reflexively or intransitively) to go along or away:--depart, pass (away, by, forth).
|
παράγοντάparagonta
|
passing by
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G5100τιναtina (IPro-AMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιναtina
|
one,
|
IPro-AMS
|
G4613ΣίμωναSimōna (N-AMS)
G4613 Σίμων Símōn see-mone of Hebrew origin (שִׁמְעוֹן); Simon (i.e. Shimon), the name of nine Israelites:--Simon. Compare Συμεών.
|
ΣίμωναSimōna
|
Simon
|
N-AMS
|
G2956ΚυρηναῖονKyrēnaion (N-AMS)
G2956 Κυρηναῖος Kyrēnaîos koo-ray-nah-yos from Κυρήνη; i.e. Cyrenæan, i.e. inhabitant of Cyrene:--of Cyrene, Cyrenian.
|
ΚυρηναῖονKyrēnaion
|
of Cyrene,
|
N-AMS
|
G2064ἐρχόμενονerchomenon (V-PPM/P-AMS)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐρχόμενονerchomenon
|
coming
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G575ἀπ’ap’ (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπ’ap’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G68ἀγροῦ,agrou (N-GMS)
G68 ἀγρός agrós ag-ros from ἄγω; a field (as a drive for cattle); genitive case, the country; specially, a farm, i.e. hamlet:--country, farm, piece of ground, land.
|
ἀγροῦ,agrou
|
the country,
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3962πατέραpatera (N-AMS)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέραpatera
|
father
|
N-AMS
|
G223ἈλεξάνδρουAlexandrou (N-GMS)
G223 Ἀλέξανδρος Aléxandros al-ex-an-dros from the same as (the first part of) ἀλέκτωρ and ἀνήρ; man-defender; Alexander, the name of three Israelites and one other man:--Alexander.
|
ἈλεξάνδρουAlexandrou
|
of Alexander
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4504Ῥούφου,Rhouphou (N-GMS)
G4504 Ῥοῦφος Rhoûphos hroo-fos of Latin origin; red; Rufus, a Christian:--Rufus.
|
Ῥούφου,Rhouphou
|
Rufus,
|
N-GMS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G142ἄρῃarē (V-ASA-3S)
G142 αἴρω aírō ah-ee-ro a primary root; to lift up; by implication, to take up or away; figuratively, to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind), specially, to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Hebraism (compare נָשָׂא) to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).
|
ἄρῃarē
|
he might carry
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G4716σταυρὸνstauron (N-AMS)
G4716 σταυρός staurós stow-ros from the base of ἵστημι; a stake or post (as set upright), i.e. (specially), a pole or cross (as an instrument of capital punishment); figuratively, exposure to death, i.e. self-denial; by implication, the atonement of Christ:--cross.
|
σταυρὸνstauron
|
cross
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
21
They compel one Simon a Cyrenian, who passed by, coming out of the country, the father of Alexander and Rufus, to bear his cross.Mark 15:21
Stats
Rank: #2625 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 133 characters, 21 words, 104 letters, 39 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αγγαρευουσιν παραγοντα τινα σιμωνα κυρηναιον ερχομενον απ αγρου τον πατερα αλεξανδρου και ρουφου ινα αρη τον σταυρον αυτου
Lit: And they compel, passing by one, Simon of Cyrene, coming from the country, the father of Alexander and Rufus, that he might carry the cross of Him.
KJV: And they compel one Simon a Cyrenian, who passed by, coming out of the country, the father of Alexander and Rufus, to bear his cross.
References
"they compel"Mt 27:32: As they came out: they found a man of Cyrene: Simon by name: him they compelled to bear his cross.Lu 23:26: As they led Him away: they laid hold upon one Simon: a Cyrenian: coming out of the country: and on Him they laid the cross: that He might bear it after Jesus."a Cyrenian"Ac 2:10: Phrygia: and Pamphylia: in Egypt: and in the parts of Libya about Cyrene: and strangers of Rome: Jews and proselytes: Ac 6:9: Then there arose certain of the synagogue: which is called the synagogue of the Libertines: and Cyrenians: and Alexandrians: and of them of Cilicia and of Asia: disputing with Stephen.Ac 11:20: Some of them were men of Cyprus and Cyrene: which: when they were come to Antioch: spoke to the Grecians: preaching the Lord Jesus.Ac 13:1: Now there were in the church that was at Antioch certain prophets and teachers; as Barnabas: and Simeon that was called Niger: and Lucius of Cyrene: and Manaen: which had been brought up with Herod the tetrarch: and Saul."and Rufus"Ro 16:13: Greet Rufus chosen in the Lord: and His mother and my."to bear"Lu 14:27: whoever does not bear his cross: and come after me: cannot be my disciple.Joh 15:18-20: If the world hate you: you know that it hated me before it hated you.
και φερουσιν αυτον επι γολγοθα τοπον ο εστιν μεθερμηνευομενον κρανιου τοπος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5342φέρουσινpherousin (V-PIA-3P)
G5342 φέρω phérō en-eng-ko a primary verb (for which other, and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely, ; and ; to bear or carry (in a very wide application, literally and figuratively, as follows):--be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold.
|
φέρουσινpherousin
|
they bring
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1115ΓολγοθᾶνGolgothan (N-AFS)
G1115 Γολγοθᾶ Golgothâ gol-goth-ah of Chaldee origin (compare גֻּלְגֹּלֶת); the skull; Golgotha, a knoll near Jerusalem:--Golgotha.
|
ΓολγοθᾶνGolgothan
|
Golgotha,
|
N-AFS
|
G5117τόπον,topon (N-AMS)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόπον,topon
|
a place
|
N-AMS
|
G3739ὅho (RelPro-NNS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὅho
|
which
|
RelPro-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3177μεθερμηνευόμενον*methermēneuomenon (V-PPM/P-NNS)
G3177 μεθερμηνεύω methermēneúō meth-er-mane-yoo-o from μετά and ἑρμηνεύω; to explain over, i.e. translate:--(by) interpret(-ation).
|
μεθερμηνευόμενον*methermēneuomenon
|
translated,
|
V-PPM/P-NNS
|
G2898ΚρανίουKraniou (N-GNS)
G2898 κρανίον kraníon kran-ee-on diminutive of a derivative of the base of κέρας; a skull (cranium):--Calvary, skull.
|
ΚρανίουKraniou
|
of a Skull
|
N-GNS
|
G5117τόπος.topos (N-NMS)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόπος.topos
|
Place.
|
N-NMS
|
22
They bring him to the place Golgotha, which is, being interpreted, The place of a skull.
Mark 15:22
Stats
Counts: 94 characters, 14 words, 74 letters, 26 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: και φερουσιν αυτον επι γολγοθα τοπον ο εστιν μεθερμηνευομενον κρανιου τοπος
Lit: And they bring Him to Golgotha, a place which is translated, of a Skull Place.
KJV: And they bring him unto the place Golgotha, which is, being interpreted, The place of a skull.
References
"Golgotha"Mt 27:33-44: When they were come to a place called Golgotha: that is to say: a place of a skull: Lu 23:27-33: There followed him a great company of people: and of women: which also bewailed and lamented him."Calvary"Joh 19:17-27: He bearing his cross went forth into a place called the place of a skull: which is called in the Hebrew Golgotha:
και εδιδουν αυτω πιειν εσμυρνισμενον οινον ο δε ουκ ελαβεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1325ἐδίδουνedidoun (V-IIA-3P)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἐδίδουνedidoun
|
they were offering
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G4669ἐσμυρνισμένονesmyrnismenon (V-RPM/P-AMS)
G4669 σμυρνίζω smyrnízō smoor-nid-zo from Σμύρνα; to tincture with myrrh, i.e. embitter (as a narcotic):--mingle with myrrh.
|
ἐσμυρνισμένονesmyrnismenon
|
having been mixed with myrrh,
|
V-RPM/P-AMS
|
G3631οἶνον·oinon (N-AMS)
G3631 οἶνος oînos oy-nos a primary word (or perhaps of Hebrew origin (יַיִן)); wine (literally or figuratively):--wine.
|
οἶνον·oinon
|
wine;
|
N-AMS
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
He
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2983ἔλαβεν.elaben (V-AIA-3S)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
ἔλαβεν.elaben
|
did take it.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
23
They gave him to drink wine mingled with myrrh: but he received it not.Mark 15:23
Stats
Counts: 75 characters, 14 words, 59 letters, 20 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εδιδουν αυτω πιειν εσμυρνισμενον οινον ο δε ουκ ελαβεν
Lit: And they were offering Him, having been mixed with myrrh, wine; He however not did take it.
KJV: And they gave him to drink wine mingled with myrrh: but he received it not.
References
"they"Mt 27:34: They gave him vinegar to drink mingled with gall: and when he had tasted thereof: he not would drink.Lu 23:36: The soldiers also mocked him: coming to him: and offering him vinegar: Joh 19:28-30: After this: Jesus knowing that all things were now accomplished: that the scripture might be fulfilled: says: I thirst."but"Mr 14:25: Truly I say to you: I will drink no more of the fruit of the vine: until that day that I drink it new in the kingdom of God.Mt 26:19: The disciples did as Jesus had appointed them; and they made ready the passover.Lu 22:18: For I say to you: I not will drink of the fruit of the vine: until the kingdom of God will come.
και σταυρωσαντες αυτον διεμεριζον τα ιματια αυτου βαλλοντες κληρον επ αυτα τις τι αρη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4717σταυροῦσινstaurousin (V-PIA-3P)
G4717 σταυρόω stauróō stow-ro-o from σταυρός; to impale on the cross; figuratively, to extinguish (subdue) passion or selfishness:--crucify.
|
σταυροῦσινstaurousin
|
having crucified
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸν,auton
|
Him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1266διαμερίζονταιdiamerizontai (V-PIM-3P)
G1266 διαμερίζω diamerízō dee-am-er-id-zo from διά and μερίζω; to partition thoroughly (literally in distribution, figuratively in dissension):--cloven, divide, part.
|
διαμερίζονταιdiamerizontai
|
they divided
|
V-PIM-3P
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G2440ἱμάτιαhimatia (N-ANP)
G2440 ἱμάτιον himátion him-at-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ennumi (to put on); a dress (inner or outer):--apparel, cloke, clothes, garment, raiment, robe, vesture.
|
ἱμάτιαhimatia
|
garments
|
N-ANP
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G906βάλλοντεςballontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
βάλλοντεςballontes
|
casting
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G2819κλῆρονklēron (N-AMS)
G2819 κλῆρος klēros klay-ros probably from κλάω (through the idea of using bits of wood, etc., for the purpose; a die (for drawing chances); by implication, a portion (as if so secured); by extension, an acquisition (especially a patrimony, figuratively):--heritage, inheritance, lot, part.
|
κλῆρονklēron
|
lots
|
N-AMS
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
for
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὰauta (PPro-AN3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὰauta
|
them,
|
PPro-AN3P
|
G5101τίςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίςtis
|
who
|
IPro-NMS
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-ANS
|
G142ἄρῃ.arē (V-ASA-3S)
G142 αἴρω aírō ah-ee-ro a primary root; to lift up; by implication, to take up or away; figuratively, to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind), specially, to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Hebraism (compare נָשָׂא) to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).
|
ἄρῃ.arē
|
should take.
|
V-ASA-3S
|
24
When they had crucified him, they parted his garments, casting lots upon them, what every man should take.Mark 15:24
Stats
Counts: 110 characters, 16 words, 88 letters, 29 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: και σταυρωσαντες αυτον διεμεριζον τα ιματια αυτου βαλλοντες κληρον επ αυτα τις τι αρη
Lit: And having crucified Him, also they divided the garments of Him, casting lots for them, who what should take.
KJV: And when they had crucified him, they parted his garments, casting lots upon them, what every man should take.
References
"crucified"De 21:23: His body will not remain all night upon the tree: but you will in any wise bury Him that day; (for He that'>He who is hanged is accursed of God;) that your land not be defiled: which the LORD your God gives you for an inheritance.Ps 22:16: 17: For dogs have compassed me: the assembly of the wicked have inclosed me: they pierced my hands and my feet.Isa 53:4-8: Surely He has borne our griefs: and carried our sorrows: yet we did esteem Him stricken: smitten of God: and afflicted.Ac 5:30: The God of our fathers raised up Jesus: whom you killed and hanged on a tree.2Co 5:21: For He has made Him to be sin for us: who knew no sin; that we might be made the righteousness of God in Him.Ga 3:13: Christ has redeemed us from the curse of the law: being made a curse for us: for it is written: Cursed is every one that hangs on a tree:1Pe 2:24: Who his own self bare our sins in his own body on the tree: that we: being dead to sins: should live to righteousness: by whose stripes you were healed."they parted"Ps 22:18: They part my garments among them: and cast lots upon my vesture.Mt 27:35: 36: They crucified him: and parted his garments: casting lots: that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the prophet: They parted my garments among them: and upon my vesture did they cast lots.Lu 23:34: Then said Jesus: Father: forgive them; for they not know what they do. And they parted His clothing: and cast lots.Joh 19:23: 24: Then the soldiers: when they had crucified Jesus: took His garments: and made 4 parts: to every soldier a part; and also His coat: now the coat was without seam: woven from the top throughout.
ην δε ωρα τριτη και εσταυρωσαν αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1510Ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
Ἦνēn
|
It was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G5610ὥραhōra (N-NFS)
G5610 ὥρα hṓra ho-rah apparently a primary word; an hour (literally or figuratively):--day, hour, instant, season, X short, (even-)tide, (high) time.
|
ὥραhōra
|
the hour
|
N-NFS
|
G5154τρίτηtritē (Adj-NFS)
G5154 τρίτος trítos tree-tos ordinal from τρεῖς; third; neuter (as noun) a third part, or (as adverb) a (or the) third time, thirdly:--third(-ly).
|
τρίτηtritē
|
third,
|
Adj-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4717ἐσταύρωσανestaurōsan (V-AIA-3P)
G4717 σταυρόω stauróō stow-ro-o from σταυρός; to impale on the cross; figuratively, to extinguish (subdue) passion or selfishness:--crucify.
|
ἐσταύρωσανestaurōsan
|
they crucified
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
Him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
25
It was the third hour, and they crucified him.Mark 15:25
Stats
Counts: 50 characters, 9 words, 39 letters, 14 vowels, 25 consonants
Translation
Greek: ην δε ωρα τριτη και εσταυρωσαν αυτον
Lit: It was then the hour third, and they crucified Him.
KJV: And it was the third hour, and they crucified him.
References
"the"Mr 15:33: When the sixth hour was come: there was darkness over the whole land until the ninth hour.Mt 27:45: Now from the sixth hour there was darkness over all the land to the ninth hour.Lu 23:44: It was about the sixth hour: and there was a darkness over all the earth until the ninth hour.Joh 19:14: It was the preparation of the passover: and about the sixth hour: and he says to the Jews: Look your King!Ac 2:15: For these not are drunken: as you suppose: seeing it is but the third hour of the day.
και ην η επιγραφη της αιτιας αυτου επιγεγραμμενη ο βασιλευς των ιουδαιων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
there was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1923ἐπιγραφὴepigraphē (N-NFS)
G1923 ἐπιγραφή epigraphḗ ep-ig-raf-ay from ἐπιγράφω; an inscription:--superscription.
|
ἐπιγραφὴepigraphē
|
inscription
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G156αἰτίαςaitias (N-GFS)
G156 αἰτία aitía ahee-tee-a from the same as αἰτέω; a cause (as if asked for), i.e. (logical) reason (motive, matter), (legal) crime (alleged or proved):--accusation, case, cause, crime, fault, (wh-)ere(-fore).
|
αἰτίαςaitias
|
accusation
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
against Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1924ἐπιγεγραμμένηepigegrammenē (V-RPM/P-NFS)
G1924 ἐπιγράφω epigráphō ep-ee-graf-o from ἐπί and γράφω; to inscribe (physically or mentally):--inscription, write in (over, thereon).
|
ἐπιγεγραμμένηepigegrammenē
|
having been written:
|
V-RPM/P-NFS
|
G3588Ο*HO (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Ο*HO
|
The
|
Art-NMS
|
G935ΒΑΣΙΛΕΥΣBASILEUS (N-NMS)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
ΒΑΣΙΛΕΥΣBASILEUS
|
King
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ΤΩΝTŌN (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤΩΝTŌN
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2453ΙΟΥΔΑΙΩΝ.IOUDAIŌN (Adj-GMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ΙΟΥΔΑΙΩΝ.IOUDAIŌN
|
Jews.
|
Adj-GMP
|
26
The superscription of his accusation was written over, THE KING OF THE JEWS.
Mark 15:26
Stats
Rank: #5073 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 80 characters, 13 words, 65 letters, 24 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ην η επιγραφη της αιτιας αυτου επιγεγραμμενη ο βασιλευς των ιουδαιων
Lit: And there was the inscription of the accusation against Him having been written: The King of the Jews.
KJV: And the superscription of his accusation was written over, THE KING OF THE JEWS.
References
"the superscription"De 23:5: Nevertheless the LORD your God not would listen to Balaam; but the LORD your God turned the curse into a blessing to you: because the LORD your God loved you.Ps 76:10: Surely the wrath of man will praise you: the remainder of wrath will you restrain.Pr 21:1: The king's heart is in the hand of the LORD: as the rivers of water: He turns it wherever He will.Isa 10:7: Howbeit he means not so: neither does his heart think so; but it is in his heart to destroy and cut off not nations a few.Isa 46:10: Declaring the end from the beginning: and from ancient times the things that not are yet done: saying: My counsel will stand: and I will do all my pleasure:"THE KING OF THE JEWS"Ps 2:6: Yet have I set my king upon my holy hill of Zion.Zec 9:9: Rejoice greatly: O daughter of Zion; shout: O daughter of Jerusalem: look: your King comes to you: he is just: and having salvation; lowly: and riding upon an ass: and upon a colt the foal of an ass.Mt 2:2: Saying: Where is he who is born King of the Jews? for we have seen his star in the east: and are come to worship him.Mt 27:37: Set up over his head his accusation written: THIS IS JESUS THE KING OF THE JEWS.Lu 23:37: 38: Saying: If you be the king of the Jews: save yourself.Joh 19:18-22: Where they crucified Him: and two other with Him: on either side one: and Jesus in the middle.
και συν αυτω σταυρουσιν δυο ληστας ενα εκ δεξιων και ενα εξ ευωνυμων αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G4717σταυροῦσινstaurousin (V-PIA-3P)
G4717 σταυρόω stauróō stow-ro-o from σταυρός; to impale on the cross; figuratively, to extinguish (subdue) passion or selfishness:--crucify.
|
σταυροῦσινstaurousin
|
they crucify
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1417δύοdyo (Adj-AMP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύοdyo
|
two
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3027λῃστάς,lēstas (N-AMP)
G3027 λῃστής lēistḗs lace-tace from (to plunder); a brigand:--robber, thief.
|
λῃστάς,lēstas
|
robbers,
|
N-AMP
|
G1520ἕναhena (Adj-AMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἕναhena
|
one
|
Adj-AMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
at
|
Prep
|
G1188δεξιῶνdexiōn (Adj-GNP)
G1188 δεξιός dexiós dex-ee-os from δέχομαι; the right side or (feminine) hand (as that which usually takes):--right (hand, side).
|
δεξιῶνdexiōn
|
the right hand,
|
Adj-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1520ἕναhena (Adj-AMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἕναhena
|
one
|
Adj-AMS
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
at the
|
Prep
|
G2176εὐωνύμωνeuōnymōn (Adj-GNP)
G2176 εὐώνυμος euṓnymos yoo-o-noo-mos from εὖ and ὄνομα; properly, well-named (good-omened), i.e. the left (which was the lucky side among the pagan Greeks); neuter as adverbial, at the left hand:--(on the) left.
|
εὐωνύμωνeuōnymōn
|
left
|
Adj-GNP
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
27
With him they crucify two thieves; the one on his right hand, and the other on his left.Mark 15:27
Stats
Rank: #7782 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 92 characters, 17 words, 71 letters, 24 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: και συν αυτω σταυρουσιν δυο ληστας ενα εκ δεξιων και ενα εξ ευωνυμων αυτου
Lit: And with Him they crucify two robbers, one at the right hand, and one at the left of Him.
KJV: And with him they crucify two thieves; the one on his right hand, and the other on his left.
References
"And with him they crucify two thieves; the one on his right hand, and the other on his left."Mt 27:38: Then were there two thieves crucified with him: one on the right hand: and another on the left.Lu 23:32: 33: There were also two other: malefactors: led with him to be put to death.Joh 19:18: Where they crucified Him: and two other with Him: on either side one: and Jesus in the middle.
και επληρωθη η γραφη η λεγουσα και μετα ανομων ελογισθη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532⧼ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
⧼ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4137ἐπληρώθηeplērōthē (V-AIP-3S)
G4137 πληρόω plēróō play-ro-o from πλήρης; to make replete, i.e. (literally) to cram (a net), level up (a hollow), or (figuratively) to furnish (or imbue, diffuse, influence), satisfy, execute (an office), finish (a period or task), verify (or coincide with a prediction), etc.:--accomplish, X after, (be) complete, end, expire, fill (up), fulfil, (be, make) full (come), fully preach, perfect, supply.
|
ἐπληρώθηeplērōthē
|
was fulfilled
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1124γραφὴgraphē (N-NFS)
G1124 γραφή graphḗ graf-ay from γράφω; a document, i.e. holy Writ (or its contents or a statement in it):--scripture.
|
γραφὴgraphē
|
Scripture
|
N-NFS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
that
|
Art-NFS
|
G3004λέγουσα,legousa (V-PPA-NFS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγουσα,legousa
|
says,
|
V-PPA-NFS
|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with the
|
Prep
|
G459ἀνόμωνanomōn (Adj-GMP)
G459 ἄνομος ánomos an-om-os from Α (as a negative particle) and νόμος; lawless, i.e. (negatively) not subject to (the Jewish) law; (by implication, a Gentile), or (positively) wicked:--without law, lawless, transgressor, unlawful, wicked.
|
ἀνόμωνanomōn
|
lawless
|
Adj-GMP
|
G3049ἐλογίσθη⧽.elogisthē (V-AIP-3S)
G3049 λογίζομαι logízomai log-id-zom-ahee middle voice from λόγος; to take an inventory, i.e. estimate (literally or figuratively):--conclude, (ac-)count (of), + despise, esteem, impute, lay, number, reason, reckon, suppose, think (on).
|
ἐλογίσθη⧽.elogisthē
|
he was reckoned.
|
V-AIP-3S
|
28
The scripture was fulfilled, which says, And he was numbered with the transgressors.
Mark 15:28
Stats
Rank: #6873 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 89 characters, 12 words, 73 letters, 23 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: και επληρωθη η γραφη η λεγουσα και μετα ανομων ελογισθη
Lit: And was fulfilled the Scripture that says, And with the lawless he was reckoned.
KJV: And the scripture was fulfilled, which saith, And he was numbered with the transgressors.
References
"And the scripture was fulfilled, which saith, And he was numbered with the transgressors."Isa 53:12: Therefore will I divide him a portion with the great: and he will divide the spoil with the strong; because he has poured out his soul to death: and he was numbered with the transgressors; and he bare the sin of many: and made intercession for the transgressors.Lu 22:37: For I say to you: that this that is written must yet be accomplished in me: And he was reckoned among the transgressors: for the things concerning me have an end.Heb 12:2: Looking to Jesus the author and finisher of our faith; who for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross: despising the shame: and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God.
και οι παραπορευομενοι εβλασφημουν αυτον κινουντες τας κεφαλας αυτων και λεγοντες ουα ο καταλυων τον ναον και εν τρισιν ημεραις οικοδομων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G3899παραπορευόμενοιparaporeuomenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP)
G3899 παραπορεύομαι paraporeúomai par-ap-or-yoo-om-ahee from παρά and πορεύομαι; to travel near:--go, pass (by).
|
παραπορευόμενοιparaporeuomenoi
|
passing by
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G987ἐβλασφήμουνeblasphēmoun (V-IIA-3P)
G987 βλασφημέω blasphēméō blas-fay-meh-o from βλάσφημος; to vilify; specially, to speak impiously:--(speak) blaspheme(-er, -mously, -my), defame, rail on, revile, speak evil.
|
ἐβλασφήμουνeblasphēmoun
|
were railing at
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2795κινοῦντεςkinountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2795 κινέω kinéō kin-eh-o from (poetic for , to go); to stir (transitively), literally or figuratively:--(re-)move(-r), way.
|
κινοῦντεςkinountes
|
shaking
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2776κεφαλὰςkephalas (N-AFP)
G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλὰςkephalas
|
heads
|
N-AFP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3758ΟὐὰOua (I)
G3758 οὐά ouá oo-ah a primary exclamation of surprise; ah:--ah.,
|
ΟὐὰOua
|
Aha!
|
I
|
G3588ὁho (Art-VMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
The One
|
Art-VMS
|
G2647καταλύωνkatalyōn (V-PPA-VMS)
G2647 καταλύω katalýō kat-al-oo-o from κατά and λύω; to loosen down (disintegrate), i.e. (by implication) to demolish (literally or figuratively); specially (compare κατάλυμα) to halt for the night:--destroy, dissolve, be guest, lodge, come to nought, overthrow, throw down.
|
καταλύωνkatalyōn
|
destroying
|
V-PPA-VMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3485ναὸνnaon (N-AMS)
G3485 ναός naós nah-os from a primary (to dwell); a fane, shrine, temple :--shrine, temple. Compare ἱερόν.
|
ναὸνnaon
|
temple
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3618οἰκοδομῶνoikodomōn (V-PPA-VMS)
G3618 οἰκοδομέω oikodoméō oy-kod-om-eh-o from the same as οἰκοδομή; to be a house-builder, i.e. construct or (figuratively) confirm:--(be in) build(-er, -ing, up), edify, embolden.
|
οἰκοδομῶνoikodomōn
|
building it
|
V-PPA-VMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5140τρισὶνtrisin (Adj-DFP)
G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
τρισὶνtrisin
|
three
|
Adj-DFP
|
G2250ἡμέραις,hēmerais (N-DFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραις,hēmerais
|
days,
|
N-DFP
|
29
They that passed by railed on him, wagging their heads, and saying, Ah, you that destroyest the temple, and build it in 3 days,
Mark 15:29
Stats
Rank: #7030 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 139 characters, 20 words, 109 letters, 38 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οι παραπορευομενοι εβλασφημουν αυτον κινουντες τας κεφαλας αυτων και λεγοντες ουα ο καταλυων τον ναον και εν τρισιν ημεραις οικοδομων
Lit: And those passing by were railing at Him, shaking the heads of them and saying, Aha! The One destroying the temple and building it in three days,
KJV: And they that passed by railed on him, wagging their heads, and saying, Ah, thou that destroyest the temple, and buildest it in three days,
References
"they"Ps 22:7: 8: 12-14: All they that see me laugh me to scorn: they shoot out the lip: they shake the head: saying: Ps 35:15-21: But in my adversity they rejoiced: and gathered themselves together: yes: the abjects gathered themselves together against me: and I knew it not; they did tear me: and not ceased:Ps 69:7: 19: 20: 26: Because for your sake I have borne reproach; shame has covered my face.Ps 109:25: I became also a reproach to them: when they looked upon me they shaked their heads.La 1:12: Is it nothing to you: all you that pass by? look: and see if there be any sorrow like to my sorrow: which is done to me: wherewith the LORD has afflicted me in the day of His fierce anger.La 2:15: All that pass by clap their hands at you; they hiss and wag their head at the daughter of Jerusalem: saying: Is this the city that men call The perfection of beauty: The joy of the whole earth?Mt 27:39: 40: They that passed by reviled him: wagging their heads: "Ah"Mr 14:58: We heard him say: I will destroy this temple that is made with hands: and within 3 days I will build another made without hands.Ge 37:19: 20: They said one to another: Look: this dreamer cometh.Mt 26:61: Said: This fellow said: I am able to destroy the temple of God: and to build it in 3 days.Joh 2:18-22: Then answered the Jews and said to him: What sign shew you to us: seeing that you do these things?
σωσον σεαυτον και καταβα απο του σταυρου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4982σῶσονsōson (V-AMA-2S)
G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
σῶσονsōson
|
save
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G4572σεαυτὸνseauton (PPro-AM2S)
G4572 σεαυτοῦ seautoû sow-ton genitive case from σέ and αὐτός, also dative case of the same, , and accusative case , likewise contracted , , and , respectively; of (with, to) thyself:--thee, thine own self, (thou) thy(-self).,
|
σεαυτὸνseauton
|
Yourself,
|
PPro-AM2S
|
G2597καταβὰςkatabas (V-APA-NMS)
G2597 καταβαίνω katabaínō kat-ab-ah-ee-no from κατά and the base of βάσις; to descend (literally or figuratively):--come (get, go, step) down, fall (down).
|
καταβὰςkatabas
|
having descended
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G4716σταυροῦ.staurou (N-GMS)
G4716 σταυρός staurós stow-ros from the base of ἵστημι; a stake or post (as set upright), i.e. (specially), a pole or cross (as an instrument of capital punishment); figuratively, exposure to death, i.e. self-denial; by implication, the atonement of Christ:--cross.
|
σταυροῦ.staurou
|
cross!
|
N-GMS
|
30
Save yourself, and come down from the cross.Mark 15:30
Stats
Counts: 43 characters, 7 words, 34 letters, 10 vowels, 24 consonants
Translation
Greek: σωσον σεαυτον και καταβα απο του σταυρου
Lit: save Yourself, having descended from the cross!
KJV: Save thyself, and come down from the cross.
ομοιως δε και οι αρχιερεις εμπαιζοντες προς αλληλους μετα των γραμματεων ελεγον αλλους εσωσεν εαυτον ου δυναται σωσαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3668Ὁμοίωςhomoiōs (Adv)
G3668 ὁμοίως homoíōs hom-oy-oce adverb from ὅμοιος; similarly:--likewise, so.
|
Ὁμοίωςhomoiōs
|
Likewise
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G749ἀρχιερεῖςarchiereis (N-NMP)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεῖςarchiereis
|
chief priests,
|
N-NMP
|
G1702ἐμπαίζοντεςempaizontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G1702 ἐμπαίζω empaízō emp-aheed-zo from ἐν and παίζω; to jeer at, i.e. deride:--mock.
|
ἐμπαίζοντεςempaizontes
|
mocking
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
among
|
Prep
|
G240ἀλλήλουςallēlous (RecPro-AMP)
G240 ἀλλήλων allḗlōn al-lay-lone Genitive plural from ἄλλος reduplicated; one another:--each other, mutual, one another, (the other), (them-, your-)selves, (selves) together (sometimes with μετά or πρός).,
|
ἀλλήλουςallēlous
|
one another,
|
RecPro-AMP
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G1122γραμματέωνgrammateōn (N-GMP)
G1122 γραμματεύς grammateús gram-mat-yooce from γράμμα. a writer, i.e. (professionally) scribe or secretary:--scribe, town-clerk.
|
γραμματέωνgrammateōn
|
scribes,
|
N-GMP
|
G3004ἔλεγονelegon (V-IIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγονelegon
|
were saying,
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G243ἌλλουςAllous (Adj-AMP)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἌλλουςAllous
|
Others
|
Adj-AMP
|
G4982ἔσωσεν,esōsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
ἔσωσεν,esōsen
|
He saved;
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1438ἑαυτὸνheauton (RefPro-AM3S)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτὸνheauton
|
Himself
|
RefPro-AM3S
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1410δύναταιdynatai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύναταιdynatai
|
He is able
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G4982σῶσαι·sōsai (V-ANA)
G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
σῶσαι·sōsai
|
to save.
|
V-ANA
|
31
Likewise also the chief priests mocking said among themselves with the scribes, He saved others; himself he cannot save.
Mark 15:31
Stats
Counts: 120 characters, 17 words, 99 letters, 36 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: ομοιως δε και οι αρχιερεις εμπαιζοντες προς αλληλους μετα των γραμματεων ελεγον αλλους εσωσεν εαυτον ου δυναται σωσαι
Lit: Likewise also the chief priests, mocking among one another, with the scribes, were saying, Others He saved; Himself not He is able to save.
KJV: Likewise also the chief priests mocking said among themselves with the scribes, He saved others; himself he cannot save.
References
"also"Ps 2:1-4: Why do the heathen rage: and the people imagine a vain thing?Ps 22:16: 17: For dogs have compassed me: the assembly of the wicked have inclosed me: they pierced my hands and my feet.Mt 27:41-43: Likewise also the chief priests mocking him: with the scribes and elders: said: Lu 23:35-37: The people stood beholding. And the rulers also with them derided Him: saying: He saved others; let Him save Himself: if He be Christ: the chosen of God."He"Joh 11:47-52: Then gathered the chief priests and the Pharisees a council: and said: What do we? for this man does many miracles.Joh 12:23: 24: Jesus answered them: saying: The hour is come: that the Son of man should be glorified.1Pe 3:17: 18: For it is better: if the will of God be so: that you suffer for well doing: than for evil doing.
ο χριστος ο βασιλευς του ισραηλ καταβατω νυν απο του σταυρου ινα ιδωμεν και πιστευσωμεν και οι συνεσταυρωμενοι αυτω ωνειδιζον αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
The
|
Art-NMS
|
G5547ΧριστὸςChristos (N-NMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστὸςChristos
|
Christ,
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G935ΒασιλεὺςBasileus (N-NMS)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
ΒασιλεὺςBasileus
|
King
|
N-NMS
|
G2474ἸσραὴλIsraēl (N-GMS)
G2474 Ἰσραήλ Israḗl is-rah-ale of Hebrew origin (יִשְׂרָאֵל); Israel (i.e. Jisrael), the adopted name of Jacob, including his descendants (literally or figuratively):--Israel.
|
ἸσραὴλIsraēl
|
of Israel,
|
N-GMS
|
G2597καταβάτωkatabatō (V-AMA-3S)
G2597 καταβαίνω katabaínō kat-ab-ah-ee-no from κατά and the base of βάσις; to descend (literally or figuratively):--come (get, go, step) down, fall (down).
|
καταβάτωkatabatō
|
let Him descend
|
V-AMA-3S
|
G3568νῦνnyn (Adv)
G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦνnyn
|
now
|
Adv
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G4716σταυροῦ,staurou (N-GMS)
G4716 σταυρός staurós stow-ros from the base of ἵστημι; a stake or post (as set upright), i.e. (specially), a pole or cross (as an instrument of capital punishment); figuratively, exposure to death, i.e. self-denial; by implication, the atonement of Christ:--cross.
|
σταυροῦ,staurou
|
cross,
|
N-GMS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3708ἴδωμενidōmen (V-ASA-1P)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἴδωμενidōmen
|
we might see
|
V-ASA-1P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4100πιστεύσωμεν.pisteusōmen (V-ASA-1P)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πιστεύσωμεν.pisteusōmen
|
believe!
|
V-ASA-1P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G4957συνεσταυρωμένοιsynestaurōmenoi (V-RPM/P-NMP)
G4957 συσταυρόω systauróō soos-tow-ro-o from σύν and σταυρόω; to impale in company with (literally or figuratively):--crucify with.
|
συνεσταυρωμένοιsynestaurōmenoi
|
being crucified
|
V-RPM/P-NMP
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3679ὠνείδιζονōneidizon (V-IIA-3P)
G3679 ὀνειδίζω oneidízō on-i-did-zo from ὄνειδος; to defame, i.e. rail at, chide, taunt:--cast in teeth, (suffer) reproach, revile, upbraid.
|
ὠνείδιζονōneidizon
|
were upbraiding
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
Him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
32
Let Christ the King of Israel descend now from the cross, that we may see and believe. And they that were crucified with Him reviled Him.Mark 15:32
Stats
Counts: 137 characters, 24 words, 109 letters, 39 vowels, 70 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο χριστος ο βασιλευς του ισραηλ καταβατω νυν απο του σταυρου ινα ιδωμεν και πιστευσωμεν και οι συνεσταυρωμενοι αυτω ωνειδιζον αυτον
Lit: The Christ, the King of Israel, let Him descend now from the cross, that we might see and believe! And those being crucified with Him were upbraiding Him.
KJV: Let Christ the King of Israel descend now from the cross, that we may see and believe. And they that were crucified with him reviled him.
References
"Christ"Mr 14:61: 62: But He held His peace: and not answeredhing. Again the high priest asked Him: and said to Him: Are you the Christ: the Son of the Blessed?Isa 44:6: Thus says the LORD the King of Israel: and His redeemer the LORD of hosts; I am the first: and I am the last; and beside me there is no God.Zep 3:15: The LORD has taken away your judgments: He has cast out your enemy: the king of Israel: even the LORD: is in the middle of you: you will not see evil any more.Zec 9:9: Rejoice greatly: O daughter of Zion; shout: O daughter of Jerusalem: look: your King comes to you: he is just: and having salvation; lowly: and riding upon an ass: and upon a colt the foal of an ass.Joh 1:49: Nathanael answered and says to Him: Rabbi: you are the Son of God; you are the King of Israel.Joh 12:13: Took branches of palm trees: and went forth to meet Him: and cried: Hosanna: Blessed is the King of Israel that comes in the name of the Lord.Joh 19:12-15: From thenceforth Pilate sought to release him: but the Jews cried out: saying: If you let this man go: you are not Caesar's friend: whoever makes himself a king speaks against Caesar.Joh 20:25-29: The other disciples therefore said to Him: We have seen the Lord. But He said to them: Except I will see in His hands the print of the nails: and put my finger into the print of the nails: and thrust my hand into His side: I not will believe."that"Ro 3:3: For what if some not did believe? will their unbelief make the faith of God without effect?2Ti 2:18: Who concerning the truth have erred: saying that the resurrection is past already; and overthrow the faith of some."And"Mt 27:44: The thieves also: which were crucified with him: cast the same in his teeth.Lu 23:39-43: One of the malefactors which were hanged railed on Him: saying: If you be Christ: save yourself and us.
γενομενης δε ωρας εκτης σκοτος εγενετο εφ ολην την γην εως ωρας εννατης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1096γενομένηςgenomenēs (V-APM-GFS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενομένηςgenomenēs
|
having arrived
|
V-APM-GFS
|
G5610ὥραςhōras (N-GFS)
G5610 ὥρα hṓra ho-rah apparently a primary word; an hour (literally or figuratively):--day, hour, instant, season, X short, (even-)tide, (high) time.
|
ὥραςhōras
|
the hour
|
N-GFS
|
G1623ἕκτηςhektēs (Adj-GFS)
G1623 ἕκτος héktos hek-tos ordinal from ἕξ; sixth:--sixth.
|
ἕκτηςhektēs
|
sixth,
|
Adj-GFS
|
G4655σκότοςskotos (N-NNS)
G4655 σκότος skótos skot-os from the base of σκιά; shadiness, i.e. obscurity (literally or figuratively):--darkness.
|
σκότοςskotos
|
darkness
|
N-NNS
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
came
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1909ἐφ’eph’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐφ’eph’
|
over
|
Prep
|
G3650ὅληνholēn (Adj-AFS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅληνholēn
|
all
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆνgēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆνgēn
|
land,
|
N-AFS
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
until
|
Prep
|
G5610ὥραςhōras (N-GFS)
G5610 ὥρα hṓra ho-rah apparently a primary word; an hour (literally or figuratively):--day, hour, instant, season, X short, (even-)tide, (high) time.
|
ὥραςhōras
|
the hour
|
N-GFS
|
G1766ἐνάτης.enatēs (Adj-GFS)
G1766 ἔννατος énnatos en-nat-os ordinal from ἐννέα; ninth:--ninth.
|
ἐνάτης.enatēs
|
ninth.
|
Adj-GFS
|
33
When the sixth hour was come, there was darkness over the whole land until the ninth hour.Mark 15:33
Stats
Rank: #3177 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 94 characters, 17 words, 75 letters, 26 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: γενομενης δε ωρας εκτης σκοτος εγενετο εφ ολην την γην εως ωρας εννατης
Lit: And having arrived the hour sixth, darkness came over all the land, until the hour ninth.
KJV: And when the sixth hour was come, there was darkness over the whole land until the ninth hour.
References
"when"Mr 15:25: It was the third hour: and they crucified him.Mt 27:45: Now from the sixth hour there was darkness over all the land to the ninth hour.Lu 23:44: 45: It was about the sixth hour: and there was a darkness over all the earth until the ninth hour."darkness"Ps 105:28: He sent darkness: and made it dark; and they not rebelled against his word.Isa 50:3: 4: I clothe the heavens with blackness: and I make sackcloth their covering.Am 8:9: 10: It will come to pass in that day: says the Lord GOD: that I will cause the sun to go down at noon: and I will darken the earth in the clear day:
και τη ωρα τη εννατη εβοησεν ο ιησους φωνη μεγαλη λεγων ελωι ελωι λαμμα σαβαχθανι ο εστιν μεθερμηνευομενον ο θεος μου ο θεος μου εις τι με εγκατελιπες
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
at the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1766ἐνάτῃenatē (Adj-DFS)
G1766 ἔννατος énnatos en-nat-os ordinal from ἐννέα; ninth:--ninth.
|
ἐνάτῃenatē
|
ninth
|
Adj-DFS
|
G5610ὥρᾳhōra (N-DFS)
G5610 ὥρα hṓra ho-rah apparently a primary word; an hour (literally or figuratively):--day, hour, instant, season, X short, (even-)tide, (high) time.
|
ὥρᾳhōra
|
hour,
|
N-DFS
|
G994ἐβόησενeboēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G994 βοάω boáō bo-ah-o apparently a prolonged form of a primary verb; to halloo, i.e. shout (for help or in a tumultuous way):--cry.
|
ἐβόησενeboēsen
|
cried out
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G5456φωνῇphōnē (N-DFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῇphōnē
|
in a voice
|
N-DFS
|
G3173μεγάλῃmegalē (Adj-DFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλῃmegalē
|
loud,
|
Adj-DFS
|
G1682ἘλωῒElōi (N-VMS)
G1682 ἐλοΐ eloḯ el-o-ee of Chaldean origin (אֱלָהּ with pronominal suffix) my God:--Eloi.
|
ἘλωῒElōi
|
Eloi,
|
N-VMS
|
G1682ἘλωῒElōi (N-VMS)
G1682 ἐλοΐ eloḯ el-o-ee of Chaldean origin (אֱלָהּ with pronominal suffix) my God:--Eloi.
|
ἘλωῒElōi
|
Eloi,
|
N-VMS
|
G2982λεμὰ*lema (Adv)
G2982 λαμά lamá lam-mah of Hebrew origin (מָה with prepositional prefix); lama (i.e. why):--lama.,
|
λεμὰ*lema
|
lema
|
Adv
|
G4518σαβαχθάνι*;sabachthani (V-AIA-2S)
G4518 σαβαχθάνι sabachtháni sab-akh-than-ee of Chaldee or (שְׁבַק with pronominal suffix); thou hast left me; sabachthani (i.e. shebakthani), a cry of distress:--sabachthani.,
|
σαβαχθάνι*;sabachthani
|
sabachthani?
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G3739ὅho (RelPro-NNS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὅho
|
Which
|
RelPro-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3177μεθερμηνευόμενονmethermēneuomenon (V-PPM/P-NNS)
G3177 μεθερμηνεύω methermēneúō meth-er-mane-yoo-o from μετά and ἑρμηνεύω; to explain over, i.e. translate:--(by) interpret(-ation).
|
μεθερμηνευόμενονmethermēneuomenon
|
translated,
|
V-PPM/P-NNS
|
G2316ΘεόςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεόςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2316ΘεόςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεόςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
of Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G1459ἐγκατέλιπέςenkatelipes (V-AIA-2S)
G1459 ἐγκαταλείπω enkataleípō eng-kat-al-i-po from ἐν and καταλείπω; to leave behind in some place, i.e. (in a good sense) let remain over, or (in a bad sense) to desert:--forsake, leave.
|
ἐγκατέλιπέςenkatelipes
|
have You forsaken
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G1473με;me (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
με;me
|
Me?”
|
PPro-A1S
|
34
At the ninth hour Jesus cried with a loud voice, saying, Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani? which is, being interpreted, My God, my God, why have you forsaken me?Mark 15:34
Stats
Rank: #1098 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 162 characters, 20 words, 124 letters, 48 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τη ωρα τη εννατη εβοησεν ο ιησους φωνη μεγαλη λεγων ελωι ελωι λαμμα σαβαχθανι ο εστιν μεθερμηνευομενον ο θεος μου ο θεος μου εις τι με εγκατελιπες
Lit: And at the ninth hour, cried out Jesus in a voice loud, Eloi, Eloi, lema sabachthani? Which is translated, God of Me, God of Me, to why have You forsaken Me?”
KJV: And at the ninth hour Jesus cried with a loud voice, saying, Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani? which is, being interpreted, My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me?
References
"at"Da 9:21: Yes: while I was speaking in prayer: even the man Gabriel: whom I had seen in the vision at the beginning: being caused to fly swiftly: touched me about the time of the evening oblation.Lu 23:46: When Jesus had cried with a loud voice: He said: Father: into your hands I commend my spirit: and having said thus: He gave up the ghost.Ac 10:3: He saw in a vision evidently about the ninth hour of the day an angel of God coming in to Him: and saying to Him: Cornelius."Eloi"Ps 22:1: Aijeleth Shahar: A Psalm of David.>> My God: my God: why have you forsaken me? why are you so far from helping me: and from the words of my roaring?Mt 27:46: About the ninth hour Jesus cried with a loud voice: saying: Eli: Eli: lama sabachthani? that is to say: My God: my God: why have you forsaken me?Heb 5:7: Who in the days of his flesh: when he had offered up prayers and supplications with strong crying and tears to him that was able to save him from death: and was heard in that he feared;"why"Ps 27:9: not Hide your face far from me; not put your servant away in anger: you have been my help; leave not me: neither forsake me: O God of my salvation.Ps 42:9: I will say to God my rock: Why have you forgotten me? why go I mourning because of the oppression of the enemy?Ps 71:11: Saying: God has forsaken Him: persecute and take Him; for there is none to deliver Him.Isa 41:17: When the poor and needy seek water: and there is none: and their tongue fails for thirst: I the LORD will hear them: I the God of Israel not will forsake them.La 1:12: Is it nothing to you: all you that pass by? look: and see if there be any sorrow like to my sorrow: which is done to me: wherewith the LORD has afflicted me in the day of His fierce anger.La 5:20: For what reason do you forget us for ever: and forsake us so long time?
και τινες των παρεστηκοτων ακουσαντες ελεγον ιδου ηλιαν φωνει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καίkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καίkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5100τινεςtines (IPro-NMP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινεςtines
|
some
|
IPro-NMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of those
|
Art-GMP
|
G3936παρεστηκότωνparestēkotōn (V-RPA-GMP)
G3936 παρίστημι parístēmi par-is-tan-o from παρά and ἵστημι; to stand beside, i.e. (transitively) to exhibit, proffer, (specially), recommend, (figuratively) substantiate; or (intransitively) to be at hand (or ready), aid:--assist, bring before, command, commend, give presently, present, prove, provide, shew, stand (before, by, here, up, with), yield.
|
παρεστηκότωνparestēkotōn
|
standing by,
|
V-RPA-GMP
|
G191ἀκούσαντεςakousantes (V-APA-NMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσαντεςakousantes
|
having heard,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3004ἔλεγονelegon (V-IIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγονelegon
|
were saying,
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3708ἼδεIde (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἼδεIde
|
Behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G2243ἨλίανĒlian (N-AMS)
G2243 Ἡλίας Hēlías hay-lee-as of Hebrew origin (אֵלִיָּה); Helias (i.e. Elijah), an Israelite:--Elias.
|
ἨλίανĒlian
|
Elijah
|
N-AMS
|
G5455φωνεῖ.phōnei (V-PIA-3S)
G5455 φωνέω phōnéō fo-neh-o from φωνή; to emit a sound (animal, human or instrumental); by implication, to address in words or by name, also in imitation:--call (for), crow, cry.
|
φωνεῖ.phōnei
|
He calls.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
35
Some of them that stood by, when they heard it, said, Look, he calls Elias.
Mark 15:35
Stats
Counts: 83 characters, 12 words, 63 letters, 23 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τινες των παρεστηκοτων ακουσαντες ελεγον ιδου ηλιαν φωνει
Lit: And some of those standing by, having heard, were saying, Behold, Elijah He calls.
KJV: And some of them that stood by, when they heard it, said, Behold, he calleth Elias.
References
"he"Mr 9:11-13: They asked him: saying: Why say the scribes that Elias must first come?Mt 17:11-13: Jesus answered and said to them: Elias truly will first come: and restore all things.Mt 27:47-49: Some of them that stood there: when they heard that: said: This man calls for Elias.
δραμων δε εις και γεμισας σπογγον οξους περιθεις τε καλαμω εποτιζεν αυτον λεγων αφετε ιδωμεν ει ερχεται ηλιας καθελειν αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5143Δραμὼνdramōn (V-APA-NMS)
G5143 τρέχω tréchō drem-o apparently a primary verb (properly, ; compare θρίξ); which uses (the base of δρόμος) as alternate in certain tenses; to run or walk hastily (literally or figuratively):--have course, run.
|
Δραμὼνdramōn
|
Having run
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
one
|
IPro-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1072γεμίσαςgemisas (V-APA-NMS)
G1072 γεμίζω gemízō ghem-id-zo transitive from γέμω; to fill entirely:--fill (be) full.
|
γεμίσαςgemisas
|
having filled
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G4699σπόγγονspongon (N-AMS)
G4699 σπόγγος spóngos spong-gos perhaps of foreign origin; a sponge:--spunge.
|
σπόγγονspongon
|
a sponge
|
N-AMS
|
G3690ὄξουςoxous (N-GNS)
G3690 ὄξος óxos oz-os from ὀξύς; vinegar, i.e. sour wine:--vinegar.
|
ὄξουςoxous
|
with vinegar,
|
N-GNS
|
G4060περιθεὶςperitheis (V-APA-NMS)
G4060 περιτίθημι peritíthēmi per-ee-tith-ay-mee from περί and τίθημι; to place around; by implication, to present:--bestow upon, hedge round about, put about (on, upon), set about.
|
περιθεὶςperitheis
|
having put it on
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2563καλάμῳkalamō (N-DMS)
G2563 κάλαμος kálamos kal-am-os of uncertain affinity; a reed (the plant or its stem, or that of a similar plant); by implication, a pen:--pen, reed.
|
καλάμῳkalamō
|
a reed,
|
N-DMS
|
G4222ἐπότιζενepotizen (V-IIA-3S)
G4222 ποτίζω potízō pot-id-zo from a derivative of the alternate of πίνω; to furnish drink, irrigate:--give (make) to drink, feed, water.
|
ἐπότιζενepotizen
|
gave to drink
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν,auton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G863ἌφετεAphete (V-AMA-2P)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἌφετεAphete
|
Let be;
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G3708ἴδωμενidōmen (V-ASA-1P)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἴδωμενidōmen
|
let us see
|
V-ASA-1P
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G2064ἔρχεταιerchetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχεταιerchetai
|
comes
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G2243ἨλίαςĒlias (N-NMS)
G2243 Ἡλίας Hēlías hay-lee-as of Hebrew origin (אֵלִיָּה); Helias (i.e. Elijah), an Israelite:--Elias.
|
ἨλίαςĒlias
|
Elijah
|
N-NMS
|
G2507καθελεῖνkathelein (V-ANA)
G2507 καθαιρέω kathairéō kath-ahee-reh-o from κατά and αἱρέομαι (including its alternate); to lower (or with violence) demolish (literally or figuratively):--cast (pull, put, take) down, destroy.
|
καθελεῖνkathelein
|
to take down
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
36
One ran and filled a spunge full of vinegar, and put it on a reed, and gave him to drink, saying, Let alone; let us see whether Elias will come to take him down.
Mark 15:36
Stats
Counts: 165 characters, 30 words, 125 letters, 51 vowels, 74 consonants
Translation
Greek: δραμων δε εις και γεμισας σπογγον οξους περιθεις τε καλαμω εποτιζεν αυτον λεγων αφετε ιδωμεν ει ερχεται ηλιας καθελειν αυτον
Lit: Having run then one and having filled a sponge with vinegar, having put it on a reed, gave to drink him, saying, Let be; let us see if comes Elijah to take down him.
KJV: And one ran and filled a spunge full of vinegar, and put it on a reed, and gave him to drink, saying, Let alone; let us see whether Elias will come to take him down.
References
"And one ran and filled a spunge full of vinegar, and put it on a reed, and gave him to drink, saying, Let alone; let us see whether Elias will come to take him down."Mr 15:23: They gave him to drink wine mingled with myrrh: but he received it not.Ps 69:21: They gave me also gall for my meat; and in my thirst they gave me vinegar to drink.Lu 23:36: The soldiers also mocked him: coming to him: and offering him vinegar: Joh 19:28-30: After this: Jesus knowing that all things were now accomplished: that the scripture might be fulfilled: says: I thirst.
ο δε ιησους αφεις φωνην μεγαλην εξεπνευσεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus,
|
N-NMS
|
G863ἀφεὶςapheis (V-APA-NMS)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφεὶςapheis
|
having uttered
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G5456φωνὴνphōnēn (N-AFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴνphōnēn
|
a cry
|
N-AFS
|
G3173μεγάληνmegalēn (Adj-AFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάληνmegalēn
|
loud,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G1606ἐξέπνευσεν.exepneusen (V-AIA-3S)
G1606 ἐκπνέω ekpnéō ek-pneh-o from ἐκ and πνέω; to expire:--give up the ghost.
|
ἐξέπνευσεν.exepneusen
|
breathed His last.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
37
Jesus cried with a loud voice, and gave up the ghost.Mark 15:37
Stats
Counts: 57 characters, 11 words, 44 letters, 18 vowels, 26 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε ιησους αφεις φωνην μεγαλην εξεπνευσεν
Lit: But Jesus, having uttered a cry loud, breathed His last.
KJV: And Jesus cried with a loud voice, and gave up the ghost.
References
"And Jesus cried with a loud voice, and gave up the ghost."Mt 27:50: Jesus: when He had cried again with a loud voice: yielded up the ghost.Lu 23:46: When Jesus had cried with a loud voice: He said: Father: into your hands I commend my spirit: and having said thus: He gave up the ghost.Joh 19:30: When Jesus therefore had received the vinegar: He said: It is finished: and He bowed His head: and gave up the ghost.
και το καταπετασμα του ναου εσχισθη εις δυο απο ανωθεν εως κατω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G2665καταπέτασμαkatapetasma (N-NNS)
G2665 καταπέτασμα katapétasma kat-ap-et-as-mah from a compound of κατά and a congener of πέτομαι; something spread thoroughly, i.e. (specially) the door screen (to the Most Holy Place) in the Jewish Temple:--vail.
|
καταπέτασμαkatapetasma
|
veil
|
N-NNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3485ναοῦnaou (N-GMS)
G3485 ναός naós nah-os from a primary (to dwell); a fane, shrine, temple :--shrine, temple. Compare ἱερόν.
|
ναοῦnaou
|
temple
|
N-GMS
|
G4977ἐσχίσθηeschisthē (V-AIP-3S)
G4977 σχίζω schízō skhid-zo apparently a primary verb; to split or sever (literally or figuratively):--break, divide, open, rend, make a rent.
|
ἐσχίσθηeschisthē
|
was torn
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G1417δύοdyo (Adj-ANP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύοdyo
|
two
|
Adj-ANP
|
G575ἀπ’ap’ (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπ’ap’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G509ἄνωθενanōthen (Adv)
G509 ἄνωθεν ánōthen an-o-then from ἄνω; from above; by analogy, from the first; by implication, anew:--from above, again, from the beginning (very first), the top.
|
ἄνωθενanōthen
|
top
|
Adv
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2736κάτω.katō (Adv)
G2736 κάτω kátō kat-o-ter-o (compare κατώτερος); adverb from κατά; downwards:--beneath, bottom, down, under.,
|
κάτω.katō
|
bottom.
|
Adv
|
38
The veil of the temple was tear in two from the top to the bottom.Mark 15:38
Stats
Counts: 72 characters, 16 words, 56 letters, 20 vowels, 36 consonants
Translation
Greek: και το καταπετασμα του ναου εσχισθη εις δυο απο ανωθεν εως κατω
Lit: And the veil of the temple was torn into two from top to bottom.
KJV: And the veil of the temple was rent in twain from the top to the bottom.
References
"And the veil of the temple was rent in twain from the top to the bottom."Ex 26:31-34: you will make a vail of blue: and purple: and scarlet: and fine twined linen of cunning work: with cherubims will it be made:Ex 40:20: 21: He took and put the testimony into the ark: and set the staves on the ark: and put the mercy seat above upon the ark:Le 16:2-19: The LORD said to Moses: Speak to Aaron your brother: that He not come at all times into the holy place within the vail before the mercy seat: which is upon the ark; that He not die: for I will appear in the cloud upon the mercy seat.2Ch 3:8-14: He made the most holy house: the length whereof was according to the breadth of the house: 20 cubits: and the breadth thereof 20 cubits: and he overlaid it with fine gold: amounting to 600 talents.Mt 27:51-53: And: look: the veil of the temple was tear in two from the top to the bottom; and the earth did quake: and the rocks tear;Lu 23:45: The sun was darkened: and the veil of the temple was tear in the middle.Heb 4:14-16: Seeing then that we have a great high priest: that is passed into the heavens: Jesus the Son of God: let us hold fast our profession.Heb 6:19: Which hope we have as an anchor of the soul: both sure and stedfast: and which enters into that within the veil;Heb 9:3-12: After the second veil: the tabernacle which is called the Holy of all;Heb 10:19-23: Having therefore: brothers: boldness to enter into the holy by the blood of Jesus:
ιδων δε ο κεντυριων ο παρεστηκως εξ εναντιας αυτου οτι ουτως κραξας εξεπνευσεν ειπεν αληθως ο ανθρωπος ουτος υιος ην θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3708ἸδὼνIdōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἸδὼνIdōn
|
Having seen
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2760κεντυρίωνkentyriōn (N-NMS)
G2760 κεντυρίων kentyríōn ken-too-ree-ohn of Latin origin; a centurion, i.e. captain of one hundred soldiers:--centurion.
|
κεντυρίωνkentyriōn
|
centurion
|
N-NMS
|
G3936παρεστηκὼςparestēkōs (V-RPA-NMS)
G3936 παρίστημι parístēmi par-is-tan-o from παρά and ἵστημι; to stand beside, i.e. (transitively) to exhibit, proffer, (specially), recommend, (figuratively) substantiate; or (intransitively) to be at hand (or ready), aid:--assist, bring before, command, commend, give presently, present, prove, provide, shew, stand (before, by, here, up, with), yield.
|
παρεστηκὼςparestēkōs
|
standing
|
V-RPA-NMS
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
from
|
Prep
|
G1727ἐναντίαςenantias (Adj-GFS)
G1727 ἐναντίος enantíos en-an-tee-os from ἔναντι; opposite; figuratively, antagonistic:--(over) against, contrary.
|
ἐναντίαςenantias
|
opposite of
|
Adj-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
thus
|
Adv
|
G1606ἐξέπνευσεν,exepneusen (V-AIA-3S)
G1606 ἐκπνέω ekpnéō ek-pneh-o from ἐκ and πνέω; to expire:--give up the ghost.
|
ἐξέπνευσεν,exepneusen
|
He breathed His last,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
he said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G230ἈληθῶςAlēthōs (Adv)
G230 ἀληθῶς alēthōs al-ay-thoce adverb from ἀληθής; truly:--indeed, surely, of a surety, truly, of a (in) truth, verily, very.
|
ἈληθῶςAlēthōs
|
Truly
|
Adv
|
G3778οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοςhoutos
|
this
|
DPro-NMS
|
G444ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos (N-NMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos
|
man
|
N-NMS
|
G5207ΥἱὸςHuios (N-NMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱὸςHuios
|
the Son
|
N-NMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G1510ἦν.ēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦν.ēn
|
was!
|
V-IIA-3S
|
39
When the centurion, which stood over against Him, saw that He so cried out, and gave up the ghost, He said, Truly this man was the Son of God.
Mark 15:39
Stats
Counts: 146 characters, 25 words, 111 letters, 41 vowels, 70 consonants
Translation
Greek: ιδων δε ο κεντυριων ο παρεστηκως εξ εναντιας αυτου οτι ουτως κραξας εξεπνευσεν ειπεν αληθως ο ανθρωπος ουτος υιος ην θεου
Lit: Having seen then the centurion standing from opposite of Him that thus He breathed His last, he said, Truly this man the Son of God was!
KJV: And when the centurion, which stood over against him, saw that he so cried out, and gave up the ghost, he said, Truly this man was the Son of God.
References
"the centurion"Mr 15:44: Pilate marvelled if he were already dead: and calling to him the centurion: he asked him whether he had been any while dead.Mt 8:5-10: When Jesus was entered into Capernaum: there came to Him a centurion: beseeching Him: Ac 10:1: There was a certain man in Caesarea called Cornelius: a centurion of the band called the Italian band: Ac 27:1-3: 43: When it was determined that we should sail into Italy: they delivered Paul and certain other prisoners to one named Julius: a centurion of Augustus' band."he said"Mt 27:43: 54: He trusted in God; let Him deliver Him now: if He will have Him: for He said: I am the Son of God.Lu 23:47: 48: Now when the centurion saw what was done: He glorified God: saying: Certainly this was a righteous man.
ησαν δε και γυναικες απο μακροθεν θεωρουσαι εν αις ην και μαρια η μαγδαληνη και μαρια η του ιακωβου του μικρου και ιωση μητηρ και σαλωμη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1510ἮσανĒsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἮσανĒsan
|
There were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1135γυναῖκεςgynaikes (N-NFP)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναῖκεςgynaikes
|
women
|
N-NFP
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3113μακρόθενmakrothen (Adv)
G3113 μακρόθεν makróthen mak-roth-en adverb from μακρός; from a distance or afar:--afar off, from far.
|
μακρόθενmakrothen
|
afar off
|
Adv
|
G2334θεωροῦσαι,theōrousai (V-PPA-NFP)
G2334 θεωρέω theōréō theh-o-reh-o from a derivative of θεάομαι (perhaps by addition of ὁράω); to be a spectator of, i.e. discern, (literally, figuratively (experience) or intensively (acknowledge)):--behold, consider, look on, perceive, see. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
θεωροῦσαι,theōrousai
|
looking on,
|
V-PPA-NFP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G3739αἷςhais (RelPro-DFP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
αἷςhais
|
whom
|
RelPro-DFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3137ΜαρίαMaria (N-NFS)
G3137 Μαρία María mar-ee-am of Hebrew origin (מִרְיָם); Maria or Mariam (i.e. Mirjam), the name of six Christian females:-- Mary.
|
ΜαρίαMaria
|
Mary
|
N-NFS
|
G3094ΜαγδαληνὴMagdalēnē (N-NFS)
G3094 Μαγδαληνή Magdalēnḗ mag-dal-ay-nay feminine of a derivative of Μαγδαλά; a female Magdalene, i.e. inhabitant of Magdala:--Magdalene.
|
ΜαγδαληνὴMagdalēnē
|
Magdalene,
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3137ΜαρίαMaria (N-NFS)
G3137 Μαρία María mar-ee-am of Hebrew origin (מִרְיָם); Maria or Mariam (i.e. Mirjam), the name of six Christian females:-- Mary.
|
ΜαρίαMaria
|
Mary
|
N-NFS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G2385ἸακώβουIakōbou (N-GMS)
G2385 Ἰάκωβος Iákōbos ee-ak-o-bos the same as Ἰακώβ Græcized; Jacobus, the name of three Israelites:--James.
|
ἸακώβουIakōbou
|
of James
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3398μικροῦmikrou (Adj-GMS)
G3398 μικρός mikrós mik-rot-er-os apparently a primary word; small (in size, quantity, number or (figuratively) dignity):--least, less, little, small.
|
μικροῦmikrou
|
least
|
Adj-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2500ἸωσῆτοςIōsētos (N-GMS)
G2500 Ἰωσῆς Iōsēs ee-o-sace perhaps for Ἰωσήφ; Joses, the name of two Israelites:--Joses. Compare Ἰωσή.
|
ἸωσῆτοςIōsētos
|
of Joseph
|
N-GMS
|
G3384μήτηρmētēr (N-NFS)
G3384 μήτηρ mḗtēr may-tare apparently a primary word; a mother (literally or figuratively, immediate or remote):--mother.
|
μήτηρmētēr
|
mother,
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4539Σαλώμη,Salōmē (N-NFS)
G4539 Σαλώμη Salṓmē sal-o-may probably of Hebrew origin (feminine from שָׁלוֹם); Salome (i.e. Shelomah), an Israelitess:--Salome.
|
Σαλώμη,Salōmē
|
Salome,
|
N-NFS
|
40
There were also women looking on afar off: among whom was Mary Magdalene, and Mary the mother of James the less and of Joses, and Salome;Mark 15:40
Stats
Rank: #2145 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 137 characters, 23 words, 108 letters, 42 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: ησαν δε και γυναικες απο μακροθεν θεωρουσαι εν αις ην και μαρια η μαγδαληνη και μαρια η του ιακωβου του μικρου και ιωση μητηρ και σαλωμη
Lit: There were then also women from afar off looking on, among whom also Mary Magdalene, and Mary the of James the least and of Joseph mother, and Salome,
KJV: There were also women looking on afar off: among whom was Mary Magdalene, and Mary the mother of James the less and of Joses, and Salome;
References
"women"Ps 38:11: My lovers and my friends stand aloof from my sore; and my kinsmen stand afar off.Mt 27:55: 56: Many women were there beholding afar off: which followed Jesus from Galilee: ministering to Him:Lu 23:49: All his acquaintance: and the women that followed him from Galilee: stood afar off: beholding these things.Joh 19:25-27: Now there stood by the cross of Jesus His mother: and His mother's sister: Mary the wife of Cleophas: and Mary Magdalene."Mary Magdalene"Mr 16:9: Now when Jesus was risen early the first day of the week: He appeared first to Mary Magdalene: out of whom He had cast 7 devils.Mt 28:1: In the end of the sabbath: as it began to dawn toward the first day of the week: came Mary Magdalene and the other Mary to see the sepulchre.Lu 8:2: 3: Certain women: which had been healed of evil spirits and infirmities: Mary called Magdalene: out of whom went 7 devils: Joh 20:11-18: But Mary stood without at the sepulchre weeping: and as she wept: she stooped down: and looked into the sepulchre: "Mary the"Mr 15:47: Mary Magdalene and Mary the mother of Joses beheld where he was laid.Mr 16:1: When the sabbath was past: Mary Magdalene: and Mary the mother of James: and Salome: had bought sweet spices: that they might come and anoint him.Mt 13:55: not Is this the carpenter's son? not is his mother called Mary? and his brothers: James: and Joses: and Simon: and Judas?Mt 27:55: 61: Many women were there beholding afar off: which followed Jesus from Galilee: ministering to Him:Joh 19:25: Now there stood by the cross of Jesus His mother: and His mother's sister: Mary the wife of Cleophas: and Mary Magdalene.1Co 9:5: Have not we power to lead about a sister: a wife: as well as other apostles: and as the brothers of the Lord: and Cephas?Ga 1:19: But other of the apostles saw I none: save James the Lord's brother.Jas 1:1: James: a servant of God and of the Lord Jesus Christ: to the 12 tribes which are scattered abroad: greeting."Salome"Mr 16:1: When the sabbath was past: Mary Magdalene: and Mary the mother of James: and Salome: had bought sweet spices: that they might come and anoint him.
αι και οτε ην εν τη γαλιλαια ηκολουθουν αυτω και διηκονουν αυτω και αλλαι πολλαι αι συναναβασαι αυτω εις ιεροσολυμα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739αἳhai (RelPro-NFP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
αἳhai
|
who,
|
RelPro-NFP
|
G3753ὅτεhote (Adv)
G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὅτεhote
|
when
|
Adv
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
He was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1056ΓαλιλαίᾳGalilaia (N-DFS)
G1056 Γαλιλαία Galilaía gal-il-ah-yah of Hebrew origin (גָּלִיל); Galilæa (i.e. the heathen circle), a region of Palestine:--Galilee.
|
ΓαλιλαίᾳGalilaia
|
Galilee,
|
N-DFS
|
G190ἠκολούθουνēkolouthoun (V-IIA-3P)
G190 ἀκολουθέω akolouthéō ak-ol-oo-theh-o from Α (as a particle of union) and (a road); properly, to be in the same way with, i.e. to accompany (specially, as a disciple):--follow, reach.
|
ἠκολούθουνēkolouthoun
|
had been following
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1247διηκόνουνdiēkonoun (V-IIA-3P)
G1247 διακονέω diakonéō dee-ak-on-eh-o from διάκονος; to be an attendant, i.e. wait upon (menially or as a host, friend, or (figuratively) teacher); technically, to act as a Christian deacon:--(ad-)minister (unto), serve, use the office of a deacon.
|
διηκόνουνdiēkonoun
|
had been ministering
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷ,autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ,autō
|
to Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G243ἄλλαιallai (Adj-NFP)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλαιallai
|
other
|
Adj-NFP
|
G4183πολλαὶpollai (Adj-NFP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλαὶpollai
|
many,
|
Adj-NFP
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
those
|
Art-NFP
|
G4872συναναβᾶσαιsynanabasai (V-APA-NFP)
G4872 συναναβαίνω synanabaínō soon-an-ab-ah-ee-no from σύν and ἀναβαίνω; to ascend in company with:--come up with.
|
συναναβᾶσαιsynanabasai
|
having come up with
|
V-APA-NFP
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2414Ἱεροσόλυμα.Hierosolyma (N-ANP)
G2414 Ἱεροσόλυμα Hierosólyma hee-er-os-ol-oo-mah of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierosolyma (i.e. Jerushalaim), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱερουσαλήμ.
|
Ἱεροσόλυμα.Hierosolyma
|
Jerusalem.
|
N-ANP
|
41
(Who also, when he was in Galilee, followed him, and ministered to him;) and many other women which came up with him to Jerusalem.Mark 15:41
Stats
Counts: 134 characters, 20 words, 104 letters, 41 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: αι και οτε ην εν τη γαλιλαια ηκολουθουν αυτω και διηκονουν αυτω και αλλαι πολλαι αι συναναβασαι αυτω εις ιεροσολυμα
Lit: who, when He was in Galilee, had been following Him and had been ministering to Him, and other many, those having come up with Him to Jerusalem.
KJV: (Who also, when he was in Galilee, followed him, and ministered unto him;) and many other women which came up with him unto Jerusalem.
References
"ministered"Mt 27:56: Among which was Mary Magdalene: and Mary the mother of James and Joses: and the mother of Zebedee's children.Lu 8:2: 3: Certain women: which had been healed of evil spirits and infirmities: Mary called Magdalene: out of whom went 7 devils:
The Burial of Jesus
και ηδη οψιας γενομενης επει ην παρασκευη ο εστιν προσαββατον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2235ἤδηēdē (Adv)
G2235 ἤδη ḗdē ay-day apparently from ἤ (or possibly ἦ) and δή; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.
|
ἤδηēdē
|
already
|
Adv
|
G3798ὀψίαςopsias (Adj-GFS)
G3798 ὄψιος ópsios op-see-os from ὀψέ; late; feminine (as noun) afternoon (early eve) or nightfall (later eve):--even(-ing, (-tide)).
|
ὀψίαςopsias
|
evening
|
Adj-GFS
|
G1096γενομένης,genomenēs (V-APM-GFS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενομένης,genomenēs
|
having arrived,
|
V-APM-GFS
|
G1893ἐπεὶepei (Conj)
G1893 ἐπεί epeí ep-i from ἐπί and εἰ; thereupon, i.e. since (of time or cause):--because, else, for that (then, -asmuch as), otherwise, seeing that, since, when.
|
ἐπεὶepei
|
since
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
it was the
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3904Παρασκευή,Paraskeuē (N-NFS)
G3904 παρασκευή paraskeuḗ par-ask-yoo-ay as if from παρασκευάζω; readiness:--preparation.
|
Παρασκευή,Paraskeuē
|
Preparation,
|
N-NFS
|
G3739ὅho (RelPro-NNS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὅho
|
that
|
RelPro-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4315προσάββατον,prosabbaton (N-NNS)
G4315 προσάββατον prosábbaton pros-ab-bat-on from πρό and σάββατον; a fore-sabbath, i.e. the Sabbath-eve:--day before the sabbath. Compare παρασκευή.
|
προσάββατον,prosabbaton
|
the day before Sabbath,
|
N-NNS
|
42
Now when the even was come, because it was the preparation, that is, the day before the sabbath,Mark 15:42
Stats
Rank: #2973 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 100 characters, 16 words, 78 letters, 31 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηδη οψιας γενομενης επει ην παρασκευη ο εστιν προσαββατον
Lit: And already evening having arrived, since it was the Preparation, that is, the day before Sabbath,
KJV: And now when the even was come, because it was the preparation, that is, the day before the sabbath,
References
"And now when the even was come, because it was the preparation, that is, the day before the sabbath,"Mt 27:57: 62: When the even was come: there came a rich man of Arimathaea: named Joseph: who also Himself was Jesus' disciple:Lu 23:50-54: And: look: there was a man named Joseph: a counseller; and he was a good man: and a just:Joh 19:38: After this Joseph of Arimathaea: being a disciple of Jesus: but secretly for fear of the Jews: besought Pilate that He might take away the body of Jesus: and Pilate gave Him leave. He came therefore: and took the body of Jesus.
ηλθεν ιωσηφ ο απο αριμαθαιας ευσχημων βουλευτης ος και αυτος ην προσδεχομενος την βασιλειαν του θεου τολμησας εισηλθεν προς πιλατον και ητησατο το σωμα του ιησου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2064ἐλθὼνelthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλθὼνelthōn
|
having come,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2501ἸωσὴφIōsēph (N-NMS)
G2501 Ἰωσήφ Iōsḗph ee-o-safe of Hebrew origin (יוֹסֵף); Joseph, the name of seven Israelites:--Joseph.
|
ἸωσὴφIōsēph
|
Joseph
|
N-NMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G707Ἁριμαθαίας,Harimathaias (N-GFS)
G707 Ἀριμαθαία Arimathaía ar-ee-math-ah-ee-ah of Hebrew origin (רָמָה); Arimathæa (or Ramah), a place in Palestine:--Arimathæa.
|
Ἁριμαθαίας,Harimathaias
|
Arimathea,
|
N-GFS
|
G2158εὐσχήμωνeuschēmōn (Adj-NMS)
G2158 εὐσχήμων euschḗmōn yoo-skhay-mone from εὖ and σχῆμα; well-formed, i.e. (figuratively) decorous, noble (in rank):--comely, honourable.
|
εὐσχήμωνeuschēmōn
|
a prominent
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1010βουλευτής,bouleutēs (N-NMS)
G1010 βουλευτής bouleutḗs bool-yoo-tace from βουλεύω; an adviser, i.e. (specially) a councillor or member of the Jewish Sanhedrin:--counsellor.
|
βουλευτής,bouleutēs
|
Council member,
|
N-NMS
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
himself
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G4327προσδεχόμενοςprosdechomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G4327 προσδέχομαι prosdéchomai pros-dekh-om-ahee from πρός and δέχομαι; to admit (to intercourse, hospitality, credence, or (figuratively) endurance); by implication, to await (with confidence or patience):--accept, allow, look (wait) for, take.
|
προσδεχόμενοςprosdechomenos
|
waiting for
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G932βασιλείανbasileian (N-AFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείανbasileian
|
kingdom
|
N-AFS
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G5111τολμήσαςtolmēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G5111 τολμάω tolmáō tol-mah-o from (boldness; probably itself from the base of τέλος through the idea of extreme conduct); to venture (objectively or in act; while θαῤῥέω is rather subjective or in feeling); by implication, to be courageous:--be bold, boldly, dare, durst.
|
τολμήσαςtolmēsas
|
having boldness,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1525εἰσῆλθενeisēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσῆλθενeisēlthen
|
went in
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4091ΠιλᾶτονPilaton (N-AMS)
G4091 Πιλᾶτος Pilâtos pil-at-os of Latin origin; close-pressed, i.e. firm; Pilatus, a Roman:--Pilate.
|
ΠιλᾶτονPilaton
|
Pilate
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G154ᾐτήσατοētēsato (V-AIM-3S)
G154 αἰτέω aitéō ahee-teh-o of uncertain derivation; to ask (in genitive case):--ask, beg, call for, crave, desire, require. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ᾐτήσατοētēsato
|
asked for
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4983σῶμαsōma (N-ANS)
G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σῶμαsōma
|
body
|
N-ANS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦ.Iēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦ.Iēsou
|
of Jesus.
|
N-GMS
|
43
Joseph of Arimathaea, an honourable counseller, which also waited for the kingdom of God, came, and went in boldly to Pilate, and craved the body of Jesus.Mark 15:43
Stats
Counts: 157 characters, 22 words, 125 letters, 50 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: ηλθεν ιωσηφ ο απο αριμαθαιας ευσχημων βουλευτης ος και αυτος ην προσδεχομενος την βασιλειαν του θεου τολμησας εισηλθεν προς πιλατον και ητησατο το σωμα του ιησου
Lit: having come, Joseph from Arimathea, a prominent Council member, who also himself was waiting for the kingdom of God, having boldness, went in to Pilate and asked for the body of Jesus.
KJV: Joseph of Arimathaea, an honourable counseller, which also waited for the kingdom of God, came, and went in boldly unto Pilate, and craved the body of Jesus.
References
"an"Mr 10:23-27: Jesus looked round about: and says to His disciples: How hardly will they that have riches enter into the kingdom of God!"which"Lu 2:25: 38: And: look: there was a man in Jerusalem: whose name was Simeon; and the same man was just and devout: waiting for the consolation of Israel: and the Holy Ghost was upon Him.Lu 23:51: (The same not had consented to the counsel and deed of them;) He was of Arimathaea: a city of the Jews: who also Himself waited for the kingdom of God."and went"Mr 14:54: 66-72: Peter followed him afar off: even into the palace of the high priest: and he sat with the servants: and warmed himself at the fire.Mt 19:30: But many that are first will be last; and the last will be first.Mt 20:16: So the last will be first: and the first last: for many be called: but few chosen.Ac 4:8-13: Then Peter: filled with the Holy Ghost: said to them: You rulers of the people: and elders of Israel: Php 1:14: Many of the brothers in the Lord: waxing confident by my bonds: are much more bold to speak the word without fear.
ο δε πιλατος εθαυμασεν ει ηδη τεθνηκεν και προσκαλεσαμενος τον κεντυριωνα επηρωτησεν αυτον ει παλαι απεθανεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4091ΠιλᾶτοςPilatos (N-NMS)
G4091 Πιλᾶτος Pilâtos pil-at-os of Latin origin; close-pressed, i.e. firm; Pilatus, a Roman:--Pilate.
|
ΠιλᾶτοςPilatos
|
Pilate
|
N-NMS
|
G2296ἐθαύμασενethaumasen (V-AIA-3S)
G2296 θαυμάζω thaumázō thou-mad-zo from θαῦμα; to wonder; by implication, to admire:--admire, have in admiration, marvel, wonder.
|
ἐθαύμασενethaumasen
|
wondered
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G2235ἤδηēdē (Adv)
G2235 ἤδη ḗdē ay-day apparently from ἤ (or possibly ἦ) and δή; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.
|
ἤδηēdē
|
already
|
Adv
|
G2348τέθνηκεν,tethnēken (V-RIA-3S)
G2348 θνήσκω thnḗskō than-o a strengthened form of a simpler primary (which is used for it only in certain tenses); to die (literally or figuratively):--be dead, die.
|
τέθνηκεν,tethnēken
|
He were dead.
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4341προσκαλεσάμενοςproskalesamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G4341 προσκαλέομαι proskaléomai pros-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from πρός and καλέω; to call toward oneself, i.e. summon, invite:--call (for, to, unto).
|
προσκαλεσάμενοςproskalesamenos
|
having called to him
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2760κεντυρίωναkentyriōna (N-AMS)
G2760 κεντυρίων kentyríōn ken-too-ree-ohn of Latin origin; a centurion, i.e. captain of one hundred soldiers:--centurion.
|
κεντυρίωναkentyriōna
|
centurion,
|
N-AMS
|
G1905ἐπηρώτησενepērōtēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G1905 ἐπερωτάω eperōtáō ep-er-o-tah-o from ἐπί and ἐρωτάω; to ask for, i.e. inquire, seek:--ask (after, questions), demand, desire, question.
|
ἐπηρώτησενepērōtēsen
|
he questioned
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
whether
|
Conj
|
G3819πάλαιpalai (Adv)
G3819 πάλαι pálai pal-ahee probably another form for πάλιν (through the idea of retrocession); (adverbially) formerly, or (by relatively) sometime since; (elliptically as adjective) ancient:--any while, a great while ago, (of) old, in time past.
|
πάλαιpalai
|
already
|
Adv
|
G599ἀπέθανεν·apethanen (V-AIA-3S)
G599 ἀποθνήσκω apothnḗskō ap-oth-nace-ko from ἀπό and θνήσκω; to die off (literally or figuratively):--be dead, death, die, lie a-dying, be slain (X with).
|
ἀπέθανεν·apethanen
|
He had died.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
44
Pilate marvelled if he were already dead: and calling to him the centurion, he asked him whether he had been any while dead.Mark 15:44
Stats
Counts: 130 characters, 22 words, 104 letters, 42 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε πιλατος εθαυμασεν ει ηδη τεθνηκεν και προσκαλεσαμενος τον κεντυριωνα επηρωτησεν αυτον ει παλαι απεθανεν
Lit: And Pilate wondered if already He were dead. And having called to him the centurion, he questioned him whether already He had died.
KJV: And Pilate marvelled if he were already dead: and calling unto him the centurion, he asked him whether he had been any while dead.
References
"And Pilate marvelled if he were already dead: and calling unto him the centurion, he asked him whether he had been any while dead."Joh 19:31-37: The Jews therefore: because it was the preparation: that the bodies not should remain upon the cross on the sabbath day: (for that sabbath day was an high day: ) besought Pilate that their legs might be broken: and that they might be taken away.
και γνους απο του κεντυριωνος εδωρησατο το σωμα τω ιωσηφ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1097γνοὺςgnous (V-APA-NMS)
G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
γνοὺςgnous
|
having known it
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2760κεντυρίωνοςkentyriōnos (N-GMS)
G2760 κεντυρίων kentyríōn ken-too-ree-ohn of Latin origin; a centurion, i.e. captain of one hundred soldiers:--centurion.
|
κεντυρίωνοςkentyriōnos
|
centurion,
|
N-GMS
|
G1433ἐδωρήσατοedōrēsato (V-AIM-3S)
G1433 δωρέομαι dōréomai do-reh-om-ahee middle voice from δῶρον; to bestow gratuitously:--give.
|
ἐδωρήσατοedōrēsato
|
He granted
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4430πτῶμαptōma (N-ANS)
G4430 πτῶμα ptōma pto-mah from the alternate of πίπτω; a ruin, i.e. (specially), lifeless body (corpse, carrion):--dead body, carcase, corpse.
|
πτῶμαptōma
|
body
|
N-ANS
|
G2501Ἰωσήφ.Iōsēph (N-DMS)
G2501 Ἰωσήφ Iōsḗph ee-o-safe of Hebrew origin (יוֹסֵף); Joseph, the name of seven Israelites:--Joseph.
|
Ἰωσήφ.Iōsēph
|
to Joseph.
|
N-DMS
|
45
When he knew it of the centurion, he gave the body to Joseph.Mark 15:45
Stats
Counts: 65 characters, 13 words, 50 letters, 19 vowels, 31 consonants
Translation
Greek: και γνους απο του κεντυριωνος εδωρησατο το σωμα τω ιωσηφ
Lit: And having known it from the centurion, He granted the body to Joseph.
KJV: And when he knew it of the centurion, he gave the body to Joseph.
References
"he gave"Mt 27:58: He went to Pilate: and begged the body of Jesus. Then Pilate commanded the body to be delivered.Joh 19:38: After this Joseph of Arimathaea: being a disciple of Jesus: but secretly for fear of the Jews: besought Pilate that He might take away the body of Jesus: and Pilate gave Him leave. He came therefore: and took the body of Jesus.
και αγορασας σινδονα και καθελων αυτον ενειλησεν τη σινδονι και κατεθηκεν αυτον εν μνημειω ο ην λελατομημενον εκ πετρας και προσεκυλισεν λιθον επι την θυραν του μνημειου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G59ἀγοράσαςagorasas (V-APA-NMS)
G59 ἀγοράζω agorázō ag-or-ad-zo from ἀγορά; properly, to go to market, i.e. (by implication) to purchase; specially, to redeem:--buy, redeem.
|
ἀγοράσαςagorasas
|
having bought
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G4616σινδόναsindona (N-AFS)
G4616 σινδών sindṓn sin-done of uncertain (perhaps foreign) origin; byssos, i.e. bleached linen (the cloth or a garment of it):--(fine) linen (cloth).
|
σινδόναsindona
|
a linen cloth,
|
N-AFS
|
G2507καθελὼνkathelōn (V-APA-NMS)
G2507 καθαιρέω kathairéō kath-ahee-reh-o from κατά and αἱρέομαι (including its alternate); to lower (or with violence) demolish (literally or figuratively):--cast (pull, put, take) down, destroy.
|
καθελὼνkathelōn
|
having taken down
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1750ἐνείλησενeneilēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G1750 ἐνειλέω eneiléō en-i-leh-o from ἔννομος and the base of εἱλίσσω; to enwrap:--wrap in.
|
ἐνείλησενeneilēsen
|
he wrapped Him in
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4616σινδόνιsindoni (N-DFS)
G4616 σινδών sindṓn sin-done of uncertain (perhaps foreign) origin; byssos, i.e. bleached linen (the cloth or a garment of it):--(fine) linen (cloth).
|
σινδόνιsindoni
|
linen cloth
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5087ἔθηκεν*ethēken (V-AIA-3S)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
ἔθηκεν*ethēken
|
laid
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3419μνημείῳ*mnēmeiō (N-DNS)
G3419 μνημεῖον mnēmeîon mnay-mi-on from μνήμη; a remembrance, i.e. cenotaph (place of interment):--grave, sepulchre, tomb.
|
μνημείῳ*mnēmeiō
|
a tomb
|
N-DNS
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-NNS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
which
|
RelPro-NNS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2998λελατομημένονlelatomēmenon (V-RPM/P-NNS)
G2998 λατομέω latoméō lat-om-eh-o from the same as the first part of λαξευτός and the base of τομώτερος; to quarry:--hew.
|
λελατομημένονlelatomēmenon
|
cut
|
V-RPM/P-NNS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G4073πέτρας,petras (N-GFS)
G4073 πέτρα pétra pet-ra feminine of the same as Πέτρος; a (mass of) rock (literally or figuratively):--rock.
|
πέτρας,petras
|
a rock.
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4351προσεκύλισενprosekylisen (V-AIA-3S)
G4351 προσκυλίω proskylíō pros-koo-lee-o from πρός and κυλιόω; to roll towards, i.e. block against:--roll (to).
|
προσεκύλισενprosekylisen
|
he rolled
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3037λίθονlithon (N-AMS)
G3037 λίθος líthos lee-thos apparently a primary word; a stone (literally or figuratively):--(mill-, stumbling-)stone.
|
λίθονlithon
|
a stone
|
N-AMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2374θύρανthyran (N-AFS)
G2374 θύρα thýra thoo-rah apparently a primary word (compare door); a portal or entrance (the opening or the closure, literally or figuratively):--door, gate.
|
θύρανthyran
|
door
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G3419μνημείου.mnēmeiou (N-GNS)
G3419 μνημεῖον mnēmeîon mnay-mi-on from μνήμη; a remembrance, i.e. cenotaph (place of interment):--grave, sepulchre, tomb.
|
μνημείου.mnēmeiou
|
tomb.
|
N-GNS
|
46
He bought fine linen, and took him down, and wrapped him in the linen, and laid him in a sepulchre which was cut out of a rock, and rolled a stone to the door of the sepulchre.Mark 15:46
Stats
Counts: 183 characters, 34 words, 141 letters, 54 vowels, 87 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αγορασας σινδονα και καθελων αυτον ενειλησεν τη σινδονι και κατεθηκεν αυτον εν μνημειω ο ην λελατομημενον εκ πετρας και προσεκυλισεν λιθον επι την θυραν του μνημειου
Lit: And having bought a linen cloth, having taken down him, he wrapped Him in the linen cloth and laid Him in a tomb which was cut out of a rock. And he rolled a stone to the door of the tomb.
KJV: And he bought fine linen, and took him down, and wrapped him in the linen, and laid him in a sepulchre which was hewn out of a rock, and rolled a stone unto the door of the sepulchre.
References
"and took"Mt 27:59: 60: When Joseph had taken the body: he wrapped it in a clean linen cloth: Lu 23:53: He took it down: and wrapped it in linen: and laid it in a sepulchre that was cut in stone: wherein never man before was laid.Joh 19:38-42: After this Joseph of Arimathaea: being a disciple of Jesus: but secretly for fear of the Jews: besought Pilate that He might take away the body of Jesus: and Pilate gave Him leave. He came therefore: and took the body of Jesus."and laid"Isa 53:9: He made his grave with the wicked: and with the rich in his death; because he had done no violence: neither was any deceit in his mouth."hewn"Isa 22:16: What have you here? and whom have you here: that you have hewed you out a sepulchre here: as he who hews him out a sepulchre on high: and that graves an habitation for himself in a rock?"and rolled"Mr 16:3: 4: They said among themselves: Who will roll us away the stone from the door of the sepulchre?Mt 27:60: Laid it in his own new tomb: which he had cut out in the rock: and he rolled a great stone to the door of the sepulchre: and departed.Mt 28:2: And: look: there was a great earthquake: for the angel of the Lord descended from heaven: and came and rolled back the stone from the door: and sat upon it.Joh 11:38: Jesus therefore again groaning in Himself comes to the grave. It was a cave: and a stone lay upon it.
η δε μαρια η μαγδαληνη και μαρια ιωση εθεωρουν που τιθεται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3137ΜαρίαMaria (N-NFS)
G3137 Μαρία María mar-ee-am of Hebrew origin (מִרְיָם); Maria or Mariam (i.e. Mirjam), the name of six Christian females:-- Mary.
|
ΜαρίαMaria
|
Mary
|
N-NFS
|
G3094ΜαγδαληνὴMagdalēnē (N-NFS)
G3094 Μαγδαληνή Magdalēnḗ mag-dal-ay-nay feminine of a derivative of Μαγδαλά; a female Magdalene, i.e. inhabitant of Magdala:--Magdalene.
|
ΜαγδαληνὴMagdalēnē
|
Magdalene
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3137ΜαρίαMaria (N-NFS)
G3137 Μαρία María mar-ee-am of Hebrew origin (מִרְיָם); Maria or Mariam (i.e. Mirjam), the name of six Christian females:-- Mary.
|
ΜαρίαMaria
|
Mary
|
N-NFS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the mother
|
Art-NFS
|
G2500ἸωσῆτοςIōsētos (N-GMS)
G2500 Ἰωσῆς Iōsēs ee-o-sace perhaps for Ἰωσήφ; Joses, the name of two Israelites:--Joses. Compare Ἰωσή.
|
ἸωσῆτοςIōsētos
|
of Joseph
|
N-GMS
|
G2334ἐθεώρουνetheōroun (V-IIA-3P)
G2334 θεωρέω theōréō theh-o-reh-o from a derivative of θεάομαι (perhaps by addition of ὁράω); to be a spectator of, i.e. discern, (literally, figuratively (experience) or intensively (acknowledge)):--behold, consider, look on, perceive, see. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ἐθεώρουνetheōroun
|
were watching
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G4225ποῦpou (Adv)
G4225 πού poú poo genitive case of an indefinite pronoun (some) otherwise obsolete (compare πόσος); as adverb of place, somewhere, i.e. nearly:--about, a certain place.
|
ποῦpou
|
where
|
Adv
|
G5087τέθειται.tetheitai (V-RIM/P-3S)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
τέθειται.tetheitai
|
He was laid.
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
47
Mary Magdalene and Mary the mother of Joses beheld where he was laid.Mark 15:47
Stats
Counts: 73 characters, 14 words, 59 letters, 22 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: η δε μαρια η μαγδαληνη και μαρια ιωση εθεωρουν που τιθεται
Lit: And Mary Magdalene and Mary the mother of Joseph were watching where He was laid.
KJV: And Mary Magdalene and Mary the mother of Joses beheld where he was laid.
References
"And Mary Magdalene and Mary the mother of Joses beheld where he was laid."Mr 15:40: There were also women looking on afar off: among whom was Mary Magdalene: and Mary the mother of James the less and of Joses: and Salome;Mr 16:1: When the sabbath was past: Mary Magdalene: and Mary the mother of James: and Salome: had bought sweet spices: that they might come and anoint him.Mt 27:61: There was Mary Magdalene: and the other Mary: sitting over against the sepulchre.Mt 28:1: In the end of the sabbath: as it began to dawn toward the first day of the week: came Mary Magdalene and the other Mary to see the sepulchre.Lu 23:55: 56: The women also: which came with him from Galilee: followed after: and beheld the sepulchre: and how his body was laid.Lu 24:1: 2: Now upon the first day of the week: very early in the morning: they came to the sepulchre: bringing the spices which they had prepared: and certain others with them.
16
The Resurrection
The Women at the Tomb
και διαγενομενου του σαββατου μαρια η μαγδαληνη και μαρια η του ιακωβου και σαλωμη ηγορασαν αρωματα ινα ελθουσαι αλειψωσιν αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1230διαγενομένουdiagenomenou (V-APM-GNS)
G1230 διαγίνομαι diagínomai dee-ag-in-om-ahee from διά and γίνομαι; to elapse meanwhile:--X after, be past, be spent.
|
διαγενομένουdiagenomenou
|
having passed
|
V-APM-GNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4521σαββάτουsabbatou (N-GNS)
G4521 σάββατον sábbaton sab-bat-on of Hebrew origin (שַׁבָּת); the Sabbath (i.e. Shabbath), or day of weekly repose from secular avocations (also the observance or institution itself); by extension, a sennight, i.e. the interval between two Sabbaths; likewise the plural in all the above applications:--sabbath (day), week.
|
σαββάτουsabbatou
|
Sabbath,
|
N-GNS
|
G3137ΜαρίαMaria (N-NFS)
G3137 Μαρία María mar-ee-am of Hebrew origin (מִרְיָם); Maria or Mariam (i.e. Mirjam), the name of six Christian females:-- Mary.
|
ΜαρίαMaria
|
Mary
|
N-NFS
|
G3094ΜαγδαληνὴMagdalēnē (N-NFS)
G3094 Μαγδαληνή Magdalēnḗ mag-dal-ay-nay feminine of a derivative of Μαγδαλά; a female Magdalene, i.e. inhabitant of Magdala:--Magdalene.
|
ΜαγδαληνὴMagdalēnē
|
Magdalene,
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3137ΜαρίαMaria (N-NFS)
G3137 Μαρία María mar-ee-am of Hebrew origin (מִרְיָם); Maria or Mariam (i.e. Mirjam), the name of six Christian females:-- Mary.
|
ΜαρίαMaria
|
Mary
|
N-NFS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the mother
|
Art-NFS
|
G2385ἸακώβουIakōbou (N-GMS)
G2385 Ἰάκωβος Iákōbos ee-ak-o-bos the same as Ἰακώβ Græcized; Jacobus, the name of three Israelites:--James.
|
ἸακώβουIakōbou
|
of James,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4539ΣαλώμηSalōmē (N-NFS)
G4539 Σαλώμη Salṓmē sal-o-may probably of Hebrew origin (feminine from שָׁלוֹם); Salome (i.e. Shelomah), an Israelitess:--Salome.
|
ΣαλώμηSalōmē
|
Salome,
|
N-NFS
|
G59ἠγόρασανēgorasan (V-AIA-3P)
G59 ἀγοράζω agorázō ag-or-ad-zo from ἀγορά; properly, to go to market, i.e. (by implication) to purchase; specially, to redeem:--buy, redeem.
|
ἠγόρασανēgorasan
|
bought
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G759ἀρώματαarōmata (N-ANP)
G759 ἄρωμα árōma ar-o-mah from αἴρω (in the sense of sending off scent); an aromatic:--(sweet) spice.
|
ἀρώματαarōmata
|
spices,
|
N-ANP
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2064ἐλθοῦσαιelthousai (V-APA-NFP)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλθοῦσαιelthousai
|
having come,
|
V-APA-NFP
|
G218ἀλείψωσινaleipsōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G218 ἀλείφω aleíphō al-i-fo from Α (as particle of union) and the base of λιπαρός; to oil (with perfume):--anoint.
|
ἀλείψωσινaleipsōsin
|
they might anoint
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
Him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
1
And when the sabbath was past, Mary Magdalene, and Mary the mother of James, and Salome, had bought sweet spices, that they might come and anoint him.
Mark 16:1
Stats
Rank: #462 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 150 characters, 22 words, 118 letters, 41 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: και διαγενομενου του σαββατου μαρια η μαγδαληνη και μαρια η του ιακωβου και σαλωμη ηγορασαν αρωματα ινα ελθουσαι αλειψωσιν αυτον
Lit: And having passed the Sabbath, Mary Magdalene, and Mary the mother of James, and Salome, bought spices, that having come, they might anoint Him.
KJV: And when the sabbath was past, Mary Magdalene, and Mary the mother of James, and Salome, had bought sweet spices, that they might come and anoint him.
References
"when"Mr 15:42: Now when the even was come: because it was the preparation: that is: the day before the sabbath: Mt 28:1-10: In the end of the sabbath: as it began to dawn toward the first day of the week: came Mary Magdalene and the other Mary to see the sepulchre.Lu 23:54: 56: That day was the preparation: and the sabbath drew on.Lu 24:1-12: Now upon the first day of the week: very early in the morning: they came to the sepulchre: bringing the spices which they had prepared: and certain others with them.Joh 19:31: The Jews therefore: because it was the preparation: that the bodies not should remain upon the cross on the sabbath day: (for that sabbath day was an high day: ) besought Pilate that their legs might be broken: and that they might be taken away.Joh 20:1-10: The first day of the week comes Mary Magdalene early: when it was yet dark: to the sepulchre: and sees the stone taken away from the sepulchre."Mary Magdalene"Mr 15:40: 47: There were also women looking on afar off: among whom was Mary Magdalene: and Mary the mother of James the less and of Joses: and Salome;Lu 24:10: It was Mary Magdalene: and Joanna: and Mary the mother of James: and other women that were with them: which told these things to the apostles.Joh 19:25: Now there stood by the cross of Jesus His mother: and His mother's sister: Mary the wife of Cleophas: and Mary Magdalene."sweet"Mr 14:3: 8: Being in Bethany in the house of Simon the leper: as he sat at meat: there came a woman having an alabaster box of ointment of spikenard very precious; and she brake the box: and poured it on his head.2Ch 16:14: They buried him in his own sepulchres: which he had made for himself in the city of David: and laid him in the bed which was filled with sweet odours and divers kinds of spices prepared by the apothecaries' are: and they made a very great burning for him.Joh 19:40: Then took they the body of Jesus: and wound it in linen clothes with the spices: as the manner of the Jews is to bury.
και λιαν πρωι της μιας σαββατων ερχονται επι το μνημειον ανατειλαντος του ηλιου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3029λίανlian (Adv)
G3029 λίαν lían lee-an of uncertain affinity; much (adverbially):--exceeding, great(-ly), sore, very (+ chiefest).
|
λίανlian
|
very
|
Adv
|
G4404πρωῒprōi (Adv)
G4404 πρωΐ prōḯ pro-ee adverb from πρό; at dawn; by implication, the day-break watch:--early (in the morning), (in the) morning.
|
πρωῒprōi
|
early
|
Adv
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
on the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1520μιᾷmia (Adj-DFS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
μιᾷmia
|
first day
|
Adj-DFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G4521σαββάτωνsabbatōn (N-GNP)
G4521 σάββατον sábbaton sab-bat-on of Hebrew origin (שַׁבָּת); the Sabbath (i.e. Shabbath), or day of weekly repose from secular avocations (also the observance or institution itself); by extension, a sennight, i.e. the interval between two Sabbaths; likewise the plural in all the above applications:--sabbath (day), week.
|
σαββάτωνsabbatōn
|
week,
|
N-GNP
|
G2064ἔρχονταιerchontai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχονταιerchontai
|
they come
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3419μνημεῖον*,mnēmeion (N-ANS)
G3419 μνημεῖον mnēmeîon mnay-mi-on from μνήμη; a remembrance, i.e. cenotaph (place of interment):--grave, sepulchre, tomb.
|
μνημεῖον*,mnēmeion
|
tomb,
|
N-ANS
|
G393ἀνατείλαντοςanateilantos (V-APA-GMS)
G393 ἀνατέλλω anatéllō an-at-el-lo from ἀνά and the base of τέλος; to (cause to) arise:--(a-, make to) rise, at the rising of, spring (up), be up.
|
ἀνατείλαντοςanateilantos
|
having arisen
|
V-APA-GMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2246ἡλίου.hēliou (N-GMS)
G2246 ἥλιος hḗlios hay-lee-os from (a ray; perhaps akin to the alternate of αἱρέομαι); the sun; by implication, light:--+ east, sun.
|
ἡλίου.hēliou
|
sun.
|
N-GMS
|
2
Very early in the morning the first day of the week, they came to the sepulchre at the rising of the sun.Mark 16:2
Stats
Counts: 111 characters, 22 words, 87 letters, 31 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: και λιαν πρωι της μιας σαββατων ερχονται επι το μνημειον ανατειλαντος του ηλιου
Lit: And very early on the first day of the week, they come to the tomb, having arisen the sun.
KJV: And very early in the morning the first day of the week, they came unto the sepulchre at the rising of the sun.
References
"And very early in the morning the first day of the week, they came unto the sepulchre at the rising of the sun."Mt 28:1: In the end of the sabbath: as it began to dawn toward the first day of the week: came Mary Magdalene and the other Mary to see the sepulchre.Lu 24:1: Now upon the first day of the week: very early in the morning: they came to the sepulchre: bringing the spices which they had prepared: and certain others with them.Joh 20:1: The first day of the week comes Mary Magdalene early: when it was yet dark: to the sepulchre: and sees the stone taken away from the sepulchre.
και ελεγον προς εαυτας τις αποκυλισει ημιν τον λιθον εκ της θυρας του μνημειου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004ἔλεγονelegon (V-IIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγονelegon
|
they were saying
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
among
|
Prep
|
G1438ἑαυτάςheautas (RefPro-AF3P)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτάςheautas
|
themselves,
|
RefPro-AF3P
|
G5101ΤίςTis (IPro-NMS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίςTis
|
Who
|
IPro-NMS
|
G617ἀποκυλίσειapokylisei (V-FIA-3S)
G617 ἀποκυλίω apokylíō ap-ok-oo-lee-o from ἀπό and κυλιόω; to roll away:--roll away (back).
|
ἀποκυλίσειapokylisei
|
will roll away
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
for us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3037λίθονlithon (N-AMS)
G3037 λίθος líthos lee-thos apparently a primary word; a stone (literally or figuratively):--(mill-, stumbling-)stone.
|
λίθονlithon
|
stone
|
N-AMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2374θύραςthyras (N-GFS)
G2374 θύρα thýra thoo-rah apparently a primary word (compare door); a portal or entrance (the opening or the closure, literally or figuratively):--door, gate.
|
θύραςthyras
|
door
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G3419μνημείου;mnēmeiou (N-GNS)
G3419 μνημεῖον mnēmeîon mnay-mi-on from μνήμη; a remembrance, i.e. cenotaph (place of interment):--grave, sepulchre, tomb.
|
μνημείου;mnēmeiou
|
tomb?
|
N-GNS
|
3
They said among themselves, Who will roll us away the stone from the door of the sepulchre?
Mark 16:3
Stats
Counts: 96 characters, 17 words, 77 letters, 27 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ελεγον προς εαυτας τις αποκυλισει ημιν τον λιθον εκ της θυρας του μνημειου
Lit: And they were saying among themselves, Who will roll away for us the stone from the door of the tomb?
KJV: And they said among themselves, Who shall roll us away the stone from the door of the sepulchre?
References
"Who"Mr 15:46: 47: He bought fine linen: and took him down: and wrapped him in the linen: and laid him in a sepulchre which was cut out of a rock: and rolled a stone to the door of the sepulchre.Mt 27:60-66: Laid it in his own new tomb: which he had cut out in the rock: and he rolled a great stone to the door of the sepulchre: and departed.
και αναβλεψασαι θεωρουσιν οτι αποκεκυλισται ο λιθος ην γαρ μεγας σφοδρα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G308ἀναβλέψασαιanablepsasai (V-APA-NFP)
G308 ἀναβλέπω anablépō an-ab-lep-o from ἀνά and βλέπω; to look up; by implication, to recover sight:--look (up), see, receive sight.
|
ἀναβλέψασαιanablepsasai
|
having looked up
|
V-APA-NFP
|
G2334θεωροῦσινtheōrousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2334 θεωρέω theōréō theh-o-reh-o from a derivative of θεάομαι (perhaps by addition of ὁράω); to be a spectator of, i.e. discern, (literally, figuratively (experience) or intensively (acknowledge)):--behold, consider, look on, perceive, see. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
θεωροῦσινtheōrousin
|
they see
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G617ἀποκεκύλισται*apokekylistai (V-RIM/P-3S)
G617 ἀποκυλίω apokylíō ap-ok-oo-lee-o from ἀπό and κυλιόω; to roll away:--roll away (back).
|
ἀποκεκύλισται*apokekylistai
|
has been rolled away
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3037λίθος·lithos (N-NMS)
G3037 λίθος líthos lee-thos apparently a primary word; a stone (literally or figuratively):--(mill-, stumbling-)stone.
|
λίθος·lithos
|
stone;
|
N-NMS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
it was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3173μέγαςmegas (Adj-NMS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγαςmegas
|
large
|
Adj-NMS
|
G4970σφόδρα.sphodra (Adv)
G4970 σφόδρα sphódra sfod-rah neuter plural of (violent; of uncertain derivation) as adverb; vehemently, i.e. in a high degree, much:-- exceeding(-ly), greatly, sore, very.
|
σφόδρα.sphodra
|
extremely.
|
Adv
|
4
When they looked, they saw that the stone was rolled away: for it was very great.Mark 16:4
Stats
Counts: 85 characters, 15 words, 66 letters, 23 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αναβλεψασαι θεωρουσιν οτι αποκεκυλισται ο λιθος ην γαρ μεγας σφοδρα
Lit: And having looked up they see that has been rolled away the stone; it was for large extremely.
KJV: And when they looked, they saw that the stone was rolled away: for it was very great.
References
"they saw"Mt 28:2-4: And: look: there was a great earthquake: for the angel of the Lord descended from heaven: and came and rolled back the stone from the door: and sat upon it.Lu 24:2: They found the stone rolled away from the sepulchre.Joh 20:1: The first day of the week comes Mary Magdalene early: when it was yet dark: to the sepulchre: and sees the stone taken away from the sepulchre.
και εισελθουσαι εις το μνημειον ειδον νεανισκον καθημενον εν τοις δεξιοις περιβεβλημενον στολην λευκην και εξεθαμβηθησαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1525εἰσελθοῦσαιeiselthousai (V-APA-NFP)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθοῦσαιeiselthousai
|
having entered
|
V-APA-NFP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3419μνημεῖονmnēmeion (N-ANS)
G3419 μνημεῖον mnēmeîon mnay-mi-on from μνήμη; a remembrance, i.e. cenotaph (place of interment):--grave, sepulchre, tomb.
|
μνημεῖονmnēmeion
|
tomb,
|
N-ANS
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-3P)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
they saw
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3495νεανίσκονneaniskon (N-AMS)
G3495 νεανίσκος neanískos neh-an-is-kos from the same as νεανίας; a youth (under forty):--young man.
|
νεανίσκονneaniskon
|
a young man
|
N-AMS
|
G2521καθήμενονkathēmenon (V-PPM/P-AMS)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθήμενονkathēmenon
|
sitting
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DNP
|
G1188δεξιοῖςdexiois (Adj-DNP)
G1188 δεξιός dexiós dex-ee-os from δέχομαι; the right side or (feminine) hand (as that which usually takes):--right (hand, side).
|
δεξιοῖςdexiois
|
right,
|
Adj-DNP
|
G4016περιβεβλημένονperibeblēmenon (V-RPM/P-AMS)
G4016 περιβάλλω peribállō per-ee-bal-lo from περί and βάλλω; to throw all around, i.e. invest (with a palisade or with clothing):--array, cast about, clothe(-d me), put on.
|
περιβεβλημένονperibeblēmenon
|
clothed in
|
V-RPM/P-AMS
|
G4749στολὴνstolēn (N-AFS)
G4749 στολή stolḗ stol-ay from στέλλω; equipment, i.e. (specially), a stole or long-fitting gown (as a mark of dignity):--long clothing (garment), (long) robe.
|
στολὴνstolēn
|
a robe
|
N-AFS
|
G3022λευκήν,leukēn (Adj-AFS)
G3022 λευκός leukós lyoo-kos from (light); white:--white.
|
λευκήν,leukēn
|
white,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1568ἐξεθαμβήθησαν.exethambēthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G1568 ἐκθαμβέω ekthambéō ek-tham-beh-o from ἔκθαμβος; to astonish utterly:--affright, greatly (sore) amaze.
|
ἐξεθαμβήθησαν.exethambēthēsan
|
they were greatly amazed.
|
V-AIP-3P
|
5
Entering into the sepulchre, they saw a young man sitting on the right side, clothed in a long white garment; and they were affrighted.Mark 16:5
Stats
Counts: 139 characters, 22 words, 111 letters, 39 vowels, 72 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εισελθουσαι εις το μνημειον ειδον νεανισκον καθημενον εν τοις δεξιοις περιβεβλημενον στολην λευκην και εξεθαμβηθησαν
Lit: And having entered into the tomb, they saw a young man sitting on the right, clothed in a robe white, and they were greatly amazed.
KJV: And entering into the sepulchre, they saw a young man sitting on the right side, clothed in a long white garment; and they were affrighted.
References
"entering"Lu 24:3: They entered in: and not found the body of the Lord Jesus.Joh 20:8: Then went in also that other disciple: which came first to the sepulchre: and he saw: and believed."a young"Da 10:5: 6: Then I lifted up my eyes: and looked: and look a certain man clothed in linen: whose loins were girded with fine gold of Uphaz:Mt 28:3: His face was like lightning: and his clothing white as snow:Lu 24:4: 5: It came to pass: as they were much perplexed thereabout: look: two men stood by them in shining garments:Joh 20:11: 12: But Mary stood without at the sepulchre weeping: and as she wept: she stooped down: and looked into the sepulchre: "and they"Mr 6:49: 50: But when they saw him walking upon the sea: they supposed it had been a spirit: and cried out:Da 8:17: So he came near where I stood: and when he came: I was afraid: and fell upon my face: but he said to me: Understand: O son of man: for at the time of the end will be the vision.Da 10:7-9: 12: I Daniel alone saw the vision: for the men that were with me not saw the vision; but a great quaking fell upon them: so that they fled to hide themselves.Lu 1:12: 29: 30: When Zacharias saw him: he was troubled: and fear fell upon him.
ο δε λεγει αυταις μη εκθαμβεισθε ιησουν ζητειτε τον ναζαρηνον τον εσταυρωμενον ηγερθη ουκ εστιν ωδε ιδε ο τοπος οπου εθηκαν αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
he says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐταῖςautais (PPro-DF3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐταῖςautais
|
to them,
|
PPro-DF3P
|
G3361ΜὴMē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
ΜὴMē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1568ἐκθαμβεῖσθε·ekthambeisthe (V-PMM/P-2P)
G1568 ἐκθαμβέω ekthambéō ek-tham-beh-o from ἔκθαμβος; to astonish utterly:--affright, greatly (sore) amaze.
|
ἐκθαμβεῖσθε·ekthambeisthe
|
be amazed.
|
V-PMM/P-2P
|
G2424ἸησοῦνIēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦνIēsoun
|
Jesus
|
N-AMS
|
G2212ζητεῖτεzēteite (V-PIA-2P)
G2212 ζητέω zētéō dzay-teh-o of uncertain affinity; to seek (literally or figuratively); specially, (by Hebraism) to worship (God), or (in a bad sense) to plot (against life):--be (go) about, desire, endeavour, enquire (for), require, (X will) seek (after, for, means). Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ζητεῖτεzēteite
|
you seek,
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3479ΝαζαρηνὸνNazarēnon (N-AMS)
G3479 Ναζαρηνός Nazarēnós nad-zar-ay-nos from Ναζαρέθ; a Nazarene, i.e. inhabitant of Nazareth:--of Nazareth.
|
ΝαζαρηνὸνNazarēnon
|
Nazarene,
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the One
|
Art-AMS
|
G4717ἐσταυρωμένον·estaurōmenon (V-RPM/P-AMS)
G4717 σταυρόω stauróō stow-ro-o from σταυρός; to impale on the cross; figuratively, to extinguish (subdue) passion or selfishness:--crucify.
|
ἐσταυρωμένον·estaurōmenon
|
having been crucified.
|
V-RPM/P-AMS
|
G1453ἠγέρθη,ēgerthē (V-AIP-3S)
G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἠγέρθη,ēgerthē
|
He is risen!
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
He is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G5602ὧδε·hōde (Adv)
G5602 ὧδε hōde ho-deh from an adverb form of ὅδε; in this same spot, i.e. here or hither:--here, hither, (in) this place, there.,
|
ὧδε·hōde
|
here!
|
Adv
|
G3708ἴδεide (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἴδεide
|
Behold
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5117τόποςtopos (N-NMS)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόποςtopos
|
place
|
N-NMS
|
G3699ὅπουhopou (Adv)
G3699 ὅπου hópou hop-oo from ὅς and πού; what(-ever) where, i.e. at whichever spot:--in what place, where(-as, -soever), whither (+ soever).,
|
ὅπουhopou
|
where
|
Adv
|
G5087ἔθηκανethēkan (V-AIA-3P)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
ἔθηκανethēkan
|
they laid
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
Him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
6
He says to them, not Be affrighted: You seek Jesus of Nazareth, which was crucified: He is risen; He not is here: look the place where they laid Him.
Mark 16:6
Stats
Rank: #2752 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 157 characters, 24 words, 121 letters, 47 vowels, 74 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε λεγει αυταις μη εκθαμβεισθε ιησουν ζητειτε τον ναζαρηνον τον εσταυρωμενον ηγερθη ουκ εστιν ωδε ιδε ο τοπος οπου εθηκαν αυτον
Lit: And he says to them, Not be amazed. Jesus you seek, the Nazarene, the One having been crucified. He is risen! Not He is here! Behold the place where they laid Him.
KJV: And he saith unto them, Be not affrighted: Ye seek Jesus of Nazareth, which was crucified: he is risen; he is not here: behold the place where they laid him.
References
"Be not"Mt 14:26: 27: When the disciples saw him walking on the sea: they were troubled: saying: It is a spirit; and they cried out for fear.Mt 28:4: 5: For fear of him the keepers did shake: and became as dead men.Re 1:17: 18: When I saw him: I fell at his feet as dead. And he laid his right hand upon me: saying to me: not Fear; I am the first and the last:"a young"Ps 105:3: 4: Glory you in His holy name: let the heart of them rejoice that seek the LORD.Pr 8:17: I love them that love me; and those that seek me early will find me."Jesus"Joh 19:19: 20: Pilate wrote a title: and put it on the cross. And the writing was: JESUS OF NAZARETH THE KING OF THE JEWS.Ac 2:22: 23: You men of Israel: hear these words; Jesus of Nazareth: a man approved of God among you by miracles and wonders and signs: which God did by Him in the middle of you: as you yourselves also know:Ac 4:10: Be it known to you all: and to all the people of Israel: that by the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth: whom you crucified: whom God raised from the dead: even by Him does this man stand here before you whole.Ac 10:38-40: How God anointed Jesus of Nazareth with the Holy Ghost and with power: who went about doing good: and healing all that were oppressed of the devil; for God was with Him."he is risen"Mr 9:9: 10: As they came down from the mountain: He charged them that they should tell no man what things they had seen: till the Son of man were risen from the dead.Mr 10:34: They will mock him: and will scourge him: and will spit upon him: and will kill him: and the third day he will rise again.Ps 71:20: You: which have showed me great and sore troubles: will quicken me again: and will bring me up again from the depths of the earth.Mt 12:40: For as Jonas was 3 days and 3 nights in the whale's belly; so will the Son of man be 3 days and 3 nights in the heart of the earth.Mt 28:6: 7: He not is here: for He is risen: as He said. Come: see the place where the Lord lay.Lu 24:4-8: 20-27: 46: It came to pass: as they were much perplexed thereabout: look: two men stood by them in shining garments:Joh 2:19-22: Jesus answered and said to them: Destroy this temple: and in 3 days I will raise it up.1Co 15:3-7: For I delivered to you first of all that which I also received: how that Christ died for our sins according to the scriptures;
αλλ υπαγετε ειπατε τοις μαθηταις αυτου και τω πετρω οτι προαγει υμας εις την γαλιλαιαν εκει αυτον οψεσθε καθως ειπεν υμιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
But
|
Conj
|
G5217ὑπάγετεhypagete (V-PMA-2P)
G5217 ὑπάγω hypágō hoop-ag-o from ὑπό and ἄγω; to lead (oneself) under, i.e. withdraw or retire (as if sinking out of sight), literally or figuratively:--depart, get hence, go (a-)way.
|
ὑπάγετεhypagete
|
go,
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G3004εἴπατεeipate (V-AMA-2P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἴπατεeipate
|
say
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G3101μαθηταῖςmathētais (N-DMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταῖςmathētais
|
disciples
|
N-DMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4074ΠέτρῳPetrō (N-DMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτρῳPetrō
|
to Peter
|
N-DMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4254ΠροάγειProagei (V-PIA-3S)
G4254 προάγω proágō pro-ag-o from πρό and ἄγω; to lead forward (magisterially); intransitively, to precede (in place or time (participle, previous)):--bring (forth, out), go before.
|
ΠροάγειProagei
|
He goes before
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G1056Γαλιλαίαν·Galilaian (N-AFS)
G1056 Γαλιλαία Galilaía gal-il-ah-yah of Hebrew origin (גָּלִיל); Galilæa (i.e. the heathen circle), a region of Palestine:--Galilee.
|
Γαλιλαίαν·Galilaian
|
Galilee;
|
N-AFS
|
G1563ἐκεῖekei (Adv)
G1563 ἐκεῖ ekeî ek-i of uncertain affinity; there; by extension, thither:--there, thither(-ward), (to) yonder (place).
|
ἐκεῖekei
|
there
|
Adv
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3708ὄψεσθε,opsesthe (V-FIM-2P)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὄψεσθε,opsesthe
|
will you see,
|
V-FIM-2P
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv)
G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
He said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4771ὑμῖν.hymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖν.hymin
|
to you.
|
PPro-D2P
|
7
But go your way, tell his disciples and Peter that he goes before you into Galilee: there will you see him, as he said to you.Mark 16:7
Stats
Counts: 129 characters, 23 words, 100 letters, 43 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλ υπαγετε ειπατε τοις μαθηταις αυτου και τω πετρω οτι προαγει υμας εις την γαλιλαιαν εκει αυτον οψεσθε καθως ειπεν υμιν
Lit: But go, say the disciples of Him and to Peter that He goes before you into Galilee; there Him will you see, as He said to you.
KJV: But go your way, tell his disciples and Peter that he goeth before you into Galilee: there shall ye see him, as he said unto you.
References
"tell"Mr 14:50: 66-72: They all forsook him: and fled.Mt 28:7: Go quickly: and tell his disciples that he is risen from the dead; and: look: he goes before you into Galilee; there will you see him: indeed: I have told you.2Co 2:7: So that contrariwise you ought rather to forgive him: and comfort him: lest perhaps such a one should be swallowed up with overmuch sorrow."there"Mr 14:28: But after that I am risen: I will go before you into Galilee.Mt 26:32: But after I am risen again: I will go before you into Galilee.Mt 28:10: 16: 17: Then said Jesus to them: not Be afraid: go tell my brothers that they go into Galilee: and there will they see me.Joh 21:1: After these things Jesus showed Himself again to the disciples at the sea of Tiberias; and on this wise showed He Himself.Ac 13:31: He was seen many days of them which came up with him from Galilee to Jerusalem: who are his witnesses to the people.1Co 15:5: That he was seen of Cephas: then of the 12:
και εξελθουσαι ταχυ εφυγον απο του μνημειου ειχεν δε αυτας τρομος και εκστασις και ουδενι ουδεν ειπον εφοβουντο γαρ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξελθοῦσαιexelthousai (V-APA-NFP)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξελθοῦσαιexelthousai
|
having gone out,
|
V-APA-NFP
|
G5343ἔφυγονephygon (V-AIA-3P)
G5343 φεύγω pheúgō fyoo-go apparently a primary verb; to run away (literally or figuratively); by implication, to shun; by analogy, to vanish:--escape, flee (away).
|
ἔφυγονephygon
|
they fled
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G3419μνημείου,mnēmeiou (N-GNS)
G3419 μνημεῖον mnēmeîon mnay-mi-on from μνήμη; a remembrance, i.e. cenotaph (place of interment):--grave, sepulchre, tomb.
|
μνημείου,mnēmeiou
|
tomb.
|
N-GNS
|
G2192εἶχενeichen (V-IIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
εἶχενeichen
|
Had seized
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὰςautas (PPro-AF3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὰςautas
|
them
|
PPro-AF3P
|
G5156τρόμοςtromos (N-NMS)
G5156 τρόμος trómos trom-os from τρέμω; a trembling, i.e. quaking with fear:--+ tremble(-ing).
|
τρόμοςtromos
|
trembling
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1611ἔκστασις·ekstasis (N-NFS)
G1611 ἔκστασις ékstasis ek-stas-is from ἐξίστημι; a displacement of the mind, i.e. bewilderment, ecstasy:--+ be amazed, amazement, astonishment, trance.
|
ἔκστασις·ekstasis
|
amazement,
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3762οὐδενὶoudeni (Adj-DMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδενὶoudeni
|
to none
|
Adj-DMS
|
G3762οὐδὲνouden (Adj-ANS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδὲνouden
|
nothing
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3004εἶπαν·eipan (V-AIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπαν·eipan
|
they spoke;
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G5399ἐφοβοῦντοephobounto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
ἐφοβοῦντοephobounto
|
they were afraid
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G1063γάρ.gar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρ.gar
|
for.
|
Conj
|
8
They went out quickly, and fled from the sepulchre; for they trembled and were amazed: neither said they any thing to any man; for they were afraid.Mark 16:8
Stats
Counts: 152 characters, 24 words, 120 letters, 42 vowels, 78 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εξελθουσαι ταχυ εφυγον απο του μνημειου ειχεν δε αυτας τρομος και εκστασις και ουδενι ουδεν ειπον εφοβουντο γαρ
Lit: And having gone out, they fled from the tomb. Had seized for them trembling and amazement, and to none nothing they spoke; they were afraid for.
KJV: And they went out quickly, and fled from the sepulchre; for they trembled and were amazed: neither said they any thing to any man; for they were afraid.
References
"they went"Mt 28:8: They departed quickly from the sepulchre with fear and great joy; and did run to bring his disciples word.Lu 24:9-11: 22-24: Returned from the sepulchre: and told all these things to the 11: and to all the rest."for they trembled"Mr 16:5: 6: Entering into the sepulchre: they saw a young man sitting on the right side: clothed in a long white garment; and they were affrighted.Lu 24:37: But they were terrified and affrighted: and supposed that they had seen a spirit."neither"2Ki 4:29: Then he said to Gehazi: Gird up your loins: and take my staff in your hand: and go your way: if you meet any man: greet not him; and if any greet you: answer not him again: and lay my staff upon the face of the child.Lu 10:4: Carry neither purse: nor scrip: nor shoes: and greet no man by the way.
Jesus Appears to Mary Magdalene
αναστας δε πρωι πρωτη σαββατου εφανη πρωτον μαρια τη μαγδαληνη αφ ης εκβεβληκει επτα δαιμονια
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G450««ἈναστὰςAnastas (V-APA-NMS)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
««ἈναστὰςAnastas
|
Having risen
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4404πρωῒprōi (Adv)
G4404 πρωΐ prōḯ pro-ee adverb from πρό; at dawn; by implication, the day-break watch:--early (in the morning), (in the) morning.
|
πρωῒprōi
|
early the
|
Adv
|
G4413πρώτῃprōtē (Adj-DFS)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρώτῃprōtē
|
first day
|
Adj-DFS
|
G4521σαββάτουsabbatou (N-GNS)
G4521 σάββατον sábbaton sab-bat-on of Hebrew origin (שַׁבָּת); the Sabbath (i.e. Shabbath), or day of weekly repose from secular avocations (also the observance or institution itself); by extension, a sennight, i.e. the interval between two Sabbaths; likewise the plural in all the above applications:--sabbath (day), week.
|
σαββάτουsabbatou
|
of the week,
|
N-GNS
|
G5316ἐφάνηephanē (V-AIP-3S)
G5316 φαίνω phaínō fah-ee-no prolongation for the base of φῶς; to lighten (shine), i.e. show (transitive or intransitive, literal or figurative):-- appear, seem, be seen, shine, X think.
|
ἐφάνηephanē
|
He appeared
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G4412πρῶτονprōton (Adv-S)
G4412 πρῶτον prōton pro-ton neuter of πρῶτος as adverb (with or without ὁ); firstly (in time, place, order, or importance):--before, at the beginning, chiefly (at, at the) first (of all).
|
πρῶτονprōton
|
first
|
Adv-S
|
G3137ΜαρίᾳMaria (N-DFS)
G3137 Μαρία María mar-ee-am of Hebrew origin (מִרְיָם); Maria or Mariam (i.e. Mirjam), the name of six Christian females:-- Mary.
|
ΜαρίᾳMaria
|
to Mary
|
N-DFS
|
G3094Μαγδαληνῇ,Magdalēnē (N-DFS)
G3094 Μαγδαληνή Magdalēnḗ mag-dal-ay-nay feminine of a derivative of Μαγδαλά; a female Magdalene, i.e. inhabitant of Magdala:--Magdalene.
|
Μαγδαληνῇ,Magdalēnē
|
Magdalene,
|
N-DFS
|
G3844παρ’par’ (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρ’par’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3739ἧςhēs (RelPro-GFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἧςhēs
|
whom
|
RelPro-GFS
|
G1544ἐκβεβλήκειekbeblēkei (V-LIA-3S)
G1544 ἐκβάλλω ekbállō ek-bal-lo from ἐκ and βάλλω; to eject (literally or figuratively):--bring forth, cast (forth, out), drive (out), expel, leave, pluck (pull, take, thrust) out, put forth (out), send away (forth, out).
|
ἐκβεβλήκειekbeblēkei
|
He had cast out
|
V-LIA-3S
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-ANP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-ANP
|
G1140δαιμόνια.daimonia (N-ANP)
G1140 δαιμόνιον daimónion dahee-mon-ee-on neuter of a derivative of δαίμων; a dæmonic being; by extension a deity:--devil, god.
|
δαιμόνια.daimonia
|
demons.
|
N-ANP
|
9
Now when Jesus was risen early the first day of the week, He appeared first to Mary Magdalene, out of whom He had cast 7 devils.Mark 16:9
Stats
Rank: #452 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 134 characters, 22 words, 104 letters, 39 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: αναστας δε πρωι πρωτη σαββατου εφανη πρωτον μαρια τη μαγδαληνη αφ ης εκβεβληκει επτα δαιμονια
Lit: Having risen now early the first day of the week, He appeared first to Mary Magdalene, from whom He had cast out seven demons.
KJV: Now when Jesus was risen early the first [day] of the week, he appeared first to Mary Magdalene, out of whom he had cast seven devils.
References
"the first"Joh 20:19: Then the same day at evening: being the first day of the week: when the doors were shut where the disciples were assembled for fear of the Jews: came Jesus and stood in the middle: and says to them: Peace be to you.Ac 20:7: Upon the first day of the week: when the disciples came together to break bread: Paul preached to them: ready to depart on the morrow; and continued his speech until midnight.1Co 16:2: Upon the first day of the week let every one of you lay by Him in store: as God has prospered Him: that there be no gatherings when I come.Re 1:10: I was in the Spirit on the Lord's day: and heard behind me a great voice: as of a trumpet: "he appeared"Mr 15:40: 47: There were also women looking on afar off: among whom was Mary Magdalene: and Mary the mother of James the less and of Joses: and Salome;Lu 24:10: It was Mary Magdalene: and Joanna: and Mary the mother of James: and other women that were with them: which told these things to the apostles.Joh 20:14-18: When she had thus said: she turned herself back: and saw Jesus standing: and not knew that it was Jesus."out"Lu 8:2: Certain women: which had been healed of evil spirits and infirmities: Mary called Magdalene: out of whom went 7 devils:
εκεινη πορευθεισα απηγγειλεν τοις μετ αυτου γενομενοις πενθουσιν και κλαιουσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1565ἐκείνηekeinē (DPro-NFS)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνηekeinē
|
She
|
DPro-NFS
|
G4198πορευθεῖσαporeutheisa (V-APP-NFS)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
πορευθεῖσαporeutheisa
|
having gone,
|
V-APP-NFS
|
G518ἀπήγγειλενapēngeilen (V-AIA-3S)
G518 ἀπαγγέλλω apangéllō ap-ang-el-lo from ἀπό and the base of ἄγγελος; to announce:--bring word (again), declare, report, shew (again), tell.
|
ἀπήγγειλενapēngeilen
|
told it
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to those
|
Art-DMP
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1096γενομένοιςgenomenois (V-APM-DMP)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενομένοιςgenomenois
|
having been
|
V-APM-DMP
|
G3996πενθοῦσιpenthousi (V-PPA-DMP)
G3996 πενθέω penthéō pen-theh-o from πένθος; to grieve (the feeling or the act):--mourn, (be-)wail.
|
πενθοῦσιpenthousi
|
mourning
|
V-PPA-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2799κλαίουσιν·klaiousin (V-PPA-DMP)
G2799 κλαίω klaíō klah-yo of uncertain affinity; to sob, i.e. wail aloud (whereas 1145 is rather to cry silently):--bewail, weep.
|
κλαίουσιν·klaiousin
|
weeping.
|
V-PPA-DMP
|
10
And she went and told them that had been with him, as they mourned and wept.Mark 16:10
Stats
Counts: 76 characters, 15 words, 59 letters, 19 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: εκεινη πορευθεισα απηγγειλεν τοις μετ αυτου γενομενοις πενθουσιν και κλαιουσιν
Lit: She having gone, told it to those with Him, having been mourning and weeping.
KJV: And she went and told them that had been with him, as they mourned and wept.
References
"as"Mr 14:72: The second time the cock crew. And Peter called to mind the word that Jesus said to Him: Before the cock crow twice: you will deny me thrice. And when He thought thereon: He wept.Mt 9:15: Jesus said to them: Can the children of the wedding party mourn: as long as the groom is with them? but the days will come: when the groom will be taken from them: and then will they fast.Mt 24:30: Then will appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven: and then will all the tribes of the earth mourn: and they will see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.Lu 24:17: He said to them: What manner of communications are these that you have one to another: as you walk: and are sad?Joh 16:6: 20-22: But because I have said these things to you: sorrow has filled your heart.
κακεινοι ακουσαντες οτι ζη και εθεαθη υπ αυτης ηπιστησαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2548κἀκεῖνοιkakeinoi (DPro-NMP)
G2548 κἀκεῖνος kakeînos kak-i-nos from καί and ἐκεῖνος; likewise that (or those):--and him (other, them), even he, him also, them (also), (and) they.,
|
κἀκεῖνοιkakeinoi
|
And they,
|
DPro-NMP
|
G191ἀκούσαντεςakousantes (V-APA-NMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσαντεςakousantes
|
having heard
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2198ζῇzē (V-PIA-3S)
G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζῇzē
|
He is alive
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2300ἐθεάθηetheathē (V-AIP-3S)
G2300 θεάομαι theáomai theh-ah-om-ahee a prolonged form of a primary verb; to look closely at, i.e. (by implication) perceive (literally or figuratively); by extension to visit:--behold, look (upon), see. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ἐθεάθηetheathē
|
has been seen
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G5259ὑπ’hyp’ (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπ’hyp’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
her,
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G569ἠπίστησαν.ēpistēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G569 ἀπιστέω apistéō ap-is-teh-o from ἄπιστος; to be unbelieving, i.e. (transitively) disbelieve, or (by implication) disobey:--believe not.
|
ἠπίστησαν.ēpistēsan
|
disbelieved.
|
V-AIA-3P
|
11
They, when they had heard that he was alive, and had been seen of her, not believed.Mark 16:11
Stats
Counts: 88 characters, 15 words, 67 letters, 26 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: κακεινοι ακουσαντες οτι ζη και εθεαθη υπ αυτης ηπιστησαν
Lit: And they, having heard that He is alive and has been seen by her, disbelieved.
KJV: And they, when they had heard that he was alive, and had been seen of her, believed not.
References
"believed"Mr 16:13: 14: They went and told it to the residue: neither believed they them.Mr 9:19: He answers him: and says: O faithless generation: how long will I be with you? how long will I suffer you? bring him to me.Ex 6:9: Moses spoke so to the children of Israel: but they listened not to Moses for anguish of spirit: and for cruel bondage.Job 9:16: If I had called: and he had answered me; yet would not I believe that he had listened to my voice.Lu 24:11: 23-35: Their words seemed to them as idle tales: and they believed not them.
Jesus Appears to Two Disciples
μετα δε ταυτα δυσιν εξ αυτων περιπατουσιν εφανερωθη εν ετερα μορφη πορευομενοις εις αγρον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3326ΜετὰMeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
ΜετὰMeta
|
After
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things,
|
DPro-ANP
|
G1417δυσὶνdysin (Adj-DMP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δυσὶνdysin
|
to two
|
Adj-DMP
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
of
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G4043περιπατοῦσινperipatousin (V-PPA-DMP)
G4043 περιπατέω peripatéō per-ee-pat-eh-o from περί and πατέω; to tread all around, i.e. walk at large (especially as proof of ability); figuratively, to live, deport oneself, follow (as a companion or votary):--go, be occupied with, walk (about).
|
περιπατοῦσινperipatousin
|
as they are walking,
|
V-PPA-DMP
|
G5319ἐφανερώθηephanerōthē (V-AIP-3S)
G5319 φανερόω phaneróō fan-er-o-o from φανερός; to render apparent (literally or figuratively):--appear, manifestly declare, (make) manifest (forth), shew (self).
|
ἐφανερώθηephanerōthē
|
He appeared
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2087ἑτέρᾳhetera (Adj-DFS)
G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.
|
ἑτέρᾳhetera
|
another
|
Adj-DFS
|
G3444μορφῇmorphē (N-DFS)
G3444 μορφή morphḗ mor-fay perhaps from the base of μέρος (through the idea of adjustment of parts); shape; figuratively, nature:--form.
|
μορφῇmorphē
|
form,
|
N-DFS
|
G4198πορευομένοιςporeuomenois (V-PPM/P-DMP)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
πορευομένοιςporeuomenois
|
going
|
V-PPM/P-DMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G68ἀγρόν·agron (N-AMS)
G68 ἀγρός agrós ag-ros from ἄγω; a field (as a drive for cattle); genitive case, the country; specially, a farm, i.e. hamlet:--country, farm, piece of ground, land.
|
ἀγρόν·agron
|
the country.
|
N-AMS
|
12
After that he appeared in another form to two of them, as they walked, and went into the country.Mark 16:12
Stats
Counts: 99 characters, 17 words, 78 letters, 29 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: μετα δε ταυτα δυσιν εξ αυτων περιπατουσιν εφανερωθη εν ετερα μορφη πορευομενοις εις αγρον
Lit: After now these things, to two of them as they are walking, He appeared in another form, going into the country.
KJV: After that he appeared in another form unto two of them, as they walked, and went into the country.
References
"After that he appeared in another form unto two of them, as they walked, and went into the country."Lu 24:13-32: And: look: two of them went that same day to a village called Emmaus: which was from Jerusalem about threescore furlongs.
κακεινοι απελθοντες απηγγειλαν τοις λοιποις ουδε εκεινοις επιστευσαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2548κἀκεῖνοιkakeinoi (DPro-NMP)
G2548 κἀκεῖνος kakeînos kak-i-nos from καί and ἐκεῖνος; likewise that (or those):--and him (other, them), even he, him also, them (also), (and) they.,
|
κἀκεῖνοιkakeinoi
|
And they,
|
DPro-NMP
|
G565ἀπελθόντεςapelthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπελθόντεςapelthontes
|
having gone,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G518ἀπήγγειλανapēngeilan (V-AIA-3P)
G518 ἀπαγγέλλω apangéllō ap-ang-el-lo from ἀπό and the base of ἄγγελος; to announce:--bring word (again), declare, report, shew (again), tell.
|
ἀπήγγειλανapēngeilan
|
told it
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G3062λοιποῖς·loipois (Adj-DMP)
G3062 λοιποί loipoí loy-poy masculine plural of a derivative of λείπω; remaining ones:--other, which remain, remnant, residue, rest.
|
λοιποῖς·loipois
|
rest;
|
Adj-DMP
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Conj)
G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
neither
|
Conj
|
G1565ἐκείνοιςekeinois (DPro-DMP)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνοιςekeinois
|
them
|
DPro-DMP
|
G4100ἐπίστευσαν.episteusan (V-AIA-3P)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
ἐπίστευσαν.episteusan
|
did they believe.
|
V-AIA-3P
|
13
They went and told it to the residue: neither believed they them.Mark 16:13
Stats
Counts: 71 characters, 12 words, 57 letters, 22 vowels, 35 consonants
Translation
Greek: κακεινοι απελθοντες απηγγειλαν τοις λοιποις ουδε εκεινοις επιστευσαν
Lit: And they, having gone, told it to the rest; neither them did they believe.
KJV: And they went and told it unto the residue: neither believed they them.
References
"they went"Lu 24:33-35: They rose up the same hour: and returned to Jerusalem: and found the 11 gathered together: and them that were with them: "neither"Lu 16:31: He said to him: If they not hear Moses and the prophets: neither will they be persuaded: though one rose from the dead.Joh 20:8: 25: Then went in also that other disciple: which came first to the sepulchre: and he saw: and believed.
The Great Commission
υστερον ανακειμενοις αυτοις τοις ενδεκα εφανερωθη και ωνειδισεν την απιστιαν αυτων και σκληροκαρδιαν οτι τοις θεασαμενοις αυτον εγηγερμενον ουκ επιστευσαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5305ὝστερονHysteron (Adv)
G5305 ὕστερον hýsteron hoos-ter-on neuter of ὕστερος as adverb; more lately, i.e. eventually:--afterward, (at the) last (of all).
|
ὝστερονHysteron
|
Afterward
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G345ἀνακειμένοιςanakeimenois (V-PPM/P-DMP)
G345 ἀνακεῖμαι anakeîmai an-ak-i-mahee from ἀνά and κεῖμαι; to recline (as a corpse or at a meal):--guest, lean, lie, sit (down, at meat), at the table.
|
ἀνακειμένοιςanakeimenois
|
were reclining
|
V-PPM/P-DMP
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
they;
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G1733ἕνδεκαhendeka (Adj-DMP)
G1733 ἕνδεκα héndeka hen-dek-ah from (the neuter of) εἷς and δέκα; one and ten, i.e. eleven:--eleven.
|
ἕνδεκαhendeka
|
eleven
|
Adj-DMP
|
G5319ἐφανερώθη,ephanerōthē (V-AIP-3S)
G5319 φανερόω phaneróō fan-er-o-o from φανερός; to render apparent (literally or figuratively):--appear, manifestly declare, (make) manifest (forth), shew (self).
|
ἐφανερώθη,ephanerōthē
|
He appeared
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3679ὠνείδισενōneidisen (V-AIA-3S)
G3679 ὀνειδίζω oneidízō on-i-did-zo from ὄνειδος; to defame, i.e. rail at, chide, taunt:--cast in teeth, (suffer) reproach, revile, upbraid.
|
ὠνείδισενōneidisen
|
rebuked
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G570ἀπιστίανapistian (N-AFS)
G570 ἀπιστία apistía ap-is-tee-ah from ἄπιστος; faithlessness, i.e. (negatively) disbelief (lack of Christian faith), or (positively) unfaithfulness (disobedience):--unbelief.
|
ἀπιστίανapistian
|
unbelief
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4641σκληροκαρδίανsklērokardian (N-AFS)
G4641 σκληροκαρδία sklērokardía sklay-rok-ar-dee-ah feminine of a compound of σκληρός and καρδία; hard-heartedness, i.e. (specially), destitution of (spiritual) perception:--hardness of heart.
|
σκληροκαρδίανsklērokardian
|
hardness of heart,
|
N-AFS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
those
|
Art-DMP
|
G2300θεασαμένοιςtheasamenois (V-APM-DMP)
G2300 θεάομαι theáomai theh-ah-om-ahee a prolonged form of a primary verb; to look closely at, i.e. (by implication) perceive (literally or figuratively); by extension to visit:--behold, look (upon), see. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
θεασαμένοιςtheasamenois
|
having seen
|
V-APM-DMP
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1453ἐγηγερμένονegēgermenon (V-RPM/P-AMS)
G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἐγηγερμένονegēgermenon
|
arisen
|
V-RPM/P-AMS
|
G1537(ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
(ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3498νεκρῶν)nekrōn (Adj-GMP)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρῶν)nekrōn
|
the dead
|
Adj-GMP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4100ἐπίστευσαν.episteusan (V-AIA-3P)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
ἐπίστευσαν.episteusan
|
they believed.
|
V-AIA-3P
|
14
Afterward he appeared to the 11 as they sat at meat, and upbraided them with their unbelief and hardness of heart, because they not believed them which had seen him after he was risen.Mark 16:14
Stats
Rank: #2276 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 190 characters, 32 words, 154 letters, 61 vowels, 93 consonants
Translation
Greek: υστερον ανακειμενοις αυτοις τοις ενδεκα εφανερωθη και ωνειδισεν την απιστιαν αυτων και σκληροκαρδιαν οτι τοις θεασαμενοις αυτον εγηγερμενον ουκ επιστευσαν
Lit: Afterward now were reclining they; to the eleven He appeared and rebuked the unbelief of them and hardness of heart, because those having seen Him arisen from the dead not they believed.
KJV: Afterward he appeared unto the eleven as they sat at meat, and upbraided them with their unbelief and hardness of heart, because they believed not them which had seen him after he was risen.
References
"he appeared"Lu 24:36-43: As they thus spoke: Jesus Himself stood in the middle of them: and says to them: Peace be to you.Joh 20:19: 20: Then the same day at evening: being the first day of the week: when the doors were shut where the disciples were assembled for fear of the Jews: came Jesus and stood in the middle: and says to them: Peace be to you.1Co 15:5: That he was seen of Cephas: then of the 12:"and upbraided"Mr 7:18: He says to them: Are you so without understanding also? Do you not perceive: that whatever thing from without enters into the man: it cannot defile him;Mr 8:17: 18: When Jesus knew it: He says to them: Why reason you: because you have no bread? perceive you not yet: neither understand? have you your heart yet hardened?Mt 11:20: Then began he to upbraid the cities wherein most of his mighty works were done: because they not repented:Mt 15:16: 17: Jesus said: Are you also yet without understanding?Mt 16:8-11: Which when Jesus perceived: He said to them: O you of little faith: why reason you among yourselves: because you have brought no bread?Mt 17:20: Jesus said to them: Because of your unbelief: for truly I say to you: If you have faith as a grain of mustard seed: you will say to this mountain: Remove here to yonder place; and it will remove; not andhing will be impossible to you.Lu 24:25: 38: 39: Then he said to them: O fools: and slow of heart to believe all that the prophets have spoken:Joh 20:27: Then says he to Thomas: Reach here your finger: and look my hands; and reach here your hand: and thrust it into my side: and not be faithless: but believing.Re 3:19: As many as I love: I rebuke and chasten: be zealous therefore: and repent."unbelief"Nu 14:11: The LORD said to Moses: How long will this people provoke me? and how long will it be ere they believe me: for all the signs which I have showed among them?Ps 95:8-11: not Harden your heart: as in the provocation: and as in the day of temptation in the wilderness:Heb 3:7: 8: 15-19: For what reason (as the Holy Ghost says: Today if you will hear His voice:
και ειπεν αυτοις πορευθεντες εις τον κοσμον απαντα κηρυξατε το ευαγγελιον παση τη κτισει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
He said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G4198ΠορευθέντεςPoreuthentes (V-APP-NMP)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
ΠορευθέντεςPoreuthentes
|
Having gone
|
V-APP-NMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2889κόσμονkosmon (N-AMS)
G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.
|
κόσμονkosmon
|
world
|
N-AMS
|
G537ἅπανταhapanta (Adj-AMS)
G537 ἅπας hápas hap-as from Α (as a particle of union) and πᾶς; absolutely all or (singular) every one:--all (things), every (one), whole.
|
ἅπανταhapanta
|
all,
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2784κηρύξατεkēryxate (V-AMA-2P)
G2784 κηρύσσω kērýssō kay-roos-so of uncertain affinity; to herald (as a public crier), especially divine truth (the gospel):--preacher(-er), proclaim, publish.
|
κηρύξατεkēryxate
|
proclaim
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2098εὐαγγέλιονeuangelion (N-ANS)
G2098 εὐαγγέλιον euangélion yoo-ang-ghel-ee-on from the same as εὐαγγελίζω; a good message, i.e. the gospel:--gospel.
|
εὐαγγέλιονeuangelion
|
gospel
|
N-ANS
|
G3956πάσῃpasē (Adj-DFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάσῃpasē
|
to all
|
Adj-DFS
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2937κτίσει.ktisei (N-DFS)
G2937 κτίσις ktísis ktis-is from κτίζω; original formation (properly, the act; by implication, the thing, literally or figuratively):--building, creation, creature, ordinance.
|
κτίσει.ktisei
|
creation.
|
N-DFS
|
15
He said to them, Go you into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature.
Mark 16:15
Stats
Rank: #21 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 89 characters, 16 words, 69 letters, 27 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειπεν αυτοις πορευθεντες εις τον κοσμον απαντα κηρυξατε το ευαγγελιον παση τη κτισει
Lit: And He said to them, Having gone into the world all, proclaim the gospel to all the creation.
KJV: And he said unto them, Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature.
References
"Go"Mt 10:5: 6: These 12 Jesus sent forth: and commanded them: saying: not Go into the way of the Gentiles: and into any city of the Samaritans enter you not:Mt 28:19: Go you therefore: and teach all nations: baptizing them in the name of the Father: and of the Son: and of the Holy Ghost:Lu 14:21-23: So that servant came: and showed his lord these things. Then the master of the house being angry said to his servant: Go out quickly into the streets and lanes of the city: and bring in here the poor: and the maimed: and the halt: and the blind.Lu 24:47: 48: That repentance and remission of sins should be preached in his name among all nations: beginning at Jerusalem.Joh 15:16: You not have chosen me: but I have chosen you: and ordained you: that you should go and bring forth fruit: and that your fruit should remain: that whatever you will ask of the Father in my name: He may give it you.Joh 20:21: Then said Jesus to them again: Peace be to you: as my Father has sent me: even so send I you.1Jo 4:14: We have seen and do testify that the Father sent the Son to be the Saviour of the world."into"Mr 13:10: The gospel must first be published among all nations.Ps 22:27: All the ends of the world will remember and turn to the LORD: and all the kindreds of the nations will worship before you.Ps 67:1: 2: A Psalm or Song.>> God be merciful to us: and bless us; and cause His face to shine upon us; Selah.Ps 96:3: Declare his glory among the heathen: his wonders among all people.Ps 98:3: He has remembered His mercy and His truth toward the house of Israel: all the ends of the earth have seen the salvation of our God.Isa 42:10-12: Sing to the LORD a new song: and His praise from the end of the earth: you that go down to the sea: and all that is therein; the isles: and the inhabitants thereof.Isa 45:22: Look to me: and be you saved: all the ends of the earth: for I am God: and there is none else.Isa 49:6: He said: It is a light thing that you should be my servant to raise up the tribes of Jacob: and to restore the preserved of Israel: I will also give you for a light to the Gentiles: that you may be my salvation to the end of the earth.Isa 52:10: The LORD has made bare His holy arm in the eyes of all the nations; and all the ends of the earth will see the salvation of our God.Isa 60:1-3: Arise: shine; for your light is come: and the glory of the LORD is risen upon you.Lu 2:10: 11: 31: 32: The angel said to them: not Fear: for: look: I bring you good tidings of great joy: which will be to all people.Ac 1:8: But you will receive power: after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and you will be witnesses to me both in Jerusalem: and in all Judaea: and in Samaria: and to the uttermost part of the earth.Ro 10:18: But I say: Have not they heard? Yes truly: their sound went into all the earth: and their words to the ends of the world.Ro 16:26: But now is made manifest: and by the scriptures of the prophets: according to the commandment of the everlasting God: made known to all nations for the obedience of faith:Eph 2:17: Came and preached peace to you which were afar off: and to them that were nigh.Col 1:6: 23: Which is come to you: as it is in all the world; and brings forth fruit: as it does also in you: since the day you heard of it: and knew the grace of God in truth:Re 14:6: I saw another angel fly in the middle of heaven: having the everlasting gospel to preach to them that dwell on the earth: and to every nation: and kindred: and tongue: and people:
ο πιστευσας και βαπτισθεις σωθησεται ο δε απιστησας κατακριθησεται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
The one
|
Art-NMS
|
G4100πιστεύσαςpisteusas (V-APA-NMS)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πιστεύσαςpisteusas
|
having believed
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G907βαπτισθεὶςbaptistheis (V-APP-NMS)
G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
βαπτισθεὶςbaptistheis
|
having been baptized
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G4982σωθήσεται,sōthēsetai (V-FIP-3S)
G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
σωθήσεται,sōthēsetai
|
will be saved;
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G569ἀπιστήσαςapistēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G569 ἀπιστέω apistéō ap-is-teh-o from ἄπιστος; to be unbelieving, i.e. (transitively) disbelieve, or (by implication) disobey:--believe not.
|
ἀπιστήσαςapistēsas
|
having disbelieved
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2632κατακριθήσεται.katakrithēsetai (V-FIP-3S)
G2632 κατακρίνω katakrínō kat-ak-ree-no from κατά and κρίνω; to judge against, i.e. sentence:--condemn, damn.
|
κατακριθήσεται.katakrithēsetai
|
will be condemned.
|
V-FIP-3S
|
16
He who believes'>believes and is baptized will be saved; but he who believes'>believes not will be damned.Mark 16:16
Stats
Rank: #84 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 92 characters, 16 words, 74 letters, 27 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο πιστευσας και βαπτισθεις σωθησεται ο δε απιστησας κατακριθησεται
Lit: The one having believed and having been baptized will be saved; the one however having disbelieved will be condemned.
KJV: He that believeth and is baptized shall be saved; but he that believeth not shall be damned.
References
"that believeth and"Mr 1:15: Saying: The time is fulfilled: and the kingdom of God is at hand: repent you: and believe the gospel.Lu 8:12: Those by the way side are they that hear; then comes the devil: and takes away the word out of their hearts: lest they should believe and be saved.Joh 1:12: 13: But as many as received Him: to them gave He power to become the sons of God: even to them that believe on His name:Joh 3:15: 16: 18: 36: That whoever believes in him not should perish: but have eternal life.Joh 5:24: Truly: truly: I say to you: He who hears my word: and believes on him that sent me: has everlasting life: and will not come into condemnation; but is passed from death to life.Joh 6:29: 35: 40: Jesus answered and said to them: This is the work of God: that you believe on Him whom He has sent.Joh 7:37: 38: In the last day: that great day of the feast: Jesus stood and cried: saying: If any man thirst: let Him come to me: and drink.Joh 11:25: 26: Jesus said to her: I am the resurrection: and the life: He that'>He who believes in me: though He were dead: yet will He live:Joh 12:46: I am come a light into the world: that whoever believes on me not should abide in darkness.Joh 20:31: But these are written: that you might believe that Jesus is the Christ: the Son of God; and that believing you might have life through His name.Ac 10:43: To him give all the prophets witness: that through his name whoever believes in him will receive remission of sins.Ac 13:39: By him all that believe are justified from all things: from which you not could be justified by the law of Moses.Ac 16:30-32: Brought them out: and said: Sirs: what must I do to be saved?Ro 3:6: God forbid: for then how will God judge the world?Ro 4:24: But for us also: to whom it will be imputed: if we believe on Him that raised up Jesus our Lord from the dead;Ro 10:9: That if you will confess with your mouth the Lord Jesus: and will believe in your heart that God has raised Him from the dead: you will be saved.Heb 10:38: 39: Now the just will live by faith: but if any man draw back: my soul will have no pleasure in him.1Pe 1:21: Who by Him do believe in God: that raised Him up from the dead: and gave Him glory; that your faith and hope might be in God.1Pe 3:21: The like figure to what even baptism does also now save us (not the putting away of the filth of the flesh: but the answer of a good conscience toward God: ) by the resurrection of Jesus Christ:1Jo 5:10-13: He who believes'>believes'>believes on the Son of God has the witness in Himself: He that'>He who believes'>believes'>believes not God has made Him a liar; because He believes'>believes'>believes not the record that God gave of His Son."is"Mt 28:19: Go you therefore: and teach all nations: baptizing them in the name of the Father: and of the Son: and of the Holy Ghost:Ac 2:38: 41: Then Peter said to them: Repent: and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins: and you will receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.Ac 8:36-39: As they went on their way: they came to a certain water: and the eunuch said: See: here is water; what does hinder me to be baptized?Ac 22:16: Now why tarry you? arise: and be baptized: and wash away your sins: calling on the name of the Lord.Ro 10:9-14: That if you will confess with your mouth the Lord Jesus: and will believe in your heart that God has raised Him from the dead: you will be saved.1Pe 3:21: The like figure to what even baptism does also now save us (not the putting away of the filth of the flesh: but the answer of a good conscience toward God: ) by the resurrection of Jesus Christ:"but"Joh 3:18: 19: 36: He who believes'>believes on Him not is condemned: but He that'>He who believes'>believes not is condemned already: because He has not believed in the name of the only begotten Son of God.Joh 8:24: I said therefore to you: that you will die in your sins: for if you not believe that I am he: you will die in your sins.Joh 12:47: 48: If any man hear my words: and not believe: I judge not him: for I not came to judge the world: but to save the world.Ac 13:46: Then Paul and Barnabas waxed bold: and said: It was necessary that the word of God should first have been spoken to you: but seeing you put it from you: and judge yourselves unworthy of everlasting life: indeed: we turn to the Gentiles.2Th 1:8: In flaming fire taking vengeance on them that not know God: and that not obey the gospel of our Lord Jesus Christ:2Th 2:12: That they all might be damned who not believed the truth: but had pleasure in unrighteousness.Re 20:15: whoever not was found written in the book of life was cast into the lake of fire.Re 21:8: But the fearful: and unbelieving: and the abominable: and murderers: and whoremongers: and sorcerers: and idolaters: and all liars: will have their part in the lake which burns with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.
σημεια δε τοις πιστευσασιν ταυτα παρακολουθησει εν τω ονοματι μου δαιμονια εκβαλουσιν γλωσσαις λαλησουσιν καιναις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4592σημεῖαsēmeia (N-NNP)
G4592 σημεῖον sēmeîon say-mi-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the base of σημαίνω; an indication, especially ceremonially or supernaturally:--miracle, sign, token, wonder.
|
σημεῖαsēmeia
|
Signs
|
N-NNP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
those
|
Art-DMP
|
G4100πιστεύσασινpisteusasin (V-APA-DMP)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πιστεύσασινpisteusasin
|
having believed
|
V-APA-DMP
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-NNP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these
|
DPro-NNP
|
G5023παρακολουθήσει,parakolouthēsei (V-FIA-3S)
G5023 ταῦτα taûta tow-tah nominative or accusative case neuter plural of οὗτος; these things:--+ afterward, follow, + hereafter, X him, the same, so, such, that, then, these, they, this, those, thus.,
|
παρακολουθήσει,parakolouthēsei
|
will accompany:
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
In
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G3686ὀνόματίonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματίonomati
|
name
|
N-DNS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1140δαιμόνιαdaimonia (N-ANP)
G1140 δαιμόνιον daimónion dahee-mon-ee-on neuter of a derivative of δαίμων; a dæmonic being; by extension a deity:--devil, god.
|
δαιμόνιαdaimonia
|
demons
|
N-ANP
|
G1544ἐκβαλοῦσιν,ekbalousin (V-FIA-3P)
G1544 ἐκβάλλω ekbállō ek-bal-lo from ἐκ and βάλλω; to eject (literally or figuratively):--bring forth, cast (forth, out), drive (out), expel, leave, pluck (pull, take, thrust) out, put forth (out), send away (forth, out).
|
ἐκβαλοῦσιν,ekbalousin
|
they will cast out;
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G1100γλώσσαιςglōssais (N-DFP)
G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλώσσαιςglōssais
|
with tongues
|
N-DFP
|
G2980λαλήσουσινlalēsousin (V-FIA-3P)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλήσουσινlalēsousin
|
they will speak
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G2537καιναῖς,kainais (Adj-DFP)
G2537 καινός kainós kahee-nos of uncertain affinity; new (especially in freshness; while νέος is properly so with respect to age:--new.
|
καιναῖς,kainais
|
new;
|
Adj-DFP
|
17
These signs will follow them that believe; In my name will they cast out devils; they will speak with new tongues;Mark 16:17
Stats
Rank: #361 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 121 characters, 20 words, 97 letters, 32 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: σημεια δε τοις πιστευσασιν ταυτα παρακολουθησει εν τω ονοματι μου δαιμονια εκβαλουσιν γλωσσαις λαλησουσιν καιναις
Lit: Signs now those having believed these will accompany: In the name of Me demons they will cast out; with tongues they will speak new;
KJV: And these signs shall follow them that believe; In my name shall they cast out devils; they shall speak with new tongues;
References
"these"Joh 14:12: Truly: truly: I say to you: He who believes on me: the works that I do will He do also; and greater works than these will He do; because I go to my Father."In"Lu 10:17: The 70 returned again with joy: saying: Lord: even the devils are subject to us through your name.Ac 5:16: There came also a multitude out of the cities round about to Jerusalem: bringing sick folks: and them which were vexed with unclean spirits: and they were healed every one.Ac 8:7: For unclean spirits: crying with loud voice: came out of many that were possessed with them: and many taken with palsies: and that were lame: were healed.Ac 16:18: This did she many days. But Paul: being grieved: turned and said to the spirit: I command you in the name of Jesus Christ to come out of her. And He came out the same hour.Ac 19:12-16: So that from his body were brought to the sick handkerchiefs or aprons: and the diseases departed from them: and the evil spirits went out of them."they"Ac 2:4-11: 33: They were all filled with the Holy Ghost: and began to speak with other tongues: as the Spirit gave them utterance.Ac 10:46: For they heard them speak with tongues: and magnify God. Then answered Peter: Ac 19:6: When Paul had laid His hands upon them: the Holy Ghost came on them; and they spoke with tongues: and prophesied.1Co 12:10: 28: 30: To another the working of miracles; to another prophecy; to another discerning of spirits; to another divers kinds of tongues; to another the interpretation of tongues:1Co 14:5-26: I would that you all spoke with tongues: but rather that you prophesied: for greater is he who prophesies than he who speaks with tongues: except he interpret: that the church may receive edifying.
οφεις αρουσιν καν θανασιμον τι πιωσιν ου μη αυτους βλαψει επι αρρωστους χειρας επιθησουσιν και καλως εξουσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532[καιkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
[καιkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
their
|
Art-DFP
|
G5495χερσὶν]chersin (N-DFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χερσὶν]chersin
|
hands
|
N-DFP
|
G3789ὄφειςopheis (N-AMP)
G3789 ὄφις óphis of-is probably from ὀπτάνομαι (through the idea of sharpness of vision); a snake, figuratively, (as a type of sly cunning) an artful malicious person, especially Satan:--serpent.
|
ὄφειςopheis
|
serpents
|
N-AMP
|
G142ἀροῦσινarousin (V-FIA-3P)
G142 αἴρω aírō ah-ee-ro a primary root; to lift up; by implication, to take up or away; figuratively, to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind), specially, to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Hebraism (compare נָשָׂא) to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).
|
ἀροῦσινarousin
|
they will take up;
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G2579κἂνkan (Conj)
G2579 κἄν kán kan from καί and ἐάν; and (or even) if:--and (also) if (so much as), if but, at the least, though, yet.,
|
κἂνkan
|
and if
|
Conj
|
G2286θανάσιμόνthanasimon (Adj-ANS)
G2286 θανάσιμος thanásimos than-as-ee-mos from θάνατος; fatal, i.e. poisonous:--deadly.
|
θανάσιμόνthanasimon
|
deadly
|
Adj-ANS
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
anything
|
IPro-ANS
|
G4095πίωσινpiōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G4095 πίνω pínō po-o a prolonged form of ; which (together with another form) ; occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses; to imbibe (literally or figuratively):--drink.
|
πίωσινpiōsin
|
they drink,
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
no
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G984βλάψῃ,blapsē (V-ASA-3S)
G984 βλάπτω bláptō blap-to a primary verb; properly, to hinder, i.e. (by implication) to injure:--hurt.
|
βλάψῃ,blapsē
|
shall it hurt;
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G732ἀρρώστουςarrōstous (Adj-AMP)
G732 ἄῤῥωστος árrhōstos ar-hroce-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of ῥώννυμι; infirm:--sick (folk, -ly).
|
ἀρρώστουςarrōstous
|
the sick,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G5495χεῖραςcheiras (N-AFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖραςcheiras
|
hands
|
N-AFP
|
G2007ἐπιθήσουσινepithēsousin (V-FIA-3P)
G2007 ἐπιτίθημι epitíthēmi ep-ee-tith-ay-mee from ἐπί and τίθημι; to impose (in a friendly or hostile sense):--add unto, lade, lay upon, put (up) on, set on (up), + surname, X wound.
|
ἐπιθήσουσινepithēsousin
|
they will lay,
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2573καλῶςkalōs (Adv)
G2573 καλῶς kalōs kal-oce adverb from καλός; well (usually morally):--(in a) good (place), honestly, + recover, (full) well.
|
καλῶςkalōs
|
well
|
Adv
|
G2192ἕξουσιν.hexousin (V-FIA-3P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἕξουσιν.hexousin
|
they will be.
|
V-FIA-3P
|
18
They will take up serpents; and if they drink any deadly thing, it will not hurt them; they will lay hands on the sick, and they will recover.Mark 16:18
Stats
Rank: #1552 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 146 characters, 24 words, 114 letters, 33 vowels, 81 consonants
Translation
Greek: οφεις αρουσιν καν θανασιμον τι πιωσιν ου μη αυτους βλαψει επι αρρωστους χειρας επιθησουσιν και καλως εξουσιν
Lit: and with their hands serpents they will take up; and if deadly anything they drink, no not them shall it hurt; upon the sick, hands they will lay, and well they will be.
KJV: They shall take up serpents; and if they drink any deadly thing, it shall not hurt them; they shall lay hands on the sick, and they shall recover.
References
"shall take"Ge 3:15: I will put enmity between you and the woman: and between your seed and her seed; it will bruise your head: and you will bruise his heel.Ps 91:13: You will tread upon the lion and adder: the young lion and the dragon will you trample under feet.Lu 10:19: Look: I give to you power to tread on serpents and scorpions: and over all the power of the enemy: not andhing will by any means hurt you.Ac 28:3-6: When Paul had gathered a bundle of sticks: and laid them on the fire: there came a viper out of the heat: and fastened on his hand.Ro 16:20: The God of peace will bruise Satan under your feet shortly. The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you. Amen."if"2Ki 4:39-41: One went out into the field to gather herbs: and found a wild vine: and gathered thereof wild gourds his lap full: and came and shred them into the pot of pottage: for they knew them not."they shall lay"Ac 3:6-8: 12: 16: Then Peter said: Silver and gold have I none; but such as I have give I you: In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth rise up and walk.Ac 4:10: 22: 30: Be it known to you all: and to all the people of Israel: that by the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth: whom you crucified: whom God raised from the dead: even by Him does this man stand here before you whole.Ac 5:15: 16: Insomuch that they brought forth the sick into the streets: and laid them on beds and couches: that at the least the shadow of Peter passing by might overshadow some of them.Ac 9:17: 18: 34: 40-42: Ananias went His way: and entered into the house; and putting His hands on Him said: Brother Saul: the Lord: even Jesus: that appeared to you in the way as you came: has sent me: that you might receive your sight: and be filled with the Holy Ghost.Ac 19:12: So that from his body were brought to the sick handkerchiefs or aprons: and the diseases departed from them: and the evil spirits went out of them.Ac 28:8: 9: It came to pass: that the father of Publius lay sick of a fever and of a bloody flux: to whom Paul entered in: and prayed: and laid his hands on him: and healed him.1Co 12:9: To another faith by the same Spirit; to another the gifts of healing by the same Spirit;Jas 5:14: 15: Is any sick among you? let Him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over Him: anointing Him with oil in the name of the Lord:
The Ascension
ο μεν ουν κυριος μετα το λαλησαι αυτοις ανεληφθη εις τον ουρανον και εκαθισεν εκ δεξιων του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
Indeed
|
Conj
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
the Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus,
|
N-NMS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
after
|
Prep
|
G2980λαλῆσαιlalēsai (V-ANA)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλῆσαιlalēsai
|
speaking
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G353ἀνελήμφθηanelēmphthē (V-AIP-3S)
G353 ἀναλαμβάνω analambánō an-al-am-ban-o from ἀνά and λαμβάνω; to take up:--receive up, take (in, unto, up).
|
ἀνελήμφθηanelēmphthē
|
was taken up
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3772οὐρανὸνouranon (N-AMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανὸνouranon
|
heaven
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2523ἐκάθισενekathisen (V-AIA-3S)
G2523 καθίζω kathízō kath-id-zo another (active) form for καθέζομαι; to seat down, i.e. set (figuratively, appoint); intransitively, to sit (down); figuratively, to settle (hover, dwell):--continue, set, sit (down), tarry.
|
ἐκάθισενekathisen
|
sat
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
at the
|
Prep
|
G1188δεξιῶνdexiōn (Adj-GNP)
G1188 δεξιός dexiós dex-ee-os from δέχομαι; the right side or (feminine) hand (as that which usually takes):--right (hand, side).
|
δεξιῶνdexiōn
|
right hand
|
Adj-GNP
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
19
So then after the Lord had spoken to them, He was received up into heaven, and sat on the right hand of God.Mark 16:19
Stats
Rank: #1159 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 110 characters, 21 words, 85 letters, 32 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο μεν ουν κυριος μετα το λαλησαι αυτοις ανεληφθη εις τον ουρανον και εκαθισεν εκ δεξιων του θεου
Lit: Indeed therefore the Lord Jesus, after speaking to them, was taken up into the heaven and sat at the right hand of God.
KJV: So then after the Lord had spoken unto them, he was received up into heaven, and sat on the right hand of God.
References
"after"Mt 28:18-20: Jesus came and spoke to them: saying: All power is given to me in heaven and in earth.Lu 24:44-50: He said to them: These are the words which I spoke to you: while I was yet with you: that all things must be fulfilled: which were written in the law of Moses: and in the prophets: and in the psalms: concerning me.Joh 21:15: 22: So when they had dined: Jesus says to Simon Peter: Simon: son of Jonas: love you me more than these? He says to Him: Yes: Lord; you know that I love you. He says to Him: Feed my lambs.Ac 1:2: 3: Until the day in which He was taken up: after that He through the Holy Ghost had given commandments to the apostles whom He had chosen:"he was"Lu 9:51: It came to pass: when the time was come that he should be received up: he stedfastly set his face to go to Jerusalem: Lu 24:50: 51: He led them out as far as to Bethany: and he lifted up his hands: and blessed them.Joh 13:1: Now before the feast of the passover: when Jesus knew that His hour was come that He should depart out of this world to the Father: having loved His own which were in the world: He loved them to the end.Joh 16:28: I came forth from the Father: and am come into the world: again: I leave the world: and go to the Father.Joh 17:4: 5: 13: I have glorified you on the earth: I have finished the work which you gave me to do.Ac 1:10: 11: While they looked stedfastly toward heaven as he went up: look: two men stood by them in white apparel;Ac 2:33: Therefore being by the right hand of God exalted: and having received of the Father the promise of the Holy Ghost: He has shed forth this: which you now see and hear.Ac 3:21: Whom the heaven must receive until the times of restitution of all things: which God has spoken by the mouth of all His holy prophets since the world began.Eph 1:20-22: Which He wrought in Christ: when He raised Him from the dead: and set Him at His own right hand in the heavenly places: Eph 4:8-11: For what reason he says: When he ascended up on high: he led captivity captive: and gave gifts to men.Heb 1:3: Who being the brightness of his glory: and the express image of his person: and upholding all things by the word of his power: when he had by himself purged our sins: sat down on the right hand of the Majesty on high;Heb 4:14: Seeing then that we have a great high priest: that is passed into the heavens: Jesus the Son of God: let us hold fast our profession.Heb 6:20: Whither the forerunner is for us entered: even Jesus: made an high priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec.Heb 7:26: For such an high priest became us: who is holy: harmless: undefiled: separate from sinners: and made higher than the heavens;Heb 8:1: Now of the things which we have spoken this is the sum: We have such an high priest: who is set on the right hand of the throne of the Majesty in the heavens;Heb 9:24: For Christ not is entered into the holy places made with hands: which are the figures of the true; but into heaven itself: now to appear in the presence of God for us:Heb 10:12: 13: 19-22: But this man: after He had offered one sacrifice for sins for ever: sat down on the right hand of God;Heb 12:2: Looking to Jesus the author and finisher of our faith; who for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross: despising the shame: and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God.1Pe 3:22: Who is gone into heaven: and is on the right hand of God; angels and authorities and powers being made subject to Him.Re 3:21: To Him that overcomes will I grant to sit with me in my throne: even as I also overcame: and am set down with my Father in His throne."and sat"Ps 110:1: > The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you at my right hand: until I make your enemies your footstool.Ac 7:55: 56: But He: being full of the Holy Ghost: looked up stedfastly into heaven: and saw the glory of God: and Jesus standing on the right hand of God: 1Co 15:24: 25: Then cometh the end: when He will have delivered up the kingdom to God: even the Father; when He will have put down all rule and all authority and power.1Pe 3:22: Who is gone into heaven: and is on the right hand of God; angels and authorities and powers being made subject to Him.Re 3:20: Look: I stand at the door: and knock: if any man hear my voice: and open the door: I will come in to him: and will sup with him: and he with me.
εκεινοι δε εξελθοντες εκηρυξαν πανταχου του κυριου συνεργουντος και τον λογον βεβαιουντος δια των επακολουθουντων σημειων αμην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1565ἐκεῖνοιekeinoi (DPro-NMP)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκεῖνοιekeinoi
|
They
|
DPro-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξελθόντεςexelthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξελθόντεςexelthontes
|
having gone forth,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G2784ἐκήρυξανekēryxan (V-AIA-3P)
G2784 κηρύσσω kērýssō kay-roos-so of uncertain affinity; to herald (as a public crier), especially divine truth (the gospel):--preacher(-er), proclaim, publish.
|
ἐκήρυξανekēryxan
|
preached
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3837πανταχοῦ,pantachou (Adv)
G3837 πανταχοῦ pantachoû pan-takh-oo genitive case (as adverb of place) of a presumed derivative of πᾶς; universally:--in all places, everywhere.
|
πανταχοῦ,pantachou
|
everywhere,
|
Adv
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G4903συνεργοῦντοςsynergountos (V-PPA-GMS)
G4903 συνεργέω synergéō soon-erg-eh-o from συνεργός; to be a fellow-worker, i.e. co-operate:--help (work) with, work(-er) together.
|
συνεργοῦντοςsynergountos
|
working with them
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G950βεβαιοῦντοςbebaiountos (V-PPA-GMS)
G950 βεβαιόω bebaióō beb-ah-yo-o from βέβαιος; to stabilitate (figuratively):--confirm, (e-)stablish.
|
βεβαιοῦντοςbebaiountos
|
confirming
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G1872ἐπακολουθούντωνepakolouthountōn (V-PPA-GNP)
G1872 ἐπακολουθέω epakolouthéō ep-ak-ol-oo-theh-o from ἐπί and ἀκολουθέω; to accompany:--follow (after).
|
ἐπακολουθούντωνepakolouthountōn
|
accompanying
|
V-PPA-GNP
|
G4592σημείων.]] ⇔sēmeiōn (N-GNP)
G4592 σημεῖον sēmeîon say-mi-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the base of σημαίνω; an indication, especially ceremonially or supernaturally:--miracle, sign, token, wonder.
|
σημείων.]] ⇔sēmeiōn
|
signs.
|
N-GNP
|
G3956«[«[πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
«[«[πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-ANP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
moreover
|
Conj
|
G3853παρηγγελμέναparēngelmena (V-RPM/P-ANP)
G3853 παραγγέλλω parangéllō par-ang-gel-lo from παρά and the base of ἄγγελος; to transmit a message, i.e. (by implication) to enjoin:--(give in) charge, (give) command(-ment), declare.
|
παρηγγελμέναparēngelmena
|
instructing
|
V-RPM/P-ANP
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4074ΠέτρονPetron (N-AMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτρονPetron
|
Peter
|
N-AMS
|
G4935συντόμωςsyntomōs (Adv)
G4935 συντόμως syntómōs soon-tom-oce adverb from a derivative of συντέμνω; concisely (briefly):--a few words.
|
συντόμωςsyntomōs
|
promptly
|
Adv
|
G1804ἐξήγγειλανexēngeilan (V-AIA-3P)
G1804 ἐξαγγέλλω exangéllō ex-ang-el-lo from ἐκ and the base of ἄγγελος; to publish, i.e. celebrate:--shew forth.
|
ἐξήγγειλανexēngeilan
|
they reported
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
moreover
|
Conj
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these
|
DPro-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
himself
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
after that
|
Prep
|
G395ἀνατολῆςanatolēs (N-GFS)
G395 ἀνατολή anatolḗ an-at-ol-ay from ἀνατέλλω; a rising of light, i.e. dawn (figuratively); by implication, the east (also in plural):--dayspring, east, rising.
|
ἀνατολῆςanatolēs
|
from east
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G891ἄχριachri (Prep)
G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,
|
ἄχριachri
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1424δύσεωςdyseōs (N-GFS)
G1424 δυσμή dysmḗ doos-may from δύνω; the sun-set, i.e. (by implication) the western region:--west.
|
δύσεωςdyseōs
|
west
|
N-GFS
|
G1821ἐξαπέστειλενexapesteilen (V-AIA-3S)
G1821 ἐξαποστέλλω exapostéllō ex-ap-os-tel-lo from ἐκ and ἀποστέλλω; to send away forth, i.e. (on a mission) to despatch, or (peremptorily) to dismiss:--send (away, forth, out).
|
ἐξαπέστειλενexapesteilen
|
sent out
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
through
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2413ἱερὸνhieron (N-ANS)
G2413 ἱερός hierós hee-er-os of uncertain affinity; sacred:--holy.
|
ἱερὸνhieron
|
sacred
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G862ἄφθαρτονaphtharton (Adj-ANS)
G862 ἄφθαρτος áphthartos af-thar-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a derivative of φθείρω; undecaying (in essence or continuance):--not (in-, un-)corruptible, immortal.
|
ἄφθαρτονaphtharton
|
imperishable
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2782κήρυγμαkērygma (N-ANS)
G2782 κήρυγμα kḗrygma kay-roog-mah from κηρύσσω; a proclamation (especially of the gospel; by implication, the gospel itself):--preaching.
|
κήρυγμαkērygma
|
preaching
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of
|
Art-GFS
|
G166αἰωνίουaiōniou (Adj-GFS)
G166 αἰώνιος aiṓnios ahee-o-nee-os from αἰών; perpetual (also used of past time, or past and future as well):--eternal, for ever, everlasting, world (began).
|
αἰωνίουaiōniou
|
eternal
|
Adj-GFS
|
G4991σωτηρίαςsōtērias (N-GFS)
G4991 σωτηρία sōtēría so-tay-ree-ah feminine of a derivative of σωτήρ as (properly, abstract) noun; rescue or safety (physically or morally):--deliver, health, salvation, save, saving.
|
σωτηρίαςsōtērias
|
salvation
|
N-GFS
|
G281ἀμήν]»amēn (Heb)
G281 ἀμήν amḗn am-ane of Hebrew origin (אָמֵן); properly, firm, i.e. (figuratively) trustworthy; adverbially, surely (often as interjection, so be it):--amen, verily.,
|
ἀμήν]»amēn
|
Amen
|
Heb
|
20
They went forth, and preached every where, the Lord working with them, and confirming the word with signs following. Amen.Mark 16:20
Stats
Rank: #2117 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 126 characters, 17 words, 101 letters, 31 vowels, 70 consonants
Translation
Greek: εκεινοι δε εξελθοντες εκηρυξαν πανταχου του κυριου συνεργουντος και τον λογον βεβαιουντος δια των επακολουθουντων σημειων αμην
Lit: They now having gone forth, preached everywhere, the Lord working with them and the word confirming by the accompanying signs. all moreover instructing to Peter promptly they reported with moreover these And himself Jesus after that from east and to west sent out through them the sacred and imperishable preaching of eternal salvation Amen
KJV: And they went forth, and preached every where, the Lord working with them, and confirming the word with signs following. Amen.
References
"they went"Ac 2:1-28: When the day of Pentecost was fully come: they were all with one accord in one place."the Lord"Ac 4:30: By stretching forth your hand to heal; and that signs and wonders may be done by the name of your holy child Jesus.Ac 5:12: By the hands of the apostles were many signs and wonders wrought among the people; (and they were all with one accord in Solomon's porch.Ac 8:4-6: Therefore they that were scattered abroad went every where preaching the word.Ac 14:3: 8-10: Long time therefore abode they speaking boldly in the Lord: which gave testimony to the word of His grace: and granted signs and wonders to be done by their hands.Ro 15:19: Through mighty signs and wonders: by the power of the Spirit of God; so that from Jerusalem: and round about to Illyricum: I have fully preached the gospel of Christ.1Co 2:4: 5: My speech and my preaching was not with enticing words of man's wisdom: but in demonstration of the Spirit and of power:1Co 3:6-9: I have planted: Apollos watered; but God gave the increase.2Co 6:1: We then: as workers together with Him: beseech you also that you not receive the grace of God in vain.Heb 2:4: God also bearing them witness: both with signs and wonders: and with divers miracles: and gifts of the Holy Ghost: according to His own will?